Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 6, 2012

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Hi-Crush Partners LP

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   1400  

90-0840530

(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)   (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)  

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

Three Riverway, Suite 1550

Houston, Texas 77056

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

Robert E. Rasmus/James M. Whipkey

Three Riverway, Suite 1550

Houston, Texas 77056

(713) 963-0099

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

David Palmer Oelman

E. Ramey Layne

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

1001 Fannin Street, Suite 2500

Houston, Texas 77002

Tel: (713) 758-2222

Fax: (713) 758-2346

 

Charles L. Strauss

P. Kevin Trautner

Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.

Fulbright Tower

1301 McKinney, Suite 5100

Houston, Texas 77010

Tel: (713) 651-5151

Fax: (713) 651-5246

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

 

 

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of
Securities To Be Registered
  Proposed
Maximum Aggregate
Offering Price(1)(2)
  Amount of Registration
Fee

Common units representing limited partner interests

  $200,000,000   $22,920

 

 

(1) Includes common units issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o).

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission becomes effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

 

Subject to Completion, dated July 6, 2012

 

PR OSPECTUS

 

 

 

LOGO

Hi-Crush Partners LP

Common Units

Representing Limited Partner Interests

 

 

This is the initial public offering of our common units representing limited partner interests. We are offering              common units, and Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, or the selling unitholder, is offering              common units. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common units by Hi-Crush Proppants LLC. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common units. We currently expect the initial public offering price to be between $         and $         per common unit. We intend to apply to list our common units on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “HCLP.”

 

 

Investing in our common units involves risks. Please read “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 25.

These risks include the following:

 

 

We may not have sufficient cash from operations following the payment of costs and expenses to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to our unitholders.

 

 

On a pro forma basis we would not have had sufficient cash available for distribution to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all units for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012.

 

 

Inaccuracies in estimates of volumes and qualities of our sand reserves could result in lower than expected sales and higher than expected production costs.

 

 

Substantially all of our sales are generated under contracts with four customers, and the loss of or reduced purchasing by any of them could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

 

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC controls our general partner, which has sole responsibility for managing our operations. Our general partner and Hi-Crush Proppants LLC have conflicts of interest with us and limited duties, and they may favor their own interests to the detriment of us and our unitholders.

 

 

The board of directors of our general partner may modify our cash distribution policy at any time at its discretion. Our partnership agreement does not require us to pay any distributions at all.

 

 

Holders of our common units have limited voting rights and are not entitled to elect our general partner or its directors.

 

 

Unitholders will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $         per common unit.

 

 

There is no existing market for our common units, and a trading market that will provide you with adequate liquidity may not develop. The price of our common units may fluctuate significantly, and unitholders could lose all or part of their investment.

 

 

Our tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. If the IRS were to treat us as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, then our cash available for distribution to you could be substantially reduced.

 

 

You will be required to pay taxes on your share of our income even if you do not receive any cash distributions from us.

In addition, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act of 1933 and, as such, are allowed to provide in this prospectus more limited disclosures than an issuer that would not so qualify. Furthermore, for so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we will qualify for certain limited exceptions from investor protection laws such as the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 and the Investor Protection and Securities Reform Act of 2010. Please read “ Risk Factors ” and “Summary—Emerging Growth Company Status.”

 

 

 

     Per Common Unit      Total  

Public Offering Price

   $                    $                

Underwriting Discount(1)

   $         $     

Proceeds to Hi-Crush Partners LP (before expenses)(2)

   $         $     

Proceeds to Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

   $         $     

 

(1) Excludes a structuring fee of     % of the gross proceeds of this offering payable to Barclays Capital Inc. Please read “Underwriting.”
(2) Of these proceeds, we will retain approximately $4.1 million to fund capital expenditures and for general partnership purposes. The balance of the proceeds will be used to repay debt assumed by us from the selling unitholder and to make a distribution to the selling unitholder.

The underwriters may purchase up to an additional              common units from Hi-Crush Proppants LLC at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the common units to purchasers on or about                     , 2012 through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.

 

 

 

Barclays   Morgan Stanley

 

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2012


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus, any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us and the selling unitholder or any other information to which we have referred you in connection with this offering. Neither we, nor the selling unitholder nor the underwriters have authorized any other person to provide you with additional or different information. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor sale of our common units means that information contained in this prospectus is correct after the date of this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy our common units in any circumstances under which the offer or solicitation is unlawful.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SUMMARY

     1   

Hi-Crush Partners LP

     1   

Our Business and Properties

     2   

Industry Dynamics

     4   

Business Strategies

     5   

Competitive Strengths

     6   

Risk Factors

     7   

Our Management

     9   

Our Relationship with Our Sponsor

     10   

Principal Executive Offices

     12   

Emerging Growth Company Status

     12   

Formation Transactions and Partnership Structure

     13   

Organizational Structure

     14   

The Offering

     15   

Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data

     20   

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

     23   

RISK FACTORS

     25   

Risks Inherent in Our Business

     25   

Risks Related to Environmental, Mining and Other Regulation

     37   

Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us

     40   

Tax Risks to Common Unitholders

     51   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     55   

CAPITALIZATION

     56   

DILUTION

     57   

CASH DISTRIBUTION POLICY AND RESTRICTIONS ON DISTRIBUTIONS

     59   

General

     59   

Our Minimum Quarterly Distribution

     61   

Subordinated Units

     61   

Estimated Cash Available for Distribution for the Twelve Months Ending September 30, 2013

     64   

HOW WE MAKE DISTRIBUTIONS TO OUR PARTNERS

     71   

General

     71   

Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus

     71   

Capital Expenditures

     73   

Subordination Period

     75   

Distributions From Operating Surplus During the Subordination Period

     76   

Distributions From Operating Surplus After the Subordination Period

     77   

General Partner Interest

     77   

Incentive Distribution Rights

     77   

Percentage Allocations of Distributions From Operating Surplus

     77   

 

i


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our Sponsor’s Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels

     78   

Distributions From Capital Surplus

     80   

Adjustment to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels

     81   

Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation

     81   

SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

     84   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     88   

Basis of Presentation

     88   

Overview

     88   

Overall Trends and Outlook

     89   

How We Generate Revenue

     90   

Costs of Conducting Our Business

     91   

How We Evaluate Our Operations

     92   

Factors Impacting Comparability of Our Financial Results

     93   

Results of Operations

     94   

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     96   

Customer Concentration

     100   

Contractual Obligations

     100   

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure of Market Risks

     101   

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

     102   

New and Revised Financial Accounting Standards

     103   

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

     103   

Environmental Matters

     104   

PROPPANT INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

     105   

Our Industry

     105   

Historical and Projected Proppant Demand

     108   

Historical and Projected North American Rig Count

     109   

Historical and Projected North American Wells and Proppant Intensity

     109   

BUSINESS

     112   

Overview

     112   

Business Strategies

     113   

Competitive Strengths

     114   

Assets and Business Operations

     115   

Quality Control

     121   

Customers

     121   

Contracts

     122   

Competition

     123   

Our History and Relationship with Our Sponsor

     123   

Our Management and Employees

     125   

Environmental and Occupational Safety and Health Regulation

     125   

Safety and Maintenance

     129   

Seasonality

     129   

Principal Executive Offices

     129   

Legal Proceedings

     129   

MANAGEMENT

     130   

Management of Hi-Crush Partners LP

     130   

Executive Officers and Directors of Our General Partner

     131   

Director Independence

     134   

Committees of the Board of Directors

     134   

 

ii


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION AND OTHER INFORMATION

     135   

Summary Compensation Table

     135   

Narrative Disclosure to the Summary Compensation Table

     135   

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2011 Fiscal Year-End

     136   

Additional Narrative Disclosure

     136   

Director Compensation

     137   

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     138   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     139   

Distributions and Payments to Our General Partner and Its Affiliates

     139   

Agreements with Affiliates in Connection with the Transactions

     140   

Other Transactions with Related Persons

     143   

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY DUTIES

     145   

Conflicts of Interest

     145   

DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMON UNITS

     152   

The Units

     152   

Transfer Agent and Registrar

     152   

Transfer of Common Units

     152   

THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

     154   

Organization and Duration

     154   

Purpose

     154   

Cash Distributions

     154   

Capital Contributions

     154   

Voting Rights

     155   

Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction

     156   

Limited Liability

     156   

Issuance of Additional Interests

     157   

Amendment of the Partnership Agreement

     158   

Merger, Consolidation, Conversion, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets

     160   

Dissolution

     160   

Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds

     161   

Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner

     161   

Transfer of General Partner Interest

     162   

Transfer of Ownership Interests in the General Partner

     162   

Transfer of Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution Rights

     162   

Change of Management Provisions

     163   

Limited Call Right

     163   

Non-Taxpaying Holders; Redemption

     163   

Non-Citizen Assignees; Redemption

     164   

Meetings; Voting

     164   

Voting Rights of Incentive Distribution Rights

     165   

Status as Limited Partner

     165   

Indemnification

     165   

Reimbursement of Expenses

     166   

Books and Reports

     166   

Right to Inspect Our Books and Records

     166   

Registration Rights

     167   

UNITS ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     168   

 

iii


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     170   

Taxation of the Partnership

     170   

Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership

     171   

Tax Treatment of Operations

     176   

Disposition of Units

     178   

Uniformity of Units

     180   

Tax-Exempt Organizations and Other Investors

     180   

Administrative Matters

     181   

State, Local and Other Tax Considerations

     182   

INVESTMENT IN HI-CRUSH PARTNERS LP BY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

     183   

UNDERWRITING

     184   

Commissions and Expenses

     184   

Option to Purchase Additional Common Units

     185   

Lock-Up Agreements

     185   

Offering Price Determination

     186   

Indemnification

     186   

Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

     186   

Electronic Distribution

     187   

New York Stock Exchange

     188   

Discretionary Sales

     188   

Stamp Taxes

     188   

Relationships

     188   

FINRA

     188   

Selling Restrictions

     188   

VALIDITY OF OUR COMMON UNITS

     191   

EXPERTS

     191   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     191   

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     192   

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

APPENDIX A—AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF HI-CRUSH PARTNERS LP

     A-1   

APPENDIX B—GLOSSARY OF TERMS.

     B-1   

Industry and Market Data

This prospectus includes industry data and forecasts that we obtained from industry publications and surveys, public filings and internal company sources. Industry publications and surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but there can be no assurance as to the accuracy or completeness of the included information. Statements as to our market position and market estimates are based on management’s estimates and assumptions about our markets and our internal research, together with the following industry publications and surveys:

 

   

The Freedonia Group, Inc., Industry Study #2867, Well Stimulation Materials , March 2012;

 

   

Baker Hughes North America Rotary Rig Count; and

 

   

Spears & Associates, Inc., Oilfield Market Report 1999-2012 , March 2012.

While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the market, industry or similar data presented herein, such data involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the headings “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

 

iv


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the historical and pro forma financial statements and the notes to those financial statements, before investing in our common units. The information presented in this prospectus assumes an initial public offering price of $         per common unit (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and, unless otherwise indicated, that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units is not exercised. You should read “Risk Factors” for information about important risks that you should consider before buying our common units.

References in this prospectus to “Hi-Crush Partners LP,” “we,” “our,” “us” or like terms when used in a historical context refer to the business of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, which is our accounting predecessor and is contributing certain of its subsidiaries to Hi-Crush Partners LP in connection with this offering. When used in the present tense or prospectively, those terms refer to Hi-Crush Partners LP and its subsidiaries. References in this prospectus to “Hi-Crush Proppants LLC,” “our predecessor,” “our sponsor” and “the selling unitholder” refer to Hi-Crush Proppants LLC. We include a glossary of some of the terms used in this prospectus as Appendix B.

Hi-Crush Partners LP

Overview

We are a pure play, low-cost, domestic producer of premium monocrystalline sand, a specialized mineral that is used as a “proppant” to enhance the recovery rates of hydrocarbons from oil and natural gas wells. Our reserves consist of “Northern White” sand, a resource existing predominately in Wisconsin and limited portions of the upper Midwest region of the United States, which is highly valued as a preferred proppant because it exceeds all American Petroleum Institute (“API”) specifications. We own, operate and develop sand reserves and related excavation and processing facilities and will seek to acquire or develop additional facilities. Our 561-acre facility with integrated rail infrastructure, located near Wyeville, Wisconsin, enables us to process and cost-effectively deliver approximately 1,600,000 tons of frac sand per year. Substantially all of our frac sand production is sold to leading investment grade-rated pressure pumping service providers under long-term, take-or-pay contracts that require our customers to pay a specified price for a specified volume of frac sand each month.

Over the past decade, exploration and production companies have increasingly focused on exploiting the vast hydrocarbon reserves contained in North America’s unconventional oil and natural gas reservoirs through advanced techniques, such as horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing. In recent years, this focus has resulted in exploration and production companies drilling more and longer horizontal wells, completing more hydraulic fracturing stages per well and utilizing more proppant per stage in an attempt to efficiently maximize the volume of hydrocarbon recoveries per wellbore. As a result, North American demand for proppant has increased rapidly, growing at an average annual rate of 28.0% from 2006 to 2011, with total annual sales of $3.7 billion in 2011, according to The Freedonia Group, a leading international business research company. We believe that the market for raw frac sand will continue to grow based on the expected long-term development of North America’s unconventional oil and natural gas reservoirs.

We intend to utilize the significant oil and natural gas industry experience of our management team to take advantage of what we believe are favorable, long-term market dynamics as we execute our growth strategy, which includes both the acquisition of additional frac sand reserves and the development of new excavation and processing facilities. We expect to have the opportunity to acquire significant additional acreage and reserves currently owned or under an agreement to be acquired by our sponsor, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, including approximately 1,700 acres of additional land and associated reserves in western Wisconsin to which we have a

 

 

1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

right of first offer, in addition to potential acquisitions from third parties. Our sponsor will not, however, be required to accept any offer we make, and may, following good faith negotiations with us, sell the assets subject to our right of first offer to third parties that may compete with us. Our sponsor may also elect to develop, retain and operate properties in competition with us or develop new assets that are not subject to our right of first offer.

We intend to remain solely focused on the frac sand market as we believe it offers attractive long-term growth fundamentals.

Our Business and Properties

Assets and Operations

We own and operate the Wyeville facility, which is located in Monroe County, Wisconsin and, as of December 31, 2011, contained 48.4 million tons of proven recoverable sand reserves of mesh sizes we have currently contracted to sell. According to John T. Boyd Company, a leading mining consulting firm focused on the mineral and natural gas industries (“John T. Boyd”), our proven reserves consist entirely of coarse grade Northern White sand (which is also referred to as “Ottawa” sand) exceeding API specifications. Analysis of our sand by independent third-party testing companies indicates that it demonstrates characteristics in excess of API specifications with regard to crush strength (ability to withstand high pressures), turbidity (low levels of contaminants) and roundness and sphericity (facilitates hydrocarbon flow, or conductivity). For more information regarding the evaluation and estimation of our sand reserves, please read “Business—Assets and Business Operations—Sand Reserves.”

We acquired the Wyeville acreage and commenced construction of the Wyeville facility in January 2011. We completed construction of the Wyeville facility and commenced sand excavation and processing in June 2011 with an initial plant processing capacity of 950,000 tons per year, and customer shipments were initiated in July 2011. From the Wyeville in-service date to March 31, 2012, we have processed and sold 555,250 tons of frac sand. We completed an expansion in March 2012 that increased our annual expected processing capacity to approximately 1,600,000 tons per year. We have contracted approximately 91% of this capacity for the remainder of 2012 and through the second quarter of 2014, and approximately 71% of this capacity for the remainder of 2014 and through the second quarter 2016. Based on currently contracted production rates and a reserve report prepared by John T. Boyd, our Wyeville facility has an implied 33-year reserve life as of December 31, 2011.

All of our product is shipped by rail from our three 5,000-foot rail spurs that connect our processing and storage facilities to a Union Pacific Railroad mainline. The length of these rail spurs and the capacity of the associated product storage silos allow us to accommodate a large number of rail cars. It also enables us to accommodate unit trains, which significantly increases our efficiency in meeting our customers’ frac sand transportation needs. Unit trains, typically 80 rail cars in length or longer, are dedicated trains chartered for a single delivery destination. Generally, unit trains receive priority scheduling and do not switch cars at various intermediate junctions, which results in a more cost-effective and efficient method of shipping than the standard method of rail shipment.

Customers and Contracts

Our current customer base is comprised of subsidiaries of four of North America’s largest providers of pressure pumping services: Baker Hughes Incorporated (“Baker Hughes”), FTS International, LLC. (“FTS International”), Halliburton Company (“Halliburton”) and Weatherford International Ltd. (“Weatherford”). Our largest customers based on current contracts, Baker Hughes and Halliburton, are each rated A2 / A by Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s, respectively, and Weatherford is rated Baa2 / BBB by these agencies. FTS International

 

 

2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

is rated B1 / B by these agencies. Spears and Associates estimates that these four companies controlled 47% of North American pressure pumping fleet in 2011 and accounted for greater than 50% of the North American pressure pumping market, based on 2011 revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2011, sales to Halliburton and Weatherford accounted for 64% and 36% of our total revenues, respectively. Sales under our contracts with Baker Hughes and FTS International commenced in May 2012.

We sell substantially all of the frac sand we produce under long-term, take-or-pay contracts that significantly reduce our exposure to short-term fluctuations in the price of and demand for frac sand. For the year ended December 31, 2011 and the first quarter of 2012, we generated 99% of our revenues from frac sand delivered under our long-term sand sales contracts, and we expect to continue selling a significant majority of our sand under long-term contracts. As of May 10, 2012, we had four long-term sand sales contracts with a weighted average remaining life of approximately 4.7 years. The following table presents a summary of our contracted volumes and revenues from 2011 through 2015, as well as the average contract sales price and make-whole price our customers are obligated to pay in the event they decline to accept delivery of the required product volumes under their respective contracts.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2011     2012     2013     2014     2015  

Contracted Volumes (tons)

    331,667        1,216,667        1,460,000        1,295,000        1,130,000   

% of Processing Capacity(1)

    79     85     91     81     71

Contracted Revenue

  $ 19,916,667      $ 78,966,667      $ 96,466,667      $ 88,350,000      $ 80,100,000   

Average Sales Price per ton

    $60        $65        $66        $68        $71   

Average Make-Whole Price per ton

    $60        $49        $49        $51        $51   

 

(1) Percentage of processing capacity for 2011 and 2012 based on weighted average processing capacity for such periods.

As the above table illustrates, when one of our contracts expires in 2014, the average contracted price per ton will increase. The expiring contract provides for sales prices lower than current market prices. Prior to this contract’s expiration, we will seek to renew or replace this contract on pricing terms more comparable to market prices at the time. Occasionally, if we have excess production and market conditions are favorable, we may elect to sell frac sand in spot market transactions.

The terms of our customer contracts, including sand quality requirements, quantity parameters, permitted sources of supply, effects of future regulatory changes, force majeure and termination and assignment provisions, vary by customer. As indicated in the above table, our customer contracts contain penalties for non-performance by our customers, with make-whole prices averaging approximately $49 per ton in 2012. If one of our customers fails to meet its minimum obligations to us, we would expect that the make-whole payment, combined with a decrease in our variable costs (such as royalty payments and excavation costs), would substantially mitigate any adverse impact on our cash flow from such failure. We would also have the ability to sell the sand volumes for which we receive make-whole payments to third parties. Our customer contracts also contain penalties for our non-performance. If we are unable to deliver contracted volumes within three months of contract year end, or otherwise arrange for delivery from a third party, we are required to pay make-whole payments averaging approximately $49 per ton in 2012. We believe our expanded Wyeville facility, substantial reserves and our on-site processing and logistics capabilities reduce our risk of non-performance. In addition, we intentionally maintain long-term contracted volume commitments to our customers at less than 100% of our processing capacity to provide excess capacity to further reduce the likelihood of failing to meet the requirements of our contracts. We believe our levels of inventory combined with our three month cure period starting at contract year end should be more than sufficient to prevent us from paying make-whole payments as a result of plant shutdowns due to repairs to our facilities necessitated by reasonably foreseeable mechanical interruptions.

 

 

3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Industry Dynamics

Demand Trends

The North American proppant market, including raw frac sand, ceramic and resin-coated proppants, was approximately 22 million tons in 2011. Industry estimates for 2011 indicate that the raw frac sand market represented approximately 17 million tons, or 77.2% of the total proppant market by weight. Over the past five years, proppant demand by weight has increased by 28.0% annually, and the market is projected to continue growing by 7.2% per year through 2016, representing an increase of approximately nine million tons in annual proppant demand over that time period. The total North American proppant market size in dollars was $3.7 billion in 2011 and is projected to grow 10.5% annually through 2016, according to The Freedonia Group. The following chart illustrates historical and forecasted proppant demand for certain years from 2001 to 2021.

Historical and Projected Proppant Demand

 

LOGO

Source: The Freedonia Group

Demand growth for frac sand and other proppants is primarily due to advancements in oil and natural gas drilling and well completion technology and techniques, such as horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing. These advancements have made the extraction of oil and natural gas increasingly cost-effective in formations that historically would have been uneconomic to develop. Over the past five years, North American rig count has increased by 2.6% annually, while the demand for proppant by weight has grown at a rate of 28.0% annually. We believe that demand for proppant has and will continue to increase at a rate greater than rig count as a result of the following additional demand drivers:

 

   

improved drilling rig productivity, resulting in more wells drilled per rig per year;

 

   

increases in the percentage of rigs that are drilling horizontal wells;

 

   

increases in the length of the typical horizontal wellbore;

 

   

increases in the number of fracture stages per foot in the typical completed horizontal wellbore;

 

   

increases in the volume of proppant used per fracturing stage; and

 

   

recurring efforts to offset steep production declines in unconventional oil and natural gas reservoirs, including the drilling of new wells and secondary hydraulic fracturing of existing wells.

Furthermore, recent growth in demand for raw frac sand has outpaced growth in demand for other proppants, and industry analysts predict that this trend will continue. According to The Freedonia Group, North American demand for all types of proppants, in dollar terms, is projected to increase 10.5% annually from 2011 through 2016, while demand for raw frac sand is projected to increase 12.1% annually over that time period. As well completion costs have increased as a proportion of total well costs, operators have increasingly looked for ways to improve per well economics by lowering costs without sacrificing production performance. To this end,

 

 

4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

the oil and natural gas industry is shifting away from the use of higher-cost proppants towards more cost-effective proppants, such as raw frac sand. The substantial increase in activity in North American oil and liquids-rich resource plays has further accelerated the demand growth for raw frac sand. Within these oil and liquids-rich basins, Northern White sand with coarser mesh sizes is often preferred due to its performance characteristics.

Supply Trends

As demand for raw frac sand has increased dramatically in recent years, the supply of raw frac sand has failed to keep pace, resulting in a supply-demand disparity. While a number of existing and new competitors have announced supply expansions and greenfield projects, we do not expect the magnitude of these expansions to meet expected demand. There are several key constraints to increasing raw frac sand production on an industry-wide basis, including:

 

   

the difficulty of finding frac sand reserves that meet API specifications;

 

   

the difficulty of securing contiguous frac sand reserves large enough to justify the capital investment required to develop a processing facility;

 

   

the challenges of identifying reserves with the above characteristics that either are located in close proximity to oil and natural gas reservoirs or have rail access needed for low-cost transportation to major shale basins;

 

   

the hurdles of securing mining, production, water, air, refuse and other federal, state and local operating permits from the proper authorities;

 

   

local opposition to development of facilities, especially those that require the use of on-road transportation, including moratoria on raw frac sand facilities in multiple counties in Wisconsin which hold potential sand reserves; and

 

   

the long lead time required to design and construct sand processing facilities that can efficiently process large quantities of high quality frac sand.

Business Strategies

Our primary business objective is to increase our cash distributions per unit over time. We intend to accomplish this objective by executing the following strategies:

 

   

Focusing on stable, long-term, take-or-pay contracts with key customers . A key component of our business model is our contracting strategy, which seeks to secure a high percentage of our cash flows under long-term, fixed price contracts with take-or-pay provisions, while also staggering the tenors of our contracts so that they expire at different times. We believe this contracting strategy significantly mitigates our exposure to the potential price volatility of the spot market for frac sand in the short-term, allows us to take advantage of any increase in frac sand prices over the medium-term and provides us with long-term cash flow stability. As current contracts expire or as we add new processing capacity, we intend to pursue similar long-term contracts with our current customers and with other leading pressure pumping service providers. We intend to utilize nearly all of our processing capacity to fulfill these contracts, with any excess processed frac sand first offered to existing customers and the remaining amount sold opportunistically in the spot market.

 

   

Pursuing accretive acquisitions from our sponsor and third parties . We expect to pursue accretive acquisitions of frac sand facilities from our sponsor, including through our right of first offer to acquire an aggregate of 1,700 acres of additional land in western Wisconsin with approximately 79.2 million tons of proven recoverable reserves of frac sand according to John T. Boyd, as well as from third-party frac sand producers. As we evaluate acquisition opportunities, we intend to remain focused on

 

 

5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

operations that complement our reserves of premium frac sand and that provide or would accommodate the development and construction of rail or other advantaged logistics capabilities. We believe these factors are critical to our business model and are important characteristics for any potential acquisitions.

 

   

Expanding our proved reserve base and processing capacity . We seek to identify and evaluate economically attractive expansion and facility enhancement opportunities to increase our proved reserves and processing capacity. At Wyeville and any future sites, we expect to pursue add-on acreage acquisitions near our facilities to expand our reserve base and increase our reserve life. In March 2012, we completed an expansion of our Wyeville facility, increasing annual processing capacity from 950,000 tons per year to approximately 1,600,000 tons per year by adding wet and dry plant capacity and additional sand storage silos. We will continue to analyze and pursue other organic expansion efforts that will similarly allow us to cost-effectively optimize our existing assets and meet the customer demand for our high quality frac sand.

 

   

Capitalizing on compelling industry fundamentals . We intend to continue to position ourselves as a pure play producer of high quality frac sand, as we believe the frac sand market offers attractive long-term growth fundamentals. The growth of horizontal drilling in shale and other unconventional oil and natural gas plays has resulted in greater demand for frac sand. This demand growth is underpinned by increased horizontal drilling, higher proppant use per well and cost advantages over resin-coated sand and manufactured ceramics. We believe frac sand supply will continue to be constrained by the difficulty in finding reserves that meet the technical specifications of the API in contiguous quantities large enough to justify the capital investment required and the challenges associated with successfully obtaining the necessary local, state and federal permits required for operations.

 

   

Maintaining financial flexibility and conservative leverage . We plan to pursue a disciplined financial policy and maintain a conservative capital structure. We expect to have no indebtedness at the closing of this offering and $         million of liquidity in the form of cash on hand and undrawn borrowing capacity under our new $         million revolving credit facility. We believe that our borrowing capacity and ability to access debt and equity capital markets after this offering will provide us with the financial flexibility necessary to achieve our organic expansion and acquisition strategy.

Competitive Strengths

We believe that we are well positioned to successfully execute our strategy and achieve our primary business objective because of the following competitive strengths:

 

   

Long-term contracted cash flow stability . We will generate substantially all of our revenues from the sale of frac sand under long-term contracts that require subsidiaries of Baker Hughes, FTS International, Halliburton and Weatherford to pay specified prices for specified volumes of product each month. We believe that the take-or-pay volume and pricing provisions and the long-term nature of our contracts will provide us with a stable base of cash flows and limit the risks associated with price movements in the spot market and any changes in product demand during the contract period. We are currently contracted to sell 1,460,000 tons of frac sand annually from our Wyeville facility, and as of May 10, 2012, our contracts had a weighted average remaining life of approximately 4.7 years.

 

   

Long-lived, high quality reserve base . Our Wyeville facility contains approximately 48.4 million tons of proven recoverable coarse grade reserves as of December 31, 2011, based on a third-party reserve report by John T. Boyd and has an implied 33-year reserve life at currently contracted production rates. These reserves consist of high quality Northern White frac sand. Analysis by independent third-party testing companies indicates that our sand demonstrates characteristics in excess of API specifications with regard to crush strength, turbidity and sphericity. As a result, our raw frac sand is particularly well suited for and is experiencing significant demand from customers for use in the hydraulic fracturing of unconventional oil and natural gas wells.

 

 

6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

Intrinsic logistics and infrastructure advantage . The strategic location and logistics capabilities of our Wyeville facility enable us to serve all major U.S. oil and natural gas producing basins. Our on-site transportation assets include three 5,000-foot rail spurs off a Union Pacific Railroad mainline that are capable of accommodating unit trains, allowing our customers to receive priority scheduling, expedited delivery and a more cost-effective shipping alternative. Our logistics capabilities enable efficient loading of sand and minimize rail car turnaround times at the facility, and we expect to acquire or develop similar logistics capabilities at any facilities we own in the future. We believe we are one of the few frac sand producers with a facility initially designed to deliver frac sand meeting API specifications to all of the major U.S. oil and natural gas producing basins by on-site rail facilities, including on-site storage capacity accommodating unit trains.

 

   

Competitive operating cost structure . Our operations have been strategically designed to provide low per-unit production costs with a significant variable component for the excavation and processing of our sand. Our sand reserves do not require blasting or crushing to be processed and, due to the shallow overburden at our Wyeville facility, we are able to use surface mining equipment in our operations, which provides for a lower cost structure than underground mining operations. Our mining operations are subcontracted to Gerke Excavating, Inc. at a fixed cost of $2.09 per ton excavated, subject to a diesel fuel surcharge, under a three-year contract. Unlike some competitors, our processing and rail loading facilities are located on-site, which eliminates the requirement for on-road transportation, lowers product movement costs and minimizes the reduction in sand quality due to handling.

 

   

Experienced and incentivized management team . Our management team has extensive experience investing and operating in the oil and natural gas industry and will be focused on optimizing our current business and expanding our operations through disciplined development and accretive acquisitions. We believe our management team’s substantial experience and relationships with participants in the oilfield services and exploration and production industries provide us with an extensive operational and commercial understanding of the markets in which our customers operate. The expertise of our management and operations teams covers a wide range of disciplines, with an emphasis on development, construction and operation of frac sand processing facilities, frac sand supply chain management and consulting and bulk solids material handling. Members of our management team are strongly incentivized to profitably grow our business and cash flows through their 39% interest in our sponsor, which will own              of our common units and all of our subordinated units and incentive distribution rights following this offering.

Risk Factors

An investment in our common units involves risks. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, those other risks described in “Risk Factors” and the other information in this prospectus, before deciding whether to invest in our common units. The following risks and others are discussed in more detail in “Risk Factors.”

Risks Inherent in Our Business

 

   

We may not have sufficient cash from operations following the establishment of cash reserves and payment of costs and expenses, including cost reimbursements to our general partner and its affiliates, to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to our unitholders.

 

   

On a pro forma basis we would not have had sufficient cash available for distribution to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all units for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012.

 

   

The amount of cash we have available for distribution to holders of our units depends primarily on our cash flow and not solely on profitability, which may prevent us from making cash distributions during periods when we record net income.

 

 

7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

Only approximately $4.1 million of the proceeds from the sale of common units in this offering will be available to us to fund our operations or to pay distributions to public unitholders.

 

   

The assumptions underlying our forecast of cash available for distribution included in “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions” are inherently uncertain and subject to significant business, economic, financial, regulatory and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause cash available for distribution to differ materially from those estimates.

 

   

Inaccuracies in estimates of volumes and qualities of our sand reserves could result in lower than expected sales and higher than expected production costs.

 

   

Substantially all of our sales are generated under contracts with four customers, and the loss of, or significant reduction in purchases by, any of them could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

   

If we are unable to make acquisitions on economically acceptable terms, our future growth would be limited, and any acquisitions we make may reduce, rather than increase, our cash generated from operations on a per unit basis.

 

   

Our long-term business and financial performance depends on the level of drilling and completion activity in the oil and natural gas industry.

 

   

All of our sales are generated at one facility. Any adverse developments at our Wyeville facility could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

   

An increase in the supply of raw frac sand having similar characteristics as the raw frac sand we produce could make it more difficult for us to renew or replace our existing contracts on favorable terms or at all.

 

   

Federal, state and local legislative and regulatory initiatives relating to hydraulic fracturing and the potential for related litigation could result in increased costs, additional operating restrictions or delays for our customers, which could cause a decline in the demand for our frac sand and negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

   

Because we have a limited operating history, you may not be able to evaluate our current business and future earnings prospects accurately.

Risks Related to Environmental, Mining and Other Regulations

 

   

We and our customers are subject to extensive environmental and health and safety regulations that impose, and will continue to impose, significant costs and liabilities. In addition, future regulations, or more stringent enforcement of existing regulations, could increase those costs and liabilities, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

   

Silica-related legislation, health issues and litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation or results of operations.

 

   

We are subject to the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977, which imposes stringent health and safety standards on numerous aspects of our operations.

 

   

We and our customers are subject to other extensive regulations, including licensing, plant and wildlife protection and reclamation regulation, that impose, and will continue to impose, significant costs and liabilities. In addition, future regulations, or more stringent enforcement of existing regulations, could increase those costs and liabilities, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

   

Our inability to acquire, maintain or renew financial assurances related to the reclamation and restoration of mining property could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

 

8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us

 

   

Our sponsor owns and controls our general partner, which has sole responsibility for conducting our business and managing our operations. Our general partner and its affiliates, including our sponsor, have conflicts of interest with us and limited duties, and they may favor their own interests to the detriment of us and our unitholders.

 

   

The board of directors of our general partner may modify or revoke our cash distribution policy at any time at its discretion. Our partnership agreement does not require us to pay any distributions at all.

 

   

Our sponsor and other affiliates of our general partner will have the ability to compete with us, and we expect that our sponsor will compete with us once operations at its processing facility in Augusta, Wisconsin commence in the third quarter of 2012.

 

   

Holders of our common units have limited voting rights and are not entitled to elect our general partner or its directors, which could reduce the price at which our common units will trade.

 

   

Unitholders will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $         per common unit.

 

   

There is no existing market for our common units, and a trading market that will provide you with adequate liquidity may not develop. The price of our common units may fluctuate significantly, and unitholders could lose all or part of their investment.

 

   

Our sponsor, which is our accounting predecessor for financial reporting purposes, has a material weakness in its internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, our ability to accurately report our financial results could be adversely affected.

Tax Risks to Common Unitholders

 

   

Our tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, as well as our not being subject to a material amount of entity-level taxation by individual states. If the IRS were to treat us as a corporation for federal income tax purposes or we were to become subject to material additional amounts of entity-level taxation for state tax purposes, then our cash available for distribution to you could be substantially reduced.

 

   

The tax treatment of publicly-traded partnerships or an investment in our units could be subject to potential legislative, judicial or administrative changes and differing interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis.

 

   

You will be required to pay taxes on your share of our income even if you do not receive any cash distributions from us.

Our Management

We are managed and operated by the board of directors and executive officers of our general partner, Hi-Crush GP LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of our sponsor. As a result of owning our general partner, our sponsor will have the right to appoint all members of the board of directors of our general partner, including at least three independent directors meeting the independence standards established by the NYSE. At least one of our independent directors will be appointed prior to the date our common units are listed for trading on the NYSE. Our unitholders will not be entitled to elect our general partner or its directors or otherwise directly participate in our management or operations. For more information about the executive officers and directors of our general partner, please read “Management.”

 

 

9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our Relationship with Our Sponsor

Overview and History

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, our sponsor, was formed in 2010 in Houston, Texas. Members of our sponsor’s management team have, on average, more than 20 years of experience investing in and operating businesses in the oil and natural gas and sand mining industries. Members of our management team have partnered with major oilfield services companies and exploration and production companies in the development of oil and natural gas reservoirs. In this capacity, members of our management team gained valuable expertise and developed strong relationships in the oilfield services industry. Recognizing the increasing demand for proppants as a result of rapidly evolving hydraulic fracturing techniques, members of our management team chose to leverage their expertise and relationships to capitalize on this increasing demand by developing raw frac sand reserves and facilities. In addition, our Chief Operating Officer has overseen the design, construction and staffing for multiple sand mining and processing facilities. The expertise of our management and operations teams covers a wide range of disciplines, with an emphasis on development, construction and operation of frac sand processing facilities, frac sand supply chain management and consulting and bulk solids material handling.

Our sponsor’s lead investor is Avista Capital Partners, a leading private equity firm with significant investing and operating expertise in the energy industry. Founded in 2005 by senior investment professionals who worked together at DLJ Merchant Banking Partners (“DLJMB”), then one of the world’s largest and most successful private equity franchises, Avista makes controlling or influential minority investments in connection with various transaction structures. The energy team at Avista is comprised of experienced professionals and industry executives with relevant expertise in the energy sector. Avista principals have led over $2.7 billion in equity investments in energy companies while at Avista and DLJMB, including Basic Energy Services, Inc., Brigham Exploration Company, Copano Energy, L.L.C., Seabulk International, Inc., and joint-ventures with Carrizo Oil & Gas, Inc.

Our Sponsor’s Assets and Our Right of First Offer

In connection with this offering, our sponsor is contributing to us its sand reserves and related excavation and processing facilities located in Wyeville, Wisconsin, which are being contributed to us because of Wyeville’s established operating history and the fact that it is our sponsor’s most fully-contracted facility. In addition to the Wyeville facility, our sponsor owns or has options to acquire several other sand mining locations where it could develop similar logistics capabilities as the Wyeville facility, and it will retain these assets following this offering. Pursuant to the terms of an omnibus agreement we expect to enter into with our sponsor, we will have a right of first offer with respect to certain of our sponsor’s current assets, which are located in Augusta, Wisconsin and Tomah, Wisconsin, and are described in more detail below. Our sponsor’s success in identifying and acquiring these locations resulted from its expertise in identifying quality sand reserves, as well as its efficient construction of the Wyeville facility and its on-site approach to excavation and logistics, which minimizes community impact during the production process.

The Augusta excavation and processing facility in Eau Claire County, Wisconsin is currently under construction and is expected to be operational in the third quarter of 2012. John T. Boyd estimated that, as of December 31, 2011, the Augusta site had 46.2 million tons of proven recoverable coarse grade sand reserves located on approximately 1,000 acres. Our sponsor is building a 1,600,000 ton per year processing facility, and John T. Boyd estimates that the site has a reserve life of approximately 39 years based on currently contracted production levels. After taking into account our sponsor’s agreement to assume one of our customer contracts, our sponsor has contracted for the sale of 1,200,000 tons of sand per year from the Augusta facility with two of our existing customers under take-or-pay contracts with a weighted average life of approximately 4.8 years that specify both volumes and price. The customers will take delivery of the sand at on-site rail facilities that, like the Wyeville facility, can accommodate unit trains.

 

 

10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our sponsor has agreed to acquire approximately 700 acres in Tomah, Wisconsin, which is six miles south of the Wyeville facility in Monroe County. The Tomah site has access to the same Union Pacific Railroad mainline as the Wyeville facility, which runs adjacent to the property, and could accommodate similar rail logistics as the Wyeville facility. Extensive core samples have been taken at Tomah and independently tested with results indicating a high quality sand reserve similar to the Wyeville site. According to a John T. Boyd reserve report, the Tomah site had proven recoverable sand reserves of 33 million tons as of December 31, 2011, which represents a 51-year reserve life assuming construction of a 650,000 ton per year processing facility.

In addition, our sponsor is evaluating a number of additional development locations and adds potential projects to its development backlog regularly.

Our sponsor’s retained sand facilities represent a significant potential growth opportunity for us. Our sponsor continually evaluates acquisitions and may elect to acquire, construct or dispose of assets in the future, including sales of assets to us. As the owner of our general partner,              of our common units, all              of our subordinated units and all of our incentive distribution rights following this offering, our sponsor is well aligned and highly motivated to promote and support the successful execution of our business strategies, including utilizing our partnership as a growth vehicle for its sand mining operations. Although we expect to have the opportunity to make additional acquisitions directly from our sponsor in the future, including the sand excavation and processing facilities described above that are subject to our right of first offer, our sponsor is under no obligation to accept any offer we make, and may, following good faith negotiations with us, sell the assets subject to our right of first offer to third parties that may compete with us. Our sponsor may also elect to develop, retain and operate properties in competition with us or develop new assets that are not subject to our right of first offer.

In addition, while we believe our relationship with our sponsor is a significant positive attribute, it may also be a source of conflict. For example, our sponsor is not restricted in its ability to compete with us, and beginning with the commencement of operations at our sponsor’s Augusta facility scheduled for the third quarter of 2012, our sponsor will operate frac sand excavation and processing facilities that will compete directly with us for new and existing customers. We expect that our sponsor will develop additional frac sand excavation and processing facilities in the future, which may also compete with us. While we expect that our management team, which also manages our sponsor’s retained assets, and our sponsor will allocate new and replacement customer contracts between us and our sponsor in a manner that balances the interests of both parties, they are under no obligation to do so. Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.”

Summary of Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties

Our general partner has a legal duty to manage us in a manner it believes is in our best interest. However, the officers and directors of our general partner also have fiduciary duties to manage our general partner in a manner beneficial to our sponsor, the owner of our general partner. As a result, conflicts of interest may arise in the future between us or our unitholders, on the one hand, and our sponsor and our general partner, on the other hand.

Our partnership agreement limits the liability of and replaces the duties owed by our general partner to our unitholders. Our partnership agreement also restricts the remedies available to our unitholders for actions that might otherwise constitute a breach of our general partner’s duties. By purchasing a common unit, the purchaser agrees to be bound by the terms of our partnership agreement, and each unitholder is treated as having consented to various actions and potential conflicts of interest contemplated in the partnership agreement that might otherwise be considered a breach of fiduciary or other duties under Delaware law.

We expect that the board of directors of our general partner will delegate to a conflicts committee of the board of directors the authority to approve material transactions with related parties.

 

 

11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

For a more detailed description of the conflicts of interest and duties of our general partner, please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.” For a description of other relationships with our affiliates, please read “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”

Principal Executive Offices

We are a Delaware limited partnership formed in May 2012. Our principal executive offices are located at Three Riverway, Suite 1550, Houston, Texas 77056, and our telephone number is (713) 963-0099. Our website address will be www.hicrushpartners.com . We intend to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, available, free of charge, through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or “JOBS Act.” For as long as we are an emerging growth company, unlike other public companies, we will not be required to:

 

   

provide an auditor’s attestation report on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our system of internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

 

   

comply with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or the PCAOB, requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and the financial statements of the issuer;

 

   

comply with any new audit rules adopted by the PCAOB after April 5, 2012, unless the Securities and Exchange Commission determines otherwise;

 

   

provide certain disclosure regarding executive compensation required of larger public companies; or

 

   

obtain shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We will cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the earliest of:

 

   

when we have $1.0 billion or more in annual revenues;

 

   

when we have at least $700 million in market value of our common units held by non-affiliates;

 

   

when we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period; or

 

   

the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. However, we are choosing to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

 

 

12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Formation Transactions and Partnership Structure

We are a Delaware limited partnership formed in May 2012 by our sponsor, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, to own and operate certain of the businesses that have historically been conducted by Hi-Crush Proppants LLC.

In connection with the closing of this offering, the following will occur:

 

   

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC will contribute Hi-Crush Chambers LLC, Hi-Crush Railroad LLC, Hi-Crush Wyeville LLC and Hi-Crush Operating LLC to us;

 

   

we will assume the obligations of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC under certain subordinated promissory notes, under which $57.1 million of indebtedness was outstanding as of May 31, 2012;

 

   

we will issue to Hi-Crush Proppants LLC              common units and              subordinated units;

 

   

we will issue              common units to the public;

 

   

we will receive gross proceeds of $         million from the issuance and sale of              common units at an assumed initial offering price of $         per unit;

 

   

we will use a portion of the proceeds we receive from this offering to pay underwriting discounts and our portion of the structuring fee totaling approximately $         million and other estimated offering expenses of $         million;

 

   

a portion of the remaining proceeds we receive from this offering will be used to repay in full all indebtedness outstanding under the subordinated promissory notes assumed by us in connection with this offering and to reimburse capital expenditures of, and pay a distribution to, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC;

 

   

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC will sell          common units to the public in this offering and will receive gross proceeds of $         million from the sale of such units at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per unit;

 

   

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC will use a portion of the proceeds received by it from this offering to pay underwriting discounts and its portion of the structuring fee totaling approximately $         million;

 

   

to the extent the underwriters exercise their option to purchase          additional common units, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC will sell such units to the public, pay the related underwriting discounts and structuring fee and retain the net proceeds; and

 

   

we will enter into an omnibus agreement with Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, our general partner and certain of its affiliates pursuant to which:

 

   

we will agree to reimburse Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and its affiliates for the payment of certain capital expenditures, operating expenses and for providing various general and administrative services;

 

   

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC will indemnify us for certain environmental, toxic tort, title and right-of-way defects and other matters;

 

   

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC will assume our customer contract with FTS International beginning on May 1, 2013; and

 

   

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC will grant us a right of first offer with respect to its Augusta and Tomah acreage and related assets, which are being retained by Hi-Crush Proppants LLC in connection with this offering.

 

 

13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Organizational Structure

The following is a simplified diagram of our ownership structure after giving effect to this offering and the related transactions.

 

LOGO

 

Public Common Units

          %(1) 

Interests of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC:

  

Common Units

          %(1) 

Subordinated Units

         

Incentive Distribution Rights

        (2) 

Non-Economic General Partner Interest

     0.0 %(3) 
  

 

 

 
     100.0
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units. If and to the extent the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units from the selling unitholder, the units purchased pursuant to such exercise will be sold to the public.
(2) Incentive distribution rights represent a variable interest in distributions and thus are not expressed as a fixed percentage. Please read “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners—Incentive Distribution Rights.” Distributions with respect to the incentive distribution rights will be classified as distributions with respect to equity interests. Incentive distribution rights will be issued to Hi-Crush Proppants LLC.
(3) Our general partner owns a non-economic general partner interest in us. Please read “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners—General Partner Interest.”

 

 

14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The Offering

 

Common units offered to the public by us

             common units.

 

Common units offered to the public by the selling unitholder

             common units.

 

Option to purchase additional common units from the selling unitholder

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units in full, the selling unitholder will sell an additional              common units to the public.

 

Units outstanding after this offering

             common units and              subordinated units for a total of              limited partner units. If and to the extent the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units, the selling unitholder, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, will sell the number of common units purchased by the underwriters pursuant to such exercise and the remainder, if any, will be retained by Hi-Crush Proppants LLC. Accordingly, the exercise of the underwriters’ option will not affect the total number of common units outstanding. In addition, our general partner will own a non-economic general partner interest in us.

 

Use of proceeds

We expect to receive net proceeds of approximately $         million from this offering (based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per common unit, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts, our portion of the structuring fee and estimated offering expenses. We intend to use approximately $         million of the net proceeds we receive from this offering to repay in full debt we intend to assume from our sponsor in connection with this offering. We intend to use approximately $         million of the net proceeds we receive from this offering to reimburse capital expenditures of, and pay a distribution to, our sponsor. The remaining net proceeds of approximately $4.1 million will be available to fund capital expenditures and for general partnership purposes. Please read “Use of Proceeds.”

 

  We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common units by the selling unitholder in this offering, including proceeds from the sale of additional common units by the selling unitholder pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units.

 

Cash distributions

We expect to make a minimum quarterly distribution of $         per common unit and subordinated unit ($         per common unit and subordinated unit on an annualized basis) to the extent we have sufficient cash after establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including payments to our general partner and its affiliates. Our ability to pay the minimum quarterly distribution is subject to various restrictions and other factors described in more detail under the caption “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

 

 

15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  For the first quarter that we are publicly-traded, we will pay a prorated distribution covering the period from the completion of this offering through                     , 2012, based on the actual length of that period.

 

  Our partnership agreement generally provides that we will distribute cash each quarter in the following manner:

 

   

first , to the holders of common units, until each common unit has received the minimum quarterly distribution of $           plus any arrearages from prior quarters;

 

   

second , to the holders of subordinated units, until each subordinated unit has received the minimum quarterly distribution of $        , and

 

   

third , to the holders of common and subordinated units pro rata, until each has received a distribution of $        .

 

  If cash distributions to our unitholders exceed $         per common unit and subordinated unit in any quarter, our unitholders and our sponsor (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights) will receive distributions according to the following percentage allocations:

 

Total Quarterly Distribution
Target Amount

   Marginal Percentage Interest
in Distributions
 
   Unitholders     Sponsor
(as Holder of
Our Incentive
Distribution Rights)
 

above $             up to $            

     100.0     0.0

above $             up to $            

     85.0     15.0

above $             up to $            

     75.0     25.0

above $            

     50.0     50.0

 

  We refer to the additional increasing distributions to our sponsor as “incentive distributions.” Please read “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners—Incentive Distribution Rights.”

 

  Our pro forma cash available for distribution for the three months ended March 31, 2012 was approximately $7.4 million (or $         per common unit). This amount would have been insufficient to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our common and subordinated units for the three months ended March 31, 2012 by approximately $         million. As a result, for the three months ended March 31, 2012 we would have generated cash available for distribution sufficient to pay 100% of the minimum quarterly distribution on all of our common units, but only approximately         % of the minimum quarterly distribution on our subordinated units during that period.

 

 

We believe, based on our financial forecast and related assumptions included in “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on

 

 

16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

Distributions,” that we will have sufficient cash available for distribution to pay the minimum quarterly distribution of $         on all of our common units and subordinated units for each quarter in the twelve months ending September 30, 2013. However, we do not have a legal or contractual obligation to pay quarterly distributions at our minimum quarterly distribution rate or at any other rate and there is no guarantee that we will pay distributions to our unitholders in any quarter. Please read “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

 

Subordinated units

Our sponsor will initially own all of our subordinated units. The principal difference between our common units and subordinated units is that in any quarter during the subordination period, holders of the subordinated units are not entitled to receive any distribution until the common units have received the minimum quarterly distribution plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution from prior quarters. Subordinated units will not accrue arrearages.

 

Conversion of subordinated units

The subordination period will end on the first business day after we have earned and paid at least (1) $         (the minimum quarterly distribution on an annualized basis) on each outstanding common unit and subordinated unit for each of three consecutive, non-overlapping four quarter periods ending on or after                     , 2015 or (2) $         (150.0% of the annualized minimum quarterly distribution) on each outstanding common unit and subordinated unit and the related distribution on the incentive distribution rights for a four-quarter period ending on or after                     , 2013, in each case provided there are no arrearages on our common units at that time.

 

  The subordination period also will end upon the removal of our general partner other than for cause if no subordinated units or common units held by the holder(s) of subordinated units or their affiliates are voted in favor of that removal.

 

  When the subordination period ends, all subordinated units will convert into common units on a one-for-one basis, and all common units thereafter will no longer be entitled to arrearages.

 

Our sponsor’s right to reset the target distribution levels

Our sponsor, as the initial holder of our incentive distribution rights, has the right, at any time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and it has received incentive distributions at the highest level to which it is entitled (50.0%) for the prior four consecutive whole fiscal quarters, to reset the initial target distribution levels at higher levels based on our cash distributions at the time of the exercise of the reset election. If our sponsor transfers all or a portion of our incentive distribution rights in the future, then the holder or holders of a majority of our incentive distribution rights will be entitled to exercise this right. The following assumes that our sponsor holds all of the incentive distribution rights at

 

 

17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

the time that a reset election is made. Following a reset election, the minimum quarterly distribution will be adjusted to equal the reset minimum quarterly distribution, and the target distribution levels will be reset to correspondingly higher levels based on the same percentage increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution as the current target distribution levels.

 

  If our sponsor elects to reset the target distribution levels, it will be entitled to receive a number of common units. The number of common units to be issued to our sponsor will equal the number of common units that would have entitled the holder to an aggregate quarterly cash distribution in the quarter prior to the reset election equal to the distribution to our sponsor on the incentive distribution rights in the quarter prior to the reset election. Please read “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners—Our Sponsor’s Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels.”

 

Issuance of additional units

Our partnership agreement authorizes us to issue an unlimited number of additional units without the approval of our unitholders. Please read “Units Eligible for Future Sale” and “The Partnership Agreement—Issuance of Additional Interests.”

 

Limited voting rights

Our general partner will manage and operate us. Unlike the holders of common stock in a corporation, our unitholders will have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our business. Our unitholders will have no right to elect our general partner or its directors on an annual or other continuing basis. Our general partner may not be removed except by a vote of the holders of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the outstanding units, including any units owned by our general partner and its affiliates, voting together as a single class. Upon consummation of this offering, our sponsor will own an aggregate of     % of our outstanding units (or     % of our outstanding units, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units in full). This will give our sponsor the ability to prevent the removal of our general partner. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Voting Rights.”

 

Limited call right

If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 80% of the outstanding common units, our general partner has the right, but not the obligation, to purchase all of the remaining common units at a price equal to the greater of (1) the average of the daily closing price of the common units over the 20 trading days preceding the date three days before notice of exercise of the call right is first mailed and (2) the highest per-unit price paid by our general partner or any of its affiliates for common units during the 90-day period preceding the date such notice is first mailed. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Limited Call Right.”

 

 

18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Estimated ratio of taxable income to distributions

We estimate that if you own the common units you purchase in this offering through the record date for distributions for the period ending December 31, 2014, you will be allocated, on a cumulative basis, an amount of federal taxable income for that period that will be less than     % of the cash distributed to you with respect to that period. For example, if you receive an annual distribution of $         per unit, we estimate that your average allocable federal taxable income per year will be no more than approximately $         per unit. Thereafter, the ratio of allocable taxable income to cash distributions to you could substantially increase. Please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership” beginning on page 170 for the basis of this estimate.

 

Material federal income tax consequences

For a discussion of the material federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to prospective unitholders who are individual citizens or residents of the United States, please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

 

Exchange listing

We intend to apply to list our common units on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the symbol “HCLP.”

 

 

19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data

The partnership was formed in May 2012 and does not have historical financial statements. Therefore, in this prospectus we present the historical financial statements of our sponsor, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, which is our accounting predecessor for financial reporting purposes. In connection with the closing of this offering, our sponsor will contribute all of the outstanding equity interests in certain of its operating subsidiaries, which account for substantially all of our sponsor’s historical business, to us. The following table presents summary historical financial and operating data of our sponsor and summary pro forma financial and operating data of Hi-Crush Partners LP as of the dates and for the periods indicated.

Our sponsor was formed in October 2010 to develop excavation, processing and logistics facilities for raw frac sand used in hydraulic fracturing operations in oil and natural gas wells. Since its formation, our sponsor acquired our assets in a number of separate acquisitions. As a result of our sponsor’s recent formation, we have limited operating history upon which you can base an evaluation of our current business and our future earnings prospects. This prospectus includes audited financial statements only as of December 31, 2011 and for the period from inception (October 28, 2010) to December 31, 2010 and unaudited financial information as of and for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2012 and 2011. In this prospectus, we refer to the period from inception to December 31, 2010 as the two-month period ended December 31, 2010. We have not completed or provided in this prospectus any stand-alone pre-acquisition financial statements for the assets we acquired in the transactions described above. As a result, and given our recent date of formation, we have not provided in this prospectus three years of audited financial statements that normally would be included in a prospectus forming part of an SEC registration statement or two years of audited financial statements as would normally be included in a prospectus forming part of an SEC registration statement filed by an emerging growth company.

The summary historical financial data presented as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, for the two-month period ended December 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2011 is derived from the audited historical financial statements of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical financial data presented as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012 are derived from the unaudited historical financial statements of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The summary pro forma financial data presented as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 and as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 is derived from our unaudited pro forma financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited pro forma financial statements give pro forma effect to the following:

 

   

the contribution of Hi-Crush Chambers LLC, Hi-Crush Railroad LLC, Hi-Crush Wyeville LLC and Hi-Crush Operating LLC to us by our sponsor;

 

   

the assumption by us from our sponsor of debt outstanding under its subordinated promissory notes;

 

   

a reduction in general and administrative expenses as a result of allocations between our Wyeville facility and our sponsor’s other assets and activities that will not be contributed to us in connection with this offering;

 

   

the removal of other operating expenses of our sponsor related to assets and operations that will be retained by our sponsor following the completion of this offering;

 

   

the issuance of              common units and              subordinated units to our sponsor;

 

   

the issuance and sale by us and the sale by Hi-Crush Proppants LLC of             and             common units, respectively, to the public; and

 

   

the application of the net proceeds from the issuance and sale of              common units by us as described in “Use of Proceeds.”

 

 

20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Each of the adjustments described above are either directly related to this offering or are required by or are a consequence of the contribution to us by our sponsor of the Wyeville facility and related assets, the closing of which is a condition precedent to the closing of this offering.

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of March 31, 2012 assumes the events listed above occurred as of March 31, 2012. The unaudited pro forma statements of income data for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 assume the events listed above occurred as of January 1, 2011.

We have not given pro forma effect to incremental general and administrative expenses of approximately $2.1 million that we expect to incur annually as a result of operating as a publicly traded partnership, such as expenses associated with annual and quarterly reporting; tax return and Schedule K-1 preparation and distribution expenses; Sarbanes-Oxley compliance expenses; expenses associated with listing on the NYSE; independent auditor fees; legal fees; investor relations expenses; registrar and transfer agent fees; director and officer insurance expenses; and director and officer compensation expenses. We also have not given pro forma effect to additional general and administrative expenses that we expect to incur to support our recent expansion, including management level positions in operations, human resources, legal, accounting and reporting, as well as license fees associated with upgrading accounting and reporting software. We expect these incremental growth associated expenses to gradually increase over time as we hire additional personnel, from about $0.7 million for the year ending December 31, 2012 to $1.7 million on an annualized basis by September 30, 2013.

For a detailed discussion of the summary historical financial information contained in the following table, please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The following table should also be read in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Business—Our History and Relationship with Our Sponsor” and the audited and unaudited historical financial statements of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and our unaudited pro forma financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Among other things, the historical and unaudited pro forma financial statements include more detailed information regarding the basis of presentation for the information in the following table.

 

 

21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table presents non-GAAP financial measures, EBITDA and production costs, which we use in our business as important supplemental measures of our performance. EBITDA represents net income (loss) before interest expense, income taxes and depreciation and depletion. Production costs represents costs of goods sold, excluding depreciation and depletion. EBITDA and production costs are not calculated or presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. We explain these measures under “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below and reconcile them to their most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

 

    Predecessor Historical     Hi-Crush Partners LP
Pro Forma
 
    Inception
to
December 31,
2010
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2012
 
        2011     2012      
    (in thousands, except per unit and operating information)  

Statement of Operations Data:

           

Revenues

  $      $ 20,353      $      $ 13,532      $ 20,353      $ 13,532   

Production costs (1)

           5,998               4,597        5,998        4,597   

Depreciation and depletion

           449               179        449        179   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of goods sold

           6,447               4,776        6,447        4,776   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

           13,906               8,756        13,906        8,756   

General and administrative

    26        2,324        174        1,487        1,689        646   

Other operating expenses

           381               199                 

Accretion of asset retirement obligations

           28               6        28        6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (26     11,173        (174     7,064        12,189        8,104   

Other expense:

           

Interest expense, net

           (1,893            (928     (1,893     (928

Other

                                         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

           (1,893            (928     (1,893     (928

Income (loss) before tax expense

    (26     9,280        (174     6,136        10,296        7,176   

Income tax expense

                                         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (26   $ 9,280      $ (174   $ 6,136      $ 10,296      $ 7,176   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per limited partner unit:

           

Common unit

           

Subordinated unit

           

Statement of Cash Flow Data:

           

Net cash provided by (used in):

           

Operating activities

  $ (14   $ 18,788      $ 16,137      $ 3,983       

Investing activities

    (322     (50,199     (16,153     (12,815    

Financing activities

    336        42,465        10        8,305       

Other Financial Data:

           

EBITDA (1)

  $ (26   $ 11,622      $ (174   $ 7,243      $ 12,638      $ 8,283   

Capital expenditures (2)

    72        50,169        16,123        12,815       

Operating Data:

           

Total tons sold

           332,593               222,657        332,593        222,657   

Average realized price (per ton)

  $      $ 61.19      $      $ 60.77      $ 61.19      $ 60.77   

Production costs (per ton) (1)

         $ 18.03             $ 20.65      $ 18.03      $ 20.65   

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

           

Cash and cash equivalents

  $      $ 11,054      $ 175      $ 10,527        $ 3,884   

Total assets

    614        72,229        21,320        90,469          66,629   

Long-term debt (including current portion)

           46,112               55,973            

Total liabilities

    304        61,942        21,173        74,046          65,163   

Members’/Partners’ capital

    310        10,287        147        16,423          1,466   

 

 

22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

(1) For more information, please read “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below.
(2) Expansion capital expenditures are capital expenditures made to increase the long-term operating capacity of our asset base whether through construction or acquisitions. Please read “How We Make Distributions to Our Partners—Capital Expenditures.”

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

EBITDA

We define EBITDA as net income (loss) before net interest expense, income tax expense and depreciation and depletion expense. EBITDA is not a presentation made in accordance with GAAP.

EBITDA is a non-GAAP supplemental financial measure that management and external users of our financial statements, such as industry analysts, investors, lenders and rating agencies, may use to assess:

 

   

our operating performance as compared to other publicly-traded companies in the proppants industry, without regard to historical cost basis or financing methods; and

 

   

the viability of acquisitions and other capital expenditure projects and the returns on investment of various investment opportunities.

We believe that the presentation of EBITDA will provide useful information to investors in assessing our financial condition and results of operations. The GAAP measure most directly comparable to EBITDA is net income. Our non-GAAP financial measure of EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to GAAP net income. EBITDA has important limitations as an analytical tool because it excludes some but not all items that affect net income. You should not consider EBITDA in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because EBITDA may be defined differently by other companies in our industry, our definition of EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, thereby diminishing its utility.

The following table presents a reconciliation of EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, on a historical basis and pro forma basis, as applicable, for each of the periods indicated.

 

    Predecessor Historical     Hi-Crush Partners LP
Pro Forma
 
    Inception
to
December 31,
2010
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2012
 
            2011             2012          
    (in thousands)  

Reconciliation of EBITDA to net income (loss):

           

Net income (loss)

  $   (26   $ 9,280      $ (174   $ 6,136      $ 10,296      $ 7,176   

Depreciation and depletion expense

           449               179        449        179   

Income tax expense

                                         

Interest expense, net

           1,893               928        1,893        928   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

  $   (26   $ 11,622      $ (174   $ 7,243      $ 12,638      $ 8,283   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Production Costs

We define production costs as costs of goods sold, excluding depreciation and depletion. We believe production costs is a meaningful measure because it provides a measure of operating performance that is unaffected by historical cost basis. The GAAP measure most directly comparable to production costs is costs of goods sold. Our non-GAAP financial measure of production costs should not be considered as an alternative to GAAP costs of goods sold. Production costs has important limitations as an analytical tool because it excludes some but not all items that affect costs of goods sold. You should not consider production costs in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because production costs may be defined differently by other companies in our industry, our definition of production costs may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, thereby diminishing its utility.

The following table presents a reconciliation of production costs to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, on a historical basis and pro forma basis, as applicable, for each of the periods indicated.

 

    Predecessor Historical     Hi-Crush Partners LP
Pro Forma
 
    Inception
to
December 31,
2010
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2012
 
            2011             2012          
    (in thousands, except operating information)  

Reconciliation of production costs to costs of goods sold:

           

Costs of goods sold

  $   —      $ 6,447      $   —      $ 4,776      $ 6,447      $ 4,776   

Depreciation and depletion expense

           449               179        449        179   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Production costs

  $   —      $ 5,998      $   —      $ 4,597      $ 5,998      $ 4,597   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Costs of goods sold per ton

    $ 19.38        $ 21.45      $ 19.38      $ 21.45   
   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Production costs per ton

    $ 18.03        $ 20.65      $ 18.03      $ 20.65   
   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

RISK FACTORS

Limited partner interests are inherently different from the capital stock of a corporation, although many of the business risks to which we are subject are similar to those that would be faced by a corporation engaged in a similar business. You should carefully consider the following risk factors together with all of the other information included in this prospectus in evaluating an investment in our common units.

If any of the following risks were to occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash available for distribution could be materially adversely affected. In that case, we might not be able to make distributions on our common units, the trading price of our common units could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Inherent in Our Business

We may not have sufficient cash from operations following the establishment of cash reserves and payment of costs and expenses, including cost reimbursements to our general partner and its affiliates, to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to our unitholders.

We may not have sufficient cash each quarter to pay the full amount of our minimum quarterly distribution of $         per unit, or $         per unit per year, which will require us to have cash available for distribution of approximately $         million per quarter, or $         million per year, based on the number of common and subordinated units that will be outstanding after the completion of this offering. The amount of cash we can distribute on our common and subordinated units principally depends upon the amount of cash we generate from our operations, which will fluctuate from quarter to quarter based on the following factors, some of which are beyond our control:

 

   

the amount of frac sand we are able to excavate and process, which could be adversely affected by, among other things, operating difficulties and unusual or unfavorable geologic conditions;

 

   

the volume of frac sand we are able to sell;

 

   

the price at which we are able to sell frac sand;

 

   

changes in the price and availability of natural gas or electricity;

 

   

changes in prevailing economic conditions;

 

   

unanticipated ground, grade or water conditions;

 

   

inclement or hazardous weather conditions, including flooding, and the physical impacts of climate change;

 

   

environmental hazards;

 

   

industrial accidents;

 

   

changes in laws and regulations (or the interpretation thereof) related to the mining and hydraulic fracturing industries, silica dust exposure or the environment;

 

   

inability to acquire or maintain necessary permits or mining or water rights;

 

   

facility shutdowns in response to environmental regulatory actions;

 

   

inability to obtain necessary production equipment or replacement parts;

 

   

reduction in the amount of water available for processing;

 

   

technical difficulties or failures;

 

   

labor disputes and disputes with our excavation contractor;

 

   

late delivery of supplies;

 

25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

difficulty collecting receivables;

 

   

inability of our customers to take delivery;

 

   

changes in the price and availability of transportation;

 

   

fires, explosions or other accidents; and

 

   

cave-ins, pit wall failures or rock falls.

In addition, the actual amount of cash we will have available for distribution will depend on other factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

 

   

the level of capital expenditures we make;

 

   

the cost of acquisitions;

 

   

our debt service requirements and other liabilities;

 

   

fluctuations in our working capital needs;

 

   

our ability to borrow funds and access capital markets;

 

   

restrictions contained in debt agreements to which we are a party; and

 

   

the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner.

For a description of additional restrictions and factors that may affect our ability to pay cash distributions, please read “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

On a pro forma basis we would not have had sufficient cash available for distribution to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all units for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012.

The amount of cash we need to pay the minimum quarterly distribution for four quarters on all of our units to be outstanding immediately after this offering is approximately $         million. The amount of pro forma cash available for distribution generated during the twelve months ended March 31, 2012 would have been insufficient to allow us to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our common units during that period. For a calculation of our ability to make distributions to unitholders based on our pro forma results for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012, please read “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

The amount of cash we have available for distribution to holders of our units depends primarily on our cash flow and not solely on profitability, which may prevent us from making cash distributions during periods when we record net income.

The amount of cash we have available for distribution depends primarily upon our cash flow, including cash flow from reserves and working capital or other borrowings, and not solely on profitability, which will be affected by non-cash items. As a result, we may pay cash distributions during periods when we record net losses for financial accounting purposes and may not pay cash distributions during periods when we record net income.

Only approximately $4.1 million of the proceeds from the sale of common units in this offering will be available to us to fund our operations or to pay distributions to public unitholders.

We expect to receive net proceeds of approximately $         million from this offering (based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per common unit, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts, our portion of the structuring fee and estimated offering expenses. We intend to use approximately $         million of the net proceeds we receive from this offering to repay in full debt we intend to assume from our sponsor in connection with this offering and to

 

26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

reimburse capital expenditures of, and pay a distribution to, our sponsor. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common units by the selling unitholder in this offering, including proceeds from the sale of additional common units by the selling unitholder pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units. Consequently, only approximately $4.1 million of the proceeds from this offering will be available to us to fund our operations or to pay distributions to the public unitholders. Please read “Use of Proceeds.”

The assumptions underlying our forecast of cash available for distribution included in “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions” are inherently uncertain and subject to significant business, economic, financial, regulatory and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause cash available for distribution to differ materially from those estimates.

The forecast of cash available for distribution set forth in “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions” includes our forecast of our results of operations and cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013. Our ability to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution in the forecast period is based on a number of assumptions that may not prove to be correct, which are discussed in “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

Our forecast of cash available for distribution has been prepared by management, and we have not received an opinion or report on it from any independent registered public accountants. The assumptions underlying our forecast of cash available for distribution are inherently uncertain and are subject to significant business, economic, financial, regulatory and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause cash available for distribution to differ materially from that which is forecasted. If we do not achieve our forecasted results, we may not be able to pay the minimum quarterly distribution or any amount on our common units or subordinated units, in which event the market price of our common units may decline materially. Please read “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

Inaccuracies in estimates of volumes and qualities of our sand reserves could result in lower than expected sales and higher than expected production costs.

John T. Boyd, our independent reserve engineers, prepared estimates of our reserves based on engineering, economic and geological data assembled and analyzed by our engineers and geologists. However, frac sand reserve estimates are by nature imprecise and depend to some extent on statistical inferences drawn from available data, which may prove unreliable. There are numerous uncertainties inherent in estimating quantities and qualities of reserves and non-reserve frac sand deposits and costs to mine recoverable reserves, including many factors beyond our control. Estimates of economically recoverable frac sand reserves necessarily depend on a number of factors and assumptions, all of which may vary considerably from actual results, such as:

 

   

geological and mining conditions and/or effects from prior mining that may not be fully identified by available data or that may differ from experience;

 

   

assumptions concerning future prices of frac sand, operating costs, mining technology improvements, development costs and reclamation costs; and

 

   

assumptions concerning future effects of regulation, including the issuance of required permits and taxes by governmental agencies.

Any inaccuracy in John T. Boyd’s estimates related to our frac sand reserves and non-reserve frac sand deposits could result in lower than expected sales and higher than expected costs. For example, John T. Boyd’s estimates of our proven reserves assume that our revenue and cost structure will remain relatively constant over the life of our reserves. If these assumptions prove to be inaccurate, some or all of our reserves may not be economically mineable, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows. In addition, we pay a fixed price per ton of sand excavated regardless of the quality of the frac sand, and our current customer contracts require us to deliver frac sand that meets certain specifications. If John T. Boyd’s estimates of the quality of our reserves, including the volumes of the various specifications of those reserves, prove to be inaccurate, we may incur significantly higher excavation costs without corresponding increases in revenues, we may not be able to meet

 

27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

our contractual obligations, or our facilities may have a shorter than expected reserve life, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.

Substantially all of our sales are generated under contracts with four customers, and the loss of, or significant reduction in purchases by, any of them could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, subsidiaries of Weatherford and Halliburton accounted for 100% of our sales. We commenced sales under our new contracts with subsidiaries of Baker Hughes and FTS International in May 2012, and expect that our four customers will represent all of our sales in 2012. We have fixed price, take-or-pay supply agreements with each of these customers, with remaining terms ranging from 12 to 72 months, as of May 10, 2012. Upon the expiration of these current supply agreements, however, our customers may not continue to purchase the same levels of our frac sand due to a variety of reasons. In addition, we may choose to renegotiate our existing contracts on less favorable terms and at reduced volumes in order to preserve relationships with our customers. Furthermore, some of our customers could exit the pressure pumping business or be acquired by other companies that purchase the same products and services we provide from other third-party providers. Our current customers also may seek to acquire frac sand from other providers that offer more competitive pricing or superior logistics or to capture and develop their own sources of frac sand.

In addition, upon the expiration of our current contract terms, we may be unable to renew our existing contracts or enter into new contracts on terms favorable to us, or at all. The demand for frac sand or prevailing prices at the time our current supply agreements expire may render entry into new long-term supply agreements difficult or impossible. Any reduction in the amount of frac sand purchased by our customers, renegotiation on less favorable terms, or inability to enter into new contracts on economically acceptable terms upon the expiration of our current contracts could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we are unable to make acquisitions on economically acceptable terms, our future growth would be limited, and any acquisitions we make may reduce, rather than increase, our cash generated from operations on a per unit basis.

A portion of our strategy to grow our business and increase distributions to unitholders is dependent on our ability to make acquisitions that result in an increase in our cash available for distribution per unit. If we are unable to make acquisitions from third parties, including from our sponsor and its affiliates, because we are unable to identify attractive acquisition candidates or negotiate acceptable purchase contracts, we are unable to obtain financing for these acquisitions on economically acceptable terms or we are outbid by competitors, our future growth and ability to increase distributions will be limited. Furthermore, even if we do consummate acquisitions that we believe will be accretive, they may in fact result in a decrease in our cash available for distribution per unit. Any acquisition involves potential risks, some of which are beyond our control, including, among other things:

 

   

mistaken assumptions about revenues and costs, including synergies;

 

   

inability to integrate successfully the businesses we acquire;

 

   

inability to hire, train or retain qualified personnel to manage and operate our business and newly acquired assets;

 

   

the assumption of unknown liabilities;

 

   

limitations on rights to indemnity from the seller;

 

   

mistaken assumptions about the overall costs of equity or debt;

 

   

the diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;

 

   

unforeseen difficulties operating in new product areas or new geographic areas; and

 

   

customer or key employee losses at the acquired businesses.

 

28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

If we consummate any future acquisitions, our capitalization and results of operations may change significantly, and unitholders will not have the opportunity to evaluate the economic, financial and other relevant information that we will consider in determining the application of these funds and other resources.

Our right of first offer to acquire certain of our sponsor’s existing assets is subject to risks and uncertainty, and ultimately we may not acquire any of those assets.

Our omnibus agreement will provide us with a right of first offer on our sponsor’s sand reserves and any related assets that have been or will be constructed on its acreage in Augusta, Wisconsin and Tomah, Wisconsin for a period of three years after the closing of this offering. The consummation and timing of any future acquisitions of these assets will depend upon, among other things, our sponsor’s willingness to offer these assets for sale, our ability to negotiate acceptable customer contracts and other agreements with respect to the assets and our ability to obtain financing on acceptable terms. We can offer no assurance that we will be able to successfully consummate any future acquisitions pursuant to our right of first offer, and our sponsor is under no obligation to accept any offer that we may choose to make. For these or a variety of other reasons, we may decide not to exercise our right of first offer if and when any assets are offered for sale, and our decision will not be subject to unitholder approval. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Omnibus Agreement—Right of First Offer with Respect to Augusta and Tomah Assets.”

Our long-term business and financial performance depends on the level of drilling and completion activity in the oil and natural gas industry.

Our primary exposure to market risk occurs at the time existing customer contracts expire and are subject to renegotiation, renewal or replacement. Our ability to renew existing customer contracts or enter into new customer contracts on favorable terms is dependent on the market for frac sand at such times. Demand for frac sand is materially dependent on the levels of activity in natural gas and oil exploration, development and production, and more specifically, the number of natural gas and oil wells completed in geological formations where sand-based proppants are used in hydraulic fracturing treatments and the amount of frac sand customarily used in the completion of such wells.

While the aggregate rig count has exhibited consistent growth, the number of rigs drilling for natural gas has recently declined to its lowest level in 13 years as a result of low natural gas prices, while the number of rigs drilling for oil has more than offset this decline as a result of relatively high prices for oil. To the extent that the recent fluctuations in global crude oil prices develop into a prolonged decline, this drop could result in a reduction in the growth rate of active oil rigs and a decline in the number of active oil rigs from current levels.

Oil and natural gas producers’ expectations for lower market prices for oil and natural gas, as well as the availability of capital for operating and capital expenditures, may cause them to curtail spending, thereby reducing hydraulic fracturing activity and the demand for frac sand. Industry conditions that impact the activity levels of oil and natural gas producers are influenced by numerous factors over which we have no control, including:

 

   

governmental regulations, including the policies of governments regarding the exploration for and production and development of their oil and natural gas reserves;

 

   

global weather conditions and natural disasters;

 

   

worldwide political, military, and economic conditions;

 

   

the cost of producing and delivering oil and natural gas;

 

   

commodity prices; and

 

   

potential acceleration of development of alternative energy sources.

A prolonged reduction in natural gas and oil prices would generally depress the level of natural gas and oil exploration, development, production and well completion activity and result in a corresponding decline in the

 

29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

demand for the frac sand we produce. In addition, any future decreases in the rate at which oil and natural gas reserves are developed, whether due to increased governmental regulation, limitations on exploration and drilling activity or other factors, could have a material adverse effect on our business, even in a stronger natural gas and oil price environment. If there is a sustained decrease in the demand for frac sand, we may be unable to renew contracts for our products, be forced to renegotiate our existing contracts, or be forced to reduce the prices at which we enter into new contracts, any of which would reduce the amount of cash we generate.

In addition, to the extent we make spot sales of our frac sand, the price we receive for those sales will be impacted by short term fluctuations in the market for frac sand, and any negative fluctuations in this market could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.

All of our sales are generated at one facility. Any adverse developments at our Wyeville facility could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

All of our sales are currently derived from our Wyeville facility located in Wyeville, Wisconsin. Any adverse development at this facility due to catastrophic events or weather, or any other event that would cause us to curtail, suspend or terminate operations at our Wyeville facility, could result in us being unable to meet our contracted sand deliveries. If we are unable to deliver contracted volumes within three months of contract year end, or otherwise arrange for delivery from a third party, we will be required to pay make-whole payments to our customers that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We may be adversely affected by decreased demand for raw frac sand due to the development of either effective alternative proppants or new processes to replace hydraulic fracturing.

Raw frac sand is a proppant used in the completion and re-completion of oil and natural gas wells to stimulate and maintain oil and natural gas production through the process of hydraulic fracturing. Raw frac sand is the most commonly used proppant and is less expensive than other proppants, such as resin-coated sand and manufactured ceramics. A significant shift in demand from frac sand to other proppants, or the development of new processes to replace hydraulic fracturing altogether, could cause a decline in the demand for the frac sand we produce and result in a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

An increase in the supply of raw frac sand having similar characteristics as the raw frac sand we produce could make it more difficult for us to renew or replace our existing contracts on favorable terms or at all.

We believe that the supply of raw frac sand has not kept pace with the increasing demand for raw frac sand, which has been a contributing factor to steadily increasing prices for raw frac sand over the last decade. If significant new reserves of raw frac sand are discovered and developed, and those frac sands have similar characteristics to the raw frac sand we produce, we may be unable to renew or replace our existing contracts on favorable terms or at all. Specifically, if high quality frac sand becomes more readily available, our customers may not be willing to enter into long-term, take-or-pay contracts, may demand lower prices or both, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows over the long-term.

Federal, state, and local legislative and regulatory initiatives relating to hydraulic fracturing and the potential for related litigation could result in increased costs, additional operating restrictions or delays for our customers, which could cause a decline in the demand for our frac sand and negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We supply frac sand to hydraulic fracturing operators in the oil and natural gas industry. Hydraulic fracturing is an important and increasingly common practice that is used to stimulate production of natural gas and/or oil from low permeability hydrocarbon bearing subsurface rock formations. The hydraulic fracturing process involves the injection of water, proppants, and chemicals under pressure into the formation to fracture the

 

30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

surrounding rock, increase permeability and stimulate production. Increased regulation of hydraulic fracturing may adversely impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Although we do not directly engage in hydraulic fracturing activities, our customers purchase our frac sand for use in their hydraulic fracturing activities. The federal Safe Drinking Water Act (“SDWA”) regulates the underground injection of substances through the Underground Injection Control Program (“UIC Program”). Currently, with the exception of certain hydraulic fracturing activities involving the use of diesel, hydraulic fracturing is exempt from federal regulation under the UIC Program, and the hydraulic fracturing process is typically regulated by state or local governmental authorities. However, the practice of hydraulic fracturing has become controversial and is undergoing increased political and regulatory scrutiny. Several federal agencies, regulatory authorities, and legislative entities are investigating the potential environmental impacts of hydraulic fracturing and whether additional regulation may be necessary. On April 13, 2012, President Obama issued an executive order creating a task force to coordinate federal oversight over domestic natural gas production and hydraulic fracturing. The U.S. Department of the Interior proposed new regulations on May 4, 2012, which would require oil and natural gas operators to disclose the chemicals they use during hydraulic fracturing on federal lands. It would also strengthen standards for wellbore integrity and the management of fluids that return to the surface during and after fracturing operations on federal lands. These proposed changes are partially in response to recommendations issued by a subcommittee of the Secretary of Energy Advisory Board (the “SEAB”) of the U.S. Department of Energy. The SEAB had been tasked with recommending steps to improve the safety and environmental performance of hydraulic fracturing. The SEAB subcommittee had issued a preliminary report in August 2011 recommending, among other things, measures to improve and protect air and water quality, improvements in communication among state and federal regulators, disclosure of fracturing fluid composition, and the creation of a publicly accessible database organizing all publicly disclosed information with respect to hydraulic fracturing operations. The SEAB subcommittee subsequently issued a report in November 2011 on how federal agencies, states, and others can implement its August 2011 recommendations. In addition, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency continues to study the potential environmental impacts of hydraulic fracturing activities and has announced plans to propose standards for the treatment and discharge of wastewater resulting from hydraulic fracturing by 2014. These studies and activities, depending on their results, could spur proposals or initiatives to regulate hydraulic fracturing under the SDWA or otherwise. Legislation is currently before Congress to provide for federal regulation of hydraulic fracturing under the SDWA and to require disclosure of the chemicals used in the hydraulic fracturing process. If this or similar legislation becomes law, the legislation could establish an additional level of regulation that may lead to additional permitting requirements or other operating restrictions applicable to our customers, making it more difficult for them to complete unconventional oil and natural gas wells. This could increase our customers’ costs of compliance and doing business or otherwise adversely affect the hydraulic fracturing services they perform, which may negatively impact demand for our frac sand.

In addition, various state, local, and foreign governments have implemented, or are considering, increased regulatory oversight of hydraulic fracturing through additional permitting requirements, operational restrictions, disclosure requirements, and temporary or permanent bans on hydraulic fracturing in certain areas such as environmentally sensitive watersheds. For example, eleven states—Arkansas, Colorado, Louisiana, Michigan, Montana, New Mexico, North Dakota, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Texas, and Wyoming—have imposed disclosure requirements on hydraulic fracturing well owners and operators. In addition, many local governments have adopted ordinances to severely restrict or prohibit hydraulic fracturing activities within their jurisdictions.

The adoption of new laws or regulations at the federal, state, local, or foreign levels imposing reporting obligations on, or otherwise limiting or delaying, the hydraulic fracturing process could make it more difficult to complete natural gas wells, increase our customers’ costs of compliance and doing business, and otherwise adversely affect the hydraulic fracturing services they perform, which could negatively impact demand for our frac sand. In addition, heightened political, regulatory, and public scrutiny of hydraulic fracturing practices could expose us or our customers to increased legal and regulatory proceedings, which could be time-consuming, costly, or result in substantial legal liability or significant reputational harm. We could be directly affected by

 

31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

adverse litigation involving us, or indirectly affected if the cost of compliance limits the ability of our customers to operate. Such costs and scrutiny could directly or indirectly, through reduced demand for our frac sand, have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our long-term, fixed price contracts may preclude us from taking advantage of increasing prices for frac sand or mitigating the effect of increased operational costs during the term of our long-term, fixed price contracts.

The long-term supply contracts we have may negatively impact our results of operations. All of our long-term contracts are for sales at fixed prices. As a result, in periods with increasing prices our sales will grow at a slower rate than industry spot prices.

Additionally, if our operational costs increase during the terms of our long-term supply contracts, we will not be able to pass any of those increased costs to our customers. If we are unable to otherwise mitigate these increased operational costs, our net income and available cash for distributions could decline.

We are exposed to the credit risk of our customers, and any material nonpayment or nonperformance by our customers could adversely affect our financial results and cash available for distribution.

We are subject to the risk of loss resulting from nonpayment or nonperformance by our customers, whose operations are concentrated in a single industry, the global oilfield services industry. Our credit procedures and policies may not be adequate to fully eliminate customer credit risk. If we fail to adequately assess the creditworthiness of existing or future customers or unanticipated deterioration in their creditworthiness, any resulting increase in nonpayment or nonperformance by them and our inability to re-market or otherwise use the production could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay distributions to our unitholders.

Our operations are subject to operational hazards and unforeseen interruptions for which we may not be adequately insured.

Our operations are exposed to potential natural disasters, including blizzards, tornadoes, storms, floods and earthquakes. If any of these events were to occur, we could incur substantial losses because of personal injury or loss of life, severe damage to and destruction of property and equipment, and pollution or other environmental damage resulting in curtailment or suspension of our operations.

We are not fully insured against all risks incident to our business, including the risk of our operations being interrupted due to severe weather and natural disasters. Certain of the insurance policies covering entities that will be contributed to us and their operations also provide coverage to entities that will not be contributed to us as a part of our initial public offering. The coverage available under those insurance policies has historically been allocated among the entities that will be contributed to us and those entities that will not be contributed to us. This allocation may result in limiting the amount of recovery available to us for purposes of covered losses.

Furthermore, we may be unable to maintain or obtain insurance of the type and amount we desire at reasonable rates. As a result of market conditions, premiums and deductibles for certain of our insurance policies have increased and could escalate further. In addition sub-limits have been imposed for certain risks. In some instances, certain insurance could become unavailable or available only for reduced amounts of coverage. If we were to incur a significant liability for which we are not fully insured, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash available for distribution to unitholders.

Because we have a limited operating history, you may not be able to evaluate our current business and future earnings prospects accurately.

Our sponsor, which is our accounting predecessor for financial reporting purposes, was formed in October 2010 to develop excavation, processing and logistics facilities for raw frac sands used in hydraulic

 

32


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

fracturing operations in oil and natural gas wells. We did not commence commercial operations until the third quarter of 2011, when our Wyeville facility became operational. As a result, we have limited operating history upon which you can base an evaluation of our current business and our future earnings prospects.

In addition, this prospectus includes audited financial statements only as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 and as of and for the period from inception (October 28, 2010) to December 31, 2010. As a result, and given our recent date of formation, you have limited information upon which to make your decision to invest in our common units.

Our future performance will depend on our ability to succeed in competitive markets, and on our ability to appropriately react to potential fluctuations in the demand for and supply of frac sand.

We operate in a highly competitive market that is characterized by a small number of large, national producers and a larger number of small, regional or local producers. Competition in the industry is based on price, consistency and quality of product, site location, distribution and logistics capabilities, customer service, reliability of supply and breadth of product offering.

We compete with large, national producers such as Badger Mining Corporation, Fairmount Minerals, Ltd., Preferred Proppants LLC, Unimin Corporation and U.S. Silica Holdings Inc. Our larger competitors may have greater financial and other resources than we do, may develop technology superior to ours or may have production facilities that are located closer to key customers than ours. Should the demand for hydraulic fracturing services decrease, prices in the frac sand market could materially decrease as smaller, regional producers may exit the market, selling frac sand at below market prices. In addition, oil and natural gas exploration and production companies and other providers of hydraulic fracturing services could acquire their own frac sand reserves, expand their existing frac sand production capacity or otherwise fulfill their own proppant requirements and existing or new frac sand producers could add to or expand their frac sand production capacity, which may negatively impact pricing and demand for our frac sand. We may not be able to compete successfully against either our larger or smaller competitors in the future, and competition could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Fluctuations in transportation costs and the availability or reliability of rail transportation could reduce revenues by causing us to reduce our production or by impairing the ability of our customers to take delivery.

Transportation costs represent a significant portion of the total cost of frac sand for our customers and, as a result, the cost of transportation is a critical factor in a customer’s purchasing decision. Disruption of transportation services due to shortages of rail cars, weather-related problems, flooding, drought, accidents, mechanical difficulties, strikes, lockouts, bottlenecks or other events could temporarily impair the ability of our customers to take delivery and, in certain circumstances, constitute a force majeure event under our customer contracts, permitting our customers to suspend taking delivery of and paying for our frac sand. Accordingly, if there are disruptions of the rail transportation services utilized by our customers, and they are unable to find alternative transportation providers to transport frac sand, our business could be adversely affected.

Our production process consumes large amounts of natural gas and electricity. An increase in the price or a significant interruption in the supply of these or any other energy sources could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Energy costs, primarily natural gas and electricity, represented approximately 2.9% of our total sales and 9.8% of our total production costs in 2011. Natural gas is the primary fuel source used for drying in the frac sand production process and, as such, our profitability is impacted by the price and availability of natural gas we purchase from third parties. Because we have not contracted for the provision of natural gas on a fixed-price basis, our costs and profitability will be impacted by fluctuations in prices for natural gas. The price and supply of natural gas are unpredictable and can fluctuate significantly based on international, political and economic

 

33


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

circumstances, as well as other events outside our control, such as changes in supply and demand due to weather conditions, actions by OPEC and other oil and natural gas producers, regional production patterns and environmental concerns. In addition, potential climate change regulations or carbon or emissions taxes could result in higher production costs for energy, which may be passed on to us in whole or in part. The price of natural gas has been extremely volatile over the last two years, from a high of $4.92 per million British Thermal Units (“BTUs”) in June 2011 to a low of $1.82 per million BTUs in April 2012, and this volatility may continue. In order to manage this risk, we may hedge natural gas prices through the use of derivative financial instruments, such as forwards, swaps and futures. However, these measures carry risk (including nonperformance by counterparties) and do not in any event entirely eliminate the risk of decreased margins as a result of natural gas price increases. A significant increase in the price of energy that is not recovered through an increase in the price of our products or covered through our hedging arrangements or an extended interruption in the supply of natural gas or electricity to our production facilities could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects.

Increases in the price of diesel fuel may adversely affect our results of operations.

Diesel fuel costs generally fluctuate with increasing and decreasing world crude oil prices, and accordingly are subject to political, economic and market factors that are outside of our control. Our operations are dependent on earthmoving equipment, railcars and tractor trailers, and diesel fuel costs are a significant component of the operating expense of these vehicles. We contract with a third party to excavate raw frac sand, deliver the raw frac sand to our processing facility and move the sand from our wet plant to our dry plant, and pay a fixed price per ton of sand delivered to our wet plant, subject to a fuel surcharge based on the price of diesel fuel. Accordingly, increased diesel fuel costs could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.

We may be required to make substantial capital expenditures to maintain, develop and increase our asset base. The inability to obtain needed capital or financing on satisfactory terms, or at all, could have an adverse effect on our growth and profitability.

Although we currently use a significant amount of our cash reserves and cash generated from our operations to fund the development of our existing frac sand reserves, we may depend on the availability of credit to fund future capital expenditures. Our ability to obtain bank financing or to access the capital markets for future equity or debt offerings may be limited by our financial condition at the time of any such financing or offering, the covenants contained in the credit facility we expect to enter into in connection with this offering or other future debt agreements, adverse market conditions or other contingencies and uncertainties that are beyond our control. Our failure to obtain the funds necessary to maintain, develop and increase our asset base could adversely impact our growth and profitability.

Even if we are able to obtain financing or access the capital markets, incurring additional debt may significantly increase our interest expense and financial leverage, and our level of indebtedness could restrict our ability to fund future development and acquisition activities. In addition, the issuance of additional equity interests may result in significant dilution to our existing unitholders.

We expect to enter into a new credit facility in connection with this offering that will likely contain restrictions and financial covenants that may restrict our business and financing activities.

The credit facility that we expect to enter into in connection with this offering, and any other future financing agreements that we may enter into will likely contain, operating and financial restrictions and covenants that may restrict our ability to finance future operations or capital needs, to engage in, expand or pursue our business activities or to make distributions to our unitholders.

Our ability to comply with any such restrictions and covenants is uncertain and will be affected by the levels of cash flow from our operations and events or circumstances beyond our control. If market or other economic

 

34


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

conditions deteriorate, our ability to comply with these covenants may be impaired. If we violate any of the restrictions, covenants, ratios or tests in the credit facility that we expect to enter into, a significant portion of our indebtedness may become immediately due and payable and our lenders’ commitment to make further loans to us may terminate. We might not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient funds to make these accelerated payments.

A facility closure entails substantial costs, and if we close our facility sooner than anticipated, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

We base our assumptions regarding the life of our Wyeville excavation facility on detailed studies that we perform from time to time, but our studies and assumptions may not prove to be accurate. If we close our Wyeville facility sooner than expected, sales will decline unless we are able to acquire and develop additional facilities, which may not be possible. The closure of our Wyeville facility would involve significant fixed closure costs, including accelerated employment legacy costs, severance-related obligations, reclamation and other environmental costs and the costs of terminating long-term obligations, including energy contracts and equipment leases. We accrue for the costs of reclaiming open pits, stockpiles, non-saleable sand, ponds, roads and other mining support areas over the estimated mining life of our property. If we were to reduce the estimated life of our Wyeville facility, the fixed facility closure costs would be applied to a shorter period of production, which would increase production costs per ton produced and could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Applicable statutes and regulations require that mining property be reclaimed following a mine closure in accordance with specified standards and an approved reclamation plan. The plan addresses matters such as removal of facilities and equipment, regrading, prevention of erosion and other forms of water pollution, re-vegetation and post-mining land use. We may be required to post a surety bond or other form of financial assurance equal to the cost of reclamation as set forth in the approved reclamation plan. The establishment of the final mine closure reclamation liability is based on permit requirements and requires various estimates and assumptions, principally associated with reclamation costs and production levels. If our accruals for expected reclamation and other costs associated with facility closures for which we will be responsible were later determined to be insufficient, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected.

Our operations are dependent on our rights and ability to mine our properties and on our having renewed or received the required permits and approvals from governmental authorities and other third parties.

We hold numerous governmental, environmental, mining, and other permits, water rights, and approvals authorizing operations at our facility. For our extraction and processing in Wisconsin, the permitting process is subject to federal, state and local authority. For example, on the federal level, a Mine Identification Request ( MSHA Form 7000-51) must be filed and obtained before mining commences. If wetlands are implicated, a U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Wetland Permit is required. At the state level, a series of permits are required related to air quality, wetlands, water quality (waste water, storm water), grading permits, endangered species, archeological assessments, and high capacity wells in addition to others depending upon site specific factors and operational detail. At the local level, zoning, building, storm water, erosion control, wellhead protection, road usage and access are all regulated and require permitting to some degree. A non-metallic mining reclamation permit is required. A decision by a governmental agency or other third party to deny or delay issuing a new or renewed permit or approval, or to revoke or substantially modify an existing permit or approval, could have a material adverse effect on our ability to continue operations.

Title to, and the area of, mineral properties and water rights may also be disputed. Mineral properties sometimes contain claims or transfer histories that examiners cannot verify. A successful claim that we do not have title to our property or lack appropriate water rights could cause us to lose any rights to explore, develop, and extract minerals, without compensation for our prior expenditures relating to such property. Our business may suffer a material adverse effect in the event we have title deficiencies.

 

35


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In some instances, we have received access rights or easements from third parties, which allow for a more efficient operation than would exist without the access or easement. A third party could take action to suspend the access or easement, and any such action could be materially adverse to our results of operations or financial condition.

A shortage of skilled labor together with rising labor costs in the excavation industry may further increase operating costs, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Efficient sand excavation using modern techniques and equipment requires skilled laborers, preferably with several years of experience and proficiency in multiple tasks, including processing of mined minerals. Our mining operations are subcontracted to Gerke Excavating, Inc., but there is a shortage of skilled mining labor in Wisconsin. If the shortage of experienced labor continues or worsens, we may find it difficult to renew or replace that contract upon its expiration on acceptable terms, and we may be unable to hire or train the necessary number of skilled laborers to perform our own operations. In either event, there could be an adverse impact on our labor productivity and costs and our ability to expand production.

Our business may suffer if we lose, or are unable to attract and retain, key personnel.

We depend to a large extent on the services of our senior management team and other key personnel, and we are seeking to hire several key management personnel in the near term. Members of our senior management and other key employees have extensive experience and expertise in evaluating and analyzing sand reserves, maximizing production from such properties, marketing frac sand production and developing and executing financing strategies, as well as substantial experience and relationships with participants in the oilfield services and exploration and production industries. Competition for management and key personnel is intense, and the pool of qualified candidates is limited. The loss of any of these individuals or the failure to attract additional personnel, as needed, could have a material adverse effect on our operations and could lead to higher labor costs or the use of less-qualified personnel. In addition, if any of our executives or other key employees were to join a competitor or form a competing company, we could lose customers, suppliers, know-how and key personnel. We do not maintain key-man life insurance with respect to any of our employees. Our success will be dependent on our ability to continue to attract, employ and retain highly skilled personnel.

Failure to maintain effective quality control systems at our mining, processing and production facilities could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

The performance and quality of our products are critical to the success of our business. These factors depend significantly on the effectiveness of our quality control systems, which, in turn, depends on a number of factors, including the design of our quality control systems, our quality-training program and our ability to ensure that our employees adhere to our quality control policies and guidelines. Any significant failure or deterioration of our quality control systems could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation.

Seasonal and severe weather conditions could have a material adverse impact on our business.

Our business could be materially adversely affected by severe weather conditions. Severe weather conditions may affect our customers’ operations, thus reducing their need for our products, impact our operations by resulting in weather-related damage to our facilities and equipment and impact our customers’ ability to take delivery of our products at our plant site. Any weather-related interference with our operations could force us to delay or curtail services and potentially breach our contractual obligations to delivery minimum volumes or result in a loss of productivity and an increase in our operating costs.

In addition, severe winter weather conditions impact our operations by causing us to halt our excavation and wet plant related production activities during the winter months. During non-winter months, we excavate excess

 

36


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

sand to build a stockpile that will feed the dry plant which continues to operate during the winter months. Unexpected winter conditions (e.g., if winter comes earlier than expected or lasts longer than expected) may result in us not having a sufficient sand stockpile to supply feedstock for our dry plant during winter months, which could result in us being unable to meet our contracted sand deliveries during such time and lead to a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operation and reputation.

Our cash flow fluctuates on a seasonal basis.

Our cash flow is affected by a variety of factors, including weather conditions and seasonal periods. Seasonal fluctuations in weather impact the production levels at our wet processing plant. While our sales and finished product production levels are contracted evenly throughout the year, our mining and wet sand processing activities are limited to non-winter months. As a consequence, we experience lower cash costs in the first and fourth quarter of each calendar year.

Diminished access to water may adversely affect our operations.

The excavation and processing activities in which we engage require significant amounts of water. As a result, securing water rights and water access is necessary for the operation of our processing facilities. If future excavation and processing activities are located in an area that is water-constrained, there may be additional costs associated with securing water access. We have obtained water rights that we currently use to service the activities on our property, and we plan to obtain all required water rights to service other properties we may develop or acquire in the future. However, the amount of water that we are entitled to use pursuant to our water rights must be determined by the appropriate regulatory authorities in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Such regulatory authorities may amend the regulations regarding such water rights, increase the cost of maintaining such water rights or eliminate our current water rights, and we may be unable to retain all or a portion of such water rights. These new regulations, which could also affect local municipalities and other industrial operations, could have a material adverse effect on our operating costs if implemented. Such changes in laws, regulations or government policy and related interpretations pertaining to water rights may alter the environment in which we do business, which may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, a water discharge permit may be required to properly dispose of water at our processing site. The water discharge permitting process is also subject to regulatory discretion, and any inability to obtain the necessary permits could have an adverse effect on financial condition and results of operations.

A terrorist attack or armed conflict could harm our business.

Terrorist activities, anti-terrorist efforts and other armed conflicts involving the United States could adversely affect the U.S. and global economies and could prevent us from meeting financial and other obligations. We could experience loss of business, delays or defaults in payments from payors or disruptions of fuel supplies and markets if pipelines, production facilities, processing plants or refineries are direct targets or indirect casualties of an act of terror or war. Such activities could reduce the overall demand for oil and natural gas, which, in turn, could also reduce the demand for our frac sand. Terrorist activities and the threat of potential terrorist activities and any resulting economic downturn could adversely affect our results of operations, impair our ability to raise capital or otherwise adversely impact our ability to realize certain business strategies.

Risks Related to Environmental, Mining and Other Regulation

We and our customers are subject to extensive environmental and health and safety regulations that impose, and will continue to impose, significant costs and liabilities. In addition, future regulations, or more stringent enforcement of existing regulations, could increase those costs and liabilities, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

We are subject to a variety of federal, state, and local regulatory environmental requirements affecting the mining and mineral processing industry, including among others, those relating to employee health and safety,

 

37


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

environmental permitting and licensing, air and water emissions, water pollution, waste management, remediation of soil and groundwater contamination, land use, reclamation and restoration of properties, hazardous materials, and natural resources. These laws, regulations, and permits have had, and will continue to have, a significant effect on our business. Some environmental laws impose substantial penalties for noncompliance, and others, such as the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), impose strict, retroactive, and joint and several liability for the remediation of releases of hazardous substances. Liability under CERCLA, or similar state and local laws, may be imposed as a result of conduct that was lawful at the time it occurred or for the conduct of, or conditions caused by, prior operators or other third parties. Failure to properly handle, transport, store, or dispose of hazardous materials or otherwise conduct our operations in compliance with environmental laws could expose us to liability for governmental penalties, cleanup costs, and civil or criminal liability associated with releases of such materials into the environment, damages to property, or natural resources and other damages, as well as potentially impair our ability to conduct our operations. In addition, future environmental laws and regulations could restrict our ability to expand our facilities or extract our mineral deposits or could require us to acquire costly equipment or to incur other significant expenses in connection with our business. Future events, including changes in any environmental requirements (or their interpretation or enforcement) and the costs associated with complying with such requirements, could have a material adverse effect on us.

Any failure by us to comply with applicable environmental laws and regulations may cause governmental authorities to take actions that could adversely impact our operations and financial condition, including:

 

   

issuance of administrative, civil, or criminal penalties;

 

   

denial, modification, or revocation of permits or other authorizations;

 

   

imposition of injunctive obligations or other limitations on our operations, including cessation of operations; and

 

   

requirements to perform site investigatory, remedial, or other corrective actions.

Any such regulations could require us to modify existing permits or obtain new permits, implement additional pollution control technology, curtail operations, increase significantly our operating costs, or impose additional operating restrictions among our customers that reduce demand for our services.

We may not be able to comply with any new laws and regulations that are adopted, and any new laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our operating results by requiring us to modify our operations or equipment or shut down our facility. Additionally, our customers may not be able to comply with any new laws and regulations, which could cause our customers to curtail or cease operations. We cannot at this time reasonably estimate our costs of compliance or the timing of any costs associated with any new laws and regulations, or any material adverse effect that any new standards will have on our customers and, consequently, on our operations.

Silica-related legislation, health issues and litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation or results of operations.

We are subject to laws and regulations relating to human exposure to crystalline silica. Several federal and state regulatory authorities, including the U.S. Mining Safety and Health Administration, may continue to propose changes in their regulations regarding workplace exposure to crystalline silica, such as permissible exposure limits and required controls and personal protective equipment. We may not be able to comply with any new laws and regulations that are adopted, and any new laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our operating results by requiring us to modify or cease our operations.

In addition, the inhalation of respirable crystalline silica is associated with the lung disease silicosis. There is recent evidence of an association between crystalline silica exposure or silicosis and lung cancer and a possible

 

38


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

association with other diseases, including immune system disorders such as scleroderma. These health risks have been, and may continue to be, a significant issue confronting the frac sand industry. Concerns over silicosis and other potential adverse health effects, as well as concerns regarding potential liability from the use of frac sand, may have the effect of discouraging our customers’ use of our frac sand. The actual or perceived health risks of mining, processing and handling frac sand could materially and adversely affect frac sand producers, including us, through reduced use of frac sand, the threat of product liability or employee lawsuits, increased scrutiny by federal, state and local regulatory authorities of us and our customers or reduced financing sources available to the frac sand industry.

We are subject to the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977, which imposes stringent health and safety standards on numerous aspects of our operations.

Our operations are subject to the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977, as amended by the Mine Improvement and New Emergency Response Act of 2006, which imposes stringent health and safety standards on numerous aspects of mineral extraction and processing operations, including the training of personnel, operating procedures, operating equipment, and other matters. Our failure to comply with such standards, or changes in such standards or the interpretation or enforcement thereof, could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition or otherwise impose significant restrictions on our ability to conduct mineral extraction and processing operations.

We and our customers are subject to other extensive regulations, including licensing, plant and wildlife protection and reclamation regulation, that impose, and will continue to impose, significant costs and liabilities. In addition, future regulations, or more stringent enforcement of existing regulations, could increase those costs and liabilities, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

In addition to the regulatory matters described above, we and our customers are subject to extensive governmental regulation on matters such as permitting and licensing requirements, plant and wildlife protection, wetlands protection, reclamation and restoration activities at mining properties after mining is completed, the discharge of materials into the environment, and the effects that mining and hydraulic fracturing have on groundwater quality and availability. Our future success depends, among other things, on the quantity and quality of our frac sand deposits, our ability to extract these deposits profitably, and our customers being able to operate their businesses as they currently do.

In order to obtain permits and renewals of permits in the future, we may be required to prepare and present data to governmental authorities pertaining to the potential adverse impact that any proposed excavation or production activities, individually or in the aggregate, may have on the environment. Certain approval procedures may require preparation of archaeological surveys, endangered species studies, and other studies to assess the environmental impact of new sites or the expansion of existing sites. Compliance with these regulatory requirements is expensive and significantly lengthens the time needed to develop a site. Finally, obtaining or renewing required permits is sometimes delayed or prevented due to community opposition and other factors beyond our control. The denial of a permit essential to our operations or the imposition of conditions with which it is not practicable or feasible to comply could impair or prevent our ability to develop or expand a site. Significant opposition to a permit by neighboring property owners, members of the public, or other third parties, or delay in the environmental review and permitting process also could delay or impair our ability to develop or expand a site. New legal requirements, including those related to the protection of the environment, could be adopted that could materially adversely affect our mining operations (including our ability to extract or the pace of extraction of mineral deposits), our cost structure, or our customers’ ability to use our frac sand. Such current or future regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business and we may not be able to obtain or renew permits in the future.

 

39


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our inability to acquire, maintain or renew financial assurances related to the reclamation and restoration of mining property could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are generally obligated to restore property in accordance with regulatory standards and our approved reclamation plan after it has been mined. We are required under federal, state, and local laws to maintain financial assurances, such as surety bonds, to secure such obligations. The inability to acquire, maintain or renew such assurances, as required by federal, state, and local laws, could subject us to fines and penalties as well as the revocation of our operating permits. Such inability could result from a variety of factors, including:

 

   

the lack of availability, higher expense, or unreasonable terms of such financial assurances;

 

   

the ability of current and future financial assurance counterparties to increase required collateral; and

 

   

the exercise by financial assurance counterparties of any rights to refuse to renew the financial assurance instruments.

Our inability to acquire, maintain, or renew necessary financial assurances related to the reclamation and restoration of mining property could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us

Our sponsor owns and controls our general partner, which has sole responsibility for conducting our business and managing our operations. Our general partner and its affiliates, including our sponsor, have conflicts of interest with us and limited duties, and they may favor their own interests to the detriment of us and our unitholders.

Following the offering, our sponsor, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, will own and control our general partner and will appoint all of the directors of our general partner. Although our general partner has a duty to manage us in a manner it believes to be in our best interests, the executive officers and directors of our general partner have a fiduciary duty to manage our general partner in a manner beneficial to our sponsor. Therefore, conflicts of interest may arise between our sponsor or any of its affiliates, including our general partner, on the one hand, and us or any of our unitholders, on the other hand. In resolving these conflicts of interest, our general partner may favor its own interests and the interests of its affiliates over the interests of our common unitholders. These conflicts include the following situations, among others:

 

   

our general partner is allowed to take into account the interests of parties other than us, such as our sponsor, in exercising certain rights under our partnership agreement, which has the effect of limiting its duty to our unitholders;

 

   

neither our partnership agreement nor any other agreement requires our sponsor to pursue a business strategy that favors us;

 

   

our partnership agreement replaces the fiduciary duties that would otherwise be owed by our general partner with contractual standards governing its duties, limits our general partner’s liabilities and restricts the remedies available to our unitholders for actions that, without such limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty;

 

   

except in limited circumstances, our general partner has the power and authority to conduct our business without unitholder approval;

 

   

our general partner determines the amount and timing of asset purchases and sales, borrowings, issuances of additional partnership securities and the level of reserves, each of which can affect the amount of cash that is distributed to our unitholders;

 

40


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

our general partner determines the amount and timing of any capital expenditure and whether a capital expenditure is classified as a maintenance capital expenditure, which reduces operating surplus, or an expansion capital expenditure, which does not reduce operating surplus. Please read “How We Make Distributions to Our Partners—Capital Expenditures” for a discussion on when a capital expenditure constitutes a maintenance capital expenditure or an expansion capital expenditure. This determination can affect the amount of cash that is distributed to our unitholders which, in turn, may affect the ability of the subordinated units to convert. Please read “How We Make Distributions to Our Partners—Subordination Period”;

 

   

our general partner may cause us to borrow funds in order to permit the payment of cash distributions, even if the purpose or effect of the borrowing is to make a distribution on the subordinated units, to make incentive distributions or to accelerate the expiration of the subordination period;

 

   

our partnership agreement permits us to distribute up to $         million as operating surplus, even if it is generated from asset sales, non-working capital borrowings or other sources that would otherwise constitute capital surplus. This cash may be used to fund distributions on our subordinated units or the incentive distribution rights;

 

   

our general partner determines which costs incurred by it and its affiliates are reimbursable by us;

 

   

our partnership agreement does not restrict our general partner from causing us to pay it or its affiliates for any services rendered to us or entering into additional contractual arrangements with its affiliates on our behalf;

 

   

our general partner intends to limit its liability regarding our contractual and other obligations;

 

   

our general partner may exercise its right to call and purchase common units if it and its affiliates own more than 80% of the common units;

 

   

our general partner controls the enforcement of obligations that it and its affiliates owe to us;

 

   

our general partner decides whether to retain separate counsel, accountants or others to perform services for us; and

 

   

our sponsor may elect to cause us to issue common units to it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution levels related to our sponsor’s incentive distribution rights without the approval of the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner or the unitholders. This election may result in lower distributions to the common unitholders in certain situations.

In addition, we may compete directly with entities in which our sponsor has an interest for acquisition opportunities and potentially will compete with these entities for new and existing customers. In particular, we expect that our sponsor will compete with us for new and existing frac sand customers once operations at its processing facility in Augusta, Wisconsin commence in the third quarter of 2012. Please read “—Our sponsor and other affiliates of our general partner may compete with us.” and “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.”

The board of directors of our general partner may modify or revoke our cash distribution policy at any time at its discretion. Our partnership agreement does not require us to pay any distributions at all.

The board of directors of our general partner will adopt a cash distribution policy pursuant to which we intend to distribute quarterly at least $         per unit on all of our units to the extent we have sufficient cash after the establishment of cash reserves and the payment of our expenses, including payments to our general partner and its affiliates. However, the board may change such policy at any time at its discretion and could elect not to pay distributions for one or more quarters. Please read “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

 

41


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In addition, our partnership agreement does not require us to pay any distributions at all. Accordingly, investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the permanence of such a policy in making an investment decision. Any modification or revocation of our cash distribution policy could substantially reduce or eliminate the amounts of distributions to our unitholders. The amount of distributions we make, if any, and the decision to make any distribution at all will be determined by the board of directors of our general partner, whose interests may differ from those of our common unitholders. Our general partner has limited duties to our unitholders, which may permit it to favor its own interests or the interests of our sponsor to the detriment of our common unitholders.

Our general partner intends to limit its liability regarding our obligations.

Our general partner intends to limit its liability under contractual arrangements between us and third parties so that the counterparties to such arrangements have recourse only against our assets, and not against our general partner or its assets. Our general partner may therefore cause us to incur indebtedness or other obligations that are nonrecourse to our general partner. Our partnership agreement provides that any action taken by our general partner to limit its liability is not a breach of our general partner’s duties, even if we could have obtained more favorable terms without the limitation on liability. In addition, we are obligated to reimburse or indemnify our general partner to the extent that it incurs obligations on our behalf. Any such reimbursement or indemnification payments would reduce the amount of cash otherwise available for distribution to our unitholders.

Our sponsor and other affiliates of our general partner have the ability to compete with us, and we expect that our sponsor will compete with us once operations at its processing facility in Augusta, Wisconsin commence in the third quarter of 2012.

Affiliates of our general partner, including our sponsor, are not prohibited from engaging in other businesses or activities, including those that might be in direct competition with us. Our sponsor has investments in entities that acquire, own and operate frac sand excavation and processing facilities and may make additional investments in the future. These investments and acquisitions may include entities or assets that we would have been interested in acquiring. Therefore, our sponsor may compete with us for investment opportunities. In addition, we expect that our sponsor will own an interest in entities that will compete with us following the offering. For example, our sponsor is currently constructing the Augusta excavation and processing facility in Eau Claire County, Wisconsin, which is expected to be operational in the third quarter of 2012. Our sponsor has contracted for the sale of 1,200,000 tons per year of coarse grain Northern White sand from the Augusta facility with two of our existing customers and may seek additional contracts from other of our current and potential customers in direct competition with us as we seek to renew or replace our existing contracts. We share our management team with our sponsor, and despite our sponsor’s and management team’s meaningful economic interest in us, the shared management team is under no obligation to offer new and replacement customer contracts to us before offering them to our sponsor, which could have a material adverse impact on our ability to renew or replace existing customer contracts on favorable terms or at all.

Pursuant to the terms of our partnership agreement, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, does not apply to our general partner or any of its affiliates, including its executive officers and directors and our sponsor. Any such person or entity that becomes aware of a potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for us will not have any duty to communicate or offer such opportunity to us. Any such person or entity will not be liable to us or to any limited partner for breach of any fiduciary duty or other duty by reason of the fact that such person or entity pursues or acquires such opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity to another person or entity or does not communicate such opportunity or information to us. This may create actual or potential conflicts of interest between us and affiliates of our general partner and result in less than favorable treatment of us and our unitholders. Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.”

 

42


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

It is our policy to distribute a significant portion of our cash available for distribution to our partners, which could limit our ability to grow and make acquisitions.

We plan to distribute most of our cash available for distribution, which may cause our growth to proceed at a slower pace than that of businesses that reinvest their cash to expand ongoing operations. To the extent we issue additional units in connection with any acquisitions or expansion capital expenditures, the payment of distributions on those additional units may increase the risk that we will be unable to maintain or increase our per unit distribution level. There are no limitations in our partnership agreement on our ability to issue additional units, including units ranking senior to the common units. The incurrence of additional commercial borrowings or other debt to finance our growth strategy would result in increased interest expense, which, in turn, may impact the cash that we have available to distribute to our unitholders.

Our partnership agreement replaces our general partner’s fiduciary duties to holders of our units.

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that eliminate and replace the fiduciary standards to which our general partner would otherwise be held by state fiduciary duty law. For example, our partnership agreement permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner, or otherwise free of fiduciary duties to us and our unitholders. This entitles our general partner to consider only the interests and factors that it desires and relieves it of any duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting, us, our affiliates or our limited partners. Examples of decisions that our general partner may make in its individual capacity include:

 

   

how to allocate business opportunities among us and its affiliates;

 

   

whether to exercise its call right;

 

   

how to exercise its voting rights with respect to the units it owns;

 

   

whether to exercise its registration rights;

 

   

whether to elect to reset target distribution levels; and

 

   

whether or not to consent to any merger or consolidation of the partnership or amendment to the partnership agreement.

By purchasing a common unit, a unitholder is treated as having consented to the provisions in the partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above. Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties—Fiduciary Duties.”

Our partnership agreement restricts the remedies available to holders of our units for actions taken by our general partner that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty.

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that restrict the remedies available to unitholders for actions taken by our general partner that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty under state fiduciary duty law. For example, our partnership agreement provides that:

 

   

whenever our general partner makes a determination or takes, or declines to take, any other action in its capacity as our general partner, our general partner is required to make such determination, or take or decline to take such other action, in good faith, and will not be subject to any other or different standard imposed by our partnership agreement, Delaware law, or any other law, rule or regulation, or at equity;

 

   

our general partner will not have any liability to us or our unitholders for decisions made in its capacity as a general partner so long as it acted in good faith, meaning that it believed that the decision was in the best interest of our partnership;

 

   

our general partner and its officers and directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us or our limited partners resulting from any act or omission unless there has been a final and non-appealable

 

43


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that our general partner or its officers and directors, as the case may be, acted in bad faith or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the conduct was criminal; and

 

   

our general partner will not be in breach of its obligations under the partnership agreement or its duties to us or our limited partners if a transaction with an affiliate or the resolution of a conflict of interest is:

 

  (1) approved by the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner, although our general partner is not obligated to seek such approval; or

 

  (2) approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding any common units owned by our general partner and its affiliates.

In connection with a situation involving a transaction with an affiliate or a conflict of interest, any determination by our general partner must be made in good faith. If an affiliate transaction or the resolution of a conflict of interest is not approved by our common unitholders or the conflicts committee then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, taking any action or failing to act, the board of directors acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.”

Our sponsor may elect to cause us to issue common units to it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution levels related to its incentive distribution rights, without the approval of the conflicts committee of its board of directors or the holders of our common units. This could result in lower distributions to holders of our common units.

Our sponsor has the right, as the initial holder of our incentive distribution rights, at any time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and it has received incentive distributions at the highest level to which it is entitled (50.0%) for the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters, to reset the initial target distribution levels at higher levels based on our distributions at the time of the exercise of the reset election. Following a reset election by our sponsor, the minimum quarterly distribution will be adjusted to equal the reset minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels will be reset to correspondingly higher levels based on percentage increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution.

If our sponsor elects to reset the target distribution levels, it will be entitled to receive a number of common units. The number of common units to be issued to our sponsor will equal the number of common units that would have entitled the holder to an aggregate quarterly cash distribution in the quarter prior to the reset election equal to the distribution to our sponsor on the incentive distribution rights in the quarter prior to the reset election. We anticipate that our sponsor would exercise this reset right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per common unit without such conversion. It is possible, however, that our sponsor could exercise this reset election at a time when it is experiencing, or expects to experience, declines in the cash distributions it receives related to its incentive distribution rights and may, therefore, desire to be issued common units rather than retain the right to receive incentive distributions based on the initial target distribution levels. This risk could be elevated if our incentive distribution rights have been transferred to a third party. As a result, a reset election may cause our common unitholders to experience a reduction in the amount of cash distributions that our common unitholders would have otherwise received had we not issued new common units to our sponsor in connection with resetting the target distribution levels. Please read “How We Make Distributions to Our Partners—Our Sponsor’s Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels.”

 

44


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Holders of our common units have limited voting rights and are not entitled to elect our general partner or its directors, which could reduce the price at which our common units will trade.

Unlike the holders of common stock in a corporation, unitholders have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our business and, therefore, limited ability to influence management’s decisions regarding our business. Unitholders will have no right on an annual or ongoing basis to elect our general partner or its board of directors. The board of directors of our general partner, including the independent directors, is chosen entirely by our sponsor, as a result of it owning our general partner, and not by our unitholders. Please read “Management—Management of Hi-Crush Partners LP” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.” Unlike publicly-traded corporations, we will not conduct annual meetings of our unitholders to elect directors or conduct other matters routinely conducted at annual meetings of stockholders of corporations. As a result of these limitations, the price at which the common units will trade could be diminished because of the absence or reduction of a takeover premium in the trading price.

Even if holders of our common units are dissatisfied, they cannot initially remove our general partner without its consent.

If our unitholders are dissatisfied with the performance of our general partner, they will have limited ability to remove our general partner. Unitholders initially will be unable to remove our general partner without its consent because our general partner and its affiliates will own sufficient units upon the completion of this offering to be able to prevent its removal. The vote of the holders of at least 66  2 / 3 % of all outstanding common and subordinated units voting together as a single class is required to remove our general partner. Following the closing of this offering, our sponsor will own an aggregate of     % of our common and subordinated units (or     % of our common and subordinated units, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units in full). Also, if our general partner is removed without cause during the subordination period and no units held by the holders of the subordinated units or their affiliates are voted in favor of that removal, all remaining subordinated units will automatically be converted into common units and any existing arrearages on the common units will be extinguished. Cause is narrowly defined in our partnership agreement to mean that a court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final, non-appealable judgment finding our general partner liable for actual fraud or willful or wanton misconduct in its capacity as our general partner. Cause does not include most cases of charges of poor management of the business.

Unitholders will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $         per common unit.

The assumed initial public offering price of $         per common unit (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) exceeds our pro forma net tangible book value of $         per common unit. Based on the assumed initial public offering price of $         per common unit, unitholders will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $         per common unit. This dilution results primarily because the assets contributed to us by affiliates of our general partner are recorded at their historical cost in accordance with GAAP, and not their fair value. Please read “Dilution.”

Our general partner interest or the control of our general partner may be transferred to a third party without unitholder consent.

Our general partner may transfer its general partner interest to a third party in a merger or in a sale of all or substantially all of its assets without the consent of our unitholders. Furthermore, our partnership agreement does not restrict the ability of the members of our general partner to transfer their respective membership interests in our general partner to a third party. The new members of our general partner would then be in a position to replace the board of directors and executive officers of our general partner with their own designees and thereby exert significant control over the decisions taken by the board of directors and executive officers of our general partner. This effectively permits a “change of control” without the vote or consent of the unitholders.

 

45


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The incentive distribution rights held by our sponsor may be transferred to a third party without unitholder consent.

Our sponsor may transfer the incentive distribution rights to a third party at any time without the consent of our unitholders. If our sponsor transfers the incentive distribution rights to a third party but retains its ownership interest in our general partner, our general partner may not have the same incentive to grow our partnership and increase quarterly distributions to unitholders over time as it would if our sponsor had retained ownership of the incentive distribution rights. For example, a transfer of incentive distribution rights by our sponsor could reduce the likelihood of our sponsor accepting offers made by us relating to assets owned by it, as it would have less of an economic incentive to grow our business, which in turn would impact our ability to grow our asset base.

Our general partner has a call right that may require unitholders to sell their common units at an undesirable time or price.

If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 80% of the common units, our general partner will have the right, but not the obligation, which it may assign to any of its affiliates or to us, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the common units held by unaffiliated persons at a price equal to the greater of (1) the average of the daily closing price of the common units over the 20 trading days preceding the date three days before notice of exercise of the call right is first mailed and (2) the highest per-unit price paid by our general partner or any of its affiliates for common units during the 90-day period preceding the date such notice is first mailed. As a result, unitholders may be required to sell their common units at an undesirable time or price and may not receive any return or a negative return on their investment. Unitholders may also incur a tax liability upon a sale of their units. Our general partner is not obligated to obtain a fairness opinion regarding the value of the common units to be repurchased by it upon exercise of the limited call right. There is no restriction in our partnership agreement that prevents our general partner from issuing additional common units and exercising its call right. If our general partner exercised its limited call right, the effect would be to take us private and, if the units were subsequently deregistered, we would no longer be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act. Upon consummation of this offering, and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units, our sponsor will own an aggregate of     % of our common and subordinated units. At the end of the subordination period, assuming no additional issuances of units (other than upon the conversion of the subordinated units), our sponsor will own     % of our common units. For additional information about the limited call right, please read “The Partnership Agreement—Limited Call Right.”

We may issue additional units without unitholder approval, which would dilute existing unitholder ownership interests.

Our partnership agreement does not limit the number of additional limited partner interests we may issue at any time without the approval of our unitholders. The issuance of additional common units or other equity interests of equal or senior rank will have the following effects:

 

   

our existing unitholders’ proportionate ownership interest in us will decrease;

 

   

the amount of cash available for distribution on each unit may decrease;

 

   

because a lower percentage of total outstanding units will be subordinated units, the risk that a shortfall in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution will be borne by our common unitholders will increase;

 

   

the ratio of taxable income to distributions may increase;

 

   

the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding unit may be diminished; and

 

   

the market price of the common units may decline.

 

46


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

There are no limitations in our partnership agreement on our ability to issue units ranking senior to the common units.

In accordance with Delaware law and the provisions of our partnership agreement, we may issue additional partnership interests that are senior to the common units in right of distribution, liquidation and voting. The issuance by us of units of senior rank may (i) reduce or eliminate the amount of cash available for distribution to our common unitholders; (ii) diminish the relative voting strength of the total common units outstanding as a class; or (iii) subordinate the claims of the common unitholders to our assets in the event of our liquidation.

The market price of our common units could be adversely affected by sales of substantial amounts of our common units in the public or private markets, including sales by our sponsor or other large holders.

After this offering, we will have              common units and              subordinated units outstanding, which includes the              common units we and the selling unitholder are selling in this offering (or              common units if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units in full) that may be resold in the public market immediately. All of the subordinated units will convert into common units on a one-for-one basis at the end of the subordination period. All of              common units (or              common units if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units in full) that are issued to our sponsor and not sold by our sponsor as the selling unitholder in this offering will be subject to resale restrictions under a 180-day lock-up agreement with the underwriters. Each of the lock-up agreements with the underwriters may be waived in the discretion of certain of the underwriters. Sales by our sponsor or other large holders of a substantial number of our common units in the public markets following this offering, or the perception that such sales might occur, could have a material adverse effect on the price of our common units or could impair our ability to obtain capital through an offering of equity securities. In addition, we have agreed to provide registration rights to our sponsor. Under our agreement, our general partner and its affiliates have registration rights relating to the offer and sale of any units that they hold, subject to certain limitations. Please read “Units Eligible for Future Sale.”

Our partnership agreement restricts the voting rights of unitholders owning 20% or more of our common units.

Our partnership agreement restricts unitholders’ voting rights by providing that any units held by a person or group that owns 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, other than our general partner and its affiliates, their transferees and persons who acquired such units with the prior approval of the board of directors of our general partner, cannot vote on any matter.

Cost reimbursements due to our general partner and its affiliates for services provided to us or on our behalf will reduce cash available for distribution to our unitholders. The amount and timing of such reimbursements will be determined by our general partner.

Prior to making any distribution on the common units, we will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for all expenses they incur and payments they make on our behalf. Our partnership agreement does not set a limit on the amount of expenses for which our general partner and its affiliates may be reimbursed. These expenses include salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to persons who perform services for us or on our behalf and expenses allocated to our general partner by its affiliates. Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will determine in good faith the expenses that are allocable to us. The reimbursement of expenses and payment of fees, if any, to our general partner and its affiliates will reduce the amount of cash available for distribution to our unitholders. Please read “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

 

47


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

There is no existing market for our common units, and a trading market that will provide you with adequate liquidity may not develop. The price of our common units may fluctuate significantly, and unitholders could lose all or part of their investment.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common units. After this offering, there will be only              publicly-traded common units. We do not know the extent to which investor interest will lead to the development of a trading market or how liquid that market might be. Unitholders may not be able to resell their common units at or above the initial public offering price. Additionally, the lack of liquidity may result in wide bid-ask spreads, contribute to significant fluctuations in the market price of the common units and limit the number of investors who are able to buy the common units.

The initial public offering price for our common units will be determined by negotiations between us, the selling unitholder and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price of the common units that will prevail in the trading market. The market price of our common units may decline below the initial public offering price. The market price of our common units may also be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

 

   

our quarterly distributions;

 

   

our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in our industry;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts or acquisitions;

 

   

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;

 

   

general economic conditions;

 

   

the failure of securities analysts to cover our common units after this offering or changes in financial estimates by analysts;

 

   

future sales of our common units; and

 

   

the other factors described in these “Risk Factors.”

Your liability may not be limited if a court finds that unitholder action constitutes control of our business.

A general partner of a partnership generally has unlimited liability for the obligations of the partnership, except for those contractual obligations of the partnership that are expressly made without recourse to the general partner. Our partnership is organized under Delaware law, and we conduct business in a number of other states. The limitations on the liability of holders of limited partner interests for the obligations of a limited partnership have not been clearly established in some jurisdictions. You could be liable for our obligations as if you were a general partner if a court or government agency were to determine that:

 

   

we were conducting business in a state but had not complied with that particular state’s partnership statute; or

 

   

your right to act with other unitholders to remove or replace the general partner, to approve some amendments to our partnership agreement or to take other actions under our partnership agreement constitute “control” of our business.

Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Limited Liability” for a discussion of the implications of the limitations of liability on a unitholder.

Unitholders may have liability to repay distributions and in certain circumstances may be personally liable for the obligations of the partnership.

Under certain circumstances, unitholders may have to repay amounts wrongfully returned or distributed to them. Under Section 17-607 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, or the Delaware Act, we

 

48


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

may not make a distribution to our unitholders if the distribution would cause our liabilities to exceed the fair value of our assets. Delaware law provides that for a period of three years from the date of the impermissible distribution, limited partners who received the distribution and who knew at the time of the distribution that it violated Delaware law will be liable to the limited partnership for the distribution amount. Liabilities to partners on account of their partnership interests and liabilities that are non-recourse to the partnership are not counted for purposes of determining whether a distribution is permitted.

For as long as we are an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with certain reporting requirements, including those relating to accounting standards and disclosure about our executive compensation, that apply to other public companies.

In April 2012, President Obama signed into law the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, relax certain reporting requirements for “emerging growth companies,” including certain requirements relating to accounting standards and compensation disclosure. We are classified as an emerging growth company. For as long as we are an emerging growth company, which may be up to five full fiscal years, unlike other public companies, we will not be required to, among other things, (1) provide an auditor’s attestation report on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our system of internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, (2) comply with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or the PCAOB, requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and the financial statements of the issuer, (3) comply with any new audit rules adopted by the PCAOB after April 5, 2012 unless the SEC determines otherwise, (4) provide certain disclosure regarding executive compensation required of larger public companies or (5) hold unitholder advisory votes on executive compensation.

Our sponsor, which is our accounting predecessor for financial reporting purposes, has a material weakness in its internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, our ability to accurately report our financial results could be adversely affected.

Prior to the completion of this offering, our sponsor has been a private entity with limited accounting personnel and other supervisory resources to adequately execute its accounting processes and address its internal control over financial reporting. In connection with our sponsor’s audit for the year ended December 31, 2011, our sponsor’s independent registered public accounting firm identified and communicated a material weakness related to the failure to maintain a sufficient complement of qualified accounting personnel, which contributed to our sponsor’s inability to maintain appropriate segregation of duties within the organization and effective review and supervision over the financial reporting process. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal controls such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our sponsor’s financial statements will not be prevented, or detected on a timely basis. This material weakness resulted in audit adjustments to our sponsor’s financial statements, which were identified by our independent registered public accounting firm.

After the closing of this offering, our management team and financial reporting oversight personnel will be those of our sponsor and thus, we may face the same material weakness described above.

We are in the early phases of evaluating the design and operation of our internal control over financial reporting and will not complete our review until after this offering is completed. We cannot predict the outcome of our review at this time. During the course of the review, we may identify additional control deficiencies, which could give rise to significant deficiencies and other material weaknesses, in addition to the material weakness described above. The material weakness described above could result in a misstatement of our accounts or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements that would not be prevented or detected. We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, or any

 

49


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

measures we may take in the future, will be sufficient to remediate the material weakness described above or avoid potential future material weaknesses.

We are not currently required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Upon becoming a publicly traded partnership, we will be required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, which will require our management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Though we will be required to disclose material changes made to our internal controls and procedures on a quarterly basis, we will not be required to make our first annual assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC. To comply with the requirements of being a publicly traded partnership, we will need to implement additional internal controls, reporting systems and procedures and hire additional accounting, finance and legal staff. Furthermore, while we generally must comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 for our fiscal year ending December 31, 2012, we are not required to have our independent registered public accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls until our first annual report subsequent to our ceasing to be an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act. Accordingly, we may not be required to have our independent registered public accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls until our annual report for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017. Once it is required to do so, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed.

If we fail to develop or maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, current and potential unitholders could lose confidence in our financial reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our units.

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports, prevent fraud and operate successfully as a public company. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our reputation and operating results would be harmed. We cannot be certain that our efforts to develop and maintain our internal controls will be successful, that we will be able to maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future or that we will be able to comply with our obligations under Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002. Any failure to develop or maintain effective internal controls, or difficulties encountered in implementing or improving our internal controls, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Ineffective internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our units.

The New York Stock Exchange does not require a publicly-traded partnership like us to comply with certain of its corporate governance requirements.

We intend to apply to list our common units on the NYSE. Because we will be a publicly-traded partnership, the NYSE does not require us to have a majority of independent directors on our general partner’s board of directors or to establish a compensation committee or a nominating and corporate governance committee. Accordingly, unitholders will not have the same protections afforded to certain corporations that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements. Please read “Management—Management of Hi-Crush Partners LP.”

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a publicly-traded partnership.

We have no history operating as a publicly-traded partnership. As a publicly-traded partnership, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur prior to this offering. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules implemented by the SEC and the NYSE, require publicly-traded

 

50


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

entities to adopt various corporate governance practices that will further increase our costs. Before we are able to make distributions to our unitholders, we must first pay or reserve cash for our expenses, including the costs of being a publicly-traded partnership. As a result, the amount of cash we have available for distribution to our unitholders will be affected by the costs associated with being a public company.

Prior to this offering, we have not filed reports with the SEC. Following this offering, we will become subject to the public reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We expect these rules and regulations to increase certain of our legal and financial compliance costs and to make activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, as a result of becoming a publicly-traded company, we are required to have at least three independent directors, create an audit committee and adopt policies regarding internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures, including the preparation of reports on internal controls over financial reporting. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our SEC reporting requirements.

We also expect to incur significant expense in order to obtain director and officer liability insurance. Because of the limitations in coverage for directors, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board or as executive officers.

We estimate that we will incur approximately $2.1 million of incremental costs per year associated with being a publicly-traded partnership; however, it is possible that our actual incremental costs of being a publicly-traded partnership will be higher than we currently estimate.

Tax Risks to Common Unitholders

In addition to reading the following risk factors, please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences” for a more complete discussion of the expected material federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of common units.

Our tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, as well as our not being subject to a material amount of entity-level taxation by individual states. If the IRS were to treat us as a corporation for federal income tax purposes or we were to become subject to material additional amounts of entity-level taxation for state tax purposes, then our cash available for distribution to you could be substantially reduced.

The anticipated after-tax economic benefit of an investment in our common units depends largely on our being treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.

Despite the fact that we are organized as a limited partnership under Delaware law, it is possible in certain circumstances for a partnership such as ours to be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. Although we do not believe, based upon our current operations, that we will be so treated, a change in our business (or a change in current law) could cause us to be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes or otherwise subject us to taxation as an entity.

If we were treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, we would pay federal income tax on our taxable income at the corporate tax rate, which is currently a maximum of 35%, and would likely pay state income tax at varying rates. Distributions to you would generally be taxed again as corporate distributions, and no income, gains, losses, deductions or credits would flow through to you. Because a tax would be imposed upon us as a corporation, our cash available for distribution to you would be substantially reduced. Therefore, treatment of us as a corporation would result in a material reduction in the anticipated cash flow and after-tax return to the unitholders, likely causing a substantial reduction in the value of our common units.

Our partnership agreement provides that if a law is enacted or existing law is modified or interpreted in a manner that subjects us to taxation as a corporation or otherwise subjects us to entity-level taxation for federal,

 

51


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

state or local income tax purposes, the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution amounts may be adjusted to reflect the impact of that law on us.

The tax treatment of publicly-traded partnerships or an investment in our units could be subject to potential legislative, judicial or administrative changes and differing interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis.

The present federal income tax treatment of publicly-traded partnerships, including us, or an investment in our common units may be modified by administrative, legislative or judicial changes or differing interpretations at any time. For example, members of Congress have recently considered substantive changes to the existing federal income tax laws that affect publicly-traded partnerships. Any modification to the federal income tax laws may be applied retroactively and could make it more difficult or impossible to meet the exception for certain publicly-traded partnerships to be treated as partnerships for federal income tax purposes. Although the considered legislation would not appear to have affected our treatment as a partnership, we are unable to predict whether any of these changes, or other proposals will be reintroduced or will ultimately be enacted. Any such changes could negatively impact the value of an investment in our common units.

You will be required to pay taxes on your share of our income even if you do not receive any cash distributions from us.

Because our unitholders will be treated as partners to whom we will allocate taxable income that could be different in amount than the cash we distribute, you will be required to pay federal income taxes and, in some cases, state and local income taxes on your share of our taxable income whether or not you receive cash distributions from us. You may not receive cash distributions from us equal to your share of our taxable income or even equal to the actual tax liability that results from that income.

The sale or exchange of 50% or more of our capital and profits interests during any twelve-month period will result in the termination of our partnership for federal income tax purposes.

We will be considered to have terminated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes if there is a sale or exchange of 50% or more of the total interests in our capital and profits within a twelve-month period. Immediately following this offering, our sponsor will directly and indirectly own more than 50% of the total interests in our capital and profits. Therefore, a transfer by our sponsor of all or a portion of its interests in us could result in a termination of us as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. Our termination would, among other things, result in the closing of our taxable year for all unitholders and could result in a deferral of depreciation deductions allowable in computing our taxable income. In the case of a unitholder reporting on a taxable year other than the calendar year, the closing of our taxable year may also result in more than twelve months of our taxable income or loss being includable in his taxable income for the year of termination. Our termination currently would not affect our classification as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, but instead, after our termination we would be treated as a new partnership for federal income tax purposes. If treated as a new partnership, we must make new tax elections and could be subject to penalties if we are unable to determine that a termination occurred. Please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—Disposition of Units—Constructive Termination” for a discussion of the consequences of our termination for federal income tax purposes.

Tax gain or loss on the disposition of our common units could be more or less than expected.

If you sell your common units, you will recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and your tax basis in those common units. Because distributions in excess of your allocable share of our net taxable income result in a decrease in your tax basis in your common units, the amount, if any, of such prior excess distributions with respect to the units you sell will, in effect, become taxable income to you if you sell such units at a price greater than your tax basis in those units, even if the price you receive is less than your original cost. Furthermore, a substantial portion of the amount realized, whether or not representing gain, may be

 

52


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

taxed as ordinary income due to potential recapture of depreciation and depletion deductions and certain other items. In addition, because the amount realized includes a unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities, if you sell your units, you may incur a tax liability in excess of the amount of cash you receive from the sale. Please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—Disposition of Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss” for a further discussion of the foregoing.

Tax-exempt entities and non-U.S. persons face unique tax issues from owning common units that may result in adverse tax consequences to them.

Investments in common units by tax-exempt entities, such as employee benefit plans and individual retirement accounts (or “IRAs”), and non-U.S. persons raises issues unique to them. For example, virtually all of our income allocated to organizations that are exempt from federal income tax, including IRAs and other retirement plans, will be unrelated business taxable income and will be taxable to them. Distributions to non-U.S. persons will be reduced by withholding taxes, and non-U.S. persons will be required to file federal tax returns and pay tax on their shares of our taxable income. If you are a tax-exempt entity or a non-U.S. person, you should consult your tax advisor before investing in our common units.

If the IRS contests the federal income tax positions we take, the market for our common units may be adversely impacted and the cost of any IRS contest will reduce our cash available for distribution to you.

The IRS may adopt positions that differ from the positions we take. It may be necessary to resort to administrative or court proceedings to sustain some or all of the positions we take. A court may not agree with some or all of the positions we take. Any contest by the IRS may materially and adversely impact the market for our common units and the price at which they trade. Our costs of any contest by the IRS will be borne indirectly by our unitholders and our general partner because the costs will reduce our cash available for distribution.

We will treat each purchaser of our common units as having the same tax benefits without regard to the actual common units purchased. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could adversely affect the value of the common units.

Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of common units, we will adopt depreciation and amortization positions that may not conform to all aspects of existing Treasury Regulations. A successful IRS challenge to those positions could adversely affect the amount of tax benefits available to you. It also could affect the timing of these tax benefits or the amount of gain from your sale of common units and could have a negative impact on the value of our common units or result in audit adjustments to your tax returns. Please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Section 754 Election” for a further discussion of the effect of the depreciation and amortization positions we adopt.

We will prorate our items of income, gain, loss and deduction between transferors and transferees of our units each month based upon the ownership of our units on the first day of each month, instead of on the basis of the date a particular unit is transferred. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could change the allocation of items of income, gain, loss and deduction among our unitholders.

We generally prorate our items of income, gain, loss and deduction between transferors and transferees of our common units each month based upon the ownership of our common units on the first day of each month, instead of on the basis of the date a particular common unit is transferred. Nonetheless, we allocate certain deductions for depreciation of capital additions based upon the date the underlying property is placed in service. The use of this proration method may not be permitted under existing Treasury Regulations, and although the U.S. Treasury Department issued proposed Treasury Regulations allowing a similar monthly simplifying convention, such regulations are not final and do not specifically authorize the use of the proration method we have adopted. Accordingly, our counsel is unable to opine as to the validity of this method. If the IRS were to

 

53


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

successfully challenge our proration method, we may be required to change the allocation of items of income, gain, loss, and deduction among our unitholders.

A unitholder whose common units are the subject of a securities loan (e.g., a loan to a “short seller” to cover a short sale of common units) may be considered as having disposed of those common units. If so, he would no longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with respect to those common units during the period of the loan and may recognize gain or loss from the disposition.

Because there is no tax concept of loaning a partnership interest, a unitholder whose common units are the subject of a securities loan may be considered as having disposed of the loaned units. In that case, he may no longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with respect to those common units during the period of the loan to the short seller and the unitholder may recognize gain or loss from such disposition. Moreover, during the period of the loan, any of our income, gain, loss or deduction with respect to those common units may not be reportable by the unitholder and any cash distributions received by the unitholder as to those common units could be fully taxable as ordinary income. Unitholders desiring to assure their status as partners and avoid the risk of gain recognition from a loan to a short seller should modify any applicable brokerage account agreements to prohibit their brokers from borrowing their common units.

You will likely be subject to state and local taxes and return filing requirements in states where you do not live as a result of investing in our common units.

In addition to federal income taxes, you will likely be subject to other taxes, including state and local taxes, unincorporated business taxes and estate, inheritance or intangible taxes that are imposed by the various jurisdictions in which we conduct business or own property now or in the future, even if you do not live in any of those jurisdictions. We will initially own assets and conduct business in the states of Wisconsin and Texas. Wisconsin currently imposes a personal income tax and also imposes income taxes on corporations and other entities. You may be required to file state and local income tax returns and pay state and local income taxes in Wisconsin. Further, you may be subject to penalties for failure to comply with those requirements. As we make acquisitions or expand our business, we may own assets or conduct business in additional states or foreign jurisdictions that impose a personal income tax. It is your responsibility to file all U.S. federal, foreign, state and local tax returns. Our counsel has not rendered an opinion on the foreign, state or local tax consequences of an investment in our common units.

 

54


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

USE OF PROCEEDS

We expect to receive net proceeds of approximately $         million from this offering (based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per common unit, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts, our portion of the structuring fee and estimated offering expenses.

In connection with the closing of this offering, we intend to assume approximately $         million of indebtedness outstanding under our sponsor’s subordinated promissory notes and to use a portion of the net proceeds we receive from this offering to repay in full such assumed debt. We intend to use approximately $         million of the net proceeds we receive from this offering to reimburse capital expenditures of, and pay a distribution to, our sponsor. The remaining net proceeds of approximately $4.1 million will be available to fund capital expenditures and for general partnership purposes. We are retaining this amount as reimbursement for our obligation to deliver sand volumes in satisfaction of a cash prepayment that our sponsor received for such sand volumes prior to the completion of this offering.

Indebtedness outstanding under our sponsor’s subordinated promissory notes matures in July 2016 and bears interest, at our sponsor’s option, at a rate of 10.0% for cash interest and 12.0% for paid-in-kind interest. Such indebtedness was used by our sponsor to fund the construction of the Wyeville plant and for general corporate purposes.

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common units by the selling unitholder in this offering, including proceeds from the sale of additional common units by the selling unitholder pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units.

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per common unit would cause the net proceeds we receive from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts, our portion of the structuring fee and offering expenses payable by us, to increase or decrease, respectively, by approximately $         million. In addition, we may also increase or decrease the number of common units we are offering. Each increase of 1.0 million common units offered by us, together with a concomitant $1.00 increase in the assumed public offering price to $         per common unit, would increase net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million. Similarly, each decrease of 1.0 million common units offered by us, together with a concomitant $         decrease in the assumed initial offering price to $         per common unit, would decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million.

 

55


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CAPITALIZATION

The following table shows our capitalization as of March 31, 2012:

 

   

on an actual basis for our accounting predecessor, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC;

 

   

on a pro forma basis to give effect to the elimination of certain assets not contributed to us; and

 

   

on an as adjusted basis to reflect the offering of our common units and distribution to our sponsor, the other transactions described under “Summary—Formation Transactions and Partnership Structure” and the application of the net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds.”

This table is derived from, and should be read together with, the unaudited pro forma financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should also read this table in conjunction with “Summary—Formation Transactions and Partnership Structure,” “Use of Proceeds” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     As of March 31, 2012  
     Actual      Pro Forma      As Adjusted  
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 10,527       $ 3,884       $          
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt:

        

Predecessor debt (1)

   $ 55,973       $ 55,973       $   

New revolving credit facility (2)

                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

     55,973         55,973           

Members’ equity/Partners’ capital (3)

     16,423         1,466      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization (3)

   $ 72,396       $ 57,439       $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Hi-Crush Proppants LLC is party to various subordinated promissory notes and a senior secured revolving credit facility. As of May 31, 2012, there was approximately $57.1 million outstanding under the subordinated promissory notes and $25.0 million outstanding under the senior secured credit facility. In connection with the closing of this offering, we intend to assume all indebtedness outstanding under our sponsor’s subordinated promissory notes and to use a portion of the net proceeds we receive from this offering to repay in full such assumed debt. We expect Hi-Crush Proppants LLC to continue as borrower under the senior secured credit facility, and that we will have no ongoing obligations with respect to any borrowings thereunder upon completion of this offering.
(2) In connection with the closing of this offering, we intend to enter into a new credit facility in the aggregate principal amount of up to $         million. We do not expect to have any borrowings outstanding under this facility at the completion of this offering.
(3) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering price of $         per common unit would increase or decrease, respectively, total members’ equity/partners’ capital and total capitalization by approximately $         million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount, our portion of the structuring fee and offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of common units we are offering. Each increase of 1.0 million common units offered by us, together with a concomitant $1.00 increase in the assumed offering price to $         per common unit, would increase total members’ equity/partners’ capital and total capitalization by approximately $         million. Similarly, each decrease of 1.0 million common units offered by us, together with a concomitant $1.00 decrease in the assumed offering price to $         per common unit, would decrease total members’ equity/partners’ capital and total capitalization by approximately $         million. The information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

56


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DILUTION

Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of common units sold in this offering will exceed the net tangible book value per common unit after the offering. Assuming an initial public offering price of $         per common unit (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), on a pro forma basis as of March 31, 2012, after giving effect to the offering of common units and the related transactions, our net tangible book value would have been approximately $         million, or $         per common unit. Purchasers of our common units in this offering will experience substantial and immediate dilution in net tangible book value per common unit for financial accounting purposes, as illustrated in the following table.

 

Assumed initial public offering price per common unit

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per common unit before the offering (1)

   $                   

Increase in net tangible book value per common unit attributable to purchasers in the offering

     
  

 

 

    

Less: Pro forma net tangible book value per common unit after the offering (2)

     
     

 

 

 

Immediate dilution in net tangible book value per common unit to purchasers in the offering (3)(4)

      $     
     

 

 

 

 

(1) Determined by dividing the pro forma net tangible book value of the contributed assets and liabilities by the number of units (               common units and              subordinated units) to be issued to our general partner and its affiliates for their contribution of assets and liabilities to us.
(2) Determined by dividing our pro forma net tangible book value, after giving effect to the use of the net proceeds of the offering, by the total number of units (             common units and              subordinated units) to be outstanding after the offering.
(3) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering price of $         per common unit would increase or decrease, respectively, our pro forma net tangible book value by approximately $         million, or approximately $         per common unit, and dilution per common unit to investors in this offering by approximately $         per common unit, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount, our portion of the structuring fee and offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of common units we are offering. An increase of 1.0 million common units offered by us, together with a concomitant $1.00 increase in the assumed offering price to $         per common unit, would result in a pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $         million, or $         per common unit, and dilution per common unit to investors in this offering would be $         per common unit. Similarly, a decrease of 1.0 million common units offered by us, together with a concomitant $1.00 decrease in the assumed public offering price to $         per common unit, would result in an pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $         million, or $         per common unit, and dilution per common unit to investors in this offering would be $         per common unit. The information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.
(4) Because the total number of units outstanding following this offering will not be impacted by any exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units from the selling unitholder and we will not receive any net proceeds from such exercise, there will be no change to the dilution in net tangible book value per common unit to purchasers in the offering due to any such exercise of the option.

 

57


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table sets forth the number of units that we will issue and the total consideration contributed to us by our sponsor and by the purchasers of our common units in this offering upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by this prospectus.

 

     Units     Total Consideration  
       Number    Percent     Amount    Percent  

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC (1)(2)(3)

                        

Purchasers in the offering (3)

                        
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

Total

        100        100
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1) Upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this prospectus, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC will own              common units (assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units) and              subordinated units.
(2) The assets contributed by Hi-Crush Proppants LLC will be recorded at historical cost. The pro forma book value of the consideration provided by Hi-Crush Proppants LLC as of March 31, 2012 would have been approximately $        , as adjusted for distributions to Hi-Crush Proppants LLC.
(3) Assumes the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units from the selling unitholder is not exercised.

 

58


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CASH DISTRIBUTION POLICY AND RESTRICTIONS ON DISTRIBUTIONS

You should read the following discussion of our cash distribution policy in conjunction with “—Assumptions and Considerations” below, which includes the factors and assumptions upon which we base our cash distribution policy. In addition, you should read “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” for information regarding statements that do not relate strictly to historical or current facts and certain risks inherent in our business.

For additional information regarding our historical and pro forma results of operations, you should refer to the audited historical financial statements as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, for the two-month period ended December 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2011, the unaudited historical financial statements as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012 and our unaudited pro forma financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 and as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2012, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

General

Rationale for Our Cash Distribution Policy

It is our intent to distribute at least the minimum quarterly distribution of $         per unit ($         per unit on an annualized basis) on all of our units to the extent we have sufficient cash after the establishment of cash reserves and payment of our expenses, including payments to our general partner and its affiliates. Furthermore, we expect that if we are successful in executing our business strategy, we will grow our business in a steady and sustainable manner and distribute to our unitholders a portion of any increase in our cash available for distribution resulting from such growth. Our cash distribution policy reflects a judgment that our unitholders will be better served by our distributing rather than retaining our cash available for distribution.

Limitations on Cash Distributions and Our Ability to Change Our Cash Distribution Policy

There is no guarantee that we will distribute quarterly cash distributions to our unitholders. We do not have a legal or contractual obligation to pay quarterly distributions at our minimum quarterly distribution rate or at any other rate. Our cash distribution policy is subject to certain restrictions and may be changed at any time. The reasons for such uncertainties in our stated cash distribution policy include the following factors:

 

   

Our cash distribution policy will be subject to restrictions on distributions under the revolving credit facility that we expect to enter into in connection with this offering (“our new credit facility”), which will contain financial tests and covenants that we must satisfy. These financial tests and covenants are described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Facilities—Our New Credit Facility.” Should we be unable to satisfy these restrictions or if we are otherwise in default under our new credit facility, we will be prohibited from making cash distributions to you notwithstanding our stated cash distribution policy.

 

   

Our general partner will have the authority to establish cash reserves for the prudent conduct of our business, including for future cash distributions to our unitholders, and the establishment of or increase in those reserves could result in a reduction in cash distributions from levels we currently anticipate pursuant to our stated cash distribution policy. Our partnership agreement does not set a limit on the amount of cash reserves that our general partner may establish. Any decision to establish cash reserves made by our general partner in good faith will be binding on our unitholders.

 

59


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

Prior to making any distribution on the common units, we will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for all direct and indirect expenses they incur on our behalf. Our partnership agreement does not set a limit on the amount of expenses for which our general partner and its affiliates may be reimbursed. These expenses include salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to persons who perform services for us or on our behalf and expenses allocated to our general partner by its affiliates. Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will determine in good faith the expenses that are allocable to us. The reimbursement of expenses and payment of fees, if any, to our general partner and its affiliates will reduce the amount of cash available for distribution to pay distributions to our unitholders.

 

   

Even if our cash distribution policy is not modified or revoked, the amount of distributions we pay under our cash distribution policy and the decision to make any distribution is determined by our general partner.

 

   

Under Section 17-607 of the Delaware Act, we may not make a distribution if the distribution would cause our liabilities to exceed the fair value of our assets.

 

   

We may lack sufficient cash to pay distributions to our unitholders due to cash flow shortfalls attributable to a number of operational, commercial or other factors as well as increases in our operating or general and administrative expenses, principal and interest payments on our outstanding debt, tax expenses, working capital requirements and anticipated cash needs. While our general partner may cause us to borrow funds in order to permit the payment of cash distributions on our common units, subordinated units and incentive distribution rights, it has no obligation to cause us to do so.

 

   

If we make distributions out of capital surplus, as opposed to operating surplus, any such distributions would constitute a return of capital and would result in a reduction in the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels. Please read “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners—Adjustment to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels.” We do not anticipate that we will make any distributions from capital surplus.

 

   

Our ability to make distributions to our unitholders depends on the performance of our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute cash to us. The ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us may be restricted by, among other things, the provisions of future indebtedness, applicable state limited liability company laws and other laws and regulations.

Our Ability to Grow may be Dependent on Our Ability to Access External Expansion Capital

We expect to generally distribute a significant percentage of our cash from operations to our unitholders on a quarterly basis, after the establishment of cash reserves and payment of our expenses. Therefore, our growth may not be as fast as businesses that reinvest most or all of their cash to expand ongoing operations. Moreover, our future growth may be slower than our historical growth. We expect that we will rely primarily upon external financing sources, including bank borrowings and issuances of debt and equity interests, to fund our expansion capital expenditures. To the extent we are unable to finance growth externally, our cash distribution policy will significantly impair our ability to grow.

 

60


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our Minimum Quarterly Distribution

Pursuant to our distribution policy, we intend upon completion of this offering to declare a minimum quarterly distribution of $         per unit for each complete quarter, or $         per unit on an annualized basis. Quarterly distributions, if any, will be made within 60 days after the end of each quarter. The payment of the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of the common units and subordinated units to be outstanding after completion of this offering would require us to have cash available for distribution of approximately $         million per quarter, or $         million per year. Our ability to make cash distributions at the minimum quarterly distribution rate will be subject to the factors described above under “—General—Limitations on Cash Distributions and Our Ability to Change Our Cash Distribution Policy.” The table below sets forth the amount of common units and subordinated units that will be outstanding immediately after this offering, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units from the selling unitholder, and the cash available for distribution needed to pay the aggregate minimum quarterly distribution on all of such units for a single fiscal quarter and a four quarter period:

 

          Distributions  
     Number of
Units
   One
Quarter
     Annualized  

Publicly held common units

      $                    $                

Common units held by Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

        

Subordinated units held by Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

        
  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $         $     
  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

If and to the extent the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units, the selling unitholder, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, will sell the number of common units purchased by the underwriters pursuant to such exercise and the remainder, if any, will be retained by Hi-Crush Proppants LLC. Accordingly, the exercise of the underwriters’ option will not affect the total number of units outstanding or the amount of cash needed to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all units. Please read “Underwriting.”

Our sponsor will initially hold the incentive distribution rights, which entitle the holder to increasing percentages, up to a maximum of 50.0%, of the cash we distribute in excess of $         per unit per quarter.

We expect to pay our distributions on or about the last day of each of February, May, August and November to holders of record on or about the 15th day of each such month. If the distribution date does not fall on a business day, we will make the distribution on the business day immediately preceding the indicated distribution date. We will adjust the quarterly distribution for the period after the closing of this offering through                     , 2012 based on the actual length of the period.

Subordinated Units

Our sponsor will initially own all of our subordinated units. The principal difference between our common units and subordinated units is that in any quarter during the subordination period, holders of the subordinated units are not entitled to receive any distribution until the common units have received the minimum quarterly distribution plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution from prior quarters. Subordinated units will not accrue arrearages. When the subordination period ends, all of the subordinated units will convert into an equal number of common units.

To the extent we do not pay the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units, our common unitholders will not be entitled to receive such payments in the future except during the subordination period. To the extent we have cash available for distribution in any future quarter during the subordination period in excess of the amount necessary to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to holders of our common units, we will use this excess cash available for distribution to pay any distribution arrearages on common units related to prior quarters before any cash distribution is made to holders of subordinated units. Please read “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners—Subordination Period.”

 

61


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Pro Forma Cash Available for Distribution for the Twelve and Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

If we had completed the transactions contemplated in this prospectus on January 1, 2011, our pro forma cash available for distribution for the twelve and three months ended March 31, 2012 would have been approximately $18.0 million and $7.4 million, respectively. This amount would have been insufficient to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our common units for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012, by approximately $                 million, but would have been sufficient to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our common units for the three months ended March 31, 2012. In addition, these amounts would have been insufficient to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our common and subordinated units for the twelve and three months ended March 31, 2012, by approximately $         million and $         million, respectively. This shortfall is primarily attributable to the following factors:

 

   

the twelve months ended March 31, 2012 included only nine months of operations, as our Wyeville facility did not commence operations until July 2011; and

 

   

neither the twelve nor three months ended March 31, 2012 reflected the impact of our Wyeville plant expansion, which was completed in March 2012, and sales under new contracts with subsidiaries of Baker Hughes and FTS International associated with the expansion, which commenced in May 2012 and will initially be reflected in our operating results for the second quarter of 2012.

The pro forma financial statements, upon which pro forma cash available for distribution is based, do not purport to present our results of operations had the transactions contemplated in this prospectus actually been completed as of the date indicated. Furthermore, cash available for distribution is a cash accounting concept, while our pro forma financial statements have been prepared on an accrual basis. We derived the amounts of pro forma cash available for distribution in the manner described in the table below. As a result, the amount of pro forma cash available for distribution should only be viewed as a general indication of the amount of cash available for distribution that we might have generated had we been formed in an earlier period.

Following the completion of this offering, we estimate that we will incur $3.8 million of incremental annual general and administrative expenses as a result of operating as a publicly traded partnership and our recent expansion. These incremental general and administrative expenses are not reflected in our unaudited pro forma financial statements and consist of $2.1 million of expenses that we expect to incur as a result of operating as a publicly traded partnership, such as expenses associated with annual and quarterly reporting, tax return and Schedule K-1 preparation and distribution expenses, Sarbanes-Oxley compliance expenses, expenses associated with listing on the NYSE, independent auditor fees, legal fees, investor relations expenses, registrar and transfer agent fees, director and officer insurance expenses and director and officer compensation expenses, as well as incremental administrative expenses to support our recent expansion, including management level positions in operations, human resources, legal, accounting and reporting, as well as license fees associated with upgrading accounting and reporting software. We expect the incremental expenses related to our recent expansion to gradually increase over time as we hire additional personnel, from about $0.7 million for the year ending December 31, 2012 to $1.7 million on an annualized basis by September 30, 2013, the end of the projection period provided under “—Estimated Cash Available for Distribution for the Twelve Months Ending September 30, 2013.”

Our unaudited pro forma financial statements are derived from the audited and unaudited historical financial statements of our accounting predecessor, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, included elsewhere in this prospectus and Hi-Crush Proppants LLC’s accounting records, which are unaudited. Our unaudited pro forma financial statements should be read together with “Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the audited and unaudited historical financial statements of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The following table illustrates, on a pro forma basis for the three and the twelve months ended March 31, 2012, the amount of cash that would have been available for distribution to our unitholders, assuming that the transactions contemplated in this prospectus had been consummated on January 1, 2011. Certain of the adjustments reflected or presented below are explained in the footnotes to such adjustments.

 

62


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Partners LP

Unaudited Pro Forma Cash Available for Distribution

 

     Pro Forma for the
Twelve Months Ended

March 31, 2012 (2)
     Pro Forma for the
Three Months Ended

March 31, 2012 (2)
 
    

(in thousands,

except per unit data)

    

(in thousands,

except per unit data)

 

Operating revenues

   $ 33,885       $ 13,532   

Operating expenses:

     

Production costs (1)

     10,595         4,597   

Depreciation and depletion

     628         179   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Costs of goods sold

     11,223         4,776   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     22,662         8,756   

General and administrative expenses

     2,161         646   

Accretion of asset retirement obligations

     34         6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

     20,467         8,104   

Interest expense, net

     363         91   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (2)

     20,104         8,013   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to EBITDA:

     

Add:

     

Depreciation and depletion

     628         179   

Interest expense, net (3)

     363         91   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

EBITDA (1)

     21,095         8,283   

Less:

     

Cash interest expense (3)

     263         66   

Maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, including accrual for reserve replacement (4)

     750         301   

Incremental general and administrative expenses (5)

     2,100         525   

Plus:

     

Accretion of asset retirement obligations

     34         6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Estimated cash available for distribution by Hi-Crush Partners LP

   $ 18,016       $ 7,397   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Minimum annual distribution per unit (based on a minimum quarterly distribution rate of $         per unit)

     

Annual distributions to:

     

Public common unitholders

     

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC:

     

Common units

     

Subordinated units

     

Total distributions to Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

     

Total distributions to our unitholders at the minimum distribution rate

     

Shortfall

     

 

(1) For more information, please read “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(2) Reflects our pro forma operating results for the periods indicated, derived from or prepared on a basis consistent with our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma adjustments reflected in our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements for the three and twelve months ended March 31, 2012 have been prepared as if this offering had taken place on January 1, 2011.

 

63


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(3) Interest expense, net and cash interest expense both include commitment and administrative agent fees on our new credit facility. Interest expense, net also includes the amortization of debt issuance costs incurred in connection with our new credit facility.
(4) Maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, including accrual for reserve replacement, was determined based on $1.35 per ton of sand sold during the periods presented. This reflects an estimate of reserve replacement cost, but it is not a reserve or requirement to spend the capital. Please read “—Estimated Cash Available for Distribution for the Twelve Months Ending September 30, 2013—Maintenance and Replacement Capital Expenditures.”
(5) Reflects an adjustment to our EBITDA for approximately $2.1 million of incremental general and administrative expenses that we expect to incur as a result of operating as a publicly traded partnership that are not reflected in our unaudited pro forma financial statements.

Estimated Cash Available for Distribution for the Twelve Months Ending September 30, 2013

Set forth below is a statement of Estimated Cash Available for Distribution that reflects a forecast of our ability to generate sufficient cash flows to make the minimum quarterly distribution on all of our outstanding limited partner units for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013, based on assumptions we believe to be reasonable. These assumptions include adjustments giving effect to this offering.

Our estimated cash available for distribution reflects our judgment as of the date of this prospectus of conditions we expect to exist and the course of action we expect to take during the twelve months ending September 30, 2013. The assumptions disclosed under “—Assumptions and Considerations” below are those that we believe are significant to our ability to generate such estimated cash available for distribution. We believe our actual results of operations and cash flows for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013 will be sufficient to generate our estimated cash available for distribution for such period; however, we can give you no assurance that such estimated cash available for distribution will be achieved. There will likely be differences between our estimated cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013 and our actual results for such period and those differences could be material. If we fail to generate the estimated cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013, we may not be able to pay cash distributions on our common units at the minimum quarterly distribution rate or at any rate.

We do not as a matter of course make public projections as to future operations, earnings or other results. However, management has prepared the estimated cash available for distribution and assumptions set forth below to substantiate our belief that we will have sufficient cash available to make the minimum quarterly distribution to our unitholders for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013. This prospective financial information was not prepared with a view toward compliance with published guidelines of the SEC or the guidelines established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants for preparation and presentation of prospective financial information, but, in the view of our management, was prepared on a reasonable basis, reflects the best currently available estimates and judgments and presents, to the best of management’s knowledge and belief, the assumptions on which we base our belief that we can generate the estimated cash available for distribution necessary for us to have sufficient cash available for distribution to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution to all of our unitholders for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013. However, this information is not historical fact and should not be relied upon as being necessarily indicative of future results, and readers of this prospectus are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the prospective financial information. The prospective financial information included in this offering document has been prepared by, and is the responsibility of, the Company’s management. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has neither examined, compiled nor performed any procedures with respect to the accompanying prospective financial information and, accordingly, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto. The PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP report included in this offering document relates to the Company’s historical financial information. It does not extend to the prospective financial information and should not be read to do so.

 

64


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

When considering the estimated cash available for distribution set forth below you should keep in mind the risk factors and other cautionary statements under “Risk Factors.” Any of the risks discussed in this prospectus could cause our actual results of operations to vary significantly from those supporting such estimated available cash. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the forecast is indicative of our future performance. Inclusion of the forecast in this prospectus is not a representation by any person, including us or the underwriters, that the results in the forecast will be achieved.

We are providing the estimated cash available for distribution and related assumptions for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013 to supplement our pro forma and historical financial statements in support of our belief that we will have sufficient available cash to allow us to pay cash distributions on all of our outstanding common and subordinated units for each quarter in the twelve-month period ending September 30, 2013 at our stated minimum quarterly distribution rate. Please read below under “—Assumptions and Considerations” for further information as to the assumptions we have made for the preparation of the estimated cash available for distribution set forth below. The narrative descriptions of our assumptions in “—Assumptions and Considerations” generally compare our estimated cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013 with the unaudited pro forma cash available for distribution for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012 presented under “—Pro Forma Cash Available for Distribution for the Twelve and Three Months Ended March 31, 2012.” We have not provided any narrative comparison to our unaudited pro forma cash available for distribution for the three months ended March 31, 2012, as we do not believe comparing a three-month period to a twelve-month period is useful to investors.

We do not undertake any obligation to release publicly the results of any future revisions we may make to the assumptions used in generating our estimated cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013 or to update those assumptions to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus. Therefore, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on this information.

 

65


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Partners LP

Estimated Cash Available for Distribution

(Unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ending      Twelve
Months
Ending
September 30,
2013
 
     December 31,
2012
     March 31,
2013
     June 30,
2013
     September 30,
2013
    
     (in millions, except per unit data)  

Operating revenues

   $ 24.1       $ 24.1       $ 24.1       $ 24.1       $ 96.4   

Operating expenses:

              

Production costs (1)

     7.6         8.5         7.4         7.4         30.9   

Depreciation and depletion

     0.5         0.4         0.4         0.4         1.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cost of goods sold

     8.1         8.9         7.8         7.8         32.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     16.0         15.2         16.3         16.3         63.8   

General and administrative expenses (2)

     1.6         1.5         1.5         1.6         6.2   

Accretion of asset retirement obligations

                                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

     14.4         13.7         14.8         14.7         57.6   

Interest expense, net (3)

     0.1         0.1         0.1         0.1         0.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 14.3       $ 13.6       $ 14.7       $ 14.6       $ 57.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to estimated EBITDA:

              

Add:

              

Depreciation and depletion

     0.5         0.4         0.4         0.4         1.7   

Interest expense, net (3)

     0.1         0.1         0.1         0.1         0.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

EBITDA (1)

   $ 14.9       $ 14.1       $ 15.2       $ 15.1       $ 59.3   

Adjustments to reconcile estimated EBITDA to estimated cash available for distribution:

              

Less:

              

Cash interest expense

     0.1         0.1         0.1                 0.3   

Estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, including accrual for reserve replacement (4)

     0.5         0.5         0.5         0.5         2.0   

Costs associated with inventory buildup (5)

                     1.2         1.2         2.4   

Plus:

              

Accretion of asset retirement obligations

                                       

Costs allocated to inventory drawdown (5)

             2.4                         2.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Estimated cash available for distribution

   $ 14.3       $ 15.9       $ 13.4       $ 13.4       $ 57.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Minimum distributions per unit (based on minimum quarterly distribution rate of $             per unit)

              

Distributions to public common unitholders

              

Distributions to Hi-Crush Proppants LLC—common units

              

Distributions to Hi-Crush Proppants LLC—subordinated units

              

Total Distributions

              

Excess of cash available for distributions over aggregate minimum quarterly cash distributions

              

 

(1) For more information, please read “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(2) Includes general and administrative expenses of $2.4 million allocated from Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and its affiliates, an incremental $1.7 million of administrative expenses to support our recent expansion and $2.1 million of incremental general and administrative expenses that we expect to incur as a result of operating as a publicly-traded partnership.

 

66


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(3) Reflects the pro forma amortization during the forecast period of the $0.5 million in credit facility arrangement fees, which will be amortized over a five-year period, an annual $0.1 million administrative agent fee and commitment fees of $0.2 million. We expect to have no indebtedness outstanding during the twelve months ending September 30, 2013. Please read “—Our Financing” below for additional detail on the calculation of interest expense.
(4) Maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, including accrual for reserve replacement, was determined based on $1.35 per ton of sand sold during the projected period. This reflects an estimate of reserve replacement cost, but it is not a reserve or requirement to spend the capital. Because Northern White sand is a limited resource, costs of acquiring Northern White sand reserves may increase in the future, which could cause our future reserve replacement costs to exceed the $1.35 per ton estimated reserve replacement cost we have assumed for purposes of estimating our cash available for distribution over the forecast period. Please read “Estimated Cash Available for Distribution for the Twelve Months Ending September 30, 2013—Maintenance and Replacement Capital Expenditures.”
(5) Reflects adjustments to reconcile the cash flows associated with excavation costs when calculating our estimated cash available for distribution. Please see “—Assumptions and Considerations—Our Expenses” below for additional information regarding these adjustments.

Assumptions and Considerations

We believe that our cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013 will not be less than $57.0 million. This amount of estimated cash available for distribution is approximately $39.0 million more than the $18.0 million pro forma cash available for distribution we generated for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012, due in part to only nine months of operating revenue from the Wyeville facility, which commenced operations in July 2011. As we discuss in further detail below, we believe that increased income from a full year’s operation of the Wyeville facility, the completion of our plant expansion in March 2012, and commencement of deliveries under our contracts with subsidiaries of Baker Hughes and FTS International in May 2012 will result in our generating higher cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013. The assumptions and estimates we have made to support our ability to generate the estimated cash available for distribution are set forth below.

Our Operating Revenue

We estimate that we will generate approximately $96.4 million in total revenues for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013. Prior to the acquisition of our Wyeville sand reserves and construction of the Wyeville facility, our mines were nonoperational and accordingly generated no revenue. From the Wyeville in-service date through March 31, 2012, our Wyeville assets produced revenue of approximately $33.9 million.

All of the revenues estimated for the forecast period are expected to be generated from long-term sales contracts that require our customers to pay a specified price for a specified volume each month. Accordingly, our estimate of total revenue for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013 is based on our current operating capacity and the pricing terms and volume commitments specified in our long-term sales contracts rather than on our historical revenues. Our estimate assumes that we will make sales of our total contracted volume of 1,460,000 tons of frac sand at contract prices over the forecast period. We generated $33.9 million in revenues for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012. The expected $62.5 million increase in our revenues from the twelve months ending September 30, 2013, compared to the twelve months ended March 31, 2012, is primarily due to:

 

   

increased revenues of $51.9 million resulting from 730,000 tons of incremental frac sand sales that were contracted as part of the March 2012 plant expansion; and

 

   

$10.6 million in incremental revenue associated with operating for the full twelve-month period.

 

67


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our Expenses

We estimate that our production costs will be approximately $30.9 million for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013, as compared to pro forma production costs of approximately $10.7 million for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012. The increase results from:

 

   

increased excavation costs and royalties of $10.1 million related to higher frac sand volumes excavated and sold;

 

   

increased personnel and plant operating expenses of $7.0 million related to our recent expansion; and

 

   

additional personnel and plant operating expenses of $3.2 million associated with operating for the full twelve-month period.

Because our excavation costs and royalties are fixed on a per ton basis, our estimate of those expenses for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013 is based on our expectation that we will produce and sell 1,460,000 tons of frac sand over the contract period. Our estimate of personnel and plant operating expenses is based on our historical costs, adjusted to account for the additional expenses we will incur as a result of our recent plant expansion and a full twelve months of operations.

We estimate that our general and administrative expenses will be approximately $6.2 million for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013, as compared to pro forma general and administrative expenses of approximately $2.2 million for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012. The change is primarily due to:

 

   

approximately $2.1 million of incremental general and administrative expenses resulting from our being a publicly traded limited partnership; and

 

   

an incremental $1.7 million of general and administrative expenses to support our recent expansion, including management level positions in operations, human resources, legal, accounting and reporting, as well as license fees associated with upgrading accounting and reporting software.

We estimate our depreciation and depletion expense for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013 for the Wyeville facility will be approximately $1.7 million, as compared to pro forma depreciation and depletion expense of approximately $0.6 million for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012. The increase in estimated depreciation and depletion expense is primarily due to completion of the plant expansion in March 2012 and as a result of operating for the full twelve-month period.

Because our excavation and wet plant related production activities halt during the winter months consistent with industry practice, we excavate excess sand to build a stockpile that will feed the dry plant, which continues to operate during the winter months. We are excavating excess sand in the six month period, which began on March 31, 2012 and ends on September 30, 2012, for use in the winter months. We also expect to excavate excess volumes for a portion of the three month period ending December 31, 2012; however, we estimate that excess volumes excavated during the first part of this period will also be consumed during the portion of this time period in which we are not excavating volumes. In the three months ending March 31, 2013, no excavation is expected to occur, and all sand is expected to be sold from our work-in-process inventory, which was created during the six month period ending September 30, 2012.

In the period in which sand is stockpiled, the associated cash excavation costs are included in the value of our work-in-process inventory and not reflected in cost of goods sold on our income statement. These excavation costs are recognized as cost of goods sold on our income statement in a later period when the stockpiled sand is processed by the dry plant and sold. We have made adjustments to reconcile the cash flows associated with excavation costs when calculating our estimated cash available for distribution. In the three months ending March 31, 2013, we add the costs allocated to inventory drawdown to reflect prior period excavation costs that are included in cost of goods sold. We subtract the costs associated with inventory buildup in the six months ending September 30, 2013 to reflect extraction costs that are paid in these periods but will be included in the

 

68


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

value of our work-in-process inventory. Over the twelve months ending September 30, 2013, costs allocated to inventory drawdown are expected to equal the costs associated with inventory buildup.

Our Capital Expenditures

We estimate that maintenance and replacement capital expenditures relating to the Wyeville facility will be approximately $2.0 million for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013. This amount is calculated based on $1.35 per ton of sand sold and the 1,460,000 tons of sand contracted to be sold during the period. The increase from $0.7 million for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012 is attributable to the increase in tons of sand sold as a result of the plant expansion that was completed in March 2012 and a full twelve-month period of operations. Please read “—Maintenance and Replacement Capital Expenditures.”

Our Financing

Our interest and debt expense for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013 is based on the following assumptions:

 

   

At the closing of this offering we will not have any borrowings under our new $                     million credit facility.

 

   

Because the cash we have on hand at the closing of this offering together with cash we expect to generate in excess of distributions for the forecast period should provide us with sufficient working capital during the twelve months ending September 30, 2013, we do not expect to incur borrowings during such period.

 

   

Our new credit facility will have a commitment fee of     %.

 

   

We will remain in compliance with the financial and other covenants in our new credit facility.

Our Regulatory, Industry and Economic Factors

Our forecast of our results of operations for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013 is based on the following assumptions related to regulatory, industry and economic factors:

 

   

There will not be any new federal, state or local regulations affecting our operations or those of our customers, or any new interpretations of existing regulations, that will be materially adverse to our business during the twelve months ending September 30, 2013.

 

   

There will not be any major adverse changes affecting our operations or those of our customers during the twelve months ending September 30, 2013.

 

   

There will not be any material accidents, weather-related incidents, unscheduled downtime or similar unanticipated events with respect to our facilities or those of third parties on which we depend.

 

   

Industry, insurance and overall economic conditions will not change substantially during the twelve months ending September 30, 2013.

 

   

There will not be any material non-performance by our customers.

Maintenance and Replacement Capital Expenditures

For our purposes, maintenance and replacement capital expenditures are those capital expenditures required to maintain, over the long term, the operating capacity of our capital assets, and expansion capital expenditures are those capital expenditures that increase, over the long term, the operating capacity of our capital assets. Examples of maintenance and replacement capital expenditures include expenditures associated with the

 

69


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

replacement of equipment and sand reserves, to the extent such expenditures are made to maintain our long-term operating capacity.

Because our maintenance and replacement capital expenditures can be irregular, the amount of our actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures may differ substantially from period to period, which could cause similar fluctuations in the amounts of cash available for distribution. We do not expect to spend capital to replace our reserves ratably quarter-over-quarter or year-over-year but expect, over the long term, to invest capital to maintain our operating capacity. We currently expense costs associated with maintaining our wet and dry plants as they are incurred. However, for purposes of calculating our pro forma estimated cash available for distribution for the three and twelve months ended March 31, 2012 and our estimated cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013, maintenance and replacement capital expenditures were determined based on an estimated reserve replacement cost of $1.35 per ton of sand sold. This estimate was developed by considering the actual and projected capital expenditures required to acquire the Wyeville and Augusta reserves as well as the capital required to develop and construct the plant and infrastructure at each location, divided by the estimated, sellable reserves product at each site as determined by John T. Boyd. We believe this methodology is an appropriate proxy for the long-term future costs to maintain our existing reserve base. We believe reserves can also be replaced at our existing Wyeville facility through acquisitions of additional acreage without incurring the cost of building an additional processing facility. While this reflects a reserve replacement cost, it is not a reserve or requirement to spend capital.

 

70


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HOW WE MAKE DISTRIBUTIONS TO OUR PARTNERS

Set forth below is a summary of the significant provisions of our partnership agreement that relate to cash distributions.

General

Intent to Distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution

Within 60 days after the end of each quarter, beginning with the quarter ending                     , 2012, we intend to distribute to the holders of common and subordinated units on a quarterly basis at least the minimum quarterly distribution of $         per unit, or $         on an annualized basis, to the extent we have sufficient cash after establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including payments to our general partner and its affiliates. We will adjust the minimum quarterly distribution for the period after the closing of the offering through                     , 2012.

Even if our cash distribution policy is not modified or revoked, the amount of distributions paid under our policy and the decision to make any distribution is determined by our general partner. Our partnership agreement does not contain a requirement for us to pay distributions to our unitholders, and there is no guarantee that we will pay the minimum quarterly distribution, or any distribution, on the units in any quarter. However, it does contain provisions intended to motivate our general partner to make steady, increasing and sustainable distributions over time.

General Partner Interest

Our general partner owns a non-economic general partner interest in us, which does not entitle it to receive cash distributions. However, our general partner may in the future own common units or other equity securities in us and will be entitled to receive distributions on any such interests.

Incentive Distribution Rights

Our sponsor currently holds incentive distribution rights that entitle it to receive increasing percentages, up to a maximum of 50.0%, of the cash we distribute from operating surplus (as defined below) in excess of $         per unit per quarter. The maximum distribution of 50.0% does not include any distributions that our sponsor may receive on any limited partner units that it owns.

Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus

General

Any distributions we make will be characterized as made from “operating surplus” or “capital surplus.” Distributions from operating surplus are made differently than cash distributions that we would make from capital surplus. Operating surplus distributions will be made to our unitholders and, if we make quarterly distributions above the first target distribution level described below, to the holder of our incentive distribution rights. We do not anticipate that we will make any distributions from capital surplus. In such an event, however, any capital surplus distribution would be made pro rata to all unitholders, but the holder of the incentive distribution rights would generally not participate in any capital surplus distributions with respect to those rights.

Operating Surplus

We define operating surplus as:

 

   

$         million (as described below); plus

 

   

all of our cash receipts after the closing of this offering, excluding cash from interim capital transactions (as defined below); plus

 

71


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

working capital borrowings made after the end of a period but on or before the date of determination of operating surplus for the period; plus

 

   

cash distributions paid in respect of equity issued (including incremental distributions on incentive distribution rights), other than equity issued on the closing date of this offering, to finance all or a portion of expansion capital expenditures or expenditures for a replacement capital asset in respect of the period from such financing until the earlier to occur of the date the capital asset commences commercial service and the date that it is abandoned or disposed of; plus

 

   

cash distributions paid in respect of equity issued (including incremental distributions on incentive distribution rights) to pay the construction period interest on debt incurred, or to pay construction period distributions on equity issued, to finance the expansion capital expenditures or expenditures for a replacement capital asset referred to above, in each case, in respect of the period from such financing until the earlier to occur of the date the capital asset is placed in service and the date that it is abandoned or disposed of; less

 

   

all of our operating expenditures (as defined below) after the closing of this offering; less

 

   

the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner to provide funds for future operating expenditures; less

 

   

all working capital borrowings not repaid within twelve months after having been incurred, or repaid within such twelve-month period with the proceeds of additional working capital borrowings; less

 

   

any loss realized on disposition of an investment capital expenditure.

As described above, operating surplus does not reflect actual cash on hand that is available for distribution to our unitholders and is not limited to cash generated by our operations. For example, it includes a basket of $             million that will enable us, if we choose, to distribute as operating surplus cash we receive in the future from non-operating sources such as asset sales, issuances of securities and long-term borrowings that would otherwise be distributed as capital surplus. In addition, the effect of including, as described above, certain cash distributions on equity interests in operating surplus will be to increase operating surplus by the amount of any such cash distributions. As a result, we may also distribute as operating surplus up to the amount of any such cash that we receive from non-operating sources.

The proceeds of working capital borrowings increase operating surplus and repayments of working capital borrowings are generally operating expenditures, as described below, and thus reduce operating surplus when made. However, if a working capital borrowing is not repaid during the twelve-month period following the borrowing, it will be deemed repaid at the end of such period, thus decreasing operating surplus at such time. When such working capital borrowing is in fact repaid, it will be excluded from operating expenditures because operating surplus will have been previously reduced by the deemed repayment.

We define operating expenditures in our partnership agreement, which generally means all of our cash expenditures, including, but not limited to, taxes, reimbursement of expenses to our general partner or its affiliates, payments made under interest rate hedge agreements or commodity hedge agreements (provided that (1) with respect to amounts paid in connection with the initial purchase of an interest rate hedge contract or a commodity hedge contract, such amounts will be amortized over the life of the applicable interest rate hedge contract or commodity hedge contract and (2) payments made in connection with the termination of any interest rate hedge contract or commodity hedge contract prior to the expiration of its stipulated settlement or termination date will be included in operating expenditures in equal quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of such interest rate hedge contract or commodity hedge contract), officer compensation, repayment of working capital borrowings, debt service payments and estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures (as discussed in further detail below), provided that operating expenditures will not include:

 

   

repayment of working capital borrowings deducted from operating surplus pursuant to the penultimate bullet point of the definition of operating surplus above when such repayment actually occurs;

 

72


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

payments (including prepayments and prepayment penalties and the purchase price of indebtedness that is repurchased and cancelled) of principal of and premium on indebtedness, other than working capital borrowings;

 

   

expansion capital expenditures;

 

   

actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures (as discussed in further detail below);

 

   

investment capital expenditures;

 

   

payment of transaction expenses relating to interim capital transactions;

 

   

distributions to our partners (including distributions in respect of our incentive distribution rights); or

 

   

repurchases of equity interests except to fund obligations under employee benefit plans.

Capital Surplus

Capital surplus is defined in our partnership agreement as any cash and cash equivalents distributed in excess of our operating surplus. Accordingly, capital surplus would generally be generated only by the following (which we refer to as “interim capital transactions”):

 

   

borrowings other than working capital borrowings;

 

   

sales of our equity and debt securities; and

 

   

sales or other dispositions of assets for cash, other than inventory, accounts receivable and other assets sold in the ordinary course of business or as part of normal retirement or replacement of assets.

Characterization of Cash Distributions

Our partnership agreement requires that we treat all cash distributed as coming from operating surplus until the sum of all cash distributed since the closing of this offering equals the operating surplus from the closing of this offering through the end of the quarter immediately preceding that distribution. Our partnership agreement requires that we treat any amount distributed in excess of operating surplus, regardless of its source, as distributions of capital surplus. As described above, operating surplus includes up to $         million, which does not reflect actual cash on hand that is available for distribution to our unitholders. Rather, it is a provision that will enable us, if we choose, to distribute as operating surplus up to this amount that would otherwise be distributed as capital surplus. We do not anticipate that we will make any distributions from capital surplus.

Capital Expenditures

Estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures reduce operating surplus, but expansion capital expenditures, actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures and investment capital expenditures do not. Maintenance and replacement capital expenditures are those capital expenditures required to maintain our long-term operating capacity. Examples of maintenance and replacement capital expenditures include expenditures associated with the replacement of equipment and sand reserves, to the extent such expenditures are made to maintain our long-term operating capacity. Maintenance and replacement capital expenditures will also include interest (and related fees) on debt incurred and distributions on equity issued (including incremental distributions on incentive distribution rights) to finance all or any portion of the construction or development of a replacement asset that is paid in respect of the period that begins when we enter into a binding obligation to commence constructing or developing a replacement asset and ending on the earlier to occur of the date that any such replacement asset commences commercial service and the date that such asset is abandoned or disposed. Capital expenditures made solely for investment purposes will not be considered maintenance and replacement capital expenditures.

Because our maintenance and replacement capital expenditures can be irregular, the amount of our actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures may differ substantially from period to period, which could

 

73


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

cause similar fluctuations in the amounts of operating surplus and adjusted operating surplus if we subtracted actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures from operating surplus.

Our partnership agreement will require that an estimate of the average quarterly maintenance and replacement capital expenditures necessary to maintain our operating capacity over the long-term be subtracted from operating surplus each quarter as opposed to the actual amounts spent. The amount of estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures deducted from operating surplus for those periods will be subject to review and change by our general partner at least once a year, provided that any change is approved by our conflicts committee. The estimate will be made at least annually and whenever an event occurs that is likely to result in a material adjustment to the amount of our maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, such as a major acquisition or the introduction of new governmental regulations that will impact our business. Our partnership agreement does not set a limit on the amount of maintenance and replacement capital expenditures that our general partner may estimate. For purposes of calculating operating surplus, any adjustment to this estimate will be prospective only. For a discussion of the amounts we have allocated toward estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, please read “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

The use of estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures in calculating operating surplus will have the following effects:

 

   

the amount of actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures in any quarter will not directly reduce operating surplus but will instead be factored into the estimate of the average quarterly maintenance and replacement capital expenditures. This may result in the subordinated units converting into common units when the use of actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures would result in lower operating surplus during the subordination period and potentially result in the tests for conversion of the subordinated units not being satisfied;

 

   

it may increase our ability to distribute as operating surplus cash we receive from non-operating sources; and

 

   

it may be more difficult for us to raise our distribution above the minimum quarterly distribution and pay incentive distributions on the incentive distribution rights held by our sponsor.

Expansion capital expenditures are those capital expenditures that we expect will increase our operating capacity over the long term. Examples of expansion capital expenditures include the acquisition of new reserves or equipment, development of a new surface mine or the expansion of an existing surface mine, to the extent such capital expenditures are expected to expand our long-term operating capacity. Expansion capital expenditures will also include interest (and related fees) on debt incurred and distributions on equity issued (including incremental distributions on incentive distribution rights) to finance all or any portion of the construction of such capital improvement in respect of the period that commences when we enter into a binding obligation to commence construction of a capital improvement and ending on the earlier to occur of the date any such capital improvement commences commercial service and the date that it is disposed of or abandoned. Capital expenditures made solely for investment purposes will not be considered expansion capital expenditures.

Investment capital expenditures are those capital expenditures that are neither maintenance and replacement capital expenditures nor expansion capital expenditures. Investment capital expenditures largely will consist of capital expenditures made for investment purposes. Examples of investment capital expenditures include traditional capital expenditures for investment purposes, such as purchases of securities, as well as other capital expenditures that might be made in lieu of such traditional investment capital expenditures, such as the acquisition of a capital asset for investment purposes or development of assets that are in excess of the maintenance of our existing operating capacity, but which are not expected to expand, for more than the short term, our operating capacity.

 

74


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

As described below, neither investment capital expenditures nor expansion capital expenditures are included in operating expenditures, and thus will not reduce operating surplus. Because expansion capital expenditures include interest payments (and related fees) on debt incurred to finance all or a portion of the construction, replacement or improvement of a capital asset in respect of a period that begins when we enter into a binding obligation to commence construction of a capital improvement and ending on the earlier to occur of the date any such capital asset commences commercial service and the date that it is abandoned or disposed of, such interest payments also do not reduce operating surplus. Losses on disposition of an investment capital expenditure will reduce operating surplus when realized and cash receipts from an investment capital expenditure will be treated as a cash receipt for purposes of calculating operating surplus only to the extent the cash receipt is a return on principal.

Capital expenditures that are made in part for maintenance and replacement capital purposes, investment capital purposes and/or expansion capital purposes will be allocated as maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, investment capital expenditures or expansion capital expenditures by our general partner.

Subordination Period

General

Our partnership agreement provides that, during the subordination period (which we describe below), the common units will have the right to receive distributions from operating surplus each quarter in an amount equal to $         per common unit, which amount is defined in our partnership agreement as the minimum quarterly distribution, plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units from prior quarters, before any distributions from operating surplus may be made on the subordinated units. These units are deemed “subordinated” because for a period of time, referred to as the subordination period, the subordinated units will not be entitled to receive any distributions from operating surplus until the common units have received the minimum quarterly distribution plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution from prior quarters. Furthermore, no arrearages will be paid on the subordinated units. The practical effect of the subordinated units is to increase the likelihood that during the subordination period there will be sufficient cash from operating surplus to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units.

Determination of Subordination Period

Our sponsor will initially own all of our subordinated units. Except as described below, the subordination period will begin on the closing date of this offering and expire on the first business day after the distribution to unitholders in respect of any quarter, beginning with the quarter ending                     , 2015, if each of the following has occurred:

 

   

distributions from operating surplus on each of the outstanding common and subordinated units equaled or exceeded the minimum quarterly distribution for each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date;

 

   

the “adjusted operating surplus” (as defined below) generated during each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date equaled or exceeded the sum of the minimum quarterly distribution on all of the outstanding common and subordinated units during those periods on a fully diluted weighted average basis; and

 

   

there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units.

Early Termination of Subordination Period

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the subordination period will automatically terminate, and all of the subordinated units will convert into common units on a one-for-one basis, on the first business day after the distribution to unitholders in respect of any quarter, beginning with the quarter ending                     , 2013, if each of the following has occurred:

 

   

distributions from operating surplus exceeded $         (150.0% of the annualized minimum quarterly distribution) on all outstanding common units and subordinated units, plus the related distributions on the incentive distribution rights for a four-quarter period immediately preceding that date;

 

75


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

the “adjusted operating surplus” (as defined below) generated during the four-quarter period immediately preceding that date equaled or exceeded the sum of $         (150.0% of the annualized minimum quarterly distribution) on all of the outstanding common and subordinated units during that period on a fully diluted weighted average basis, plus the related distribution on the incentive distribution rights; and

 

   

there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distributions on the common units.

Expiration Upon Removal of the General Partner

In addition, if the unitholders remove our general partner other than for cause:

 

   

the subordinated units held by any person will immediately and automatically convert into common units on a one-for-one basis, provided (1) neither such person nor any of its affiliates voted any of its units in favor of the removal and (2) such person is not an affiliate of the successor general partner; and

 

   

if all of the subordinated units convert pursuant to the foregoing, all cumulative common unit arrearages on the common units will be extinguished and the subordination period will end.

Expiration of the Subordination Period

When the subordination period ends, each outstanding subordinated unit will convert into one common unit and will then participate pro-rata with the other common units in distributions.

Adjusted Operating Surplus

Adjusted operating surplus is intended to reflect the cash generated from operations during a particular period and therefore excludes net increases in working capital borrowings and net drawdowns of reserves of cash generated in prior periods. Adjusted operating surplus consists of:

 

   

operating surplus generated with respect to that period (excluding any amounts attributable to the items described in the first bullet point under “—Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus—Operating Surplus” above); less

 

   

any net increase in working capital borrowings with respect to that period; less

 

   

any net decrease in cash reserves for operating expenditures with respect to that period not relating to an operating expenditure made with respect to that period; plus

 

   

any net decrease in working capital borrowings with respect to that period; plus

 

   

any net increase in cash reserves for operating expenditures with respect to that period required by any debt instrument for the repayment of principal, interest or premium; plus

 

   

any net decrease made in subsequent periods in cash reserves for operating expenditures initially established with respect to such period to the extent such decrease results in a reduction of adjusted operating surplus in subsequent periods pursuant to the third bullet point above.

Distributions From Operating Surplus During the Subordination Period

If we make a distribution from operating surplus for any quarter during the subordination period, our partnership agreement requires that we make the distribution in the following manner:

 

   

first , to the common unitholders, pro rata, until we distribute for each common unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter and any arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units for any prior quarters;

 

   

second , to the subordinated unitholders, pro rata, until we distribute for each subordinated unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter; and

 

   

thereafter , in the manner described in “—Incentive Distribution Rights” below.

 

76


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Distributions From Operating Surplus After the Subordination Period

If we make distributions of cash from operating surplus for any quarter after the subordination period, our partnership agreement requires that we make the distribution in the following manner:

 

   

first , to all common unitholders, pro rata, until we distribute for each common unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter; and

 

   

thereafter , in the manner described in “—Incentive Distribution Rights” below.

General Partner Interest

Our general partner owns a non-economic general partner interest in us, which does not entitle it to receive cash distributions. However, our general partner may in the future own common units or other equity securities in us and will be entitled to receive distributions on any such interests.

Incentive Distribution Rights

Incentive distribution rights represent the right to receive increasing percentages (15.0%, 25.0% and 50.0%) of quarterly distributions from operating surplus after the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels have been achieved. Our sponsor currently holds the incentive distribution rights, but may transfer these rights at any time.

If for any quarter:

 

   

we have distributed cash from operating surplus to the common and subordinated unitholders in an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution; and

 

   

we have distributed cash from operating surplus on outstanding common units in an amount necessary to eliminate any cumulative arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution;

then we will make additional distributions from operating surplus for that quarter among the unitholders and the sponsor (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights) in the following manner:

 

   

first , to all unitholders, pro rata, until each unitholder receives a total of $         per unit for that quarter (the “first target distribution”);

 

   

second , 85.0% to all common unitholders and subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to the holders of our incentive distribution rights, until each unitholder receives a total of $         per unit for that quarter (the “second target distribution”);

 

   

third , 75.0% to all common unitholders and subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to the holders of our incentive distribution rights, until each unitholder receives a total of $         per unit for that quarter (the “third target distribution”); and

 

   

thereafter , 50.0% to all common unitholders and subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0% to the holders of our incentive distribution rights.

Percentage Allocations of Distributions From Operating Surplus

The following table illustrates the percentage allocations of distributions from operating surplus between the unitholders and our sponsor (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights) based on the specified target distribution levels. The amounts set forth under the column heading “Marginal Percentage Interest in Distributions” are the percentage interests of our sponsor (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights) and the unitholders in any distributions from operating surplus we distribute up to and including the corresponding amount in the column “Total Quarterly Distribution Per Unit.” The percentage interests shown for our unitholders and our sponsor (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights) for the minimum quarterly distribution are also applicable to quarterly distribution amounts that are less than the minimum quarterly

 

77


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

distribution. The percentage interests set forth below assume our sponsor has not transferred its incentive distribution rights and there are no arrearages on common units.

 

     Total Quarterly Distribution
Per Common Unit and
Subordinated Unit
     Marginal Percentage
Interest in Distributions
 
        Unitholders     Sponsor
(as Holder of
Our Incentive
Distribution Rights)
 

Minimum Quarterly Distribution

   $                      100.0     0

First Target Distribution

   above $          up to $                 100.0     0

Second Target Distribution

   above $          up to $                 85.0     15.0

Third Target Distribution

   above $          up to $                 75.0     25.0

Thereafter

   above $                  50.0     50.0

Our Sponsor’s Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels

Our sponsor, as the initial holder of our incentive distribution rights, has the right under our partnership agreement to elect to relinquish the right to receive incentive distribution payments based on the initial target distribution levels and to reset, at higher levels, the target distribution levels upon which the incentive distribution payments to our sponsor would be set. If our sponsor transfers all or a portion of our incentive distribution rights in the future, then the holder or holders of a majority of our incentive distribution rights will be entitled to exercise this right. The following discussion assumes that our sponsor holds all of the incentive distribution rights at the time that a reset election is made. The right to reset the target distribution levels upon which the incentive distributions are based may be exercised, without approval of our unitholders or the conflicts committee of our general partner, at any time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and we have made cash distributions to the holders of the incentive distribution rights at the highest level of incentive distribution for the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters. The reset target distribution levels will be higher than the target distribution levels prior to the reset such that there will be no incentive distributions paid under the reset target distribution levels until cash distributions per unit following the reset event increase as described below. We anticipate that our sponsor would exercise this reset right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would otherwise not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per common unit, taking into account the existing levels of incentive distribution payments being made to our sponsor.

In connection with the resetting of the target distribution levels and the corresponding relinquishment by our sponsor of incentive distribution payments based on the target cash distributions prior to the reset, our sponsor will be entitled to receive a number of newly issued common units based on a predetermined formula described below that takes into account the “cash parity” value of the cash distributions related to the incentive distribution rights received by our sponsor for the quarter prior to the reset event as compared to the cash distribution per common unit in such quarter.

The number of common units that our sponsor would be entitled to receive from us in connection with a resetting of the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels then in effect would be equal to the quotient determined by dividing (x) the amount of cash distributions received by our sponsor in respect of its incentive distribution rights for the fiscal quarter ended immediately prior to the date of such reset election by (y) the amount of cash distributed per common unit with respect to such quarter. Our sponsor would be entitled to receive distributions in respect of these common units pro rata in subsequent periods.

Following a reset election, a baseline minimum quarterly distribution amount will be calculated as an amount equal to the cash distribution amount per unit for the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the reset election (which amount we refer to as the “reset minimum quarterly distribution”) and the target distribution levels will be reset to be correspondingly higher such that we would make distributions from operating surplus for each quarter thereafter as follows:

 

   

first , to all common unitholders, pro rata, until each unitholder receives an amount per unit equal to 115.0% of the reset minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter;

 

78


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

second , 85.0% to all common unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to our sponsor, until each unitholder receives an amount per unit equal to 125.0% of the reset minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter;

 

   

third , 75.0% to all common unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to our sponsor, until each unitholder receives an amount per unit equal to 150.0% of the reset minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter; and

 

   

thereafter , 50.0% to all common unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0% to our sponsor.

Because a reset election can only occur after the subordination period expires, the reset minimum quarterly distribution will have no significance except as a baseline for the target distribution levels.

The following table illustrates the percentage allocation of distributions from operating surplus between the unitholders and our sponsor (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights) at various distribution levels (1) pursuant to the distribution provisions of our partnership agreement in effect at the closing of this offering, as well as (2) following a hypothetical reset of the target distribution levels based on the assumption that the quarterly distribution amount per common unit during the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the reset election was $        .

 

    Quarterly
Distribution Per Unit
               Prior to Reset              
  Unitholders     Sponsor
(as Holder
of Our
Incentive
Distribution
Rights)
    Quarterly Distribution Per
Unit Following
              Hypothetical Reset              

First Target Distribution

  up to $             100.0     0.0   above $         up to $          (1)

Second Target Distribution

  above $        up to $             85.0     15.0   above $         up to $          (2)

Third Target Distribution

  above $        up to $             75.0     25.0   above $         up to $          (3)

Thereafter

  above $             50.0     50.0   above $        

 

(1) This amount is 115.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.
(2) This amount is 125.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.
(3) This amount is 150.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.

The following table illustrates the total amount of distributions from operating surplus that would be distributed to the unitholders and our sponsor (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights), in respect of its incentive distribution rights, based on the amount distributed for the quarter immediately prior to the reset. The table assumes that immediately prior to the reset there would be              common units outstanding and the distribution to each common unit would be $         per quarter for the quarter prior to the reset.

 

    

Quarterly Distribution
Per Unit Prior to Reset

   Cash
Distributions to
Common
Unitholders
Prior to Reset
     Cash Distributions to
Sponsor (as Holder of
Our Incentive
Distribution Rights)
Prior to Reset
        
           Incentive
Distribution
Rights
     Total      Total
Distributions
 

First Target Distribution

   up to $            $                  $  —       $                $            

Second Target Distribution

   above $        up to $                    

Third Target Distribution

   above $        up to $                    

Thereafter

   above $                    
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
      $              $         $              $          
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table illustrates the total amount of distributions from operating surplus that would be distributed to the unitholders and our sponsor (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights) in respect of its incentive distribution rights, with respect to the quarter in which the reset occurs. The table reflects that as a

 

79


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

result of the reset there would be              common units outstanding and the distribution to each common unit would be $        . The number of common units to be issued to our sponsor upon the reset was calculated by dividing (1) the amount received by our sponsor in respect of its incentive distribution rights for the quarter prior to the reset as shown in the table above, or $        , by (2) the cash distributed on each common unit for the quarter prior to the reset as shown in the table above, or $        .

 

   

Quarterly Distribution
Per Unit After Reset

  Cash
Distributions to
Common
Unitholders
After Reset
    Cash Distributions to

Sponsor (as Holder of Our
Incentive Distribution Rights)
After Reset
       
        Common
Units(1)
    Incentive
Distribution
Rights
    Total     Total
Distributions
 

First Target Distribution

          up to $           $               $               $     —      $               $            

Second Target Distribution

  above $         up to $                                           

Third Target Distribution

  above $         up to $                                           

Thereafter

  above $                                           
    $             $             $      $             $          
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents distributions in respect of the common units issued to our sponsor upon the reset.

Our sponsor (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights) will be entitled to cause the target distribution levels to be reset on more than one occasion, provided that it may not make a reset election except at a time when it has received incentive distributions for the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters based on the highest level of incentive distributions that it is entitled to receive under our partnership agreement.

Distributions From Capital Surplus

How Distributions From Capital Surplus Will Be Made

Our partnership agreement requires that we make distributions from capital surplus, if any, in the following manner:

 

   

first , to all common unitholders and subordinated unitholders, pro rata, until the minimum quarterly distribution is reduced to zero, as described below;

 

   

second , to the common unitholders, pro rata, until we distribute for each common unit an amount from capital surplus equal to any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units; and

 

   

thereafter , we will make all distributions from capital surplus as if they were from operating surplus.

Effect of a Distribution From Capital Surplus

Our partnership agreement treats a distribution of capital surplus as the repayment of the initial unit price from this initial public offering, which is a return of capital. Each time a distribution of capital surplus is made, the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels will be reduced in the same proportion as the corresponding reduction in relation to the fair market value of the common units prior to the announcement of the distribution. Because distributions of capital surplus will reduce the minimum quarterly distribution and target distribution levels after any of these distributions are made, it may be easier for our sponsor to receive incentive distributions and for the subordinated units to convert into common units. However, any distribution of capital surplus before the minimum quarterly distribution is reduced to zero cannot be applied to the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution or any arrearages.

Once we reduce the minimum quarterly distribution and target distribution levels to zero, all future distributions will be made such that 50.0% is paid to all unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0% is paid to the holder or holders of incentive distribution rights, pro rata.

 

80


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Adjustment to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels

In addition to adjusting the minimum quarterly distribution and target distribution levels to reflect a distribution of capital surplus, if we combine our common units into fewer common units or subdivide our common units into a greater number of common units, our partnership agreement specifies that the following items will be proportionately adjusted:

 

   

the minimum quarterly distribution;

 

   

the target distribution levels;

 

   

the initial unit price, as described below under “—Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation”;

 

   

the per unit amount of any outstanding arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units; and

 

   

the number of subordinated units.

For example, if a two-for-one split of the common units should occur, the minimum quarterly distribution, the target distribution levels and the initial unit price would each be reduced to 50.0% of its initial level. If we combine our common units into a lesser number of units or subdivide our common units into a greater number of units, we will combine or subdivide our subordinated units using the same ratio applied to the common units. Our partnership agreement provides that we do not make any adjustment by reason of the issuance of additional units for cash or property.

In addition, if as a result of a change in law or interpretation thereof, we or any of our subsidiaries is treated as an association taxable as a corporation or is otherwise subject to additional taxation as an entity for U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. income or withholding tax purposes, our general partner may, in its sole discretion, reduce the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels for each quarter by multiplying each distribution level by a fraction, the numerator of which is cash for that quarter (after deducting our general partner’s estimate of our additional aggregate liability for the quarter for such income and withholdings taxes payable by reason of such change in law or interpretation) and the denominator of which is the sum of (1) cash for that quarter, plus (2) our general partner’s estimate of our additional aggregate liability for the quarter for such income and withholding taxes payable by reason of such change in law or interpretation thereof. To the extent that the actual tax liability differs from the estimated tax liability for any quarter, the difference will be accounted for in distributions with respect to subsequent quarters.

Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation

General

If we dissolve in accordance with the partnership agreement, we will sell or otherwise dispose of our assets in a process called liquidation. We will first apply the proceeds of liquidation to the payment of our creditors. We will distribute any remaining proceeds to the unitholders and the holders of the incentive distribution rights, in accordance with their capital account balances, as adjusted to reflect any gain or loss upon the sale or other disposition of our assets in liquidation.

The allocations of gain and loss upon liquidation are intended, to the extent possible, to entitle the holders of units to a repayment of the initial value contributed by unitholders for their units in this offering, which we refer to as the “initial unit price” for each unit. The allocations of gain and loss upon liquidation are also intended, to the extent possible, to entitle the holders of common units to a preference over the holders of subordinated units upon our liquidation, to the extent required to permit common unitholders to receive their initial unit price plus the minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which liquidation occurs plus any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units. However, there may not be sufficient gain upon our liquidation to enable the common unitholders to fully recover all of these amounts, even though there may be cash available for distribution to the holders of subordinated units. Any further net gain recognized upon liquidation will be allocated in a manner that takes into account the incentive distribution rights of our sponsor.

 

81


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Manner of Adjustments for Gain

The manner of the adjustment for gain is set forth in the partnership agreement. If our liquidation occurs before the end of the subordination period, we will generally allocate any gain to the partners in the following manner:

 

   

first , to our general partner to the extent of certain prior losses specially allocated to our general partner;

 

   

second , to the common unitholders, pro rata, until the capital account for each common unit is equal to the sum of: (1) the initial unit price; (2) the amount of the minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which our liquidation occurs; and (3) any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution;

 

   

third , to the subordinated unitholders, pro rata, until the capital account for each subordinated unit is equal to the sum of: (1) the initial unit price; and (2) the amount of the minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which our liquidation occurs;

 

   

fourth , to all unitholders, pro rata, until we allocate under this paragraph an amount per unit equal to: (1) the sum of the excess of the first target distribution per unit over the minimum quarterly distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less (2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions from operating surplus in excess of the minimum quarterly distribution per unit that we distributed to the unitholders, pro rata, for each quarter of our existence;

 

   

fifth , 85.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to our sponsor (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights), until we allocate under this paragraph an amount per unit equal to: (1) the sum of the excess of the second target distribution per unit over the first target distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less (2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions from operating surplus in excess of the first target distribution per unit that we distributed 85.0% to the unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to our general partner for each quarter of our existence;

 

   

sixth , 75.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to our sponsor (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights), until we allocate under this paragraph an amount per unit equal to: (1) the sum of the excess of the third target distribution per unit over the second target distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less (2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions from operating surplus in excess of the second target distribution per unit that we distributed 75.0% to the unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to our sponsor (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights) for each quarter of our existence; and

 

   

thereafter , 50.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0% to our sponsor (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights).

The percentage interests set forth above for our sponsor assume our sponsor has not transferred the incentive distribution rights.

If the liquidation occurs after the end of the subordination period, the distinction between common units and subordinated units will disappear, so that clause (3) of the second bullet point above and all of the third bullet point above will no longer be applicable.

We may make special allocations of gain among the partners in a manner to create economic uniformity among the common units into which the subordinated units convert and the common units held by public unitholders.

Manner of Adjustments for Losses

If our liquidation occurs before the end of the subordination period, we will generally allocate any loss to our general partner and the unitholders in the following manner:

 

   

first , to holders of subordinated units in proportion to the positive balances in their capital accounts until the capital accounts of the subordinated unitholders have been reduced to zero;

 

82


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

second , to the holders of common units in proportion to the positive balances in their capital accounts, until the capital accounts of the common unitholders have been reduced to zero; and

 

   

thereafter , 100.0% to our general partner.

If the liquidation occurs after the end of the subordination period, the distinction between common units and subordinated units will disappear, so that all of the first bullet point above will no longer be applicable.

We may make special allocations of loss among the partners in a manner to create economic uniformity among the common units into which the subordinated units convert and the common units held by public unitholders.

Adjustments to Capital Accounts

Our partnership agreement requires that we make adjustments to capital accounts upon the issuance of additional units. In this regard, our partnership agreement specifies that we allocate any unrealized and, for federal income tax purposes, unrecognized gain resulting from the adjustments to the unitholders and sponsor (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights) in the same manner as we allocate gain upon liquidation. In the event that we make positive adjustments to the capital accounts upon the issuance of additional units, our partnership agreement requires that we generally allocate any later negative adjustments to the capital accounts resulting from the issuance of additional units or upon our liquidation in a manner which results, to the extent possible, in the partners’ capital account balances equaling the amount which they would have been if no earlier positive adjustments to the capital accounts had been made. By contrast to the allocations of gain, and except as provided above, we generally will allocate any unrealized and unrecognized loss resulting from the adjustments to capital accounts upon the issuance of additional units to the unitholders and our general partner based on their respective percentage ownership of us. In this manner, prior to the end of the subordination period, we generally will allocate any such loss equally with respect to our common and subordinated units. In the event we make negative adjustments to the capital accounts as a result of such loss, future positive adjustments resulting from the issuance of additional units will be allocated in a manner designed to reverse the prior negative adjustments, and special allocations will be made upon liquidation in a manner that results, to the extent possible, in our unitholders’ capital account balances equaling the amounts they would have been if no earlier adjustments for loss had been made.

 

83


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

Hi-Crush Partners LP was formed in May 2012 and does not have historical financial statements. Therefore, in this prospectus we present the historical financial statements of our sponsor, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, which is our accounting predecessor for financial reporting purposes. In connection with the closing of this offering, our sponsor will contribute all of the outstanding equity interests in certain of its operating subsidiaries, which account for substantially all of our sponsor’s historical business, to us. The following table presents summary historical financial and operating data of our sponsor and summary pro forma financial and operating data of Hi-Crush Partners LP as of the dates and for the periods indicated.

Our sponsor was formed in October 2010 to develop excavation, processing and logistics facilities for raw frac sand used in hydraulic fracturing operations in oil and natural gas wells. Since its formation, our sponsor acquired our assets in a number of separate acquisitions. As a result of our sponsor’s recent formation, we have limited operating history upon which you can base an evaluation of our current business and our future earnings prospects. This prospectus includes audited financial statements only as of December 31, 2011 and for the period from inception (October 28, 2010) to December 31, 2010 and unaudited financial information as of and for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2012 and 2011. In this prospectus, we refer to the period from inception to December 31, 2010 as the two-month period ended December 31, 2010. We have not completed or provided in this prospectus any stand-alone pre-acquisition financial statements for the assets we acquired in the transactions described above. As a result, and given our recent date of formation, we have not provided in this prospectus three years of audited financial statements that normally would be included in a prospectus forming part of an SEC registration statement or two years of audited financial statements as would normally be included in a prospectus forming part of an SEC registration statement filed by an emerging growth company.

The summary historical financial data presented as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, for the two-month period ended December 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2011 is derived from the audited historical financial statements of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical financial data presented as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012 are derived from the unaudited historical financial statements of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The summary pro forma financial data presented as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 and as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 is derived from our unaudited pro forma financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited pro forma financial statements give pro forma effect to the following:

 

   

the contribution of Hi-Crush Chambers LLC, Hi-Crush Railroad LLC, Hi-Crush Wyeville LLC and Hi-Crush Operating LLC to us by our sponsor;

 

   

the assumption by us from our sponsor of debt outstanding under its subordinated promissory notes;

 

   

a reduction in general and administrative expenses as a result of allocations between our Wyeville facility and our sponsor’s other assets and activities that will not be contributed to us in connection with this offering;

 

   

the removal of other operating expenses of our sponsor related to assets and operations that will be retained by our sponsor following the completion of this offering;

 

   

the issuance of              common units and              subordinated units to our sponsor;

 

   

the issuance and sale by us and the sale by Hi-Crush Proppants LLC of              and              common units, respectively, to the public; and

 

   

the application of the net proceeds from the issuance and sale of              common units by us as described in “Use of Proceeds.”

 

84


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Each of the adjustments described above are either directly related to this offering or are required by or are a consequence of the contribution to us by our sponsor of the Wyeville facility and related assets, the closing of which is a condition precedent to the closing of this offering.

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of March 31, 2012 assumes the events listed above occurred as of March 31, 2012. The unaudited pro forma statements of income data for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 assume the events listed above occurred as of January 1, 2011.

We have not given pro forma effect to incremental general and administrative expenses of approximately $2.1 million that we expect to incur annually as a result of operating as a publicly traded partnership, such as expenses associated with annual and quarterly reporting; tax return and Schedule K-1 preparation and distribution expenses; Sarbanes-Oxley compliance expenses; expenses associated with listing on the NYSE; independent auditor fees; legal fees; investor relations expenses; registrar and transfer agent fees; director and officer insurance expenses; and director and officer compensation expenses. We also have not given pro forma effect to additional general and administrative expenses that we expect to incur to support our recent expansion, including management level positions in operations, human resources, legal, accounting and reporting, as well as license fees associated with upgrading accounting and reporting software. We expect these incremental growth associated expenses to gradually increase over time as we hire additional personnel, from about $0.7 million for the year ending December 31, 2012 to $1.7 million on an annualized basis by September 30, 2013.

For a detailed discussion of the summary historical financial information contained in the following table, please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The following table should also be read in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Business—Our History and Relationship with Our Sponsor” and the audited and unaudited historical financial statements of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and our unaudited pro forma financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Among other things, the historical and unaudited pro forma financial statements include more detailed information regarding the basis of presentation for the information in the following table.

 

85


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table presents non-GAAP financial measures, EBITDA and production costs, which we use in our business as important supplemental measures of our performance. EBITDA represents net income before interest expense, income taxes and depreciation and depletion. Production costs represents costs of goods sold, excluding depreciation and depletion. EBITDA and production costs are not calculated or presented in accordance with GAAP. We explain these measures under “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below and reconcile them to their most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Please also read “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

 

    Predecessor Historical     Hi-Crush Partners LP
Pro Forma
 
    Inception
to
December 31,
2010
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2012
 
      2011     2012      
    (in thousands, except per unit and operating information)  

Statement of Operations Data:

           

Revenues

  $      $ 20,353      $      $ 13,532      $ 20,353      $ 13,532   

Production costs (1)

           5,998               4,597        5,998        4,597   

Depreciation and depletion

           449               179        449        179   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of goods sold

           6,447               4,776        6,447        4,776   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

           13,906               8,756        13,906        8,756   

General and administrative

    26        2,324        174        1,487        1,689        646   

Other operating expenses

           381               199                 

Accretion of asset retirement obligations

           28               6        28        6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (26     11,173        (174     7,064        12,189        8,104   

Other expense:

           

Interest expense, net

           (1,893            (928     (1,893     (928

Other

                                         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

           (1,893            (928     (1,893     (928

Income (loss) before tax expense

    (26     9,280        (174     6,136        10,296        7,176   

Income tax expense

                                         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (26   $ 9,280      $ (174   $ 6,136      $ 10,296      $ 7,176   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per limited partner unit:

           

Common unit

           

Subordinated unit

           

Statement of Cash Flow Data:

           

Net cash provided by (used in):

           

Operating activities

  $ (14   $ 18,788      $ 16,137      $ 3,983       

Investing activities

    (322     (50,199     (16,153     (12,815    

Financing activities

    336        42,465        10        8,305       

Other Financial Data:

           

EBITDA (1)

  $ (26   $ 11,622      $ (174   $ 7,243      $ 12,638      $ 8,283   

Capital expenditures (2)

    72        50,169        16,123        12,815       

Operating Data:

           

Total tons sold

           332,593               222,657        332,593        222,657   

Average realized price (per ton)

  $      $ 61.19      $      $ 60.77      $ 61.19      $ 60.77   

Production costs (per ton) (1)

           18.03               20.65        18.03        20.65   

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

           

Cash and cash equivalents

  $      $ 11,054      $ 175      $ 10,527        $ 3,884   

Total assets

    614        72,229        21,320        90,469          66,629   

Long-term debt (including current portion)

           46,112               55,973          55,973   

Total liabilities

    304        61,942        21,173        74,046          65,163   

Members’/Partners’ capital

    310        10,287        147        16,423          1,466   

 

(1) For more information, please read “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(2) Expansion capital expenditures are capital expenditures made to increase the long-term operating capacity of our asset base whether through construction or acquisitions. Please read “How We Make Distributions to Our Partners—Capital Expenditures.”

 

86


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

For a discussion of the non-GAAP financial measure EBITDA, please read “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.” The following table presents a reconciliation of EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, on a historical basis and pro forma basis, as applicable, for each of the periods indicated.

 

    Predecessor Historical     Hi-Crush Partners LP
Pro Forma
 
    Inception
to
December 31,
2010
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three Months Ended
March  31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2012
 
            2011             2012          
    (in thousands)  

Reconciliation of EBITDA to net
income:

           

Net income (loss)

  $   (26   $ 9,280      $   (174   $   6,136      $   10,296      $   7,176   

Depreciation and depletion

           449               179        449        179   

Income tax expense

                                         

Interest expense, net

           1,893               928        1,893        928   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

  $   (26   $ 11,622      $ (174   $ 7,243      $ 12,638      $ 8,283   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For a discussion of the non-GAAP financial measure production costs, please read “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.” The following table presents a reconciliation of production costs to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, on a historical basis and pro forma basis, as applicable, for each of the periods indicated.

 

    Predecessor Historical     Hi-Crush Partners LP
Pro Forma
 
    Inception
to
December 31,
2010
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three Months Ended
March  31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2012
 
            2011             2012          
    (in thousands, except operating information)  

Reconciliation of production costs to costs of goods sold:

           

Costs of goods sold

  $   —      $   6,447      $   —      $   4,776      $   6,447      $   4,776   

Depreciation and depletion

           449               179        449        179   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Production costs

  $   —      $ 5,998      $      $ 4,597      $ 5,998      $ 4,597   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Costs of goods sold per ton

    $ 19.38        $ 21.45      $ 19.38      $ 21.45   
   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Production costs per ton

    $ 18.03        $ 20.65      $ 18.03      $ 20.65   
   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

87


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion of our historical performance, financial condition and future prospects in conjunction with our predecessor’s audited financial statements as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, for the two-month period ended December 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2011 and our predecessor’s unaudited financial statements as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012, and notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus. The information provided below supplements, but does not form part of, our predecessor’s financial statements. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on the views and beliefs of our management, as well as assumptions and estimates made by our management. Actual results could differ materially from such forward-looking statements as a result of various risk factors, including those that may not be in the control of management. For further information on items that could impact our future operating performance or financial condition, see the section entitled “Risk Factors” elsewhere in this prospectus.

Basis of Presentation

The following discussion of our historical performance and financial condition is derived from the historical financial statements of our sponsor, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, which is our accounting predecessor for financial reporting purposes. Our sponsor is contributing some but not all of its assets and liabilities to us in connection with this offering. Accordingly, the historical financial results discussed below include capital expenditures and other costs related to assets that are not being contributed to us in connection with this offering as well as certain long-term debt and related expenses that will be retained by our sponsor following the completion of this offering. For additional information about the assets and liabilities reflected in our sponsor’s financial statements that will not be contributed to us in connection with this offering, please read our unaudited pro forma financial statements and the notes to those financial statements provided elsewhere in this prospectus.

In addition, our sponsor’s historical results of operations and cash flows are not indicative of results of operations and cash flows to be expected in the future because, in addition to the factors discussed above:

 

   

our Wyeville facility did not generate sales until we commenced operations in July 2011;

 

   

we completed an expansion of our Wyeville facility in March 2012, which significantly increased our production capacity and for which volumes are contracted;

 

   

we will incur general and administrative expenses as a publicly traded partnership that we have not previously incurred; and

 

   

we will incur additional general and administrative expenses as a result of our recent expansion that we expect to occur following the completion of this offering.

Unless otherwise indicated, references in this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” to “Hi-Crush Partners LP,” “we,” “our,” “us” or like terms when used in a historical context refer to the business and results of operations of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, and when used in the present tense or prospectively, those terms refer to Hi-Crush Partners LP and its subsidiaries following the formation transactions described in “Summary—Formation Transactions and Partnership Structure.”

Overview

We are a pure play, low-cost, domestic producer of premium monocrystalline sand, a specialized mineral that is used as a proppant to enhance the recovery rates of hydrocarbons from oil and natural gas wells. Our reserves consist of “Northern White” sand, a resource existing predominately in Wisconsin and limited portions of the upper Midwest region of the United States, which is highly valued as a preferred proppant because it exceeds all API specifications. We own, operate and develop sand reserves and related excavation and processing facilities and will seek to acquire or develop additional facilities. Our 561-acre facility with integrated rail

 

88


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

infrastructure, located near Wyeville, Wisconsin, enables us to process and cost-effectively deliver approximately 1,600,000 tons of frac sand per year. Substantially all of our frac sand production is sold to leading investment grade-rated pressure pumping service providers under long-term, take-or-pay contracts that require our customers to pay a specified price for a specified volume of frac sand each month.

Our Assets and Operations

We own and operate the Wyeville facility, which is located in Monroe County, Wisconsin and, as of December 31, 2011, contained 48.4 million tons of proven recoverable sand reserves of mesh sizes we currently have contracted to sell. According to John T. Boyd, our proven reserves consist entirely of coarse grade Northern White sand that can be processed to meet API specifications. Analysis of our sand by independent third-party testing companies indicates that it demonstrates characteristics in excess of API specifications with regard to crush strength, turbidity and sphericity.

We acquired the Wyeville acreage and commenced construction of the Wyeville facility in January 2011. We completed construction of the Wyeville facility and commenced sand excavation and processing in June 2011 with an initial plant processing capacity of 950,000 tons per year, and customer shipments were initiated in July 2011. From the Wyeville in-service date to March 31, 2012, we have processed and sold 555,250 tons of frac sand. We completed an expansion in March 2012 that increased our annual expected processing capacity to approximately 1,600,000 tons per year. We have contracted approximately 91% of this capacity for the remainder of 2012 and through the second quarter of 2014, and approximately 71% of this capacity for the remainder of 2014 and through the second quarter of 2016. Based on currently contracted production rates and a reserve report prepared by John T. Boyd, our Wyeville facility has an implied 33-year reserve life as of December 31, 2011.

Overall Trends and Outlook

Demand

The North American proppant market, including raw frac sand, ceramic and resin-coated proppants, was approximately 22 million tons in 2011. Industry estimates for 2011 indicate that the raw frac sand market represented approximately 17 million tons, or 77.2% of the total proppant market by weight. Over the past five years, proppant demand by weight has increased by 28.0% annually, and the market is projected to continue growing by 7.2% per year through 2016, representing an increase of approximately nine million tons in annual proppant demand over that time period. The total North American proppant market size in dollars was $3.7 billion in 2011 and is projected to grow 10.5% annually through 2016, according to The Freedonia Group.

Demand growth for frac sand and other proppants is primarily due to advancements in oil and natural gas drilling and well completion technology and techniques, such as horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing. These advancements have made the extraction of oil and natural gas increasingly cost-effective in formations that historically would have been uneconomic to develop. Over the past five years, North American rig count has increased by 2.6% annually, while the demand for proppant by weight has grown at a rate of 28.0% annually. We believe that demand for proppant has and will continue to increase at a rate greater than rig count as a result of the following additional demand drivers:

 

   

improved drilling rig productivity, resulting in more wells drilled per rig per year;

 

   

increases in the percentage of rigs that are drilling horizontal wells;

 

   

increases in the length of the typical horizontal wellbore;

 

   

increases in the number of fracture stages per foot in the typical completed horizontal wellbore;

 

   

increases in the volume of proppant used per fracturing stage; and

 

   

recurring efforts to offset steep production declines in unconventional oil and natural gas reservoirs, including the drilling of new wells and secondary hydraulic fracturing of existing wells.

 

89


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Furthermore, recent growth in demand for raw frac sand has outpaced growth in demand for other proppants, and industry analysts predict that this trend will continue. According to The Freedonia Group, North American demand for all types of proppants, in dollar terms, is projected to increase 10.5% annually from 2011 through 2016, while demand for raw frac sand is projected to increase 12.1% annually over that time period. As well completion costs have increased as a proportion of total well costs, operators have increasingly looked for ways to improve per well economics by lowering costs without sacrificing production performance. To this end, the oil and natural gas industry is shifting away from the use of higher-cost proppants towards more cost-effective proppants, such as raw frac sand. The substantial increase in activity in North American oil and liquids-rich resource plays, has further accelerated the demand growth for raw frac sand. Within these oil and liquids-rich basins, Northern White sand with coarser mesh sizes is often preferred due to its performance characteristics.

Supply

As demand for raw frac sand has increased dramatically in recent years, the supply of raw frac sand has failed to keep pace, resulting in a supply-demand disparity. While a number of existing and new competitors have announced supply expansions and greenfield projects, we do not expect the magnitude of these expansions to meet expected demand. There are several key constraints to increasing raw frac sand production on an industry-wide basis, including:

 

   

the difficulty of finding frac sand reserves that meet API specifications;

 

   

the difficulty of securing contiguous frac sand reserves large enough to justify the capital investment required to develop a processing facility;

 

   

the challenges of identifying reserves with the above characteristics that either are located in close proximity to oil and natural gas reservoirs or have rail access needed for low-cost transportation to major shale basins;

 

   

the hurdles to securing mining, production, water, air, refuse and other federal, state and local operating permits from the proper authorities;

 

   

local opposition to development of facilities, especially those that require the use of on-road transportation, including moratoria on raw frac sand facilities in multiple counties in Wisconsin which hold potential sand reserves; and

 

   

the long lead time required to design and construct sand processing facilities that can efficiently process large quantities of high quality frac sand.

Pricing

Raw frac sand has exhibited steady pricing increases over the past decade. While there are numerous grades and sizes of proppant which sell at varying prices, the overall pricing trend tends to be consistent across the various grades and sizes. If demand for frac sand continues to grow faster than supply, then we expect that prices for frac sand will remain strong.

How We Generate Revenue

We generate revenue by excavating and processing frac sand, which we sell to our customers primarily under fixed price take-or-pay contracts, with current terms expiring between 2014 and 2018. In 2011, we had two customers, subsidiaries of Halliburton and Weatherford. We have signed contracts with subsidiaries of Baker Hughes and FTS International for initial deliveries beginning in May 2012. Each contract defines the minimum volume of frac sand that the customer is required to purchase monthly and annually, the volume that we are required to make available, the technical specifications of the product, the price per ton and liquidated damages in the event either we or the customer fails to meet minimum requirements. Prices in our current contracts are fixed for the entire term of the contracts. As a result, our revenue over the duration of these contracts may not follow broader industry pricing trends. Occasionally, if we have excess production and market conditions are favorable, we may elect to sell frac sand in spot market transactions.

 

90


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2011, our facility had the capacity to produce 950,000 tons per year, and we had 730,000 tons per year subject to existing long-term, take-or-pay contracts. In March 2012, we completed an expansion project to increase capacity to approximately 1,600,000 tons per year, and supported the expansion by signing contracts that increased annual contracted volumes for the remainder of 2012 and through the second quarter of 2014 to 1,460,000 tons, or approximately 91% of our production capacity. These contracts had a weighted average remaining life of 4.7 years as of May 10, 2012.

Due to sustained freezing temperatures in our area of operation during winter months, it is industry practice to halt excavation activities and operation of the wet plant during those months. As a result, we excavate and wash sand in excess of current delivery requirements during the months when those facilities are operational. This excess sand is placed in stockpiles that feed the dry plant and fill customer orders throughout the year. For more information, please read “Business—Assets and Business Operations—Processing Facilities.”

Costs of Conducting Our Business

The principal expenses involved in operating our business are excavation costs, labor, utilities, maintenance and royalties.

We have a contract with a third party to excavate raw frac sand, deliver the raw frac sand to our processing facility and move the sand from our wet plant to our dry plant. We pay a fixed price of $2.09 per ton excavated and delivered without regard to the amount of sand excavated that meets API specifications. Accordingly, we incur excavation costs with respect to the excavation of sand and other materials from which we ultimately do not derive revenue. However, the ratio of rejected materials to total amounts excavated has been, and we believe will continue to be, in line with our expectations, given the extensive core sampling and other testing we undertook at the Wyeville facility. For more information regarding our reserves testing procedures, please read “Business— Assets and Business Operations—Sand Reserves.”

We incurred excavation costs of $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. For the three months ended March 31, 2012, we incurred only $0.2 million of excavation costs as a result of our scheduled suspension of excavation operations during the winter months. We did not incur excavation costs for the three months ended March 31, 2011.

Labor costs associated with employees at our processing facility represent the most significant cost of converting raw frac sand to finished product. We incurred labor costs of $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $1.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. We did not incur any labor costs at the processing facility for the three months ended March 31, 2011. We incur utility costs in connection with the operation of our processing facility, primarily electricity and natural gas, which are both susceptible to fluctuations. We incurred utility costs of $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $0.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. We did not incur any utility costs for the three months ended March 31, 2011. Our facilities require periodic scheduled maintenance to ensure efficient operation and to minimize downtime.

Excavation costs, direct and indirect labor, utilities and maintenance costs are capitalized as a component of inventory and are reflected in cost of goods sold when inventory is sold.

We pay royalties to third parties at an aggregate rate of $6.15 per ton of sand excavated, delivered at our on-site rail facility and paid for by our customers. We incurred royalties of $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $1.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. We did not incur any royalties for the three months ended March 31, 2011.

Each customer takes delivery of purchased product when it is loaded on rail cars at our facility. As a result we generally do not incur shipping expenses.

We incur general and administrative costs related to our corporate operations.

 

91


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

How We Evaluate Our Operations

Gross Profit and Production Costs

Approximately 91% of our processing capacity at the Wyeville facility for the remainder of 2012 and through the second quarter of 2014 is contracted for sale under our existing fixed price, take-or-pay contracts with our customers, and 71% of our processing capacity is contracted for the remainder of 2014 through the second quarter of 2016. Excavation costs are fixed based on tons excavated, and royalties are generally fixed based on tons excavated, delivered and paid for. Accordingly, gross profit will primarily be affected by our ability to control other direct and indirect costs associated with processing frac sand. We also use production costs, which we define as costs of goods sold, excluding depreciation and depletion to measure our financial performance. We believe production costs is a meaningful measure because it provides a measure of operating performance that is unaffected by historical cost basis. Please read “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

As a result, production volumes, costs of goods sold per ton, production costs per ton and gross profit are key metrics used by management to evaluate our results of operations.

EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow

We view EBITDA as an important indicator of performance. We define EBITDA as net income plus depreciation and depletion and interest and debt expense, net of interest income. See “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.” Although we have not quantified distributable cash flow on a historical basis, after the closing of this offering we intend to use distributable cash flow, which we define as EBITDA less cash paid for interest expense and maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, including accrual for reserve replacement, plus accretion of asset retirement obligations, to evaluate whether we are generating sufficient cash flow to support distributions to our unitholders. Distributable cash flow will not reflect changes in working capital balances. EBITDA is a supplemental measure utilized by our management and other users of our financial statements such as investors, commercial banks, research analysts and others, to assess the financial performance of our assets without regard to financing methods, capital structure or historical cost basis. Distributable cash flow is a supplemental measure used to measure the ability of our assets to generate cash sufficient to support our indebtedness and make cash distributions to our unitholders.

Note Regarding Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Production costs, EBITDA and distributable cash flow are not financial measures presented in accordance with GAAP. We believe that the presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures will provide useful information to investors in assessing our financial condition and results of operations. Costs of goods sold is the GAAP measure most directly comparable to production costs, net income is the GAAP measure most directly comparable to EBITDA and the GAAP measure most directly comparable to distributable cash flow is net cash provided by operating activities. Our non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered as alternatives to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. Each of these non-GAAP financial measures has important limitations as analytical tools because they exclude some but not all items that affect the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures. You should not consider production costs, EBITDA or distributable cash flow in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because production costs, EBITDA and distributable cash flow may be defined differently by other companies in our industry, our definitions of these non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, thereby diminishing their utility. Please read “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

 

92


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Factors Impacting Comparability of Our Financial Results

Our historical results of operations and cash flows are not indicative of results of operations and cash flows to be expected in the future, principally for the following reasons:

 

   

Our Wyeville facility did not generate sales until we commenced operations in July 2011 . Our first shipment of frac sand to a customer from our Wyeville facility occurred on July 21, 2011. Accordingly, our financial statements for the two-month period ended December 31, 2010 reflect neither revenues nor costs of operations, and the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011 reflect operations only from July 21, 2011 through the end of the year.

 

   

We completed an expansion of our Wyeville facility in March 2012 . In March 2012, we completed an expansion of our Wyeville facility that increased processing capacity from 950,000 to approximately 1,600,000 tons per year. In connection with that expansion, we increased our annual contracted volumes from 730,000 tons to 1,460,000 tons, or approximately 91% of our expanded processing capacity for the remainder of 2012 and through the second quarter of 2014, with delivery commencing under such contracts in May 2012. We processed and delivered 78,619 and                      tons of frac sand in April and June of 2012, respectively.

 

   

Our historical financial results include certain capital expenditures and other costs related to assets outside of our Wyeville facility, which are not being contributed to us by our sponsor in connection with this offering . For the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012, we had capital expenditures that related to the acquisition, development and construction of property, plant and equipment at sites other than our Wyeville facility, which are not being contributed to us in connection with this offering, of approximately $1.7 million and $15.3 million, respectively. In addition, for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012, our sponsor incurred operating expenses, consisting of general and administrative expenses and exploration costs, in connection with these non-Wyeville operations of $1.0 million and $0.9 million, respectively.

 

   

Our historical financial results include long-term debt and related expenses that are not being contributed to us by our sponsor in connection with this offering . Our sponsor has indebtedness outstanding under various subordinated promissory notes and a senior secured revolving credit facility, all of which will be repaid or retained by our sponsor following the completion of this offering. For the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012, our sponsor incurred interest expense related to the subordinated promissory notes and senior secured credit facility of $1.9 million and $0.9 million, respectively. We do not expect to have any indebtedness outstanding as of the closing of this offering.

 

   

We will incur additional general and administrative expenses as a publicly traded partnership . We expect we will incur approximately $2.1 million in additional general and administrative expenses as a publicly traded limited partnership that we have not previously incurred, including costs associated with compliance under the Exchange Act, annual and quarterly reports to unitholders, tax return and Schedule K-1 preparation and distribution, investor relations, registrar and transfer agent fees, audit fees, incremental director and officer liability insurance costs and director and officer compensation. These incremental expenses exclude the costs of this offering, as well as the costs associated with the initial implementation of our Sarbanes-Oxley Section 404 internal control reviews and testing.

 

   

We will incur additional general and administrative expenses as a result of our recent expansion . We expect we will incur additional general and administrative expenses to support our recent expansion, including management level positions in operations, human resources, legal, accounting and reporting, as well as license fees associated with upgraded accounting and reporting software. We expect these incremental growth associated expenses to gradually increase over time as we hire additional personnel, from about $0.7 million for the year ending December 31, 2012 to $1.7 million on an annualized basis by September 30, 2013.

 

93


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Results of Operations

The following table summarizes our revenue and expenses for the periods indicated.

 

     Inception to
December 31,
2010
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
     Three Months Ended  
        March 31,
2011
    March 31,
2012
 
     (in thousands)  

Revenues

   $      $ 20,353       $      $ 13,532   

Production costs (1)

            5,998                4,597   

Depreciation and depletion

            449                179   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Costs of goods sold

            6,447                4,776   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (2)

            13,906                8,756   

General and administrative expenses

     26        2,324         174        1,487   

Accretion of asset retirement obligations

            28                6   

Other operating expenses

            381                199   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (26     11,173         (174     7,064   

Interest expense, net

            1,893                928   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (26   $ 9,280       $ (174   $ 6,136   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Production costs is defined as costs of goods sold, excluding depreciation and depletion. For more information, please read “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(2) Gross profit equals revenues less costs of goods sold (including depreciation and depletion).

Three Months Ended March 31, 2012 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2011

We were formed in October 2010 and commenced construction of our Wyeville facility in February 2011. We completed construction of our Wyeville facility and began selling sand to our customers in July 2011. Our historical financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2011 reflect only start-up activities, reflected as general and administrative expenses, as we had no operations during such period.

Revenue

We commenced operations in July 2011 upon completion of our Wyeville facility. Accordingly, we had no revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2011. Revenue was $13.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, during which we sold 222,657 tons of frac sand under two long-term, take-or-pay contracts.

Production Costs

Production costs were $4.6 million, or $20.65 per ton sold, for the three months ended March 31, 2012. Please read “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.” The GAAP measure most directly comparable to production costs is costs of goods sold, which was $4.8 million, or $21.45 per ton sold, for the three months ended March 31, 2012. We did not process or sell any frac sand during the three months ended March 31, 2011, and accordingly incurred no production costs or costs of goods sold.

Gross Profit

Gross profit equals revenues less costs of goods sold. Gross profit was $8.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. We did not process or sell any frac sand during the three months ended March 31, 2011, and accordingly had no gross profit. Due to the nature of the fixed price, take-or-pay contracts with our

 

94


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

customers, gross profit is primarily affected by royalties and the cost to excavate and process sand. We pay royalties to third parties based on the volume of sand excavated, delivered at our on-site rail facility and paid for by our customers. We have outsourced all excavation activities to a third party with primarily fixed terms. Our excavation costs per ton is fixed, with the exception of a fuel surcharge based on the price of diesel fuel. We incurred no surcharge for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses increased $1.3 million from $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011 to $1.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. We were in a start-up phase during the three months ended March 31, 2011 and did not incur the level of general and administrative expenses required to support an operating company.

Interest Expense

Our sponsor incurred $1.5 million of interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2012, which includes paid-in-kind interest under our sponsor’s subordinated promissory notes and amortization of deferred financing costs. Approximately $0.9 million was charged to interest expense and $0.6 million was capitalized related to the expansion of the Wyeville and Augusta facilities. The interest is paid-in-kind and is added to the outstanding balance of the note. Our sponsor has the option of paying cash interest, but has not yet elected to do so. Our sponsor did not have any indebtedness outstanding during the three months ended March 31, 2011 and accordingly did not incur any interest expense. We do not expect to have any indebtedness outstanding as of the closing of this offering.

Net Income

Net income was $6.1 million for three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to a net loss of $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011.

Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Period from Inception to December 31, 2010

We were formed in October 2010 and commenced construction of our Wyeville facility in February 2011. Our historical financial statements for the two months ended December 31, 2010 reflect only start-up activities, as we had no operations during such period. Given the limited nature of our activities during the two months ended December 31, 2010, we do not believe that we can provide a meaningful comparative analysis of such period against any comparable period in 2011. Accordingly, we have not provided such a comparison.

Revenue

The financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011, reflect the operations of the facility from the date we commenced commercial operations in July 2011 to December 31, 2011. During such period, we sold 332,593 tons of frac sand under two long-term, take-or-pay contracts generating revenue of $20.4 million.

Production Costs

Production costs were $6.0 million, or $18.03 per ton sold, for the year ended December 31, 2011. See “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.” The GAAP measure most directly comparable to production costs is costs of goods sold, which was $6.5 million, or $19.38 per ton sold, for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

95


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Gross Profit

Gross profit equals revenues less costs of goods sold. Gross profit was $13.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Due to the nature of the fixed price, take-or-pay contracts with our customers, gross profit is primarily affected by royalties and the cost to excavate and process sand. We pay royalties to third parties based on the volume of sand excavated, delivered at our on-site rail facility and paid for by our customers. We have outsourced all excavation activities to a third party with primarily fixed terms. Our cost per ton excavated is fixed, with the exception of a fuel surcharge based on the price of diesel fuel. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the market price for diesel escalated which resulted in us paying the fuel surcharge. The total surcharge was $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses were $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Interest Expense

Our sponsor incurred $2.6 million of interest expense in the year ended December 31, 2011, which includes paid-in-kind interest under our sponsor’s subordinated promissory notes and amortization of deferred financing costs. Approximately $1.9 million was charged to interest expense and $0.7 million was capitalized in connection with the Wyeville facility construction. Paid-in-kind interest is added to the outstanding balance of the note and becomes due upon maturity. Our sponsor has the option of paying cash interest, but has not yet elected to do so. We do not expect to have any indebtedness outstanding as of the closing of this offering.

Net Income

Net income was $9.3 million for the year ended December  31, 2011.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

Our sponsor’s principal liquidity requirements for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 were to fund capital expenditures for the purchase of the Wyeville land, construction and expansion of the related sand processing facility, construction of railway spurs and to meet working capital needs. Our sponsor met its liquidity needs with a combination of funds generated through operations, proceeds from long-term indebtedness and prepayments under one of our long-term sales contracts.

We expect that our future principal uses of cash will be for working capital, capital expenditures, funding our debt service obligations and, following the completion of this offering, paying distributions to our unitholders. We intend to pay a minimum quarterly distribution of $        per common and subordinated unit per quarter, which equates to $        per quarter, or $        per year, based on the number of common and subordinated units to be outstanding immediately after completion of this offering, to the extent we have sufficient cash from our operations after establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including payments to our general partner and its affiliates. We do not have a legal or contractual obligation to pay this distribution. We expect our principal sources of liquidity will be cash generated by our operations, borrowings under a new revolving credit facility that we expect to enter into in connection with this offering and issuances of debt and equity securities, and we believe that cash from these sources will be sufficient to meet our short-term working capital requirements and long-term capital expenditure requirements.

 

96


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Working Capital

Working capital is the amount by which current assets exceed current liabilities and is a measure of our ability to pay our liabilities as they become due. We anticipate that at the closing of this offering all current assets related to the Wyeville operations, other than approximately $4.1 million of cash resulting from a prepayment for volumes of sand by one of our customers, will be contributed to us and all those relating to the Augusta facility and other excluded assets will be retained by our sponsor. We will retain approximately $4.1 million of the proceeds we receive from this offering to fund capital expenditures and for general partnership purposes, including funding of our working capital requirements. Our working capital was $2.8 million at December 31, 2011 and a deficit of $1.6 million at March 31, 2012. Working capital includes deferred revenue of $9.2 million at December 31, 2011 and $3.9 million at March 31, 2012 that will be satisfied with the delivery of frac sand. The following table presents the components of our working capital as of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012.

 

    December 31, 2011     March 31, 2012  
    (in thousands)  

Current assets

   

Cash

  $ 11,054      $ 10,527   

Restricted cash

    30        30   

Accounts receivable

    4,026        3,143   

Inventories

    2,374        1,493   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    294        472   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    17,778        15,665   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

   

Accounts payable

    4,954        12,173   

Accrued liabilities

    866        1,178   

Deferred revenue

    9,178        3,884   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    14,998        17,235   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Working capital

  $ 2,780      $ (1,570
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Our inventory consists primarily of sand that has been excavated and processed through the wet plant. Although we do not excavate sand or operate the wet plant in the winter months, we continue to operate the dry plant and sell sand under our take-or-pay contracts, resulting in the decrease in inventory from December 31, 2011 to March 31, 2012.

Accounts payable includes $9.4 million of capital related items as of March 31, 2012, primarily related to the construction by our sponsor of the Augusta facility, which will not be contributed to us in connection with this offering. This amount will be funded through our sponsor’s senior secured credit facility. Accounts payable included $1.8 million of capital related items as of December 31, 2011, primarily related to expansion of the Wyeville facility.

Deferred revenue represents prepayments from a customer for future deliveries of frac sand, the majority of which is not currently reflected in inventory. We received a prepayment of $16.5 million from one customer in the year ended December 31, 2011. We recognized approximately $7.3 million and $5.3 million of revenue related to this prepayment as we shipped sand in the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012, respectively. The remaining $3.9 million will be recognized upon future shipments, and is classified as deferred revenue as of March 31, 2012.

Deferred revenue increased by $9.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, and represents a significant portion of the difference between operating income and net cash provided by operating activities for that period.

 

97


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $18.8 million and $4.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012, respectively. Operating cash flows include $9.3 million in net earnings generated from the sale of frac sand to our customers offset by production costs, general and administrative expenses and cash interest expense, adjusted for changes in working capital to the extent they are positive or negative.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $50.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $12.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2011
    Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2012
 
     (in thousands)  

Wyeville:

    

Expansion

   $ 9,811      $ 4,291   

Plant

     27,263        437   

Land

     8,939        132   

Rail & rail equipment

     5,232        267   

Assets to be retained by our sponsor:

    

Augusta

     312        15,257   

Other

     1,238        26   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total additions to PP&E

     52,795        20,410   

Non-cash capital expenditures (1)

     (2,626     (7,595
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash capital expenditures

   $ 50,169      $ 12,815   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Non-cash capital expenditures is primarily comprised of capital expenditures in accounts payable and will be funded in future periods.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $42.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, which included $48.7 million of proceeds under our sponsor’s subordinated promissory notes and capital contributions of $0.7 million. Additionally, our sponsor incurred loan origination costs of $1.9 million and repaid $5.0 million of debt.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $8.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, which included additional borrowings of $8.5 million under our sponsor’s subordinated promissory notes, offset by $0.2 million of loan origination costs.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are likely to have a material effect on our current or future financial condition, changes in financial condition, sales, expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

 

98


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Capital Requirements

We expect to pay $9.4 million in the second quarter of 2012 related to fixed asset additions that were capitalized in the three months ended March 31, 2012. Approximately $8.1 million of this amount relates to the Augusta facility with the remaining $1.3 million relating to the Wyeville facility. The expansion of the Wyeville facility is complete, and accordingly we have no growth capital expenditures planned for the remainder of the year ending December 31, 2012.

Credit Facilities

Our New Credit Facility

In connection with the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into a new $        million revolving credit facility, with a term of             years. The credit facility will be available to fund working capital and general corporate purposes. We expect that this new credit facility will contain a number of covenants that may restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, acquire and sell assets, create liens, make investments and make distributions. We also expect that our new credit facility will require us to comply with certain financial ratios, such as a current ratio or leverage ratio.

Our Sponsor’s Credit Facilities

Our sponsor, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, which is our accounting predecessor for financial reporting purposes, is party to various subordinated promissory notes and a senior secured credit facility, which we describe below. We expect that upon the completion of this offering we will have no ongoing liabilities and obligations under our sponsor’s subordinated promissory notes and senior secured credit facility and that the liens on our assets securing borrowings under these agreements will be released.

Subordinated Promissory Notes . On July 20, 2011, our sponsor entered into various subordinated promissory notes with certain equity investors, including Avista Capital Partners, and their affiliates in an aggregate original principal amount of approximately $52.2 million. Borrowings under the subordinated promissory notes bear interest, at our sponsor’s option, at a rate of 10.0% for cash interest and 12.0% for paid-in-kind interest (“PIK interest”). As of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, there was $46.1 million and $56.0 million of outstanding indebtedness under our sponsor’s subordinated promissory notes, respectively. The outstanding balance includes $2.4 million and $3.8 million of PIK interest as of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively. The subordinated promissory notes mature in July 2016. In connection with the closing of this offering, we intend to assume all indebtedness outstanding under our sponsor’s subordinated promissory notes and to use a portion of the net proceeds we receive from this offering to repay in full such assumed debt.

Senior Secured Credit Facility . On April 6, 2012, our sponsor entered into a $62.5 million senior secured credit facility with Amegy Bank, National Association and a syndicate of other financial institutions. The senior secured credit facility consists of the following commitments: (1) a four-year $25.0 million term loan, (2) a four-year $30.0 million advancing term loan commitment and (3) a four-year $7.5 million revolving loan commitment. In addition, the senior secured credit facility includes sub-facilities providing for letters of credit and swing line borrowings of up to $5.0 million and $2.5 million, respectively.

Borrowings under our sponsor’s senior secured facility are collateralized by substantially all of our assets and bear interest at a floating rate based upon our sponsor’s leverage ratio equal to, at our sponsor’s option, either (a) a base rate plus a range from 225 basis points and 325 basis points per annum or (b) a Eurodollar rate, plus a range of 325 basis points to 425 basis points per annum. The base rate is established as the highest of (i) the U.S. prime rate, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 50 basis points and (iii) daily one-month LIBOR plus 100 basis points. The senior secured credit facility provides for a commitment fee of 0.5% on the unused portion.

The $25.0 million term loan was the only portion of the senior secured credit facility that was immediately funded, the proceeds of which are to be used by our sponsor for certain identified capital expenditures and to fund general operations. If not repaid earlier, the outstanding principal amount is required to be repaid by April 6, 2016.

 

99


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Customer Concentration

Substantially all of our revenue and gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 was generated under contracts with two customers. For the year ended December 31, 2011, sales to Halliburton accounted for 64.0% of total revenue, and sales to Weatherford accounted for 36.0% of total revenue. For the three months ended March 31, 2012, sales to Halliburton accounted for 59.7% of total revenue, while sales to Weatherford accounted for 40.3% of total revenue. In October 2011, we signed a long term, take-or-pay contract with a third customer, a subsidiary of Baker Hughes. In May 2012, we signed a one year take-or-pay contract with a fourth customer, a subsidiary of FTS International. Based on contracted volumes and pricing, sales to Halliburton, Weatherford, Baker Hughes and FTS International will represent 49.1%, 20.9%, 18.2% and 11.8% of our contracted revenue in 2012, respectively. The terms of each contract provide for liquidated damages in the event that a customer does not purchase minimum monthly volumes of frac sand. The liquidated damages payable per ton of sand not purchased average approximately 75% of the contracted selling price per ton.

Contractual Obligations

The following table presents our contractual obligations and other commitments as of December 31, 2011.

 

Contractual Obligations

   Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than
5 years
 
     (in thousands)  

Long-term debt (1)

   $ 46,112       $       $     —       $ 46,112       $   

Land purchase agreement (2)

     6,250         6,250             —                   

Plant construction (3)

     4,300         4,300             —                   

Asset retirement obligations (4)

     832                     —                 832   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 57,494       $ 10,550       $     —       $ 46,112       $ 832   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) As of December 31, 2011 our sponsor had $46.1 million outstanding under its subordinated promissory notes. Borrowings under our sponsor’s subordinated promissory notes bear interest at a rate of 10% per annum if paid in cash, or 12% if paid-in-kind. Principal is payable in a single balloon payment due in July 2016. The balance under the subordinated promissory notes increased to $56.0 million as March 31, 2012. On April 6, 2012, our sponsor entered into a $62.5 million senior secured credit facility, of which $25 million is currently outstanding. Repayments of outstanding principal under our sponsor’s senior secured credit facility are required to be made quarterly, on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 each year, based on a minimum of 5% of the borrowed original principal amount of the loan. In addition, our sponsor may be required to make additional annual repayments of outstanding principal on May 15 of each year, depending on its level of excess cash flows, as defined in the related credit agreement. If not repaid earlier, the outstanding principal amount is required to be repaid by April 6, 2016. In connection with the closing of this offering, we intend to assume all indebtedness outstanding under our sponsor’s subordinated promissory notes and to use a portion of the net proceeds we receive from this offering to repay in full such assumed debt. Our sponsor’s senior secured credit facility will not be contributed to us in connection with this offering, and we expect to have no indebtedness outstanding as of the closing of this offering.
(2) Our sponsor signed a purchase agreement for approximately 700 acres of land in Tomah, Wisconsin. Our sponsor expects to fund the purchase price in the second quarter of 2012. This land will not be contributed to us in connection with this offering.
(3) As of December 31, 2011, we had $4.3 million of remaining contractual commitments related to the expansion of the Wyeville facility and the purchase of related equipment. Additionally, during the three months ended March 31, 2012, our sponsor entered into contracts related to the construction of the Augusta facility in the amount of $28.3 million.
(4) The asset retirement obligation represents the fair value of post closure reclamation and site restoration commitments for the Wyeville property and processing facility.

 

100


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure of Market Risks

Market risk is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices. Historically, our sponsor’s risks have been predominantly related to potential changes in the fair value of its long-term debt due to fluctuations in applicable market interest rates. Going forward our market risk exposure generally will be limited to those risks that arise in the normal course of business, as we do not engage in speculative, non-operating transactions, nor do we utilize financial instruments or derivative instruments for trading purposes.

The market for frac sand is indirectly exposed to fluctuations in the prices of crude oil and natural gas to the extent such fluctuations impact drilling and completion activity levels and thus impact the activity levels of our customers in the pressure pumping industry. However, because we generate substantially all of our revenues under long-term, take-or-pay contracts, we believe we have only limited exposure to short-term fluctuations in the prices of crude oil and natural gas. We do not intend to hedge our indirect exposure to commodity risk.

Interest Rate Risk

As of March 31, 2012, our sponsor had $56.0 million in fixed rate long-term debt outstanding under its subordinated promissory notes, which is due July 2016 and bears interest at a fixed rate of 10% per annum for cash interest and 12% per annum for PIK interest. The fair value of our fixed rate long-term debt at March 31, 2012 was approximately $54.8 million, reflecting the application of current interest rates offered for debt with similar remaining terms and maturities. As an indication of this debt’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates, based upon an immediate 50 basis point increase in the applicable interest rates at March 31, 2012, the fair value of our sponsor’s fixed rate long-term debt would have decreased by approximately $0.2 million. Conversely, a 50 basis point decrease in that rate would increase the fair value of this indebtedness by $0.2 million.

On April 6, 2012, our sponsor entered into a $62.5 million senior secured credit facility with Amegy Bank, National Association and a syndicate of other financial institutions. Our sponsor’s senior secured credit facility consists of the following commitments on the part of the lending banks: (1) a four-year $25.0 million term loan, (2) a four-year $30.0 million advancing term loan commitment and (3) a four-year $7.5 million revolving loan commitment. In addition, the credit facility includes sub-facilities providing for letters of credit and swing line borrowings of up to $5.0 million and $2.5 million, respectively. Borrowings under our sponsor’s senior secured credit facility bear interest at a floating rate based upon our sponsor’s leverage ratio equal to, at our sponsor’s option, either (a) a base rate plus a range from 225 basis points and 325 basis points per annum or (b) a Eurodollar rate, plus a range of 325 basis points to 425 basis points per annum. The base rate is established as the highest of (i) the U.S. prime rate, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 50 basis points and (iii) daily one-month LIBOR plus 100 basis points. See Note 12 – Subsequent Events to our consolidated financial statements included in this registration statement for further discussion of this indebtedness.

We do not expect to have any liabilities or obligations under our sponsor’s subordinated promissory notes and senior secured credit facility following the completion of this offering. We expect to have no indebtedness outstanding as of the closing of this offering.

Credit Risk

Substantially all of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 was generated through long-term, take-or-pay contracts with two customers. We also signed a long-term, take-or-pay contract in October 2011 with a third customer and a one year take-or-pay contract in May 2012 with a fourth customer, for which shipments commenced in May 2012. One of these customers is not investment grade. All of our customers are pressure pumping service providers. This concentration of counterparties operating in a single industry may increase our overall exposure to credit risk, in that the counterparties may be similarly affected by changes in economic, regulatory or other conditions. If a customer defaults or if any of our contracts expires in accordance with its terms, and we are unable to renew or replace these contracts, our gross profit and cash flows, and our ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders may be adversely affected.

 

101


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Internal Controls and Procedures

Prior to the completion of this offering, our sponsor has been a private company with limited accounting personnel to adequately execute our accounting processes and limited other supervisory resources with which to address our internal control over financial reporting. As such, we have not maintained an effective control environment in that the design and execution of our controls has not consistently resulted in effective review and supervision by individuals with financial reporting oversight roles. In connection with our sponsor’s audit for the year ended December 31, 2011, our sponsor’s independent registered public accounting firm identified and communicated a material weakness related to the failure to maintain a sufficient complement of qualified accounting personnel, which contributed to our sponsor’s inability to maintain appropriate segregation of duties within the organization and effective review and supervision over the financial reporting process. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal controls such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our sponsor’s financial statements will not be prevented, or detected in a timely basis. This material weakness resulted in audit adjustments to our financial statements which were identified by our independent registered public accounting firm.

At the closing of this offering, our management team and financial reporting oversight personnel will be the same as those of our sponsor and thus, we may face the same material weakness described above.

Since March 2012, we have added several experienced accounting personnel, both full-time employees and contractors, in response to our identification of gaps in our skills base and expertise of the staff required to meet the financial reporting requirements of a public company. However, our evaluation of internal control over financial reporting is not complete and we expect remediation to continue.

While we have begun the process of evaluating our internal control over financial reporting, we are in the early phases of our review and will not complete our review until after this offering is completed. We cannot predict the outcome of our review at this time. During the course of the review, we may identify additional control deficiencies, which represent significant deficiencies and other material weaknesses, in addition to the material weakness previously identified, that require remediation by us. Our remediation efforts may not enable us to remedy or avoid material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in the future.

We are not currently required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Upon becoming a public company, we will be required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which will require our management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We will not be required to make our first assessment of our internal control over financial reporting until the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC. To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we will need to implement additional financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures and hire additional accounting, finance and legal staff.

Further, our independent registered public accounting firm is not yet required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, and will not be required to do so for as long as we are an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the provisions of the JOBS Act. Please read “Summary—Emerging Growth Company Status.”

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in US GAAP and IFRS, which clarifies Topic 820 and provides guidance on changes to certain

 

102


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

principles or requirements for measuring fair value. The amendment is effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. We adopted this guidance as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

New and Revised Financial Accounting Standards

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the provisions of the JOBS Act, enacted on April 5, 2012. Section 102 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. However, we are choosing to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Our election to “opt-out” of the extended transition period is irrevocable.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally acceptable in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. We evaluate these estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis and base our estimates on historical experience, current conditions and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. The results of these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities as well as identifying and assessing the accounting treatment with respect to commitments and contingencies. Our actual results may materially differ from these estimates.

Listed below are the accounting policies we believe are critical to our financial statements due to the degree of uncertainty regarding the estimates or assumptions involved, and that we believe are critical to the understanding of our operations.

Asset Retirement Obligation

We estimate the future cost of dismantling, restoring and reclaiming operating excavation sites and related facilities in accordance with federal, state and local regulatory requirements. We record the initial estimated present value of reclamation costs as an asset retirement obligation and increase the carrying amount of the related asset by a corresponding amount. We allocate reclamation costs to expense over the life of the related assets and adjust the related liability for changes resulting from the passage of time and revisions to either the timing or amount of the original present value estimate. If the asset retirement obligation is settled for more or less than the carrying amount of the liability, a loss or gain will be recognized, respectively.

Inventory Valuation

Sand inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market using the average cost method. Costs applied to inventory include direct excavation costs, processing costs, overhead allocation, depreciation and depletion. Stockpile tonnages are calculated by measuring the number of tons added and removed from the stockpile. Tonnages are verified periodically by an independent surveyor. Costs are calculated on a per ton basis and are applied to the stockpiles based on the number of tons in the stockpile.

Spare parts inventory includes critical spares, materials and supplies. We account for spare parts on a first in first out basis, and value the inventory at the lower of cost or market.

 

 

103


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Depletion

We amortize the cost to acquire land and mineral rights using a units of production method, based on the total estimated reserves and tonnage extracted each period.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We periodically evaluate whether current events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of our property, plant and equipment and mineral rights may not be recoverable. If circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable, we estimate future undiscounted net cash flows using estimates of proven sand reserves, estimated future sales prices (considering historical and current prices, price trends and related factors) and operating costs and anticipated capital expenditures. We record a reduction in the carrying value of our long lived assets if the undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value of the assets.

Our estimates of prices, recoverable proven reserves and operating and capital costs are subject to certain risks and uncertainties which may affect the recoverability of our long lived assets. Although we have made our best estimate of these factors based on current conditions, it is reasonably possible that changes could occur, which could adversely affect our estimate of the net cash flows expected to be generated from our operating property. No impairment charges were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 or the three-month period ended March 31, 2012.

Environmental Matters

We are subject to various federal, state and local laws and regulations governing, among other things, hazardous materials, air and water emissions, environmental contamination and reclamation and the protection of the environment and natural resources. We have made, and expect to make in the future, expenditures to comply with such laws and regulations, but cannot predict the full amount of such future expenditures.

 

104


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PROPPANT INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

Our Industry

The oil and natural gas proppant industry is comprised of businesses involved in the mining or manufacturing of the propping agents used in the drilling and completion of oil and natural gas wells. Hydraulic fracturing is the most widely used method for stimulating increased production from wells. The process consists of pumping fluids, mixed with granular proppants, into the geologic formation at pressures sufficient to create fractures in the hydrocarbon-bearing rock. Proppant-filled fractures create conductive channels through which the hydrocarbons can flow more freely from the formation into the wellbore and then to the surface.

Types of Proppant

There are three primary types of proppant that are commonly utilized in the hydraulic fracturing process: raw frac sand, which is the product we produce, resin-coated sand and manufactured ceramic beads. The following chart illustrates the composition of the North American market for proppant by type.

2011 Proppant Consumed by Weight

 

LOGO

Source: The Freedonia Group

Raw Frac Sand

Of the three primary types of proppant, raw frac sand is the most widely used due to its broad applicability in oil and natural gas wells and its cost advantage relative to other proppants. Raw frac sand may be used as a proppant in all but the highest pressure and temperature drilling environments, such as in the Haynesville shale, and has been employed in nearly all major U.S. oil and natural gas producing basins, including the Barnett, Eagle Ford, Fayetteville, Granite Wash, Marcellus, Niobara, Permian, Utica, Williston and Woodford basins.

Raw frac sand is generally mined from the surface or underground, and in some cases crushed, and then cleaned and sorted into consistent mesh sizes. The API has a range of guidelines it uses to evaluate frac sand grades and mesh sizes. In order to meet API specifications, frac sand must meet certain thresholds related to crush strength (ability to withstand high pressures), roundness and sphericity (facilitates hydrocarbon flow, or conductivity), particle size distribution, and turbidity (low levels of contaminants). Oil and gas producers generally require that frac sand used in their drilling and completion processes meet API specifications.

Raw frac sand can be further delineated into two main types: Northern White and Brady Brown. Northern White, which is the type of frac sand we produce, is considered to be of higher quality than Brady Brown and is known for its high crush strength, turbidity, roundness and sphericity and monocrystalline grain structure. Brady Brown has historically been considered the lower quality raw frac sand, as it is less monocrystalline in nature,

 

105


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

more angular, has a lower crush strength and often contains greater impurities, including feldspars and clays. Due to its quality, Northern White frac sand commands premium prices relative to Brady Brown. Northern White has historically experienced the greatest market demand relative to supply, due both to its superior physical characteristics and the fact that it is a limited resource that exists predominately in Wisconsin and other limited parts of the upper Midwest region of the United States. However, even within this superior class of Northern White sand, the quality of Northern White can vary significantly across deposits due to the differing geological processes that formed the various Northern White reserves.

The term “Northern White” is a commonly-used designation for premium white sand produced in Wisconsin and other limited parts of the upper Midwest region of the United States. Within the industry, a common alternative term for “Northern White” sand is “Ottawa” sand, a term that originated due to the high percentage of operating sand plants in or near Ottawa, Illinois, but is now often used interchangeably with the term “Northern White” sand to encompass all of the premium white sands produced throughout the upper Midwest region of the United States.

Resin-Coated Frac Sand

Resin-coated frac sand consists of raw frac sand that is coated with a flexible resin that increases the sand’s crush strength and prevents crushed sand from dispersing throughout the fracture. The strength and shape of the end product are largely determined by the quality of the underlying raw frac sand. Pressured (or tempered) resin-coated sand primarily enhances crush strength, thermal stability and chemical resistance, allowing the sand to perform under harsh downhole conditions. Curable (or bonding) resin-coated frac sand uses a resin that is designed to bond together under closure stress and high temperatures, preventing proppant flowback. In general, resin-coated frac sand is better suited for higher pressure, higher temperature drilling operations commonly associated with deep wells and natural gas wells. In 2011, pricing for resin-coated frac sand was $300 to $800 per ton.

Ceramics

Ceramic proppant is a manufactured product of comparatively consistent size and spherical shape that typically offers the highest crush strength relative to other types of proppants. As a result, ceramic proppant use is most applicable in the highest pressure and temperature drilling environments. Ceramic proppant derives its product strength from the molecular structure of its underlying raw material and is designed to withstand extreme heat, depth and pressure environments. The deepest, highest temperature and highest pressure wells typically require heavy weight ceramics with high alumina/bauxite content and coarser mesh sizes. The lower crush resistant ceramic proppants are lighter weight and derived from kaolin clay, with densities closer to raw frac sand. In 2011, pricing for ceramic proppants was $500 to $1,200 per ton, with bauxite-based, heavy grade ceramics commanding the highest prices.

 

106


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Comparison of Key Proppant Characteristics

The following table sets forth what we believe to be the key comparative characteristics of our frac sand and the three primary types of proppant.

 

      Hi-Crush Wyeville   Raw Frac Sand   Resin-Coated   Ceramics
Product and Characteristics   •  Natural resource –

   Northern White sand

 

•  Considered highest

   quality raw frac sand

 

•  Monocrystalline

   in nature,

   exhibiting crush

   strength, turbidity

   and roundness

   and sphericity in

   excess of API

   specifications

  •  Natural resource

 

•  Primary types include

   Northern White,

   Brady Brown

 

•  Quality of sand varies

   widely depending

   on source

  •  Raw frac sand

   substrate with resin

   coating

 

•  Coating increases

   crush strength

 

•  Bond together to

   prevent proppant

   flowback

  •  Manufactured

   product

 

•  Typically highest

   crush strength

2012 Pricing(1)

  $65/ton(2)   $35 to $140/ton   $390 to $620/ton   $640 to $980/ton

Crush Strength

  9,000 to 12,000 psi   5,000 to 12,000 psi   10,000 to 15,000 psi   10,000 to 18,000 psi

 

(1) Pricing through the first quarter of 2012 for raw frac sand, resin-coated and ceramics per independent industry report.
(2) Represents 2012 average price per ton for Wyeville freight on board at the mine site under our long-term, take-or-pay contracts.

Proppant Mesh Sizes

Mesh size is used to describe the size of the proppant and is determined by sieving the proppant through screens with uniform openings corresponding to the desired size of the proppant. Each type of proppant comes in various sizes, categorized as mesh sizes, and the various mesh sizes are used in different applications in the oil and natural gas industry. Generally, larger mesh sizes are used in wells targeting oil and liquids-rich formations, and smaller mesh sizes are used in wells targeting primarily gas bearing formations. The mesh number system is a measure of the number of equally sized openings there are per square inch of screen through which the proppant is sieved. For example, a 30 mesh screen has 30 equally sized openings per linear inch. Therefore, as the mesh size increases, the granule size decreases. In order to meet API specifications, 90% of the proppant described as 30/50 mesh size proppant must consist of granules that will pass through a 30 mesh screen but not through a 50 mesh screen.

Frac Sand Extraction, Processing and Distribution

Raw frac sand is a naturally occurring mineral that is mined and processed. While the specific extraction method utilized depends primarily on the geologic setting, most raw frac sand is mined using conventional open-pit bench extraction methods. The composition, depth and chemical purity of the sand also dictate the processing method and equipment utilized. For example, broken rock from a sandstone deposit may require one, two or three stages of crushing to produce sand grains required to meet API specifications. In contrast, unconsolidated deposits, like those found at our Wyeville facility, may require little or no crushing during the excavation process. After extraction, the raw frac sand is washed with water to remove fine impurities such as clay and organic particles, with additional procedures used when contaminants are not easily removable. The final steps in the production process involve the drying and sorting of the raw frac sand according to mesh size.

Most frac sand is shipped in bulk from the processing facility to customers by truck, rail or barge. For bulk raw frac sand, transportation costs often represent a significant portion of the customer’s overall product cost. Consequently, shipping in large quantities, particularly when shipping over long distances, provides a significant

 

107


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

cost advantage to the customer, which highlights the importance of rail or barge access for low cost delivery. As a result, facility location and logistics capabilities are among the most important considerations for producers and customers.

Demand Trends

The North American proppant market, including raw frac sand, ceramic and resin-coated proppants, was approximately 22 million tons in 2011. Industry estimates for 2011 indicate that the raw frac sand market represented approximately 17 million tons, or 77.2% of the total proppant market by weight. Over the past five years, proppant demand by weight has increased by 28.0% annually, and the market is projected to continue growing by 7.2% per year through 2016, representing an increase of approximately nine million tons in annual proppant demand over that time period. The total North American proppant market size in dollars was $3.7 billion in 2011 and is projected to grow 10.5% annually through 2016, according to The Freedonia Group. The following chart illustrates historical and forecasted proppant demand for certain years from 2001 to 2021.

Historical and Projected Proppant Demand

 

LOGO

Source: The Freedonia Group

Demand growth for frac sand and other proppants is primarily due to advancements in oil and natural gas drilling and well completion technology and techniques, such as horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing. These advancements have made the extraction of oil and natural gas increasingly cost-effective in formations that historically would have been uneconomic to develop. Proppant is an essential component in the exploitation of unconventional oil and gas reservoirs, and the demand for proppant has increased as more of these reservoirs have been developed. Over the past five years, North American rig count has increased by 2.6% annually and is expected to continue growing by 3.5% annually through 2016. In addition to an increase in rig count, the percentage of active drilling rigs used to drill horizontal wells, which require greater volumes of proppant than vertical wells, has increased from 17.3% in 2006 to 57.4% in 2011. While the aggregate rig count has exhibited consistent growth, the number of rigs drilling for natural gas has recently declined to its lowest level in 13 years as a result of low natural gas prices, while the number of rigs drilling for oil has more than offset this decline as a result of relatively high prices for oil. To the extent that the recent fluctuations in global crude oil prices develop into a prolonged decline, this drop could result in a reduction in the growth rate of active oil rigs and a decline in the number of active oil rigs from current levels. The following chart identifies growth in North American rig count since 2001 and projected growth through 2021.

 

108


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Historical and Projected North American Rig Count

LOGO

Source: The Freedonia Group and Baker Hughes.

As indicated above, over the past five years, North American rig count has increased by 2.6% annually, while the demand for proppant by weight has grown at a rate of 28.0% annually. We believe that demand for proppant has and will continue to increase at a rate greater than rig count as a result of the following additional demand drivers:

 

   

improved drilling rig productivity, resulting in more wells drilled per rig per year;

 

   

increases in the percentage of rigs that are drilling horizontal wells;

 

   

increases in the length of the typical horizontal wellbore;

 

   

increases in the number of fracture stages per foot in the typical completed horizontal wellbore;

 

   

increases in the volume of proppant used per fracturing stage; and

 

   

recurring efforts to offset steep production declines in unconventional oil and natural gas reservoirs, including the drilling of new wells and secondary hydraulic fracturing of existing wells.

The following table illustrates the historical and projected growth in North American wells drilled and the intensity of proppant use in those wells.

Historical and Projected North American Wells and Proppant Intensity

LOGO

Source: The Freedonia Group

Wells in unconventional reservoirs are characterized by high initial production rates followed by a steep decline in production rates during the first several years of the well’s life. Producers must continually drill new wells to offset production declines and maintain overall production levels. Additionally, operators are beginning to perform secondary hydraulic fracturing of existing wells in order to maintain overall production levels. We believe these efforts to offset steep production declines in unconventional oil and gas reservoirs will be a strong driver of future proppant demand growth.

 

109


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Recent growth in demand for raw frac sand has outpaced growth in demand for other proppants, and industry analysts predict that this trend will continue. According to The Freedonia Group, North American demand for all types of proppants, in dollar terms, is projected to increase 10.5% annually from 2011 through 2016, while demand for raw frac sand is projected to increase 12.1% annually over that time period. As well completion costs have increased as a proportion of total well costs, operators have increasingly looked for ways to improve per well economics by lowering costs without sacrificing production performance. To this end, the oil and natural gas industry is shifting away from the use of higher-cost proppants towards more cost-effective proppants, such as raw frac sand. The substantial increase in activity in North American oil and liquids-rich resource plays has further accelerated the demand growth for raw frac sand. Within these oil and liquids-rich basins, Northern White sand with coarser mesh sizes is often preferred due to its performance characteristics.

Supply Trends

As demand for raw frac sand has increased dramatically in recent years, the supply of raw frac sand has failed to keep pace, resulting in a supply-demand disparity. While a number of existing and new competitors have announced supply expansions and greenfield projects, we do not expect the magnitude of these expansions to meet expected demand. There are several key constraints to increasing raw frac sand production on an industry-wide basis, including:

 

   

the difficulty of finding frac sand reserves that meet API specifications;

 

   

the difficulty of securing contiguous frac sand reserves large enough to justify the capital investment required to develop a processing facility;

 

   

the challenges of identifying reserves with the above characteristics that either are located in close proximity to oil and natural gas reservoirs or have rail access needed for low-cost transportation to major shale basins;

 

   

the hurdles to securing mining, production, water, air, refuse and other federal, state and local operating permits from the proper authorities;

 

   

local opposition to development of facilities, especially those that require the use of on-road transportation, including moratoria on raw frac sand facilities in multiple counties in Wisconsin which hold potential sand reserves; and

 

   

the long lead time required to design and construct sand processing facilities that can efficiently process large quantities of high quality frac sand.

Furthermore, supplies of premium quality Northern White sands are limited to select areas, predominantly in western Wisconsin and selected areas of Minnesota and Illinois. The ability to obtain large contiguous reserves in these areas is a key constraint and can be particularly important for enabling the permitting and economic viability of a raw frac sand facility. At our Wyeville facility, we have been able to secure 561 acres and can excavate and process all sand on site, with no need to employ costly trucking transportation on local roads.

In part due to the community opposition and factors referenced above, permitting has recently become more challenging in Wisconsin. Several counties in the state have instituted moratoria on the permitting of new frac sand mining sites. While these moratoria have the potential to hinder the permitting of new facilities and slow increases in supply of frac sand, our Wyeville facility is fully permitted and complies with all current regulatory requirements. In addition, our sponsor has been successful in permitting and building the Augusta facility, which required obtaining an exemption to an in-place county moratorium. Our success in obtaining this exemption was a result of our management team’s experience in excavation and processing facility development, siting and permitting as well as our on-site approach to excavation and logistics, which minimizes community impact during the production process.

 

110


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Pricing

Raw frac sand has exhibited steady pricing increases over the past decade. While there are numerous grades and sizes of proppant which sell at varying prices, the overall pricing trend tends to be consistent across the various sizes. If demand for frac sand continues to grow faster than supply, then we expect that prices for frac sand will remain strong.

 

111


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a pure play, low-cost, domestic producer of premium monocrystalline sand, a specialized mineral that is used as a proppant to enhance the recovery rates of hydrocarbons from oil and natural gas wells. Our reserves consist of Northern White sand, a resource existing predominately in Wisconsin and limited portions of the upper Midwest region of the United States, which is highly valued as a preferred proppant because it exceeds all API specifications. We own, operate and develop sand reserves and related excavation and processing facilities and will seek to acquire or develop additional facilities. Our 561-acre facility with integrated rail infrastructure, located near Wyeville, Wisconsin, enables us to process and cost-effectively deliver approximately 1,600,000 tons of frac sand per year. Substantially all of our frac sand production is sold to leading investment grade-rated pressure pumping service providers under long-term, take-or-pay contracts that require our customers to pay a specified price for a specified volume of frac sand each month.

Over the past decade, exploration and production companies have increasingly focused on exploiting the vast hydrocarbon reserves contained in North America’s unconventional oil and natural gas reservoirs through advanced techniques, such as horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing. In recent years, this focus has resulted in exploration and production companies drilling more and longer horizontal wells, completing more hydraulic fracturing stages per well, and utilizing more proppant per stage in an attempt to maximize the volume of hydrocarbon recoveries per wellbore. As a result, North American demand for proppant has increased rapidly, growing at an average annual rate of 28.0% from 2006 to 2011, with total annual sales of $3.7 billion in 2011, according to The Freedonia Group. We believe that the market for raw frac sand will continue to grow based on the expected long-term development of North America’s unconventional oil and natural gas reservoirs.

Our Northern White sand, a type of silica, is highly valued by oil and natural gas producers as a preferred proppant due to its favorable physical characteristics, including its crush strength (ability to withstand high pressures), turbidity (low levels of contaminants) and roundness and sphericity (facilitates hydrocarbon flow, or conductivity), and its lower cost as compared to other proppants such as resin-coated sand and manufactured ceramics. In addition, Northern White sand is a limited resource that exists predominately in Wisconsin and limited portions of the upper Midwest region of the United States. We believe the supply of frac sand has failed to keep pace with the significant recent increase in demand due to several industry-wide production constraints, including limited availability of API spec sand reserves globally as well as the difficulty of obtaining the myriad of construction, environmental, mining and other permits required by local, state and federal regulators.

We intend to utilize the significant oil and natural gas industry experience of our management team to take advantage of what we believe are favorable, long-term market dynamics as we execute our growth strategy, which includes both the acquisition of additional frac sand reserves and the development of new excavation and processing facilities. We expect to have the opportunity to acquire significant additional acreage and reserves currently owned or under an agreement to be acquired by our sponsor, including approximately 1,700 acres of additional land in western Wisconsin to which we have a right of first offer, in addition to potential acquisitions from third parties. Our sponsor will not, however, be required to accept any offer we make, and may, under certain circumstances, sell such assets to third parties that may compete with us. Our sponsor may also elect to develop, retain and operate properties in competition with us or develop new assets that are not subject to our right of first offer.

We intend to remain solely focused on the frac sand market as we believe it offers attractive long-term growth fundamentals.

 

112


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Business Strategies

Our primary business objective is to increase our cash distributions per unit over time. We intend to accomplish this objective by executing the following strategies:

 

   

Focusing on stable, long-term, take-or-pay contracts with key customers . A key component of our business model is our contracting strategy, which seeks to secure a high percentage of our cash flows under long-term, fixed price contracts with take-or-pay provisions, while also staggering the tenors of our contracts so that they expire at different times. We believe this contracting strategy significantly mitigates our exposure to the potential price volatility of the spot market for frac sand in the short-term, allows us to take advantage of any increase in frac sand prices over the medium-term and provides us with long-term cash flow stability. As current contracts expire or as we add new processing capacity, we intend to pursue similar long-term contracts with our current customers and with other leading pressure pumping service providers. We intend to utilize nearly all of our processing capacity to fulfill these contracts, with any excess processed frac sand first offered to existing customers and the remaining amount sold opportunistically in the spot market.

 

   

Pursuing accretive acquisitions from our sponsor and third parties . We expect to pursue accretive acquisitions of frac sand facilities from our sponsor, including through our right of first offer to acquire an aggregate of 1,700 acres of additional land in western Wisconsin with approximately 79.2 million tons of proven recoverable reserves of frac sand according to John T. Boyd, as well as from third-party frac sand producers. As we evaluate acquisition opportunities, we intend to remain focused on operations that complement our reserves of premium frac sand and that provide or would accommodate the development and construction of rail or other advantaged logistics capabilities. We believe these factors are critical to our business model and are important characteristics for any potential acquisitions.

 

   

Expanding our proved reserve base and processing capacity . We seek to identify and evaluate economically attractive expansion and facility enhancement opportunities to increase our proved reserves and processing capacity. At Wyeville and any future sites, we expect to pursue add-on acreage acquisitions near our facilities to expand our reserve base and increase our reserve life. In March 2012, we completed an expansion of our Wyeville facility, increasing annual processing capacity from 950,000 tons per year to approximately 1,600,000 tons per year by adding wet and dry plant capacity and additional sand storage silos. We will continue to analyze and pursue other organic expansion efforts that will similarly allow us to cost-effectively optimize our existing assets and meet customer demand for our high quality frac sand.

 

   

Capitalizing on compelling industry fundamentals . We intend to continue to position ourselves as a pure play producer of high quality frac sand, as we believe the frac sand market offers attractive long-term growth fundamentals. The growth of horizontal drilling in shale and other unconventional oil and natural gas plays has resulted in greater demand for frac sand. This demand growth is underpinned by increased horizontal drilling, higher proppant use per well and cost advantages over resin-coated sand and manufactured ceramics. We believe frac sand supply will continue to be constrained by the difficulty in finding reserves that meet the technical specifications of the API in contiguous quantities large enough to justify the capital investment required and the challenges associated with successfully obtaining the necessary local, state and federal permits required for operations.

 

   

Maintaining financial flexibility and conservative leverage . We plan to pursue a disciplined financial policy and maintain a conservative capital structure. We expect to have no indebtedness at the closing of this offering and $         million of liquidity in the form of cash on hand and undrawn borrowing capacity under our new $         million revolving credit facility. We believe that our borrowing capacity and ability to access debt and equity capital markets after this offering will provide us with the financial flexibility necessary to achieve our organic expansion and acquisition strategy.

 

113


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Competitive Strengths

We believe that we are well positioned to successfully execute our strategy and achieve our primary business objective because of the following competitive strengths:

 

   

Long-term contracted cash flow stability . We will generate substantially all of our revenues from the sale of frac sand under long-term contracts that require subsidiaries of Baker Hughes, FTS International, Halliburton and Weatherford to pay specified prices for specified volumes of product each month. We believe that the take-or-pay volume and pricing provisions and the long-term nature of our contracts will provide us with a stable base of cash flows and limit the risks associated with price movements in the spot market and any changes in product demand during the contract period. We are currently contracted to sell 1,460,000 tons of frac sand annually from our Wyeville facility, and as of May 10, 2012, our contracts had a weighted average remaining life of approximately 4.7 years.

 

   

Long-lived, high quality reserve base. Our Wyeville facility contains approximately 48.4 million tons of proven recoverable coarse grade reserves as of December 31, 2011, based on a third-party reserve report by John T. Boyd, and has an implied 33-year reserve life at currently contracted production rates. These reserves consist of high quality Northern White frac sand. Analysis by independent third-party testing companies indicates that our sand demonstrates characteristics in excess of API specifications with regard to crush strength, turbidity and sphericity. As a result, our raw frac sand is particularly well suited for and is experiencing significant demand from customers for use in the hydraulic fracturing of unconventional oil and natural gas wells.

 

   

Intrinsic logistics and infrastructure advantage . The strategic location and logistics capabilities of our Wyeville facility enable us to serve all major U.S. oil and natural gas producing basins. Our on-site transportation assets include three 5,000-foot rail spurs off a Union Pacific Railroad mainline that are capable of accommodating unit trains, allowing our customers to receive priority scheduling, expedited delivery and a more cost-effective shipping alternative. Our logistics capabilities enable efficient loading of sand and minimize rail car turnaround times at the facility, and we expect to acquire or develop similar logistics capabilities at any facilities we own in the future. We believe we are one of the few frac sand producers with a facility initially designed to deliver frac sand meeting API specifications to all of the major U.S. oil and natural gas producing basins by on-site rail facilities, including on-site storage capacity accommodating unit trains.

 

   

Competitive operating cost structure . Our operations have been strategically designed to provide low per-unit production costs with a significant variable component for the excavation and processing of our sand. Our sand reserves do not require blasting or crushing to be processed and, due to the shallow overburden at our Wyeville facility, we are able to use surface mining equipment in our operations, which provides for a lower cost structure than underground mining operations. Our mining operations are subcontracted to Gerke Excavating, Inc. at a fixed cost of $2.09 per ton excavated, subject to a diesel fuel surcharge, under a three-year contract. Unlike some competitors, our processing and rail loading facilities are located on-site, which eliminates the requirement for on-road transportation, lowers product movement costs and minimizes the reduction in sand quality due to handling.

 

   

Experienced and incentivized management team . Our management team has extensive experience investing and operating in the oil and natural gas industry and will be focused on optimizing our current business and expanding our operations through disciplined development and accretive acquisitions. We believe our management team’s substantial experience and relationships with participants in the oilfield services and exploration and production industries provide us with an extensive operational and commercial understanding of the markets in which our customers operate. The expertise of our management and operations teams covers a wide range of disciplines, with an emphasis on development, construction and operation of frac sand processing facilities, frac sand supply chain management and consulting and bulk solids material handling. Members of our management team are strongly incentivized to profitably grow our business and cash flows through their 39% interest in our sponsor, which will own          of our common units and all of our subordinated units and incentive distribution rights following this offering.

 

114


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Assets and Business Operations

We own and operate the Wyeville facility, which is located in Monroe County, Wisconsin and, as of December 31, 2011, contained 48.4 million tons of proven recoverable sand reserves of mesh sizes we currently have contracted to sell. According to John T. Boyd, our proven reserves consist entirely of coarse grade Northern White sand (which is also referred to as “Ottawa” sand) exceeding API specifications. Analysis of our sand by independent third-party testing companies indicates that it demonstrates characteristics in excess of API specifications with regard to crush strength, turbidity and sphericity.

We acquired the Wyeville acreage and commenced construction of the Wyeville facility in January 2011. We completed construction of the Wyeville facility and commenced sand excavation and processing in June 2011 with an initial plant processing capacity of 950,000 tons per year, and customer shipments were initiated in July 2011. From the Wyeville in-service date to March 31, 2012, we have processed and sold 555,250 tons of frac sand. We completed an expansion in March 2012 that increased our annual expected processing capacity to approximately 1,600,000 tons per year (or approximately 133,333 tons per month). We have contracted approximately 91% of this capacity for the remainder of 2012 and through the second quarter of 2014, and approximately 71% of this capacity for the remainder of 2014 and through the second quarter of 2016. Based on currently contracted production rates and a reserve report prepared by John T. Boyd, our Wyeville facility has an implied 33-year reserve life as of December 31, 2011.

We operate two dryer facilities at Wyeville with a combined nameplate input capacity, based on manufacturer specifications, of 250 tons per hour. Unless processing operations are suspended to conduct maintenance, our dryer facilities are run on a 24-hour basis. Our estimate of annual expected processing capacity assumes a 15% loss of capacity due to waste and an uptime efficiency of 85% of nameplate capacity, which allows approximately 55 days for downtime and maintenance. We processed and sold 92,282 (1,107,384 on an annualized basis), 118,464 (1,421,568 on an annualized basis) and 119,836 (1,438,037 on an annualized basis) tons of sand in April, May and June of 2012, respectively. Our actual production in April 2012 is significantly lower than our expected monthly processing capacity because deliveries pursuant to the contract volume increases we entered into in connection with the Wyeville expansion did not commence until May 2012.

The following table summarizes certain of the key characteristics of our Wyeville facility we believe allow us to provide our customers with high quality frac sand efficiently at competitive prices.

Key Characteristics of Wyeville Facility and its Reserves

 

Facility Characteristics

  

Description

Site Geography

   Situated on 561 contiguous acres, with on-site processing and rail loading facilities.

Deposits

   Sand pay zones of up to 80 feet; coarse grade mesh sizes from 20 to 70; few impurities such as clay or other contaminants.

Excavation Technique

   Shallow overburden allowing for surface excavation.

Sand Processing

   Sands are unconsolidated; do not require crushing.

Logistics Capabilities

   On-site transportation infrastructure capable of accommodating unit trains connected to Union Pacific Railroad mainline.

Sand Reserves

As of December 31, 2011, we had a total of 48.4 million tons of proven recoverable mineral reserves at our Wyeville facility. We own all 561 acres of land surrounding our Wyeville facility, which secures our mineral rights and access to reserves.

 

115


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

“Reserves” consist of sand that can be economically extracted or produced at the time of determination based on relevant legal, economic and technical considerations. The reserve estimates referenced herein represent proven reserves, which we define in the glossary. The quantity and nature of the mineral reserves at our Wyeville facility are estimated by our internal geologists and mining engineers and updated periodically, with necessary adjustments for operations during the year and additions or reductions due to property acquisitions and dispositions, quality adjustments and mine plan updates. John T. Boyd has estimated our reserves as of December 31, 2011, and we intend to continue retaining third-party engineers to review our reserves on an annual basis.

To opine as to the economic viability of our reserves, John T. Boyd reviewed our financial cost and revenue per ton data at the time of the proven reserve determination. Based on its review of our cost structure and its extensive experience with similar operations, John T. Boyd concluded that it is reasonable to assume that we will operate under a similar cost structure over the remaining life of our reserves. John T. Boyd further assumed that our revenue per ton, which was $62.90 on a weighted average basis at the time of the proven reserves determination, will remain relatively constant over the life of the reserve. Based on these assumptions, and taking into account possible cost increases associated with a maturing mine, John T. Boyd concluded that our current operating margins are sufficient to expect continued profitability throughout the life of our reserves.

The cutoff grade used by John T. Boyd in estimating our reserves considers only sand that will pass through a 20x70 mesh screen as proven reserves, meaning only sands with mesh sizes greater than 20 and less than 70 are included in John T. Boyd’s estimate of our proven reserves. In addition, John T. Boyd’s estimate of our reserves adjusts for mining losses of 10% and processing losses of material delivered to the wet plant feed hopper of 22%, for a total yield of 70% of the in-place sand resource.

Our Wyeville reserves are a mineral resource created over millions of years. Approximately 500 million years ago, the quartz rich Cambrian sheet sands were deposited in the upper Midwest region of the United States. During the Pleistocene era, which occurred approximately two million years ago, erosion caused by the melting of glaciers cut channels into the Mt. Simon Formation, forming rivers. Loose grains of sand resulting from this same erosion settled in these river beds where they were washed by the consistent current of the river. The washing action of the river removed debris, known as fines, from the sand, rounded the sand grains and helped it to remain unconsolidated. The Wyeville deposit is located in one of these ancient river beds. The high quartz content of the Cambrian sands and the monocrystalline structure of the Wyeville deposit is responsible for the extremely high crush strength relative to other types of sand.

 

116


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Although crush strength is one of a number of characteristics that define the quality of raw frac sand, it is a key characteristic for our customers and other purchasers of frac sand in determining whether the product will be suitable for its desired application. For example, raw frac sand with exceptionally high crush strength is suitable for use in high pressure downhole conditions that would otherwise require the use of more expensive resin-coated or ceramic proppants. The following charts illustrate the high crush strength of our sand reserves relative to that of our competitors.

Industry Crush Strength Benchmarking

30/50 Raw Frac Sand

 

LOGO

 

 

Note: Information based on publicly available competitor crush strength data.

(1) Based on results of crush strength testing performed on Hi-Crush Wyeville sand by third-party consultant A.
(2) Based on results of crush strength testing performed on Hi-Crush Wyeville sand by third-party consultant B.
(3) Based on the average of Competitor C’s published crush strength for its 30/50 mesh size sand.
(4) Based on representative examples from publicly available sources.

40/70 Raw Frac Sand

 

LOGO

 

 

Note: Information based on publicly available competitor crush strength data.

(1) Based on results of crush strength testing performed on Hi-Crush Wyeville sand by third-party consultant A.
(2) Based on results of crush strength testing performed on Hi-Crush Wyeville sand by third-party consultant B.
(3) Based on the average of Competitor A’s published crush strength for its 40/70 mesh size sand.
(4) Based on the average of Competitor C’s published crush strength for its 40/70 mesh size sand.
(5) Based on representative examples from publicly available sources.

 

117


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our sands are unconsolidated, extremely clean and well-rounded, and as a result do not require crushing or extensive processing to eliminate clays or other contaminants, enabling us to cost-effectively produce high quality, frac sand meeting API specifications. In addition, the sand deposits are present to a depth of approximately 80 feet, with a shallow overburden of approximately five feet. The shallow depth of the sand deposits allows us to conduct surface mining rather than underground mining, which lowers our production costs and decreases safety risks as compared to underground mining. The following map indicates the layout and location of our Wyeville facility.

Wyeville Facility

LOGO

Before acquiring new reserves, we perform extensive drilling of cores and analysis and other testing of the cores to confirm the quantity and quality of the acquired reserves. We have undertaken a comprehensive exploration drilling program at the Wyeville facility. In total, we have reviewed 52 core holes that were drilled utilizing mud rotary and sonic core drilling techniques with holes spaced between 500 feet and 800 feet to delineate the resource. The holes were drilled into the underlying Mount Simon sandstone formation through the unconsolidated sand, with depths generally ranging from 55 feet to 80 feet. The holes were sampled in 10-foot depth increments with each 10-foot depth increment yielding a corresponding lab gradation. Core samples were

 

118


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

sent to leading proppant sand-testing laboratories, each of which adhered to procedures and testing methods in accordance with the American Society for Testing and Materials’ standards for testing materials. During the course of the drilling, John T. Boyd assisted in determining the number and location of drill holes. The results of this program were taken into account in determining the quality and volume of our reserves.

We acquired the Wyeville acreage in fee in January 2011 from three separate land owners, one of which had previously conducted limited surface excavation on-site. In each transaction, we acquired surface and mineral rights, all of which is subject to an aggregate non-participating royalty interest of $6.15 per ton of frac sand sold. These royalties were negotiated by us in connection with our acquisition of the Wyeville acreage. In some instances in the future, we may acquire the mineral rights to reserves without actually taking ownership of the properties. A 40-acre portion of the Wyeville acreage is encumbered by a mortgage in favor of Weatherford Lift Systems. The mortgage secures our obligation to deliver 100% of our minimum delivery requirement for the first year of the contract and 50% of our minimum delivery requirement for the second year of the contract. The mortgage terminates upon our satisfaction of these delivery requirements.

An approximately 300 acre portion of the Wyeville acreage is subject to an agreement whereby we agreed to sell such acreage back to the individuals from whom the land was purchased in the event that the applicable minimum royalty payments have not been satisfied. If such minimum royalty payments for the three year period commencing on September 15, 2011 (the “Initial Operations Period”) have not been satisfied before September 15, 2014, we agreed to sell the property to the original landowner for one dollar, subject to certain terms. Additionally, at the end of each 12 month period following the conclusion of the Initial Operations Period, if such minimum royalties have not been satisfied for the rolling three previous years (the “Subsequent Operations Periods”), we agreed to sell the property to the original landowner for one dollar, subject to certain terms.

During the Initial Operations Period, the required royalty payments amount to an aggregate of $825,000 over the three year period. During any Subsequent Operations Period, the required royalty payments amount to an aggregate of $1,050,000 over each three year period. If we have not made the minimum required royalty payments associated with ongoing sand sales by the end of any Initial Operations Period or Subsequent Operations Period, we may satisfy our obligation by making a lump-sum cash make-whole payment. Accordingly, we believe there is no material risk that we will be required to sell back the subject property pursuant to this agreement.

Excavation Operations

The surface excavation operations at our Wyeville site are conducted by a third-party contractor, Gerke Excavating, Inc. The mining technique at our Wyeville site is open-pit excavation of approximately 20-acre panels of unconsolidated silica deposits. The excavation process involves clearing and grubbing vegetation and trees overlying the proposed mining area. The initial two to five feet of overburden is removed and utilized to construct perimeter berms around the pit and property boundary. No underground mines are operated at our Wyeville site.

A track excavator and articulated trucks are utilized for excavating the sand at several different elevation levels of the active pit. The pit is dry mined, and the water elevation is maintained below working level through a dewatering and pumping process. The mined material is loaded and hauled from different areas of the pit and different elevations within the pit to the primary loading facility at our mine’s on-site wet processing facility. Gerke Excavating, Inc. is paid a fixed fee of $2.09 per ton of sand excavated, subject to a diesel fuel surcharge.

Processing Facilities

Our processing facilities are designed to wash, sort and store our raw frac sand. The Wyeville processing plant started operations in June 2011 and employs modern and efficient wet and dry processing technology. Following the completion of this offering, our processing operations will be conducted by employees of our sponsor or one of its subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of the omnibus agreement, under the oversight of our management team. See “—Our Management and Employees.”

 

119


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our mined raw frac sand is initially stockpiled before processing. The material is recovered by a mounted belt feeder, which extends beneath a surge pile, and is fed onto a conveyor. The sand exits the tunnel on the conveyor belt and is fed into the 600-ton per hour wet plant where impurities and unusable fine grain sand are removed from the raw feed. The wet processed sand is then stockpiled in advance of being fed into the dry plant for further processing. The wet plant operates for seven to eight months per year due to the limitations arising from sustained freezing temperatures during winter months. When the wet plant is operating, however, it processes more sand per day than the dry plant to build-up stockpiles of frac sand to be processed by the dry plant during the winter months.

The dry plant, which operates throughout the entire year, has a rated capacity of 250 tons per hour. The wet processed sand stockpile is fed into the dry plant hopper using a front end loader. The material is processed in a natural gas fired vibratory fluid bed dryer contained in an enclosed building. After drying, the sand is screened through gyratory screens and separated into industry standard product sizes. The finished product is then conveyed to multiple on-site storage silos for each size specification.

Logistics Capabilities

All of our product is shipped by rail from our three 5,000-foot rail spurs that connect our processing and storage facilities to a Union Pacific Railroad mainline. The length of these rail spurs and the capacity of the associated product storage silos allow us to accommodate a large number of rail cars. It also enables us to accommodate unit trains, which significantly increases our efficiency in meeting our customers’ frac sand transportation needs. Unit trains, typically 80 rail cars in length or longer, are dedicated trains chartered for a single delivery destination. Generally, unit trains receive priority scheduling and do not switch cars at various intermediate junctions, which results in a more cost-effective and efficient method of shipping than the standard method of rail shipment. We believe the Wyeville facility is one of the first frac sand facilities in the industry initially designed to accommodate large scale rail and unit train logistics, which require sufficient acreage, loading facilities and rail spurs to accommodate a unit train on site. Following the completion of this offering, our loading and logistics operations will be conducted by employees of our sponsor or one of its subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of the omnibus agreement, under the oversight of our management team. See “—Our Management and Employees.”

Logistics capabilities of frac sand producers are important to our customers, who focus on both the reliability and flexibility of product delivery. Because our customers generally find it impractical to store frac sand in large quantities near their job sites, they seek to arrange for product to be delivered where and as needed, which requires predictable and efficient loading and shipping of product. The integrated nature of our logistics operations and our three 5,000 foot rail spurs enable us to handle railcars for multiple customers simultaneously, minimizing the number of days required to successfully load shipments, even at times of peak activity, avoid the use of trucks and minimize transloading within the facility. At the same time, we believe our ability to ship using unit trains differentiates us from most other frac sand producers that ship using manifest, or mixed freight, trains, which may make multiple stops to switch cars before delivering cargoes, or transport their products by truck or barge. In addition, unlike some competitors, our processing and rail loading facilities are located on-site, which eliminates the requirement for on-road transportation, lowers product movement costs and minimizes the reduction in sand quality due to handling. Together, these advantages provide our customers with a reliable and efficient delivery method from our facility to each of the major U.S. oil and natural gas producing basins, and allow us to take advantage of the increasing demand for such a delivery method.

 

120


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Geographic Breakdown of Deliveries

 

Percentage Delivered by Destination

 

LOGO

Destination    Associated Basins (1)
Texas   

Permian

Eagle Ford

Pennsylvania    Marcellus
Colorado   

Niobrara

Piceance

Arkansas    Fayetteville
Oklahoma    Mid-Continent
Ohio    Utica
North Dakota    Bakken

 

 

 

Note: Deliveries include total frac sand delivered by Hi-Crush Proppants LLC from July 2011 through April 30, 2012.

(1) Basins where we believe our frac sand is used after shipment to transload facilities in the destination states.

We sell frac sand freight on board, or “FOB,” to our customers, meaning that they take title to the product once it is loaded into their owned or leased railcars, which are generally specifically dedicated to support their contracts with us, and they incur all transportation costs. Accordingly, we have no direct exposure to fluctuations in rail transportation costs.

Quality Control

We employ an automated process control system that efficiently manages our mining, loading, shipping, storage, processing and preventative maintenance functions. Furthermore, our co-located storage and loading facilities and shipment via unit trains reduce the incidence of contamination during the delivery process and result in higher quality sand being delivered to our customers. We monitor the quality and consistency of our products by conducting hourly tests throughout the production process to detect variances, using each of three unique testing technologies. We take product samples from every rail car that is loaded at the facility and test every fourth car in our on-site laboratory. Samples are retained for three months for testing upon customer request. We have a third-party calibration company certify all measurement devices at our facility on a monthly basis. We also provide customers with documentation verifying that all products shipped meet customer specifications. We continually refine our processes to ensure repeatable results in our processing plant and product quality accountability for our customers.

Customers

Our current customer base is comprised of subsidiaries of four of North America’s largest providers of pressure pumping services, Baker Hughes, FTS International, Halliburton and Weatherford. Our largest customers based on current contracts, Baker Hughes and Halliburton, are each rated A2 / A by Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s, respectively, and Weatherford is rated Baa2 / BBB by these agencies. FTS International is rated B1 / B by these agencies. Spears and Associates estimates that these four companies controlled 47% of North American pressure pumping fleet in 2011 and accounted for greater than 50% of the North American pressure pumping market, based on 2011 revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2011, sales to Halliburton and Weatherford accounted for 64% and 36% of our total revenues, respectively. Sales under our contracts with Baker Hughes and FTS International commenced in May 2012.

 

121


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Contracts

We sell substantially all of the sand we produce under long-term, take-or-pay contracts that significantly reduce our exposure to short-term fluctuations in the price of and demand for frac sand. For the year ended December 31, 2011 and the first quarter of 2012, we generated 99% of our revenues from sand delivered under our long-term sand sales contracts, and we expect to continue selling a significant majority of our sand under long-term contracts. As of May 10, 2012, we had four long-term sand sale contracts with a weighted average remaining life of approximately 4.7 years. The following table presents a summary of our contracted volumes and revenues from 2011 through 2015, as well as the average contract sales price and make-whole price our customers are obligated to pay in the event they decline to accept delivery of the required product volumes under their respective contracts.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2011     2012     2013     2014     2015  

Contracted Volumes (tons)

    331,667        1,216,667        1,460,000        1,295,000        1,130,000   

% of Processing Capacity (1)

    79     85     91     81     71

Contracted Revenue

  $ 19,916,667      $ 78,966,667      $ 96,466,667      $ 88,350,000      $ 80,100,000   

Average Sales Price per ton

    $60        $65        $66        $68        $71   

Average Make-Whole Price per ton

    $60        $49        $49        $51        $51   

 

(1) Percentage of processing capacity for 2011 and 2012 based on weighted average processing capacity for such periods.

As the above table illustrates, when one of our contracts expires in 2014, the average contracted price per ton will increase. The expiring contract provides for sales prices lower than current market prices. Prior to this contract’s expiration, we will seek to renew or replace this contract on pricing terms more comparable to market prices at the time. Occasionally, if we have excess production and market conditions are favorable, we may elect to sell frac sand in spot market transactions.

The terms of our customer contracts, including sand quality requirements, quantity parameters, permitted sources of supply, effects of future regulatory changes, force majeure and termination and assignment provisions, vary by customer. As indicated in the above table, our customer contracts contain penalties for non-performance by our customers, with make-whole prices averaging approximately $49 per ton in 2012. If one of our customers fails to meet its minimum obligations to us, we would expect that the make-whole payment, combined with a decrease in our variable costs (such as royalty payments and excavation costs), would substantially mitigate any adverse impact on our cash flow from such failure. We would also have the ability to sell the sand volumes for which we receive make-whole payments to third parties. Our customer contracts also contain penalties for our non-performance. If we are unable to deliver contracted volumes within three months of contract year end, or otherwise arrange for delivery from a third party, we are required to pay make-whole payments averaging approximately $49 per ton in 2012. We believe our new facilities, substantial reserves and our on-site processing and logistics capabilities mitigate our risk of non-performance. In addition, we intentionally maintain long-term contracted volume commitments to our customers at less than 100% of our processing capacity to provide excess capacity to reduce the likelihood of failing to meet the requirements of our contracts. We believe our levels of inventory combined with our three month cure period starting at contract year end should be more than sufficient to prevent us from paying make-whole payments as a result of plant shutdowns due to repairs to our facilities necessitated by reasonably foreseeable mechanical interruptions.

Quality and volumes of sand are stipulated in our sales contracts, which require us to deliver frac sand meeting or exceeding the standards of ISO 13503-2. Our sand is sold FOB plant site, with title and risk of loss transferring to the customer when we load the sand onto the customer’s rail cars at our facility.

Pursuant to the terms of the omnibus agreement, we will be obligated to assign to our sponsor all of our rights and obligations under our customer contract with FTS International effective as of May 1, 2013, and our

 

122


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

sponsor will be obligated to accept such assignment, assume our obligations under such contract and indemnify us for any losses we may incur following such assignment. Please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Omnibus Agreement—Assignment of FTS International Contract.” Accordingly, we have assumed when describing our customer contracts in this prospectus that we will have no contractual rights, obligations or liabilities with respect to our customer contract with FTS International after May 1, 2013.

Competition

There are numerous large and small producers in all sand producing regions of the United States with whom we compete. Our main competitors include Badger Mining Corporation, Fairmount Minerals, Ltd., Preferred Proppants LLC, Unimin Corporation and U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. The most important factors on which we compete are product quality, performance and sand characteristics, transportation capabilities, reliability of supply and price. Demand for frac sand and the prices that we will be able to obtain for our products, to the extent not subject to a fixed price contract, are closely linked to proppant consumption patterns for the completion of oil and natural gas wells in North America. These consumption patterns are influenced by numerous factors, including the price for hydrocarbons, the drilling rig count and hydraulic fracturing activity, including the number of stages completed and the amount of proppant used per stage. Further, these consumption patterns are also influenced by the location, quality, price and availability of raw frac sand and other types of proppants such as resin-coated sand and ceramic proppant.

Our History and Relationship with Our Sponsor

Overview and History

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, our sponsor, was formed in 2010 in Houston, Texas. Members of our sponsor’s management team have, on average, more than 20 years of experience investing in and operating businesses in the oil and natural gas and sand mining industries. Members of our management team have partnered with major oilfield services companies and exploration and production companies in the development of oil and natural gas reservoirs. In this capacity, members of our management team gained valuable expertise and developed strong relationships in the oilfield services industry. Recognizing the increasing demand for proppants as a result of rapidly evolving hydraulic fracturing techniques, members of our management team chose to leverage their expertise and relationships to capitalize on this increasing demand by developing raw frac sand reserves and facilities.  In addition, our Chief Operating Officer has overseen the design, construction and staffing for multiple sand mining and processing facilities. The expertise of our management and operations teams covers a wide range of disciplines, with an emphasis on development, construction and operation of frac sand processing facilities, frac sand supply chain management and consulting and bulk solids material handling.

Our sponsor’s lead investor is Avista Capital Partners, a leading private equity firm with significant investing and operating expertise in the energy industry. Founded in 2005 by senior investment professionals who worked together at DLJMB, then one of the world’s largest and most successful private equity franchises, Avista makes controlling or influential minority investments in connection with various transaction structures. The energy team at Avista is comprised of experienced professionals and industry executives with relevant expertise in the energy sector. Avista principals have led over $2.7 billion in equity investments in energy companies while at Avista and DLJMB, including Basic Energy Services, Inc., Brigham Exploration Company, Copano Energy, L.L.C., Seabulk International, Inc., and joint-ventures with Carrizo Oil & Gas, Inc.

Our Sponsor’s Assets and Our Right of First Offer

In connection with this offering, our sponsor is contributing to us its sand reserves and related excavation and processing facilities located in Wyeville, Wisconsin, which are being contributed to us because of Wyeville’s established operating history and the fact that Wyeville is our sponsor’s most fully-contracted facility. In addition

 

123


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

to the Wyeville facility, our sponsor owns or has options to acquire several other sand mining locations where it could develop similar logistics capabilities as the Wyeville facility, and it will retain these assets following this offering. Pursuant to the terms of an omnibus agreement we expect to enter into with our sponsor, we will have a right of first offer with respect to certain of our sponsor’s assets, which are located in Augusta, Wisconsin and Tomah, Wisconsin. The Augusta excavation and processing facility in Eau Claire County, Wisconsin is currently under construction and is expected to be operational in the third quarter of 2012. John T. Boyd estimated that, as of December 31, 2011, the Augusta site had 46.2 million tons of proven recoverable coarse grade sand reserves located on approximately 1,000 acres. Our sponsor is building a 1,600,000 ton per year processing facility, and John T. Boyd estimates that the site has a reserve life of approximately 39 years based on currently contracted production levels. After taking into account our sponsor’s agreement to assume one of our customer contracts, our sponsor has contracted for the sale of 1,200,000 tons of sand per year from the Augusta facility with two of our existing customers under take-or-pay contracts with a weighted average life of approximately 4.8 years that specify both volumes and price. The customers will take delivery of the sand at on-site rail facilities that, like the Wyeville facility, can accommodate unit trains.

Our sponsor has also agreed to acquire approximately 700 acres in Tomah, Wisconsin, which is six miles south of the Wyeville facility in Monroe County. The Tomah site has access to the same Union Pacific Railroad mainline as the Wyeville facility, which runs adjacent to the property, and could accommodate similar rail logistics as the Wyeville facility. Extensive core samples have been taken at Tomah and independently tested with results indicating a high quality sand reserve similar to the Wyeville site. According to a John T. Boyd reserve report, the Tomah site had proven recoverable sand reserves of 33 million tons as of December 31, 2011, which represents a 51 year reserve life assuming construction of a 650,000 ton per year processing facility.

In addition, our sponsor is evaluating a number of additional development locations and adds potential projects to its development backlog regularly.

Our sponsor’s retained sand facilities represent a significant potential growth opportunity for us. Our sponsor continually evaluates acquisitions and may elect to acquire, construct or dispose of assets in the future, including in sales of assets to us. As the owner of our general partner,          of our common units, all          of our subordinated units and all of our incentive distribution rights following this offering, our sponsor is well aligned and highly motivated to promote and support the successful execution of our business strategies, including utilizing our partnership as a growth vehicle for its sand mining operations. Although we expect to have the opportunity to make additional acquisitions directly from our sponsor in the future, including the sand excavation and processing facilities described above that are subject to our right of first offer, our sponsor is under no obligation to accept any offer we make, and may, following good faith negotiations with us, sell the assets subject to our right of first offer to third parties that may compete with us. Our sponsor may also elect to develop, retain and operate properties in competition with us or develop new assets that are not subject to our right of first offer.

In addition, while we believe our relationship with our sponsor is a significant positive attribute, it may also be a source of conflict. For example, our sponsor is not restricted in its ability to compete with us, and beginning with the commencement of operations at our sponsor’s Augusta facility scheduled for the third quarter of 2012, our sponsor will operate frac sand excavation and processing facilities that will compete directly with us for new and existing customers. We expect that our sponsor will develop additional frac sand excavation and processing facilities in the future, which may also compete with us. While we expect that our management team, which also manages our sponsor’s retained assets, and our sponsor will allocate new and replacement customer contracts between us and our sponsor in a manner that balances the interests of both parties, they are under no obligation to do so. Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.”

 

124


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our Management and Employees

We are managed and operated by the board of directors and executive officers of our general partner, Hi-Crush GP LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of our sponsor. As a result of owning our general partner, our sponsor will have the right to appoint all members of the board of directors of our general partner, including at least three independent directors meeting the independence standards established by the NYSE. At least one of our independent directors will be appointed prior to the date our common units are listed for trading on the NYSE. For more information about the executive officers and directors of our general partner, please read “Management.” Our unitholders will not be entitled to elect our general partner or its directors or otherwise directly participate in our management or operations. Even if our unitholders are dissatisfied with the performance of our general partner, they will have limited ability to remove the general partner without its consent, and will not be able to do so initially, because our general partner and its affiliates will own a sufficient number of units upon completion of this offering to prevent its removal. Our unitholders will be able to indirectly participate in our management and operations only to the limited extent actions taken by our general partner require the approval of a percentage of our unitholders and our general partner and its affiliates do not own sufficient units to guarantee such approval. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Voting Rights.”

Following the consummation of this offering, we will enter into an omnibus agreement with our sponsor and our general partner that will govern our relationship with them regarding the provisions of certain administrative services to us. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Omnibus Agreement.” In addition, under our partnership agreement, we will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates, including our sponsor, for all expenses they incur and payments they make on our behalf, to the extent such expenses are not contemplated by the omnibus agreement. Our partnership agreement does not set a limit on the amount of expenses for which our general partner and its affiliates may be reimbursed. Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will determine in good faith the expenses that are allocable to us.

Hi-Crush Partners LP does not have any employees. All of the employees that will conduct our business pursuant to the omnibus agreement will be employed by Hi-Crush Proppants LLC or a wholly owned subsidiary of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC. As of March 31, 2012, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC had 54 employees and our general partner had not yet been formed. In addition, we contract out our excavation operations to a third party, Gerke Excavating, Inc., and accordingly have no employees involved in those operations.

Environmental and Occupational Safety and Health Regulation

Mining and Workplace Safety

Federal Regulation

The U.S. Mine Safety and Health Administration (“MSHA”) is the primary regulatory agency with jurisdiction over the commercial silica industry. Accordingly, MSHA regulates quarries, surface mines, underground mines, and the industrial mineral processing facilities associated with quarries and mines. The mission of MSHA is to administer the provisions of the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977 and to enforce compliance with mandatory safety and health standards. As part of MSHA’s oversight, its representatives must perform at least two unannounced inspections annually for each surface mining facility in its jurisdiction. To date, these inspections have not resulted in any citations for material violations of MSHA standards.

We also are subject to the requirements of the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Act (“OSHA”) and comparable state statutes that regulate the protection of the health and safety of workers. In addition, the OSHA Hazard Communication Standard requires that information be maintained about hazardous materials used or produced in operations and that this information be provided to employees, state and local government authorities, and the public. OSHA regulates the users of commercial silica and provides detailed regulations requiring employers to protect employees from overexposure to silica through the enforcement of permissible exposure limits and the OSHA Hazard Communication Standard.

 

125


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Internal Controls

We adhere to a strict occupational health program aimed at controlling employee exposure to silica dust, which includes dust sampling, a respiratory protection program, medical surveillance, training, and other components. Our safety program is designed to ensure compliance with MSHA regulations. For both health and safety issues, extensive training is provided to employees. We have a safety committee at our plant made up of salaried and hourly employees that are involved in establishing, implementing, and improving safety standards. We perform annual internal health and safety audits and conduct semi-annual crisis management drills to test our plants’ abilities to respond to various situations.

Environmental Matters

We and the commercial silica industry are subject to extensive governmental regulation pertaining to matters such as permitting and licensing requirements, plant and wildlife protection, hazardous materials, air and water emissions, and environmental contamination and reclamation. A variety of federal, state and local agencies have established, implement and enforce these regulations.

Federal Regulation

At the federal level, we may be required to obtain permits under Section 404 of the Clean Water Act from the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers for the discharge of dredged or fill material into waters of the United States, including wetlands and streams, in connection with our operations. We also may be required to obtain permits under Section 402 of the Clean Water Act from the EPA or the Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources, to whom the EPA has delegated local implementation of the permit program, for discharges of pollutants into waters of the United States, including discharges of wastewater or stormwater runoff associated with construction activities. Failure to obtain these required permits or to comply with their terms could subject us to administrative, civil, and criminal penalties as well as injunctive relief.

The U.S. Clean Air Act and comparable state laws regulate emissions of various air pollutants through air emissions permitting programs and the imposition of other requirements. These regulatory programs may require us to install expensive emissions abatement equipment, modify operational practices, and obtain permits for existing or new operations. Before commencing construction on a new or modified source of air emissions, such laws may require us to reduce emissions at existing facilities. As a result, we may be required to incur increased capital and operating costs to comply with these regulations. We could be subject to administrative, civil, and criminal penalties as well as injunctive relief for noncompliance with air permits or other requirements of the U.S. Clean Air Act and comparable state laws and regulations.

As part of our operations, we utilize or store petroleum products and other substances such as diesel fuel, lubricating oils, and hydraulic fluid. We are subject to regulatory programs pertaining to the storage, use, transportation, and disposal of these substances. Spills or releases may occur in the course of our operations, and we could incur substantial costs and liabilities as a result of such spills or releases, including claims for damage or injury to property and persons. The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (“CERCLA,” also known as the Superfund law) and comparable state laws impose joint and several liability, without regard to fault or legality of conduct, on classes of persons who are considered to be responsible for the release of hazardous substances into the environment. These persons include the owner or operator of the site where the release occurred and anyone who disposed of or arranged for disposal, including offsite disposal, of a hazardous substance generated or released at the site. Under CERCLA, such persons may be subject to liability for the costs of cleaning up the hazardous substances, for damages to natural resources, and for the costs of certain health studies. In addition, it is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by the hazardous substances released into the environment.

 

126


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In addition, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”) and comparable state statutes regulate the generation, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal, and cleanup of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes. The EPA and Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources, to whom the EPA has delegated portions of the RCRA program for local implementation, administer the RCRA program.

Our operations may also be subject to broad environmental review under the National Environmental Policy Act (“NEPA”). NEPA requires federal agencies to evaluate the environmental impact of all “major federal actions” significantly affecting the quality of the human environment. The granting of a federal permit for a major development project, such as a mining operation, may be considered a “major federal action” that requires review under NEPA. Therefore, our projects may require review and evaluation under NEPA. As part of this evaluation, the federal agency considers a broad array of environmental impacts, including, among other things, impacts on air quality, water quality, wildlife (including threatened and endangered species), historic and archeological resources, geology, socioeconomics, and aesthetics. NEPA also requires the consideration of alternatives to the project. The NEPA review process, especially the preparation of a full environmental impact statement, can be time consuming and expensive. The purpose of the NEPA review process is to inform federal agencies’ decision-making on whether federal approval should be granted for a project and to provide the public with an opportunity to comment on the environmental impacts of a proposed project. Though NEPA requires only that an environmental evaluation be conducted and does not mandate a particular result, a federal agency could decide to deny a permit or impose certain conditions on its approval, based on its environmental review under NEPA, or a third party could challenge the adequacy of a NEPA review and thereby delay the issuance of a federal permit or approval.

Federal agencies granting permits for our operations also must consider impacts to endangered and threatened species and their habitat under the Endangered Species Act. We also must comply with and are subject to liability under the Endangered Species Act, which prohibits and imposes stringent penalties for the harming of endangered or threatened species and their habitat. Federal agencies also must consider a project’s impacts on historic or archeological resources under the National Historic Preservation Act, and we may be required to conduct archeological surveys of project sites and to avoid or preserve historical areas or artifacts.

State and Local Regulation

We are also subject to a variety of state and local environmental review and permitting requirements. Some states, including Wisconsin where our current projects are located, have state laws similar to NEPA; thus our development of a new site or the expansion of an existing site may be subject to comprehensive state environmental reviews even if it is not subject to NEPA. In some cases, the state environmental review may be more stringent than the federal review. Our operations may require state-law based permits in addition to federal permits, requiring state agencies to consider a range of issues, many the same as federal agencies, including, among other things, a project’s impact on wildlife and their habitats, historic and archaeological sites, aesthetics, agricultural operations, and scenic areas. Wisconsin and some other states also have specific permitting and review processes for commercial silica mining operations, and state agencies may impose different or additional monitoring or mitigation requirements than federal agencies. The development of new sites and our existing operations also are subject to a variety of local environmental and regulatory requirements, including land use, zoning, building, and transportation requirements.

As demand for frac sand in the oil and natural gas industry has driven a significant increase in current and expected future production of commercial silica, some local communities have expressed concern regarding silica sand mining operations. These concerns have generally included exposure to ambient silica sand dust, truck traffic, water usage, and blasting. In response, certain state and local communities have developed or are in the process of developing regulations or zoning restrictions intended to minimize the potential for dust to become airborne, control the flow of truck traffic, significantly curtail the area available for mining activities, require compensation to local residents for potential impacts of mining activities and, in some cases, ban issuance of new permits for mining activities. To date, we have not experienced any material impact to our existing mining

 

127


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

operations or planned capacity expansions as a result of these types of concerns. We are not aware of any proposals for significant increased scrutiny on the part of state or local regulators in the jurisdictions in which we operate or community concerns with respect to our operations that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations going forward.

Planned expansion of our mining and production capacity in new communities could be more significantly impacted by increased regulatory activity. Difficulty or delays in obtaining or inability to obtain new mining permits or increased costs of compliance with future state and local regulatory requirements could have a material negative impact on our ability to grow our business. In an effort to minimize these risks, we continue to be engaged with local communities in order to grow and maintain strong relationships with residents and regulators.

Costs of Compliance

We may incur significant costs and liabilities as a result of environmental, health, and safety requirements applicable to our activities. Failure to comply with environmental laws and regulations may result in the assessment of administrative, civil, and criminal penalties; imposition of investigatory, cleanup, and site restoration costs and liens; the denial or revocation of permits or other authorizations; and the issuance of injunctions to limit or cease operations. Compliance with these laws and regulations may also increase the cost of the development, construction, and operation of our projects and may prevent or delay the commencement or continuance of a given project. In addition, claims for damages to persons or property may result from environmental and other impacts of our activities.

The process for performing environmental impact studies and reviews for federal, state, and local permits required for our operations involves a significant investment of time and monetary resources. We cannot control the permit approval process. We cannot predict whether all permits required for a given project will be granted or whether such permits will be the subject of significant opposition. The denial of a permit essential to a project or the imposition of conditions with which it is not practicable or feasible to comply could impair or prevent our ability to develop a project. Significant opposition and delay in the environmental review and permitting process also could impair or delay our ability to develop a project. Additionally, the passage of more stringent environmental laws could impair our ability to develop new operations and have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Permits

We operate the Wyeville facility under a number of federal, state and local authorizations.

The Wyeville facility currently operates under a construction air permit from the Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources (“Wisconsin DNR”). We must demonstrate our compliance with the construction air permit over an 18-month period, which began on March 12, 2012, after which the Wisconsin DNR will issue an operation air permit. We developed and comply with a Fugitive Dust Control Plan and a Malfunction Prevention and Abatement Plan.

Stormwater discharges from the Wyeville facility are permitted under the Wisconsin Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (“WPDES”). An updated Notice of Intent for the WPDES general permit, which will include the new mine areas, is in progress. Placement of all permanent erosion control structures at the Wyeville facility is now complete.

The Wyeville facility has a U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Section 404 permit and a Wisconsin DNR Section 401 Water Quality Certification for filling of wetlands associated with the rail spur construction. The Section 404 permit includes the requirement that we restore and monitor 2.1 acres of wetlands at an on-site

 

128


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

location per our Compensatory Wetland Mitigation Site Plan. We also obtained a Land Use Permit from Monroe County to fill in and grade a floodplain associated with the rail spur construction.

We conduct mining operations at the Wyeville facility pursuant to a Monroe County Nonmetallic Mining Reclamation Permit. We have submitted an updated Nonmetallic Mining Reclamation Plan to Monroe County and have applied for an amendment to the existing permit to address our proposed mine extension.

Safety and Maintenance

We adhere to a strict occupational health program aimed at controlling exposure to silica dust, which includes dust sampling, a respiratory protection program, medical surveillance, training and other components. Our safety program is designed to ensure compliance with the standards of our Occupational Health and Safety Manual and MSHA regulations. For both health and safety issues, extensive training is provided to employees. We have safety committees at our plants made up of salaried and hourly employees. We perform annual internal health and safety audits and conduct semi-annual crisis management drills to test our abilities to respond to various situations. Health and safety programs are administered by our corporate health and safety department with the assistance of plant Environmental, Health and Safety Coordinators.

Seasonality

Our business is affected to some extent by seasonal fluctuations in weather that impact the production levels at our wet processing plant. While our sales and finished product production levels are contracted evenly throughout the year, our excavation and wet sand processing activities are limited to non-winter months. As a consequence, we experience lower cash operating costs in the first and fourth quarter of each calendar year. For additional information, please read “—Assets and Business Operations—Processing Facilities.”

Principal Executive Offices

We lease office space for our principal executive offices in Houston, Texas. The lease expires in October 2012.

Legal Proceedings

Although we may, from time to time, be involved in litigation and claims arising out of our operations in the normal course of business, we do not believe that we are a party to any litigation that will have a material adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

 

129


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENT

Management of Hi-Crush Partners LP

We are managed and operated by the board of directors and executive officers of our general partner. Following this offering,     % of our outstanding common units and all of our outstanding subordinated units and incentive distribution rights will be owned by our sponsor. As a result of owning our general partner, our sponsor will have the right to appoint all members of the board of directors of our general partner, including the independent directors. Our unitholders will not be entitled to elect our general partner or its directors or otherwise directly participate in our management or operation. Our general partner owes certain duties to our unitholders as well as a fiduciary duty to its owners.

Upon the closing of this offering, we expect that our general partner will have          directors, at least one of whom will be independent as defined under the independence standards established by the NYSE and the Exchange Act. The NYSE does not require a listed publicly-traded partnership, such as ours, to have a majority of independent directors on the board of directors of our general partner or to establish a compensation committee or a nominating committee. However, our general partner is required to have an audit committee of at least three members, and all its members are required to meet the independence and experience standards established by the NYSE and the Exchange Act, subject to certain transitional relief during the one-year period following consummation of this offering. Our sponsor will appoint at least one member of the audit committee to the board of directors of our general partner by the date our common units first trade on the NYSE.

All of the executive officers of our general partner listed below will allocate their time between managing our business and affairs and the business and affairs of our sponsor. While the amount of time that our executive officers will devote to our business and the business of our sponsor will vary in any given year based on a variety of factors, we currently estimate that each of our executive officers will initially spend approximately 50% of their time on the management of our business following the completion of this offering. Our executive officers intend, however, to devote as much time to the management of our business and affairs as is necessary for the proper conduct of our business and affairs.

Following the consummation of this offering, neither our general partner nor our sponsor will receive any management fee or other compensation in connection with our general partner’s management of our business, but we will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates, including our sponsor, for all expenses they incur and payments they make on our behalf. Our partnership agreement does not set a limit on the amount of expenses for which our general partner and its affiliates may be reimbursed. These expenses include salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to persons who perform services for us or on our behalf and expenses allocated to our general partner by its affiliates. Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will determine in good faith the expenses that are allocable to us. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Agreements with Affiliates in Connection with the Transactions.”

In evaluating director candidates, our sponsor will assess whether a candidate possesses the integrity, judgment, knowledge, experience, skill and expertise that are likely to enhance the board’s ability to manage and direct our affairs and business, including, when applicable, to enhance the ability of committees of the board to fulfill their duties.

 

130


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Executive Officers and Directors of Our General Partner

The following table shows information for the executive officers and directors of our general partner upon the consummation of this offering. Directors are appointed for a one-year term and hold office until their successors have been elected or qualified or until the earlier of their death, resignation, removal or disqualification. Executive officers serve at the discretion of the board. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers. Some of our directors and all of our executive officers also serve as executive officers of our sponsor.

 

Name

   Age     

Position With Our General Partner

Robert E. Rasmus

     55       Co-Chief Executive Officer and Director

James M. Whipkey

     54       Co-Chief Executive Officer and Director

Jefferies V. Alston, III

     34       Chief Operating Officer and Director

Laura C. Fulton

     48       Chief Financial Officer

Mark C. Skolos

     52       General Counsel and Secretary

Chad M. McEver

     39       Vice President

Robert L. Cabes, Jr.

     42       Director

John R. Huff

     66       Director

Trevor T. Turbidy

     43       Director

Steven A. Webster

     60       Director

Robert E. Rasmus—Co-Chief Executive Officer . Mr. Rasmus is a co-founder of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and has served as its Co-Chief Executive Officer since its formation in October 2010. Mr. Rasmus was named Co-Chief Executive Officer and appointed to the board of directors of our general partner in May 2012. Mr. Rasmus was a founding member of Red Oak Capital Management LLC (“ROCM”) in June 2002 and has served as Managing Director since inception. ROCM’s business model centered on partnering with the largest oil services companies in unconventional basins in the United States. Prior to the founding of ROCM, Mr. Rasmus was the President of Thunderbolt Capital Corp., a venture firm focused on start-up and early stage private equity investments. Previously, Mr. Rasmus started, built and expanded a variety of domestic and international capital markets and corporate finance businesses. Mr. Rasmus was the Senior Managing Director of Banc One Capital Markets, Inc. (formerly First Chicago Capital Markets, Inc.) where he was responsible for the high yield and private placement businesses while functioning as a member of the management committee. Prior thereto, Mr. Rasmus was the Managing Director and Head of Investment Banking in London for First Chicago Ltd. Mr. Rasmus holds a B.A. degree in Government and International Relations from the University of Notre Dame. We believe that Mr. Rasmus’ industry experience and deep knowledge of our business makes him well-suited to serve on the board of directors of our general partner.

James M. Whipkey—Co-Chief Executive Officer . Mr. Whipkey has a 32 year background in the oil and natural gas industry with broad experience in both technical and financial areas. Mr. Whipkey is a co-founder of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and has served as its Co-Chief Executive Officer since its formation in October 2010. Mr. Whipkey was named Co-Chief Executive Officer and appointed to the board of directors of our general partner in May 2012. Mr. Whipkey was a founding member of ROCM in June 2002 and has served as Managing Director since inception. Prior to the founding of ROCM, Mr. Whipkey was an equity analyst covering the exploration and production sector, most recently as a Managing Director at ABN Amro Bank N.V. From 1997 to 2000, Mr. Whipkey was the Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer for NYSE-listed Benton Oil and Gas Company. Prior thereto, Mr. Whipkey worked in a number of investment banking positions managing a wide range of relationships and responsibilities in the energy sector. His various roles included energy derivatives trading at Phibro Energy Inc., investment banking at Kidder, Peabody & Co., and stock analysis at Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc., where he won “All-Star” recognition from the Wall Street Journal in both the E&P and oil service sectors. Mr. Whipkey began his career as a petroleum engineer with Amoco Corporation where he spent five years in operations, drilling and reservoir simulation roles. Mr. Whipkey holds a B.S. degree in Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering from The Pennsylvania State University and an M.B.A. in Finance from

 

131


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

the University of Chicago. We believe that Mr. Whipkey’s experience in senior financial management and knowledge of our business will serve him well as a member of the board of directors of our general partner.

Jefferies V. Alston, III—Chief Operating Officer . Mr. Alston has served as Chief Operating Officer of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC since May 2011 and was appointed Chief Operating Officer and appointed to the board of directors of our general partner in May 2012. Mr. Alston founded Trinity Consulting, LLC (“Trinity”) in December 2009, where he designed and managed construction of numerous frac sand processing facilities and became one of the leading consultants in the industry, until dissolving Trinity to join Hi-Crush Proppants LLC. Mr. Alston worked for Alston Equipment Company, Inc. (“Alston Equipment”) from February 1999 until he founded Trinity in December 2009. While at Alston Equipment, Mr. Alston was responsible for sales, growth initiatives and customer relations. Mr. Alston attended The University of Southern Mississippi and Southeastern Louisiana University. With his extensive knowledge of the frac sand industry, we believe Mr. Alston will bring substantial experience and leadership skills to the board of directors of our general partner.

Laura C. Fulton—Chief Financial Officer . Ms. Fulton has served as Chief Financial Officer of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC since April 2012. In May 2012, Ms. Fulton was appointed to Chief Financial Officer of our general partner. From March 2008 to October 2011, Ms. Fulton served as the Executive Vice President, Accounting and then Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of AEI Services, LLC (“AEI”), an owner and operator of essential energy infrastructure assets in emerging markets. Prior to AEI, Ms. Fulton spent 12 years with Lyondell Chemical Company in various capacities, including as general auditor responsible for internal audit and the Sarbanes-Oxley certification process, and as the assistant controller. Previously, Ms. Fulton worked for Deloitte & Touche in its audit and assurance practice for 11 years. Ms. Fulton is a CPA and graduated cum laude from Texas A&M University with a B.B.A. in Accounting. Ms. Fulton is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and serves on the Accounting Department Advisory Board at Texas A&M University.

Mark C. Skolos—General Counsel and Secretary . Mr. Skolos was appointed General Counsel of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC in April 2012 and named General Counsel and Secretary of our general partner in May 2012. Prior to joining Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, Mr. Skolos was a shareholder at the law firm of Weld, Riley, Prenn and Ricci S.C. (“Weld Riley”) from September 2011 to April 2012. Mr. Skolos worked as an attorney for Skolos, Millis and Matousek, S.C., or its predecessor firms (“Skolos Millis”), for 26 years prior to its merger with Weld Riley in April 2012. Mr. Skolos was made a shareholder at Skolos Millis in 1990. In his private practice, Mr. Skolos represented developers, businesses and local units of government on issues of government regulation, land use and real estate. Mr. Skolos has extensive experience representing companies in the non-metallic mining and processing industry on a wide spectrum of issues, including permitting, land acquisition and government relations. He graduated from the University of Wisconsin Law School in 1985 with a Juris Doctorate degree. Mr. Skolos has served as President of the Tri-County Bar Association of Wisconsin and acted as both Circuit Court and Family Court Commissioner in the State of Wisconsin.

Chad M. McEver—Vice President . Mr. McEver has served as Vice President of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC since its inception in October 2010. Mr. McEver was named Vice President of our general partner in May 2012. Mr. McEver joined ROCM as an Associate in 2004 and has served as Vice President since 2010. In executing the business model of ROCM, Mr. McEver has been responsible for analysis, execution and origination of projects with exploration and production and oilfield services companies and ROCM’s co-investors. From 2001 to 2004, Mr. McEver was a Director at EnerCom, Inc., an investor relations consulting firm exclusively serving the energy industry. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. McEver was an analyst in the investment banking energy group at Raymond James & Associates. Mr. McEver holds a Bachelor of Business Administration from Stephen F. Austin State University and an M.B.A in Finance from the University of Denver.

Robert L. Cabes, Jr.—Director . Mr. Cabes has served as a director of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC since May 2011 and was appointed to the board of directors of our general partner in May 2012. Mr. Cabes has been a

 

132


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Partner of Avista Capital Partners, a private equity affiliate of Credit Suisse First Boston focused on investments in the energy, healthcare and media sectors, since June 2005. From April 2001 to June 2005, Mr. Cabes served as Principal of Global Energy Partners, Ltd. (“GEP”) a specialty group within Credit Suisse’s asset management business that made investments in energy companies. Prior to joining GEP, Mr. Cabes was with Credit Suisse’s and Donaldson, Lufkin and Jenrette’s Investment Banking Divisions (prior to its acquisition by Credit Suisse in 2000) where he worked on debt and equity securities underwriting and mergers and acquisitions for energy companies. Mr. Cabes has served as a member of the board of directors of Geokinetics, Inc. since November 2006 and serves as a director of numerous private companies, including ACP II Marcellus, LLC, ACP III Utica, LLC, Celtique Energie Holdings Ltd., Hansa Hydrocarbons Ltd., Laramie Energy II, LLC, Laredo Energy IV GP, LLC, Manti Exploration GP LLC, Royal Offshore, LLC and Spartan Offshore Drilling, LLC. Mr. Cabes holds a B.B.A. from Southern Methodist University and is a CFA charterholder. Mr. Cabes brings financial and analytical expertise in the energy sector, including experience as a director of numerous energy-related companies, to the board of directors of our general partner.

John R. Huff—Director . Mr. Huff has served as a director of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC since May 2011 and was appointed to the board of directors of our general partner in May 2012. Mr. Huff has served as Chairman of the board of directors of Oceaneering International, Inc. (“Oceaneering”) since 1990 and served as its Chief Executive Officer from 1986 to 2006. Prior to joining Oceaneering, Mr. Huff served as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Western Oceanic, Inc. from 1972 to 1986. In addition to his service as chairman of the board of directors of Oceaneering, Mr. Huff has served as a member of the board of directors of KBR, Inc. since April 2007 and of Suncor Energy, Inc. since 1998. Mr. Huff also served as a member of the board of directors of Rowan Companies, Inc. from April 2006 to May 2009 and of BJ Services Company from 1992 to April 2010. Mr. Huff received a Bachelor’s degree in civil engineering from Georgia Tech University and attended the Harvard Business School’s Program for Management Development. Mr. Huff is a Registered Professional Engineer in the State of Texas. We believe that Mr. Huff’s substantial knowledge of energy-related businesses, as well as his considerable experience as a director of public companies, has prepared him well to serve on the board of directors of our general partner.

Trevor T. Turbidy—Director . Mr. Turbidy has served as a director of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC since May 2011 and was appointed to the board of directors of our general partner in May 2012. Mr. Turbidy has served as an energy industry advisor for Avista Capital Partners since 2007. Prior to joining Avista Capital Partners, Mr. Turbidy served as Chief Executive Officer of Trico Marine Services (“Trico”), an international provider of marine support vessel services to the offshore oil and gas industry from 2005 to 2007. Prior to that, Mr. Turbidy was Chief Financial Officer of Trico from 2003 to 2005, functioned as the Chief Restructuring Officer during the company’s restructuring and subsequently was promoted to Chief Executive Officer after its successful completion. Prior to his service at Trico, Mr. Turbidy spent more than a decade with Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrete Inc. (“DLJ”) and Credit Suisse First Boston in their investment banking divisions. During his tenure with DLJ and Credit Suisse First Boston, Mr. Turbidy focused on the energy sector, principally offshore and land drilling contractors, seismic service providers, oilfield equipment manufacturers, offshore support vessel providers and exploration and production companies, as well as regional opportunities in the Southwest. Mr. Turbidy previously served as a director of Grey Wolf, Inc., Precision Drilling Corporation and Trico Marine Services Inc., as well as a number of private companies in the energy industry. Mr. Turbidy holds an A.B. in Economics from Duke University. We believe that Mr. Turbidy’s substantial management-level experience with public and private companies, together with his considerable knowledge of the energy industry as a whole, will be of great value to the board of directors of our general partner.

Steven A. Webster—Director . Mr. Webster has served as a director of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC since May 2011 and was appointed to the board of directors of our general partner in May 2012. Mr. Webster has served as Co-Managing Partner of Avista Capital Partners since he co-founded the firm in July 2005. From January 2000 until June 2005, Mr. Webster served as the Chairman of GEP, which made private equity investments in energy businesses. From December 1997 to May 1999, Mr. Webster was the Chief Executive Officer and President of R&B Falcon Corporation, an offshore drilling contractor, and prior to that, was Chairman and Chief Executive

 

133


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Officer of Falcon Drilling Company, which he founded in 1988. Mr. Webster currently serves as a director of Carrizo Oil & Gas, Inc., SEACOR Holdings, Inc., Geokinetics, Inc., Basic Energy Services, Inc. and Hercules Offshore, Inc. Mr. Webster also serves as a trust manager of Camden Property Trust and as a director of several private companies. Mr. Webster previously served as a director of Pinnacle Gas Resources, Inc. from 2003 to June 2009, Encore Bancshares from 2000 to May 2009, Solitario Exploration & Royalty Corp. (formerly Solitario Resources Corp.) from 2006 to March 2009, Brigham Exploration Company from 2000 to April 2007, Goodrich Petroleum Corporation from 2004 to March 2007, Seabulk International, Inc. from 2002 to March 2006, Grey Wolf, Inc. from 1996 to December 2008 and Crown Resources Corporation from 1988 to August 2006. Mr. Webster holds a B.S.I.M. from Purdue University, an MBA from Harvard Business School and an honorary doctorate in management from Purdue University. We believe Mr. Webster’s experience in, and knowledge of, the energy industry, business leadership skills and experience as a director of numerous other public companies make him well-qualified to serve on the board of directors of our general partner.

Director Independence

In accordance with the rules of the NYSE, our sponsor must appoint at least one independent director prior to the listing of our common units on the NYSE, one additional member within three months of that listing, and one additional independent member within 12 months of that listing.

Committees of the Board of Directors

The board of directors of our general partner will have an audit committee and a conflicts committee. We do not expect that we will have a compensation committee, but rather that our board of directors will approve equity grants to directors and employees.

Audit Committee

We are required to have an audit committee of at least three members, and all its members are required to meet the independence and experience standards established by the NYSE and the Exchange Act, subject to certain transitional relief during the one-year period following consummation of this offering as described above. The audit committee will assist the board of directors in its oversight of the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and partnership policies and controls. The audit committee will have the sole authority to (1) retain and terminate our independent registered public accounting firm, (2) approve all auditing services and related fees and the terms thereof performed by our independent registered public accounting firm, and (3) pre-approve any non-audit services and tax services to be rendered by our independent registered public accounting firm. The audit committee will also be responsible for confirming the independence and objectivity of our independent registered public accounting firm. Our independent registered public accounting firm will be given unrestricted access to the audit committee and our management, as necessary.

Conflicts Committee

We expect that at least two independent members of the board of directors of our general partner will serve on a conflicts committee to review specific matters that the board believes may involve conflicts of interest and determines to submit to the conflicts committee for review. The conflicts committee will determine if the resolution of the conflict of interest is in our best interest. The members of the conflicts committee may not be officers or employees of our general partner or directors, officers or employees of its affiliates, including our sponsor, and must meet the independence standards established by the NYSE and the Exchange Act to serve on an audit committee of a board of directors, along with other requirements in our partnership agreement. Any matters approved by the conflicts committee will be conclusively deemed to be in our best interest, approved by all of our partners and not a breach by our general partner of any duties it may owe us or our unitholders.

 

134


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION AND OTHER INFORMATION

We are providing compensation disclosure that satisfies the requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, as defined in the JOBS Act.

Summary Compensation Table

The table below sets forth the annual compensation earned during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 by our principal executive officer and our next two most highly-compensated executive officers (our “Named Executive Officers” or “NEOs”).

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary
($) (1)
     All Other
Compensation
($) (2)
     Total
($)
 

Robert E. Rasmus, Co-Chief Executive Officer

     2011         42,692         16,622         59,314   

James M. Whipkey, Co-Chief Executive Officer

     2011         42,692         14,177         56,869   

Jefferies V. Alston, III, Chief Operating Officer

     2011         42,692                 42,692   

 

(1) Represents the actual amount of salary paid to each NEO during 2011 based upon the annualized base salary of $75,000 defined under each NEO’s employment agreement with us, which became effective on May 25, 2011.
(2) Pursuant to a management services agreement entered into between Red Oak Capital Management LLC and our sponsor, our sponsor reimburses Red Oak Capital Management LLC for the health and welfare benefits and coverage paid for Messrs. Rasmus and Whipkey. Amounts in this column reflect the amount paid by our sponsor for the health and welfare benefits and coverage of Messrs. Rasmus and Whipkey during 2011. Please see “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Other Transactions with Related Persons” for additional information on the management services agreement.

Narrative Disclosure to the Summary Compensation Table

Employment Agreements

Each of our NEOs has entered into an employment agreement with our sponsor (collectively, the “Employment Agreements”). The Employment Agreements were each entered into on May 25, 2011. The initial term of the Employment Agreements is one year for each NEO, with automatic extensions for additional one-year periods unless either party provides at least sixty days advance written notice of the intent to terminate the Employment Agreement.

Under the Employment Agreements, each NEO is entitled to an annualized base salary and is eligible for discretionary bonuses awarded by us from time to time, each of which is described in greater detail below.

The Employment Agreements also contain severance provisions, which are discussed in detail below under “Additional Narrative Disclosure—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

In addition, the Employment Agreements contain a confidentiality obligation on the part of the NEO of indefinite duration and a non-competition and non-solicitation obligation on the part of the executive for a period of one-year following his termination of employment with us for any reason. We do not currently provide any additional or enhanced payments or benefits to our NEOs in connection with any change in control transactions.

Base Salary

Each NEO’s base salary is a fixed component of compensation and is specified in the Employment Agreements. Each NEO receives an annualized base salary of $75,000. Our NEO’s base salaries were originally set pursuant to discussions between our sponsor and the NEOs.

 

135


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Bonuses

Under the Employment Agreements, our NEOs are eligible for discretionary bonuses that may be awarded from time to time; provided that, our board of directors has sole discretion as to whether a bonus is awarded, the criteria for any bonus, and the amount of any bonus. In 2011, no NEOs received such a discretionary bonus.

Other Compensation Elements

Each NEO is entitled to 20 days of paid vacation each calendar year during the term of the Employment Agreement.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2011 Fiscal Year-End

We have not previously granted any equity awards to our NEOs. As a result, none of our NEOs had outstanding equity awards as of December 31, 2011.

Additional Narrative Disclosure

Retirement Benefits

Our sponsor has not maintained and we do not currently maintain a defined benefit pension plan, defined contribution plan or nonqualified deferred compensation plan. As a result, there are no retirement benefits that are currently provided to our NEOs.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or a Change in Control

The Employment Agreements contain severance provisions. Under the terms of the Employment Agreements, the employment of each NEO may be terminated by us with or without Cause, by the NEO for or without Good Reason, due to the NEO’s disability or death, or due to expiration of the term of the Employment Agreement.

Upon a termination by us for Cause, by the NEO without Good Reason, due to the NEO’s disability or death, or due to expiration of the term of the Employment Agreement, the NEO is entitled to the following severance benefits: (i) payment of all accrued and unpaid base salary through the date of termination, (ii) reimbursement for all incurred but unreimbursed expenses entitled to reimbursement, and (iii) provision of any benefits to which the NEO is entitled pursuant to the terms of any applicable benefit plan or program (collectively, the “Accrued Obligations”).

Upon a termination by us without Cause or by the NEO for Good Reason, the NEO is entitled to the following severance benefits: (i) payment of the Accrued Obligations and (ii) payment of an additional amount equal to 12 times the monthly rate of the NEO’s base salary as of the date of termination paid in a lump sum payment on the date that is 30 days after the date of termination. Payment of the additional lump sum payment is contingent upon the NEO’s execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims in favor of us.

Under the Employment Agreements, “Cause” means an NEO’s: (i) conviction of, or entry of a guilty plea or plea of no contest with respect to, a felony or any other crime directly or indirectly involving the NEO’s lack of honesty or moral turpitude, (ii) drug or alcohol abuse for which the NEO fails to undertake and maintain treatment within five calendar days after requested by the Company, (iii) acts of fraud, embezzlement, theft, dishonesty or gross misconduct, (iv) material misappropriation (or attempted misappropriation) of any of our funds or property, or (v) a breach of the NEO’s obligations described under the Employment Agreement, as determined by a majority of our board of directors. Under the Employment Agreements, “Good Reason” means, without the NEO’s consent: (i) a material breach by us of our obligations under the Employment Agreement, (ii) any material diminution of the duties of the NEO, (iii) a reduction in the NEO’s base salary, other than pursuant to a proportionate reduction applicable to all senior executives or employees generally and the members of our board of directors, to the extent such board members receive board fees, or (iv) the relocation of the geographic location of the NEO’s principal place of employment by more than 50 miles.

 

136


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

No NEO has any right to receive a “gross up” for any excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, or any federal, state or local income tax.

Director Compensation

Our sponsor paid an annualized fee of $50,000 per year to two non-employee directors as compensation for services as directors of our sponsor. In connection with Avista Capital Partners’ investment in our sponsor, our sponsor paid a fee of $500,000 to non-employee director Trevor Turbidy, who also serves as an Energy Industry Advisor for Avista Capital Partners, for consulting services rendered during 2011.

Following the consummation of this offering, each non-employee director of our general partner will be paid $75,000 per year as compensation for services as a director.

 

137


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of common units and subordinated units of Hi-Crush Partners LP that will be issued and outstanding upon the consummation of this offering and the related transactions and held by:

 

   

our general partner;

 

   

beneficial owners of 5% or more of our common units;

 

   

each director, director nominee and named executive officer; and

 

   

all of our directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

  Common Units
Beneficially
Owned
    Percentage of
Common Units
Beneficially
Owned
    Subordinated
Units Beneficially
Owned
    Percentage of
Subordinated
Units Beneficially
Owned
    Percentage of
Common and
Subordinated
Units Beneficially
Owned
 

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC (1)(2)

      %          100%        %   

Hi-Crush GP LLC (2)

      %          %        %   

Robert E. Rasmus (2)

      %          %        %   

James M. Whipkey (2)

      %          %        %   

Jefferies V. Alston, III (2)

      %          %        %   

Martha M. Romig (2)

      %          %        %   

Robert L. Cabes, Jr. (3)

      %          %        %   

John R. Huff (4)

      %          %        %   

Trevor T. Turbidy (3)

      %          %        %   

Steven A. Webster (3)

      %          %        %   

All named executive officers and directors as a group (     persons)

    —          —  %        —          —  %        —  %   

 

(1)

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC is the selling unitholder in this offering. The table assumes the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units from the selling unitholder. Avista Capital Partners II, LP, Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II-A, LP and Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II, LP indirectly own     % of the membership interests of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, through two investment vehicles, ACP HIP Splitter, LP and ACP HIP Splitter (Offshore), LP. Each of Avista Capital Partners II, LP, Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II-A, LP and Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II, LP is controlled by its general partner, Avista Capital Partners II GP, LLC (“Avista GP”). Voting and investment determinations are made by an investment committee of Avista GP, comprised of the following members: Thompson Dean, Steven Webster, David Burgstahler, Newton Aguiar, Robert Cabes, David Durkin and OhSang Kwon. As a result, and by virtue of the relationships described above, each of Thompson Dean, Steven Webster, David Burgstahler, Newton Aguiar, Robert Cabes, David Durkin and OhSang Kwon may be deemed to exercise voting and dispositive power with respect to securities held by ACP HIP Splitter, LP and ACP HIP Splitter (Offshore), LP. The address for Avista Capital Partners is 65 East 55 th Street, 18 th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

 

(2) The address for each of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, Hi-Crush GP LLC, Robert E. Rasmus, James M. Whipkey, Jefferies V. Alston, III and Martha M. Romig is Three Riverway, Suite 1550, Houston, Texas 77056.

 

(3) The address for each of Robert L. Cabes, Jr., Trevor T. Turbidy and Steven A. Webster is 1000 Louisiana St., Suite 3700, Houston, Texas 77002.

 

(4) The address for John R. Huff is 11911 FM 529, Houston, Texas 77041.

 

138


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

After this offering, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units, our sponsor will own              common units and              subordinated units representing an aggregate approximately     % limited partner interest in us, will own the incentive distribution rights and will own and control our general partner. Our sponsor will also appoint all of the directors of our general partner, which will maintain a non-economic general partner interest in us.

The terms of the transactions and agreements disclosed in this section were determined by and among affiliated entities and, consequently, are not the result of arm’s length negotiations. These terms are not necessarily at least as favorable to the parties to these transactions and agreements as the terms that could have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties.

Distributions and Payments to Affiliates of Our General Partner

The following table summarizes the distributions and payments to be made by us to our general partner and its affiliates in connection with the formation, ongoing operation and any liquidation of Hi-Crush Partners LP.

Formation Stage

The aggregate consideration received by

affiliates of our general partner for the

contribution of their interests

              common units;

 

                subordinated units;

 

    our incentive distribution rights; and

 

  We will distribute the $         million of net proceeds from this offering (after deducting the underwriting discounts and a structuring fee and the expenses of this offering) to our sponsor. To the extent the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units, we will issue such units to the public and distribute the net proceeds to our sponsor. Any common units not purchased by the underwriters pursuant to their option will be issued to our sponsor.

Operational Stage

Distributions of cash available for

distribution to our general partner and its

affiliates

We will generally make cash distributions 100% to our unitholders, including affiliates of our general partner. In addition, if distributions exceed the minimum quarterly distribution and other higher target distribution levels, our sponsor (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights) will be entitled to increasing percentages of the distributions, up to 50.0% of the distributions above the highest target distribution level.

 

  Assuming we have sufficient cash available for distribution to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our outstanding common units and subordinated units for four quarters, affiliates of our general partner would receive an annual distribution of approximately $         million on their units.

 

139


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Payments to our general partner and its affiliates

Our general partner will not receive a management fee or other compensation for its management of our partnership, but we will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for all direct and indirect expenses they incur and payments they make on our behalf. Our partnership agreement does not set a limit on the amount of expenses for which our general partner and its affiliates may be reimbursed. These expenses include salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to persons who perform services for us or on our behalf and expenses allocated to our general partner by its affiliates. Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will determine in good faith the expenses that are allocable to us.

 

Withdrawal or removal of our general partner

If our general partner withdraws or is removed, its non-economic general partner interest and our sponsor’s incentive distribution rights will either be sold to the new general partner for cash or converted into common units, in each case for an amount equal to the fair market value of those interests. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner.”

Liquidation Stage

 

Liquidation

Upon our liquidation, the partners will be entitled to receive liquidating distributions according to their particular capital account balances.

Agreements with Affiliates in Connection with the Transactions

In connection with this offering, we will enter into certain agreements with our sponsor, as described in more detail below.

Contribution Agreement

In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into a contribution agreement that will effect the transactions, including the transfer of the ownership interests in Hi-Crush Chambers LLC, Hi-Crush Railroad LLC, Hi-Crush Wyeville LLC and Hi-Crush Operating LLC and the assumption by us of our sponsor’s obligations under its subordinated promissory notes, and the use of the net proceeds of this offering. While we believe this agreement is on terms no less favorable to any party than those that could have been negotiated with an unaffiliated third party, it will not be the result of arm’s-length negotiations. All of the transaction expenses incurred in connection with these transactions will be paid from the proceeds of this offering.

Omnibus Agreement

In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into an omnibus agreement with affiliates of our general partner, including our sponsor, that will address certain aspects of our relationship with them, including:

 

   

our use of the name “Hi-Crush” and related marks;

 

   

our payment of administrative services fees to our sponsor for general and administrative services;

 

   

the assumption by our sponsor of one of our customer contracts beginning on May 1, 2013;

 

   

our right of first offer with respect to our sponsor’s Augusta and Tomah acreage and related assets, which are being retained by our sponsor in connection with this offering; and

 

   

certain indemnification obligations.

 

140


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The omnibus agreement can be amended by written agreement of all parties to the agreement. However, the partnership may not agree to any amendment or modification that would, in the reasonable discretion of our general partner, be adverse in any material respect to the holders of our common units without prior approval of the conflicts committee. So long as our sponsor controls our general partner, the omnibus agreement will remain in full force and effect unless mutually terminated by the parties. If our sponsor ceases to control our general partner, the omnibus agreement will terminate, provided the indemnification obligations and obligations with respect to the FTS International contract described below will remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

Indemnification Obligations

Our sponsor’s indemnification obligations will include certain liabilities relating to:

 

   

for a period of three years after the closing of this offering, environmental liabilities, including (i) any violation or correction of violation of environmental laws associated with our assets, where a correction of violation would include assessment, investigation, monitoring, remediation, or other similar action and (ii) any event, omission or condition associated with the ownership of our assets (including the presence of hazardous materials), including (A) the cost and expense of any assessment, investigation, monitoring, remediation or other similar action and (B) the cost and expense of any environmental or toxic tort litigation, provided that the aggregate amount payable to us pursuant to this bullet point does not exceed $7.5 million;

 

   

until 60 days after the applicable statute of limitations, any of our federal, state and local income tax liabilities attributable to the ownership and operation of our assets and the assets of our subsidiaries prior to the closing of this offering;

 

   

for a period of three years after the closing of this offering, the failure to have all necessary consents and governmental permits where such failure renders us unable to use and operate our assets in substantially the same manner in which they were used and operated immediately prior to the closing of this offering (subject to certain exceptions for the revocation or non-renewal of consents and governmental permits due to changes in laws, governmental regulations or certain other events outside of the control of our sponsor and our general partner);

 

   

for a period of three years after the closing of this offering, our failure to have valid and indefeasible easement rights, rights-of-way, leasehold and/or fee ownership interest in the lands where our assets are located and such failure prevents us from using or operating our assets in substantially the same manner as operated immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

 

   

any losses, costs or damages incurred by us that are attributable to the ownership and operation of the assets our sponsor is contributing to us prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

   

any losses arising out of or associated with our customer contract with FTS International, which we refer to as the “FTS International contract,” after we assign it to our sponsor effective May 1, 2013 as contemplated by the omnibus agreement.

In no event will our sponsor be obligated to indemnify us for any claims, losses or expenses or income taxes referred to above to the extent either (i) reserved for in our financial statements as of December 31, 2011, or (ii) we recover any such amounts under available insurance coverage, from contractual rights or other recoveries against any third party.

In addition, we will also agree to indemnify our sponsor from any losses, costs or damages incurred by our sponsor that are attributable to the ownership and operation of our assets and the assets of our subsidiaries following the closing of this offering, subject to the same limitations on our sponsor’s indemnity to us.

 

141


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Assignment of FTS International Customer Contract

We will be obligated to assign to our sponsor or a designated subsidiary of our sponsor all of our rights and obligations under our FTS International contract effective as of May 1, 2013, and our sponsor will be obligated to accept such assignment and assume our obligations under such contract. Pursuant to the terms of the FTS International contract, such assignment will not relieve us of any liability under the FTS International contract, but our sponsor has agreed to fully and unconditionally indemnify us in connection with any losses we incur with regard to the FTS International contract from and after the date of the assignment.

Following our assignment of the FTS International contract as described above, because of our indemnification rights, we will effectively have no rights, obligations or liability under the contract.

Right of First Offer With Respect to Augusta and Tomah Assets

Our sponsor will grant us, for a period of 3 years following this offering, a right of first offer on its sand reserves and any related assets that have been or will be constructed on its current acreage in Augusta and Tomah, Wisconsin (the “ROFO assets”) to the extent that our sponsor proposes to transfer a ROFO asset to a third party other than in connection with a sale of all or substantially all of its assets.

In the event our sponsor proposes to transfer any ROFO asset, it will first give notice to us of its intention to transfer such asset (a “ROFO notice”), and the ROFO notice will include any material terms and conditions as would be reasonably necessary for us to make a responsive offer to enter into the proposed transaction. We will have 15 days following the receipt of the ROFO notice to propose an offer to acquire the ROFO asset from our sponsor (a “ROFO response”), which proposal will include the terms on which we would be willing to enter into a binding agreement to acquire the assets. If we do not deliver a ROFO response within such 15-day period, then we will be deemed to have waived our right of first offer with respect to the ROFO asset in question, and our sponsor will be free to transfer the ROFO asset to any third party on terms and conditions determined in the sole discretion of our sponsor.

If we do submit a ROFO response, then we and our sponsor will be obligated to negotiate, in good faith, the terms of the purchase and sale of the ROFO asset for 10 days following our delivery of the ROFO response. If we are unable to reach a definitive agreement during such 10-day period, then our sponsor may transfer the ROFO asset to any third party on terms and conditions determined in the sole discretion of our sponsor.

Our sponsor and its affiliates will not be restricted, under either our partnership agreement or the omnibus agreement, from competing with us. In particular, we expect that our sponsor will compete with us for new and existing frac sand customers once operations at its processing facility in Augusta, Wisconsin commence in the third quarter of 2012. Our sponsor may, except with respect to the right of first offer described above, acquire or dispose of frac sand reserves and processing facilities or other assets in the future without any obligation to offer us the opportunity to purchase those assets.

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with this offering, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with our sponsor, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, pursuant to which we may be required to register the sale of the (i) common units issued (or issuable) to our sponsor pursuant to the contribution agreement, (ii) subordinated units and (iii) common units issuable upon conversion of the subordinated units or the Combined Interests (as defined in our partnership agreement) pursuant to the terms of the Partnership Agreement (together, the “Registrable Securities”) it holds. Under the registration rights agreement, our sponsor will have the right to request that we register the sale of Registrable Securities held by it, and our sponsor will have the right to require us to make available shelf registration statements permitting sales of Registrable Securities into the market from time to time over an extended period, subject to certain limitations. The registration rights agreement also includes provisions dealing with indemnification and contribution and

 

142


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

allocation of expenses. All of our Registrable Securities held by our sponsor and any permitted transferee will be entitled to these registration rights.

Other Transactions with Related Persons

On May 25, 2011, our sponsor entered into a Management Services Agreement (“Services Agreement”) with ROCM. Messrs. Rasmus and Whipkey, our co-chief executive officers, each hold 50% interests in ROCM. The Services Agreement requires ROCM to provide our sponsor with certain management and administrative support services, including, without limitation (i) general management oversight and administration of the sponsor’s business, (ii) services of ROCM’s corporate accounting and internal controls personnel, (iii) use of ROCM’s office space, (iv) all necessary business supplies for use at ROCM’s office space, (v) use of ROCM’s communication systems and telephone equipment and (vi) use of ROCM’s information systems services, along with all other management and administrative services that our sponsor and ROCM agree are necessary for the efficient operation of our sponsor’s business and affairs. Neither we nor any of our subsidiaries are parties to the Services Agreement, and neither we nor any of our subsidiaries intend to assume any obligations under the Services Agreement.

The initial term of the Services Agreement was one year, but it remains in place pursuant to its terms, subject to termination. Either party may terminate the agreement by delivering written notice within 90 days prior to the date of expiration of the initial term or any time after the expiration of the initial term, by delivering written notice 90 days prior to the desired date of termination. Under the terms of the Services Agreement, our sponsor does not pay any stand-alone management fee, but instead reimburses ROCM for 95% of the costs actually incurred by ROCM in providing the services described above, up to an aggregate of $850,000 per year. These costs include the salary and benefits paid to the employees providing accounting and internal control services, the rent of ROCM’s office space, the costs of business supplies, communication and telephone systems and other similar expenses. After two years from the date of signing, our sponsor will be obligated to reimburse ROCM for 100% of such costs. Total management services fees for 2011 and 2010 were $370,000 and $0, respectively. Based on their interests in ROCM, the approximate value of the interests of Messrs. Rasmus and Whipkey in the Services Agreement were $185,000 and $0 each for 2011 and 2010, respectively.

On July 20, 2011, our sponsor entered into various subordinated promissory notes with certain equity investors, including Avista Capital Partners, and their affiliates in an aggregate original principal amount of approximately $52.2 million. Borrowings under the subordinated promissory notes bear interest, at our sponsor’s option, at a rate of 10.0% for cash interest and 12.0% for paid-in-kind interest (“PIK interest”). As of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, there was $46.1 million and $56.0 million of outstanding indebtedness under our sponsor’s subordinated promissory notes, respectively. The outstanding balance includes $2.4 million and $3.8 million of PIK interest as of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively. The subordinated promissory notes mature in July 2016.

Our sponsor pays quarterly director fees to directors that may be members and/or holders of debt of our sponsor. Total director fees incurred in 2011 and 2010 were approximately $60,000 and $0, respectively, and are included in general and administrative costs.

Procedures for Review, Approval and Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons

We expect that the board of directors of our general partner will adopt policies for the review, approval and ratification of transactions with related persons and a written code of business conduct and ethics. We expect that, under our code of business conduct and ethics, a director will be required to bring to the attention of the chief executive officer or the board any conflict or potential conflict of interest that may arise between the director or any affiliate of the director, on the one hand, and us or our general partner on the other. The resolution of any such conflict or potential conflict should, at the discretion of the board in light of the circumstances, be determined by a majority of the disinterested directors. In determining whether to approve or ratify a transaction

 

143


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

with a related party, we expect that the board of directors of our general partner will take into account, among other factors it deems appropriate, (1) whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances, (2) the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction and (3) whether the interested transaction is material to the Partnership. As described in “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties,” our partnership agreement contains detailed provisions regarding the resolution of conflicts of interest, as well as the standard of care the board of directors of our general partner must satisfy in doing so.

If a conflict or potential conflict of interest arises between our general partner or its affiliates, on the one hand, and us or our unitholders, on the other hand, the resolution of any such conflict or potential conflict should be addressed by the board of directors of our general partner in accordance with the provisions of our partnership agreement. Such a conflict of interest may arise, for example, in connection with negotiating and approving the acquisition of any assets from our sponsor, including in connection with our right of first offer under the omnibus agreement. At the discretion of the board in light of the circumstances, the resolution may be determined by the board in its entirety or by a conflicts committee meeting the definitional requirements for such a committee under our partnership agreement. We do not expect that our code of business conduct and ethics or any policies that the board of directors of our general partner will adopt will require the approval of any transactions with related persons, including our sponsor, by our unitholders.

As described elsewhere in this prospectus, we expect to have the opportunity to acquire additional assets from our sponsor in the future, including in connection with our right of first offer provided in the omnibus agreement. Our sponsor or other affiliates of our general partner are free to offer properties to us on terms they deem acceptable. We expect that, under our code of business conduct and ethics, the board of directors of our general partner (or the conflicts committee, if the board of directors delegates the necessary authority to the conflicts committee) will be free to accept or reject any such offers and to negotiate any terms it deems acceptable to us and that the board of directors of our general partner or the conflicts committee will decide the appropriate value of any assets offered to us by affiliates of our general partner. In making such determination of value, the board of directors of our general partner or the conflicts committee will be permitted to consider any factors they determine in good faith to consider. We expect the board of directors or the conflicts committee will consider a number of factors in its determination of value, including, without limitation, operating data, reserve information, operating cost structure, current and projected cash flow, financing costs, the anticipated impact on distributions to our unitholders, the price outlook for frac sand, reserve life and the location and quality of the reserves.

Upon our adoption of our code of business conduct, we would expect that any executive officer will be required to avoid conflicts of interest unless approved by the board of directors of our general partner.

In the case of any sale of equity by us in which an owner or affiliate of an owner of our general partner participates, we anticipate that our practice will be to obtain approval of the board for the transaction. We anticipate that the board will typically delegate authority to set the specific terms to a pricing committee, consisting of one of the co-chief executive officers and one independent director. Actions by the pricing committee will require unanimous approval. Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties—Conflicts of Interest” for additional information regarding the relevant provisions of our partnership agreement.

The code of business conduct and ethics described above will be adopted in connection with the closing of this offering, and as a result, the transactions described above were not reviewed according to such procedures.

 

144


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY DUTIES

Conflicts of Interest

Conflicts of interest exist and may arise in the future as a result of the relationships between our general partner and its affiliates, including our sponsor, on the one hand, and our partnership and our limited partners, on the other hand. The directors and officers of our general partner have fiduciary duties to manage our general partner in a manner beneficial to our sponsor. At the same time, our general partner has a duty to manage our partnership in a manner it believes is in our best interests. Our partnership agreement specifically defines the remedies available to unitholders for actions taken that, without these defined liability standards, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty under applicable Delaware law. The Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, which we refer to as the Delaware Act, provides that Delaware limited partnerships may, in their partnership agreements, expand, restrict or eliminate the fiduciary duties otherwise owed by the general partner to the limited partners and the partnership.

Whenever a conflict arises between our general partner or its affiliates, on the one hand, and us or our limited partners, on the other hand, the resolution or course of action in respect of such conflict of interest shall be permitted and deemed approved by all our limited partners and shall not constitute a breach of our partnership agreement, of any agreement contemplated thereby or of any duty, if the resolution or course of action in respect of such conflict of interest is:

 

   

approved by the conflicts committee of our general partner, although our general partner is not obligated to seek such approval; or

 

   

approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding any such units owned by our general partner or any of its affiliates.

Our general partner may, but is not required to, seek the approval of such resolutions or courses of action from the conflicts committee of its board of directors or from the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units as described above. If our general partner does not seek approval from the conflicts committee or from holders of common units as described above and the board of directors of our general partner approves the resolution or course of action taken with respect to the conflict of interest, then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, the board of directors of our general partner acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of us or any of our unitholders, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. Unless the resolution of a conflict is specifically provided for in our partnership agreement, the board of directors of our general partner or the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner may consider any factors they determine in good faith to consider when resolving a conflict. An independent third party is not required to evaluate the resolution. Under our partnership agreement, a determination, other action or failure to act by our general partner, the board of directors of our general partner or any committee thereof (including the conflicts committee) will be deemed to be “in good faith” unless our general partner, the board of directors of our general partner or any committee thereof (including the conflicts committee) believed such determination, other action or failure to act was adverse to the interests of the partnership. Please read “Management—Management of Hi-Crush Partners LP—Committees of the Board of Directors—Conflicts Committee” for information about the conflicts committee of our general partner’s board of directors.

Conflicts of interest could arise in the situations described below, among others:

Actions taken by our general partner may affect the amount of cash available to pay distributions to unitholders or accelerate the right to convert subordinated units.

The amount of cash that is available for distribution to unitholders is affected by decisions of our general partner regarding such matters as:

 

   

amount and timing of asset purchases and sales;

 

145


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

cash expenditures;

 

   

borrowings;

 

   

entry into and repayment of current and future indebtedness;

 

   

issuance of additional units; and

 

   

the creation, reduction or increase of reserves in any quarter.

In addition, borrowings by us and our affiliates do not constitute a breach of any duty owed by our general partner to our unitholders, including borrowings that have the purpose or effect of:

 

   

enabling affiliates of our general partner to receive distributions on any subordinated units held by them or the incentive distribution rights; or

 

   

hastening the expiration of the subordination period.

In addition, our general partner may use an amount, initially equal to $         million, which would not otherwise constitute operating surplus, in order to permit the payment of distributions on subordinated units and the incentive distribution rights. All of these actions may affect the amount of cash or equity distributed to our unitholders and our general partner and may facilitate the conversion of subordinated units into common units. Please read “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners.”

For example, in the event we have not generated sufficient cash from our operations to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units and our subordinated units, our partnership agreement permits us to borrow funds, which would enable us to make such distribution on all outstanding units. Please read “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners—Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus—Operating Surplus.”

The directors and officers of our sponsor have a fiduciary duty to make decisions in the best interests of the owners of our sponsor, which may be contrary to our interests.

Because certain officers and certain directors of our general partner are also directors and/or officers of affiliates of our general partner, including our sponsor, they have fiduciary duties to our sponsor that may cause them to pursue business strategies that disproportionately benefit our sponsor or which otherwise are not in our best interests.

Our general partner is allowed to take into account the interests of parties other than us, such as our sponsor, in exercising certain rights under our partnership agreement.

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that permissibly reduce the standards to which our general partner would otherwise be held by state fiduciary duty law. For example, our partnership agreement permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner. This entitles our general partner to consider only the interests and factors that it desires, and it has no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting, us, our affiliates or any limited partner. Examples include the exercise of its call right, its voting rights with respect to any units it owns, its registration rights and its determination whether or not to consent to any merger or consolidation.

Our general partner’s affiliates may compete with us, and neither our general partner nor its affiliates have any obligation to present business opportunities to us.

Affiliates of our general partner are not prohibited from engaging in other businesses or activities, including those that might be in direct competition with us, and our sponsor or its affiliates, may acquire, construct or dispose of assets in the future without any obligation to offer us the opportunity to acquire those assets, other than our right of first offer on our sponsor’s sand reserves and any related assets that have been or will be

 

146


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

constructed on its acreage in Augusta, Wisconsin and Tomah, Wisconsin. In addition, we expect that our sponsor will own entities that directly compete with us following this offering. For example, our sponsor is currently constructing the Augusta excavation and processing facility in Eau Claire County, Wisconsin, which is expected to be operational in the third quarter of 2012. Our sponsor has contracted for the sale of 1,200,000 tons per year of coarse grand Northern White sand from the Augusta facility with two of our existing customers and may seek additional contracts from other of our current and potential customers in direct competition with us as we seek to renew or replace our existing contracts. We share our management team with our sponsor, and the shared management team is under no obligation to offer new and replacement customer contracts to us before offering them to our sponsor, which could have a material adverse impact on our ability to renew or replace existing customer contracts on favorable terms or at all.

Under our partnership agreement, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, will not apply to our general partner and its affiliates. As a result, neither our general partner nor any of its affiliates have any obligation to present business opportunities to us.

Our partnership agreement limits the liability of, and replaces the duties owed by, our general partner and also restricts the remedies available to our unitholders for actions that, without the limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty.

In addition to the provisions described above, our partnership agreement contains provisions that restrict the remedies available to our unitholders for actions that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty. For example, our partnership agreement provides that:

 

   

our general partner shall not have any liability to us or our unitholders for decisions made in its capacity as a general partner so long as it acted in good faith, meaning it believed that the decision was not adverse to the interests of our partnership;

 

   

our general partner and its officers and directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us or our limited partners for any acts or omissions unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that our general partner or those other persons acted in bad faith or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that its conduct was unlawful; and

 

   

in resolving conflicts of interest, it will be presumed that in making its decision the general partner, the board of directors of the general partner or the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or us, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption.

By purchasing a common unit, a common unitholder will agree to become bound by the provisions in our partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above. Please read “—Fiduciary Duties.”

Common unitholders have no right to enforce obligations of our general partner and its affiliates under agreements with us.

Any agreements between us, on the one hand, and our general partner and its affiliates, on the other, will not grant to the unitholders, separate and apart from us, the right to enforce the obligations of our general partner and its affiliates in our favor.

Contracts between us, on the one hand, and our general partner and its affiliates, on the other, are not and will not be the result of arm’s-length negotiations.

Neither our partnership agreement nor any of the other agreements, contracts and arrangements between us and our general partner and its affiliates are or will be the result of arm’s-length negotiations. Our general partner will determine, in good faith, the terms of any of such future transactions.

 

147


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Except in limited circumstances, our general partner has the power and authority to conduct our business without unitholder approval.

Under our partnership agreement, our general partner has full power and authority to do all things, other than those items that require unitholder approval, necessary or appropriate to conduct our business including, but not limited to, the following actions:

 

   

expending, lending, or borrowing money, assuming, guaranteeing, or otherwise contracting for, indebtedness and other liabilities, issuing evidences of indebtedness, including indebtedness that is convertible into our securities, and incurring any other obligations;

 

   

preparing and transmitting tax, regulatory and other filings, periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies having jurisdiction over our business or assets;

 

   

acquiring, disposing, mortgaging, pledging, encumbering, hypothecating, or exchanging our assets or merging or otherwise combining us with or into another person;

 

   

negotiating, executing and performing contracts, conveyance or other instruments;

 

   

distributing cash;

 

   

selecting or dismissing employees and agents, outside attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors and determining their compensation and other terms of employment or hiring;

 

   

maintaining insurance for our benefit;

 

   

forming, acquiring an interest in, and contributing property and loaning money to, any further limited partnerships, joint ventures, corporations, limited liability companies or other relationships;

 

   

controlling all matters affecting our rights and obligations, including bringing and defending actions at law or in equity or otherwise litigating, arbitrating or mediating, and incurring legal expense and settling claims and litigation;

 

   

indemnifying any person against liabilities and contingencies to the extent permitted by law;

 

   

purchasing, selling or otherwise acquiring or disposing of our partnership interests, or issuing additional options, rights, warrants, appreciation rights, phantom or tracking interests relating to our partnership interests; and

 

   

entering into agreements with any of its affiliates to render services to us or to itself in the discharge of its duties as our general partner.

Please read “The Partnership Agreement” for information regarding the voting rights of unitholders.

Common units are subject to our general partner’s call right.

If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 80% of the common units, our general partner will have the right, which it may assign to any of its affiliates or to us, but not the obligation, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the common units held by unaffiliated persons at the market price calculated in accordance with the terms of our partnership agreement. As a result, you may be required to sell your common units at an undesirable time or price and may not receive any return on your investment. You may also incur a tax liability upon a sale of your units. Our general partner is not obligated to obtain a fairness opinion regarding the value of the common units to be repurchased by it upon exercise of the call right. There is no restriction in our partnership agreement that prevents our general partner from issuing additional common units and exercising its call right. Our general partner may use its own discretion, free of fiduciary duty restrictions, in determining whether to exercise this right. As a result, a common unitholder may have his common units purchased from him at an undesirable time or price. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Call Right.”

 

148


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We may not choose to retain separate counsel for ourselves or for the holders of common units.

The attorneys, independent accountants and others who perform services for us have been retained by our general partner. Attorneys, independent accountants and others who perform services for us are selected by our general partner or the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner and may perform services for our general partner and its affiliates. We may retain separate counsel for ourselves or the conflict committee in the event of a conflict of interest between our general partner and its affiliates, on the one hand, and us or the holders of common units, on the other, depending on the nature of the conflict, although we may choose not to do so.

The holder or holders of our incentive distribution rights may elect to cause us to issue common units to it in connection with a resetting of incentive distribution levels without the approval of our unitholders. This election may result in lower distributions to our common unitholders in certain situations.

The holder or holders of a majority of our incentive distribution rights (initially our sponsor) have the right, at any time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and they have received incentive distributions at the highest level to which they are entitled (50.0%) for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters, to reset the initial target distribution levels at higher levels based on our cash distribution levels at the time of the exercise of the reset election. Following a reset election, a baseline distribution amount will be calculated equal to an amount equal to the prior cash distribution per common unit for the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the reset election (such amount is referred to as the “reset minimum quarterly distribution”), and the target distribution levels will be reset to correspondingly higher levels based on percentage increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution.

We anticipate that our sponsor would exercise this reset right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per unit without such conversion. However, our sponsor may transfer the incentive distribution rights at any time. It is possible that our sponsor or a transferee could exercise this reset election at a time when we are experiencing declines in our aggregate cash distributions or at a time when the holders of the incentive distribution rights expect that we will experience declines in our aggregate cash distributions in the foreseeable future. In such situations, the holders of the incentive distribution rights may be experiencing, or may expect to experience, declines in the cash distributions it receives related to the incentive distribution rights and may therefore desire to be issued our common units, which are entitled to specified priorities with respect to our distributions and which therefore may be more advantageous for them to own in lieu of the right to receive incentive distribution payments based on target distribution levels that are less certain to be achieved. As a result, a reset election may cause our common unitholders to experience dilution in the amount of cash distributions that they would have otherwise received had we not issued new common units to the holders of the incentive distribution rights in connection with resetting the target distribution levels. Please read “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners—Adjusted Operating Surplus—Incentive Distribution Rights.”

Fiduciary Duties

Duties owed to unitholders by our general partner are prescribed by law and in our partnership agreement. The Delaware Act provides that Delaware limited partnerships may, in their partnership agreements, expand, restrict or eliminate the fiduciary duties otherwise owed by the general partner to limited partners and the partnership.

Our partnership agreement contains various provisions that eliminate and replace the fiduciary duties that might otherwise be owed by our general partner. We have adopted these provisions to allow our general partner or its affiliates to engage in transactions with us that otherwise might be prohibited by state law fiduciary standards and to take into account the interests of other parties in addition to our interests when resolving conflicts of interest. We believe this is appropriate and necessary because the board of directors of our general partner has a duty to manage our partnership in good faith and a duty to manage our general partner in a manner

 

149


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

beneficial to its owner. Without these modifications, our general partner’s ability to make decisions involving conflicts of interest would be restricted. Replacing the fiduciary duty standards in this manner benefits our general partner by enabling it to take into consideration all parties involved in the proposed action. Replacing the fiduciary duty standards also strengthens the ability of our general partner to attract and retain experienced and capable directors. Replacing the fiduciary duty standards represents a detriment to our public unitholders because it restricts the remedies available to our public unitholders for actions that, without those limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty, as described below, and permits our general partner to take into account the interests of third parties in addition to our interests when resolving conflicts of interests.

The following is a summary of the material restrictions of the fiduciary duties owed by our general partner to the limited partners:

 

State law fiduciary duty standards

Fiduciary duties are generally considered to include an obligation to act in good faith and with due care and loyalty. The duty of care, in the absence of a provision in a partnership agreement providing otherwise, would generally require a general partner to act for the partnership in the same manner as a prudent person would act on his own behalf. The duty of loyalty, in the absence of a provision in a partnership agreement providing otherwise, would generally require that any action taken or transaction engaged in be entirely fair to the partnership.

 

Partnership agreement modified standards

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that waive or consent to conduct by our general partner and its affiliates that might otherwise raise issues as to compliance with fiduciary duties or applicable law. For example, our partnership agreement provides that when our general partner is acting in its capacity as our general partner, as opposed to in its individual capacity, it must act in “good faith” and will not be subject to any other standard under applicable law. In addition, when our general partner is acting in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner, it may act without any fiduciary obligation to us or the unitholders whatsoever. These standards replace the obligations to which our general partner would otherwise be held.

 

  If our general partner does not obtain approval from the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner or our common unitholders, excluding any such units owned by our general partner or its affiliates, and the board of directors of our general partner approves the resolution or course of action taken with respect to the conflict of interest, then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, its board, which may include board members affected by the conflict of interest, acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. These standards replace the obligations to which our general partner would otherwise be held.

 

150


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Rights and remedies of unitholders

The Delaware Act generally provides that a limited partner may institute legal action on behalf of the partnership to recover damages from a third party where a general partner has refused to institute the action or where an effort to cause a general partner to do so is not likely to succeed. These actions include actions against a general partner for breach of its duties or of our partnership agreement. In addition, the statutory or case law of some jurisdictions may permit a limited partner to institute legal action on behalf of himself and all other similarly situated limited partners to recover damages from a general partner for violations of its fiduciary duties to the limited partners.

 

Partnership agreement modified standards

The Delaware Act provides that, unless otherwise provided in a partnership agreement, a partner or other person shall not be liable to a limited partnership or to another partner or to another person that is a party to or is otherwise bound by a partnership agreement for breach of fiduciary duty for the partner’s or other person’s good faith reliance on the provisions of the partnership agreement. Under our partnership agreement, to the extent that, at law or in equity an indemnitee has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to us or to our partners, our general partner and any other indemnitee acting in connection with our business or affairs shall not be liable to us or to any partner for its good faith reliance on the provisions of our partnership agreement.

By purchasing our common units, each common unitholder automatically agrees to be bound by the provisions in our partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above. This is in accordance with the policy of the Delaware Act favoring the principle of freedom of contract and the enforceability of partnership agreements. The failure of a limited partner to sign a partnership agreement does not render the partnership agreement unenforceable against that person.

Under our partnership agreement, we must indemnify our general partner and its officers, directors, managers and certain other specified persons, to the fullest extent permitted by law, against liabilities, costs and expenses incurred by our general partner or these other persons. We must provide this indemnification unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that these persons acted in bad faith. We must also provide this indemnification for criminal proceedings unless our general partner or these other persons acted with knowledge that their conduct was unlawful. Thus, our general partner could be indemnified for its negligent acts if it meets the requirements set forth above. To the extent these provisions purport to include indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is contrary to public policy and, therefore, unenforceable. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Indemnification.”

 

151


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMON UNITS

The Units

The common units and the subordinated units are separate classes of limited partner interests in us. The holders of units are entitled to participate in partnership distributions and exercise the rights or privileges available to limited partners under our partnership agreement. For a description of the relative rights and preferences of holders of common units and subordinated units in and to partnership distributions, please read this section and “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners.” For a description of other rights and privileges of limited partners under our partnership agreement, including voting rights, please read “The Partnership Agreement.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Duties

                                                  will serve as the registrar and transfer agent for the common units. We will pay all fees charged by the transfer agent for transfers of common units except the following, which must be paid by unitholders:

 

   

surety bond premiums to replace lost or stolen certificates, taxes and other governmental charges;

 

   

special charges for services requested by a holder of a common unit; and

 

   

other similar fees or charges.

There will be no charge to unitholders for disbursements of our cash distributions. We will indemnify the transfer agent, its agents and each of their stockholders, directors, officers and employees against all claims and losses that may arise out of acts performed or omitted for its activities in that capacity, except for any liability due to any gross negligence or intentional misconduct of the indemnified person or entity.

Resignation or Removal

The transfer agent may resign, by notice to us, or be removed by us. The resignation or removal of the transfer agent will become effective upon our appointment of a successor transfer agent and registrar and its acceptance of the appointment. If no successor is appointed or has not accepted its appointment within 30 days of the resignation or removal, our general partner may act as the transfer agent and registrar until a successor is appointed.

Transfer of Common Units

Upon the transfer of a common unit in accordance with our partnership agreement, the transferee of the common unit shall be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the common units transferred when such transfer and admission are reflected in our books and records. Each transferee:

 

   

represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and authority to become bound by our partnership agreement;

 

   

automatically becomes bound by the terms and conditions of our partnership agreement; and

 

   

gives the consents, waivers and approvals contained in our partnership agreement, such as the approval of all transactions and agreements that we are entering into in connection with our formation and this offering.

Our general partner will cause any transfers to be recorded on our books and records no less frequently than quarterly.

 

152


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We may, at our discretion, treat the nominee holder of a common unit as the absolute owner. In that case, the beneficial holder’s rights are limited solely to those that it has against the nominee holder as a result of any agreement between the beneficial owner and the nominee holder.

Common units are securities and any transfers are subject to the laws governing the transfer of securities. In addition to other rights acquired upon transfer, the transferor gives the transferee the right to become a substituted limited partner in our partnership for the transferred common units.

Until a common unit has been transferred on our books, we and the transfer agent may treat the record holder of the common unit as the absolute owner for all purposes, except as otherwise required by law or stock exchange regulations.

 

153


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

The following is a summary of the material provisions of our partnership agreement. The form of our partnership agreement is included in this prospectus as Appendix A. We will provide prospective investors with a copy of our partnership agreement upon request at no charge.

We summarize the following provisions of our partnership agreement elsewhere in this prospectus:

 

   

with regard to distributions of cash available for distribution, please read “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners”;

 

   

with regard to the duties of, and standard of care applicable to, our general partner, please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties”;

 

   

with regard to the transfer of common units, please read “Description of the Common Units—Transfer of Common Units”; and

 

   

with regard to allocations of taxable income and taxable loss, please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

Organization and Duration

Hi-Crush Partners LP was organized in May 2012 and will have a perpetual existence unless terminated pursuant to the terms of our partnership agreement.

Purpose

Our purpose, as set forth in our partnership agreement, is limited to any business activity that is approved by our general partner and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized under Delaware law; provided that our general partner shall not cause us to take any action that the general partner determines would be reasonably likely to cause us to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes.

Although our general partner has the ability to cause us and our subsidiaries to engage in activities other than the business of excavating, processing and selling frac sand, our general partner may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited partners. Our general partner is generally authorized to perform all acts it determines to be necessary or appropriate to carry out our purposes and to conduct our business.

Cash Distributions

Our partnership agreement specifies the manner in which we will make cash distributions to holders of our common units and other partnership securities as well as to our sponsor in respect of its incentive distribution rights. For a description of these cash distribution provisions, please read “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners.”

Capital Contributions

Unitholders are not obligated to make additional capital contributions, except as described below under “—Limited Liability.”

 

154


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Voting Rights

The following is a summary of the unitholder vote required for approval of the matters specified below. Matters that require the approval of a “unit majority” require:

 

   

during the subordination period, the approval of a majority of the common units, excluding those common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, and a majority of the subordinated units, voting as separate classes; and

 

   

after the subordination period, the approval of a majority of the common units, voting as a single class.

In voting their common and subordinated units, affiliates of our general partner will have no fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited partners.

The incentive distribution rights may be entitled to vote in certain circumstances.

 

Issuance of additional units

No approval right.

 

Amendment of the partnership agreement

Certain amendments may be made by our general partner without the approval of the unitholders. Other amendments generally require the approval of a unit majority. Please read “—Amendment of the Partnership Agreement.”

 

Merger of our partnership or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets


Unit majority in certain circumstances. Please read “—Merger, Consolidation, Conversion, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets.”

 

Dissolution of our partnership

Unit majority. Please read “—Dissolution.”

 

Continuation of our business upon dissolution

Unit majority. Please read “—Dissolution.”

 

Withdrawal of our general partner

Under most circumstances, the approval of a majority of the common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, is required for the withdrawal of our general partner prior to                     , 2022 in a manner that would cause a dissolution of our partnership. Please read “—Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner.”

 

Removal of our general partner

Not less than 66  2 / 3 % of the outstanding units, voting as a single class, including units held by our general partner and its affiliates. Please read “—Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner.”

 

Transfer of our general partner interest

No approval right. Please read “—Transfer of General Partner Interest.”

 

Transfer of incentive distribution rights

No approval right. Please read “—Transfer of Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution Rights.”

 

Transfer of ownership interests in our general partner

No approval right. Please read “—Transfer of Ownership Interests in the General Partner.”

 

155


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

If any person or group other than our general partner and its affiliates acquires beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any class of units, that person or group loses voting rights on all of its units. This loss of voting rights does not apply to any person or group that acquires the units from our general partner or its affiliates and any transferees of that person or group approved by our general partner or to any person or group who acquires the units with the specific prior approval of our general partner.

Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction

Our partnership agreement is governed by Delaware law. Our partnership agreement requires that any claims, suits, actions or proceedings:

 

   

arising out of or relating in any way to the partnership agreement (including any claims, suits or actions to interpret, apply or enforce the provisions of the partnership agreement or the duties, obligations or liabilities among limited partners or of limited partners to us, or the rights or powers of, or restrictions on, the limited partners or us);

 

   

brought in a derivative manner on our behalf;

 

   

asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of us or our general partner, or owed by our general partner, to us or the limited partners;

 

   

asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware Act; or

 

   

asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine

shall be exclusively brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction thereof, any other court located in the State of Delaware with subject matter jurisdiction), regardless of whether such claims, suits, actions or proceedings sound in contract, tort, fraud or otherwise, are based on common law, statutory, equitable, legal or other grounds, or are derivative or direct claims. By purchasing a common unit, a limited partner is irrevocably consenting to these limitations and provisions regarding claims, suits, actions or proceedings and submitting to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware in connection with any such claims, suits, actions or proceedings.

Limited Liability

Assuming that a limited partner does not participate in the control of our business within the meaning of the Delaware Act and that he otherwise acts in conformity with the provisions of the partnership agreement, his liability under the Delaware Act will be limited, subject to possible exceptions, to the amount of capital he is obligated to contribute to us for his common units plus his share of any undistributed profits and assets. However, if it were determined that the right, or exercise of the right, by the limited partners as a group:

 

   

to remove or replace our general partner;

 

   

to approve some amendments to our partnership agreement; or

 

   

to take other action under our partnership agreement;

constituted “participation in the control” of our business for the purposes of the Delaware Act, then the limited partners could be held personally liable for our obligations under the laws of Delaware, to the same extent as our general partner. This liability would extend to persons who transact business with us under the reasonable belief that the limited partner is a general partner. Neither our partnership agreement nor the Delaware Act specifically provides for legal recourse against our general partner if a limited partner were to lose limited liability through any fault of our general partner. While this does not mean that a limited partner could not seek legal recourse, we know of no precedent for this type of a claim in Delaware case law.

Under the Delaware Act, a limited partnership may not make a distribution to a partner if, after the distribution, all liabilities of the limited partnership, other than liabilities to partners on account of their

 

156


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

partnership interests and liabilities for which the recourse of creditors is limited to specific property of the partnership, would exceed the fair value of the assets of the limited partnership. For the purpose of determining the fair value of the assets of a limited partnership, the Delaware Act provides that the fair value of property subject to liability for which recourse of creditors is limited shall be included in the assets of the limited partnership only to the extent that the fair value of that property exceeds the nonrecourse liability. The Delaware Act provides that a limited partner who receives a distribution and knew at the time of the distribution that the distribution was in violation of the Delaware Act shall be liable to the limited partnership for the amount of the distribution for three years.

Following the completion of this offering, we expect that our subsidiaries will conduct business in one state and we may have subsidiaries that conduct business in other states or countries in the future. Maintenance of our limited liability as owner of our operating subsidiaries may require compliance with legal requirements in the jurisdictions in which the operating subsidiaries conduct business, including qualifying our subsidiaries to do business there.

Limitations on the liability of members or limited partners for the obligations of a limited liability company or limited partnership have not been clearly established in many jurisdictions. If, by virtue of our ownership interest in our subsidiaries or otherwise, it were determined that we were conducting business in any jurisdiction without compliance with the applicable limited partnership or limited liability company statute, or that the right or exercise of the right by the limited partners as a group to remove or replace our general partner, to approve some amendments to our partnership agreement, or to take other action under our partnership agreement constituted “participation in the control” of our business for purposes of the statutes of any relevant jurisdiction, then the limited partners could be held personally liable for our obligations under the law of that jurisdiction to the same extent as our general partner under the circumstances. We will operate in a manner that our general partner considers reasonable and necessary or appropriate to preserve the limited liability of the limited partners.

Issuance of Additional Interests

Our partnership agreement authorizes us to issue an unlimited number of additional partnership interests for the consideration and on the terms and conditions determined by our general partner without the approval of the unitholders.

It is possible that we will fund acquisitions through the issuance of additional common units, subordinated units or other partnership interests. Holders of any additional common units we issue will be entitled to share equally with the then-existing common unitholders in our distributions of cash available for distribution. In addition, the issuance of additional common units or other partnership interests may dilute the value of the interests of the then-existing common unitholders in our net assets.

In accordance with Delaware law and the provisions of our partnership agreement, we may also issue additional partnership interests that, as determined by our general partner, may have rights to distributions or special voting rights to which the common units are not entitled. In addition, our partnership agreement does not prohibit our subsidiaries from issuing equity interests, which may effectively rank senior to the common units.

Our general partner will have the right, which it may from time to time assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates, to purchase common units, subordinated units or other partnership interests whenever, and on the same terms that, we issue partnership interests to persons other than our general partner and its affiliates, to the extent necessary to maintain the percentage interest of our general partner and its affiliates, including such interest represented by common and subordinated units, that existed immediately prior to each issuance. The common unitholders will not have preemptive rights under our partnership agreement to acquire additional common units or other partnership interests.

 

157


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Amendment of the Partnership Agreement

General

Amendments to our partnership agreement may be proposed only by our general partner. However, our general partner will have no duty or obligation to propose any amendment and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited partners. In order to adopt a proposed amendment, other than the amendments discussed below, our general partner is required to seek written approval of the holders of the number of units required to approve the amendment or to call a meeting of the limited partners to consider and vote upon the proposed amendment. Except as described below, an amendment must be approved by a unit majority.

Prohibited Amendments

No amendment may be made that would:

 

   

enlarge the obligations of any limited partner without his consent, unless approved by at least a majority of the type or class of limited partner interests so affected; or

 

   

enlarge the obligations of, restrict in any way any action by or rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable by us to our general partner or any of its affiliates without the consent of our general partner, which consent may be given or withheld in its sole discretion.

The provision of our partnership agreement preventing the amendments having the effects described in the clauses above can be amended upon the approval of the holders of at least 90.0% of the outstanding units, voting as a single class (including units owned by our general partner and its affiliates). Upon completion of the offering, an affiliate of our general partner will own approximately     % of our outstanding common and subordinated units.

No Unitholder Approval

Our general partner may generally make amendments to our partnership agreement without the approval of any limited partner to reflect:

 

   

a change in our name, the location of our principal place of business, our registered agent or our registered office;

 

   

the admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of partners in accordance with our partnership agreement;

 

   

a change that our general partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to qualify or continue our qualification as a limited partnership or other entity in which the limited partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or to ensure that neither we nor any of our subsidiaries will be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed);

 

   

an amendment that is necessary, in the opinion of our counsel, to prevent us or our general partner or its directors, officers, agents or trustees from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 or “plan asset” regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or ERISA, whether or not substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed;

 

   

an amendment that our general partner determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the creation, authorization or issuance of additional partnership interests or the right to acquire partnership interests;

 

158


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

any amendment expressly permitted in our partnership agreement to be made by our general partner acting alone;

 

   

an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a merger agreement that has been approved under the terms of our partnership agreement;

 

   

any amendment that our general partner determines to be necessary or appropriate for the formation by us of, or our investment in, any corporation, partnership or other entity, as otherwise permitted by our partnership agreement;

 

   

a change in our fiscal year or taxable year and related changes;

 

   

conversions into, mergers with or conveyances to another limited liability entity that is newly formed and has no assets, liabilities or operations at the time of the conversion, merger or conveyance other than those it receives by way of the conversion, merger or conveyance; or

 

   

any other amendments substantially similar to any of the matters described in the clauses above.

In addition, our general partner may make amendments to our partnership agreement, without the approval of any limited partner, if our general partner determines that those amendments:

 

   

do not adversely affect the limited partners, considered as a whole, or any particular class of limited partners, in any material respect;

 

   

are necessary or appropriate to satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute;

 

   

are necessary or appropriate to facilitate the trading of limited partner interests or to comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any securities exchange on which the limited partner interests are or will be listed for trading;

 

   

are necessary or appropriate for any action taken by our general partner relating to splits or combinations of units under the provisions of our partnership agreement;

 

   

are necessary or appropriate in connection with the creation, authorization or issuance of any class or series of partnership securities; or

 

   

are required to effect the intent expressed in this prospectus or the intent of the provisions of our partnership agreement or are otherwise contemplated by our partnership agreement.

Opinion of Counsel and Unitholder Approval

Any amendment that our general partner determines adversely affects in any material respect one or more particular classes of limited partners will require the approval of at least a majority of the class or classes so affected, but no vote will be required by any class or classes of limited partners that our general partner determines are not adversely affected in any material respect. Any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any type or class of outstanding units in relation to other classes of units will require the approval of at least a majority of the type or class of units so affected. Any amendment that would reduce the voting percentage required to take any action other than to remove the general partner or call a meeting of unitholders is required to be approved by the affirmative vote of limited partners whose aggregate outstanding units constitute not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced. Any amendment that would increase the percentage of units required to remove the general partner or call a meeting of unitholders must be approved by the affirmative vote of limited partners whose aggregate outstanding units constitute not less than the percentage sought to be increased. For amendments of the type not requiring unitholder approval, our general partner will not be required to obtain an opinion of counsel that an amendment will neither result in a loss of limited liability to the limited partners nor result in our being treated as a taxable entity for federal income

 

159


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

tax purposes in connection with any of the amendments. No other amendments to our partnership agreement will become effective without the approval of holders of at least 90% of the outstanding units, voting as a single class, unless we first obtain an opinion of counsel to the effect that the amendment will not affect the limited liability under applicable law of any of our limited partners.

Merger, Consolidation, Conversion, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets

A merger, consolidation or conversion of us requires the prior consent of our general partner. However, our general partner will have no duty or obligation to consent to any merger, consolidation or conversion and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interest of us or the limited partners.

In addition, our partnership agreement generally prohibits our general partner, without the prior approval of the holders of a unit majority, from causing us to sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, including by way of merger, consolidation or other combination. Our general partner may, however, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of our assets without such approval. Our general partner may also sell all or substantially all of our assets under a foreclosure or other realization upon those encumbrances without such approval. Finally, our general partner may consummate any merger without the prior approval of our unitholders if we are the surviving entity in the transaction, our general partner has received an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters, the transaction would not result in a material amendment to the partnership agreement (other than an amendment that the general partner could adopt without the consent of other partners), each of our units will be an identical unit of our partnership following the transaction and the partnership securities to be issued do not exceed 20% of our outstanding partnership interests (other than incentive distribution rights) immediately prior to the transaction. If the conditions specified in our partnership agreement are satisfied, our general partner may convert us or any of our subsidiaries into a new limited liability entity or merge us or any of our subsidiaries into, or convey all of our assets to, a newly formed entity, if the sole purpose of that conversion, merger or conveyance is to effect a mere change in our legal form into another limited liability entity, we have received an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters and the governing instruments of the new entity provide the limited partners and our general partner with the same rights and obligations as contained in our partnership agreement. Our unitholders are not entitled to dissenters’ rights of appraisal under our partnership agreement or applicable Delaware law in the event of a conversion, merger or consolidation, a sale of substantially all of our assets or any other similar transaction or event.

Dissolution

We will continue as a limited partnership until dissolved under our partnership agreement. We will dissolve upon:

 

   

the election of our general partner to dissolve us, if approved by the holders of units representing a unit majority;

 

   

there being no limited partners, unless we are continued without dissolution in accordance with applicable Delaware law;

 

   

the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of our partnership; or

 

   

the withdrawal or removal of our general partner or any other event that results in its ceasing to be our general partner other than by reason of a transfer of its general partner interest in accordance with our partnership agreement or its withdrawal or removal following the approval and admission of a successor.

Upon a dissolution under the last clause above, the holders of a unit majority may also elect, within specific time limitations, to continue our business on the same terms and conditions described in our partnership

 

160


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

agreement by appointing as a successor general partner an entity approved by the holders of units representing a unit majority, subject to our receipt of an opinion of counsel to the effect that:

 

   

the action would not result in the loss of limited liability under Delaware law of any limited partner; and

 

   

neither our partnership nor any of our subsidiaries would be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise be taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes upon the exercise of that right to continue (to the extent not already so treated or taxed).

Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds

Upon our dissolution, unless our business is continued, the liquidator authorized to wind up our affairs will, acting with all of the powers of our general partner that are necessary or appropriate, liquidate our assets and apply the proceeds of the liquidation as described in “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners—Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation.” The liquidator may defer liquidation or distribution of our assets for a reasonable period of time or distribute assets to partners in kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue loss to our partners.

Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner

Except as described below, our general partner has agreed not to withdraw voluntarily as our general partner prior to June 30, 2022 without obtaining the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, and furnishing an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters. On or after June 30, 2022, our general partner may withdraw as general partner without first obtaining approval of any unitholder by giving 90 days’ written notice, and that withdrawal will not constitute a violation of our partnership agreement. Notwithstanding the information above, our general partner may withdraw without unitholder approval upon 90 days’ notice to the limited partners if at least 50% of the outstanding common units are held or controlled by one person and its affiliates, other than our general partner and its affiliates. In addition, our partnership agreement permits our general partner, in some instances, to sell or otherwise transfer all of its general partner interest in us without the approval of the unitholders. Please read “—Transfer of General Partner Interest.”

Upon withdrawal of our general partner under any circumstances, other than as a result of a transfer by our general partner of all or a part of its general partner interest in us, the holders of a unit majority may select a successor to that withdrawing general partner. If a successor is not elected, or is elected but an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters cannot be obtained, we will be dissolved, wound up and liquidated, unless within a specified period after that withdrawal, the holders of a unit majority agree in writing to continue our business and to appoint a successor general partner. Please read “—Dissolution.”

Our general partner may not be removed unless that removal is approved by the vote of the holders of not less than 66  2 / 3 % of the outstanding units, voting together as a single class, including units held by our general partner and its affiliates, and we receive an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters. Any removal of our general partner is also subject to the approval of a successor general partner by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units, voting as a class, and the outstanding subordinated units, voting as a class. The ownership of more than 33  1 / 3 % of the outstanding units by our general partner and its affiliates gives them the ability to prevent our general partner’s removal. At the closing of this offering, an affiliate of our general partner will own     % of our outstanding limited partner units, including all of our subordinated units.

Our partnership agreement also provides that if our general partner is removed as our general partner under circumstances where cause does not exist:

 

   

all subordinated units held by any person who did not, and whose affiliates did not, vote any units in favor of the removal of the general partner, will immediately and automatically convert into common units on a one-for-one basis, provided such person is not an affiliate of the successor general partner; and

 

161


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

if all of the subordinated units convert pursuant to the foregoing, all cumulative common unit arrearages on the common units will be extinguished and the subordination period will end.

In the event of the removal of our general partner under circumstances where cause exists or withdrawal of our general partner where that withdrawal violates our partnership agreement, a successor general partner will have the option to purchase the general partner interest and incentive distribution rights of the departing general partner and its affiliates for a cash payment equal to the fair market value of those interests. Under all other circumstances where our general partner withdraws or is removed by the limited partners, the departing general partner will have the option to require the successor general partner to purchase the general partner interest and the incentive distribution rights of the departing general partner and its affiliates for fair market value. In each case, this fair market value will be determined by agreement between the departing general partner and the successor general partner. If no agreement is reached, an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert selected by the departing general partner and the successor general partner will determine the fair market value. Or, if the departing general partner and the successor general partner cannot agree upon an expert, then an expert chosen by agreement of the experts selected by each of them will determine the fair market value.

If the option described above is not exercised by either the departing general partner or the successor general partner, the departing general partner’s general partner interest and all its and its affiliates’ incentive distribution rights will automatically convert into common units equal to the fair market value of those interests as determined by an investment banking firm or other independent expert selected in the manner described in the preceding paragraph.

In addition, we will be required to reimburse the departing general partner for all amounts due the departing general partner, including, without limitation, all employee-related liabilities, including severance liabilities, incurred as a result of the termination of any employees employed for our benefit by the departing general partner or its affiliates.

Transfer of General Partner Interest

At any time, our general partner may transfer all or any of its general partner interest to another person without the approval of our common unitholders. As a condition of this transfer, the transferee must, among other things, assume the rights and duties of our general partner, agree to be bound by the provisions of our partnership agreement and furnish an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters.

Transfer of Ownership Interests in the General Partner

At any time, the owners of our general partner may sell or transfer all or part of its ownership interests in our general partner to an affiliate or third party without the approval of our unitholders.

Transfer of Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution Rights

By transfer of subordinated units or incentive distribution rights in accordance with our partnership agreement, each transferee of subordinated units or incentive distribution rights will be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the subordinated units or incentive distribution rights transferred when such transfer and admission is reflected in our books and records. Each transferee:

 

   

represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and authority to become bound by our partnership agreement;

 

   

automatically becomes bound by the terms and conditions of our partnership agreement; and

 

   

gives the consents, waivers and approvals contained in our partnership agreement, such as the approval of all transactions and agreements we are entering into in connection with our formation and this offering.

 

162


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our general partner will cause any transfers to be recorded on our books and records no less frequently than quarterly.

We may, at our discretion, treat the nominee holder of subordinated units or incentive distribution rights as the absolute owner. In that case, the beneficial holder’s rights are limited solely to those that it has against the nominee holder as a result of any agreement between the beneficial owner and the nominee holder.

Subordinated units and incentive distribution rights are securities and any transfers are subject to the laws governing transfer of securities. In addition to other rights acquired upon transfer, the transferor gives the transferee the right to become a limited partner for the transferred subordinated units or incentive distribution rights.

Until a subordinated unit or incentive distribution right has been transferred on our books, we and the transfer agent may treat the record holder of the unit or right as the absolute owner for all purposes, except as otherwise required by law or stock exchange regulations.

Change of Management Provisions

Our partnership agreement contains specific provisions that are intended to discourage a person or group from attempting to remove Hi-Crush GP LLC as our general partner or from otherwise changing our management. Please read “—Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner” for a discussion of certain consequences of the removal of our general partner. If any person or group, other than our general partner and its affiliates, acquires beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any class of units, that person or group loses voting rights on all of its units. This loss of voting rights does not apply in certain circumstances. Please read “—Meetings; Voting.”

Limited Call Right

If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 80% of the then-issued and outstanding limited partner interests of any class, our general partner will have the right, which it may assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates or beneficial owners or to us, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the limited partner interests of the class held by unaffiliated persons, as of a record date to be selected by our general partner, on at least 10, but not more than 60, days notice. The purchase price in the event of this purchase is the greater of:

 

   

the highest price paid by our general partner or any of its affiliates for any limited partner interests of the class purchased within the 90 days preceding the date on which our general partner first mails notice of its election to purchase those limited partner interests; and

 

   

the average of the daily closing prices of the partnership securities of such class over the 20 trading days preceding the date that is three days before the date the notice is mailed.

As a result of our general partner’s right to purchase outstanding limited partner interests, a holder of limited partner interests may have his limited partner interests purchased at an undesirable time or at a price that may be lower than market prices at various times prior to such purchase or lower than a unitholder may anticipate the market price to be in the future. The tax consequences to a unitholder of the exercise of this call right are the same as a sale by that unitholder of his common units in the market. Please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—Disposition of Units.”

Non-Taxpaying Holders; Redemption

To avoid any adverse effect on the maximum applicable rates chargeable to customers by us or any of our future subsidiaries, or in order to reverse an adverse determination that has occurred regarding such maximum rate, our partnership agreement provides our general partner the power to amend the agreement. If our general

 

163


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

partner, with the advice of counsel, determines that our not being treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes, coupled with the tax status (or lack of proof thereof) of one or more of our limited partners, has, or is reasonably likely to have, a material adverse effect on the maximum applicable rates chargeable to customers by our subsidiaries, then our general partner may adopt such amendments to our partnership agreement as it determines necessary or advisable to:

 

   

obtain proof of the federal income tax status of our limited partners (and their owners, to the extent relevant); and

 

   

permit us to redeem the units held by any person whose tax status has or is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the maximum applicable rates or who fails to comply with the procedures instituted by our general partner to obtain proof of the federal income tax status. The redemption price in the case of such a redemption will be the average of the daily closing prices per unit for the 20 consecutive trading days immediately prior to the date set for redemption.

Non-Citizen Assignees; Redemption

If our general partner, with the advice of counsel, determines we are subject to federal, state or local laws or regulations that, in the reasonable determination of our general partner, create a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property that we have an interest in because of the nationality, citizenship or other related status of any limited partner, then our general partner may adopt such amendments to our partnership agreement as it determines necessary or advisable to:

 

   

obtain proof of the nationality, citizenship or other related status of our limited partners (and their owners, to the extent relevant); and

 

   

permit us to redeem the units held by any person whose nationality, citizenship or other related status creates substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property or who fails to comply with the procedures instituted by the general partner to obtain proof of the nationality, citizenship or other related status. The redemption price in the case of such a redemption will be the average of the daily closing prices per unit for the 20 consecutive trading days immediately prior to the date set for redemption.

Meetings; Voting

Except as described below regarding a person or group owning 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, record holders of units on the record date will be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, meetings of our limited partners and to act upon matters for which approvals may be solicited.

Our general partner does not anticipate that any meeting of our unitholders will be called in the foreseeable future. Any action that is required or permitted to be taken by the unitholders may be taken either at a meeting of the unitholders or without a meeting if consents in writing describing the action so taken are signed by holders of the number of units necessary to authorize or take that action at a meeting. Meetings of the unitholders may be called by our general partner or by unitholders owning at least 20% of the outstanding units of the class for which a meeting is proposed. Unitholders may vote either in person or by proxy at meetings. The holders of a majority of the outstanding units of the class or classes for which a meeting has been called, represented in person or by proxy, will constitute a quorum, unless any action by the unitholders requires approval by holders of a greater percentage of the units, in which case the quorum will be the greater percentage.

Each record holder of a unit has a vote according to his percentage interest in us, although additional limited partner interests having special voting rights could be issued. Please read “—Issuance of Additional Interests.” However, if at any time any person or group, other than our general partner and its affiliates, or a direct or subsequently approved transferee of our general partner or its affiliates and purchasers specifically approved by our general partner, acquires, in the aggregate, beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, that person or group will lose voting rights on all of its units and the units may not be voted on any

 

164


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

matter and will not be considered to be outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of unitholders, calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes. Common units held in nominee or street name account will be voted by the broker or other nominee in accordance with the instruction of the beneficial owner unless the arrangement between the beneficial owner and his nominee provides otherwise. Except as our partnership agreement otherwise provides, subordinated units will vote together with common units, as a single class.

Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy material required or permitted to be given or made to record common unitholders under our partnership agreement will be delivered to the record holder by us or by the transfer agent.

Voting Rights of Incentive Distribution Rights

If a majority of the incentive distribution rights are held by our general partner and its affiliates, the holders of the incentive distribution rights will have no right to vote in respect of such rights on any matter, unless otherwise required by law, and the holders of the incentive distribution rights shall be deemed to have approved any matter approved by our general partner.

If less than a majority of the incentive distribution rights are held by our general partner and its affiliates, the incentive distribution rights will be entitled to vote on all matters submitted to a vote of unitholders, other than amendments and other matters that our general partner determines do not adversely affect the holders of the incentive distribution rights in any material respect. On any matter in which the holders of incentive distribution rights are entitled to vote, such holders will vote together with the subordinated units, prior to the end of the subordination period, or together with the common units, thereafter, in either case as a single class, and such incentive distribution rights shall be treated in all respects as subordinated units or common units, as applicable, when sending notices of a meeting of our limited partners to vote on any matter (unless otherwise required by law), calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes under our partnership agreement. The relative voting power of the holders of the incentive distribution rights and the subordinated units or common units, depending on which class the holders of incentive distribution rights are voting with, will be set in the same proportion as cumulative cash distributions, if any, in respect of the incentive distribution rights for the four consecutive quarters prior to the record date for the vote bears to the cumulative cash distributions in respect of such class of units for such four quarters.

Status as Limited Partner

By transfer of common units in accordance with our partnership agreement, each transferee of common units shall be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the common units transferred when such transfer and admission are reflected in our books and records. Except as described under “—Limited Liability,” the common units will be fully paid, and unitholders will not be required to make additional contributions.

Indemnification

Under our partnership agreement, in most circumstances, we will indemnify the following persons, to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against all losses, claims, damages or similar events:

 

   

our general partner;

 

   

any departing general partner;

 

   

any person who is or was an affiliate of our general partner or any departing general partner;

 

   

any person who is or was a manager, managing member, general partner, director, officer, fiduciary or trustee of our partnership, our subsidiaries, our general partner, any departing general partner or any of their affiliates;

 

165


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

any person who is or was serving as a manager, managing member, general partners, director, officer, employee, agent, fiduciary or trustee of another person owing a fiduciary duty to us or our subsidiaries;

 

   

any person who controls our general partner or any departing general partner; and

 

   

any person designated by our general partner.

Any indemnification under these provisions will only be out of our assets. Unless our general partner otherwise agrees, it will not be personally liable for, or have any obligation to contribute or lend funds or assets to us to enable us to effectuate, indemnification. We may purchase insurance against liabilities asserted against and expenses incurred by persons for our activities, regardless of whether we would have the power to indemnify the person against liabilities under our partnership agreement.

Reimbursement of Expenses

Our partnership agreement requires us to reimburse our general partner for all direct and indirect expenses it incurs or payments it makes on our behalf and all other expenses allocable to us or otherwise incurred by our general partner in connection with operating our business. Our partnership agreement does not set a limit on the amount of expenses for which our general partner and its affiliates may be reimbursed. These expenses include salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to persons who perform services for us or on our behalf and expenses allocated to our general partner by its affiliates. Our general partner is entitled to determine the expenses that are allocable to us.

Books and Reports

Our general partner is required to keep appropriate books of our business at our principal offices. These books will be maintained for both tax and financial reporting purposes on an accrual basis. For tax and fiscal reporting purposes, our fiscal year is the calendar year.

We will furnish or make available to record holders of our common units, within 105 days after the close of each fiscal year, an annual report containing audited consolidated financial statements and a report on those consolidated financial statements by our independent public accountants. Except for our fourth quarter, we will also furnish or make available summary financial information within 50 days after the close of each quarter. We will be deemed to have made any such report available if we file such report with the SEC on EDGAR or make the report available on a publicly available website which we maintain.

We will furnish each record holder with information reasonably required for federal and state tax reporting purposes within 90 days after the close of each calendar year. This information is expected to be furnished in summary form so that some complex calculations normally required of partners can be avoided. Our ability to furnish this summary information to our unitholders will depend on their cooperation in supplying us with specific information. Every unitholder will receive information to assist him in determining his federal and state tax liability and in filing his federal and state income tax returns, regardless of whether he supplies us with the necessary information.

Right to Inspect Our Books and Records

Our partnership agreement provides that a limited partner can, for a purpose reasonably related to his interest as a limited partner, upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of such demand and at his own expense, have furnished to him:

 

   

a current list of the name and last known address of each record holder;

 

166


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

copies of our partnership agreement, our certificate of limited partnership, and all amendments thereto;

 

   

information regarding the status of our business and financial condition (provided that obligation shall be satisfied to the extent the limited partner is furnished our most recent annual report and any subsequent quarterly or periodic reports required to be filed (or which would be required to be filed) with the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act); and

 

   

any other information regarding our affairs that our general partner determines is just and reasonable.

Under our partnership agreement, however, each of our limited partners and other persons who acquire interests in our partnership interests, do not have rights to receive information from us or any of the persons we indemnify as described above under “—Indemnification” for the purpose of determining whether to pursue litigation or assist in pending litigation against us or those indemnified persons relating to our affairs, except pursuant to the applicable rules of discovery relating to the litigation commenced by the person seeking information.

Our general partner may, and intends to, keep confidential from the limited partners trade secrets or other information the disclosure of which our general partner believes in good faith is not in our best interests or that we are required by law or by agreements with third parties to keep confidential.

Registration Rights

Under our partnership agreement, we have agreed to register for resale under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws any common units, subordinated units or other limited partner interests proposed to be sold by our general partner or any of its affiliates or their assignees if an exemption from the registration requirements is not otherwise available. These registration rights continue for two years following any withdrawal or removal of our general partner. We are obligated to pay all expenses incidental to the registration, excluding underwriting discounts.

In addition, in connection with this offering, we expect to enter into a registration rights agreement with our sponsor. Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, we will be required to file a registration statement to register the common units and subordinated units issued to our sponsor and the common units issuable upon the conversion of the subordinated units upon request of our sponsor. In addition, the registration rights agreement gives our sponsor piggyback registration rights under certain circumstances. The registration rights agreement also includes provisions dealing with holdback agreements, indemnification and contribution and allocation of expenses. These registration rights are transferable to affiliates of our sponsor and, in certain circumstances, to third parties. Please read “Units Eligible for Future Sale.”

 

167


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

UNITS ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

After the sale of the common units offered by this prospectus, our sponsor will hold an aggregate of             common units and            subordinated units. All of the subordinated units will convert into common units at the end of the subordination period and some may convert earlier. For information regarding the conversion of subordinated units into common units prior to the end of the subordination period, please read “The Partnership Agreement—Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner.” The sale of these common and subordinated units could have an adverse impact on the price of the common units or on any trading market that may develop.

Our common units sold in this offering will generally be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any common units held by an “affiliate” of ours may not be resold publicly except in compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or under an exemption under Rule 144 or otherwise. Rule 144 permits securities acquired by an affiliate of the issuer to be sold into the market in an amount that does not exceed, during any three-month period, the greater of:

 

   

1% of the total number of the securities outstanding; or

 

   

the average weekly reported trading volume of our common units for the four weeks prior to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to specific manner of sale provisions, holding period requirements, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us. A person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned our common units for at least six months (provided we are in compliance with the current public information requirement), or one year (regardless of whether we are in compliance with the current public information requirement), would be entitled to sell those common units under Rule 144, subject only to the current public information requirement. After beneficially owning Rule 144 restricted units for at least one year, a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale would be entitled to freely sell those common units without regard to the public information requirements, volume limitations, manner of sale provisions and notice requirements of Rule 144.

Our partnership agreement provides that we may issue an unlimited number of limited partner interests of any type without a vote of the unitholders at any time. Any issuance of additional common units or other equity securities would result in a corresponding decrease in the proportionate ownership interest in us represented by, and could adversely affect the cash distributions to and market price of, common units then outstanding. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Issuance of Additional Interests.”

Under our partnership agreement and the registration rights agreement that we expect to enter into, our general partner and its affiliates will have the right to cause us to register under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws the offer and sale of any units that they hold. Subject to the terms and conditions of the partnership agreement and the registration rights agreement, these registration rights allow our general partner and its affiliates or their assignees holding any units to require registration of any of these units and to include any of these units in a registration by us of other units, including units offered by us or by any unitholder. Our general partner and its affiliates will continue to have these registration rights for two years following its withdrawal or removal as our general partner. In connection with any registration of this kind, we will indemnify each unitholder participating in the registration and its officers, directors, and controlling persons from and against any liabilities under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws arising from the registration statement or prospectus. We will bear all costs and expenses incidental to any registration, excluding any underwriting discount. Except as described below, our general partner and its affiliates may sell their units in private transactions at any time, subject to compliance with applicable laws.

The executive officers and directors of our general partner and our sponsor have agreed not to sell any common units they beneficially own for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus. Please read “Underwriting” for a description of these lock-up provisions.

 

168


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to adopt a new long-term incentive plan (the “Long-Term Incentive Plan”). If adopted, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register common units issuable under the Long-Term Incentive Plan. This registration statement on Form S-8 is expected to be filed following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and will be effective upon filing. Accordingly, common units issued under the Long-Term Incentive Plan will be eligible for resale in the public market without restriction after the effective date of the Form S-8 registration statement, subject to applicable vesting requirements, Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up restrictions described above.

 

169


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

This section summarizes the material federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to prospective unitholders and is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), existing and proposed Treasury regulations thereunder (the “Treasury Regulations”), and current administrative rulings and court decisions, all of which are subject to change. Changes in these authorities may cause the federal income tax consequences to a prospective unitholder to vary substantially from those described below. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “we” or “us” are references to Hi-Crush Partners LP and its subsidiaries.

Legal conclusions contained in this section, unless otherwise noted, are the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. and are based on the accuracy of representations made by us to them for this purpose. However, this section does not address all federal income tax matters that affect us or our unitholders. Furthermore, this section focuses on unitholders who are individual citizens or residents of the United States (for federal income tax purposes), who have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency and who hold units as capital assets (generally, property that is held for investment). This section has limited applicability to corporations, partnerships, (including entities treated as partnerships for federal income tax purposes), estates, trusts, non-resident aliens or other unitholders subject to specialized tax treatment, such as tax-exempt institutions, non-U.S. persons, individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”), employee benefit plans, real estate investment trusts or mutual funds. Accordingly, we encourage each unitholder to consult the unitholder’s own tax advisor in analyzing the federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences particular to that unitholder resulting from ownership or disposition of units.

We are relying on opinions and advice of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. with respect to the matters described herein. An opinion of counsel represents only that counsel’s best legal judgment and does not bind the IRS or a court. Accordingly, the opinions and statements made herein may not be sustained by a court if contested by the IRS. Any such contest of the matters described herein may materially and adversely impact the market for units and the prices at which units trade. In addition, our costs of any contest with the IRS will be borne indirectly by our unitholders and our general partner because the costs will reduce our cash available for distribution. Furthermore, the tax consequences of an investment in us, may be significantly modified by future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions, which may be retroactively applied.

For the reasons described below, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion with respect to the following federal income tax issues: (1) the treatment of a unitholder whose units are the subject of a securities loan (e.g., a loan to a short seller to cover a short sale of units) (please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Treatment of Securities Loans”); (2) whether our monthly convention for allocating taxable income and losses is permitted by existing Treasury Regulations (please read “—Disposition of Units—Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees”); and (3) whether our method for taking into account Section 743 adjustments is sustainable in certain cases (please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Section 754 Election” and “—Uniformity of Units”).

Taxation of the Partnership

Partnership Status

We expect to be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes and, therefore, generally will not be liable for such taxes. Instead, as described below, each of our unitholders will take into account its respective share of our items of income, gain, loss and deduction in computing its federal income tax liability as if the unitholder had earned such income directly, even if we make no cash distributions to the unitholder. Distributions we make to a unitholder generally will not give rise to income or gain taxable to such unitholder, unless the amount of cash distributed exceeds the unitholder’s adjusted tax basis in its units.

Section 7704 of the Code generally provides that publicly-traded partnerships will be treated as corporations for federal income tax purposes. However, if 90% or more of a partnership’s gross income for every taxable year

 

170


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

it is publicly-traded consists of “qualifying income,” the partnership may continue to be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes (the “Qualifying Income Exception”). Qualifying income includes (i) income and gains derived from the exploration, development, mining or production, processing, refining, transportation, and marketing of any mineral or natural resource, including sand, (ii) interest (other than from a financial business), (iii) dividends, (iv) gains from the sale of real property and (v) gains from the sale or other disposition of capital assets held for the production of qualifying income. We estimate that approximately             % of our current gross income is not qualifying income; however, this estimate could change from time to time.

Based upon factual representations made by us and our general partner regarding the composition of our income and the other representations set forth below, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is of the opinion that we will be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. In rendering its opinion, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has relied on factual representations made by us and our general partner. The representations made by us and our general partner upon which Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has relied include, without limitation:

(a) Neither we nor any of our partnership or limited liability company subsidiaries has elected to be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes; and

(b) For each taxable year since and including the year of our initial public offering, more than 90% of our gross income has been and will be income of a character that Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has opined is “qualifying income” within the meaning of Section 7704(d) of the Code.

We believe that these representations are true and will be true in the future.

If we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, other than a failure that is determined by the IRS to be inadvertent and that is cured within a reasonable time after discovery (in which case the IRS may also require us to make adjustments with respect to our unitholders or pay other amounts), we will be treated as transferring all of our assets, subject to liabilities, to a newly formed corporation, on the first day of the year in which we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, in return for stock in that corporation and then as distributing that stock to our unitholders in liquidation. This deemed contribution and liquidation should not result in the recognition of taxable income by our unitholders or us so long as our liabilities do not exceed the tax basis of our assets. Thereafter, we would be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.

If for any reason we are taxable as a corporation in any taxable year, our items of income, gain, loss and deduction would be taken into account by us in determining the amount of our liability for federal income tax, rather than being passed through to our unitholders. Our taxation as a corporation would materially reduce the cash available for distribution to unitholders and thus would likely substantially reduce the value of our units. Any distribution made to a unitholder at a time we are treated as a corporation would be (i) a taxable dividend to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, then (ii) a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the unitholder’s tax basis in its units, and thereafter (iii) taxable capital gain.

The remainder of this discussion assumes that we will be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.

Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership

Limited Partner Status

Unitholders who are admitted as limited partners of the partnership, as well as unitholders whose units are held in street name or by a nominee and who have the right to direct the nominee in the exercise of all substantive rights attendant to the ownership of units, will be treated as partners of the partnership for federal income tax purposes. For a discussion related to the risks of losing partner status as a result of securities loans, please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Treatment of Securities Loans.” Unitholders who are not treated as partners in us as described above are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences applicable to them under the circumstances.

 

171


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Flow-Through of Taxable Income

Subject to the discussion below under “—Entity-Level Collections of Unitholder Taxes” with respect to payments we may be required to make on behalf of our unitholders, we will not pay any federal income tax. Rather, each unitholder will be required to report on its federal income tax return each year its share of our income, gains, losses and deductions for our taxable year or years ending with or within its taxable year. Consequently, we may allocate income to a unitholder even if that unitholder has not received a cash distribution.

Basis of Units

A unitholder’s tax basis in its units initially will be the amount paid for those units plus the unitholder’s share of our liabilities. That basis generally will be (i) increased by the unitholder’s share of our income and any increases in such unitholder’s share of our liabilities, and (ii) decreased, but not below zero, by the amount of all distributions, the unitholder’s share of our losses, and any decreases in its share of our liabilities.

Ratio of Taxable Income to Distributions

We estimate that a purchaser of units in this offering who owns those units from the date of closing through the record date for distributions for the period ending December 31, 2014, will be allocated, on a cumulative basis, an amount of federal taxable income that will be     % or less of the cash distributed with respect to that period. Thereafter, we anticipate that the ratio of taxable income to cash distributions to the common unitholders will increase. These estimates are based upon the assumption that earnings from operations will approximate the amount required to make the minimum quarterly distribution on all units and other assumptions with respect to capital expenditures, cash flow, net working capital and anticipated cash distributions. These estimates and assumptions are subject to, among other things, numerous business, economic, regulatory, legislative, competitive and political uncertainties beyond our control. Further, the estimates are based on current tax law and tax reporting positions that we will adopt and with which the IRS could disagree. Accordingly, we cannot assure that these estimates will prove to be correct, and our counsel has not opined on the accuracy of such estimates. The actual ratio of taxable income to cash distributions could be higher or lower than expected, and any differences could be material and could affect the value of units. For example, the ratio of taxable income to cash distributions to a purchaser of units in this offering would be higher, and perhaps substantially higher, than our estimate with respect to the period described above if:

 

   

the earnings from operations exceeds the amount required to make minimum quarterly distributions on all common units, yet we only distribute the minimum quarterly distribution on all units; or

 

   

we make a future offering of common units and use the proceeds of the offering in a manner that does not produce additional deductions during the period described above, such as to repay indebtedness outstanding at the time of this offering or to acquire property that is not eligible for depreciation or amortization for federal income tax purposes or that is depreciable or amortizable at a rate significantly slower than the rate applicable to our assets at the time of this offering.

Treatment of Distributions

Distributions made by us to a unitholder generally will not be taxable to the unitholder, unless such distributions exceed the unitholder’s tax basis in its units, in which case the unitholder generally will recognize gain taxable in the manner described below under “—Disposition of Units.”

Any reduction in a unitholder’s share of our liabilities will be treated as a distribution by us of cash to that unitholder. A decrease in a unitholder’s percentage interest in us because of our issuance of additional units may decrease the unitholder’s share of our liabilities. For purposes of the foregoing, a unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities (liabilities for which no partner bears the economic risk of loss) generally will be based

 

172


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

upon that unitholder’s share of the unrealized appreciation (or depreciation) in our assets, to the extent thereof, with any excess liabilities allocated based on the unitholder’s share of our profits. Please read “Disposition of Units.”

A non-pro rata distribution of money or property (including a deemed distribution as a result of the reallocation of our liabilities described above) may cause a unitholder to recognize ordinary income, if the distribution reduces the unitholder’s share of our “unrealized receivables,” including depreciation and depletion recapture and substantially appreciated “inventory items,” both as defined in Section 751 of the Code (“Section 751 Assets”). To the extent of such reduction, the unitholder would be deemed to receive its proportionate share of the Section 751 Assets and exchange such assets with us in return for a portion of the non-pro rata distribution. This deemed exchange generally will result in the unitholder’s recognition of ordinary income in an amount equal to the excess of (1) the non-pro rata portion of that distribution over (2) the unitholder’s tax basis (generally zero) in the Section 751 Assets deemed to be relinquished in the exchange.

Limitations on Deductibility of Losses

A unitholder may not be entitled to deduct the full amount of loss we allocate to it because its share of our losses will be limited to the lesser of (i) the unitholder’s tax basis in its units, and (ii) in the case of a unitholder that is an individual, estate, trust or certain types of closely-held corporations, the amount for which the unitholder is considered to be “at risk” with respect to our activities. In general, a unitholder will be at risk to the extent of its tax basis in its units, reduced by (1) any portion of that basis attributable to the unitholder’s share of our liabilities, (2) any portion of that basis representing amounts otherwise protected against loss because of a guarantee, stop loss agreement or similar arrangement and (3) any amount of money the unitholder borrows to acquire or hold its units, if the lender of those borrowed funds owns an interest in us, is related to another unitholder or can look only to the units for repayment. A unitholder subject to the at risk limitation must recapture losses deducted in previous years to the extent that distributions (including distributions deemed to result from a reduction in a unitholder’s share of nonrecourse liabilities) cause the unitholder’s at risk amount to be less than zero at the end of any taxable year.

Losses disallowed to a unitholder or recaptured as a result of the basis or at risk limitations will carry forward and will be allowable as a deduction in a later year to the extent that the unitholder’s tax basis or at risk amount, whichever is the limiting factor, is subsequently increased. Upon a taxable disposition of units, any gain recognized by a unitholder can be offset by losses that were previously suspended by the at risk limitation but not losses suspended by the basis limitation. Any loss previously suspended by the at risk limitation in excess of that gain can no longer be used.

In addition to the basis and at risk limitations, a passive activity loss limitation generally limits the deductibility of losses incurred by individuals, estates, trusts, some closely-held corporations and personal service corporations from “passive activities” (generally, trade or business activities in which the taxpayer does not materially participate). The passive loss limitations are applied separately with respect to each publicly-traded partnership. Consequently, any passive losses we generate will be available to offset only passive income generated by us. Passive losses that exceed a unitholder’s share of passive income we generate may be deducted in full when the unitholder disposes of all of its units in a fully taxable transaction with an unrelated party. The passive loss rules generally are applied after other applicable limitations on deductions, including the at risk and basis limitations.

Limitations on Interest Deductions

The deductibility of a non-corporate taxpayer’s “investment interest expense” generally is limited to the amount of that taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Investment interest expense includes:

 

   

interest on indebtedness allocable to property held for investment;

 

173


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

interest expense allocated against portfolio income; and

 

   

the portion of interest expense incurred to purchase or carry an interest in a passive activity to the extent allocable against portfolio income.

The computation of a unitholder’s investment interest expense will take into account interest on any margin account borrowing or other loan incurred to purchase or carry a unit. Net investment income includes gross income from property held for investment and amounts treated as portfolio income under the passive loss rules, less deductible expenses other than interest directly connected with the production of investment income. Net investment income generally does not include qualified dividend income or gains attributable to the disposition of property held for investment. A unitholder’s share of a publicly-traded partnership’s portfolio income and, according to the IRS, net passive income will be treated as investment income for purposes of the investment interest expense limitation.

Entity-Level Collections of Unitholder Taxes

If we are required or elect under applicable law to pay any federal, state, local or non-U.S. tax on behalf of any current or former unitholder or our general partner, we are authorized to treat the payment as a distribution of cash to the relevant unitholder or general partner. Where the tax is payable on behalf of all unitholders or we cannot determine the specific unitholder on whose behalf the tax is payable, we are authorized to treat the payment as a distribution to all current unitholders. Payments by us as described above could give rise to an overpayment of tax on behalf of a unitholder, in which event the unitholder may be entitled to claim a refund of the overpayment amount. Unitholders are urged to consult their tax advisors to determine the consequences to them of any tax payment we make on their behalf.

Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction

In general, if we have a net profit, our items of income, gain, loss and deduction will be allocated amongst our unitholders in accordance with their percentage interests in us. If we have a net loss, our items of income, gain, loss and deduction will be allocated first among our unitholders in accordance with their percentage interests in us to the extent of their positive capital accounts and thereafter to our general partner. At any time that distributions are made with respect to common units and not with respect to subordinated units, or that incentive distributions are made to our sponsor, gross income will be allocated to the recipients to the extent of such distributions.

Specified items of our income, gain, loss and deduction will be allocated under Section 704(c) of the Code to account for any difference between the tax basis and fair market value of our assets at the time such assets are contributed to us and at the time of any subsequent offering of our units (a “Book-Tax Disparity”). In addition, items of recapture income will be specially allocated to the extent possible to the unitholder who was allocated the deduction giving rise to that recapture income in order to minimize the recognition of ordinary income by other unitholders.

Treatment of Securities Loans

A unitholder whose units are loaned (for example, a loan to “short seller” to cover a short sale of units) may be treated as having disposed of those units. If so, such unitholder would no longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with respect to those units during the period of the loan and may recognize gain or loss from the disposition. As a result, during this period (i) any of our income, gain, loss or deduction allocated to those units would not be reportable by the lending unitholder, and (ii) any cash distributions received by the unitholder as to those units may be treated as ordinary taxable income.

Due to a lack of controlling authority, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion regarding the tax treatment of a unitholder that enters into a securities loan with respect to its units. Unitholders desiring to assure

 

174


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

their status as partners and avoid the risk of income recognition from a loan of their units are urged to modify any applicable brokerage account agreements to prohibit their brokers from borrowing and lending their units. The IRS has announced that it is studying issues relating to the tax treatment of short sales of partnership interests. Please read “—Disposition of Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss.”

Tax Rates

Under current law, the highest marginal federal income tax rates for individuals applicable to ordinary income and long-term capital gains (generally, gains from the sale or exchange of certain investment assets held for more than one year) are 35% and 15%, respectively. However, absent new legislation extending the current rates, beginning January 1, 2013, the highest marginal federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income and long-term capital gains of individuals will increase to 39.6% and 20%, respectively. These rates are subject to change by new legislation at any time.

A 3.8% Medicare tax on certain investment income earned by individuals, estates, and trusts will apply for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012. For these purposes, investment income generally includes a unitholder’s allocable share of our income and gain realized by a unitholder from a sale of units. In the case of an individual, the tax will be imposed on the lesser of (i) the unitholder’s net investment income from all investments, or (ii) the amount by which the unitholder’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $250,000 (if the unitholder is married and filing jointly or a surviving spouse), $125,000 (if married filing separately) or $200,000 (if the unitholder is unmarried). In the case of an estate or trust, the tax will be imposed on the lesser of (i) undistributed net investment income, or (ii) the excess adjusted gross income over the dollar amount at which the highest income tax bracket applicable to an estate or trust begins.

Section 754 Election

We will make the election permitted by Section 754 of the Code that permits us to adjust the tax bases in our assets as to specific purchasers of our units under Section 743(b) of the Code. The Section 743(b) adjustment separately applies to each purchaser of units based upon the values and bases of our assets at the time of the relevant purchase, and the adjustment will reflect the purchase price paid. The Section 743(b) adjustment does not apply to a person who purchases units directly from us.

The IRS may challenge the positions we adopt with respect to depreciating or amortizing the Section 743(b) adjustment we take to preserve the uniformity of units due to lack of controlling authority. Because a unitholder’s tax basis for its units is reduced by its share of our items of deduction or loss, any position we take that understates deductions will overstate a unitholder’s basis in its units, and may cause the unitholder to understate gain or overstate loss on any sale of such units. Please read “—Disposition of Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss.” If a challenge to such treatment were sustained, the gain from the sale of units may be increased without the benefit of additional deductions.

The calculations involved in the Section 754 election are complex and will be made on the basis of assumptions as to the value of our assets and other matters. The IRS could seek to reallocate some or all of any Section 743(b) adjustment we allocated to our assets subject to depreciation or depletion to goodwill or nondepreciable assets. Goodwill, as an intangible asset, is generally nonamortizable or amortizable over a longer period of time or under a less accelerated method than our tangible assets. We cannot assure any unitholder that the determinations we make will not be successfully challenged by the IRS or that the resulting deductions will not be reduced or disallowed altogether. Should the IRS require a different tax basis adjustment to be made, and should, in our opinion, the expense of compliance exceed the benefit of the election, we may seek permission from the IRS to revoke our Section 754 election. If permission is granted, a subsequent purchaser of units may be allocated more income than it would have been allocated had the election not been revoked.

 

175


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Tax Treatment of Operations

Accounting Method and Taxable Year

We will use the year ending December 31 as our taxable year and the accrual method of accounting for federal income tax purposes. Each unitholder will be required to include in income its share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for each taxable year ending within or with its taxable year. In addition, a unitholder who has a taxable year ending on a date other than December 31 and who disposes of all of its units following the close of our taxable year but before the close of its taxable year must include its share of our income, gain, loss and deduction in income for its taxable year, with the result that it will be required to include in income for its taxable year its share of more than one year of our income, gain, loss and deduction. Please read “—Disposition of Units—Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees.”

Tax Basis, Depreciation and Amortization

The tax basis of our assets will be used for purposes of computing depreciation and cost recovery deductions and, ultimately, gain or loss on the disposition of these assets. The federal income tax burden associated with the difference between the fair market value of our assets and their tax basis immediately prior to an offering generally will be borne by our partners holding interests in us prior to this offering. Please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction.”

If we dispose of depreciable property by sale, foreclosure or otherwise, all or a portion of any gain, determined by reference to the amount of depreciation and depletion deductions previously taken, may be subject to the recapture rules and taxed as ordinary income rather than capital gain. Similarly, a unitholder who has taken cost recovery or depreciation deductions with respect to property we own will likely be required to recapture some or all of those deductions as ordinary income upon a sale of its interest in us. Please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction” and “—Disposition of Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss.”

The costs we incur in offering and selling our units (called “syndication expenses”) must be capitalized and cannot be deducted currently, ratably or upon our termination. While there are uncertainties regarding the classification of costs as organization expenses, which may be amortized by us, and as syndication expenses, which may not be amortized by us, the underwriting discounts and commissions we incur will be treated as syndication expenses.

Valuation and Tax Basis of Our Properties

The federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of units will depend in part on our estimates of the relative fair market values and the initial tax bases of our assets. Although we may from time to time consult with professional appraisers regarding valuation matters, we will make many of the relative fair market value estimates ourselves. These estimates and determinations of tax basis are subject to challenge and will not be binding on the IRS or the courts. If the estimates of fair market value or basis are later found to be incorrect, the character and amount of items of income, gain, loss or deduction previously reported by unitholders could change, and unitholders could be required to adjust their tax liability for prior years and incur interest and penalties with respect to those adjustments.

Sand Depletion

In general, we are entitled to depletion deductions with respect to silica (sand) mined from the underlying mineral property. We generally are entitled to the greater of cost depletion limited to the basis of the property or percentage depletion. The percentage depletion rate for sand is 5%.

Depletion deductions we claim generally will reduce the tax basis of the underlying mineral property. Percentage depletion deductions can, however, exceed the total tax basis of the mineral property. Upon the

 

176


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

disposition of the mineral property, a portion of the gain, if any, equal to the lesser of the deductions for depletion which reduce the adjusted tax basis of the mineral property plus deductible development and mining exploration expenses, or the amount of gain recognized on the disposition, will be treated as ordinary income to us.

Sales of Sand Reserves

If any silica reserves are sold or otherwise disposed of in a taxable transaction, we will recognize gain or loss measured by the difference between the amount realized (including the amount of any indebtedness assumed by the purchaser upon such disposition or to which such property is subject) and the adjusted tax basis of the property sold. Generally, the character of any gain or loss recognized upon that disposition will depend upon whether our silica reserves sold are held by us:

 

   

for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business (i.e., we are a “dealer” with respect to that property);

 

   

for use in a trade or business within the meaning of Section 1231 of the Code; or

 

   

as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code.

In determining dealer status with respect to silica reserves and other types of real estate, courts have identified a number of factors for distinguishing between a particular property held for sale in the ordinary course of business and one held for investment. Any determination must be based on all facts and circumstances surrounding the particular property for sale in question.

We intend to hold our silica reserves for use in a trade or business and to achieve long-term capital appreciation. Although our general partner may consider strategic sales of silica reserves consistent with achieving long-term capital appreciation, our general partner does not anticipate frequent sales of silica reserves. Thus, we do not believe we will be viewed as a dealer. Nonetheless, our purposes for holding our properties may change and our future activities could cause us to be a “dealer” in silica reserves.

If we are not a dealer with respect to our silica reserves and we have held the disposed reserves for more than a one-year period primarily for use in our trade or business, the character of any gain or loss realized from a disposition of the property will be determined under Section 1231 of the Code. If we have not held the property for more than one year at the time of the sale, gain or loss from the sale will be taxable as ordinary income.

A unitholder’s distributive share of any Section 1231 gain or loss generated by us will be aggregated with any other gains or losses realized by that unitholder from the disposition of property used in a trade or business, as defined in Section 1231(b) of the Code. If a net gain results, all such gains and losses will be long-term capital gains and losses. If a net loss results, all such gains and losses will be ordinary income and losses. Net Section 1231 gains will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of prior Section 1231 losses of the taxpayer or predecessor taxpayer for the five most recent prior taxable years to the extent such losses have not previously been offset against Section 1231 gains. Losses are deemed recaptured in the chronological order in which they arose.

If we are not a dealer with respect to our silica reserves and that property is not used in a trade or business, the property will be a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. Gain or loss recognized from the disposition of that property will be taxable as long term capital gain or loss if we have held such reserves for more than one year and short term gain or loss if we have not satisfied that holding period.

Upon a disposition of silica reserves, a portion of the gain, if any, equal to the lesser of (i) the depletion deductions that reduced the tax basis of the disposed mineral property, plus deductible mining and exploration and development expenses, or (ii) the amount of gain recognized on the disposition, will be treated as ordinary income to us.

 

177


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Disposition of Units

Recognition of Gain or Loss

A unitholder will be required to recognize gain or loss on a sale of units equal to the difference between the unitholder’s amount realized and tax basis in the units sold. A unitholder’s amount realized generally will equal the sum of the cash or the fair market value of other property it receives plus its share of our liabilities with respect to such units. Because the amount realized includes a unitholder’s share of our liabilities, the gain recognized on the sale of units could result in a tax liability in excess of any cash received from the sale.

Except as noted below, gain or loss recognized by a unitholder on the sale or exchange of a unit held for more than one year generally will be taxable as long-term capital gain or loss. However, gain or loss recognized on the disposition of units will be separately computed and taxed as ordinary income or loss under Section 751 of the Code to the extent attributable to Section 751 Assets, such as depreciation or depletion recapture. Ordinary income attributable to Section 751 Assets may exceed net taxable gain realized on the sale of a unit and may be recognized even if there is a net taxable loss realized on the sale of a unit. Thus, a unitholder may recognize both ordinary income and capital gain or loss upon a sale of units. Net capital loss may offset capital gains and, in the case of individuals, up to $3,000 of ordinary income per year.

The IRS has ruled that a partner who acquires interests in a partnership in separate transactions must combine those interests and maintain a single adjusted tax basis for all those interests. Upon a sale or other disposition of less than all of those interests, a portion of that tax basis must be allocated to the interests sold using an “equitable apportionment” method, which generally means that the tax basis allocated to the interest sold equals an amount that bears the same relation to the partner’s tax basis in its entire interest in the partnership as the value of the interest sold bears to the value of the partner’s entire interest in the partnership.

Treasury Regulations under Section 1223 of the Code allow a selling unitholder who can identify units transferred with an ascertainable holding period to elect to use the actual holding period of the units transferred. Thus, according to the ruling discussed above, a unitholder will be unable to select high or low basis units to sell as would be the case with corporate stock, but, according to the Treasury Regulations, it may designate specific units sold for purposes of determining the holding period of units transferred. A unitholder electing to use the actual holding period of units transferred must consistently use that identification method for all subsequent sales or exchanges of our units. A unitholder considering the purchase of additional units or a sale of units purchased in separate transactions is urged to consult its tax advisor as to the possible consequences of this ruling and application of the Treasury Regulations.

Specific provisions of the Code affect the taxation of some financial products and securities, including partnership interests, by treating a taxpayer as having sold an “appreciated” financial position, including a partnership interest with respect to which gain would be recognized if it were sold, assigned or terminated at its fair market value, in the event the taxpayer or a related person enters into:

 

   

a short sale;

 

   

an offsetting notional principal contract; or

 

   

a futures or forward contract with respect to the partnership interest or substantially identical property.

Moreover, if a taxpayer has previously entered into a short sale, an offsetting notional principal contract or a futures or forward contract with respect to the partnership interest, the taxpayer will be treated as having sold that position if the taxpayer or a related person then acquires the partnership interest or substantially identical property. The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to issue regulations that treat a taxpayer that enters into transactions or positions that have substantially the same effect as the preceding transactions as having constructively sold the financial position.

 

178


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Allocations Between Transferors and Transferee

In general, our taxable income or loss will be determined annually, will be prorated on a monthly basis and will be subsequently apportioned among the unitholders in proportion to the number of units owned by each of them as of the opening of the applicable exchange on the first business day of the month (the “Allocation Date”). However, gain or loss realized on a sale or other disposition of our assets or, in the discretion of the general partner, any other extraordinary item of income, gain, loss or deduction will be allocated among the unitholders on the Allocation Date in the month in which such income, gain, loss or deduction is recognized. As a result, a unitholder transferring units may be allocated income, gain, loss and deduction realized after the date of transfer.

Although simplifying conventions are contemplated by the Code and most publicly-traded partnerships use similar simplifying conventions, the use of this method may not be permitted under existing Treasury Regulations. Recently, however, the Department of the Treasury and the IRS issued proposed Treasury Regulations that provide a safe harbor pursuant to which a publicly-traded partnership may use a similar monthly simplifying convention to allocate tax items among transferor and transferee unitholders, although such tax items must be prorated on a daily basis. Nonetheless, the proposed regulations do not specifically authorize the use of the proration method we have adopted. Accordingly, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is unable to opine on the validity of this method of allocating income and deductions between transferee and transferor unitholders. If this method is not allowed under the final Treasury Regulations, or only applies to transfers of less than all of the unitholder’s interest, our taxable income or losses could be reallocated among our unitholders. We are authorized to revise our method of allocation between transferee and transferor unitholders, as well as among unitholders whose interests vary during a taxable year, to conform to a method permitted under future Treasury Regulations.

A unitholder who disposes of units prior to the record date set for a cash distribution for that quarter will be allocated items of our income, gain, loss and deduction attributable to the month of disposition but will not be entitled to receive a cash distribution for that period.

Notification Requirements

A unitholder who sells or purchases any of its units is generally required to notify us in writing of that transaction within 30 days after the transaction (or, if earlier, January 15 of the year following the transaction). Upon receiving such notifications, we are required to notify the IRS of that transaction and to furnish specified information to the transferor and transferee. Failure to notify us of a transfer of units may, in some cases, lead to the imposition of penalties. However, these reporting requirements do not apply to a sale by an individual who is a citizen of the United States and who effects the sale through a broker who will satisfy such requirements.

Constructive Termination

We will be considered to have “constructively” terminated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes upon the sale or exchange of 50% or more of the total interests in our capital and profits within a twelve-month period. For such purposes, multiple sales of the same unit are counted only once. A constructive termination results in the closing of our taxable year for all unitholders. In the case of a unitholder reporting on a taxable year other than the calendar year, the closing of our taxable year may result in more than twelve months of our taxable income or loss being includable in such unitholder’s taxable income for the year of termination.

A constructive termination occurring on a date other than December 31 generally would require that we file two tax returns for one fiscal year and the cost of the preparation of these returns will be borne by all unitholders. However, pursuant to an IRS relief procedure the IRS may allow a constructively terminated partnership to provide a single Schedule K-1 for the calendar year in which a termination occurs. Following a constructive termination, we would be required to make new tax elections, including a new election under Section 754 of the Code, and the termination would result in a deferral of our deductions for depreciation. A termination could also result in penalties if we were unable to determine that the termination had occurred. Moreover, a termination may

 

179


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

either accelerate the application of, or subject us to, any tax legislation enacted before the termination that would not otherwise have been applied to us as a continuing as opposed to a terminating partnership.

Uniformity of Units

Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of units and other reasons, we must maintain uniformity of the economic and tax characteristics of the units to a purchaser of these units. In the absence of uniformity, we may be unable to completely comply with a number of federal income tax requirements. Any non-uniformity could have a negative impact on the value of the units. Please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Section 754 Election.”

Our partnership agreement permits our general partner to take positions in filing our tax returns that preserve the uniformity of our units. These positions may include reducing the depreciation, amortization or loss deductions to which a unitholder would otherwise be entitled or reporting a slower amortization of Section 743(b) adjustments for some unitholders than that to which they would otherwise be entitled. Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is unable to opine as to validity of such filing positions.

A unitholder’s basis in units is reduced by its share of our deductions (whether or not such deductions were claimed on an individual income tax return) so that any position that we take that understates deductions will overstate the unitholder’s basis in its units, and may cause the unitholder to understate gain or overstate loss on any sale of such units. Please read “—Disposition of Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss” above and “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Section 754 Election” above. The IRS may challenge one or more of any positions we take to preserve the uniformity of units. If such a challenge were sustained, the uniformity of units might be affected, and, under some circumstances, the gain from the sale of units might be increased without the benefit of additional deductions.

Tax-Exempt Organizations and Other Investors

Ownership of units by employee benefit plans, other tax-exempt organizations, non-resident aliens, non-U.S. corporations and other non-U.S. persons raises issues unique to those investors and, as described below, may have substantially adverse tax consequences to them. Prospective unitholders that are tax-exempt entities or non-U.S. persons should consult their tax advisors before investing in our units. Employee benefit plans and most other tax-exempt organizations, including IRAs and other retirement plans, are subject to federal income tax on unrelated business taxable income. Virtually all of our income will be unrelated business taxable income and will be taxable to a tax-exempt unitholder.

Non-resident aliens and foreign corporations, trusts or estates that own units will be considered to be engaged in business in the United States because of their ownership of our units. Consequently, they will be required to file federal tax returns to report their share of our income, gain, loss or deduction and pay federal income tax at regular rates on their share of our net income or gain. Moreover, under rules applicable to publicly-traded partnerships, distributions to non-U.S. unitholders are subject to withholding at the highest applicable effective tax rate. Each non-U.S. unitholder must obtain a taxpayer identification number from the IRS and submit that number to our transfer agent on a Form W-8BEN or applicable substitute form in order to obtain credit for these withholding taxes.

In addition, because a foreign corporation that owns units will be treated as engaged in a United States trade or business, that corporation may be subject to the U.S. branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, in addition to regular federal income tax, on its share of our income and gain, as adjusted for changes in the foreign corporation’s “U.S. net equity,” which is effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or business. That tax may be reduced or eliminated by an income tax treaty between the United States and the country in which the foreign corporate unitholder is a “qualified resident.” In addition, this type of unitholder is subject to special information reporting requirements under Section 6038C of the Code.

 

180


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

A non U.S. unitholder who sells or otherwise disposes of a unit will be subject to federal income tax on gain realized from the sale or disposition of that unit to the extent the gain is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the non U.S. unitholder. Under a ruling published by the IRS, interpreting the scope of “effectively connected income,” part or all of a non U.S. unitholder’s gain may be treated as effectively connected with that unitholder’s indirect U.S. trade or business constituted by its investment in us. Moreover, under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act, a non U.S. unitholder generally will be subject to federal income tax upon the sale or disposition of a unit if (i) it owned (directly or constructively applying certain attribution rules) more than 5% of our units at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of such disposition and (ii) 50% or more of the fair market value of all of our assets consisted of U.S. real property interests at any time during the shorter of the period during which such unitholder held the units or the 5-year period ending on the date of disposition. More than 50% of our assets may consist of U.S. real property interests. Therefore, non U.S. unitholders may be subject to federal income tax on gain from the sale or disposition of their units.

Administrative Matters

Information Returns and Audit Procedures

We intend to furnish to each unitholder, within 90 days after the close of each taxable year, specific tax information, including a Schedule K-1, which describes its share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for our preceding taxable year. In preparing this information, which will not be reviewed by counsel, we will take various accounting and reporting positions, some of which have been mentioned earlier, to determine each unitholder’s share of income, gain, loss and deduction. We cannot assure our unitholders that those positions will yield a result that conforms to all of the requirements of the Code, Treasury Regulations or administrative interpretations of the IRS.

The IRS may audit our federal income tax information returns. Neither we nor Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. can assure prospective unitholders that the IRS will not successfully challenge the positions we adopt, and such a challenge could adversely affect the value of the units. Adjustments resulting from an IRS audit may require each unitholder to adjust a prior year’s tax liability and may result in an audit of the unitholder’s own return. Any audit of a unitholder’s return could result in adjustments unrelated to our returns.

Publicly traded partnerships generally are treated as entities separate from their owners for purposes of federal income tax audits, judicial review of administrative adjustments by the IRS and tax settlement proceedings. The tax treatment of partnership items of income, gain, loss and deduction are determined in a partnership proceeding rather than in separate proceedings of the partners. The Code requires that one partner be designated as the “Tax Matters Partner” for these purposes, and our partnership agreement designates our general partner.

The Tax Matters Partner can extend the statute of limitations for assessment of tax deficiencies against unitholders for items in our returns. The Tax Matters Partner may bind a unitholder with less than a 1% profits interest in us to a settlement with the IRS unless that unitholder elects, by filing a statement with the IRS, not to give that authority to the Tax Matters Partner. The Tax Matters Partner may seek judicial review, by which all the unitholders are bound, of a final partnership administrative adjustment and, if the Tax Matters Partner fails to seek judicial review, judicial review may be sought by any unitholder having at least a 1% interest in profits or by any group of unitholders having in the aggregate at least a 5% interest in profits. However, only one action for judicial review may go forward, and each unitholder with an interest in the outcome may participate in that action.

A unitholder must file a statement with the IRS identifying the treatment of any item on its federal income tax return that is not consistent with the treatment of the item on our return. Intentional or negligent disregard of this consistency requirement may subject a unitholder to substantial penalties.

 

181


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nominee Reporting

Persons who hold an interest in us as a nominee for another person are required to furnish to us:

(1) the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the beneficial owner and the nominee;

(2) a statement regarding whether the beneficial owner is:

(a) a non-U.S. person;

(b) a non-U.S. government, an international organization or any wholly owned agency or instrumentality of either of the foregoing; or

(c) a tax-exempt entity;

(3) the amount and description of units held, acquired or transferred for the beneficial owner; and

(4) specific information including the dates of acquisitions and transfers, means of acquisitions and transfers, and acquisition cost for purchases, as well as the amount of net proceeds from sales.

Brokers and financial institutions are required to furnish additional information, including whether they are U.S. persons and specific information on units they acquire, hold or transfer for their own account. A penalty of $100 per failure, up to a maximum of $1.5 million per calendar year, is imposed by the Code for failure to report that information to us. The nominee is required to supply the beneficial owner of the units with the information furnished to us.

Accuracy-Related Penalties

An additional tax equal to 20% of the amount of any portion of an underpayment of tax that is attributable to one or more specified causes, including negligence or disregard of rules or regulations, substantial understatements of income tax and substantial valuation misstatements, is imposed by the Code. No penalty will be imposed, however, for any portion of an underpayment if it is shown that there was a reasonable cause for the underpayment of that portion and that the taxpayer acted in good faith regarding the underpayment of that portion.

State, Local and Other Tax Considerations

In addition to federal income taxes, unitholders may be subject to other taxes, including state and local income taxes, unincorporated business taxes, and estate, inheritance or intangibles taxes that may be imposed by the various jurisdictions in which we conduct business or own property now or in the future or in which the unitholder is a resident. We currently conduct business or own property only in Texas and Wisconsin. Wisconsin imposes a personal income tax and an income tax on corporations and other entities. Moreover, we may also own property or do business in other states in the future that impose income or similar taxes on nonresident individuals. Although an analysis of those various taxes is not presented here, each prospective unitholder should consider their potential impact on its investment in us.

It is the responsibility of each unitholder to investigate the legal and tax consequences, under the laws of pertinent states and localities, of its investment in us. Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion on the state, local, or non-U.S. tax consequences of an investment in us. We strongly recommend that each prospective unitholder consult, and depend on, its own tax counsel or other advisor with regard to those matters. It is the responsibility of each unitholder to file all tax returns that may be required of it.

 

182


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INVESTMENT IN HI-CRUSH PARTNERS LP BY

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

An investment in us by an employee benefit plan is subject to additional considerations because the investments of these plans are subject to the fiduciary responsibility and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and restrictions imposed by Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code. For these purposes the term “employee benefit plan” includes, but is not limited to, qualified pension, profit-sharing and stock bonus plans, Keogh plans, simplified employee pension plans and tax deferred annuities or IRAs established or maintained by an employer or employee organization. Among other things, consideration should be given to:

 

   

whether the investment is prudent under Section 404(a)(1)(B) of ERISA;

 

   

whether in making the investment, that plan will satisfy the diversification requirements of Section 404(a)(1)(C) of ERISA; and

 

   

whether the investment will result in recognition of unrelated business taxable income by the plan and, if so, the potential after-tax investment return. Please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—Tax-Exempt Organizations and Other Investors.”

The person with investment discretion with respect to the assets of an employee benefit plan, often called a fiduciary, should determine whether an investment in us is authorized by the appropriate governing instrument and is a proper investment for the plan.

Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code prohibit employee benefit plans from engaging in specified transactions involving “plan assets” with parties that are “parties in interest” under ERISA or “disqualified persons” under the Internal Revenue Code with respect to the plan.

In addition to considering whether the purchase of common units is a prohibited transaction, a fiduciary of an employee benefit plan should consider whether the plan will, by investing in us, be deemed to own an undivided interest in our assets, with the result that our operations would be subject to the regulatory restrictions of ERISA, including its prohibited transaction rules, as well as the prohibited transaction rules of the Internal Revenue Code.

The Department of Labor regulations provide guidance with respect to whether the assets of an entity in which employee benefit plans acquire equity interests would be deemed “plan assets” under some circumstances. Under these regulations, an entity’s assets would not be considered to be “plan assets” if, among other things:

(1) the equity interests acquired by employee benefit plans are publicly offered securities—i.e., the equity interests are widely held by 100 or more investors independent of the issuer and each other, freely transferable and registered under some provisions of the federal securities laws;

(2) the entity is an “operating company”—i.e., it is primarily engaged in the production or sale of a product or service other than the investment of capital either directly or through a majority-owned subsidiary or subsidiaries; or

(3) there is no significant investment by benefit plan investors, which is defined to mean that less than 25% of the value of each class of equity interest is held by the employee benefit plans referred to above.

Plan fiduciaries contemplating a purchase of common units should consult with their own counsel regarding the consequences under ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code in light of the serious penalties imposed on persons who engage in prohibited transactions or other violations.

 

183


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

UNDERWRITING

We, the selling unitholder (Hi-Crush Proppants LLC) and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the common units being offered, which underwriting agreement will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are acting as representatives of the underwriters named below and as joint book-running managers of this offering. Under the terms of the underwriting agreement and subject to the conditions therein, each of the underwriters named below has severally agreed to purchase from us the number of common units shown opposite the underwriter’s name below:

 

Underwriters

   Number of
Common Units

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  
  
  
  
  
  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters’ obligation to purchase the common units included in this offering depends on the satisfaction of the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement including:

 

   

the obligation to purchase all of the common units offered hereby (other than those common units covered by their option to purchase additional common units as described below), if any of the common units are purchased;

 

   

the representations and warranties made by us and Hi-Crush Proppants LLC to the underwriters are true;

 

   

there is no material change in our business or the financial markets; and

 

   

we and Hi-Crush Proppants LLC deliver customary closing documents to the underwriters.

Commissions and Expenses

The following tables show the per common unit and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling unitholder. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units from the selling unitholder. The underwriting fee is the difference between the initial price to the public and the amount the underwriters pay to us or to the selling unitholder for the common units.

 

     No
Exercise
     Full
Exercise
 

Paid by the Company:

     

Per common unit

   $                $            

Total

   $         $     

Paid by the Selling Unitholder:

     

Per common unit

   $         $     

Total

   $         $     

 

184


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We and the selling unitholder will each pay a structuring fee equal to our respective pro rata portions (based on the percentage of gross proceeds received by each) of     % of the gross proceeds from this offering (including any proceeds from the exercise of the option to purchase additional common units, provided that the entire portion of the structuring fee attributable to any proceeds received from the exercise of such option shall be paid by the selling unitholder) to Barclays Capital Inc. for the evaluation, analysis and structuring of our partnership.

The representatives of the underwriters have advised us that the underwriters propose to offer the common units directly to the public at the public offering price on the cover of this prospectus and to selected dealers, which may include the underwriters, at such offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $         per common unit. After the offering, the representatives may change the offering price and other selling terms. Sales of common units made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

We estimate that the expenses of this offering will be approximately $         (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and structuring fees) all of which will be paid by us.

Option to Purchase Additional Common Units

The selling unitholder has granted the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days after the date of the underwriting agreement, to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of              additional common units at the public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. This option may be exercised if the underwriters sell more than              common units in connection with this offering. To the extent that this option is exercised, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase its pro rata portion of these additional common units based on the underwriter’s underwriting commitment in the offering as indicated in the table at the beginning of this Underwriting Section.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our subsidiaries, our general partner and its affiliates, including the selling unitholder, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, and the directors and executive officers of our general partner have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, we and they will not, directly or indirectly, (1) offer for sale, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction or device that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition by any person at any time in the future of) any of our common units (including, without limitation, common units that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by us or them in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and common units that may be issued upon exercise of any options or warrants) or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common units, (2) enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common units, (3) make any demand for or exercise any right or file or cause to be filed a registration statement, including any amendments thereto, with respect to the registration of any common units or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into common units or any of our other securities, or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

These restrictions do not apply to, among other things:

 

   

the sale of common units pursuant to the underwriting agreement;

 

   

issuances of common units by us pursuant to any employee benefit plan in effect as of the date of the underwriting agreement; and

 

   

the filing of one or more registration statements on Form S-8 relating to any employee benefit plan in effect as of the date of the underwriting agreement.

 

185


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:

 

   

during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs; or

 

   

prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period,

in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or occurrence of material event unless such extension is waived in writing by Barclays Capital Inc.

Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, in their sole discretion, may release the common units and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice. When determining whether or not to release common units and other securities from lock-up agreements, Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC will consider, among other factors, the holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of common units and other securities for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time. Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC have no present intent or arrangement to release any of the securities that would be subject to these lock-up agreements.

Offering Price Determination

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common units. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among the representatives and us. In determining the initial public offering price of our common units, the representatives expect to consider:

 

   

the history and prospects for the industry in which we operate;

 

   

our financial information;

 

   

the ability of our management and our business potential and earning prospects;

 

   

the prevailing securities markets at the time of this offering; and

 

   

the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded common units of generally comparable companies.

Indemnification

We and certain of our affiliates have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities. The selling unitholder has also agreed that it will indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities, in each case as set forth in the underwriting agreement up to the net proceeds received by the selling unitholder from this offering.

Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

The representatives may engage in stabilizing transactions, short sales and purchases to cover positions created by short sales, and penalty bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the common units, in accordance with Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

   

Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

 

186


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

A short position involves a sale by the underwriters of common units in excess of the number of common units the underwriters are obligated to purchase in the offering, which creates the syndicate short position. This short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of common units involved in the sales made by the underwriters in excess of the number of common units they are obligated to purchase is not greater than the number of common units that they may purchase by exercising their option to purchase additional common units. In a naked short position, the number of common units involved is greater than the number of common units in their option to purchase additional common units. The underwriters may close out any short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional common units and/or purchasing common units in the open market. In determining the source of common units to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of common units available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase common units through their option to purchase additional common units. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the common units in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

   

Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common units in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions.

 

   

Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common units originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common units or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common units. As a result, the price of the common units may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the common units. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters and/or selling group members participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the particular underwriter or selling group member, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of common units for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the representatives on the same basis as other allocations.

Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s or selling group member’s web site and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter or selling group member is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter or selling group member in its capacity as underwriter or selling group member and should not be relied upon by investors.

 

187


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

New York Stock Exchange

We intend to apply to list our common units on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “HCLP.” The underwriters have undertaken to sell the minimum number of common units to the minimum number of beneficial owners necessary to meet the New York Stock Exchange distribution requirements for trading.

Discretionary Sales

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to confirm sales to discretionary accounts that exceed 5% of the total number of common units offered by them.

Stamp Taxes

If you purchase common units offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory, investment banking, commercial banking and other services for us, our general partner and Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

Furthermore, certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates may, from time to time, enter into arms-length transactions with us or Hi-Crush Proppants LLC in the ordinary course of their business. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve our securities or instruments or the securities or instruments of our general partner or Hi-Crush Proppants LLC. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

FINRA

Because the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, is expected to view the common units offered hereby as interests in a direct participation program, the offering is being made in compliance with Rule 2310 of the FINRA Rules. Investor suitability with respect to the common units should be judged similarly to the suitability with respect to other securities that are listed for trading on a national securities exchange.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “relevant member state”), other than Germany, with effect from and including the date on

 

188


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that relevant member state, an offer of securities described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that relevant member state other than:

 

   

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

   

to fewer than 100 or, if the relevant member state has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant dealer or dealers nominated by the issuer for any such offer; or

 

   

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive;

provided that no such offer of securities shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of securities to the public” in any relevant member state means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the expression may be varied in that member state by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that member state, and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the relevant member state), and includes any relevant implementing measure in each relevant member state. The expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

We have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of securities through any financial intermediary on their behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of the securities as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of the securities, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of the securities on behalf of us or the underwriters.

United Kingdom

We may constitute a “collective investment scheme” as defined by section 235 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or FSMA, that is not a “recognized collective investment scheme” for the purposes of FSMA, or CIS, and that has not been authorized or otherwise approved. As an unregulated scheme, it cannot be marketed in the United Kingdom to the general public, except in accordance with FSMA. This prospectus is only being distributed in the United Kingdom to, and is only directed at:

 

  (i) if we are a CIS and are marketed by a person who is an authorized person under FSMA, (a) investment professionals falling within Article 14(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Promotion of Collective Investment Schemes) (Exemptions) Order 2001, as amended, or the CIS Promotion Order, or (b) high net worth companies and other persons falling within Article 22(2)(a) to (d) of the CIS Promotion Order; or

 

  (ii) otherwise, if marketed by a person who is not an authorized person under FSMA, (a) persons who fall within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or Financial Promotion Order, or (b) Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Financial Promotion Order; and

 

  (iii) in both cases (i) and (ii) to any other person to whom it may otherwise lawfully be made (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”).

The common units are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such common units will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.

 

189


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

An invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of FSMA) in connection with the issue or sale of any common units which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus will only be communicated or caused to be communicated in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of FSMA does not apply to us.

Switzerland

This prospectus is being communicated in Switzerland to a small number of selected investors only. Each copy of this prospectus is addressed to a specifically named recipient and may not be copied, reproduced, distributed or passed on to third parties. The common units are not being offered to the public in Switzerland, and neither this prospectus nor any other offering materials relating to the common units may be distributed in connection with any such public offering.

We have not been registered with the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 120 of the Collective Investment Schemes Act of June 23, 2006, or the CISA. Accordingly, the common units may not be offered to the public in or from Switzerland, and neither this prospectus nor any other offering materials relating to the common units may be made available through a public offering in or from Switzerland. The common units may only be offered and this prospectus may only be distributed in or from Switzerland by way of private placement exclusively to qualified investors (as this term is defined in the CISA and its implementing ordinance).

Germany

This document has not been prepared in accordance with the requirements for a securities or sales prospectus under the German Securities Prospectus Act ( Wertpapierprospektgesetz ), the German Sales Prospectus Act (Verkaufsprospektgesetz), or the German Investment Act ( Investmentgesetz ). Neither the German Federal Financial Services Supervisory Authority ( Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht—BaFin ) nor any other German authority has been notified of the intention to distribute our common units in Germany. Consequently, our common units may not be distributed in Germany by way of public offering, public advertisement or in any similar manner and this document and any other document relating to the offering, as well as information or statements contained therein, may not be supplied to the public in Germany or used in connection with any offer for subscription of our common units to the public in Germany or any other means of public marketing. Our common units are being offered and sold in Germany only to qualified investors which are referred to in Section 3, paragraph 2 no. 1, in connection with Section 2, no. 6, of the German Securities Prospectus Act, Section 8f paragraph 2 no. 4 of the German Sales Prospectus Act, and in Section 2 paragraph 11 sentence 2 no. 1 of the German Investment Act. This document is strictly for use of the person who has received it. It may not be forwarded to other persons or published in Germany.

The offering does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation or an offer to buy our common units in any circumstances in which such offer or solicitation is unlawful.

Netherlands

Our common units may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in the Netherlands, other than to qualified investors (gekwalificeerde beleggers) within the meaning of Article 1:1 of the Dutch Financial Supervision Act (Wet op het financieel toezicht).

 

190


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

VALIDITY OF OUR COMMON UNITS

The validity of our common units will be passed upon for us by Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., Houston, Texas. Certain legal matters in connection with our common units offered hereby will be passed upon for the underwriters by Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P., Houston, Texas.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, for the period from inception to December 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2011 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The statement of financial position of Hi-Crush Partners LP as of May 8, 2012 (date of inception), included in this prospectus, has been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The information appearing in this prospectus concerning estimates of our proven mineral reserves was derived from the report of John T. Boyd Company, independent mining engineers and geologists, and has been included herein on the authority of John T. Boyd Company as experts with respect to the matters covered by such report and in giving such report.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 regarding our common units. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information regarding us and our common units offered in this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedule filed as part of the registration statement. The registration statement, including the exhibits, may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of this material can also be obtained upon written request from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates or from the SEC’s web site on the Internet at http://www.sec.gov. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on public reference rooms.

As a result of the offering, we will file with or furnish to the SEC periodic reports and other information. These reports and other information may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC or obtained from the SEC’s website as provided above. Our website address on the Internet will be www.hicrushpartners.com , and we intend to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC available, free of charge, through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and does not constitute a part of this prospectus. After this offering, documents filed by us can also be inspected at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange Inc., 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10002.

We intend to furnish or make available to our unitholders annual reports containing our audited financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP. We also intend to furnish or make available to our unitholders quarterly reports containing our unaudited interim financial information, including the information required by Form 10-Q, for the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year.

 

191


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the information in this prospectus may contain forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements give our current expectations, contain projections of results of operations or of financial condition, or forecasts of future events. Words such as “may,” “assume,” “forecast,” “position,” “predict,” “strategy,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “project,” “budget,” “potential,” or “continue,” and similar expressions are used to identify forward-looking statements. They can be affected by assumptions used or by known or unknown risks or uncertainties. Consequently, no forward-looking statements can be guaranteed. When considering these forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind the risk factors and other cautionary statements in this prospectus. Actual results may vary materially. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. You should also understand that it is not possible to predict or identify all such factors and should not consider the following list to be a complete statement of all potential risks and uncertainties. Factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the results contemplated by such forward-looking statements include:

 

   

the amount of frac sand we are able to excavate and process, which could be adversely affected by, among other things, operating difficulties and unusual or unfavorable geologic conditions;

 

   

the volume of frac sand we are able to sell;

 

   

the price at which we are able to sell frac sand;

 

   

changes in the price and availability of natural gas or electricity;

 

   

changes in prevailing economic conditions;

 

   

unanticipated ground, grade or water conditions;

 

   

inclement or hazardous weather conditions, including flooding, and the physical impacts of climate change;

 

   

environmental hazards;

 

   

industrial accidents;

 

   

changes in laws and regulations (or the interpretation thereof) related to the mining and hydraulic fracturing industries, silica dust exposure or the environment;

 

   

inability to acquire or maintain necessary permits or mining or water rights;

 

   

facility shutdowns in response to environmental regulatory actions;

 

   

inability to obtain necessary production equipment or replacement parts;

 

   

reduction in the amount of water available for processing;

 

   

technical difficulties or failures;

 

   

labor disputes and disputes with our excavation contractor;

 

   

late delivery of supplies;

 

   

difficulty collecting receivables;

 

   

inability of our customers to take delivery;

 

   

changes in the price and availability of transportation;

 

192


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

fires, explosions or other accidents;

 

   

cave-ins, pit wall failures or rock falls;

 

   

our ability to borrow funds and access capital markets; and

 

   

certain factors discussed elsewhere in this prospectus.

All forward-looking statements are expressly qualified in their entirety by the foregoing cautionary statements.

 

193


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

HI-CRUSH PARTNERS LP

     F-2   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-2   

Introduction

     F-2   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of March 31, 2012

     F-3   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the three months ended March  31, 2012

     F-4   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the three months ended March  31, 2011

     F-5   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December  31, 2011

     F-6   

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7   

Historical Balance Sheet

     F-8   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-9   

Balance Sheet as of May 8, 2012

     F-10   

Note to Balance Sheet

     F-11   

HI-CRUSH PROPPANTS LLC

     F-12   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-12   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010

     F-13   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December  31, 2011 and period from October 28, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010

     F-14   

Consolidated Statements of Members’ Equity for the year ended December  31, 2011 and period from October 28, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010

     F-15   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December  31, 2011 and period from October 28, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010

     F-16   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-17   

HI-CRUSH PROPPANTS LLC

     F-26   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

     F-26   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March  31, 2012 and 2011

     F-27   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March  31, 2012 and 2011

     F-28   

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

     F-29   

 

F-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HI-CRUSH PARTNERS LP

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Introduction

The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements of Hi-Crush Partners LP (the “Partnership”) reflect the historical consolidated results of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC (the “predecessor”) on a pro forma basis to give effect to the Contribution and the Offering described below.

The Contribution . Effective upon the closing of the initial public offering of common units of the Partnership, the predecessor will contribute selected assets and related operations to the Partnership in exchange for newly issued common units, subordinated units and incentive distribution rights representing limited partner interests in the Partnership and the right to receive cash and equity distributions (the “Contribution”). For additional information about the Contribution and related transactions, please read “Summary—Formation Transactions and Partnership Structure.”

The Offering . For purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements, the “Offering” is defined as the issuance and sale to the public of              common units of the Partnership and the application by the Partnership of the net proceeds from such issuance as described in “Use of Proceeds.”

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet of the Partnership is based on the unaudited historical consolidated balance sheet of the predecessor as of March 31, 2012 and includes pro forma adjustments to give effect to the Contribution and the Offering as if they occurred on March 31, 2012.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations of the Partnership are based on the unaudited historical consolidated statements of operations of the predecessor for the three month periods ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 and the audited historical consolidated statement of operations of the predecessor for the year ended December 31, 2011 and includes pro forma adjustments to give effect to the Contribution and the Offering as if they occurred on January 1, 2011.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the basis that the Partnership will be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the notes accompanying these unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements and with the historical consolidated financial statements and related notes of the predecessor, found elsewhere in this prospectus.

The pro forma adjustments to the audited and unaudited historical financial statements are based on currently available information and certain estimates and assumptions. The actual effect of the Contribution and the Offering discussed in the accompanying notes ultimately may differ from the unaudited pro forma adjustments included herein. However, management believes that the assumptions used to prepare the pro forma adjustments provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects of the Contribution and the Offering as currently contemplated and that the unaudited pro forma adjustments are factually supportable, give appropriate effect to the expected impact of events that are directly attributable to the Contribution and the Offering, and reflect those items expected to have a continuing impact on the Partnership.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements of the Partnership are not necessarily indicative of the results that actually would have occurred if the Partnership had completed the Contribution and the Offering on the dates indicated or that could be achieved in the future.

 

F-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Partners LP

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

as of March 31, 2012

 

     Predecessor
Historical
     Predecessor
Retained
Operations (a)
    Hi-Crush
Partners LP

Pro  Forma (b)
    Offering
Adjustments
    Hi-Crush
Partners LP
Pro Forma,
As Adjusted
 
     (in thousands)  

Assets

           

Current assets

           

Cash

   $ 10,527       $ (6,643   $ 3,884      $              (d)    $                
                 (e)   
                 (f)   

Restricted cash

     30                30       

Accounts receivable

     3,143                3,143       

Inventories

     1,493                1,493       

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     472         (415     57       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     15,665         (7,058     8,607       

Property, plant and equipment, net

     72,994         (16,782     56,212       

Deferred charges

     1,810                1,810                     (g)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 90,469       $ (23,840   $ 66,629      $           $        
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities & members’ equity/partners’ capital

           

Current liabilities

           

Accounts payable

   $ 12,173       $ (8,633   $ 3,540      $           $        

Accrued liabilities

     1,178         (250     928       

Deferred revenue

     3,884                3,884       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     17,235         (8,883     8,352       

Long-term debt

     55,973                55,973             (e)   

Asset retirement obligation

     838                838       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     74,046         (8,883     65,163       

Commitments and contingencies

           

Members’ equity/Partners’ capital

     16,423         (14,957     1,466 (c)                   (d)   
                         (e)   
                         (f)   
                         (g)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities & members’ equity/partners’ capital

   $ 90,469       $ (23,840   $ 66,629      $           $        
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Partners LP

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

for the three months ended March 31, 2012

 

     Predecessor
Historical
     Predecessor
Retained
Operations (a)
    Hi-Crush
Partners LP

Pro  Forma
    Offering
Adjustments
    Hi-Crush
Partners LP
Pro Forma,
As Adjusted
 
     (in thousands, except per unit data)  

Revenue

   $ 13,532       $      $ 13,532 (h)    $                   $                

Cost of goods sold (including depreciation and depletion)

     4,776                4,776 (h)     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     8,756                8,756       

Operating costs and expenses

           

General and administrative

     1,487         (841     646 (i)     

Exploration expense

     199         (199           

Accretion of asset retirement obligation

     6                6 (h)     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     7,064         1,040        8,104       

Other expenses

           

Interest expense

     928                928                     (j)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 6,136       $ 1,040      $ 7,176      $        $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Calculation of net income per limited partner unit:

           

Limited partners’ interest in net income

           

Net income per limited partner unit

           

Weighted average number of limited partner units outstanding

           

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Partners LP

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

for the three months ended March 31, 2011

 

     Predecessor
Historical
    Predecessor
Retained
Operations (a)
     Hi-Crush
Partners LP

Pro  Forma
    Offering
Adjustments
    Hi-Crush
Partners LP
Pro Forma,
As Adjusted
 
     (in thousands, except per unit data)  

Revenue

   $      $         —       $ (h)    $                   $                

Cost of goods sold (including depreciation and depletion)

                    (h)     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

                          

Operating costs and expenses

           

General and administrative

     174                174 (i)     

Exploration expense

                          

Accretion of asset retirement obligation

                    (h)     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (174             (174    

Other expenses

           

Interest expense

                                        (j)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (174   $       $ (174   $        $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Calculation of net income per limited partner unit:

           

Limited partners’ interest in net income

           

Net income per limited partner unit

           

Weighted average number of limited partner units outstanding

           

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Partners LP

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

for the year ended December 31, 2011

 

     Predecessor
Historical
     Predecessor
Retained
Operations (a)
    Hi-Crush
Partners LP

Pro  Forma
    Offering
Adjustments
    Hi-Crush
Partners LP
Pro Forma,
As Adjusted
 
     (in thousands, except per unit data)  

Revenue

   $ 20,353       $      $ 20,353 (h)    $                   $                

Cost of goods sold (including depreciation and depletion)

     6,447                6,447 (h)     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     13,906                13,906       

Operating costs and expenses

           

General and administrative

     2,324         (635     1,689 (i)     

Exploration expense

     381         (381           

Accretion of asset retirement obligation

     28                28 (h)     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     11,173         1,016        12,189       

Other expenses

           

Interest expense

     1,893                1,893                     (j)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 9,280       $ 1,016      $ 10,296      $        $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Calculation of net income per limited partner unit:

           

Limited partners’ interest in net income

           

Net income per limited partner unit

           

Weighted average number of limited partner units outstanding

           

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Partners LP

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1—Basis of Presentation

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet of Hi-Crush Partners LP (the “Partnership”) as of March 31, 2012 is based on the unaudited historical consolidated balance sheet of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC (“predecessor”) and includes pro forma adjustments to give effect to the Contribution and the Offering as described below as if they occurred on March 31, 2012.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations of the Partnership are based on the unaudited historical consolidated statements of operations of the predecessor for the three month periods ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 and the audited historical consolidated statement of operations of the predecessor for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 and includes pro forma adjustments to give effect to the Contribution and the Offering as described below as if they occurred on January 1, 2011.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements give effect to the Contribution as follows:

 

   

The contribution by the predecessor of selected assets, liabilities and related operations (the “Partnership Operations”) to the Partnership at the closing of the Offering;

 

   

The retention by the predecessor of certain assets, liabilities and operations not sold or contributed to the Partnership; and

 

   

The issuance by the Partnership of              common units (             common units if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase an additional              common units in full),             subordinated units and the incentive distribution rights and the right to receive cash and equity distributions to the predecessor in exchange for the contribution of the Partnership Operations.

Because the Partnership Operations are owned by the predecessor and the predecessor will control the Partnership, the contribution of the Partnership Operations to the Partnership has been accounted for as a combination of entities under common control, whereby the assets and liabilities sold and contributed and have been recognized based on the predecessor’s historical cost.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements give effect to the Offering to reflect the issuance and sale by the Partnership of              common units to the public in the initial public offering at an initial public offering price of $         per unit, resulting in gross proceeds to the Partnership of $         million, before deduction of estimated underwriting discounts and fees, a structuring fee and estimated offering expenses of $         million, and the application of the net proceeds from such issuance.

Note 2—Pro Forma Adjustments and Assumptions

Unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet

The Contribution

(a) Adjustments to reflect the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses that will be retained by the predecessor, and thus will not be contributed to the Partnership. The adjustment was based on the carrying value of specific assets and liabilities and the specific direct operating revenues and expenses attributable to the Partnership Operations. General and administrative expenses are allocated based on either the direct costs attributable to the Partnership Operations and the operations that will be retained by the predecessor or management’s estimates of the costs incurred by centralized departments in providing services to the Partnership Operations and the operations that will be retained by the predecessor, as applicable. In allocating the costs incurred by centralized departments, management’s estimates were based on separate evaluations of expenses by department for each period presented.

 

F-7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

(b) Reflects the Partnership Operations to be contributed to the Partnership by the predecessor. The net book value of the Partnership Operations is based on the historical carrying amounts of the Partnership Operations.

(c) To reflect the issuance by the Partnership of              common units,              subordinated units, incentive distribution rights and the right to receive cash and equity distributions to the predecessor as consideration for the contribution of the Partnership Operations.

The Offering

(d) To reflect gross cash proceeds of approximately $         million from the issuance and sale of              common units by the Partnership at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per unit.

(e) To record the use of the net proceeds from the Offering. For further discussion on the application of the net proceeds from the Offering, please read “Use of Proceeds.”

(f) To reflect underwriting discounts of $         million, a structuring fee of $         million and estimated offering expenses of $         million.

(g) To write off the unamortized deferred debt issuance costs associated with the promissory note to be retired with net proceeds from the Offering.

Unaudited pro forma statements of operations

The Contribution

(h) Reflects the revenues and direct operating expenses associated with the Partnership Operations based on the actual results of the Partnership Operations.

(i) To allocate general and administrative expenses related to the Partnership Operations. The allocation is based on the predecessor’s historical general and administrative expense, reflecting the direct costs attributable to the Partnership Operations and management’s estimates of the share of costs incurred by centralized departments in providing services to the Partnership Operations. In allocating the costs incurred by centralized departments, management’s estimates were based on separate evaluations of expenses by department for each period presented and activity of the operations.

The Offering

(j) To remove historical interest expense associated with the promissory note to be retired with net proceeds from the Offering.

Note 3—Pro Forma Net Income Per Limited Partner Unit

Pro forma net income per limited partner unit is determined by dividing the pro forma net income available to the limited partners by the number of common units and subordinated units expected to be outstanding following the Offering. For purposes of this calculation, management assumed the aggregate number of common units was                  and subordinated units was             . All units were assumed to have been outstanding since January 1, 2011. Basic and diluted pro forma net income per unit are equivalent because there will be no dilutive units at the date of the closing of the Offering.

 

F-8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HI-CRUSH PARTNERS LP

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Members of

Hi-Crush Partners LP

In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheet presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Hi-Crush Partners LP (the “Partnership”) at May 8, 2012, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Partnership’s management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Houston, Texas

May 11, 2012

 

F-9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Partners LP

BALANCE SHEET

May 8, 2012

 

Assets

  

Cash

   $   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $   
  

 

 

 

Partners’ capital

  

Limited partner’s capital

   $ 1,000   

General partner’s capital

     0   

Receivable from partners

     (1,000
  

 

 

 

Total partners’ capital

   $   
  

 

 

 

See accompanying note to balance sheet.

 

F-10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Partners LP

NOTE TO BALANCE SHEET

 

1. Organization and Operations

Hi-Crush Partners LP (the “Partnership”) is a Delaware limited partnership formed on May 8, 2012 to acquire selected sand reserves and related processing and transportation facilities of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC. In connection with its formation, the Partnership has issued (a) a non-economic general partner interest to Hi-Crush GP LLC, its general partner, and (b) a 100.0% limited partner interest to Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, its organizational limited partner.

The accompanying balance sheet reflects the financial position of the Partnership immediately subsequent to its initial capitalization. There have been no other transactions involving the Partnership as of May 11, 2012.

 

F-11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HI-CRUSH PROPPANTS LLC

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Members of

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, members’ equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2011 and period from October 28, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Houston, Texas

April 25, 2012

 

F-12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

Consolidated Balance Sheets

as of December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

         2011              2010      
     (In thousands)  

Assets

     

Current assets

     

Cash

   $ 11,054       $   

Restricted cash

     30           

Accounts receivable

     4,026           

Inventories

     2,374           

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     294           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     17,778           

Property, plant and equipment, net

     52,708         364   

Deferred charges, net

     1,743           

Other assets

             250   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 72,229       $ 614   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Members’ Equity

     

Current liabilities

     

Accounts payable

   $ 4,954       $ 304   

Accrued liabilities

     866           

Deferred revenue

     9,178           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     14,998         304   

Long-term debt

     46,112           

Asset retirement obligation, net

     832           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     61,942         304   

Commitments and contingencies

     

Members’ equity

     10,287         310   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and members’ equity

   $ 72,229       $ 614   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2011 and Period from

October 28, 2010 (Inception) to December 31, 2010

 

         2011              2010      
     (In thousands)  

Revenues

   $ 20,353       $   

Costs of goods sold (including depreciation and depletion)

     6,447           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     13,906           

Operating costs and expenses

     

General & administrative

     2,324         26   

Exploration expense

     381           

Accretion of asset retirement obligation

     28           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     11,173         (26

Other expenses

     

Interest expense

     1,893           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 9,280       $ (26
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

Consolidated Statements of Members’ Equity

Year Ended December 31, 2011 and Period from

October 28, 2010 (Inception) to December 31, 2010

 

     Members’ Equity
(Class A Units at
$1.00)
    Accumulated
Earnings
    Total  
     (In thousands, except per unit amounts)  

Balance at October 28, 2010 (Inception)

   $      $      $   

Contributions

     336               336   

Net loss

            (26     (26
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     336        (26     310   

Distributions

     (400            (400

Contributions

     1,097               1,097   

Net income

            9,280        9,280   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 1,033      $ 9,254      $ 10,287   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Year Ended December 31, 2011 and Period from

October 28, 2010 (Inception) to December 31, 2010

 

         2011             2010      
     (In thousands)  

Operating activities

    

Net income (loss)

   $ 9,280      $ (26

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

    

Depreciation and depletion

     449          

Deferred charges amortization

     154          

Accretion of asset retirement obligation

     28          

Non-cash interest

     2,421          

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

    

Accounts receivable

     (4,026       

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (294       

Inventories

     (2,374       

Accounts payable

     3,156        12   

Accrued liabilities

     816          

Deferred revenue

     9,178          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     18,788        (14
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

    

Capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment

     (50,169     (72

Restricted cash

     (30       

Other assets

            (250
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (50,199     (322
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

    

Proceeds from long term debt

     48,692          

Repayment of debt

     (5,000       

Loan origination costs

     (1,924       

Contributions received

     697        336   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     42,465        336   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash

     11,054          

Cash

    

Beginning of period

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of period

   $ 11,054      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Disclosure of cash flow information

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 45      $   

Non-cash investing and financing activities

    

Increase in accounts payable for additions to property, plant and equipment

   $ 1,494      $ 292   

Increase in accrued liabilities for additions to property, plant and equipment

     50          

Non-cash transfer from other assets to property, plant and equipment

     250          

Non-cash transfer from deferred charges to property, plant and equipment

     27          

Distribution to a related party

     (400       

Contribution from an affiliate

     400          

Increase in property, plant and equipment for asset retirement cost

     804          

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2011 and 2010

(Dollars in Thousands, unless otherwise noted)

1. Business and Organization

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC (the “Company”) is a Delaware limited liability company formed on October 28, 2010. The Company is governed by the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and is the sole member of Hi-Crush Operating LLC, Hi-Crush Wyeville LLC, Hi-Crush Chambers LLC, Hi-Crush Tomah LLC, Hi-Crush Railroad LLC and Hi-Crush Buffalo LLC. The financial statements for the Company and the related entities are presented on a consolidated basis and are referred to as (the “Company”) in the accompanying financial statements and footnotes. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The Company was formed by certain members of senior management and was wholly owned by Red Oak Capital Management LLC (“ROCM”) until April 1, 2011. In April 2011, ROCM transferred 50% of its interest to RER Legacy Investments LLC and 50 % to JMW Legacy Investments LLC. During the initial start-up period, ROCM contributed $400 by paying for costs related to the Company and that was treated as a non-cash contribution.

In April 2011, Blessed & Favored Investments LLC purchased Class A units in the Company and on August 25, 2011, the members of the Company sold Class A Units to ACP Hip Splitter L.P., ACP Hip Splitter (Offshore) L.P., LasRosas Capital LLC, RGW Interests LLC and John and Karen Huff, Tenants-in-Common.

Hi-Crush Proppants is engaged in the excavation and processing of raw frac sand for use in hydraulic fracturing operations for oil and natural gas wells. In 2011, the Company purchased land in Monroe County, Wisconsin for the purpose of excavating sand for sale into the oil and natural gas market. In July 2011, the Company completed the construction of the Wyeville Sand Processing Plant (“Wyeville Plant”), which was fully operational on July 21, 2011. The Wyeville Plant processes sand from the Company-owned reserves for use in the oil and natural gas industry as proppant.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of all cash balances and highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash relates to cash collateral in the form of a certificate of deposit as required by a certain letter of credit in the amount of $30 at December 31, 2011.

 

F-17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Accounts Receivable

Trade receivables relate to sales of commercial sand for which credit is extended based on the customer’s credit history and are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The Company regularly reviews the collectability of accounts receivable. When it is probable that all or part of an outstanding balance will not be collected, the Company establishes or adjusts an allowance as necessary using the specific identification method. Account balances are charged against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and potential recovery is considered remote. There were no reserves for uncollectible amounts as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist primarily of prepaid insurance and payments to landowners on exclusivity contracts where the Company acquires an exclusive option for a period of time to assess the land purchase. These contracts are for a period less than one year.

Deferred Charges

Costs related to debt financing have been capitalized and are being amortized using the straight-line method over the life of the debt. Amortization expense is included in interest expense and was $154 and $0 for December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The following is a summary of future amortization expense:

 

For the years ending December 31

  

2012

   $ 385   

2013

     385   

2014

     385   

2015

     385   

2016

     203   
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,743   
  

 

 

 

Inventories

The sand inventory consists of raw material (sand that has been excavated but not processed), work-in-progress (sand that has undergone some of the process but not all) and finished product (sand that has been processed and is ready for sale). The spare parts inventory consists of critical spares, materials and supplies. Detail reviews are performed related to the net realizable value of the spare parts inventory, giving consideration to quality, excessive levels, obsolescence and other factors.

The sand inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market using the average cost method. Costs applied to the inventory include direct excavation costs, processing costs, overhead allocation, depreciation and depletion. Stockpiles tonnages are calculated by measuring the number of tons added and removed from the stockpile. Costs are calculated on a per ton basis and are applied to the stockpiles based on the number of tons in the stockpile.

Spare parts inventory are accounted for on a first-in, first-out basis, at the lower cost or market.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Additions and improvements occurring through the normal course of business are capitalized at cost. When assets are retired or disposed, the cost and the accumulated depreciation and depletion are eliminated from the

 

F-18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in the income statement. Expenditures for normal repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred. Construction-in-progress is primarily composed of machinery and equipment which has not been placed in service.

Mine development costs include engineering, mineralogical studies, drilling and other related costs to develop the mine, the removal of overburden to initially expose the mineral and building access ways. Exploration costs are expensed as incurred and classified as exploration expense. Capitalization of mine development project costs begins once the deposit is classified as proven and probable reserves.

Drilling and related costs are capitalized for deposits where proven and probable reserves exist and the activities are directed at obtaining additional information on the deposit or converting non-reserve minerals to proven and probable reserves and the benefit is to be realized over a period greater than one year.

Mine development costs are amortized using the units-of-production (“UOP”) method on estimated measured tons in in-place reserves. The impact of revisions to reserve estimates is recognized on a prospective basis.

Capitalized costs incurred by the Company during the year for major improvement and capital projects that are not placed in service are recorded as construction-in-progress. Construction-in-progress is not depreciated until the related assets or improvements are ready to be placed in service. The Company capitalizes interest cost as part of the historical cost of constructing an asset and getting it ready for its intended use. These interest costs are included in the property, plant and equipment line in the balance sheet. Capitalized interest for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $756 and $0, respectively.

Fixed assets other than plant facilities and buildings associated with productive, depletable properties are carried at historical cost and are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, as follows:

 

Computer equipment

     3 Years   

Furniture and fixtures

     7 Years   

Vehicles

     5 Years   

Equipment

     5-15 Years   

Rail spurs

     39 Years   

Plant facilities and buildings associated with productive, depletable properties that contain frac sand reserves are carried at historical cost and are depreciated using the units-of-production method. Units-of-production rates are based on the amount of proved developed frac sand reserves that are estimated to be recoverable from existing facilities using current operating methods.

The Company was in a developmental stage from the date of formation until the Wyeville Plant was deemed to be operational on July 21, 2011.

Other Assets

Other assets consist of deposits paid for the acquisition of land and mineral rights.

Impairment of Long-lived Assets

Recoverability of investments in property, plant and equipment and mineral rights is evaluated periodically. Estimated future undiscounted net cash flows are calculated using estimates of proven and probable sand reserves, estimated future sales prices (considering historical and current prices, price trends and related factors) and operating costs and anticipated capital expenditures. Reductions in the carrying value of the Company’s investment are only recorded if the undiscounted cash flows are less than the Company’s book basis in its assets.

 

F-19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Impairment losses are recognized based on the extent that the remaining investment exceeds the fair value, which is determined based upon the estimated future discounted net cash flows to be generated by the property, plant and equipment and mineral rights.

Management’s estimates of prices, recoverable proven and probable reserves and operating and capital costs are subject to certain risks and uncertainties which may affect the recoverability of the Company’s investments in property, plant and equipment. Although management has made its best estimate of these factors based on current conditions, it is reasonably possible that changes could occur in the near term, which could adversely affect management’s estimate of the net cash flows expected to be generated from its operating property. No impairment charges were recorded during 2011 and in 2010.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized when legal title passes at the time of shipment to the customer, evidence of a contractual arrangement exists and collectability is reasonably assured. All sales are FOB plant and title passes as the product is loaded into rail cars. Amounts received from customers in advance of revenue recognition are recorded as deferred revenue.

During 2011, the Company sold its products primarily under long-term, take-or-pay supply agreements with two customers with initial terms expiring between 2014 and 2016. These agreements define, among other commitments, the volume of product that the Company must provide, the price that will be charged to the customer and the volume that the customer must purchase.

The Company invoices its customers as product is shipped, usually on a daily basis. The shipments are grouped by customer purchase order and destination and an invoice is generated for each customer/purchase order/destination. Standard terms are net 30 days, but these terms are sometimes extended.

Deferred Revenue

In January 2011, the Company received $16,500 in an advance payment from a customer for a certain volume of product to be delivered over a one year period starting in August 2011. Revenue is recognized as product is delivered and the deferred revenue is reduced. At December 31, 2011 and 2010 the balances of the deferred revenue was $9,178 and $0, respectively.

Asset Retirement Obligation

In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 410-20, Asset Retirement Obligations , the Company recognizes reclamation obligations when incurred and records them as liabilities at fair value. In addition, a corresponding increase in the carrying amount of the related asset is recorded and depreciated over such asset’s useful life. The reclamation liability is accreted to expense over the estimated productive life of the related asset and is subject to adjustments to reflect changes in value resulting from the passage of time and revisions to the estimates of either the timing or amount of the reclamation costs.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The amounts reported in the balance sheet as current assets or liabilities, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value due to the short-term maturities of these instruments. The fair value of the long-term debt outstanding under the Company’s credit agreement at December 31, 2011 was approximately $45,427, reflecting the application of current interest rates offered for debt with similar remaining terms and maturities.

 

F-20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Income taxes

The Company is a pass-through entity and is not considered a taxing entity for federal tax purposes and therefore there is not a provision for income taxes in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Company’s net income or loss is allocated to the members in accordance with the limited liability company agreement. The members are taxed individually on their share of the Company’s earnings. At December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company did not have any uncertain tax position liability or gross unrecognized tax benefit.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in US GAAP and IFRS , which clarifies Topic 820 and provides guidance on changes to certain principles or requirements for measuring fair value. The amendment is effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company does not believe that adoption of this guidance will have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income , which eliminates the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity and other reclassifications presented in the financial statements. The update is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Certain provisions of ASU 2011-05 have been amended by ASU No. 2011-12, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05, to effectively defer only those changes in ASU 2011-05 that relate to the presentation of reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The Company does not believe adoption of the guidance in these two updates will have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

3. Inventories

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, inventories consisted of the following:

 

         2011              2010      

Raw materials

   $       $   

Work-in-progress

     2,095           

Spare parts

     279           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,374       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

4. Property, Plant and Equipment

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:

 

         2011             2010      

Buildings

   $ 417      $   

Mining property and mine development

     8,939        288   

Plant and equipment

     27,539        33   

Rail and rail equipment

     5,232        43   

Construction-in-progress

     11,085          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     53,212        364   

Less: Accumulated depreciation and depletion

     (504       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 52,708      $ 364   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Depreciation and depletion expense for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 totaled $449 and $0, respectively, and such amounts are included in costs of sales on the consolidated statement of operations. In addition, $55 of depreciation expense is included in the work-in-progress sand inventory.

5. Accrued Liabilities

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, accrued liabilities consisted of the following:

 

         2011              2010      

Royalties

   $ 353       $   

Bonus and payroll

     342           

Other

     171           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 866       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

6. Long-Term Debt

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, long-term debt consisted of the following:

 

         2011              2010      

Promissory note agreement with related party due July 2016 in one balloon payment plus cash or paid-in-kind interest

   $ 46,112       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 46,112       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Credit Agreement

The Company entered into a $50,000 credit agreement under the conditions set forth under the promissory note dated May 25, 2011 (the “Promissory Note Agreement”) with related parties, ACP Hip Splitter, L.P. and ACP Hip Splitter (Offshore), L.P., due July 2016. On July 20, 2011, the Promissory Note Agreement was amended to allow additional participants and increased the facility to $52,167. The Promissory Note Agreement is for a term of 5 years and is collateralized by substantially all of the assets of the Company. As of December 31, 2011, $8,475 was undrawn and available.

Advances under the Promissory Note Agreement bear interest of 10% for cash interest or 12% for paid in kind (“PIK”) interest. Interest is calculated monthly. PIK interest increases the outstanding balance of the promissory note. At December 31, 2011, $2,421 had been recorded as PIK interest and is included in the promissory note balance.

In April 2011, the Company entered into a $5,000 Promissory Note, this note and the associated interest was extinguished on May 25, 2011 with proceeds from the $50,000 credit agreement.

Contractual maturities of the Company’s long-term debt at December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

For the years ending December 31

  

2012

   $   

2013

       

2014

       

2015

       

2016

     46,112   
  

 

 

 
   $ 46,112   
  

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

7. Related Party Transactions

On May 25, 2011, the Company entered into a Management Services Agreement (“Services Agreement”) with Red Oak Capital Management LLC (“Service Provider”). The Service Provider is owned by two members who are also equity members in the Company. The Services Agreement provides for certain management and administrative support services for a term of one year and that thereafter remains in place upon the same terms and conditions. Either party may terminate the agreement by delivering written notice within 90 days prior to the date of expiration of the initial term or any time after the expiration of the initial term, by delivering written notice 90 days prior to the desired date of termination. The Company reimburses the Service Provider 95% of the Service Provider’s actual costs limited to $850 per year. Total management services fees for 2011 and 2010 were $370 and $0, respectively, and are included in general and administrative costs. These amounts approximate the costs the Company would have incurred on a standalone basis.

The Company pays quarterly director fees to directors that may be members and/or holders of the Company debt. Total director fees incurred in 2011 and 2010 were $60 and $0, respectively, and are included in general and administrative costs.

8. Segment Reporting

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which discrete financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. As the company earns all of its revenues through the sale of frac sand excavated from and processed at a single facility, we have concluded that we have one operating segment for reporting purposes.

All of the company’s assets are located within the United States and all of its revenues are attributable to domestic customers.

9. Commitments and Contingencies

At December 31, 2011, the Company had approximately $4,300 of remaining contractual commitments for construction and acquisition of property and equipment in connection with the expansion of its Wyeville Plant, all of which are expected to be incurred in the first quarter of 2012.

On or before June 30, 2012, the Company has an obligation to purchase a tract of land in Monroe County for $6,250.

In 2011, the Company entered into take-or-pay contracts with its customers. These contracts have yearly volume commitments with terms varying from 3 to 5 years.

The Company has entered into royalty agreements where the Company is under a commitment to pay royalties on sand sold, delivered and paid for. Royalty expense is recorded as the sand is sold and the royalty payment is paid based on sand volumes sold, delivered and paid for by the customer. Royalty expense for 2011 and 2010 was $2,045 and $0, respectively, and is included in cost of goods sold.

From time to time the Company may be subject to various claims and legal proceedings which arise in the normal course of business. Management is not aware of any legal matters that are likely to have material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

10. Asset Retirement Obligation

Although the ultimate amount of reclamation and closure costs to be incurred is uncertain, the Company had a post closure reclamation and site restoration obligation of approximately $832 as of December 31, 2011. The Company did not own any land or property as of December 31, 2010, therefore the recording of an asset retirement obligation for 2010 was not needed.

 

F-23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following is a reconciliation of the total reclamation liability for asset retirement obligations:

 

Balances at December 31, 2010

   $   

Additions to liabilities

     804   

Accretion expense

     28   
  

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2011

   $ 832   
  

 

 

 

11. Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company is a producer of sand mainly used by the oil and natural gas industry for fracing wells. The Company’s business is, therefore, dependent upon economic activity within this market. Sales to two customers accounted for 100% of the Company’s revenue in 2011.

Throughout the year, the Company has cash balances in excess of federally insured amounts on deposit with financial institutions.

12. Subsequent Events

In March 2012, the Company borrowed the remaining $8,475 available under its credit agreement. As of March 31, 2012, the balance outstanding under the credit agreement was $55,973, and no further capacity was available.

During the first quarter of 2012, the Company commenced construction of a new facility in Augusta, WI. The Company executed contracts associated with this construction in the amount of $28,288. Construction is expected to be completed during 2012.

On April 6, 2012, the Company entered into a four-year $62,500 secured credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) with Amegy Bank, N.A. and a syndicate of other financial institutions (collectively, the “Lending Banks”). The Credit Facility consists of the following commitments on the part of the Lending Banks: (1) a $25,000 term loan (“Tranche A”), (2) a $30,000 term loan (“Tranche B”) and (3) a $7,500 revolving loan commitment. In addition, the Credit Facility includes sub-facilities providing for letters of credit and swing line borrowings of up to $2,500 each.

Borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest at a floating rate equal to, at our option, either (a) a base rate plus a range of 225 basis points to 325 basis points per annum or (b) a Eurodollar rate, which is based on one-month LIBOR, plus a range of 325 basis points to 425 basis points per annum. The base rate is established as the higher of (i) the U.S. prime rate last quoted by The Wall Street Journal, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 50 basis points or (iii) LIBOR plus 100 basis points. To the extent that the Company has not borrowed funds under the Tranche B term loan, any unused commitment under Tranche B will expire on December 31, 2012. The Revolving Credit Facility and the Tranche B term loan provides for a commitment fee of 0.5% on the unused portion.

The Credit Facility contains a number of covenants that restrict the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, acquire assets, create liens on assets, sell assets, make investments, and make distributions, among other things. In addition, the Company is required to comply with certain financial covenants, including a maximum effective leverage ratio of 2.75 to 1 prior to March 31, 2013 and 2.0 to 1 thereafter, a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.25 to 1, and limitations on capital expenditures.

As of April 6, 2012, the Company had $25,000 in outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility, at a rate of 4.23%, all of which was drawn under the Tranche A term loan commitment. The proceeds from the Tranche A loan are to be used for certain identified capital expenditures and to fund general operations. Repayment of

 

F-24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

outstanding principal under this borrowing are required to be made quarterly, on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 each year, based on a minimum of 5% of the borrowed original principal amount of the loan. In addition, if the Company’s leverage ratio is equal to or greater than 1.0 to 1, it will be required to make additional annual repayments of outstanding principal on May 15 of each year, from 25% to 50% of its excess cash flows, depending on its leverage ratio, all as defined in the terms of the Credit Facility. In the event the Company were to complete an equity issuance, a portion of the proceeds would be required to be used to repay all or a portion of any remaining outstanding principal. If not repaid earlier, the outstanding principal amount is required to be repaid by April 6, 2016.

The Company has performed an evaluation of subsequent events through April 25, 2012, which is the date that the financial statements were made available for issuance.

 

F-25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HI-CRUSH PROPPANTS LLC

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     March 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 
     (In thousands)  

Assets

     

Current assets

     

Cash

   $ 10,527       $ 11,054   

Restricted cash

     30         30   

Accounts receivable

     3,143         4,026   

Inventories

     1,493         2,374   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     472         294   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     15,665         17,778   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     72,994         52,708   

Deferred charges, net

     1,810         1,743   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 90,469       $ 72,229   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Members’ Equity

     

Current liabilities

     

Accounts payable

   $ 12,173       $ 4,954   

Accrued liabilities

     1,178         866   

Deferred revenue

     3,884         9,178   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     17,235         14,998   

Long-term debt

     55,973         46,112   

Asset retirement obligation, net

     838         832   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     74,046         61,942   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

     

Members’ equity

     16,423         10,287   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and members’ equity

   $ 90,469       $ 72,229   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2012              2011      
    

(In thousands

except per share)

 

Revenues

   $ 13,532       $   

Costs of goods sold (including depreciation and depletion)

     4,776           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross Profit

     8,756           

Operating costs and expenses

     

General and administrative

     1,487         174   

Exploration expense

     199           

Accretion of asset retirement obligation

     6           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     7,064         (174

Other expenses

     

Interest expense

     928           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 6,136       $ (174
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Operating activities

    

Net income (loss)

   $ 6,136      $ (174

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

    

Depreciation and depletion

     179          

Deferred charges amortization

     102          

Accretion of asset retirement obligation

     6          

Non-cash interest

     1,385          

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

    

Accounts receivable

     883          

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (177     (60

Inventories

     827          

Accounts payable

     (376     25   

Accrued liabilities

     312        26   

Deferred revenue

     (5,294     16,500   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     3,983        16,317   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

    

Capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment

     (12,815     (16,123

Restricted cash

            (30
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (12,815     (16,153
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

    

Proceeds from long term debt

     8,475          

Loan origination costs

     (170       

Contributions received

            10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     8,305        10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash

     (527     174   

Cash

    

Beginning of period

     11,054          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of period

   $ 10,527      $ 174   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities

    

Increase in accounts payable for additions to property, plant and equipment

   $ 7,595      $ 4,318   

Non-cash transfer from other assets to property, plant and equipment

            250   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollars in thousands, except per ton amounts, or where otherwise noted)

Note 1. Business and Organization

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC (“the Company”) is a Delaware limited liability company formed on October 28, 2010. The Company is governed by the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and is the sole member of Hi-Crush Operating LLC, Hi-Crush Wyeville LLC, Hi-Crush Chambers LLC, Hi-Crush Tomah LLC, Hi-Crush Railroad LLC, Hi-Crush Buffalo LLC and Hi-Crush Augusta, which was formed in March 2012. The financial statements for the Company and the related entities are presented on a consolidated basis and are referred to as the Company in the accompanying condensed financial statements and footnotes. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Note 2. Basis of Presentation and Use of Estimates

The accompanying unaudited interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (“interim statements”) of Hi-Crush Proppants, LLC and its subsidiaries (collectively, “Hi-Crush” or the “Company”) have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X issued by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments and disclosures necessary for a fair presentation of these interim statements have been included. The results reported in these interim statements are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be reported for the entire year. These interim statements should be read in conjunction with Hi-Crush’s Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2011. The year-end balance sheet data was derived from the audited financial statements, but does not include all disclosures required by GAAP.

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized when legal title passes at the time of shipment to the customer, evidence of a contractual arrangement exists and collectability is reasonably assured. All sales are FOB plant and title passes as the product is loaded into rail cars. Amounts received from customers in advance of satisfying all revenue recognition criteria are recorded as deferred revenue.

The Company sells its products primarily under long-term, take-or-pay supply agreements with two customers with initial terms expiring between 2014 and 2016. These agreements define, among other commitments, the volume of product that the Company must provide, the price that will be charged to the customer and the volume that the customer must purchase.

Deferred Revenue

In January 2011 the Company received $16,500 in an advance payment from a customer for a certain volume of product to be delivered over a one-year period starting in July 2011. Revenue is recognized as product is delivered and the deferred revenue obligation is reduced. At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 the balance of the deferred revenue was $3,884 and $9,178, respectively.

 

F-29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The amounts reported in the balance sheet as current assets or liabilities, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value due to the short-term maturities of these instruments. The fair value of the long-term debt outstanding under the Company’s credit agreement at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 was approximately $54,836 and $45,427, respectively, reflecting the discounted cash flows and the application of current interest rates offered for debt with similar remaining terms and maturities. While certain of the inputs used in calculating this fair value measurement under a discounted cash flow model were observable, others were based upon unobservable inputs. As such, the measurement is categorized as a Level 3 measurement per the hierarchy within ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements. See Note 6—Long-Term Debt for information regarding changes in the carrying value of borrowings under the credit facility.

Income taxes

The Company is a pass-through entity and is not considered a taxing entity for federal tax purposes and therefore there is not a provision for income taxes in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Company’s net income or loss is allocated to the members in accordance with the limited liability company agreement. The members are taxed individually on their share of the Company’s earnings. At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company did not have any liabilities for uncertain tax positions or gross unrecognized tax benefit.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in US GAAP and IFRS, which clarifies Topic 820 and provides guidance on changes to certain principles or requirements for measuring fair value. The amendment is effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. We adopted this guidance as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Note 4. Inventories

At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, inventories consisted of the following:

 

     March 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

Raw materials

   $ 35       $   

Work-in-progress

     986         2,095   

Finished goods

     64           

Spare parts

     408         279   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,493       $ 2,374   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Note 5. Property, Plant and Equipment

At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:

 

     March 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Buildings

   $ 417      $ 417   

Mining property and mine development

     9,071        8,939   

Plant and equipment

     41,535        27,539   

Rail and rail equipment

     5,499        5,232   

Construction-in-progress

     17,101        11,085   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     73,623        53,212   

Less: Accumulated depreciation and depletion

     (629     (504
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 72,994      $ 52,708   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and depletion expense for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011 totaled $179 and $0, respectively, and is classified within cost of goods sold on the condensed consolidated statement of operations.

Note 6. Long-Term Debt

At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, long-term debt consisted of the following:

 

     March 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

Promissory note agreement with related party due July 2016 in one balloon payment plus cash or paid-in-kind interest

   $ 55,973       $ 46,112   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Credit Agreement

The Company entered into a $50,000 credit agreement under the conditions set forth under the promissory note dated May 25, 2011 (the “Promissory Note Agreement”) with related parties, ACP Hip Splitter, L.P. and ACP Hip Splitter (Offshore), L.P., due July 2016. On July 20, 2011, the Promissory Note Agreement was amended to allow additional participants and increased the facility to $52,167. The Promissory Note Agreement has a five-year term. In March 2012, the Company borrowed the remaining $8,475 available under the credit agreement, and as of March 31, 2012, no further capacity is available.

Advances under the Promissory Note Agreement bear interest of 10% for cash interest or 12% for paid in kind (“PIK”) interest. Interest is calculated monthly. PIK interest increases the outstanding balance of the promissory note. At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, $3,807 and $2,421, respectively, had been recorded as PIK interest and included in the promissory note balance.

Contractual maturities of the Company’s long-term debt at March 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

For the years ending December 31

  

2012

   $   

2013

       

2014

       

2015

       

2016

     55,973   
  

 

 

 
   $ 55,973   
  

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Note 7. Related Party Transactions

On May 25, 2011, the Company entered into a Management Services Agreement (“Services Agreement”) with Red Oak Capital Management LLC (“Service Provider”). The Service Provider is owned by two members who are also equity members in the Company. The Services Agreement provides for certain management and administrative support services for a term of one year and that thereafter remains in place upon the same terms and conditions. Either party may terminate the agreement by delivering written notice within 90 days prior to the date of expiration of the initial term or any time after the expiration of the initial term, by delivering written notice 90 days prior to the desired date of termination. The Company reimburses the Service Provider 95% of the Service Provider’s actual costs limited to $850 per year. Total management services fees for the three-month periods ending March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011 were $162 and $0, respectively, and are included in general and administrative costs.

The Company pays quarterly director fees to directors that may be members and/or holders of the Company debt. Total director fees for the three month periods ending March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011 were $25 and $0, respectively, and are included in general and administrative costs.

Note 8. Segment Reporting

As the company earns all of its revenues through the sale of frac sand excavated from and processed at a single facility, we have concluded that we have one operating segment for reporting purposes.

Note 9. Commitments and Contingencies

During the first quarter of 2102, the Company commenced construction of a new facility in Augusta, WI. In connection with this construction, the Company has executed contracts under which approximately $20,270 in remaining payments (as of March 31, 2012) will become due as the construction is completed, which is anticipated to occur during 2012.

On or before June 30, 2012, the Company has an obligation to purchase a tract of land in Monroe County for $6,250.

In 2011, the Company entered into take-or-pay contracts with its customers. These contracts have yearly volume commitments with terms varying from 3 to 5 years.

The Company has entered into royalty agreements where the Company is under a commitment to pay royalties on sand sold and paid for. Royalty expense is recorded as the sand is sold and the royalty payment is paid based on sand volumes sold and paid for by the customer. Royalty expense for the three month periods ending March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011 were $1,369 and $0, respectively, and is included in cost of goods sold.

From time to time the Company may be subject to various claims and legal proceedings which arise in the normal course of business. Management is not aware of any legal matters that are likely to have material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

F-32


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Note 10. Asset Retirement Obligation

Although the ultimate amount of reclamation and closure costs to be incurred is uncertain, the Company had a post closure reclamation and site restoration obligation of approximately $ 838 and $832, as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

The following is a reconciliation of the total reclamation liability for asset retirement obligations:

 

Balances at December 31, 2011

   $ 832   

Additions to liabilities

       

Accretion expense

     6   
  

 

 

 

Balances at March 31, 2012

   $ 838   
  

 

 

 

Note 11. Subsequent Events

On April 6, 2012, the Company entered into a four-year $62,500 secured credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) with Amegy Bank, N.A. and a syndicate of other financial institutions (collectively, the “Lending Banks”). The Credit Facility consists of the following commitments on the part of the Lending Banks: (1) a $25,000 term loan (“Tranche A”), (2) a $30,000 term loan (“Tranche B”) and (3) a $7,500 revolving loan commitment. In addition, the Credit Facility includes sub-facilities providing for letters of credit and swing line borrowings of up to $2,500 each.

Borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest at a floating rate equal to, at our option, either (a) a base rate plus a range of 225 basis points to 325 basis points per annum or (b) a Eurodollar rate, which is based on one-month LIBOR, plus a range of 325 basis points to 425 basis points per annum. The base rate is established as the higher of (i) the U.S. prime rate last quoted by The Wall Street Journal, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 50 basis points or (iii) LIBOR plus 100 basis points. To the extent that the Company has not borrowed funds under the Tranche B term loan, any unused commitment under Tranche B will expire on December 31, 2012. The Revolving Credit Facility and the Tranche B term loan provides for a commitment fee of 0.5% on the unused portion.

The Credit Facility contains a number of covenants that restrict the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, acquire assets, create liens on assets, sell assets, make investments, and make distributions, among other things. In addition, the Company is required to comply with certain financial covenants, including a maximum effective leverage ratio of 2.75 to 1 prior to March 31, 2013 and 2.0 to 1 thereafter, a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.25 to 1, and limitations on capital expenditures.

As of April 6, 2012, the Company had $25,000 in outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility, at a rate of 4.23%, all of which was drawn under the Tranche A term loan commitment. The proceeds from the Tranche A loan are to be used for certain identified capital expenditures and to fund general operations. Repayment of outstanding principal under this borrowing are required to be made quarterly, on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 each year, based on a minimum of 5% of the borrowed original principal amount of the loan. In addition, if the Company’s leverage ratio is equal to or greater than 1.0 to 1, it will be required to make additional annual repayments of outstanding principal on May 15 of each year, from 25% to 50% of its excess cash flows, depending on its leverage ratio, all as defined in the terms of the Credit Facility. In the event the Company were to complete an equity issuance, a portion of the proceeds would be required to be used to repay all or a portion of any remaining outstanding principal. If not repaid earlier, the outstanding principal amount is required to be repaid by April 6, 2016.

On May 10, 2012, the Company entered into a long-term, take-or-pay contract with a new customer, FTS International Services, LLC, a subsidiary of FTS International, LLC.

The Company has performed an evaluation of subsequent events through May 11, 2012, which is the date that the financial statements were made available for issuance.

 

F-33


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Appendix A

FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

HI-CRUSH PARTNERS LP

 

A-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Appendix B

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

adjusted operating surplus : Adjusted operating surplus is intended to reflect the cash generated from operations during a particular period and therefore excludes net increases in working capital borrowings and net drawdowns of reserves of cash generated in prior periods. Adjusted operating surplus consists of:

 

   

operating surplus generated with respect to that period (excluding any amounts attributable to the items described in the first bullet point under “—Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus—Operating Surplus” above); less

 

   

any net increase in working capital borrowings with respect to that period; less

 

   

any net decrease in cash reserves for operating expenditures with respect to that period not relating to an operating expenditure made with respect to that period; plus

 

   

any net decrease in working capital borrowings with respect to that period; plus

 

   

any net increase in cash reserves for operating expenditures with respect to that period required by any debt instrument for the repayment of principal, interest or premium; plus

 

   

any net decrease made in subsequent periods in cash reserves for operating expenditures initially established with respect to such period to the extent such decrease results in a reduction of adjusted operating surplus in subsequent periods pursuant to the third bullet point above.

API : American Petroleum Institute

BTU : British Thermal Unit

capital surplus : Any distribution of cash or cash equivalents in excess of our operating surplus. Accordingly, capital surplus would generally be generated only by the following (which we refer to as “interim capital transactions”):

 

   

borrowings other than working capital borrowings;

 

   

sales of our equity and debt securities; and

 

   

sales or other dispositions of assets for cash, other than inventory, accounts receivable and other assets sold in the ordinary course of business or as part of normal retirement or replacement of assets.

ceramic proppant : An artificially manufactured proppant of consistent size and sphere shape that offers a high crush strength.

coarse grade sand : Sand of mesh size equal to or less than 70.

crush strength : Ability to withstand high pressures. Crush strength is measured according to the pounds per square inch of pressure that can be withstood before the proppant breaks down into finer granules.

distributable cash flow : Distributable cash flow is defined as EBITDA less cash paid for interest expense and maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, including accrual for reserve replacement, plus accretion of asset retirement obligations.

dry plant : Facility used to further process sand after it has been washed.

EBITDA : A non-GAAP supplemental financial measure defined as net income (loss) before net interest expense, income tax expense and depreciation and depletion expense.

 

B-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

expansion capital expenditures : Capital expenditures that we expect will increase our operating capacity over the long term.

frac sand : A proppant used in the completion and re-completion of unconventional oil and natural gas wells to stimulate and maintain oil and natural gas production through the process of hydraulic fracturing.

GAAP : Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

hydraulic fracturing : The process of pumping fluids, mixed with granular proppants, into a geological formation at pressures sufficient to create fractures in the hydrocarbon-bearing rock.

investment capital expenditures : Capital expenditures that are neither maintenance and replacement capital expenditures nor expansion capital expenditures.

maintenance and replacement capital expenditures : Capital expenditures required to maintain, over the long term, the operating capacity of our capital assets. Examples of maintenance and replacement capital expenditures include expenditures associated with the replacement of equipment and sand reserves, to the extent such expenditures are made to maintain our long-term operating capacity .

mesh size : Measurement of the size of a grain of sand indicating it will pass through a sieve of a certain size.

monocrystalline : Consisting of a single crystal rather than multiple crystals bonded together (polycrystalline). Monocrystalline frac sand typically exhibits higher crush strength than polycrystalline sand, as these structures are more prone to breaking down under high pressures than a single crystal.

Northern White sand : A monocrystalline sand with greater sphericity and roundness enabling higher crush strengths and conductivity. Within the industry, a common alternative term for “Northern White” sand is “Ottawa” sand.

operating expenditures : Generally means all of our cash expenditures, including, but not limited to, taxes, reimbursement of expenses to our general partner or its affiliates, payments made under interest rate hedge agreements or commodity hedge agreements (provided that (1) with respect to amounts paid in connection with the initial purchase of an interest rate hedge contract or a commodity hedge contract, such amounts will be amortized over the life of the applicable interest rate hedge contract or commodity hedge contract and (2) payments made in connection with the termination of any interest rate hedge contract or commodity hedge contract prior to the expiration of its stipulated settlement or termination date will be included in operating expenditures in equal quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of such interest rate hedge contract or commodity hedge contract), officer compensation, repayment of working capital borrowings, debt service payments and estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures (as discussed in further detail below), provided that operating expenditures will not include:

 

   

repayment of working capital borrowings deducted from operating surplus pursuant to the penultimate bullet point of the definition of operating surplus above when such repayment actually occurs;

 

   

payments (including prepayments and prepayment penalties and the purchase price of indebtedness that is repurchased and cancelled) of principal of and premium on indebtedness, other than working capital borrowings;

 

   

expansion capital expenditures;

 

   

actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures (as discussed in further detail below);

 

   

investment capital expenditures;

 

B-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

payment of transaction expenses relating to interim capital transactions;

 

   

distributions to our partners (including distributions in respect of our incentive distribution rights); or

 

   

repurchases of equity interests except to fund obligations under employee benefit plans.

operating surplus : We define operating surplus as:

 

   

$         million (as described below); plus

 

   

all of our cash receipts after the closing of this offering, excluding cash from interim capital transactions (as defined below); plus

 

   

working capital borrowings made after the end of a period but on or before the date of determination of operating surplus for the period; plus

 

   

cash distributions paid in respect of equity issued (including incremental distributions on incentive distribution rights), other than equity issued on the closing date of this offering, to finance all or a portion of expansion capital expenditures in respect of the period from such financing until the earlier to occur of the date the capital asset commences commercial service and the date that it is abandoned or disposed of; plus

 

   

cash distributions paid in respect of equity issued (including incremental distributions on incentive distribution rights) to pay the construction period interest on debt incurred, or to pay construction period distributions on equity issued, to finance the expansion capital expenditures referred to above, in each case, in respect of the period from such financing until the earlier to occur of the date the capital asset is placed in service and the date that it is abandoned or disposed of; less

 

   

all of our operating expenditures (as defined below) after the closing of this offering; less

 

   

the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner to provide funds for future operating expenditures; less

 

   

all working capital borrowings not repaid within twelve months after having been incurred, or repaid within such twelve-month period with the proceeds of additional working capital borrowings; less

 

   

any loss realized on disposition of an investment capital expenditure.

overburden : The material that lies above an area of economic interest.

proppant : A sized particle mixed with fracturing fluid to hold fractures open after a hydraulic fracturing treatment.

proven reserves : Quantity of sand estimated with reasonable certainty, from the analysis of geologic and engineering data, to be recoverable from well-established or known reservoirs with the existing equipment and under the existing operating conditions.

reserves : Sand that can be economically extracted or produced at the time of determination based on relevant legal, economic and technical considerations.

resin-coated sand : Raw sand that is coated with a flexible resin that increases the sand’s crush strength and prevents crushed sand from dispersing throughout the fracture.

roundness : A measure of how round the curvatures of an object are. The opposite of round is angular. It is possible for an object to be round but not spherical (e.g. an egg-shaped particle is round, but not spherical). When used to describe proppant, roundness is a reference to having a curved shape which promotes hydrocarbon flow, as the curvature creates a space through which the hydrocarbons can flow.

silica : A chemically resistant dioxide of silicon that occurs in crystalline, amorphous and cryptocrystalline forms.

sphericity : A measure of how well an object is formed in a shape where all points are equidistant from the center. The more spherical a proppant, the more highly it is desired relative to non-spherical proppant, as the gaps created by it are typically the largest and this promotes maximum hydrocarbon flow.

 

B-3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

subordination period : The subordination period will begin on the closing date of this offering and expire on the first business day after the distribution to unitholders in respect of any quarter, beginning with the quarter ending                     , 2015, if each of the following has occurred:

 

   

distributions from operating surplus on each of the outstanding common and subordinated units equaled or exceeded the minimum quarterly distribution for each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date;

 

   

the “adjusted operating surplus” (as defined below) generated during each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date equaled or exceeded the sum of the minimum quarterly distribution on all of the outstanding common and subordinated units during those periods on a fully diluted weighted average basis; and

 

   

there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the subordination period will automatically terminate, and all of the subordinated units will convert into common units on a one-for-one basis, on the first business day after the distribution to unitholders in respect of any quarter, beginning with the quarter ending                     , 2013, if each of the following has occurred:

 

   

distributions from operating surplus exceeded $         (150.0% of the annualized minimum quarterly distribution) on all outstanding common units and subordinated units, plus the related distributions on the incentive distribution rights for a four-quarter period immediately preceding that date;

 

   

the “adjusted operating surplus” (as defined below) generated during the four-quarter period immediately preceding that date equaled or exceeded the sum of $         (150.0% of the annualized minimum quarterly distribution) on all of the outstanding common and subordinated units during that period on a fully diluted weighted average basis, plus the related distribution on the incentive distribution rights; and

 

   

there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distributions on the common units.

In addition, if the unitholders remove our general partner other than for cause:

 

   

the subordinated units held by any person will immediately and automatically convert into common units on a one-for-one basis, provided (1) neither such person nor any of its affiliates voted any of its units in favor of the removal and (2) such person is not an affiliate of the successor general partner; and

 

   

if all of the subordinated units convert pursuant to the foregoing, all cumulative common unit arrearages on the common units will be extinguished and the subordination period will end.

turbidity : Measurement of the level of contaminants, such as silt and clay, in a sample.

wet plant : Facility used to wash raw frac sand to remove fine impurities such as clay and organic particles.

 

B-4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LOGO

Hi-Crush Partners LP

 

Common Units

Representing Limited Partner Interests

 

 

Prospectus

                    , 2012

 

 

Barclays

Morgan Stanley

Through and including                     , 2012 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common units, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PART II

INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT

 

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

Set forth below are the expenses (other than underwriting discounts) expected to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities registered hereby. With the exception of the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the New York Stock Exchange listing fee the amounts set forth below are estimates.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 22,920   

FINRA filing fee

     25,500   

Printing and engraving expenses

     *   

Fees and expenses of legal counsel

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     *   

New York Stock Exchange listing fee

     *   

Miscellaneous

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

     *   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be completed by amendment

 

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND MEMBERS OF OUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS.

Subject to any terms, conditions or restrictions set forth in the partnership agreement, Section 17-108 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act empowers a Delaware limited partnership to indemnify and hold harmless any partner or other persons from and against all claims and demands whatsoever. The section of the prospectus entitled “The Partnership Agreement—Indemnification” discloses that we will generally indemnify officers, directors and affiliates of the general partner to the fullest extent permitted by the law against all losses, claims, damages or similar events and is incorporated herein by this reference.

Our general partner will purchase insurance covering its officers and directors against liabilities asserted and expenses incurred in connection with their activities as officers and directors of the general partner or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries.

Our general partner will enter into indemnification agreements (each, an “Indemnification Agreement”) with each of its officers and directors (each, an “Indemnitee”). Each Indemnification Agreement provides that our general partner will indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnitee against all expense, liability and loss (including attorney’s fees, judgments, fines or penalties and amounts to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by the Indemnitee in connection with serving in their capacity as officers and directors of our general partner (or of any subsidiary of our general partner) or in any capacity at the request of our general partner or its board of directors to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, including Section 18-108 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act in effect on the date of the agreement or as such laws may be amended to provide more advantageous rights to the Indemnitee. The Indemnification Agreement also provides that the general partner must advance payment of certain expenses to the Indemnitee, including fees of counsel, in advance of final disposition of any proceeding subject to receipt of an undertaking from the Indemnitee to return such advance if it is ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification.

The underwriting agreement to be entered into in connection with the sale of the securities offered pursuant to this registration statement, the form of which will be filed as an exhibit to this registration statement, provides for indemnification of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and our general partner, their officers and directors, and any person who controls Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and our general partner, including indemnification for liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

II-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

On May 8, 2012, in connection with the formation of Hi-Crush Partners LP, we issued (i) the non-economic general partner interest in us to Hi-Crush GP LLC and (ii) the 100.0% limited partner interest in us to Hi-Crush Proppants LLC for $1,000.00. The issuance was exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. There have been no other sales of unregistered securities within the past three years.

 

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS.

See the Index to Exhibits on the page immediately preceding the exhibits for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form S-1, which Index to Exhibits is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(1) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(2) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(3) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(4) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

The undersigned registrant undertakes to send to each common unitholder, at least on an annual basis, a detailed statement of any transactions registrant or its subsidiaries, and of fees, commissions, compensation and other benefits paid, or accrued to registrant or its subsidiaries for the fiscal year completed, showing the amount paid or accrued to each recipient and the services performed.

The registrant undertakes to provide to the common unitholders the financial statements required by Form 10-K for the first full fiscal year of operations of the registrant.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas, on, July 6, 2012.

 

Hi-Crush Partners LP

By:

 

Hi-Crush GP LLC, its general partner

By:

 

/s/ Robert E. Rasmus

 

    Robert E. Rasmus

 

    Its: Co-Chief Executive Officer

Each person whose signature appears below appoints Robert E. Rasmus and James M. Whipkey , and each of them, any of whom may act without the joinder of the other, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and re-substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and any Registration Statement (including any amendment thereto) for this offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or would do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them of their or his substitute and substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Robert E. Rasmus     

  

Co-Chief Executive Officer

(Co-Principal Executive Officer)

  July 6, 2012
Robert E. Rasmus     

/s/ James M. Whipkey     

  

Co-Chief Executive Officer

(Co-Principal Executive Officer)

  July 6, 2012
James M. Whipkey     

/s/ Laura C. Fulton     

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer)

  July 6, 2012
Laura C. Fulton     

/s/ Jeffries V. Alston, III     

  

Director

  July 6, 2012
Jeffries V. Alston, III     

/s/ Robert L. Cabes, Jr.     

Robert L. Cabes, Jr.

  

Director

  July 6, 2012

/s/ John R. Huff     

John R. Huff

  

Director

  July 6, 2012

/s/ Trevor T. Turbidy     

Trevor T. Turbidy

  

Director

  July 6, 2012

/s/ Steven A. Webster     

Steven A. Webster

  

Director

  July 6, 2012

 

II-4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit
Number

              

Description

  1.1         *       Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1               Certificate of Limited Partnership of Hi-Crush Partners LP
  3.2         *       Form of First Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Hi-Crush Partners LP (included as Appendix A in the prospectus included in this Registration Statement)
  4.1               Form of Registration Rights Agreement
  5.1         *       Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. as to the legality of the securities being registered
  8.1         *       Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. relating to tax matters
  10.1         *       Form of Contribution Agreement
  10.2               Form of Omnibus Agreement
  10.3               Form of Hi-Crush Partners LP Long-Term Incentive Plan
  10.4         *       Form of Credit Agreement
  10.5         +       Supply Agreement, effective as of January 11, 2011, between Weatherford Artificial Lift Systems, Inc. and Hi-Crush Operating LLC
  10.6         +       Supply Agreement, effective as of May 24, 2011, between Halliburton Energy Services, Inc. and Hi-Crush Operating LLC
  10.7         +       First Amendment to Supply Agreement, effective as of November 23, 2011, between Halliburton Energy Services, Inc. and Hi-Crush Operating LLC
  10.8         +       Supply Agreement, effective as of May 1, 2012, between Baker Hughes Oilfield Operations, Inc. and Hi-Crush Operating LLC
  10.9         +       First Amendment to Supply Agreement, effective as of May 1, 2012, between Baker Hughes Oilfield Operations, Inc. and Hi-Crush Operating LLC
  10.10       +       Supply Agreement, effective as of May 1, 2012, between FTS International Services, LLC and Hi-Crush Operating LLC
  10.11       +       Royalty Agreement dated as of January 10, 2011
  10.12       +       Royalty Agreement dated as of January 13, 2011
  10.13       +       Royalty Agreement dated as of March 17, 2011
  10.14             Employment Agreement, dated May 25, 2011, between Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and Robert E. Rasmus
  10.15             Employment Agreement, dated May 25, 2011, between Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and James M. Whipkey
  10.16             Employment Agreement, dated May 25, 2011, between Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and Jefferies V. Alston, III
  10.17       *       Directors’ Compensation Summary
  21.1         *       List of Subsidiaries of Hi-Crush Partners LP
  23.1               Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  23.2               Consent of John T. Boyd Company
  23.3         *       Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in Exhibit 5.1)

 

II-5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Exhibit
Number

              

Description

  23.4         *       Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in Exhibit 8.1)
  24.1               Powers of Attorney (contained on page II-4)
  99.1               Confidential Draft Registration Statement submitted May 11, 2012
  99.2               Confidential Draft Registration Statement submitted June 14, 2012

 

* To be filed by amendment.
+ Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

 

II-6

Exhibit 3.1

CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

HI-CRUSH PARTNERS LP

 

This Certificate of Limited Partnership, dated May 7, 2012, has been duly executed and is filed pursuant to Sections 17-201 and 17-204 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act (the “ Act ”) to form a limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”) under the Act.

1.         Name. The name of the Partnership is “Hi-Crush Partners LP”.

2.         Registered Office; Registered Agent. The address of the registered office required to be maintained by Section 17-104 of the Act is:

Corporation Trust Center

1209 Orange Street

Wilmington, DE 19801

The name and the address of the registered agent for service of process required to be maintained by Section 17-104 of the Act are:

The Corporation Trust Company

Corporation Trust Center

1209 Orange Street

Wilmington, DE 19801

3.         General Partner. The name and the business, residence or mailing address of the general partner are:

Hi-Crush GP LLC

Three Riverway, Suite 1550

Houston, Texas 77056

EXECUTED as of the date written first above.

 

HI-CRUSH PARTNERS LP
By:   Hi-Crush GP LLC, its general partner
By:   /s/ Robert E. Rasmus
  Name:   Robert E. Rasmus
  Title:   Authorized Person

Exhibit 4.1

FORM OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of [•], 2012, by and between Hi-Crush Partners LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), and Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Sponsor ”).

WHEREAS, this Agreement is made in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Contribution Agreement dated [•], 2012 (the “ Contribution Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the Partnership has agreed to provide the registration and other rights set forth in this Agreement for the benefit of Sponsor pursuant to the Contribution Agreement; and

WHEREAS, it is a condition to the obligations of Sponsor under the Contribution Agreement that this Agreement be executed and delivered;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by each party hereto, the parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01. Definitions . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings given to them in the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership dated [•], 2012, as amended from time to time (the “ Partnership Agreement ”). The terms set forth below are used herein as so defined:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Agreement ” has the meaning given to such term in the introductory paragraph.

Commission ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 1.02 .

Contribution Agreement ” has the meaning given to such term in the recitals of this Agreement.

Effectiveness Period ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.01 .

Exchange Act ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.07(a) .

Holder ” means the record holder of any Registrable Securities.

Losses ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.07(a) .


Managing Underwriter ” means, with respect to any Underwritten Offering, the book-running lead manager of such Underwritten Offering.

Notice ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.01 .

Partnership ” has the meaning given to such term in the introductory paragraph.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, voluntary association, joint venture, trust, limited liability partnership, unincorporated organization, government or any agency, instrumentality or political subdivision thereof, or any other form of entity.

Registrable Securities ” means the aggregate number of (i) Common Units issued (or issuable) to Sponsor pursuant to the Contribution Agreement (including pursuant to the Deferred Issuance and Distribution); (ii) Subordinated Units; and (iii) Common Units issuable upon conversion of the Subordinated Units or the Combined Interests pursuant to the terms of the Partnership Agreement, which Registrable Securities are subject to the rights provided herein until such rights terminate pursuant to the provisions hereof.

Registration Expenses ” means all expenses (other than selling expenses) incident to the Partnership’s performance under or compliance with this Agreement to effect the registration of Registrable Securities on a Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2.01 and/or in connection with an Underwritten Offering pursuant to Section 2.02(a) , and the disposition of such Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, all registration, filing, securities exchange listing and securities exchange fees, all registration, filing, qualification and other fees and expenses of complying with securities or blue sky laws, fees of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, fees of transfer agents and registrars, all word processing, duplicating and printing expenses, any transfer taxes and the fees and disbursements of counsel and independent public accountants for the Partnership, including the expenses of any special audits or “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance.

Registration Statement ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.01 .

Securities Act ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 1.02 .

Selling Expenses ” means all underwriting fees, discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities.

Selling Holder ” means a Holder who is selling Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement.

Shelf Registration Statement ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.01 .

Sponsor ” has the meaning given to such term in the introductory paragraph.

Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act.

 

2


Underwritten Offering ” means an offering (including an offering pursuant to a Registration Statement) in which Common Units are sold to an underwriter on a firm commitment basis for reoffering to the public or an offering that is a “bought deal” with one or more investment banks.

Written Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

Section 1.02. Registrable Securities . Any Registrable Security will cease to be a Registrable Security (a) at the time a Registration Statement covering such Registrable Security has been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”), or otherwise has become effective, and such Registrable Security has been sold or disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement; (b) at the time such Registrable Security has been disposed of pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in effect under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “ Securities Act ”)); (c) 10 years after Sponsor ceases to be an Affiliate of the General Partner of the Partnership (including where the General Partner ceases to be the General Partner of the Partnership); (d) if such Registrable Security is held by the Partnership or one of its subsidiaries; (e) at the time such Registrable Security has been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under this Agreement are not assigned to the transferee of such securities; or (f) if such Registrable Security has been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under this Agreement are assigned to the transferee and such transferee is not an Affiliate of the General Partner of the Partnership, at the time that is two years following the later of: (i) if the Registrable Security is a Subordinated Unit, the conversion of the Subordinated Units into Common Units and (ii) the transfer of such Registrable Security to such transferee.

ARTICLE II

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

Section 2.01. Demand Registration . Upon the written request (a “ Notice ”) by Sponsor or by Holders owning at least one million of the then-outstanding Registrable Securities, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 3.04 , the Partnership shall file with the Commission, as soon as reasonably practicable, but in no event more than 90 days following the receipt of the Notice, a registration statement (each, a “ Registration Statement ”) under the Securities Act providing for the resale of the Registrable Securities (which may, at the option of the Holders giving such Notice, be a registration statement under the Securities Act that provides for the resale of the Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 415 from time to time by the Holders (a “ Shelf Registration Statement ”)). The Partnership shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as soon as reasonably practicable after the initial filing of the Registration Statement. Any Registration Statement shall provide for the resale pursuant to any method or combination of methods legally available to, and requested by, the Holders of any and all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement. The Partnership shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Section 2.01 to be continuously effective, supplemented and amended to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for the resale of all Registrable Securities by the Holders until all Registrable Securities covered by such

 

3


Registration Statement have ceased to be Registrable Securities (the “ Effectiveness Period ”). Each Registration Statement when effective (and the documents incorporated therein by reference) shall comply as to form with all applicable requirements of the Securities Act and shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. There shall be no limit on the number of Registration Statements that may be required by the Holders hereunder.

Section 2.02. Underwritten Offerings .

(a) Request for Underwritten Offering . In the event that one or more Holders collectively elect to dispose of at least one million Registrable Securities (subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 3.04 ) under a Registration Statement pursuant to an Underwritten Offering, the Partnership shall, upon request by such Holders, retain underwriters in order to permit such Holders to effect such sale though an Underwritten Offering. The obligation of the Partnership to retain underwriters shall include entering into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the Managing Underwriter or Underwriters, which shall include, among other provisions, indemnities to the effect and to the extent provided in Section 2.07 and taking all reasonable actions as are requested by the Managing Underwriter or Underwriters to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities. The Partnership shall, upon request of the Holders, cause its management to participate in a roadshow or similar marketing effort on behalf of the Holders.

(b) Limitation on Underwritten Offerings . In no event shall the Partnership be required hereunder to participate in more than two Underwritten Offerings in any 12-month period.

(c) General Procedures . In connection with any Underwritten Offering under this Agreement, the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold in such Underwritten Offering shall be entitled, subject to the Partnership’s consent (which is not to be unreasonably withheld), to select the Managing Underwriter or Underwriters. In connection with any Underwritten Offering under this Agreement, each Selling Holder and the Partnership shall be obligated to enter into an underwriting agreement that contains such representations, covenants, indemnities and other rights and obligations as are customary in underwriting agreements for firm commitment offerings of securities. No Selling Holder may participate in such Underwritten Offering unless such Selling Holder agrees to sell its Registrable Securities on the basis provided in such underwriting agreement and completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting agreement. Each Selling Holder may, at its option, require that any or all of the representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Partnership to and for the benefit of such underwriters also be made to and for such Selling Holder’s benefit and that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of such underwriters under such underwriting agreement also be conditions precedent to such Selling Holder’s obligations. No Selling Holder shall be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Partnership or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Selling Holder and its ownership of the securities being registered on its behalf, its intended method of distribution and any other representation required by law. If any Selling Holder disapproves of the terms of an underwriting, such Selling Holder

 

4


may elect to withdraw from the Underwritten Offering by notice to the Partnership and the Managing Underwriter; provided, however , that such withdrawal must be made at a time prior to the time of pricing of such Underwritten Offering. No such withdrawal shall affect the Partnership’s obligation to pay Registration Expenses.

Section 2.03. Delay Rights . If the General Partner determines that the Partnership’s compliance with its obligations under this Article II would be materially detrimental to the Partnership and its Partners because such registration would (a) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, reorganization, financing or other similar transaction involving the Partnership, (b) require premature disclosure of material information that the Partnership has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential or (c) render the Partnership unable to comply with applicable securities laws, then the Partnership shall have the right to postpone compliance with its obligations under this Article II for a period of not more than three months, provided, that such right pursuant to this Section 2.03 may not be utilized more than twice in any twelve-month period.

Section 2.04. Sale Procedures . In connection with its obligations under this Article II , the Partnership will, as expeditiously as possible:

(a) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to each Registration Statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep each Registration Statement effective for the Effectiveness Period and as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement;

(b) if a prospectus supplement will be used in connection with the marketing of an Underwritten Offering and the Managing Underwriter notifies the Partnership in writing that, in the sole judgment of such Managing Underwriter, inclusion of detailed information in such prospectus supplement is of material importance to the success of the Underwritten Offering of such Registrable Securities, the Partnership shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to include such information in such prospectus supplement;

(c) furnish to each Selling Holder (i) as far in advance as reasonably practicable before filing a Registration Statement or any supplement or amendment thereto, upon request, copies of reasonably complete drafts of all such documents proposed to be filed (including exhibits and each document incorporated by reference therein to the extent then required by the rules and regulations of the Commission), and provide each such Selling Holder the opportunity to object to any information pertaining to such Selling Holder and its plan of distribution that is contained therein and make the corrections reasonably requested by such Selling Holder with respect to such information prior to filing a Registration Statement or supplement or amendment thereto, and (ii) such number of copies of such Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein and any supplements and amendments thereto as such Persons may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement;

(d) if applicable, use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement under the securities or blue sky laws

 

5


of such jurisdictions as the Selling Holders or, in the case of an Underwritten Offering, the Managing Underwriter, shall reasonably request; provided, however , that the Partnership will not be required to qualify generally to transact business in any jurisdiction where it is not then required to so qualify or to take any action that would subject it to general service of process in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;

(e) promptly notify each Selling Holder and each underwriter, at any time when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of (i) the filing of a Registration Statement or any prospectus or prospectus supplement to be used in connection therewith, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and, with respect to such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective; and (ii) any written comments from the Commission with respect to any filing referred to in clause (i) and any written request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement or any prospectus or prospectus supplement thereto;

(f) immediately notify each Selling Holder and each underwriter, at any time when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of (i) the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus or prospectus supplement contained in a Registration Statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading (in the case of the prospectus contained therein, in the light of the circumstances under which a statement is made); (ii) the issuance or threat of issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement, or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose; or (iii) the receipt by the Partnership of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under the applicable securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction. Following the provision of such notice, the Partnership agrees to, as promptly as practicable, amend or supplement the prospectus or prospectus supplement or take other appropriate action so that the prospectus or prospectus supplement does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing and to take such other reasonable action as is necessary to remove a stop order, suspension, threat thereof or proceedings related thereto;

(g) upon request and subject to appropriate confidentiality obligations, furnish to each Selling Holder copies of any and all transmittal letters or other correspondence with the Commission or any other governmental agency or self-regulatory body or other body having jurisdiction (including any domestic or foreign securities exchange) relating to any offering of Registrable Securities;

(h) in the case of an Underwritten Offering, furnish upon request, (i) an opinion of counsel for the Partnership dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement and (ii) a “cold comfort” letter, dated the pricing date of such Underwritten Offering (to the extent available) and a letter of like kind dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement, in each case, signed by the independent public accountants who have certified the Partnership’s financial statements included or incorporated by reference into the applicable registration statement, and each of the opinion and the “cold comfort” letter shall be in customary form and covering substantially the same matters with respect to such registration

 

6


statement (and the prospectus and any prospectus supplement included therein) as have been customarily covered in opinions of issuer’s counsel and in accountants’ letters delivered to the underwriters in Underwritten Offerings of securities by the Partnership and such other matters as such underwriters and Selling Holders may reasonably request;

(i) otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 promulgated thereunder;

(j) make available to the appropriate representatives of the Managing Underwriter and Selling Holders access to such information and Partnership personnel as is reasonable and customary to enable such parties to establish a due diligence defense under the Securities Act;

(k) cause all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement to be listed on each securities exchange or nationally recognized quotation system on which similar securities issued by the Partnership are then listed;

(l) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Registrable Securities to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Partnership to enable the Selling Holders to consummate the disposition of the Registrable Securities;

(m) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement not later than the effective date of such registration statement; and

(n) enter into customary agreements and take such other actions as are reasonably requested by the Selling Holders or the underwriters, if any, in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities.

Each Selling Holder, upon receipt of notice from the Partnership of the happening of any event of the kind described in subsection (f) of this Section 2.04 , shall forthwith discontinue disposition of the Registrable Securities by means of a prospectus or prospectus supplement until such Selling Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by subsection (f) of this Section 2.04 or until it is advised in writing by the Partnership that the use of the prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings incorporated by reference in the prospectus.

Section 2.05. Cooperation by Holders . The Partnership shall have no obligation to include in a Registration Statement, or in an Underwritten Offering pursuant to Section 2.02(a) , Registrable Securities of a Selling Holder who has failed to timely furnish such information that, in the opinion of counsel to the Partnership, is reasonably required in order for the registration statement or prospectus supplement, as applicable, to comply with the Securities Act.

Section 2.06. Expenses . The Partnership will pay all reasonable Registration Expenses, including in the case of an Underwritten Offering, regardless of whether any sale is made in such Underwritten Offering. Each Selling Holder shall pay all Selling Expenses in connection with any sale of its Registrable Securities hereunder. In addition, except as otherwise provided in

 

7


Section 2.07 , the Partnership shall not be responsible for legal fees incurred by Holders in connection with the exercise of such Holders’ rights hereunder.

Section 2.07. Indemnification .

(a) By the Partnership . In the event of a registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement, the Partnership will indemnify and hold harmless each Selling Holder participating therein, its directors, officers, employees and agents, and each Person, if any, who controls such Selling Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “ Exchange Act ”), and its directors, officers, employees or agents, against any losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) (collectively, “ Losses ”), joint or several, to which such Selling Holder, director, officer, employee, agent or controlling Person may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such Losses (or actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact (in the case of any prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, in the light of the circumstances under which such statement is made) contained in any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, a Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus or prospectus supplement, free writing prospectus or final prospectus or prospectus supplement contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereof, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, and will reimburse each such Selling Holder, its directors, officers, employee and agents, and each such controlling Person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such Loss or actions or proceedings as such expenses are incurred; provided, however , that the Partnership will not be liable in any such case if and to the extent that any such Loss arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission so made in conformity with information furnished by such Selling Holder, its directors, officers, employees and agents or such controlling Person in writing specifically for use in any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, a Registration Statement, or prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, as applicable. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Selling Holder or any such directors, officers, employees agents or controlling Person, and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such Selling Holder.

(b) By Each Selling Holder . Each Selling Holder agrees severally and not jointly to indemnify and hold harmless the Partnership, its directors, officers, employees and agents and each Person, if any, who controls the Partnership within the meaning of the Securities Act or of the Exchange Act, and its directors, officers, employees and agents, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Partnership to the Selling Holders, but only with respect to information regarding such Selling Holder furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Selling Holder expressly for inclusion in any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, a Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus or prospectus supplement, free writing prospectus or final prospectus or prospectus supplement contained therein, or any amendment or supplement

 

8


thereof; provided, however , that the liability of each Selling Holder shall not be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the proceeds (net of any Selling Expenses) received by such Selling Holder from the sale of the Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification.

(c) Notice . Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party hereunder of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party hereunder, notify the indemnifying party in writing thereof, but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to any indemnified party other than under this Section 2.07 . In any action brought against any indemnified party, it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in and, to the extent it shall wish, to assume and undertake the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume and undertake the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 2.07 for any legal expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation and of liaison with counsel so selected; provided, however , that, (i) if the indemnifying party has failed to assume the defense or employ counsel reasonably acceptable to the indemnified party or (ii) if the defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and counsel to the indemnified party shall have concluded that there may be reasonable defenses available to the indemnified party that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, or if the interests of the indemnified party reasonably may be deemed to conflict with the interests of the indemnifying party, then the indemnified party shall have the right to select a separate counsel and to assume such legal defense and otherwise to participate in the defense of such action, with the reasonable expenses and fees of such separate counsel and other reasonable expenses related to such participation to be reimbursed by the indemnifying party as incurred. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no indemnified party shall settle any action brought against it with respect to which it is entitled to indemnification hereunder without the consent of the indemnifying party, unless the settlement thereof imposes no liability or obligation on, and includes a complete and unconditional release from all liability of, the indemnifying party.

(d) Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.07 is held by a court or government agency of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to any indemnified party or is insufficient to hold them harmless in respect of any Losses, then each indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such Loss in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of such indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, however , that in no event shall the Selling Holder be required to contribute an aggregate amount in excess of the dollar amount of proceeds (net of Selling Expenses) received by such Selling Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification. The relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact has been made by, or relates to, information supplied by such party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to

 

9


correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this paragraph were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to herein. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the Losses referred to in the first sentence of this paragraph shall be deemed to include any legal and other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any Loss that is the subject of this paragraph. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who is not guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation.

(e) Other Indemnification . The provisions of this Section 2.07 shall be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution that an indemnified party may have pursuant to law, equity, contract or otherwise.

Section 2.08. Rule 144 Reporting . With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission that may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Partnership agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to:

(a) make and keep public information regarding the Partnership available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times from and after the date hereof;

(b) file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Partnership under the Exchange Act at all times from and after the date hereof; and

(c) so long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to such Holder forthwith upon request a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Partnership, and such other reports and documents so filed as such Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing such Holder to sell any such securities without registration.

Section 2.09. Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights to cause the Partnership to register Registrable Securities granted to a Holder by the Partnership under this Article II may be transferred or assigned by such Holder to one or more transferee(s) or assignee(s) of such Registrable Securities (or Subordinated Units prior to conversion); provided, however , that (a) unless such transferee or assignee is an Affiliate of Sponsor, each such transferee or assignee holds Registrable Securities (or Subordinated Units prior to conversion) representing at least one million of the then-outstanding Registrable Securities, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 3.04 , (b) the Partnership is given written notice prior to any said transfer or assignment, stating the name and address of each such transferee and identifying the Registrable Securities with respect to which such registration rights are being transferred or assigned, and (c) each such transferee agrees to be bound by this Agreement.

Section 2.10. Restrictions on Public Sale by Holders of Registrable Securities . Each Holder who, along with its Affiliates, holds at least one million of the then-outstanding

 

10


Registrable Securities, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 3.04 , agrees to enter into a customary letter agreement with underwriters providing such Holder will not effect any public sale or distribution of the Registrable Securities during the 90 calendar day period beginning on the date of a prospectus or prospectus supplement filed with the Commission with respect to the pricing of an Underwritten Offering, provided that (i) the duration of the foregoing restrictions shall be no longer than the duration of the shortest restriction generally imposed by the underwriters on the Partnership or the officers, directors or any other unitholder of the Partnership on whom a restriction is imposed and (ii) the restrictions set forth in this Section 2.10 shall not apply to any Registrable Securities that are included in such Underwritten Offering by such Holder.

ARTICLE III

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 3.01. Communications . All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by facsimile, electronic mail, courier service or personal delivery:

(a) if to Sponsor:

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

Three Riverway, Suite 1550

Houston, TX 77056

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: 713-963-0088

Electronic Mail: mskolos@hicrushproppants.com

(b) if to a transferee of Sponsor, to such Holder at the address provided pursuant to Section 2.09 ; and

(c) if to the Partnership:

Hi-Crush Partners LP

Three Riverway, Suite 1550

Houston, TX 77056

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: 713-963-0088

Electronic Mail: mskolos@hicrushproppants.com

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been received at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; when receipt acknowledged, if sent via facsimile or sent via electronic mail; and when actually received, if sent by courier service or any other means.

Section 3.02. Successor and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including subsequent Holders of Registrable Securities to the extent permitted herein.

 

11


Section 3.03. Assignment of Rights . All or any portion of the rights and obligations of the Holders under this Agreement may be transferred or assigned by the Holders in accordance with Section 2.09 hereof.

Section 3.04. Recapitalization, Exchanges, Etc. Affecting the Registrable Securities . The provisions of this Agreement shall apply to the full extent set forth herein with respect to any and all securities of the Partnership or any successor or assign of the Partnership (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise) that may be issued in respect of, in exchange for or in substitution of, the Registrable Securities, and shall be appropriately adjusted for combinations, splits, recapitalizations, pro rata distributions and the like occurring after the date of this Agreement.

Section 3.05. Specific Performance . Damages in the event of breach of this Agreement by a party hereto may be difficult, if not impossible, to ascertain, and it is therefore agreed that each party, in addition to and without limiting any other remedy or right it may have, will have the right to an injunction or other equitable relief in any court of competent jurisdiction, enjoining any such breach, and enforcing specifically the terms and provisions hereof, and each of the parties hereto hereby waives any and all defenses it may have on the ground of lack of jurisdiction or competence of the court to grant such an injunction or other equitable relief. The existence of this right will not preclude any such party from pursuing any other rights and remedies at law or in equity that such party may have.

Section 3.06. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which counterparts, when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original and all of which counterparts, taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.

Section 3.07. Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

Section 3.08. Governing Law . The Laws of the State of New York shall govern this Agreement.

Section 3.09. Severability of Provisions . Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or affecting or impairing the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 3.10. Scope of Agreement . The rights granted pursuant to this Agreement are intended to supplement and not to reduce or replace any rights any Holders may have under the Partnership Agreement with respect to the Registrable Securities. This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. Except as provided in the Partnership Agreement, there are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the rights granted by the Partnership set forth herein. Except as provided in the

 

12


Partnership Agreement, this Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

Section 3.11. Amendment . This Agreement may be amended only by means of a written amendment signed by the Partnership and the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Securities; provided, however , that no such amendment shall materially and adversely affect the rights of any Holder hereunder without the consent of such Holder.

Section 3.12. No Presumption . If any claim is made by a party relating to any conflict, omission, or ambiguity in this Agreement, no presumption or burden of proof or persuasion shall be implied by virtue of the fact that this Agreement was prepared by or at the request of a particular party or its counsel.

Section 3.13. Aggregation of Registrable Securities . All Registrable Securities held or acquired by Persons who are Affiliates of one another shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

Section 3.14. Obligations Limited to Parties to Agreement . Each of the parties hereto covenants, agrees and acknowledges that no Person other than the Partnership and the Holders shall have any obligation hereunder and that, notwithstanding that one or more of the Holders may be a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, no recourse under this Agreement or under any documents or instruments delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be had against any former, current or future director, officer, employee, agent, general or limited partner, manager, member, stockholder or Affiliate of any of the Holders or any former, current or future director, officer, employee, agent, general or limited partner, manager, member, stockholder or Affiliate of any of the foregoing, whether by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any applicable Law, it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to, be imposed on or otherwise be incurred by any former, current or future director, officer, employee, agent, general or limited partner, manager, member, stockholder or Affiliate of any of the Holders or any former, current or future director, officer, employee, agent, general or limited partner, manager, member, stockholder or Affiliate of any of the foregoing, as such, for any obligations of the Holders under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection herewith or therewith or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligation or its creation, except in each case for any assignee of the Holders hereunder.

Section 3.15. Interpretation . All references to “Articles” and “Sections” shall be deemed to be references to Articles and Sections of this Agreement, unless otherwise specified. All references to instruments, documents, contracts and agreements are references to such instruments, documents, contracts and agreements as the same may be amended, supplemented and otherwise modified from time to time, unless otherwise specified. The word “including” shall mean “including but not limited to.” Whenever any determination, consent or approval is to be made or given by the Holders under this Agreement, such action shall be in the Holders’ sole discretion unless otherwise specified.

[Signature page follows]

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto execute this Agreement, effective as of the date first above written.

 

HI-CRUSH PARTNERS LP

By:

   

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

HI-CRUSH PROPPANTS LLC

By:

   

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

S IGNATURE P AGE

TO

R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT

Exhibit 10.2

FORM OF OMNIBUS AGREEMENT

THIS OMNIBUS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), as it may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, is entered into effective as of [ · ], 2012 (the “ Effective Date ”), and is by and among Hi-CRUSH PARTNERS LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), HI-CRUSH GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the general partner of the Partnership (the “ General Partner ”), and HI-CRUSH PROPPANTS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Proppants ”). The above-named entities are sometimes referred to in this Agreement each as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties .”

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, on the Closing Date, Proppants will contribute all of its equity interests in certain subsidiaries of Proppants to the Partnership (the “ Contribution ”), including all of the limited liability company interests in Hi-Crush Operating LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Operating ”), in exchange for limited partnership interests in the Partnership, cash and other consideration agreed to by the Parties; and

WHEREAS, in connection with the Contribution, the Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding as more fully set forth in this Agreement, with respect to (1) the license to use certain Marks (as defined herein) of Proppants; (2) the assumption by Proppants of certain contractual obligations of Operating; (3) specified indemnification obligations of Proppants and the Partnership Group (as defined herein) and (4) the Partnership’s right of first offer with respect to the ROFO Assets (as defined herein).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants, conditions and agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person who directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under direct or indirect common control with, such Person, and includes any Person in like relation to an Affiliate. A Person shall be deemed to “ control ” another Person if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such other Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the term “ controlled ” shall have a similar meaning. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that any Person that owns or controls, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the voting securities of another Person shall be deemed for purposes of this Agreement to control such other Person.


Agreement ” has the meaning given such term in the introduction to this Agreement.

Arbitration Award ” has the meaning given such term in Section 6.16.

Cause ” has the meaning given such term in the Partnership Agreement.

Change of Control ” means, with respect to any Person (the “ Applicable Person ”), any of the following events:

(a) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the Applicable Person’s assets to any other Person, unless immediately following such sale, lease, exchange or other transfer such assets are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Applicable Person;

(b) the dissolution or liquidation of the Applicable Person;

(c) the consolidation or merger of the Applicable Person with or into another Person, other than any such transaction where:

(i) the outstanding Voting Securities of the Applicable Person are changed into or exchanged for Voting Securities of the surviving Person or its parent; and

(ii) the holders of the Voting Securities of the Applicable Person immediately prior to such transaction own, directly or indirectly, not less than a majority of the outstanding Voting Securities of the surviving Person or its parent immediately after such transaction; and

(d) a “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) being or becoming the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of all of the then outstanding Voting Securities of the Applicable Person, except in a merger or consolidation that would not constitute a Change of Control under clause (c) above.

Closing Date ” means the date of the closing of the initial public offering of Common Units of the Partnership.

Common Units ” has the meaning given such term in the Partnership Agreement.

Conflicts Committee ” has the meaning given such term in the Partnership Agreement.

 

2


Contributed Subsidiaries ” means Hi-Crush Chambers LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Hi-Crush Railroad LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Hi-Crush Wyeville LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Operating.

Contribution ” has the meaning given such term in the Recitals.

Contribution Agreement ” means that certain Contribution Agreement dated [            ], 2012 by and between Proppants, the Partnership and the other parties thereto pursuant to which Proppants will make the Contribution to the Partnership.

Discussion Date ” has the meaning given such term in Section 6.17.

Effective Date ” has the meaning given such term in the introduction to this Agreement.

Environmental Laws ” means all federal, regional, state, and local laws, statutes, rules, regulations, orders, ordinances, judgments, codes, injunctions, decrees, permits and other legally enforceable requirements and rules of common law relating to (i) pollution or protection of human health, the environment or natural resources; (ii) any Release or threatened Release of, or exposure to, Hazardous Substances; or (iii) the generation, manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport, arrangement for disposal or transport or handling of any Hazardous Substances. Without limiting the foregoing, “ Environmental Laws ” include, without limitation, the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, the Superfund Amendments Reauthorization Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Clean Air Act, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act, the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, the Safe Drinking Water Act, the Federal Hazardous Materials Transportation Law, the Occupational Safety and Health Act and other environmental conservation and protection laws, each as amended through the Closing Date.

Environmental Losses ” has the meaning given such term in Section 3.1(a).

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

FTS ” means FTS International Services, LLC, a Texas limited liability company.

FTS Supply Agreement ” means the Supply Agreement, effective as of May 1, 2012, between FTS and Operating.

General Partner ” has the meaning given such term in the introduction to this Agreement.

Governmental Authority ” means:

(a) any domestic or foreign government, whether national, federal, state provincial, territorial, municipal or local (whether administrative, legislative, executive or otherwise);

 

3


(b) any agency, authority, ministry, department, regulatory body, court, central bank, bureau, board or other instrumentality having legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory, prosecutorial or administrative powers or functions of, or pertaining to, government;

(c) any court, tribunal, commission, individual, arbitrator, arbitration panel or other body having adjudicative, regulatory, judicial, quasi-judicial, administrative or similar functions; and

(d) other body or entity created under the authority of or otherwise subject to the jurisdiction of any of the foregoing, including any stock or other securities exchange or professional association.

Hazardous Substance ” means (a) any substance that is designated, defined or classified as a hazardous waste, solid waste, hazardous material, pollutant, contaminant or toxic or hazardous substance, or terms of similar meaning, or that is otherwise regulated under any Environmental Law, including, without limitation, any hazardous substance as such term is defined under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, as amended, (b) oil as defined in the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, as amended, petroleum, petroleum products, crude oil, gasoline, natural gas, fuel oil, motor oil, waste oil, diesel fuel, jet fuel and other petroleum hydrocarbons whether refined or unrefined and (c) asbestos, whether in a friable or a non-friable condition, radioactive materials and polychlorinated biphenyls.

Indemnified Party ” means either the Partnership Group or Proppants, as the case may be, each in its capacity as a party entitled to indemnification in accordance with Section 2.7 and Article 3 hereof.

Indemnifying Party ” means either the Partnership Group or Proppants, as the case may be, each in its capacity as a party from whom indemnification may be required in accordance with Section 2.7 and Article 3 hereof.

Licensees ” means, for purposes of Article 2 hereof, the Partnership and its Subsidiaries.

Licensor ” means, for purposes of Article 2 hereof, Proppants.

Losses ” means all losses, damages, liabilities, claims, demands, causes of action, judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorney’s and experts’ fees) of any and every kind or character, known or unknown, fixed or contingent.

Marks ” means all trademarks, trade names, logos and/or service marks identified on Schedule 2.1 attached hereto, which Schedule may be amended from time to time with the approval of Proppants and the Conflicts Committee.

 

4


Operating ” has the meaning given to such term in the Recitals.

Organizational Documents ” means certificates or articles of incorporation, by-laws, certificates of formation, limited liability company operating agreements, certificates of limited partnership, limited partnership agreements or other formation or governing documents of a particular entity.

Partnership ” has the meaning given such term in the introduction to this Agreement.

Partnership Agreement ” means the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, as it may be amended from time to time.

Partnership Assets ” means the customer contracts, supplier contracts, the real and personal property associated with the Wyeville site and associated processing and storage facilities, and all other assets, directly or indirectly conveyed, contributed or otherwise transferred (but not leased) to the Partnership Group as of the closing date pursuant to the Contribution Agreement; provided, however , that from and after the Assignment Date, the FTS Supply Agreement shall not be considered a Partnership Asset.

Partnership Covered Environmental Losses ” has the meaning given such term in Section 3.1(b).

Partnership Entities ” means the General Partner and each member of the Partnership Group; and “ Partnership Entity ” means any of the Partnership Entities.

Partnership Group ” means the Partnership and its Subsidiaries.

Party ” or “ Parties ” have the meaning given such term in the introduction to this Agreement.

Person ” is to be construed broadly and includes an individual, partnership, corporation, business trust, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity or a Governmental Authority.

Proposed Transaction ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(a).

Proppants ” has the meaning given such term in the introduction to this Agreement.

Proppants Entities ” means Proppants and any Subsidiary of Proppants other than the Partnership Entities; and “ Proppants Entity ” means any of the Proppants Entities.

Proppants Covered Environmental Losses ” has the meaning given such term in Section 3.1(a).

 

5


Release ” or “ Releasing ” means depositing, spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, placing, emitting, discarding, abandoning, emptying, discharging, migrating, injecting, escaping, leaking, dumping or disposing into the environment.

Retained Assets ” means the assets and investments owned by Proppants or any of its Affiliates that were not conveyed, contributed or otherwise transferred to the Partnership Group pursuant to a particular contribution agreement.

ROFO Assets ” means the assets listed on Schedule 5.1 of this Agreement.

ROFO Notice ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(a).

ROFO Period ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.1(a).

ROFO Response ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(a).

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) a corporation of which more than 50% of the voting power of shares entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or other governing body of such corporation is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, (b) a partnership (whether general or limited) in which such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is, at the date of determination, a general partner of such partnership, but only if such Person, directly or by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof, controls such partnership on the date of determination or (c) any other Person in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, has (i) at least a majority ownership interest or (ii) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors or other governing body of such Person.

Transfer ” means to, directly or indirectly, sell, assign, lease, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of, whether in one or a series of transactions; provided, however, that in no event shall a Change of Control of Proppants be deemed a Transfer.

Voluntary Cleanup Program ” means a program of the United States or a state of the United States enacted pursuant to Environmental Laws that provides for a mechanism for the written approval of, or authorization to conduct, voluntary investigatory and remedial action for the clean-up, removal or remediation of Hazardous Substances that exceeds actionable levels established pursuant to Environmental Laws.

Voting Securities ” of a Person means securities of any class of such Person entitling the holders thereof to vote in the election of, or to appoint, members of the board of directors or other similar governing body of the Person; provided that, if such Person is a limited partnership, Voting Securities of such Person shall be the general partner interest in such Person.

 

6


ARTICLE 2

LICENSE

2.1 Grant of License . Upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Article 2, Licensor hereby grants and conveys to Licensees a non-transferable, non-exclusive license with respect to Marks owned by Licensor, to use the Marks in connection with the continuation of Licensees’ current businesses and the current services performed therewith within and outside the United States during the term of this Agreement. Licensees shall not have the right to assign, transfer or sublicense any of the rights granted hereunder, except upon the written consent of Licensor, which consent shall be given or withheld at the sole discretion of Licensor and which shall be limited by such conditions as Licensor may require at its sole discretion.

2.2 Restrictions on Marks . In order to ensure the quality of uses under the Marks, and to protect the goodwill of the Marks, Licensees agree as follows:

(a) Licensees will use the Marks only in accordance with such quality standards and specifications as may be established by Licensor and communicated to Licensees from time to time, it being understood that Licensor has evaluated Licensees’ businesses and services and determined that they are of a quality that justifies this grant of a license. Licensees recognize the substantial goodwill associated with the Marks and will not permit the quality of the businesses or services with which Licensees use the Marks to deteriorate so as to affect adversely the goodwill associated with the Marks. If the quality of the businesses or services with which Licensees use the Marks so deteriorates so as to affect adversely the goodwill associated with the Marks, Licensees shall at their expense immediately cease further use of the Marks and shall immediately cause the Marks to be removed from all materials associated with the businesses and services until rectified and from all marketing materials. Licensees shall promptly report to Licensor any material changes in the quality of the businesses or services with which Licensees use the Marks. Licensees will not cause any action, or permit or fail to prevent any action by Licensees’ Affiliates or any other Person under Licensees’ control, that is deemed to injure, harm or dilute the distinctiveness or goodwill of the Marks;

(b) Licensees will only use the Marks in formats approved by Licensor and only in strict association with Licensees’ businesses and the services performed therewith;

(c) Prior to publishing any new format or appearance of the Marks or any new advertising or promotional materials that incorporate the Marks, Licensees shall first provide such format, appearance or materials to Licensor for its approval. If Licensor does not inform Licensees in writing within fourteen (14) days from the date of the receipt of such new format, appearance, or materials that such new format, appearance, or materials is unacceptable, then such new format, appearance or materials shall be deemed to be acceptable and approved by Licensor. Licensor may withhold approval of any proposed changes to the format, appearance or materials which Licensees propose to use in Licensor’s sole discretion; and

 

7


(d) Licensees shall not use any other trademarks, service marks, trade names or logos in connection with the Marks.

2.3 Ownership . Licensor shall own all right, title and interest, including all goodwill relating thereto, in and to the Marks, and all trademark rights embodied therein shall at all times be solely vested in Licensor. Licensees have no right, title, interest or claim of ownership in the Marks, except for the licenses granted in this Agreement. All use of the Marks shall inure to the benefit of Licensor. Licensees agree that they will not attack the title of Licensor in and to the Marks.

2.4 Confidentiality . Licensees shall maintain in strictest confidence all confidential or nonpublic information or material disclosed by Licensor and in the materials supplied hereunder in connection with the license of the Marks, whether in writing or orally and whether or not marked as confidential. Such confidential information includes, but is not limited to, algorithms, inventions, ideas, processes, computer system architecture and design, operator interfaces, operational systems, technical information, technical specifications, training and instruction manuals, and the like. In furtherance of the foregoing confidentiality obligation, Licensees shall limit disclosure of such confidential information to those of their employees, contractors or agents having a need to access the confidential information for the purpose of exercising rights granted hereunder.

2.5 Estoppel . Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as conferring by implication, estoppel, or otherwise upon Licensees (a) any license or other right under the intellectual property rights of Licensor other than the license granted herein to the Marks as set forth expressly herein or (b) any license rights other than those expressly granted herein.

2.6 Warranties; Disclaimers .

(a) Licensor represents and warrants that (i) Licensor owns, and Licensor has the right to license or sublicense, the Marks licensed under this Agreement and (ii) the Marks do not infringe upon the rights of any third parties.

(b) EXCEPT FOR THE WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS DESCRIBED IN SECTION 2.6(a), LICENSOR DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES, CONDITIONS OR REPRESENTATIONS (EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ORAL OR WRITTEN) WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF, OR ANY PART THEREOF, INCLUDING ANY AND ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS OR SUITABILITY FOR ANY PURPOSE (WHETHER ANY LICENSEE KNOWS, HAS REASON TO KNOW, HAS BEEN ADVISED, OR IS OTHERWISE IN FACT AWARE OF ANY SUCH PURPOSE) WHETHER ALLEGED TO ARISE BY LAW, BY REASON OF CUSTOM OR USAGE IN THE TRADE OR BY COURSE OF DEALING.

 

8


2.7 Trademark Indemnification. (a) Licensees agree to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Licensor from and against any Losses suffered or incurred by Licensor by reason of or arising out of claims by third parties based on alleged defects or failures of Licensees’ services.

(b) Licensor will defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Licensee from and against any Losses suffered or incurred by Licensees by reason of or arising out of any claim that any Licensee’s authorized use of the Marks that complies with this Agreement infringes the trademark rights of any third party.

2.8 In the Event of Termination . In the event of termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.4 or otherwise, Licensees’ right to utilize or possess the Marks licensed under this Agreement shall automatically cease, and no later than ninety (90) days following such termination of this Agreement, (i) the Licensees shall cease all use of the Marks and shall adopt new trademarks, service marks, and trade names that are not confusingly similar to the Marks and (ii) the General Partner shall have caused each of the Licensees to change its legal name so that there is no longer any reference therein to the name “Hi-Crush,” any name or d/b/a then used by any Proppants Entity or any variation, derivation or abbreviation thereof, and in connection therewith, the General Partner shall cause each such Licensee to make all necessary filings of certificates with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and to otherwise amend its Organizational Documents by such date.

ARTICLE 3

INDEMNIFICATION

3.1 Environmental Indemnification .

(a) Subject to Section 3.1(c) and to the provisions of Section 3.3, Proppants shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Partnership Group from and against any Losses suffered or incurred by the Partnership Group by reason of or arising out of:

(i) with respect to the Partnership Assets, any violation or correction of violation of Environmental Laws; or

(ii) any event, circumstance, action, omission, condition or environmental matter associated with or arising from the ownership or operation of the Partnership Assets (including, without limitation, the exposure to or presence of Hazardous Substances at, on, under, about or Releasing to or from the Partnership Assets or the exposure to or Release of Hazardous Substances arising out of operation of the Partnership Assets at non-Partnership Asset locations) including, without limitation, (A) the cost and expense of any investigation, assessment, evaluation, response,

 

9


abatement, monitoring, containment, cleanup, repair, restoration, remediation, or other corrective action required or necessary under Environmental Laws or to satisfy any applicable Voluntary Cleanup Program, (B) performance of a supplemental environmental project authorized or consented to by a Governmental Authority in partial or whole mitigation of a fine or penalty, (C) the cost or expense of the preparation and implementation of any investigatory closure, remedial, corrective action or other plans required or necessary under Environmental Laws or to satisfy any applicable Voluntary Cleanup Program and (D) the cost and expense for any environmental or toxic tort pre-trial, trial, or appellate legal or litigation support work; provided, in the case of clauses (A) and (C) such cost and expense shall not include the costs of and associated with project management and soil and ground water monitoring performed at the conclusion of or in lieu of active soil or groundwater remediation (collectively with Losses under Section 3.1(a)(i), “ Environmental Losses ”);

but only to the extent that such violation complained of under Section 3.1(a)(i) or such events, omissions or conditions included under Section 3.1(a)(ii) occurred or existed on or before the Closing Date with respect to such Partnership Assets (collectively, “ Proppants Covered Environmental Losses ”).

(b) Subject to Section 3.1(c) and to the provisions of Section 3.3, the Partnership Group shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Proppants Entities from and against any Environmental Losses suffered or incurred by the Proppants Entities relating to the ownership or operation of the Partnership Assets to the extent occurring after the Closing Date (“ Partnership Covered Environmental Losses ”), except to the extent that the Partnership Group is indemnified with respect to any of such Environmental Losses that are Proppants Covered Environmental Losses under Section 3.1(a).

(c) Except for obligations with respect to claims made before the third anniversary of the Closing Date for Proppants Covered Environmental Losses or Partnership Covered Environmental Losses, which shall not terminate, all indemnification obligations in this Section 3.1 shall terminate on the third anniversary of the Closing Date.

3.2 Additional Indemnification .

(a) In addition to and not in limitation of the indemnification provided under Section 3.1(a), subject to Section 3.3, Proppants shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Partnership Group from and against any Losses of any and every kind or character, known or unknown, fixed or contingent, suffered or incurred by the Partnership Group by reason of or arising out of:

 

10


(i) failure to convey good and indefeasible title to the Partnership Assets to one or more members of the Partnership Group, and such failure renders the Partnership Group unable to use or operate the Partnership Assets in substantially the same manner as they were operated by the Proppants Entities immediately prior to the Closing Date with respect to such Partnership Assets;

(ii) failure of the Partnership Group to be the owner on the Closing Date of (A) valid and indefeasible easement rights, rights-of-way, leasehold and/or fee ownership interests in and to the lands on which are located any Partnership Assets and (B) valid title to 100% of the equity interest of each of the Contributed Subsidiaries, in each case to the extent that, such failure renders the Partnership Group liable or unable to use or operate the Partnership Assets in substantially the same manner as they were operated by the Proppants Entities immediately prior to the Closing Date;

(iii) failure of the Partnership Group to have on the Closing Date any consent or governmental permit and such failure renders the Partnership unable to use or operate the Partnership Assets in substantially the same manner as they were operated by the Proppants Entities immediately prior to the Closing Date;

(iv) events and conditions associated with the Retained Assets whether occurring before or after the Closing Date;

(v) any Losses arising out of or associated with the FTS Supply Agreement from and after the Assignment Date; and

(vi) all federal, state and local income tax liabilities attributable to the ownership and operation of the Partnership Assets prior to the Closing Date, including any such income tax liabilities of Proppants that may result from the consummation of the formation transactions for the Partnership Entities;

provided, however, that in the case of clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above, such indemnification obligations shall terminate on the third anniversary of the Closing Date; and that in the case of clause (vi) above, such indemnification obligations shall survive until sixty (60) days after the termination of any applicable statute of limitations.

(b) In addition to and not in limitation of the indemnification provided under Section 3.1(b) and the Partnership Agreement, the Partnership Group shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Proppants Entities from and against any Losses of any and every kind or character, known or unknown, fixed or contingent, suffered or incurred by any of the Proppants Entities by reason of or arising out of events and conditions associated with the operation of the Partnership Assets on or after the Closing Date (other than Losses suffered by the Proppants Entities solely through their direct or indirect ownership of equity interests in the Partnership) unless such indemnification would not be permitted under the Partnership Agreement by reason of one of the provisos contained in Section 7.7 of the Partnership Agreement.

 

11


3.3 Limitations Regarding Indemnification.

(a) The aggregate liability of Proppants under Section 3.1(a) shall not exceed $7.5 million.

(b) No claims may be made against Proppants for indemnification pursuant to Sections 3.1(a), 3.2(a)(i), 3.2(a)(ii), 3.2(a)(iii), 3.2(a)(iv) or 3.2(a)(vi) unless and until the aggregate dollar amount of the Losses suffered or incurred by the Partnership Group exceeds $500,000. Proppants shall have no liability under this Article III in respect of any individual claim of less than $50,000.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall Proppants have any indemnification obligations under Section 3.1(a) for claims made as a result of additions to or modifications of Environmental Laws promulgated after the Closing Date with respect to a particular Partnership Asset.

(d) In no event shall the Indemnifying Party be obligated to the Indemnified Party under Section 3.1 or 3.2 for any Losses or income tax liabilities to the extent either (i) reserved for in the Partnership Group’s financial statements as of the Closing Date or (ii) recovered by the Indemnified Party under available insurance coverage, from contractual rights or against any third party.

3.4 Indemnification Procedures.

(a) The Indemnified Party agrees that promptly after it becomes aware of facts giving rise to a claim for indemnification under Section 2.7 or this Article 3, it will provide notice thereof in writing to the Indemnifying Party, specifying the nature of and specific basis for such claim; provided, however, that the Indemnified Party shall not submit claims more frequently than once a calendar quarter (or twice in the case of the last calendar quarter prior to the expiration of the applicable indemnity coverage under this Agreement).

(b) The Indemnifying Party shall have the right to control all aspects of the defense of (and any counterclaims with respect to) any claims brought against the Indemnified Party that are covered by the indemnification under Section 2.7 or this Article 3, including, without limitation, the selection of counsel, determination of whether to appeal any decision of any court and the settling of any such matter or any issues relating thereto; provided, however, that no such settlement shall be entered into without the consent of the Indemnified Party (with the concurrence of the Conflicts Committee in the case of the Partnership Group) unless it includes a full release of the Indemnified Party from such matter or issues, as the case may be, and does not include the admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of such Indemnified Party.

 

12


(c) The Indemnified Party agrees to cooperate fully with the Indemnifying Party, with respect to all aspects of the defense of any claims covered by the indemnification under Section 2.7 or this Article 3, including, without limitation, the prompt furnishing to the Indemnifying Party of any correspondence or other notice relating thereto that the Indemnified Party may receive, permitting the name of the Indemnified Party to be utilized in connection with such defense, the making available to the Indemnifying Party of any files, records or other information of the Indemnified Party that the Indemnifying Party considers relevant to such defense and the making available to the Indemnifying Party, at no cost to the Indemnifying Party, of any employees of the Indemnified Party; provided, however, that in connection therewith the Indemnifying Party agrees to use reasonable efforts to minimize the impact thereof on the operations of the Indemnified Party and further agrees to endeavor to maintain the confidentiality of all files, records and other information furnished by the Indemnified Party pursuant to this Section 3.4. In no event shall the obligation of the Indemnified Party to cooperate with the Indemnifying Party as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence be construed as imposing upon the Indemnified Party an obligation to hire and pay for counsel in connection with the defense of any claims covered by the indemnification set forth in Section 2.7 or this Article 3; provided, however, that the Indemnified Party may, at its own option, cost and expense, hire and pay for counsel in connection with any such defense. The Indemnifying Party agrees to keep any such counsel hired by the Indemnified Party informed as to the status of any such defense, but the Indemnifying Party shall have the right to retain sole control over such defense.

(d) An Indemnified Party shall take all commercially reasonable steps to mitigate damages with respect to any claim for which it is seeking indemnification and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid any costs or expenses associated with such claim and, if such costs and expenses cannot be avoided, to minimize the amount thereof.

(e) In determining the amount of any Losses for which the Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, the gross amount of the indemnification will be reduced by (i) any insurance proceeds realized by the Indemnified Party and (ii) all amounts recovered by the Indemnified Party under contractual indemnities from third Persons. The Indemnified Party hereby agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to realize any applicable insurance proceeds or amounts recoverable under such contractual indemnities.

(f) The date on which the Indemnifying Party receives notification of a claim for indemnification shall determine whether such claim is timely made.

(g) NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING HEREIN TO THE CONTRARY, IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PARTY’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATION HEREUNDER COVER OR INCLUDE CONSEQUENTIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY, SPECIAL OR SIMILAR DAMAGES OR LOST PROFITS SUFFERED BY ANY OTHER PARTY ENTITLED TO INDEMNIFICATION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.

 

13


ARTICLE 4

AGREEMENT TO ASSUME CUSTOMER CONTRACT

4.1 Agreement to Assume Specified Customer Contract. Each of the Parties hereby agree that the Partnership shall cause Operating to sell, assign, transfer and convey to Proppants or any subsidiary of Proppants designated by Proppants (the “ Assignee ”) and the Assignee shall accept and assume from Operating, all of the rights and obligations of Operating under the FTS Supply Agreement (the “ Specified Assignment ”) to the fullest extent permitted by the terms of the FTS Supply Agreement, with such assignment to occur prior to and to be effective as of May 1, 2013 (the “ Assignment Date ”). Proppants shall, or shall cause any designated Assignee to, keep, perform and be bound by all of the terms, covenants and conditions contained in the FTS Supply Agreement from and after the Assignment Date. The Parties agree to execute such further documents and take such further actions as are necessary to effectuate the Specified Assignment as of the Assignment Date.

ARTICLE 5

RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

5.1 Right of First Offer to Purchase Certain Assets retained by Proppants Entities.

(a) Proppants hereby grants to the Partnership a right of first offer for a period of three years from the Closing Date (the “ ROFO Period ”) on each ROFO Asset to the extent that any Proppants Entity proposes to Transfer any ROFO Asset (other than to an Affiliate of the Proppants Entities who agrees in writing that such ROFO Asset remains subject to the provisions of this Article V and assumes the obligations under this Article V with respect to such ROFO Asset).

(b) The Parties acknowledge that any Transfer of ROFO Assets pursuant to the Partnership’s right of first offer is subject to the terms of all existing agreements with respect to the ROFO Assets and shall be subject to and conditioned on the obtaining of any and all necessary consents of security holders, governmental authorities, lenders or other third parties.

5.2 Procedures.

(a) If a Proppants Entity proposes to Transfer any applicable ROFO Asset (other than to an Affiliate as described in Section 5.1(a)) during the ROFO Period (a “ Proposed Transaction ”), Proppants shall or shall cause such Proppants Entity to, prior to entering into any such Proposed Transaction, first give notice in writing to the Partnership (the “ ROFO Notice ”) of its intention to enter into such Proposed Transaction. The ROFO Notice shall include any material terms,

 

14


conditions and other details as would be reasonably necessary for the Partnership to make a responsive offer to enter into the Proposed Transaction with the applicable Proppants Entity, which terms, conditions and details shall include any material terms, condition or other details that such Proppants Entity would propose to provide to non-Affiliates in connection with the Proposed Transaction. The Partnership shall have 15 days following receipt of the ROFO Notice to propose an offer to enter into the Proposed Transaction with such Proppants Entity (the “ ROFO Response ”). The ROFO Response shall set forth the terms and conditions (including, without limitation, the purchase price the Partnership proposes to pay for the ROFO Asset and the other terms of the purchase) pursuant to which the Partnership would be willing to enter into a binding agreement for the Proposed Transaction. If no ROFO Response is delivered by the Partnership within such 15-day period, then the Partnership shall be deemed to have waived its right of first offer with respect to such ROFO Asset, and the applicable Proppants Entity shall be free to enter into a Proposed Transaction with any third person on terms and conditions determined in the sole discretion of Proppants.

(b) If the Partnership submits a ROFO Response, the Partnership and Proppants shall negotiate, in good faith, the terms of the purchase and sale of the ROFO Asset for 10 days following the receipt of the ROFO Response by the Proppants Entity. If Proppants and the Partnership are unable to agree on such terms during such 10-day period, the Proppants Entity may Transfer the ROFO Asset to any third person on terms and conditions determined in the sole discretion of Proppants.

ARTICLE 6

MISCELLANEOUS

6.1 Choice of Law; Submission to Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be subject to and governed by the laws of the State of Texas, excluding any conflicts-of-law rule or principle that might refer the construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the laws of another state. Each Party hereby submits to the jurisdiction of the state and federal courts in the State of Texas and to venue in Texas.

6.2 Notice . All notices, requests or consents provided for or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement must be in writing and must be given by depositing same in the United States mail, addressed to the Person to be notified, postpaid, and registered or certified with return receipt requested or by delivering such notice in person or by telecopier or telegram to such Party. Notice given by personal delivery or mail shall be effective upon actual receipt. Notice given by telegram or telecopier shall be effective upon actual receipt if received during the recipient’s normal business hours, or at the beginning of the recipient’s next business day after receipt if not received during the recipient’s normal business hours. All notices to be sent to a Party pursuant to this Agreement shall be sent to or made at the address set forth below or at such other address as such Party may stipulate to the other Parties in the manner provided in this Section 6.2.

 

15


For notices to any of the Proppants Entities :

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

Three Riverway, Suite 1550

Houston, Texas 77056

Phone: (713) 963-0099

Fax: (713) 963-0088

Attention: General Counsel

For notices to any of the Partnership Entities :

Hi-Crush Partners LP

Three Riverway, Suite 1550

Houston, Texas 77056

Phone: (713) 963-0099

Fax: (713) 963-0088

Attention: General Counsel

6.3 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties relating to the matters contained herein, superseding all prior contracts or agreements, whether oral or written, relating to the matters contained herein, other than the Contribution Agreement.

6.4 Termination . This Agreement, other than the provisions set forth in Section 2.7 and Articles 3, 4 and 6 hereof, shall terminate upon a Change of Control of the General Partner or the Partnership, other than any Change of Control of the General Partner or the Partnership deemed to have occurred pursuant to clause (d) of the definition of Change of Control solely as a result of a Change of Control of Proppants. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the General Partner is removed as general partner of the Partnership under circumstances where Cause does not exist and the Common Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates are not voted in favor of such removal, this Agreement may immediately thereupon be terminated by Proppants.

6.5 Effect of Waiver or Consent. No waiver or consent, express or implied, by any Party to or of any breach or default by any Person in the performance by such Person of its obligations hereunder shall be deemed or construed to be a consent or waiver to or of any other breach or default in the performance by such Person of the same or any other obligations of such Person hereunder. Failure on the part of a Party to complain of any act of any Person or to declare any Person in default, irrespective of how long such failure continues, shall not constitute a waiver by such Party of its rights hereunder until the applicable statute of limitations period has run.

6.6 Amendment or Modification. This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by the written agreement of all the Parties; provided, however, that the Partnership may not, without the prior approval of the Conflicts Committee, agree to any amendment or modification of this Agreement that the General Partner determines will adversely affect the holders of Common Units. Each such instrument shall be reduced to writing and shall be designated on its face an “Amendment” or an “Addendum” to this Agreement.

 

16


6.7 Assignment; Third Party Beneficiaries. Except as provided in Section 2.1, any Party shall have the right to assign its rights under this Agreement without the consent of any other Party, but no Party shall have the right to assign its obligations under this Agreement without the consent of the other Parties. Each of the Parties hereto specifically intends that each entity comprising the Proppants Entities and each entity comprising the Partnership Entities, as applicable, whether or not a Party to this Agreement, shall be entitled to assert rights and remedies hereunder as third-party beneficiaries hereto with respect to those provisions of this Agreement affording a right, benefit or privilege to any such entity.

6.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, and by facsimile, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

6.9 Severability. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any applicable rule of law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the Parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end that transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the extent possible.

6.10 Gender, Parts, Articles and Sections. Whenever the context requires, the gender of all words used in this Agreement shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter, and the number of all words shall include the singular and plural. All references to Article numbers and Section numbers refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement.

6.11 Further Assurances. In connection with this Agreement and all transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each Party agrees to execute and deliver such additional documents and instruments and to perform such additional acts as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Agreement and all such transactions.

6.12 Withholding or Granting of Consent. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, each Party may, with respect to any consent or approval that it is entitled to grant pursuant to this Agreement, grant or withhold such consent or approval in its sole and uncontrolled discretion, with or without cause, and subject to such conditions as it shall deem appropriate.

6.13 Laws and Regulations. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, no Party shall be required to take any act, or fail to take any act, under this Agreement if the effect thereof would be to cause such Party to be in violation of any applicable law, statute, rule or regulation.

 

17


6.14 Negation of Rights of Limited Partners, Assignees and Third Parties. Except as set forth in Section 6.7, the provisions of this Agreement are enforceable solely by the Parties, and no shareholder, limited partner, member, or assignee of Proppants, the General Partner, the Partnership or other Person shall have the right, separate and apart from Proppants, the General Partner or the Partnership, to enforce any provision of this Agreement or to compel any Party to comply with the terms of this Agreement.

6.15 No Recourse Against Officers and Directors. For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this Agreement shall not give rise to any right of recourse against any officer or director of any Proppants Entity or any Partnership Entity.

6.16 Arbitration.

Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled by final and binding arbitration conducted in Houston, Texas in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association by one or more arbitrators designated in accordance with said Rules. All arbitrators must have not less than seven years experience in the energy industry. The Parties agree that the award of the arbitral tribunal (the “ Arbitration Award ”) shall be: (a) conclusive, final and binding upon the Parties; and (b) the sole and exclusive remedy between the Parties regarding any and all claims and counterclaims presented to the arbitral tribunal. All notices to be given in connection with the arbitration shall be as provided in Section 6.2 of this Agreement. The Arbitration Award shall include interest, at a rate determined as appropriate by the arbitrators, from the date of any breach or other violation of this Agreement to the date when the Arbitration Award is paid in full. The Arbitration Award shall also include the fixing of the expense of the arbitration and the assessment of the same, as is appropriate in the opinion of the arbitrators, against either or both Parties hereto. Each Party shall otherwise bear its cost for its respective legal fees, witnesses, depositions and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in the course of the arbitration.

6.17 Dispute Resolution.

If the Parties are unable to resolve any service or performance issues or if there is a material breach of this Agreement that has not been corrected within thirty (30) days of receipt of notice of such breach, representatives of each of the Parties in dispute shall meet promptly to review and resolve such issues and breaches in good faith (the date on which such Persons first so meet, the “ Discussion Date ”). If such Persons are unable to fully resolve any such issues and breaches in good faith promptly after the Discussion Date, any remaining disputes shall be resolved in accordance with Section 6.16.

[ Signature pages follow .]

 

18


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on, and effective as of, the Effective Date.

 

HI-CRUSH PARTNERS LP
By:   Hi-Crush GP LLC,
  its general partner
  By:                                                                                          
         Name:
         Title:
HI-CRUSH GP LLC
By:                                                                                                    
  Name:
  Title:
HI-CRUSH PROPPANTS LLC
By:                                                                                                    
  Name:
  Title:

Signature Page – Omnibus Agreement

 

19


Schedule 2.1

Marks

Schedule 2.1


Schedule 5.1

ROFO Assets

 

Asset

  

Owner

Augusta, Wisconsin Acreage and Sand Reserves and Related Onsite Processing Facilities and Assets . Approximately 1,000 acres located in Eau Claire County, Wisconsin, containing an estimated 46.2 million tons of proven recoverable coarse grade sand reserves as of December 31, 2011, and related excavation, processing and rail facilities and any facilities or related assets constructed on such acreage during the ROFO Period.   

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC (indirectly through its ownership of [            ])

 

and

 

([                    ])

Tomah, Wisconsin Acreage and Sand Reserves, and any Related Onsite Processing Facilities and Assets . Approximately 700 acres located in Tomah, Wisconsin, containing an estimated 33 million tons of proven recoverable coarse grade sand reserves as of December 31, 2011 and any related facilities or assets constructed on such acreage during the ROFO period.   

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC (indirectly through its ownership of [            ])

 

and

 

([                    ])

Schedule 5.1

Exhibit 10.3

FORM OF HI-CRUSH PARTNERS LP

LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

Section 1. Purpose of the Plan . The Hi-Crush Partners LP Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) has been adopted on [                     , 2012 ] (the “ Effective Date ”) by Hi-Crush GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the general partner (“ General Partner ”) of Hi-Crush Partners LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”). The Plan is intended to promote the interests of the General Partner, the Partnership and their Affiliates by providing to Employees, Consultants and Directors incentive compensation awards to encourage superior performance. The Plan is also contemplated to enhance the ability of the General Partner, the Partnership and their Affiliates to attract and retain the services of individuals who are essential for the growth and profitability of the Partnership and to encourage them to devote their best efforts to advancing the business of the Partnership.

Section 2. Definitions . As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(a) “ 409A Award ” means an Award that constitutes a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of the 409A Regulations, whether by design, due to a subsequent modification in the terms and conditions of such Award or as a result of a change in applicable law following the date of grant of such Award, and that is not exempt from Section 409A of the Code pursuant to an applicable exemption.

(b) “ 409A Regulations ” means the applicable Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance promulgated pursuant to Section 409A of the Code.

(c) “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the term “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

(d) “ Award ” means an Option, Unit Appreciation Right, Restricted Unit, Phantom Unit, Unit Award, Substitute Award, Other Unit Based Award or Cash Award granted under the Plan or Performance Awards and includes, as appropriate, any tandem DERs granted with respect to an Award (other than a Restricted Unit or Unit Award).

(e) “ Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement by which an Award shall be evidenced.

(f) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the General Partner.

(g) “ Cash Award ” means an award denominated in cash.

(h) “ Change of Control ” means, and shall be deemed to have occurred upon one or more of the following events:


(i) any “person” or “group” within the meaning of those terms as used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, other than members of the General Partner, the Partnership, or an Affiliate of either the General Partner or the Partnership, shall become the beneficial owner, by way of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or otherwise, of 50% or more of the voting power of the voting securities of the General Partner or the Partnership;

(ii) the limited partners of the General Partner or the Partnership approve, in one transaction or a series of transactions, a plan of complete liquidation of the General Partner or the Partnership;

(iii) the sale or other disposition by either the General Partner or the Partnership of all or substantially all of its assets in one or more transactions to any Person other than an Affiliate;

(iv) the General Partner or an Affiliate of the General Partner or the Partnership ceases to be the general partner of the Partnership;

(v) any other event specified as a Change of Control in an applicable Award Agreement.

Notwithstanding the above, with respect to a 409A Award, a “Change of Control” shall not occur unless that Change of Control also constitutes a “change in the ownership of a corporation,” a “change in the effective control of a corporation,” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of a corporation’s assets,” in each case, within the meaning of Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) of the 409A Regulations, as applied to non-corporate entities.

(i) “Chief Executive Officer ” means the then-current Chief Executive Officer of the General Partner.

(j) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

(k) “ Committee ” means the Board or such committee as may be appointed by the Board to administer the Plan, which alternative committee may be the board of directors or managers of any Affiliate or a committee therefore.

(l) “ Consultant ” means an individual who renders consulting or advisory services to the General Partner, the Partnership or an Affiliate of either.

(m) “ Director ” means a member of the Board or the board of directors of an Affiliate of the General Partner who is not an Employee or a Consultant (other than in that individual’s capacity as a Director).

(n) “ Distribution Equivalent Right ” or “ DER ” means a contingent right, granted alone or in tandem with a specific Award (other than a Restricted Unit or Unit Award), to receive with respect to each Unit subject to the Award an amount in cash, Units and/or Phantom Units, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, equal in value to the distributions made by the Partnership with respect to a Unit during the period such Award is outstanding.

 

2


(o) “ Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.

(p) “ Employee ” means an employee of the General Partner or an Affiliate of the General Partner.

(q) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(r) “ Fair Market Value ” means, on any relevant date, the closing sales price of a Unit on the principal national securities exchange or other market in which trading in Units occurs on the last market trading day prior to the applicable day (or, if there is no trading in the Units on such date, on the next preceding day on which there was trading) as reported in The Wall Street Journal (or other reporting service approved by the Committee). If Units are not traded on a national securities exchange or other market at the time a determination of Fair Market Value is required to be made hereunder, the determination of Fair Market Value shall be made by the Committee in good faith using a “reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method” within the meaning of the 409A Regulations (specifically, Section 1.409A-l(b)(5)(iv)(B) of the 409A Regulations).

(s) “ General Partner ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.

(t) “ Option ” means an option granted under the Plan to purchase Units.

(u) “ Other Unit Based Award ” means an Award granted to an Employee, Director or Consultant pursuant to Section 6(f).

(v) “ Participant ” means an Employee, Consultant or Director granted an Award under the Plan.

(w) “ Partnership ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.

(x) “ Performance Award ” means a right granted to an Employee, Director or Consultant pursuant to Section 6(i), to receive an Award based upon performance criteria specified by the Committee.

(y) “ Person ” means an individual or a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, governmental agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.

(z) “ Phantom Unit ” means a notional Unit granted under the Plan which upon vesting entitles the Participant to receive, at the time of settlement, a Unit or an amount of cash equal to the Fair Market Value of a Unit, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

(aa) “ Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.

 

3


(bb) “ Qualified Member ” means a member of the Committee who is a “nonemployee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3(b)(3).

(cc) “ Restricted Period ” means the period established by the Committee with respect to an Award during which the Award remains subject to forfeiture and is either not exercisable by or payable to the Participant, as the case may be.

(dd) “ Restricted Unit ” means a Unit granted under the Plan that is subject to a Restricted Period.

(ee) “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act or any successor rule or regulation thereto as in effect from time to time.

(ff) “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor thereto.

(gg) “ Substitute Award ” means an award granted pursuant to Section 6(h) of the Plan.

(hh) “ Unit Distribution Right ” or “ UDR ” means a distribution made by the Partnership with respect to a Restricted Unit.

(ii) “ Unit ” means a common unit of the Partnership.

(jj) “ Unit Appreciation Right ” means a contingent right granted under the Plan that entitles the holder to receive, in cash or Units, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, an amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a Unit on the exercise date of the Unit Appreciation Right (or another specified date) over the exercise price of the Unit Appreciation Right.

(kk) “ Unit Award ” means a grant of a Unit that is not subject to a Restricted Period.

Section 3. Administration .

(a) Authority of the Committee . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum, and the acts of the members of the Committee who are present at any meeting thereof at which a quorum is present, or acts unanimously approved by the members of the Committee in writing, shall be the acts of the Committee. Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law, and in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, the Committee shall have full power and authority to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to a Participant; (iii) determine the number of Units to be covered by Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award, consistent with the terms of the Plan, which terms may include any provision regarding the acceleration of vesting or waiver of forfeiture restrictions or any other condition or limitation regarding an Award, based on such factors as the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be vested, settled, exercised, canceled, or forfeited; (vi) interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to an

 

4


Award made under the Plan; (vii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; and (viii) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan. The Committee may correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or an Award Agreement in such manner and to such extent as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate. The determinations of the Committee on the matters referred to in this Section 3(a) shall be final and conclusive.

(b) Manner and Exercise of Committee Authority . At any time that a member of the Committee is not a Qualified Member, any action of the Committee relating to an Award granted or to be granted to a Participant who is then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act in respect of the Partnership may be taken either (i) by a subcommittee, designated by the Committee, composed solely of two or more Qualified Members, or (ii) by the Committee but with each such member who is not a Qualified Member abstaining or recusing himself or herself from such action; provided , however , that upon such abstention or recusal the Committee remains composed solely of two or more Qualified Members. Such action, authorized by such a subcommittee or by the Committee upon the abstention or recusal of such non-Qualified Member(s), shall be the action of the Committee for all purposes of the Plan. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all Persons, including, without limitation, the General Partner, the Partnership, any Affiliate, any Participant, and any beneficiary of a Participant. The express grant of any specific power to the Committee, and the taking of any action by the Committee, shall not be construed as limiting the power or authority of the Committee. Subject to the Plan and any applicable law, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may delegate any or all of its powers and duties under the Plan, including the power to grant Awards under the Plan, to the Chief Executive Officer, subject to such limitations on such delegated powers and duties as the Committee may impose, if any, and provided that the Committee may not delegate its duties where such delegation would violate state partnership or limited liability company law, or with respect to making Awards to, or otherwise with respect to Awards granted to, Participants who are subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. Upon any such delegation, all references in the Plan to the “Committee,” other than in Section 7, shall be deemed to include the Chief Executive Officer. Any such delegation shall not limit the Chief Executive Officer’s right to receive Awards under the Plan; provided , however , the Chief Executive Officer may not grant Awards to himself, a Director or any executive officer of the General Partner or an Affiliate, or take any action with respect to any Award previously granted to himself, an individual who is an executive officer or a Director. Under no circumstances shall any such delegation result in the loss of an exemption under Rule 16b-3(d)(1) for Awards granted to Participants subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act in respect of the Partnership.

(c) Limitation of Liability . The Committee and each member thereof shall be entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to him or her by any officer or employee of the General Partner, the Partnership or their Affiliates, the General Partner’s or the Partnership’s legal counsel, independent auditors, consultants or any other agents assisting in the administration of the Plan. Members of the Committee and any officer or employee of the General Partner, the Partnership or any of their Affiliates acting at the direction

 

5


or on behalf of the Committee shall not be personally liable for any action or determination taken or made in good faith with respect to this Plan, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be indemnified and held harmless by the General Partner with respect to any such action or determination.

(d) Exemptions from Section 16(b) Liability . It is the intent of the General Partner that the grant of any Awards to, or other transaction by, a Participant who is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall be exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act pursuant to Rule 16b-3 or another applicable exemption (except for transactions acknowledged by the Participant in writing to be non-exempt). Accordingly, if any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement does not comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 or such other exemption as then applicable to any such transaction, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3 so that such Participant shall avoid liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

Section 4. Units .

(a) Limits on Units Deliverable . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(c) and Section 7, the number of Units that may be delivered with respect to Awards under the Plan is [            ]. Units withheld from an Award or surrendered by a Participant to satisfy the Partnership’s or an Affiliate’s tax withholding obligations (including the withholding of Units with respect to Restricted Units) or to satisfy the payment of any exercise price with respect to the Award shall not be considered to be Units delivered under the Plan for this purpose. If any Award is forfeited, cancelled, exercised, settled in cash, or otherwise terminates or expires without the actual delivery of Units pursuant to such Award (the grant of Restricted Units is not a delivery of Units for this purpose), the Units subject to such Award shall again be available for Awards under the Plan (including Units not delivered in connection with the exercise of an Option or Unit Appreciation Right). There shall not be any limitation on the number of Awards that may be granted and paid in cash.

(b) Sources of Units Deliverable Under Awards . Any Units delivered pursuant to an Award shall consist, in whole or in part, of Units acquired in the open market, from any Affiliate, the Partnership or any other Person, or any combination of the foregoing, as determined by the Committee in its discretion.

(c) Anti-dilution Adjustments . Notwithstanding anything contained in Section 7, with respect to any “equity restructuring” event that could result in an additional compensation expense to the General Partner or the Partnership pursuant to the provisions of FASB Accounting Standards Codification, Topic 718 if adjustments to Awards with respect to such event were discretionary, the Committee shall equitably adjust the number and type of Units covered by each outstanding Award and the terms and conditions, including the exercise price and performance criteria (if any), of such Award to equitably reflect such restructuring event and shall adjust the number and type of Units (or other securities or property) with respect to which Awards may be granted after such event. With respect to any other similar event that would not result in an accounting charge under FASB Accounting Standards Codification, Topic 718 if the adjustment to Awards with respect to such event were subject to discretionary action, the Committee shall have complete discretion to adjust Awards in such manner as it deems appropriate with respect to such other event. In the event the Committee makes any adjustment

 

6


pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 4(c), the Committee shall make a corresponding and proportionate adjustment with respect to the maximum number of Units that may be delivered with respect to Awards under the Plan as provided in Section 4(a) and the kind of Units or other securities available for grant under the Plan.

(d) Additional Issuances . Except as hereinbefore expressly provided, the issuance by the General Partner or the Partnership of Units for cash, property, labor or services, upon direct sale, or upon the conversion of Units or obligations of the General Partner or the Partnership convertible into such Units, and in any case whether or not for fair value, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of Units subject to Awards theretofore granted pursuant to the Plan.

Section 5. Eligibility . Any Employee, Consultant or Director shall be eligible to be designated a Participant and receive an Award under the Plan. If the Units issuable pursuant to an Award are intended to be registered with the SEC on Form S-8, then only Employees, Consultants, and Directors of the Partnership or a parent or subsidiary of the Partnership (within the meaning of General Instruction A.1(a) to Form S-8) will be eligible to receive such an Award.

Section 6. Awards .

(a) General . Awards may be granted on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 6. In addition, the Committee may impose on any Award or the exercise thereof, at the date of grant or thereafter (subject to Section 7(a)), such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine, including terms requiring forfeiture of Awards in the event of termination of employment by the Participant, or termination of the Participant’s service relationship with the General Partner, the Partnership, or their Affiliates, and terms permitting a Participant to make elections relating to his or her Award. The Committee shall retain full power and discretion to accelerate, waive or modify, at any time, any term or condition of an Award that is not mandatory under the Plan; provided , however , that the Committee shall not have any discretion to accelerate the terms of payment of any Award that provides for a deferral of compensation under Section 409A the Code and the 409A Regulations if such acceleration would subject a Participant to additional taxes under Section 409A the Code and the 409A Regulations.

(b) Options . The Committee may grant Options that are intended to comply with Section 1.409A-l(b)(5)(i)(A) of the 409A Regulations only to Employees, Consultants or Directors performing services on the date of grant for the Partnership or a corporation or other type of entity in a chain of corporations or other entities in which each corporation or other entity has a “controlling interest” in another corporation or entity in the chain, starting with the Partnership and ending with the corporation or other entity for which the Employee, Consultant or Director performs services. For purposes of this Section 6(b), “controlling interest” means (i) in the case of a corporation, ownership of stock possessing at least 50% of total combined voting power of all classes of stock of such corporation entitled to vote or at least 50% of the total value of shares of all classes of stock of such corporation; (ii) in the case of a partnership, ownership of at least 50% of the profits interest or capital interest of such partnership; (iii) in the case of a sole proprietorship, ownership of the sole proprietorship; or (iv) in the case of a trust or estate, ownership of an actuarial interest (as defined in Section 1.414(c)-2(b)(2)(ii) of the 409A

 

7


Regulations) of at least 50% of such trust or estate. The Committee may grant Options that are otherwise exempt from or compliant with Section 409A of the Code to any eligible Employee, Consultant or Director. The Committee shall have the authority to determine the number of Units to be covered by each Option, the purchase price therefore and the Restricted Period and other conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of the Option, including the following terms and conditions and such additional terms and conditions, as the Committee shall determine, that are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan.

(i) Exercise Price . The exercise price per Unit purchasable under an Option that does not provide for the deferral of compensation under the 409A Regulations shall be determined by the Committee at the time the Option is granted but, except with respect to Substitute Awards, may not be less than the Fair Market Value of a Unit as of the date of grant of the Option. For purposes of this Section 6(b)(i), the Fair Market Value of a Unit shall be determined as of the date of grant. The exercise price per Unit purchasable under an Option that does not provide for the deferral of compensation by reason of satisfying the short-term deferral rule set forth in the 409A Regulations or that is compliant with Section 409A of the Code shall be determined by the Committee at the time the Option is granted.

(ii) Time and Method of Exercise . The Committee shall determine the exercise terms and the Restricted Period with respect to an Option grant, which may include, without limitation, a provision for accelerated vesting upon the achievement of specified performance goals or other events, and the method or methods by which payment of the exercise price with respect thereto may be made or deemed to have been made, which may include, without limitation, cash, check acceptable to the General Partner, withholding Units from an Award, a “cashless-broker” exercise through procedures approved by the General Partner, or any combination of the above methods, having a Fair Market Value on the exercise date equal to the relevant exercise price.

(iii) Forfeitures . Except as otherwise provided in the terms of the Award Agreement, upon termination of a Participant’s employment or service to the General Partner and its Affiliates or membership on the Board or the board of directors of an Affiliate, whichever is applicable, for any reason during the applicable Restricted Period, all unvested Options shall be forfeited by the Participant. The Committee may, in its discretion, waive in whole or in part such forfeiture with respect to a Participant’s Options; provided that the waiver contemplated under this Section 6(b)(iii) shall be effective only to the extent that such waiver will not cause the Participant’s Options that are designed to satisfy Section 409A of the Code to fail to satisfy such Section.

(c) Unit Appreciation Rights . The Committee may grant Unit Appreciation Rights that are intended to comply with Section 1.409A-l(b)(5)(i)(B) of the 409A Regulations only to Employees, Consultants or Directors performing services on the date of grant for the Partnership or a corporation or other type of entity in a chain of corporations or other entities in which each corporation or other entity has a “controlling interest” in another corporation or entity in the chain, starting with the Partnership and ending with the corporation or other entity for which the Employee, Consultant or Director performs services. For purposes of this Section 6(c), “controlling interest” means (i) in the case of a corporation, ownership of stock possessing at least 50% of total combined voting power of all classes of stock of such corporation entitled to

 

8


vote or at least 50% of the total value of shares of all classes of stock of such corporation; (ii) in the case of a partnership, ownership of at least 50% of the profits interest or capital interest of such partnership; (iii) in the case of a sole proprietorship, ownership of the sole proprietorship; or (iv) in the case of a trust or estate, ownership of an actuarial interest (as defined in Section 1.414(c)-2(b)(2)(ii) of the 409A Regulations) of at least 50% of such trust or estate. The Committee may grant Unit Appreciation Rights that are otherwise exempt from or compliant with Section 409A of the Code to any eligible Employee, Consultant or Director. The Committee shall have the authority to determine the Employees, Consultants and Directors to whom Unit Appreciation Rights shall be granted, the number of Units to be covered by each grant, whether Units or cash shall be delivered upon exercise, the exercise price therefor and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of the Unit Appreciation Rights, including the following terms and conditions and such additional terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine, that are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan.

(i) Exercise Price . The exercise price per Unit Appreciation Right that does not provide for the deferral of compensation under the 409A Regulations shall be determined by the Committee at the time the Unit Appreciation Right is granted but, except with respect to Substitute Awards, may not be less than the Fair Market Value of a Unit as of the date of grant of the Unit Appreciation Right. For purposes of this Section 6(c)(i), the Fair Market Value of a Unit shall be determined as of the date of grant. The exercise price per Unit Appreciation Right that does not provide for the deferral of compensation by reason of satisfying the short-term deferral rule set forth in the 409A Regulations or that is compliant with Section 409A of the Code shall be determined by the Committee at the time the Unit Appreciation Right is granted.

(ii) Time of Exercise . The Committee shall determine the Restricted Period and the time or times at which a Unit Appreciation Right may be exercised in whole or in part, which may include, without limitation, accelerated vesting upon the achievement of specified performance goals or other events.

(iii) Forfeitures . Except as otherwise provided in the terms of the Award Agreement, upon termination of a Participant’s employment with or service to the General Partner, the Partnership and their Affiliates or membership on the Board or the board of directors of an Affiliate, whichever is applicable, for any reason during the applicable Restricted Period, all outstanding Unit Appreciation Rights awarded to the Participant shall be automatically forfeited on such termination. The Committee may, in its discretion, waive in whole or in part such forfeiture with respect to a Participant’s Unit Appreciation Rights.

(d) Restricted Units and Phantom Units . The Committee shall have the authority to determine the Employees, Consultants and Directors to whom Restricted Units or Phantom Units shall be granted, the number of Restricted Units or Phantom Units to be granted to each such Participant, the Restricted Period, the conditions under which the Restricted Units or Phantom Units may become vested or forfeited and such other terms and conditions as the Committee may establish with respect to such Awards.

 

9


(i) UDRs . To the extent provided by the Committee, in its discretion, a grant of Restricted Units may provide that the distributions made by the Partnership with respect to the Restricted Units shall be subject to the same forfeiture and other restrictions as the Restricted Unit and, if restricted, such distributions shall be held, without interest, until the Restricted Unit vests or is forfeited with the UDR being paid or forfeited at the same time, as the case may be. In addition, the Committee may provide that such distributions be used to acquire additional Restricted Units for the Participant. Such additional Restricted Units may be subject to such vesting and other terms as the Committee may prescribe. Absent such a restriction on the UDRs in the Award Agreement, UDRs shall be paid to the holder of the Restricted Unit without restriction at the same time as cash distributions are paid by the Partnership to its unitholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, UDRs shall only be paid in a manner that is either exempt from or in compliance with Section 409A of the Code.

(ii) Forfeitures . Except as otherwise provided in the terms of the applicable Award Agreement, upon termination of a Participant’s employment with or services to the General Partner and its Affiliates or membership on the Board or the board of directors of an Affiliate, whichever is applicable, for any reason during the applicable Restricted Period, all outstanding, unvested Restricted Units and Phantom Units awarded to the Participant shall be automatically forfeited on such termination. The Committee may, in its discretion, waive in whole or in part such forfeiture with respect to a Participant’s Restricted Units and/or Phantom Units; provided that the waiver contemplated under this Section 6(d)(ii) shall be effective only to the extent that such waiver will not cause the Participant’s Restricted Units and/or Phantom Units that are designed to satisfy Section 409A of the Code to fail to satisfy such Section.

(iii) Lapse of Restrictions .

(A) Phantom Units . No later than the 15 th calendar day following the vesting of each Phantom Unit, subject to the provisions of Section 8(b), the Participant shall be entitled to settlement of such Phantom Unit and shall receive one Unit or an amount in cash equal to the Fair Market Value of a Unit (for purposes of this Section 6(f)(iii), as calculated on the last day of the Restricted Period), as determined by the Committee in its discretion.

(B) Restricted Units . Upon the vesting of each Restricted Unit, subject to satisfying the tax withholding obligations of Section 8(b), the Participant shall be entitled to have the restrictions removed from his or her Award so that the Participant then holds an unrestricted Unit.

(e) Unit Awards . The Committee shall have the authority to grant a Unit Award under the Plan to any Employee, Consultant or Director in a number determined by the Committee in its discretion, as a bonus or additional compensation or in lieu of cash compensation the individual is otherwise entitled to receive, in such amounts as the Committee determines to be appropriate.

(f) Other Unit Based Awards . The Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant to Participants such other Awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, Units, as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of this Plan,

 

10


including, without limitation, convertible or exchangeable debt securities, other rights convertible or exchangeable into Units, purchase rights for Units, Awards with value and payment contingent upon performance of the Partnership or any other factors designated by the Committee, and Awards valued by reference to the book value of Units or the value of securities of or the performance of specified Affiliates of the General Partner or the Partnership. The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards. Units delivered pursuant to an Award in the nature of a purchase right granted under this Section 6(f) shall be purchased for such consideration, paid for at such times, by such methods, and in such forms, including, without limitation, cash, Units, other Awards, or other property, as the Committee shall determine. Cash awards, as an element of or supplement to, or independent of any other Award under this Plan, may also be granted pursuant to this Section 6(f).

(g) DERs . To the extent provided by the Committee, in its discretion, an Award (other than a Restricted Unit or Unit Award) may include a tandem DER grant, which may provide that such DERs shall be paid directly to the Participant, be reinvested into additional Awards, be credited to a bookkeeping account (with or without interest in the discretion of the Committee) subject to the same vesting restrictions as the tandem Award, or be subject to such other provisions or restrictions as determined by the Committee in its discretion. Absent a contrary provision in the Award Agreement, DERs shall be paid to the Participant without restriction at the same time as ordinary cash distributions are paid by the Partnership to its unitholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, DERs shall only be paid in a manner that is either exempt from or in compliance with Section 409A of the Code.

(h) Substitute Awards . Awards may be granted under the Plan in substitution for similar awards held by individuals who become Employees, Consultants or Directors as a result of a merger, consolidation or acquisition by the Partnership or an Affiliate of another entity or the assets of another entity. Such Substitute Awards that are Options or Unit Appreciation Rights may have exercise prices less than the Fair Market Value of a Unit on the date of the substitution if such substitution complies with Section 409A of the Code and the 409A Regulations and other applicable laws and exchange rules.

(i) Performance Awards . The right of a Participant to receive a grant, and the right of a Participant to exercise or receive a grant or settlement of any Award, and the timing thereof, may be subject to such performance conditions as may be specified by the Committee. The Committee may use such business criteria and other measures of performance as it may deem appropriate in establishing any performance conditions, and may exercise its discretion to reduce or increase the amounts payable under any Award subject to performance conditions.

(i) Performance Goals Generally . The performance goals for such Performance Awards shall consist of one or more business criteria or individual performance criteria and a targeted level or levels of performance with respect to each of such criteria, as specified by the Committee consistent with this Section 6(i). The Committee may determine that such Performance Awards shall be granted, exercised, and/or settled upon achievement of any one performance goal or that two or more of the performance goals must be achieved as a condition to grant, exercise and/or settlement of such Performance Awards. The Committee shall establish any such performance conditions and goals based on one or more business criteria for the General Partner and/or the Partnership, on a consolidated basis, and/or for specified Affiliates or business

 

11


or geographical units of the Partnership, as determined by the Committee in its discretion, which may include (but are not limited to) one or more of the following: (A) earnings per Unit, (B) increase in revenues, (C) increase in cash flow, (D) increase in cash flow from operations, (E) increase in cash flow return, (F) return on net assets, (G) return on assets, (H) return on investment, (I) return on capital, (J) return on equity, (K) economic value added, (L) operating margin, (M) contribution margin, (N) net income, (O) net income per Unit, (P) pretax earnings, (Q) pretax earnings before interest, depreciation and amortization, (R) pretax operating earnings after interest expense and before incentives, service fees, and extraordinary or special items, (S) total unitholder return, (T) debt reduction, (U) market share, (V) change in the Fair Market Value of the Units, (W) operating income, and (X) any of the above goals determined on an absolute or relative basis or as compared to the performance of a published or special index deemed applicable by the Committee including, but not limited to, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index or a group of comparable companies. Performance goals may differ for Performance Awards granted to any one Participant or to different Participants.

(ii) Performance Periods . Achievement of performance goals in respect of such Performance Awards shall be measured over a performance period of up to ten years, as specified by the Committee. Performance goals shall be established by the Committtee not later than 90 days after the beginning of any performance period applicable to such Performance Awards.

(iii) Settlement . At the end of each performance period, the Committee shall determine the amount, if any, of the amount of the potential Performance Award otherwise payable to each Participant and such amount shall be paid to the Participant no later than March 15 of the year following the year that included the last day of the performance period. Settlement of such Performance Awards shall be in cash, Units, other Awards or other property, in the discretion of the Committee. The Committee may, in its discretion, reduce or increase the amount of a settlement otherwise to be made in connection with such Performance Awards. The Committee shall specify the circumstances in which such Performance Awards shall be paid or forfeited in the event of termination of employment by the Participant prior to the end of a performance period or settlement of Performance Awards.

(j) Certain Provisions Applicable to Awards .

(i) Stand-Alone, Additional, Tandem and Substitute Awards . Awards may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution for any other Award granted under the Plan or any award granted under any other plan of the Partnership or any Affiliate. Awards granted in addition to, in substitution for, or in tandem with other Awards or awards granted under any other plan of the Partnership or any Affiliate may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards or awards. If an Award is granted in substitution or exchange for another Award, the Committee shall require the surrender of such other Award in consideration for the grant of the new Award. Awards under the Plan may be granted in lieu of cash compensation, including in lieu of cash amounts payable under other plans of the General Partner, the Partnership, or any Affiliate, in which the value of Units subject to the Award is equivalent in value to the

 

12


cash compensation, or in which the exercise price, grant price, or purchase price of the Award in the nature of a right that may be exercised is equal to the Fair Market Value of the underlying Units minus the value of the cash compensation surrendered. Awards granted pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be designed, awarded and settled in a manner that does not result in additional taxes under Section 409A the Code and the 409A Regulations.

(ii) Limits on Transfer of Awards .

(A) Except as provided in Section 6(j)(ii)(C) below, each Option and Unit Appreciation Right shall be exercisable only by the Participant during the Participant’s lifetime, or by the Person to whom the Participant’s rights shall pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

(B) Except as provided in Section 6(j)(ii)(C) below, no Award and no right under any such Award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the General Partner, the Partnership or any Affiliate. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 6(j)(ii)(B) does not apply to any Award that has been settled (e.g., a Unit Award that has been granted or an Option that has been exercised).

(C) To the extent specifically provided by the Committee with respect to an Option or Unit Appreciation Right, an Option or Unit Appreciation Right may be transferred by a Participant without consideration to immediate family members or related family trusts, limited partnerships or similar entities or on such terms and conditions as the Committee may from time to time establish.

(iii) Term of Awards . The term of each Award shall be for such period as may be determined by the Committee.

(iv) Form and Timing of Payment under Awards; Deferrals . Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award agreement, payments to be made by the General Partner, the Partnership, or any Affiliate upon the exercise of an Option or other Award or settlement of an Award may be made in such forms as the Committee shall determine, including without limitation cash, Units, other Awards or other property, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments, or on a deferred basis; provided , however , that any such deferred payment will be set forth in the agreement evidencing such Award and/or otherwise made in a manner that will not result in additional taxes under Section 409A the Code and the 409A Regulations. Except as otherwise provided herein, the settlement of any Award may be accelerated, and cash paid in lieu of Units in connection with such settlement, in the discretion of the Committee or upon occurrence of one or more specified events (in addition to a Change of Control). Installment or deferred payments may be required by the Committee (subject to Section 7(a) of the Plan, including the consent provisions thereof in the case of any deferral of an outstanding Award not provided for in the original Award Agreement) or permitted at the election of the Participant on terms and conditions established by the Committee and in compliance with Section 409A the Code and the 409A Regulations.

 

13


Payments may include, without limitation, provisions for the payment or crediting of reasonable interest on installment or deferred payments or the grant or crediting of DERs or other amounts in respect of installment or deferred payments denominated in Units. This Plan shall not constitute an “employee benefit plan” for purposes of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

(v) Issuance of Units . The Units or other securities of the Partnership delivered pursuant to an Award may be evidenced in any manner deemed appropriate by the Committee in its sole discretion, including, but not limited to, in the form of a certificate issued in the name of the Participant or by book entry, electronic or otherwise and shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the SEC, any stock exchange upon which such Units or other securities are then listed, and any applicable federal or state laws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be inscribed on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

(vi) Consideration for Grants . Awards may be granted for such consideration, including services, as the Committee shall determine.

(vii) Exemptions from Section 16(b) Liability . It is the intent of the General Partner that the grant of any Awards to or other transaction by a Participant who is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall be exempt from such Section pursuant to an applicable exemption (except for transactions acknowledged in writing to be non-exempt by such Participant). Accordingly, if any provision of this Plan or any Award Agreement does not comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 as then applicable to any such transaction, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3 so that such Participant shall avoid liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

(viii) Delivery of Units or other Securities and Payment by Participant of Consideration . Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, delivery of Units pursuant to the exercise, vesting and/or settlement of an Award may be deferred for any period during which, in the good faith determination of the Committee, the General Partner is not reasonably able to obtain Units to deliver pursuant to such Award without violating applicable law or the applicable rules or regulations of any governmental agency or authority or securities exchange. No Units or other securities shall be delivered pursuant to any Award until payment in full of any amount required to be paid pursuant to the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement (including, without limitation, any exercise price or tax withholding) is received by the General Partner.

(ix) Additional Agreements . Each Employee, Consultant or Director to whom an Award is granted under this Plan may be required to agree in writing, as a condition to the grant of such Award or otherwise, to subject an Award that is exercised or settled following such Person’s termination of services with the General Partner, the Partnership or their Affiliates to a general release of claims and/or a noncompetition agreement in favor of the General Partner, the Partnership, and their Affiliates, with the terms and conditions of such agreement(s) to be determined in good faith by the Committee.

 

14


(x) Termination of Employment . Except as provided herein, the treatment of an Award upon a termination of employment or any other service relationship by and between a Participant and the General Partner, the Partnership, or any Affiliate shall be specified in the Award Agreement controlling such Award.

Section 7. Amendment and Termination . Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law:

(a) Amendments to the Plan and Awards . Except as required by applicable law or the rules of the principal securities exchange, if any, on which the Units are traded, the Board or the Committee may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan in any manner, including increasing the number of Units available for Awards under the Plan, without the consent of any partner, Participant, other holder or beneficiary of an Award, or any other Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter any Award theretofore granted, provided that no change, other than pursuant to Section 7(b), 7(c), 7(d), 7(e), or 7(g) below, in any Award shall materially reduce the rights or benefits of a Participant with respect to an Award without the consent of such Participant.

(b) Subdivision or Consolidation of Units . The terms of an Award and the number of Units authorized pursuant to Section 4 for issuance under the Plan shall be subject to adjustment from time to time, in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) If at any time, or from time to time, the Partnership shall subdivide as a whole (by reclassification, by a Unit split, by the issuance of a distribution on Units payable in Units, or otherwise) or in the event the Partnership distributes an extraordinary cash dividend, the number of Units then outstanding into a greater number of Units, then, as appropriate, (A) the maximum number of Units available for the Plan or in connection with Awards as provided in Section 4 shall be increased proportionately, and the kind of other securities available for the Plan shall be appropriately adjusted, (B) the number of Units (or other kind of securities) that may be acquired under any then outstanding Award shall be increased proportionately, and (C) the price (including the exercise price) for each Unit (or other kind of securities) subject to then outstanding Awards shall be reduced proportionately, without changing the aggregate purchase price or value as to which outstanding Awards remain exercisable or subject to restrictions.

(ii) If at any time, or from time to time, the Partnership shall consolidate as a whole (by reclassification, by reverse Unit split, or otherwise) the number of Units then outstanding into a lesser number of Units, (A) the maximum number of Units for the Plan or available in connection with Awards as provided in Section 4 shall be decreased proportionately, and the kind of other securities available for the Plan shall be appropriately adjusted, (B) the number of Units (or other kind of securities) that may be acquired under any then outstanding Award shall be decreased proportionately, and (C) the price (including the exercise price) for each Unit (or other kind of securities) subject to then outstanding Awards shall be increased proportionately, without changing the aggregate purchase price or value as to which outstanding Awards remain exercisable or subject to restrictions.

 

15


(iii) Whenever the number of Units subject to outstanding Awards and the price for each Unit subject to outstanding Awards are required to be adjusted as provided in this Section 7(b), the Committee shall promptly prepare a notice setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated, and the change in price and the number of Units, other securities, cash, or property purchasable subject to each Award after giving effect to the adjustments. The Committee shall promptly provide each affected Participant with such notice.

(iv) Adjustments under Sections 7(b)(i) and (ii) shall be made by the Committee, and its determination as to what adjustments shall be made and the extent thereof shall be final, binding, and conclusive. No fractional interest shall be issued under the Plan on account of any such adjustments.

(c) Recapitalizations . If the Partnership recapitalizes, reclassifies its equity securities, or otherwise changes its capital structure (a “ recapitalization ”) without a Change of Control, the number and class of Units covered by an Award theretofore granted shall be adjusted so that such Award shall thereafter cover the number and class of Units and securities to which the holder would have been entitled pursuant to the terms of the recapitalization if, immediately prior to the recapitalization, the holder had been the holder of record of the number of Units then covered by such Award and the Unit limitations provided in Section 4 shall be adjusted in a manner consistent with the recapitalization.

(d) Additional Issuances . Except as expressly provided herein, the issuance by the Partnership of units of any class or securities convertible into units of any class, for cash, property, labor or services, upon direct sale, upon the exercise of rights or warrants to subscribe therefor, or upon conversion of units or obligations of the Partnership convertible into such units or other securities, and in any case whether or not for fair value, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of Units subject to Awards theretofore granted or the purchase price per Unit, if applicable.

(e) Change of Control . Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, upon a Change of Control the Committee, acting in its sole discretion without the consent or approval of any holder, may affect one or more of the following alternatives, which may vary among individual holders and which may vary among Awards: (i) remove any applicable forfeiture restrictions on any Award; (ii) accelerate the time of exercisability or the time at which the Restricted Period shall lapse to a specific date, before or after such Change of Control, specified by the Committee; (iii) require the mandatory surrender to the General Partner or the Partnership by selected holders of some or all of the outstanding Awards held by such holders (irrespective of whether such Awards are then subject to a Restricted Period or other restrictions pursuant to the Plan) as of a date, before or after such Change of Control, specified by the Committee, in which event the Committee shall thereupon cancel such Awards and pay to each holder an amount of cash per Unit equal to the amount calculated in Section 7(f) (the “ Change of Control Price ”) less the exercise price, if any, applicable to such Awards; provided , however , that to the extent the exercise price of an Option

 

16


or a Unit Appreciation Right exceeds the Change of Control Price, no consideration will be paid with respect to that Award; (iv) cancel Awards that remain subject to a Restricted Period as of the date of a Change of Control without payment of any consideration to the Participant for such Awards; or (v) make such adjustments to Awards then outstanding as the Committee deems appropriate to reflect such Change of Control (including, but not limited to, the substitution of Awards for new awards); provided , however , that the Committee may determine in its sole discretion that no adjustment is necessary to Awards then outstanding.

(f) Change of Control Price . The “ Change of Control Price ” shall equal the amount determined in clause (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v), whichever is applicable, as follows: (i) the per Unit price offered to unitholders of the Partnership in any merger or consolidation, (ii) the per Unit value of the Units immediately before the Change of Control without regard to assets sold in the Change of Control and assuming the General Partner or the Partnership, as applicable, has received the consideration paid for the assets in the case of a sale of the assets, (iii) the amount distributed per Unit in a dissolution transaction, (iv) the price per Unit offered to unitholders of the Partnership in any tender offer or exchange offer whereby a Change of Control takes place, or (v) if such Change of Control occurs other than pursuant to a transaction described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) of this Section 7(f), the Fair Market Value per Unit of the Units that may otherwise be obtained with respect to such Awards or to which such Awards track, as determined by the Committee as of the date determined by the Committee to be the date of cancellation and surrender of such Awards. In the event that the consideration offered to unitholders of the Partnership in any transaction described in this Section 7(f) or Section 7(e) consists of anything other than cash, the Committee shall determine the fair cash equivalent of the portion of the consideration offered which is other than cash.

(g) Impact of Corporate Events on Awards Generally . In the event of changes in the outstanding Units by reason of a recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, exchange or other relevant change in capitalization occurring after the date of the grant of any Award and not otherwise provided for by this Section 7, any outstanding Awards and any Award Agreements evidencing such Awards shall be subject to adjustment by the Committee at its discretion, which adjustment may, in the Committee’s discretion, be described in the Award Agreement and may include, but not be limited to, adjustments as to the number and price of Units or other consideration subject to such Awards, accelerated vesting (in full or in part) of such Awards, conversion of such Awards into awards denominated in the securities or other interests of any successor Person, or the cash settlement of such Awards in exchange for the cancellation thereof. In the event of any such change in the outstanding Units, the aggregate number of Units available under this Plan may be appropriately adjusted by the Committee, whose determination shall be conclusive.

Section 8. General Provisions .

(a) No Rights to Award . No Person shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants. The terms and conditions of Awards need not be the same with respect to each recipient.

(b) Tax Withholding . Unless other arrangements have been made that are acceptable to the General Partner or an Affiliate, the Partnership or Affiliate is authorized to deduct, withhold, or cause to be deducted or withheld, from any Award, from any payment due

 

17


or transfer made under any Award or from any compensation or other amount owing to a Participant the amount (in cash, Units, Units that would otherwise be issued pursuant to such Award or other property) of any applicable taxes payable in respect of the grant or settlement of an Award, its exercise, the lapse of restrictions thereon, or any other payment or transfer under an Award or under the Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the General Partner or Affiliate to satisfy its withholding obligations for the payment of such taxes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Participant who is subject to Rule 16b-3, such tax withholding automatically shall be effected by the General Partner either by (i) “netting” or withholding Units otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the vesting or payment of such Award, or (ii) requiring the Participant to pay an amount equal to the applicable taxes payable in cash.

(c) No Right to Employment or Services . The grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of the General Partner or any Affiliate, to continue providing consulting services, or to remain on the Board, as applicable. Furthermore, the General Partner or an Affiliate may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment or his or her service relationship free from any liability or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, any Award Agreement or other agreement.

(d) Governing Law . The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

(e) Severability . If any provision of the Plan or any Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any Person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable law or, if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, Person or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect. If any of the terms or provisions of the Plan or any Award Agreement conflict with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 (as those terms or provisions are applied to Participants who are subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act), then those conflicting terms or provisions shall be deemed inoperative to the extent they so conflict with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 (unless the Board or the Committee, as appropriate, has expressly determined that the Plan or such Award should not comply with Rule 16b-3).

(f) Other Laws . The Committee may refuse to issue or transfer any Units or other consideration under an Award if, in its sole discretion, it determines that the issuance or transfer of such Units or such other consideration might violate any applicable law or regulation, the rules of the principal securities exchange on which the Units are then traded, or entitle the Partnership or an Affiliate to recover the same under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, and any payment tendered to the General Partner by a Participant, other holder or beneficiary in connection with the exercise of such Award shall be promptly refunded to the relevant Participant, holder or beneficiary.

 

18


(g) No Trust or Fund Created . Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the General Partner or any Affiliate and a Participant or any other Person. To the extent that any Person acquires a right to receive payments from the General Partner or any Affiliate pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any general unsecured creditor of the General Partner or such Affiliate.

(h) No Fractional Units . No fractional Units shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award, and the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion whether cash, other securities, or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Units or whether such fractional Units or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated, or otherwise eliminated with or without consideration.

(i) Headings . Headings are given to the Sections and subsections of the Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of the Plan or any provision thereof.

(j) Facility of Payment . Any amounts payable hereunder to any individual under legal disability or who, in the judgment of the Committee, is unable to manage properly his financial affairs, may be paid to the legal representative of such individual, or may be applied for the benefit of such individual in any manner that the Committee may select, and the General Partner shall be relieved of any further liability for payment of such amounts.

(k) Allocation of Costs . Nothing herein shall be deemed to override, amend, or modify any cost sharing arrangement, omnibus agreement, or other arrangement between the General Partner, the Partnership, and any Affiliate regarding the sharing of costs between those entities.

(l) Gender and Number . Words in the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender, the plural shall include the singular and the singular shall include the plural.

(m) Compliance with Section 409A . Nothing in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall operate or be construed to cause the Plan or an Award to fail to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. The applicable provisions of Section 409A the Code and the 409A Regulations are hereby incorporated by reference and shall control over any Plan or Award Agreement provision in conflict therewith. All 409A Awards shall be designed to comply with Section 409A of the Code.

(n) Specified Employee under Section 409A of the Code . Subject to any other restrictions or limitations contained herein, in the event that a “specified employee” (as defined under Section 409A of the Code and the 409A Regulations) becomes entitled to a payment under an Award which is a 409A Award on account of a “separation from service” (as defined under Section 409A of the Code and the 409A Regulations), to the extent required by the Code, such payment shall not occur until the date that is six months plus one day from the date of such separation from service. Any amount that is otherwise payable within the six-month period described herein will be aggregated and paid in a lump sum without interest.

(o) No Guarantee of Tax Consequences . None of the Board, the Committee, the Partnership nor the General Partner makes any commitment or guarantee that any federal, state or local tax treatment will (or will not) apply or be available to any Participant.

 

19


Section 9. Term of the Plan . The Plan shall be effective on the date on which it is adopted by the Board and shall continue until the earliest of (i) the date terminated by the Board, (ii) all Units available under the Plan have been delivered to Participants, or (iii) the 10th anniversary of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. However, any Award granted prior to such termination, and the authority of the Board or Committee to amend, alter, adjust, suspend, discontinue, or terminate any such Award or to waive any conditions or rights under such Award, shall extend beyond such termination date.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Plan has been executed as of the date first written above.

 

HI-CRUSH PARTNERS LP,
by its General Partner:
HI-CRUSH GP LLC
By:                                                                                                   
       Name:
       Title:

 

20

Exhibit 10.5

SPECIFIC TERMS IN THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT OF THOSE TERMS HAS BEEN REQUESTED. THE REDACTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN SEPARATELY SUBMITTED TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, AND THE TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH THREE ASTERISKS (***).

SUPPLY AGREEMENT

This SUPPLY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is effective as of January 11, 2011, between Weatherford Artificial Lift Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its affiliates (“Weatherford”), and Hi-Crush Operating LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Supplier”). Hi-Crush Chambers LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Grantor”), is entering into this Agreement solely for purposes Section 8.1 and Section 8.7 hereof.

RECITALS:

1. Weatherford and its Affiliates carry on the business of the design, manufacture and supply of goods and services in the Oilfield Business as defined below;

2. Supplier is able to supply certain goods for Weatherford;

3. Weatherford requires high quality sand for use as a proppant in providing certain of its hydraulic fracturing and oilfield services;

4. Supplier desires to sell such sand and is able to provide the proppant to Weatherford;

5. Weatherford desires to purchase *** sand from Supplier under the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

6. Supplier is willing to undertake the supply of the products for Weatherford and its Affiliates under the terms of this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the premises and the respective covenants and agreements contained herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions

 

1.1 In addition to terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings unless the context otherwise requires:

 

  (a) Affiliate or affiliate in relation to either Party means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, proprietorship, joint venture or other entity directly or indirectly controlled by, controlling, or under common control with that Party. With respect to Supplier, Affiliate shall mean and include Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and its subsidiary entities. Supplier represents that Hi-Crush Proppants LLC is its sole and direct member, and that all Supplier-related entities at and below Hi-Crush Proppants LLC capture all Supplier-related entities. With respect to Weatherford entities, it shall include any U.S. and international entities.

 

pg. 1


  (b) Business Day means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which commercial banks in Houston, Texas are authorized or required by law to close.

 

  (c) Contract Year means the initial period starting on the Effective Date until July 1, 2012 and each of the two (2) successive periods of twelve (12) calendar months occurring immediately thereafter.

 

  (d) Damages means any and all liabilities, losses, damages, demands, assessments, claims, costs and expenses, whether known or unknown, now existing or hereafter arising, contingent or liquidated (including interest, awards, judgments, penalties, settlements, fines, out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with investigating and defending any claims or causes of action (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and all reasonable fees and expenses of consultants and other professionals)). The term “Damages” shall not include consequential, incidental, special, exemplary or punitive damages.

 

  (e) Effective Date means the later of (i) the date written at the beginning of this Agreement and (ii) the date on which this Agreement and the Mortgage have been fully executed and delivered by all Parties hereto, the title commitment from First American Title Company has been issued to Grantor and all conditions set forth therein satisfied by Supplier, and the UCC-1 Financing Statements and Mortgage filed.

 

  (f) Force Majeure means in relation to either Party, any circumstances beyond the reasonable control of that Party, including war (whether declared or undeclared), acts of God, including fire, flood, storms and earthquakes, embargoes, or riot, civil disturbance, insurrection, sabotage, and events or occurrences adversely impacting Supplier’s Facility, but excluding (i) economic downturns, (ii) recessions, (iii) depressions, and (iv) strikes, lock-outs or other similar acts of the Party’s employees.

 

  (g) Intellectual Property means any or all of the following and all rights in, arising out of, or associated therewith: (i) all United States, international and foreign patents and applications therefor and all reissues, divisions, renewals, extensions, provisionals, continuations and continuations-in-part thereof; (ii) all inventions (whether patentable or not), invention disclosures, discoveries, formulae, formulations, improvements, trade secrets, proprietary information, know how, technology, technical data and customer lists, and all documentation relating to any of the foregoing; (iii) all copyrights, copyrights registrations and applications therefor, and all other rights corresponding thereto throughout the world; (iv) all industrial designs and any registrations and applications therefor throughout the world; (v) all trade names, URLs, logos, common law trademarks and service marks, trademark and service mark registrations and applications therefor throughout the world; (vi) all customer and supplier databases and customer and supplier data collections and all rights therein throughout the world, including but not limited to customer and supplier data; (vii) all moral and economic rights of authors and inventors, however denominated, throughout the world; (viii) technical and product specification, equipment descriptions, plans, layouts, drawings, computer programs, assembly, quality control, installation and operating procedures, operating manuals, technical and marketing information, designs, data; and (ix) any similar or equivalent rights to any of the foregoing anywhere in the world.

 

pg. 2


  (h) Mortgage means the mortgage to be executed on the date hereof by Grantor and to be filed by Weatherford in accordance with Section 3.3(e) , in the form attached hereto as Annex 1 .

 

  (i) Oilfield Business as used herein means the fields of exploration, recovery and production of minerals, gases, solid materials, fluids, water, oil, gas, and geothermal and such exploration, recovery and production includes , without limitation, exploration, drilling, production, reinjection, characterization, seismic modeling and data, extraction, treatment, storage, and transportation of each of such minerals, gases, solid materials, fluids, water, oil, gas and geothermal and any and all associated equipment, products and services, well site treatment, pipelines, offshore platforms, and fluid waste disposal. For purposes of clarification, the refining of oil and gas, and the storage and transportation of refined oil and gas, shall be excluded from the foregoing definition.

 

  (j) Person or person means any entity, including any partnership, corporation, limited liability company or governmental entity, and any natural person.

 

  (k) Product(s) means generally, whether singular or plural, Northern White grade *** frac sand.

 

  (l) Quality Standard means a manufacturing standard that conforms to ISO 13503-2, Proppant Specifications, and will be accompanied by appropriate supporting documentation, as outlined in Exhibit A .

 

  (m) Specifications means the specifications for the Products as set forth in this Agreement or a Work Order.

 

  (n) Supplier or Weatherford means, for the purposes of the indemnification, release and limitation provisions of this Agreement as follows: “Supplier” shall include Supplier and Supplier’s Affiliates, and their respective officers, directors, employees, or any or all of such parties. “Weatherford” shall include Weatherford, its parent or Affiliates, and their respective officers, directors, employees, or any or all of such parties.

 

  (o) Supplier Intellectual Property means all Intellectual Property developed and/or owned by Supplier prior to, on or after the date of this Agreement. For clarification, to the extent any Supplier Intellectual Property is incorporated into the Product, such Intellectual Property and any development, enhancement or derivative thereof, shall remain the property of Supplier.

 

  (p) Term means the period commencing on the Effective Date of this Agreement and ending when this Agreement is terminated or expires in accordance with the provisions of Article 7 .

 

pg. 3


  (q) UCC-1 Financing Statements means the UCC-1 financing statements to be filed by Weatherford in accordance with Section 3.3(e) , in the form attached hereto as Annex 2 .

 

  (r) Weatherford Intellectual Property means all Intellectual Property developed and/or owned by Weatherford prior to, on or after the date of this Agreement. For clarification, to the extent any Weatherford Intellectual Property is incorporated into the Product by or on behalf of Weatherford after the delivery of the Product to Weatherford, such Intellectual Property and any development, enhancement or derivative thereof, shall remain the property of Weatherford.

 

  (s) Work Order means the documents by which Weatherford orders Product from Supplier. For clarification, the Parties are free to issue/accept Work Orders in various formats, including purchase orders, emails and other communications between the Parties, which shall be hereafter referred to as Work Order regardless of format. Each Work Order shall be subject to the Parties’ agreement as specified in the Work Order and all terms and provisions of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, any variation in a Work Order of the agreed upon Specifications set forth in this Agreement shall not be effective unless agreed to in writing by Supplier. No terms of a Work Order, Internet site, order confirmation or other writing shall have the effect of modifying this Agreement.

 

  (t) Year means a twelve-month period.

 

1.1 General Terms . As used in this Agreement, unless expressly stated otherwise, references to (a) “including” mean “including, without limitation”; (b) “or” mean “either or both”; (c) a “party” or “Party” means Weatherford or Supplier, as the context may require, and “parties” or “Parties” means Weatherford and Supplier and (d) “day” or “days” means calendar days unless specified as a “Business Day.” Unless otherwise specified, all references in this Agreement to Articles or Sections are deemed references to the corresponding Articles or Sections in this Agreement. Any notice to be given hereunder shall be in accordance with the provisions of Article 10 .

2. Production and Supply of the Products

 

2.1 Commencement of Production/Minimum Supply .

 

  (a) Beginning in July of 2011, Supplier is obligated to sell and Weatherford is obligated to buy each year for three (3) years, 330,000 tons of Product per year consisting of no more than *** tons of *** and up to *** tons of *** (the “Minimum Supply”). Supplier shall be under no obligation to supply or sell, and Weatherford shall not have the right to buy, Product in excess of the Minimum Supply. In the event that Supplier fails to supply to Weatherford the Minimum Supply during any Contract Year (a “Supply Shortfall”), Supplier shall have *** after the end of such Contract Year to, as the sole and exclusive remedy for such Supply Shortfall, in its discretion, either (i) tender the Supply Shortfall, including by supplying Product from one or more third parties in accordance with Section 2.8 , or (ii) pay to Weatherford *** of the end of the Contract Year, as liquidated damages, an amount equal to amount of the Supply Shortfall (expressed in tons) multiplied by $***.

 

pg. 4


  (b) The “Monthly Maximum Supply Availability” during the Term is set forth in the table below. Supplier will not be obligated to fulfill orders that exceed the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability for a specific calendar month. Additionally, no more than *** of Product supplied in any given calendar month shall be ***.

Monthly Maximum Supply Availability

 

Month

  

Maximum Supply

January ‘11    0
February ‘11    0
March ‘11    0
April ‘11    0
May ‘11    0
June ‘11    0
July ‘11    20,000 tons/month
August ‘11    20,000 tons/month
September ‘11    25,000 tons/month
Remaining 2011 and all of 2012    35,000 tons/month

 

2.2 Supply Requirements; Price and Volume Discounts .

 

  (a) During the term of this Agreement, (i) for the first 495,000 tons of Product purchased by Weatherford, the price will be $***/ton, and (ii) for the second 495,000 tons of Product purchased by Weatherford, the price will be ***. Any Product purchased in excess of 990,000 tons will be priced at ***. All prices specified in this Agreement and all amounts owing from one Party to the other will be in U.S. Dollars.

 

  (b) Weatherford agrees to prepay $16,500,000 (the “2011 Prepayment”), representing payment for 100% of the Minimum Purchase Requirement for the first Contract Year. The 2011 Prepayment shall be made to Supplier within one (1) Business Day following the Effective Date of this Agreement, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated in writing by Supplier. Weatherford agrees to prepay $8,250,000 (the “2012 Prepayment”), representing payment for the first 165,000 tons of the Minimum Purchase Requirement for the second Contract Year. The 2012 Prepayment shall be made to Supplier on or before June 30, 2012, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated in writing by Supplier.

 

2.3

Weatherford Minimum Purchase Requirement . During the Term, Weatherford shall be required to take and, in accordance with Section 3.1 , pay for an aggregate of 330,000 tons of Product per Contract Year (the “Minimum Purchase Requirement”); provided, however, that if, due solely to the unavailability of rail cars in the market, Weatherford is unable to take delivery of Products as contemplated hereunder for a period of time during a Contract Year, Weatherford shall not be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement as a result of such failure

 

pg. 5


  so long as Weatherford is using best efforts to obtain rail cars and minimize the period of time during which Weatherford is unable to take delivery of Products; provided, further, however, that nothing in this sentence shall be construed to relieve Weatherford of its obligations to make payments under this Agreement (including the obligation to make any Makewhole Payments as contemplated in this Section 2.3 ). The Minimum Purchase Requirement shall be ordered by Weatherford in installments of not less than 15,000 tons of Product per calendar month (the “Monthly Minimum Requirement”), and not more than the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability, beginning in July of 2011 and continuing thereafter for each calendar month during the Term. In the event that Weatherford fails to purchase one twelfth (1/12) of the Minimum Purchase Requirement of Product from Supplier during any particular calendar month in which Supplier was ready, willing and able to deliver 30,000 tons of Product, then the “Purchase Shortfall” shall be the amount by which one twelfth (1/12) of the Minimum Purchase Requirement exceeds the amount of Product actually purchased by Weatherford during such calendar month. On written notice of such Purchase Shortfall to Weatherford by Supplier, Weatherford shall have *** after the month of the Purchase Shortfall to purchase tonnage of Product in excess of the Monthly Minimum Requirement (but subject to the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability) to make up for the Purchase Shortfall. If Weatherford fails to purchase the full amount of the Purchase Shortfall in such *** period, Weatherford shall be obligated to pay to Supplier an amount equal to the amount of the Purchase Shortfall not purchased by Weatherford in such *** period (expressed in tons) multiplied by $*** (the “Makewhole Payment”). The Makewhole Payment shall be paid within *** of written demand by Supplier, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated in writing by Supplier. The aggregate Purchase Shortfall amount for a Contract Year shall not exceed the Minimum Purchase Requirement for such Contract Year less the amount of Product ordered and delivered to Weatherford. Weatherford reserves the right to resell goods purchased from Supplier if deemed necessary by Weatherford in order to satisfy the Minimum Purchase Requirement. Supplier shall not be obligated to deliver more than the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability on any given calendar month.

 

2.4 Forecast of Demand . Weatherford shall provide, on a quarterly basis, a non-binding 3-month rolling volume forecast of its anticipated purchase of Products (“Forecast Amount”). Updates to the Forecast Amount indicated in the six-month rolling volume forecast will be made and communicated periodically outside of the three-month rolling volume forecast as promptly as practicable after Weatherford becomes aware of such changes. Supplier shall notify Weatherford within ten (10) Business Days of receiving a forecast or update if Supplier anticipates being unable to meet the anticipated purchase amounts. Supplier shall not be obligated to deliver more than the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability on any given calendar month.

 

2.5 Title and Risk Of Loss . All Products will be shipped FOB, Supplier’s facility located in Wyeville, Wisconsin or at the Adams Rail Facility in Adams, Wisconsin, at the Readsberg Rail Facility in Readsberg, Wisconsin, or at a similar rail location in Wisconsin (collectively “Supplier’s Facility”), as determined by Supplier in its reasonable discretion. Title and risk of loss or damage to Products shall pass to Weatherford at the time the Products are delivered to the carrier. Supplier is not responsible for unfilled orders resulting from any shortage or lack of availability of rail cars for shipment of orders except that Supplier must always meet the Minimum Supply volumes as specified in Section 2.1 . Supplier warrants clear title to the Products at the time title to the Products passes to Weatherford, free from any and all liens or other encumbrances. Supplier is responsible for properly loading the Product on the nominated carrier, at its expense, and will comply with any documentary instructions of Weatherford in the shipment process.

 

pg. 6


2.6 Orders . During the Term, Supplier shall supply to Weatherford, and Weatherford shall purchase, the types and amounts of the Products ordered by Weatherford from time to time under this Agreement; provided that Supplier shall be under no obligation to supply or sell, and Weatherford shall not have the right to buy Products in excess of the Minimum Purchase Requirement or the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability. This Agreement shall control and govern all transactions between the Parties with respect to the sales and purchases of Products, whether under subsequent verbal and/or written Work Orders, unless subject to an express, duly executed agreement (which is not a pre-printed form, terms contained on an Internet site or order confirmation) for the particular subject matter. The terms of this Agreement shall prevail over the terms in the Work Order in the event of a conflict unless specific reference and identification is made to the provision of this Agreement to be modified and the intention to modify is explicitly stated and signed by both Parties. Such changes shall be effective for that Work Order only. Printed terms and conditions contained in documents issued to Weatherford by Supplier or from Weatherford to Supplier with respect to the Products shall be of no force and effect and shall be superseded by the terms and conditions which are contained in this Agreement. No waiver by either Party of any of the terms, provisions or conditions hereof shall be effective unless said waiver shall be in writing and signed by an authorized officer of such Party and specifically referencing this Agreement. Supplier agrees to promptly process all of Weatherford’s orders under the terms of this Agreement.

 

2.7 Delivery . Supplier agrees that all Products ordered by Weatherford will be delivered to Weatherford per this Article 2 no later than the delivery date specified in this Agreement, subject to the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability.

 

2.8 Alternate Sources of Supply . Supplier may, in its discretion, source Product from third Persons for purposes of selling such Product to Weatherford hereunder, so long as such Product complies with the Specifications and Quality Standards and Supplier is otherwise in compliance with the other provisions of this Agreement.

3. Invoicing and Payment

 

3.1 Invoicing and Payment Terms . Subject to any special terms agreed in writing from time to time between Weatherford and Supplier:

 

  (a) Supplier shall invoice Weatherford on a monthly basis in respect of all Products supplied under this Agreement during the applicable calendar month, within *** of the end of such calendar month. Each invoice shall be for the tonnage actually ordered. Payment shall be due no later than the *** after the date of the invoice. For the first Contract Year, the 2011 Prepayment shall be applied towards satisfaction of amounts invoiced with respect to such Contract Year. For the second Contract Year, the 2012 Prepayment shall be applied towards satisfaction of amounts invoiced with respect to 165,000 tons of Product ordered during such second Contract Year.

 

pg. 7


  (b) Should Weatherford fail to make an adjustment to an invoice to which it was entitled, and as a result has overpaid amounts due to Supplier, then upon such overpayment becoming known and agreed to by the Parties, Supplier shall issue a credit to Weatherford within ***, which credit may be applied by and utilized by Weatherford against future invoices owing to Supplier and, to the extent any credit has not been applied or utilized within *** from the date of such overpayment, Supplier shall, upon demand received from Weatherford, immediately refund such remaining credit amount.

 

  (c) Payments *** or more past due shall bear interest at the rate of *** from (and including) the date on which the applicable payment was due to (but excluding) the date on which the applicable payment is paid in full. The accrual of interest as provided in the preceding sentence shall not limit any other remedies of Supplier, which shall include the right to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section 7.3 .

 

3.2 Taxes . Any severance, added value, manufacture, excise, or sales or use taxes that may be applicable to the sales made under this Agreement are for Weatherford’s account, and Weatherford hereby agrees to pay such taxes. Any increase in current or new federal, state or local taxes, including but not limited to severance, added value, manufacture, excise or sales or use taxes, which shall become due by reason of the severance, manufacture, sale or delivery of the Product by Supplier to Weatherford shall be reimbursed to Supplier by Weatherford, and such taxes shall be separately listed on each monthly invoice to Weatherford. All other charges, including but not limited to those relating to state and federal environmental and energy laws and regulations, assessed by any governmental entity relating to the severance, manufacture, sale or delivery of the Product shall be for Weatherford’s account, and Weatherford hereby agrees to pay such other charges. The provisions of this Section shall continue after termination of this Agreement.

 

3.3 Security Interest .

 

  (a) To secure the performance of Supplier’s delivery of 100% of the Minimum Supply of Product for the first Contract Year and 50% of the Minimum Supply of Product for the second Contract Year, Supplier hereby grants to Weatherford a first priority mortgage and security interest in the following inventory, minerals and as-extracted collateral of Supplier: all of Supplier’s right, title and interest in and to 600,000 tons of unmined or unprocessed sand (the “Secured Sand”) located at Grantor’s real property in Monroe County, Wisconsin described in Exhibit B (provided that the foregoing security interest shall apply to only 300,000 tons of such sand following Supplier’s delivery to Weatherford of 100% of the Minimum Supply of Product for the first Contract Year) and all proceeds and products of the foregoing (together with the Secured Sand, the “Collateral”).

 

  (b) Supplier shall pay all reasonable expenses and upon request, take any action reasonably deemed advisable by Weatherford to establish evidence and maintain the priority of, perfect, terminate and/or enforce Weatherford’s security interest in the Collateral. Supplier hereby authorizes Weatherford to file mortgages and Uniform Commercial Code financing statements describing the Collateral as collateral and amendments and correction statements to such financing statements. Supplier hereby covenants and agrees that it shall from and after the date hereof execute and deliver all mortgages, agreements and other documents necessary or desirable to evidence and perfect Weatherford’s security interest in the Collateral.

 

pg. 8


  (c) Upon transfer of the title and risk of loss to Weatherford of 100% of the Minimum Supply of Product for the first Contract Year and 50% of the Minimum Supply of Product for the second Contract Year pursuant to Article 2 , the security interest set forth in Section 3.3(a) shall be automatically terminated and released and Weatherford agrees to file, and authorizes Supplier (after notice to Weatherford) to file, such UCC-3 termination statements and other documents and releases as are deemed reasonably necessary by Supplier to evidence such termination and release.

 

  (d) During the period that the security interest above applies, Supplier hereby covenants and agrees to maintain and reserve on or under its premises in Monroe County, Wisconsin described on Exhibit B at least 600,000 tons (reduced to 300,000 tons following Supplier’s delivery to Weatherford of 100% of the Minimum Supply of Product for the first Contract Year) of unencumbered unmined or unprocessed sand, suitable for processing if unmined, with respect to the Minimum Supply of Product for the first Contract Year and 50% of the Minimum Supply of Product for the second Contract Year.

 

  (e) If execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Mortgage occurs before 4:00 p.m., Central Standard Time, on a Business Day, Weatherford shall file the UCC-1 Financing Statements and Mortgage on the same Business Day that this Agreement and the Mortgage are executed. If execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Mortgage occurs on a day that is not a Business Day or after 4:00 p.m., Central Standard Time, on a Business Day, Weatherford shall file the UCC-1 Financing Statements and Mortgage no later than 9:00 a.m., Central Standard Time, on the first Business Day after this Agreement and the Mortgage are executed. As a courtesy to Weatherford, Supplier’s counsel in Wisconsin will coordinate the filing of the Mortgage and UCC-1 Financing Statements, pay any applicable filing and recordation fees, and return filed copies to Weatherford.

4. Quality of the Products

 

4.1 Quality . In entering into this Agreement, Weatherford relies upon Supplier’s expertise to manufacture the Products and Supplier covenants and warrants to Weatherford that all Products supplied by Supplier pursuant to this Agreement shall:

 

  (a) Comply with the Quality Standards;

 

  (b) Conform in all respects to the Specifications, if any as per this Agreement or a Work Order; and

 

  (c) be free and clear of all liens and other encumbrances at the time title to the Products passes to Weatherford.

 

4.2

Inspection . Supplier shall permit representatives of Weatherford, at any reasonable time and upon reasonable prior notice, to inspect the Products manufactured by Supplier at

 

pg. 9


  Supplier’s Facility prior to the time of delivery of Products to the carrier. Whether or not Weatherford conducts an inspection, Supplier shall provide Weatherford a production sample per Work Order in order to show compliance with Section 4.1 . A “production sample” is defined as one hundred (100) grams of the actual production run and/or lot number of the delivered Product. Such production sample shall be retained by Supplier and provided to Weatherford up to one hundred twenty (120) days from the date of the Work Order. Supplier shall provide multiple-sieve analysis of Product at Supplier’s facility for inspection/confirmation by Weatherford.

 

4.3 Rejection . Weatherford shall be entitled to reject any of the Products that do not comply with Section 4.1 ; provided that any Products not rejected prior to the time of delivery of such Products to the carrier shall be deemed accepted by Weatherford, unless testing of the applicable production sample by an independent third party laboratory conclusively determines that Products previously accepted by Weatherford do not comply with Section 4.1 (in which case Weatherford may reject such previously accepted Products upon such determination by the independent third party laboratory). In the event that Weatherford timely rejects any Products, Supplier shall replace such Products at its sole cost. Supplier shall provide such replacement Products at Supplier’s Facility within a reasonable time under the circumstances. The time for fulfillment of the Minimum Purchase Requirement shall be extended by the amount of time Supplier takes to replace the non-conforming Product with conforming Product.

 

4.4 Warranty and Claims . EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN SECTION 4.1 ABOVE, NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, SHALL BE APPLICABLE TO THE PRODUCTS, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY AS TO THE QUALITY OF THE PRODUCTS, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR SUITABILITY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY THAT ANY OF THE PRODUCTS ARE FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY COURSE OF DEALING OR INDUSTRY PRACTICE INCONSISTENT WITH THIS AGREEMENT. Should Weatherford choose to provide a warranty to its customers beyond the warranty provided by Supplier, then Weatherford shall bear the entire cost of such warranty. Should any Product not comply with the warranties of Supplier expressly made in this Agreement, then Supplier shall, as the sole and exclusive remedy of Weatherford, provide replacement Product to Weatherford at Supplier’s Facility.

 

4.5 Insurance Requirements . Each of Supplier and Weatherford shall maintain and exhibit to the other on demand, (a) certificates of comprehensive general liability insurance and employers liability insurance for such amount as may from time to time be agreed between the Parties but in any event not be less than *** in each case and (b) certificates of excess liability insurance for such amount as may from time to time be agreed between the Parties but in any event not be less than *** per occurrence.

5. Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Rights

 

5.1 Confidential Information . All information concerning this Agreement, including, without limitation, Intellectual Property, the Product, and any data obtained pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed “Confidential Information”. Weatherford and Supplier shall hold all Confidential Information in confidence and shall not disclose such information to any third party or otherwise use the Confidential Information except as stated herein or otherwise agreed between the Parties.

 

pg. 10


5.2 Agreements as to Confidential Information . Each of the Parties, except as agreed otherwise or to the extent necessary in the performance of this Agreement, shall:

 

  (a) instruct its directors, officers and employees not to use, analyze, sell, lease, assign, transfer, license, disclose or make available to any third party the Confidential Information; and

 

  (b) not copy or duplicate by any means, in whole or in part, the Confidential Information except as permitted herein.

 

5.3 Excluded Information . The obligations of the Parties under this Agreement shall not extend to or include Confidential Information exchanged between the Parties that:

 

  (a) Is or becomes publicly available without the fault of the receiving Party;

 

  (b) Is obtained by the receiving Party from a source other than the disclosing Party and where such source was free of any restrictions owed to the disclosing Party on its use or disclosure.

 

  (c) Was in the receiving Party’s possession prior to the receiving Party’s receipt thereof from the disclosing Party, without any restriction owed to the disclosing Party on its use or disclosure;

 

  (d) Is required to be disclosed by operation of law, judicial or administrative procedure, decree or order or by any regulation or law, subject to Section 5.5 hereof; or

 

  (e) Is independently developed by Persons who did not have access to the Confidential Information.

 

5.4 Additional Obligations . Even if a receiving Party is relieved of its obligations by the exceptions recited above, the receiving Party shall not make known or cause to be made known that the Confidential Information was acquired from the disclosing Party, or that there may be any similarity between such Confidential Information and other information made available from any other source.

 

5.5

Non-disclosure of Agreement . Except as otherwise provided under this Agreement or as may be required by law or regulation, neither Party, without the prior written consent of the other Party, will disclose to any other Person either the fact that this Agreement exists, the fact that the Parties have made any information available to each other or the fact that any discussions or negotiations are taking place concerning a possible arrangement or any of the terms, conditions or other facts with respect to any such possible arrangement, including the status thereof; provided that a Party may disclose such information (a) to its advisors and Affiliates who agree or who are under a legal or fiduciary obligation to maintain the confidentiality of such information and (b) to prospective purchasers, investors or lenders (subject to the execution by the prospective purchasers, investors or lenders of written confidentiality agreements with terms at least as stringent as those contained herein );

 

pg. 11


  provided, that in no event shall such information be disclosed to a competitor of such other Party unless such competitor is seeking to purchase, invest or lend funds to Supplier. If a receiving Party receives a request to disclose all or any part of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information under the terms of a valid and effective subpoena, decree or order issued by a court of competent jurisdiction or by a governmental body, the receiving Party hereby agrees to, and agrees to cause its Affiliates to, immediately notify the disclosing Party in writing of the existence, terms and circumstances surrounding the request, so that the disclosing Party may seek an appropriate protective order or waive the receiving Party’s compliance with the provisions of this Agreement (and, if the disclosing Party seeks an order, to provide the cooperation as said owner shall reasonably request); and if disclosure of Confidential Information is required in the written opinion of a receiving Party’s counsel, the receiving Party shall exercise reasonable efforts, with the cooperation of the disclosing Party, to obtain an order or other reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to the disclosed Confidential Information.

 

5.6 Intellectual Property and Technology Rights .

 

  (a) Neither Supplier nor Weatherford shall have the right of use, whether directly or indirectly, the other’s Intellectual Property except as expressly stated in this Agreement. Ownership of Supplier Intellectual Property or Weatherford Intellectual Property, as the case may be, provided under this Agreement shall remain with the Party providing such Intellectual Property.

 

  (b) All Intellectual Property developed on or prior to the date of this Agreement or during the Term which is exchanged with the other Party shall remain the property of the Party that developed such Intellectual Property. Title to Weatherford Intellectual Property shall belong exclusively to Weatherford. Title to Supplier Intellectual Property shall belong exclusively to Supplier. Neither Party shall have the right of use other than for the purposes expressly stated in this Agreement, whether directly or indirectly, any Intellectual Property of the other Party.

 

5.7 Remedies . The Parties hereby agree that the breach of this Article 5 would cause irreparable harm, for which money damages would not be adequate compensation. If any Party breaches or threatens a breach of the provisions of this Article 5 , the other Party shall be entitled to an injunction upon proper proof required by law in any court of competent jurisdiction restraining the breaching Party from violating the provisions without the necessity of posting a bond therefor. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting the other Party from pursuing any other remedies available to it at law or in equity for enforcement of this Article 5 .

 

5.8 Intellectual Property Indemnification .

 

  (a) The following terms apply to any claim of infringement of any United States patent, by a third party arising out of or relating to a Product furnished to Weatherford by Supplier under this Agreement (an “Infringement Claim”). Supplier shall indemnify and hold Weatherford harmless from any Damage resulting by reason of an Infringement Claim relating to a Product furnished by Supplier. Subject to Section 5.8(b) , Supplier shall defend or settle, at its own expense, any action or suit against Weatherford with respect to an Infringement Claim for which it is responsible. Weatherford shall promptly notify Supplier of any Infringement Claim and shall reasonably cooperate with Supplier at Supplier’s expense to facilitate the defense of each claim.

 

pg. 12


  (b) Supplier’s obligations under Section 5.8(a) shall not apply to the extent that an Infringement Claim relates to, arises or results from, or is due to (i) Weatherford’s modification of a Product or use of a Product in combination with any other device and the Infringement Claim would not have arisen in the absence of that modification or combination; (ii) Supplier’s compliance with designs or specifications of Weatherford; or (iii) Weatherford’s continued use of the allegedly infringing Product after being notified by the Supplier to cease such use. In the event of an act or omission by Weatherford described in this Section 5.8(b) , Weatherford shall indemnify and hold Supplier harmless from any Damage resulting from such act or omission.

 

5.9 International Laws . The Parties agree to comply in all respects with the applicable international and national laws that apply to the Products including, without limitation, all applicable export laws and regulations. In the event of a conflict between any applicable laws, the laws of the U.S.A. shall prevail. Neither Party shall be required to perform any act hereunder which violates said U.S. law. The Parties shall provide information concerning the technical specifications of the Products and/or the use of the Products in order for the respective Parties to determine the legality of such Products and such information shall be stated in writing as the Parties may request.

 

5.10 Survival of Article 5 . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the provisions of this Article 5 shall survive any termination of this Agreement. Each Party also agrees that it will be responsible for any breaches by its Affiliates of the terms of this Article 5 .

6. Force Majeure

 

6.1 Force Majeure Events . If either Party is affected by Force Majeure it shall promptly notify the other Party of the nature and extent of the circumstances in question. Neither Party shall be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement, or otherwise be liable to the other, for any delay in performance or the non-performance of any of its obligations under this Agreement, to the extent that the delay or non-performance is due to any Force Majeure, and the time for performance of that obligation shall be extended accordingly; provided, that if the Force Majeure in question prevails for a continuous period in excess of thirty (30) days, the Parties shall enter into discussions with a view to alleviating its effects, or to agreeing upon such alternative arrangements as the Parties mutually agree.

 

6.2 Limitation . Notwithstanding Section 6.1 , neither Party shall be relieved of its obligations to make payments as provided herein (including, but not limited to, the obligations to pay for delivered Products as required hereunder).

 

7. Duration and Termination

 

7.1 Term . This Agreement shall be deemed to become effective on the Effective Date and shall continue in effect through *** (such period being referred to herein as the “Primary Term”), unless earlier terminated as provided herein. This Agreement may be extended beyond the Primary Term by mutual written agreement of the Parties.

 

pg. 13


7.2 Termination by Weatherford . This Agreement may be immediately terminated for breach if Supplier fails to produce and deliver Products that meet the Specifications for a period of more than ***. Upon such breach, Weatherford may terminate this Agreement immediately by giving written notice of termination to Supplier. Subject to fulfilling its obligations to purchase the Minimum Purchase Requirement, ***. In the event Supplier has incurred costs in executing the Work Order up to termination, Weatherford shall reimburse Supplier for such documented costs.

 

7.3 Termination by Supplier . If Supplier is not then in breach of this Agreement giving rise to an event of termination, Supplier shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement should Weatherford fail to pay sums due hereunder. Supplier shall give Weatherford written notice of any such failure to pay and provide a reasonable time to cure which shall not exceed ***. Should Weatherford fail to cure prior to the end of such *** period, then Supplier may terminate this Agreement immediately.

 

7.4 Termination of Work Order . A termination of a Work Order does not terminate this Agreement. A termination of this Agreement does not terminate any existing Work Order until such Work Order is completed, unless such Work Order is expressly terminated also.

 

7.5 Events Upon Termination .

 

  (a) Upon expiration of this Agreement or the termination of the Agreement for reasons other than pursuant to Section 7.2 , Weatherford shall purchase from Supplier all Products which have been ordered from Supplier but not delivered to Weatherford at the date of termination, and Supplier shall promptly manufacture and deliver such Products to Weatherford.

 

  (b) Upon expiration of this Agreement or the termination of this Agreement for any reason, Supplier shall forthwith cease to use, either directly or indirectly, any of the Weatherford Intellectual Property and forthwith return to Weatherford all Weatherford Intellectual Property and Weatherford Confidential Information, and Weatherford shall forthwith cease to use, either directly or indirectly, any of the Supplier Intellectual Property and forthwith return to Supplier all Supplier Intellectual Property and Supplier Confidential Information except to the extent necessary to use the Products theretofore supplied by Supplier hereunder. In such case Supplier hereby grants Weatherford or its designee an irrevocable, royalty free license to use such Supplier Intellectual Property and Supplier Confidential Information to the extent it is incorporated into such Product(s) theretofore supplied by Supplier hereunder.

 

  (c) Upon expiration of this Agreement or the termination of this Agreement for any reason, all obligations of the Parties hereunder shall terminate, except for any obligations that are expressly stated to survive the expiration of the Term or termination of this Agreement and any obligations that remain executory (other than minimum purchase obligations), which obligations, to the extent they remain executory, shall remain in full force and effect until fully performed by the obligated Party as stated in this Agreement. The respective Parties’ obligations under Section 3.1 , Section 4.4 , Article 5 , this Section 7.5 and Articles 8 through 13 shall survive the expiration of the Term or termination of this Agreement. Neither expiration nor termination of this Agreement shall relieve any Party of liability for breaches of this Agreement prior to such expiration or termination.

 

pg. 14


8. Representations; Indemnity; Express Negligence

 

8.1 Supplier’s and Grantor’s Representations . Each of Supplier and Grantor hereby represents and warrants jointly and severally as follows:

 

  (a) Each of Supplier and Grantor is duly formed and existing in good standing in its jurisdiction of formation and has the full power and authority to conduct its business as currently conducted and to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Mortgage and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder;

 

  (b) The execution, delivery and performance by Supplier and Grantor of this Agreement and the Mortgage have been duly authorized by Supplier and Grantor, do not and will not contravene any law, order, agreement or constitutive document binding thereon, and do not require any consent of any third party; and this Agreement and the Mortgage are valid and binding agreements enforceable against Supplier and Grantor in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding at law or in equity);

 

  (c) Except for encumbrances of record in Monroe County, Wisconsin as set forth in that certain title commitment from First American Title Insurance Company, a copy of which has been provided to Weatherford, there are no liens or other encumbrances on the Secured Sand or the land related thereto other than those created hereby and by the Mortgage;

 

  (d) The security interest and mortgage on the Secured Sand and the land related thereto created hereby and by the Mortgage constitue a valid first priority security interest and mortgage for the benefit of Weatherford;

 

  (e) Exhibit B hereto accurately describes the real property where the Secured Sand is located; and

 

  (f) Supplier and Grantor are the owners in fee simple of the Secured Sand and land related thereto.

Subject to the limitations contained in this Agreement (including the limitations in Section 8.7 ), each of Supplier and Grantor hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Weatherford from and against any and all losses or damages suffered by Weatherford (including reasonable attorneys fees and expenses as incurred) arising out of a breach by Supplier or Grantor of the foregoing representations and warranties or representations, warranties or agreements contained in the Mortgage.

 

8.2 Weatherford’s Representations . Weatherford hereby represents and warrants as follows:

 

  (a) Weatherford is duly incorporated and existing in good standing in its jurisdiction of incorporation and has the full corporate power and authority to conduct its business as currently conducted and to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder; and

 

pg. 15


  (b) The execution, delivery and performance by Weatherford of this Agreement have been duly authorized by Weatherford, do not and will not contravene any law, order, agreement or constitutive document binding thereon, and do not require any consent of any third party; and this Agreement is a valid and binding agreement enforceable against Weatherford in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding at law or in equity).

Subject to the limitations contained in this Agreement (including the limitations in Section 8.7 ), Weatherford hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Supplier from and against any and all losses or damages suffered by Supplier (including reasonable attorneys fees and expenses as incurred) arising out of a breach by Weatherford of the foregoing representations and warranties.

 

8.3 Indemnification of Weatherford . SUPPLIER AGREES TO INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD WEATHERFORD AND ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS HARMLESS FROM AND AGAINST AND IN RESPECT OF DAMAGES ACTUALLY SUFFERED, INCURRED OR REALIZED BY SUCH PERSONS ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM OR RELATING TO (I) ANY MATERIAL MISREPRESENTATION IN OR MATERIAL OMISSION FROM ANY OTHER AGREEMENT, CERTIFICATE, EXHIBIT OR WRITING DELIVERED TO WEATHERFORD PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT, (II) ANY DAMAGES, INJURIES OR OTHER CASUALTIES OF WHATSOEVER KIND, OR BY WHOSOEVER CAUSED, TO THE PERSON OR PROPERTY OF SUPPLIER ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM THE EXECUTION AND PERFORMANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT BY SUPPLIER OR ITS AFFILIATES, AND (III) SUBJECT TO SECTION 5.8(B) , ANY CLAIM FOR INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS ARISING FROM THE PRODUCTS.

 

8.4 Indemnification of Supplier . WEATHERFORD AGREES TO INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD SUPPLIER AND ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS HARMLESS FROM AND AGAINST AND IN RESPECT OF DAMAGES ACTUALLY SUFFERED, INCURRED OR REALIZED BY SUCH PERSONS ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM OR RELATING TO (I) ANY MATERIAL MISREPRESENTATION IN OR MATERIAL OMISSION FROM ANY OTHER AGREEMENT, CERTIFICATE, EXHIBIT OR WRITING DELIVERED TO SUPPLIER PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT, (II) ANY DAMAGES, INJURIES OR OTHER CASUALTIES OF WHATSOEVER KIND, OR BY WHOSOEVER CAUSED, TO THE PERSON OR PROPERTY OF WEATHERFORD ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM THE EXECUTION AND PERFORMANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT BY WEATHERFORD AND (III) ANY CLAIMS FOR INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS ARISING FROM WEATHERFORD’S ACTS AS DESCRIBED IN SECTION 5.8(B) .

 

pg. 16


8.5 Express Negligence . THE INDEMNITIES SET FORTH IN THIS ARTICLE ARE INTENDED TO BE ENFORCEABLE AGAINST THE PARTIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EXPRESS TERMS AND SCOPE THEREOF NOTWITHSTANDING TEXAS’ EXPRESS NEGLIGENCE RULE OR ANY SIMILAR DIRECTIVE THAT WOULD PROHIBIT OR OTHERWISE LIMIT INDEMNITIES BECAUSE OF THE SIMPLE NEGLIGENCE (WHETHER SOLE, CONCURRENT, ACTIVE OR PASSIVE) OR OTHER FAULT OR STRICT LIABILITY OF ANY OF THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES.

 

8.6 Indemnification Procedure . In the event either Party learns of any claim, liability, demand or cause of action relating to this Agreement or the performance hereunder, which said Party shall determine, in its sole discretion, that the other Party may be liable therefor, said Party shall promptly notify the other Party. If indemnity is required by any of the terms of this Agreement, the indemnifying Party shall have the right to control all litigation and shall defend the other and pay all settlements, judgments, costs, and expenses (including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees), whether related or unrelated, similar or dissimilar to the foregoing, incident thereto. Each Party, if requested, agrees to cooperate with the other in any defense, and the indemnifying Party shall reimburse the other for all reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith. The indemnified Party shall have the right to have counsel of its own choosing and at its sole expense participate in any such litigation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, neither Party shall effect settlement of or compromise any such claim or proceedings without having obtained the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided that the indemnifying Party may settle or compromise any such claim if the settlement or compromise (a) requires solely the payment of money damages by the indemnifying Party, and (b) includes as an unconditional term thereof the release by the claimant or the plaintiff of the indemnified Party from all liability in respect of such claim. If the indemnified Party does not consent to a settlement which the indemnifying Party is willing to accept, then the indemnifying Party’s liability shall be limited to the amount for which the claim could have been settled provided, such settlement does not require the indemnified Party to forego any property rights other than the amount of payment of the proposed settlement.

 

8.7 Damage Limitation . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary , the Parties agree that, with the exception of breaches of the confidentiality or intellectual property provisions of this Agreement, neither Party shall be liable to the other for the following types of Damages, whether direct or indirect: facility downtime, loss of profit, loss of or inability to use property and equipment or business interruption, loss of a well, loss of a producing formation, loss of production; punitive, indirect, incidental or consequential damages, or, including without limitation, any other consequential damages of whatever nature, howsoever same may be caused; provided that this Section 8.7 shall not limit Damages recoverable for breaches of the provisions of Articles 2 or 3 .

 

8.8

Compliance with Law . Subject to the limitations of this Agreement, it is agreed that in the performance of this Agreement all matters shall be conducted in full compliance with any and all applicable federal, state, provincial and local laws, rules and regulations in the area(s) in which the matters are being conducted. Any performance obligation arising under this Agreement is contingent on the prior receipt of all necessary government authorizations. If either Party is required to pay any fine or penalty or is subject to a claim from the other Party’s failure to comply with applicable laws, rules or regulations, the Party failing to

 

pg. 17


  comply shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the other Party for all damages, fees and/or fines for such failure to comply to the extent of the indemnifying Party’s allocable share of the failure to comply.

 

8.9 Antibribery . Supplier represents and warrants that it and all of its Affiliates and agents shall act in accordance with the principles described in the Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, signed in Paris on December 17, 1997 (“the Convention”), and the Convention’s Commentaries (collectively the “OECD Principles”), and shall comply with all applicable laws implementing the OECD Principles (including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977), as well as any applicable local laws related to anti-corruption, anti-kickbacks, and anti-money laundering. Supplier agrees not to take or fail to take any action that might cause Weatherford to be in violation of any such laws. In addition to the foregoing, Supplier represents and warrants that it and its Affiliates have not and shall not request, induce, make, offer, authorize, promise to make any payment or transfer anything of value, directly or indirectly, (a) to any governmental official or employee (including employees of government-owned or government-controlled corporations, agencies or bodies), (b) any official or employee of a public international organization, (c) to any political party, official of a political party or candidate, or (d) to any third party knowing, believing, or suspecting that such third party will give the payment, or any portion thereof, to any of the foregoing persons in order to obtain or retain business, or for any other improper purpose. Any payments to governmental officials or employees on behalf of Weatherford must be promptly reported to Weatherford.

 

8.10 Code of Conduct/ Gifts, Entertainment and Travel . It is considered to be in conflict with Weatherford’s interest for its employees or any member of their immediate family to accept gifts, payments, extravagant entertainment, services, or loans in any form from anyone soliciting business, or who may already have established business relations with Weatherford. Gifts of nominal value and entertainment, meals, and social invitations that are customary and proper under the circumstances and that do not place the recipient under any obligation are acceptable. Any gifts, payment of individual expenses, including, without limitation, trips, or conveyances to Weatherford employees shall be disclosed in writing to the Weatherford Ethics and Compliance Group.

 

8.11 Information Requests . Supplier shall maintain full and complete accounting records of activity performed and expenditures incurred by Supplier in connection with this Agreement in such a manner and detail as to permit verification of compliance with the provisions of Sections 8.8 through 8.10 . Weatherford shall have the right to audit such Supplier’s records for a period of two (2) Years from the expiration or termination of this Agreement. This provision shall survive expiration or termination of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, neither Party shall be required to take or refrain from taking any action prohibited or penalized under the laws of the United States, including the U.S. antiboycott laws.

 

8.12

Economic Sanctions and Export Controls . Supplier agrees to fully comply with all economic sanctions and export control laws and regulations, including those regulations maintained by the U.S. Commerce Department’s Bureau of Industry and Security and the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control. In addition, Supplier shall

 

pg. 18


  not, directly or indirectly, sell, provide, export, re-export, transfer, divert, loan, lease, consign or otherwise dispose of any Weatherford equipment, product, services, software, source code, technical data or technology to or via any person, entity or destination, or for any activity or end-use restricted by the laws or regulations of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction (including nuclear, missile, chemical or biological weapons proliferation, military, or money laundering activities) without first obtaining all required government authorizations.

9. Nature of Agreement

 

9.1 Assignment . Either Party shall have the right to assign or transfer to any Person any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party, provided that the assigning Party shall remain liable to the other Party under the terms of this Agreement notwithstanding such assignment. This Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns, including any successor upon a sale or change of control of a Party. This Agreement is intended solely for the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

9.2 Relationship . Each of the Parties is an independent contractor with respect to the other and is not an employee of the other Party or any of the other Party’s Affiliates, and nothing in this Agreement is intended to constitute a partnership or a master and servant relationship between the Parties. Each of the Parties understands and agrees that this Agreement does not create an exclusive dealings arrangement and that each of Weatherford and Supplier may enter into similar arrangements with other companies with respect to similar or the same products. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to create any duty to, or standard of care with reference to, or liability of a Party to, any person not a Party to this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute any fiduciary or special relationship or duty between the Parties and each Party may take actions hereunder that are for its own self-interest without any duty or, subject to the express terms of this Agreement, liability to the other Parties.

 

9.3 Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement, including its appendices, exhibits and schedules, constitutes the entire Agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any existing agreements between them whether oral or written. The terms of this Agreement shall only be amended, modified or supplemented as set forth herein or in a writing signed by or on behalf of both or the Parties. In case of a conflict between this Agreement and a purchase order (Work Order) or purchase order confirmation contemplated hereunder, the terms of this Agreement shall govern. Acceptance of a Work Order or purchase order confirmation is insufficient to amend this Agreement unless a separate writing is duly executed by all the Parties specifically amending this Agreement.

 

9.4

Reformation . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic and legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby are not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party. Upon the determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as

 

pg. 19


  closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end that transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the extent possible. In the event any such provision, clause, sentence or part of this Agreement cannot be modified to comply with the law, then said provision, clause, sentence or portion of the Agreement shall be deemed to be deleted from the Agreement and the remaining terms and conditions shall remain in full force and effect.

10. Notices and Service

 

10.1 Addresses . All notices, requests, consents, directions and other instruments and communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered in person, by courier or by overnight delivery service with proof of delivery addressed to the respective Party at the address set forth below, or if sent by facsimile or other similar form of communication (with receipt confirmed) to the respective Party at the facsimile numbers set forth below:

If to Weatherford, to:

Weatherford, Artificial Lift Systems, Inc.

515 Post Oak Boulevard, Suite 600

Houston, Texas 77027

Attention: General Counsel

Fax: 713 693 4481

If to Supplier, to:

Hi-Crush Operating LLC

c/o Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

Three Riverway, Suite 1550

Houston, TX 77056

or to such other address or facsimile number and to the attention of such other Person(s) as either Party may designate by written notice. Any notice mailed by over-night delivery service shall be deemed to have been given and received on the second Business Day following the day of mailing.

11. General

 

11.1 Waiver . No failure or delay by either Party in exercising any of its rights under this Agreement shall be deemed to be waiver of that right, and no waiver by either Party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision.

 

11.2 Costs . The Parties shall bear their own costs of, and incidental to, the preparation, execution and implementation of this Agreement.

 

11.3

Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original and all of which shall constitute the same instrument. The exchange of copies of this Agreement and of signature pages by facsimile transmission (whether directly from one facsimile device to another by means of a dial-up connection or whether otherwise transmitted via electronic transmission), by

 

pg. 20


  electronic mail in “portable document format” (“.pdf”) form, or by any other electronic means intended to preserve the original graphic and pictorial appearance of a document, or by a combination of such means, shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Agreement as to the Parties and may be used in lieu of an original Agreement for all purposes. Signatures of the Parties transmitted by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to be original signatures for all purposes. Minor variations in the form of signature pages of this Agreement, including footers from earlier versions of this Agreement, shall be disregarded in determining a Party’s intent or the effectiveness of such signature.

12. Governing Law and Venue

 

12.1 Governing Law; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Texas, without giving effect to that state’s conflicts of laws principles or choice of law rules. The Parties agree that Houston, Harris County, Texas, shall be the exclusive forum and venue for resolving any disputed matter.

BOTH PARTIES AGREE THAT, TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY THE GOVERNING LAW, EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL WITH RESPECT TO ANY LITIGATION INVOLVING THIS AGREEMENT .

It is the intent of the Parties to exclude the application of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods (1980). Nothing herein shall prohibit a Party from availing itself of a court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of injunctive relief. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Parties may have available to them laws or remedies available under applicable local legislation; it is the intent of the Parties to have the terms of this Agreement apply in every instance, including, without limitation, the choice of law provisions.

13. Special Provisions

 

13.1 Miscellaneous . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement between Weatherford and Supplier with respect to its subject matter. All prior negotiations and dealings regarding the subject matter hereof are superseded by and merged into this Agreement. No modification of this Agreement shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by both Parties.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

pg. 21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement.

 

WEATHERFORD:

WEATHERFORD ARTIFICIAL LIFT

SYSTEMS, INC.

By:   /s/ Authorized Person
Name:   Authorized Person
Title:   Authorized Officer
Date:   11 Jan 11            

 

SUPPLIER: HI-CRUSH OPERATING LLC
By:   /s/ James M. Whipkey
Name:   James M. Whipkey
Title:   CEO; President
Date:   11 Jan 2011            

 

GRANTOR: HI-CRUSH CHAMBERS LLC
By:   /s/ James M. Whipkey
Name:   James M. Whipkey
Title:   CEO; President
Date:   11 Jan 2011            

Signature Page to Supply Agreement


EXHIBIT A

Product Specifications

See attachment


As of the Effective Date of this Agreement the standards of ISO 13503-2 and API RP 19C are identical and as indicated below.

 

       ISO 13503-2  

Turbidity (NTU)

     £ 250   

Krumbein Shape Factors

  

Roundness

     ³ 0.6   

Sphericity

     ³ 0.6   

Clusters (%)

     £ 1.0   

Sieve Analysis

  

<0.1% of sample larger than first specified sieve size

  

% In Size -20+40

     ³ 90   

% In Size -30+50

     ³ 90   

% In Size -40+70

     ³ 90   

<1.0% in pan

  

Solubility in 12/3 HVL/HF for 0.5 HR @ 150°F (% Weight Loss)

     £ 3.0   


EXHIBIT B

Description of Grantor’s Property

Southwest Quarter (SW  1 / 4 ) of the Southwest Quarter (SW  1 / 4 ) of Section Eight (8), Township 18 North, Range 1 East, Town of Byron, Monroe County, Wisconsin.


ANNEX 1

Mortgage


WISCONSIN MORTGAGE

  
  

 

Return to and Prepared by:

 

Mason H. Drake, Esq.

c/o Greenberg Traurig, LLP

77 W. Wacker, Suite 2400

Chicago, IL 60601

  

 

See attached Exhibit A (* List Parcel # if only one)

  

 

Parcel Number


RECORDING REQUESTED BY AND

WHEN RECORDED, MAIL TO:

Mason H. Drake, Esq.

c/o Greenberg Traurig, LLP

77 W. Wacker, Suite 2400

Chicago, IL 60601

PREPARED BY

Mason H. Drake, Esq.

c/o Greenberg Traurig, LLP

77 W. Wacker, Suite 2400

Chicago, IL 60601

WISCONSIN MORTGAGE

(SPACE ABOVE THIS LINE FOR RECORDER’S USE ONLY)

DEFINITIONS

(A) “Agreement” means that certain Supply Agreement between Lender and Borrower, dated of even date herewith, pursuant to which Lender has advanced certain funds to Borrower.

(B) “Applicable Law” means all controlling applicable federal, state and local statutes, regulations, ordinances and administrative rules and orders (that have the effect of law) as well as all applicable final, non-appealable judicial opinions; provided , however , that the laws of the State of Wisconsin shall be applicable to the creation, perfection and enforcement of the lien created by this Security Instrument and the exercise of remedies mandatorily governed by the laws of the State of Wisconsin shall control notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein.

(C) “Borrower” is Hi-Crush Operating LLC.

(D) “Electronic Funds Transfer” means any transfer of funds, other than a transaction originated by check, draft, or similar paper instrument, which is initiated through an electronic terminal, telephonic instrument, computer, or magnetic tape so as to order, instruct, or authorize a financial institution to debit or credit an account. Such term includes, but is not limited to, point-of-sale transfers, automated teller machine transactions, transfers initiated by telephone, wire transfers, and automated clearinghouse transfers.

(E) “Grantor” is Hi-Crush Chambers LLC, a subsidiary of Borrower.

(F) “Lender” is Weatherford Artificial Lift Systems, Inc. Lender’s address is 515 Post Oak Boulevard, Suite 600, Houston, Texas 77027. Lender is the mortgagee under this Security Instrument.


(G) “Loan” means (i) $16,500,000, representing Lender’s pre-payment for 100% of the Minimum Purchase Requirement during the first Contract Year, (ii) $8,250,000 representing Lender’s pre-payment with respect to the Minimum Purchase Requirement during the Second Contract Year, and (iii) any and all sums due under this Security Instrument, plus interest.

(H) “Miscellaneous Proceeds” means any compensation, settlement, award of damages, or proceeds paid by any third party for: (i) damage to, or destruction of, the Property; (ii) condemnation or other taking of all or any part of the Property; (iii) conveyance in lieu of condemnation; or (iv) misrepresentations of, or omissions as to, the value and/or condition of the Property.

(I) “Property” means the property that is described below under the heading “Transfer of Rights In the Property.”

(J) “Security Instrument” means this mortgage, together with all Exhibits attached hereto.

(K) “Successor In Interest of Grantor” means any party that has taken title to the Property, whether or not that party has assumed Grantor’s obligations under this Security Instrument.

(L) “Secured Obligation” means Borrower’s delivery of 100% of the Minimum Supply of Product for the first Contract Year and 50% of the Minimum Supply of Product for the second Contract Year, being valued at approximately 600,000 tons of unmined or unprocessed sand located at the Land (as hereinafter defined); provided, however, that the value of the foregoing obligation shall be reduced to 300,000 tons of such sand following Borrower’s delivery to Lender of 100% of the Minimum Supply of Product for the first Contract Year.

Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Security Instrument shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement.

TRANSFER OF RIGHTS IN THE PROPERTY

This Security Instrument secures to Lender: (a) the Secured Obligation; and (b) the performance of Borrower’s and Grantor’s covenants and agreements under the Agreement and this Security Instrument, respectively. For this purpose, Grantor does hereby mortgage, grant and convey to Lender, the following described property: Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the unmined or unprocessed sand representing tonnage equivalent to the then outstanding amount of unmined or unprocessed sand owing by Borrower as the Secured Obligation (collectively, the “ Secured Sand ”) located at that certain real property situated in MONROE COUNTY, WISCONSIN and more particularly described on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ Land ”);

TOGETHER WITH all proceeds and products of the Secured Sand (collectively, the “ Proceeds ”). All replacements of and additions to such Proceeds shall also be covered by this Security Instrument. The Secured Sand and the Proceeds are sometimes hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Property ”. As a point of clarity, this Security Instrument is not conveying to Lender, and the Property does not include, any of Grantor’s interests in the Land or any other real property rights other than the Secured Sand thereon or thereunder.

 

2


GRANTOR COVENANTS that Grantor is lawfully seized of the Property hereby conveyed and has the right to mortgage, grant and convey the Property and that the Property is unencumbered, except for encumbrances of record and encumbrances depicted on that certain survey of the Land by Vierbicher Surveyors, dated December 10, 2010 (collectively, the “Permitted Encumbrances” ). Grantor warrants and will defend generally the title to the Property against all claims and demands, subject to Permitted Encumbrances.

THIS SECURITY INSTRUMENT combines uniform covenants for national use and non-uniform covenants with limited variations by jurisdiction to constitute a uniform security instrument covering real property.

UNIFORM COVENANTS. Grantor and Lender covenant and agree as follows:

1. Charges; Liens . Grantor shall pay all taxes, assessments, charges, fines, and impositions attributable to the Property which can attain priority over this Security Instrument, leasehold payments, assessments or ground rents on the Property, if any. If Lender determines that any part of the Property is subject to a lien that can attain priority over this Security Instrument, Lender shall give Grantor a notice identifying the lien. Within 10 days of the date on which such notice is given, Grantor shall satisfy and discharge such lien, including without limitation by taking one or more of the actions set forth above in this Section 1.

2. Protection of Lender’s Interest in the Property and Rights Under this Security Instrument . If (a) Grantor fails to perform any of the covenants and agreements contained in this Security Instrument, (b) there is a legal proceeding that might significantly affect Lender’s interest in the Property and/or rights under this Security Instrument (such as a proceeding in bankruptcy, probate, for condemnation or forfeiture, for enforcement of a lien which may attain priority over this Security Instrument or to enforce laws or regulations), or (c) Grantor has abandoned the Property, then Lender may do and pay for whatever is reasonable or appropriate to protect Lender’s interest in the Property and rights under this Security Instrument, including protecting and/or assessing the value of the Property, and securing the Property. Lender’s actions can include, but are not limited to: (a) paying any sums secured by a lien which has priority over this Security Instrument; (b) appearing in court; and (c) paying Reasonable Attorneys’ Fees to protect its interest in the Property and/or rights under this Security Instrument, including its secured position in a bankruptcy proceeding. Any amounts disbursed by Lender under this Section 2 shall become additional debt of Borrower secured by this Security Instrument. These amounts shall bear interest at the Agreement rate from the date of disbursement and shall be payable, with such interest, upon notice from Lender to Borrower requesting payment.

3. Assignment of Miscellaneous Proceeds; Forfeiture . All Miscellaneous Proceeds are hereby assigned to and shall be paid to Lender. Unless an agreement is made in writing or Applicable Law requires interest to be paid on such Miscellaneous Proceeds, Lender shall not be required to pay Grantor any interest or earnings on such Miscellaneous Proceeds. In the event of a total or partial taking, destruction, or loss in value of the Property, the Miscellaneous Proceeds shall be applied to the sums secured by this Security Instrument, whether or not then due, with the excess, if any, paid to Grantor.

 

3


If the Property is abandoned by Grantor, or if, after notice by Lender to Grantor that the Opposing Party (as defined in the next sentence) offers to make an award to settle a claim for damages, Grantor fails to respond to Lender within 30 days after the date the notice is given, Lender is authorized to collect and apply the Miscellaneous Proceeds either to restoration or repair of the Property or to the sums secured by this Security Instrument, whether or not then due. “ Opposing Party ” means the third party that owes Grantor Miscellaneous Proceeds or the party against whom Grantor has a right of action in regard to Miscellaneous Proceeds.

Grantor shall be in default if any action or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, is begun that, in Lender’s judgment, could result in forfeiture of the Property or other material impairment of Lender’s interest in the Property or rights under this Security Instrument. Grantor can cure such a default by causing the action or proceeding to be dismissed with a ruling that, in Lender’s judgment, precludes forfeiture of the Property or other material impairment of Lender’s interest in the Property or rights under this Security Instrument. The proceeds of any award or claim for damages that are attributable to the impairment of Lender’s interest in the Property are hereby assigned and shall be paid to Lender.

4. Forbearance By Lender Not a Waiver . Any forbearance by Lender in exercising any right or remedy including, without limitation, Lender’s acceptance of payments from third persons, entities or Successors in Interest of Grantor or in amounts less than the amount then due, shall not be a waiver of or preclude the exercise of any right or remedy.

5. Loan Charges . Grantor shall pay all filing fees and mortgage recording fees and charges in connection herewith. Lender may charge Grantor fees for services performed in connection with Grantor’s default, for the purpose of protecting Lender’s interest in the Property and rights under this Security Instrument, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees, property inspection and valuation fees. In regard to any other fees, the absence of express authority in this Security Instrument to charge a specific fee to Grantor shall not be construed as a prohibition on the charging of such fee. Lender may not charge fees that are expressly prohibited by this Security Instrument or by Applicable Law. If the Loan is subject to a law which sets maximum loan charges, and that law is finally interpreted so that the interest or other loan charges collected or to be collected in connection with the Loan exceed the permitted limits, then: (a) any such loan charge shall be reduced by the amount necessary to reduce the charge to the permitted limit; and (b) any sums already collected from Grantor which exceeded permitted limits will be refunded to Grantor. Lender may choose to make this refund by reducing the principal owed under the Agreement or by making a direct payment to Grantor.

6. Notices . All notices given by Grantor or Lender in connection with this Security Instrument must be in writing. Any notice to Grantor in connection with this Security Instrument shall be deemed to have been given to Grantor when mailed by first class mail or when actually delivered to Grantor’s notice address if sent by other means. Notice to any one Grantor shall constitute notice to all Grantors unless Applicable Law expressly requires otherwise. The notice address shall be the Property Address unless Grantor has designated a substitute notice address by notice to Lender. Grantor shall promptly notify Lender of Grantor’s change of address. There may be only one designated notice address under this Security Instrument at any one time. Any notice in connection with this Security instrument shall not be deemed to have been given to Lender until actually received by Lender. If any notice required by this Security Instrument is also required under Applicable Law, the Applicable Law requirement will satisfy the corresponding requirement under this Security Instrument.

 

4


7. Governing Law; Severability; Rules of Construction . This Security Instrument shall be governed by federal law and the law of the jurisdiction in which the Property is located. All rights and obligations contained in this Security Instrument are subject to any requirements and limitations of Applicable Law. Applicable Law might explicitly or implicitly allow the parties to agree by contract or it might be silent, but such silence shall not be construed as a prohibition against agreement by contract. In the event that any provision or clause of this Security Instrument or the Agreement conflicts with Applicable Law, such conflict shall not affect other provisions of this Security Instrument or the Agreement which can be given effect without the conflicting provision. As used in this Security Instrument: (a) words of the masculine gender shall mean and include corresponding neuter words or words of the feminine gender; (b) words in the singular shall mean and include the plural and vice versa; and (c) the word “may” gives sole discretion without any obligation to take any action.

8. Grantor’s Right to Reinstate After Default . If Grantor meets certain conditions described below, Grantor shall have the right to have enforcement of this Security Instrument discontinued at any time prior to the earliest of: (a) such period as Applicable Law might specify for the termination of Grantor’s right to reinstate; or (b) entry of a judgment enforcing this Security Instrument. Those conditions are that Grantor: (a) cures all defaults hereunder and of any other covenants or agreements; (b) pays all expenses incurred in enforcing this Security Instrument, including, but not limited to, Reasonable Attorneys’ Fees as defined herein, property inspection and valuation fees, and other fees incurred for the purpose of protecting Lender’s Interest in the Property and rights under this Security Instrument; and (c) takes such action as Lender may reasonably require to assure that Lender’s Interest in the Property and rights under this Security Instrument, and Grantor’s obligation to pay the sums secured by this Security Instrument, shall continue unchanged. Lender may require that Grantor pay such reinstatement sums and expenses in one or more of the following forms, as selected by Lender: (a) cash; (b) money order; (c) certified check, bank check, treasurer’s check or cashier’s check, provided any such check is drawn upon an institution whose deposits are insured by a federal agency, instrumentality or entity; or (d) Electronic Funds Transfer. Upon reinstatement by Grantor, this Security Instrument and obligations secured hereby shall remain fully effective as if no default had occurred.

9. Hazardous Substances . As used in this Section 9, (a) “ Hazardous Substances ” are those substances defined as toxic or hazardous substances, pollutants, or wastes by Environmental Law and the following substances: gasoline, kerosene, other flammable or toxic petroleum products, toxic pesticides and herbicides, volatile solvents, materials containing asbestos or formaldehyde, and radioactive materials; (b) “ Environmental Law ” means federal laws and laws of the jurisdiction where the Property is located that relate to health, safety or environmental protection; (c) “ Environmental Cleanup ” includes any response action, remedial action, or removal action, as defined in Environmental Law and (d) an “ Environmental Condition ” means a condition that can cause, contribute to, or otherwise trigger an Environmental Cleanup. Grantor shall not cause or permit the presence, use, disposal, storage, or release of any Hazardous Substances, or threaten to release any Hazardous Substances, on or in the Property. Grantor shall not do, nor allow anyone else to do, anything

 

5


affecting the Property (a) that is in violation of any Environmental Law, (b) which creates an Environmental Condition, or (c) which, due to the presence, use, or release of a Hazardous Substance, creates a condition that adversely affects the value of the Property. The preceding two sentences shall not apply to the presence, use, or storage on the Property of small quantities of Hazardous Substances that are generally recognized to be appropriate uses in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business and to maintenance of the Property (including, but not limited to, hazardous substances in consumer products).

Grantor shall promptly give Lender written notice of (a) any investigation, claim, demand, lawsuit or other action by any governmental or regulatory agency or private party involving the Property and any Hazardous Substance or Environmental Law of which Grantor has actual knowledge, (b) any Environmental Condition, including but not limited to, any spilling, leaking, discharge, release or threat of release of any Hazardous Substance, and (c) any condition caused by the presence, use or release of a Hazardous Substance which adversely affects the value of the Property. If Grantor learns, or is notified by any governmental or regulatory authority, or any private party, that any removal or other remediation of any Hazardous Substance affecting the Property is necessary, Grantor shall promptly take all required remedial actions in accordance with Environmental Law. Nothing herein shall create any obligation on Lender for an Environmental Cleanup.

NON-UNIFORM COVENANTS . Grantor and Lender further covenant and agree as follows:

10. Remedies . Lender shall give notice to Grantor upon Grantor’s breach of any covenant or agreement in this Security Instrument. The notice shall specify: (a) the default; (b) the action required to cure the default; and (c) a date, not less than 30 days from the date the notice is given to Grantor, by which the default must be cured. The notice shall further inform Grantor of the right to reinstate after default and the right to bring the non-existence of a default or any other defense of Grantor. As to any default by Borrower other than its failure to deliver the Minimum Supply of Product to Lender under the Secured Obligation, Lender shall be entitled to the remedies provided for in the other paragraphs of this Mortgage. As to a default by Borrower in its obligation to deliver the Minimum Supply of Product to Lender under the Secured Obligation, if such default is not cured on or before the date specified in the notice, Lender is hereby granted an easement and license to enter on and occupy that portion of the Land as is reasonably required, for a period of time not to exceed twelve (12) months from the date of such default, for the sole purpose of removing the Secured Sand from the Land, in accordance with all laws and regulations and by use of a commercially reasonable method. In such event, Lender shall also be entitled to entry of a money judgment against Borrower for collect its reasonable expenses in removing the Secured Sand from the Land and its all expenses incurred in pursuing the remedies provided in this Section 10, including, but not limited to, Reasonable Attorneys’ Fees and costs of title evidence incurred therewith, if any. The remedy described in this paragraph shall be Lender’s sole and exclusive remedy under this Security Instrument for Borrower’s default is its failure to deliver the Minimum Supply of Product to Lender under the Secured Obligation. In no event may Lender foreclose this Mortgage as provided in Chapter 846, Wis. Stats..

11. Release . Upon satisfaction of the Secured Obligation, Lender shall release this Security Instrument. Grantor shall pay any recordation costs. Lender may charge Grantor a fee for releasing this Security Instrument, but only if the fee is paid to a third party for services rendered and the charging of the fee is permitted under Applicable Law.

 

6


12. Attorneys’ Fees . If this Security Instrument is subject to Chapter 428 of the Wisconsin Statutes, “Reasonable Attorneys’ Fees ” shall mean only those attorneys’ fees allowed by that Chapter.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantor has executed this Security Instrument as of the date set forth below.

Hi-Crush Chambers LLC

 

By:          
Name:         DATE
Title:        

STATE OF WISCONSIN, Monroe County ss:

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this                                                                              

by                                                                                                                                                                    .

 

     
    Notary Public, State of                                                              
My Commission Expires:    
(Seal)    

This instrument was prepared by

Mason H. Drake, Esq.

c/o Greenberg Traurig, LLP

77 W. Wacker, Suite 2400

Chicago, IL 60601

 

 

 


EXHIBIT A

DESCRIPTION OF THE LAND

Southwest Quarter (SW   1 / 4 ) of the Southwest Quarter (SW   1 / 4 ) of Section Eight (8), Township 18 North, Range 1 East, Town of Byron, Monroe County, Wisconsin.


ANNEX 2

UCC-1 Financing Statements


 

LOGO

UCC FINANCING STATEMENT

FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS (front and back) CAREFULLY

 

A. NAME & PHONE OF CONTACT AT FILER [optional]

Christopher E. Rechlicz (414) 298-8368

     
B. SEND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO: (Name and Address)              
                 
Christopher E. Rechlicz              
Reinhart Boerner Van Deuren s.c.              
1000 North Water Street, Suite 1700                
Milwaukee, WI 53202                   THE ABOVE SPACE IS FOR FILING OFFICE USE ONLY

1. DEBTOR’S EXACT FULL LEGAL NAME – insert only one debtor name (1a or 1b) – do not abbreviate or combine names

 

OR  

  

1a.ORGANIZATION’S NAME

   Hi-Crush Operating LLC
  

1b. INDIVIDUAL’S LAST NAME

 

     

FIRST NAME

 

   MIDDLE NAME

 

   SUFFIX

 

1c. MAILING ADDRESS                              
Three Riverway, Suite 1550          CITY    STATE    POSTAL CODE    COUNTRY
         Houston    TX    77056    USA

1d.TAX ID#: SSN OR EIN*

   ADD’L INFO RE
ORGANIZATION
DEBTOR
   1e.TYPE OF ORGANIZATION
Limited liability company
  

1f.JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION

   1g. ORGANIZATIONAL ID#, if any
               Delaware    4893957    ¨      NONE

2. ADDITIONAL DEBTOR’S EXACT FULL LEGAL NAME – insert only one debtor name (2a or 2b) – do not abbreviate or combine names

 

OR  

  

2a.ORGANIZATION’S NAME

   Hi-Crush Chambers LLC
  

2b. INDIVIDUAL’S LAST NAME

 

     

FIRST NAME

 

   MIDDLE NAME

 

   SUFFIX

 

2c. MAILING ADDRESS                              
Three Riverway, Suite 1550          CITY    STATE    POSTAL CODE    COUNTRY
         Houston    TX    77056    USA

2d.TAX ID#: SSN OR EIN*

   ADD’L INFO RE
ORGANIZATION
DEBTOR
   2e.TYPE OF ORGANIZATION
Limited liability company
  

2f.JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION

   2g. ORGANIZATIONAL ID#, if any
               Delaware    4893956    ¨      NONE

3. SECURED PARTY'S NAME (or NAME of TOTAL ASSIGNEE of ASSIGNOR S/P) – insert only one secured party name (3a or 3b)

 

OR  

  

3a.ORGANIZATION’S NAME

    
  

3b. INDIVIDUAL’S LAST NAME

 

     

FIRST NAME

 

   MIDDLE NAME

 

   SUFFIX

 

3c. MAILING ADDRESS

 

            

CITY

 

   STATE

 

   POSTAL CODE

 

   COUNTRY

 

4. This FINANCING STATEMENT covers the following collateral:

All of Debtor’s right, title and interest in and to the following inventory, minerals, and as-extracted collateral: 600,000 tons of unmined or unprocessed sand, specifically the Secured Sand (as defined in that certain Supply Agreement dated as of January      , 2011 by and between Debtor and Secured Party (the “ Supply Agreement ”)) and all proceeds and products of the foregoing (provided that the foregoing security interest shall apply to only 300,000 tons of such sand following Debtor’s delivery to Secured Party of 100% of the Minimum Supply of Product for the first Contract Year, as each such term is defined in the Supply Agreement).

 

5. ALTERNATIVE DESIGNATION [if applicable]:   ¨     LESSEE/LESSOR   ¨     CONSIGNEE/CONSIGNOR   ¨     BAILEE/BAILOR   x     SELLER/BUYER   ¨     AG. LIEN   ¨     NON-UCC FILING

6.  ¨      This FINANCING STATEMENT is to be filed [for record](or recorded) in the REAL

 

  7. Check to REQUEST SEARCH REPORT(S) on Debtor(s)
            ESTATE RECORDS.         Attach addendum         [if applicable]   [ADDITIONAL FEE]         [optional]         ¨   All Debtors          ¨   Debtor 1          ¨   Debtor 2

 

8. OPTIONAL FILER REFERENCE DATA

00590/CER 072127/0001                     file with the Delaware Secretary of State

 

 

NATIONAL UCC FINANCING STATEMENT (FORM UCC1) (REV. 07/29/98)

 

* An individual’s social security number is not required to be placed on the form in Wisconsin. (See instructions.)

   Distributedby FIPCO ®  

 

REINHART\5517209  
CHI 60,587,681v3 1-9-11
CHI 60,651,640v2 1-10-11
 


LOGO

UCC FINANCING STATEMENT

FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS (front and back) CAREFULLY

 

A. NAME & PHONE OF CONTACT AT FILER [optional]

Christopher E. Rechlicz (414) 298-8368

     
B. SEND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO: (Name and Address)              

Christopher E. Rechlicz

               
Reinhart Boerner Van Deuren s.c.              
1000 North Water Street, Suite 1700                
Milwaukee, WI 53202                   THE ABOVE SPACE IS FOR FILING OFFICE USE ONLY

1. DEBTOR’S EXACT FULL LEGAL NAME – insert only one debtor name (1a or 1b) – do not abbreviate or combine names

 

OR  

  

1a.ORGANIZATION’S NAME

  

Hi-Crush Operating LLC

  

1b. INDIVIDUAL’S LAST NAME

 

     

FIRST NAME

 

   MIDDLE NAME

 

   SUFFIX

 

1c. MAILING ADDRESS                              

Three Riverway, Suite 1550

         CITY    STATE    POSTAL CODE    COUNTRY
         Houston    TX    77056    USA

1d. TAX ID#: SSN OR EIN*

   ADD’L INFO RE
ORGANIZATION
DEBTOR
   1e.TYPE OF ORGANIZATION
Limited liability company
  

1f.JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION

   1g. ORGANIZATIONAL ID#, if any
               Delaware    4893957    ¨      NONE

2. ADDITIONAL DEBTOR’S EXACT FULL LEGAL NAME – insert only one debtor name (2a or 2b) – do not abbreviate or combine names

 

OR  

  

2a. ORGANIZATION’S NAME

  

Hi-Crush Chambers LLC

  

2b. INDIVIDUAL’S LAST NAME

 

     

FIRST NAME

 

   MIDDLE NAME

 

   SUFFIX

 

             
2c. MAILING ADDRESS                      
Three Riverway, Suite 1550          CITY    STATE    POSTAL CODE    COUNTRY
         Houston    TX    77056    USA

2d. TAX ID#: SSN OR EIN*

   ADD’L INFO RE
ORGANIZATION
DEBTOR
   2e.TYPE OF ORGANIZATION
Limited liability company
  

2f.JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION

   2g. ORGANIZATIONAL ID#, if any
               Delaware    4893956    ¨      NONE

3. SECURED PARTY’S NAME (or NAME of TOTAL ASSIGNEE of ASSIGNOR S/P) – insert only one secured party name (3a or 3b)

 

OR  

  

3a. ORGANIZATION’S NAME

    
  

3b. INDIVIDUAL’S LAST NAME

 

     

FIRST NAME

 

   MIDDLE NAME

 

   SUFFIX

 

3c. MAILING ADDRESS

 

            

CITY

 

   STATE

 

   POSTAL CODE

 

   COUNTRY

 

4. This FINANCING STATEMENT covers the following collateral:

All of Debtor’s right, title and interest in and to the following inventory, minerals and as-extracted collateral: 600,000 tons of unmined or unprocessed sand, specifically the Secured Sand (as defined in that certain Supply Agreement dated as of January              , 2011 by and between Debtor and Secured Party (the “ Supply Agreement ”)) and all proceeds and products of the foregoing (provided that the foregoing security interest shall apply to only 300,000 tons of such sand following Debtor’s delivery to Secured Party of 100% of the Minimum Supply of Product for the first Contract Year, as each such term is defined in the Supply Agreement).

 

5. ALTERNATIVE DESIGNATION [if applicable]:   ¨     LESSEE/LESSOR   ¨     CONSIGNEE/CONSIGNOR   ¨     BAILEE/BAILOR   x     SELLER/BUYER   ¨     AG. LIEN   ¨     NON-UCC FILING

6.  x  This FINANCING STATEMENT is to be filed [for record](or recorded) in the REAL

 

  7. Check to REQUEST SEARCH REPORT(S) on Debtor(s)
            ESTATE RECORDS.         Attach addendum         [if applicable]   [ADDITIONAL FEE]         [optional]         ¨   All Debtors          ¨   Debtor 1          ¨   Debtor 2

 

8. OPTIONAL FILER REFERENCE DATA

00590/CER 072127/0001                     file with the Recorder’s Office of Monroe County, Wisconsin

 

 

NATIONAL UCC FINANCING STATEMENT (FORM UCC1) (REV. 07/29/98)

 

* An individual’s social security number is not required to be placed on the form in Wisconsin. (See instructions.)

   Distributed by FIPCO ®

 

REINHART\5517212  
CHI 60,587,677v3 1-9-11
CHI 60,651,630v2 1-10-11
 


UCC FINANCING STATEMENT ADDENDUM

FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS (front and back) CAREFULLY

 

9. NAME OF FIRST DEBTOR (1a or 1b) ON RELATED FINANCING STATEMENT

Hi-Crush Operating LLC

       

OR

 

9a. ORGANIZATION’S NAME

Hi-Crush Operating LLC

                 
  9b. INDIVIDUAL’S LAST NAME    FIRST NAME    MIDDLE NAME, SUFFIX        
10. MISCELLANEOUS                  
               
                        THE ABOVE SPACE IS FOR FILING OFFICE USE ONLY

 

11. ADDITIONAL DEBTOR’S EXACT FULL LEGAL NAME—insert only one name (11a or 11b)—do not abbreviate or combine names

 

OR

  

11a.ORGANIZATION'S NAME

  

Hi-Crush Chambers LLC

  

11b. INDIVIDUAL’S LAST NAME

 

     

FIRST NAME

 

   MIDDLE NAME

 

   SUFFIX

 

11c. MAILING ADDRESS         CITY    STATE    POSTAL CODE    COUNTRY
Three Riverway, Suite 1550       Houston    TX    77056    USA

11d.TAX ID#: SSN OR EIN

   ADD’L INFO RE
ORGANIZATION
DEBTOR
   11e.TYPE OF ORGANIZATION
Limited liability company
  

11f.JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION

   11g. ORGANIZATIONAL ID#, if any
               Delaware    4893956    ¨      NONE

12.     ¨ ADDITIONAL SECURED PARTY’S or     ¨ ASSIGNOR S/P’S NAME—insert only one name (12a or 12b)

 

OR

  

12a.ORGANIZATION’S NAME

    
  

12b. INDIVIDUAL’S LAST NAME

 

     

FIRST NAME

 

   MIDDLE NAME

 

   SUFFIX

 

12c. MAILING ADDRESS

 

            

CITY

 

   STATE

 

   POSTAL CODE

 

   COUNTRY

 

13. This FINANCING STATEMENT covers     ¨   timber to be cut or     x   as-extracted collateral, or is filed as a     ¨   fixture filing.   16. Additional collateral description:
14. Description of real estate:  
Southwest Quarter (SW  1 / 4 ) of the Southwest Quarter (SW  1 / 4 ) of Section Eight (8), Township 18 North, Range 1 East, Town of Byron, Monroe County, Wisconsin.  
   
   
   
   

15.   Name and address of a RECORD OWNER of above-described real estate (if Debtor does not have a record interest):

 

17. Check only if applicable and check only one box.

Debtor is a     ¨   Trust or     ¨   Trustee acting with respect to property held in trust or      ¨  Decedent’s Estate

Hi-Crush Chambers LLC, Three Riverway, Suite 1550, Houston, TX 77056  

18. Check only if applicable and check only one box

 

¨       Debtor is a TRANSMITTING UTILITY

¨       Filed in connection with a Manufactured-Home Transaction — effective 30 years

¨       Filed in connection with a Public-Finance Transaction — effective 30 years

    FILING OFFICE COPY — NATIONAL UCC FINANCING STATEMENT ADDENDUM (FORM UCC1Ad)(REV.07/29/98)      Distributed by FIPCO ®            

 

REINHART\5517212  
CHI 60,587,677v3 1-9-11
CHI 60,651,630v2 1-10-11
 

Exhibit 10.6

SPECIFIC TERMS IN THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT OF THOSE TERMS HAS BEEN REQUESTED. THE REDACTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN SEPARATELY SUBMITTED TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, AND THE TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH THREE ASTERISKS (***).

SUPPLY AGREEMENT

This SUPPLY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is effective as of May 24, 2011, between Halliburton Energy Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business at 10200 Bellaire Boulevard Houston, Texas, and its affiliates (“Halliburton”), and Hi-Crush Operating LLC, a Delaware limited liability company with its principal place of business at Three Riverway, Suite 1550, Houston, TX 77056 (“Supplier”).

RECITALS :

1. Halliburton and its Affiliates carry on the business of the design, manufacture and supply of goods and services in the Oilfield Business as defined below;

2. Supplier is able to supply certain goods for Halliburton;

3. Halliburton requires high quality sand for use as a proppant in providing certain of its hydraulic fracturing and oilfield services;

4. Supplier desires to sell such sand and is able to provide the proppant to Halliburton;

5. Halliburton desires to purchase Northern White grade *** frac sand from Supplier under the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

6. Supplier is willing to undertake the supply of the products for Halliburton and its Affiliates under the terms of this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the premises and the respective covenants and agreements contained herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions

 

1.1 In addition to terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a) Affiliate or affiliate in relation to either Party means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, proprietorship, joint venture or other entity directly or indirectly controlled by, controlling, or under common control with that Party. With respect to Supplier, Affiliate shall mean and include Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and its subsidiary entities. Supplier represents that Hi-Crush Proppants LLC is its sole and direct member, and that all Supplier-related entities at and below Hi-Crush Proppants LLC capture all Supplier-related entities. With respect to Halliburton entities, it shall include any U.S. and international entities.

 

pg. 1


(b) Business Day means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which commercial banks in Houston, Texas are authorized or required by law to close.

 

(c) Contract Year means the initial period starting on the Effective Date until May 1, 2012 and each successive period of twelve (12) calendar months occurring immediately thereafter. It is understood and agreed that the Primary Term of this Agreement, as defined in Section 8 hereof, will include a partial Contract Year.

 

(d) Effective Date means the date written at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

(e) Force Majeure means in relation to either Party, any circumstances beyond the reasonable control of that Party, including war (whether declared or undeclared), acts of God, including fire, flood, storms and earthquakes, embargoes, or federal government action limiting hydraulic fracturing, riot, civil disturbance, insurrection, sabotage, and events or occurrences adversely impacting Supplier’s Facility, but excluding (i) economic downturns, (ii) recessions, (iii) depressions, and (iv) strikes, lock-outs or other similar acts of the Party’s employees.

 

(f) Intellectual Property means any or all of the following and all rights in, arising out of, or associated therewith: (i) all United States, international and foreign patents and applications therefor and all reissues, divisions, renewals, extensions, provisionals, continuations and continuations-in-part thereof; (ii) all inventions (whether patentable or not), invention disclosures, discoveries, formulae, formulations, improvements, trade secrets, proprietary information, know how, technology, technical data and customer lists, and all documentation relating to any of the foregoing; (iii) all copyrights, copyrights registrations and applications therefor, and all other rights corresponding thereto throughout the world; (iv) all industrial designs and any registrations and applications therefor throughout the world; (v) all trade names, URLs, logos, common law trademarks and service marks, trademark and service mark registrations and applications therefor throughout the world; (vi) all customer and supplier databases and customer and supplier data collections and all rights therein throughout the world, including but not limited to customer and supplier data; (vii) all moral and economic rights of authors and inventors, however denominated, throughout the world; (viii) technical and product specification, equipment descriptions, plans, layouts, drawings, computer programs, assembly, quality control, installation and operating procedures, operating manuals, technical and marketing information, designs, data; and (ix) any similar or equivalent rights to any of the foregoing anywhere in the world.

 

(g) Oilfield Business as used herein means the fields of exploration, recovery and production of minerals, gases, solid materials, fluids, water, oil, gas, and geothermal and such exploration, recovery and production includes , without limitation, exploration, drilling, production, reinjection, characterization, seismic modeling and data, extraction, treatment, storage, and transportation of each of such minerals, gases, solid materials, fluids, water, oil, gas and geothermal and any and all associated equipment, products and services, well site treatment, pipelines, offshore platforms, and fluid waste disposal. For purposes of clarification, the refining of oil and gas, and the storage and transportation of refined oil and gas, shall be excluded from the foregoing definition.

 

(h) Person or person means any entity, including any partnership, corporation, limited liability company or governmental entity, and any natural person.

 

pg. 2


(i) Product(s) means generally, whether singular or plural, Northern White grade *** frac sand.

 

(j) Quality Standard means a manufacturing standard that conforms to ISO 13503-2, Proppant Specifications, and will be accompanied by appropriate supporting documentation, as outlined in Exhibit A .

 

(k) Specifications means the specifications for the Products as set forth in this Agreement or a Work Order.

 

(l) Supplier or Halliburton means, for the purposes of the indemnification, release and limitation provisions of this Agreement as follows: “Supplier” shall include Supplier and Supplier’s parent, subsidiary or affiliated entities, and their respective officers, directors, employees, or any or all of such parties. “Halliburton” shall include Halliburton, its parent, subsidiary or affiliated entities, and their respective officers, directors, employees, or any or all of such parties.

 

(m) Supplier Intellectual Property means all Intellectual Property developed and/or owned by Supplier prior to, on or after the date of this Agreement. For clarification, to the extent any Supplier Intellectual Property is incorporated into the Product by or on behalf of Supplier prior to delivery of the Product to Halliburton, such Intellectual Property and any development, enhancement or derivative thereof, shall remain the property of Supplier.

 

(n) Term means the period commencing on the Effective Date of this Agreement and ending when this Agreement is terminated or expires in accordance with the provisions of Article 8 .

 

(o) Halliburton Intellectual Property means all Intellectual Property developed and/or owned by Halliburton prior to, on or after the date of this Agreement. For clarification, to the extent any Halliburton Intellectual Property is incorporated into the Product by or on behalf of Halliburton after the delivery of the Product to Halliburton, such Intellectual Property and any development, enhancement or derivative thereof, shall remain the property of Halliburton.

 

(p) Work Order means the documents by which Halliburton orders Product from Supplier. For clarification, the Parties are free to issue/accept Work Orders in various formats, including purchase orders, emails and other communications between the Parties, which shall be hereafter referred to as Work Order regardless of format. Each Work Order shall be subject to the Parties’ agreement as specified in the Work Order and all terms and provisions of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, any variation in a Work Order of the agreed upon Specifications set forth in this Agreement shall not be effective unless agreed to in writing by Supplier and Halliburton. No terms of a Work Order, Internet site, order confirmation or other writing shall have the effect of modifying this Agreement unless reduced to writing and signed by both parties.

 

(q) Year means a twelve-month period.

 

1.1

General Terms . As used in this Agreement, unless expressly stated otherwise, references to (a) “including” mean “including, without limitation”; (b) “or” mean “either or both”; (c) a “party” or “Party” means Halliburton or Supplier, as the context may require, and “parties” or “Parties” means Halliburton and Supplier and (d) “day” or “days” means calendar days

 

pg. 3


  unless specified as a “Business Day.” Unless otherwise specified, all references in this Agreement to Articles or Sections are deemed references to the corresponding Articles or Sections in this Agreement. Any notice to be given hereunder shall be in accordance with the provisions of Article 11 .

2. Production and Supply of the Products

 

2.1 Commencement of Production/Minimum Supply .

 

(a) Beginning on August 1, 2011, Supplier is obligated to sell and Halliburton is obligated to buy, 300,000 tons of Product before May 1, 2012 (the “Initial Period”) consisting of *** tons of *** and *** tons of *** (the “Initial Minimum Supply”).

 

(b) Beginning on May 1, 2012 through July 31, 2014 (the “Secondary Period”) Supplier is obligated to sell and Halliburton is obligated to buy, a minimum annual volume of 600,000 tons of Product (the “Secondary Minimum Supply”) provided, however, such Secondary Miniumum Supply shall consist of no more than *** tons of ***. For any partial year, the Secondary Minimum Supply shall be prorated based upon a full year’s supply. For the sake of clarity, for any partial year during the Secondary Period of this Agreement, the Secondary Minimum Supply shall be allocated monthly according to the following formula: six hundred thousand tons divided by twelve (600,000 tons/12). Supplier shall be under no obligation to supply or sell Product in excess of the Initial Minimum Supply or the Secondary Minimum Supply. In the event that Supplier fails to supply to Halliburton either the Initial Minimum Supply or the Secondary Minimum Supply during any Contract Year (a “Supply Shortfall”), Supplier shall have *** after the end of such Contract Year to, as the sole and exclusive remedy for such Supply Shortfall, either (i) tender the Supply Shortfall, including by supplying Product from one or more third parties in accordance with Section 2.12 , or (ii) pay to Halliburton within *** of the end of the Contract Year, as liquidated damages, an amount equal to amount of the Supply Shortfall (expressed in tons) multiplied by $***. It will be Supplier’s sole discretion as to which option is utilized.

 

(c) The “Monthly Maximum Supply Availability” during the Term is set forth in the table below. Supplier will not be obligated to fulfill orders that exceed the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability for a specific calendar month. Additionally, no more than *** of the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability in any given calendar month shall be ***.

 

Month

  

Maximum Supply

    

August ‘11

   24,000 tons/month   

September ‘11

   30,000 tons/month   

October ‘11 to May ‘12

   40,000 tons/month   

Remainder of Term

   60,000 tons/month   

 

pg. 4


2.2 Supply Requirements; Price, Volume Discounts and Additional Volume .

 

(a) During the Term of this Agreement, pricing will be fixed at $***/short ton for contracted volumes as well as any additional material that becomes available for purchase by Halliburton.

 

(b) Supplier agrees that Halliburton shall be considered a preferred purchaser and, accordingly, prices paid by Halliburton during the Term of this Agreement shall be no greater than the lowest prices charged by Supplier for the same Product to any future purchasers in the oilfield services industry during any period covered by this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section shall not apply to: (a) contracts paid in advance; or (b) contracts in place between Supplier and other customers before the Effective Date of this Agreement; or (c) to any spot sales made by Supplier; or (d) for sales of any Product offered to but not taken by Halliburton; or (e) sales of Product from facilities owned by Supplier at locations other than 9000 State Highway 173, Tomah, Wisconsin 54660.

 

(c) Subject to the availability of excess Product as determined by Supplier, Supplier may make available to Halliburton any additional volume, “Additional Volume” over the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability, on a right of first refusal basis. Supplier will provide its estimate of Additional Volume for delivery up to two months in advance of the actual availability and will use its best efforts to work with Halliburton regarding scheduling and delivery of such Additional Volumes.

 

2.3 Halliburton Minimum Purchase Requirement . During the Term, Halliburton shall be required to take and, in accordance with Section 3.1 , pay for a minimum aggregate of 300,000 tons of Product during the Initial Period and 600,000 tons of Product per Contract Year for the Secondary Period (the “Minimum Purchase Requirement”); provided, however, that if, due solely to Force Majeure or the unavailability of rail cars in the market, Halliburton is unable to take delivery of Products as contemplated hereunder for a period of time during a Contract Year, Halliburton shall not be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement as a result of such failure so long as Halliburton is using best efforts to obtain rail cars and minimize the period of time during which Halliburton is unable to take delivery of Products; provided, further, however, that nothing in this sentence shall be construed to relieve Halliburton of its obligations to make payments under this Agreement (including the obligation to make any Makewhole Payments as contemplated in Section 2.6 ).

 

2.4 During the Initial Period, the Minimum Purchase Requirement shall be ordered by Halliburton in installments of not less than 25,000 tons of Product per calendar month (the “Initial Monthly Minimum Requirement”), and not more than the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability, beginning in September of 2011 and continuing thereafter for each calendar month during the Initial Period. In the event that Halliburton fails to purchase one ninth (1/9) of the Minimum Purchase Requirement of Product from Supplier during any particular calendar month in the Initial Period in which Supplier was ready, willing and able to deliver 33,333 tons of Product, then the “Purchase Shortfall” shall be the amount by which one ninth (1/9) of the Minimum Purchase Requirement exceeds the amount of Product actually purchased by Halliburton during such calendar month.

 

2.5

During the Secondary Period, the Minimum Purchase Requirement shall be ordered by Halliburton in installments of not less than 40,000 tons of Product per calendar month (the “Secondary Monthly Minimum Requirement”), and not more than the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability, beginning in May of 2012 and continuing thereafter for each calendar

 

pg. 5


  month during the remaining Term of this Agreement. In the event that Halliburton fails to purchase one twelfth (1/12) of the Minimum Purchase Requirement of Product from Supplier during any particular calendar month in the Secondary Period in which Supplier was ready, willing and able to deliver 50,000 tons of Product, then the “Purchase Shortfall” shall be the amount by which one twelfth (1/12) of the Minimum Purchase Requirement exceeds the amount of Product actually purchased by Halliburton during such calendar month until the minimum annual volume is met.

 

2.6 On written notice of such Purchase Shortfall to Halliburton by Supplier, Halliburton shall have *** after the month of the Purchase Shortfall to purchase tonnage of Product in excess of the Initial or Secondary Monthly Minimum Requirement as applicable (but subject to the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability) to make up for the Purchase Shortfall. If Halliburton fails to purchase the full amount of the Purchase Shortfall in such *** period, Halliburton shall be obligated to pay to Supplier an amount equal to the amount of the Purchase Shortfall not purchased by Halliburton in such *** period (expressed in tons) multiplied by $*** (the “Makewhole Payment”). The Makewhole Payment shall be paid within *** of written demand by Supplier, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated in writing by Supplier. The aggregate Purchase Shortfall amount for a Contract Year shall not exceed the Initial or Secondary Minimum Purchase Requirement for such Contract Year, as applicable, less the amount of Product ordered and delivered to Halliburton. Halliburton reserves the right to resell goods purchased from Supplier if deemed necessary by Halliburton in order to satisfy the Initial or Secondary Minimum Purchase Requirement. Supplier shall not be obligated to deliver more than the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability on any given calendar month.

 

2.7 Halliburton may elect to sell all or any amount of Product comprising the Minimum Purchase Requirement in order to meet its obligations under this Agreement. If requested by Halliburton, Supplier will use its best efforts to assist Halliburton with delivery schedules and delivery locations for any Product sold by Halliburton. Sales of such Product by Halliburton will count towards fulfilling Halliburton’s Minimum Purchase Requirement. Nothing in this Section will release Halliburton from its payment obligations to Supplier for such Product sold by Halliburton.

 

2.8 Forecast of Demand . Halliburton shall provide, on a quarterly basis, a non-binding 3-month rolling volume forecast of its anticipated purchase of Products (“Forecast Amount”). Updates to the Forecast Amount indicated in the six-month rolling volume forecast will be made and communicated periodically outside of the three-month rolling volume forecast as promptly as practicable after Halliburton becomes aware of such changes. Supplier shall notify Halliburton within ten (10) Business Days of receiving a forecast or update if Supplier anticipates being unable to meet the anticipated purchase amounts. Supplier shall not be obligated to deliver more than the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability on any given calendar month.

 

2.9

Title and Risk Of Loss . Title and risk of loss or damage to Products shall pass to Halliburton as defined by Incoterm, FCA (details listed in table below), Incoterms 2010. Supplier is not responsible for unfilled orders resulting from any shortage or lack of availability of rail cars for shipment of orders except that Supplier must always meet the Minimum Supply volumes as specified in Section 2.1 . Supplier warrants clear title to the

 

pg. 6


  Products at the time title to the Products passes to Halliburton, free from any and all liens or other encumbrances. Supplier is responsible for properly loading and correct stowing of the Product on the Halliburton nominated carrier, at its expense, and will comply with any documentary instructions of Halliburton in the shipment process.

 

Mode of Transportation

  

Incoterm

  

Title and Risk of Loss

Rail Car

   FCA (Supplier’s facility in Wyeville, WI)    Title and risk of loss will transfer from Supplier to Halliburton when the Products are loaded by Supplier onto the Halliburton’s designated Rail Car at the Supplier’s facility in Wyeville, WI.

Rail Car

   FCA (Adams Rail Facility in Adams, WI at the Reedsburg Rail Facility in Reedsburg, WI)    Title and risk of loss will transfer from Supplier to Halliburton when the Products are loaded by Supplier onto the Rail Car and at the Rail Facility designated by Halliburton

 

2.10 Orders . During the Term, Supplier shall supply to Halliburton, and Halliburton shall purchase, the types and amounts of the Products ordered by Halliburton from time to time under this Agreement; provided that Supplier shall be under no obligation to supply or sell, and Halliburton shall not have the right to buy Products in excess of the Minimum Purchase Requirement or the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability. This Agreement shall control and govern all transactions between the Parties with respect to the sales and purchases of Products, whether under subsequent verbal and/or written Work Orders, unless subject to an express, duly executed agreement (which is not a pre-printed form, terms contained on an Internet site or order confirmation) for the particular subject matter. The terms of this Agreement shall prevail over the terms in the Work Order in the event of a conflict unless specific reference and identification is made to the provision of this Agreement to be modified and the intention to modify is explicitly stated and signed by both Parties. Such changes shall be effective for that Work Order only. Printed terms and conditions contained in documents issued to Halliburton by Supplier or from Halliburton to Supplier with respect to the Products shall be of no force and effect and shall be superseded by the terms and conditions which are contained in this Agreement. No waiver by either Party of any of the terms, provisions or conditions hereof shall be effective unless said waiver shall be in writing and signed by an authorized officer of such Party and specifically referencing this Agreement. Supplier agrees to promptly process all of Halliburton’s orders under the terms of this Agreement.

 

2.11 Delivery . Supplier agrees that all Products ordered by Halliburton will be delivered to Halliburton per this Article 2 and in accordance with a reasonable delivery date contained in the Work Order, subject to the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability.

 

2.12 Alternate Sources of Supply . Supplier may, in its discretion, source Product from third Persons for purposes of selling such Product to Halliburton hereunder, so long as such Product meets or exceed the Specifications and Quality Standards subject to Section 5.1 and Supplier is otherwise in compliance with the other provisions of this Agreement.

 

pg. 7


3. Invoicing and Payment

 

3.1 Invoicing and Payment Terms . Subject to any special terms agreed in writing from time to time between Halliburton and Supplier:

 

(a) Supplier shall invoice Halliburton on a monthly basis in respect of all Products supplied under this Agreement during the applicable calendar month, within *** of the end of such calendar month. Each invoice shall be for the tonnage actually shipped. Payment shall be due no later than the *** after the date of receipt of the invoice.

 

(b) Should Halliburton fail to make an adjustment to an invoice to which it was entitled, and as a result has overpaid amounts due to Supplier, then upon such overpayment becoming known and agreed to by the Parties, Supplier shall issue a credit to Halliburton within ***, which credit may be applied by and utilized by Halliburton against future invoices owing to Supplier and, to the extent any credit has not been applied or utilized within *** from the date of such overpayment, Supplier shall, upon demand received from Halliburton, immediately refund such remaining credit amount.

 

(c) Interest Rate on Past Due Payments. Payments *** or more past due shall bear interest at the rate of *** from (and including) the date on which the applicable payment was due to (but excluding) the date on which the applicable payment is paid in full. The accrual of interest as provided in the preceding sentence shall not limit any other remedies of Supplier, which shall include the right to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section 8.3 .

4. Taxes. Seller is responsible for all taxes legally imposed upon its business, including but not limited to taxes imposed upon its income, its personnel or its property. Such taxes are on Sellers account. Halliburton shall pay and Seller shall collect and is responsible for the reporting of applicable transaction taxes such as severance, sales, use, value added, manufacture, excise, or similar taxes, unless a valid exemption is claimed by Halliburton. Transaction taxes are in addition to established prices and shall be shown as a separate line item on the invoice. If tax withholding is required by law, Halliburton will adhere to statutory tax withholding requirements with respect to payments to Seller. Such withholdings are on Seller’s account and amounts invoiced by Seller shall not be increased or grossed up to shift the withholding tax cost to Halliburton. Certificates of withholding taxes shall be provided to Seller as soon as administratively possible.

5. Quality of the Products

 

5.1 Quality . In entering into this Agreement, Halliburton relies upon Supplier’s expertise to manufacture the Products and Supplier covenants and warrants to Halliburton that all Products supplied by Supplier pursuant to this Agreement shall:

 

(a) Comply with the Quality Standards;

 

(b) Conform in all respects to the ISO 13503-2 standard Specifications, if any as per this Agreement or a Work Order; and

 

(c) be free and clear of all liens and other encumbrances at the time title to the Products passes to Halliburton.

 

pg. 8


5.2 Inspection . Supplier shall permit representatives of Halliburton, at any reasonable time and upon reasonable prior notice, to inspect the Products manufactured by Supplier at Supplier’s Facility prior to the time of delivery of Products to the carrier. Whether or not Halliburton conducts an inspection, Supplier shall provide Halliburton a production sample per Work Order in order to show compliance with Section 5.1 . A “Production Sample” is defined as one hundred (100) grams of the actual production run and/or lot number of the delivered Product. Such Production Sample shall be retained by Supplier and provided to Halliburton up to one hundred twenty (120) days from the date of the Work Order. Supplier shall provide multiple-sieve analysis of Product at Supplier’s facility for inspection/confirmation by Halliburton.

 

5.3 Rejection . Halliburton shall be entitled to reject any of the Products that do not comply with Section 5.1 ; provided that any Products not rejected prior to the time of delivery of such Products to the carrier shall be deemed accepted by Halliburton, unless testing of the applicable Production Sample by an independent third party laboratory conclusively determines that Products previously accepted by Halliburton do not comply with Section 5.1 (in which case Halliburton may reject such previously accepted Products upon such determination by the independent third party laboratory). In the event that Halliburton timely rejects any Products, Supplier shall replace such Products at its sole cost. Supplier shall provide such replacement Products at Supplier’s Facility within a reasonable time under the circumstances. The time for fulfillment of the Minimum Purchase Requirement shall be extended by the amount of time Supplier takes to replace the non-conforming Product with conforming Product.

 

5.4 Warranty and Claims . EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN SECTION 5.1 ABOVE, NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, SHALL BE APPLICABLE TO THE PRODUCTS, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY AS TO THE QUALITY OF THE PRODUCTS, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR SUITABILITY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY THAT ANY OF THE PRODUCTS ARE FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY COURSE OF DEALING OR INDUSTRY PRACTICE INCONSISTENT WITH THIS AGREEMENT. Should Halliburton choose to provide a warranty to its customers beyond the warranty provided by Supplier, then Halliburton shall bear the entire cost of such warranty. Should any Product not comply with the warranties of Supplier expressly made in this Agreement, then Supplier shall, as the sole and exclusive remedy of Halliburton, provide replacement Product to Halliburton at Supplier’s Facility.

 

5.5 Insurance Requirements . Each of Supplier and Halliburton shall maintain and exhibit to the other on demand, (a) certificates of comprehensive general liability insurance and employers liability insurance for such amount as may from time to time be agreed between the Parties but in any event not be less than *** in each case and (b) certificates of excess liability insurance for such amount as may from time to time be agreed between the Parties but in any event not be less than *** per occurrence.

 

pg. 9


6. Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Rights

 

6.1 Confidential Information . All information concerning this Agreement, including, without limitation, Intellectual Property, the Product, and any data obtained pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed “Confidential Information”. Halliburton and Supplier shall hold all Confidential Information in confidence and shall not disclose such information to any third party or otherwise use the Confidential Information except as stated herein or otherwise agreed between the Parties.

 

6.2 Agreements as to Confidential Information . Each of the Parties, except as agreed otherwise or to the extent necessary in the performance of this Agreement, shall:

 

(a) instruct its directors, officers and employees not to use, analyze, sell, lease, assign, transfer, license, disclose or make available to any third party the Confidential Information; and

 

(b) not copy or duplicate by any means, in whole or in part, the Confidential Information except as permitted herein.

 

6.3 Excluded Information . The obligations of the Parties under this Agreement shall not extend to or include Confidential Information exchanged between the Parties that:

 

(a) Is or becomes publicly available without the fault of the receiving Party;

 

(b) Is obtained by the receiving Party from a source other than the disclosing Party and where such source was free of any restrictions owed to the disclosing Party on its use or disclosure.

 

(c) Was in the receiving Party’s possession prior to the receiving Party’s receipt thereof from the disclosing Party, without any restriction owed to the disclosing Party on its use or disclosure;

 

(d) Is required to be disclosed by operation of law, judicial or administrative procedure, decree or order or by any regulation or law, subject to Section 6.5 hereof; or

 

(e) Is independently developed by Persons who did not have access to the Confidential Information.

 

6.4 Additional Obligations . Even if a receiving Party is relieved of its obligations by the exceptions recited above, the receiving Party shall not make known or cause to be made known that the Confidential Information was acquired from the disclosing Party, or that there may be any similarity between such Confidential Information and other information made available from any other source.

 

6.5

Non-disclosure of Agreement . Except as otherwise provided under this Agreement or as may be required by law or regulation, neither Party, without the prior written consent of the other Party, will disclose to any other Person either the fact that this Agreement exists, the fact that the Parties have made any information available to each other or the fact that any discussions or negotiations are taking place concerning a possible arrangement or any of the terms, conditions or other facts with respect to any such possible arrangement, including the status thereof; provided that a Party may disclose such information (a) to its advisors and Affiliates who agree or who are under a legal or fiduciary obligation to maintain the

 

pg. 10


  confidentiality of such information and (b) to prospective purchasers, investors or lenders (subject to the execution by the prospective purchasers, investors or lenders of written confidentiality agreements with terms at least as stringent as those contained herein ); provided, that in no event shall such information be disclosed to a competitor of such other Party unless such competitor is seeking to purchase, invest or lend funds to Supplier. If a receiving Party receives a request to disclose all or any part of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information under the terms of a valid and effective subpoena, decree or order issued by a court of competent jurisdiction or by a governmental body, the receiving Party hereby agrees to, and agrees to cause its Affiliates to, immediately notify the disclosing Party in writing of the existence, terms and circumstances surrounding the request, so that the disclosing Party may seek an appropriate protective order or waive the receiving Party’s compliance with the provisions of this Agreement (and, if the disclosing Party seeks an order, to provide the cooperation as said owner shall reasonably request); and if disclosure of Confidential Information is required in the written opinion of a receiving Party’s counsel, the receiving Party shall exercise reasonable efforts, with the cooperation of the disclosing Party, to obtain an order or other reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to the disclosed Confidential Information.

 

6.6 Intellectual Property and Technology Rights .

 

(a) Neither Supplier nor Halliburton shall have the right of use, whether directly or indirectly, the other’s Intellectual Property except as expressly stated in this Agreement. Ownership of Supplier Intellectual Property or Halliburton Intellectual Property, as the case may be, provided under this Agreement shall remain with the Party providing such Intellectual Property.

 

(b) All Intellectual Property developed on or prior to the date of this Agreement or during the Term which is exchanged with the other Party shall remain the property of the Party that developed such Intellectual Property. Title to Halliburton Intellectual Property shall belong exclusively to Halliburton. Title to Supplier Intellectual Property shall belong exclusively to Supplier. Neither Party shall have the right of use other than for the purposes expressly stated in this Agreement, whether directly or indirectly, any Intellectual Property of the other Party.

 

6.7 Remedies . The Parties hereby agree that the breach of this Article 6 would cause irreparable harm, for which money damages would not be adequate compensation. If any Party breaches or threatens a breach of the provisions of this Article 6 , the other Party shall be entitled to an injunction upon proper proof required by law in any court of competent jurisdiction restraining the breaching Party from violating the provisions without the necessity of posting a bond therefor. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting the other Party from pursuing any other remedies available to it at law or in equity for enforcement of this Article 6 .

 

6.8 Intellectual Property Indemnification .

 

(a)

The following terms apply to any claim of infringement of any United States patent, by a third party arising out of or relating to a Product furnished to Halliburton by Supplier under this Agreement (an “Infringement Claim”). Supplier shall indemnify and hold Halliburton harmless from any Damage resulting by reason of an Infringement Claim relating to a

 

pg. 11


  Product furnished by Supplier. Subject to Section 6.8(b) , Supplier shall defend or settle, at its own expense, any action or suit against Halliburton with respect to an Infringement Claim for which it is responsible. Halliburton shall promptly notify Supplier of any Infringement Claim and shall reasonably cooperate with Supplier at Supplier’s expense to facilitate the defense of each claim.

 

(b) Supplier’s obligations under Section 6.8(a) shall not apply to the extent that an Infringement Claim relates to, arises or results from, or is due to (i) Halliburton’s modification of a Product or use of a Product in combination with any other device and the Infringement Claim would not have arisen in the absence of that modification or combination; (ii) Supplier’s compliance with designs or specifications of Halliburton; or (iii) Halliburton’s continued use of the allegedly infringing Product after being notified by the Supplier to cease such use. In the event of an act or omission by Halliburton described in this Section 6.8(b) , Halliburton shall indemnify and hold Supplier harmless from any Damage resulting from such act or omission.

 

6.9 International Laws . The Parties agree to comply in all respects with the applicable international and national laws that apply to the Products including, without limitation, all applicable export laws and regulations. In the event of a conflict between any applicable laws, the laws of the U.S.A. shall prevail. Neither Party shall be required to perform any act hereunder which violates said U.S. law. The Parties shall provide information concerning the technical specifications of the Products and/or the use of the Products in order for the respective Parties to determine the legality of such Products and such information shall be stated in writing as the Parties may request.

 

6.10 Survival of Article 6 . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the provisions of this Article 6 shall survive any termination of this Agreement. Each Party also agrees that it will be responsible for any breaches by its Affiliates of the terms of this Article 6 .

7. Force Majeure

 

7.1 Force Majeure Events . If either Party is affected by Force Majeure it shall promptly notify the other Party of the nature and extent of the circumstances in question. Neither Party shall be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement, or otherwise be liable to the other, for any delay in performance or the non-performance of any of its obligations under this Agreement, to the extent that the delay or non-performance is due to any Force Majeure, and the time for performance of that obligation shall be extended accordingly; provided, that if the Force Majeure in question prevails for a continuous period in excess of thirty (30) days, the Parties shall enter into discussions with a view to alleviating its effects, or to agreeing upon such alternative arrangements as the Parties mutually agree.

 

7.2 Limitation . Notwithstanding Section 7.1 , neither Party shall be relieved of its obligations to make payments as provided herein (including, but not limited to, the obligations to pay for delivered Products as required hereunder).

8. Duration and Termination

 

8.1 Term . This Agreement shall be deemed to become effective on the Effective Date and shall continue in effect through *** (such period being referred to herein as the “Primary Term”), unless earlier terminated as provided herein. This Agreement may be extended beyond the Primary Term by mutual written agreement of the Parties.

 

pg. 12


8.2 Termination by Halliburton . If Halliburton is not then in breach of this Agreement giving rise to an event of termination, this Agreement may be immediately terminated for breach if Supplier fails to produce and deliver Products that meet the Specifications for a period of more than ***. Upon such breach, Halliburton may terminate this Agreement immediately by giving written notice of termination to Supplier. Subject to fulfilling its obligations to purchase the Minimum Purchase Requirement, Halliburton may terminate any Work Order upon *** written notice. In the event Supplier has incurred costs in executing the Work Order up to termination, Halliburton shall reimburse Supplier for such documented costs. In the event of Supplier’s failure to perform any of its material obligations under this Agreement (including failure to deliver agreed upon amounts of sand and not making up the Supply Shortfall as contemplated by Section 2.1(b),), Halliburton shall promptly give Supplier notice thereof. Such notice shall specifiy the nature of such failure with particularity and in reasonable detail, including the specific provision of this Agreement to which such purported failure relates. Suplier shall use commercially reasonable effort to cure or otherwise remedy the failure specified in such notice within *** after its receipt of such notice. A failure specified in such notice which Supplier does not cure or otherwise remedy in such *** period shall be deemed a “Supplier Uncured Failure”. Halliburton shall have the right to terminate this Agreement if Supplier has more than ***. Halliburton’s sole and exclusive damages in case of such termination shall be limited to $*** per short ton of Product that remains undelivered under the Minimum Purchase Requirements for the remaining life of the Contract after the filling of all outstanding Work Orders. The Parties acknowledge and agree that in the event of a breach under this Section 8.2 , the damages would be difficult if not impossible to quantify, and accordingly, such payment shall be for liquidated damages and not as any form of penalty.

 

8.3 Termination by Supplier . If Supplier is not then in breach of this Agreement giving rise to an event of termination, Supplier shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement should Halliburton fail to order and take delivery of Product or pay sums due hereunder. Supplier shall give Halliburton written notice of any such failure and provide a reasonable time to cure which shall not exceed ***. Should Halliburton fail to cure prior to the end of such *** period, then Supplier may terminate this Agreement immediately. Supplier’s sole and exclusive damages in case of such termination shall be limited to $*** per short ton of Product that remains undelivered under the Minimum Purchase Requirements for the remaining life of the Contract after the filling of all outstanding Work Orders. The Parties acknowledge and agree that in the event of a breach under this Section 8.3 , the damages would be difficult if not impossible to quantify, and accordingly, such payment shall be for liquidated damages and not as any form of penalty.

 

8.4 Termination of Work Order . A termination of a Work Order does not terminate this Agreement. A termination of this Agreement does not terminate any existing Work Order until such Work Order is completed, unless such Work Order is expressly terminated also.

 

8.5 Events Upon Termination .

 

(a) Upon expiration of this Agreement or the termination of the Agreement for reasons other than pursuant to Section 8.2 , Halliburton shall purchase from Supplier all Products which have been ordered from Supplier but not delivered to Halliburton at the date of termination, and Supplier shall promptly manufacture and deliver such Products to Halliburton.

 

pg. 13


(b) Upon expiration of this Agreement or the termination of this Agreement for any reason, Supplier shall forthwith cease to use, either directly or indirectly, any of the Halliburton Intellectual Property and forthwith return to Halliburton all Halliburton Intellectual Property and Halliburton Confidential Information and Halliburton shall forthwith cease to use, either directly or indirectly, any of the Supplier Intellectual Property and forthwith return to Supplier all Supplier Intellectual Property and Supplier Confidential Information except to the extent necessary to use the Products theretofore supplied by Supplier hereunder. In such case Supplier hereby grants Halliburton or its designee an irrevocable, royalty free license to use such Supplier Intellectual Property and Supplier Confidential Information to the extent it is incorporated into such Product(s) theretofore supplied by Supplier hereunder.

 

(c) Upon expiration of this Agreement or the termination of this Agreement for any reason, all obligations of the Parties hereunder shall terminate, except for any obligations that are expressly stated to survive the expiration of the Term or termination of this Agreement and any obligations that remain executory which obligations, to the extent they remain executory, shall remain in full force and effect until fully performed by the obligated Party as stated in this Agreement. The respective Parties’ obligations under Section 3.1 , Section 5.4 , Article 6 , this Section 8.5 and Articles 9 through 14 shall survive the expiration of the Term or termination of this Agreement. Neither expiration nor termination of this Agreement shall relieve any Party of liability for breaches of this Agreement prior to such expiration or termination.

9. INDEMNITY AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

9.1 INDEMNIFICATION .

 

(a) HALLIBURTON AND SUPPLIER AGREE TO FULLY RELEASE, INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD ONE ANOTHER AND THEIR RESPECTIVE PARENT, SUBSIDIARY OR AFFILIATED ENTITIES HARMLESS FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, COSTS, CAUSES OF ACTION, FINES, PENALTIES OR OTHER LIABILITY THAT MAY BE ASSERTED AGAINST THE OTHER AND/OR THEIR RESPECTIVE GROUPS, TO THE EXTENT, ARISING OUT OF THE INDEMNIFYING PARTY’S OR THEIR RESPECTIVE GROUP’S NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT IN CONNECTION WITH PERFORMANCE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.

 

(b) NOTWITHSTANDING PARAGRAPH 9.1, HALLIBURTON AND SUPPLIER SPECIFICALLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT THE GOODS PROVIDED BY SUPPLIER HEREUNDER ARE INHERENTLY DANGEROUS AND HALLIBURTON AGREES TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS SUPPLIER ITS PARENT, SUBSIDIARY AND AFFILIATED ENTITIES FROM AND AGAINST ANY CLAIMS, COSTS, CAUSES OF ACTION, FINES, PENALTIES OR OTHER LIABILITY TO THE EXTENT CAUSED BY HALLIBURTON’S NEGLIGENT USE OF THE PRODUCT(S) OR NEGLIGENT OR WILLFUL FAILURE TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE WARNING OR REASONABLE PROTECTIVE PROCEDURES AND EQUIPMENT WITH RESPECT TO THE USE OF THE PRODUCT(S)

 

pg. 14


9.2 Limitation of Liability. NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR, AND EACH PARTY RELEASES THE OTHER FROM LIABILITY ATTRIBUTABLE TO, ANY SPECIAL, ECONOMIC, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR OTHER INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT, OR DEFAULT IN THE PERFORMANCE HEREOF, WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE, PRODUCT LIABILITY OR STRICT LIABILITY), OR WARRANTY.

 

9.3 Indemnification Procedure . In the event either Party learns of any claim, liability, demand or cause of action relating to this Agreement or the performance hereunder, which said Party shall determine, in its sole discretion, that the other Party may be liable therefor, said Party shall promptly notify the other Party. If indemnity is required by any of the terms of this Agreement, the indemnifying Party shall have the right to control all litigation and shall defend the other and pay all settlements, judgments, costs, and expenses (including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees), whether related or unrelated, similar or dissimilar to the foregoing, incident thereto. Each Party, if requested, agrees to cooperate with the other in any defense, and the indemnifying Party shall reimburse the other for all reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith. The indemnified Party shall have the right to have counsel of its own choosing and at its sole expense participate in any such litigation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, neither Party shall effect settlement of or compromise any such claim or proceedings without having obtained the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided that the indemnifying Party may settle or compromise any such claim if the settlement or compromise (a) requires solely the payment of money damages by the indemnifying Party, and (b) includes as an unconditional term thereof the release by the claimant or the plaintiff of the indemnified Party from all liability in respect of such claim. If the indemnified Party does not consent to a settlement which the indemnifying Party is willing to accept, then the indemnifying Party’s liability shall be limited to the amount for which the claim could have been settled provided, such settlement does not require the indemnified Party to forego any property rights other than the amount of payment of the proposed settlement.

 

9.4 Compliance with Law . Subject to the limitations of this Agreement, it is agreed that in the performance of this Agreement all matters shall be conducted in full compliance with any and all applicable federal, state, provincial and local laws, rules and regulations in the area(s) in which the matters are being conducted. Any performance obligation arising under this Agreement is contingent on the prior receipt of all necessary government authorizations. If either Party is required to pay any fine or penalty or is subject to a claim from the other Party’s failure to comply with applicable laws, rules or regulations, the Party failing to comply shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the other Party for all damages, fees and/or fines for such failure to comply to the extent of the indemnifying Party’s allocable share of the failure to comply.

 

9.5

Antibribery . Supplier represents and warrants that it and all of its Affiliates and agents shall act in accordance with the principles described in the Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, signed in Paris on December 17, 1997 (“the Convention”), and the Convention’s Commentaries (collectively the “OECD Principles”), and shall comply with all applicable laws implementing the OECD Principles (including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977), as well as any applicable local laws related to anti-corruption, anti-kickbacks, and anti-money laundering. Supplier agrees not to take or fail to take any action that might

 

pg. 15


  cause Halliburton to be in violation of any such laws. In addition to the foregoing, Supplier represents and warrants that it and its Affiliates have not and shall not request, induce, make, offer, authorize, promise to make any payment or transfer anything of value, directly or indirectly, (a) to any governmental official or employee (including employees of government-owned or government-controlled corporations, agencies or bodies), (b) any official or employee of a public international organization, (c) to any political party, official of a political party or candidate, or (d) to any third party knowing, believing, or suspecting that such third party will give the payment, or any portion thereof, to any of the foregoing persons in order to obtain or retain business, or for any other improper purpose. Any payments to governmental officials or employees on behalf of Halliburton must be promptly reported to Halliburton.

 

9.6 Code of Conduct/ Gifts, Entertainment and Travel . It is considered to be in conflict with Halliburton’s interest for its employees or any member of their immediate family to accept gifts, payments, extravagant entertainment, services, or loans in any form from anyone soliciting business, or who may already have established business relations with Halliburton. Gifts of nominal value and entertainment, meals, and social invitations that are customary and proper under the circumstances and that do not place the recipient under any obligation are acceptable. Any gifts, payment of individual expenses, including, without limitation, trips, or conveyances to Halliburton employees shall be disclosed in writing to the Halliburton Ethics and Compliance Group.

 

9.7 Information Requests . Supplier shall maintain full and complete accounting records of activity performed and expenditures incurred by Supplier in connection with this Agreement in such a manner and detail as to permit verification of compliance with the performance obligations, including, by way of illustration and not limitation, pricing requirements, as well as the provisions of Sections 9.4 through 9.6 of this agreement. Halliburton shall have the right to audit such Supplier’s records for a period of two (2) Years from the expiration or termination of this Agreement. This provision shall survive expiration or termination of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, neither Party shall be required to take or refrain from taking any action prohibited or penalized under the laws of the United States, including the U.S. antiboycott laws.

 

9.8 Economic Sanctions and Export Controls . Supplier agrees to fully comply with all economic sanctions and export control laws and regulations, including those regulations maintained by the U.S. Commerce Department’s Bureau of Industry and Security and the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control. In addition, Supplier shall not, directly or indirectly, sell, provide, export, re-export, transfer, divert, loan, lease, consign or otherwise dispose of any Halliburton equipment, product, services, software, source code, technical data or technology to or via any person, entity or destination, or for any activity or end-use restricted by the laws or regulations of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction (including nuclear, missile, chemical or biological weapons proliferation, military, or money laundering activities) without first obtaining all required government authorizations.

10. Nature of Agreement

 

10.1

Assignment . Either Party shall have the right to assign or transfer to any Person any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party, provided that the assigning Party shall remain liable to the other

 

pg. 16


  Party under the terms of this Agreement notwithstanding such assignment. This Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns, including any successor upon a sale or change of control of a Party. This Agreement is intended solely for the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

10.2 Relationship . Each of the Parties is an independent contractor with respect to the other and is not an employee of the other Party or any of the other Party’s Affiliates, and nothing in this Agreement is intended to constitute a partnership or a master and servant relationship between the Parties. Each of the Parties understands and agrees that this Agreement does not create an exclusive dealings arrangement and that each of Halliburton and Supplier may enter into similar arrangements with other companies with respect to similar or the same products. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to create any duty to, or standard of care with reference to, or liability of a Party to, any person not a Party to this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute any fiduciary or special relationship or duty between the Parties and each Party may take actions hereunder that are for its own self-interest without any duty or, subject to the express terms of this Agreement, liability to the other Parties.

 

10.3 Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement, including its appendices, exhibits and schedules, constitutes the entire Agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any existing agreements between them whether oral or written. The terms of this Agreement shall only be amended, modified or supplemented as set forth herein or in a writing signed by or on behalf of both or the Parties. In case of a conflict between this Agreement and a purchase order (Work Order) or purchase order confirmation contemplated hereunder, the terms of this Agreement shall govern. Acceptance of a Work Order or purchase order confirmation is insufficient to amend this Agreement unless a separate writing is duly executed by all the Parties specifically amending this Agreement.

 

10.4 Reformation . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic and legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby are not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party. Upon the determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end that transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the extent possible. In the event any such provision, clause, sentence or part of this Agreement cannot be modified to comply with the law, then said provision, clause, sentence or portion of the Agreement shall be deemed to be deleted from the Agreement and the remaining terms and conditions shall remain in full force and effect.

11. Notices and Service

 

11.1

Addresses . All notices, requests, consents, directions and other instruments and communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered in person, by courier or by overnight delivery service with proof of delivery addressed to the respective Party at the

 

pg. 17


  address set forth below, or if sent by facsimile or other similar form of communication (with receipt confirmed) to the respective Party at the facsimile numbers set forth below:

If to Halliburton, to:

Halliburton Energy Services, Inc.,

Attention: General Counsel

10200 Bellaire Boulevard

Houston, TX 77072

Fax: 281-575-5775

If to Supplier, to:

Hi-Crush Operating LLC

c/o Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

Three Riverway, Suite 1550

Houston, TX 77056

or to such other address or facsimile number and to the attention of such other Person(s) as either Party may designate by written notice. Any notice mailed by over-night delivery service shall be deemed to have been given and received on the second Business Day following the day of mailing.

12. General

 

12.1 Waiver . No failure or delay by either Party in exercising any of its rights under this Agreement shall be deemed to be waiver of that right, and no waiver by either Party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision.

 

12.2 Costs . The Parties shall bear their own costs of, and incidental to, the preparation, execution and implementation of this Agreement.

 

12.3 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original and all of which shall constitute the same instrument. The exchange of copies of this Agreement and of signature pages by facsimile transmission (whether directly from one facsimile device to another by means of a dial-up connection or whether otherwise transmitted via electronic transmission), by electronic mail in “portable document format” (“.pdf”) form, or by any other electronic means intended to preserve the original graphic and pictorial appearance of a document, or by a combination of such means, shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Agreement as to the Parties and may be used in lieu of an original Agreement for all purposes. Signatures of the Parties transmitted by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to be original signatures for all purposes. Minor variations in the form of signature pages of this Agreement, including footers from earlier versions of this Agreement, shall be disregarded in determining a Party’s intent or the effectiveness of such signature.

 

pg. 18


13. Governing Law and Venue

 

13.1 Governing Law; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Texas, without giving effect to that state’s conflicts of laws principles or choice of law rules. The Parties agree that Houston, Harris County, Texas, shall be the exclusive forum and venue for resolving any disputed matter.

It is the intent of the Parties to exclude the application of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods (1980). Nothing herein shall prohibit a Party from availing itself of a court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of injunctive relief. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Parties may have available to them laws or remedies available under applicable local legislation; it is the intent of the Parties to have the terms of this Agreement apply in every instance, including, without limitation, the choice of law provisions.

14. Special Provisions

 

14.1 Miscellaneous . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement between Halliburton and Supplier with respect to its subject matter. All prior negotiations and dealings regarding the subject matter hereof are superseded by and merged into this Agreement. No modification of this Agreement shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by both Parties.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

pg. 19


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement.

 

HALLIBURTON:
HALLIBURTON ENERGY SERVICES, INC.
By:   /s/ Authorized Person
Name:   Authorized Person
Title:   Authorized Officer
Date:   5/24/11
HALLIBURTON:
HALLIBURTON ENERGY SERVICES, INC.
By:   /s/ Authorized Person
Name:   Authorized Person
Title:   Authorized Officer
Date:   5/24/2011
SUPPLIER: HI-CRUSH OPERATING LLC
By:   /s/ Robert E. Rasmus
Name:   Robert E. Rasmus
Title:   President & CEO
Date:   5/24/11


EXHIBIT A

Product Specifications

As of the Effective Date of this Agreement the standards of ISO 13503-2 are as indicated below.

 

     ISO 13503-2

Turbidity (NTU)

   £  250

Krumbein Shape Factors:

  

Roundness

   ³ 0.6

Sphericity

   ³ 0.6

Clusters (%)

   £ 1.0

Sieve Analysis:

  

<0.1% of sample larger than first specified sieve size

  

% In Size -20+40

   ³ 90

% In Size -30+50

   ³ 90

% In Size -40+70

   ³ 90

<1.0% in pan

  

Solubility in 12/3 HCL/HF for 0.5 HR @ 150 °F (% Weight Loss)

   £ 3.0

Exhibit 10.7

SPECIFIC TERMS IN THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT OF THOSE TERMS HAS BEEN REQUESTED. THE REDACTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN SEPARATELY SUBMITTED TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, AND THE TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH THREE ASTERISKS (***).

FIRST AMENDMENT TO AGREEMENT

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO SUPPLY AGREEMENT (this “First Amendment”) is effective as of November 23, 2011(“Effective Date”) between Halliburton Energy Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business at 10200 Bellaire Boulevard Houston, Texas, and its affiliates (“Halliburton”), and Hi-Crush Operating LLC, a Delaware limited liability company with its principal place of business at Three Riverway, Suite 1550, Houston, TX 77056 (“Supplier”).

RECITALS :

1. Halliburton and its Affiliates carry on the business of the design, manufacture and supply of goods and services in the Oilfield Business as defined below; and

2. Halliburton requires high quality sand for use as a proppant in providing certain of its hydraulic fracturing and oilfield services; and

3. Supplier desires to sell such sand and is able to provide the proppant to Halliburton; and

5. Supplier and Halliburton have previously entered into a Supply Agreement (the “Supply Agreement”) dated May, 24, 2011 regarding the sale of sand by Supplier to Halliburton; and

6. Halliburton and Supplier now desire to amend the Supply Agreement to reflect Halliburton’s desire to extend the Term and adjust the Liquidated Damages and Payment terms of the Supply Agreement, and to further provide for the purchase of additional sand, including specifically Northern white *** frac sand from Supplier;

7. Supplier is willing to extend the Term and adjust the Liquidated Damages and Payment terms and pricing under the Supply Agreement, and to further provide for the purchase of *** frac sand from the Facility in accordance with the terms of this First Amendment; and

8. Supplier is willing to enter into an additional amendment of the Supply Agreement contemplating the sale of northern white grade *** frac sand from Supplier’s future facility located in Eau Claire County, Wisconsin, near the town of Augusta (“Augusta Supply”).

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the premises and the respective covenants and agreements contained herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree to amend the Supply Agreement as follows:


1. Definitions

 

1.1 In addition to terms defined elsewhere in the Supply Agreement or in this First Amendment, the following terms shall have the following meanings unless the context otherwise requires:

 

1.1 Sections 1.1(c) and 1.1(i) of the Supply Agreement are replaced with the following:

 

(c) “Contract Year” means the initial period starting on the Effective Date until May 1, 2012 and each successive period of twelve (12) calendar months occurring immediately thereafter. It is understood and agreed that the Primary Term of the Supply Agreement, as defined in Section 8 of the Supply Agreement, will include a partial Contract Year and that the final three (3) months of the Supply Agreement will constitute a partial Contract Year.

 

(i) “Products” means generally, whether singular or plural, Northern White *** frac sand.

 

2. Sections 2.1(b) and 2.1(c) of the Supply Agreement are replaced with the following:

2.1(b) Beginning on May 1, 2012 through July 31, 2016 (the “Secondary Period”) Supplier is obligated to sell and Halliburton is obligated to buy, a minimum annual volume (“Secondary Minimum Supply”) of:

 

  (i) 600,000 tons of Product (*** provided, however, such Secondary Miniumum Supply shall consist of no more than *** tons of ***. For any partial year, the Secondary Minimum Supply shall be prorated based upon a full year’s supply. For the sake of clarity, for any partial year during the Secondary Period of this Agreement, the Secondary Minimum Supply shall be allocated monthly according to the following formula: six hundred thousand tons divided by twelve (600,000 tons/12). Supplier shall be under no obligation to supply or sell Product in excess of the Initial Minimum Supply or the Secondary Minimum Supply. In the event that Supplier fails to supply to Halliburton either the Initial Minimum Supply or the Secondary Minimum Supply during any Contract Year (a “Supply Shortfall”), Supplier shall have *** after the end of such Contract Year to, as the sole and exclusive remedy for such Supply Shortfall, to either: (i) tender the Supply Shortfall, including by supplying Product from one or more third parties in accordance with Section 2.12 hereof or (ii) pay to Halliburton within *** of the end of the Contract Year, as liquidated damages, an amount equal to amount of the Supply Shortfall (expressed in tons) multiplied by $***. It will be Supplier’s sole discretion as to which option is utilized; and

 

  (ii)

During the Secondary Period, Supplier is obligated to sell and Halliburton is obligated to buy, a minimum annual volume of *** tons of *** (the “*** Supply”). For any partial year, the *** Supply shall be prorated based upon a full year’s supply. For the sake of clarity, for any partial year during the Secondary Period of this Agreement, the *** Supply shall be allocated monthly according to the following formula: ***. Supplier shall be under no obligation to supply or sell *** in excess of the *** Supply. In the event that Supplier fails to supply to Halliburton the *** Supply during any Contract Year (a “*** Supply Shortfall”), Supplier shall have three (3) months after the end of such Contract Year to, as the sole and exclusive remedy for such *** Supply Shortfall, either: (i) tender the *** Supply Shortfall,

 

pg. 2


  including by supplying Product from one or more third parties in accordance with Section 2.12 hereof ; or (ii) pay to Halliburton within *** of the end of the Contract Year, as liquidated damages, an amount equal to amount of the *** Supply Shortfall (expressed in tons) multiplied by $***. It will be Supplier’s sole discretion as to which option is utilized.

 

  2.1(c) The “Monthly Maximum Supply Availability” during the Term is set forth in the table below. Supplier will not be obligated to fulfill orders that exceed the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability for a specific calendar month. Additionally, no more than *** of the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability in any given calendar month shall be ***.

 

Month

  

Maximum Supply

August ’11

   24,000 tons/month

September ’11

   30,000 tons/month

October ’11 to May ’12

   40,000 tons/month

May ’12 to

end of Term

  

***tons/month of ***.

*** tons/month of ***.

 

2. Sections 2.2, 2.3, 2.5, and 2.6 of the Supply Agreement are replaced in their entirety with the following:

 

2.2 Supply Requirements; Price,Volume Discounts and Additional Volume .

(a) During the Term of the Supply Agreement, pricing will be fixed at $***/short ton for contracted volumes of *** as well as any additional such material that becomes available for purchase by Halliburton. Pricing will be fixed at $***/short ton for contracted volumes of *** as well as any additional *** that becomes available for purchase by Halliburton.

(b) Supplier agrees that Halliburton shall be considered a preferred purchaser and, accordingly, prices paid by Halliburton during the Term of the Supply Agreement shall be no greater than the lowest prices charged by Supplier for the same Product to any future purchasers in the oilfield services industry during any period covered by the Supply Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section shall not apply to: (a) contracts paid in advance; or (b) contracts in place between Supplier and other customers before the Effective Date of the Supply Agreement; or (c) to any spot sales made by Supplier; or (d) for sales of any Product offered to but not taken by Halliburton; or (e) sales of Product from facilities owned by Supplier at locations other than 9000 State Highway 173, Tomah, Wisconsin 54660 (“Suppliers Facility”).

(c) Subject to the availability of excess Product as determined by Supplier after supplying all other customers at Suppliers Facility, Supplier may make available to Halliburton any additional volume, “Additional Volume” over the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability, on a right of first refusal basis. Supplier will provide its estimate of Additional Volume for delivery up to two months in advance of the actual availability and will use its best efforts to work with Halliburton regarding scheduling and delivery of such Additional Volumes.

 

pg. 3


2.3 Halliburton Minimum Purchase Requirement . During the Term, Halliburton shall be required to take and, in accordance with Section 3.1 hereof pay for a minimum aggregate of 300,000 tons of Product during the Initial Period and 630,000 tons of Product per Contract Year for the Secondary Period (the “Minimum Purchase Requirement”); provided, however, that if, due solely to Force Majeure or the unavailability of rail cars in the market, Halliburton is unable to take delivery of Products as contemplated hereunder for a period of time during a Contract Year, Halliburton shall not be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement as a result of such failure so long as Halliburton is using best efforts to obtain rail cars and minimize the period of time during which Halliburton is unable to take delivery of Products; provided, further, however, that nothing in this sentence shall be construed to relieve Halliburton of its obligations to make payments under this Agreement (including the obligation to make any Makewhole Payments as contemplated in Section 2.6 hereof ).

2.5 During the Secondary Period, the Minimum Purchase Requirement shall be ordered by Halliburton in installments of not less than 42,500 tons of Product per calendar month (the “Secondary Monthly Minimum Requirement”), and not more than the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability, beginning in May of 2012 and continuing thereafter for each calendar month during the remaining Term of the Supply Agreement. In the event that Halliburton fails to purchase one twelfth (1/12) of the Minimum Purchase Requirement of Product from Supplier during any particular calendar month in the Secondary Period in which Supplier was ready, willing and able to deliver 52,500 tons of Product, then the “Purchase Shortfall” shall be the amount by which one twelfth (1/12) of the Minimum Purchase Requirement exceeds the amount of Product actually purchased by Halliburton during such calendar month until the minimum annual volume is met.

2.6 On written notice of such Purchase Shortfall to Halliburton by Supplier, Halliburton shall have *** after the month of the Purchase Shortfall to purchase tonnage of Product in excess of the Initial or Secondary Monthly Minimum Requirement as applicable (but subject to the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability) to make up for the Purchase Shortfall. If Halliburton fails to purchase the full amount of the Purchase Shortfall in such *** period, Halliburton shall be obligated to pay to Supplier an amount equal to the amount of the Purchase Shortfall not purchased by Halliburton in such *** period (expressed in tons) multiplied by $*** (the “Makewhole Payment”). The Makewhole Payment shall be paid within *** of written demand by Supplier, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated in writing by Supplier. The aggregate Purchase Shortfall amount for a Contract Year shall not exceed the Initial or Secondary Minimum Purchase Requirement for such Contract Year, as applicable, less the amount of Product ordered and delivered to Halliburton. Halliburton reserves the right to resell goods purchased from Supplier if deemed necessary by Halliburton in order to satisfy the Initial or Secondary Minimum Purchase Requirement. Supplier shall not be obligated to deliver more than the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability on any given calendar month.”

 

  3. Sections 3.1 (a) and 3.1 (c) of the Supply Agreement are replaced in their entirety with the following:

 

  “3. Invoicing and Payment

3.1 Invoicing and Payment Terms . Subject to any special terms agreed in writing from time to time between Halliburton and Supplier:

 

pg. 4


  (a) Supplier shall invoice Halliburton as Product is shipped in respect of all Products supplied under this Agreement. Each invoice shall be for the tonnage actually shipped. Payment shall be due no later than the *** after the date of receipt of the invoice. Invoices will be deemed received the day they are sent by electronic mail, the following day if sent by Fedex or UPS, or in 3 business days if sent by U.S. mail.

(c) Interest Rate on Past Due Payments. Payments *** or more past due shall bear interest at the rate of *** from (and including) the date on which the applicable payment was due to (but excluding) the date on which the applicable payment is paid in full. The accrual of interest as provided in the preceding sentence shall not limit any other remedies of Supplier, which shall include the right to terminate the Supply Agreement in accordance with Section 8.3 thereof .”

 

4. Sections 8.1, 8.2, and 8.3 of the Supply Agreement are replaced in their entirety with the following:

 

“8. Duration and Termination

8.1 Term . This Agreement shall be deemed to become effective on the Effective Date and shall continue in effect through *** (such period being referred to herein as the “Primary Term”), unless earlier terminated as provided herein. This Agreement may be extended beyond the Primary Term by mutual written agreement of the Parties.

8.2 Termination by Halliburton . If Halliburton is not then in breach of this Agreement giving rise to an event of termination, this Agreement may be immediately terminated for breach if Supplier fails to produce and deliver Products that meet the Specifications for a period of more than ***. Upon such breach, Halliburton may terminate this Agreement immediately by giving written notice of termination to Supplier. Subject to fulfilling its obligations to purchase the Minimum Purchase Requirement, Halliburton may terminate any Work Order upon ***. In the event Supplier has incurred costs in executing the Work Order up to termination, Halliburton shall reimburse Supplier for such documented costs. In the event of Supplier’s failure to perform any of its material obligations under this Agreement (including failure to deliver agreed upon amounts of sand and not making up the Supply Shortfall as contemplated by Section 2.1(b)), Halliburton shall promptly give Supplier notice thereof. Such notice shall specifiy the nature of such failure with particularity and in reasonable detail, including the specific provision of this Agreement to which such purported failure relates. Supplier shall use commercially reasonable effort to cure or otherwise remedy the failure specified in such notice within *** after its receipt of such notice. A failure specified in such notice which Supplier does not cure or otherwise remedy in such thirty (30) day period shall be deemed a “Supplier Uncured Failure”. Halliburton shall have the right to terminate this Agreement if Supplier has more than ***. Halliburton’s sole and exclusive damages in case of such termination shall be limited to $*** per short ton of Product that remains undelivered under the Minimum Purchase Requirements for the remaining life of the Contract after the filling of all outstanding Work Orders. The Parties acknowledge and agree that in the event of a breach under this Section 8.2 , the damages would be difficult if not impossible to quantify, and accordingly, such payment shall be for liquidated damages and not as any form of penalty.

8.3 Termination by Supplier . If Supplier is not then in breach of this Agreement giving rise to an event of termination, Supplier shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement should Halliburton fail to order and take delivery of Product or pay sums due hereunder. Supplier shall give

 

pg. 5


Halliburton written notice of any such failure and provide a reasonable time to cure which shall not exceed ***. Should Halliburton fail to cure prior to the end of such ***period, then Supplier may terminate this Agreement immediately. Supplier’s sole and exclusive damages in case of such termination shall be limited to $*** per short ton of Product that remains undelivered under the Minimum Purchase Requirements for the remaining life of the Contract after the filling of all outstanding Work Orders. The Parties acknowledge and agree that in the event of a breach under this Section 8.3 , the damages would be difficult if not impossible to quantify, and accordingly, such payment shall be for liquidated damages and not as any form of penalty.

 

5. The following provisions are added to the Supply Agreement regarding the Augusta Supply:

Halliburton and Supplier agree that Halliburton shall be entitled to purchase, and Supplier shall provide the Augusta Supply, being previously defined in this First Amendment as including specifically Northern white grade *** frac sand from Supplier’s future facility located in Eau Claire County, Wisconsin, near the town of Augusta. With respect to the Augusta Supply, Halliburton and Supplier agree as follows on the following terms and conditions:

 

5.1 Production and Supply of the Augusta Supply

 

  (a) Commencement of Production/Minimum Supply of the Augusta Supply. Beginning on or before August 1, 2012 (“Commencement Date”), S upplier is obligated to sell and Halliburton is obligated to buy 1,000,000 tons of the Augusta Supply per Year in mutually agreeable amounts of *** frac sand.

 

  (b) Price . With respect to the purchase and sale of the Augusta Supply during the Term of the Supply Agreement, pricing will be fixed at $***/short ton for contracted volumes of ***frac sand as well as any additional *** frac sand that becomes available for purchase by Halliburton from the Augusta Facility. Pricing will be fixed at $***/short ton for contracted volumes of *** frac sand as well as any additional *** frac sand that becomes available for purchase by Halliburton from the Augusta Facility.

 

  (c) Supply and Purchase Shortfalls . To the extent that Supplier fails to meet its supply requirements under any potential future agreement relating to the Augusta Supply, Supplier will be responsible for such supply shortfalls at the rate of $***/short ton. To the extent that Halliburton fails to meet its purchase requirements under any potential future agreement relating to the Augusta Supply, Halliburton will be responsible for such purchase shortfalls at the rate of $***/short ton.

 

  (d) Term . The term of the Supply Agreement as to the Augusta Supply shall be for *** Contract Years from the Commencement Date for the Augusta Supply. The Supply Agreement may be extended beyond the Primary Term by mutual written agreement of the Parties to accommodate any potential future agreement relating to the Augusta Supply.

 

5 .2 Conditions Precedent

 

  (a) Supplier and Halliburton agree that as conditions precedent to the sale and/or purchase of the Augusta Supply, each of the following must occur:

 

pg. 6


  (i) Supplier must receive all state, local, and federal operating, environmental, and other permits necessary for the mining and sale of Products from the Augusta Facility;

 

  (ii) Supplier must have the Augusta Facility constructed and operating for the mining and sale of Products by ***; and

 

  (iii) Supplier and Halliburton must agree on additional mutual terms and conditions similar to those currently in force between Supplier and Halliburton at Supplier’s facility in Wyeville, Wisconsin such agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A.

If the Conditions Precedent in this Section 5.2 are not met, Halliburton or Supplier may, at their sole and absolute discretion, elect to terminate the agreement to purchase and/or sell the Augusta Supply without penalty. In no way shall the failure to meet a condition precedent or a failure to reach an agreement to purchase and/or sell the Augusta Supply constitute a breach of Paragraphs 1-4 of the First Amendment or of the Supply Agreement.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

pg. 7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement.

 

HALLIBURTON:
HALLIBURTON ENERGY SERVICES, INC.
By: /s/ Authorized Person                                    
Name: Authorized Person
Title: Authorized Officer
Date: 11/22/11
HALLIBURTON:
HALLIBURTON ENERGY SERVICES, INC.
By: /s/ Authorized Person                                    
Name: Authorized Person
Title: Authorized Officer
Date: 12/05/11
SUPPLIER: HI-CRUSH OPERATING LLC
By: /s/ James M. Whipkey                                    
Name: James M. Whipkey
Title: CEO
Date: 30 November 2011

Exhibit 10.8

SPECIFIC TERMS IN THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT OF THOSE TERMS HAS BEEN REQUESTED. THE REDACTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN SEPARATELY SUBMITTED TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, AND THE TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH THREE ASTERISKS (***).

SUPPLY AGREEMENT

This SUPPLY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is effective as of May 1, 2012, between Baker Hughes Oilfield Operations, Inc. a California corporation with its principal place of business at 2929 Allen Parkway, Houston, Texas 77019, and its Affiliates (as defined below) (“Baker”), and Hi-Crush Operating LLC, a Delaware limited liability company with its principal place of business at Three Riverway, Suite 1550, Houston, Texas 77056 (“Supplier”).

RECITALS:

1. Baker and its Affiliates carry on the business of the design, manufacture and supply of goods and services in the Oilfield Business as defined below;

2. Supplier is able to supply certain goods for Baker;

3. Baker requires high quality sand for use as a proppant in providing certain of its hydraulic fracturing and oilfield services;

4. Supplier desires to sell such sand and is able to provide the proppant to Baker;

5. Baker desires to purchase Northern White grade *** frac sand from Supplier under the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

6. Supplier is willing to undertake the supply of the products for Baker and its Affiliates under the terms of this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the premises and the respective covenants and agreements contained herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions

 

1.1 In addition to terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a) Affiliate or affiliate in relation to either Party means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, proprietorship, joint venture or other entity directly or indirectly controlled by, controlling, or under common control with that Party. With respect to Supplier, Affiliate shall mean and include Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and its subsidiary entities. Supplier represents that Hi-Crush Proppants LLC is its sole and direct member, and that all Supplier-related entities at and below Hi-Crush Proppants LLC capture all Supplier-related entities. With respect to Baker entities, it shall include any U.S. and international entities.

 

 

pg. 1


(b) Business Day means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which commercial banks in Houston, Texas are authorized or required by law to close.

 

(c) Contract Year means the period starting on the Effective Date and ending April 30, 2013 and each successive period of twelve (12) calendar months occurring immediately thereafter.

 

(d) Effective Date means the date written at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

(e) Force Majeure means in relation to either Party, any circumstances beyond the reasonable control of that Party, including war (whether declared or undeclared), acts of God, including fire, flood, storms and earthquakes, embargoes, riot, civil disturbance, insurrection, sabotage, and events or occurrences adversely impacting Supplier’s facility, but excluding (i) economic downturns, (ii) recessions, (iii) depressions, and (iv) strikes, lock-outs or other similar acts of the Party’s employees.

 

(f) Oilfield Business as used herein means the fields of exploration, recovery and production of minerals, gases, solid materials, fluids, water, oil, gas, and geothermal and such exploration, recovery and production includes, without limitation, exploration, drilling, production, reinjection, characterization, seismic modeling and data, extraction, treatment, storage, and transportation of each of such minerals, gases, solid materials, fluids, water, oil, gas and geothermal and any and all associated equipment, products and services, well site treatment, pipelines, offshore platforms, and fluid waste disposal. For purposes of clarification, the refining of oil and gas, and the storage and transportation of refined oil and gas, shall be excluded from the foregoing definition.

 

(g) Person or person means any entity, including any partnership, corporation, limited liability company or governmental entity, and any natural person.

 

(h) Product(s) means generally, whether singular or plural, Northern White grade *** frac sand that meets the Specifications.

 

(i) Quality Standard means a manufacturing standard that conforms to ISO 13503-2, Proppant Specifications, and will be accompanied by appropriate supporting documentation, as outlined in Exhibit A, attached hereto and incorporated herein for all purposes .

 

(j) Specifications means the specifications for the Products as set forth in Exhibit A to this Agreement Purchase Order.

 

(k) Supplier or Baker means, for the purposes of Article 9 as follows: “Supplier” shall include Supplier and Supplier’s parent, subsidiary or affiliated entities, and their respective officers, directors, employees, or any or all of such parties. “Baker” shall include Baker, its parent, subsidiary or affiliated entities, and their respective officers, directors, employees, or any or all of such parties.

 

(l) Term means the period commencing on the Effective Date of this Agreement and ending when this Agreement is terminated or expires in accordance with the provisions of Article 8 .

 

(m)

Purchase Order means the documents by which Baker orders Product from Supplier. For clarification, the Parties are free to issue/accept Purchase Orders in various formats, including purchase orders, emails and other communications between the Parties, which

 

pg. 2


  shall be hereafter referred to as Purchase Order regardless of format. Each Purchase Order shall be subject to the Parties’ agreement as specified in the Purchase Order and all terms and provisions of this Agreement. No terms of a Purchase Order, Internet site, order confirmation or other writing shall have the effect of modifying this Agreement unless reduced to writing and signed by both parties.

 

(n) Year means a twelve-month period.

 

1.1 General Terms . As used in this Agreement, unless expressly stated otherwise, references to (a) “including” mean “including, without limitation”; (b) “or” mean “either or both”; (c) a “party” or “Party” means Baker or Supplier, as the context may require, and “parties” or “Parties” means Baker and Supplier and (d) “day” or “days” means calendar days unless specified as a “Business Day.” Unless otherwise specified, all references in this Agreement to Articles or Sections are deemed references to the corresponding Articles or Sections in this Agreement.

2. Production and Supply of the Products

 

2.1 Commencement of Production/Minimum Supply .

 

(a) Beginning on May 1, 2012, Supplier is obligated to sell and Baker is obligated to buy, 500,000 tons of Product per Contract Year consisting of *** tons of *** and *** tons of *** (the “Minimum Supply”).

 

(b) Supplier shall be under no obligation to supply or sell Product in excess of the Minimum Supply. In the event that Supplier fails to supply to Baker the Minimum Supply during any Contract Year (a “Supply Shortfall”), Supplier shall have *** after the end of such Contract Year to, as the sole and exclusive remedy for such Supply Shortfall, either (i) tender the Supply Shortfall, including by supplying Product from one or more third parties in accordance with Section 2.11 , or (ii) pay to Baker within *** of the end of the Contract Year, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, an amount equal to the amount of the Supply Shortfall (expressed in tons) multiplied by $***. It will be Supplier’s sole discretion as to which option is utilized.

 

(c) The “Monthly Maximum Supply Availability” during the Term is set forth in the table below. Supplier will not be obligated to fulfill orders that exceed the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability for a specific calendar month. Additionally, no more than *** of the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability in any given calendar month shall be ***.

 

  Month      Maximum Supply  

May ’12 to April ‘17

     46,000 tons/month   

 

2.2 Supply Requirements; Price, Volume Discounts and Additional Volume .

 

(a) During the Term of this Agreement, pricing will be fixed at $***/short ton for contracted volumes as well as any additional material that becomes available for purchase by Baker.

 

pg. 3


(b) Subject to the availability of excess Product as determined by Supplier, Supplier may make available to Baker any additional volume, “Additional Volume” over the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability, on a right of first refusal basis. Supplier will provide its estimate of Additional Volume for delivery up to two months in advance of the actual availability and will use its best efforts to work with Baker regarding scheduling and delivery of such Additional Volumes.

 

2.3 Baker Minimum Purchase Requirement . During the Term, Baker shall be required to take and, in accordance with Section 3.1 , pay for a minimum aggregate 500,000 tons of Product per Contract Year (the “Minimum Purchase Requirement”); provided, however, that if, due solely to Force Majeure or the unavailability of rail cars in the market, Baker is unable to take delivery of Products as contemplated hereunder for a period of time during a Contract Year, Baker shall not be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement as a result of such failure so long as Baker is using commercially reasonable efforts to obtain rail cars and minimize the period of time during which Baker is unable to take delivery of Products; provided, further, however, that nothing in this sentence shall be construed to relieve Baker of its obligations to make payments under this Agreement (including the obligation to make any Makewhole Payments as contemplated in Section 2.5 ).

 

2.4 During the Term of this Agreement, the Minimum Purchase Requirement shall be ordered by Baker in installments of not less than 37,500 tons of Product per calendar month (the “Monthly Minimum Requirement”), and not more than the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability. In the event that Baker fails to purchase one twelfth (1/12) of the Minimum Purchase Requirement of Product from Supplier during any particular calendar month in which Supplier was ready, willing and able to deliver 46,000 tons of Product, then the “Purchase Shortfall” shall be the amount by which one twelfth (1/12) of the Minimum Purchase Requirement exceeds the amount of Product actually purchased by Baker during such calendar month until the minimum annual volume is met.

 

2.5 On written notice of such Purchase Shortfall to Baker by Supplier, Baker shall have *** after the month of the Purchase Shortfall to purchase tonnage of Product in excess of the Monthly Minimum Requirement as applicable (but subject to the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability) to make up for the Purchase Shortfall. If Baker fails to purchase the full amount of the Purchase Shortfall in such *** period, Baker shall be obligated to pay to Supplier an amount equal to the amount of the Purchase Shortfall not purchased by Baker in such *** period (expressed in tons) multiplied by $*** (the “Makewhole Payment”). The Makewhole Payment shall be paid within *** of written demand by Supplier, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated in writing by Supplier. The aggregate Purchase Shortfall amount for a Contract Year shall not exceed the Minimum Purchase Requirement for such Contract Year, as applicable, less the amount of Product ordered and delivered to Baker. Baker reserves the right to resell goods purchased from Supplier if deemed necessary by Baker in order to satisfy the Minimum Purchase Requirement. Supplier shall not be obligated to deliver more than the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability in any given calendar month.

 

2.6 Baker may elect to sell all or any amount of Product comprising the Minimum Purchase Requirement in order to meet its obligations under this Agreement. If requested by Baker, Supplier will use its best efforts to assist Baker with delivery schedules and delivery locations for any Product sold by Baker. Sales of such Product by Baker will count towards fulfilling Baker’s Minimum Purchase Requirement. Nothing in this Section will release Baker from its payment obligations to Supplier for such Product sold by Baker.

 

pg. 4


2.7 Forecast of Demand . Baker shall provide a non-binding six-month rolling volume forecast of its anticipated purchase of Products (“Forecast Amount”). Updates to the Forecast Amount indicated in the six-month rolling volume forecast will be made and communicated periodically as promptly as practicable after Baker becomes aware of such changes. Supplier shall notify Baker within ten (10) Business Days of receiving a forecast or update if Supplier anticipates being unable to meet the anticipated purchase amounts. Supplier shall not be obligated to deliver more than the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability in any given calendar month.

 

2.8 Title and Risk Of Loss . Title and risk of loss or damage to Products shall pass to Baker FCA (details listed in table below), Incoterms 2010. Supplier is not responsible for unfilled orders resulting from any shortage or lack of availability of rail cars for shipment of orders except that Supplier must always meet the Minimum Supply volumes as specified in Section 2.1 . Supplier warrants clear title to the Products at the time title to the Products passes to Baker, free from any and all liens or other encumbrances. Supplier is responsible for proper loading and correct stowing of the Product on the Baker nominated carrier, at its expense, and will comply with any documentary instructions of Baker in the shipment process.

 

Mode of Transportation

  

Incoterm

  

Title and Risk of Loss

Rail Car    FCA (Supplier’s facility in Tomah, WI)    Title and risk of loss will transfer from Supplier to Baker when the Products are loaded by Supplier onto Baker’s designated rail car at the Supplier’s facility in Tomah and/or Wyeville, WI.
Rail Car    FCA (Supplier’s facility in Wyeville, WI)    Title and risk of loss will transfer from Supplier to Baker when the Products are loaded by Supplier onto the rail car and at the rail facility designated by Baker

 

2.9

Orders . During the Term, Supplier shall supply to Baker, and Baker shall purchase, the types and amounts of the Products ordered by Baker from time to time under this Agreement; provided that Supplier shall be under no obligation to supply or sell, and Baker shall not have the right to buy Products in excess of the Minimum Purchase Requirement or the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability. This Agreement shall control and govern all transactions between the Parties with respect to the sales and purchases of Products, whether under subsequent verbal and/or written Purchase Orders, unless subject to an express, duly executed agreement (which is not a pre-printed form, terms contained on an Internet site or order confirmation) for the particular subject matter. The terms of this Agreement shall prevail over the terms in the Purchase Order in the event of a conflict unless specific reference and identification is made to the provision of this Agreement to be modified and the intention to modify is explicitly stated and signed by both Parties. Such changes shall be

 

pg. 5


  effective for that Purchase Order only. Printed terms and conditions contained in documents issued to Baker by Supplier or from Baker to Supplier with respect to the Products shall be of no force and effect and shall be superseded by the terms and conditions which are contained in this Agreement. Supplier agrees to promptly process all of Baker’s orders under the terms of this Agreement.

 

2.10 Delivery . Supplier agrees that all Products ordered by Baker will be delivered to Baker per this Article 2 and in accordance with a reasonable delivery date contained in the applicable Purchase Order, subject to the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability.

 

2.11 Alternate Sources of Supply . Supplier may, in its discretion, source Product from third Persons for purposes of selling such Product to Baker hereunder, so long as such Product meets or exceed the Specifications and Quality Standards subject to Section 5.1 and Supplier is otherwise in compliance with the other provisions of this Agreement.

3. Invoicing and Payment

 

3.1 Invoicing and Payment Terms . Subject to any special terms agreed in writing from time to time between Baker and Supplier:

 

(a)

Supplier shall invoice Baker on a monthly basis in respect of all Products supplied under this Agreement during the applicable calendar month, within *** of the end of such calendar month. Each invoice shall be for the tonnage actually shipped. Payment shall be due no later than the *** the date of receipt of the invoice.

 

(b) Should Baker fail to make an adjustment to an invoice to which it was entitled, and as a result has overpaid amounts due to Supplier, then upon such overpayment becoming known and agreed to by the Parties, Supplier shall issue a credit to Baker within ***, which credit may be applied by and utilized by Baker against future invoices owing to Supplier and, to the extent any credit has not been applied or utilized within *** from the date of such overpayment, Supplier shall, upon demand received from Baker, immediately refund such remaining credit amount.

 

(c) Interest Rate on Past Due Payments. Payments *** or more past due shall bear interest at the rate of *** from (and including) the date on which the applicable payment was due to (but excluding) the date on which the applicable payment is paid in full. The accrual of interest as provided in the preceding sentence shall not limit any other remedies of Supplier, which shall include the right to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section 8.3.

4. Taxes. Supplier is responsible for all taxes legally imposed upon its business, including but not limited to taxes imposed upon its income, its personnel or its property. Such taxes are for Supplier’s account. Baker shall pay and Supplier shall collect and is responsible for the reporting of applicable transaction taxes such as severance, sales, use, value added, manufacture, excise, or similar taxes, unless a valid exemption is claimed by Baker. Transaction taxes are in addition to established prices and shall be shown as a separate line item on the invoice. If tax withholding is required by law, Baker will adhere to statutory tax withholding requirements with respect to payments to Supplier. Such withholdings are for Supplier’s account and amounts invoiced by Supplier shall not be increased or grossed up to shift the withholding tax cost to Baker. Certificates of withholding taxes shall be provided to Supplier as soon as administratively possible.

 

pg. 6


5. Quality of the Products

 

5.1 Quality . In entering into this Agreement, Baker relies upon Supplier’s expertise to manufacture the Products and Supplier covenants and warrants to Baker that all Products supplied by Supplier pursuant to this Agreement shall:

 

(a) Comply with the Quality Standards;

 

(b) Conform in all respects to the ISO 13503-2 standard Specifications, if any as per this Agreement; and

 

(c) be free and clear of all liens and other encumbrances at the time title to the Products passes to Baker.

 

5.2 Inspection . Supplier shall permit representatives of Baker, at any reasonable time and upon reasonable prior notice, to inspect the Products manufactured by Supplier at Supplier’s Facility prior to the time of delivery of Products to the carrier. Whether or not Baker conducts an inspection, Supplier shall provide Baker a production sample per Purchase Order in order to show compliance with Section 5.1 . A “Production Sample” is defined as one hundred (100) grams of the actual production run and/or lot number of the delivered Product. Such Production Sample shall be retained by Supplier and provided to Baker up to one hundred twenty (120) days from the date of the Purchase Order. Supplier shall provide multiple-sieve analysis of Product at Supplier’s facility for inspection/confirmation by Baker.

 

5.3 Rejection . Baker shall be entitled to reject any of the Products that do not comply with Section 5.1 ; provided that any Products not rejected prior to the time of delivery of such Products to the carrier shall be deemed accepted by Baker, unless testing of the applicable Production Sample by an independent third party laboratory conclusively determines that Products previously accepted by Baker do not comply with Section 5.1 (in which case Baker may reject such previously accepted Products upon such determination by the independent third party laboratory). In the event that Baker timely rejects any Products, Supplier shall replace such Products at its sole cost. Supplier shall provide such replacement Products at Supplier’s Facility within a reasonable time under the circumstances. The time for fulfillment of the Minimum Purchase Requirement shall be extended by the amount of time Supplier takes to replace the non-conforming Product with conforming Product.

 

5.4 Warranty and Claims . EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN SECTION 5.1 ABOVE, NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, SHALL BE APPLICABLE TO THE PRODUCTS, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY AS TO THE QUALITY OF THE PRODUCTS, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR SUITABILITY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY THAT ANY OF THE PRODUCTS ARE FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY COURSE OF DEALING OR INDUSTRY PRACTICE INCONSISTENT WITH THIS AGREEMENT. Should Baker choose to provide a warranty to its customers beyond the warranty provided by Supplier, then Baker shall bear the entire cost of such warranty. Should any Product not comply with the warranties of Supplier expressly made in this Agreement, then Supplier shall, as the sole and exclusive remedy of Baker, provide replacement Product to Baker at Supplier’s Facility.

 

pg. 7


5.5 Insurance Requirements . Each of Supplier and Baker shall maintain and exhibit to the other on demand, (a) certificates of comprehensive general liability insurance and employers liability insurance for such amount as may from time to time be agreed between the Parties but in any event not be less than *** in each case and (b) certificates of excess liability insurance for such amount as may from time to time be agreed between the Parties but in any event not be less than *** per occurrence.

6. Confidentiality

 

6.1 Confidential Information . All information concerning this Agreement, including, without limitation, Intellectual Property, the Product, and any data obtained pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed “Confidential Information”. Baker and Supplier shall hold all Confidential Information in confidence and shall not disclose such information to any third party or otherwise use the Confidential Information except as stated herein or otherwise agreed between the Parties.

 

6.2 Agreements as to Confidential Information . Each of the Parties, except as agreed otherwise or to the extent necessary in the performance of this Agreement, shall:

 

(a) instruct its directors, officers and employees not to use, analyze, sell, lease, assign, transfer, license, disclose or make available to any third party the Confidential Information; and

 

(b) not copy or duplicate by any means, in whole or in part, the Confidential Information except as permitted herein.

 

6.3 Excluded Information . The obligations of the Parties under this Agreement shall not extend to or include Confidential Information exchanged between the Parties that:

 

(a) Is or becomes publicly available without the fault of the receiving Party;

 

(b) Is obtained by the receiving Party from a source other than the disclosing Party and where such source was free of any restrictions owed to the disclosing Party on its use or disclosure;

 

(c) Was in the receiving Party’s possession prior to the receiving Party’s receipt thereof from the disclosing Party, without any restriction owed to the disclosing Party on its use or disclosure;

 

(d) Is required to be disclosed by operation of law, judicial or administrative procedure, decree or order or by any regulation or law, subject to Section 6.5 hereof; or

 

(e) Is independently developed by Persons who did not have access to the Confidential Information.

 

6.4 Additional Obligations . Even if a receiving Party is relieved of its obligations by the exceptions recited above, the receiving Party shall not make known or cause to be made known that the Confidential Information was acquired from the disclosing Party, or that there may be any similarity between such Confidential Information and other information made available from any other source.

 

pg. 8


6.5 Non-disclosure of Agreement . Except as otherwise provided under this Agreement or as may be required by law or regulation, neither Party, without the prior written consent of the other Party, will disclose to any other Person either the fact that this Agreement exists, the fact that the Parties have made any information available to each other or the fact that any discussions or negotiations are taking place concerning a possible arrangement or any of the terms, conditions or other facts with respect to any such possible arrangement, including the status thereof; provided that a Party may disclose such information (a) to its advisors and Affiliates who agree or who are under a legal or fiduciary obligation to maintain the confidentiality of such information and (b) to prospective purchasers, investors or lenders (subject to the execution by the prospective purchasers, investors or lenders of written confidentiality agreements with terms at least as stringent as those contained herein); provided, that in no event shall such information be disclosed to a competitor of such other Party unless such competitor is seeking to purchase, invest or lend funds to Supplier. If a receiving Party receives a request to disclose all or any part of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information under the terms of a valid and effective subpoena, decree or order issued by a court of competent jurisdiction or by a governmental body, the receiving Party hereby agrees to, and agrees to cause its Affiliates to, immediately notify the disclosing Party in writing of the existence, terms and circumstances surrounding the request, so that the disclosing Party may seek an appropriate protective order or waive the receiving Party’s compliance with the provisions of this Agreement (and, if the disclosing Party seeks an order, to provide the cooperation as said owner shall reasonably request); and if disclosure of Confidential Information is required in the written opinion of a receiving Party’s counsel, the receiving Party shall exercise reasonable efforts, with the cooperation of the disclosing Party, to obtain an order or other reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to the disclosed Confidential Information.

7. Force Majeure

 

7.1 Force Majeure Events . If either Party is affected by Force Majeure it shall promptly notify the other Party of the nature and extent of the circumstances in question. Neither Party shall be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement, or otherwise be liable to the other, for any delay in performance or the non-performance of any of its obligations under this Agreement, to the extent that the delay or non-performance is due to any Force Majeure, and the time for performance of that obligation shall be extended accordingly; provided, that if the Force Majeure in question prevails for a continuous period in excess of thirty (30) days, the Parties shall enter into discussions with a view to alleviating its effects, or to agreeing upon such alternative arrangements as the Parties mutually agree.

 

7.2 Limitation . Notwithstanding Section 7.1 , neither Party shall be relieved of its obligations to make payments as provided herein (including, but not limited to, the obligations to pay for delivered Products as required hereunder).

8. Duration and Termination

 

8.1 Term . This Agreement shall be deemed to become effective on the Effective Date and shall continue in effect through *** (such period being referred to herein as the “Primary Term”), unless earlier terminated as provided herein. This Agreement may be extended beyond the Primary Term by mutual written agreement of the Parties.

 

pg. 9


8.2 Termination by Baker . If Baker is not then in breach of this Agreement giving rise to an event of termination, this Agreement may be immediately terminated for breach if Supplier fails to produce and deliver Products that meet the Specifications for a period of more than ***. Upon such breach, Baker may terminate this Agreement immediately by giving written notice of termination to Supplier. Subject to fulfilling its obligations to purchase the Minimum Purchase Requirement, Baker may terminate any Purchase Order upon *** written notice. In the event Supplier has incurred costs in executing the Purchase Order up to termination, Baker shall reimburse Supplier for such documented costs. In the event of Supplier’s failure to perform any of its material obligations under this Agreement (including failure to deliver agreed upon amounts of Product and not making up the Supply Shortfall as contemplated by Section 2.1(b)), Baker shall promptly give Supplier notice thereof. Such notice shall specify the nature of such failure with particularity and in reasonable detail, including the specific provision of this Agreement to which such purported failure relates. Supplier shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cure or otherwise remedy the failure specified in such notice within *** after its receipt of such notice. A failure specified in such notice that Supplier does not cure or otherwise remedy in such *** period shall be deemed a “Supplier Uncured Failure”. Baker shall have the right to terminate this Agreement if Supplier has more than three (3) Supplier Uncured Failures in any twelve (12) month period. Baker’s sole and exclusive damages in case of such termination shall be limited to $*** per short ton of Minimum Supply Product that remains undelivered for the remaining Term of the Agreement after the filling of all outstanding Purchase Orders. The Parties acknowledge and agree that in the event of a breach under this Section 8.2 , the damages would be difficult if not impossible to quantify, and accordingly, such payment shall be for liquidated damages and not as any form of penalty.

 

8.3 Termination by Supplier . If Supplier is not then in breach of this Agreement giving rise to an event of termination, Supplier shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement should Baker fail to order and take delivery of the required volumes of Product or pay sums due hereunder. Supplier shall give Baker written notice of any such failure and provide a reasonable time to cure which shall not exceed ***. Should Baker fail to cure prior to the end of such *** period, then Supplier may terminate this Agreement immediately. Supplier’s sole and exclusive damages in case of such termination shall be limited to $*** per short ton of Product that remains undelivered under the Minimum Purchase Requirements for the remaining Term of the Agreement after the filling of all outstanding Purchase Orders. The Parties acknowledge and agree that in the event of a breach under this Section 8.3 , the damages would be difficult if not impossible to quantify, and accordingly, such payment shall be for liquidated damages and not as any form of penalty.

 

8.4 Termination of Purchase Order . Termination of a Purchase Order does not terminate this Agreement. Termination of this Agreement will automatically terminate all outstanding Purchase Orders, except those Purchase Orders that are expressly affirmed by Baker.

8.5 Events Upon Termination .

 

(a) Upon expiration of this Agreement or the termination of the Agreement for reasons other than pursuant to Section 8.2 , Baker shall purchase from Supplier all Products which have been ordered from Supplier but not delivered to Baker at the date of termination, and Supplier shall promptly manufacture and deliver such Products to Baker.

 

pg. 10


(b) Upon expiration of this Agreement or the termination of this Agreement for any reason, all obligations of the Parties hereunder shall terminate, except for any obligations that are expressly stated to survive the expiration of the Term or termination of this Agreement and any obligations that remain executory which obligations, to the extent they remain executory, shall remain in full force and effect until fully performed by the obligated Party as stated in this Agreement. The respective Parties’ obligations under Section 3.1 , Section 5.4 , Article 6 , this Section 8.5 and Articles 9 through 14 shall survive the expiration of the Term or termination of this Agreement. Neither expiration nor termination of this Agreement shall relieve any Party of liability for breaches of this Agreement prior to such expiration or termination.

9. INDEMNITY AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

9.1 INDEMNIFICATION .

 

(a) BAKER AND SUPPLIER AGREE TO FULLY RELEASE, INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD ONE ANOTHER AND THEIR RESPECTIVE PARENT, SUBSIDIARY OR AFFILIATED ENTITIES HARMLESS FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, COSTS, CAUSES OF ACTION, FINES, PENALTIES OR OTHER LIABILITY THAT MAY BE ASSERTED AGAINST THE OTHER AND/OR THEIR RESPECTIVE GROUPS, TO THE EXTENT, ARISING OUT OF THE INDEMNIFYING PARTY’S OR THEIR RESPECTIVE GROUP’S NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT IN CONNECTION WITH PERFORMANCE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.

 

(b) NOTWITHSTANDING PARAGRAPH 9.1, BAKERAND SUPPLIER SPECIFICALLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT THE GOODS PROVIDED BY SUPPLIER HEREUNDER ARE INHERENTLY DANGEROUS AND BAKER AGREES TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS SUPPLIER ITS PARENT, SUBSIDIARY AND AFFILIATED ENTITIES FROM AND AGAINST ANY CLAIMS, COSTS, CAUSES OF ACTION, FINES, PENALTIES OR OTHER LIABILITY TO THE EXTENT CAUSED BY BAKER’S NEGLIGENT USE OF THE PRODUCT(S) OR NEGLIGENT OR WILLFUL FAILURE TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE WARNING OR REASONABLE PROTECTIVE PROCEDURES AND EQUIPMENT WITH RESPECT TO THE USE OF THE PRODUCT(S)

 

9.2 Limitation of Liability. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY PROVISION HEREIN TO THE CONTRARY, NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR, AND EACH PARTY RELEASES THE OTHER FROM LIABILITY ATTRIBUTABLE TO, ANY SPECIAL, ECONOMIC, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR OTHER INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT, OR DEFAULT IN THE PERFORMANCE HEREOF, WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE, PRODUCT LIABILITY OR STRICT LIABILITY), OR WARRANTY.

 

9.3

Indemnification Procedure . In the event either Party learns of any claim, liability, demand or cause of action relating to this Agreement or the performance hereunder, which said Party shall determine, in its sole discretion, that the other Party may be liable therefor, said Party

 

pg. 11


  shall promptly notify the other Party. If indemnity is required by any of the terms of this Agreement, the indemnifying Party shall have the right to control all litigation and shall defend the other and pay all settlements, judgments, costs, and expenses (including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees), whether related or unrelated, similar or dissimilar to the foregoing, incident thereto. Each Party, if requested, agrees to cooperate with the other in any defense, and the indemnifying Party shall reimburse the other for all reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith. The indemnified Party shall have the right to counsel of its own choosing and at its sole expense participate in any such litigation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, neither Party shall effect settlement of or compromise any such claim or proceedings without having obtained the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided that the indemnifying Party may settle or compromise any such claim if the settlement or compromise (a) requires solely the payment of money damages by the indemnifying Party, and (b) includes as an unconditional term thereof the release by the claimant or the plaintiff of the indemnified Party from all liability in respect of such claim. If the indemnified Party does not consent to a settlement which the indemnifying Party is willing to accept, then the indemnifying Party’s liability shall be limited to the amount for which the claim could have been settled provided, such settlement does not require the indemnified Party to forego any property rights other than the amount of payment of the proposed settlement.

 

9.4 Compliance with Law . Subject to the limitations of this Agreement, it is agreed that in the performance of this Agreement all matters shall be conducted in full compliance with any and all applicable federal, state, provincial and local laws, rules and regulations in the area(s) in which the matters are being conducted. Any performance obligation arising under this Agreement is contingent on the prior receipt of all necessary government authorizations. If either Party is required to pay any fine or penalty or is subject to a claim from the other Party’s failure to comply with applicable laws, rules or regulations, the Party failing to comply shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the other Party for all damages, fees and/or fines for such failure to comply to the extent of the indemnifying Party’s allocable share of the failure to comply.

 

9.5 Antibribery . Supplier represents and warrants that it and all of its Affiliates and agents shall act in accordance with the principles described in the Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, signed in Paris on December 17, 1997 (“the Convention”), and the Convention’s Commentaries (collectively the “OECD Principles”), and shall comply with all applicable laws implementing the OECD Principles (including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended), as well as any applicable local laws related to anti-corruption, anti-kickbacks, and anti-money laundering. Supplier agrees not to take or fail to take any action that might cause Baker to be in violation of any such laws. In addition to the foregoing, Supplier represents and warrants that it and its Affiliates have not and shall not request, induce, make, offer, authorize, promise to make any payment or transfer anything of value, directly or indirectly, (a) to any governmental official or employee (including employees of government-owned or government-controlled corporations, agencies or bodies), (b) any official or employee of a public international organization, (c) to any political party, official of a political party or candidate, or (d) to any third party knowing, believing, or suspecting that such third party will give the payment, or any portion thereof, to any of the foregoing persons in order to obtain or retain business, or for any other improper purpose. In no event shall Supplier make payments to governmental officials or employees on behalf of Baker.

 

pg. 12


9.6 Code of Conduct/ Gifts, Entertainment and Travel . It is considered to be in conflict with Baker’s interest for its employees or any member of their immediate family to accept gifts, payments, extravagant entertainment, services, or loans in any form from anyone soliciting business, or who may already have established business relations with Baker. Gifts of nominal value and entertainment, meals, and social invitations that are customary and proper under the circumstances and that do not place the recipient under any obligation are acceptable. Any gifts, payment of individual expenses, including, without limitation, trips, or conveyances to Baker employees shall be disclosed in writing to the Baker Ethics and Compliance Group.

 

9.7 Information Requests . Supplier shall maintain full and complete accounting records of activity performed and expenditures incurred by Supplier in connection with this Agreement in such a manner and detail as to permit verification of compliance with the provisions of Sections 9.4 through 9.6 . Baker shall have the right to audit such Supplier’s records for a period of two (2) Years from the expiration or termination of this Agreement. This provision shall survive expiration or termination of this Agreement.

 

     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, neither Party shall be required to take or refrain from taking any action prohibited or penalized under the laws of the United States, including the U.S. antiboycott laws.

 

9.8 Economic Sanctions and Export Controls . Supplier agrees to fully comply with all economic sanctions and export control laws and regulations, including those regulations maintained by the U.S. Commerce Department’s Bureau of Industry and Security and the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control. In addition, Supplier shall not, directly or indirectly, sell, provide, export, re-export, transfer, divert, loan, lease, consign or otherwise dispose of any Baker equipment, product, services, software, source code, technical data or technology to or via any person, entity or destination, or for any activity or end-use restricted by the laws or regulations of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction (including nuclear, missile, chemical or biological weapons proliferation, military, or money laundering activities) without first obtaining all required government authorizations.

10. Nature of Agreement

 

10.1 Assignment . Either Party shall have the right to assign or transfer to any Person any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party, provided that the assigning Party shall remain liable to the other Party under the terms of this Agreement notwithstanding such assignment . This Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns, including any successor upon a sale or change of control of a Party. This Agreement is intended solely for the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

pg. 13


10.2 Relationship . Each of the Parties is an independent contractor with respect to the other and is not an employee of the other Party or any of the other Party’s Affiliates, and nothing in this Agreement is intended to constitute a partnership or a master and servant relationship between the Parties. Each of the Parties understands and agrees that this Agreement does not create an exclusive dealings arrangement and that each of Baker and Supplier may enter into similar arrangements with other companies with respect to similar or the same Product. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to create any duty to, or standard of care with reference to, or liability of a Party to, any person not a Party to this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute any fiduciary or special relationship or duty between the Parties and each Party may take actions hereunder that are for its own self-interest without any duty or, subject to the express terms of this Agreement, liability to the other Parties.

 

10.3 Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement, including its appendices, exhibits and schedules, constitutes the entire Agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any existing agreements between them whether oral or written. The terms of this Agreement shall only be amended, modified or supplemented as set forth herein or in a writing signed by or on behalf of both or the Parties. In case of a conflict between this Agreement and a Purchase Order or Purchase Order confirmation contemplated hereunder, the terms of this Agreement shall govern. Acceptance of a Purchase Order or Purchase Order confirmation is insufficient to amend this Agreement unless a separate writing is duly executed by all the Parties specifically amending this Agreement.

 

10.4 Reformation . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic and legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby are not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party. Upon the determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end that transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the extent possible. In the event any such provision, clause, sentence or part of this Agreement cannot be modified to comply with the law, then said provision, clause, sentence or portion of the Agreement shall be deemed to be deleted from the Agreement and the remaining terms and conditions shall remain in full force and effect.

11. Notices and Service

 

11.1 Addresses . All notices, requests, consents, directions and other instruments and communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered in person, by courier or by overnight delivery service with proof of delivery addressed to the respective Party at the address set forth below, or if sent by facsimile or other similar form of communication (with receipt confirmed) to the respective Party at the facsimile numbers set forth below:

If to Baker, to:

Baker Hughes Oilfield Operations, Inc.

Attn: General Counsel

11211 FM 2920

Tomball, TX 77375

Fax: 281.357.2512

 

pg. 14


If to Supplier, to:

Hi-Crush Operating LLC

c/o Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

Three Riverway, Suite 1550

Houston, TX 77056

Fax: (713) 963-0088

or to such other address or facsimile number and to the attention of such other Person(s) as either Party may designate by written notice. Any notice mailed by over-night delivery service shall be deemed to have been given and received on the second Business Day following the day of mailing.

12. General

 

12.1 Waiver . No failure or delay by either Party in exercising any of its rights under this Agreement shall be deemed to be waiver of that right, and no waiver by either Party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision.

 

12.2 Costs . The Parties shall bear their own costs of, and incidental to, the preparation, execution and implementation of this Agreement.

 

12.3 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original and all of which shall constitute the same instrument. The exchange of copies of this Agreement and of signature pages by facsimile transmission (whether directly from one facsimile device to another by means of a dial-up connection or whether otherwise transmitted via electronic transmission), by electronic mail in “portable document format” (“.pdf”) form, or by any other electronic means intended to preserve the original graphic and pictorial appearance of a document, or by a combination of such means, shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Agreement as to the Parties and may be used in lieu of an original Agreement for all purposes. Signatures of the Parties transmitted by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to be original signatures for all purposes. Minor variations in the form of signature pages of this Agreement, including footers from earlier versions of this Agreement, shall be disregarded in determining a Party’s intent or the effectiveness of such signature.

13. Governing Law and Venue

 

13.1 Governing Law; Venue . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Texas, without giving effect to that state’s conflicts of laws principles or choice of law rules. The Parties agree that Houston, Harris County, Texas, shall be the exclusive forum and venue for resolving any disputed matter.

 

pg. 15


It is the intent of the Parties to exclude the application of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods (1980). Nothing herein shall prohibit a Party from availing itself of a court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of injunctive relief. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Parties may have available to them laws or remedies available under applicable local legislation; it is the intent of the Parties to have the terms of this Agreement apply in every instance, including, without limitation, the choice of law provisions.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

pg. 16


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement.

 

 

BAKER:

BAKER HUGHES OILFIELD OPERATIONS, INC.

By:  

/s/ Authorized Person

Name: Authorized Person
Title: Authorized Officer
Date: 10/28/11

 

SUPPLIER: HI-CRUSH OPERATING LLC
By:  

/s/ James M. Whipkey

Name: James M. Whipkey
Title: CEO
Date: 10/28/11


EXHIBIT A

Product Specifications

 

     ISO 13503-2

Turbidity (NTU)

   £  250

Krumbein Shape Factors:

  

Roundness

   ³ 0.6

Sphericity

   ³ 0.6

Clusters (%)

   £ 1.0

Sieve Analysis:

  

<0.1% of sample larger than first specified sieve size

  

% In Size -20+40

   ³ 90

% In Size -30+50

   ³ 90

% In Size -40+70

   ³ 90

<1.0% in pan

  

Solubility in 12/3 HCL/HF for 0.5 HR @ 150 °F (% Weight Loss)

   £ 3.0

Exhibit 10.9

SPECIFIC TERMS IN THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT OF THOSE TERMS HAS BEEN REQUESTED. THE REDACTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN SEPARATELY SUBMITTED TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, AND THE TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH THREE ASTERISKS (***).

FIRST AMENDMENT TO SUPPLY AGREEMENT

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO SUPPLY AGREEMENT (this “First Amendment”) is effective as of May 1, 2012, between Baker Hughes Oilfield Operations, Inc., a California corporation with its principal place of business at 2929 Allen Parkway, Houston, Texas, 77019 and its affiliates (“Baker”), and Hi-Crush Operating LLC, a Delaware limited liability company with its principal place of business at Three Riverway, Suite 1550, Houston, TX 77056 (“Supplier”).

RECITALS :

1. Baker and its Affiliates carry on the business of the design, manufacture and supply of goods and services in the Oilfield Business as defined below;

2. Supplier is able to supply certain goods for Baker;

3. Baker requires high quality sand for use as a proppant in providing certain of its hydraulic fracturing and oilfield services;

4. Supplier desires to sell such sand and is able to provide the proppant to Baker;

5. Supplier and Baker have previously entered into a Supply Agreement (the “Supply Agreement”) dated October 28, 2011 and effective as of May 1, 2012 regarding the sale of sand by Supplier to Baker;

6. Baker and Supplier now desire to amend the Supply Agreement pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the premises and the respective covenants and agreements contained herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree to amend the Supply Agreement as follows:

 

1. Definitions

 

1.1 Capitalized terms which are used but not defined in this First Amendment, shall have the same meaning ascribed thereto in the Supply Agreement. In addition to terms defined elsewhere in this First Amendment, the following terms shall have the following meanings unless the context otherwise requires:

(c) Contract Year means the Initial Period (as defined herein) starting on the Effective Date until April 30, 2013, and each successive period of twelve (12) calendar months occurring immediately thereafter.


2. Production and Supply of the Products

 

2.1 Section 2.1 of the Supply Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and the following shall be inserted in its place and stead:

 

     Commencement of Production/Minimum Supply .

 

(a) Beginning on May 1, 2012 through April 30, 2013 (the “Initial Period”), Supplier is obligated to sell and Baker is obligated to buy 300,000 tons of Premium Frac Sand (the “Initial Minimum Supply”). During the Initial Period the minimum supply will consist of not more than *** tons of ***.

 

(b) Beginning on May 1, 2013 through April 30, 2014 (the “Secondary Period”) Supplier is obligated to sell and Baker is obligated to buy, a minimum annual volume of 500,000 tons of Product (the “Secondary Minimum Supply”) provided, however, such Secondary Minimum Supply shall consist of no more than *** tons of ***.

 

(c) Beginning on May 1, 2014 through April 30, 2018 (the “Final Period”) Supplier is obligated to sell and Baker is obligated to buy a minimum annual volume of 500,000 tons of Product (the “Final Minimum Supply”) provided, however, such Final Minimum Supply shall consist of no more than *** annually tons of *** annually.

 

(c) Supplier shall be under no obligation to supply or sell Product in excess of the Initial Minimum Supply, Secondary Minimum Supply or Final Minimum Supply. In the event that Supplier fails to supply to Baker the Initial Minimum Supply, Secondary Minimum Supply or Final Minimum Supply during any Contract Year (a “Supply Shortfall”), Supplier shall have *** after the end of such Contract Year to, as the sole and exclusive remedy for such Supply Shortfall, either (i) tender the Supply Shortfall, including by supplying Product from one or more third parties in accordance with Section 2.11, or ) pay to Baker within *** of the end of the Contract Year, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, an amount equal to the amount of the Supply Shortfall (expressed in tons) multiplied by $***. It will be Supplier’s sole discretion as to which option is utilized.

 

(d) The “Monthly Maximum Supply Availability” during the Term is set forth in the table below. Supplier will not be obligated to fulfill orders that exceed the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability for a specific calendar month. Additionally, no more than *** of the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability for the Initial Period shall be *** and no more than *** of the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability in any given calendar month shall be *** for the Secondary Period and no more than *** of the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability in any given calendar month shall be *** for the Final Period of this Agreement.

 

Month

  

Maximum Supply

May ’12 thru April ’13    27,500 tons/month
May ’13 thru April ’18    46,000 tons/month

 

pg. 2


2.2 Section 2.2 of the Supply Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and the following shall be inserted in its place and stead:

 

     Supply Requirements; Price, Volume Discounts and Additional Volume .

 

(a) For the Term of this Agreement, pricing will be fixed at $***/short ton for contracted volumes as well as any additional Product that becomes available for purchase by Baker.

 

2.3 Section 2.3 of the Supply Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and the following shall be inserted in its place and stead:

Baker Minimum Purchase Requirement . During the Term, Baker shall be required to take and, in accordance with Section 3.1 , pay for a minimum aggregate of 300,000 tons of Product during the Initial Period and 500,000 tons of Product per Contract Year for the Secondary Period and for the Final Period (the “Minimum Purchase Requirement”); provided, however, that if, due solely to Force Majeure or the unavailability of rail cars in the market, Baker is unable to take delivery of Products as contemplated hereunder for a period of time during a Contract Year, Baker shall not be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement as a result of such failure so long as Baker is using commercially reasonable efforts to obtain rail cars and minimize the period of time during which Baker is unable to take delivery of Products; provided, further, however, that nothing in this sentence shall be construed to relieve Baker of its obligations to make payments under this Agreement (including the obligation to make any Makewhole Payments as contemplated in Section 2.6 ).

 

2.4 Section 2.4 of the Supply Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and the following shall be inserted in its place and stead:

During the Term of this Agreement, the Minimum Purchase Requirement shall be ordered by Baker in installments of not less than 22,500 tons of Product per calendar month during the Initial Period (the “Initial Monthly Minimum Requirement”) and in installments of not less than 37,500 tons of Product per calendar month during the Secondary and Final Periods (the “Secondary and Final Monthly Minimum Requirement”), and not more than the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability, beginning in May of 2012 and continuing thereafter for each calendar month during the remaining Term of this Agreement. In the event that Baker fails to purchase one twelfth (1/12) of the Minimum Purchase Requirement of Product from Supplier during any particular calendar month in the Initial Period , Secondary Period or Final Period in which Supplier was ready, willing and able to deliver 27,500 tons of Product in the Initial Period and 46,000 tons of Product during the Secondary Period and Final Periods, then the “Purchase Shortfall” shall be the amount by which one twelfth (1/12) of the Minimum Purchase Requirement exceeds the amount of Product actually purchased by Baker during such calendar month until the minimum annual volume is met.

 

2.5 Section 2.5 of the Supply Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and the following shall be inserted in its place and stead:

On written notice of such Purchase Shortfall to Baker by Supplier, Baker shall have *** after the month of the Purchase Shortfall to purchase tonnage of Product in excess of the Initial, Secondary or Final Monthly Minimum Requirement as applicable (but subject to the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability) to make up for the Purchase Shortfall. If Baker fails to purchase the full amount of the Purchase Shortfall in such *** period, Baker shall be obligated to pay to Supplier an amount equal to the amount of the Purchase Shortfall not purchased by Baker in such *** period (expressed in tons) multiplied by *** (the “Makewhole Payment”). The Makewhole Payment shall

 

pg. 3


be paid as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, within *** of written demand by Supplier by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated in writing by Supplier. The aggregate Purchase Shortfall amount for a Contract Year shall not exceed the Initial, Secondary or Final Minimum Purchase Requirement for such Contract Year, as applicable, less the amount of Product ordered and delivered to Baker. Baker reserves the right to resell goods purchased from Supplier if deemed necessary by Baker in order to satisfy the Initial, Secondary or Final Minimum Purchase Requirement. Supplier shall not be obligated to deliver more than the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability on any given calendar month.

 

3. Duration and Termination

8.1 Section 8.1 of this Supply Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and the following shall be inserted in its place and stead:

Term . This Agreement shall be deemed to become effective on the Effective Date and shall continue in effect through *** (such period being referred to herein as the “Primary Term”), unless earlier terminated as provided herein. This Agreement may be extended beyond the Primary Term by mutual written agreement of the Parties.

9. Ratification. Except as expressly provided in this First Amendment, all of those terms and provisions of the Supply Agreement shall remain unchanged by reason of this First Amendment. Except as provided herein, the Supply Agreement hereby ratified, confirmed and continued in full force and effect.

10. Counterparts. This First Amendment may be executed in Counterparts in which case all such counterparts taken together shall constitute the same instrument which is binding upon all parties hereto not withstanding that all parties are not signatories to the original or such counterpart. Facsimiles and PDF/Adobe Acrobat signatures shall be treated as originals.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

pg. 4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement.

 

BAKER:
BAKER HUGHES OILFIELD OPERATIONS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Authorized Person

Name:   Authorized Person
Title:   Authorized Officer
Date:   10 May 2012
SUPPLIER: HI-CRUSH OPERATING LLC
By:  

/s/ James M. Whipkey

Name:   James M. Whipkey
Title:   CEO
Date:   10 May 2012

 

pg. 5

Exhibit 10.10

SPECIFIC TERMS IN THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT OF THOSE TERMS HAS BEEN REQUESTED. THE REDACTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN SEPARATELY SUBMITTED TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, AND THE TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH THREE ASTERISKS (***).

SUPPLY AGREEMENT

This SUPPLY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is effective as of May 1, 2012, between FTS International Services, LLC, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas and having a principal place of business at 777 Main Street, Suite 3000, Fort Worth, Texas, 76102 (“FTSI”), Texas, and its Affiliates (as defined below), and Hi-Crush Operating LLC, a Delaware limited liability company with its principal place of business at Three Riverway, Suite 1550, Houston, Texas 77056 (“Supplier”).

RECITALS:

1. Whereas, FTSI and its Affiliates carry on the business of the design, manufacture and supply of goods and services in the Oilfield Business as defined below;

2. Whereas, Supplier is able to supply certain goods for FTSI;

3. Whereas, FTSI requires high quality sand for use as a proppant in providing certain of its hydraulic fracturing and oilfield services;

4. Whereas, Supplier desires to sell such sand and is able to provide the proppant to FTSI;

5. Whereas, FTSI desires to purchase Northern White grade *** frac sand from Supplier under the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

6. Whereas, Supplier is willing to undertake the supply of the products for FTSI and its Affiliates under the terms of this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the premises and the respective covenants and agreements contained herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions

 

1.1 In addition to terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings unless the context otherwise requires:

 

  (a) Affiliate or affiliate in relation to either Party means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, proprietorship, joint venture or other entity directly or indirectly controlled by, controlling, or under common control with that Party. With respect to Supplier, Affiliate shall mean and include Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and its subsidiary entities. Supplier represents that Hi-Crush Proppants LLC is its sole and direct member, and that all Supplier-related entities at and below Hi-Crush Proppants LLC capture all Supplier-related entities. With respect to FTSI entities, it shall include any U.S. and international entities sharing ownership with FTSI, directly or indirectly, and at any level, whether parent or subsidiary.

 

pg. 1


(b) Business Day means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which commercial banks in Houston, Texas are authorized or required by law to close.

 

(c) Contract Year means the period starting on the Effective Date and ending April 30, 2013 and each successive period of twelve (12) calendar months occurring immediately thereafter.

 

(d) Effective Date means the date written at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

(e) Force Majeure means in relation to either Party, any circumstances beyond the reasonable control of that Party, including war (whether declared or undeclared), acts of God, including fire, flood, storms and earthquakes, embargoes, riot, civil disturbance, insurrection, sabotage, and events or occurrences adversely impacting Supplier’s facility, but excluding (i) economic downturns, (ii) recessions, (iii) depressions, and (iv) strikes, lock-outs or other similar acts of the Party’s employees.

 

(f) Oilfield Business as used herein means the fields of exploration, recovery and production of minerals, gases, solid materials, fluids, water, oil, gas, and geothermal and such exploration, recovery and production includes , without limitation, exploration, drilling, production, reinjection, characterization, seismic modeling and data, extraction, treatment, storage, and transportation of each of such minerals, gases, solid materials, fluids, water, oil, gas and geothermal and any and all associated equipment, products and services, well site treatment, pipelines, offshore platforms, and fluid waste disposal. For purposes of clarification, the refining of oil and gas, and the storage and transportation of refined oil and gas, shall be excluded from the foregoing definition.

 

(g) Person or person means any entity, including any partnership, corporation, limited liability company or governmental entity, and any natural person.

 

(h) Product(s) means generally, whether singular or plural, Northern White grade *** frac sand that meets the Specifications.

 

(i) Quality Standard means a manufacturing standard that conforms to ISO 13503-2, Proppant Specifications, and will be accompanied by appropriate supporting documentation, as outlined in Exhibit A, attached hereto and incorporated herein for all purposes .

 

(j) Specifications means the specifications for the Products as set forth in Exhibit A to this Agreement Purchase Order.

 

(k)

Supplier or FTSI means, for the purposes of Article 9 as follows: “Supplier” shall include Supplier and Supplier’s parent, subsidiary or affiliated entities, and their respective past, present, and future officers, directors, employees, members, shareholders, partners (whether general or limited), attorneys, agents, successors, and assigns or any or all of such parties. “FTSI” shall include FTSI, its parent(s), subsidiary(ies) or affiliate entities, and their respective past, present, and future officers, directors, employees, members, shareholders, partners (whether general or limited), attorneys, agents, successors, and assigns or any or all of

 

pg. 2


  such parties. It is the intent of the Parties, unless expressly stated otherwise herein, that for the purposes of the duties and obligations impose dupon either Party under this Agreement, any and all references to Supplier or FTSI shall only be to the actual entity or entities to which services and/or goods are being provided or supplied in any particular instance. For the purposes of the rights granted to either Party under this Agreement, any and all references shall include all entities comprising the term Supplier or FTSI listed in (k).

 

(l) Term means the period commencing on the Effective Date of this Agreement and ending when this Agreement is terminated or expires in accordance with the provisions of Article 8 .

 

(m) Purchase Order means the documents by which FTSI orders Product from Supplier. For clarification, the Parties are free to issue/accept Purchase Orders in various formats, including purchase orders, emails and other communications between the Parties, which shall be hereafter referred to as Purchase Order regardless of format. Each Purchase Order shall be subject to the Parties’ agreement as specified in the Purchase Order and all terms and provisions of this Agreement. No terms of a Purchase Order, Internet site, order confirmation or other writing shall have the effect of modifying this Agreement unless such intent is reduced to, and expressed in, a writing and signed by both parties.

 

(n) Year means a twelve-month period.

 

1.1 General Terms . As used in this Agreement, unless expressly stated otherwise, references to (a) “including” mean “including, without limitation”; (b) “or” mean “either or both”; (c) a “party” or “Party” means FTSI or Supplier, as the context may require, and “parties” or “Parties” means FTSI and Supplier and (d) “day” or “days” means calendar days unless specified as a “Business Day.” Unless otherwise specified, all references in this Agreement to Articles or Sections are deemed references to the corresponding Articles or Sections in this Agreement.

2. Production and Supply of the Products

 

2.1 Commencement of Production/Minimum Supply .

 

(a) Beginning on May 1, 2012, Supplier is obligated to sell and FTSI is obligated to buy, 200,000 tons of Product per Contract Year consisting of *** tons of *** and *** tons of *** (the “Minimum Supply”).

 

(b) Supplier shall be under no obligation to supply or sell Product in excess of the Minimum Supply. In the event that Supplier fails to supply to FTSI the Minimum Supply during any Contract Year (a “Supply Shortfall”), Supplier shall have *** after the end of such Contract Year to, as the sole and exclusive remedy for such Supply Shortfall, either (i) tender the Supply Shortfall, including by supplying Product from one or more third parties in accordance with Section 2.11 , or (ii) pay to FTSI within *** of the end of the Contract Year, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, an amount equal to the amount of the Supply Shortfall (expressed in tons) multiplied by $*** (“Supply Shortfall Payment”). It will be Supplier’s sole discretion as to which option is utilized. No Force Majeure event shall relieve Supplier of its obligations set forth in this Agreement and the options contained in this paragraph, including without limitaion, the Supply Shortfall Payment.

 

pg. 3


(c) The “Monthly Maximum Supply Availability” during the Term is set forth in the table below. Supplier will not be obligated to fulfill orders that exceed the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability for a specific calendar month. Additionally, no more than *** of the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability in any given calendar month shall be ***.

 

Month

  

Maximum Supply

 

May ‘12 to April ‘15

     18,500 tons/month   

 

2.2 Supply Requirements; Price,Volume Discounts and Additional Volume .

 

(a) During the Term of this Agreement, pricing will be fixed at $***/short ton for *** and $***/short ton for ***.

 

2.3 FTSI Minimum Purchase Requirement . During the Term, FTSI shall be required to take and, in accordance with Section 3.1 , pay for a minimum aggregate 200,000 tons of Product per Contract Year (the “Minimum Purchase Requirement”); provided, however, that if, due solely to Force Majeure or the unavailability of rail cars in the market, FTSI is unable to take delivery of Products as contemplated hereunder for a period of time during a Contract Year, FTSI shall not be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement as a result of such failure so long as FTSI is using commercially reasonable efforts to obtain rail cars and minimize the period of time during which FTSI is unable to take delivery of Products; provided, further, however, that nothing in this sentence shall be construed to relieve FTSI of its obligations to make payments under this Agreement (including the obligation to make any Makewhole Payments as contemplated in Section 2.5 ).

 

2.4 During the Term of this Agreement, the Minimum Purchase Requirement shall be ordered by FTSI in installments of not less than 15,000 tons of Product per calendar month (the “Monthly Minimum Requirement”), and not more than the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability. In the event that FTSI fails to purchase one twelfth (1/12) of the Minimum Purchase Requirement of Product from Supplier during any particular calendar month in which Supplier was ready, willing and able to deliver 18,500 tons of Product (as evidenced by Supplier in writing upon request by FTSI of same), then the “Purchase Shortfall” shall be the amount by which one twelfth (1/12) of the Minimum Purchase Requirement exceeds the amount of Product actually purchased by FTSI during such calendar month until the minimum annual volume is met.

 

2.5

On written notice of such Purchase Shortfall to FTSI by Supplier, FTSI shall have *** after the month of the Purchase Shortfall to purchase tonnage of Product in excess of the Monthly Minimum Requirement as applicable (but subject to the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability) to make up for the Purchase Shortfall. If FTSI fails to purchase the full amount of the Purchase Shortfall in such *** period, FTSI shall be obligated to pay to Supplier an amount equal to the amount of the Purchase Shortfall not purchased by FTSI in such *** period (expressed in tons) multiplied by $*** (the “Makewhole Payment”). The Makewhole Payment shall be paid within *** of written demand by Supplier, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated in writing by Supplier.

 

pg. 4


  The aggregate Purchase Shortfall amount for a Contract Year shall not exceed the Minimum Purchase Requirement for such Contract Year, as applicable, less the amount of Product ordered and delivered to FTSI. FTSI reserves the right to resell goods purchased from Supplier if deemed necessary by FTSI in order to satisfy the Minimum Purchase Requirement. Supplier shall not be obligated to deliver more than the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability in any given calendar month.

 

2.6 FTSI may elect to sell all or any amount of Product comprising the Minimum Purchase Requirement in order to meet its obligations under this Agreement. If requested by FTSI, Supplier will use its best efforts to assist FTSI with delivery schedules and delivery locations for any Product sold by FTSI. Sales of such Product by FTSI will count towards fulfilling FTSI’s Minimum Purchase Requirement. Nothing in this Section will release FTSI from its payment obligations to Supplier for such Product sold by FTSI.

 

2.7 [Intentionally Omitted] .

 

2.8 Title and Risk Of Loss . Title and risk of loss or damage to Products shall pass to FTSI FCA (details listed in table below), Incoterms 2010. Supplier is not responsible for unfilled orders resulting from any shortage or lack of availability of rail cars for shipment of orders except that Supplier must always meet the Minimum Supply volumes as specified in Section 2.1 . Supplier warrants clear title to the Products at the time title to the Products passes to FTSI, free from any and all liens or other encumbrances. Supplier is responsible for proper loading and correct stowing of the Product on the FTSI nominated carrier, at its expense, and will comply with any documentary instructions of FTSI in the shipment process.

 

Mode of Transportation

  

Incoterm

  

Title and Risk of Loss

Rail Car   

FCA (Supplier’s facility in Wyeville, WI)

 

FCA (Supplier’s facility in Augusta, WI)

   Title and risk of loss will transfer from Supplier to FTSI when the Products are loaded by Supplier onto FTSI designated rail car at the Supplier’s facility in Wyeville, WI and/or Augusta, WI.

 

2.9

Orders . During the Term, Supplier shall supply to FTSI, and FTSI shall purchase, the types and amounts of the Products ordered by FTSI from time to time under this Agreement; provided that Supplier shall be under no obligation to supply or sell, and FTSI shall not have the right to buy Products in excess of the Minimum Purchase Requirement or the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability. This Agreement shall control and govern all transactions between the Parties with respect to the sales and purchases of Products, whether under subsequent verbal and/or written Purchase Orders, unless subject to an express, duly executed agreement (which is not a pre-printed form, terms contained on an Internet site or order confirmation) for the particular subject matter. The terms of this Agreement shall prevail over the terms in the Purchase Order in the event of a conflict unless specific reference and identification is made to the provision of this Agreement to be modified and the intention to modify is explicitly stated and signed by both Parties. Such changes shall be effective for that Purchase Order only. Printed terms and conditions contained in documents

 

pg. 5


  issued to FTSI by Supplier or from FTSI to Supplier with respect to the Products shall be of no force and effect and shall be superseded by the terms and conditions which are contained in this Agreement.Supplier agrees to promptly process all of FTSI’s orders under the terms of this Agreement.

 

2.10 Delivery . Supplier agrees that all Products ordered by FTSI will be delivered to FTSI per this Article 2 and in accordance with a reasonable delivery date contained in the applicable Purchase Order (not less than seven (7) days from the date a Purchase Order is submitted, unless the Parties otherwise agree in writing on the Purchase Order), subject to the Monthly Maximum Supply Availability.

 

2.11 Alternate Sources of Supply . Supplier may, in its discretion, source Product from third Persons for purposes of selling such Product to FTSI hereunder, so long as such Product meets or exceed the Specifications and Quality Standards subject to Section 5.1 and Supplier is otherwise in compliance with the other provisions of this Agreement, including without limitation, price and delivery obligations contained herein.

3. Invoicing and Payment

 

3.1 Invoicing and Payment Terms . Subject to any special terms agreed in writing from time to time between FTSI and Supplier:

 

(a) Supplier shall invoice FTSI as Product is shipped in respect of all Products supplied under this Agreement. Each invoice shall be for the tonnage actually shipped. Payment shall be due no later than the *** after the date of the invoice.

 

(b) Should FTSI fail to make an adjustment to an invoice to which it was entitled, and as a result has overpaid amounts due to Supplier, then upon such overpayment becoming known and agreed to by the Parties, Supplier shall issue a credit to FTSI within ***, which credit may be applied by and utilized by FTSI against future invoices owing to Supplier and, to the extent any credit has not been applied or utilized within *** from the date of such overpayment, Supplier shall, upon demand received from FTSI , immediately refund such remaining credit amount.

 

(c) Interest Rate on Past Due Payments. Payments *** or more past due shall bear interest at the rate of *** from (and including) the date on which the applicable payment was due to (but excluding) the date on which the applicable payment is paid in full. The accrual of interest as provided in the preceding sentence shall not limit any other remedies of Supplier, which shall include the right to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section 8.3.

4. Taxes . Supplier is responsible for all taxes legally imposed upon its business, including but not limited to taxes imposed upon its income, its personnel or its property. Such taxes are for Supplier’s account. FTSI shall pay and Supplier shall collect and is responsible for the reporting of applicable transaction taxes such as severance, sales, use, value added, manufacture, excise, or similar taxes, unless a valid exemption is claimed by FTSI. Transaction taxes are in addition to established prices and shall be shown as a separate line item on the invoice. If tax withholding is required by law, FTSI will adhere to statutory tax withholding requirements with respect to payments to Supplier. Such withholdings are forSupplier’s account and amounts invoiced by Supplier shall not be increased or grossed up to shift the withholding tax cost to FTSI. Certificates of withholding taxes shall be provided to Supplier as soon as administratively possible.

 

pg. 6


5. Quality of the Products

 

5.1 Quality . In entering into this Agreement, FTSI relies upon Supplier’s expertise to manufacture the Products and Supplier covenants and warrants to FTSI that all Products supplied by Supplier pursuant to this Agreement shall:

 

(a) Comply with the Quality Standards;

 

(b) Conform in all respects to the ISO 13503-2 standard Specifications, if any as per this Agreement; and

 

(c) be free and clear of all liens and other encumbrances at the time title to the Products passes to FTSI.

 

5.2 Inspection . Supplier shall permit representatives of FTSI, at any reasonable time and upon reasonable prior notice, to inspect the Products manufactured by Supplier at Supplier’s Facility prior to the time of delivery of Products to the carrier. Whether or not FTSI conducts an inspection, Supplier shall provide FTSI a production sample per Purchase Order in order to show compliance with Section 5.1 . A “Production Sample” is defined as one hundred (100) grams of the actual production run and/or lot number of the delivered Product. Such Production Sample shall be retained by Supplier and provided to FTSI up to one hundred twenty (120) days from the date of the Purchase Order. Supplier shall provide multiple-sieve analysis of Product at Supplier’s facility for inspection/confirmation by FTSI.

 

5.3 Rejection . FTSI shall be entitled to reject any of the Products that do not comply with Section 5.1 ; provided that any Products not rejected prior to the time of delivery of such Products to the carrier shall be deemed accepted by FTSI, unless testing of the applicable Production Sample by an independent third party laboratory conclusively determines that Products previously accepted by FTSI do not comply with Section 5.1 (in which case FTSI may reject such previously accepted Products upon such determination by the independent third party laboratory). In the event that FTSI timely rejects any Products, Supplier shall replace such Products at its sole cost. Supplier shall provide such replacement Products at Supplier’s Facility within a reasonable time under the circumstances. The time for fulfillment of the Minimum Purchase Requirement shall be extended by the amount of time Supplier takes to replace the non-conforming Product with conforming Product.

 

5.4

Warranty and Claims . EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN SECTION 5.1 ABOVE AND THE PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT AND INCLUDED IN EXHIBIT A ATTACHED HERETO AND INCORPORATED HEREIN, NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, SHALL BE APPLICABLE TO THE PRODUCTS, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY AS TO THE QUALITY OF THE PRODUCTS, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR SUITABILITY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY THAT ANY OF THE PRODUCTS ARE FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY COURSE

 

pg. 7


  OF DEALING OR INDUSTRY PRACTICE INCONSISTENT WITH THIS AGREEMENT, EXCEPT FOR LATENT DEFECTS THAT COULD NOT HAVE BEEN DISCOVERED WITHIN ONE HUNDRED TWENTY DAYS FROM THE DATE OF A PURCHASE ORDER HEREUNDER. Should FTSI choose to provide a warranty to its customers beyond the warranty provided by Supplier, then FTSI shall bear the entire cost of such warranty. Should any Product not comply with the warranties of Supplier expressly made in this Agreement, then Supplier shall, as the sole and exclusive remedy of FTSI, provide replacement Product to FTSI at Supplier’s Facility.

 

5.5 Insurance Requirements . Each of Supplier and FTSI shall maintain and exhibit to the other on demand, (a) certificates of comprehensive general liability insurance and employers liability insurance for such amount as may from time to time be agreed between the Parties but in any event not be less than *** in each case and (b) certificates of excess liability insurance for such amount as may from time to time be agreed between the Parties but in any event not be less than *** per occurrence.

 

Required Insurance Coverage

  

Limits and Endorsements

Worker’s Compensation    Statutory (including an alternate employer or borrowed servant endorsement)
Employer’s Liability    $*** each accident/each employee
General Liability Bodily Injury & Property Damage   

$*** each occurrence (***general aggregate and

$***products/completed operations)

* Must include deletion of the “Railroad Exclusion”

***    $***each occurrence
Excess Liability    $***each occurrence

 

(a) Additional Insureds . Supplier and FTSI shall each name the other as an additional insured for ongoing and completed operations, for purposes of indemnity herein, on a primary and non-contributory basis, on each of the Supplier’s policies required under this Agreement, except Worker’s Compensation.

 

(b) Subrogation . Each of Supplier’s and FTSI’s insurers shall waive their right of subrogation (equitable or by assignment, express or implied, loan receipt or otherwise) against the other Party or it’s insurers).

 

(c) Primary . Each of Supplier’s and FTSI’s policies required under this Agreement will be shown as primary and non-contributory over any insurance coverage maintained by FTSI or Supplier, and each of their affiliates and subsidiaries.

 

(d) Excess Liability . Excess liability required limits will apply to all underlying liability requirements including, but not limited to, general liability and employers liability.

 

(e) Certificates of Insurance . Prior to commencing any operations or activities, Supplier and FTSI shall furnish Certificates of Insurance to each other evidencing the insurance required hereunder, and, upon request, FTSI and Supplier may examine true copies of the actual policies. The certificates shall provide that the insurance is in full force and effect and that it shall not be cancelled or materially changed without thirty (30) days prior written notice to FTSI or Supplier. Al certificates must contain reference to endorsements (i.e., additional insured, waiver of subrogation, etc.) required herein.

 

(f) Financial Strength . Only Insurance companies with an AM Best financial rating of “A-V11” or better are acceptable as insurers on all primary and excess/umbrella liability policies.

6. Confidentiality

 

6.1 Confidential Information . All information concerning this Agreement, including, without limitation, Intellectual Property, the Product, and any data obtained pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed “Confidential Information”. FTSI and Supplier shall hold all Confidential Information in confidence and shall not disclose such information to any third party or otherwise use the Confidential Information except as stated herein or otherwise agreed between the Parties.

 

6.2 Agreements as to Confidential Information . Each of the Parties, except as agreed otherwise or to the extent necessary in the performance of this Agreement, shall:

 

(a) instruct its directors, officers and employees not to use, analyze, sell, lease, assign, transfer, license, disclose or make available to any third party the Confidential Information; and

 

(b) not copy or duplicate by any means, in whole or in part, the Confidential Information except as permitted herein.

 

6.3 Excluded Information . The obligations of the Parties under this Agreement shall not extend to or include Confidential Information exchanged between the Parties that:

 

pg. 8


(a) Is or becomes publicly available without the fault of the receiving Party;

 

(b) Is obtained by the receiving Party from a source other than the disclosing Party and where such source was free of any restrictions owed to the disclosing Party on its use or disclosure;

 

(c) Was in the receiving Party’s possession prior to the receiving Party’s receipt thereof from the disclosing Party, without any restriction owed to the disclosing Party on its use or disclosure;

 

(d) Is required to be disclosed by operation of law, judicial or administrative procedure, decree or order or by any regulation or law, subject to Section 6.5 hereof; or

 

(e) Is independently developed by Persons who did not have access to the Confidential Information.

 

6.4 Additional Obligations . Even if a receiving Party is relieved of its obligations by the exceptions recited above, the receiving Party shall not make known or cause to be made known that the Confidential Information was acquired from the disclosing Party, or that there may be any similarity between such Confidential Information and other information made available from any other source.

 

6.5 Non-disclosure of Agreement . Except as otherwise provided under this Agreement or as may be required by law or regulation, neither Party, without the prior written consent of the other Party, will disclose to any other Person either the fact that this Agreement exists, the fact that the Parties have made any information available to each other or the fact that any discussions or negotiations are taking place concerning a possible arrangement or any of the terms, conditions or other facts with respect to any such possible arrangement, including the status thereof; provided that a Party may disclose such information (a) to its advisors and Affiliates who agree or who are under a legal or fiduciary obligation to maintain the confidentiality of such information and (b) to prospective purchasers, investors or lenders (subject to the execution by the prospective purchasers, investors or lenders of written confidentiality agreements with terms at least as stringent as those contained herein); provided, that in no event shall such information be disclosed to a competitor of such other Party unless such competitor is seeking to purchase, invest or lend funds to Supplier. If a receiving Party receives a request to disclose all or any part of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information under the terms of a valid and effective subpoena, decree or order issued by a court of competent jurisdiction or by a governmental body, the receiving Party hereby agrees to, and agrees to cause its Affiliates to, immediately notify the disclosing Party in writing of the existence, terms and circumstances surrounding the request, so that the disclosing Party may seek an appropriate protective order or waive the receiving Party’s compliance with the provisions of this Agreement (and, if the disclosing Party seeks an order, to provide the cooperation as said owner shall reasonably request); and if disclosure of Confidential Information is required in the written opinion of a receiving Party’s counsel, the receiving Party shall exercise reasonable efforts, with the cooperation of the disclosing Party, to obtain an order or other reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to the disclosed Confidential Information.

 

pg. 9


7. Force Majeure

 

7.1 Force Majeure Events . If either Party is affected by Force Majeure it shall promptly notify the other Party of the nature and extent of the circumstances in question. Neither Party shall be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement, or otherwise be liable to the other, for any delay in performance or the non-performance of any of its obligations under this Agreement, to the extent that the delay or non-performance is due to any Force Majeure, and the time for performance of that obligation shall be extended accordingly; provided, that if the Force Majeure in question prevails for a continuous period in excess of thirty (30) days, the Parties shall enter into discussions with a view to alleviating its effects, or to agreeing upon such alternative arrangements as the Parties mutually agree.

 

7.2 Limitation . Notwithstanding Section 7.1 , neither Party shall be relieved of its obligations to make payments as provided herein (including, but not limited to, the obligations to pay for delivered Products as required hereunder).

8. Duration and Termination

 

8.1 Term . This Agreement shall be deemed to become effective on the Effective Date and shall continue in effect through *** (such period being referred to herein as the “Primary Term”), unless earlier terminated as provided herein. This Agreement may be extended beyond the Primary Term by mutual written agreement of the Parties.

 

8.2 Termination by FTSI . If FTSI is not then in breach of this Agreement giving rise to an event of termination,this Agreement may be immediately terminated for breach if Supplier fails to produce and deliver Products that meet the Specifications for a period of more than ***. Upon such breach, FTSI may terminate this Agreement immediately by giving written notice of termination to Supplier. Subject to fulfilling its obligations to purchase the Minimum Purchase Requirement, FTSI may terminate any Purchase Order upon ***. In the event Supplier has incurred costs in executing the Purchase Order up to termination, FTSI shall reimburse Supplier for such documented costs.In the event of Supplier’s failure to perform any of its material obligations under this Agreement (including failure to deliver agreed upon amounts of Product and not making up the Supply Shortfall as contemplated by Section 2.1(b)), FTSI shall promptly give Supplier notice thereof. Such notice shall specifiy the nature of such failure with particularity and in reasonable detail, including the specific provision of this Agreement to which such purported failure relates. Supplier shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cure or otherwise remedy the failure specified in such notice within ***after its receipt of such notice. A failure specified in such notice that Supplier does not cure or otherwise remedy in such *** period shall be deemed a “Supplier Uncured Failure”. FTSI shall have the right to terminate this Agreement if Supplier has more than ***. FTSI’s sole and exclusive damages in case of such termination shall be limited to $*** per short ton of Minimum Supply Product that remains undelivered for the remaining Term of the Agreement after the filling of all outstanding Purchase Orders. The Parties acknowledge and agree that in the event of a breach under this Section 8.2 , the damages would be difficult if not impossible to quantify, and accordingly, such payment shall be for liquidated damages and not as any form of penalty.

 

pg. 10


8.3 Termination by Supplier . If Supplier is not then in breach of this Agreement giving rise to an event of termination, Supplier shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement should FTSI fail to order and take delivery of the required volumes of Product or pay sums due hereunder. Supplier shall give FTSI written notice of any such failure and provide a reasonable time to cure which shall not exceed ***. Should FTSI fail to cure prior to the end of such ***period, then Supplier may terminate this Agreement immediately. Supplier’s sole and exclusive damages in case of such termination shall be limited to $*** per short ton of Product that remains undelivered under the Minimum Purchase Requirements for the remaining Term of the Agreement after the filling of all outstanding Purchase Orders. The Parties acknowledge and agree that in the event of a breach under this Section 8.3 , the damages would be difficult if not impossible to quantify, and accordingly, such payment shall be for liquidated damages and not as any form of penalty.

 

8.4 Termination of Purchase Order . Termination of a Purchase Order does not terminate this Agreement. Termination of this Agreement will automatically terminate all outstanding Purchase Orders, except those Purchase Orders that are expressly affirmed by FTSI.

 

8.5 Events Upon Termination .

 

(a) Upon expiration of this Agreement or the termination of the Agreement for reasons other than pursuant to Section 8.2 , FTSI shall purchase from Supplier all Products which have been ordered from Supplier but not delivered to FTSI at the date of termination, and Supplier shall promptly manufacture and deliver such Products to FTSI.

 

(b) Upon expiration of this Agreement or the termination of this Agreement for any reason, all obligations of the Parties hereunder shall terminate, except for any obligations that are expressly stated to survive the expiration of the Term or termination of this Agreement and any obligations that remain executory which obligations, to the extent they remain executory, shall remain in full force and effect until fully performed by the obligated Party as stated in this Agreement. The respective Parties’ obligations under Section 3.1 , Section 5.4 , Article 6 , this Section 8.5 and Articles 9 through 14 shall survive the expiration of the Term or termination of this Agreement. Neither expiration nor termination of this Agreement shall relieve any Party of liability for breaches of this Agreement prior to such expiration or termination.

9. INDEMNITY AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

9.1 INDEMNIFICATION .

 

(a) FTSI AND SUPPLIER AGREE TO FULLY RELEASE, INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD ONE ANOTHER AND THEIR RESPECTIVE PARENT, SUBSIDIARY OR AFFILIATE ENTITIES HARMLESS FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, COSTS, CAUSES OF ACTION, FINES, PENALTIES OR OTHER LIABILITY THAT MAY BE ASSERTED AGAINST THE OTHER AND/OR THEIR RESPECTIVE GROUPS, TO THE EXTENT, ARISING OUT OF THE INDEMNIFYING PARTY’S OR THEIR RESPECTIVE GROUP’S NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT IN CONNECTION WITH PERFORMANCE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.

 

pg. 11


9.2 Limitation of Liability.NOTWITHSTANDING ANY PROVISION HEREIN TO THE CONTRARY, NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR, AND EACH PARTY RELEASES THE OTHER FROM LIABILITY ATTRIBUTABLE TO, ANY SPECIAL, ECONOMIC, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR OTHER INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT, OR DEFAULT IN THE PERFORMANCE HEREOF, WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE, PRODUCT LIABILITY OR STRICT LIABILITY), OR WARRANTY.

 

9.3 Indemnification Procedure . In the event either Party learns of any claim, liability, demand or cause of action relating to this Agreement or the performance hereunder, which said Party shall determine, in its sole discretion, that the other Party may be liable therefor, said Party shall promptly notify the other Party. If indemnity is required by any of the terms of this Agreement, the indemnifying Party shall have the right to control all litigation and shall defend the other and pay all settlements, judgments, costs, and expenses (including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees), whether related or unrelated, similar or dissimilar to the foregoing, incident thereto. Each Party, if requested, agrees to cooperate with the other in any defense, and the indemnifying Party shall reimburse the other for all reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith. The indemnified Party shall have the right to counsel of its own choosing and at its sole expense participate in any such litigation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, neither Party shall effect settlement of or compromise any such claim or proceedings without having obtained the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided that the indemnifying Party may settle or compromise any such claim if the settlement or compromise (a) requires solely the payment of money damages by the indemnifying Party, and (b) includes as an unconditional term thereof the release by the claimant or the plaintiff of the indemnified Party from all liability in respect of such claim. If the indemnified Party does not consent to a settlement which the indemnifying Party is willing to accept, then the indemnifying Party’s liability shall be limited to the amount for which the claim could have been settled provided, such settlement does not require the indemnified Party to forego any property rights other than the amount of payment of the proposed settlement.

 

9.4 Compliance with Law . Subject to the limitations of this Agreement, it is agreed that in the performance of this Agreement all matters shall be conducted in full compliance with any and all applicable federal, state, provincial and local laws, rules and regulations in the area(s) in which the matters are being conducted. Any performance obligation arising under this Agreement is contingent on the prior receipt of all necessary government authorizations. If either Party is required to pay any fine or penalty or is subject to a claim from the other Party’s failure to comply with applicable laws, rules or regulations, the Party failing to comply shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the other Party for all damages, fees and/or fines for such failure to comply to the extent of the indemnifying Party’s allocable share of the failure to comply.

 

9.5

Antibribery . Supplier represents and warrants that it and all of its Affiliates and agents shall act in accordance with the principles described in the Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, signed in Paris on December 17, 1997 (“the Convention”), and the Convention’s Commentaries

 

pg. 12


  (collectively the “OECD Principles”), and shall comply with all applicable laws implementing the OECD Principles (including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended), as well as any applicable local laws related to anti-corruption, anti-kickbacks, and anti-money laundering. Supplier agrees not to take or fail to take any action that might cause FTSI to be in violation of any such laws. In addition to the foregoing, Supplier represents and warrants that it and its Affiliates have not and shall not request, induce, make, offer, authorize, promise to make any payment or transfer anything of value, directly or indirectly, (a) to any governmental official or employee (including employees of government-owned or government-controlled corporations, agencies or bodies), (b) any official or employee of a public international organization, (c) to any political party, official of a political party or candidate, or (d) to any third party knowing, believing, or suspecting that such third party will give the payment, or any portion thereof, to any of the foregoing persons in order to obtain or retain business, or for any other improper purpose. In no event shall Supplier make payments to governmental officials or employees on behalf of FTSI.

 

9.6 Code of Conduct/ Gifts, Entertainment and Travel . It is considered to be in conflict with FTSI’s interest for its employees or any member of their immediate family to accept gifts, payments, extravagant entertainment, services, or loans in any form from anyone soliciting business, or who may already have established business relations with FTSI. Gifts of nominal value and entertainment, meals, and social invitations that are customary and proper under the circumstances and that do not place the recipient under any obligation are acceptable. Any gifts, payment of individual expenses, including, without limitation, trips, or conveyances to FTSI employees shall be disclosed in writing to the FTSI Ethics and Compliance Group.

 

9.7 Information Requests . Supplier shall maintain full and complete accounting records of activity performed and expenditures incurred by Supplier in connection with this Agreement in such a manner and detail as to permit verification of compliance with the provisions of Sections 9.4 through 9.6 . FTSI, (exclusively in its legal entity capacity and excluding any other affiliates, subsidiars, entities or persons defined in 1.1(k)) shall have the right to audit such Supplier’s records for a period of two (2) Years from the expiration or termination of this Agreement. This provision shall survive expiration or termination of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, neither Party shall be required to take or refrain from taking any action prohibited or penalized under the laws of the United States, including the U.S. antiboycott laws.

 

9.8 Economic Sanctions and Export Controls . Supplier agrees to fully comply with all economic sanctions and export control laws and regulations, including those regulations maintained by the U.S. Commerce Department’s Bureau of Industry and Security and the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control. In addition, Supplier shall not, directly or indirectly, sell, provide, export, re-export, transfer, divert, loan, lease, consign or otherwise dispose of any FTSI equipment, product, services, software, source code, technical data or technology to or via any person, entity or destination, or for any activity or end-use restricted by the laws or regulations of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction (including nuclear, missile, chemical or biological weapons proliferation, military, or money laundering activities) without first obtaining all required government authorizations.

 

pg. 13


10. Nature of Agreement

 

10.1 Assignment . Either Party shall have the right to assign or transfer to any Person any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party, provided that the assigning Party shall remain liable to the other Party under the terms of this Agreement notwithstanding such assignment . This Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns, including any successor upon a sale or change of control of a Party. This Agreement is intended solely for the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

10.2 Relationship . Each of the Parties is an independent contractor with respect to the other and is not an employee of the other Party or any of the other Party’s Affiliates, and nothing in this Agreement is intended to constitute a partnership or a master and servant relationship between the Parties. Each of the Parties understands and agrees that this Agreement does not create an exclusive dealings arrangement and that each of FTSI and Supplier may enter into similar arrangements with other companies with respect to similar or the same Product. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to create any duty to, or standard of care with reference to, or liability of a Party to, any person not a Party to this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute any fiduciary or special relationship or duty between the Parties and each Party may take actions hereunder that are for its own self-interest without any duty or, subject to the express terms of this Agreement, liability to the other Parties.

 

10.3 Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement, including its appendices, exhibits and schedules, constitutes the entire Agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any existing agreements between them whether oral or written. The terms of this Agreement shall only be amended, modified or supplemented as set forth herein or in a writing signed by or on behalf of both or the Parties. In case of a conflict between this Agreement and a Purchase Order or Purchase Order confirmation contemplated hereunder, the terms of this Agreement shall govern. Acceptance of a Purchase Order or Purchase Order confirmation is insufficient to amend this Agreement unless a separate writing is duly executed by all the Parties specifically amending this Agreement. The Parties acknowledge and agree that there have been no material representations by any person or Party that have induced them to enter into this Agreement other than what is expressly set forth in writing and contained herein.

 

10.4 Reformation . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic and legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby are not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party. Upon the determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end that transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the extent possible. In the event any such provision, clause, sentence or part of this Agreement cannot be modified to comply with the law, then said provision, clause, sentence or portion of the Agreement shall be deemed to be deleted from the Agreement and the remaining terms and conditions shall remain in full force and effect.

 

pg. 14


11. Notices and Service

 

11.1 Addresses . All notices, requests, consents, directions and other instruments and communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered in person, by courier or by overnight delivery service with proof of delivery addressed to the respective Party at the address set forth below, or if sent by facsimile or other similar form of communication (with receipt confirmed) to the respective Party at the facsimile numbers set forth below:

If to FTSI, to:

FTS International Services, LLC

777 Main Street, Suite 3000

Fort Worth, TX 76102

Fax: (817) 339-3697

Attn: Office of General Counsel—Transactions

If to Supplier, to:

Hi-Crush Operating LLC

c/o Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

Three Riverway, Suite 1550

Houston, TX 77056

Fax: (713) 963-0088

or to such other address or facsimile number and to the attention of such other Person(s) as either Party may designate by written notice. Any notice mailed by over-night delivery service shall be deemed to have been given and received on the second Business Day following the day of mailing.

12. General .

 

12.1 Waiver . No failure or delay by either Party in exercising any of its rights under this Agreement shall be deemed to be waiver of that right, and no waiver by either Party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision.

 

12.2 Costs . The Parties shall bear their own costs of, and incidental to, the preparation, execution and implementation of this Agreement.

 

12.3

Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original and all of which shall constitute the same instrument. The exchange of copies of this Agreement and of signature pages by facsimile transmission (whether directly from one facsimile device to another by means of a dial-up connection or whether otherwise transmitted via electronic transmission), by electronic mail in “portable document format” (“.pdf”) form, or by any other electronic

 

pg. 15


  means intended to preserve the original graphic and pictorial appearance of a document, or by a combination of such means, shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Agreement as to the Parties and may be used in lieu of an original Agreement for all purposes. Signatures of the Parties transmitted by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to be original signatures for all purposes. Minor variations in the form of signature pages of this Agreement, including footers from earlier versions of this Agreement, shall be disregarded in determining a Party’s intent or the effectiveness of such signature.

13. Governing Law and Venue

 

13.1 Governing Law; Venue . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Texas, without giving effect to that state’s conflicts of laws principles or choice of law rules. The Parties agree that either Houston, Harris County or Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas, shall be the exclusive forum and venue for resolving any disputed matter.

It is the intent of the Parties to exclude the application of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods (1980). Nothing herein shall prohibit a Party from availing itself of a court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of injunctive relief. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Parties may have available to them laws or remedies available under applicable local legislation; it is the intent of the Parties to have the terms of this Agreement apply in every instance, including, without limitation, the choice of law provisions.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

pg. 16


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement.

 

FTS INTERNATIONAL SERVICES, LLC.:
a Texas limited liability company
By:   /s/ Authorized Person
Name:   Authorized Person
Title:   Authorized Officer
Date:   May 10, 2012

 

SUPPLIER:
HI-CRUSH OPERATING LLC
By:   /s/ James M. Whipkey
Name:   James M. Whipkey
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
Date:   10 May 2012


EXHIBIT A

Product Specifications

 

     ISO 13503 -2

Turbidity (NTU)

   £ 250

Krumbein Shape Factors:

  

Roundness

   ³ 0.6

Sphericity

   ³ 0.6

Clusters (%)

   £ 1.0

Sieve Analysis:

  

<0.1% of sample larger than first specified sieve size

  

% In Size -20+40

   ³ 90

% In Size -30+50

   ³ 90

% In Size -40+70

   ³ 9.0

<1.0% in pan

  

Solubility in12/3 HCL/HF for 0.5 HR @ 150 °F (% Weight Loss)

   £ 3.0

Exhibit 10.11

SPECIFIC TERMS IN THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT OF THOSE TERMS HAS BEEN REQUESTED. THE REDACTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN SEPARATELY SUBMITTED TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, AND THE TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH THREE ASTERISKS (***).

ROYALTY AGREEMENT

THIS ROYALTY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of January 10, 2011 (the “ Effective Date ”) is entered into by and between Everett E. Chambers and Joanne B. Chambers, husband and wife (collectively, “ Chambers ”), and Hi-Crush Operating LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (together with its subsidiaries and affiliates, “ HiCrush ”). Each of Chambers and HiCrush may be referred to herein as a “ Party ”, and collectively as the “ Parties ”.

WHEREAS, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, is the sole member of Hi-Crush Operating LLC and Hi-Crush Chambers LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

WHEREAS, Chambers and Hi-Crush Chambers LLC entered into that certain Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), pursuant to which HiCrush acquired certain real property own by Chambers located in Monroe County, Wisconsin;

WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution of the Purchase Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, HiCrush desires to pay Chambers a royalty for Frac Sand and Non-Frac Sand extracted from the real property acquired from Chambers and various other pieces of real property acquired from third parties located in Monroe County, Wisconsin, and sold by HiCrush.

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to make certain representations, covenants and other agreements in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

Article I. Definitions and Interpretation

A. Definitions . The following definitions shall for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated herein, apply to the terms used in this Agreement.

Acquired Property ” means the Chambers Property and Non-Chambers Property acquired by HiCrush either directly or indirectly, leased or owned, by any other entity which HiCrush controls directly or indirectly that has rights to or has interests in properties located in Exhibit B .

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Cessation Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section III.E of this Agreement.

Chambers ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.


Chambers Property ” means those certain premises described on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein for all purposes by reference.

Due Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section II.B of this Agreement.

Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Frac Base Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section II.A of this Agreement.

Frac Sand ” means sand employed as a fracturing proppant for completing oil and gas wells that meets the quality standards prescribed by the International Organization for Standardization and the American Petroleum Institute.

HiCrush ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Initial Operations Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section III.B of this Agreement.

Non-Chambers Property ” means those certain premises described on Exhibit B attached hereto and incorporated herein for all purposes by reference.

Non-Frac Sand ” means any sand that is not Frac Sand.

Operations Period ” means the Initial Operations Period and any Subsequent Operations Period.

Overburden ” means material such as soil and unusable sand that lies above the useable sand and must be removed to excavate the useable sand.

Prime Rate ” means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as its prime rate.

Purchase Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

Royalty ” has the meaning set forth in Section II.A of this Agreement.

Royalty Records ” has the meaning set forth in Section II.B of this Agreement.

Royalty Requirement Commencement Date ” means the 91st day after the earlier of (i) the day that HiCrush commences operations to process Frac Sand from the Acquired Property or (ii) July 1, 2011.

Shortfall Amount ” means the amount by which HiCrush fails to satisfy a minimum royalty requirement set forth in Section III of this Agreement.

Subsequent Operations Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section III.C of this Agreement.

B. Interpretation . Unless expressly provided elsewhere in this Agreement, this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the following provisions:

 

2


(i) Whenever the context may require, any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine, or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa.

(ii) If a word or phrase is defined, its other grammatical forms have a corresponding meaning.

(iii) A reference to any party to this Agreement or another agreement or document includes the party’s permitted successors and assigns.

(iv) A reference to a writing includes a facsimile or email transmission of it and any means of reproducing of its words in a tangible and permanently visible form.

(v) The Exhibits attached to this Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Agreement.

(vi) The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

(vii) The word “or” will have the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or”.

(viii) “Shall” and “will” have equal force and effect.

(ix) References to “$” or to “dollars” shall mean the lawful currency of the United States of America.

(x) All references to “day” or “days” shall mean calendar days unless specified as a “business day.”

(xi) Time periods within or following which any payment is to be made or act is to be done shall be calculated by excluding the day on which the time period commences and including the day on which the time period ends and by extending the period to the next business day following if the last day of the time period is not a business day.

Article II. Royalty Payment

A. Royalty . During the term of this Agreement, HiCrush agrees to pay Chambers a royalty (the “ Royalty ”) equal to the sum of (i) $*** (the “ Frac Base Amount ”), as escalated pursuant to Section II.C below, for each ton of Frac Sand extracted from the Acquired Property and sold and delivered by HiCrush, for which HiCrush has received payment in full, and (ii) $*** for each ton of Non-Frac Sand extracted from the Acquired Property and sold and delivered by HiCrush, for which HiCrush has received payment in full.

 

3


B. Time of Payment and Payment Disputes. The Royalty payable under this Agreement with respect to a particular month shall be due and payable, without interest thereon, within 30 days after the end of such month (the “ Due Date ”). HiCrush will furnish to Chambers its annual audited accounting records relating to the Royalty (the “ Royalty Records ”), prepared by a nationally recognized public accounting firm, promptly after HiCrush has received such records. If there is any difference between (i) the aggregate amount of the Royalty that was paid to Chambers during the prior year and (ii) the aggregate amount of the Royalty that should have been paid to Chambers during the prior year as calculated in accordance with the Royalty Records, such difference will be reconciled on the next Due Date.

C. Adjustment for Inflation. On the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date and on each anniversary thereafter, the Frac Base Amount shall be escalated to an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the product of the Frac Base Amount times the quotient of the United States Bureau of Labor Statistics Revised Consumer Price Index, All Items Figures for All Urban Consumers (1982-84 = 100) (hereinafter, the “ CPI-U ”) for December 31 of the prior year, divided by the CPI-U for June 30, 2014 and (ii) the product of the Frac Base Amount in effect for the preceding contract year times 1.05. Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date, the Frac Base Amount shall not be escalated for any reason.

D. Annual Reconciliation. At such time that HiCrush furnishes the Royalty Records to Chambers, HiCrush shall also furnish to Chambers an annual reconciliation relating to the Frac Sand and Non-Frac Sand (the “ Annual Reconciliation ”). The Annual Reconciliation shall provide the following information: (i) quantity of Overburden removed and sand extracted from the Acquired Property during the prior year, (ii) quantity of sand received for processing at HiCrush’s processing plant during the prior year, and (iii) quantity of Frac Sand and Non-Frac Sand produced at HiCrush’s processing plant during the prior year. Quantities expressed by weight will include estimated moisture content. Estimates of acreage and depth of excavations will be provided.

E. Interest . Any Royalty payment that is not made within *** of the Due Date shall accrue interest at the lesser of (i) *** or (ii) the maximum rate allowed by Wisconsin law, beginning on the date such payment becomes past due, and continuing thereafter until paid in full.

Article III. Term and Termination; Reversion

A. Term . This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect for a minimum period of three years after the Royalty Requirement Commencement Date. Thereafter, this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect so long as HiCrush is satisfying the minimum royalty payments set forth in this Article III.

B. Initial Operations Period . During the period of three years commencing on the Royalty Requirement Commencement Date (the “ Initial Operations Period ”), HiCrush shall pay a Royalty on a minimum of 825,000 tons of Frac Sand.

 

4


C. Subsequent Operations Periods . At the end of each 12 month period following the conclusion of the Initial Operations Period (each, a “ Subsequent Operations Period ”), HiCrush shall pay a Royalty on a minimum of 1,050,000 tons of Frac Sand for each rolling three year total, where the rolling three year total is calculated by adding (i) the amount of Frac Sand on which HiCrush paid Royalty to Chambers during such Subsequent Operations Period and (ii) the amount of Frac Sand on which HiCrush paid Royalty to Chambers during the two years prior to such Subsequent Operations Period.

D. Excess Production . The amount of any royalty payment in excess of the minimum royalty payments set forth in Sections III.B and III.C, as applicable, may be “banked” for a maximum period of 10 years and applied to the minimum royalty payments during any such 10-year period in which production is below the stated minimum production requirement.

E. Reversion . If HiCrush does not satisfy the minimum royalty payments for any period set forth in Section III.B or III.C after taking into account any adjustments pursuant to Section III.D, such failure to satisfy the minimum royalty payments shall constitute a cessation of the sand operation (the “ Cessation Event ”) and, upon the occurrence of the Cessation Event, HiCrush agrees to sell the Acquired Property to Chambers pursuant to and subject to the terms of Sections 6.8 and 6.10 of the Purchase Agreement unless HiCrush pays to Chambers, within 30 days after the end of such Operations Period, an amount equal to the following:

(i) If HiCrush does not satisfy the minimum royalty payments during the Initial Operations Period, then HiCrush shall pay an amount equal to the product of the Frac Base Amount times the amount obtained by subtracting the (i) number of tons on which Royalty was paid to Chambers by HiCrush during the Initial Operations Period from (ii) 825,000.

(ii) If HiCrush does not satisfy the minimum royalty payments during any Subsequent Operations Period, then HiCrush shall pay an amount equal to the product of the Frac Base Amount, as escalated pursuant to Section II.C, times the amount obtained by subtracting (i) the number of tons on which Royalty was paid to Chambers during such Subsequent Operations Period and during the two years prior to such Subsequent Operations Period from (ii) 1,050,000.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if HiCrush elects to make a payment to Chambers pursuant to this Section III.E, then it shall be deemed for all purposes that HiCrush paid Royalty to Chambers on the Shortfall Amount for the applicable Operations Period for purposes of calculating the rolling three year total in subsequent years.

Article IV. Miscellaneous

A. Representations and Warranties . Each Party hereby represents and warrants that it has due authority to enter into this Agreement and that this Agreement and the terms and provisions provided for herein do not and will not violate any agreements by which such Party may be bound.

B. No Rights in Plant Operation or Business . This Agreement provides Chambers only the right to payment of monies as expressly provided for herein. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as providing Chambers any rights or authority in connection with the operation or management of HiCrush’s business or the extraction or sale of the Frac Sand or Non-Frac Sand on the Acquired Property. In this regard, it is agreed and understood that Chambers shall look exclusively to the Royalty, if any, for the satisfaction of any amounts payable under this Agreement.

 

5


C. Assignment . This Agreement and the rights, duties and obligations hereunder may be assigned by each Party with the express prior written notice to the other Party; provided , however , that Chambers shall not assign Chambers’ rights, duties and obligations under this Agreement to any entity or person that is directly or indirectly in competition with HiCrush or any of HiCrush’s affiliates without the prior written consent of HiCrush.

D. Entire Agreement; Modification . This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, and supersedes all negotiations, representations, warranties, commitments, offers, and contracts, whether oral or written, prior to the date hereof. No modification or amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless made in a written instrument, duly executed by the Party to be bound thereby.

E. Severability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement violates any applicable law or is held unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be invalid to the extent of such violation without affecting the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

F. Successors; Third Party Rights . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Nothing herein is intended to or shall create any rights in any person other than the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

G. Waiver . No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing. The waiver by any Party of a breach of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any preceding or subsequent breach.

H. Captions . The captions of the various sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

I. Notices . All notices, requests, demands, and other communications pursuant to this Agreement must be in writing, will be deemed to have been effectively given on the date of actual receipt by the recipient party (arrival at the address or facsimile number indicated below being deemed to constitute receipt by the recipient party), and shall be: (i) delivered personally; (ii) mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid; (iii) by facsimile, or (iv) delivered by a recognized express courier service, as follows:

 

        If to Chambers:    Mr. Everett E. Chambers
   Mrs. Joanne B. Chambers
   29175 Dorset Avenue
   Tomah, WI 54660
   Phone: (608) 343-0085
   Facsimile: (866) 624-7288
   Email: kalmia@centurytel.net

 

6


If to HiCrush:    Hi-Crush Proppants LLC
   Attn: Mr. Robert E. Rasmus
   Three Riverway, Suite 1550
   Houston, Texas 77056
   Phone: (713) 963-0099
   Facsimile: (713) 963-0088

Any Party may change the address to which notices and other communications are to be directed to it by giving notice of such change to the other Party in the manner provided in this Section.

J. Choice of Law; Jurisdiction . The substantive laws of the State of Delaware (without reference to conflict of laws principles) shall govern the interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement. Each Party submits to the jurisdiction of any federal court sitting in Madison, Wisconsin in any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement and agrees that all claims in respect of this Agreement may be heard and determined in any such court.

K. Counterparts and Facsimiles . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be deemed to be an original, and all of which together will be one and the same document. Delivery of this Agreement by facsimile transmission or other electronic means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

L. Non-Disclosure of Agreement . Except as may be required by law or regulation, Chambers shall not disclose any of the terms of this Agreement without the prior written consent of HiCrush, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement effective as of the Effective Date.

CHAMBERS:

/s/ Everett E. Chambers                                                                                   

Everett E. Chambers

/s/ Joanne B. Chambers                                                                                   

Joanne B. Chambers

HICRUSH:

Hi-Crush Operating LLC

By:  /s/ James M. Whipkey                                                                             

Name: James M. Whipkey

Title: Chief Executive Officer and President

Signature Page to Royalty Agreement


Exhibit A

Chambers Property

South Half (S  1 / 2 ) of Section Eight (8) and all that part of Northeast Quarter (NE  1 / 4 ) of Section Seventeen (17), lying East of the Chicago, St. Paul, Minneapolis and Omaha Railroad Company right of way, all in Township 18 North, Range 1 East, Town of Byron, Monroe County, Wisconsin;

Excepting the following parcels:

1. Lands sold to Monroe County for highway purposes;

2. Lot One (1) of a Certified Survey Map recorded in Vol. 10 of CSM Pg. 157 as Doc. No. 446155, located in the NE  1 / 4 of SW  1 / 4 of Section 8, Township 18 North, Range 1 East, Monroe County, WI;

3. Lands described in Vol. 320 Records Pg. 317 as Doc. No. 488838;

4. Railroad Right-of-Way 115 Feet in width as depicted on Survey dated December 10, 2010 by Paul R. Knudson, Wisconsin Registered Land Surveyor, under Vierbicher Project No. 75107465, and on Right of Way and Track Map of Chicago, St. Paul, Minneapolis and Omaha Railway Co. dated June 30, 1917.

ALSO EXCEPTING: A parcel of land located in part of the NW 1/4 of the SW 1/4, NE 1/4 of the SW 1/4, NW 1/4 of the SE 1/4, and NE 1/4 of the SE 1/4 of Section 8, T18N, R1E, described as follows:

Commencing at the West quarter corner of said Section 8; thence S86°12’09”E along the eastwest quarter line of said Section 8, 787.99 feet to the Point of Beginning; thence continuing S86°12’09”E along said east-west quarter line, 563.52 feet to the Northwest corner of Lot 1, of Certified Survey Map recorded in Volume 10 of Certified Surveys on Page 157, as Document No. 446155; thence S00°00’04”W along the West line of said Lot 1, 294.60 feet to a found 1” iron pipe at the Southwest corner thereof; thence S86°11’02”E along the South line of said Lot 1, 294.90 feet to a found 1” iron pipe at the Southeast corner thereof; thence N00°01’40”W along the East line of said Lot 1, 294.71 feet to the Northeast corner thereof; thence S86°12’09”E along said east-west quarter line, 3607.23 feet to the East quarter corner of said Section 8; thence S00°04’47”E along the East line of said NE 1/4 of the SE 1/4, 759.23 feet; thence N86°12’09”W along a line parallel with said east-west quarter line, 3814.15 feet to the intersection with the Northeasterly right-of-way of Union Pacific Railroad; thence N39°03’11”W along said railroad right-of way, 1033.23 feet to the Point of Beginning.

Computer No. 006-00168-0000

Computer No. 006-00381-0000

Computer No. 006-00377-0000

Computer No. 006-00168-0001

Computer No. 006-00169-0000

Computer No. 006-00375-0000

Exhibit A to Royalty Agreement


Computer No. 006-00166-0000

Computer No. 006-00164-0000

Computer No. 006-00167-0000

Computer No. 006-00163-0000

Computer No. 006-00161-0000

Computer No. 006-00162-0001

Exhibit A to Royalty Agreement


Exhibit B

Non-Chambers Property

The real property located in Monroe County, Wisconsin as depicted on the following map, which includes the property identified as of the date of this Agreement by the following tax parcel identification numbers

 

Parcel

  

Tax Parcel ID #

 

1

     006-00386-0000   

2

     006-00385-0000   

3

     006-00387-0000   

4

     006-00389-0000   

5

     006-00391-0000   

6

     006-00390-0000   

7

     006-00398-0000   

8

     006-00397-0000   
     006-00400-0000   
     006-00376-0000   
     006-00402-5000   
     006-00380-0000   
     006-00382-0000   

9

     006-00395-0000   

10

     006-00378-0000   
     006-00379-5000   
     006-00375-5000   
     006-00384-0000   
     006-00399-0000   
     006-00366-0000   
     192-00077-0000   

11

     006-00392-0000   
     006-00393-0000   

12

     006-00401-0000   
     006-00402-0000   
     006-00401-2000   
     006-00401-2001   

13

     192-00086-0001   
     192-00086-0000   
     192-00086-0003   
     192-00086-0004   
     192-00087-0000   
     192-00089-0000   
     192-00090-0000   
     192-00091-0000   
     192-00092-0000   

Exhibit B to Royalty Agreement


     192-00084-0000   
     192-00083-0000   
     192-00020-0000   
     192-00021-0000   
     192-00018-0000   
     192-00017-0000   
     192-00014-0000   
     192-00015-0000   
     192-00016-0000   

14

     192-00079-0000   

15

     192-00081-0000   
     006-00362-0000   
     006-00362-2000   
     006-00365-0000   

16

     006-00182-0000   

[MAP ATTACHED ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

Exhibit B to Royalty Agreement


 

LOGO

Exhibit 10.12

SPECIFIC TERMS IN THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT OF THOSE TERMS HAS BEEN REQUESTED. THE REDACTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN SEPARATELY SUBMITTED TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, AND THE TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH THREE ASTERISKS (***).

ROYALTY AGREEMENT

THIS ROYALTY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of January 13, 2011 (the “ Effective Date ”) is entered into by and among Wildcat Companies, LLC, a Wisconsin limited liability company (“ WC ”), Monroe County Land Holdings, LLC, a Wisconsin limited liability company (“ Holdings ” and together with WC, “ Wildcat ”), P&S Real Estate Holdings, LLC, a Wisconsin limited liability company (“ P&S ”), and Hi-Crush Operating LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ HiCrush ”). Each of Wildcat, P&S and HiCrush may be referred to herein as a “Party”, and collectively as the “Parties”.

WHEREAS, Wildcat and HiCrush are each a party to that certain Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), pursuant to which HiCrush acquired certain real property owned by Wildcat located in Monroe County, Wisconsin;

WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution of the Purchase Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, HiCrush desires to pay to P&S a royalty for Frac Sand extracted from the real property acquired from Wildcat and sold by HiCrush;

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to make certain representations, covenants and other agreements in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

Article I. Definitions and Interpretation

A. Definitions . The following definitions shall for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated herein, apply to the terms used in this Agreement.

Acquired Property ” means those certain premises described on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein for all purposes by reference.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Due Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section II.C of this Agreement.

Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Frac Sand ” means sand employed as a fracturing proppant for completing oil and gas wells that meets the quality standards prescribed by the International Organization for Standardization and the American Petroleum Institute.

HiCrush ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.


Holdings ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

P&S ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Property Block ” means those certain premises described on Exhibit B attached hereto and incorporated herein for all purposes by reference; provided , however , that such area shall not include the Acquired Property.

Purchase Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

Raw Sand ” means unprocessed sand that will be processed for the purpose of producing Frac Sand.

Royalty ” has the meaning set forth in Section II.A of this Agreement.

Royalty Records ” has the meaning set forth in Section II.C of this Agreement.

Royalty Block ” means all land located within one mile of the perimeter of the Property Block; provided , however , that such area shall not include the Acquired Property or the Property Block.

WC ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Wildcat ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

B. Interpretation . Unless expressly provided elsewhere in this Agreement, this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) Whenever the context may require, any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine, or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa.

(ii) If a word or phrase is defined, its other grammatical forms have a corresponding meaning.

(iii) A reference to any party to this Agreement or another agreement or document includes the party’s permitted successors and assigns.

(iv) A reference to a writing includes a facsimile or email transmission of it and any means of reproducing of its words in a tangible and permanently visible form.

(v) The Exhibits attached to this Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Agreement.

(vi) The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

2


(vii) The word “or” will have the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or”.

(viii) “Shall” and “will” have equal force and effect.

(ix) References to “$” or to “dollars” shall mean the lawful currency of the United States of America.

(x) All references to “day” or “days” shall mean calendar days unless specified as a “business day.”

(xi) Time periods within or following which any payment is to be made or act is to be done shall be calculated by excluding the day on which the time period commences and including the day on which the time period ends and by extending the period to the next business day following if the last day of the time period is not a business day.

Article II. Royalty Payment

A. Royalty . During the term of this Agreement, HiCrush agrees to pay P&S a royalty (the “ Royalty ”) equal to the sum of (i) $*** for each ton of Frac Sand extracted from the Acquired Property or Property Block and processed, sold and delivered by HiCrush, including its affiliates, successors and assigns, for which HiCrush has received payment in full, (ii) $*** for each ton of Frac Sand extracted from the Royalty Block, processed at the facility located on the Acquired Property or Property Block, and sold and delivered by HiCrush, including its affiliates, successors and assigns, for which HiCrush has received payment in full, and (iii) $*** for each ton of Raw Sand extracted from the Acquired Property or the Property Block and sold and delivered by HiCrush, including its affiliates, successors and assigns, for which HiCrush has received payment in full. The Royalty paid to P&S hereunder shall not be reduced for any taxes, expenses and other burdens.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, no Royalty shall be paid on Frac Sand or Raw Sand by HiCrush’s successors or assigns where such Frac Sand or Raw Sand is extracted from land in the Royalty Block or Property Block that was owned or leased by such successor or assign of HiCrush prior to the date that such successor or assign became bound by the terms of this Agreement.

B. Arms-Length Transaction . If Frac Sand is (i) extracted from the Acquired Property or the Royalty Block and processed by HiCrush, including its affiliates, successors and assigns, and (ii) used by HiCrush, including its affiliates, successors and assigns without any payment for such Frac Sand, then it shall be presumed for purposes of this Agreement that such entity purchased the amount of Frac Sand used by such entity for which no payment was made and a Royalty equal to the sum of $*** for each ton of Frac Sand used by such entity shall be paid to P&S pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

C. Time of Payment and Payment Disputes . The Royalty payable under this Agreement with respect to a particular fiscal quarter shall be due and payable, without interest thereon, within 30 days after the end of such quarter (the “ Due Date ”). Each Royalty payment shall be accompanied by an unaudited royalty report showing the tonnages extracted from the

 

3


Acquired Property and sold by HiCrush to which that Royalty payment pertains. HiCrush will furnish to P&S its annual audited accounting records relating to the Royalty (the “ Royalty Records ”), prepared by a nationally recognized public accounting firm, promptly after HiCrush has received such records, which shall in no event be later than April 30 of each calendar year. If there is any difference between (i) the aggregate amount of the Royalty that was paid to P&S during the prior year and (ii) the aggregate amount of the Royalty that should have been paid to P&S during the prior year as calculated in accordance with the Royalty Records, such difference will be reconciled on the next Due Date.

D. Annual State Certification . Upon request by P&S, HiCrush shall provide evidence to P&S that HiCrush is in compliance with the applicable annual state certification of any weight scales that are used to weigh Frac Sand for which a Royalty shall be paid under Section II.A of this Agreement.

E. Interest . Any Royalty payment that is not made within *** of the Due Date shall accrue interest at the rate of *** per month, or the maximum rate allowed by Wisconsin law, beginning on the date such payment becomes past due, and continuing thereafter until paid in full.

Article III. Miscellaneous

A. Representations and Warranties . Each Party hereby represents and warrants that it has due authority to enter into this Agreement and that this Agreement and the terms and provisions provided for herein do not and will not violate any agreements by which such Party may be bound.

B. No Rights in Plant Operation or Business . This Agreement provides P&S only the right to payment of monies as expressly provided for herein. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as providing P&S any rights or authority in connection with the operation or management of HiCrush’s business or the extraction or sale of the Frac Sand on the Acquired Property.

C. Assignment . Each Party may assign this Agreement to any other individual or entity with prior written notice to the other Party; provided , however , that neither Wildcat nor P&S shall assign any of their respective rights, duties and obligations under this Agreement to any entity or person that is directly or indirectly in competition with HiCrush or any of HiCrush’s affiliates without the prior written consent of HiCrush.

D. Entire Agreement; Modification . This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, and supersedes all negotiations, representations, warranties, commitments, offers, and contracts, whether oral or written, prior to the date hereof. No modification or amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless made in a written instrument, duly executed by the Party to be bound thereby.

E. Severability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement violates any applicable law or is held unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be invalid to the extent of such violation without affecting the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

 

4


F. Successors; Third Party Rights . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns, including all subsequent owners of the Acquired Property. Nothing herein is intended to or shall create any rights in any person other than the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

G. Waiver . No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing. The waiver by any Party of a breach of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any preceding or subsequent breach.

H. Captions . The captions of the various sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

I. Notices . All notices, requests, demands, and other communications pursuant to this Agreement must be in writing, will be deemed to have been effectively given on the date of actual receipt by the recipient party (arrival at the address or facsimile number indicated below being deemed to constitute receipt by the recipient party), and shall be: (i) delivered personally; (ii) mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid; (iii) by facsimile, or (iv) delivered by a recognized express courier service, as follows:

 

        If to Wildcat/P&S:

   P&S Real Estate Holdings, LLC
   Mr. Jerome Pientok
   3806 Oakwood Hills Pkwy, Suite 2
   Eau Claire, WI 54701
   Phone: 715-797-3103

        If to HiCrush:

   Hi-Crush Operating LLC
   Attn: Mr. Robert E. Rasmus
   Three Riverway, Suite 1550
   Houston, Texas 77056
   Phone: (713) 963-0099
   Facsimile: (713) 963-0088

Any Party may change the address to which notices and other communications are to be directed to it by giving notice of such change to the other Party in the manner provided in this Section.

J. Choice of Law . The substantive laws of the State of Delaware (without reference to conflict of laws principles) shall govern the interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement.

K. Counterparts and Facsimiles . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be deemed to be an original, and all of which together will be one and the same document. Delivery of this Agreement by facsimile transmission or other electronic means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

 

5


L. Non-Disclosure of Agreement . Except as may be required by law or regulation, Wildcat, P&S and their respective representatives shall not disclose any of the terms of this Agreement without the prior written consent of HiCrush.

M. Memorandum of Agreement . A memorandum of this Agreement in the form of Exhibit C shall be recorded in the land records of Monroe County, Wisconsin.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement effective as of the Effective Date.

 

   WILDCAT:
   Wildcat Companies, LLC
  

By:

   /s/ Jerome Pientak
     

 

  

Name:

   Jerome Pientak
  

Title:

   Authorized Member
   Monroe County Land Holdings, LLC
  

By:

   /s/ Jerome Pientak
     

 

  

Name:

   Jerome Pientak
  

Title:

   Authorized Member
   P&S:
   P&S Real Estate Holdings, LLC
  

By:

   /s/ Jerome Pientak
     

 

  

Name:

   Jerome Pientak
  

Title:

   Authorized Member
   HICRUSH:
   Hi-Crush Operating LLC
  

By:

   /s/ James M. Whipkey
     

 

  

Name:

   James M. Whipkey
  

Title:

   Chief Executive Officer

Signature Page to Royalty Agreement


Exhibit A

Acquired Property

Parcel I :

Lot Two (2) of a Certified Survey Map recorded in Vol. 18 CSM Pg. 191, as Doc. No. 550818 located in the NW  1 / 4 of the NE  1 / 4 of Section 17, Township 18 North, Range 1 East, Monroe County, WI.

The Northwest Quarter of the Southeast Quarter (NW  1 / 4 of SE  1 / 4 );

The East 3 rods of the Southwest Quarter of the Southeast Quarter (SW  1 / 4 of SE  1 / 4 ), Except those lands described in Vol. 181 Deeds Pg. 564, as Doc. No. 233574;

The Southwest Quarter of the Northeast Quarter (SW  1 / 4 of NE  1 / 4 ), lying South of the drainage ditch;

The Northeast Quarter of the Southeast Quarter; Except the following parcels:

Those lands described in Vol. 29 Deeds Pg. 216;

Those lands described in Vol. 31 Deeds Pg. 61;

Those lands described in Vol. 9 CSM Pg. 202 as Doc. No. 434580;

Those lands lying Southwest of the drainage ditch, which runs Northwesterly and Southeasterly across the Southwest corner of the Southeast Quarter of the Northeast Quarter.

All in Section 17, Township 18 North, Range 1 East.

Computer No. 006-00397-0000

Computer No. 006-00382-0000

Computer No. 006-00400-0000

Computer No. 006-00380-0000

Computer No. 006-00376-0000

Computer No. 006-00402-5000

Parcel II :

A parcel of land located in the SW 1/4 of the SW 1/4 and NW 1/4 of SW 1/4 of Section 16 and the NE 1/4 of the NE 1/4, NW 1/4 of NE 1/4, SW 1/4 of NE 1/4, SE 1/4 of NE 1/4 and the NE  1 / 4 of SE 1/4, Section 17, Township 18 North, Range 1 East, Town of Bryon, and Village of Wyeville, Monroe County, Wisconsin, described as follows: Beginning at the S 1/4 corner of Section 8, Township 18 North, Range 1 East; thence N0 degrees 02’01” W along the West line of the SW 1/4 of SE 1/4 of said Section 8, a distance of 321.55 feet; thence S38 degrees 58’15” E, a distance of 6308.52 feet to the East line of said SW 1/4 of SW 1/4; thence S0 degrees 15’09” E along said East line, a distance of 820.83 feet to the North right of way line of S.T.H. “21”; thence N86 degrees 35’13” W along said North line, a distance of 1329.69 feet to the West line of said SW 1/4 of SW 1/4; thence N0 degrees 07’21” W, a distance of 1157.65 feet to the Northwest corner of said SW 1/4 of SW 1/4; thence N0 degrees 13’18” W along the West line of

Exhibit A to Royalty Agreement


said NW 1/4 of SW 1/4, a distance of 774.59 feet to the Southerly line of the Union Pacific Railroad; thence N38 degrees 57’52” W along said Southerly line, a distance of 818.37 feet to the Southeast corner of Lot 1 of Volume 18 of Certified Survey Maps, Page 191; thence N38 degrees 58’46” W along said Southerly line, a distance of 3375.13 feet to the West line of said NW 1/4 of NE 1/4; thence N0 degrees 13”00” W a distance of 132.49 feet to the point of beginning, EXCEPT that part contained within the SW 1/4 of SE 1/4 of said Section 8.

Computer No. 192-00077-0000

Computer No. 006-00366-0000

Computer No. 006-00378-0000

Computer No. 006-00399-0000

Computer No. 006-00375-5000

Computer No. 006-00379-5000

Computer No. 006-00384-0000

Exhibit A to Royalty Agreement


Exhibit B

Property Block

The real property located in Monroe County, Wisconsin as depicted on the following map as parcels 1–10, but expressly excluding the parcels identified as “Acquired Property”, which includes the property identified as of the date of this Agreement by the following tax parcel identification numbers:

 

Parcel

   Tax Parcel ID #  

1

     006-00386-0000   

2

     006-00385-0000   

3

     006-00387-0000   

4

     006-00389-0000   

5

     006-00391-0000   

6

     006-00390-0000   

7

     006-00398-0000   

8

     006-00162-0001   
     006-00163-0000   
     006-00164-0000   
     006-00168-0001   

9

     006-00395-0000   

10

     006-00162-0000   
     006-00161-0000   
     006-00167-0000   
     006-00166-0000   
     006-00168-0000   
     006-00169-0000   
     006-00377-0000   
     006-00375-0000   
     006-00381-0000   

[MAP ATTACHED ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

Exhibit B to Royalty Agreement


LOGO


EXHIBIT C

Form of Memorandum of Rights under Royalty Agreement

[ATTACHED]


Document No.                          

 

MEMORANDUM OF RIGHTS UNDER

ROYALTY AGREEMENT

  

 

 

 

Recording Area

Name and Return Address

Weld, Riley, Prenn & Ricci, S.C.

PO Box 1030

Eau Claire, WI 54702-1030

Attn: William J. Spangler

This is not a conveyance under Section 77.21(1), Wis. Stats. and is not subject to transfer return or fee.   

See attached Exhibit A

Parcel Identification Number (PIN)

This is not homestead property.

    (is) (is not)

Notice is hereby given by P&S Real Estate Holdings, LLC, whose address is 3806 Oakwood Hills Pkwy, Suite 2, Eau Claire, WI 54701 (“ Payee ”) that, pursuant to that certain Royalty Agreement dated on or about January 13, 2011, (the “ Royalty Agreement ”) by and among Wildcat Companies, LLC, Monroe County Land Holdings, LLC, P&S Real Estate Holdings, LLC, and Hi-Crush Operating LLC (“Payor”), Payor has agreed to pay to Payee a royalty for Frac Sand (as defined in the Royalty Agreement) extracted from the real property located in Monroe County, Wisconsin, specifically described on Exhibit A attached hereto.

[SIGNATURE PAGES TO FOLLOW]

Exhibit C to Royalty Agreement


 

    PAYOR:
    Hi-Crush Operating LLC
    By:    
    Name:  
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer & President

 

STATE OF       )
    ) ss.
COUNTY OF       )

Personally came before me this              day of                                         , 2011, the above named                          known by me to be the person who executed and acknowledged the foregoing instrument.

                                                                                           , Notary Public

My commission expires                                                                   .

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

Exhibit C to Royalty Agreement


 

    PAYEE:
    P&S Real Estate Holdings, LLC
    By:   /s/ Jerome Pientok
      Jerome Pientok, Authorized Member

 

STATE OF       )
    ) ss.
COUNTY OF       )

Personally came before me this              day of                         , 2011, the above named                                  known by me to be the person who executed and acknowledged the foregoing instrument.

                                                                                           , Notary Public

My commission expires                                                                           .

This instrument was drafted by:

Alex Niebruegge

Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.

1301 McKinney, Suite 5100

Houston, Texas 77010

Exhibit C to Royalty Agreement


Exhibit A

Parcel I:

Lot Two (2) of a Certified Survey Map recorded in Vol. 18 CSM Pg. 191, as Doc. No. 550818 located in the NW 1/4 of the NE 1/4 of Section 17, Township 18 North, Range 1 East, Monroe County, WI.

The Northwest Quarter of the Southeast Quarter (NW 1/4 of SE 1/4);

The East 3 rods of the Southwest Quarter of the Southeast Quarter (SW 1/4 of SE 1/4), Except those lands described in Vol. 181 Deeds Pg. 564, as Doc. No. 233574;

The Southwest Quarter of the Northeast Quarter (SW 1/4 of NE 1/4), lying South of the drainage ditch;

The Northeast Quarter of the Southeast Quarter; Except the following parcels:

Those lands described in Vol. 29 Deeds Pg. 216;

Those lands described in Vol. 31 Deeds Pg. 61;

Those lands described in Vol. 9 CSM Pg. 202 as Doc. No. 434580;

Those lands lying Southwest of the drainage ditch, which runs Northwesterly and Southeasterly across the Southwest corner of the Southeast Quarter of the Northeast Quarter.

All in Section 17, Township 18 North, Range 1 East.

Computer No. 006-00397-0000

Computer No. 006-00382-0000

Computer No. 006-00400-0000

Computer No. 006-00380-0000

Computer No. 006-00376-0000

Computer No. 006-00402-5000

Parcel II:

A parcel of land located in the SW 1/4 of the SW 1/4 and NW 1/4 of SW 1/4 of Section 16 and the NE 1/4 of the NE 1/4, NW 1/4 of NE 1/4, SW 1/4 of NE 1/4, SE 1/4 of NE 1/4 and the NE 1/4 of SE 1/4, Section 17, Township 18 North, Range 1 East, Town of Bryon, and Village of Wyeville, Monroe County, Wisconsin, described as follows: Beginning at the S 1/4 corner of Section 8, Township 18 North, Range 1 East; thence N0 degrees 02’01” W along the West line of the SW 1/4 of SE 1/4 of said Section 8, a distance of 321.55 feet; thence S38 degrees 58’15” E, a distance of 6308.52 feet to the East line of said SW 1/4 of SW 1/4; thence S0 degrees 15’09” E along said East line, a distance of 820.83 feet to the North right of way line of S.T.H. “21”; thence N86 degrees 35’13” W along said North line, a distance of 1329.69 feet to the West line of said SW 1/4 of SW 1/4; thence N0 degrees 07’21” W, a distance of 1157.65 feet to the Northwest corner of said SW 1/4 of SW 1/4; thence N0 degrees 13’18” W along the West line of said NW 1/4 of SW 1/4, a distance of 774.59 feet to the Southerly line of the Union Pacific Railroad; thence N38 degrees 57’52” W along said Southerly line, a distance of 818.37 feet to


the Southeast corner of Lot 1 of Volume 18 of Certified Survey Maps, Page 191; thence N38 degrees 58’46” W along said Southerly line, a distance of 3375.13 feet to the West line of said NW 1/4 of NE 1/4; thence N0 degrees 13”00” W a distance of 132.49 feet to the point of beginning, EXCEPT that part contained within the SW 1/4 of SE 1/4 of said Section 8.

Computer No. 192-00077-0000

Computer No. 006-00366-0000

Computer No. 006-00378-0000

Computer No. 006-00399-0000

Computer No. 006-00375-5000

Computer No. 006-00379-5000

Computer No. 006-00384-0000

Exhibit 10.13

SPECIFIC TERMS IN THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT OF THOSE TERMS HAS BEEN REQUESTED. THE REDACTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN SEPARATELY SUBMITTED TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, AND THE TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH THREE ASTERISKS (***).

ROYALTY AGREEMENT

THIS ROYALTY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of March 17, 2011 (the “ Effective Date ”), is entered into by and between HICRUSH, LLC, a Texas limited liability company (“ Alcorn HC ”), and Hi-Crush Operating LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ HiCrush ”). Each of Alcorn HC and HiCrush may be referred to herein as a “ Party ”, and collectively as the “ Parties ”.

WHEREAS, HiCrush desires to pay to Alcorn HC a royalty for Frac Sand extracted from certain real property located in Monroe County, Wisconsin;

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to make certain representations, covenants and other agreements in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

Article I. Definitions and Interpretation

A. Definitions . The following definitions shall for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated herein, apply to the terms used in this Agreement.

Acquired Property ” means those certain premises described on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein for all purposes by reference.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Alcorn HC ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Due Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section II.B of this Agreement.

Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Frac Sand ” means sand employed as a fracturing proppant for completing oil and gas wells that meets the quality standards prescribed by the International Organization for Standardization and the American Petroleum Institute.

HiCrush ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Property Block ” means those certain premises described on Exhibit B attached hereto and incorporated herein for all purposes by reference; provided , however , that such area shall not include the Acquired Property.


Raw Sand ” means unprocessed sand that can be processed for the purpose of producing Frac Sand.

Royalty ” has the meaning set forth in Section II.A of this Agreement.

Royalty Records ” has the meaning set forth in Section II.B of this Agreement.

B. Interpretation . Unless expressly provided elsewhere in this Agreement, this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) Whenever the context may require, any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine, or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa.

(ii) If a word or phrase is defined, its other grammatical forms have a corresponding meaning.

(iii) A reference to any party to this Agreement includes the party’s permitted successors and assigns.

(iv) A reference to a writing includes a facsimile or email transmission of it and any means of reproducing of its words in a tangible and permanently visible form.

(v) The Exhibits attached to this Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Agreement.

(vi) The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

(vii) The word “or” will have the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or”.

(viii) “Shall” and “will” have equal force and effect.

(ix) References to “$” or to “dollars” shall mean the lawful currency of the United States of America.

(x) All references to “day” or “days” shall mean calendar days unless specified as a “business day.”

(xi) Time periods within or following which any payment is to be made or act is to be done shall be calculated by excluding the day on which the time period commences and including the day on which the time period ends and by extending the period to the next business day following if the last day of the time period is not a business day.

 

2


Article II. Royalty Payment

A. Royalty . During the term of this Agreement, HiCrush agrees to pay Alcorn HC a royalty (the “ Royalty ”) equal to the sum of (i) $*** for each ton of Frac Sand extracted from the Acquired Property or Property Block and processed, sold and delivered by HiCrush, including its affiliates, successors and assigns, for which HiCrush has received payment in full and (ii) $*** for each ton of Raw Sand extracted from the Acquired Property or the Property Block and sold and delivered by HiCrush, including its affiliates, successors and assigns, for which HiCrush has received payment in full. The Royalty paid to Alcorn HC hereunder shall not be reduced for any taxes, expenses and other burdens.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, no Royalty shall be paid on Frac Sand by HiCrush’s successors or assigns where such Frac Sand is extracted from land in the Property Block that was owned or leased by such successor or assign of HiCrush prior to the date that such successor or assign became bound by the terms of this Agreement.

B. Arms Length Transaction . If Frac Sand or Raw Sand is (i) extracted from the Acquired Property or the Property Block and processed by HiCrush, including its affiliates, successors and assigns, and (ii) used by HiCrush, including its affiliates, successors and assigns without any payment for such Frac Sand or Raw Sand, then it shall be presumed for purposes of this Agreement that such entity purchased the amount of Frac Sand or Raw Sand used by such entity for which no payment was made and a Royalty equal to the sum of $*** for each ton of Frac Sand or Raw Sand used by such entity shall be paid to Alcorn HC pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

C. Time of Payment and Payment Disputes . The Royalty payable under this Agreement with respect to a particular fiscal quarter shall be due and payable, without interest thereon, within 30 days after the end of such quarter (the “ Due Date ”). Each Royalty payment shall be accompanied by an unaudited royalty report showing the tonnages extracted from the Acquired Property and Property Block and sold by HiCrush to which that Royalty payment pertains. HiCrush will furnish to Alcorn HC its annual audited accounting records relating to the Royalty (the “ Royalty Records ”), prepared by a nationally recognized public accounting firm, promptly after HiCrush has received such records, which shall in no event be later than April 30 of each calendar year. If there is any difference between (i) the aggregate amount of the Royalty that was paid to Alcorn HC during the prior year and (ii) the aggregate amount of the Royalty that should have been paid to Alcorn HC during the prior year as calculated in accordance with the Royalty Records, such difference will be reconciled on the next Due Date.

D. Termination of Agreement . If Alcorn HC, or any affiliate of Alcorn HC at the time of such affiliation or within three years of such affiliation, purchases or leases (i) any property located in the Property Block or (ii) any portion of any property that is contiguous to any property located in the Property Block or the Acquired Property, then HiCrush shall no longer be obligated to pay any Royalty to Alcorn HC pursuant to Section II.A of this Agreement and this Agreement shall automatically be terminated and of no further force and effect.

 

3


E. Annual State Certification . Upon request by Alcorn HC, HiCrush shall provide evidence to Alcorn HC that HiCrush is in compliance with the applicable annual state certification of any weight scales that are used to weigh Frac Sand for which a Royalty shall be paid under Section II.A of this Agreement.

F. Interest . Any Royalty payment that is not made within *** of the Due Date shall accrue interest at the rate of *** per month, or the maximum rate allowed by Wisconsin law, beginning on the date such payment becomes past due, and continuing thereafter until paid in full.

Article III. Miscellaneous

A. Representations and Warranties . Each Party hereby represents and warrants that it has due authority to enter into this Agreement and that this Agreement and the terms and provisions provided for herein do not and will not violate any agreements by which such Party may be bound.

B. No Rights in Plant Operation or Business . This Agreement provides Alcorn HC only the right to payment of monies as expressly provided for herein. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as providing Alcorn HC any rights or authority in connection with the operation or management of HiCrush’s business or the extraction or sale of the Frac Sand on the Acquired Property.

C. Assignment . Each Party may assign this Agreement to any other individual or entity with prior written notice to the other Party; provided , however , that Alcorn HC may not assign any of its rights, duties and obligations under this Agreement to any entity or person that is directly or indirectly in competition with HiCrush or any of HiCrush’s affiliates without the prior written consent of HiCrush.

D. Entire Agreement; Modification . This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, and supersedes all negotiations, representations, warranties, commitments, offers, and contracts, whether oral or written, prior to the date hereof. No modification or amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless made in a written instrument, duly executed by the Party to be bound thereby.

E. Severability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement violates any applicable law or is held unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be invalid to the extent of such violation without affecting the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

F. Successors; Third Party Rights . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns, including all subsequent owners of the Acquired Property. Nothing herein is intended to or shall create any rights in any person other than the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

G. Waiver . No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing. The waiver by any Party of a breach of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any preceding or subsequent breach.

 

4


H. Captions . The captions of the various sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

I. Notices . All notices, requests, demands, and other communications pursuant to this Agreement must be in writing, will be deemed to have been effectively given on the date of actual receipt by the recipient party (arrival at the address or facsimile number indicated below being deemed to constitute receipt by the recipient party), and shall be: (i) delivered personally; (ii) mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid; (iii) by facsimile, or (iv) delivered by a recognized express courier service, as follows:

If to Alcorn HC: HICRUSH, LLC

Attn: Mr. George Alcorn

2000 Post Oak Blvd # 2410

Houston, TX 77056-4492

If to HiCrush:     Hi-Crush Operating LLC

Attn: Mr. Robert E. Rasmus

Three Riverway, Suite 1550

Houston, Texas 77056

Phone: (713) 963-0099

Facsimile: (713) 963-0088

Any Party may change the address to which notices and other communications are to be directed to it by giving notice of such change to the other Party in the manner provided in this Section.

J. Choice of Law . The substantive laws of the State of Texas (without reference to conflict of laws principles) shall govern the interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement.

K. Counterparts and Facsimiles . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be deemed to be an original, and all of which together will be one and the same document. Delivery of this Agreement by facsimile transmission or other electronic means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

L. Non-Disclosure of Agreement . Except as may be required by law or regulation, Alcorn HC shall not disclose any of the terms of this Agreement without the prior written consent of HiCrush.

M. Memorandum of Agreement . Either Party to this Agreement shall be entitled to, subject to the consent of the other Party which shall not be unreasonably withheld, have a memorandum of this Agreement recorded in the land records of Monroe County, Wisconsin. Subject to the above consent provision, the Parties agree to execute all documents necessary to record the memorandum of this Agreement.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement effective as of the Effective Date.

 

ALCORN HC:
HiCRUSH LLC
By:   /s/ George A. Alcorn
Name:   George A. Alcorn
Title:   Manager

 

HICRUSH:
Hi-Crush Operating LLC
By:   /s/ James M. Whipkey
Name:   James M. Whipkey
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President

Signature Page to Royalty Agreement


Exhibit A

Acquired Property

Parcel I :

Lot Two (2) of a Certified Survey Map recorded in Vol. 18 CSM Pg. 191, as Doc. No. 550818 located in the NW  1 / 4 of the NE  1 / 4 of Section 17, Township 18 North, Range 1 East, Monroe County, WI.

The Northwest Quarter of the Southeast Quarter (NW  1 / 4 of SE  1 / 4 );

The East 3 rods of the Southwest Quarter of the Southeast Quarter (SW  1 / 4 of SE  1 / 4 ), Except those lands described in Vol. 181 Deeds Pg. 564, as Doc. No. 233574;

The Southwest Quarter of the Northeast Quarter (SW  1 / 4 of NE  1 / 4 ), lying South of the drainage ditch;

The Northeast Quarter of the Southeast Quarter; Except the following parcels:

Those lands described in Vol. 29 Deeds Pg. 216;

Those lands described in Vol. 31 Deeds Pg. 61;

Those lands described in Vol. 9 CSM Pg. 202 as Doc. No. 434580;

Those lands lying Southwest of the drainage ditch, which runs Northwesterly and Southeasterly across the Southwest corner of the Southeast Quarter of the Northeast Quarter.

All in Section 17, Township 18 North, Range 1 East.

Computer No. 006-00397-0000

Computer No. 006-00382-0000

Computer No. 006-00400-0000

Computer No. 006-00380-0000

Computer No. 006-00376-0000

Computer No. 006-00402-5000

Parcel II :

A parcel of land located in the SW 1/4 of the SW 1/4 and NW 1/4 of SW 1/4 of Section 16 and the NE 1/4 of the NE 1/4, NW 1/4 of NE 1/4, SW 1/4 of NE 1/4, SE 1/4 of NE 1/4 and the NE  1 / 4 of SE 1/4, Section 17, Township 18 North, Range 1 East, Town of Bryon, and Village of Wyeville, Monroe County, Wisconsin, described as follows: Beginning at the S 1/4 corner of Section 8, Township 18 North, Range 1 East; thence N0 degrees 02’01” W along the West line of the SW 1/4 of SE 1/4 of said Section 8, a distance of 321.55 feet; thence S38 degrees 58’15” E, a distance of 6308.52 feet to the East line of said SW 1/4 of SW 1/4; thence S0 degrees 15’09” E along said East line, a distance of 820.83 feet to the North right of way line of S.T.H. “21”; thence N86 degrees 35’13” W along said North line, a distance of 1329.69 feet to the West line of said SW 1/4 of SW 1/4; thence N0 degrees 07’21” W, a distance of 1157.65 feet to the Northwest corner of said SW 1/4 of SW 1/4; thence N0 degrees 13’18” W along the West line of

Exhibit A to Royalty Agreement


said NW 1/4 of SW 1/4, a distance of 774.59 feet to the Southerly line of the Union Pacific Railroad; thence N38 degrees 57’52” W along said Southerly line, a distance of 818.37 feet to the Southeast corner of Lot 1 of Volume 18 of Certified Survey Maps, Page 191; thence N38 degrees 58’46” W along said Southerly line, a distance of 3375.13 feet to the West line of said NW 1/4 of NE 1/4; thence N0 degrees 13”00” W a distance of 132.49 feet to the point of beginning, EXCEPT that part contained within the SW 1/4 of SE 1/4 of said Section 8.

Computer No. 192-00077-0000

Computer No. 006-00366-0000

Computer No. 006-00378-0000

Computer No. 006-00399-0000

Computer No. 006-00375-5000

Computer No. 006-00379-5000

Computer No. 006-00384-0000

Exhibit A to Royalty Agreement


Exhibit B

Property Block

The real property located in Monroe County, Wisconsin as depicted on the following map as parcels 1–10, but expressly excluding the parcels identified as “Acquired Property”, which includes the property identified as of the date of this Agreement by the following tax parcel identification numbers:

 

Parcel

  

Tax Parcel ID #

 

1

     006-00386-0000   

2

     006-00385-0000   

3

     006-00387-0000   

4

     006-00389-0000   

5

     006-00391-0000   

6

     006-00390-0000   

7

     006-00398-0000   

8

     006-00162-0001   
     006-00163-0000   
     006-00164-0000   
     006-00168-0001   

9

     006-00395-0000   

10

     006-00162-0000   
     006-00161-0000   
     006-00167-0000   
     006-00166-0000   
     006-00168-0000   
     006-00169-0000   
     006-00377-0000   
     006-00375-0000   
     006-00381-0000   

Exhibit B to Royalty Agreement


 

LOGO

Exhibit 10.14

Execution Copy

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is made as of May 25, 2011 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Hi-Crush Proppants, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and Robert E. Rasmus (“ Executive ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive on the terms and conditions, and for the consideration, hereinafter set forth and Executive desires to be employed by the Company on such terms and conditions and for such consideration;

NOW, THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and obligations contained herein, the Company and Executive agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

In addition to the terms defined in the body of this Agreement, for purposes of this Agreement, the following capitalized words shall have the meanings indicated below:

1.1 Board ” shall mean the Board of Managers of the Company.

1.2 Cause ” shall mean Executive’s: (i) conviction of, or entry of a guilty plea or plea of no contest with respect to, a felony or any other crime directly or indirectly involving Executive’s lack of honesty or moral turpitude; (ii) drug or alcohol abuse for which Executive fails to undertake and maintain treatment within five calendar days after requested by the Company; (iii) acts of fraud, embezzlement, theft, dishonesty or gross misconduct; (iv) material misappropriation (or attempted misappropriation) of any of the Company’s funds or property; or (v) a breach of the Executive’s obligations under Section 2.2 hereunder, as determined by a majority of the Board, which such majority shall include at least one Class A Member (as defined in the LLC Agreement). If capable of cure, then with respect to items (iii), (iv), and (v), Executive shall have 30 days to cure the situation following receipt of written notice of the specific circumstance(s) constituting Cause. For the avoidance of doubt, Cause shall not exist hereunder unless and until the expiration of the 30-day cure period, if applicable, following receipt by the Executive of the Company’s written notice of a Cause event and Executive shall not have cured such circumstances, and in such case Executive’s employment shall terminate for Cause on the day following expiration of such 30-day cure period.

1.3 Good Reason ” shall mean, without Executive’s consent, (i) the Company materially breached its obligations under this Agreement; (ii) any material diminution of the duties of the Executive; (iii) a reduction in Executive’s base salary, other than pursuant to a proportionate reduction applicable to all senior executives or employees generally and the members of the Board, to the extent such Board members receives Board fees; or (iv) the relocation of the geographic location of Executive’s principal place of employment by more than 50 miles from the location of Executive’s principal place of employment as of the Effective Date. With respect to this provision, the Company shall have 30 days to cure the situation following receipt of written notice of the specific circumstance(s) constituting Good Reason,


which such notice must be provided by Executive within fifteen (15) days after the initial existence of the event giving rise to Good Reason. For the avoidance of doubt, Good Reason shall not exist hereunder unless and until the 30-day cure period following receipt by the Company of Executive’s written notice expires and the Company shall not have cured such circumstances, and in such case Executive’s employment shall terminate for Good Reason on the day following expiration of such 30-day cure period.

1.4 Closing ” means the closing of the transactions provided for in the Purchase Agreement.

1.5 Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.6 Date of Termination ” shall mean the date Executive’s employment with the Company is considered to have terminated pursuant to Section 3.4.

1.7 LLC Agreement ” shall mean the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of even date hereof.

1.8 Purchase Agreement ” shall mean the Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of even date hereof, among ACP HIP Splitter, L.P., ACP HIP Splitter (Offshore), L.P., RER Legacy Investments LLC, JMW Legacy Investments LLC, Blessed & Favored Investments, LLC and the Company.

1.9 Section 409A Payment Date ” shall mean the earlier of (a) the date of Executive’s death or (b) the date that is six months after the date of termination of Executive’s employment with the Company.

ARTICLE II

EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES

2.1 Employment; Effective Date . The Company agrees to employ Executive, and Executive agrees to be employed by the Company, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement beginning as of the Effective Date and continuing for the period of time set forth in Article III of this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

2.2 Positions . From and after the Effective Date, the Company shall employ Executive in the position of Co-President and Chief Executive Officer, reporting directly to Chairman of the Board, and such additional duties as the Board may reasonably designate from time to time. Executive agrees to perform in good faith the duties and services appertaining to such position. Executive’s employment shall also be subject to the policies maintained and established by the Company, as such policies may be amended from time to time with reasonable notice to Executive. Executive acknowledges that he owes the same fiduciary duties to the Company that an officer of a Delaware corporation owes to such corporation under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.


2.3 Other Interests . Executive agrees, during the period of Executive’s employment by the Company, to devote substantially all of his business time and efforts of the Company and its subsidiaries. The parties acknowledge and agree that Executive may (a) engage in and manage Executive’s passive personal investments and (b) engage in charitable and civic activities; provided, however, that such activities shall be permitted so long as such activities do not conflict with the business and affairs of the Company or materially interfere with Executive’s performance of Executive’s duties hereunder.

ARTICLE III

TERM AND TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

3.1 Term . Unless sooner terminated pursuant to other provisions hereof, the Company agrees to employ Executive for the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the first anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Initial Expiration Date ”); provided, however, that beginning on the Initial Expiration Date, and on each anniversary of the Initial Expiration Date thereafter, if Executive’s employment under this Agreement has not been terminated pursuant to Section 3.2 or 3.3, then said term of employment shall automatically be extended for an additional one-year period unless, on or before the date that is 60 days prior to the first day of any such extension period, either party gives written notice to the other that no such automatic extension shall occur, in which case the term of employment shall terminate as of the Initial Expiration Date or the anniversary of the Initial Expiration Date immediately following the giving of such notice, as applicable.

3.2 Company’s Right to Terminate . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.1, the Company may terminate Executive’s employment under this Agreement at any time for any of the following reasons:

(a) upon Executive’s becoming incapacitated by accident, sickness or other circumstance which renders him mentally or physically incapable of performing the duties and services required of him hereunder on a full-time basis for a period of at least 120 consecutive days or for a period of 180 days during any 12-month period; or

(b) Executive’s death; or

(c) for Cause; or

(d) for any other reason whatsoever or for no reason at all, in the sole discretion of the Company.

3.3 Executive’s Right to Terminate . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.1, Executive shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment under this Agreement for any of the following reasons:

(a) for Good Reason; or

(b) for any reason whatsoever or for no reason at all, in the sole discretion of Executive, by providing the Company with a notice of termination.


In the case of a termination of employment by Executive pursuant to this Section 3.3, the Date of Termination specified in the notice of termination shall not be less than 15 nor more than 60 days, respectively, from the date such notice is given, and the Company may require a Date of Termination earlier than that specified in the notice (and, if such earlier Date of Termination is so required, it shall not change the basis for Executive’s termination nor be construed or interpreted as a termination of employment pursuant to Section 3.1 or Section 3.2).

3.4 Deemed Resignations . Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Company and Executive prior to the termination of Executive’s employment, any termination of Executive’s employment shall (a) constitute an automatic resignation of Executive as an officer of the Company and each affiliate of the Company (if applicable), and (b) be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.18 and 5.3 of the LLC Agreement.

3.5 Meaning of Termination of Employment . For all purposes of this Agreement, Executive shall be considered to have terminated employment with the Company when Executive incurs a “separation from service” with the Company within the meaning of section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code and applicable administrative guidance issued thereunder.

3.6 No Termination . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, (a) Executive’s employment with the Company shall not be terminated by the Company (other than for Cause) prior to the earlier of the Closing and January 30, 2012, and (b) Executive and the Company acknowledge that money damages would not be sufficient remedy for any breach of this Section 3.6 by the Company, and Executive shall be entitled to seek to enforce the provisions of this Section 3.6 by obtaining specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for such breach or any threatened breach. Such remedies shall not be deemed the exclusive remedies for a breach of this Section 3.6 but shall be in addition to all remedies available at law or in equity, including the recovery of damages from the Company.

ARTICLE IV

COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

4.1 Base Salary . During the term of this Agreement, Executive shall receive an annualized base salary of $75,000 (the “ Base Salary ”). Executive’s Base Salary shall be paid in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s policy as exists from time to time regarding payment of compensation to similarly situated employees but no less frequently than monthly.

4.2 Bonuses . Executive shall be eligible for discretionary bonuses that may be awarded by the Company from time to time, it being understood that the Board shall have sole discretion to determine whether a bonus shall be awarded, the criteria for any bonus and the amount of any bonus. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to pay any bonus with respect to, or earned in, a given calendar year on or before March 31 of the following calendar year (and in no event shall a bonus be paid after April 30 of the following calendar year); provided, however, that Executive will be entitled to receive payment of a bonus only if Executive is employed by the Company on such date of payment.

4.3 Other Benefits . During Executive’s employment hereunder, Executive shall be eligible to participate in benefit plans and programs of the Company, including improvements or modifications of the same, which are now, or may hereafter be, available to similarly situated


employees of the Company. The Company shall not, however, by reason of this Section 4.3, be obligated to institute, maintain, or refrain from changing, amending, or discontinuing, any such benefit plan or program, so long as such changes are similarly applicable to similarly situated employees generally.

4.4 Expenses . The Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable business expenses incurred by Executive in performing services hereunder; provided that such expenses are incurred and accounted for in accordance with the policies and procedures established by the Company. Any such reimbursement of expenses shall be made by the Company upon or as soon as practicable following receipt of supporting documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Company (but in any event not later than the close of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense is incurred by Executive); provided, however, that, upon Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, in no event shall any additional reimbursement be made prior to the Section 409A Payment Date to the extent such payment delay is required under section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code. In no event shall the Company pay any reimbursement to which Executive is entitled after the later of (a) the first anniversary of the date of Executive’s death or (b) the date that is one year after the date of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company.

4.5 Vacation . During Executive’s employment hereunder, Executive shall be entitled to up to twenty (20) days paid vacation each calendar year, to be accrued, scheduled and taken in accordance with the Company’s standard vacation policy, as may be amended from time to time. Vacation time must be used in the calendar year in which it was awarded; any vacation time that is unused in one calendar year will not roll over to the following calendar year.

ARTICLE V

PROTECTION OF INFORMATION

5.1 Disclosure to and Property of the Company . For purposes of this Article V, the term “the Company” shall include the Company and any of its affiliates, and any reference to “employment” or similar terms shall include a director and/or consulting relationship. All non-public information, trade secrets, designs, ideas, concepts, improvements, product developments, discoveries and inventions, whether patentable or not, that are conceived, made, developed, disclosed to or acquired by Executive, individually or in conjunction with others, during the period of Executive’s employment by the Company (whether during business hours or otherwise and whether on the Company’s premises or otherwise) that relate to the Company’s or any of its affiliates’ businesses, trade secrets, products or services (including, without limitation, all such information relating to corporate opportunities, strategies, business plans, product specifications, compositions, manufacturing and distribution methods and processes, research, financial and sales data, pricing terms, evaluations, opinions, interpretations, acquisition prospects, the identity of customers or their requirements, the identity of key contacts within the customer’s organizations or within the organization of acquisition prospects, or production, marketing and merchandising techniques, prospective names and marks) and all writings or materials of any type embodying any of such information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, inventions and other similar forms of expression (collectively, “ Confidential Information ”) are and shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company or its affiliates, as applicable. Moreover, all documents, videotapes, presentations, brochures, drawings, memoranda, notes, records, files,


correspondence, manuals, models, specifications, computer programs, E-mail, voice mail, electronic databases, maps, drawings, architectural renditions, models and all other writings or materials of any type embodying any of such information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, inventions and other similar forms of expression (collectively, “ Work Product ”) are and shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company (or its affiliates). Executive agrees to perform all actions reasonably requested by the Company or its affiliates to establish and confirm such exclusive ownership. Upon termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, for any reason, Executive promptly shall deliver all Confidential Information and Work Product, and all copies thereof, to the Company.

5.2 No Unauthorized Use or Disclosure . Executive agrees to preserve and protect the confidentiality of all Confidential Information of the Company and its affiliates. Executive agrees that Executive will not, at any time during or after Executive’s employment with the Company, make any unauthorized disclosure of, and Executive shall not remove from the Company premises, Confidential Information or Work Product of the Company or its affiliates or make any use thereof, except, in each case, in the carrying out of Executive’s responsibilities hereunder. Executive shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all persons or entities to whom Confidential Information shall be disclosed by Executive hereunder to preserve and protect the confidentiality of such Confidential Information. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Executive shall have no obligation hereunder to keep confidential any Confidential Information if and to the extent disclosure thereof is specifically required by law; provided, however , that in the event disclosure is required by applicable law, Executive shall, to the extent practicable without violating applicable law, provide the Company with prompt notice of such requirement prior to making any such disclosure, so that the Company may, at its expense, seek an appropriate protective order. At the request of the Company at any time, to the extent practicable without violating applicable law, Executive agrees to deliver to the Company all Confidential Information that Executive may possess or control. Executive agrees that all Confidential Information of the Company (whether now or hereafter existing) conceived, discovered or made by Executive during the period of Executive’s employment by the Company exclusively belongs to the Company (and not to Executive), and upon request by the Company for specified Confidential Information, Executive will promptly disclose such Confidential Information to the Company and perform all actions reasonably requested by the Company to establish and confirm such exclusive ownership. Affiliates of the Company shall be third party beneficiaries of Executive’s obligations under this Article V. As a result of Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive may also from time to time have access to, or knowledge of, Confidential Information of third parties, such as customers, suppliers, partners, joint venturers, and the like, of the Company and its affiliates. Executive also agrees to preserve and protect the confidentiality of such third party Confidential Information.

5.3 Ownership by the Company . If, during Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive creates any work of authorship fixed in any tangible medium of expression that is the subject matter of copyright (such as videotapes, written presentations, or acquisitions, computer programs, E-mail, voice mail, electronic databases, drawings, maps, architectural renditions, models, manuals, brochures, or the like) relating to the Company’s business, products, or services, whether such work is created solely by Executive or jointly with others (whether during business hours or otherwise, whether patentable or not and whether on the


Company’s premises or otherwise), including any Work Product, the Company shall be deemed the author of such work if the work is prepared by Executive in the scope of Executive’s employment; or, if the work relating to the Company’s business, products, or services is not prepared by Executive within the scope of Executive’s employment but is specially ordered by the Company as a contribution to a collective work, as a part of a motion picture or other audiovisual work, as a translation, as a supplementary work, as a compilation, or as an instructional text, then the work shall be considered to be work made for hire and the Company shall be the author of the work. If the work relating to the Company’s business, products, or services is neither prepared by Executive within the scope of Executive’s employment nor a work specially ordered that is deemed to be a work made for hire during Executive’s employment by the Company, then Executive hereby agrees to assign, and by these presents does assign, to the Company all of Executive’s worldwide right, title, and interest in and to such work and all rights of copyright therein.

5.4 Assistance by Executive . During the period of Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive shall assist the Company and its nominee, at any reasonable time and at the Company’s expense, in the protection of the Company’s or its affiliates’ worldwide right, title and interest in and to Confidential Information and Work Product and the execution of all formal assignment documents requested by the Company or its nominee(s) and the execution of all lawful oaths and applications for patents and registration of copyright in the United States and foreign countries. After Executive’s employment with the Company terminates, at the reasonable request from time to time and expense of the Company or its affiliates, Executive shall assist the Company or its nominee(s) in the protection of the Company’s or its affiliates’ worldwide right, title and interest in and to Confidential Information and Work Product and the execution of all formal assignment documents requested by the Company or its nominee and the execution of all lawful oaths and applications for patents and registration of copyright in the United States and foreign countries.

5.5 Remedies . Executive acknowledges that money damages would not be a sufficient remedy for any breach of this Article V by Executive, and the Company or its affiliates shall be entitled to seek to enforce the provisions of this Article V by specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for such breach or any threatened breach as provided in Section 9.11. Such remedies shall not be deemed the exclusive remedies for a breach of this Article V but shall be in addition to all remedies available at law or in equity, including the recovery of damages from Executive. However, if it is determined that Executive has not committed a breach of this Article V, then the Company shall resume the payments and benefits due under this Agreement and pay to Executive and Executive’s spouse, if applicable, all payments and benefits that had been suspended pending such determination.

ARTICLE VI

EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT ON COMPENSATION

6.1 Effect of Termination of Employment on Compensation .

(a) If Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate at the expiration of the term provided in Section 3.1, for any reason described in Section 3.2(a), 3.2(b), or 3.2(c) or pursuant to Executive’s resignation for any reason other than Good Reason, then


all compensation and all benefits to Executive hereunder shall terminate contemporaneously with such termination of employment, except that Executive shall be entitled to (i) payment of all accrued and unpaid Base Salary to the Date of Termination, (ii) reimbursement for all incurred but unreimbursed expenses for which Executive is entitled to reimbursement in accordance with Section 4, and (iii) benefits to which Executive is entitled under the terms of any applicable benefit plan or program.

(b) If Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate: (1) by action of the Company pursuant to Section 3.2(d) (which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include those reasons set forth in Sections 3.2(a), 3.2(b) or 3.2(c) or due to the Company’s non-renewal of this Agreement); or (2) due to Executive’s resignation for Good Reason pursuant to Section 3.3(a), then all compensation and benefits to Executive hereunder shall terminate contemporaneously with such termination of employment, except that (i) Executive shall be entitled to receive the compensation and benefits described in clauses (i) through (iii) of Section 6.1(a) above; and (ii) if, on the Date of Termination, the Company does not have a right to terminate Executive’s employment for Cause under Section 3.2(c) or under Section 3.2(a) or 3.2(b), and subject to Executive’s delivery, within 21 days after the Date of Termination, and non-revocation in the time provided to do so, of an executed release in a form attached as Exhibit A (the “ Release ”), the Company shall pay to Executive an additional amount (but no other additional compensation or benefits after such termination) equal to twelve (12) times the monthly rate of Executive’s Base Salary as of the Date of Termination, which amount shall be paid in one lump sum payment on the date that is thirty (30) days after the Date of Termination (or the first business day thereafter if the thirtieth day is not a business day).

(c) Notwithstanding the time of payment provisions of Section 6.1(b)(ii) above, if Executive is a specified employee (as such term is defined in section 409A of the Code and as determined by the Company in accordance with any method permitted under section 409A of the Code) and the payment of the amount described in such Section would be subject to additional taxes and interest under section 409A of the Code because the timing of such payment is not delayed as provided in section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, then such amount shall be accumulated and paid (without interest) in a lump sum within five business days after the Section 409A Payment Date. All subsequent payments, if any, shall be paid in the manner otherwise specified herein.

ARTICLE VII

NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT

7.1 Definitions . As used in this Article VIII, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Business” means the provision and sale of the products and services provided by the Company during the course of Executive’s employment hereunder, which shall expressly include the distribution, manufacturing, mining, processing, sale and transportation of: (i) proppants used in oil and gas applications; and/or (ii) industrial sand.


“Competing Business” means any person or entity engaged in or, to Executive’s knowledge, actively pursuing, the Business other than the Company or its affiliates and to whom or which the Confidential Information acquired by Employee hereunder would reasonably be considered useful.

“Prohibited Period” means the period during which Executive is employed by Company hereunder and a period of one year thereafter.

“Restricted Area” means any geographical area in which the Company and its subsidiaries conducts or proposes to conduct the Business, and for which Executive has material responsibility, during the period that Executive is employed hereunder.

7.2 Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation . Executive and the Company agree to the non-competition and non-solicitation provisions of this Article VII to protect the trade secrets and other Confidential Information of the Company disclosed or entrusted to Executive by the Company or its affiliates or created or developed by Executive for Company and as an express incentive for the Company to enter into this Agreement.

(a) Subject to the exceptions set forth in Section 7.2(b) below, Executive covenants and agrees that during the Prohibited Period, other than on behalf of the Company or any of its affiliates, he will refrain from carrying on or engaging in the Business in the Restricted Area on his own behalf or on behalf of a Competing Business. Executive further agrees and covenants that, because the following conduct would effectively constitute carrying on or engaging in the Business, he will not, and he will cause his affiliates not to, in the Restricted Area during the Prohibited Period on behalf of a Competing Business, directly or indirectly, perform the same or substantially similar job duties that Executive performed during the twelve (12) months prior to the termination of his employment with the Company, or otherwise own, manage, operate, join, become an officer or employee of, control or participate in or be connected with any business, individual, partnership, firm, corporation or other entity which engages in the Business other than the Company or its affiliates.

(b) Notwithstanding the restrictions contained in Section 7.2(a), Executive or any of his affiliates may own an aggregate of not more than 2.5% of the outstanding stock of any class of any corporation engaged in the Business, if such stock is listed on a national securities exchange or regularly traded in the over-the-counter market by a member of a national securities exchange, without violating the provisions of Section 7.2(a), provided that neither Executive nor any of his affiliates has the power, directly or indirectly, to control or direct the management or affairs of any such corporation and is not involved in the management of such corporation.

(c) Executive further expressly covenants and agrees that during the Prohibited Period, he will not, and he will cause his affiliates not to, solicit or cause to be solicited any customer or prospective customer of the Company related to the Business that is or was a customer or prospective customer of the Company related to the Business in the Restricted Area and with which Executive had material contact or about which Executive had Confidential Information during the period in which Executive was employed hereunder.


(d) Executive further covenants and agrees that during the Prohibited Period, he will not, and he will cause his affiliates not to, engage or employ or solicit or contact with a view to the engagement or employment of, any person who is an officer or employee of the Company or its subsidiaries during the period in which Executive was employed hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall be permitted to employ any person who was an officer or employee of the Company or its subsidiaries during such period and who has ceased to be an officer or employee of the Company or its affiliates with the consent of Company; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prohibit the Executive from engaging, employing or soliciting any person by means of general advertising that are not specifically targeted at such officers or employees of the Company.

7.3 Relief . Executive and the Company agree and acknowledge that the limitations as to time, geographical area and scope of activity to be restrained as set forth in Section 7.2 are reasonable and do not impose any greater restraint than is necessary to protect the Company and its legitimate business interests. Executive and the Company also acknowledge that money damages would not be sufficient remedy for any breach of this Article VII by Executive, and the Company or its affiliates shall be entitled to seek to enforce the provisions of this Article VII by obtaining specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for such breach or any threatened breach as provided in Section 9.11. Such remedies shall not be deemed the exclusive remedies for a breach of this Article VII but shall be in addition to all remedies available at law or in equity, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

7.4 Reasonableness; Enforcement . Executive hereby represents to the Company that Executive has read and understands, and agrees to be bound by, the terms of this Article VII. Executive acknowledges that the geographic scope and duration of the covenants contained in this Article VII are the result of arm’s-length bargaining and are fair and reasonable in light of (a) Executive’s level of control over and contact with the Business in all jurisdictions in which it is conducted, which includes the entire Restricted Area, and (b) the amount of Confidential Information that Executive is receiving in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder. It is the desire and intent of the parties that the provisions of this Article VII be enforced to the fullest extent permitted under applicable legal requirements, whether now or hereafter in effect and therefore, to the extent permitted by applicable legal requirements, Executive and the Company hereby waive any provision of applicable legal requirements that would render any provision of this Article VII invalid or unenforceable.

7.5 Reformation . The Company and Executive agree that the foregoing restrictions are reasonable under the circumstances and that any breach of the covenants contained in this Article VII would cause irreparable injury to the Company. Executive understands that the foregoing restrictions may limit Executive’s ability to engage in certain businesses anywhere in the Restricted Area during the Prohibited Period, but acknowledges that such restrictions shall not prevent Executive from being able to obtain gainful employment. Nevertheless, if any of the aforesaid restrictions are found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unreasonable, or overly broad as to geographic area or time, or otherwise unenforceable, the parties intend for the


restrictions herein set forth to be modified by the court making such determination so as to be reasonable and enforceable and, as so modified, to be fully enforced. By agreeing to this contractual modification prospectively at this time, the Company and Executive intend to make this provision enforceable under the law or laws of all applicable States and other jurisdictions so that the entire agreement not to compete and this Agreement as prospectively modified shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be rendered void or illegal. Such modification shall not affect the payments made to Executive under this Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 Indemnification .

(a) The Company shall and does hereby agree to indemnify and hold Executive harmless from and against any loss or damage incurred by Executive for any act or omission taken or suffered by Executive on behalf of the Company in the course of Executive’s duties hereunder if such act or omission was undertaken, or not taken, as applicable, in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company (including, without limitation, any act or omission taken or suffered by Executive in reliance upon and in accordance with the reasonable opinion or advice of experts, including, without limitation, of legal counsel as to matters of law, of accountants as to matters of accounting, or of investment bankers or appraisers as to matters of valuation), including costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees; provided, however , that Executive shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Section 8.1(a) for any act or omission resulting from Executive’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The indemnification conferred by this Section 8.1(a) shall continue as to Executive even after Executive’s employment with the Company pursuant to this Agreement has terminated with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such cessation and shall inure to the benefit of the Executive’s heirs, executors and administrators, as applicable.

(b) Expenses reasonably incurred by Executive in investigation, defense or settlement of any claim that may be subject to a right of indemnification hereunder shall be advanced by the Company prior to the final disposition thereof, so long as such expenses have been approved by the Company, and within thirty (30) days following receipt of appropriate documentation of such undertaking by or on behalf of Executive to repay such amount to the extent that it shall be determined upon final adjudication after all possible appeals have been exhausted that Executive is not entitled to be indemnified hereunder within 30 days of such final adjudication.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

9.1 Notices . For purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) when received if delivered personally or by courier, (b) on the date receipt is acknowledged if delivered by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested or (c) one day after transmission if sent by facsimile transmission with confirmation of transmission, as follows:


If to Executive, addressed to:  

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

Three Riverway, Suite 1550

Houston, Texas 77056

Facsimile: (713) 963-0088

Attention: Mr. Robert E. Rasmus

If to the Company, addressed to:  

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

Three Riverway, Suite 1550

Houston, Texas 77056

Facsimile: (713) 963-0088

Attention: Mr. James M. Whipkey

or to such other address as either party may furnish to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices or changes of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

9.2 Applicable Law . This Agreement is entered into under, and shall be governed for all purposes by, the laws of the State of Texas, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

9.3 No Waiver . No failure by either party hereto at any time to give notice of any breach by the other party of, or to require compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

9.4 Severability . If an arbitrator determines that any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable, then the invalidity or unenforceability of that provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, and all other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

9.5 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same Agreement.

9.6 Withholding of Taxes and Other Employee Deductions . The Company may withhold from any benefits and payments made pursuant to this Agreement all federal, state, city and other taxes and withholdings as may be required pursuant to any law or governmental regulation or ruling and all other customary deductions made with respect to the Company’s employees generally.

9.7 Headings . The Section headings have been inserted for purposes of convenience and shall not be used for interpretive purposes.

9.8 Gender and Plurals . Wherever the context so requires, the masculine gender includes the feminine or neuter, and the singular number includes the plural and conversely.


9.9 Affiliate . As used in this Agreement, the term “ affiliate ” as used with respect to a particular person or entity shall mean any other person or entity which owns or controls, is owned or controlled by, or is under common ownership or control with, such particular person or entity.

9.10 Successors; Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor or assign of the Company. This Agreement is personal to Executive and shall not be assigned by Executive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment owed to Executive hereunder after the date of Executive’s death shall be paid to Executive’s estate.

9.11 Arbitration .

(a) Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of, connected with, or relating to this Agreement, including without limitation any dispute as to the existence, validity, construction, interpretation, negotiation, performance, breach, termination or enforceability of this Agreement (a “ Dispute ”) shall be resolved by final and binding arbitration before a single independent and impartial arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) then in effect. The AAA Optional Rules for Emergency Measures of Protection shall also apply. If the parties are unable to agree on a mutually acceptable arbitrator within 15 days of the submission of the Dispute to arbitration, the arbitrator shall be appointed by the AAA. The parties acknowledge that arbitration is intended to be a more expeditious and less expensive method of dispute resolution than court litigation. The award of the arbitrator shall be in writing and provide reasons for the award. The arbitrator must certify in the award that such award conforms to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, including that such award has been rendered in accordance with the applicable governing law. The arbitrator shall have the authority to assess the costs and expenses of the arbitration proceeding (including the fees and expenses of the arbitrator and the AAA) against any or all of the parties. The arbitrator shall also have the authority to award reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses to the prevailing party. The place of arbitration shall be Houston, Texas unless another location is mutually agreed upon by the parties to such arbitration. The award of the arbitrator shall be binding on the parties, and the award may, but need not, be entered as judgment in a court of competent jurisdiction. This agreement to arbitrate shall not preclude the parties from engaging in parallel voluntary, non-binding settlement efforts including mediation.

(b) The arbitrator may, unless consolidation would prejudice the rights of any party, consolidate an arbitration hereunder with arbitration(s) under the Purchase Agreement and the LLC Agreement if the arbitrations raise common questions of law or fact. If two or more arbitral tribunals under these agreements issue consolidation orders, the order issued first shall prevail.

(c) The parties undertake to keep confidential all awards in their arbitration, together will all materials in the proceedings created for the purpose of the arbitration and all other documents produced by another party in the proceedings not otherwise in the public domain, save and to the extent that disclosure may be required of a party by legal duty, to protect or pursue a legal right or to enforce or challenge an award in legal proceedings before a court or other judicial authority.


(d) Arbitration shall be the exclusive dispute resolution mechanism hereunder; provided that nothing contained in this Section 9.11 shall limit any party’s right to bring (i) an application to enforce this agreement to arbitrate, (ii) actions seeking to enforce an arbitration award or (iii) actions seeking injunctive or other similar relief in the event of a breach or threatened breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement (or any other agreement contemplated hereby). The specifically enumerated judicial proceedings shall not be deemed incompatible with the agreement to arbitrate or a waiver of the right to arbitrate and , each party irrevocably and unconditionally (and without limitation): (i) submits to and accepts, for itself and in respect of its assets, generally and unconditionally the non exclusive jurisdiction of the courts located in Harris County, Texas of the United States and the State of Texas, (ii) waives any objection it may have now or in the future that such action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum, (iii) agrees that in any such action or proceeding it will not raise, rely on or claim any immunity (including, without limitation, from suit, judgment, attachment before judgment or otherwise, execution or other enforcement), (iv) waives any right of immunity which it has or its assets may have at any time, and (v) consents generally to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in connection with any such action or proceeding including, without limitation, the making, enforcement or execution of any order or judgment against any of its property. IN ENTERING INTO THE ARBITRATION PROVISION OF THIS SECTION 9.11 , EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL, INCLUDING ANY RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION IN ANY COURT WITH RESPECT TO, IN CONNECTION WITH, OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY ANCILLARY AGREEMENT REFERENCED HEREIN OR THE VALIDITY, PROTECTION, INTERPRETATION, COLLECTION OR ENFORCEMENT THEREOF.

9.12 Entire Agreement . Except as provided in any signed written agreement contemporaneously or hereafter executed by the Company and Executive, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with regard to the subject matter hereof, and contains all the covenants, promises, representations, warranties and agreements between the parties with respect to employment of Executive by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement does not supersede or replace any portion of that certain Non-Competition and Non-Disclosure Agreement entered into by Executive and the Company on or about the Effective Date.

9.13 Modification; Waiver . Any modification to or waiver of this Agreement will be effective only if it is in writing and signed by the parties to this Agreement.

9.14 Actions by the Board . Any and all determinations or other actions required of the Board hereunder that relate specifically to Executive’s employment by the Company or the terms and conditions of such employment shall be made by the members of the Board other than Executive if Executive is a member of the Board, and Executive shall not have any right to vote or decide upon any such matter.


9.15 Executive’s Representations and Warranties . Executive represents and warrants to the Company that (a) Executive does not have any agreements with Executive’s prior employers that will prohibit Executive from working for the Company or fulfilling Executive’s duties and obligations to the Company pursuant to this Agreement and (b) Executive has complied with all duties imposed on Executive with respect to Executive’s former employers, and in the course of his employment for the Company, Executive will not use or disclose any legally protected information belonging to Executive’s former employer.

9.16 Delayed Payment Restriction . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, if any payment or benefit provided for herein would be subject to additional taxes and interest under section 409A of the Code if Executive’s receipt of such payment or benefit is not delayed until the Section 409A Payment Date, then such payment or benefit shall not be provided to Executive (or Executive’s estate, if applicable) until the Section 409A Payment Date.

[Signatures begin on next page.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

 

HI-CRUSH PROPPANTS, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Robert E. Rasmus

Name:    

   

Title:

   

Robert E. Rasmus

/s/ Robert E. Rasmus


EXHIBIT A

RELEASE AGREEMENT

This Release Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) constitutes the release referred to in that certain Employment Agreement (the “ Employment Agreement ”) dated as of May 25, 2011, by and among Robert E. Rasmus (“ Executive ”) and Hi-Crush Proppants, LLC (the “ Company ”).

(a) For good and valuable consideration, including the Company’s provision of a severance payment to Executive in accordance with Section 6.1(b) of the Employment Agreement, Executive hereby releases, discharges and forever acquits the Company, its affiliates and subsidiaries and their respective past, present and future stockholders, members, partners, directors, managers, employees, agents, attorneys, heirs, representatives, successors and assigns of the foregoing, in their personal and representative capacities (collectively, the “Company Parties” ), from liability for, and hereby waives, any and all claims, damages, or causes of action of any kind related to Executive’s employment with any Company Party, the termination of such employment, and any other acts or omissions related to any matter on or prior to the date of the execution of this Agreement including without limitation any alleged violation through the date of this Agreement of: (i) the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended; (ii) Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; (iii) the Civil Rights Act of 1991; (iv) Section 1981 through 1988 of Title 42 of the United States Code, as amended; (v) the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended; (vi) the Immigration Reform Control Act, as amended; (vii) the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended; (viii) the National Labor Relations Act, as amended; (ix) the Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended; (x) the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993; (xi) any state anti-discrimination law; (xii) any state wage and hour law; (xiii) any other local, state or federal law, regulation or ordinance; (xiv) any public policy, contract, tort, or common law claim; (xv) any allegation for costs, fees, or other expenses including attorneys’ fees incurred in these matters; (xvi) any and all rights, benefits or claims Executive may have under any employment contract, incentive compensation plan or stock option plan with any Company Party or to any ownership interest in any Company Party except as expressly provided in the Employment Agreement and any stock option or other equity compensation agreement between Executive and the Company and (xvii) any claim for compensation or benefits of any kind not expressly set forth in the Employment Agreement or any such stock option or other equity compensation agreement (collectively, the “Released Claims” ). Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall the Released Claims include (A) any claim which arises after the date of this Agreement, (B) any claim to vested benefits under an employee benefit plan, or (C) any claims for contractual severance payments under Section 6.1(b) of the Employment Agreement. This Agreement is not intended to indicate that any such claims exist or that, if they do exist, they are meritorious. Rather, Executive is simply agreeing that, in exchange for the consideration recited in the first sentence of this paragraph, any and all potential claims of this nature that Executive may have against the Company Parties, regardless of whether they actually exist, are expressly settled, compromised and waived. By signing


this Agreement, Executive is bound by it. Anyone who succeeds to Executive’s rights and responsibilities, such as heirs or the executor of Executive’s estate, is also bound by this Agreement. This release also applies to any claims brought by any person or agency or class action under which Executive may have a right or benefit.

(b) Notwithstanding the release of liability contained herein, nothing in this Agreement prevents Executive from filing any non-legally waivable claim (including a challenge to the validity of this Agreement) with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission ( “EEOC” ) or comparable state or local agency or participating in any investigation or proceeding conducted by the EEOC or comparable state or local agency; however, Executive understands and agrees that Employee is waiving any and all rights to recover any monetary or personal relief or recovery as a result of such EEOC or comparable state or local agency proceeding or subsequent legal actions.

(c) Executive agrees not to bring or join any lawsuit against any of the Company Parties in any court relating to any of the Released Claims. Executive represents that Executive has not brought or joined any lawsuit or filed any charge or claim against any of the Company Parties in any court or before any government agency and has made no assignment of any rights Executive has asserted or may have against any of the Company Parties to any person or entity, in each case, with respect to any Released Claims.

(d) By executing and delivering this Agreement, Executive acknowledges that:

 

  (i) He has carefully read this Agreement;

 

  (ii) He has had at least twenty-one (21) days to consider this Agreement before the execution and delivery hereof to the Company ;

 

  (iii) He has been and hereby is advised in writing that he may, at his option, discuss this Agreement with an attorney of his choice and that he has had adequate opportunity to do so;

 

  (iv) He fully understands the final and binding effect of this Agreement; the only promises made to him to sign this Agreement are those stated in the Employment Agreement and herein; and he is signing this Agreement voluntarily and of his own free will, and that he understands and agrees to each of the terms of this Agreement; and

 

  (v) With the exception of any sums that he may be owed pursuant to Section 6.1(b) of the Employment Agreement, he has been paid all wages and other compensation to which he is entitled under the Agreement and received all leaves (paid and unpaid) to which he was entitled during the term of his employment with the Company.


Notwithstanding the initial effectiveness of this Agreement, Executive may revoke the delivery (and therefore the effectiveness) of this Agreement within the seven-day period beginning on the date Executive executes this Agreement (such seven-day period being referred to herein as the “Release Revocation Period” ). To be effective, such revocation must be in writing signed by Executive and must be delivered to the Company before 11:59 p.m., Houston, Texas time, on the last day of the Release Revocation Period. If an effective revocation is delivered in the foregoing manner and timeframe, this Agreement shall be of no force or effect and shall be null and void ab initio . No consideration shall be paid if this Agreement is revoked by Executive in the foregoing manner.

Executed on this                    day of            ,             .

 

   
Robert E. Rasmus

Exhibit 10.15

Execution Copy

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is made as of May 25, 2011 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Hi-Crush Proppants, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and James M. Whipkey (“ Executive ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive on the terms and conditions, and for the consideration, hereinafter set forth and Executive desires to be employed by the Company on such terms and conditions and for such consideration;

NOW, THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and obligations contained herein, the Company and Executive agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

In addition to the terms defined in the body of this Agreement, for purposes of this Agreement, the following capitalized words shall have the meanings indicated below:

1.1 Board ” shall mean the Board of Managers of the Company.

1.2 Cause ” shall mean Executive’s: (i) conviction of, or entry of a guilty plea or plea of no contest with respect to, a felony or any other crime directly or indirectly involving Executive’s lack of honesty or moral turpitude; (ii) drug or alcohol abuse for which Executive fails to undertake and maintain treatment within five calendar days after requested by the Company; (iii) acts of fraud, embezzlement, theft, dishonesty or gross misconduct; (iv) material misappropriation (or attempted misappropriation) of any of the Company’s funds or property; or (v) a breach of the Executive’s obligations under Section 2.2 hereunder, as determined by a majority of the Board, which such majority shall include at least one Class A Member (as defined in the LLC Agreement). If capable of cure, then with respect to items (iii), (iv), and (v), Executive shall have 30 days to cure the situation following receipt of written notice of the specific circumstance(s) constituting Cause. For the avoidance of doubt, Cause shall not exist hereunder unless and until the expiration of the 30-day cure period, if applicable, following receipt by the Executive of the Company’s written notice of a Cause event and Executive shall not have cured such circumstances, and in such case Executive’s employment shall terminate for Cause on the day following expiration of such 30-day cure period.

1.3 Good Reason ” shall mean, without Executive’s consent, (i) the Company materially breached its obligations under this Agreement; (ii) any material diminution of the duties of the Executive; (iii) a reduction in Executive’s base salary, other than pursuant to a proportionate reduction applicable to all senior executives or employees generally and the members of the Board, to the extent such Board members receives Board fees; or (iv) the relocation of the geographic location of Executive’s principal place of employment by more than 50 miles from the location of Executive’s principal place of employment as of the Effective Date. With respect to this provision, the Company shall have 30 days to cure the situation following receipt of written notice of the specific circumstance(s) constituting Good Reason,


which such notice must be provided by Executive within fifteen (15) days after the initial existence of the event giving rise to Good Reason. For the avoidance of doubt, Good Reason shall not exist hereunder unless and until the 30-day cure period following receipt by the Company of Executive’s written notice expires and the Company shall not have cured such circumstances, and in such case Executive’s employment shall terminate for Good Reason on the day following expiration of such 30-day cure period.

1.4 Closing ” means the closing of the transactions provided for in the Purchase Agreement.

1.5 Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.6 Date of Termination ” shall mean the date Executive’s employment with the Company is considered to have terminated pursuant to Section 3.4.

1.7 LLC Agreement ” shall mean the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of even date hereof.

1.8 Purchase Agreement ” shall mean the Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of even date hereof, among ACP HIP Splitter, L.P., ACP HIP Splitter (Offshore), L.P., RER Legacy Investments LLC, JMW Legacy Investments LLC, Blessed & Favored Investments, LLC and the Company.

1.9 Section 409A Payment Date ” shall mean the earlier of (a) the date of Executive’s death or (b) the date that is six months after the date of termination of Executive’s employment with the Company.

ARTICLE II

EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES

2.1 Employment; Effective Date . The Company agrees to employ Executive, and Executive agrees to be employed by the Company, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement beginning as of the Effective Date and continuing for the period of time set forth in Article III of this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

2.2 Positions . From and after the Effective Date, the Company shall employ Executive in the position of Co-President and Chief Executive Officer, reporting directly to Chairman of the Board, and such additional duties as the Board may reasonably designate from time to time. Executive agrees to perform in good faith the duties and services appertaining to such position. Executive’s employment shall also be subject to the policies maintained and established by the Company, as such policies may be amended from time to time with reasonable notice to Executive. Executive acknowledges that he owes the same fiduciary duties to the Company that an officer of a Delaware corporation owes to such corporation under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.


2.3 Other Interests . Executive agrees, during the period of Executive’s employment by the Company, to devote substantially all of his business time and efforts of the Company and its subsidiaries. The parties acknowledge and agree that Executive may (a) engage in and manage Executive’s passive personal investments and (b) engage in charitable and civic activities; provided, however, that such activities shall be permitted so long as such activities do not conflict with the business and affairs of the Company or materially interfere with Executive’s performance of Executive’s duties hereunder.

ARTICLE III

TERM AND TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

3.1 Term . Unless sooner terminated pursuant to other provisions hereof, the Company agrees to employ Executive for the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the first anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Initial Expiration Date ”); provided, however, that beginning on the Initial Expiration Date, and on each anniversary of the Initial Expiration Date thereafter, if Executive’s employment under this Agreement has not been terminated pursuant to Section 3.2 or 3.3, then said term of employment shall automatically be extended for an additional one-year period unless, on or before the date that is 60 days prior to the first day of any such extension period, either party gives written notice to the other that no such automatic extension shall occur, in which case the term of employment shall terminate as of the Initial Expiration Date or the anniversary of the Initial Expiration Date immediately following the giving of such notice, as applicable.

3.2 Company’s Right to Terminate . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.1, the Company may terminate Executive’s employment under this Agreement at any time for any of the following reasons:

(a) upon Executive’s becoming incapacitated by accident, sickness or other circumstance which renders him mentally or physically incapable of performing the duties and services required of him hereunder on a full-time basis for a period of at least 120 consecutive days or for a period of 180 days during any 12-month period; or

(b) Executive’s death; or

(c) for Cause; or

(d) for any other reason whatsoever or for no reason at all, in the sole discretion of the Company.

3.3 Executive’s Right to Terminate . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.1, Executive shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment under this Agreement for any of the following reasons:

(a) for Good Reason; or

(b) for any reason whatsoever or for no reason at all, in the sole discretion of Executive, by providing the Company with a notice of termination.


In the case of a termination of employment by Executive pursuant to this Section 3.3, the Date of Termination specified in the notice of termination shall not be less than 15 nor more than 60 days, respectively, from the date such notice is given, and the Company may require a Date of Termination earlier than that specified in the notice (and, if such earlier Date of Termination is so required, it shall not change the basis for Executive’s termination nor be construed or interpreted as a termination of employment pursuant to Section 3.1 or Section 3.2).

3.4 Deemed Resignations . Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Company and Executive prior to the termination of Executive’s employment, any termination of Executive’s employment shall (a) constitute an automatic resignation of Executive as an officer of the Company and each affiliate of the Company (if applicable), and (b) be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.18 and 5.3 of the LLC Agreement.

3.5 Meaning of Termination of Employment . For all purposes of this Agreement, Executive shall be considered to have terminated employment with the Company when Executive incurs a “separation from service” with the Company within the meaning of section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code and applicable administrative guidance issued thereunder.

3.6 No Termination . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, (a) Executive’s employment with the Company shall not be terminated by the Company (other than for Cause) prior to the earlier of the Closing and January 30, 2012, and (b) Executive and the Company acknowledge that money damages would not be sufficient remedy for any breach of this Section 3.6 by the Company, and Executive shall be entitled to seek to enforce the provisions of this Section 3.6 by obtaining specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for such breach or any threatened breach. Such remedies shall not be deemed the exclusive remedies for a breach of this Section 3.6 but shall be in addition to all remedies available at law or in equity, including the recovery of damages from the Company.

ARTICLE IV

COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

4.1 Base Salary . During the term of this Agreement, Executive shall receive an annualized base salary of $75,000 (the “ Base Salary ”). Executive’s Base Salary shall be paid in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s policy as exists from time to time regarding payment of compensation to similarly situated employees but no less frequently than monthly.

4.2 Bonuses . Executive shall be eligible for discretionary bonuses that may be awarded by the Company from time to time, it being understood that the Board shall have sole discretion to determine whether a bonus shall be awarded, the criteria for any bonus and the amount of any bonus. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to pay any bonus with respect to, or earned in, a given calendar year on or before March 31 of the following calendar year (and in no event shall a bonus be paid after April 30 of the following calendar year); provided, however, that Executive will be entitled to receive payment of a bonus only if Executive is employed by the Company on such date of payment.


4.3 Other Benefits . During Executive’s employment hereunder, Executive shall be eligible to participate in benefit plans and programs of the Company, including improvements or modifications of the same, which are now, or may hereafter be, available to similarly situated employees of the Company. The Company shall not, however, by reason of this Section 4.3, be obligated to institute, maintain, or refrain from changing, amending, or discontinuing, any such benefit plan or program, so long as such changes are similarly applicable to similarly situated employees generally.

4.4 Expenses . The Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable business expenses incurred by Executive in performing services hereunder; provided that such expenses are incurred and accounted for in accordance with the policies and procedures established by the Company. Any such reimbursement of expenses shall be made by the Company upon or as soon as practicable following receipt of supporting documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Company (but in any event not later than the close of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense is incurred by Executive); provided, however, that, upon Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, in no event shall any additional reimbursement be made prior to the Section 409A Payment Date to the extent such payment delay is required under section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code. In no event shall the Company pay any reimbursement to which Executive is entitled after the later of (a) the first anniversary of the date of Executive’s death or (b) the date that is one year after the date of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company.

4.5 Vacation . During Executive’s employment hereunder, Executive shall be entitled to up to twenty (20) days paid vacation each calendar year, to be accrued, scheduled and taken in accordance with the Company’s standard vacation policy, as may be amended from time to time. Vacation time must be used in the calendar year in which it was awarded; any vacation time that is unused in one calendar year will not roll over to the following calendar year.

ARTICLE V

PROTECTION OF INFORMATION

5.1 Disclosure to and Property of the Company . For purposes of this Article V, the term “the Company” shall include the Company and any of its affiliates, and any reference to “employment” or similar terms shall include a director and/or consulting relationship. All non-public information, trade secrets, designs, ideas, concepts, improvements, product developments, discoveries and inventions, whether patentable or not, that are conceived, made, developed, disclosed to or acquired by Executive, individually or in conjunction with others, during the period of Executive’s employment by the Company (whether during business hours or otherwise and whether on the Company’s premises or otherwise) that relate to the Company’s or any of its affiliates’ businesses, trade secrets, products or services (including, without limitation, all such information relating to corporate opportunities, strategies, business plans, product specifications, compositions, manufacturing and distribution methods and processes, research, financial and sales data, pricing terms, evaluations, opinions, interpretations, acquisition prospects, the identity


of customers or their requirements, the identity of key contacts within the customer’s organizations or within the organization of acquisition prospects, or production, marketing and merchandising techniques, prospective names and marks) and all writings or materials of any type embodying any of such information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, inventions and other similar forms of expression (collectively, “ Confidential Information ”) are and shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company or its affiliates, as applicable. Moreover, all documents, videotapes, presentations, brochures, drawings, memoranda, notes, records, files, correspondence, manuals, models, specifications, computer programs, E-mail, voice mail, electronic databases, maps, drawings, architectural renditions, models and all other writings or materials of any type embodying any of such information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, inventions and other similar forms of expression (collectively, “ Work Product ”) are and shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company (or its affiliates). Executive agrees to perform all actions reasonably requested by the Company or its affiliates to establish and confirm such exclusive ownership. Upon termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, for any reason, Executive promptly shall deliver all Confidential Information and Work Product, and all copies thereof, to the Company.

5.2 No Unauthorized Use or Disclosure . Executive agrees to preserve and protect the confidentiality of all Confidential Information of the Company and its affiliates. Executive agrees that Executive will not, at any time during or after Executive’s employment with the Company, make any unauthorized disclosure of, and Executive shall not remove from the Company premises, Confidential Information or Work Product of the Company or its affiliates or make any use thereof, except, in each case, in the carrying out of Executive’s responsibilities hereunder. Executive shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all persons or entities to whom Confidential Information shall be disclosed by Executive hereunder to preserve and protect the confidentiality of such Confidential Information. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Executive shall have no obligation hereunder to keep confidential any Confidential Information if and to the extent disclosure thereof is specifically required by law; provided, however , that in the event disclosure is required by applicable law, Executive shall, to the extent practicable without violating applicable law, provide the Company with prompt notice of such requirement prior to making any such disclosure, so that the Company may, at its expense, seek an appropriate protective order. At the request of the Company at any time, to the extent practicable without violating applicable law, Executive agrees to deliver to the Company all Confidential Information that Executive may possess or control. Executive agrees that all Confidential Information of the Company (whether now or hereafter existing) conceived, discovered or made by Executive during the period of Executive’s employment by the Company exclusively belongs to the Company (and not to Executive), and upon request by the Company for specified Confidential Information, Executive will promptly disclose such Confidential Information to the Company and perform all actions reasonably requested by the Company to establish and confirm such exclusive ownership. Affiliates of the Company shall be third party beneficiaries of Executive’s obligations under this Article V. As a result of Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive may also from time to time have access to, or knowledge of, Confidential Information of third parties, such as customers, suppliers, partners, joint venturers, and the like, of the Company and its affiliates. Executive also agrees to preserve and protect the confidentiality of such third party Confidential Information.


5.3 Ownership by the Company . If, during Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive creates any work of authorship fixed in any tangible medium of expression that is the subject matter of copyright (such as videotapes, written presentations, or acquisitions, computer programs, E-mail, voice mail, electronic databases, drawings, maps, architectural renditions, models, manuals, brochures, or the like) relating to the Company’s business, products, or services, whether such work is created solely by Executive or jointly with others (whether during business hours or otherwise, whether patentable or not and whether on the Company’s premises or otherwise), including any Work Product, the Company shall be deemed the author of such work if the work is prepared by Executive in the scope of Executive’s employment; or, if the work relating to the Company’s business, products, or services is not prepared by Executive within the scope of Executive’s employment but is specially ordered by the Company as a contribution to a collective work, as a part of a motion picture or other audiovisual work, as a translation, as a supplementary work, as a compilation, or as an instructional text, then the work shall be considered to be work made for hire and the Company shall be the author of the work. If the work relating to the Company’s business, products, or services is neither prepared by Executive within the scope of Executive’s employment nor a work specially ordered that is deemed to be a work made for hire during Executive’s employment by the Company, then Executive hereby agrees to assign, and by these presents does assign, to the Company all of Executive’s worldwide right, title, and interest in and to such work and all rights of copyright therein.

5.4 Assistance by Executive . During the period of Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive shall assist the Company and its nominee, at any reasonable time and at the Company’s expense, in the protection of the Company’s or its affiliates’ worldwide right, title and interest in and to Confidential Information and Work Product and the execution of all formal assignment documents requested by the Company or its nominee(s) and the execution of all lawful oaths and applications for patents and registration of copyright in the United States and foreign countries. After Executive’s employment with the Company terminates, at the reasonable request from time to time and expense of the Company or its affiliates, Executive shall assist the Company or its nominee(s) in the protection of the Company’s or its affiliates’ worldwide right, title and interest in and to Confidential Information and Work Product and the execution of all formal assignment documents requested by the Company or its nominee and the execution of all lawful oaths and applications for patents and registration of copyright in the United States and foreign countries.

5.5 Remedies . Executive acknowledges that money damages would not be a sufficient remedy for any breach of this Article V by Executive, and the Company or its affiliates shall be entitled to seek to enforce the provisions of this Article V by specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for such breach or any threatened breach as provided in Section 9.11. Such remedies shall not be deemed the exclusive remedies for a breach of this Article V but shall be in addition to all remedies available at law or in equity, including the recovery of damages from Executive. However, if it is determined that Executive has not committed a breach of this Article V, then the Company shall resume the payments and benefits due under this Agreement and pay to Executive and Executive’s spouse, if applicable, all payments and benefits that had been suspended pending such determination.


ARTICLE VI

EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT ON COMPENSATION

 

6.1 Effect of Termination of Employment on Compensation .

(a) If Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate at the expiration of the term provided in Section 3.1, for any reason described in Section 3.2(a), 3.2(b), or 3.2(c) or pursuant to Executive’s resignation for any reason other than Good Reason, then all compensation and all benefits to Executive hereunder shall terminate contemporaneously with such termination of employment, except that Executive shall be entitled to (i) payment of all accrued and unpaid Base Salary to the Date of Termination, (ii) reimbursement for all incurred but unreimbursed expenses for which Executive is entitled to reimbursement in accordance with Section 4, and (iii) benefits to which Executive is entitled under the terms of any applicable benefit plan or program.

(b) If Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate: (1) by action of the Company pursuant to Section 3.2(d) (which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include those reasons set forth in Sections 3.2(a), 3.2(b) or 3.2(c) or due to the Company’s non-renewal of this Agreement); or (2) due to Executive’s resignation for Good Reason pursuant to Section 3.3(a), then all compensation and benefits to Executive hereunder shall terminate contemporaneously with such termination of employment, except that (i) Executive shall be entitled to receive the compensation and benefits described in clauses (i) through (iii) of Section 6.1(a) above; and (ii) if, on the Date of Termination, the Company does not have a right to terminate Executive’s employment for Cause under Section 3.2(c) or under Section 3.2(a) or 3.2(b), and subject to Executive’s delivery, within 21 days after the Date of Termination, and non-revocation in the time provided to do so, of an executed release in a form attached as Exhibit A (the “ Release ”), the Company shall pay to Executive an additional amount (but no other additional compensation or benefits after such termination) equal to twelve (12) times the monthly rate of Executive’s Base Salary as of the Date of Termination, which amount shall be paid in one lump sum payment on the date that is thirty (30) days after the Date of Termination (or the first business day thereafter if the thirtieth day is not a business day).

(c) Notwithstanding the time of payment provisions of Section 6.1(b)(ii) above, if Executive is a specified employee (as such term is defined in section 409A of the Code and as determined by the Company in accordance with any method permitted under section 409A of the Code) and the payment of the amount described in such Section would be subject to additional taxes and interest under section 409A of the Code because the timing of such payment is not delayed as provided in section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, then such amount shall be accumulated and paid (without interest) in a lump sum within five business days after the Section 409A Payment Date. All subsequent payments, if any, shall be paid in the manner otherwise specified herein.


ARTICLE VII

NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT

7.1 Definitions . As used in this Article VIII, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Business” means the provision and sale of the products and services provided by the Company during the course of Executive’s employment hereunder, which shall expressly include the distribution, manufacturing, mining, processing, sale and transportation of: (i) proppants used in oil and gas applications; and/or (ii) industrial sand.

“Competing Business” means any person or entity engaged in or, to Executive’s knowledge, actively pursuing, the Business other than the Company or its affiliates and to whom or which the Confidential Information acquired by Employee hereunder would reasonably be considered useful.

“Prohibited Period” means the period during which Executive is employed by Company hereunder and a period of one year thereafter.

“Restricted Area” means any geographical area in which the Company and its subsidiaries conducts or proposes to conduct the Business, and for which Executive has material responsibility, during the period that Executive is employed hereunder.

7.2 Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation . Executive and the Company agree to the non-competition and non-solicitation provisions of this Article VII to protect the trade secrets and other Confidential Information of the Company disclosed or entrusted to Executive by the Company or its affiliates or created or developed by Executive for Company and as an express incentive for the Company to enter into this Agreement.

(a) Subject to the exceptions set forth in Section 7.2(b) below, Executive covenants and agrees that during the Prohibited Period, other than on behalf of the Company or any of its affiliates, he will refrain from carrying on or engaging in the Business in the Restricted Area on his own behalf or on behalf of a Competing Business. Executive further agrees and covenants that, because the following conduct would effectively constitute carrying on or engaging in the Business, he will not, and he will cause his affiliates not to, in the Restricted Area during the Prohibited Period on behalf of a Competing Business, directly or indirectly, perform the same or substantially similar job duties that Executive performed during the twelve (12) months prior to the termination of his employment with the Company, or otherwise own, manage, operate, join, become an officer or employee of, control or participate in or be connected with any business, individual, partnership, firm, corporation or other entity which engages in the Business other than the Company or its affiliates.


(b) Notwithstanding the restrictions contained in Section 7.2(a), Executive or any of his affiliates may own an aggregate of not more than 2.5% of the outstanding stock of any class of any corporation engaged in the Business, if such stock is listed on a national securities exchange or regularly traded in the over-the-counter market by a member of a national securities exchange, without violating the provisions of Section 7.2(a), provided that neither Executive nor any of his affiliates has the power, directly or indirectly, to control or direct the management or affairs of any such corporation and is not involved in the management of such corporation.

(c) Executive further expressly covenants and agrees that during the Prohibited Period, he will not, and he will cause his affiliates not to, solicit or cause to be solicited any customer or prospective customer of the Company related to the Business that is or was a customer or prospective customer of the Company related to the Business in the Restricted Area and with which Executive had material contact or about which Executive had Confidential Information during the period in which Executive was employed hereunder.

(d) Executive further covenants and agrees that during the Prohibited Period, he will not, and he will cause his affiliates not to, engage or employ or solicit or contact with a view to the engagement or employment of, any person who is an officer or employee of the Company or its subsidiaries during the period in which Executive was employed hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall be permitted to employ any person who was an officer or employee of the Company or its subsidiaries during such period and who has ceased to be an officer or employee of the Company or its affiliates with the consent of Company; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prohibit the Executive from engaging, employing or soliciting any person by means of general advertising that are not specifically targeted at such officers or employees of the Company.

7.3 Relief . Executive and the Company agree and acknowledge that the limitations as to time, geographical area and scope of activity to be restrained as set forth in Section 7.2 are reasonable and do not impose any greater restraint than is necessary to protect the Company and its legitimate business interests. Executive and the Company also acknowledge that money damages would not be sufficient remedy for any breach of this Article VII by Executive, and the Company or its affiliates shall be entitled to seek to enforce the provisions of this Article VII by obtaining specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for such breach or any threatened breach as provided in Section 9.11. Such remedies shall not be deemed the exclusive remedies for a breach of this Article VII but shall be in addition to all remedies available at law or in equity, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

7.4 Reasonableness; Enforcement . Executive hereby represents to the Company that Executive has read and understands, and agrees to be bound by, the terms of this Article VII. Executive acknowledges that the geographic scope and duration of the covenants contained in this Article VII are the result of arm’s-length bargaining and are fair and reasonable in light of (a) Executive’s level of control over and contact with the Business in all jurisdictions in which it is conducted, which includes the entire Restricted Area, and (b) the amount of Confidential Information that Executive is receiving in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder. It is the desire and intent of the parties that the provisions of this Article VII be enforced to the fullest extent permitted under applicable legal requirements, whether now or hereafter in effect and therefore, to the extent permitted by applicable legal requirements, Executive and the Company hereby waive any provision of applicable legal requirements that would render any provision of this Article VII invalid or unenforceable.


7.5 Reformation . The Company and Executive agree that the foregoing restrictions are reasonable under the circumstances and that any breach of the covenants contained in this Article VII would cause irreparable injury to the Company. Executive understands that the foregoing restrictions may limit Executive’s ability to engage in certain businesses anywhere in the Restricted Area during the Prohibited Period, but acknowledges that such restrictions shall not prevent Executive from being able to obtain gainful employment. Nevertheless, if any of the aforesaid restrictions are found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unreasonable, or overly broad as to geographic area or time, or otherwise unenforceable, the parties intend for the restrictions herein set forth to be modified by the court making such determination so as to be reasonable and enforceable and, as so modified, to be fully enforced. By agreeing to this contractual modification prospectively at this time, the Company and Executive intend to make this provision enforceable under the law or laws of all applicable States and other jurisdictions so that the entire agreement not to compete and this Agreement as prospectively modified shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be rendered void or illegal. Such modification shall not affect the payments made to Executive under this Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 Indemnification .

(a) The Company shall and does hereby agree to indemnify and hold Executive harmless from and against any loss or damage incurred by Executive for any act or omission taken or suffered by Executive on behalf of the Company in the course of Executive’s duties hereunder if such act or omission was undertaken, or not taken, as applicable, in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company (including, without limitation, any act or omission taken or suffered by Executive in reliance upon and in accordance with the reasonable opinion or advice of experts, including, without limitation, of legal counsel as to matters of law, of accountants as to matters of accounting, or of investment bankers or appraisers as to matters of valuation), including costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees; provided, however , that Executive shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Section 8.1(a) for any act or omission resulting from Executive’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The indemnification conferred by this Section 8.1(a) shall continue as to Executive even after Executive’s employment with the Company pursuant to this Agreement has terminated with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such cessation and shall inure to the benefit of the Executive’s heirs, executors and administrators, as applicable.


(b) Expenses reasonably incurred by Executive in investigation, defense or settlement of any claim that may be subject to a right of indemnification hereunder shall be advanced by the Company prior to the final disposition thereof, so long as such expenses have been approved by the Company, and within thirty (30) days following receipt of appropriate documentation of such undertaking by or on behalf of Executive to repay such amount to the extent that it shall be determined upon final adjudication after all possible appeals have been exhausted that Executive is not entitled to be indemnified hereunder within 30 days of such final adjudication.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

9.1 Notices . For purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) when received if delivered personally or by courier, (b) on the date receipt is acknowledged if delivered by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested or (c) one day after transmission if sent by facsimile transmission with confirmation of transmission, as follows:

 

If to Executive, addressed to:    Hi-Crush Proppants LLC
   Three Riverway, Suite 1550
   Houston, Texas 77056
   Facsimile: (713) 963-0088
   Attention: Mr. James M. Whipkey
If to the Company, addressed to:    Hi-Crush Proppants LLC
   Three Riverway, Suite 1550
   Houston, Texas 77056
   Facsimile: (713) 963-0088
   Attention: Mr. Robert E. Rasmus

or to such other address as either party may furnish to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices or changes of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

9.2 Applicable Law . This Agreement is entered into under, and shall be governed for all purposes by, the laws of the State of Texas, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

9.3 No Waiver . No failure by either party hereto at any time to give notice of any breach by the other party of, or to require compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

9.4 Severability . If an arbitrator determines that any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable, then the invalidity or unenforceability of that provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, and all other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.


9.5 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same Agreement.

9.6 Withholding of Taxes and Other Employee Deductions . The Company may withhold from any benefits and payments made pursuant to this Agreement all federal, state, city and other taxes and withholdings as may be required pursuant to any law or governmental regulation or ruling and all other customary deductions made with respect to the Company’s employees generally.

9.7 Headings . The Section headings have been inserted for purposes of convenience and shall not be used for interpretive purposes.

9.8 Gender and Plurals . Wherever the context so requires, the masculine gender includes the feminine or neuter, and the singular number includes the plural and conversely.

9.9 Affiliate . As used in this Agreement, the term “ affiliate ” as used with respect to a particular person or entity shall mean any other person or entity which owns or controls, is owned or controlled by, or is under common ownership or control with, such particular person or entity.

9.10 Successors; Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor or assign of the Company. This Agreement is personal to Executive and shall not be assigned by Executive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment owed to Executive hereunder after the date of Executive’s death shall be paid to Executive’s estate.

9.11 Arbitration .

(a) Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of, connected with, or relating to this Agreement, including without limitation any dispute as to the existence, validity, construction, interpretation, negotiation, performance, breach, termination or enforceability of this Agreement (a “ Dispute ”) shall be resolved by final and binding arbitration before a single independent and impartial arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) then in effect. The AAA Optional Rules for Emergency Measures of Protection shall also apply. If the parties are unable to agree on a mutually acceptable arbitrator within 15 days of the submission of the Dispute to arbitration, the arbitrator shall be appointed by the AAA. The parties acknowledge that arbitration is intended to be a more expeditious and less expensive method of dispute resolution than court litigation. The award of the arbitrator shall be in writing and provide reasons for the award. The arbitrator must certify in the award that such award conforms to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, including that such award has been rendered in accordance with the applicable governing law. The arbitrator shall have the authority to assess the costs and expenses of the arbitration proceeding (including the fees and expenses of the arbitrator and the AAA) against any or all of the parties. The arbitrator shall also have the authority to award


reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses to the prevailing party. The place of arbitration shall be Houston, Texas unless another location is mutually agreed upon by the parties to such arbitration. The award of the arbitrator shall be binding on the parties, and the award may, but need not, be entered as judgment in a court of competent jurisdiction. This agreement to arbitrate shall not preclude the parties from engaging in parallel voluntary, non-binding settlement efforts including mediation.

(b) The arbitrator may, unless consolidation would prejudice the rights of any party, consolidate an arbitration hereunder with arbitration(s) under the Purchase Agreement and the LLC Agreement if the arbitrations raise common questions of law or fact. If two or more arbitral tribunals under these agreements issue consolidation orders, the order issued first shall prevail.

(c) The parties undertake to keep confidential all awards in their arbitration, together will all materials in the proceedings created for the purpose of the arbitration and all other documents produced by another party in the proceedings not otherwise in the public domain, save and to the extent that disclosure may be required of a party by legal duty, to protect or pursue a legal right or to enforce or challenge an award in legal proceedings before a court or other judicial authority.

(d) Arbitration shall be the exclusive dispute resolution mechanism hereunder; provided that nothing contained in this Section 9.11 shall limit any party’s right to bring (i) an application to enforce this agreement to arbitrate, (ii) actions seeking to enforce an arbitration award or (iii) actions seeking injunctive or other similar relief in the event of a breach or threatened breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement (or any other agreement contemplated hereby). The specifically enumerated judicial proceedings shall not be deemed incompatible with the agreement to arbitrate or a waiver of the right to arbitrate and , each party irrevocably and unconditionally (and without limitation): (i) submits to and accepts, for itself and in respect of its assets, generally and unconditionally the non exclusive jurisdiction of the courts located in Harris County, Texas of the United States and the State of Texas, (ii) waives any objection it may have now or in the future that such action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum, (iii) agrees that in any such action or proceeding it will not raise, rely on or claim any immunity (including, without limitation, from suit, judgment, attachment before judgment or otherwise, execution or other enforcement), (iv) waives any right of immunity which it has or its assets may have at any time, and (v) consents generally to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in connection with any such action or proceeding including, without limitation, the making, enforcement or execution of any order or judgment against any of its property. IN ENTERING INTO THE ARBITRATION PROVISION OF THIS SECTION 9.11 , EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL, INCLUDING ANY RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION IN ANY COURT WITH RESPECT TO, IN CONNECTION WITH, OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY ANCILLARY AGREEMENT REFERENCED HEREIN OR THE VALIDITY, PROTECTION, INTERPRETATION, COLLECTION OR ENFORCEMENT THEREOF.


9.12 Entire Agreement . Except as provided in any signed written agreement contemporaneously or hereafter executed by the Company and Executive, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with regard to the subject matter hereof, and contains all the covenants, promises, representations, warranties and agreements between the parties with respect to employment of Executive by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement does not supersede or replace any portion of that certain Non-Competition and Non-Disclosure Agreement entered into by Executive and the Company on or about the Effective Date.

9.13 Modification; Waiver . Any modification to or waiver of this Agreement will be effective only if it is in writing and signed by the parties to this Agreement.

9.14 Actions by the Board . Any and all determinations or other actions required of the Board hereunder that relate specifically to Executive’s employment by the Company or the terms and conditions of such employment shall be made by the members of the Board other than Executive if Executive is a member of the Board, and Executive shall not have any right to vote or decide upon any such matter.

9.15 Executive’s Representations and Warranties . Executive represents and warrants to the Company that (a) Executive does not have any agreements with Executive’s prior employers that will prohibit Executive from working for the Company or fulfilling Executive’s duties and obligations to the Company pursuant to this Agreement and (b) Executive has complied with all duties imposed on Executive with respect to Executive’s former employers, and in the course of his employment for the Company, Executive will not use or disclose any legally protected information belonging to Executive’s former employer.

9.16 Delayed Payment Restriction . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, if any payment or benefit provided for herein would be subject to additional taxes and interest under section 409A of the Code if Executive’s receipt of such payment or benefit is not delayed until the Section 409A Payment Date, then such payment or benefit shall not be provided to Executive (or Executive’s estate, if applicable) until the Section 409A Payment Date.

[Signatures begin on next page.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

 

HI-CRUSH PROPPANTS, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Robert E. Rasmus

Name:    

   

Title:

   

James M. Whipkey

/s/ James M. Whipkey


EXHIBIT A

RELEASE AGREEMENT

This Release Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) constitutes the release referred to in that certain Employment Agreement (the “ Employment Agreement ”) dated as of May 25, 2011, 2011, by and among James M. Whipkey (“ Executive ”) and Hi-Crush Proppants, LLC (the “ Company ”).

(a) For good and valuable consideration, including the Company’s provision of a severance payment to Executive in accordance with Section 6.1(b) of the Employment Agreement, Executive hereby releases, discharges and forever acquits the Company, its affiliates and subsidiaries and their respective past, present and future stockholders, members, partners, directors, managers, employees, agents, attorneys, heirs, representatives, successors and assigns of the foregoing, in their personal and representative capacities (collectively, the “Company Parties” ), from liability for, and hereby waives, any and all claims, damages, or causes of action of any kind related to Executive’s employment with any Company Party, the termination of such employment, and any other acts or omissions related to any matter on or prior to the date of the execution of this Agreement including without limitation any alleged violation through the date of this Agreement of: (i) the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended; (ii) Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; (iii) the Civil Rights Act of 1991; (iv) Section 1981 through 1988 of Title 42 of the United States Code, as amended; (v) the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended; (vi) the Immigration Reform Control Act, as amended; (vii) the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended; (viii) the National Labor Relations Act, as amended; (ix) the Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended; (x) the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993; (xi) any state anti-discrimination law; (xii) any state wage and hour law; (xiii) any other local, state or federal law, regulation or ordinance; (xiv) any public policy, contract, tort, or common law claim; (xv) any allegation for costs, fees, or other expenses including attorneys’ fees incurred in these matters; (xvi) any and all rights, benefits or claims Executive may have under any employment contract, incentive compensation plan or stock option plan with any Company Party or to any ownership interest in any Company Party except as expressly provided in the Employment Agreement and any stock option or other equity compensation agreement between Executive and the Company and (xvii) any claim for compensation or benefits of any kind not expressly set forth in the Employment Agreement or any such stock option or other equity compensation agreement (collectively, the “Released Claims” ). Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall the Released Claims include (A) any claim which arises after the date of this Agreement, (B) any claim to vested benefits under an employee benefit plan, or (C) any claims for contractual severance payments under Section 6.1(b) of the Employment Agreement. This Agreement is not intended to indicate that any such claims exist or that, if they do exist, they are meritorious. Rather, Executive is simply agreeing that, in exchange for the consideration recited in the first sentence of this paragraph, any and all potential claims


of this nature that Executive may have against the Company Parties, regardless of whether they actually exist, are expressly settled, compromised and waived. By signing this Agreement, Executive is bound by it. Anyone who succeeds to Executive’s rights and responsibilities, such as heirs or the executor of Executive’s estate, is also bound by this Agreement. This release also applies to any claims brought by any person or agency or class action under which Executive may have a right or benefit.

(b) Notwithstanding the release of liability contained herein, nothing in this Agreement prevents Executive from filing any non-legally waivable claim (including a challenge to the validity of this Agreement) with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission ( “EEOC” ) or comparable state or local agency or participating in any investigation or proceeding conducted by the EEOC or comparable state or local agency; however, Executive understands and agrees that Employee is waiving any and all rights to recover any monetary or personal relief or recovery as a result of such EEOC or comparable state or local agency proceeding or subsequent legal actions.

(c) Executive agrees not to bring or join any lawsuit against any of the Company Parties in any court relating to any of the Released Claims. Executive represents that Executive has not brought or joined any lawsuit or filed any charge or claim against any of the Company Parties in any court or before any government agency and has made no assignment of any rights Executive has asserted or may have against any of the Company Parties to any person or entity, in each case, with respect to any Released Claims.

(d) By executing and delivering this Agreement, Executive acknowledges that:

 

  (i) He has carefully read this Agreement;

 

  (ii) He has had at least twenty-one (21) days to consider this Agreement before the execution and delivery hereof to the Company ;

 

  (iii) He has been and hereby is advised in writing that he may, at his option, discuss this Agreement with an attorney of his choice and that he has had adequate opportunity to do so;

 

  (iv) He fully understands the final and binding effect of this Agreement; the only promises made to him to sign this Agreement are those stated in the Employment Agreement and herein; and he is signing this Agreement voluntarily and of his own free will, and that he understands and agrees to each of the terms of this Agreement; and

 

  (v) With the exception of any sums that he may be owed pursuant to Section 6.1(b) of the Employment Agreement, he has been paid all wages and other compensation to which he is entitled under the Agreement and received all leaves (paid and unpaid) to which he was entitled during the term of his employment with the Company.


Notwithstanding the initial effectiveness of this Agreement, Executive may revoke the delivery (and therefore the effectiveness) of this Agreement within the seven-day period beginning on the date Executive executes this Agreement (such seven-day period being referred to herein as the “Release Revocation Period” ). To be effective, such revocation must be in writing signed by Executive and must be delivered to the Company before 11:59 p.m., Houston, Texas time, on the last day of the Release Revocation Period. If an effective revocation is delivered in the foregoing manner and timeframe, this Agreement shall be of no force or effect and shall be null and void ab initio . No consideration shall be paid if this Agreement is revoked by Executive in the foregoing manner.

Executed on this                      day of                     ,                    .

 

                                                                                                                                                   

James M. Whipkey

Exhibit 10.16

Execution Copy

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is made as of May 25, 2011 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Hi-Crush Proppants, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and Jay Alston (“ Executive ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive on the terms and conditions, and for the consideration, hereinafter set forth and Executive desires to be employed by the Company on such terms and conditions and for such consideration;

NOW, THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and obligations contained herein, the Company and Executive agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

In addition to the terms defined in the body of this Agreement, for purposes of this Agreement, the following capitalized words shall have the meanings indicated below:

1.1 Board ” shall mean the Board of Managers of the Company.

1.2 Cause ” shall mean Executive’s: (i) conviction of, or entry of a guilty plea or plea of no contest with respect to, a felony or any other crime directly or indirectly involving Executive’s lack of honesty or moral turpitude; (ii) drug or alcohol abuse for which Executive fails to undertake and maintain treatment within five calendar days after requested by the Company; (iii) acts of fraud, embezzlement, theft, dishonesty or gross misconduct; (iv) material misappropriation (or attempted misappropriation) of any of the Company’s funds or property; or (v) a breach of the Executive’s obligations under Section 2.2 hereunder, as determined by a majority of the Board, which such majority shall include at least one Class A Member (as defined in the LLC Agreement). If capable of cure, then with respect to items (iii), (iv), and (v), Executive shall have 30 days to cure the situation following receipt of written notice of the specific circumstance(s) constituting Cause. For the avoidance of doubt, Cause shall not exist hereunder unless and until the expiration of the 30-day cure period, if applicable, following receipt by the Executive of the Company’s written notice of a Cause event and Executive shall not have cured such circumstances, and in such case Executive’s employment shall terminate for Cause on the day following expiration of such 30-day cure period.

1.3 Good Reason ” shall mean, without Executive’s consent, (i) the Company materially breached its obligations under this Agreement; (ii) any material diminution of the duties of the Executive; (iii) a reduction in Executive’s base salary, other than pursuant to a proportionate reduction applicable to all senior executives or employees generally and the members of the Board, to the extent such Board members receives Board fees; or (iv) the relocation of the geographic location of Executive’s principal place of employment by more than 50 miles from either: (A) the location of Executive’s principal place of employment as of the Effective Date; or (B) Amite, Louisiana. With respect to this provision, the Company shall have 30 days to cure the situation following receipt of written notice of the specific circumstance(s)


constituting Good Reason, which such notice must be provided by Executive within fifteen (15) days after the initial existence of the event giving rise to Good Reason. For the avoidance of doubt, Good Reason shall not exist hereunder unless and until the 30-day cure period following receipt by the Company of Executive’s written notice expires and the Company shall not have cured such circumstances, and in such case Executive’s employment shall terminate for Good Reason on the day following expiration of such 30-day cure period.

1.4 Closing ” means the closing of the transactions provided for in the Purchase Agreement.

1.5 Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.6 Date of Termination ” shall mean the date Executive’s employment with the Company is considered to have terminated pursuant to Section 3.4.

1.7 LLC Agreement ” shall mean the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of even date hereof.

1.8 Purchase Agreement ” shall mean the Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of even date hereof, among ACP HIP Splitter, L.P., ACP HIP Splitter (Offshore), L.P., RER Legacy Investments LLC, JMW Legacy Investments LLC, Blessed & Favored Investments, LLC and the Company.

1.9 Section 409A Payment Date ” shall mean the earlier of (a) the date of Executive’s death or (b) the date that is six months after the date of termination of Executive’s employment with the Company.

ARTICLE II

EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES

2.1 Employment; Effective Date . The Company agrees to employ Executive, and Executive agrees to be employed by the Company, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement beginning as of the Effective Date and continuing for the period of time set forth in Article III of this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

2.2 Positions . From and after the Effective Date, the Company shall employ Executive in the position of Chief Operating Officer, reporting directly to the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Chairman of the Board, and such additional duties as the Board may reasonably designate from time to time. Executive agrees to perform in good faith the duties and services appertaining to such position. Executive’s employment shall also be subject to the policies maintained and established by the Company, as such policies may be amended from time to time with reasonable notice to Executive. Executive acknowledges that he owes the same fiduciary duties to the Company that an officer of a Delaware corporation owes to such corporation under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

2.3 Other Interests . Executive agrees, during the period of Executive’s employment by the Company, to devote substantially all of his business time and efforts of the Company and its subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may complete those remaining,


pre-existing obligations that exist as of the Effective Date to supervise the final opening of the sand processing plants in Wisconsin with respect to which Executive has previously performed services for Chippewa Sands LLC, Completion Industrial Minerals, LLC and Winnbay Sand, LLC, so long as such activities: i) do not continue beyond April 28, 2012; and ii) do not interfere in any respect with the performance of Jay Alston’s duties, obligations and responsibilities to the Company. The parties further acknowledge and agree that Executive may (a) engage in and manage Executive’s passive personal investments and (b) engage in charitable and civic activities; provided, however, that such activities shall be permitted so long as such activities do not conflict with the business and affairs of the Company or materially interfere with Executive’s performance of Executive’s duties hereunder.

ARTICLE III

TERM AND TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

3.1 Term . Unless sooner terminated pursuant to other provisions hereof, the Company agrees to employ Executive for the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the first anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Initial Expiration Date ”); provided, however, that beginning on the Initial Expiration Date, and on each anniversary of the Initial Expiration Date thereafter, if Executive’s employment under this Agreement has not been terminated pursuant to Section 3.2 or 3.3, then said term of employment shall automatically be extended for an additional one-year period unless, on or before the date that is 60 days prior to the first day of any such extension period, either party gives written notice to the other that no such automatic extension shall occur, in which case the term of employment shall terminate as of the Initial Expiration Date or the anniversary of the Initial Expiration Date immediately following the giving of such notice, as applicable.

3.2 Company’s Right to Terminate . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.1, the Company may terminate Executive’s employment under this Agreement at any time for any of the following reasons:

(a) upon Executive’s becoming incapacitated by accident, sickness or other circumstance which renders him mentally or physically incapable of performing the duties and services required of him hereunder on a full-time basis for a period of at least 120 consecutive days or for a period of 180 days during any 12-month period; or

(b) Executive’s death; or

(c) for Cause; or

(d) for any other reason whatsoever or for no reason at all, in the sole discretion of the Company.

3.3 Executive’s Right to Terminate . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.1, Executive shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment under this Agreement for any of the following reasons:

(a) for Good Reason; or

(b) for any reason whatsoever or for no reason at all, in the sole discretion of Executive, by providing the Company with a notice of termination.


In the case of a termination of employment by Executive pursuant to this Section 3.3, the Date of Termination specified in the notice of termination shall not be less than 15 nor more than 60 days, respectively, from the date such notice is given, and the Company may require a Date of Termination earlier than that specified in the notice (and, if such earlier Date of Termination is so required, it shall not change the basis for Executive’s termination nor be construed or interpreted as a termination of employment pursuant to Section 3.1 or Section 3.2).

3.4 Deemed Resignations . Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Company and Executive prior to the termination of Executive’s employment, any termination of Executive’s employment shall (a) constitute an automatic resignation of Executive as an officer of the Company and each affiliate of the Company (if applicable), and (b) be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.18 and 5.3 of the LLC Agreement.

3.5 Meaning of Termination of Employment . For all purposes of this Agreement, Executive shall be considered to have terminated employment with the Company when Executive incurs a “separation from service” with the Company within the meaning of section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code and applicable administrative guidance issued thereunder.

3.6 No Termination . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, (a) Executive’s employment with the Company shall not be terminated by the Company (other than for Cause) prior to the earlier of the Closing and January 30, 2012, and (b) Executive and the Company acknowledge that money damages would not be sufficient remedy for any breach of this Section 3.6 by the Company, and Executive shall be entitled to seek to enforce the provisions of this Section 3.6 by obtaining specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for such breach or any threatened breach. Such remedies shall not be deemed the exclusive remedies for a breach of this Section 3.6 but shall be in addition to all remedies available at law or in equity, including the recovery of damages from the Company.

ARTICLE IV

COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

4.1 Base Salary . During the term of this Agreement, Executive shall receive an annualized base salary of $75,000 (the “ Base Salary ”). Executive’s Base Salary shall be paid in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s policy as exists from time to time regarding payment of compensation to similarly situated employees but no less frequently than monthly.

4.2 Bonuses . Executive shall be eligible for discretionary bonuses that may be awarded by the Company from time to time, it being understood that the Board shall have sole discretion to determine whether a bonus shall be awarded, the criteria for any bonus and the amount of any bonus. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to pay any bonus with respect to, or earned in, a given calendar year on or before March 31 of the following calendar year (and in no event shall a bonus be paid after April 30 of the following calendar year); provided, however, that Executive will be entitled to receive payment of a bonus only if Executive is employed by the Company on such date of payment.


4.3 Other Benefits . During Executive’s employment hereunder, Executive shall be eligible to participate in benefit plans and programs of the Company, including improvements or modifications of the same, which are now, or may hereafter be, available to similarly situated employees of the Company. The Company shall not, however, by reason of this Section 4.3, be obligated to institute, maintain, or refrain from changing, amending, or discontinuing, any such benefit plan or program, so long as such changes are similarly applicable to similarly situated employees generally.

4.4 Expenses . The Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable business expenses incurred by Executive in performing services hereunder; provided that such expenses are incurred and accounted for in accordance with the policies and procedures established by the Company. Any such reimbursement of expenses shall be made by the Company upon or as soon as practicable following receipt of supporting documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Company (but in any event not later than the close of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense is incurred by Executive); provided, however, that, upon Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, in no event shall any additional reimbursement be made prior to the Section 409A Payment Date to the extent such payment delay is required under section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code. In no event shall the Company pay any reimbursement to which Executive is entitled after the later of (a) the first anniversary of the date of Executive’s death or (b) the date that is one year after the date of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company.

4.5 Vacation . During Executive’s employment hereunder, Executive shall be entitled to up to twenty (20) days paid vacation each calendar year, to be accrued, scheduled and taken in accordance with the Company’s standard vacation policy, as may be amended from time to time. Vacation time must be used in the calendar year in which it was awarded; any vacation time that is unused in one calendar year will not roll over to the following calendar year.

ARTICLE V

PROTECTION OF INFORMATION

5.1 Disclosure to and Property of the Company . For purposes of this Article V, the term “the Company” shall include the Company and any of its affiliates, and any reference to “employment” or similar terms shall include a director and/or consulting relationship. All non-public information, trade secrets, designs, ideas, concepts, improvements, product developments, discoveries and inventions, whether patentable or not, that are conceived, made, developed, disclosed to or acquired by Executive, individually or in conjunction with others, during the period of Executive’s employment by the Company (whether during business hours or otherwise and whether on the Company’s premises or otherwise) that relate to the Company’s or any of its affiliates’ businesses, trade secrets, products or services (including, without limitation, all such information relating to corporate opportunities, strategies, business plans, product specifications, compositions, manufacturing and distribution methods and processes, research, financial and sales data, pricing terms, evaluations, opinions, interpretations, acquisition prospects, the identity of customers or their requirements, the identity of key contacts within the customer’s


organizations or within the organization of acquisition prospects, or production, marketing and merchandising techniques, prospective names and marks) and all writings or materials of any type embodying any of such information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, inventions and other similar forms of expression (collectively, “ Confidential Information ”) are and shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company or its affiliates, as applicable. Moreover, all documents, videotapes, presentations, brochures, drawings, memoranda, notes, records, files, correspondence, manuals, models, specifications, computer programs, E-mail, voice mail, electronic databases, maps, drawings, architectural renditions, models and all other writings or materials of any type embodying any of such information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, inventions and other similar forms of expression (collectively, “ Work Product ”) are and shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company (or its affiliates). Executive agrees to perform all actions reasonably requested by the Company or its affiliates to establish and confirm such exclusive ownership. Upon termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, for any reason, Executive promptly shall deliver all Confidential Information and Work Product, and all copies thereof, to the Company.

5.2 No Unauthorized Use or Disclosure . Executive agrees to preserve and protect the confidentiality of all Confidential Information of the Company and its affiliates. Executive agrees that Executive will not, at any time during or after Executive’s employment with the Company, make any unauthorized disclosure of, and Executive shall not remove from the Company premises, Confidential Information or Work Product of the Company or its affiliates or make any use thereof, except, in each case, in the carrying out of Executive’s responsibilities hereunder. Executive shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all persons or entities to whom Confidential Information shall be disclosed by Executive hereunder to preserve and protect the confidentiality of such Confidential Information. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Executive shall have no obligation hereunder to keep confidential any Confidential Information if and to the extent disclosure thereof is specifically required by law; provided, however , that in the event disclosure is required by applicable law, Executive shall, to the extent practicable without violating applicable law, provide the Company with prompt notice of such requirement prior to making any such disclosure, so that the Company may, at its expense, seek an appropriate protective order. At the request of the Company at any time, to the extent practicable without violating applicable law, Executive agrees to deliver to the Company all Confidential Information that Executive may possess or control. Executive agrees that all Confidential Information of the Company (whether now or hereafter existing) conceived, discovered or made by Executive during the period of Executive’s employment by the Company exclusively belongs to the Company (and not to Executive), and upon request by the Company for specified Confidential Information, Executive will promptly disclose such Confidential Information to the Company and perform all actions reasonably requested by the Company to establish and confirm such exclusive ownership. Affiliates of the Company shall be third party beneficiaries of Executive’s obligations under this Article V. As a result of Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive may also from time to time have access to, or knowledge of, Confidential Information of third parties, such as customers, suppliers, partners, joint venturers, and the like, of the Company and its affiliates. Executive also agrees to preserve and protect the confidentiality of such third party Confidential Information.


5.3 Ownership by the Company . If, during Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive creates any work of authorship fixed in any tangible medium of expression that is the subject matter of copyright (such as videotapes, written presentations, or acquisitions, computer programs, E-mail, voice mail, electronic databases, drawings, maps, architectural renditions, models, manuals, brochures, or the like) relating to the Company’s business, products, or services, whether such work is created solely by Executive or jointly with others (whether during business hours or otherwise, whether patentable or not and whether on the Company’s premises or otherwise), including any Work Product, the Company shall be deemed the author of such work if the work is prepared by Executive in the scope of Executive’s employment; or, if the work relating to the Company’s business, products, or services is not prepared by Executive within the scope of Executive’s employment but is specially ordered by the Company as a contribution to a collective work, as a part of a motion picture or other audiovisual work, as a translation, as a supplementary work, as a compilation, or as an instructional text, then the work shall be considered to be work made for hire and the Company shall be the author of the work. If the work relating to the Company’s business, products, or services is neither prepared by Executive within the scope of Executive’s employment nor a work specially ordered that is deemed to be a work made for hire during Executive’s employment by the Company, then Executive hereby agrees to assign, and by these presents does assign, to the Company all of Executive’s worldwide right, title, and interest in and to such work and all rights of copyright therein.

5.4 Assistance by Executive . During the period of Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive shall assist the Company and its nominee, at any reasonable time and at the Company’s expense, in the protection of the Company’s or its affiliates’ worldwide right, title and interest in and to Confidential Information and Work Product and the execution of all formal assignment documents requested by the Company or its nominee(s) and the execution of all lawful oaths and applications for patents and registration of copyright in the United States and foreign countries. After Executive’s employment with the Company terminates, at the reasonable request from time to time and expense of the Company or its affiliates, Executive shall assist the Company or its nominee(s) in the protection of the Company’s or its affiliates’ worldwide right, title and interest in and to Confidential Information and Work Product and the execution of all formal assignment documents requested by the Company or its nominee and the execution of all lawful oaths and applications for patents and registration of copyright in the United States and foreign countries.

5.5 Remedies . Executive acknowledges that money damages would not be a sufficient remedy for any breach of this Article V by Executive, and the Company or its affiliates shall be entitled to seek to enforce the provisions of this Article V by specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for such breach or any threatened breach as provided in Section 9.11. Such remedies shall not be deemed the exclusive remedies for a breach of this Article V but shall be in addition to all remedies available at law or in equity, including the recovery of damages from Executive. However, if it is determined that Executive has not committed a breach of this Article V, then the Company shall resume the payments and benefits due under this Agreement and pay to Executive and Executive’s spouse, if applicable, all payments and benefits that had been suspended pending such determination.


ARTICLE VI

EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT ON COMPENSATION

6.1 Effect of Termination of Employment on Compensation .

(a) If Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate at the expiration of the term provided in Section 3.1, for any reason described in Section 3.2(a), 3.2(b), or 3.2(c) or pursuant to Executive’s resignation for any reason other than Good Reason, then all compensation and all benefits to Executive hereunder shall terminate contemporaneously with such termination of employment, except that Executive shall be entitled to (i) payment of all accrued and unpaid Base Salary to the Date of Termination, (ii) reimbursement for all incurred but unreimbursed expenses for which Executive is entitled to reimbursement in accordance with Section 4, and (iii) benefits to which Executive is entitled under the terms of any applicable benefit plan or program.

(b) If Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate: (1) by action of the Company pursuant to Section 3.2(d) (which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include those reasons set forth in Sections 3.2(a), 3.2(b) or 3.2(c) or due to the Company’s non-renewal of this Agreement); or (2) due to Executive’s resignation for Good Reason pursuant to Section 3.3(a), then all compensation and benefits to Executive hereunder shall terminate contemporaneously with such termination of employment, except that (i) Executive shall be entitled to receive the compensation and benefits described in clauses (i) through (iii) of Section 6.1(a) above; and (ii) if, on the Date of Termination, the Company does not have a right to terminate Executive’s employment for Cause under Section 3.2(c) or under Section 3.2(a) or 3.2(b), and subject to Executive’s delivery, within 21 days after the Date of Termination, and non-revocation in the time provided to do so, of an executed release in a form attached as Exhibit A (the “ Release ”), the Company shall pay to Executive an additional amount (but no other additional compensation or benefits after such termination) equal to twelve (12) times the monthly rate of Executive’s Base Salary as of the Date of Termination, which amount shall be paid in one lump sum payment on the date that is thirty (30) days after the Date of Termination (or the first business day thereafter if the thirtieth day is not a business day).

(c) Notwithstanding the time of payment provisions of Section 6.1(b)(ii) above, if Executive is a specified employee (as such term is defined in section 409A of the Code and as determined by the Company in accordance with any method permitted under section 409A of the Code) and the payment of the amount described in such Section would be subject to additional taxes and interest under section 409A of the Code because the timing of such payment is not delayed as provided in section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, then such amount shall be accumulated and paid (without interest) in a lump sum within five business days after the Section 409A Payment Date. All subsequent payments, if any, shall be paid in the manner otherwise specified herein.


ARTICLE VII

NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT

7.1 Definitions . As used in this Article VIII, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Business” means the provision and sale of the products and services provided by the Company during the course of Executive’s employment hereunder, which shall expressly include the distribution, manufacturing, mining, processing, sale and transportation of: (i) proppants used in oil and gas applications; and/or (ii) industrial sand.

“Competing Business” means any person or entity engaged in or, to Executive’s knowledge, actively pursuing, the Business other than the Company or its affiliates and to whom or which the Confidential Information acquired by Employee hereunder would reasonably be considered useful.

“Prohibited Period” means the period during which Executive is employed by Company hereunder and a period of one year thereafter.

“Restricted Area” means any geographical area in which the Company and its subsidiaries conducts or proposes to conduct the Business, and for which Executive has material responsibility, during the period that Executive is employed hereunder.

7.2 Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation . Executive and the Company agree to the non-competition and non-solicitation provisions of this Article VII to protect the trade secrets and other Confidential Information of the Company disclosed or entrusted to Executive by the Company or its affiliates or created or developed by Executive for Company and as an express incentive for the Company to enter into this Agreement.

(a) Subject to the exceptions set forth in Section 7.2(b) below, Executive covenants and agrees that during the Prohibited Period, other than on behalf of the Company or any of its affiliates, he will refrain from carrying on or engaging in the Business in the Restricted Area on his own behalf or on behalf of a Competing Business. Executive further agrees and covenants that, because the following conduct would effectively constitute carrying on or engaging in the Business, he will not, and he will cause his affiliates not to, in the Restricted Area during the Prohibited Period on behalf of a Competing Business, directly or indirectly, perform the same or substantially similar job duties that Executive performed during the twelve (12) months prior to the termination of his employment with the Company, or otherwise own, manage, operate, join, become an officer or employee of, control or participate in or be connected with any business, individual, partnership, firm, corporation or other entity which engages in the Business other than the Company or its affiliates.

(b) Notwithstanding the restrictions contained in Section 7.2(a), Executive or any of his affiliates may own an aggregate of not more than 2.5% of the outstanding stock of any class of any corporation engaged in the Business, if such stock is listed on a national securities exchange or regularly traded in the over-the-counter market by a


member of a national securities exchange, without violating the provisions of Section 7.2(a), provided that neither Executive nor any of his affiliates has the power, directly or indirectly, to control or direct the management or affairs of any such corporation and is not involved in the management of such corporation.

(c) Executive further expressly covenants and agrees that during the Prohibited Period, he will not, and he will cause his affiliates not to, solicit or cause to be solicited any customer or prospective customer of the Company related to the Business that is or was a customer or prospective customer of the Company related to the Business in the Restricted Area and with which Executive had material contact or about which Executive had Confidential Information during the period in which Executive was employed hereunder.

(d) Executive further covenants and agrees that during the Prohibited Period, he will not, and he will cause his affiliates not to, engage or employ or solicit or contact with a view to the engagement or employment of, any person who is an officer or employee of the Company or its subsidiaries during the period in which Executive was employed hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall be permitted to employ any person who was an officer or employee of the Company or its subsidiaries during such period and who has ceased to be an officer or employee of the Company or its affiliates with the consent of Company; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prohibit the Executive from engaging, employing or soliciting any person by means of general advertising that are not specifically targeted at such officers or employees of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 7.2 shall not prevent Executive from completing his remaining pre-existing obligations that exist as of the Effective Date to supervise the final opening of the sand processing plants in Wisconsin with respect to which Executive has previously performed services for Chippewa Sands LLC, Completion Industrial Minerals, LLC and Winnbay Sand, LLC, so long as such activities: i) do not continue after April 28, 2012; and ii) do not violate Executive’s other obligations hereunder.

7.3 Relief . Executive and the Company agree and acknowledge that the limitations as to time, geographical area and scope of activity to be restrained as set forth in Section 7.2 are reasonable and do not impose any greater restraint than is necessary to protect the Company and its legitimate business interests. Executive and the Company also acknowledge that money damages would not be sufficient remedy for any breach of this Article VII by Executive, and the Company or its affiliates shall be entitled to seek to enforce the provisions of this Article VII by obtaining specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for such breach or any threatened breach as provided in Section 9.11. Such remedies shall not be deemed the exclusive remedies for a breach of this Article VII but shall be in addition to all remedies available at law or in equity, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

7.4 Reasonableness; Enforcement . Executive hereby represents to the Company that Executive has read and understands, and agrees to be bound by, the terms of this Article VII. Executive acknowledges that the geographic scope and duration of the covenants contained in this Article VII are the result of arm’s-length bargaining and are fair and reasonable in light of


(a) Executive’s level of control over and contact with the Business in all jurisdictions in which it is conducted, which includes the entire Restricted Area, and (b) the amount of Confidential Information that Executive is receiving in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder. It is the desire and intent of the parties that the provisions of this Article VII be enforced to the fullest extent permitted under applicable legal requirements, whether now or hereafter in effect and therefore, to the extent permitted by applicable legal requirements, Executive and the Company hereby waive any provision of applicable legal requirements that would render any provision of this Article VII invalid or unenforceable.

7.5 Reformation . The Company and Executive agree that the foregoing restrictions are reasonable under the circumstances and that any breach of the covenants contained in this Article VII would cause irreparable injury to the Company. Executive understands that the foregoing restrictions may limit Executive’s ability to engage in certain businesses anywhere in the Restricted Area during the Prohibited Period, but acknowledges that such restrictions shall not prevent Executive from being able to obtain gainful employment. Nevertheless, if any of the aforesaid restrictions are found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unreasonable, or overly broad as to geographic area or time, or otherwise unenforceable, the parties intend for the restrictions herein set forth to be modified by the court making such determination so as to be reasonable and enforceable and, as so modified, to be fully enforced. By agreeing to this contractual modification prospectively at this time, the Company and Executive intend to make this provision enforceable under the law or laws of all applicable States and other jurisdictions so that the entire agreement not to compete and this Agreement as prospectively modified shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be rendered void or illegal. Such modification shall not affect the payments made to Executive under this Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 Indemnification .

(a) The Company shall and does hereby agree to indemnify and hold Executive harmless from and against any loss or damage incurred by Executive for any act or omission taken or suffered by Executive on behalf of the Company in the course of Executive’s duties hereunder if such act or omission was undertaken, or not taken, as applicable, in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company (including, without limitation, any act or omission taken or suffered by Executive in reliance upon and in accordance with the reasonable opinion or advice of experts, including, without limitation, of legal counsel as to matters of law, of accountants as to matters of accounting, or of investment bankers or appraisers as to matters of valuation), including costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees; provided, however , that Executive shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Section 8.1(a) for any act or omission resulting from Executive’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The indemnification conferred by this Section 8.1(a) shall continue as to Executive even after Executive’s employment with the Company pursuant to this Agreement has terminated with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such cessation and shall inure to the benefit of the Executive’s heirs, executors and administrators, as applicable.


(b) Expenses reasonably incurred by Executive in investigation, defense or settlement of any claim that may be subject to a right of indemnification hereunder shall be advanced by the Company prior to the final disposition thereof, so long as such expenses have been approved by the Company, and within thirty (30) days following receipt of appropriate documentation of such undertaking by or on behalf of Executive to repay such amount to the extent that it shall be determined upon final adjudication after all possible appeals have been exhausted that Executive is not entitled to be indemnified hereunder within 30 days of such final adjudication.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

9.1 Notices . For purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) when received if delivered personally or by courier, (b) on the date receipt is acknowledged if delivered by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested or (c) one day after transmission if sent by facsimile transmission with confirmation of transmission, as follows:

 

If to Executive, addressed to:      Hi-Crush Proppants LLC
     Three Riverway, Suite 1550
     Houston, Texas 77056
     Facsimile: (713) 963-0088
     Attention: Mr. Jay Alston
If to the Company, addressed to:      Hi-Crush Proppants LLC
     Three Riverway, Suite 1550
     Houston, Texas 77056
     Facsimile: (713) 963-0088
     Attention: Mr. Robert E. Rasmus

or to such other address as either party may furnish to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices or changes of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

9.2 Applicable Law . This Agreement is entered into under, and shall be governed for all purposes by, the laws of the State of Texas, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

9.3 No Waiver . No failure by either party hereto at any time to give notice of any breach by the other party of, or to require compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

9.4 Severability . If an arbitrator determines that any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable, then the invalidity or unenforceability of that provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, and all other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.


9.5 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same Agreement.

9.6 Withholding of Taxes and Other Employee Deductions . The Company may withhold from any benefits and payments made pursuant to this Agreement all federal, state, city and other taxes and withholdings as may be required pursuant to any law or governmental regulation or ruling and all other customary deductions made with respect to the Company’s employees generally.

9.7 Headings . The Section headings have been inserted for purposes of convenience and shall not be used for interpretive purposes.

9.8 Gender and Plurals . Wherever the context so requires, the masculine gender includes the feminine or neuter, and the singular number includes the plural and conversely.

9.9 Affiliate . As used in this Agreement, the term “ affiliate ” as used with respect to a particular person or entity shall mean any other person or entity which owns or controls, is owned or controlled by, or is under common ownership or control with, such particular person or entity.

9.10 Successors; Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor or assign of the Company. This Agreement is personal to Executive and shall not be assigned by Executive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment owed to Executive hereunder after the date of Executive’s death shall be paid to Executive’s estate.

9.11 Arbitration .

(a) Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of, connected with, or relating to this Agreement, including without limitation any dispute as to the existence, validity, construction, interpretation, negotiation, performance, breach, termination or enforceability of this Agreement (a “ Dispute ”) shall be resolved by final and binding arbitration before a single independent and impartial arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) then in effect. The AAA Optional Rules for Emergency Measures of Protection shall also apply. If the parties are unable to agree on a mutually acceptable arbitrator within 15 days of the submission of the Dispute to arbitration, the arbitrator shall be appointed by the AAA. The parties acknowledge that arbitration is intended to be a more expeditious and less expensive method of dispute resolution than court litigation. The award of the arbitrator shall be in writing and provide reasons for the award. The arbitrator must certify in the award that such award conforms to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, including that such award has been rendered in accordance with the applicable governing law. The arbitrator shall have the authority to assess the costs and expenses of the arbitration proceeding (including the fees and expenses of the arbitrator and the AAA)


against any or all of the parties. The arbitrator shall also have the authority to award reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses to the prevailing party. The place of arbitration shall be Houston, Texas unless another location is mutually agreed upon by the parties to such arbitration. The award of the arbitrator shall be binding on the parties, and the award may, but need not, be entered as judgment in a court of competent jurisdiction. This agreement to arbitrate shall not preclude the parties from engaging in parallel voluntary, non-binding settlement efforts including mediation.

(b) The arbitrator may, unless consolidation would prejudice the rights of any party, consolidate an arbitration hereunder with arbitration(s) under the Purchase Agreement and the LLC Agreement if the arbitrations raise common questions of law or fact. If two or more arbitral tribunals under these agreements issue consolidation orders, the order issued first shall prevail.

(c) The parties undertake to keep confidential all awards in their arbitration, together will all materials in the proceedings created for the purpose of the arbitration and all other documents produced by another party in the proceedings not otherwise in the public domain, save and to the extent that disclosure may be required of a party by legal duty, to protect or pursue a legal right or to enforce or challenge an award in legal proceedings before a court or other judicial authority.

(d) Arbitration shall be the exclusive dispute resolution mechanism hereunder; provided that nothing contained in this Section 9.11 shall limit any party’s right to bring (i) an application to enforce this agreement to arbitrate, (ii) actions seeking to enforce an arbitration award or (iii) actions seeking injunctive or other similar relief in the event of a breach or threatened breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement (or any other agreement contemplated hereby). The specifically enumerated judicial proceedings shall not be deemed incompatible with the agreement to arbitrate or a waiver of the right to arbitrate and , each party irrevocably and unconditionally (and without limitation): (i) submits to and accepts, for itself and in respect of its assets, generally and unconditionally the non exclusive jurisdiction of the courts located in Harris County, Texas of the United States and the State of Texas, (ii) waives any objection it may have now or in the future that such action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum, (iii) agrees that in any such action or proceeding it will not raise, rely on or claim any immunity (including, without limitation, from suit, judgment, attachment before judgment or otherwise, execution or other enforcement), (iv) waives any right of immunity which it has or its assets may have at any time, and (v) consents generally to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in connection with any such action or proceeding including, without limitation, the making, enforcement or execution of any order or judgment against any of its property. IN ENTERING INTO THE ARBITRATION PROVISION OF THIS SECTION 9.11 , EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL, INCLUDING ANY RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION IN ANY COURT WITH RESPECT TO, IN CONNECTION WITH, OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY ANCILLARY AGREEMENT REFERENCED HEREIN OR THE VALIDITY, PROTECTION, INTERPRETATION, COLLECTION OR ENFORCEMENT THEREOF.


9.12 Entire Agreement . Except as provided in any signed written agreement contemporaneously or hereafter executed by the Company and Executive, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with regard to the subject matter hereof, and contains all the covenants, promises, representations, warranties and agreements between the parties with respect to employment of Executive by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement does not supersede or replace any portion of that certain Non-Competition and Non-Disclosure Agreement entered into by Executive and the Company on or about the Effective Date.

9.13 Modification; Waiver . Any modification to or waiver of this Agreement will be effective only if it is in writing and signed by the parties to this Agreement.

9.14 Actions by the Board . Any and all determinations or other actions required of the Board hereunder that relate specifically to Executive’s employment by the Company or the terms and conditions of such employment shall be made by the members of the Board other than Executive if Executive is a member of the Board, and Executive shall not have any right to vote or decide upon any such matter.

9.15 Executive’s Representations and Warranties . Executive represents and warrants to the Company that (a) Executive does not have any agreements with Executive’s prior employers that will prohibit Executive from working for the Company or fulfilling Executive’s duties and obligations to the Company pursuant to this Agreement and (b) Executive has complied with all duties imposed on Executive with respect to Executive’s former employers, and in the course of his employment for the Company, Executive will not use or disclose any legally protected information belonging to Executive’s former employer.

9.16 Delayed Payment Restriction . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, if any payment or benefit provided for herein would be subject to additional taxes and interest under section 409A of the Code if Executive’s receipt of such payment or benefit is not delayed until the Section 409A Payment Date, then such payment or benefit shall not be provided to Executive (or Executive’s estate, if applicable) until the Section 409A Payment Date.

[Signatures begin on next page.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

HI-CRUSH PROPPANTS, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Robert E. Rasmus

Name:    

   

Title:

   

Jay Alston

/s/ Jay Alston


EXHIBIT A

RELEASE AGREEMENT

This Release Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) constitutes the release referred to in that certain Employment Agreement (the “ Employment Agreement ”) dated as of May 25, 2011, by and among Jay Alston (“ Executive ”) and Hi-Crush Proppants, LLC (the “ Company ”).

(a) For good and valuable consideration, including the Company’s provision of a severance payment to Executive in accordance with Section 6.1(b) of the Employment Agreement, Executive hereby releases, discharges and forever acquits the Company, its affiliates and subsidiaries and their respective past, present and future stockholders, members, partners, directors, managers, employees, agents, attorneys, heirs, representatives, successors and assigns of the foregoing, in their personal and representative capacities (collectively, the “Company Parties” ), from liability for, and hereby waives, any and all claims, damages, or causes of action of any kind related to Executive’s employment with any Company Party, the termination of such employment, and any other acts or omissions related to any matter on or prior to the date of the execution of this Agreement including without limitation any alleged violation through the date of this Agreement of: (i) the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended; (ii) Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; (iii) the Civil Rights Act of 1991; (iv) Section 1981 through 1988 of Title 42 of the United States Code, as amended; (v) the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended; (vi) the Immigration Reform Control Act, as amended; (vii) the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended; (viii) the National Labor Relations Act, as amended; (ix) the Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended; (x) the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993; (xi) any state anti-discrimination law; (xii) any state wage and hour law; (xiii) any other local, state or federal law, regulation or ordinance; (xiv) any public policy, contract, tort, or common law claim; (xv) any allegation for costs, fees, or other expenses including attorneys’ fees incurred in these matters; (xvi) any and all rights, benefits or claims Executive may have under any employment contract, incentive compensation plan or stock option plan with any Company Party or to any ownership interest in any Company Party except as expressly provided in the Employment Agreement and any stock option or other equity compensation agreement between Executive and the Company and (xvii) any claim for compensation or benefits of any kind not expressly set forth in the Employment Agreement or any such stock option or other equity compensation agreement (collectively, the “Released Claims” ). Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall the Released Claims include (A) any claim which arises after the date of this Agreement, (B) any claim to vested benefits under an employee benefit plan, or (C) any claims for contractual severance payments under Section 6.1(b) of the Employment Agreement. This Agreement is not intended to indicate that any such claims exist or that, if they do exist, they are meritorious. Rather, Executive is simply agreeing that, in exchange for the consideration recited in the first sentence of this paragraph, any and all potential claims of this nature that Executive may have against the Company Parties, regardless of whether they actually exist, are expressly settled, compromised and waived. By signing this Agreement, Executive is bound by it. Anyone who succeeds to Executive’s rights and responsibilities, such as heirs or the executor of Executive’s estate, is also bound by this Agreement. This release also applies to any claims brought by any person or agency or class action under which Executive may have a right or benefit.


(b) Notwithstanding the release of liability contained herein, nothing in this Agreement prevents Executive from filing any non-legally waivable claim (including a challenge to the validity of this Agreement) with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission ( “EEOC” ) or comparable state or local agency or participating in any investigation or proceeding conducted by the EEOC or comparable state or local agency; however, Executive understands and agrees that Employee is waiving any and all rights to recover any monetary or personal relief or recovery as a result of such EEOC or comparable state or local agency proceeding or subsequent legal actions.

(c) Executive agrees not to bring or join any lawsuit against any of the Company Parties in any court relating to any of the Released Claims. Executive represents that Executive has not brought or joined any lawsuit or filed any charge or claim against any of the Company Parties in any court or before any government agency and has made no assignment of any rights Executive has asserted or may have against any of the Company Parties to any person or entity, in each case, with respect to any Released Claims.

(d) By executing and delivering this Agreement, Executive acknowledges that:

(i) He has carefully read this Agreement;

(ii) He has had at least twenty-one (21) days to consider this Agreement before the execution and delivery hereof to the Company ;

(iii) He has been and hereby is advised in writing that he may, at his option, discuss this Agreement with an attorney of his choice and that he has had adequate opportunity to do so;

(iv) He fully understands the final and binding effect of this Agreement; the only promises made to him to sign this Agreement are those stated in the Employment Agreement and herein; and he is signing this Agreement voluntarily and of his own free will, and that he understands and agrees to each of the terms of this Agreement; and

(v) With the exception of any sums that he may be owed pursuant to Section 6.1(b) of the Employment Agreement, he has been paid all wages and other compensation to which he is entitled under the Agreement and received all leaves (paid and unpaid) to which he was entitled during the term of his employment with the Company.


Notwithstanding the initial effectiveness of this Agreement, Executive may revoke the delivery (and therefore the effectiveness) of this Agreement within the seven-day period beginning on the date Executive executes this Agreement (such seven-day period being referred to herein as the “Release Revocation Period” ). To be effective, such revocation must be in writing signed by Executive and must be delivered to the Company before 11:59 p.m., Houston, Texas time, on the last day of the Release Revocation Period. If an effective revocation is delivered in the foregoing manner and timeframe, this Agreement shall be of no force or effect and shall be null and void ab initio . No consideration shall be paid if this Agreement is revoked by Executive in the foregoing manner.

Executed on this                      day of                     ,                     .

 

                                                                                                                                                   

Jay Alston

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Hi-Crush Partners LP of our report dated April 25, 2012 relating to the financial statements of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and our report dated May 11, 2012 relating to the balance sheet of Hi-Crush Partners LP, which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Houston, Texas

July 6, 2012

Exhibit 23.2

 

 

LOGO

 

John T. Boyd Company

Mining and Geological Consultants

Chairman

James W. Boyd

 

President and CEO

John T. Boyd II

 

Managing Director and COO

Ronald L. Lewis

 

Vice Presidents

Richard L. Bate

James F. Kvitkovich

Russell P Moran

John L. Weiss

William P. Wolf

 

Vice President

Business Development

George Stepanovich, Jr.

 

Managing Director – Australia

Ian L. Alexander

 

Managing Director – China

Dehui (David) Zhong

 

Assistant to the President

Mark P. Davie

 

Pittsburgh

4000 Town Center Boulevard,

Suite 300

Canonsburg, PA 15317

(724) 873-4400

(724) 873-4401 Fax

jtboydp@jtboyd.com

 

Denver

(303) 293-8988

jtboydd@jtboyd corn

 

Brisbane

61 7 3232-5000

jtboydau@jtboyd corn

 

Beijing

86 10 6500-5854

jrboydco@jtboyd corn

www.jtboyd.com

 

 

 

July 6, 2012

File: 3554

 

CONSENT OF JOHN T. BOYD COMPANY

 

The undersigned hereby consents to the references to our firm in the form and context in which they appear in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Hi-Crush Partners LP and the related prospectus that is a part thereof. We hereby further consent to the use in such Registration Statement and prospectus of information contained in our reports setting forth the estimates of reserves of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC as of December 31, 2011.

 

We further consent to the reference to this firm under heading "EXPERTS."

 

Respectfully submitted,

 

JOHN T. BOYD COMPANY

 

By: /s/ Ronald L. Lewis

Ronald L. Lewis

Managing Director and COO

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Exhibit 99.1

SUBMITTED CONFIDENTIALLY TO THE DIVISION OF CORPORATION FINANCE, MAY 11, 2012

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on                     , 2012

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Hi-Crush Partners LP

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   1400   90-0840530
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)   (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)  

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

Three Riverway, Suite 1550

Houston, Texas 77056

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

Robert E. Rasmus/James M. Whipkey

Three Riverway, Suite 1550

Houston, Texas 77056

(713) 963-0099

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

David Palmer Oelman

E. Ramey Layne

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

1001 Fannin Street, Suite 2500

Houston, Texas 77002

Tel: (713) 758-2222

Fax: (713) 758-2346

 

Charles L. Strauss

P. Kevin Trautner

Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.

Fulbright Tower

1301 McKinney, Suite 5100

Houston, Texas 77010

Tel: (713) 651-5151

Fax: (713) 651-5246

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

 

 

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of
Securities To Be Registered
  Proposed
Maximum Aggregate
Offering Price(1)(2)
  Amount of
Registration Fee

Common units representing limited partner interests

  $               $            

 

 

(1) Includes common units issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o).

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission becomes effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

 

Subject to Completion, dated May 11, 2012

 

PR OSPECTUS

 

 

 

LOGO

Hi-Crush Partners LP

Common Units

Representing Limited Partner Interests

 

 

This is the initial public offering of our common units representing limited partner interests. We are offering              common units. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common units. We currently expect the initial public offering price to be between $         and $         per common unit. We intend to apply to list our common units on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “HCLP.”

 

 

Investing in our common units involves risks. Please read “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 23.

These risks include the following:

 

 

We may not have sufficient cash from operations following the establishment of cash reserves and payment of costs and expenses, including cost reimbursements to our general partner and its affiliates, to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to our unitholders.

 

 

On a pro forma basis we would not have had sufficient cash available for distribution to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all units for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012.

 

 

Inaccuracies in estimates of volumes and qualities of our sand reserves could result in lower than expected sales and higher than expected production costs.

 

 

Substantially all of our sales are generated under contracts with four customers, and the loss of, or significant reduction in purchases by, any of them could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

 

If we are unable to make acquisitions on economically acceptable terms, our future growth would be limited, and any acquisitions we make may reduce, rather than increase, our cash generated from operations on a per unit basis.

 

 

Our long-term business and financial performance depends on the level of drilling and completion activity in the oil and natural gas industry.

 

 

All of our sales are generated at one facility. Any adverse developments at our Wyeville facility could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

 

An increase in the supply of raw frac sand having similar characteristics as the raw frac sand we produce could make it more difficult for us to renew or replace our existing contracts on favorable terms or at all.

 

 

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC owns and controls our general partner, which has sole responsibility for conducting our business and managing our operations. Our general partner and its affiliates, including Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, have conflicts of interest with us and limited duties, and they may favor their own interests to the detriment of us and our unitholders.

 

 

Unitholders will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $         per common unit.

 

 

There is no existing market for our common units, and a trading market that will provide you with adequate liquidity may not develop. The price of our common units may fluctuate significantly, and unitholders could lose all or part of their investment.

In addition, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act of 1933 and, as such, are allowed to provide in this prospectus more limited disclosures than an issuer that would not so qualify. Furthermore, for so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we will qualify for certain limited exceptions from investor protection laws such as the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 and the Investor Protection and Securities Reform Act of 2010. Please read “ Risk Factors ” and “Summary—Emerging Growth Company Status.”

 

 

 

     Per Common Unit      Total  

Public Offering Price

   $                    $                

Underwriting Discount(1)

   $         $     

Proceeds to Hi-Crush Partners LP (before expenses)

   $         $     

 

(1) Excludes a structuring fee of     % of the gross proceeds of this offering payable to Barclays Capital Inc. Please read “Underwriting.”

The underwriters may purchase up to an additional              common units from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the common units to purchasers on or about                     , 2012 through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.

 

 

 

Barclays   Morgan Stanley

 

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2012


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

[To come]

 

 

 


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus, any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or any other information to which we have referred you in connection with this offering. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor sale of our common units means that information contained in this prospectus is correct after the date of this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy our common units in any circumstances under which the offer or solicitation is unlawful.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SUMMARY

     1   

Hi-Crush Partners LP

     1   

Our Business and Properties

     2   

Industry Dynamics

     3   

Business Strategies

     5   

Competitive Strengths

     6   

Risk Factors

     7   

Our Management

     9   

Our Relationship with Our Sponsor

     9   

Principal Executive Offices

     11   

Emerging Growth Company Status

     11   

Formation Transactions and Partnership Structure

     12   

Organizational Structure

     13   

The Offering

     14   

Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data

     18   

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

     21   

RISK FACTORS

     23   

Risks Inherent in Our Business

     23   

Risks Related to Environmental, Mining and Other Regulation

     35   

Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us

     37   

Tax Risks to Common Unitholders

     48   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     52   

CAPITALIZATION

     53   

DILUTION

     54   

CASH DISTRIBUTION POLICY AND RESTRICTIONS ON DISTRIBUTIONS

     56   

General

     56   

Our Minimum Quarterly Distribution

     58   

Subordinated Units

     58   

Estimated Cash Available for Distribution for the Twelve Months Ending September 30, 2013

     61   

HOW WE MAKE DISTRIBUTIONS TO OUR PARTNERS

     67   

General

     67   

Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus

     67   

Capital Expenditures

     69   

Subordination Period

     71   

Distributions From Operating Surplus During the Subordination Period

     72   

Distributions From Operating Surplus After the Subordination Period

     73   

General Partner Interest

     73   

Incentive Distribution Rights

     73   

Percentage Allocations of Distributions From Operating Surplus

     73   

 

i


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

General Partner’s Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels

     74   

Distributions From Capital Surplus

     76   

Adjustment to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels

     77   

Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation

     77   

SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

     80   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     84   

Basis of Presentation

     84   

Overview

     84   

Overall Trends and Outlook

     85   

How We Generate Revenue

     86   

Costs of Conducting Our Business

     87   

How We Evaluate Our Operations

     87   

Factors Impacting Comparability of Our Financial Results

     88   

Results of Operations

     90   

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     92   

Customer Concentration

     96   

Contractual Obligations

     96   

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure of Market Risks

     97   

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

     99   

New and Revised Financial Accounting Standards

     99   

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

     99   

Environmental Matters

     100   

PROPPANT INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

     101   

Our Industry

     101   

Historical and Projected Proppant Demand

     104   

Historical and Projected North American Rig Count

     105   

Historical and Projected North American Wells and Proppant Intensity

     105   

BUSINESS

     108   

Overview

     108   

Business Strategies

     108   

Competitive Strengths

     109   

Assets and Business Operations

     110   

Quality Control

     115   

Customers

     115   

Contracts

     116   

Competition

     117   

Our History and Relationship with Our Sponsor

     117   

Our Management and Employees

     118   

Environmental and Occupational Safety and Health Regulation

     119   

Safety and Maintenance

     122   

Seasonality

     122   

Principal Executive Offices

     122   

Legal Proceedings

     122   

MANAGEMENT

     123   

Management of Hi-Crush Partners LP

     123   

Executive Officers and Directors of Our General Partner

     124   

Director Independence

     125   

Committees of the Board of Directors

     126   

 

ii


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION AND OTHER INFORMATION

     127   

Summary Compensation Table

     127   

Narrative Disclosure to the Summary Compensation Table

     127   

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2011 Fiscal Year-End

     128   

Additional Narrative Disclosure

     128   

Director Compensation

     129   

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     130   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     131   

Distributions and Payments to Our General Partner and Its Affiliates

     131   

Agreements with Affiliates in Connection with the Transactions

     132   

Other Transactions with Related Persons

     133   

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY DUTIES

     135   

Conflicts of Interest

     135   

DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMON UNITS

     142   

The Units

     142   

Transfer Agent and Registrar

     142   

Transfer of Common Units

     142   

THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

     144   

Organization and Duration

     144   

Purpose

     144   

Cash Distributions

     144   

Capital Contributions

     144   

Voting Rights

     145   

Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction

     146   

Limited Liability

     146   

Issuance of Additional Interests

     147   

Amendment of the Partnership Agreement

     148   

Merger, Consolidation, Conversion, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets

     150   

Dissolution

     150   

Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds

     151   

Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner

     151   

Transfer of General Partner Interest

     152   

Transfer of Ownership Interests in the General Partner

     152   

Transfer of Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution Rights

     152   

Change of Management Provisions

     153   

Limited Call Right

     153   

Non-Taxpaying Holders; Redemption

     153   

Non-Citizen Assignees; Redemption

     154   

Meetings; Voting

     154   

Voting Rights of Incentive Distribution Rights

     155   

Status as Limited Partner

     155   

Indemnification

     155   

Reimbursement of Expenses

     156   

Books and Reports

     156   

Right to Inspect Our Books and Records

     156   

Registration Rights

     157   

UNITS ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     158   

 

iii


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     160   

Taxation of the Partnership

     160   

Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership

     161   

Tax Treatment of Operations

     166   

Disposition of Units

     168   

Uniformity of Units

     170   

Tax-Exempt Organizations and Other Investors

     170   

Administrative Matters

     171   

State, Local and Other Tax Considerations

     172   

INVESTMENT IN HI-CRUSH PARTNERS LP BY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

     173   

UNDERWRITING

     174   

Commissions and Expenses

     174   

Option to Purchase Additional Common Units

     175   

Lock-Up Agreements

     175   

Offering Price Determination

     176   

Indemnification

     176   

Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

     176   

Electronic Distribution

     177   

New York Stock Exchange

     177   

Discretionary Sales

     177   

Stamp Taxes

     177   

Relationships

     177   

FINRA

     178   

Selling Restrictions

     178   

VALIDITY OF OUR COMMON UNITS

     181   

EXPERTS

     181   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     181   

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     182   

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

APPENDIX A—AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF HI-CRUSH PARTNERS LP

     A-1   

APPENDIX B—GLOSSARY OF TERMS.

     B-1   

 

iv


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the historical and pro forma financial statements and the notes to those financial statements, before investing in our common units. The information presented in this prospectus assumes an initial public offering price of $         per common unit (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and, unless otherwise indicated, that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units is not exercised. You should read “Risk Factors” for information about important risks that you should consider before buying our common units.

References in this prospectus to “Hi-Crush Partners LP,” “we,” “our,” “us” or like terms when used in a historical context refer to the business of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, which is our accounting predecessor and is contributing certain of its subsidiaries to Hi-Crush Partners LP in connection with this offering. When used in the present tense or prospectively, those terms refer to Hi-Crush Partners LP and its subsidiaries. References in this prospectus to “Hi-Crush Proppants LLC,” “our predecessor” and “our sponsor” refer to Hi-Crush Proppants LLC. We include a glossary of some of the terms used in this prospectus as Appendix B.

Hi-Crush Partners LP

Overview

We are a pure play, low-cost, domestic producer of premium monocrystalline sand, a specialized mineral that is used as a “proppant” to enhance the recovery rates of hydrocarbons from oil and natural gas wells. Our reserves consist of “Northern White” sand, a unique resource existing predominately in Wisconsin and limited portions of the upper Midwest region of the United States, which is highly valued as a preferred proppant because it exceeds all American Petroleum Institute (“API”) specifications. We own, operate and develop sand reserves and related excavation and processing facilities and will seek to acquire or develop additional facilities. Our 600-acre facility with integrated rail infrastructure, located near Wyeville, Wisconsin, enables us to process and cost-effectively deliver approximately 1,600,000 tons of frac sand per year. Substantially all of our frac sand production is sold to leading investment grade-rated pressure pumping service providers under long-term, take-or-pay contracts that require our customers to pay a specified price for a specified volume of frac sand each month.

Over the past decade, exploration and production companies have increasingly focused on exploiting the vast hydrocarbon reserves contained in North America’s unconventional oil and natural gas reservoirs through advanced techniques, such as horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing. In recent years, this focus has resulted in exploration and production companies drilling more and longer horizontal wells, completing more hydraulic fracturing stages per well and utilizing more proppant per stage in an attempt to efficiently maximize the volume of hydrocarbon recoveries per wellbore. As a result, North American demand for proppant has increased rapidly, growing at an average annual rate of 28.0% from 2006 to 2011, with total annual sales of $3.7 billion in 2011, according to The Freedonia Group, a leading international business research company. We believe that the market for raw frac sand will continue to grow based on the expected long-term development of North America’s unconventional oil and natural gas reservoirs.

We intend to utilize the significant oil and natural gas industry experience of our management team to take advantage of what we believe are favorable, long-term market dynamics as we execute our growth strategy, which includes both the acquisition of additional frac sand reserves and the development of new excavation and processing facilities. We expect to have the opportunity to acquire significant additional acreage and reserves currently owned or under option to be acquired by our sponsor, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, including approximately 4,500 acres of additional land in western Wisconsin, in addition to potential acquisitions from third parties.

 

 

1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We intend to remain solely focused on the frac sand market as we believe it offers attractive long-term growth fundamentals.

Our Business and Properties

Assets and Operations

We own and operate the Wyeville facility, which is located in Monroe County, Wisconsin and, as of December 31, 2011, contained 48.4 million tons of proven recoverable sand reserves of mesh sizes we have currently contracted to sell. According to John T. Boyd Company, a leading mining consulting firm focused on the mineral and natural gas industries (“John T. Boyd”), our proven reserves consist entirely of coarse grade Northern White sand that can be processed to meet API specifications. Analysis of our sand by independent third-party testing companies indicates that it demonstrates superior characteristics with regard to crush strength (ability to withstand high pressures), turbidity (low levels of contaminants) and roundness and sphericity (facilitates hydrocarbon flow, or conductivity) as compared to other raw frac sand, including other Northern White sand, and certain resin-coated products.

We commenced sand excavation and processing in June 2011 with an initial plant processing capacity of 950,000 tons per year, and customer shipments were initiated in July 2011. From the Wyeville in-service date to March 31, 2012, we have processed and sold 555,250 tons of frac sand. We completed an expansion in March 2012 that increased our annual expected processing capacity to approximately 1,600,000 tons per year. We have contracted approximately 91% of this capacity for the remainder of 2012 and through the second quarter of 2014, and approximately 71% of this capacity for the remainder of 2014 and through the second quarter 2016. Based on currently contracted production rates and a reserve report prepared by John T. Boyd, our Wyeville facility has an implied 33-year reserve life as of December 31, 2011.

All of our product is shipped by rail from our three 5,000-foot rail spurs that connect our processing and storage facilities to a Union Pacific Railroad mainline. The length of these rail spurs and the capacity of the associated product storage silos allow us to accommodate a large number of rail cars. It also enables us to accommodate unit trains, which significantly increases our efficiency in meeting our customers’ frac sand transportation needs. Unit trains, typically 80 rail cars in length or longer, are dedicated trains chartered for a single delivery destination. Generally, unit trains receive priority scheduling and do not switch cars at various intermediate junctions, which results in a more cost-effective and efficient method of shipping than the standard method of rail shipment.

Customers and Contracts

Our current customer base is comprised of subsidiaries of four of North America’s largest providers of pressure pumping services: Baker Hughes Incorporated (“Baker Hughes”), FTS International, Inc. (“FTS International”), Halliburton Company (“Halliburton”) and Weatherford International Ltd. (“Weatherford”). Our largest customers based on current contracts, Baker Hughes and Halliburton, are each rated A2 / A by Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s, respectively, and Weatherford is rated Baa2 / BBB by these agencies. FTS International is rated B1 / B+ by these agencies. Spears and Associates estimates that these four companies controlled 47% of North American pressure pumping horsepower in 2011 and accounted for greater than 50% of the North American pressure pumping market, based on 2011 revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2011, sales to Halliburton and Weatherford accounted for 64% and 36% of our total revenues, respectively. Sales under our contracts with Baker Hughes and FTS International commenced in May 2012.

 

 

2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We sell substantially all of the frac sand we produce under long-term, take-or-pay contracts that significantly reduce our exposure to short-term fluctuations in the price of and demand for frac sand. For the year ended December 31, 2011 and the first quarter of 2012, we generated 99% of our revenues from frac sand delivered under our long-term sand sales contracts, and we expect to continue selling a significant majority of our sand under long-term contracts. As of May 10, 2012, we had four long-term sand sales contracts with a weighted average remaining life of approximately 4.7 years. The following table presents a summary of our contracted volumes and revenues from 2011 through 2015, as well as the average contract sales price and make-whole price our customers are obligated to pay in the event they decline to accept delivery of the required product volumes under their respective contracts.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2011     2012     2013     2014     2015  

Contracted Volumes (tons)

    331,667        1,216,667        1,460,000        1,295,000        1,130,000   

% of Processing Capacity(1)

    79     85     91     81     71

Contracted Revenue

  $ 19,916,667      $ 78,966,667      $ 96,466,667      $ 88,350,000      $ 80,100,000   

Average Sales Price per ton

    $60        $65        $66        $68        $71   

Average Make-Whole Price per ton

    $60        $49        $49        $51        $51   

 

(1) Percentage of processing capacity for 2011 and 2012 based on weighted average processing capacity for such periods.

As the above table illustrates, when one of our contracts expires in 2014, the average contracted price per ton will increase. The expiring contract provides for sales prices lower than current market prices. Prior to this contract’s expiration, we will seek to renew or replace this contract on pricing terms more comparable to market prices at the time. Occasionally, if we have excess production and market conditions are favorable, we may elect to sell frac sand in spot market transactions.

The terms of our customer contracts, including sand quality requirements, quantity parameters, permitted sources of supply, effects of future regulatory changes, force majeure and termination and assignment provisions, vary by customer. As indicated in the above table, our customer contracts contain penalties for non-performance by our customers, with make-whole prices averaging approximately $49 per ton in 2012. If one of our customers fails to meet its minimum obligations to us, we would expect that the make-whole payment, combined with a decrease in our variable costs (such as royalty payments and excavation costs), would substantially mitigate any adverse impact on our cash flow from such failure. We would also have the ability to sell the sand volumes for which we receive make-whole payments to third parties.

Industry Dynamics

Demand Trends

The North American proppant market, including raw frac sand, ceramic and resin-coated proppants, was approximately 22 million tons in 2011. Industry estimates for 2011 indicate that the raw frac sand market represented approximately 17 million tons, or 77.2% of the total proppant market by weight. Over the past five years, proppant demand by weight has increased by 28.0% annually, and the market is projected to continue growing by 7.2% per year through 2016, representing an increase in proppant demand of approximately nine million tons per year over that time period. The total North American proppant market size in dollars was $3.7 billion in 2011 and is projected to grow 10.5% annually through 2016, according to The Freedonia Group. The following chart illustrates historical and forecasted proppant demand for certain years from 2001 to 2021.

 

 

3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Historical and Projected Proppant Demand

 

LOGO

Source: The Freedonia Group

Demand growth for frac sand and other proppants is primarily due to advancements in oil and natural gas drilling and well completion technology and techniques, such as horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing. These advancements have made the extraction of oil and natural gas increasingly cost-effective in formations that historically would have been uneconomic to develop. Over the past five years, North American rig count has increased by 2.6% annually, while the demand for proppant by weight has grown at a rate of 28.0% annually. We believe that demand for proppant has and will continue to increase at a rate greater than rig count as a result of the following additional demand drivers:

 

   

improved drilling rig productivity, resulting in more wells drilled per rig per year;

 

   

increases in the percentage of rigs that are drilling horizontal wells;

 

   

increases in the length of the typical horizontal wellbore;

 

   

increases in the number of fracture stages per foot in the typical completed horizontal wellbore;

 

   

increases in the volume of proppant used per fracturing stage; and

 

   

recurring efforts to offset steep production declines in unconventional oil and natural gas reservoirs, including the drilling of new wells and secondary hydraulic fracturing of existing wells.

Furthermore, recent growth in demand for raw frac sand has outpaced growth in demand for other proppants, and industry analysts predict that this trend will continue. According to The Freedonia Group, North American demand for all types of proppants, in dollar terms, is projected to increase 10.5% annually from 2011 through 2016, while demand for raw frac sand is projected to increase 12.1% annually over that time period. As well completion costs have increased as a proportion of total well costs, operators have increasingly looked for ways to improve per well economics by lowering costs without sacrificing production performance. To this end, the oil and natural gas industry is shifting away from the use of higher-cost proppants towards more cost-effective proppants, such as raw frac sand. The substantial increase in activity in North American oil and liquids-rich resource plays has further accelerated the demand growth for raw frac sand. Within these oil and liquids-rich basins, Northern White sand with coarser mesh sizes is often preferred due to its superior performance characteristics.

Supply Trends

As demand for raw frac sand has increased dramatically in recent years, the supply of raw frac sand has failed to keep pace, resulting in a supply-demand disparity. While a number of existing and new competitors have announced supply expansions and greenfield projects, we do not expect the magnitude of these expansions to meet expected demand. There are several key constraints to increasing raw frac sand production on an industry-wide basis, including:

 

   

the difficulty of finding frac sand reserves that meet API specifications;

 

 

4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

the difficulty of securing contiguous frac sand reserves large enough to justify the capital investment required to develop a processing facility;

 

   

the challenges of identifying reserves with the above characteristics that either are located in close proximity to oil and natural gas reservoirs or have rail access needed for low-cost transportation to major shale basins;

 

   

the hurdles of securing mining, production, water, air, refuse and other federal, state and local operating permits from the proper authorities;

 

   

local opposition to development of facilities, especially those that require the use of on-road transportation, including moratoria on raw frac sand facilities in multiple counties in Wisconsin which hold potential sand reserves; and

 

   

the long lead time required to design and construct sand processing facilities that can efficiently process large quantities of high quality frac sand.

Business Strategies

Our primary business objective is to increase our cash distributions per unit over time. We intend to accomplish this objective by executing the following strategies:

 

   

Focusing on stable, long-term, take-or-pay contracts with key customers . A key component of our business model is our contracting strategy, which seeks to secure a high percentage of our cash flows under long-term, fixed price contracts with take-or-pay provisions, while also staggering the tenors of our contracts so that they expire at different times. We believe this contracting strategy significantly mitigates our exposure to the potential price volatility of the spot market for frac sand in the short-term, allows us to take advantage of any increase in frac sand prices over the medium-term and provides us with long-term cash flow stability. As current contracts expire or as we add new processing capacity, we intend to pursue similar long-term contracts with our current customers and with other leading pressure pumping service providers. We intend to utilize nearly all of our processing capacity to fulfill these contracts, with any excess processed frac sand first offered to existing customers and the remaining amount sold opportunistically in the spot market.

 

   

Pursuing accretive acquisitions from our sponsor and third parties . We expect to pursue accretive acquisitions of frac sand facilities from our sponsor, which owns or has the option to acquire 4,500 acres of additional land in western Wisconsin with approximately 79.2 million tons of proven recoverable reserves of frac sand according to John T. Boyd, as well as from third-party frac sand producers. As we evaluate acquisition opportunities, we intend to remain focused on operations that complement our reserves of premium frac sand and that provide or would accommodate the development and construction of rail or other advantaged logistics capabilities. We believe these factors are critical to our business model and are important characteristics for any potential acquisitions.

 

   

Expanding our proved reserve base and processing capacity . We seek to identify and evaluate economically attractive expansion and facility enhancement opportunities to increase our proved reserves and processing capacity. At Wyeville and any future sites, we expect to pursue add-on acreage acquisitions near our facilities to expand our reserve base and increase our reserve life. In March 2012, we completed an expansion of our Wyeville facility, increasing annual processing capacity from 950,000 tons per year to approximately 1,600,000 tons per year by adding wet and dry plant capacity and additional sand storage silos. We will continue to analyze and pursue other organic expansion efforts that will similarly allow us to cost-effectively optimize our existing assets and meet the customer demand for our high quality frac sand.

 

   

Capitalizing on compelling industry fundamentals . We intend to continue to position ourselves as a pure play producer of high quality frac sand, as we believe the frac sand market offers attractive long-

 

 

5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

term growth fundamentals. The growth of horizontal drilling in shale and other unconventional oil and natural gas plays has resulted in greater demand for frac sand. This demand growth is underpinned by increased horizontal drilling, higher proppant use per well and cost advantages over resin-coated sand and manufactured ceramics. We believe frac sand supply will continue to be constrained by the difficulty in finding reserves that meet the technical specifications of the API in contiguous quantities large enough to justify the capital investment required and the challenges associated with successfully obtaining the necessary local, state and federal permits required for operations.

 

   

Maintaining financial flexibility and conservative leverage . We plan to pursue a disciplined financial policy and maintain a conservative capital structure. We expect to have no indebtedness at the closing of this offering and $         million of liquidity in the form of cash on hand and undrawn borrowing capacity under our new $         million revolving credit facility. We believe that our borrowing capacity and ability to access debt and equity capital markets after this offering will provide us with the financial flexibility necessary to achieve our organic expansion and acquisition strategy.

Competitive Strengths

We believe that we are well positioned to successfully execute our strategy and achieve our primary business objective because of the following competitive strengths:

 

   

Long-term contracted cash flow stability . We will generate substantially all of our revenues from the sale of frac sand under long-term contracts that require subsidiaries of Baker Hughes, FTS International, Halliburton and Weatherford to pay specified prices for specified volumes of product each month. We believe that the take-or-pay volume and pricing provisions and the long-term nature of our contracts will provide us with a stable base of cash flows and limit the risks associated with price movements in the spot market and any changes in product demand during the contract period. We are currently contracted to sell 1,460,000 tons of frac sand annually from our Wyeville facility, and as of May 10, 2012, our contracts had a weighted average remaining life of approximately 4.7 years.

 

   

Long-lived, high quality reserve base . Our Wyeville facility contains approximately 48.4 million tons of proven recoverable coarse grade reserves as of December 31, 2011, based on a third-party reserve report by John T. Boyd and has an implied 33-year reserve life at currently contracted production rates. These reserves consist of high quality Northern White frac sand. Analysis by independent third-party testing companies indicates that our sand demonstrates superior characteristics with regard to crush strength, turbidity and sphericity as compared to other raw frac sand, including other Northern White sand, and certain resin-coated proppants. As a result, our raw frac sand is particularly well suited for and is experiencing significant demand from customers for use in the hydraulic fracturing of unconventional oil and natural gas wells.

 

   

Intrinsic logistics and infrastructure advantage . The strategic location and logistics capabilities of our Wyeville facility enable us to serve all major U.S. oil and natural gas producing basins. Our on-site transportation assets include three 5,000-foot rail spurs off a Union Pacific Railroad mainline that are capable of accommodating unit trains, allowing our customers to receive priority scheduling, expedited delivery and a more cost-effective shipping alternative. Our logistics capabilities enable efficient loading of sand and minimize rail car turnaround times at the facility, and we expect to acquire or develop similar logistics capabilities at any facilities we own in the future. We believe we are one of the few frac sand producers with a facility initially designed to deliver frac sand meeting API specifications to all of the major U.S. oil and natural gas producing basins by on-site rail facilities, including on-site storage capacity accommodating unit trains.

 

   

Competitive operating cost structure . Our operations have been strategically designed to provide low per-unit production costs with a significant variable component for the excavation and processing of our sand. Our sand reserves do not require blasting or crushing to be processed and, due to the shallow

 

 

6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

overburden at our Wyeville facility, we are able to use surface mining equipment in our operations, which provides for a lower cost structure than underground mining operations. Our mining operations are subcontracted to Gerke Excavating, Inc. at a fixed cost per ton excavated, subject to a diesel fuel surcharge, under a three-year contract. Unlike some competitors, our processing and rail loading facilities are located on-site, which eliminates the requirement for on-road transportation, lowers product movement costs and minimizes the reduction in sand quality due to handling.

 

   

Experienced and incentivized management team . Our management team has extensive experience investing and operating in the oil and natural gas industry and will be focused on optimizing our current business and expanding our operations through disciplined development and accretive acquisitions. We believe our management team’s substantial experience and relationships with participants in the oilfield services and exploration and production industries provide us with an extensive operational and commercial understanding of the markets in which our customers operate. In addition, we believe the experience of our management team in frac sand mining and processing facility development has allowed us to design and develop modern operations more efficiently than many of our competitors. Members of our management team are strongly incentivized to profitably grow our business and cash flows through their 39% interest in our sponsor, which owns, directly or indirectly,              of our common units and all of our subordinated units and incentive distribution rights.

Risk Factors

An investment in our common units involves risks. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, those other risks described in “Risk Factors” and the other information in this prospectus, before deciding whether to invest in our common units. The following risks and others are discussed in more detail in “Risk Factors.”

Risks Inherent in Our Business

 

   

We may not have sufficient cash from operations following the establishment of cash reserves and payment of costs and expenses, including cost reimbursements to our general partner and its affiliates, to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to our unitholders.

 

   

On a pro forma basis we would not have had sufficient cash available for distribution to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all units for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012.

 

   

The amount of cash we have available for distribution to holders of our units depends primarily on our cash flow and not solely on profitability, which may prevent us from making cash distributions during periods when we record net income.

 

   

The assumptions underlying our forecast of cash available for distribution included in “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions” are inherently uncertain and subject to significant business, economic, financial, regulatory and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause cash available for distribution to differ materially from those estimates.

 

   

Inaccuracies in estimates of volumes and qualities of our sand reserves could result in lower than expected sales and higher than expected production costs.

 

   

Substantially all of our sales are generated under contracts with four customers, and the loss of, or significant reduction in purchases by, any of them could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

   

If we are unable to make acquisitions on economically acceptable terms, our future growth would be limited, and any acquisitions we make may reduce, rather than increase, our cash generated from operations on a per unit basis.

 

 

7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

Our long-term business and financial performance depends on the level of drilling and completion activity in the oil and natural gas industry.

 

   

All of our sales are generated at one facility. Any adverse developments at our Wyeville facility could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

   

An increase in the supply of raw frac sand having similar characteristics as the raw frac sand we produce could make it more difficult for us to renew or replace our existing contracts on favorable terms or at all.

 

   

Federal, state and local legislative and regulatory initiatives relating to hydraulic fracturing and the potential for related litigation could result in increased costs, additional operating restrictions or delays for our customers, which could cause a decline in the demand for our frac sand and negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

   

Because we have a limited operating history, you may not be able to evaluate our current business and future earnings prospects accurately.

Risks Related to Environmental, Mining and Other Regulations

 

   

We and our customers are subject to extensive environmental and health and safety regulations that impose, and will continue to impose, significant costs and liabilities. In addition, future regulations, or more stringent enforcement of existing regulations, could increase those costs and liabilities, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

   

Silica-related legislation, health issues and litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation or results of operations.

 

   

We are subject to the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977, which imposes stringent health and safety standards on numerous aspects of our operations.

 

   

We and our customers are subject to other extensive regulations, including licensing, plant and wildlife protection and reclamation regulation, that impose, and will continue to impose, significant costs and liabilities. In addition, future regulations, or more stringent enforcement of existing regulations, could increase those costs and liabilities, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

   

Our inability to acquire, maintain or renew financial assurances related to the reclamation and restoration of mining property could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us

 

   

Our sponsor owns and controls our general partner, which has sole responsibility for conducting our business and managing our operations. Our general partner and its affiliates, including our sponsor, have conflicts of interest with us and limited duties, and they may favor their own interests to the detriment of us and our unitholders.

 

   

The board of directors of our general partner may modify or revoke our cash distribution policy at any time at its discretion. Our partnership agreement does not require us to pay any distributions at all.

 

   

Our sponsor and other affiliates of our general partner may compete with us.

 

   

Holders of our common units have limited voting rights and are not entitled to elect our general partner or its directors, which could reduce the price at which our common units will trade.

 

   

Unitholders will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $         per common unit.

 

 

8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

There is no existing market for our common units, and a trading market that will provide you with adequate liquidity may not develop. The price of our common units may fluctuate significantly, and unitholders could lose all or part of their investment.

 

   

Our sponsor, which is our accounting predecessor for financial reporting purposes, has a material weakness in its internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, our ability to accurately report our financial results could be adversely affected.

Tax Risks to Common Unitholders

 

   

Our tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, as well as our not being subject to a material amount of entity-level taxation by individual states. If the IRS were to treat us as a corporation for federal income tax purposes or we were to become subject to material additional amounts of entity-level taxation for state tax purposes, then our cash available for distribution to you could be substantially reduced.

 

   

The tax treatment of publicly-traded partnerships or an investment in our units could be subject to potential legislative, judicial or administrative changes and differing interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis.

 

   

You will be required to pay taxes on your share of our income even if you do not receive any cash distributions from us.

Our Management

We are managed and operated by the board of directors and executive officers of our general partner, Hi-Crush GP LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of our sponsor. As a result of owning our general partner, our sponsor will have the right to appoint all members of the board of directors of our general partner, including at least three independent directors meeting the independence standards established by the NYSE. At least one of our independent directors will be appointed prior to the date our common units are listed for trading on the NYSE. Our unitholders will not be entitled to elect our general partner or its directors or otherwise directly participate in our management or operations. For more information about the executive officers and directors of our general partner, please read “Management.”

Our Relationship with Our Sponsor

Overview and History

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, our sponsor, was formed in 2010 in Houston, Texas. Members of our sponsor’s management team have, on average, more than 20 years of experience investing in and operating businesses in the oil and natural gas and sand mining industries. Members of our management team have partnered with major oilfield services companies and exploration and production companies in the development of oil and natural gas reservoirs. In this capacity, members of our management team gained valuable expertise and developed strong relationships in the oilfield services industry. Recognizing the increasing demand for proppants as a result of rapidly evolving hydraulic fracturing techniques, members of our management team chose to leverage their expertise and relationships to capitalize on this increasing demand by developing raw frac sand reserves and facilities. In addition, we believe that members of our management team have overseen the design, construction and staffing for the majority of major sand mining and processing facilities developed in the last 10 years. Their expertise covers a wide range of disciplines, with an emphasis on development, construction and operation of frac sand processing facilities, frac sand supply chain management and consulting and bulk solids material handling.

 

 

9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our sponsor’s lead investor is Avista Capital Partners, a leading private equity firm with significant investing and operating expertise in the energy industry. Founded in 2005 by senior investment professionals who worked together at DLJ Merchant Banking Partners (“DLJMB”), then one of the world’s largest and most successful private equity franchises, Avista makes controlling or influential minority investments in connection with various transaction structures. The energy team at Avista is comprised of experienced professionals and industry executives with relevant expertise in the energy sector. Avista principals have led over $2.7 billion in equity investments in energy companies while at Avista and DLJMB, including Basic Energy Services, Inc., Brigham Exploration Company, Copano Energy, L.L.C., Seabulk International, Inc., and joint-ventures with Carrizo Oil & Gas, Inc.

Our Sponsor’s Assets

Our sponsor owns or has options to acquire several other sand mining locations where it could develop similar logistics capabilities as the Wyeville facility, and it will retain these assets following this offering. Our sponsor’s success in identifying and acquiring these locations resulted from its expertise in identifying quality sand reserves, as well as its efficient construction of the Wyeville facility and its on-site approach to excavation and logistics, which minimizes community impact during the production process.

The Augusta excavation and processing facility in Eau Claire County, Wisconsin is currently under construction and is expected to be operational in September 2012. John T. Boyd estimated that, as of December 31, 2011, the Augusta site had 46.2 million tons of proven recoverable coarse grade sand reserves located on approximately 1,000 acres. Our sponsor is building a 1,600,000 ton per year processing facility, and John T. Boyd estimates that the site has a reserve life of approximately 39 years based on currently contracted production levels. Our sponsor has contracted for the sale of 1,200,000 tons of sand per year from the Augusta facility with two of our existing customers under take-or-pay contracts with a weighted average life of approximately 4.8 years that specify both volumes and price. The customers will take delivery of the sand at on-site rail facilities that, like the Wyeville facility, can accommodate unit trains.

Our sponsor has agreed to acquire approximately 700 acres in Tomah, Wisconsin, which is six miles south of the Wyeville facility in Monroe County. The Tomah site has access to the same Union Pacific Railroad mainline as the Wyeville facility, which runs adjacent to the property, and could accommodate similar rail logistics as the Wyeville facility. Extensive core samples have been taken at Tomah and independently tested with results indicating a high quality sand reserve similar to the Wyeville site. According to a John T. Boyd reserve report, the Tomah site had proven recoverable sand reserves of 33 million tons as of December 31, 2011, which represents a 51-year reserve life assuming construction of a 650,000 ton per year processing facility.

In addition, our sponsor is evaluating a number of additional development locations and adds potential projects to its development backlog regularly. Approximately 1,800 contiguous acres are currently under exclusive options to our sponsor to purchase for a site located five miles north of our Augusta facility, also in Eau Claire County, Wisconsin. In Trempealeau County, Wisconsin, our sponsor has approximately 1,000 contiguous acres under exclusive options to purchase. Both of these sites are on-rail, and coring and permitting due diligence are currently being conducted.

Our sponsor’s retained sand facilities represent a significant potential growth opportunity for us. Our sponsor continually evaluates acquisitions and may elect to acquire, construct or dispose of assets in the future, including sales of assets to us. As the owner of our general partner,              of our common units, all              of our subordinated units, and, indirectly through our general partner, all of our incentive distribution rights following this offering, our sponsor is well aligned and highly motivated to promote and support the successful execution of our business strategies, including utilizing our partnership as a growth vehicle for its sand mining operations. Although we expect to have the opportunity to make additional acquisitions directly from our sponsor in the future, including the sand excavation and processing facilities described above, our sponsor is under no

 

 

10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

obligation to make acquisition opportunities available to us. In addition, while we believe our relationship with our sponsor is a significant positive attribute, it may also be a source of conflict. For example, our sponsor has no obligation to offer to sell or to sell us any of its current or future assets, and is not restricted in its ability to compete with us. Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.”

Summary of Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties

Our general partner has a legal duty to manage us in a manner it believes is in our best interest. However, the officers and directors of our general partner also have fiduciary duties to manage our general partner in a manner beneficial to our sponsor, the owner of our general partner. As a result, conflicts of interest may arise in the future between us or our unitholders, on the one hand, and our sponsor and our general partner, on the other hand.

Our partnership agreement limits the liability of and replaces the duties owed by our general partner to our unitholders. Our partnership agreement also restricts the remedies available to our unitholders for actions that might otherwise constitute a breach of our general partner’s duties. By purchasing a common unit, the purchaser agrees to be bound by the terms of our partnership agreement, and each unitholder is treated as having consented to various actions and potential conflicts of interest contemplated in the partnership agreement that might otherwise be considered a breach of fiduciary or other duties under Delaware law.

For a more detailed description of the conflicts of interest and duties of our general partner, please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.” For a description of other relationships with our affiliates, please read “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”

Principal Executive Offices

We are a Delaware limited partnership formed in May 2012. Our principal executive offices are located at Three Riverway, Suite 1550, Houston, Texas 77056, and our telephone number is (713) 963-0099. Our website address will be www.hicrushpartners.com . We intend to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, available, free of charge, through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or “JOBS Act.” For as long as we are an emerging growth company, unlike other public companies, we will not be required to:

 

   

provide an auditor’s attestation report on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our system of internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

 

   

comply with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or the PCAOB, requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and the financial statements of the issuer;

 

   

comply with any new audit rules adopted by the PCAOB after April 5, 2012, unless the Securities and Exchange Commission determines otherwise;

 

   

provide certain disclosure regarding executive compensation required of larger public companies; or

 

 

11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

obtain shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We will cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the earliest of:

 

   

when we have $1.0 billion or more in annual revenues;

 

   

when we have at least $700 million in market value of our common units held by non-affiliates;

 

   

when we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period; or

 

   

the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. However, we are choosing to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

Formation Transactions and Partnership Structure

We are a Delaware limited partnership formed in May 2012 by Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, our sponsor, to own and operate certain of the businesses that have historically been conducted by our sponsor.

In connection with the closing of this offering, the following will occur:

 

   

our sponsor will contribute Hi-Crush Chambers LLC, Hi-Crush Railroad LLC, Hi-Crush Wyeville LLC and Hi-Crush Operating LLC to us;

 

   

we will issue to our sponsor              common units and              subordinated units;

 

   

we will issue              common units to the public;

 

   

we will receive gross proceeds of $         million from the issuance and sale of              common units at an assumed initial offering price of $         per unit;

 

   

we will use a portion of the proceeds from this offering to pay underwriting discounts and a structuring fee totaling approximately $         million and other estimated offering expenses of $         million;

 

   

excess proceeds from this offering will be used to reimburse capital expenditures of, and pay a distribution to, our sponsor; and

 

   

we will enter into an omnibus agreement with our sponsor, our general partner and certain of its affiliates pursuant to which:

 

   

we will agree to reimburse our sponsor and its affiliates for the payment of certain capital expenditures, operating expenses and for providing various general and administrative services; and

 

   

our sponsor will indemnify us for certain environmental, toxic tort, title and right-of-way defects and other matters.

 

 

12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Organizational Structure

The following is a simplified diagram of our ownership structure after giving effect to this offering and the related transactions.

 

LOGO

 

Public Common Units

          %(1) 

Interests of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC:

  

Common Units

          %(1) 

Subordinated Units

         

Non-Economic General Partner Interest

     0.0 %(2) 

Incentive Distribution Rights

         (3) 
  

 

 

 
     100.0
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units.
(2) Our general partner owns a non-economic general partner interest in us. Please read “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners—General Partner Interest.”
(3) Incentive distribution rights represent a variable interest in distributions and thus are not expressed as a fixed percentage. Please read “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners—Incentive Distribution Rights.” Distributions with respect to the incentive distribution rights will be classified as distributions with respect to equity interests. Incentive distribution rights will be issued to Hi-Crush GP LLC, our general partner, which is wholly-owned by Hi-Crush Proppants LLC.

 

 

13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The Offering

 

Common units offered to the public

             common units.

 

               common units if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units in full.

 

Units outstanding after this offering

             common units and              subordinated units for a total of              limited partner units. If and to the extent the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units, the number of common units purchased by the underwriters pursuant to such exercise will be issued to the underwriters and the remainder, if any, will be issued to our sponsor. Any such units issued to our sponsor will be issued for no additional consideration. If the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units, we will issue common units to our sponsor upon the option’s expiration. Accordingly, the exercise of the underwriters’ option will not affect the total number of common units outstanding. In addition, our general partner will own a non-economic general partner interest in us.

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the estimated net proceeds of approximately $         million from this offering (based on an assumed initial offering price of $         per common unit, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses, to reimburse capital expenditures of and pay a distribution to our sponsor.

 

  If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units in full, the additional net proceeds would be approximately $         million (based upon the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). The net proceeds from any exercise of such option will be used to make a special distribution to our sponsor. Please read “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Cash distributions

We expect to make a minimum quarterly distribution of $         per common unit and subordinated unit ($         per common unit and subordinated unit on an annualized basis) to the extent we have sufficient cash after establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including payments to our general partner and its affiliates. Our ability to pay the minimum quarterly distribution is subject to various restrictions and other factors described in more detail under the caption “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

 

  For the first quarter that we are publicly-traded, we will pay a prorated distribution covering the period from the completion of this offering through                     , 2012, based on the actual length of that period.

 

 

14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  Our partnership agreement generally provides that we will distribute cash each quarter in the following manner:

 

   

first , to the holders of common units, until each common unit has received the minimum quarterly distribution of $           plus any arrearages from prior quarters;

 

   

second , to the holders of subordinated units, until each subordinated unit has received the minimum quarterly distribution of $        , and

 

   

third , to the holders of common and subordinated units pro rata, until each has received a distribution of $        .

 

  If cash distributions to our unitholders exceed $         per common unit and subordinated unit in any quarter, our unitholders and our general partner will receive distributions according to the following percentage allocations:

 

Total Quarterly Distribution
Target Amount

   Marginal Percentage Interest
in Distributions
 
   Unitholders     General Partner  

above $             up to $            

     100.0     0.0

above $             up to $            

     85.0     15.0

above $             up to $            

     75.0     25.0

above $            

     50.0     50.0

 

  We refer to the additional increasing distributions to our general partner as “incentive distributions.” Please read “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners—Incentive Distribution Rights.”

 

  We believe, based on our financial forecast and related assumptions included in “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions,” that we will have sufficient cash available for distribution to pay the minimum quarterly distribution of $         on all of our common units and subordinated units for each quarter in the twelve months ending September 30, 2013. However, we do not have a legal or contractual obligation to pay quarterly distributions at our minimum quarterly distribution rate or at any other rate and there is no guarantee that we will pay distributions to our unitholders in any quarter. Please read “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

 

Subordinated units

Our sponsor will initially own all of our subordinated units. The principal difference between our common units and subordinated units is that in any quarter during the subordination period, holders of the subordinated units are not entitled to receive any distribution until the common units have received the minimum quarterly distribution plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution from prior quarters. Subordinated units will not accrue arrearages.

 

 

15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Conversion of subordinated units

The subordination period will end on the first business day after we have earned and paid at least (1) $         (the minimum quarterly distribution on an annualized basis) on each outstanding common unit and subordinated unit for each of three consecutive, non-overlapping four quarter periods ending on or after                     , 2015 or (2) $         (150.0% of the annualized minimum quarterly distribution) on each outstanding common unit and subordinated unit and the related distribution on the incentive distribution rights for a four-quarter period ending on or after                     , 2013, in each case provided there are no arrearages on our common units at that time.

 

  The subordination period also will end upon the removal of our general partner other than for cause if no subordinated units or common units held by the holder(s) of subordinated units or their affiliates are voted in favor of that removal.

 

  When the subordination period ends, all subordinated units will convert into common units on a one-for-one basis, and all common units thereafter will no longer be entitled to arrearages.

 

General partner’s right to reset the target distribution levels

Our general partner, as the initial holder of our incentive distribution rights, has the right, at any time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and it has received incentive distributions at the highest level to which it is entitled (50.0%) for the prior four consecutive whole fiscal quarters, to reset the initial target distribution levels at higher levels based on our cash distributions at the time of the exercise of the reset election. If our general partner transfers all or a portion of our incentive distribution rights in the future, then the holder or holders of a majority of our incentive distribution rights will be entitled to exercise this right. The following assumes that our general partner holds all of the incentive distribution rights at the time that a reset election is made. Following a reset election, the minimum quarterly distribution will be adjusted to equal the reset minimum quarterly distribution, and the target distribution levels will be reset to correspondingly higher levels based on the same percentage increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution as the current target distribution levels.

 

  If our general partner elects to reset the target distribution levels, it will be entitled to receive a number of common units. The number of common units to be issued to our general partner will equal the number of common units that would have entitled the holder to an aggregate quarterly cash distribution in the quarter prior to the reset election equal to the distribution to our general partner on the incentive distribution rights in the quarter prior to the reset election. Please read “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners—General Partner’s Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels.”

 

Issuance of additional units

Our partnership agreement authorizes us to issue an unlimited number of additional units without the approval of our unitholders. Please read “Units Eligible for Future Sale” and “The Partnership Agreement—Issuance of Additional Interests.”

 

 

16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Limited voting rights

Our general partner will manage and operate us. Unlike the holders of common stock in a corporation, our unitholders will have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our business. Our unitholders will have no right to elect our general partner or its directors on an annual or other continuing basis. Our general partner may not be removed except by a vote of the holders of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the outstanding units, including any units owned by our general partner and its affiliates, voting together as a single class. Upon consummation of this offering, our sponsor will own an aggregate of     % of our outstanding units (or     % of our outstanding units, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units in full). This will give our sponsor the ability to prevent the removal of our general partner. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Voting Rights.”

 

Limited call right

If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 80% of the outstanding common units, our general partner has the right, but not the obligation, to purchase all of the remaining common units at a price equal to the greater of (1) the average of the daily closing price of the common units over the 20 trading days preceding the date three days before notice of exercise of the call right is first mailed and (2) the highest per-unit price paid by our general partner or any of its affiliates for common units during the 90-day period preceding the date such notice is first mailed. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Limited Call Right.”

 

Estimated ratio of taxable income to distributions

We estimate that if you own the common units you purchase in this offering through the record date for distributions for the period ending December 31, 2014, you will be allocated, on a cumulative basis, an amount of federal taxable income for that period that will be less than     % of the cash distributed to you with respect to that period. For example, if you receive an annual distribution of $         per unit, we estimate that your average allocable federal taxable income per year will be no more than approximately $         per unit. Thereafter, the ratio of allocable taxable income to cash distributions to you could substantially increase. Please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership” beginning on page 161 for the basis of this estimate.

 

Material federal income tax consequences

For a discussion of the material federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to prospective unitholders who are individual citizens or residents of the United States, please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

 

Exchange listing

We intend to apply to list our common units on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the symbol “HCLP.”

 

 

17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data

The partnership was formed in May 2012 and does not have historical financial statements. Therefore, in this prospectus we present the historical financial statements of our sponsor, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, which is our accounting predecessor for financial reporting purposes. In connection with the closing of this offering, our sponsor will contribute all of the outstanding equity interests in certain of its operating subsidiaries, which account for substantially all of our sponsor’s historical business, to us. The following table presents summary historical financial and operating data of our sponsor and summary pro forma financial and operating data of Hi-Crush Partners LP as of the dates and for the periods indicated.

Our sponsor was formed in October 2010 to develop excavation, processing and logistics facilities for raw frac sand used in hydraulic fracturing operations in oil and natural gas wells. Since its formation, our sponsor acquired our assets in a number of separate acquisitions. As a result of our sponsor’s recent formation, we have limited operating history upon which you can base an evaluation of our current business and our future earnings prospects. This prospectus includes audited financial statements only as of December 31, 2011 and for the period from inception (October 28, 2010) to December 31, 2010 and unaudited financial information as of and for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2012 and 2011. In this prospectus, we refer to the period from inception to December 31, 2010 as the two-month period ended December 31, 2010. We have not completed or provided in this prospectus any stand-alone pre-acquisition financial statements for the assets we acquired in the transactions described above. As a result, and given our recent date of formation, we have not provided in this prospectus three years of audited financial statements that normally would be included in a prospectus forming part of an SEC registration statement or two years of audited financial statements as would normally be included in a prospectus forming part of an SEC registration statement filed by an emerging growth company.

The summary historical financial data presented as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, for the two-month period ended December 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2011 is derived from the audited historical financial statements of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical financial data presented as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012 are derived from the unaudited historical financial statements of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The summary pro forma financial data presented as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 and as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 is derived from our unaudited pro forma financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited pro forma financial statements give pro forma effect to the following:

 

   

the contribution of Hi-Crush Chambers LLC, Hi-Crush Railroad LLC, Hi-Crush Wyeville LLC and Hi-Crush Operating LLC to us by our sponsor;

 

   

a reduction in general and administrative expenses as a result of allocations between our Wyeville facility and our sponsor’s other assets and related activities that will not be contributed to us in connection with this offering;

 

   

the elimination of our sponsor’s debt and related expenses under its subordinated promissory notes and senior secured credit facility;

 

   

our entry into a new credit facility, which will initially be undrawn, as described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—New Credit Facility”;

 

   

the removal of other operating expenses of our sponsor related to assets and operations that will be retained by our sponsor following the completion of this offering;

 

   

the issuance of              common units and              subordinated units to our sponsor;

 

 

18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

the issuance of              common units to the public;

 

   

the application of the net proceeds from the issuance and sale of              common units by us as described in “Use of Proceeds.”

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of December 31, 2011 assumes the events listed above occurred as of December 31, 2011, and the unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of March 31, 2012 assumes the events listed above occurred as of March 31, 2012. The unaudited pro forma statements of income data for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 assume the events listed above occurred as of January 1, 2011.

We have not given pro forma effect to incremental general and administrative expenses of approximately $2.1 million that we expect to incur annually as a result of operating as a publicly traded partnership, such as expenses associated with annual and quarterly reporting; tax return and Schedule K-1 preparation and distribution expenses; Sarbanes-Oxley compliance expenses; expenses associated with listing on the NYSE; independent auditor fees; legal fees; investor relations expenses; registrar and transfer agent fees; director and officer insurance expenses; and director and officer compensation expenses. We also have not given pro forma effect to additional general and administrative expenses that we expect to incur to support our recent expansion, including management level positions in operations, human resources, legal, accounting and reporting, as well as license fees associated with upgrading accounting and reporting software. We expect these incremental growth associated expenses to gradually increase over time as we hire additional personnel, from about $0.7 million for the year ending December 31, 2012 to $1.7 million on an annualized basis by September 30, 2013.

For a detailed discussion of the summary historical financial information contained in the following table, please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The following table should also be read in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Business—Our History and Relationship with Our Sponsor” and the audited and unaudited historical financial statements of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and our unaudited pro forma financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Among other things, the historical and unaudited pro forma financial statements include more detailed information regarding the basis of presentation for the information in the following table.

 

 

19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table presents non-GAAP financial measures, EBITDA and production costs, which we use in our business as important supplemental measures of our performance. EBITDA represents net income (loss) before interest expense, income taxes and depreciation and depletion. Production costs represents costs of goods sold, excluding depreciation and depletion. EBITDA and production costs are not calculated or presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. We explain these measures under “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below and reconcile them to their most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

 

    Predecessor Historical     Hi-Crush Partners LP
Pro Forma
 
    Inception
to
December 31,
2010
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2012
 
        2011     2012      
    (in thousands, except per unit and operating information)  

Statement of Operations Data:

           

Revenues

  $      $ 20,353      $      $ 13,532      $ 20,353      $ 13,532   

Production costs (1)

           5,998               4,597        5,998        4,597   

Depreciation and depletion

           449               179        449        179   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of goods sold

           6,447               4,776        6,447        4,776   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

           13,906               8,756        13,906        8,756   

General and administrative

    26        2,324        174        1,487        1,689        646   

Other operating expenses

           381               199                 

Accretion of asset retirement obligations

           28               6        28        6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (26     11,173        (174     7,064        12,189        8,104   

Other expense:

           

Interest expense, net

           (1,893            (928              

Other

                                         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

           (1,893            (928              

Income (loss) before tax expense

    (26     9,280        (174     6,136        12,189        8,104   

Income tax expense

                                         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (26   $ 9,280      $ (174   $ 6,136      $ 12,189      $ 8,104   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per limited partner unit:

           

Common unit

           

Subordinated unit

           

Statement of Cash Flow Data:

           

Net cash provided by (used in):

           

Operating activities

  $ (14   $ 18,788      $ 16,137      $ 3,983       

Investing activities

    (322     (50,199     (16,153     (12,815    

Financing activities

    336        42,465        10        8,305       

Other Financial Data:

           

EBITDA (1)

  $ (26   $ 11,622      $ (174   $ 7,243      $ 12,638      $ 8,283   

Capital expenditures (2)

    72        50,169        16,123        12,815       

Operating Data:

           

Total tons sold

           332,593               222,657        332,593        222,657   

Average realized price (per ton)

  $      $ 61.19      $      $ 60.77      $ 61.19      $ 60.77   

Production costs (per ton) (1)

         $ 18.03             $ 20.89      $ 18.03      $ 20.89   

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

           

Cash and cash equivalents

  $      $ 11,054      $ 175      $ 10,527        $ 3,884   

Total assets

    614        72,229        21,320        90,469          64,819   

Long-term debt (including current portion)

           46,112               55,973            

Total liabilities

    304        61,942        21,173        74,046          9,190   

Members’/Partners’ capital

    310        10,287        147        16,423          55,629   

 

 

20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

(1) For more information, please read “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below.
(2) Expansion capital expenditures are capital expenditures made to increase the long-term operating capacity of our asset base whether through construction or acquisitions. Please read “How We Make Distributions to Our Partners—Capital Expenditures.”

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

EBITDA

We define EBITDA as net income (loss) before net interest expense, income tax expense and depreciation and depletion expense. EBITDA is not a presentation made in accordance with GAAP.

EBITDA is a non-GAAP supplemental financial measure that management and external users of our financial statements, such as industry analysts, investors, lenders and rating agencies, may use to assess:

 

   

our operating performance as compared to other publicly-traded companies in the proppants industry, without regard to historical cost basis or financing methods; and

 

   

the viability of acquisitions and other capital expenditure projects and the returns on investment of various investment opportunities.

We believe that the presentation of EBITDA will provide useful information to investors in assessing our financial condition and results of operations. The GAAP measure most directly comparable to EBITDA is net income. Our non-GAAP financial measure of EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to GAAP net income. EBITDA has important limitations as an analytical tool because it excludes some but not all items that affect net income. You should not consider EBITDA in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because EBITDA may be defined differently by other companies in our industry, our definition of EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, thereby diminishing its utility.

The following table presents a reconciliation of EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, on a historical basis and pro forma basis, as applicable, for each of the periods indicated.

 

    Predecessor Historical     Hi-Crush Partners LP
Pro Forma
 
    Inception
to
December 31,
2010
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2012
 
            2011             2012          
    (in thousands)  

Reconciliation of EBITDA to net income (loss):

           

Net income (loss)

  $   (26   $ 9,280      $ (174   $ 6,136      $ 12,189      $ 8,104   

Depreciation and depletion expense

           449               179        449        179   

Income tax expense

                                         

Interest expense, net

           1,893               928                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

  $   (26   $ 11,622      $ (174   $ 7,243      $ 12,638      $ 8,283   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Production Costs

We define production costs as costs of goods sold, excluding depreciation and depletion. We believe production costs is a meaningful measure because it provides a measure of operating performance that is unaffected by historical cost basis. The GAAP measure most directly comparable to production costs is costs of goods sold. Our non-GAAP financial measure of production costs should not be considered as an alternative to GAAP costs of goods sold. Production costs has important limitations as an analytical tool because it excludes some but not all items that affect costs of goods sold. You should not consider production costs in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because production costs may be defined differently by other companies in our industry, our definition of production costs may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, thereby diminishing its utility.

The following table presents a reconciliation of production costs to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, on a historical basis and pro forma basis, as applicable, for each of the periods indicated.

 

    Predecessor Historical     Hi-Crush Partners LP
Pro Forma
 
    Inception
to
December 31,
2010
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2012
 
            2011             2012          
    (in thousands, except operating information)  

Reconciliation of production costs to costs of goods sold:

           

Costs of goods sold

  $   —      $ 6,447      $   —      $ 4,776      $ 6,447      $ 4,776   

Depreciation and depletion expense

           449               179        449        179   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Production costs

  $   —      $ 5,998      $   —      $ 4,597      $ 5,998      $ 4,597   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Costs of goods sold per ton

    $ 19.38        $ 21.45      $ 19.38      $ 21.45   
   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Production costs per ton

    $ 18.03        $ 20.65      $ 18.03      $ 20.65   
   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

RISK FACTORS

Limited partner interests are inherently different from the capital stock of a corporation, although many of the business risks to which we are subject are similar to those that would be faced by a corporation engaged in a similar business. You should carefully consider the following risk factors together with all of the other information included in this prospectus in evaluating an investment in our common units.

If any of the following risks were to occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash available for distribution could be materially adversely affected. In that case, we might not be able to make distributions on our common units, the trading price of our common units could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Inherent in Our Business

We may not have sufficient cash from operations following the establishment of cash reserves and payment of costs and expenses, including cost reimbursements to our general partner and its affiliates, to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to our unitholders.

We may not have sufficient cash each quarter to pay the full amount of our minimum quarterly distribution of $         per unit, or $         per unit per year, which will require us to have cash available for distribution of approximately $         million per quarter, or $         million per year, based on the number of common and subordinated units that will be outstanding after the completion of this offering. The amount of cash we can distribute on our common and subordinated units principally depends upon the amount of cash we generate from our operations, which will fluctuate from quarter to quarter based on the following factors, some of which are beyond our control:

 

   

the amount of frac sand we are able to excavate and process, which could be adversely affected by, among other things, operating difficulties and unusual or unfavorable geologic conditions;

 

   

the volume of frac sand we are able to sell;

 

   

the price at which we are able to sell frac sand;

 

   

changes in the price and availability of natural gas or electricity;

 

   

changes in prevailing economic conditions;

 

   

unanticipated ground, grade or water conditions;

 

   

inclement or hazardous weather conditions, including flooding, and the physical impacts of climate change;

 

   

environmental hazards;

 

   

industrial accidents;

 

   

changes in laws and regulations (or the interpretation thereof) related to the mining and hydraulic fracturing industries, silica dust exposure or the environment;

 

   

inability to acquire or maintain necessary permits or mining or water rights;

 

   

facility shutdowns in response to environmental regulatory actions;

 

   

inability to obtain necessary production equipment or replacement parts;

 

   

reduction in the amount of water available for processing;

 

   

technical difficulties or failures;

 

   

labor disputes and disputes with our excavation contractor;

 

   

late delivery of supplies;

 

23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

difficulty collecting receivables;

 

   

inability of our customers to take delivery;

 

   

changes in the price and availability of transportation;

 

   

fires, explosions or other accidents; and

 

   

cave-ins, pit wall failures or rock falls.

In addition, the actual amount of cash we will have available for distribution will depend on other factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

 

   

the level of capital expenditures we make;

 

   

the cost of acquisitions;

 

   

our debt service requirements and other liabilities;

 

   

fluctuations in our working capital needs;

 

   

our ability to borrow funds and access capital markets;

 

   

restrictions contained in debt agreements to which we are a party; and

 

   

the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner.

For a description of additional restrictions and factors that may affect our ability to pay cash distributions, please read “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

On a pro forma basis we would not have had sufficient cash available for distribution to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all units for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012.

The amount of cash we need to pay the minimum quarterly distribution for four quarters on all of our units to be outstanding immediately after this offering is approximately $         million. The amount of pro forma cash available for distribution generated during the twelve months ended March 31, 2012 would have been insufficient to allow us to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our common units during that period. For a calculation of our ability to make distributions to unitholders based on our pro forma results for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012, please read “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

The amount of cash we have available for distribution to holders of our units depends primarily on our cash flow and not solely on profitability, which may prevent us from making cash distributions during periods when we record net income.

The amount of cash we have available for distribution depends primarily upon our cash flow, including cash flow from reserves and working capital or other borrowings, and not solely on profitability, which will be affected by non-cash items. As a result, we may pay cash distributions during periods when we record net losses for financial accounting purposes and may not pay cash distributions during periods when we record net income.

The assumptions underlying our forecast of cash available for distribution included in “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions” are inherently uncertain and subject to significant business, economic, financial, regulatory and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause cash available for distribution to differ materially from those estimates.

The forecast of cash available for distribution set forth in “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions” includes our forecast of our results of operations and cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013. Our ability to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution in the forecast period is based on a number of assumptions that may not prove to be correct, which are discussed in “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

 

24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our forecast of cash available for distribution has been prepared by management, and we have not received an opinion or report on it from any independent registered public accountants. The assumptions underlying our forecast of cash available for distribution are inherently uncertain and are subject to significant business, economic, financial, regulatory and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause cash available for distribution to differ materially from that which is forecasted. If we do not achieve our forecasted results, we may not be able to pay the minimum quarterly distribution or any amount on our common units or subordinated units, in which event the market price of our common units may decline materially. Please read “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

Inaccuracies in estimates of volumes and qualities of our sand reserves could result in lower than expected sales and higher than expected production costs.

John T. Boyd, our independent reserve engineers, prepared estimates of our reserves based on engineering, economic and geological data assembled and analyzed by our engineers and geologists. However, frac sand reserve estimates are by nature imprecise and depend to some extent on statistical inferences drawn from available data, which may prove unreliable. There are numerous uncertainties inherent in estimating quantities and qualities of reserves and non-reserve frac sand deposits and costs to mine recoverable reserves, including many factors beyond our control. Estimates of economically recoverable frac sand reserves necessarily depend on a number of factors and assumptions, all of which may vary considerably from actual results, such as:

 

   

geological and mining conditions and/or effects from prior mining that may not be fully identified by available data or that may differ from experience;

 

   

assumptions concerning future prices of frac sand, operating costs, mining technology improvements, development costs and reclamation costs; and

 

   

assumptions concerning future effects of regulation, including the issuance of required permits and taxes by governmental agencies.

Any inaccuracy in our estimates related to our frac sand reserves and non-reserve frac sand deposits could result in lower than expected sales and higher than expected costs. For example, we pay a fixed price per ton of sand excavated regardless of the quality of the frac sand, and our current customer contracts require us to deliver frac sand that meets certain specifications. If our estimates of the quality of our reserves, including the volumes of the various specifications of those reserves, prove to be inaccurate, we may incur significantly higher excavation costs without corresponding increases in revenues, we may not be able to meet our contractual obligations, or our facilities may have a shorter than expected reserve life, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.

Substantially all of our sales are generated under contracts with four customers, and the loss of, or significant reduction in purchases by, any of them could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, subsidiaries of Weatherford and Halliburton accounted for 100% of our sales. We commenced sales under our new contracts with subsidiaries of Baker Hughes and FTS International in May 2012, and expect that our four customers will represent all of our sales in 2012. We have fixed price, take-or-pay supply agreements with each of these customers, with remaining terms ranging from 12 to 72 months, as of May 10, 2012. Upon the expiration of these current supply agreements, however, our customers may not continue to purchase the same levels of our frac sand due to a variety of reasons. In addition, we may choose to renegotiate our existing contracts on less favorable terms and at reduced volumes in order to preserve relationships with our customers. Furthermore, some of our customers could exit the pressure pumping business or be acquired by other companies that purchase the same products and services we provide from other third-party providers. Our current customers also may seek to acquire frac sand from other providers that offer more competitive pricing or superior logistics or to capture and develop their own sources of frac sand.

 

25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In addition, upon the expiration of our current contract terms, we may be unable to renew our existing contracts or enter into new contracts on terms favorable to us, or at all. The demand for frac sand or prevailing prices at the time our current supply agreements expire may render entry into new long-term supply agreements difficult or impossible. Any reduction in the amount of frac sand purchased by our customers, renegotiation on less favorable terms, or inability to enter into new contracts on economically acceptable terms upon the expiration of our current contracts could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we are unable to make acquisitions on economically acceptable terms, our future growth would be limited, and any acquisitions we make may reduce, rather than increase, our cash generated from operations on a per unit basis.

A portion of our strategy to grow our business and increase distributions to unitholders is dependent on our ability to make acquisitions that result in an increase in our cash available for distribution per unit. If we are unable to make acquisitions from third parties, including from our sponsor and its affiliates, because we are unable to identify attractive acquisition candidates or negotiate acceptable purchase contracts, we are unable to obtain financing for these acquisitions on economically acceptable terms or we are outbid by competitors, our future growth and ability to increase distributions will be limited. Furthermore, even if we do consummate acquisitions that we believe will be accretive, they may in fact result in a decrease in our cash available for distribution per unit. Any acquisition involves potential risks, some of which are beyond our control, including, among other things:

 

   

mistaken assumptions about revenues and costs, including synergies;

 

   

inability to integrate successfully the businesses we acquire;

 

   

inability to hire, train or retain qualified personnel to manage and operate our business and newly acquired assets;

 

   

the assumption of unknown liabilities;

 

   

limitations on rights to indemnity from the seller;

 

   

mistaken assumptions about the overall costs of equity or debt;

 

   

the diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;

 

   

unforeseen difficulties operating in new product areas or new geographic areas; and

 

   

customer or key employee losses at the acquired businesses.

If we consummate any future acquisitions, our capitalization and results of operations may change significantly, and unitholders will not have the opportunity to evaluate the economic, financial and other relevant information that we will consider in determining the application of these funds and other resources.

Our long-term business and financial performance depends on the level of drilling and completion activity in the oil and natural gas industry.

Our primary exposure to market risk occurs at the time existing customer contracts expire and are subject to renegotiation, renewal or replacement. Our ability to renew existing customer contracts or enter into new customer contracts on favorable terms is dependent on the market for frac sand at such times. Demand for frac sand is materially dependent on the levels of activity in natural gas and oil exploration, development and production, and more specifically, the number of natural gas and oil wells completed in geological formations where sand-based proppants are used in hydraulic fracturing treatments and the amount of frac sand customarily used in the completion of such wells.

 

26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Oil and natural gas producers’ expectations for lower market prices for oil and natural gas, as well as the availability of capital for operating and capital expenditures, may cause them to curtail spending, thereby reducing hydraulic fracturing activity and the demand for frac sand. Industry conditions that impact the activity levels of oil and natural gas producers are influenced by numerous factors over which we have no control, including:

 

   

governmental regulations, including the policies of governments regarding the exploration for and production and development of their oil and natural gas reserves;

 

   

global weather conditions and natural disasters;

 

   

worldwide political, military, and economic conditions;

 

   

the cost of producing and delivering oil and natural gas;

 

   

commodity prices; and

 

   

potential acceleration of development of alternative energy sources.

A prolonged reduction in natural gas and oil prices would generally depress the level of natural gas and oil exploration, development, production and well completion activity and result in a corresponding decline in the demand for the frac sand we produce. In addition, any future decreases in the rate at which oil and natural gas reserves are developed, whether due to increased governmental regulation, limitations on exploration and drilling activity or other factors, could have a material adverse effect on our business, even in a stronger natural gas and oil price environment. If there is a sustained decrease in the demand for frac sand, we may be unable to renew contracts for our products, be forced to renegotiate our existing contracts, or be forced to reduce the prices at which we enter into new contracts, any of which would reduce the amount of cash we generate.

In addition, to the extent we make spot sales of our frac sand, the price we receive for those sales will be impacted by short term fluctuations in the market for frac sand, and any negative fluctuations in this market could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.

All of our sales are generated at one facility. Any adverse developments at our Wyeville facility could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

All of our sales are currently derived from our Wyeville facility located in Wyeville, Wisconsin. Any adverse development at this facility due to catastrophic events or weather, or any other event that would cause us to curtail, suspend or terminate operations at our Wyeville facility, could result in us being unable to meet our contracted sand deliveries. If we are unable to deliver contracted volumes within three months of contract year end, or otherwise arrange for delivery from a third party, we will be required to pay make-whole payments to our customers that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We may be adversely affected by decreased demand for raw frac sand due to the development of either effective alternative proppants or new processes to replace hydraulic fracturing.

Raw frac sand is a proppant used in the completion and re-completion of oil and natural gas wells to stimulate and maintain oil and natural gas production through the process of hydraulic fracturing. Raw frac sand is the most commonly used proppant and is less expensive than other proppants, such as resin-coated sand and manufactured ceramics. A significant shift in demand from frac sand to other proppants, or the development of new processes to replace hydraulic fracturing altogether, could cause a decline in the demand for the frac sand we produce and result in a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

An increase in the supply of raw frac sand having similar characteristics as the raw frac sand we produce could make it more difficult for us to renew or replace our existing contracts on favorable terms or at all.

We believe that the supply of raw frac sand has not kept pace with the increasing demand for raw frac sand, which has been a contributing factor to steadily increasing prices for raw frac sand over the last decade. If significant new reserves of raw frac sand are discovered and developed, and those frac sands have similar

 

27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

characteristics to the raw frac sand we produce, we may be unable to renew or replace our existing contracts on favorable terms or at all. Specifically, if high quality frac sand becomes more readily available, our customers may not be willing to enter into long-term, take-or-pay contracts, may demand lower prices or both, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows over the long-term.

Federal, state, and local legislative and regulatory initiatives relating to hydraulic fracturing and the potential for related litigation could result in increased costs, additional operating restrictions or delays for our customers, which could cause a decline in the demand for our frac sand and negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We supply frac sand to hydraulic fracturing operators in the oil and natural gas industry. Hydraulic fracturing is an important and increasingly common practice that is used to stimulate production of natural gas and/or oil from low permeability hydrocarbon bearing subsurface rock formations. The hydraulic fracturing process involves the injection of water, proppants, and chemicals under pressure into the formation to fracture the surrounding rock, increase permeability and stimulate production. Increased regulation of hydraulic fracturing may adversely impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Although we do not directly engage in hydraulic fracturing activities, our customers purchase our frac sand for use in their hydraulic fracturing activities. The federal Safe Drinking Water Act (“SDWA”) regulates the underground injection of substances through the Underground Injection Control Program (“UIC Program”). Currently, with the exception of certain hydraulic fracturing activities involving the use of diesel, hydraulic fracturing is exempt from federal regulation under the UIC Program, and the hydraulic fracturing process is typically regulated by state or local governmental authorities. However, the practice of hydraulic fracturing has become controversial and is undergoing increased political and regulatory scrutiny. Several federal agencies, regulatory authorities, and legislative entities are investigating the potential environmental impacts of hydraulic fracturing and whether additional regulation may be necessary. On April 13, 2012, President Obama issued an executive order creating a task force to coordinate federal oversight over domestic natural gas production and hydraulic fracturing. The U.S. Department of the Interior proposed new regulations on May 4, 2012, which would require oil and natural gas operators to disclose the chemicals they use during hydraulic fracturing on federal lands. It would also strengthen standards for wellbore integrity and the management of fluids that return to the surface during and after fracturing operations on federal lands. These proposed changes are partially in response to recommendations issued by a subcommittee of the Secretary of Energy Advisory Board (the “SEAB”) of the U.S. Department of Energy. The SEAB had been tasked with recommending steps to improve the safety and environmental performance of hydraulic fracturing. The SEAB subcommittee had issued a preliminary report in August 2011 recommending, among other things, measures to improve and protect air and water quality, improvements in communication among state and federal regulators, disclosure of fracturing fluid composition, and the creation of a publicly accessible database organizing all publicly disclosed information with respect to hydraulic fracturing operations. The SEAB subcommittee subsequently issued a report in November 2011 on how federal agencies, states, and others can implement its August 2011 recommendations. In addition, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency continues to study the potential environmental impacts of hydraulic fracturing activities and has announced plans to propose standards for the treatment and discharge of wastewater resulting from hydraulic fracturing by 2014. These studies and activities, depending on their results, could spur proposals or initiatives to regulate hydraulic fracturing under the SDWA or otherwise. Legislation is currently before Congress to provide for federal regulation of hydraulic fracturing under the SDWA and to require disclosure of the chemicals used in the hydraulic fracturing process. If this or similar legislation becomes law, the legislation could establish an additional level of regulation that may lead to additional permitting requirements or other operating restrictions applicable to our customers, making it more difficult for them to complete unconventional oil and natural gas wells. This could increase our customers’ costs of compliance and doing business or otherwise adversely affect the hydraulic fracturing services they perform, which may negatively impact demand for our frac sand.

In addition, various state, local, and foreign governments have implemented, or are considering, increased regulatory oversight of hydraulic fracturing through additional permitting requirements, operational restrictions,

 

28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

disclosure requirements, and temporary or permanent bans on hydraulic fracturing in certain areas such as environmentally sensitive watersheds. For example, eleven states—Arkansas, Colorado, Louisiana, Michigan, Montana, New Mexico, North Dakota, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Texas, and Wyoming—have imposed disclosure requirements on hydraulic fracturing well owners and operators. In addition, many local governments have adopted ordinances to severely restrict or prohibit hydraulic fracturing activities within their jurisdictions.

The adoption of new laws or regulations at the federal, state, local, or foreign levels imposing reporting obligations on, or otherwise limiting or delaying, the hydraulic fracturing process could make it more difficult to complete natural gas wells, increase our customers’ costs of compliance and doing business, and otherwise adversely affect the hydraulic fracturing services they perform, which could negatively impact demand for our frac sand. In addition, heightened political, regulatory, and public scrutiny of hydraulic fracturing practices could expose us or our customers to increased legal and regulatory proceedings, which could be time-consuming, costly, or result in substantial legal liability or significant reputational harm. We could be directly affected by adverse litigation involving us, or indirectly affected if the cost of compliance limits the ability of our customers to operate. Such costs and scrutiny could directly or indirectly, through reduced demand for our frac sand, have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our long-term, fixed price contracts may preclude us from taking advantage of increasing prices for frac sand or mitigating the effect of increased operational costs during the term of our long-term, fixed price contracts.

The long-term supply contracts we have may negatively impact our results of operations. All of our long-term contracts are for sales at fixed prices. As a result, in periods with increasing prices our sales will grow at a slower rate than industry spot prices.

Additionally, if our operational costs increase during the terms of our long-term supply contracts, we will not be able to pass any of those increased costs to our customers. If we are unable to otherwise mitigate these increased operational costs, our net income and available cash for distributions could decline.

We are exposed to the credit risk of our customers, and any material nonpayment or nonperformance by our customers could adversely affect our financial results and cash available for distribution.

We are subject to the risk of loss resulting from nonpayment or nonperformance by our customers, whose operations are concentrated in a single industry, the global oilfield services industry. Our credit procedures and policies may not be adequate to fully eliminate customer credit risk. If we fail to adequately assess the creditworthiness of existing or future customers or unanticipated deterioration in their creditworthiness, any resulting increase in nonpayment or nonperformance by them and our inability to re-market or otherwise use the production could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay distributions to our unitholders.

Our operations are subject to operational hazards and unforeseen interruptions for which we may not be adequately insured.

Our operations are exposed to potential natural disasters, including blizzards, tornadoes, storms, floods and earthquakes. If any of these events were to occur, we could incur substantial losses because of personal injury or loss of life, severe damage to and destruction of property and equipment, and pollution or other environmental damage resulting in curtailment or suspension of our operations.

We are not fully insured against all risks incident to our business, including the risk of our operations being interrupted due to severe weather and natural disasters. Certain of the insurance policies covering entities that will be contributed to us and their operations also provide coverage to entities that will not be contributed to us as a part of our initial public offering. The coverage available under those insurance policies has historically been allocated among the entities that will be contributed to us and those entities that will not be contributed to us. This allocation may result in limiting the amount of recovery available to us for purposes of covered losses.

 

29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Furthermore, we may be unable to maintain or obtain insurance of the type and amount we desire at reasonable rates. As a result of market conditions, premiums and deductibles for certain of our insurance policies have increased and could escalate further. In addition sub-limits have been imposed for certain risks. In some instances, certain insurance could become unavailable or available only for reduced amounts of coverage. If we were to incur a significant liability for which we are not fully insured, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash available for distribution to unitholders.

Because we have a limited operating history, you may not be able to evaluate our current business and future earnings prospects accurately.

Our sponsor, which is our accounting predecessor for financial reporting purposes, was formed in October 2010 to develop excavation, processing and logistics facilities for raw frac sands used in hydraulic fracturing operations in oil and natural gas wells. We did not commence commercial operations until the third quarter of 2011, when our Wyeville facility became operational. As a result, we have limited operating history upon which you can base an evaluation of our current business and our future earnings prospects.

In addition, this prospectus includes audited financial statements only as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 and as of and for the period from inception (October 28, 2010) to December 31, 2010. As a result, and given our recent date of formation, you have limited information upon which to make your decision to invest in our common units.

Our future performance will depend on our ability to succeed in competitive markets, and on our ability to appropriately react to potential fluctuations in the demand for and supply of frac sand.

We operate in a highly competitive market that is characterized by a small number of large, national producers and a larger number of small, regional or local producers. Competition in the industry is based on price, consistency and quality of product, site location, distribution and logistics capabilities, customer service, reliability of supply and breadth of product offering.

We compete with large, national producers such as Badger Mining Corporation, Fairmount Minerals, Ltd., Preferred Proppants LLC, Unimin Corporation and U.S. Silica Holdings Inc. Our larger competitors may have greater financial and other resources than we do, may develop technology superior to ours or may have production facilities that are located closer to key customers than ours. Should the demand for hydraulic fracturing services decrease, prices in the frac sand market could materially decrease as smaller, regional producers may exit the market, selling frac sand at below market prices. In addition, oil and natural gas exploration and production companies and other providers of hydraulic fracturing services could acquire their own frac sand reserves, expand their existing frac sand production capacity or otherwise fulfill their own proppant requirements and existing or new frac sand producers could add to or expand their frac sand production capacity, which may negatively impact pricing and demand for our frac sand. We may not be able to compete successfully against either our larger or smaller competitors in the future, and competition could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Fluctuations in transportation costs and the availability or reliability of rail transportation could reduce revenues by causing us to reduce our production or by impairing the ability of our customers to take delivery.

Transportation costs represent a significant portion of the total cost of frac sand for our customers and, as a result, the cost of transportation is a critical factor in a customer’s purchasing decision. Disruption of transportation services due to shortages of rail cars, weather-related problems, flooding, drought, accidents, mechanical difficulties, strikes, lockouts, bottlenecks or other events could temporarily impair the ability of our customers to take delivery and, in certain circumstances, constitute a force majeure event under our customer contracts, permitting our customers to suspend taking delivery of and paying for our frac sand. Accordingly, if there are disruptions of the rail transportation services utilized by our customers, and they are unable to find alternative transportation providers to transport frac sand, our business could be adversely affected.

 

30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our production process consumes large amounts of natural gas and electricity. An increase in the price or a significant interruption in the supply of these or any other energy sources could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Energy costs, primarily natural gas and electricity, represented approximately 2.9% of our total sales and 9.8% of our total production costs in 2011. Natural gas is the primary fuel source used for drying in the frac sand production process and, as such, our profitability is impacted by the price and availability of natural gas we purchase from third parties. Because we have not contracted for the provision of natural gas on a fixed-price basis, our costs and profitability will be impacted by fluctuations in prices for natural gas. The price and supply of natural gas are unpredictable and can fluctuate significantly based on international, political and economic circumstances, as well as other events outside our control, such as changes in supply and demand due to weather conditions, actions by OPEC and other oil and natural gas producers, regional production patterns and environmental concerns. In addition, potential climate change regulations or carbon or emissions taxes could result in higher production costs for energy, which may be passed on to us in whole or in part. The price of natural gas has been extremely volatile over the last two years, from a high of $4.92 per million British Thermal Units (“BTUs”) in June 2011 to a low of $1.84 per million BTUs in April 2012, and this volatility may continue. In order to manage this risk, we may hedge natural gas prices through the use of derivative financial instruments, such as forwards, swaps and futures. However, these measures carry risk (including nonperformance by counterparties) and do not in any event entirely eliminate the risk of decreased margins as a result of natural gas price increases. A significant increase in the price of energy that is not recovered through an increase in the price of our products or covered through our hedging arrangements or an extended interruption in the supply of natural gas or electricity to our production facilities could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects.

Increases in the price of diesel fuel may adversely affect our results of operations.

Diesel fuel costs generally fluctuate with increasing and decreasing world crude oil prices, and accordingly are subject to political, economic and market factors that are outside of our control. Our operations are dependent on earthmoving equipment, railcars and tractor trailers, and diesel fuel costs are a significant component of the operating expense of these vehicles. We contract with a third party to excavate raw frac sand, deliver the raw frac sand to our processing facility and move the sand from our wet plant to our dry plant, and pay a fixed price per ton of sand delivered to our wet plant, subject to a fuel surcharge based on the price of diesel fuel. Accordingly, increased diesel fuel costs could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.

We may be required to make substantial capital expenditures to maintain, develop and increase our asset base. The inability to obtain needed capital or financing on satisfactory terms, or at all, could have an adverse effect on our growth and profitability.

Although we currently use a significant amount of our cash reserves and cash generated from our operations to fund the development of our existing frac sand reserves, we may depend on the availability of credit to fund future capital expenditures. Our ability to obtain bank financing or to access the capital markets for future equity or debt offerings may be limited by our financial condition at the time of any such financing or offering, the covenants contained in the credit facility we expect to enter into in connection with this offering or other future debt agreements, adverse market conditions or other contingencies and uncertainties that are beyond our control. Our failure to obtain the funds necessary to maintain, develop and increase our asset base could adversely impact our growth and profitability.

Even if we are able to obtain financing or access the capital markets, incurring additional debt may significantly increase our interest expense and financial leverage, and our level of indebtedness could restrict our ability to fund future development and acquisition activities. In addition, the issuance of additional equity interests may result in significant dilution to our existing unitholders.

 

31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We expect to enter into a new credit facility in connection with this offering that will likely contain restrictions and financial covenants that may restrict our business and financing activities.

The credit facility that we expect to enter into in connection with this offering, and any other future financing agreements that we may enter into will likely contain, operating and financial restrictions and covenants that may restrict our ability to finance future operations or capital needs, to engage in, expand or pursue our business activities or to make distributions to our unitholders.

Our ability to comply with any such restrictions and covenants is uncertain and will be affected by the levels of cash flow from our operations and events or circumstances beyond our control. If market or other economic conditions deteriorate, our ability to comply with these covenants may be impaired. If we violate any of the restrictions, covenants, ratios or tests in the credit facility that we expect to enter into, a significant portion of our indebtedness may become immediately due and payable and our lenders’ commitment to make further loans to us may terminate. We might not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient funds to make these accelerated payments.

A facility closure entails substantial costs, and if we close our facility sooner than anticipated, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

We base our assumptions regarding the life of our Wyeville excavation facility on detailed studies that we perform from time to time, but our studies and assumptions may not prove to be accurate. If we close our Wyeville facility sooner than expected, sales will decline unless we are able to acquire and develop additional facilities, which may not be possible. The closure of our Wyeville facility would involve significant fixed closure costs, including accelerated employment legacy costs, severance-related obligations, reclamation and other environmental costs and the costs of terminating long-term obligations, including energy contracts and equipment leases. We accrue for the costs of reclaiming open pits, stockpiles, non-saleable sand, ponds, roads and other mining support areas over the estimated mining life of our property. If we were to reduce the estimated life of our Wyeville facility, the fixed facility closure costs would be applied to a shorter period of production, which would increase production costs per ton produced and could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Applicable statutes and regulations require that mining property be reclaimed following a mine closure in accordance with specified standards and an approved reclamation plan. The plan addresses matters such as removal of facilities and equipment, regrading, prevention of erosion and other forms of water pollution, re-vegetation and post-mining land use. We may be required to post a surety bond or other form of financial assurance equal to the cost of reclamation as set forth in the approved reclamation plan. The establishment of the final mine closure reclamation liability is based on permit requirements and requires various estimates and assumptions, principally associated with reclamation costs and production levels. If our accruals for expected reclamation and other costs associated with facility closures for which we will be responsible were later determined to be insufficient, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected.

Our operations are dependent on our rights and ability to mine our properties and on our having renewed or received the required permits and approvals from governmental authorities and other third parties.

We hold numerous governmental, environmental, mining, and other permits, water rights, and approvals authorizing operations at our facility. For our extraction and processing in Wisconsin, the permitting process is subject to federal, state and local authority. For example, on the federal level, a Mine Identification Request ( MSHA Form 7000-51) must be filed and obtained before mining commences. If wetlands are implicated, a U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Wetland Permit is required. At the state level, a series of permits are required related to air quality, wetlands, water quality (waste water, storm water), grading permits, endangered species, archeological assessments, and high capacity wells in addition to others depending upon site specific factors and operational detail. At the local level, zoning, building, storm water, erosion control, wellhead protection, road

 

32


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

usage and access are all regulated and require permitting to some degree. A non-metallic mining reclamation permit is required. A decision by a governmental agency or other third party to deny or delay issuing a new or renewed permit or approval, or to revoke or substantially modify an existing permit or approval, could have a material adverse effect on our ability to continue operations.

Title to, and the area of, mineral properties and water rights may also be disputed. Mineral properties sometimes contain claims or transfer histories that examiners cannot verify. A successful claim that we do not have title to our property or lack appropriate water rights could cause us to lose any rights to explore, develop, and extract minerals, without compensation for our prior expenditures relating to such property. Our business may suffer a material adverse effect in the event we have title deficiencies.

In some instances, we have received access rights or easements from third parties, which allow for a more efficient operation than would exist without the access or easement. A third party could take action to suspend the access or easement, and any such action could be materially adverse to our results of operations or financial condition.

A shortage of skilled labor together with rising labor costs in the excavation industry may further increase operating costs, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Efficient sand excavation using modern techniques and equipment requires skilled laborers, preferably with several years of experience and proficiency in multiple tasks, including processing of mined minerals. Our mining operations are subcontracted to Gerke Excavating, Inc., but there is a shortage of skilled mining labor in Wisconsin. If the shortage of experienced labor continues or worsens, we may find it difficult to renew or replace that contract upon its expiration on acceptable terms, and we may be unable to hire or train the necessary number of skilled laborers to perform our own operations. In either event, there could be an adverse impact on our labor productivity and costs and our ability to expand production.

Our business may suffer if we lose, or are unable to attract and retain, key personnel.

We depend to a large extent on the services of our senior management team and other key personnel, and we are seeking to hire several key management personnel in the near term. Members of our senior management and other key employees have extensive experience and expertise in evaluating and analyzing sand reserves, maximizing production from such properties, marketing frac sand production and developing and executing financing strategies, as well as substantial experience and relationships with participants in the oilfield services and exploration and production industries. Competition for management and key personnel is intense, and the pool of qualified candidates is limited. The loss of any of these individuals or the failure to attract additional personnel, as needed, could have a material adverse effect on our operations and could lead to higher labor costs or the use of less-qualified personnel. In addition, if any of our executives or other key employees were to join a competitor or form a competing company, we could lose customers, suppliers, know-how and key personnel. We do not maintain key-man life insurance with respect to any of our employees. Our success will be dependent on our ability to continue to attract, employ and retain highly skilled personnel.

Failure to maintain effective quality control systems at our mining, processing and production facilities could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

The performance and quality of our products are critical to the success of our business. These factors depend significantly on the effectiveness of our quality control systems, which, in turn, depends on a number of factors, including the design of our quality control systems, our quality-training program and our ability to ensure that our employees adhere to our quality control policies and guidelines. Any significant failure or deterioration of our quality control systems could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation.

 

33


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Seasonal and severe weather conditions could have a material adverse impact on our business.

Our business could be materially adversely affected by severe weather conditions. Severe weather conditions may affect our customers’ operations, thus reducing their need for our products, impact our operations by resulting in weather-related damage to our facilities and equipment and impact our customers’ ability to take delivery of our products at our plant site. Any weather-related interference with our operations could force us to delay or curtail services and potentially breach our contractual obligations to delivery minimum volumes or result in a loss of productivity and an increase in our operating costs.

In addition, severe winter weather conditions impact our operations by causing us to halt our excavation and wet plant related production activities during the winter months. During non-winter months, we excavate excess sand to build a stockpile that will feed the dry plant which continues to operate during the winter months. Unexpected winter conditions (e.g., if winter comes earlier than expected or lasts longer than expected) may result in us not having a sufficient sand stockpile to supply feedstock for our dry plant during winter months, which could result in us being unable to meet our contracted sand deliveries during such time and lead to a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operation and reputation.

Our cash flow fluctuates on a seasonal basis.

Our cash flow is affected by a variety of factors, including weather conditions and seasonal periods. Seasonal fluctuations in weather impact the production levels at our wet processing plant. While our sales and finished product production levels are contracted evenly throughout the year, our mining and wet sand processing activities are limited to non-winter months. As a consequence, we experience lower cash costs in the first and fourth quarter of each calendar year.

Diminished access to water may adversely affect our operations.

The excavation and processing activities in which we engage require significant amounts of water. As a result, securing water rights and water access is necessary for the operation of our processing facilities. If future excavation and processing activities are located in an area that is water-constrained, there may be additional costs associated with securing water access. We have obtained water rights that we currently use to service the activities on our property, and we plan to obtain all required water rights to service other properties we may develop or acquire in the future. However, the amount of water that we are entitled to use pursuant to our water rights must be determined by the appropriate regulatory authorities in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Such regulatory authorities may amend the regulations regarding such water rights, increase the cost of maintaining such water rights or eliminate our current water rights, and we may be unable to retain all or a portion of such water rights. These new regulations, which could also affect local municipalities and other industrial operations, could have a material adverse effect on our operating costs if implemented. Such changes in laws, regulations or government policy and related interpretations pertaining to water rights may alter the environment in which we do business, which may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, a water discharge permit may be required to properly dispose of water at our processing site. The water discharge permitting process is also subject to regulatory discretion, and any inability to obtain the necessary permits could have an adverse effect on financial condition and results of operations.

A terrorist attack or armed conflict could harm our business.

Terrorist activities, anti-terrorist efforts and other armed conflicts involving the United States could adversely affect the U.S. and global economies and could prevent us from meeting financial and other obligations. We could experience loss of business, delays or defaults in payments from payors or disruptions of fuel supplies and markets if pipelines, production facilities, processing plants or refineries are direct targets or indirect casualties of an act of terror or war. Such activities could reduce the overall demand for oil and natural gas, which, in turn, could also reduce the demand for our frac sand. Terrorist activities and the threat of potential terrorist activities and any resulting economic downturn could adversely affect our results of operations, impair our ability to raise capital or otherwise adversely impact our ability to realize certain business strategies.

 

34


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Risks Related to Environmental, Mining and Other Regulation

We and our customers are subject to extensive environmental and health and safety regulations that impose, and will continue to impose, significant costs and liabilities. In addition, future regulations, or more stringent enforcement of existing regulations, could increase those costs and liabilities, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

We are subject to a variety of federal, state, and local regulatory environmental requirements affecting the mining and mineral processing industry, including among others, those relating to employee health and safety, environmental permitting and licensing, air and water emissions, water pollution, waste management, remediation of soil and groundwater contamination, land use, reclamation and restoration of properties, hazardous materials, and natural resources. These laws, regulations, and permits have had, and will continue to have, a significant effect on our business. Some environmental laws impose substantial penalties for noncompliance, and others, such as the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), impose strict, retroactive, and joint and several liability for the remediation of releases of hazardous substances. Liability under CERCLA, or similar state and local laws, may be imposed as a result of conduct that was lawful at the time it occurred or for the conduct of, or conditions caused by, prior operators or other third parties. Failure to properly handle, transport, store, or dispose of hazardous materials or otherwise conduct our operations in compliance with environmental laws could expose us to liability for governmental penalties, cleanup costs, and civil or criminal liability associated with releases of such materials into the environment, damages to property, or natural resources and other damages, as well as potentially impair our ability to conduct our operations. In addition, future environmental laws and regulations could restrict our ability to expand our facilities or extract our mineral deposits or could require us to acquire costly equipment or to incur other significant expenses in connection with our business. Future events, including changes in any environmental requirements (or their interpretation or enforcement) and the costs associated with complying with such requirements, could have a material adverse effect on us.

Any failure by us to comply with applicable environmental laws and regulations may cause governmental authorities to take actions that could adversely impact our operations and financial condition, including:

 

   

issuance of administrative, civil, or criminal penalties;

 

   

denial, modification, or revocation of permits or other authorizations;

 

   

imposition of injunctive obligations or other limitations on our operations, including cessation of operations; and

 

   

requirements to perform site investigatory, remedial, or other corrective actions.

Any such regulations could require us to modify existing permits or obtain new permits, implement additional pollution control technology, curtail operations, increase significantly our operating costs, or impose additional operating restrictions among our customers that reduce demand for our services.

We may not be able to comply with any new laws and regulations that are adopted, and any new laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our operating results by requiring us to modify our operations or equipment or shut down our facility. Additionally, our customers may not be able to comply with any new laws and regulations, which could cause our customers to curtail or cease operations. We cannot at this time reasonably estimate our costs of compliance or the timing of any costs associated with any new laws and regulations, or any material adverse effect that any new standards will have on our customers and, consequently, on our operations.

Silica-related legislation, health issues and litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation or results of operations.

We are subject to laws and regulations relating to human exposure to crystalline silica. Several federal and state regulatory authorities, including the U.S. Mining Safety and Health Administration, may continue to

 

35


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

propose changes in their regulations regarding workplace exposure to crystalline silica, such as permissible exposure limits and required controls and personal protective equipment. We may not be able to comply with any new laws and regulations that are adopted, and any new laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our operating results by requiring us to modify or cease our operations.

In addition, the inhalation of respirable crystalline silica is associated with the lung disease silicosis. There is recent evidence of an association between crystalline silica exposure or silicosis and lung cancer and a possible association with other diseases, including immune system disorders such as scleroderma. These health risks have been, and may continue to be, a significant issue confronting the frac sand industry. Concerns over silicosis and other potential adverse health effects, as well as concerns regarding potential liability from the use of frac sand, may have the effect of discouraging our customers’ use of our frac sand. The actual or perceived health risks of mining, processing and handling frac sand could materially and adversely affect frac sand producers, including us, through reduced use of frac sand, the threat of product liability or employee lawsuits, increased scrutiny by federal, state and local regulatory authorities of us and our customers or reduced financing sources available to the frac sand industry.

We are subject to the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977, which imposes stringent health and safety standards on numerous aspects of our operations.

Our operations are subject to the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977, as amended by the Mine Improvement and New Emergency Response Act of 2006, which imposes stringent health and safety standards on numerous aspects of mineral extraction and processing operations, including the training of personnel, operating procedures, operating equipment, and other matters. Our failure to comply with such standards, or changes in such standards or the interpretation or enforcement thereof, could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition or otherwise impose significant restrictions on our ability to conduct mineral extraction and processing operations.

We and our customers are subject to other extensive regulations, including licensing, plant and wildlife protection and reclamation regulation, that impose, and will continue to impose, significant costs and liabilities. In addition, future regulations, or more stringent enforcement of existing regulations, could increase those costs and liabilities, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

In addition to the regulatory matters described above, we and our customers are subject to extensive governmental regulation on matters such as permitting and licensing requirements, plant and wildlife protection, wetlands protection, reclamation and restoration activities at mining properties after mining is completed, the discharge of materials into the environment, and the effects that mining and hydraulic fracturing have on groundwater quality and availability. Our future success depends, among other things, on the quantity and quality of our frac sand deposits, our ability to extract these deposits profitably, and our customers being able to operate their businesses as they currently do.

In order to obtain permits and renewals of permits in the future, we may be required to prepare and present data to governmental authorities pertaining to the potential adverse impact that any proposed excavation or production activities, individually or in the aggregate, may have on the environment. Certain approval procedures may require preparation of archaeological surveys, endangered species studies, and other studies to assess the environmental impact of new sites or the expansion of existing sites. Compliance with these regulatory requirements is expensive and significantly lengthens the time needed to develop a site. Finally, obtaining or renewing required permits is sometimes delayed or prevented due to community opposition and other factors beyond our control. The denial of a permit essential to our operations or the imposition of conditions with which it is not practicable or feasible to comply could impair or prevent our ability to develop or expand a site. Significant opposition to a permit by neighboring property owners, members of the public, or other third parties, or delay in the environmental review and permitting process also could delay or impair our ability to develop or expand a site. New legal requirements, including those related to the protection of the environment, could be

 

36


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

adopted that could materially adversely affect our mining operations (including our ability to extract or the pace of extraction of mineral deposits), our cost structure, or our customers’ ability to use our frac sand. Such current or future regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business and we may not be able to obtain or renew permits in the future.

Our inability to acquire, maintain or renew financial assurances related to the reclamation and restoration of mining property could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are generally obligated to restore property in accordance with regulatory standards and our approved reclamation plan after it has been mined. We are required under federal, state, and local laws to maintain financial assurances, such as surety bonds, to secure such obligations. The inability to acquire, maintain or renew such assurances, as required by federal, state, and local laws, could subject us to fines and penalties as well as the revocation of our operating permits. Such inability could result from a variety of factors, including:

 

   

the lack of availability, higher expense, or unreasonable terms of such financial assurances;

 

   

the ability of current and future financial assurance counterparties to increase required collateral; and

 

   

the exercise by financial assurance counterparties of any rights to refuse to renew the financial assurance instruments.

Our inability to acquire, maintain, or renew necessary financial assurances related to the reclamation and restoration of mining property could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us

Our sponsor owns and controls our general partner, which has sole responsibility for conducting our business and managing our operations. Our general partner and its affiliates, including our sponsor, have conflicts of interest with us and limited duties, and they may favor their own interests to the detriment of us and our unitholders.

Following the offering, our sponsor, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, will own and control our general partner and will appoint all of the directors of our general partner. Although our general partner has a duty to manage us in a manner it believes to be in our best interests, the executive officers and directors of our general partner have a fiduciary duty to manage our general partner in a manner beneficial to our sponsor. Therefore, conflicts of interest may arise between our sponsor or any of its affiliates, including our general partner, on the one hand, and us or any of our unitholders, on the other hand. In resolving these conflicts of interest, our general partner may favor its own interests and the interests of its affiliates over the interests of our common unitholders. These conflicts include the following situations, among others:

 

   

our general partner is allowed to take into account the interests of parties other than us, such as our sponsor, in exercising certain rights under our partnership agreement, which has the effect of limiting its duty to our unitholders;

 

   

neither our partnership agreement nor any other agreement requires our sponsor to pursue a business strategy that favors us;

 

   

our partnership agreement replaces the fiduciary duties that would otherwise be owed by our general partner with contractual standards governing its duties, limits our general partner’s liabilities and restricts the remedies available to our unitholders for actions that, without such limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty;

 

   

except in limited circumstances, our general partner has the power and authority to conduct our business without unitholder approval;

 

37


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

our general partner determines the amount and timing of asset purchases and sales, borrowings, issuances of additional partnership securities and the level of reserves, each of which can affect the amount of cash that is distributed to our unitholders;

 

   

our general partner determines the amount and timing of any capital expenditure and whether a capital expenditure is classified as a maintenance capital expenditure, which reduces operating surplus, or an expansion capital expenditure, which does not reduce operating surplus. Please read “How We Make Distributions to Our Partners—Capital Expenditures” for a discussion on when a capital expenditure constitutes a maintenance capital expenditure or an expansion capital expenditure. This determination can affect the amount of cash that is distributed to our unitholders which, in turn, may affect the ability of the subordinated units to convert. Please read “How We Make Distributions to Our Partners—Subordination Period”;

 

   

our general partner may cause us to borrow funds in order to permit the payment of cash distributions, even if the purpose or effect of the borrowing is to make a distribution on the subordinated units, to make incentive distributions or to accelerate the expiration of the subordination period;

 

   

our partnership agreement permits us to distribute up to $         million as operating surplus, even if it is generated from asset sales, non-working capital borrowings or other sources that would otherwise constitute capital surplus. This cash may be used to fund distributions on our subordinated units or the incentive distribution rights;

 

   

our general partner determines which costs incurred by it and its affiliates are reimbursable by us;

 

   

our partnership agreement does not restrict our general partner from causing us to pay it or its affiliates for any services rendered to us or entering into additional contractual arrangements with its affiliates on our behalf;

 

   

our general partner intends to limit its liability regarding our contractual and other obligations;

 

   

our general partner may exercise its right to call and purchase common units if it and its affiliates own more than 80% of the common units;

 

   

our general partner controls the enforcement of obligations that it and its affiliates owe to us;

 

   

our general partner decides whether to retain separate counsel, accountants or others to perform services for us; and

 

   

our general partner may elect to cause us to issue common units to it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution levels related to our general partner’s incentive distribution rights without the approval of the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner or the unitholders. This election may result in lower distributions to the common unitholders in certain situations.

In addition, we may compete directly with entities in which our sponsor has an interest for acquisition opportunities and potentially will compete with these entities for new business or extensions of the existing services provided by us. Please read “—Our sponsor and other affiliates of our general partner may compete with us.” and “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.”

The board of directors of our general partner may modify or revoke our cash distribution policy at any time at its discretion. Our partnership agreement does not require us to pay any distributions at all.

The board of directors of our general partner will adopt a cash distribution policy pursuant to which we intend to distribute quarterly at least $         per unit on all of our units to the extent we have sufficient cash after the establishment of cash reserves and the payment of our expenses, including payments to our general partner and its affiliates. However, the board may change such policy at any time at its discretion and could elect not to pay distributions for one or more quarters. Please read “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

 

38


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In addition, our partnership agreement does not require us to pay any distributions at all. Accordingly, investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the permanence of such a policy in making an investment decision. Any modification or revocation of our cash distribution policy could substantially reduce or eliminate the amounts of distributions to our unitholders. The amount of distributions we make, if any, and the decision to make any distribution at all will be determined by the board of directors of our general partner, whose interests may differ from those of our common unitholders. Our general partner has limited duties to our unitholders, which may permit it to favor its own interests or the interests of our sponsor to the detriment of our common unitholders.

Our general partner intends to limit its liability regarding our obligations.

Our general partner intends to limit its liability under contractual arrangements between us and third parties so that the counterparties to such arrangements have recourse only against our assets, and not against our general partner or its assets. Our general partner may therefore cause us to incur indebtedness or other obligations that are nonrecourse to our general partner. Our partnership agreement provides that any action taken by our general partner to limit its liability is not a breach of our general partner’s duties, even if we could have obtained more favorable terms without the limitation on liability. In addition, we are obligated to reimburse or indemnify our general partner to the extent that it incurs obligations on our behalf. Any such reimbursement or indemnification payments would reduce the amount of cash otherwise available for distribution to our unitholders.

It is our policy to distribute a significant portion of our cash available for distribution to our partners, which could limit our ability to grow and make acquisitions.

We plan to distribute most of our cash available for distribution, which may cause our growth to proceed at a slower pace than that of businesses that reinvest their cash to expand ongoing operations. To the extent we issue additional units in connection with any acquisitions or expansion capital expenditures, the payment of distributions on those additional units may increase the risk that we will be unable to maintain or increase our per unit distribution level. There are no limitations in our partnership agreement on our ability to issue additional units, including units ranking senior to the common units. The incurrence of additional commercial borrowings or other debt to finance our growth strategy would result in increased interest expense, which, in turn, may impact the cash that we have available to distribute to our unitholders.

Our partnership agreement replaces our general partner’s fiduciary duties to holders of our units.

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that eliminate and replace the fiduciary standards to which our general partner would otherwise be held by state fiduciary duty law. For example, our partnership agreement permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner, or otherwise free of fiduciary duties to us and our unitholders. This entitles our general partner to consider only the interests and factors that it desires and relieves it of any duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting, us, our affiliates or our limited partners. Examples of decisions that our general partner may make in its individual capacity include:

 

   

how to allocate business opportunities among us and its affiliates;

 

   

whether to exercise its call right;

 

   

how to exercise its voting rights with respect to the units it owns;

 

   

whether to exercise its registration rights;

 

   

whether to elect to reset target distribution levels; and

 

   

whether or not to consent to any merger or consolidation of the partnership or amendment to the partnership agreement.

 

39


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

By purchasing a common unit, a unitholder is treated as having consented to the provisions in the partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above. Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties—Fiduciary Duties.”

Our partnership agreement restricts the remedies available to holders of our units for actions taken by our general partner that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty.

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that restrict the remedies available to unitholders for actions taken by our general partner that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty under state fiduciary duty law. For example, our partnership agreement provides that:

 

   

whenever our general partner makes a determination or takes, or declines to take, any other action in its capacity as our general partner, our general partner is required to make such determination, or take or decline to take such other action, in good faith, and will not be subject to any other or different standard imposed by our partnership agreement, Delaware law, or any other law, rule or regulation, or at equity;

 

   

our general partner will not have any liability to us or our unitholders for decisions made in its capacity as a general partner so long as it acted in good faith, meaning that it believed that the decision was in the best interest of our partnership;

 

   

our general partner and its officers and directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us or our limited partners resulting from any act or omission unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that our general partner or its officers and directors, as the case may be, acted in bad faith or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the conduct was criminal; and

 

   

our general partner will not be in breach of its obligations under the partnership agreement or its duties to us or our limited partners if a transaction with an affiliate or the resolution of a conflict of interest is:

 

  (1) approved by the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner, although our general partner is not obligated to seek such approval; or

 

  (2) approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding any common units owned by our general partner and its affiliates.

In connection with a situation involving a transaction with an affiliate or a conflict of interest, any determination by our general partner must be made in good faith. If an affiliate transaction or the resolution of a conflict of interest is not approved by our common unitholders or the conflicts committee then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, taking any action or failing to act, the board of directors acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.”

Our sponsor and other affiliates of our general partner may compete with us.

Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will be restricted from engaging in any business activities other than acting as our general partner and those activities incidental to its ownership interest in us. However, affiliates of our general partner, including our sponsor, are not prohibited from engaging in other businesses or activities, including those that might be in direct competition with us. Our sponsor makes investments and purchases entities that acquire, own and operate proppants businesses. These investments and acquisitions may include entities or assets that we would have been interested in acquiring. Therefore, our sponsor may compete with us for investment opportunities and may own an interest in entities that compete with us.

 

40


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Pursuant to the terms of our partnership agreement, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, does not apply to our general partner or any of its affiliates, including its executive officers and directors and our sponsor. Any such person or entity that becomes aware of a potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for us will not have any duty to communicate or offer such opportunity to us. Any such person or entity will not be liable to us or to any limited partner for breach of any fiduciary duty or other duty by reason of the fact that such person or entity pursues or acquires such opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity to another person or entity or does not communicate such opportunity or information to us. This may create actual and potential conflicts of interest between us and affiliates of our general partner and result in less than favorable treatment of us and our unitholders. Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.”

Our general partner may elect to cause us to issue common units to it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution levels related to its incentive distribution rights, without the approval of the conflicts committee of its board of directors or the holders of our common units. This could result in lower distributions to holders of our common units.

Our general partner has the right, as the initial holder of our incentive distribution rights, at any time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and it has received incentive distributions at the highest level to which it is entitled (50.0%) for the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters, to reset the initial target distribution levels at higher levels based on our distributions at the time of the exercise of the reset election. Following a reset election by our general partner, the minimum quarterly distribution will be adjusted to equal the reset minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels will be reset to correspondingly higher levels based on percentage increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution.

If our general partner elects to reset the target distribution levels, it will be entitled to receive a number of common units. The number of common units to be issued to our general partner will equal the number of common units that would have entitled the holder to an aggregate quarterly cash distribution in the quarter prior to the reset election equal to the distribution to our general partner on the incentive distribution rights in the quarter prior to the reset election. We anticipate that our general partner would exercise this reset right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per common unit without such conversion. It is possible, however, that our general partner could exercise this reset election at a time when it is experiencing, or expects to experience, declines in the cash distributions it receives related to its incentive distribution rights and may, therefore, desire to be issued common units rather than retain the right to receive incentive distributions based on the initial target distribution levels. This risk could be elevated if our incentive distribution rights have been transferred to a third party. As a result, a reset election may cause our common unitholders to experience a reduction in the amount of cash distributions that our common unitholders would have otherwise received had we not issued new common units to our general partner in connection with resetting the target distribution levels. Please read “How We Make Distributions to Our Partners—General Partner’s Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels.”

Holders of our common units have limited voting rights and are not entitled to elect our general partner or its directors, which could reduce the price at which our common units will trade.

Unlike the holders of common stock in a corporation, unitholders have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our business and, therefore, limited ability to influence management’s decisions regarding our business. Unitholders will have no right on an annual or ongoing basis to elect our general partner or its board of directors. The board of directors of our general partner, including the independent directors, is chosen entirely by our sponsor, as a result of it owning our general partner, and not by our unitholders. Please read “Management—Management of Hi-Crush Partners LP” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.” Unlike publicly-traded corporations, we will not conduct annual meetings of our unitholders to elect directors or conduct other matters routinely conducted at annual meetings of stockholders of corporations. As a result of these limitations, the price at which the common units will trade could be diminished because of the absence or reduction of a takeover premium in the trading price.

 

41


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Even if holders of our common units are dissatisfied, they cannot initially remove our general partner without its consent.

If our unitholders are dissatisfied with the performance of our general partner, they will have limited ability to remove our general partner. Unitholders initially will be unable to remove our general partner without its consent because our general partner and its affiliates will own sufficient units upon the completion of this offering to be able to prevent its removal. The vote of the holders of at least 66  2 / 3 % of all outstanding common and subordinated units voting together as a single class is required to remove our general partner. Following the closing of this offering, our sponsor will own an aggregate of     % of our common and subordinated units (or     % of our common and subordinated units, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units in full). Also, if our general partner is removed without cause during the subordination period and no units held by the holders of the subordinated units or their affiliates are voted in favor of that removal, all remaining subordinated units will automatically be converted into common units and any existing arrearages on the common units will be extinguished. Cause is narrowly defined in our partnership agreement to mean that a court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final, non-appealable judgment finding our general partner liable for actual fraud or willful or wanton misconduct in its capacity as our general partner. Cause does not include most cases of charges of poor management of the business.

Unitholders will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $         per common unit.

The assumed initial public offering price of $         per common unit (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) exceeds our pro forma net tangible book value of $         per common unit. Based on the assumed initial public offering price of $         per common unit, unitholders will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $         per common unit. This dilution results primarily because the assets contributed to us by affiliates of our general partner are recorded at their historical cost in accordance with GAAP, and not their fair value. Please read “Dilution.”

Our general partner interest or the control of our general partner may be transferred to a third party without unitholder consent.

Our general partner may transfer its general partner interest to a third party in a merger or in a sale of all or substantially all of its assets without the consent of our unitholders. Furthermore, our partnership agreement does not restrict the ability of the members of our general partner to transfer their respective membership interests in our general partner to a third party. The new members of our general partner would then be in a position to replace the board of directors and executive officers of our general partner with their own designees and thereby exert significant control over the decisions taken by the board of directors and executive officers of our general partner. This effectively permits a “change of control” without the vote or consent of the unitholders.

The incentive distribution rights held by our general partner, or indirectly held by our sponsor, may be transferred to a third party without unitholder consent.

Our general partner or our sponsor may transfer the incentive distribution rights to a third party at any time without the consent of our unitholders. If our sponsor transfers the incentive distribution rights to a third party but retains its ownership interest in our general partner, our general partner may not have the same incentive to grow our partnership and increase quarterly distributions to unitholders over time as it would if our sponsor had retained ownership of the incentive distribution rights. For example, a transfer of incentive distribution rights by our sponsor could reduce the likelihood of our sponsor accepting offers made by us relating to assets owned by it, as it would have less of an economic incentive to grow our business, which in turn would impact our ability to grow our asset base.

 

42


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our general partner has a call right that may require unitholders to sell their common units at an undesirable time or price.

If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 80% of the common units, our general partner will have the right, but not the obligation, which it may assign to any of its affiliates or to us, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the common units held by unaffiliated persons at a price equal to the greater of (1) the average of the daily closing price of the common units over the 20 trading days preceding the date three days before notice of exercise of the call right is first mailed and (2) the highest per-unit price paid by our general partner or any of its affiliates for common units during the 90-day period preceding the date such notice is first mailed. As a result, unitholders may be required to sell their common units at an undesirable time or price and may not receive any return or a negative return on their investment. Unitholders may also incur a tax liability upon a sale of their units. Our general partner is not obligated to obtain a fairness opinion regarding the value of the common units to be repurchased by it upon exercise of the limited call right. There is no restriction in our partnership agreement that prevents our general partner from issuing additional common units and exercising its call right. If our general partner exercised its limited call right, the effect would be to take us private and, if the units were subsequently deregistered, we would no longer be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act. Upon consummation of this offering, and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units, our sponsor will own an aggregate of     % of our common and subordinated units. At the end of the subordination period, assuming no additional issuances of units (other than upon the conversion of the subordinated units), our sponsor will own     % of our common units. For additional information about the limited call right, please read “The Partnership Agreement—Limited Call Right.”

We may issue additional units without unitholder approval, which would dilute existing unitholder ownership interests.

Our partnership agreement does not limit the number of additional limited partner interests we may issue at any time without the approval of our unitholders. The issuance of additional common units or other equity interests of equal or senior rank will have the following effects:

 

   

our existing unitholders’ proportionate ownership interest in us will decrease;

 

   

the amount of cash available for distribution on each unit may decrease;

 

   

because a lower percentage of total outstanding units will be subordinated units, the risk that a shortfall in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution will be borne by our common unitholders will increase;

 

   

the ratio of taxable income to distributions may increase;

 

   

the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding unit may be diminished; and

 

   

the market price of the common units may decline.

There are no limitations in our partnership agreement on our ability to issue units ranking senior to the common units.

In accordance with Delaware law and the provisions of our partnership agreement, we may issue additional partnership interests that are senior to the common units in right of distribution, liquidation and voting. The issuance by us of units of senior rank may (i) reduce or eliminate the amount of cash available for distribution to our common unitholders; (ii) diminish the relative voting strength of the total common units outstanding as a class; or (iii) subordinate the claims of the common unitholders to our assets in the event of our liquidation.

 

43


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The market price of our common units could be adversely affected by sales of substantial amounts of our common units in the public or private markets, including sales by our sponsor or other large holders.

After this offering, we will have              common units and              subordinated units outstanding, which includes the              common units we are selling in this offering that may be resold in the public market immediately. All of the subordinated units will convert into common units on a one-for-one basis at the end of the subordination period. All of              common units (             if the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units) that are issued to our sponsor will be subject to resale restrictions under a 180-day lock-up agreement with the underwriters. Each of the lock-up agreements with the underwriters may be waived in the discretion of certain of the underwriters. Sales by our sponsor or other large holders of a substantial number of our common units in the public markets following this offering, or the perception that such sales might occur, could have a material adverse effect on the price of our common units or could impair our ability to obtain capital through an offering of equity securities. In addition, we have agreed to provide registration rights to our sponsor. Under our agreement, our general partner and its affiliates have registration rights relating to the offer and sale of any units that they hold, subject to certain limitations. Please read “Units Eligible for Future Sale.”

Our partnership agreement restricts the voting rights of unitholders owning 20% or more of our common units.

Our partnership agreement restricts unitholders’ voting rights by providing that any units held by a person or group that owns 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, other than our general partner and its affiliates, their transferees and persons who acquired such units with the prior approval of the board of directors of our general partner, cannot vote on any matter.

Cost reimbursements due to our general partner and its affiliates for services provided to us or on our behalf will reduce cash available for distribution to our unitholders. The amount and timing of such reimbursements will be determined by our general partner.

Prior to making any distribution on the common units, we will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for all expenses they incur and payments they make on our behalf. Our partnership agreement does not set a limit on the amount of expenses for which our general partner and its affiliates may be reimbursed. These expenses include salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to persons who perform services for us or on our behalf and expenses allocated to our general partner by its affiliates. Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will determine in good faith the expenses that are allocable to us. The reimbursement of expenses and payment of fees, if any, to our general partner and its affiliates will reduce the amount of cash available for distribution to our unitholders. Please read “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

There is no existing market for our common units, and a trading market that will provide you with adequate liquidity may not develop. The price of our common units may fluctuate significantly, and unitholders could lose all or part of their investment.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common units. After this offering, there will be only              publicly-traded common units. We do not know the extent to which investor interest will lead to the development of a trading market or how liquid that market might be. Unitholders may not be able to resell their common units at or above the initial public offering price. Additionally, the lack of liquidity may result in wide bid-ask spreads, contribute to significant fluctuations in the market price of the common units and limit the number of investors who are able to buy the common units.

The initial public offering price for our common units will be determined by negotiations between us and the representative of the underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price of the common units that will

 

44


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

prevail in the trading market. The market price of our common units may decline below the initial public offering price. The market price of our common units may also be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

 

   

our quarterly distributions;

 

   

our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in our industry;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts or acquisitions;

 

   

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;

 

   

general economic conditions;

 

   

the failure of securities analysts to cover our common units after this offering or changes in financial estimates by analysts;

 

   

future sales of our common units; and

 

   

the other factors described in these “Risk Factors.”

Your liability may not be limited if a court finds that unitholder action constitutes control of our business.

A general partner of a partnership generally has unlimited liability for the obligations of the partnership, except for those contractual obligations of the partnership that are expressly made without recourse to the general partner. Our partnership is organized under Delaware law, and we conduct business in a number of other states. The limitations on the liability of holders of limited partner interests for the obligations of a limited partnership have not been clearly established in some jurisdictions. You could be liable for our obligations as if you were a general partner if a court or government agency were to determine that:

 

   

we were conducting business in a state but had not complied with that particular state’s partnership statute; or

 

   

your right to act with other unitholders to remove or replace the general partner, to approve some amendments to our partnership agreement or to take other actions under our partnership agreement constitute “control” of our business.

Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Limited Liability” for a discussion of the implications of the limitations of liability on a unitholder.

Unitholders may have liability to repay distributions and in certain circumstances may be personally liable for the obligations of the partnership.

Under certain circumstances, unitholders may have to repay amounts wrongfully returned or distributed to them. Under Section 17-607 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, or the Delaware Act, we may not make a distribution to our unitholders if the distribution would cause our liabilities to exceed the fair value of our assets. Delaware law provides that for a period of three years from the date of the impermissible distribution, limited partners who received the distribution and who knew at the time of the distribution that it violated Delaware law will be liable to the limited partnership for the distribution amount. Liabilities to partners on account of their partnership interests and liabilities that are non-recourse to the partnership are not counted for purposes of determining whether a distribution is permitted.

For as long as we are an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with certain reporting requirements, including those relating to accounting standards and disclosure about our executive compensation, that apply to other public companies.

In April 2012, President Obama signed into law the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, relax certain reporting requirements for “emerging growth companies,” including certain requirements relating to accounting standards and compensation disclosure. We are classified as an emerging growth company. For as long as we are an emerging growth

 

45


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

company, which may be up to five full fiscal years, unlike other public companies, we will not be required to, among other things, (1) provide an auditor’s attestation report on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our system of internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, (2) comply with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or the PCAOB, requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and the financial statements of the issuer, (3) comply with any new audit rules adopted by the PCAOB after April 5, 2012 unless the SEC determines otherwise, (4) provide certain disclosure regarding executive compensation required of larger public companies or (5) hold unitholder advisory votes on executive compensation.

Our sponsor, which is our accounting predecessor for financial reporting purposes, has a material weakness in its internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, our ability to accurately report our financial results could be adversely affected.

Prior to the completion of this offering, our sponsor has been a private entity with limited accounting personnel and other supervisory resources to adequately execute its accounting processes and address its internal control over financial reporting. In connection with our sponsor’s audit for the year ended December 31, 2011, our sponsor’s independent registered public accounting firm identified and communicated a material weakness related to the failure to maintain a sufficient complement of qualified accounting personnel, which contributed to our sponsor’s inability to maintain appropriate segregation of duties within the organization and effective review and supervision over the financial reporting process. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal controls such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our sponsor’s financial statements will not be prevented, or detected on a timely basis. This material weakness resulted in audit adjustments to our sponsor’s financial statements, which were identified by our independent registered public accounting firm.

After the closing of this offering, our management team and financial reporting oversight personnel will be those of our sponsor and thus, we may face the same material weakness described above.

We are in the early phases of evaluating the design and operation of our internal control over financial reporting and will not complete our review until after this offering is completed. We cannot predict the outcome of our review at this time. During the course of the review, we may identify additional control deficiencies, which could give rise to significant deficiencies and other material weaknesses, in addition to the material weakness described above. The material weakness described above could result in a misstatement of our accounts or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements that would not be prevented or detected. We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, or any measures we may take in the future, will be sufficient to remediate the material weakness described above or avoid potential future material weaknesses.

We are not currently required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Upon becoming a publicly traded partnership, we will be required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, which will require our management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Though we will be required to disclose material changes made to our internal controls and procedures on a quarterly basis, we will not be required to make our first annual assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC. To comply with the requirements of being a publicly traded partnership, we will need to implement additional internal controls, reporting systems and procedures and hire additional accounting, finance and legal staff. Furthermore, while we generally must comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 for our fiscal year ending December 31, 2012, we are not required to have our independent registered public accounting firm

 

46


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls until our first annual report subsequent to our ceasing to be an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act. Accordingly, we may not be required to have our independent registered public accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls until our annual report for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017. Once it is required to do so, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed.

If we fail to develop or maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, current and potential unitholders could lose confidence in our financial reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our units.

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports, prevent fraud and operate successfully as a public company. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our reputation and operating results would be harmed. We cannot be certain that our efforts to develop and maintain our internal controls will be successful, that we will be able to maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future or that we will be able to comply with our obligations under Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002. Any failure to develop or maintain effective internal controls, or difficulties encountered in implementing or improving our internal controls, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Ineffective internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our units.

The New York Stock Exchange does not require a publicly-traded partnership like us to comply with certain of its corporate governance requirements.

We intend to apply to list our common units on the NYSE. Because we will be a publicly-traded partnership, the NYSE does not require us to have a majority of independent directors on our general partner’s board of directors or to establish a compensation committee or a nominating and corporate governance committee. Accordingly, unitholders will not have the same protections afforded to certain corporations that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements. Please read “Management—Management of Hi-Crush Partners LP.”

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a publicly-traded partnership.

We have no history operating as a publicly-traded partnership. As a publicly-traded partnership, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur prior to this offering. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules implemented by the SEC and the NYSE, require publicly-traded entities to adopt various corporate governance practices that will further increase our costs. Before we are able to make distributions to our unitholders, we must first pay or reserve cash for our expenses, including the costs of being a publicly-traded partnership. As a result, the amount of cash we have available for distribution to our unitholders will be affected by the costs associated with being a public company.

Prior to this offering, we have not filed reports with the SEC. Following this offering, we will become subject to the public reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We expect these rules and regulations to increase certain of our legal and financial compliance costs and to make activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, as a result of becoming a publicly-traded company, we are required to have at least three independent directors, create an audit committee and adopt policies regarding internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures, including the preparation of reports on internal controls over financial reporting. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our SEC reporting requirements.

We also expect to incur significant expense in order to obtain director and officer liability insurance. Because of the limitations in coverage for directors, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board or as executive officers.

 

47


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We estimate that we will incur approximately $2.1 million of incremental costs per year associated with being a publicly-traded partnership; however, it is possible that our actual incremental costs of being a publicly-traded partnership will be higher than we currently estimate.

Tax Risks to Common Unitholders

In addition to reading the following risk factors, please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences” for a more complete discussion of the expected material federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of common units.

Our tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, as well as our not being subject to a material amount of entity-level taxation by individual states. If the IRS were to treat us as a corporation for federal income tax purposes or we were to become subject to material additional amounts of entity-level taxation for state tax purposes, then our cash available for distribution to you could be substantially reduced.

The anticipated after-tax economic benefit of an investment in our common units depends largely on our being treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.

Despite the fact that we are organized as a limited partnership under Delaware law, it is possible in certain circumstances for a partnership such as ours to be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. Although we do not believe, based upon our current operations, that we will be so treated, a change in our business (or a change in current law) could cause us to be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes or otherwise subject us to taxation as an entity.

If we were treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, we would pay federal income tax on our taxable income at the corporate tax rate, which is currently a maximum of 35%, and would likely pay state income tax at varying rates. Distributions to you would generally be taxed again as corporate distributions, and no income, gains, losses, deductions or credits would flow through to you. Because a tax would be imposed upon us as a corporation, our cash available for distribution to you would be substantially reduced. Therefore, treatment of us as a corporation would result in a material reduction in the anticipated cash flow and after-tax return to the unitholders, likely causing a substantial reduction in the value of our common units.

Our partnership agreement provides that if a law is enacted or existing law is modified or interpreted in a manner that subjects us to taxation as a corporation or otherwise subjects us to entity-level taxation for federal, state or local income tax purposes, the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution amounts may be adjusted to reflect the impact of that law on us.

The tax treatment of publicly-traded partnerships or an investment in our units could be subject to potential legislative, judicial or administrative changes and differing interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis.

The present federal income tax treatment of publicly-traded partnerships, including us, or an investment in our common units may be modified by administrative, legislative or judicial changes or differing interpretations at any time. For example, members of Congress have recently considered substantive changes to the existing federal income tax laws that affect publicly-traded partnerships. Any modification to the federal income tax laws may be applied retroactively and could make it more difficult or impossible to meet the exception for certain publicly-traded partnerships to be treated as partnerships for federal income tax purposes. Although the considered legislation would not appear to have affected our treatment as a partnership, we are unable to predict whether any of these changes, or other proposals will be reintroduced or will ultimately be enacted. Any such changes could negatively impact the value of an investment in our common units.

 

48


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

You will be required to pay taxes on your share of our income even if you do not receive any cash distributions from us.

Because our unitholders will be treated as partners to whom we will allocate taxable income that could be different in amount than the cash we distribute, you will be required to pay federal income taxes and, in some cases, state and local income taxes on your share of our taxable income whether or not you receive cash distributions from us. You may not receive cash distributions from us equal to your share of our taxable income or even equal to the actual tax liability that results from that income.

The sale or exchange of 50% or more of our capital and profits interests during any twelve-month period will result in the termination of our partnership for federal income tax purposes.

We will be considered to have terminated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes if there is a sale or exchange of 50% or more of the total interests in our capital and profits within a twelve-month period. Immediately following this offering, our sponsor will directly and indirectly own more than 50% of the total interests in our capital and profits. Therefore, a transfer by our sponsor of all or a portion of its interests in us could result in a termination of us as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. Our termination would, among other things, result in the closing of our taxable year for all unitholders and could result in a deferral of depreciation deductions allowable in computing our taxable income. In the case of a unitholder reporting on a taxable year other than the calendar year, the closing of our taxable year may also result in more than twelve months of our taxable income or loss being includable in his taxable income for the year of termination. Our termination currently would not affect our classification as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, but instead, after our termination we would be treated as a new partnership for federal income tax purposes. If treated as a new partnership, we must make new tax elections and could be subject to penalties if we are unable to determine that a termination occurred. Please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—Disposition of Units—Constructive Termination” for a discussion of the consequences of our termination for federal income tax purposes.

Tax gain or loss on the disposition of our common units could be more or less than expected.

If you sell your common units, you will recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and your tax basis in those common units. Because distributions in excess of your allocable share of our net taxable income result in a decrease in your tax basis in your common units, the amount, if any, of such prior excess distributions with respect to the units you sell will, in effect, become taxable income to you if you sell such units at a price greater than your tax basis in those units, even if the price you receive is less than your original cost. Furthermore, a substantial portion of the amount realized, whether or not representing gain, may be taxed as ordinary income due to potential recapture of depreciation and depletion deductions and certain other items. In addition, because the amount realized includes a unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities, if you sell your units, you may incur a tax liability in excess of the amount of cash you receive from the sale. Please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—Disposition of Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss” for a further discussion of the foregoing.

Tax-exempt entities and non-U.S. persons face unique tax issues from owning common units that may result in adverse tax consequences to them.

Investments in common units by tax-exempt entities, such as employee benefit plans and individual retirement accounts (or “IRAs”), and non-U.S. persons raises issues unique to them. For example, virtually all of our income allocated to organizations that are exempt from federal income tax, including IRAs and other retirement plans, will be unrelated business taxable income and will be taxable to them. Distributions to non-U.S. persons will be reduced by withholding taxes, and non-U.S. persons will be required to file federal tax returns and pay tax on their shares of our taxable income. If you are a tax-exempt entity or a non-U.S. person, you should consult your tax advisor before investing in our common units.

 

49


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

If the IRS contests the federal income tax positions we take, the market for our common units may be adversely impacted and the cost of any IRS contest will reduce our cash available for distribution to you.

The IRS may adopt positions that differ from the positions we take. It may be necessary to resort to administrative or court proceedings to sustain some or all of the positions we take. A court may not agree with some or all of the positions we take. Any contest by the IRS may materially and adversely impact the market for our common units and the price at which they trade. Our costs of any contest by the IRS will be borne indirectly by our unitholders and our general partner because the costs will reduce our cash available for distribution.

We will treat each purchaser of our common units as having the same tax benefits without regard to the actual common units purchased. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could adversely affect the value of the common units.

Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of common units, we will adopt depreciation and amortization positions that may not conform to all aspects of existing Treasury Regulations. A successful IRS challenge to those positions could adversely affect the amount of tax benefits available to you. It also could affect the timing of these tax benefits or the amount of gain from your sale of common units and could have a negative impact on the value of our common units or result in audit adjustments to your tax returns. Please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Section 754 Election” for a further discussion of the effect of the depreciation and amortization positions we adopt.

We will prorate our items of income, gain, loss and deduction between transferors and transferees of our units each month based upon the ownership of our units on the first day of each month, instead of on the basis of the date a particular unit is transferred. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could change the allocation of items of income, gain, loss and deduction among our unitholders.

We generally prorate our items of income, gain, loss and deduction between transferors and transferees of our common units each month based upon the ownership of our common units on the first day of each month, instead of on the basis of the date a particular common unit is transferred. Nonetheless, we allocate certain deductions for depreciation of capital additions based upon the date the underlying property is placed in service. The use of this proration method may not be permitted under existing Treasury Regulations, and although the U.S. Treasury Department issued proposed Treasury Regulations allowing a similar monthly simplifying convention, such regulations are not final and do not specifically authorize the use of the proration method we have adopted. Accordingly, our counsel is unable to opine as to the validity of this method. If the IRS were to successfully challenge our proration method, we may be required to change the allocation of items of income, gain, loss, and deduction among our unitholders.

A unitholder whose common units are the subject of a securities loan (e.g., a loan to a “short seller” to cover a short sale of common units) may be considered as having disposed of those common units. If so, he would no longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with respect to those common units during the period of the loan and may recognize gain or loss from the disposition.

Because there is no tax concept of loaning a partnership interest, a unitholder whose common units are the subject of a securities loan may be considered as having disposed of the loaned units. In that case, he may no longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with respect to those common units during the period of the loan to the short seller and the unitholder may recognize gain or loss from such disposition. Moreover, during the period of the loan, any of our income, gain, loss or deduction with respect to those common units may not be reportable by the unitholder and any cash distributions received by the unitholder as to those common units could be fully taxable as ordinary income. Unitholders desiring to assure their status as partners and avoid the risk of gain recognition from a loan to a short seller should modify any applicable brokerage account agreements to prohibit their brokers from borrowing their common units.

 

50


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

You will likely be subject to state and local taxes and return filing requirements in states where you do not live as a result of investing in our common units.

In addition to federal income taxes, you will likely be subject to other taxes, including state and local taxes, unincorporated business taxes and estate, inheritance or intangible taxes that are imposed by the various jurisdictions in which we conduct business or own property now or in the future, even if you do not live in any of those jurisdictions. We will initially own assets and conduct business in the states of Wisconsin and Texas. Wisconsin currently imposes a personal income tax and also imposes income taxes on corporations and other entities. You may be required to file state and local income tax returns and pay state and local income taxes in Wisconsin. Further, you may be subject to penalties for failure to comply with those requirements. As we make acquisitions or expand our business, we may own assets or conduct business in additional states or foreign jurisdictions that impose a personal income tax. It is your responsibility to file all U.S. federal, foreign, state and local tax returns. Our counsel has not rendered an opinion on the foreign, state or local tax consequences of an investment in our common units.

 

51


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

USE OF PROCEEDS

We intend to use the estimated net proceeds of approximately $         million from this offering (based on an assumed initial offering price of $         per common unit, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses, to reimburse capital expenditures of and pay a distribution to our sponsor.

If and to the extent the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units, the number of common units purchased by the underwriters pursuant to such exercise will be issued to the underwriters and the remainder, if any, will be issued to our sponsor. Any such units issued to our sponsor will be issued for no additional consideration. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase              additional common units in full, the additional net proceeds would be approximately $         million (based upon the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). The net proceeds from any exercise of such option will be used to make a special distribution to our sponsor. If the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units, we will issue              common units to our sponsor upon the option’s expiration. We will not receive any additional consideration from our sponsor in connection with such issuance. Accordingly, the exercise of the underwriters’ option will not affect the total number of common units outstanding or the amount of cash needed to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all units. Please read “Underwriting.”

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per common unit would cause the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by us, to increase or decrease, respectively, by approximately $         million. In addition, we may also increase or decrease the number of common units we are offering. Each increase of 1.0 million common units offered by us, together with a concomitant $1.00 increase in the assumed public offering price to $         per common unit, would increase net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million. Similarly, each decrease of 1.0 million common units offered by us, together with a concomitant $         decrease in the assumed initial offering price to $         per common unit, would decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million.

 

52


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CAPITALIZATION

The following table shows our capitalization as of March 31, 2012:

 

   

on an actual basis for our accounting predecessor, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC;

 

   

on a pro forma basis to give effect to the elimination of certain assets not contributed to us; and

 

   

on an as adjusted basis to reflect the offering of our common units and distribution to our sponsor, the other transactions described under “Summary—Formation Transactions and Partnership Structure” and the application of the net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds.”

This table is derived from, and should be read together with, the unaudited pro forma financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should also read this table in conjunction with “Summary—Formation Transactions and Partnership Structure,” “Use of Proceeds” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     As of March 31, 2012  
     Actual      Pro Forma      As Adjusted  
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 10,527       $ 3,884       $          
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt:

        

Predecessor debt (1)

   $ 55,973       $       $   

New revolving credit facility (2)

                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

     55,973                   

Members’ equity/Partners’ capital

     16,423         55,629      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization (3)

   $ 72,396       $ 55,629       $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Hi-Crush Proppants LLC is party to various subordinated promissory notes and a senior secured revolving credit facility. As of April 30, 2012, there was approximately $56.0 million outstanding under the subordinated promissory notes and $25.0 million outstanding under the senior secured credit facility. We expect Hi-Crush Proppants LLC to continue as borrower under these subordinated promissory notes and senior secured credit facility, and that we will have no ongoing obligations with respect to any borrowings thereunder upon completion of this offering.
(2) In connection with the closing of this offering, we intend to enter into a new credit facility in the aggregate principal amount of up to $         million. We do not expect to have any borrowings outstanding under this facility at the completion of this offering.
(3) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering price of $         per common unit would increase or decrease, respectively, total members’/partners’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of common units we are offering. Each increase of 1.0 million common units offered by us, together with a concomitant $1.00 increase in the assumed offering price to $         per common unit, would increase total members’/partners’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million. Similarly, each decrease of 1.0 million common units offered by us, together with a concomitant $1.00 decrease in the assumed offering price to $         per common unit, would decrease total members’/partners’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million. The information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

53


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DILUTION

Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of common units sold in this offering will exceed the net tangible book value per common unit after the offering. Assuming an initial public offering price of $         per common unit (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), on a pro forma basis as of March 31, 2012, after giving effect to the offering of common units and the related transactions, our net tangible book value would have been approximately $         million, or $         per common unit. Purchasers of our common units in this offering will experience substantial and immediate dilution in net tangible book value per common unit for financial accounting purposes, as illustrated in the following table.

 

Assumed initial public offering price per common unit

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per common unit before the offering (1)

   $                   

Increase in net tangible book value per common unit attributable to purchasers in the offering

     
  

 

 

    

Less: Pro forma net tangible book value per common unit after the offering (2)

     
     

 

 

 

Immediate dilution in net tangible book value per common unit to purchasers in the offering (3)(4)

      $     
     

 

 

 

 

(1) Determined by dividing the pro forma net tangible book value of the contributed assets and liabilities by the number of units (               common units and              subordinated units) to be issued to our general partner and its affiliates for their contribution of assets and liabilities to us.
(2) Determined by dividing our pro forma net tangible book value, after giving effect to the use of the net proceeds of the offering, by the total number of units (             common units and              subordinated units) to be outstanding after the offering.
(3) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering price of $         per common unit would increase or decrease, respectively, our pro forma net tangible book value by approximately $         million, or approximately $         per common unit, and dilution per common unit to investors in this offering by approximately $         per common unit, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of common units we are offering. An increase of 1.0 million common units offered by us, together with a concomitant $1.00 increase in the assumed offering price to $         per common unit, would result in a pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $         million, or $         per common unit, and dilution per common unit to investors in this offering would be $         per common unit. Similarly, a decrease of 1.0 million common units offered by us, together with a concomitant $1.00 decrease in the assumed public offering price to $         per common unit, would result in an pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $         million, or $         per common unit, and dilution per common unit to investors in this offering would be $         per common unit. The information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.
(4) Because the total number of units outstanding following this offering will not be impacted by any exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units and any net proceeds from such exercise will not be retained by us, there will be no change to the dilution in net tangible book value per common unit to purchasers in the offering due to any such exercise of the option.

 

54


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table sets forth the number of units that we will issue and the total consideration contributed to us by our sponsor and by the purchasers of our common units in this offering upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by this prospectus.

 

     Units     Total Consideration  
       Number    Percent     Amount    Percent  

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC (1)(2)(3)

                        

Purchasers in the offering

                        
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

Total

        100        100
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1) Upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this prospectus, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC will own              common units and              subordinated units.
(2) The assets contributed by Hi-Crush Proppants LLC will be recorded at historical cost. The pro forma book value of the consideration provided by Hi-Crush Proppants LLC as of March 31, 2012 would have been approximately $        .
(3) Assumes the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units is not exercised.

 

55


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CASH DISTRIBUTION POLICY AND RESTRICTIONS ON DISTRIBUTIONS

You should read the following discussion of our cash distribution policy in conjunction with “—Assumptions and Considerations” below, which includes the factors and assumptions upon which we base our cash distribution policy. In addition, you should read “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” for information regarding statements that do not relate strictly to historical or current facts and certain risks inherent in our business.

For additional information regarding our historical and pro forma results of operations, you should refer to the audited historical financial statements as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, for the two-month period ended December 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2011, the unaudited historical financial statements as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012 and our unaudited pro forma financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 and as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2012, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

General

Rationale for Our Cash Distribution Policy

It is our intent to distribute at least the minimum quarterly distribution of $         per unit ($         per unit on an annualized basis) on all of our units to the extent we have sufficient cash after the establishment of cash reserves and payment of our expenses, including payments to our general partner and its affiliates. Furthermore, we expect that if we are successful in executing our business strategy, we will grow our business in a steady and sustainable manner and distribute to our unitholders a portion of any increase in our cash available for distribution resulting from such growth. Our cash distribution policy reflects a judgment that our unitholders will be better served by our distributing rather than retaining our cash available for distribution.

Limitations on Cash Distributions and Our Ability to Change Our Cash Distribution Policy

There is no guarantee that we will distribute quarterly cash distributions to our unitholders. We do not have a legal or contractual obligation to pay quarterly distributions at our minimum quarterly distribution rate or at any other rate. Our cash distribution policy is subject to certain restrictions and may be changed at any time. The reasons for such uncertainties in our stated cash distribution policy include the following factors:

 

   

Our cash distribution policy will be subject to restrictions on distributions under the revolving credit facility that we expect to enter into in connection with this offering (“our new credit facility”), which will contain financial tests and covenants that we must satisfy. These financial tests and covenants are described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Facilities—Our New Credit Facility.” Should we be unable to satisfy these restrictions or if we are otherwise in default under our new credit facility, we will be prohibited from making cash distributions to you notwithstanding our stated cash distribution policy.

 

   

Our general partner will have the authority to establish cash reserves for the prudent conduct of our business, including for future cash distributions to our unitholders, and the establishment of or increase in those reserves could result in a reduction in cash distributions from levels we currently anticipate pursuant to our stated cash distribution policy. Our partnership agreement does not set a limit on the amount of cash reserves that our general partner may establish. Any decision to establish cash reserves made by our general partner in good faith will be binding on our unitholders.

 

   

Prior to making any distribution on the common units, we will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for all direct and indirect expenses they incur on our behalf. Our partnership agreement does not set a limit on the amount of expenses for which our general partner and its affiliates may be reimbursed. These expenses include salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to

 

56


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

persons who perform services for us or on our behalf and expenses allocated to our general partner by its affiliates. Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will determine in good faith the expenses that are allocable to us. The reimbursement of expenses and payment of fees, if any, to our general partner and its affiliates will reduce the amount of cash available for distribution to pay distributions to our unitholders.

 

   

Even if our cash distribution policy is not modified or revoked, the amount of distributions we pay under our cash distribution policy and the decision to make any distribution is determined by our general partner.

 

   

Under Section 17-607 of the Delaware Act, we may not make a distribution if the distribution would cause our liabilities to exceed the fair value of our assets.

 

   

We may lack sufficient cash to pay distributions to our unitholders due to cash flow shortfalls attributable to a number of operational, commercial or other factors as well as increases in our operating or general and administrative expenses, principal and interest payments on our outstanding debt, tax expenses, working capital requirements and anticipated cash needs.

 

   

If we make distributions out of capital surplus, as opposed to operating surplus, any such distributions would constitute a return of capital and would result in a reduction in the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels. Please read “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners—Adjustment to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels.” We do not anticipate that we will make any distributions from capital surplus.

 

   

Our ability to make distributions to our unitholders depends on the performance of our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute cash to us. The ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us may be restricted by, among other things, the provisions of future indebtedness, applicable state limited liability company laws and other laws and regulations.

Our Ability to Grow may be Dependent on Our Ability to Access External Expansion Capital

We expect to generally distribute a significant percentage of our cash from operations to our unitholders on a quarterly basis, after the establishment of cash reserves and payment of our expenses. Therefore, our growth may not be as fast as businesses that reinvest most or all of their cash to expand ongoing operations. Moreover, our future growth may be slower than our historical growth. We expect that we will rely primarily upon external financing sources, including bank borrowings and issuances of debt and equity interests, to fund our expansion capital expenditures. To the extent we are unable to finance growth externally, our cash distribution policy will significantly impair our ability to grow.

 

57


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our Minimum Quarterly Distribution

Pursuant to our distribution policy, we intend upon completion of this offering to declare a minimum quarterly distribution of $         per unit for each complete quarter, or $         per unit on an annualized basis. Quarterly distributions, if any, will be made within 60 days after the end of each quarter. The payment of the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of the common units and subordinated units to be outstanding after completion of this offering would require us to have cash available for distribution of approximately $         million per quarter, or $         million per year. Our ability to make cash distributions at the minimum quarterly distribution rate will be subject to the factors described above under “—General—Limitations on Cash Distributions and Our Ability to Change Our Cash Distribution Policy.” The table below sets forth the amount of common units and subordinated units that will be outstanding immediately after this offering, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units, and the cash available for distribution needed to pay the aggregate minimum quarterly distribution on all of such units for a single fiscal quarter and a four quarter period:

 

          Distributions  
     Number of
Units
   One
Quarter
     Annualized  

Publicly held common units

      $                    $                

Common units held by Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

        

Subordinated units held by Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

        
  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $         $     
  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

If the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units, we will issue common units to our sponsor, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, at the expiration of the option period. If and to the extent the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units, the number of common units purchased by the underwriters pursuant to such exercise will be issued to the underwriters and the remainder, if any, will be issued to our sponsor. Any such units issued to our sponsor will be issued for no additional consideration. Accordingly, the exercise of the underwriters’ option will not affect the total number of units outstanding or the amount of cash needed to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all units. Please read “Underwriting.”

Our general partner will initially hold the incentive distribution rights, which entitle the holder to increasing percentages, up to a maximum of 50.0%, of the cash we distribute in excess of $         per unit per quarter.

We expect to pay our distributions on or about the last day of each of February, May, August and November to holders of record on or about the 15th day of each such month. If the distribution date does not fall on a business day, we will make the distribution on the business day immediately preceding the indicated distribution date. We will adjust the quarterly distribution for the period after the closing of this offering through                     , 2012 based on the actual length of the period.

Subordinated Units

Our sponsor will initially own all of our subordinated units. The principal difference between our common units and subordinated units is that in any quarter during the subordination period, holders of the subordinated units are not entitled to receive any distribution until the common units have received the minimum quarterly distribution plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution from prior quarters. Subordinated units will not accrue arrearages. When the subordination period ends, all of the subordinated units will convert into an equal number of common units.

To the extent we do not pay the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units, our common unitholders will not be entitled to receive such payments in the future except during the subordination period. To the extent we have cash available for distribution in any future quarter during the subordination period in excess of the amount necessary to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to holders of our common units, we will use this excess cash available for distribution to pay any distribution arrearages on common units related to prior quarters before any cash distribution is made to holders of subordinated units. Please read “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners—Subordination Period.”

 

58


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Pro Forma Cash Available for Distribution for the Twelve and Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

If we had completed the transactions contemplated in this prospectus on January 1, 2011, our pro forma cash available for distribution for the twelve and three months ended March 31, 2012 would have been approximately $18.0 million and $7.4 million, respectively. This amount would have been insufficient to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our common units for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012, by approximately $                 million, but would have been sufficient to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our common units for the three months ended March 31, 2012. In addition, these amounts would have been insufficient to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our common and subordinated units for the twelve and three months ended March 31, 2012, by approximately $         million and $         million, respectively. This shortfall is primarily attributable to the following factors:

 

   

the twelve months ended March 31, 2012 included only nine months of operations, as our Wyeville facility did not commence operations until July 2011; and

 

   

neither the twelve nor three months ended March 31, 2012 reflected the impact of our Wyeville plant expansion, which was completed in March 2012, and sales under new contracts with subsidiaries of Baker Hughes and FTS International associated with the expansion, which commenced in May 2012 and will initially be reflected in our operating results for the second quarter of 2012.

The pro forma financial statements, upon which pro forma cash available for distribution is based, do not purport to present our results of operations had the transactions contemplated in this prospectus actually been completed as of the date indicated. Furthermore, cash available for distribution is a cash accounting concept, while our pro forma financial statements have been prepared on an accrual basis. We derived the amounts of pro forma cash available for distribution in the manner described in the table below. As a result, the amount of pro forma cash available for distribution should only be viewed as a general indication of the amount of cash available for distribution that we might have generated had we been formed in an earlier period.

Following the completion of this offering, we estimate that we will incur $3.8 million of incremental annual general and administrative expenses as a result of operating as a publicly traded partnership and our recent expansion. These incremental general and administrative expenses are not reflected in our unaudited pro forma financial statements and consist of $2.1 million of expenses that we expect to incur as a result of operating as a publicly traded partnership, such as expenses associated with annual and quarterly reporting, tax return and Schedule K-1 preparation and distribution expenses, Sarbanes-Oxley compliance expenses, expenses associated with listing on the NYSE, independent auditor fees, legal fees, investor relations expenses, registrar and transfer agent fees, director and officer insurance expenses and director and officer compensation expenses, as well as incremental administrative expenses to support our recent expansion, including management level positions in operations, human resources, legal, accounting and reporting, as well as license fees associated with upgrading accounting and reporting software. We expect the incremental expenses related to our recent expansion to gradually increase over time as we hire additional personnel, from about $0.7 million for the year ending December 31, 2012 to $1.7 million on an annualized basis by September 30, 2013, the end of the projection period provided under “—Estimated Cash Available for Distribution for the Twelve Months Ending September 30, 2013.”

Our unaudited pro forma financial statements are derived from the audited and unaudited historical financial statements of our accounting predecessor, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, included elsewhere in this prospectus and Hi-Crush Proppants LLC’s accounting records, which are unaudited. Our unaudited pro forma financial statements should be read together with “Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the audited and unaudited historical financial statements of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The following table illustrates, on a pro forma basis for the three and the twelve months ended March 31, 2012, the amount of cash that would have been available for distribution to our unitholders, assuming that the transactions contemplated in this prospectus had been consummated on January 1, 2011. Certain of the adjustments reflected or presented below are explained in the footnotes to such adjustments.

 

59


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Partners LP

Unaudited Pro Forma Cash Available for Distribution

 

     Pro Forma for the
Twelve Months Ended

March 31, 2012 (2)
     Pro Forma for the
Three Months Ended

March 31, 2012 (2)
 
    

(in thousands,

except per unit data)

    

(in thousands,

except per unit data)

 

Operating revenues

   $ 33,885       $ 13,532   

Operating expenses:

     

Production costs (1)

     10,595         4,597   

Depreciation and depletion

     628         179   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Costs of goods sold

     11,223         4,776   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     22,662         8,756   

General and administrative expenses

     2,161         646   

Accretion of asset retirement obligations

     34         6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

     20,467         8,104   

Interest expense, net

     363         91   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (2)

     20,104         8,013   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to EBITDA:

     

Add:

     

Depreciation and depletion

     628         179   

Interest expense, net (3)

     363         91   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

EBITDA (1)

     21,095         8,283   

Less:

     

Cash interest expense (3)

     263         66   

Maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, including accrual for reserve replacement (4)

     750         301   

Incremental general and administrative expenses (5)

     2,100         525   

Plus:

     

Accretion of asset retirement obligations

     34         6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Estimated cash available for distribution by Hi-Crush Partners LP

   $ 18,016       $ 7,397   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Minimum annual distribution per unit (based on a minimum quarterly distribution rate of $         per unit)

     

Annual distributions to:

     

Public common unitholders

     

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC:

     

Common units

     

Subordinated units

     

Total distributions to Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

     

Total distributions to our unitholders at the minimum distribution rate

     

Shortfall

     

 

(1) For more information, please read “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(2) Reflects our pro forma operating results for the periods indicated, derived from or prepared on a basis consistent with our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma adjustments reflected in our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements for the three and twelve months ended March 31, 2012 have been prepared as if this offering had taken place on January 1, 2011.

 

60


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(3) Interest expense, net and cash interest expense both include commitment and administrative agent fees on our new credit facility. Interest expense, net also includes the amortization of debt issuance costs incurred in connection with our new credit facility.
(4) Maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, including accrual for reserve replacement, was determined based on $1.35 per ton of sand sold during the periods presented. This reflects an estimate of reserve replacement cost, but it is not a reserve or requirement to spend the capital. Please read “—Estimated Cash Available for Distribution for the Twelve Months Ending September 30, 2013—Maintenance and Replacement Capital Expenditures.”
(5) Reflects an adjustment to our EBITDA for approximately $2.1 million of incremental general and administrative expenses that we expect to incur as a result of operating as a publicly traded partnership that are not reflected in our unaudited pro forma financial statements.

Estimated Cash Available for Distribution for the Twelve Months Ending September 30, 2013

Set forth below is a statement of Estimated Cash Available for Distribution that reflects a forecast of our ability to generate sufficient cash flows to make the minimum quarterly distribution on all of our outstanding limited partner units for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013, based on assumptions we believe to be reasonable. These assumptions include adjustments giving effect to this offering.

Our estimated cash available for distribution reflects our judgment as of the date of this prospectus of conditions we expect to exist and the course of action we expect to take during the twelve months ending September 30, 2013. The assumptions disclosed under “—Assumptions and Considerations” below are those that we believe are significant to our ability to generate such estimated cash available for distribution. We believe our actual results of operations and cash flows for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013 will be sufficient to generate our estimated cash available for distribution for such period; however, we can give you no assurance that such estimated cash available for distribution will be achieved. There will likely be differences between our estimated cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013 and our actual results for such period and those differences could be material. If we fail to generate the estimated cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013, we may not be able to pay cash distributions on our common units at the minimum quarterly distribution rate or at any rate.

We do not as a matter of course make public projections as to future operations, earnings or other results. However, management has prepared the estimated cash available for distribution and assumptions set forth below to substantiate our belief that we will have sufficient cash available to make the minimum quarterly distribution to our unitholders for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013. This prospective financial information was not prepared with a view toward compliance with published guidelines of the SEC or the guidelines established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants for preparation and presentation of prospective financial information, but, in the view of our management, was prepared on a reasonable basis, reflects the best currently available estimates and judgments and presents, to the best of management’s knowledge and belief, the assumptions on which we base our belief that we can generate the estimated cash available for distribution necessary for us to have sufficient cash available for distribution to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution to all of our unitholders for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013. However, this information is not historical fact and should not be relied upon as being necessarily indicative of future results, and readers of this prospectus are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the prospective financial information. The prospective financial information included in this offering document has been prepared by, and is the responsibility of, the Company’s management. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has neither examined, compiled nor performed any procedures with respect to the accompanying prospective financial information and, accordingly, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto. The PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP report included in this offering document relates to the Company’s historical financial information. It does not extend to the prospective financial information and should not be read to do so.

 

61


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

When considering the estimated cash available for distribution set forth below you should keep in mind the risk factors and other cautionary statements under “Risk Factors.” Any of the risks discussed in this prospectus could cause our actual results of operations to vary significantly from those supporting such estimated available cash. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the forecast is indicative of our future performance. Inclusion of the forecast in this prospectus is not a representation by any person, including us or the underwriters, that the results in the forecast will be achieved.

We are providing the estimated cash available for distribution and related assumptions for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013 to supplement our pro forma and historical financial statements in support of our belief that we will have sufficient available cash to allow us to pay cash distributions on all of our outstanding common and subordinated units for each quarter in the twelve-month period ending September 30, 2013 at our stated minimum quarterly distribution rate. Please read below under “—Assumptions and Considerations” for further information as to the assumptions we have made for the preparation of the estimated cash available for distribution set forth below. The narrative descriptions of our assumptions in “—Assumptions and Considerations” generally compare our estimated cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013 with the unaudited pro forma cash available for distribution for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012 presented under “—Pro Forma Cash Available for Distribution for the Twelve and Three Months Ended March 31, 2012.” We have not provided any narrative comparison to our unaudited pro forma cash available for distribution for the three months ended March 31, 2012, as we do not believe comparing a three-month period to a twelve-month period is useful to investors.

We do not undertake any obligation to release publicly the results of any future revisions we may make to the assumptions used in generating our estimated cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013 or to update those assumptions to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus. Therefore, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on this information.

 

62


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Partners LP

Estimated Cash Available for Distribution

 

     Twelve Months
Ending
September 30,
2013
 
     (in millions)  
     (unaudited)  

Operating revenues

   $ 96.4   

Operating expenses:

  

Production costs (1)

     30.9   

Depreciation and depletion

     1.7   
  

 

 

 

Costs of goods sold

     32.6   
  

 

 

 

Gross profit

     63.8   

General and administrative expenses (2)

     6.2   

Accretion of asset retirement obligations

     0.0   
  

 

 

 

Operating income

     57.6   

Interest expense, net (3)

     0.4   
  

 

 

 

Net income

     57.2   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to estimated EBITDA:

  

Add:

  

Depreciation and depletion

     1.7   

Interest expense, net (3)

     0.4   
  

 

 

 

EBITDA (1)

     59.3   

Adjustments to reconcile estimated EBITDA to estimated cash available for distribution:

  

Less:

  

Cash interest expense

     0.3   

Estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, including accrual for reserve replacement (4)

     2.0   

Plus:

  

Accretion of asset retirement obligations

     0.0   
  

 

 

 

Estimated cash available for distribution

   $ 57.0   
  

 

 

 

Minimum annual distributions per unit (based on minimum quarterly distribution rate of $         per unit)

  

Distributions to public common unitholders

  

Distributions to Hi-Crush Proppants LLC—common units

  

Distributions to Hi-Crush Proppants LLC—subordinated units

  

Total distributions

  
  

 

 

 

Excess of cash available for distribution over aggregate annualized minimum quarterly cash distributions

  

 

(1) For more information, please read “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(2) Includes general and administrative expenses of $2.4 million allocated from Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and its affiliates, an incremental $1.7 million of administrative expenses to support our recent expansion and $2.1 million of incremental general and administrative expenses that we expect to incur as a result of operating as a publicly traded partnership.

 

63


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(3) Reflects the pro forma amortization during the forecast period of the $0.5 million in credit facility arrangement fees, which will be amortized over a five-year period, an annual $0.1 million administrative agent fee and commitment fees of $0.2 million. We expect to have no indebtedness outstanding during the twelve months ending September 30, 2013. Please read “—Our Financing” below for additional detail on the calculation of interest expense.
(4) Maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, including accrual for reserve replacement, was determined based on $1.35 per ton of sand sold during the projected period. This reflects an estimate of reserve replacement cost, but it is not a reserve or requirement to spend the capital. Please read “Estimated Cash Available for Distribution for the Twelve Months Ending September 30, 2013—Maintenance and Replacement Capital Expenditures.”

Assumptions and Considerations

We believe that our cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013 will not be less than $57.0 million. This amount of estimated cash available for distribution is approximately $39.0 million more than the pro forma cash available for distribution we generated for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012, due in part to only nine months of operating revenue from the Wyeville facility, which commenced operations in July 2011. As we discuss in further detail below, we believe that increased income from a full year’s operation of the Wyeville facility, the completion of our plant expansion in March 2012, and commencement of deliveries under our contracts with subsidiaries of Baker Hughes and FTS International in May 2012 will result in our generating higher cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013. The assumptions and estimates we have made to support our ability to generate the estimated cash available for distribution are set forth below.

Our Operating Revenue

We estimate that we will generate approximately $96.4 million in total revenues for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013. This estimate assumes that we will make sales of our total contracted volume of 1,460,000 tons of frac sand at contracted prices over the forecast period. All of these revenues are expected to be generated from sales contracts that require our customers to pay a specified price for a specified volume each month. We generated $33.9 million in revenues for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012. The expected $62.5 million increase in our revenues from the twelve months ending September 30, 2013, compared to the twelve months ended March 31, 2012, is primarily due to:

 

   

increased revenues of $51.9 million resulting from 730,000 tons of incremental frac sand sales that were contracted as part of the March 2012 plant expansion; and

 

   

$10.6 million in incremental revenue associated with operating for the full twelve-month period.

Our Expenses

We estimate that our production costs will be approximately $30.9 million for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013, as compared to pro forma production costs of approximately $10.7 million for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012. The increase results from:

 

   

increased excavation costs and royalties of $10.1 million related to higher frac sand volumes excavated and sold;

 

   

increased personnel and plant operating expenses of $7.0 million related to our recent expansion; and

 

   

additional personnel and plant operating expenses of $3.2 million associated with operating for the full twelve-month period.

 

64


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We estimate that our general and administrative expenses will be approximately $6.2 million for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013, as compared to pro forma general and administrative expenses of approximately $2.2 million for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012. The change is primarily due to:

 

   

approximately $2.1 million of incremental general and administrative expenses resulting from our being a publicly traded limited partnership; and

 

   

an incremental $1.7 million of administrative expenses to support our recent expansion, including management level positions in operations, human resources, legal, accounting and reporting, as well as license fees associated with upgrading accounting and reporting software.

We estimate our depreciation and depletion expense for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013 for the Wyeville facility will be approximately $1.7 million, as compared to pro forma depreciation and depletion expense of approximately $0.6 million for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012. The increase in estimated depreciation and depletion expense is primarily due to completion of the plant expansion in March 2012 and as a result of operating for the full twelve-month period.

Our Capital Expenditures

We estimate that maintenance and replacement capital expenditures relating to the Wyeville facility will be approximately $2.0 million for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013. This amount is calculated based on $1.35 per ton of sand sold and the 1,460,000 tons of sand contracted to be sold during the period. The increase from $0.7 million for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012 is attributable to the increase in tons of sand sold as a result of the plant expansion that was completed in March 2012 and a full twelve-month period of operations. Please read “—Maintenance and Replacement Capital Expenditures.”

Our Financing

Our interest and debt expense for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013 is based on the following assumptions:

 

   

At the closing of this offering we will not have any borrowings under our new $         million credit facility nor will we have borrowings during the twelve months ending September 30, 2013.

 

   

Our new credit facility will have a commitment fee of     %.

 

   

We will remain in compliance with the financial and other covenants in our new credit facility.

Our Regulatory, Industry and Economic Factors

Our forecast of our results of operations for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013 is based on the following assumptions related to regulatory, industry and economic factors:

 

   

There will not be any new federal, state or local regulations affecting our operations or those of our customers, or any new interpretations of existing regulations, that will be materially adverse to our business during the twelve months ending September 30, 2013.

 

   

There will not be any major adverse changes affecting our operations or those of our customers during the twelve months ending September 30, 2013.

 

   

There will not be any material accidents, weather-related incidents, unscheduled downtime or similar unanticipated events with respect to our facilities or those of third parties on which we depend.

 

   

Industry, insurance and overall economic conditions will not change substantially during the twelve months ending September 30, 2013.

 

   

There will not be any material non-performance by our customers.

 

65


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Maintenance and Replacement Capital Expenditures

For our purposes, maintenance and replacement capital expenditures are those capital expenditures required to maintain, over the long term, the operating capacity of our capital assets, and expansion capital expenditures are those capital expenditures that increase, over the long term, the operating capacity of our capital assets. Examples of maintenance and replacement capital expenditures include expenditures associated with the replacement of equipment and sand reserves, to the extent such expenditures are made to maintain our long-term operating capacity.

Because our maintenance and replacement capital expenditures can be irregular, the amount of our actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures may differ substantially from period to period, which could cause similar fluctuations in the amounts of cash available for distribution. We do not expect to spend capital to replace our reserves ratably quarter-over-quarter or year-over-year but expect, over the long term, to invest capital to maintain our operating capacity. We currently expense costs associated with maintaining our wet and dry plants as they are incurred. However, for purposes of calculating our pro forma estimated cash available for distribution for the three and twelve months ended March 31, 2012 and our estimated cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013, maintenance and replacement capital expenditures were determined based on an estimated reserve replacement cost of $1.35 per ton of sand sold. While this reflects a reserve replacement cost, it is not a reserve or requirement to spend capital.

 

66


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HOW WE MAKE DISTRIBUTIONS TO OUR PARTNERS

Set forth below is a summary of the significant provisions of our partnership agreement that relate to cash distributions.

General

Intent to Distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution

Within 60 days after the end of each quarter, beginning with the quarter ending                     , 2012, we intend to distribute to the holders of common and subordinated units on a quarterly basis at least the minimum quarterly distribution of $         per unit, or $         on an annualized basis, to the extent we have sufficient cash after establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including payments to our general partner and its affiliates. We will adjust the minimum quarterly distribution for the period after the closing of the offering through                     , 2012.

Even if our cash distribution policy is not modified or revoked, the amount of distributions paid under our policy and the decision to make any distribution is determined by our general partner. Our partnership agreement does not contain a requirement for us to pay distributions to our unitholders, and there is no guarantee that we will pay the minimum quarterly distribution, or any distribution, on the units in any quarter. However, it does contain provisions intended to motivate our general partner to make steady, increasing and sustainable distributions over time.

General Partner Interest

Our general partner owns a non-economic general partner interest in us, which does not entitle it to receive cash distributions. However, our general partner may in the future own common units or other equity securities in us and will be entitled to receive distributions on any such interests.

Incentive Distribution Rights

Our general partner also currently holds incentive distribution rights that entitle it to receive increasing percentages, up to a maximum of 50.0%, of the cash we distribute from operating surplus (as defined below) in excess of $         per unit per quarter. The maximum distribution of 50.0% does not include any distributions that our general partner may receive on any limited partner units that it owns.

Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus

General

Any distributions we make will be characterized as made from “operating surplus” or “capital surplus.” Distributions from operating surplus are made differently than cash distributions that we would make from capital surplus. Operating surplus distributions will be made to our unitholders and, if we make quarterly distributions above the first target distribution level described below, to the holder of our incentive distribution rights. We do not anticipate that we will make any distributions from capital surplus. In such an event, however, any capital surplus distribution would be made pro rata to all unitholders, but the holder of the incentive distribution rights would generally not participate in any capital surplus distributions with respect to those rights.

Operating Surplus

We define operating surplus as:

 

   

$         million (as described below); plus

 

   

all of our cash receipts after the closing of this offering, excluding cash from interim capital transactions (as defined below); plus

 

67


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

working capital borrowings made after the end of a period but on or before the date of determination of operating surplus for the period; plus

 

   

cash distributions paid in respect of equity issued (including incremental distributions on incentive distribution rights), other than equity issued on the closing date of this offering, to finance all or a portion of expansion capital expenditures in respect of the period from such financing until the earlier to occur of the date the capital asset commences commercial service and the date that it is abandoned or disposed of; plus

 

   

cash distributions paid in respect of equity issued (including incremental distributions on incentive distribution rights) to pay the construction period interest on debt incurred, or to pay construction period distributions on equity issued, to finance the expansion capital expenditures referred to above, in each case, in respect of the period from such financing until the earlier to occur of the date the capital asset is placed in service and the date that it is abandoned or disposed of; less

 

   

all of our operating expenditures (as defined below) after the closing of this offering; less

 

   

the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner to provide funds for future operating expenditures; less

 

   

all working capital borrowings not repaid within twelve months after having been incurred, or repaid within such twelve-month period with the proceeds of additional working capital borrowings; less

 

   

any loss realized on disposition of an investment capital expenditure.

As described above, operating surplus does not reflect actual cash on hand that is available for distribution to our unitholders and is not limited to cash generated by our operations. For example, it includes a basket of $             million that will enable us, if we choose, to distribute as operating surplus cash we receive in the future from non-operating sources such as asset sales, issuances of securities and long-term borrowings that would otherwise be distributed as capital surplus. In addition, the effect of including, as described above, certain cash distributions on equity interests in operating surplus will be to increase operating surplus by the amount of any such cash distributions. As a result, we may also distribute as operating surplus up to the amount of any such cash that we receive from non-operating sources.

The proceeds of working capital borrowings increase operating surplus and repayments of working capital borrowings are generally operating expenditures, as described below, and thus reduce operating surplus when made. However, if a working capital borrowing is not repaid during the twelve-month period following the borrowing, it will be deemed repaid at the end of such period, thus decreasing operating surplus at such time. When such working capital borrowing is in fact repaid, it will be excluded from operating expenditures because operating surplus will have been previously reduced by the deemed repayment.

We define operating expenditures in our partnership agreement, which generally means all of our cash expenditures, including, but not limited to, taxes, reimbursement of expenses to our general partner or its affiliates, payments made under interest rate hedge agreements or commodity hedge agreements (provided that (1) with respect to amounts paid in connection with the initial purchase of an interest rate hedge contract or a commodity hedge contract, such amounts will be amortized over the life of the applicable interest rate hedge contract or commodity hedge contract and (2) payments made in connection with the termination of any interest rate hedge contract or commodity hedge contract prior to the expiration of its stipulated settlement or termination date will be included in operating expenditures in equal quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of such interest rate hedge contract or commodity hedge contract), officer compensation, repayment of working capital borrowings, debt service payments and estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures (as discussed in further detail below), provided that operating expenditures will not include:

 

   

repayment of working capital borrowings deducted from operating surplus pursuant to the penultimate bullet point of the definition of operating surplus above when such repayment actually occurs;

 

68


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

payments (including prepayments and prepayment penalties and the purchase price of indebtedness that is repurchased and cancelled) of principal of and premium on indebtedness, other than working capital borrowings;

 

   

expansion capital expenditures;

 

   

actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures (as discussed in further detail below);

 

   

investment capital expenditures;

 

   

payment of transaction expenses relating to interim capital transactions;

 

   

distributions to our partners (including distributions in respect of our incentive distribution rights); or

 

   

repurchases of equity interests except to fund obligations under employee benefit plans.

Capital Surplus

Capital surplus is defined in our partnership agreement as any cash distributed in excess of our operating surplus. Accordingly, capital surplus would generally be generated only by the following (which we refer to as “interim capital transactions”):

 

   

borrowings other than working capital borrowings;

 

   

sales of our equity and debt securities; and

 

   

sales or other dispositions of assets for cash, other than inventory, accounts receivable and other assets sold in the ordinary course of business or as part of normal retirement or replacement of assets.

Characterization of Cash Distributions

Our partnership agreement requires that we treat all cash distributed as coming from operating surplus until the sum of all cash distributed since the closing of this offering equals the operating surplus from the closing of this offering through the end of the quarter immediately preceding that distribution. Our partnership agreement requires that we treat any amount distributed in excess of operating surplus, regardless of its source, as distributions of capital surplus. As described above, operating surplus includes up to $         million, which does not reflect actual cash on hand that is available for distribution to our unitholders. Rather, it is a provision that will enable us, if we choose, to distribute as operating surplus up to this amount that would otherwise be distributed as capital surplus. We do not anticipate that we will make any distributions from capital surplus.

Capital Expenditures

Estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures reduce operating surplus, but expansion capital expenditures, actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures and investment capital expenditures do not. Maintenance and replacement capital expenditures are those capital expenditures required to maintain our long-term operating capacity. Examples of maintenance and replacement capital expenditures include expenditures associated with the replacement of equipment and sand reserves, to the extent such expenditures are made to maintain our long-term operating capacity. Maintenance and replacement capital expenditures will also include interest (and related fees) on debt incurred and distributions on equity issued (including incremental distributions on incentive distribution rights) to finance all or any portion of the construction or development of a replacement asset that is paid in respect of the period that begins when we enter into a binding obligation to commence constructing or developing a replacement asset and ending on the earlier to occur of the date that any such replacement asset commences commercial service and the date that such asset is abandoned or disposed. Capital expenditures made solely for investment purposes will not be considered maintenance and replacement capital expenditures.

Because our maintenance and replacement capital expenditures can be irregular, the amount of our actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures may differ substantially from period to period, which could

 

69


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

cause similar fluctuations in the amounts of operating surplus and adjusted operating surplus if we subtracted actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures from operating surplus.

Our partnership agreement will require that an estimate of the average quarterly maintenance and replacement capital expenditures necessary to maintain our operating capacity over the long-term be subtracted from operating surplus each quarter as opposed to the actual amounts spent. The amount of estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures deducted from operating surplus for those periods will be subject to review and change by our general partner at least once a year, provided that any change is approved by our conflicts committee. The estimate will be made at least annually and whenever an event occurs that is likely to result in a material adjustment to the amount of our maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, such as a major acquisition or the introduction of new governmental regulations that will impact our business. Our partnership agreement does not set a limit on the amount of maintenance and replacement capital expenditures that our general partner may estimate. For purposes of calculating operating surplus, any adjustment to this estimate will be prospective only. For a discussion of the amounts we have allocated toward estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, please read “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

The use of estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures in calculating operating surplus will have the following effects:

 

   

the amount of actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures in any quarter will not directly reduce operating surplus but will instead be factored into the estimate of the average quarterly maintenance and replacement capital expenditures. This may result in the subordinated units converting into common units when the use of actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures would result in lower operating surplus during the subordination period and potentially result in the tests for conversion of the subordinated units not being satisfied;

 

   

it may increase our ability to distribute as operating surplus cash we receive from non-operating sources; and

 

   

it may be more difficult for us to raise our distribution above the minimum quarterly distribution and pay incentive distributions on the incentive distribution rights held by our general partner.

Expansion capital expenditures are those capital expenditures that we expect will increase our operating capacity over the long term. Examples of expansion capital expenditures include the acquisition of new reserves or equipment, development of a new surface mine or the expansion of an existing surface mine, to the extent such capital expenditures are expected to expand our long-term operating capacity. Expansion capital expenditures will also include interest (and related fees) on debt incurred and distributions on equity issued (including incremental distributions on incentive distribution rights) to finance all or any portion of the construction of such capital improvement in respect of the period that commences when we enter into a binding obligation to commence construction of a capital improvement and ending on the earlier to occur of the date any such capital improvement commences commercial service and the date that it is disposed of or abandoned. Capital expenditures made solely for investment purposes will not be considered expansion capital expenditures.

Investment capital expenditures are those capital expenditures that are neither maintenance and replacement capital expenditures nor expansion capital expenditures. Investment capital expenditures largely will consist of capital expenditures made for investment purposes. Examples of investment capital expenditures include traditional capital expenditures for investment purposes, such as purchases of securities, as well as other capital expenditures that might be made in lieu of such traditional investment capital expenditures, such as the acquisition of a capital asset for investment purposes or development of assets that are in excess of the maintenance of our existing operating capacity, but which are not expected to expand, for more than the short term, our operating capacity.

 

70


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

As described below, neither investment capital expenditures nor expansion capital expenditures are included in operating expenditures, and thus will not reduce operating surplus. Because expansion capital expenditures include interest payments (and related fees) on debt incurred to finance all or a portion of the construction, replacement or improvement of a capital asset in respect of a period that begins when we enter into a binding obligation to commence construction of a capital improvement and ending on the earlier to occur of the date any such capital asset commences commercial service and the date that it is abandoned or disposed of, such interest payments also do not reduce operating surplus. Losses on disposition of an investment capital expenditure will reduce operating surplus when realized and cash receipts from an investment capital expenditure will be treated as a cash receipt for purposes of calculating operating surplus only to the extent the cash receipt is a return on principal.

Capital expenditures that are made in part for maintenance and replacement capital purposes, investment capital purposes and/or expansion capital purposes will be allocated as maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, investment capital expenditures or expansion capital expenditures by our general partner.

Subordination Period

General

Our partnership agreement provides that, during the subordination period (which we describe below), the common units will have the right to receive distributions from operating surplus each quarter in an amount equal to $         per common unit, which amount is defined in our partnership agreement as the minimum quarterly distribution, plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units from prior quarters, before any distributions from operating surplus may be made on the subordinated units. These units are deemed “subordinated” because for a period of time, referred to as the subordination period, the subordinated units will not be entitled to receive any distributions from operating surplus until the common units have received the minimum quarterly distribution plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution from prior quarters. Furthermore, no arrearages will be paid on the subordinated units. The practical effect of the subordinated units is to increase the likelihood that during the subordination period there will be sufficient cash from operating surplus to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units.

Determination of Subordination Period

Our sponsor will initially own all of our subordinated units. Except as described below, the subordination period will begin on the closing date of this offering and expire on the first business day after the distribution to unitholders in respect of any quarter, beginning with the quarter ending                     , 2015, if each of the following has occurred:

 

   

distributions from operating surplus on each of the outstanding common and subordinated units equaled or exceeded the minimum quarterly distribution for each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date;

 

   

the “adjusted operating surplus” (as defined below) generated during each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date equaled or exceeded the sum of the minimum quarterly distribution on all of the outstanding common and subordinated units during those periods on a fully diluted weighted average basis; and

 

   

there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units.

Early Termination of Subordination Period

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the subordination period will automatically terminate, and all of the subordinated units will convert into common units on a one-for-one basis, on the first business day after the distribution to unitholders in respect of any quarter, beginning with the quarter ending                     , 2013, if each of the following has occurred:

 

   

distributions from operating surplus exceeded $         (150.0% of the annualized minimum quarterly distribution) on all outstanding common units and subordinated units, plus the related distributions on the incentive distribution rights for a four-quarter period immediately preceding that date;

 

71


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

the “adjusted operating surplus” (as defined below) generated during the four-quarter period immediately preceding that date equaled or exceeded the sum of $         (150.0% of the annualized minimum quarterly distribution) on all of the outstanding common and subordinated units during that period on a fully diluted weighted average basis, plus the related distribution on the incentive distribution rights; and

 

   

there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distributions on the common units.

Expiration Upon Removal of the General Partner

In addition, if the unitholders remove our general partner other than for cause:

 

   

the subordinated units held by any person will immediately and automatically convert into common units on a one-for-one basis, provided (1) neither such person nor any of its affiliates voted any of its units in favor of the removal and (2) such person is not an affiliate of the successor general partner; and

 

   

if all of the subordinated units convert pursuant to the foregoing, all cumulative common unit arrearages on the common units will be extinguished and the subordination period will end.

Expiration of the Subordination Period

When the subordination period ends, each outstanding subordinated unit will convert into one common unit and will then participate pro-rata with the other common units in distributions.

Adjusted Operating Surplus

Adjusted operating surplus is intended to reflect the cash generated from operations during a particular period and therefore excludes net increases in working capital borrowings and net drawdowns of reserves of cash generated in prior periods. Adjusted operating surplus consists of:

 

   

operating surplus generated with respect to that period (excluding any amounts attributable to the items described in the first bullet point under “—Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus—Operating Surplus” above); less

 

   

any net increase in working capital borrowings with respect to that period; less

 

   

any net decrease in cash reserves for operating expenditures with respect to that period not relating to an operating expenditure made with respect to that period; plus

 

   

any net decrease in working capital borrowings with respect to that period; plus

 

   

any net increase in cash reserves for operating expenditures with respect to that period required by any debt instrument for the repayment of principal, interest or premium; plus

 

   

any net decrease made in subsequent periods in cash reserves for operating expenditures initially established with respect to such period to the extent such decrease results in a reduction of adjusted operating surplus in subsequent periods pursuant to the third bullet point above.

Distributions From Operating Surplus During the Subordination Period

If we make a distribution from operating surplus for any quarter during the subordination period, our partnership agreement requires that we make the distribution in the following manner:

 

   

first , to the common unitholders, pro rata, until we distribute for each common unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter and any arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units for any prior quarters;

 

   

second , to the subordinated unitholders, pro rata, until we distribute for each subordinated unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter; and

 

   

thereafter , in the manner described in “—Incentive Distribution Rights” below.

 

72


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Distributions From Operating Surplus After the Subordination Period

If we make distributions of cash from operating surplus for any quarter after the subordination period, our partnership agreement requires that we make the distribution in the following manner:

 

   

first , to all common unitholders, pro rata, until we distribute for each common unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter; and

 

   

thereafter , in the manner described in “—Incentive Distribution Rights” below.

General Partner Interest

Our general partner owns a non-economic general partner interest in us, which does not entitle it to receive cash distributions. However, our general partner may in the future own common units or other equity securities in us and will be entitled to receive distributions on any such interests.

Incentive Distribution Rights

Incentive distribution rights represent the right to receive increasing percentages (15.0%, 25.0% and 50.0%) of quarterly distributions from operating surplus after the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels have been achieved. Our general partner currently holds the incentive distribution rights, but may transfer these rights separately from its general partner interest.

If for any quarter:

 

   

we have distributed cash from operating surplus to the common and subordinated unitholders in an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution; and

 

   

we have distributed cash from operating surplus on outstanding common units in an amount necessary to eliminate any cumulative arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution;

then we will make additional distributions from operating surplus for that quarter among the unitholders and the general partner in the following manner:

 

   

first , to all unitholders, pro rata, until each unitholder receives a total of $         per unit for that quarter (the “first target distribution”);

 

   

second , 85.0% to all common unitholders and subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to the holders of our incentive distribution rights, until each unitholder receives a total of $         per unit for that quarter (the “second target distribution”);

 

   

third , 75.0% to all common unitholders and subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to the holders of our incentive distribution rights, until each unitholder receives a total of $         per unit for that quarter (the “third target distribution”); and

 

   

thereafter , 50.0% to all common unitholders and subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0% to the holders of our incentive distribution rights.

Percentage Allocations of Distributions From Operating Surplus

The following table illustrates the percentage allocations of distributions from operating surplus between the unitholders and our general partner based on the specified target distribution levels. The amounts set forth under the column heading “Marginal Percentage Interest in Distributions” are the percentage interests of our general partner and the unitholders in any distributions from operating surplus we distribute up to and including the corresponding amount in the column “Total Quarterly Distribution Per Unit.” The percentage interests shown for our unitholders and our general partner for the minimum quarterly distribution are also applicable to quarterly

 

73


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

distribution amounts that are less than the minimum quarterly distribution. The percentage interests set forth below assume our general partner has not transferred its incentive distribution rights and there are no arrearages on common units.

 

     Total Quarterly Distribution
Per Common Unit and
Subordinated Unit
     Marginal Percentage
Interest in Distributions
 
        Unitholders     General Partner  

Minimum Quarterly Distribution

   $                      100.0     0

First Target Distribution

   above $          up to $                 100.0     0

Second Target Distribution

   above $          up to $                 85.0     15.0

Third Target Distribution

   above $          up to $                 75.0     25.0

Thereafter

   above $                  50.0     50.0

General Partner’s Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels

Our general partner, as the initial holder of our incentive distribution rights, has the right under our partnership agreement to elect to relinquish the right to receive incentive distribution payments based on the initial target distribution levels and to reset, at higher levels, the target distribution levels upon which the incentive distribution payments to our general partner would be set. If our general partner transfers all or a portion of our incentive distribution rights in the future, then the holder or holders of a majority of our incentive distribution rights will be entitled to exercise this right. The following discussion assumes that our general partner holds all of the incentive distribution rights at the time that a reset election is made. The right to reset the target distribution levels upon which the incentive distributions are based may be exercised, without approval of our unitholders or the conflicts committee of our general partner, at any time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and we have made cash distributions to the holders of the incentive distribution rights at the highest level of incentive distribution for the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters. The reset target distribution levels will be higher than the target distribution levels prior to the reset such that there will be no incentive distributions paid under the reset target distribution levels until cash distributions per unit following the reset event increase as described below. We anticipate that our general partner would exercise this reset right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would otherwise not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per common unit, taking into account the existing levels of incentive distribution payments being made to our general partner.

In connection with the resetting of the target distribution levels and the corresponding relinquishment by our general partner of incentive distribution payments based on the target cash distributions prior to the reset, our general partner will be entitled to receive a number of newly issued common units based on a predetermined formula described below that takes into account the “cash parity” value of the cash distributions related to the incentive distribution rights received by our general partner for the quarter prior to the reset event as compared to the cash distribution per common unit in such quarter.

The number of common units that our general partner would be entitled to receive from us in connection with a resetting of the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels then in effect would be equal to the quotient determined by dividing (x) the amount of cash distributions received by our general partner in respect of its incentive distribution rights for the fiscal quarter ended immediately prior to the date of such reset election by (y) the amount of cash distributed per common unit with respect to such quarter. Our general partner would be entitled to receive distributions in respect of these common units pro rata in subsequent periods.

Following a reset election, a baseline minimum quarterly distribution amount will be calculated as an amount equal to the cash distribution amount per unit for the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the reset election (which amount we refer to as the “reset minimum quarterly distribution”) and the target distribution levels will be reset to be correspondingly higher such that we would make distributions from operating surplus for each quarter thereafter as follows:

 

   

first , to all common unitholders, pro rata, until each unitholder receives an amount per unit equal to 115.0% of the reset minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter;

 

74


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

second , 85.0% to all common unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to our general partner, until each unitholder receives an amount per unit equal to 125.0% of the reset minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter;

 

   

third , 75.0% to all common unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to our general partner, until each unitholder receives an amount per unit equal to 150.0% of the reset minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter; and

 

   

thereafter , 50.0% to all common unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0% to our general partner.

Because a reset election can only occur after the subordination period expires, the reset minimum quarterly distribution will have no significance except as a baseline for the target distribution levels.

The following table illustrates the percentage allocation of distributions from operating surplus between the unitholders and our general partner at various distribution levels (1) pursuant to the distribution provisions of our partnership agreement in effect at the closing of this offering, as well as (2) following a hypothetical reset of the target distribution levels based on the assumption that the quarterly distribution amount per common unit during the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the reset election was $        .

 

     Quarterly
Distribution Per Unit
               Prior to Reset              
   Unitholders     General
Partner
    Quarterly Distribution Per
Unit Following
              Hypothetical Reset              

First Target Distribution

   up to $              100.0     0.0   above $         up to $          (1)

Second Target Distribution

   above $        up to $              85.0     15.0   above $         up to $          (2)

Third Target Distribution

   above $        up to $              75.0     25.0   above $         up to $          (3)

Thereafter

   above $              50.0     50.0   above $        

 

(1) This amount is 115.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.
(2) This amount is 125.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.
(3) This amount is 150.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.

The following table illustrates the total amount of distributions from operating surplus that would be distributed to the unitholders and our general partner, in respect of its incentive distribution rights, based on the amount distributed for the quarter immediately prior to the reset. The table assumes that immediately prior to the reset there would be             common units outstanding and the distribution to each common unit would be $         per quarter for the quarter prior to the reset.

 

   

Quarterly Distribution
Per Unit Prior to Reset

  Cash
Distributions to
Common
Unitholders
Prior to Reset
    Cash Distributions to
General Partner Prior to Reset
       
        Common
Units
    Incentive
Distribution
Rights
    Total     Total
Distributions
 

First Target Distribution

  up to $           $                 $  —        $  —      $               $            

Second Target Distribution

  above $        up to $                       

Third Target Distribution

  above $        up to $                       

Thereafter

  above $                       
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    $             $      $        $             $          
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table illustrates the total amount of distributions from operating surplus that would be distributed to the unitholders and our general partner in respect of its incentive distribution rights, with respect to the quarter in which the reset occurs. The table reflects that as a result of the reset there would be             common units outstanding and the distribution to each common unit would be $        . The number of common units to be issued to our general partner upon the reset was calculated by dividing (1) the amount received by our general partner in respect of its incentive distribution rights for the quarter prior to the reset as shown in the table above, or $        , by (2) the cash distributed on each common unit for the quarter prior to the reset as shown in the table above, or $        .

 

75


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

Quarterly Distribution
Per Unit After Reset

  Cash
Distributions to
Common
Unitholders
After Reset
    Cash Distributions to

General Partner After Reset
       
        Common
Units(1)
    Incentive
Distribution
Rights
    Total     Total
Distributions
 

First Target Distribution

          up to $           $               $               $     —      $               $            

Second Target Distribution

  above $         up to $                                           

Third Target Distribution

  above $         up to $                                           

Thereafter

  above $                                           
    $             $             $      $             $          
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents distributions in respect of the common units issued to our general partner upon the reset.

Our general partner will be entitled to cause the target distribution levels to be reset on more than one occasion, provided that it may not make a reset election except at a time when it has received incentive distributions for the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters based on the highest level of incentive distributions that it is entitled to receive under our partnership agreement.

Distributions From Capital Surplus

How Distributions From Capital Surplus Will Be Made

Our partnership agreement requires that we make distributions from capital surplus, if any, in the following manner:

 

   

first , to all common unitholders and subordinated unitholders, pro rata, until the minimum quarterly distribution is reduced to zero, as described below;

 

   

second , to the common unitholders, pro rata, until we distribute for each common unit an amount from capital surplus equal to any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units; and

 

   

thereafter , we will make all distributions from capital surplus as if they were from operating surplus.

Effect of a Distribution From Capital Surplus

Our partnership agreement treats a distribution of capital surplus as the repayment of the initial unit price from this initial public offering, which is a return of capital. Each time a distribution of capital surplus is made, the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels will be reduced in the same proportion as the corresponding reduction in relation to the fair market value of the common units prior to the announcement of the distribution. Because distributions of capital surplus will reduce the minimum quarterly distribution and target distribution levels after any of these distributions are made, it may be easier for our general partner to receive incentive distributions and for the subordinated units to convert into common units. However, any distribution of capital surplus before the minimum quarterly distribution is reduced to zero cannot be applied to the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution or any arrearages.

Once we reduce the minimum quarterly distribution and target distribution levels to zero, all future distributions will be made such that 50.0% is paid to all unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0% is paid to the holder or holders of incentive distribution rights, pro rata.

 

76


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Adjustment to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels

In addition to adjusting the minimum quarterly distribution and target distribution levels to reflect a distribution of capital surplus, if we combine our common units into fewer common units or subdivide our common units into a greater number of common units, our partnership agreement specifies that the following items will be proportionately adjusted:

 

   

the minimum quarterly distribution;

 

   

the target distribution levels;

 

   

the initial unit price, as described below under “—Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation”;

 

   

the per unit amount of any outstanding arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units; and

 

   

the number of subordinated units.

For example, if a two-for-one split of the common units should occur, the minimum quarterly distribution, the target distribution levels and the initial unit price would each be reduced to 50.0% of its initial level. If we combine our common units into a lesser number of units or subdivide our common units into a greater number of units, we will combine or subdivide our subordinated units using the same ratio applied to the common units. Our partnership agreement provides that we do not make any adjustment by reason of the issuance of additional units for cash or property.

In addition, if as a result of a change in law or interpretation thereof, we or any of our subsidiaries is treated as an association taxable as a corporation or is otherwise subject to additional taxation as an entity for U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. income or withholding tax purposes, our general partner may, in its sole discretion, reduce the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels for each quarter by multiplying each distribution level by a fraction, the numerator of which is cash for that quarter (after deducting our general partner’s estimate of our additional aggregate liability for the quarter for such income and withholdings taxes payable by reason of such change in law or interpretation) and the denominator of which is the sum of (1) cash for that quarter, plus (2) our general partner’s estimate of our additional aggregate liability for the quarter for such income and withholding taxes payable by reason of such change in law or interpretation thereof. To the extent that the actual tax liability differs from the estimated tax liability for any quarter, the difference will be accounted for in distributions with respect to subsequent quarters.

Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation

General

If we dissolve in accordance with the partnership agreement, we will sell or otherwise dispose of our assets in a process called liquidation. We will first apply the proceeds of liquidation to the payment of our creditors. We will distribute any remaining proceeds to the unitholders and the holders of the incentive distribution rights, in accordance with their capital account balances, as adjusted to reflect any gain or loss upon the sale or other disposition of our assets in liquidation.

The allocations of gain and loss upon liquidation are intended, to the extent possible, to entitle the holders of units to a repayment of the initial value contributed by unitholders for their units in this offering, which we refer to as the “initial unit price” for each unit. The allocations of gain and loss upon liquidation are also intended, to the extent possible, to entitle the holders of common units to a preference over the holders of subordinated units upon our liquidation, to the extent required to permit common unitholders to receive their initial unit price plus the minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which liquidation occurs plus any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units. However, there may not be sufficient gain upon our liquidation to enable the common unitholders to fully recover all of these amounts, even though there may be cash available for distribution to the holders of subordinated units. Any further net gain recognized upon liquidation will be allocated in a manner that takes into account the incentive distribution rights of our general partner.

 

77


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Manner of Adjustments for Gain

The manner of the adjustment for gain is set forth in the partnership agreement. If our liquidation occurs before the end of the subordination period, we will generally allocate any gain to the partners in the following manner:

 

   

first , to our general partner to the extent of certain prior losses specially allocated to our general partner;

 

   

second , to the common unitholders, pro rata, until the capital account for each common unit is equal to the sum of: (1) the initial unit price; (2) the amount of the minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which our liquidation occurs; and (3) any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution;

 

   

third , to the subordinated unitholders, pro rata, until the capital account for each subordinated unit is equal to the sum of: (1) the initial unit price; and (2) the amount of the minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which our liquidation occurs;

 

   

fourth , to all unitholders, pro rata, until we allocate under this paragraph an amount per unit equal to: (1) the sum of the excess of the first target distribution per unit over the minimum quarterly distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less (2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions from operating surplus in excess of the minimum quarterly distribution per unit that we distributed to the unitholders, pro rata, for each quarter of our existence;

 

   

fifth , 85.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to our general partner, until we allocate under this paragraph an amount per unit equal to: (1) the sum of the excess of the second target distribution per unit over the first target distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less (2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions from operating surplus in excess of the first target distribution per unit that we distributed 85.0% to the unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to our general partner for each quarter of our existence;

 

   

sixth , 75.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to our general partner, until we allocate under this paragraph an amount per unit equal to: (1) the sum of the excess of the third target distribution per unit over the second target distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less (2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions from operating surplus in excess of the second target distribution per unit that we distributed 75.0% to the unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to our general partner for each quarter of our existence; and

 

   

thereafter , 50.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0% to our general partner.

The percentage interests set forth above for our general partner assume our general partner has not transferred the incentive distribution rights.

If the liquidation occurs after the end of the subordination period, the distinction between common units and subordinated units will disappear, so that clause (3) of the second bullet point above and all of the third bullet point above will no longer be applicable.

We may make special allocations of gain among the partners in a manner to create economic uniformity among the common units into which the subordinated units convert and the common units held by public unitholders.

Manner of Adjustments for Losses

If our liquidation occurs before the end of the subordination period, we will generally allocate any loss to our general partner and the unitholders in the following manner:

 

   

first , to holders of subordinated units in proportion to the positive balances in their capital accounts until the capital accounts of the subordinated unitholders have been reduced to zero;

 

78


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

second , to the holders of common units in proportion to the positive balances in their capital accounts, until the capital accounts of the common unitholders have been reduced to zero; and

 

   

thereafter , 100.0% to our general partner.

If the liquidation occurs after the end of the subordination period, the distinction between common units and subordinated units will disappear, so that all of the first bullet point above will no longer be applicable.

We may make special allocations of loss among the partners in a manner to create economic uniformity among the common units into which the subordinated units convert and the common units held by public unitholders.

Adjustments to Capital Accounts

Our partnership agreement requires that we make adjustments to capital accounts upon the issuance of additional units. In this regard, our partnership agreement specifies that we allocate any unrealized and, for federal income tax purposes, unrecognized gain resulting from the adjustments to the unitholders and the general partner in the same manner as we allocate gain upon liquidation. In the event that we make positive adjustments to the capital accounts upon the issuance of additional units, our partnership agreement requires that we generally allocate any later negative adjustments to the capital accounts resulting from the issuance of additional units or upon our liquidation in a manner which results, to the extent possible, in the partners’ capital account balances equaling the amount which they would have been if no earlier positive adjustments to the capital accounts had been made. By contrast to the allocations of gain, and except as provided above, we generally will allocate any unrealized and unrecognized loss resulting from the adjustments to capital accounts upon the issuance of additional units to the unitholders and our general partner based on their respective percentage ownership of us. In this manner, prior to the end of the subordination period, we generally will allocate any such loss equally with respect to our common and subordinated units. In the event we make negative adjustments to the capital accounts as a result of such loss, future positive adjustments resulting from the issuance of additional units will be allocated in a manner designed to reverse the prior negative adjustments, and special allocations will be made upon liquidation in a manner that results, to the extent possible, in our unitholders’ capital account balances equaling the amounts they would have been if no earlier adjustments for loss had been made.

 

79


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

Hi-Crush Partners LP was formed in May 2012 and does not have historical financial statements. Therefore, in this prospectus we present the historical financial statements of our sponsor, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, which is our accounting predecessor for financial reporting purposes. In connection with the closing of this offering, our sponsor will contribute all of the outstanding equity interests in certain of its operating subsidiaries, which account for substantially all of our sponsor’s historical business, to us. The following table presents summary historical financial and operating data of our sponsor and summary pro forma financial and operating data of Hi-Crush Partners LP as of the dates and for the periods indicated.

Our sponsor was formed in October 2010 to develop excavation, processing and logistics facilities for raw frac sand used in hydraulic fracturing operations in oil and natural gas wells. Since its formation, our sponsor acquired our assets in a number of separate acquisitions. As a result of our sponsor’s recent formation, we have limited operating history upon which you can base an evaluation of our current business and our future earnings prospects. This prospectus includes audited financial statements only as of December 31, 2011 and for the period from inception (October 28, 2010) to December 31, 2010 and unaudited financial information as of and for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2012 and 2011. In this prospectus, we refer to the period from inception to December 31, 2010 as the two-month period ended December 31, 2010. We have not completed or provided in this prospectus any stand-alone pre-acquisition financial statements for the assets we acquired in the transactions described above. As a result, and given our recent date of formation, we have not provided in this prospectus three years of audited financial statements that normally would be included in a prospectus forming part of an SEC registration statement or two years of audited financial statements as would normally be included in a prospectus forming part of an SEC registration statement filed by an emerging growth company.

The summary historical financial data presented as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, for the two-month period ended December 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2011 is derived from the audited historical financial statements of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical financial data presented as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012 are derived from the unaudited historical financial statements of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The summary pro forma financial data presented as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 and as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 is derived from our unaudited pro forma financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited pro forma financial statements give pro forma effect to the following:

 

   

the contribution of Hi-Crush Chambers LLC, Hi-Crush Railroad LLC, Hi-Crush Wyeville LLC and Hi-Crush Operating LLC to us by our sponsor;

 

   

a reduction in general and administrative expenses as a result of allocations between our Wyeville facility and our sponsor’s other assets and related activities that will not be contributed to us in connection with this offering;

 

   

the elimination of our sponsor’s debt and related expenses under its subordinated promissory notes and senior secured credit facility;

 

   

our entry into a new credit facility, which will initially be undrawn, as described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—New Credit Facility”;

 

   

the removal of other operating expenses of our sponsor related to assets and operations that will be retained by our sponsor following the completion of this offering;

 

   

the issuance of              common units and              subordinated units to our sponsor;

 

80


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

the issuance of              common units to the public; and

 

   

the application of the net proceeds from the issuance and sale of              common units by us as described in “Use of Proceeds.”

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of December 31, 2011 assumes the events listed above occurred as of December 31, 2011, and the unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of March 31, 2012 assumes the events listed above occurred as of March 31, 2012. The unaudited pro forma statements of income data for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 assume the events listed above occurred as of January 1, 2011.

We have not given pro forma effect to incremental general and administrative expenses of approximately $2.1 million that we expect to incur annually as a result of operating as a publicly traded partnership, such as expenses associated with annual and quarterly reporting; tax return and Schedule K-1 preparation and distribution expenses; Sarbanes-Oxley compliance expenses; expenses associated with listing on the NYSE; independent auditor fees; legal fees; investor relations expenses; registrar and transfer agent fees; director and officer insurance expenses; and director and officer compensation expenses. We also have not given pro forma effect to additional general and administrative expenses that we expect to incur to support our recent expansion, including management level positions in operations, human resources, legal, accounting and reporting, as well as license fees associated with upgrading accounting and reporting software. We expect these incremental growth associated expenses to gradually increase over time as we hire additional personnel, from about $0.7 million for the year ending December 31, 2012 to $1.7 million on an annualized basis by September 30, 2013.

For a detailed discussion of the summary historical financial information contained in the following table, please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The following table should also be read in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Business—Our History and Relationship with Our Sponsor” and the audited and unaudited historical financial statements of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and our unaudited pro forma financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Among other things, the historical and unaudited pro forma financial statements include more detailed information regarding the basis of presentation for the information in the following table.

 

81


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table presents non-GAAP financial measures, EBITDA and production costs, which we use in our business as important supplemental measures of our performance. EBITDA represents net income before interest expense, income taxes and depreciation and depletion. Production costs represents costs of goods sold, excluding depreciation and depletion. EBITDA and production costs are not calculated or presented in accordance with GAAP. We explain these measures under “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below and reconcile them to their most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Please also read “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

 

    Predecessor Historical     Hi-Crush Partners LP
Pro Forma
 
    Inception
to
December 31,
2010
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2012
 
      2011     2012      
    (in thousands, except per unit and operating information)  

Statement of Operations Data:

           

Revenues

  $      $ 20,353      $      $ 13,532      $ 20,353      $ 13,532   

Production costs (1)

           5,998               4,597        5,998        4,597   

Depreciation and depletion

           449               179        449        179   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of goods sold

           6,447               4,776        6,447        4,776   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

           13,906               8,756        13,906        8,756   

General and administrative

    26        2,324        174        1,487        1,689        646   

Other operating expenses

           381               199                 

Accretion of asset retirement obligations

           28               6        28        6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (26     11,173        (174     7,064        12,189        8,104   

Other expense:

           

Interest expense, net

           (1,893            (928              

Other

                                         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

           (1,893            (928              

Income (loss) before tax expense

    (26     9,280        (174     6,136        12,189        8,104   

Income tax expense

                                         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (26   $ 9,280      $ (174   $ 6,136      $ 12,189      $ 8,104   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per limited partner unit:

           

Common unit

           

Subordinated unit

           

Statement of Cash Flow Data:

           

Net cash provided by (used in):

           

Operating activities

  $ (14   $ 18,788      $ 16,137      $ 3,983       

Investing activities

    (322     (50,199     (16,153     (12,815    

Financing activities

    336        42,465        10        8,305       

Other Financial Data:

           

EBITDA (1)

  $ (26   $ 11,622      $ (174   $ 7,243      $ 12,638      $ 8,283   

Capital expenditures (2)

    72        50,169        16,123        12,815       

Operating Data:

           

Total tons sold

           332,593               222,657        332,593        222,657   

Average realized price (per ton)

  $      $ 61.19      $      $ 60.77      $ 61.19      $ 60.77   

Production costs (per ton) (1)

           18.03               20.89        18.03        20.89   

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

           

Cash and cash equivalents

  $      $ 11,054      $ 175      $ 10,527        $ 3,884   

Total assets

    614        72,229        21,320        90,469          64,819   

Long-term debt (including current portion)

           46,112               55,973            

Total liabilities

    304        61,942        21,173        74,046          9,190   

Members’/Partners’ capital

    310        10,287        147        16,423          55,629   

 

(1) For more information, please read “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(2) Expansion capital expenditures are capital expenditures made to increase the long-term operating capacity of our asset base whether through construction or acquisitions. Please read “How We Make Distributions to Our Partners—Capital Expenditures.”

 

82


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

For a discussion of the non-GAAP financial measure EBITDA, please read “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.” The following table presents a reconciliation of EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, on a historical basis and pro forma basis, as applicable, for each of the periods indicated.

 

    Predecessor Historical     Hi-Crush Partners LP
Pro Forma
 
    Inception
to
December 31,
2010
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three Months Ended
March  31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2012
 
            2011             2012          
    (in thousands)  

Reconciliation of EBITDA to net
income:

           

Net income (loss)

  $   (26   $ 9,280      $   (174   $   6,136      $   12,189      $   8,104   

Depreciation and depletion

           449               179        449        179   

Income tax expense

                                         

Interest expense, net

           1,893               928                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

  $   (26   $ 11,622      $ (174   $ 7,243      $ 12,638      $ 8,283   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For a discussion of the non-GAAP financial measure production costs, please read “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.” The following table presents a reconciliation of production costs to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, on a historical basis and pro forma basis, as applicable, for each of the periods indicated.

 

    Predecessor Historical     Hi-Crush Partners LP
Pro Forma
 
    Inception
to
December 31,
2010
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three Months Ended
March  31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2012
 
            2011             2012          
    (in thousands, except operating information)  

Reconciliation of production costs to costs of goods sold:

           

Costs of goods sold

  $   —      $   6,447      $   —      $   4,776      $   6,447      $   4,776   

Depreciation and depletion

           449               179        449        179   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Production costs

  $   —      $ 5,998      $      $ 4,597      $ 5,998      $ 4,597   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Costs of goods sold per ton

    $ 19.38        $ 21.45      $ 19.38      $ 21.45   
   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Production costs per ton

    $ 18.03        $ 20.65      $ 18.03      $ 20.65   
   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

83


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion of our historical performance, financial condition and future prospects in conjunction with our predecessor’s audited financial statements as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, for the two-month period ended December 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2011 and our predecessor’s unaudited financial statements as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012, and notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus. The information provided below supplements, but does not form part of, our predecessor’s financial statements. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on the views and beliefs of our management, as well as assumptions and estimates made by our management. Actual results could differ materially from such forward-looking statements as a result of various risk factors, including those that may not be in the control of management. For further information on items that could impact our future operating performance or financial condition, see the section entitled “Risk Factors” elsewhere in this prospectus.

Basis of Presentation

The following discussion of our historical performance and financial condition is derived from the historical financial statements of our sponsor, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, which is our accounting predecessor for financial reporting purposes. Our sponsor is contributing some but not all of its assets and liabilities to us in connection with this offering. Accordingly, the historical financial results discussed below include capital expenditures and other costs related to assets that are not being contributed to us in connection with this offering as well as certain long-term debt and related expenses that will be retained by our sponsor following the completion of this offering. For additional information about the assets and liabilities reflected in our sponsor’s financial statements that will not be contributed to us in connection with this offering, please read our unaudited pro forma financial statements and the notes to those financial statements provided elsewhere in this prospectus.

In addition, our sponsor’s historical results of operations and cash flows are not indicative of results of operations and cash flows to be expected in the future because, in addition to the factors discussed above:

 

   

our Wyeville facility did not generate sales until we commenced operations in July 2011;

 

   

we completed an expansion of our Wyeville facility in March 2012, which significantly increased our production capacity and for which volumes are contracted;

 

   

we will incur general and administrative expenses as a publicly traded partnership that we have not previously incurred; and

 

   

we will incur additional general and administrative expenses as a result of our recent expansion that we expect to occur following the completion of this offering.

Unless otherwise indicated, references in this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” to “Hi-Crush Partners LP,” “we,” “our,” “us” or like terms when used in a historical context refer to the business and results of operations of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, and when used in the present tense or prospectively, those terms refer to Hi-Crush Partners LP and its subsidiaries following the formation transactions described in “Summary—Formation Transactions and Partnership Structure.”

Overview

We are a pure play, low-cost, domestic producer of premium monocrystalline sand, a specialized mineral that is used as a proppant to enhance the recovery rates of hydrocarbons from oil and natural gas wells. Our reserves consist of “Northern White” sand, a unique resource existing predominately in Wisconsin and limited portions of the upper Midwest region of the United States, which is highly valued as a preferred proppant because it exceeds all API specifications. We own, operate and develop sand reserves and related excavation and

 

84


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

processing facilities and will seek to acquire or develop additional facilities. Our 600-acre facility with integrated rail infrastructure, located near Wyeville, Wisconsin, enables us to process and cost-effectively deliver approximately 1,600,000 tons of frac sand per year. Substantially all of our frac sand production is sold to leading investment grade-rated pressure pumping service providers under long-term, take-or-pay contracts that require our customers to pay a specified price for a specified volume of frac sand each month.

Our Assets and Operations

We own and operate the Wyeville facility, which is located in Monroe County, Wisconsin and, as of December 31, 2011, contained 48.4 million tons of proven recoverable sand reserves of mesh sizes we currently have contracted to sell. According to John T. Boyd, our proven reserves consist entirely of coarse grade Northern White sand that can be processed to meet API specifications. Analysis of our sand by independent third-party testing companies indicates that it demonstrates superior characteristics with regard to crush strength, turbidity and sphericity as compared to other raw frac sand, including other Northern White sand, and certain resin-coated products.

We commenced sand excavation and processing in June 2011 with an initial plant processing capacity of 950,000 tons per year, and customer shipments were initiated in July 2011. From the Wyeville in-service date to March 31, 2012, we have processed and sold 555,250 tons of frac sand. We completed an expansion in March 2012 that increased our annual expected processing capacity to approximately 1,600,000 tons per year. We have contracted approximately 91% of this capacity for the remainder of 2012 and through the second quarter of 2014, and approximately 71% of this capacity for the remainder of 2014 and through the second quarter of 2016. Based on currently contracted production rates and a reserve report prepared by John T. Boyd, our Wyeville facility has an implied 33-year reserve life as of December 31, 2011.

Overall Trends and Outlook

Demand

The North American proppant market, including raw frac sand, ceramic and resin-coated proppants, was approximately 22 million tons in 2011. Industry estimates for 2011 indicate that the raw frac sand market represented approximately 17 million tons, or 77.2% of the total proppant market by weight. Over the past five years, proppant demand by weight has increased by 28.0% annually, and the market is projected to continue growing by 7.2% per year through 2016, representing an increase in proppant demand of approximately nine million tons per year over that time period. The total North American proppant market size in dollars was $3.7 billion in 2011 and is projected to grow 10.5% annually through 2016, according to The Freedonia Group.

Demand growth for frac sand and other proppants is primarily due to advancements in oil and natural gas drilling and well completion technology and techniques, such as horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing. These advancements have made the extraction of oil and natural gas increasingly cost-effective in formations that historically would have been uneconomic to develop. Over the past five years, North American rig count has increased by 2.6% annually, while the demand for proppant by weight has grown at a rate of 28.0% annually. We believe that demand for proppant has and will continue to increase at a rate greater than rig count as a result of the following additional demand drivers:

 

   

improved drilling rig productivity, resulting in more wells drilled per rig per year;

 

   

increases in the percentage of rigs that are drilling horizontal wells;

 

   

increases in the length of the typical horizontal wellbore;

 

   

increases in the number of fracture stages per foot in the typical completed horizontal wellbore;

 

   

increases in the volume of proppant used per fracturing stage; and

 

   

recurring efforts to offset steep production declines in unconventional oil and natural gas reservoirs, including the drilling of new wells and secondary hydraulic fracturing of existing wells.

 

85


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Furthermore, recent growth in demand for raw frac sand has outpaced growth in demand for other proppants, and industry analysts predict that this trend will continue. According to The Freedonia Group, North American demand for all types of proppants, in dollar terms, is projected to increase 10.5% annually from 2011 through 2016, while demand for raw frac sand is projected to increase 12.1% annually over that time period. As well completion costs have increased as a proportion of total well costs, operators have increasingly looked for ways to improve per well economics by lowering costs without sacrificing production performance. To this end, the oil and natural gas industry is shifting away from the use of higher-cost proppants towards more cost-effective proppants, such as raw frac sand. The substantial increase in activity in North American oil and liquids-rich resource plays, has further accelerated the demand growth for raw frac sand. Within these oil and liquids-rich basins, Northern White sand with coarser mesh sizes is often preferred due to its superior performance characteristics.

Supply

As demand for raw frac sand has increased dramatically in recent years, the supply of raw frac sand has failed to keep pace, resulting in a supply-demand disparity. While a number of existing and new competitors have announced supply expansions and greenfield projects, we do not expect the magnitude of these expansions to meet expected demand. There are several key constraints to increasing raw frac sand production on an industry-wide basis, including:

 

   

the difficulty of finding frac sand reserves that meet API specifications;

 

   

the difficulty of securing contiguous frac sand reserves large enough to justify the capital investment required to develop a processing facility;

 

   

the challenges of identifying reserves with the above characteristics that either are located in close proximity to oil and natural gas reservoirs or have rail access needed for low-cost transportation to major shale basins;

 

   

the hurdles to securing mining, production, water, air, refuse and other federal, state and local operating permits from the proper authorities;

 

   

local opposition to development of facilities, especially those that require the use of on-road transportation, including moratoria on raw frac sand facilities in multiple counties in Wisconsin which hold potential sand reserves; and

 

   

the long lead time required to design and construct sand processing facilities that can efficiently process large quantities of high quality frac sand.

Pricing

Raw frac sand has exhibited steady pricing increases over the past decade. While there are numerous grades and sizes of proppant which sell at varying prices, the overall pricing trend tends to be consistent across the various grades and sizes. If demand for frac sand continues to grow faster than supply, then we expect that prices for frac sand will remain strong.

How We Generate Revenue

We generate revenue by excavating and processing frac sand, which we sell to our customers primarily under fixed price take-or-pay contracts, with current terms expiring between 2014 and 2018. In 2011, we had two customers, subsidiaries of Halliburton and Weatherford. We have signed contracts with subsidiaries of Baker Hughes and FTS International for initial deliveries beginning in May 2012. Each contract defines the minimum volume of frac sand that the customer is required to purchase monthly and annually, the volume that we are required to make available, the technical specifications of the product, the price per ton and liquidated damages in the event either we or the customer fails to meet minimum requirements. Prices in our current contracts are fixed for the entire term of the contracts. As a result, our revenue over the duration of these contracts may not follow broader industry pricing trends. Occasionally, if we have excess production and market conditions are favorable, we may elect to sell frac sand in spot market transactions.

 

86


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2011, our facility had the capacity to produce 950,000 tons per year, and we had 730,000 tons per year subject to existing long-term, take-or-pay contracts. In March 2012, we completed an expansion project to increase capacity to approximately 1,600,000 tons per year, and supported the expansion by signing contracts that increased annual contracted volumes for the remainder of 2012 and through the second quarter of 2014 to 1,460,000 tons, or approximately 91% of our production capacity. These contracts had a weighted average remaining life of 4.7 years as of May 10, 2012.

Due to sustained freezing temperatures in our area of operation during winter months, it is industry practice to halt excavation activities and operation of the wet plant during those months. As a result, we excavate and wash sand in excess of current delivery requirements during the months when those facilities are operational. This excess sand is placed in stockpiles that feed the dry plant and fill customer orders throughout the year. For more information, please read “Business—Assets and Business Operations—Processing Facilities.”

Costs of Conducting Our Business

The principal expenses involved in operating our business are excavation costs, labor, utilities, maintenance and royalties.

We have a contract with a third party to excavate raw frac sand, deliver the raw frac sand to our processing facility and move the sand from our wet plant to our dry plant. We pay a fixed price per ton excavated and delivered without regard to the amount of sand excavated that meets API specifications. Accordingly, we incur excavation costs with respect to the excavation of sand and other materials from which we ultimately do not derive revenue. However, the ratio of rejected materials to total amounts excavated has been, and we believe will continue to be, in line with our expectations, given the extensive core sampling and other testing we undertook at the Wyeville facility. For more information regarding our reserves testing procedures, please read “Business— Assets and Business Operations—Sand Reserves.”

Labor costs associated with employees at our processing facility represent the most significant cost of converting raw frac sand to finished product. We incur utility costs in connection with the operation of our processing facility, primarily electricity and natural gas, which are both susceptible to fluctuations. Our facilities require periodic scheduled maintenance to ensure efficient operation and to minimize downtime.

Excavation costs, direct and indirect labor, utilities and maintenance costs are capitalized as a component of inventory and are reflected in cost of goods sold when inventory is sold.

We pay royalties to third parties based on the volume of sand excavated, delivered at our on-site rail facility and paid for by our customers.

Each customer takes delivery of purchased product when it is loaded on rail cars at our facility. As a result we generally do not incur shipping expenses.

We incur general and administrative costs related to our corporate operations.

How We Evaluate Our Operations

Gross Profit and Production Costs

Approximately 91% of our processing capacity at the Wyeville facility for the remainder of 2012 and through the second quarter of 2014 is contracted for sale under our existing fixed price, take-or-pay contracts with our customers, and 71% of our processing capacity is contracted for the remainder of 2014 through the second quarter of 2016. Excavation costs are fixed based on tons excavated, and royalties are generally fixed based on tons excavated, delivered and paid for. Accordingly, gross profit will primarily be affected by our ability to control other direct and indirect costs associated with processing frac sand. We also use production

 

87


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

costs, which we define as costs of goods sold, excluding depreciation and depletion to measure our financial performance. We believe production costs is a meaningful measure because it provides a measure of operating performance that is unaffected by historical cost basis. Please read “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

As a result, production volumes, costs of goods sold per ton, production costs per ton and gross profit are key metrics used by management to evaluate our results of operations.

EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow

We view EBITDA as an important indicator of performance. We define EBITDA as net income plus depreciation and depletion and interest and debt expense, net of interest income. See “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.” Although we have not quantified distributable cash flow on a historical basis, after the closing of this offering we intend to use distributable cash flow, which we define as EBITDA less cash paid for interest expense and maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, including accrual for reserve replacement, plus accretion of asset retirement obligations, to evaluate whether we are generating sufficient cash flow to support distributions to our unitholders. Distributable cash flow will not reflect changes in working capital balances. EBITDA is a supplemental measure utilized by our management and other users of our financial statements such as investors, commercial banks, research analysts and others, to assess the financial performance of our assets without regard to financing methods, capital structure or historical cost basis. Distributable cash flow is a supplemental measure used to measure the ability of our assets to generate cash sufficient to support our indebtedness and make cash distributions to our unitholders.

Note Regarding Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Production costs, EBITDA and distributable cash flow are not financial measures presented in accordance with GAAP. We believe that the presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures will provide useful information to investors in assessing our financial condition and results of operations. Costs of goods sold is the GAAP measure most directly comparable to production costs, net income is the GAAP measure most directly comparable to EBITDA and the GAAP measure most directly comparable to distributable cash flow is net cash provided by operating activities. Our non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered as alternatives to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. Each of these non-GAAP financial measures has important limitations as analytical tools because they exclude some but not all items that affect the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures. You should not consider production costs, EBITDA or distributable cash flow in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because production costs, EBITDA and distributable cash flow may be defined differently by other companies in our industry, our definitions of these non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, thereby diminishing their utility. Please read “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

Factors Impacting Comparability of Our Financial Results

Our historical results of operations and cash flows are not indicative of results of operations and cash flows to be expected in the future, principally for the following reasons:

 

   

Our Wyeville facility did not generate sales until we commenced operations in July 2011 . Our first shipment of frac sand to a customer from our Wyeville facility occurred on July 21, 2011. Accordingly, our financial statements for the two-month period ended December 31, 2010 reflect neither revenues nor costs of operations, and the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011 reflect operations only from July 21, 2011 through the end of the year.

 

   

We completed an expansion of our Wyeville facility in March 2012 . In March 2012, we completed an expansion of our Wyeville facility that increased processing capacity from 950,000 to approximately 1,600,000 tons per year. In connection with that expansion, we increased our annual contracted volumes

 

88


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

from 730,000 tons to 1,460,000 tons, or approximately 91% of our expanded processing capacity for the remainder of 2012 and through the second quarter of 2014, with delivery commencing under such contracts in May 2012. We processed and delivered 78,619 and                      tons of frac sand in April and June of 2012, respectively.

 

   

Our historical financial results include certain capital expenditures and other costs related to assets outside of our Wyeville facility, which are not being contributed to us by our sponsor in connection with this offering . For the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012, we had capital expenditures that related to the acquisition, development and construction of property, plant and equipment at sites other than our Wyeville facility, which are not being contributed to us in connection with this offering, of approximately $1.7 million and $15.3 million, respectively. In addition, for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012, our sponsor incurred operating expenses, consisting of general and administrative expenses and exploration costs, in connection with these non-Wyeville operations of $1.0 million and $0.9 million, respectively.

 

   

Our historical financial results include long-term debt and related expenses that are not being contributed to us by our sponsor in connection with this offering . Our sponsor has indebtedness outstanding under various subordinated promissory notes and a senior secured revolving credit facility, all of which will be repaid or retained by our sponsor following the completion of this offering. For the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012, our sponsor incurred interest expense related to the subordinated promissory notes and senior secured credit facility of $1.9 million and $0.9 million, respectively. We do not expect to have any indebtedness outstanding as of the closing of this offering.

 

   

We will incur additional general and administrative expenses as a publicly traded partnership . We expect we will incur approximately $2.1 million in additional general and administrative expenses as a publicly traded limited partnership that we have not previously incurred, including costs associated with compliance under the Exchange Act, annual and quarterly reports to unitholders, tax return and Schedule K-1 preparation and distribution, investor relations, registrar and transfer agent fees, audit fees, incremental director and officer liability insurance costs and director and officer compensation. These incremental expenses exclude the costs of this offering, as well as the costs associated with the initial implementation of our Sarbanes-Oxley Section 404 internal control reviews and testing.

 

   

We will incur additional general and administrative expenses as a result of our recent expansion . We expect we will incur additional general and administrative expenses to support our recent expansion, including management level positions in operations, human resources, legal, accounting and reporting, as well as license fees associated with upgraded accounting and reporting software. We expect these incremental growth associated expenses to gradually increase over time as we hire additional personnel, from about $0.7 million for the year ending December 31, 2012 to $1.7 million on an annualized basis by September 30, 2013.

 

89


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Results of Operations

The following table summarizes our revenue and expenses for the periods indicated.

 

     Inception to
December 31,
2010
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
     Three Months Ended  
        March 31,
2011
    March 31,
2012
 
     (in thousands)  

Revenues

   $      $ 20,353       $      $ 13,532   

Production costs (1)

            5,998                4,597   

Depreciation and depletion

            449                179   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Costs of goods sold

            6,447                4,776   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (2)

            13,906                8,756   

General and administrative expenses

     26        2,324         174        1,487   

Accretion of asset retirement obligations

            28                6   

Other operating expenses

            381                199   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (26     11,173         (174     7,064   

Interest expense, net

            1,893                928   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (26   $ 9,280       $ (174   $ 6,136   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Production costs is defined as costs of goods sold, excluding depreciation and depletion. For more information, please read “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(2) Gross profit equals revenues less costs of goods sold (including depreciation and depletion).

Three Months Ended March 31, 2012 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2011

We were formed in October 2010 and commenced construction of our Wyeville facility in February 2011. We completed construction of our Wyeville facility and began selling sand to our customers in July 2011. Our historical financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2011 reflect only start-up activities, reflected as general and administrative expenses, as we had no operations during such period.

Revenue

We commenced operations in July 2011 upon completion of our Wyeville facility. Accordingly, we had no revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2011. Revenue was $13.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, during which we sold 222,657 tons of frac sand under two long-term, take-or-pay contracts.

Production Costs

Production costs were $4.6 million, or $20.65 per ton sold, for the three months ended March 31, 2012. Please read “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.” The GAAP measure most directly comparable to production costs is costs of goods sold, which was $4.8 million, or $21.45 per ton sold, for the three months ended March 31, 2012. We did not process or sell any frac sand during the three months ended March 31, 2011, and accordingly incurred no production costs or costs of goods sold.

Gross Profit

Gross profit equals revenues less costs of goods sold. Gross profit was $8.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. We did not process or sell any frac sand during the three months ended March 31, 2011, and accordingly had no gross profit. Due to the nature of the fixed price, take-or-pay contracts with our

 

90


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

customers, gross profit is primarily affected by royalties and the cost to excavate and process sand. We pay royalties to third parties based on the volume of sand excavated, delivered at our on-site rail facility and paid for by our customers. We have outsourced all excavation activities to a third party with primarily fixed terms. Our excavation costs per ton is fixed, with the exception of a fuel surcharge based on the price of diesel fuel. We incurred no surcharge for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses increased $1.3 million from $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011 to $1.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. We were in a start-up phase during the three months ended March 31, 2011 and did not incur the level of general and administrative expenses required to support an operating company.

Interest Expense

Our sponsor incurred $1.5 million of interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2012, which includes paid-in-kind interest under our sponsor’s subordinated promissory notes and amortization of deferred financing costs. Approximately $0.9 million was charged to interest expense and $0.6 was capitalized related to the expansion of the Wyeville and Augusta facilities. The interest is paid-in-kind and is added to the outstanding balance of the note. Our sponsor has the option of paying cash interest, but has not yet elected to do so. Our sponsor did not have any indebtedness outstanding during the three months ended March 31, 2011 and accordingly did not incur any interest expense. We do not expect to have any indebtedness outstanding as of the closing of this offering.

Net Income

Net income was $6.1 million for three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to a net loss of $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011.

Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Period from Inception to December 31, 2010

We were formed in October 2010 and commenced construction of our Wyeville facility in February 2011. Our historical financial statements for the two months ended December 31, 2010 reflect only start-up activities, as we had no operations during such period. Given the limited nature of our activities during the two months ended December 31, 2010, we do not believe that we can provide a meaningful comparative analysis of such period against any comparable period in 2011. Accordingly, we have not provided such a comparison.

Revenue

The financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011, reflect the operations of the facility from the date we commenced commercial operations in July 2011 to December 31, 2011. During such period, we sold 332,593 tons of frac sand under two long-term, take-or-pay contracts generating revenue of $20.4 million.

Production Costs

Production costs were $6.0 million, or $18.03 per ton sold, for the year ended December 31, 2011. See “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.” The GAAP measure most directly comparable to production costs is costs of goods sold, which was $6.5 million, or $19.38 per ton sold, for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

91


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Gross Profit

Gross profit equals revenues less costs of goods sold. Gross profit was $13.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Due to the nature of the fixed price, take-or-pay contracts with our customers, gross profit is primarily affected by royalties and the cost to excavate and process sand. We pay royalties to third parties based on the volume of sand excavated, delivered at our on-site rail facility and paid for by our customers. We have outsourced all excavation activities to a third party with primarily fixed terms. Our cost per ton excavated is fixed, with the exception of a fuel surcharge based on the price of diesel fuel. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the market price for diesel escalated which resulted in us paying the fuel surcharge. The total surcharge was $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses were $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Interest Expense

Our sponsor incurred $2.6 million of interest expense in the year ended December 31, 2011, which includes paid-in-kind interest under our sponsor’s subordinated promissory notes and amortization of deferred financing costs. Approximately $1.9 million was charged to interest expense and $0.7 million was capitalized in connection with the Wyeville facility construction. Paid-in-kind interest is added to the outstanding balance of the note and becomes due upon maturity. Our sponsor has the option of paying cash interest, but has not yet elected to do so. We do not expect to have any indebtedness outstanding as of the closing of this offering.

Net Income

Net income was $9.3 million for the year ended December  31, 2011.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

Our sponsor’s principal liquidity requirements for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 were to fund capital expenditures for the purchase of the Wyeville land, construction and expansion of the related sand processing facility, construction of railway spurs and to meet working capital needs. Our sponsor met its liquidity needs with a combination of funds generated through operations, proceeds from long-term indebtedness and prepayments under one of our long-term sales contracts.

We expect that our future principal uses of cash will be for working capital, capital expenditures, funding our debt service obligations and, following the completion of this offering, paying distributions to our unitholders. We intend to pay a minimum quarterly distribution of $        per common and subordinated unit per quarter, which equates to $        per quarter, or $        per year, based on the number of common and subordinated units to be outstanding immediately after completion of this offering, to the extent we have sufficient cash from our operations after establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including payments to our general partner and its affiliates. We do not have a legal or contractual obligation to pay this distribution. We expect our principal sources of liquidity will be cash generated by our operations, borrowings under a new revolving credit facility that we expect to enter into in connection with this offering and issuances of debt and equity securities, and we believe that cash from these sources will be sufficient to meet our short-term working capital requirements and long-term capital expenditure requirements.

 

92


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Working Capital

Working capital is the amount by which current assets exceed current liabilities and is a measure of our ability to pay our liabilities as they become due. Our working capital was $2.8 million at December 31, 2011 and a deficit of $1.6 million at March 31, 2012. Working capital includes deferred revenue of $9.2 million at December 31, 2011 and $3.9 million at March 31, 2012 that will be satisfied with the delivery of frac sand. The following table presents the components of our working capital as of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012.

 

    December 31, 2011     March 31, 2012  
    (in thousands)  

Current assets

   

Cash

  $ 11,054      $ 10,527   

Restricted cash

    30        30   

Accounts receivable

    4,026        3,143   

Inventories

    2,374        1,493   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    294        472   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    17,778        15,665   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

   

Accounts payable

    4,954        12,173   

Accrued liabilities

    866        1,178   

Deferred revenue

    9,178        3,884   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    14,998        17,235   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Working capital

  $ 2,780      $ (1,570
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Our inventory consists primarily of sand that has been excavated and processed through the wet plant. Although we do not excavate sand or operate the wet plant in the winter months, we continue to operate the dry plant and sell sand under our take-or-pay contracts, resulting in the decrease in inventory from December 31, 2011 to March 31, 2012.

Accounts payable includes $9.4 million of capital related items as of March 31, 2012, primarily related to the construction by our sponsor of the Augusta facility, which will not be contributed to us in connection with this offering. This amount will be funded through our sponsor’s senior secured credit facility. Accounts payable included $1.8 million of capital related items as of December 31, 2011, primarily related to expansion of the Wyeville facility.

Deferred revenue represents prepayments from a customer for future deliveries of frac sand, the majority of which is not currently reflected in inventory. We received a prepayment of $16.5 million from one customer in the year ended December 31, 2011. We recognized approximately $7.3 million and $5.3 million of revenue related to this prepayment as we shipped sand in the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012, respectively. The remaining $3.9 million will be recognized upon future shipments, and is classified as deferred revenue as of March 31, 2012.

Deferred revenue increased by $9.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, and represents a significant portion of the difference between operating income and net cash provided by operating activities for that period.

 

93


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $18.8 million and $4.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012, respectively. Operating cash flows include $9.3 million in net earnings generated from the sale of frac sand to our customers offset by production costs, general and administrative expenses and cash interest expense, adjusted for changes in working capital to the extent they are positive or negative.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $50.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $12.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2011
    Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2012
 
     (in thousands)  

Wyeville:

    

Expansion

   $ 9,811      $ 4,291   

Plant

     27,263        437   

Land

     8,939        132   

Rail & rail equipment

     5,232        267   

Assets to be retained by our sponsor:

    

Augusta

     312        15,257   

Other

     1,238        26   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total additions to PP&E

     52,795        20,410   

Non-cash capital expenditures (1)

     (2,626     (7,595
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash capital expenditures

   $ 50,169      $ 12,815   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Non-cash capital expenditures is primarily comprised of capital expenditures in accounts payable and will be funded in future periods.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $42.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, which included $48.7 million of proceeds under our sponsor’s subordinated promissory notes and capital contributions of $0.7 million. Additionally, our sponsor incurred loan origination costs of $1.9 million and repaid $5.0 million of debt.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $8.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, which included additional borrowings of $8.5 million under our sponsor’s subordinated promissory notes, offset by $0.2 million of loan origination costs.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are likely to have a material effect on our current or future financial condition, changes in financial condition, sales, expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

 

94


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Capital Requirements

We expect to pay $9.4 million in the second quarter of 2012 related to fixed asset additions that were capitalized in the three months ended March 31, 2012. Approximately $8.1 million of this amount relates to the Augusta facility with the remaining $1.3 million relating to the Wyeville facility. The expansion of the Wyeville facility is complete, and accordingly we have no growth capital expenditures planned for the remainder of the year ending December 31, 2012.

Credit Facilities

Our New Credit Facility

In connection with the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into a new $        million revolving credit facility, with a term of             years. The credit facility will be available to fund working capital and general corporate purposes. We expect that this new credit facility will contain a number of covenants that may restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, acquire and sell assets, create liens, make investments and make distributions. We also expect that our new credit facility will require us to comply with certain financial ratios, such as a current ratio or leverage ratio.

Our Sponsor’s Credit Facilities

Our sponsor, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, which is our accounting predecessor for financial reporting purposes, is party to various subordinated promissory notes and a senior secured credit facility, which we describe below. We expect that upon the completion of this offering we will have no ongoing liabilities and obligations under our sponsor’s subordinated promissory notes and senior secured credit facility and that the liens on our assets securing borrowings under these agreements will be released.

Subordinated Promissory Notes . On July 20, 2011, our sponsor entered into various subordinated promissory notes with certain equity investors, including Avista Capital Partners, and their affiliates in an aggregate original principal amount of approximately $52.2 million. Borrowings under the subordinated promissory notes bear interest, at our sponsor’s option, at a rate of 10.0% for cash interest and 12.0% for paid-in-kind interest (“PIK interest”). As of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, there was $46.1 million and $56.0 million of outstanding indebtedness under our sponsor’s subordinated promissory notes, respectively. The outstanding balance includes $2.4 million and $3.8 million of PIK interest as of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively. The subordinated promissory notes mature in July 2016.

Senior Secured Credit Facility . On April 6, 2012, our sponsor entered into a $62.5 million senior secured credit facility with Amegy Bank, National Association and a syndicate of other financial institutions. The senior secured credit facility consists of the following commitments: (1) a four-year $25.0 million term loan, (2) a four-year $30.0 million advancing term loan commitment and (3) a four-year $7.5 million revolving loan commitment. In addition, the senior secured credit facility includes sub-facilities providing for letters of credit and swing line borrowings of up to $2.5 million each.

Borrowings under our sponsor’s senior secured facility are collateralized by substantially all of our assets and bear interest at a floating rate based upon our sponsor’s leverage ratio equal to, at our sponsor’s option, either (a) a base rate plus a range from 225 basis points and 325 basis points per annum or (b) a Eurodollar rate, plus a range of 325 basis points to 425 basis points per annum. The base rate is established as the highest of (i) the U.S. prime rate, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 50 basis points and (iii) daily one-month LIBOR plus 100 basis points. The senior secured credit facility provides for a commitment fee of 0.5% on the unused portion.

The $25.0 million term loan was the only portion of the senior secured credit facility that was immediately funded, the proceeds of which are to be used by our sponsor for certain identified capital expenditures and to fund general operations. If not repaid earlier, the outstanding principal amount is required to be repaid by April 6, 2016.

 

95


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Customer Concentration

Substantially all of our revenue and gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 was generated under contracts with two customers. For the year ended December 31, 2011, sales to Halliburton accounted for 64.0% of total revenue, and sales to Weatherford accounted for 36.0% of total revenue. For the three months ended March 31, 2012, sales to Halliburton accounted for 59.7% of total revenue, while sales to Weatherford accounted for 40.3% of total revenue. In October 2011, we signed a long term, take-or-pay contract with a third customer, a subsidiary of Baker Hughes. In May 2012, we signed a one year take-or-pay contract with a fourth customer, a subsidiary of FTS International. Based on contracted volumes and pricing, sales to Halliburton, Weatherford, Baker Hughes and FTS International will represent 49.1%, 20.9%, 18.2% and 11.8% of our contracted revenue in 2012, respectively. The terms of each contract provide for liquidated damages in the event that a customer does not purchase minimum monthly volumes of frac sand. The liquidated damages payable per ton of sand not purchased average approximately 75% of the contracted selling price per ton.

Contractual Obligations

The following table presents our contractual obligations and other commitments as of December 31, 2011.

 

Contractual Obligations

   Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than
5 years
 
     (in thousands)  

Long-term debt (1)

   $ 46,112       $       $     —       $ 46,112       $   

Land purchase agreement (2)

     6,250         6,250             —                   

Plant construction (3)

     4,300         4,300             —                   

Asset retirement obligations (4)

     832                     —                 832   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 57,494       $ 10,550       $     —       $ 46,112       $ 832   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) As of December 31, 2011 our sponsor had $46.1 million outstanding under its subordinated promissory notes. Borrowings under our sponsor’s subordinated promissory notes bear interest at a rate of 10% per annum if paid in cash, or 12% if paid-in-kind. Principal is payable in a single balloon payment due in July 2016. The balance under the subordinated promissory notes increased to $56.0 million as March 31, 2012. On April 6, 2012, our sponsor entered into a $62.5 million senior secured credit facility, of which $25 million is currently outstanding. Repayments of outstanding principal under our sponsor’s senior secured credit facility are required to be made quarterly, on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 each year, based on a minimum of 5% of the borrowed original principal amount of the loan. In addition, our sponsor may be required to make additional annual repayments of outstanding principal on May 15 of each year, depending on its level of excess cash flows, as defined in the related credit agreement. If not repaid earlier, the outstanding principal amount is required to be repaid by April 6, 2016. Our sponsor’s subordinated promissory notes and senior secured credit facility will not be contributed to us in connection with this offering, and we expect to have no indebtedness outstanding as of the closing of this offering.
(2) Our sponsor signed a purchase agreement for approximately 700 acres of land in Tomah, Wisconsin. Our sponsor expects to fund the purchase price in the second quarter of 2012. This land will not be contributed to us in connection with this offering.
(3) As of December 31, 2011, we had $4.3 million of remaining contractual commitments related to the expansion of the Wyeville facility and the purchase of related equipment. Additionally, during the three months ended March 31, 2012, our sponsor entered into contracts related to the construction of the Augusta facility in the amount of $28.3 million.
(4) The asset retirement obligation represents the fair value of post closure reclamation and site restoration commitments for the Wyeville property and processing facility.

 

96


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure of Market Risks

Market risk is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices. Historically, our sponsor’s risks have been predominantly related to potential changes in the fair value of its long-term debt due to fluctuations in applicable market interest rates. Going forward our market risk exposure generally will be limited to those risks that arise in the normal course of business, as we do not engage in speculative, non-operating transactions, nor do we utilize financial instruments or derivative instruments for trading purposes.

The market for frac sand is indirectly exposed to fluctuations in the prices of crude oil and natural gas to the extent such fluctuations impact drilling and completion activity levels and thus impact the activity levels of our customers in the pressure pumping industry. However, because we generate substantially all of our revenues under long-term, take-or-pay contracts, we believe we have only limited exposure to short-term fluctuations in the prices of crude oil and natural gas. We do not intend to hedge our indirect exposure to commodity risk.

Interest Rate Risk

As of March 31, 2012, our sponsor had $56.0 million in fixed rate long-term debt outstanding under its subordinated promissory notes, which is due July 2016 and bears interest at a fixed rate of 10% per annum for cash interest and 12% per annum for PIK interest. The fair value of our fixed rate long-term debt at March 31, 2012 was approximately $54.8 million, reflecting the application of current interest rates offered for debt with similar remaining terms and maturities. As an indication of this debt’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates, based upon an immediate 50 basis point increase in the applicable interest rates at March 31, 2012, the fair value of our sponsor’s fixed rate long-term debt would have decreased by approximately $0.2 million. Conversely, a 50 basis point decrease in that rate would increase the fair value of this indebtedness by $0.2 million.

On April 6, 2012, our sponsor entered into a $62.5 million senior secured credit facility with Amegy Bank, National Association and a syndicate of other financial institutions. Our sponsor’s senior secured credit facility consists of the following commitments on the part of the lending banks: (1) a four-year $25.0 million term loan, (2) a four-year $30.0 million advancing term loan commitment and (3) a four-year $7.5 million revolving loan commitment. In addition, the credit facility includes sub-facilities providing for letters of credit and swing line borrowings of up to $2.5 million each. Borrowings under our sponsor’s senior secured credit facility bear interest at a floating rate based upon our sponsor’s leverage ratio equal to, at our sponsor’s option, either (a) a base rate plus a range from 225 basis points and 325 basis points per annum or (b) a Eurodollar rate, plus a range of 325 basis points to 425 basis points per annum. The base rate is established as the highest of (i) the U.S. prime rate, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 50 basis points and (iii) daily one-month LIBOR plus 100 basis points. See Note 12 – Subsequent Events to our consolidated financial statements included in this registration statement for further discussion of this indebtedness.

We do not expect to have any liabilities or obligations under our sponsor’s subordinated promissory notes and senior secured credit facility following the completion of this offering. We expect to have no indebtedness outstanding as of the closing of this offering.

Credit Risk

Substantially all of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 was generated through long-term, take-or-pay contracts with two customers. We also signed a long-term, take-or-pay contract in October 2011 with a third customer and a one year take-or-pay contract in May 2012 with a fourth customer, for which shipments commenced in May 2012. One of these customers is not investment grade. All of our customers are pressure pumping service providers. This concentration of counterparties operating in a single industry may increase our overall exposure to credit risk, in that the counterparties may be similarly affected by changes in economic, regulatory or other conditions. If a customer defaults or if any of our contracts expires in accordance with its terms, and we are unable to renew or replace these contracts, our gross profit and cash flows, and our ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders may be adversely affected.

 

97


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Internal Controls and Procedures

Prior to the completion of this offering, our sponsor has been a private company with limited accounting personnel to adequately execute our accounting processes and limited other supervisory resources with which to address our internal control over financial reporting. As such, we have not maintained an effective control environment in that the design and execution of our controls has not consistently resulted in effective review and supervision by individuals with financial reporting oversight roles. In connection with our sponsor’s audit for the year ended December 31, 2011, our sponsor’s independent registered public accounting firm identified and communicated a material weakness related to the failure to maintain a sufficient complement of qualified accounting personnel, which contributed to our sponsor’s inability to maintain appropriate segregation of duties within the organization and effective review and supervision over the financial reporting process. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal controls such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our sponsor’s financial statements will not be prevented, or detected in a timely basis. This material weakness resulted in audit adjustments to our financial statements which were identified by our independent registered public accounting firm.

At the closing of this offering, our management team and financial reporting oversight personnel will be the same as those of our sponsor and thus, we may face the same material weakness described above.

Since March 2012, we have added several experienced accounting personnel, both full-time employees and contractors, in response to our identification of gaps in our skills base and expertise of the staff required to meet the financial reporting requirements of a public company. However, our evaluation of internal control over financial reporting is not complete and we expect remediation to continue.

While we have begun the process of evaluating our internal control over financial reporting, we are in the early phases of our review and will not complete our review until after this offering is completed. We cannot predict the outcome of our review at this time. During the course of the review, we may identify additional control deficiencies, which represent significant deficiencies and other material weaknesses, in addition to the material weakness previously identified, that require remediation by us. Our remediation efforts may not enable us to remedy or avoid material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in the future.

We are not currently required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Upon becoming a public company, we will be required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which will require our management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We will not be required to make our first assessment of our internal control over financial reporting until the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC. To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we will need to implement additional financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures and hire additional accounting, finance and legal staff.

Further, our independent registered public accounting firm is not yet required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, and will not be required to do so for as long as we are an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the provisions of the JOBS Act. Please read “Summary—Emerging Growth Company Status.”

 

98


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in US GAAP and IFRS, which clarifies Topic 820 and provides guidance on changes to certain principles or requirements for measuring fair value. The amendment is effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. We adopted this guidance as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

New and Revised Financial Accounting Standards

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the provisions of the JOBS Act, enacted on April 5, 2012. Section 102 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. However, we are choosing to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Our election to “opt-out” of the extended transition period is irrevocable.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally acceptable in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. We evaluate these estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis and base our estimates on historical experience, current conditions and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. The results of these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities as well as identifying and assessing the accounting treatment with respect to commitments and contingencies. Our actual results may materially differ from these estimates.

Listed below are the accounting policies we believe are critical to our financial statements due to the degree of uncertainty regarding the estimates or assumptions involved, and that we believe are critical to the understanding of our operations.

Asset Retirement Obligation

We estimate the future cost of dismantling, restoring and reclaiming operating excavation sites and related facilities in accordance with federal, state and local regulatory requirements. We record the initial estimated present value of reclamation costs as an asset retirement obligation and increase the carrying amount of the related asset by a corresponding amount. We allocate reclamation costs to expense over the life of the related assets and adjust the related liability for changes resulting from the passage of time and revisions to either the timing or amount of the original present value estimate. If the asset retirement obligation is settled for more or less than the carrying amount of the liability, a loss or gain will be recognized, respectively.

Inventory Valuation

Sand inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market using the average cost method. Costs applied to inventory include direct excavation costs, processing costs, overhead allocation, depreciation and depletion. Stockpile tonnages are calculated by measuring the number of tons added and removed from the stockpile.

 

99


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Tonnages are verified periodically by an independent surveyor. Costs are calculated on a per ton basis and are applied to the stockpiles based on the number of tons in the stockpile.

Spare parts inventory includes critical spares, materials and supplies. We account for spare parts on a first in first out basis, and value the inventory at the lower of cost or market.

Depletion

We amortize the cost to acquire land and mineral rights using a units of production method, based on the total estimated reserves and tonnage extracted each period.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We periodically evaluate whether current events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of our property, plant and equipment and mineral rights may not be recoverable. If circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable, we estimate future undiscounted net cash flows using estimates of proven sand reserves, estimated future sales prices (considering historical and current prices, price trends and related factors) and operating costs and anticipated capital expenditures. We record a reduction in the carrying value of our long lived assets if the undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value of the assets.

Our estimates of prices, recoverable proven reserves and operating and capital costs are subject to certain risks and uncertainties which may affect the recoverability of our long lived assets. Although we have made our best estimate of these factors based on current conditions, it is reasonably possible that changes could occur, which could adversely affect our estimate of the net cash flows expected to be generated from our operating property. No impairment charges were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 or the three-month period ended March 31, 2012.

Environmental Matters

We are subject to various federal, state and local laws and regulations governing, among other things, hazardous materials, air and water emissions, environmental contamination and reclamation and the protection of the environment and natural resources. We have made, and expect to make in the future, expenditures to comply with such laws and regulations, but cannot predict the full amount of such future expenditures.

 

100


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PROPPANT INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

Our Industry

The oil and natural gas proppant industry is comprised of businesses involved in the mining or manufacturing of the propping agents used in the drilling and completion of oil and natural gas wells. Hydraulic fracturing is the most widely used method for stimulating increased production from wells. The process consists of pumping fluids, mixed with granular proppants, into the geologic formation at pressures sufficient to create fractures in the hydrocarbon-bearing rock. Proppant-filled fractures create conductive channels through which the hydrocarbons can flow more freely from the formation into the wellbore and then to the surface.

Types of Proppant

There are three primary types of proppant that are commonly utilized in the hydraulic fracturing process: raw frac sand, which is the product we produce, resin-coated sand and manufactured ceramic beads. The following chart illustrates the composition of the North American market for proppant by type.

2011 Proppant Consumed by Weight

 

LOGO

Source: The Freedonia Group

Raw Frac Sand

Of the three primary types of proppant, raw frac sand is the most widely used due to its broad applicability in oil and natural gas wells and its cost advantage relative to other proppants. Raw frac sand may be used as a proppant in all but the highest pressure and temperature drilling environments, such as in the Haynesville shale, and has been employed in nearly all major U.S. oil and natural gas producing basins, including the Barnett, Eagle Ford, Fayetteville, Granite Wash, Marcellus, Niobara, Permian, Utica, Williston and Woodford basins.

Raw frac sand is generally mined from the surface or underground, and in some cases crushed, and then cleaned and sorted into consistent mesh sizes. The API has a range of guidelines it uses to evaluate frac sand grades and mesh sizes. In order to meet API specifications, frac sand must meet certain thresholds related to crush strength (ability to withstand high pressures), roundness and sphericity (facilitates hydrocarbon flow, or conductivity), particle size distribution, and turbidity (low levels of contaminants). Oil and gas producers generally require that frac sand used in their drilling and completion processes meet API specifications.

Raw frac sand can be further delineated into two main types: Northern White and Brady Brown. Northern White, which is the type of frac sand we produce, is considered to be of higher quality than Brady Brown and is known for its high crush strength, turbidity, roundness and sphericity and monocrystalline grain structure. Brady Brown has historically been considered the lower quality raw frac sand, as it is less monocrystalline in nature,

 

101


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

more angular, has a lower crush strength and often contains greater impurities, including feldspars and clays. Due to its quality, Northern White frac sand commands premium prices relative to Brady Brown. Northern White has historically experienced the greatest market demand relative to supply, due both to its superior physical characteristics and the fact that it is a globally unique resource that exists predominately in Wisconsin and other limited parts of the upper Midwest region of the United States. However, even within this superior class of Northern White sand, the quality of Northern White can vary significantly across deposits due to the differing geological processes that formed the various Northern White reserves.

Resin-Coated Frac Sand

Resin-coated frac sand consists of raw frac sand that is coated with a flexible resin that increases the sand’s crush strength and prevents crushed sand from dispersing throughout the fracture. The strength and shape of the end product are largely determined by the quality of the underlying raw frac sand. Pressured (or tempered) resin-coated sand primarily enhances crush strength, thermal stability and chemical resistance, allowing the sand to perform under harsh downhole conditions. Curable (or bonding) resin-coated frac sand uses a resin that is designed to bond together under closure stress and high temperatures, preventing proppant flowback. In general, resin-coated frac sand is better suited for higher pressure, higher temperature drilling operations commonly associated with deep wells and natural gas wells. In 2011, pricing for resin-coated frac sand was $300 to $800 per ton.

Ceramics

Ceramic proppant is a manufactured product of comparatively consistent size and spherical shape that typically offers the highest crush strength relative to other types of proppants. As a result, ceramic proppant use is most applicable in the highest pressure and temperature drilling environments. Ceramic proppant derives its product strength from the molecular structure of its underlying raw material and is designed to withstand extreme heat, depth and pressure environments. The deepest, highest temperature and highest pressure wells typically require heavy weight ceramics with high alumina/bauxite content and coarser mesh sizes. The lower crush resistant ceramic proppants are lighter weight and derived from kaolin clay, with densities closer to raw frac sand. In 2011, pricing for ceramic proppants was $500 to $1,200 per ton, with bauxite-based, heavy grade ceramics commanding the highest prices.

 

102


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Comparison of Key Proppant Characteristics

The following table sets forth what we believe to be the key comparative characteristics of our frac sand and the three primary types of proppant.

 

      Hi-Crush Wyeville   Raw Frac Sand   Resin-Coated   Ceramics
Product and Characteristics   • Natural resource –
Northern White sand

 

• Considered
highest
quality raw frac sand

 

• Monocrystalline
in nature,
exhibiting
exceptional crush
strength, turbidity
roundness and
sphericity
characteristics

  • Natural resource

 

• Primary types include
Northern White,
Brady Brown

 

• Quality of sand varies
widely depending
on source

  • Raw frac sand
substrate with resin
coating

 

• Coating increases
crush strength

 

• Bond together to
prevent proppant
flowback

  • Manufactured
product

 

• Typically highest
crush strength

2011 Pricing(1)

  $65/ton(2)   $20 to $120/ton(3)   $300 to $800/ton   $500 to $1,200/ton

Crush Strength

  9,000 to 12,000 psi   5,000 to 12,000 psi   10,000 to 15,000 psi   10,000 to 18,000 psi

 

(1) 2011 pricing and crush strength for raw frac sand, resin-coated and ceramics per Wall Street equity research.
(2) Represents 2012 average price per ton for Wyeville freight on board at the mine site under our long-term, take-or-pay contracts.
(3) Represents spot prices for both Northern White and Brady Brown delivered both at the mine and the field.

Proppant Mesh Sizes

Mesh size is used to describe the size of the proppant and is determined by sieving the proppant through screens with uniform openings corresponding to the desired size of the proppant. Each type of proppant comes in various sizes, categorized as mesh sizes, and the various mesh sizes are used in different applications in the oil and natural gas industry. Generally, larger mesh sizes are used in wells targeting oil and liquids-rich formations, and smaller mesh sizes are used in wells targeting primarily gas bearing formations. The mesh number system is a measure of the number of equally sized openings there are per square inch of screen through which the proppant is sieved. For example, a 30 mesh screen has 30 equally sized openings per linear inch. Therefore, as the mesh size increases, the granule size decreases. In order to meet API specifications, 90% of the proppant described as 30/50 mesh size proppant must consist of granules that will pass through a 30 mesh screen but not through a 50 mesh screen.

Frac Sand Extraction, Processing and Distribution

Raw frac sand is a naturally occurring mineral that is mined and processed. While the specific extraction method utilized depends primarily on the geologic setting, most raw frac sand is mined using conventional open-pit bench extraction methods. The composition, depth and chemical purity of the sand also dictate the processing method and equipment utilized. For example, broken rock from a sandstone deposit may require one, two or three stages of crushing to produce sand grains required to meet API specifications. In contrast, unconsolidated deposits, like those found at our Wyeville facility, may require little or no crushing during the excavation process. After extraction, the raw frac sand is washed with water to remove fine impurities such as clay and organic particles, with additional procedures used when contaminants are not easily removable. The final steps in the production process involve the drying and sorting of the raw frac sand according to mesh size.

 

103


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Most frac sand is shipped in bulk from the processing facility to customers by truck, rail or barge. For bulk raw frac sand, transportation costs often represent a significant portion of the customer’s overall product cost. Consequently, shipping in large quantities, particularly when shipping over long distances, provides a significant cost advantage to the customer, which highlights the importance of rail or barge access for low cost delivery. As a result, facility location and logistics capabilities are among the most important considerations for producers and customers.

Demand Trends

The North American proppant market, including raw frac sand, ceramic and resin-coated proppants, was approximately 22 million tons in 2011. Industry estimates for 2011 indicate that the raw frac sand market represented approximately 17 million tons, or 77.2% of the total proppant market by weight. Over the past five years, proppant demand by weight has increased by 28.0% annually, and the market is projected to continue growing by 7.2% per year through 2016, representing an increase in proppant demand of approximately nine million tons per year over that time period. The total North American proppant market size in dollars was $3.7 billion in 2011 and is projected to grow 10.5% annually through 2016, according to The Freedonia Group. The following chart illustrates historical and forecasted proppant demand for certain years from 2001 to 2021.

Historical and Projected Proppant Demand

 

LOGO

Source: The Freedonia Group

Demand growth for frac sand and other proppants is primarily due to advancements in oil and natural gas drilling and well completion technology and techniques, such as horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing. These advancements have made the extraction of oil and natural gas increasingly cost-effective in formations that historically would have been uneconomic to develop. Proppant is an essential component in the exploitation of unconventional oil and gas reservoirs, and the demand for proppant has increased as more of these reservoirs have been developed. Over the past five years, North American rig count has increased by 2.6% annually and is expected to continue growing by 3.5% annually through 2016. In addition, the percentage of active drilling rigs used to drill horizontal wells, which require greater volumes of proppant than vertical wells, has increased from 17.3% in 2006 to 57.4% in 2011. The following chart identifies growth in North American rig count since 2001 and projected growth through 2021.

 

104


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Historical and Projected North American Rig Count

LOGO

Source: The Freedonia Group and Baker Hughes.

As indicated above, over the past five years, North American rig count has increased by 2.6% annually, while the demand for proppant by weight has grown at a rate of 28.0% annually. We believe that demand for proppant has and will continue to increase at a rate greater than rig count as a result of the following additional demand drivers:

 

   

improved drilling rig productivity, resulting in more wells drilled per rig per year;

 

   

increases in the percentage of rigs that are drilling horizontal wells;

 

   

increases in the length of the typical horizontal wellbore;

 

   

increases in the number of fracture stages per foot in the typical completed horizontal wellbore;

 

   

increases in the volume of proppant used per fracturing stage; and

 

   

recurring efforts to offset steep production declines in unconventional oil and natural gas reservoirs, including the drilling of new wells and secondary hydraulic fracturing of existing wells.

The following table illustrates the historical and projected growth in North American wells drilled and the intensity of proppant use in those wells.

Historical and Projected North American Wells and Proppant Intensity

LOGO

Source: The Freedonia Group

Wells in unconventional reservoirs are characterized by high initial production rates followed by a steep decline in production rates during the first several years of the well’s life. Producers must continually drill new wells to offset production declines and maintain overall production levels. Additionally, operators are beginning to perform secondary hydraulic fracturing of existing wells in order to maintain overall production levels. We believe these efforts to offset steep production declines in unconventional oil and gas reservoirs will be a strong driver of future proppant demand growth.

 

105


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Recent growth in demand for raw frac sand has outpaced growth in demand for other proppants, and industry analysts predict that this trend will continue. According to The Freedonia Group, North American demand for all types of proppants, in dollar terms, is projected to increase 10.5% annually from 2011 through 2016, while demand for raw frac sand is projected to increase 12.1% annually over that time period. As well completion costs have increased as a proportion of total well costs, operators have increasingly looked for ways to improve per well economics by lowering costs without sacrificing production performance. To this end, the oil and natural gas industry is shifting away from the use of higher-cost proppants towards more cost-effective proppants, such as raw frac sand. The substantial increase in activity in North American oil and liquids-rich resource plays has further accelerated the demand growth for raw frac sand. Within these oil and liquids-rich basins, Northern White sand with coarser mesh sizes is often preferred due to its superior performance characteristics.

Supply Trends

As demand for raw frac sand has increased dramatically in recent years, the supply of raw frac sand has failed to keep pace, resulting in a supply-demand disparity. While a number of existing and new competitors have announced supply expansions and greenfield projects, we do not expect the magnitude of these expansions to meet expected demand. There are several key constraints to increasing raw frac sand production on an industry-wide basis, including:

 

   

the difficulty of finding frac sand reserves that meet API specifications;

 

   

the difficulty of securing contiguous frac sand reserves large enough to justify the capital investment required to develop a processing facility;

 

   

the challenges of identifying reserves with the above characteristics that either are located in close proximity to oil and natural gas reservoirs or have rail access needed for low-cost transportation to major shale basins;

 

   

the hurdles to securing mining, production, water, air, refuse and other federal, state and local operating permits from the proper authorities;

 

   

local opposition to development of facilities, especially those that require the use of on-road transportation, including moratoria on raw frac sand facilities in multiple counties in Wisconsin which hold potential sand reserves; and

 

   

the long lead time required to design and construct sand processing facilities that can efficiently process large quantities of high quality frac sand.

Furthermore, supplies of premium quality Northern White sands are limited to select areas, predominantly in western Wisconsin and selected areas of Minnesota and Illinois. The ability to obtain large contiguous reserves in these areas is a key constraint and can be particularly important for enabling the permitting and economic viability of a raw frac sand facility. At our Wyeville facility, we have been able to secure 600 acres and can excavate and process all sand on site, with no need to employ costly trucking transportation on local roads.

In part due to the community opposition and factors referenced above, permitting has recently become more challenging in Wisconsin. Several counties in the state have instituted moratoria on the permitting of new frac sand mining sites. While these moratoria have the potential to hinder the permitting of new facilities and slow increases in supply of frac sand, our Wyeville facility is fully permitted and complies with all current regulatory requirements. In addition, our sponsor has been successful in permitting and building the Augusta facility, which required obtaining an exemption to an in-place county moratorium. Our success in obtaining this exemption was a result of our management team’s experience in excavation and processing facility development, siting and permitting as well as our on-site approach to excavation and logistics, which minimizes community impact during the production process.

 

106


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Pricing

Raw frac sand has exhibited steady pricing increases over the past decade. While there are numerous grades and sizes of proppant which sell at varying prices, the overall pricing trend tends to be consistent across the various sizes. If demand for frac sand continues to grow faster than supply, then we expect that prices for frac sand will remain strong.

 

107


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a pure play, low-cost, domestic producer of premium monocrystalline sand, a specialized mineral that is used as a proppant to enhance the recovery rates of hydrocarbons from oil and natural gas wells. Our reserves consist of Northern White sand, a unique resource existing predominately in Wisconsin and limited portions of the upper Midwest region of the United States, which is highly valued as a preferred proppant because it exceeds all API specifications. We own, operate and develop sand reserves and related excavation and processing facilities and will seek to acquire or develop additional facilities. Our 600-acre facility with integrated rail infrastructure, located near Wyeville, Wisconsin, enables us to process and cost-effectively deliver approximately 1,600,000 tons of frac sand per year. Substantially all of our frac sand production is sold to leading investment grade-rated pressure pumping service providers under long-term, take-or-pay contracts that require our customers to pay a specified price for a specified volume of frac sand each month.

Over the past decade, exploration and production companies have increasingly focused on exploiting the vast hydrocarbon reserves contained in North America’s unconventional oil and natural gas reservoirs through advanced techniques, such as horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing. In recent years, this focus has resulted in exploration and production companies drilling more and longer horizontal wells, completing more hydraulic fracturing stages per well, and utilizing more proppant per stage in an attempt to maximize the volume of hydrocarbon recoveries per wellbore. As a result, North American demand for proppant has increased rapidly, growing at an average annual rate of 28.0% from 2006 to 2011, with total annual sales of $3.7 billion in 2011, according to The Freedonia Group. We believe that the market for raw frac sand will continue to grow based on the expected long-term development of North America’s unconventional oil and natural gas reservoirs.

Our Northern White sand, a type of silica, is highly valued by oil and natural gas producers as a preferred proppant due to its favorable physical characteristics, including superior crush strength (ability to withstand high pressures), turbidity (low levels of contaminants) and roundness and sphericity (facilitates hydrocarbon flow, or conductivity), and its lower cost as compared to other proppants such as resin-coated sand and manufactured ceramics. In addition, Northern White sand is a globally unique resource that exists predominately in Wisconsin and limited portions of the upper Midwest region of the United States. We believe the supply of frac sand has failed to keep pace with the significant recent increase in demand due to several industry-wide production constraints, including limited availability of API spec sand reserves globally as well as the difficulty of obtaining the myriad of construction, environmental, mining and other permits required by local, state and federal regulators.

We intend to utilize the significant oil and natural gas industry experience of our management team to take advantage of what we believe are favorable, long-term market dynamics as we execute our growth strategy, which includes both the acquisition of additional frac sand reserves and the development of new excavation and processing facilities. We expect to have the opportunity to acquire significant additional acreage and reserves currently owned or under option to be acquired by our sponsor, including approximately 4,500 acres of additional land in western Wisconsin, in addition to potential acquisitions from third parties.

We intend to remain solely focused on the frac sand market as we believe it offers attractive long-term growth fundamentals.

Business Strategies

Our primary business objective is to increase our cash distributions per unit over time. We intend to accomplish this objective by executing the following strategies:

 

   

Focusing on stable, long-term, take-or-pay contracts with key customers . A key component of our business model is our contracting strategy, which seeks to secure a high percentage of our cash flows under long-term, fixed price contracts with take-or-pay provisions, while also staggering the tenors of

 

108


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

our contracts so that they expire at different times. We believe this contracting strategy significantly mitigates our exposure to the potential price volatility of the spot market for frac sand in the short-term, allows us to take advantage of any increase in frac sand prices over the medium-term and provides us with long-term cash flow stability. As current contracts expire or as we add new processing capacity, we intend to pursue similar long-term contracts with our current customers and with other leading pressure pumping service providers. We intend to utilize nearly all of our processing capacity to fulfill these contracts, with any excess processed frac sand first offered to existing customers and the remaining amount sold opportunistically in the spot market.

 

   

Pursuing accretive acquisitions from our sponsor and third parties . We expect to pursue accretive acquisitions of frac sand facilities from our sponsor, which owns or has the option to acquire 4,500 acres of additional land in western Wisconsin with approximately 79.2 million tons of proven recoverable frac sand reserves according to John T. Boyd, as well as from third-party frac sand producers. As we evaluate acquisition opportunities, we intend to remain focused on operations that complement our reserves of premium frac sand and that provide or would accommodate the development and construction of rail or other advantaged logistics capabilities. We believe these factors are critical to our business model and are important characteristics for any potential acquisitions.

 

   

Expanding our proved reserve base and processing capacity . We seek to identify and evaluate economically attractive expansion and facility enhancement opportunities to increase our proved reserves and processing capacity. At Wyeville and any future sites, we expect to pursue add-on acreage acquisitions near our facilities to expand our reserve base and increase our reserve life. In March 2012, we completed an expansion of our Wyeville facility, increasing annual processing capacity from 950,000 tons per year to approximately 1,600,000 tons per year by adding wet and dry plant capacity and additional sand storage silos. We will continue to analyze and pursue other organic expansion efforts that will similarly allow us to cost-effectively optimize our existing assets and meet customer demand for our high quality frac sand.

 

   

Capitalizing on compelling industry fundamentals . We intend to continue to position ourselves as a pure play producer of high quality frac sand, as we believe the frac sand market offers attractive long-term growth fundamentals. The growth of horizontal drilling in shale and other unconventional oil and natural gas plays has resulted in greater demand for frac sand. This demand growth is underpinned by increased horizontal drilling, higher proppant use per well and cost advantages over resin-coated sand and manufactured ceramics. We believe frac sand supply will continue to be constrained by the difficulty in finding reserves that meet the technical specifications of the API in contiguous quantities large enough to justify the capital investment required and the challenges associated with successfully obtaining the necessary local, state and federal permits required for operations.

 

   

Maintaining financial flexibility and conservative leverage . We plan to pursue a disciplined financial policy and maintain a conservative capital structure. We expect to have no indebtedness at the closing of this offering and $         million of liquidity in the form of cash on hand and undrawn borrowing capacity under our new $         million revolving credit facility. We believe that our borrowing capacity and ability to access debt and equity capital markets after this offering will provide us with the financial flexibility necessary to achieve our organic expansion and acquisition strategy.

Competitive Strengths

We believe that we are well positioned to successfully execute our strategy and achieve our primary business objective because of the following competitive strengths:

 

   

Long-term contracted cash flow stability . We will generate substantially all of our revenues from the sale of frac sand under long-term contracts that require subsidiaries of Baker Hughes, FTS International, Halliburton and Weatherford to pay specified prices for specified volumes of product each month. We believe that the take-or-pay volume and pricing provisions and the long-term nature of our contracts will

 

109


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

provide us with a stable base of cash flows and limit the risks associated with price movements in the spot market and any changes in product demand during the contract period. We are currently contracted to sell 1,460,000 tons of frac sand annually from our Wyeville facility, and as of May 10, 2012, our contracts had a weighted average remaining life of approximately 4.7 years.

 

   

Long-lived, high quality reserve base. Our Wyeville facility contains approximately 48.4 million tons of proven recoverable coarse grade reserves as of December 31, 2011, based on a third-party reserve report by John T. Boyd, and has an implied 33-year reserve life at currently contracted production rates. These reserves consist of high quality Northern White frac sand. Analysis by independent third-party testing companies indicates that our sand demonstrates superior characteristics with regard to crush strength, turbidity and sphericity as compared to other raw frac sand, including other Northern White sand, and certain resin-coated proppants. As a result, our raw frac sand is particularly well suited for and is experiencing significant demand from customers for use in the hydraulic fracturing of unconventional oil and natural gas wells.

 

   

Intrinsic logistics and infrastructure advantage . The strategic location and logistics capabilities of our Wyeville facility enable us to serve all major U.S. oil and natural gas producing basins. Our on-site transportation assets include three 5,000-foot rail spurs off a Union Pacific Railroad mainline that are capable of accommodating unit trains, allowing our customers to receive priority scheduling, expedited delivery and a more cost-effective shipping alternative. Our logistics capabilities enable efficient loading of sand and minimize rail car turnaround times at the facility, and we expect to acquire or develop similar logistics capabilities at any facilities we own in the future. We believe we are one of the few frac sand producers with a facility initially designed to deliver frac sand meeting API specifications to all of the major U.S. oil and natural gas producing basins by on-site rail facilities, including on-site storage capacity accommodating unit trains.

 

   

Competitive operating cost structure . Our operations have been strategically designed to provide low per-unit production costs with a significant variable component for the excavation and processing of our sand. Our sand reserves do not require blasting or crushing to be processed and, due to the shallow overburden at our Wyeville facility, we are able to use surface mining equipment in our operations, which provides for a lower cost structure than underground mining operations. Our mining operations are subcontracted to Gerke Excavating, Inc. at a fixed cost per ton excavated, subject to a diesel fuel surcharge, under a three-year contract. Unlike some competitors, our processing and rail loading facilities are located on-site, which eliminates the requirement for on-road transportation, lowers product movement costs and minimizes the reduction in sand quality due to handling.

 

   

Experienced and incentivized management team . Our management team has extensive experience investing and operating in the oil and natural gas industry and will be focused on optimizing our current business and expanding our operations through disciplined development and accretive acquisitions. We believe our management team’s substantial experience and relationships with participants in the oilfield services and exploration and production industries provide us with an extensive operational and commercial understanding of the markets in which our customers operate. In addition, we believe the experience of our management team in frac sand mining and processing facility development has allowed us to design and develop modern operations more efficiently than many of our competitors. Members of our management team are strongly incentivized to profitably grow our business and cash flows through their 39% interest in our sponsor, which owns, directly or indirectly,          of our common units and all of our subordinated units and incentive distribution rights.

Assets and Business Operations

We own and operate the Wyeville facility, which is located in Monroe County, Wisconsin and, as of December 31, 2011, contained 48.4 million tons of proven recoverable sand reserves of mesh sizes we currently have contracted to sell. According to John T. Boyd, our proven reserves consist entirely of coarse grade Northern White sand that can be processed to meet API specifications. Analysis of our sand by independent third-party

 

110


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

testing companies indicates that it demonstrates superior characteristics with regard to crush strength, turbidity and sphericity as compared to other raw frac sand, including other Northern White sand, and certain resin-coated products.

We commenced sand excavation and processing in June 2011 with an initial plant processing capacity of 950,000 tons per year, and customer shipments were initiated in July 2011. From the Wyeville in-service date to March 31, 2012, we have processed and sold 555,250 tons of frac sand. We completed an expansion in March 2012 that increased our annual expected processing capacity to approximately 1,600,000 tons per year. We have contracted approximately 91% of this capacity for the remainder of 2012 and through the second quarter of 2014, and approximately 71% of this capacity for the remainder of 2014 and through the second quarter of 2016. Based on currently contracted production rates and a reserve report prepared by John T. Boyd, our Wyeville facility has an implied 33-year reserve life as of December 31, 2011.

The following table summarizes certain of the key characteristics of our Wyeville facility we believe allow us to provide our customers with high quality frac sand efficiently at competitive prices.

Key Characteristics of Wyeville Facility and its Reserves

 

Facility Characteristics

  

Description

Site Geography

   Situated on 600 contiguous acres, with on-site processing and rail loading facilities.

Deposits

   Sand pay zones of up to 80 feet; coarse grade mesh sizes from 20 to 70; few impurities such as clay or other contaminants.

Excavation Technique

   Shallow overburden allowing for surface excavation.

Sand Processing

   Sands are unconsolidated; do not require crushing.

Logistics Capabilities

   On-site transportation infrastructure capable of accommodating unit trains connected to Union Pacific Railroad mainline.

Sand Reserves

As of December 31, 2011, we had a total of 48.4 million tons of proven recoverable mineral reserves at our Wyeville facility. We own all 600 acres of land surrounding our Wyeville facility, which secures our mineral rights and access to reserves.

“Reserves” consist of sand that can be economically extracted or produced at the time of determination based on relevant legal, economic and technical considerations. The reserve estimates referenced herein represent proven reserves, which we define in the glossary. The quantity and nature of the mineral reserves at our Wyeville facility are estimated by our internal geologists and mining engineers and updated periodically, with necessary adjustments for operations during the year and additions or reductions due to property acquisitions and dispositions, quality adjustments and mine plan updates. John T. Boyd has estimated our reserves as of December 31, 2011, and we intend to continue retaining third party engineers to review our reserves on an annual basis.

Our Wyeville reserves are a unique mineral resource created over millions of years. Approximately 500 million years ago, the quartz rich Cambrian sheet sands were deposited in the upper Midwest region of the United States. During the Pleistocene era, which occurred approximately two million years ago, erosion caused by the melting of glaciers cut channels into the Mt. Simon Formation, forming rivers. Loose grains of sand resulting from this same erosion settled in these river beds where they were washed by the consistent current of the river. The washing action of the river removed debris, known as fines, from the sand, rounded the sand grains and helped it to remain unconsolidated. The Wyeville deposit is located in one of these ancient river beds. The high quartz content of the Cambrian sands and the monocrystalline structure of the Wyeville deposit is responsible for the extremely high crush resistance relative to other types of sand.

 

111


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The sands are unconsolidated, extremely clean and well-rounded, and as a result do not require crushing or extensive processing to eliminate clays or other contaminants, enabling us to cost-effectively produce high quality, frac sand meeting API specifications. In addition, the sand deposits are present to a depth of approximately 80 feet, with a shallow overburden of approximately five feet. The shallow depth of the sand deposits allows us to conduct surface mining rather than underground mining, which lowers our production costs and decreases safety risks as compared to underground mining. The following map indicates the layout and location of our Wyeville facility.

Wyeville Facility

 

LOGO

Before acquiring new reserves, we perform extensive drilling of cores and analysis and other testing of the cores to confirm the quantity and quality of the acquired reserves. We have undertaken a comprehensive exploration drilling program at the Wyeville facility. In total, we have reviewed 52 core holes that were drilled utilizing mud rotary and sonic core drilling techniques with holes spaced between 500 feet and 800 feet to delineate the resource. The holes were drilled into the underlying Mount Simon sandstone formation through the unconsolidated sand, with depths generally ranging from 55 feet to 80 feet. The holes were sampled in 10-foot depth increments with each 10-foot depth increment yielding a corresponding lab gradation. Core samples were

 

112


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

sent to leading proppant sand-testing laboratories. The results of this program were taken into account in determining the quality and volume of our reserves. The following charts illustrate the unique and attractive characteristics of our sand reserves.

Industry Crush Strength Benchmarking

30/50 Raw Frac Sand

 

LOGO

 

 

Note: Information based on publicly available competitor crush strength data.

(1) Based on the average of Competitor C’s published crush strength for its 30/50 mesh size sand.
(2) Based on representative examples from publicly available sources.

40/70 Raw Frac Sand

 

LOGO

 

 

Note: Information based on publicly available competitor crush strength data.

(1) Based on the average of Competitor A’s published crush strength for its 40/70 mesh size sand.
(2) Based on the average of Competitor C’s published crush strength for its 40/70 mesh size sand.
(3) Based on representative examples from publicly available sources.

We acquired the Wyeville acreage in January 2011 from three separate land owners, one of which had previously conducted limited surface excavation on-site. While we own in fee all of the land at our Wyeville facility, our production is subject to a non-participating royalty interest of $6.15 per ton of frac sand sold. These royalties were negotiated by us in connection with our acquisition of the Wyeville acreage. In some instances in the future, we may acquire the mineral rights to reserves without actually taking ownership of the properties.

Excavation Operations

We conduct only surface excavation operations and do not operate any underground mines. Our mining technique is open-pit excavation of approximately 20-acre panels of unconsolidated silica deposits. The excavation process involves clearing and grubbing vegetation and trees overlying the proposed mining area. The initial two to five feet of overburden is removed and utilized to construct perimeter berms around the pit and property boundary.

 

113


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

A track excavator and articulated trucks are utilized for excavating the sand at several different elevation levels of the active pit. The pit is dry mined, and the water elevation is maintained below working level through a dewatering and pumping process. The mined material is loaded and hauled from different areas of the pit and different elevations within the pit to the primary loading facility at our mine’s on-site wet processing facility. The excavation operations are outsourced to a third party that is paid based on a fixed fee per ton of sand excavated, subject to a diesel fuel surcharge.

Processing Facilities

Our processing facilities are designed to wash, sort and store our raw frac sand. The Wyeville processing plant started operations in June 2011 and employs modern and efficient wet and dry processing technology.

Our mined raw frac sand is initially stockpiled before processing. The material is recovered by a mounted belt feeder, which extends beneath a surge pile, and is fed onto a conveyor. The sand exits the tunnel on the conveyor belt and is fed into the 600-ton per hour wet plant where impurities and unusable fine grain sand are removed from the raw feed. The wet processed sand is then stockpiled in advance of being fed into the dry plant for further processing. The wet plant operates for seven to eight months per year due to the limitations arising from sustained freezing temperatures during winter months. When the wet plant is operating, however, it processes more sand per day than the dry plant to build-up stockpiles of frac sand to be processed by the dry plant during the winter months.

The dry plant, which operates throughout the entire year, has a rated capacity of 250 tons per hour. The wet processed sand stockpile is fed into the dry plant hopper using a front end loader. The material is processed in a natural gas fired vibratory fluid bed dryer contained in an enclosed building. After drying, the sand is screened through gyratory screens and separated into industry standard product sizes. The finished product is then conveyed to multiple on-site storage silos for each size specification.

Logistics Capabilities

All of our product is shipped by rail from our three 5,000-foot rail spurs that connect our processing and storage facilities to a Union Pacific Railroad mainline. The length of these rail spurs and the capacity of the associated product storage silos allow us to accommodate a large number of rail cars. It also enables us to accommodate unit trains, which significantly increases our efficiency in meeting our customers’ frac sand transportation needs. Unit trains, typically 80 rail cars in length or longer, are dedicated trains chartered for a single delivery destination. Generally, unit trains receive priority scheduling and do not switch cars at various intermediate junctions, which results in a more cost-effective and efficient method of shipping than the standard method of rail shipment. We believe the Wyeville facility is one of the first frac sand facilities in the industry initially designed to accommodate large scale rail and unit train logistics, which require sufficient acreage, loading facilities and rail spurs to accommodate a unit train on site.

Logistics capabilities of frac sand producers are important to our customers, who focus on both the reliability and flexibility of product delivery. Because our customers generally find it impractical to store frac sand in large quantities near their job sites, they seek to arrange for product to be delivered where and as needed, which requires predictable and efficient loading and shipping of product. The integrated nature of our logistics operations and our three 5,000 foot rail spurs enable us to handle railcars for multiple customers simultaneously, minimizing the number of days required to successfully load shipments, even at times of peak activity, avoid the use of trucks and minimize transloading within the facility. At the same time, we believe our ability to ship using unit trains differentiates us from most other frac sand producers that ship using manifest, or mixed freight, trains, which may make multiple stops to switch cars before delivering cargoes, or transport their products by truck or barge. In addition, unlike some competitors, our processing and rail loading facilities are located on-site, which eliminates the requirement for on-road transportation, lowers product movement costs and minimizes the reduction in sand quality due to handling. Together, these advantages provide our customers with a reliable and efficient delivery method from our facility to each of the major U.S. oil and natural gas producing basins, and allow us to take advantage of the increasing demand for such a delivery method.

 

114


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Geographic Breakdown of Deliveries

 

Percentage Delivered by Destination

 

LOGO

Destination    Associated Basins (1)
Texas   

Permian

Eagle Ford

Pennsylvania    Marcellus
Colorado   

Niobrara

Piceance

Arkansas    Fayetteville
Oklahoma    Mid-Continent
Ohio    Utica
North Dakota    Bakken

 

 

 

Note: Deliveries include total frac sand delivered by Hi-Crush Proppants LLC from July 2011 through April 30, 2012.

(1) Basins where we believe our frac sand is used after shipment to transload facilities in the destination states.

We sell frac sand freight on board, or “FOB,” to our customers, meaning that they take title to the product once it is loaded into their owned or leased railcars, which are generally specifically dedicated to support their contracts with us, and they incur all transportation costs. Accordingly, we have no direct exposure to fluctuations in rail transportation costs.

Quality Control

We employ an automated process control system that efficiently manages our mining, loading, shipping, storage, processing and preventative maintenance functions. Furthermore, our co-located storage and loading facilities and shipment via unit trains reduce the incidence of contamination during the delivery process and result in higher quality sand being delivered to our customers. We monitor the quality and consistency of our products by conducting hourly tests throughout the production process to detect variances, using each of three unique testing technologies. We take product samples from every rail car that is loaded at the facility and test every fourth car in our on-site laboratory. Samples are retained for three months for testing upon customer request. We have a third-party calibration company certify all measurement devices at our facility on a monthly basis. We also provide customers with documentation verifying that all products shipped meet customer specifications. We continually refine our processes to ensure repeatable results in our processing plant and product quality accountability for our customers.

Customers

Our current customer base is comprised of subsidiaries of four of North America’s largest providers of pressure pumping services, Baker Hughes, FTS International, Halliburton and Weatherford. Our largest customers based on current contracts, Baker Hughes and Halliburton, are each rated A2 / A by Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s, respectively, and Weatherford is rated Baa2 / BBB by these agencies. FTS International is rated B1 / B+ by these agencies. Spears and Associates estimates that these four companies controlled 47% of North American pressure pumping horsepower in 2011 and accounted for greater than 50% of the North American pressure pumping market, based on 2011 revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2011, sales to Halliburton and Weatherford accounted for 64% and 36% of our total revenues, respectively. Sales under our contracts with Baker Hughes and FTS International commenced in May 2012.

 

115


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Contracts

We sell substantially all of the sand we produce under long-term, take-or-pay contracts that significantly reduce our exposure to short-term fluctuations in the price of and demand for frac sand. For the year ended December 31, 2011 and the first quarter of 2012, we generated 99% of our revenues from sand delivered under our long-term sand sales contracts, and we expect to continue selling a significant majority of our sand under long-term contracts. As of May 10, 2012, we had four long-term sand sale contracts with a weighted average remaining life of approximately 4.7 years. The following table presents a summary of our contracted volumes and revenues from 2011 through 2015, as well as the average contract sales price and make-whole price our customers are obligated to pay in the event they decline to accept delivery of the required product volumes under their respective contracts.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2011     2012     2013     2014     2015  

Contracted Volumes (tons)

    331,667        1,216,667        1,460,000        1,295,000        1,130,000   

% of Processing Capacity (1)

    79     85     91     81     71

Contracted Revenue

  $ 19,916,667      $ 78,966,667      $ 96,466,667      $ 88,350,000      $ 80,100,000   

Average Sales Price per ton

    $60        $65        $66        $68        $71   

Average Make-Whole Price per ton

    $60        $49        $49        $51        $51   

 

(1) Percentage of processing capacity for 2011 and 2012 based on weighted average processing capacity for such periods.

As the above table illustrates, when one of our contracts expires in 2014, the average contracted price per ton will increase. The expiring contract provides for sales prices lower than current market prices. Prior to this contract’s expiration, we will seek to renew or replace this contract on pricing terms more comparable to market prices at the time. Occasionally, if we have excess production and market conditions are favorable, we may elect to sell frac sand in spot market transactions.

The terms of our customer contracts, including sand quality requirements, quantity parameters, permitted sources of supply, effects of future regulatory changes, force majeure and termination and assignment provisions, vary by customer. As indicated in the above table, our customer contracts contain penalties for non-performance by our customers, with make-whole prices averaging approximately $49 per ton in 2012. If one of our customers fails to meet its minimum obligations to us, we would expect that the make-whole payment, combined with a decrease in our variable costs (such as royalty payments and excavation costs), would substantially mitigate any adverse impact on our cash flow from such failure. We would also have the ability to sell the sand volumes for which we receive make-whole payments to third parties. Our customer contracts also contain penalties for our non-performance. If we are unable to deliver contracted volumes within three months of contract year end, or otherwise arrange for delivery from a third party, we are required to pay make-whole payments averaging approximately $49 per ton in 2012. We believe our new facilities, substantial reserves and our on-site processing and logistics capabilities mitigate our risk of non-performance. In addition, we intentionally maintain long-term contracted volume commitments to our customers at less than 100% of our processing capacity to provide excess capacity to reduce the likelihood of failing to meet the requirements of our contracts.

Quality and volumes of sand are stipulated in our sales contracts, which require us to deliver frac sand meeting or exceeding the standards of ISO 13503-2. Our sand is sold FOB plant site, with title and risk of loss transferring to the customer when we load the sand onto the customer’s rail cars at our facility.

 

116


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Competition

There are numerous large and small producers in all sand producing regions of the United States with whom we compete. Our main competitors include Badger Mining Corporation, Fairmount Minerals, Ltd., Preferred Proppants LLC, Unimin Corporation and U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. The most important factors on which we compete are product quality, performance and sand characteristics, transportation capabilities, reliability of supply and price. Demand for frac sand and the prices that we will be able to obtain for our products, to the extent not subject to a fixed price contract, are closely linked to proppant consumption patterns for the completion of oil and natural gas wells in North America. These consumption patterns are influenced by numerous factors, including the price for hydrocarbons, the drilling rig count and hydraulic fracturing activity, including the number of stages completed and the amount of proppant used per stage. Further, these consumption patterns are also influenced by the location, quality, price and availability of raw frac sand and other types of proppants such as resin-coated sand and ceramic proppant.

Our History and Relationship with Our Sponsor

Overview and History

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, our sponsor, was formed in 2010 in Houston, Texas. Members of our sponsor’s management team have, on average, more than 20 years of experience investing in and operating businesses in the oil and natural gas and sand mining industries. Members of our management team have partnered with major oilfield services companies and exploration and production companies in the development of oil and natural gas reservoirs. In this capacity, members of our management team gained valuable expertise and developed strong relationships in the oilfield services industry. Recognizing the increasing demand for proppants as a result of rapidly evolving hydraulic fracturing techniques, members of our management team chose to leverage their expertise and relationships to capitalize on this increasing demand by developing raw frac sand reserves and facilities. In addition, we believe that members of our management team have overseen the design, construction and staffing for the majority of major sand mining and processing facilities developed in the last 10 years. Their expertise covers a wide range of disciplines, with an emphasis on development, construction and operation of frac sand processing facilities, frac sand supply chain management and consulting and bulk solids material handling.

Our sponsor’s lead investor is Avista Capital Partners, a leading private equity firm with significant investing and operating expertise in the energy industry. Founded in 2005 by senior investment professionals who worked together at DLJMB, then one of the world’s largest and most successful private equity franchises, Avista makes controlling or influential minority investments in connection with various transaction structures. The energy team at Avista is comprised of experienced professionals and industry executives with relevant expertise in the energy sector. Avista principals have led over $2.7 billion in equity investments in energy companies while at Avista and DLJMB, including Basic Energy Services, Inc., Brigham Exploration Company, Copano Energy, L.L.C., Seabulk International, Inc., and joint-ventures with Carrizo Oil & Gas, Inc.

Our Sponsor’s Assets

Our sponsor owns or has options to acquire several other sand mining locations where it could develop similar logistics capabilities as the Wyeville facility, and it will retain these assets following this offering. The Augusta excavation and processing facility in Eau Claire County, Wisconsin is currently under construction and is expected to be operational in September 2012. John T. Boyd estimated that, as of December 31, 2011, the Augusta site had 46.2 million tons of proven recoverable coarse grade sand reserves located on approximately 1,000 acres. Our sponsor is building a 1,600,000 ton per year processing facility, and John T. Boyd estimates that the site has a reserve life of approximately 39 years based on currently contracted production levels. Our sponsor has contracted for the sale of 1,200,000 tons of sand per year from the Augusta facility with two of our existing customers under take-or-pay contracts with a weighted average life of approximately 4.8 years that specify both volumes and price. The customers will take delivery of the sand at on-site rail facilities that, like the Wyeville facility, can accommodate unit trains.

 

117


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our sponsor has agreed to acquire approximately 700 acres in Tomah, Wisconsin, which is six miles south of the Wyeville facility in Monroe County. The Tomah site has access to the same Union Pacific Railroad mainline as the Wyeville facility, which runs adjacent to the property, and could accommodate similar rail logistics as the Wyeville facility. Extensive core samples have been taken at Tomah and independently tested with results indicating a high quality sand reserve similar to the Wyeville site. According to a John T. Boyd reserve report, the Tomah site had proven recoverable sand reserves of 33 million tons as of December 31, 2011, which represents a 51 year reserve life assuming construction of a 650,000 ton per year processing facility.

In addition, our sponsor is evaluating a number of additional development locations and adds potential projects to its development backlog regularly. Approximately 1,800 contiguous acres are currently under exclusive options to our sponsor to purchase for a site located five miles north of our Augusta facility, also in Eau Claire County, Wisconsin. In Trempealeau County, Wisconsin, our sponsor has approximately 1,000 contiguous acres under exclusive options to purchase. Both of these sites are on-rail, and coring and permitting due diligence are currently being conducted.

Our sponsor’s retained sand facilities represent a significant potential growth opportunity for us. Our sponsor continually evaluates acquisitions and may elect to acquire, construct or dispose of assets in the future, including in sales of assets to us. As the owner of our general partner,          of our common units, all          of our subordinated units, and, indirectly through our general partner, all of our incentive distribution rights following this offering, our sponsor is well aligned and highly motivated to promote and support the successful execution of our business strategies, including utilizing our partnership as a growth vehicle for its sand mining operations. Although we expect to have the opportunity to make additional acquisitions directly from our sponsor in the future, including the sand excavation and processing facilities described above, our sponsor is under no obligation to make acquisition opportunities available to us. In addition, while we believe our relationship with our sponsor is a significant positive attribute, it may also be a source of conflict. For example, our sponsor has no obligation to offer to sell or to sell us any of its current or future assets, and is not restricted in its ability to compete with us. Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.”

Our Management and Employees

We are managed and operated by the board of directors and executive officers of our general partner, Hi-Crush GP LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of our sponsor. As a result of owning our general partner, our sponsor will have the right to appoint all members of the board of directors of our general partner, including at least three independent directors meeting the independence standards established by the NYSE. At least one of our independent directors will be appointed prior to the date our common units are listed for trading on the NYSE. Our unitholders will not be entitled to elect our general partner or its directors or otherwise directly participate in our management or operations. For more information about the executive officers and directors of our general partner, please read “Management.”

Following the consummation of this offering, we will enter into an omnibus agreement with our sponsor and our general partner that will govern our relationship with them regarding the provisions of certain administrative services to us. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Omnibus Agreement.” In addition, under our partnership agreement, we will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates, including our sponsor, for all expenses they incur and payments they make on our behalf, to the extent such expenses are not contemplated by the omnibus agreement. Our partnership agreement does not set a limit on the amount of expenses for which our general partner and its affiliates may be reimbursed. Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will determine in good faith the expenses that are allocable to us.

Hi-Crush Partners LP does not have any employees. All of the employees that will conduct our business pursuant to the omnibus agreement will be employed by Hi-Crush Proppants LLC or a wholly owned subsidiary of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC. As of March 31, 2012, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC had 54 employees and our general partner had not yet been formed. In addition, we contract out our excavation operations to a third party, Gerke Excavating, Inc., and accordingly have no employees involved in those operations.

 

118


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Environmental and Occupational Safety and Health Regulation

Mining and Workplace Safety

Federal Regulation

The U.S. Mine Safety and Health Administration (“MSHA”) is the primary regulatory agency with jurisdiction over the commercial silica industry. Accordingly, MSHA regulates quarries, surface mines, underground mines, and the industrial mineral processing facilities associated with quarries and mines. The mission of MSHA is to administer the provisions of the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977 and to enforce compliance with mandatory safety and health standards. As part of MSHA’s oversight, its representatives must perform at least two unannounced inspections annually for each surface mining facility in its jurisdiction. To date, these inspections have not resulted in any citations for material violations of MSHA standards.

We also are subject to the requirements of the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Act (“OSHA”) and comparable state statutes that regulate the protection of the health and safety of workers. In addition, the OSHA Hazard Communication Standard requires that information be maintained about hazardous materials used or produced in operations and that this information be provided to employees, state and local government authorities, and the public. OSHA regulates the users of commercial silica and provides detailed regulations requiring employers to protect employees from overexposure to silica through the enforcement of permissible exposure limits and the OSHA Hazard Communication Standard.

Internal Controls

We adhere to a strict occupational health program aimed at controlling employee exposure to silica dust, which includes dust sampling, a respiratory protection program, medical surveillance, training, and other components. Our safety program is designed to ensure compliance with MSHA regulations. For both health and safety issues, extensive training is provided to employees. We have a safety committee at our plant made up of salaried and hourly employees that are involved in establishing, implementing, and improving safety standards. We perform annual internal health and safety audits and conduct semi-annual crisis management drills to test our plants’ abilities to respond to various situations.

Environmental Matters

We and the commercial silica industry are subject to extensive governmental regulation pertaining to matters such as permitting and licensing requirements, plant and wildlife protection, hazardous materials, air and water emissions, and environmental contamination and reclamation. A variety of federal, state and local agencies have established, implement and enforce these regulations.

Federal Regulation

At the federal level, we may be required to obtain permits under Section 404 of the Clean Water Act from the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers for the discharge of dredged or fill material into waters of the United States, including wetlands and streams, in connection with our operations. We also may be required to obtain permits under Section 402 of the Clean Water Act from the EPA or the Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources, to whom the EPA has delegated local implementation of the permit program, for discharges of pollutants into waters of the United States, including discharges of wastewater or stormwater runoff associated with construction activities. Failure to obtain these required permits or to comply with their terms could subject us to administrative, civil, and criminal penalties as well as injunctive relief.

The U.S. Clean Air Act and comparable state laws regulate emissions of various air pollutants through air emissions permitting programs and the imposition of other requirements. These regulatory programs may require us to install expensive emissions abatement equipment, modify operational practices, and obtain permits for

 

119


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

existing or new operations. Before commencing construction on a new or modified source of air emissions, such laws may require us to reduce emissions at existing facilities. As a result, we may be required to incur increased capital and operating costs to comply with these regulations. We could be subject to administrative, civil, and criminal penalties as well as injunctive relief for noncompliance with air permits or other requirements of the U.S. Clean Air Act and comparable state laws and regulations.

As part of our operations, we utilize or store petroleum products and other substances such as diesel fuel, lubricating oils, and hydraulic fluid. We are subject to regulatory programs pertaining to the storage, use, transportation, and disposal of these substances. Spills or releases may occur in the course of our operations, and we could incur substantial costs and liabilities as a result of such spills or releases, including claims for damage or injury to property and persons. The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (“CERCLA,” also known as the Superfund law) and comparable state laws impose joint and several liability, without regard to fault or legality of conduct, on classes of persons who are considered to be responsible for the release of hazardous substances into the environment. These persons include the owner or operator of the site where the release occurred and anyone who disposed of or arranged for disposal, including offsite disposal, of a hazardous substance generated or released at the site. Under CERCLA, such persons may be subject to liability for the costs of cleaning up the hazardous substances, for damages to natural resources, and for the costs of certain health studies. In addition, it is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by the hazardous substances released into the environment.

In addition, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”) and comparable state statutes regulate the generation, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal, and cleanup of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes. The EPA and Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources, to whom the EPA has delegated portions of the RCRA program for local implementation, administer the RCRA program.

Our operations may also be subject to broad environmental review under the National Environmental Policy Act (“NEPA”). NEPA requires federal agencies to evaluate the environmental impact of all “major federal actions” significantly affecting the quality of the human environment. The granting of a federal permit for a major development project, such as a mining operation, may be considered a “major federal action” that requires review under NEPA. Therefore, our projects may require review and evaluation under NEPA. As part of this evaluation, the federal agency considers a broad array of environmental impacts, including, among other things, impacts on air quality, water quality, wildlife (including threatened and endangered species), historic and archeological resources, geology, socioeconomics, and aesthetics. NEPA also requires the consideration of alternatives to the project. The NEPA review process, especially the preparation of a full environmental impact statement, can be time consuming and expensive. The purpose of the NEPA review process is to inform federal agencies’ decision-making on whether federal approval should be granted for a project and to provide the public with an opportunity to comment on the environmental impacts of a proposed project. Though NEPA requires only that an environmental evaluation be conducted and does not mandate a particular result, a federal agency could decide to deny a permit or impose certain conditions on its approval, based on its environmental review under NEPA, or a third party could challenge the adequacy of a NEPA review and thereby delay the issuance of a federal permit or approval.

Federal agencies granting permits for our operations also must consider impacts to endangered and threatened species and their habitat under the Endangered Species Act. We also must comply with and are subject to liability under the Endangered Species Act, which prohibits and imposes stringent penalties for the harming of endangered or threatened species and their habitat. Federal agencies also must consider a project’s impacts on historic or archeological resources under the National Historic Preservation Act, and we may be required to conduct archeological surveys of project sites and to avoid or preserve historical areas or artifacts.

 

120


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

State and Local Regulation

We are also subject to a variety of state and local environmental review and permitting requirements. Some states, including Wisconsin where our current projects are located, have state laws similar to NEPA; thus our development of a new site or the expansion of an existing site may be subject to comprehensive state environmental reviews even if it is not subject to NEPA. In some cases, the state environmental review may be more stringent than the federal review. Our operations may require state-law based permits in addition to federal permits, requiring state agencies to consider a range of issues, many the same as federal agencies, including, among other things, a project’s impact on wildlife and their habitats, historic and archaeological sites, aesthetics, agricultural operations, and scenic areas. Wisconsin and some other states also have specific permitting and review processes for commercial silica mining operations, and state agencies may impose different or additional monitoring or mitigation requirements than federal agencies. The development of new sites and our existing operations also are subject to a variety of local environmental and regulatory requirements, including land use, zoning, building, and transportation requirements.

As demand for frac sand in the oil and natural gas industry has driven a significant increase in current and expected future production of commercial silica, some local communities have expressed concern regarding silica sand mining operations. These concerns have generally included exposure to ambient silica sand dust, truck traffic, water usage, and blasting. In response, certain state and local communities have developed or are in the process of developing regulations or zoning restrictions intended to minimize the potential for dust to become airborne, control the flow of truck traffic, significantly curtail the area available for mining activities, require compensation to local residents for potential impacts of mining activities and, in some cases, ban issuance of new permits for mining activities. To date, we have not experienced any material impact to our existing mining operations or planned capacity expansions as a result of these types of concerns. We are not aware of any proposals for significant increased scrutiny on the part of state or local regulators in the jurisdictions in which we operate or community concerns with respect to our operations that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations going forward.

Planned expansion of our mining and production capacity in new communities could be more significantly impacted by increased regulatory activity. Difficulty or delays in obtaining or inability to obtain new mining permits or increased costs of compliance with future state and local regulatory requirements could have a material negative impact on our ability to grow our business. In an effort to minimize these risks, we continue to be engaged with local communities in order to grow and maintain strong relationships with residents and regulators.

Costs of Compliance

We may incur significant costs and liabilities as a result of environmental, health, and safety requirements applicable to our activities. Failure to comply with environmental laws and regulations may result in the assessment of administrative, civil, and criminal penalties; imposition of investigatory, cleanup, and site restoration costs and liens; the denial or revocation of permits or other authorizations; and the issuance of injunctions to limit or cease operations. Compliance with these laws and regulations may also increase the cost of the development, construction, and operation of our projects and may prevent or delay the commencement or continuance of a given project. In addition, claims for damages to persons or property may result from environmental and other impacts of our activities.

The process for performing environmental impact studies and reviews for federal, state, and local permits required for our operations involves a significant investment of time and monetary resources. We cannot control the permit approval process. We cannot predict whether all permits required for a given project will be granted or whether such permits will be the subject of significant opposition. The denial of a permit essential to a project or the imposition of conditions with which it is not practicable or feasible to comply could impair or prevent our ability to develop a project. Significant opposition and delay in the environmental review and permitting process

 

121


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

also could impair or delay our ability to develop a project. Additionally, the passage of more stringent environmental laws could impair our ability to develop new operations and have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Safety and Maintenance

We adhere to a strict occupational health program aimed at controlling exposure to silica dust, which includes dust sampling, a respiratory protection program, medical surveillance, training and other components. Our safety program is designed to ensure compliance with the standards of our Occupational Health and Safety Manual and MSHA regulations. For both health and safety issues, extensive training is provided to employees. We have safety committees at our plants made up of salaried and hourly employees. We perform annual internal health and safety audits and conduct semi-annual crisis management drills to test our abilities to respond to various situations. Health and safety programs are administered by our corporate health and safety department with the assistance of plant Environmental, Health and Safety Coordinators.

Seasonality

Our business is affected to some extent by seasonal fluctuations in weather that impact the production levels at our wet processing plant. While our sales and finished product production levels are contracted evenly throughout the year, our excavation and wet sand processing activities are limited to non-winter months. As a consequence, we experience lower cash operating costs in the first and fourth quarter of each calendar year. For additional information, please read “—Assets and Business Operations—Processing Facilities.”

Principal Executive Offices

We lease office space for our principal executive offices in Houston, Texas. The lease expires in October 2012.

Legal Proceedings

Although we may, from time to time, be involved in litigation and claims arising out of our operations in the normal course of business, we do not believe that we are a party to any litigation that will have a material adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

 

122


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENT

Management of Hi-Crush Partners LP

We are managed and operated by the board of directors and executive officers of our general partner. Following this offering,     % of our outstanding common units and all of our outstanding subordinated units and incentive distribution rights will be directly or indirectly owned by our sponsor. As a result of owning our general partner, our sponsor will have the right to appoint all members of the board of directors of our general partner, including the independent directors. Our unitholders will not be entitled to elect our general partner or its directors or otherwise directly participate in our management or operation. Our general partner owes certain duties to our unitholders as well as a fiduciary duty to its owners.

Upon the closing of this offering, we expect that our general partner will have          directors, at least one of whom will be independent as defined under the independence standards established by the NYSE and the Exchange Act. The NYSE does not require a listed publicly-traded partnership, such as ours, to have a majority of independent directors on the board of directors of our general partner or to establish a compensation committee or a nominating committee. However, our general partner is required to have an audit committee of at least three members, and all its members are required to meet the independence and experience standards established by the NYSE and the Exchange Act, subject to certain transitional relief during the one-year period following consummation of this offering. Our sponsor will appoint at least one member of the audit committee to the board of directors of our general partner by the date our common units first trade on the NYSE.

All of the executive officers of our general partner listed below will allocate their time between managing our business and affairs and the business and affairs of our sponsor. Our executive officers intend to devote as much time to the management of our business and affairs as is necessary for the proper conduct of our business and affairs.

Following the consummation of this offering, neither our general partner nor our sponsor will receive any management fee or other compensation in connection with our general partner’s management of our business, but we will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates, including our sponsor, for all expenses they incur and payments they make on our behalf. Our partnership agreement does not set a limit on the amount of expenses for which our general partner and its affiliates may be reimbursed. These expenses include salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to persons who perform services for us or on our behalf and expenses allocated to our general partner by its affiliates. Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will determine in good faith the expenses that are allocable to us. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Agreements with Affiliates in Connection with the Transactions.”

In evaluating director candidates, our sponsor will assess whether a candidate possesses the integrity, judgment, knowledge, experience, skill and expertise that are likely to enhance the board’s ability to manage and direct our affairs and business, including, when applicable, to enhance the ability of committees of the board to fulfill their duties.

 

123


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Executive Officers and Directors of Our General Partner

The following table shows information for the executive officers and directors of our general partner upon the consummation of this offering. Directors are appointed for a one-year term and hold office until their successors have been elected or qualified or until the earlier of their death, resignation, removal or disqualification. Executive officers serve at the discretion of the board. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers. Some of our directors and all of our executive officers also serve as executive officers of our sponsor.

 

Name

   Age     

Position With Our General Partner

Robert E. Rasmus

     55       Co-Chief Executive Officer

James M. Whipkey

     54       Co-Chief Executive Officer

Jefferies V. Alston, III

     34       Chief Operating Officer

Laura C. Fulton

     48       Chief Financial Officer

Mark C. Skolos

     52       General Counsel and Secretary

Chad M. McEver

     39       Vice President
      Director
      Director
      Director

Robert E. Rasmus—Co-Chief Executive Officer . Mr. Rasmus is a co-founder of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and has served as its Co-Chief Executive Officer since its formation in October 2010. Mr. Rasmus was named Co-Chief Executive Officer of our general partner in May 2012. Mr. Rasmus was a founding member of Red Oak Capital Management LLC (“ROCM”) in June 2002 and has served as Managing Director since inception. ROCM’s business model centered on partnering with the largest oil services companies in unconventional basins in the United States. Prior to the founding of ROCM, Mr. Rasmus was the President of Thunderbolt Capital Corp., a venture firm focused on start-up and early stage private equity investments. Previously, Mr. Rasmus started, built and expanded a variety of domestic and international capital markets and corporate finance businesses. Mr. Rasmus was the Senior Managing Director of Banc One Capital Markets, Inc. (formerly First Chicago Capital Markets, Inc.) where he was responsible for the high yield and private placement businesses while functioning as a member of the management committee. Prior thereto, Mr. Rasmus was the Managing Director and Head of Investment Banking in London for First Chicago Ltd. Mr. Rasmus holds a B.A. degree in Government and International Relations from the University of Notre Dame.

James M. Whipkey—Co-Chief Executive Officer . Mr. Whipkey has a 32 year background in the oil and natural gas industry with broad experience in both technical and financial areas. Mr. Whipkey is a co-founder of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and has served as its Co-Chief Executive Officer since its formation in October 2010. Mr. Whipkey was named Co-Chief Executive Officer of our general partner in May 2012. Mr. Whipkey was a founding member of ROCM in June 2002 and has served as Managing Director since inception. Prior to the founding of ROCM, Mr. Whipkey was an equity analyst covering the exploration and production sector, most recently as a Managing Director at ABN Amro Bank N.V. From 1997 to 2000, Mr. Whipkey was the Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer for NYSE-listed Benton Oil and Gas Company. Prior thereto, Mr. Whipkey worked in a number of investment banking positions managing a wide range of relationships and responsibilities in the energy sector. His various roles included energy derivatives trading at Phibro Energy Inc., investment banking at Kidder, Peabody & Co., and stock analysis at Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc., where he won “All-Star” recognition from the Wall Street Journal in both the E&P and oil service sectors. Mr. Whipkey began his career as a petroleum engineer with Amoco Corporation where he spent five years in operations, drilling and reservoir simulation roles. Mr. Whipkey holds a B.S. degree in Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering from The Pennsylvania State University and an M.B.A. in Finance from the University of Chicago.

 

124


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Jefferies V. Alston, III—Chief Operating Officer . Mr. Alston has served as Chief Operating Officer of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC since May 2011 and was appointed Chief Operating Officer of our general partner in May 2012. Mr. Alston founded Trinity Consulting, LLC (“Trinity”) in December 2009, where he designed and managed construction of numerous frac sand processing facilities and became one of the leading consultants in the industry, until dissolving Trinity to join Hi-Crush Proppants LLC. Mr. Alston worked for Alston Equipment Company, Inc. (“Alston Equipment”) from February 1999 until he founded Trinity in December 2009. While at Alston Equipment, Mr. Alston was responsible for sales, growth initiatives and customer relations. Mr. Alston attended The University of Southern Mississippi and Southeastern Louisiana University.

Laura C. Fulton—Chief Financial Officer . Ms. Fulton has served as Chief Financial Officer of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC since April 2012. In May 2012, Ms. Fulton was appointed to Chief Financial Officer of our general partner. From March 2008 to October 2011, Ms. Fulton served as the Executive Vice President, Accounting and then Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of AEI Services, LLC (“AEI”), an owner and operator of essential energy infrastructure assets in emerging markets. Prior to AEI, Ms. Fulton spent 12 years with Lyondell Chemical Company in various capacities, including as general auditor responsible for internal audit and the Sarbanes-Oxley certification process, and as the assistant controller. Previously, Ms. Fulton worked for Deloitte & Touche in its audit and assurance practice for 11 years. Ms. Fulton is a CPA and graduated cum laude from Texas A&M University with a B.B.A. in Accounting. Ms. Fulton is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and serves on the Accounting Department Advisory Board at Texas A&M University.

Mark C. Skolos—General Counsel and Secretary . Mr. Skolos was appointed General Counsel of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC in April 2012 and named General Counsel and Secretary of our general partner in May 2012. Prior to joining Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, Mr. Skolos was a shareholder at the law firm of Weld, Riley, Prenn and Ricci S.C. (“Weld Riley”) from September 2011 to April 2012. Mr. Skolos worked as an attorney for Skolos, Millis and Matousek, S.C., or its predecessor firms (“Skolos Millis”), for 26 years prior to its merger with Weld Riley in April 2012. Mr. Skolos was made a shareholder at Skolos Millis in 1990. In his private practice, Mr. Skolos represented developers, businesses and local units of government on issues of government regulation, land use and real estate. Mr. Skolos has extensive experience representing companies in the non-metallic mining and processing industry on a wide spectrum of issues, including permitting, land acquisition and government relations. He graduated from the University of Wisconsin Law School in 1985 with a Juris Doctorate degree. Mr. Skolos has served as President of the Tri-County Bar Association of Wisconsin and acted as both Circuit Court and Family Court Commissioner in the State of Wisconsin.

Chad M. McEver—Vice President . Mr. McEver has served as Vice President of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC since its inception in October 2010. Mr. McEver was named Vice President of our general partner in May 2012. Mr. McEver joined ROCM as an Associate in 2004 and has served as Vice President since 2010. In executing the business model of ROCM, Mr. McEver has been responsible for analysis, execution and origination of projects with exploration and production and oilfield services companies and ROCM’s co-investors. From 2001 to 2004, Mr. McEver was a Director at EnerCom, Inc., an investor relations consulting firm exclusively serving the energy industry. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. McEver was an analyst in the investment banking energy group at Raymond James & Associates. Mr. McEver holds a Bachelor of Business Administration from Stephen F. Austin State University and an M.B.A in Finance from the University of Denver.

Director Independence

In accordance with the rules of the NYSE, our sponsor must appoint at least one independent director prior to the listing of our common units on the NYSE, one additional member within three months of that listing, and one additional independent member within 12 months of that listing.

 

125


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Committees of the Board of Directors

The board of directors of our general partner will have an audit committee and a conflicts committee. We do not expect that we will have a compensation committee, but rather that our board of directors will approve equity grants to directors and employees.

Audit Committee

We are required to have an audit committee of at least three members, and all its members are required to meet the independence and experience standards established by the NYSE and the Exchange Act, subject to certain transitional relief during the one-year period following consummation of this offering as described above. The audit committee will assist the board of directors in its oversight of the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and partnership policies and controls. The audit committee will have the sole authority to (1) retain and terminate our independent registered public accounting firm, (2) approve all auditing services and related fees and the terms thereof performed by our independent registered public accounting firm, and (3) pre-approve any non-audit services and tax services to be rendered by our independent registered public accounting firm. The audit committee will also be responsible for confirming the independence and objectivity of our independent registered public accounting firm. Our independent registered public accounting firm will be given unrestricted access to the audit committee and our management, as necessary.

Conflicts Committee

At least two independent members of the board of directors of our general partner will serve on a conflicts committee to review specific matters that the board believes may involve conflicts of interest and determines to submit to the conflicts committee for review. The conflicts committee will determine if the resolution of the conflict of interest is in our best interest. The members of the conflicts committee may not be officers or employees of our general partner or directors, officers or employees of its affiliates, including our sponsor, and must meet the independence standards established by the NYSE and the Exchange Act to serve on an audit committee of a board of directors, along with other requirements in our partnership agreement. Any matters approved by the conflicts committee will be conclusively deemed to be in our best interest, approved by all of our partners and not a breach by our general partner of any duties it may owe us or our unitholders.

 

126


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION AND OTHER INFORMATION

We are providing compensation disclosure that satisfies the requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, as defined in the JOBS Act.

Summary Compensation Table

The table below sets forth the annual compensation earned during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 by our principal executive officer and our next two most highly-compensated executive officers (our “Named Executive Officers” or “NEOs”).

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary
($) (1)
     All Other
Compensation
($) (2)
     Total
($)
 

Robert E. Rasmus, Co-Chief Executive Officer

     2011         42,692         16,622         59,314   

James M. Whipkey, Co-Chief Executive Officer

     2011         42,692         14,177         56,869   

Jefferies V. Alston, III, Chief Operating Officer

     2011         42,692                 42,692   

 

(1) Represents the actual amount of salary paid to each NEO during 2011 based upon the annualized base salary of $75,000 defined under each NEO’s employment agreement with us, which became effective on May 25, 2011.
(2) Pursuant to a management services agreement entered into between Red Oak Capital Management LLC and our sponsor, our sponsor reimburses Red Oak Capital Management LLC for the health and welfare benefits and coverage paid for Messrs. Rasmus and Whipkey. Amounts in this column reflect the amount paid by our sponsor for the health and welfare benefits and coverage of Messrs. Rasmus and Whipkey during 2011. Please see “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Other Transactions with Related Persons” for additional information on the management services agreement.

Narrative Disclosure to the Summary Compensation Table

Employment Agreements

Each of our NEOs has entered into an employment agreement with our sponsor (collectively, the “Employment Agreements”). The Employment Agreements were each entered into on May 25, 2011. The initial term of the Employment Agreements is one year for each NEO, with automatic extensions for additional one-year periods unless either party provides at least sixty days advance written notice of the intent to terminate the Employment Agreement.

Under the Employment Agreements, each NEO is entitled to an annualized base salary and is eligible for discretionary bonuses awarded by us from time to time, each of which is described in greater detail below.

The Employment Agreements also contain severance provisions, which are discussed in detail below under “Additional Narrative Disclosure—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

In addition, the Employment Agreements contain a confidentiality obligation on the part of the NEO of indefinite duration and a non-competition and non-solicitation obligation on the part of the executive for a period of one-year following his termination of employment with us for any reason. We do not currently provide any additional or enhanced payments or benefits to our NEOs in connection with any change in control transactions.

Base Salary

Each NEO’s base salary is a fixed component of compensation and is specified in the Employment Agreements. Each NEO receives an annualized base salary of $75,000. Our NEO’s base salaries were originally set pursuant to discussions between our sponsor and the NEOs.

 

127


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Bonuses

Under the Employment Agreements, our NEOs are eligible for discretionary bonuses that may be awarded from time to time; provided that, our board of directors has sole discretion as to whether a bonus is awarded, the criteria for any bonus, and the amount of any bonus. In 2011, no NEOs received such a discretionary bonus.

Other Compensation Elements

Each NEO is entitled to 20 days of paid vacation each calendar year during the term of the Employment Agreement.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2011 Fiscal Year-End

We have not previously granted any equity awards to our NEOs. As a result, none of our NEOs had outstanding equity awards as of December 31, 2011.

Additional Narrative Disclosure

Retirement Benefits

Our sponsor has not maintained and we do not currently maintain a defined benefit pension plan, defined contribution plan or nonqualified deferred compensation plan. As a result, there are no retirement benefits that are currently provided to our NEOs.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or a Change in Control

The Employment Agreements contain severance provisions. Under the terms of the Employment Agreements, the employment of each NEO may be terminated by us with or without Cause, by the NEO for or without Good Reason, due to the NEO’s disability or death, or due to expiration of the term of the Employment Agreement.

Upon a termination by us for Cause, by the NEO without Good Reason, due to the NEO’s disability or death, or due to expiration of the term of the Employment Agreement, the NEO is entitled to the following severance benefits: (i) payment of all accrued and unpaid base salary through the date of termination, (ii) reimbursement for all incurred but unreimbursed expenses entitled to reimbursement, and (iii) provision of any benefits to which the NEO is entitled pursuant to the terms of any applicable benefit plan or program (collectively, the “Accrued Obligations”).

Upon a termination by us without Cause or by the NEO for Good Reason, the NEO is entitled to the following severance benefits: (i) payment of the Accrued Obligations and (ii) payment of an additional amount equal to 12 times the monthly rate of the NEO’s base salary as of the date of termination paid in a lump sum payment on the date that is 30 days after the date of termination. Payment of the additional lump sum payment is contingent upon the NEO’s execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims in favor of us.

Under the Employment Agreements, “Cause” means an NEO’s: (i) conviction of, or entry of a guilty plea or plea of no contest with respect to, a felony or any other crime directly or indirectly involving the NEO’s lack of honesty or moral turpitude, (ii) drug or alcohol abuse for which the NEO fails to undertake and maintain treatment within five calendar days after requested by the Company, (iii) acts of fraud, embezzlement, theft, dishonesty or gross misconduct, (iv) material misappropriation (or attempted misappropriation) of any of our funds or property, or (v) a breach of the NEO’s obligations described under the Employment Agreement, as determined by a majority of our board of directors. Under the Employment Agreements, “Good Reason” means, without the NEO’s consent: (i) a material breach by us of our obligations under the Employment Agreement, (ii) any material diminution of the duties of the NEO, (iii) a reduction in the NEO’s base salary, other than pursuant to a proportionate reduction applicable to all senior executives or employees generally and the members of our board of directors, to the extent such board members receive board fees, or (iv) the relocation of the geographic location of the NEO’s principal place of employment by more than 50 miles.

 

128


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

No NEO has any right to receive a “gross up” for any excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, or any federal, state or local income tax.

Director Compensation

Our sponsor paid an annualized fee of $50,000 per year to two non-employee directors as compensation for services as directors of our sponsor. In connection with Avista Capital Partners’ investment in our sponsor, our sponsor paid a fee of $500,000 to non-employee director Trevor Turbidy, who also serves as an Energy Industry Advisor for Avista Capital Partners, for consulting services rendered during 2011.

Following the consummation of this offering, each non-employee director of our general partner will be paid $75,000 per year as compensation for services as a director.

 

129


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of common units and subordinated units of Hi-Crush Partners LP that will be issued and outstanding upon the consummation of this offering and the related transactions and held by:

 

   

our general partner;

 

   

beneficial owners of 5% or more of our common units;

 

   

each director, director nominee and named executive officer; and

 

   

all of our directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

  Common Units
Beneficially
Owned
    Percentage of
Common Units
Beneficially
Owned
    Subordinated
Units Beneficially
Owned
    Percentage of
Subordinated
Units Beneficially
Owned
    Percentage of
Common and
Subordinated
Units Beneficially
Owned
 

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC (1)(2)

      %          100%        %   

Hi-Crush GP LLC (2)

      %          %        %   

Robert E. Rasmus (2)

      %          %        %   

James M. Whipkey (2)

      %          %        %   

Jefferies V. Alston, III (2)

      %          %        %   

Martha M. Romig (2)

      %          %        %   
      %          %        %   
      %          %        %   
      %          %        %   

All named executive officers and directors as a group (     persons)

    —          —  %        —          —  %        —  %   

 

(1)

Avista Capital Partners II, LP, Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II-A, LP and Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II, LP indirectly own     % of the membership interests of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, through two investment vehicles, ACP HIP Splitter, LP and ACP HIP Splitter (Offshore), LP. Each of Avista Capital Partners II, LP, Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II-A, LP and Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II, LP is controlled by its general partner, Avista Capital Partners II GP, LLC (“Avista GP”). Voting and investment determinations are made by an investment committee of Avista GP, comprised of the following members: Thompson Dean, Steven Webster, David Burgstahler, Newton Aguiar, Robert Cabes, David Durkin and OhSang Kwon. As a result, and by virtue of the relationships described above, each of Thompson Dean, Steven Webster, David Burgstahler, Newton Aguiar, Robert Cabes, David Durkin and OhSang Kwon may be deemed to exercise voting and dispositive power with respect to securities held by ACP HIP Splitter, LP and ACP HIP Splitter (Offshore), LP. The address for Avista Capital Partners is 65 East 55 th Street, 18 th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

 

(2) The address for each of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, Hi-Crush GP LLC, Robert E. Rasmus, James M. Whipkey, Jefferies V. Alston, III and Martha M. Romig is Three Riverway, Suite 1550, Houston, Texas 77056.

 

130


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

After this offering, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units, our sponsor will own              common units and              subordinated units representing an aggregate approximately     % limited partner interest in us, and will own and control our general partner. Our sponsor will also appoint all of the directors of our general partner, which will maintain a non-economic general partner interest in us and be issued the incentive distribution rights.

The terms of the transactions and agreements disclosed in this section were determined by and among affiliated entities and, consequently, are not the result of arm’s length negotiations. These terms are not necessarily at least as favorable to the parties to these transactions and agreements as the terms that could have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties.

Distributions and Payments to Our General Partner and Its Affiliates

The following table summarizes the distributions and payments to be made by us to our general partner and its affiliates in connection with the formation, ongoing operation and any liquidation of Hi-Crush Partners LP.

Formation Stage

The aggregate consideration received by our

general partner and its affiliates for the

contribution of their interests

              common units;

 

                subordinated units;

 

    our incentive distribution rights; and

 

  We will distribute the $         million of net proceeds from this offering (after deducting the underwriting discounts and a structuring fee and the expenses of this offering) to our sponsor. To the extent the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units, we will issue such units to the public and distribute the net proceeds to our sponsor. Any common units not purchased by the underwriters pursuant to their option will be issued to our sponsor.

Operational Stage

 

Distributions of cash available for distribution to our general partner and its affiliates

We will generally make cash distributions 100% to our unitholders, including affiliates of our general partner. In addition, if distributions exceed the minimum quarterly distribution and other higher target distribution levels, our general partner will be entitled to increasing percentages of the distributions, up to 50.0% of the distributions above the highest target distribution level.

 

  Assuming we have sufficient cash available for distribution to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our outstanding common units and subordinated units for four quarters, our general partner and its affiliates would receive an annual distribution of approximately $         million on their units.

 

131


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Payments to our general partner and its affiliates

Our general partner will not receive a management fee or other compensation for its management of our partnership, but we will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for all direct and indirect expenses they incur and payments they make on our behalf. Our partnership agreement does not set a limit on the amount of expenses for which our general partner and its affiliates may be reimbursed. These expenses include salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to persons who perform services for us or on our behalf and expenses allocated to our general partner by its affiliates. Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will determine in good faith the expenses that are allocable to us.

 

Withdrawal or removal of our general partner

If our general partner withdraws or is removed, its non-economic general partner interest and its incentive distribution rights will either be sold to the new general partner for cash or converted into common units, in each case for an amount equal to the fair market value of those interests. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner.”

Liquidation Stage

 

Liquidation

Upon our liquidation, the partners, including our general partner, will be entitled to receive liquidating distributions according to their particular capital account balances.

Agreements with Affiliates in Connection with the Transactions

In connection with this offering, we will enter into certain agreements with our sponsor, as described in more detail below.

Contribution Agreement

In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into a contribution agreement that will effect the transactions, including the transfer of the ownership interests in Hi-Crush Chambers LLC, Hi-Crush Railroad LLC, Hi-Crush Wyeville LLC and Hi-Crush Operating LLC, and the use of the net proceeds of this offering. While we believe this agreement is on terms no less favorable to any party than those that could have been negotiated with an unaffiliated third party, it will not be the result of arm’s-length negotiations. All of the transaction expenses incurred in connection with these transactions will be paid from the proceeds of this offering.

Omnibus Agreement

In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into an omnibus agreement with affiliates of our general partner, including our sponsor, that will address certain aspects of our relationship with them, including:

 

   

our use of the name “Hi-Crush” and related marks;

 

   

our payment of administrative services fees to our sponsor for general and administrative services; and

 

   

certain indemnification obligations.

 

132


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The omnibus agreement can be amended by written agreement of all parties to the agreement. However, the partnership may not agree to any amendment or modification that would, in the reasonable discretion of our general partner, be adverse in any material respect to the holders of our common units without prior approval of the conflicts committee. So long as our sponsor controls our general partner, the omnibus agreement will remain in full force and effect unless mutually terminated by the parties. If our sponsor ceases to control our general partner, the omnibus agreement will terminate, provided the indemnification obligations described below will remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

Our sponsor’s indemnification obligations will include certain liabilities relating to:

 

   

for a period of three years after the closing of this offering, environmental liabilities, including (i) any violation or correction of violation of environmental laws associated with our assets, where a correction of violation would include assessment, investigation, monitoring, remediation, or other similar action and (ii) any event, omission or condition associated with the ownership of our assets (including the presence of hazardous materials), including (A) the cost and expense of any assessment, investigation, monitoring, remediation or other similar action and (B) the cost and expense of any environmental or toxic tort litigation, provided that the aggregate amount payable to us pursuant to this bullet point does not exceed $         million;

 

   

until 60 days after the applicable statute of limitations, any of our federal, state and local income tax liabilities attributable to the ownership and operation of our assets and the assets of our subsidiaries prior to the closing of this offering;

 

   

for a period of three years after the closing of this offering, the failure to have all necessary consents and governmental permits where such failure renders us unable to use and operate our assets in substantially the same manner in which they were used and operated immediately prior to the closing of this offering (subject to certain exceptions for the revocation or non-renewal of consents and governmental permits due to changes in laws, governmental regulations or certain other events outside of the control of our sponsor and our general partner); and

 

   

for a period of three years after the closing of this offering, our failure to have valid and indefeasible easement rights, rights-of-way, leasehold and/or fee ownership interest in the lands where our assets are located and such failure prevents us from using or operating our assets in substantially the same manner as operated immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

In no event will our sponsor be obligated to indemnify us for any claims, losses or expenses or income taxes referred to above to the extent either (i) reserved for in our financial statements as of December 31, 2011, or (ii) we recover any such amounts under available insurance coverage, from contractual rights or other recoveries against any third party.

In addition, we will also agree to indemnify our sponsor from any losses, costs or damages incurred by our sponsor that are attributable to the ownership and operation of our assets and the assets of our subsidiaries following the closing of this offering, subject to the same limitations on our sponsor’s indemnity to us.

Our sponsor and its affiliates will not be restricted, under either our partnership agreement or the omnibus agreement, from competing with us. Our sponsor will be permitted to compete with us and may acquire or dispose of frac sand reserves and processing facilities or other assets in the future without any obligation to offer us the opportunity to purchase those assets.

Other Transactions with Related Persons

On May 25, 2011, our sponsor entered into a Management Services Agreement (“Services Agreement”) with ROCM. Messrs. Rasmus and Whipkey, our co-chief executive officers, each hold 50% interests in ROCM. The Services Agreement provides for certain management and administrative support services for a term of one

 

133


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

year and thereafter remains in place upon the same terms and conditions. Either party may terminate the agreement by delivering written notice within 90 days prior to the date of expiration of the initial term or any time after the expiration of the initial term, by delivering written notice 90 days prior to the desired date of termination. Our sponsor reimburses ROCM for 95% of ROCM’s actual costs, up to a maximum of $850,000 per year. Total management services fees for 2011 and 2010 were $370,000 and $0, respectively. Based on their interests in ROCM, the approximate value of the interests of Messrs. Rasmus and Whipkey in the Services Agreement were $185,000 and $0 each for 2011 and 2010, respectively.

On July 20, 2011, our sponsor entered into various subordinated promissory notes with certain equity investors, including Avista Capital Partners, and their affiliates in an aggregate original principal amount of approximately $52.2 million. Borrowings under the subordinated promissory notes bear interest, at our sponsor’s option, at a rate of 10.0% for cash interest and 12.0% for paid-in-kind interest (“PIK interest”). As of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, there was $46.1 million and $56.0 million of outstanding indebtedness under our sponsor’s subordinated promissory notes, respectively. The outstanding balance includes $2.4 million and $3.8 million of PIK interest as of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively. The subordinated promissory notes mature in July 2016.

Our sponsor pays quarterly director fees to directors that may be members and/or holders of debt of our sponsor. Total director fees incurred in 2011 and 2010 were approximately $60,000 and $0, respectively, and are included in general and administrative costs.

Procedures for Review, Approval and Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons

We expect that the board of directors of our general partner will adopt policies for the review, approval and ratification of transactions with related persons. We anticipate the board will adopt a written code of business conduct and ethics, under which a director would be expected to bring to the attention of the chief executive officer or the board any conflict or potential conflict of interest that may arise between the director or any affiliate of the director, on the one hand, and us or our general partner on the other. The resolution of any such conflict or potential conflict should, at the discretion of the board in light of the circumstances, be determined by a majority of the disinterested directors.

If a conflict or potential conflict of interest arises between our general partner or its affiliates, on the one hand, and us or our unitholders, on the other hand, the resolution of any such conflict or potential conflict should be addressed by the board of directors of our general partner in accordance with the provisions of our partnership agreement. At the discretion of the board in light of the circumstances, the resolution may be determined by the board in its entirety or by a conflicts committee meeting the definitional requirements for such a committee under our partnership agreement.

Upon our adoption of our code of business conduct, we would expect that any executive officer will be required to avoid conflicts of interest unless approved by the board of directors of our general partner.

In the case of any sale of equity by us in which an owner or affiliate of an owner of our general partner participates, we anticipate that our practice will be to obtain approval of the board for the transaction. We anticipate that the board will typically delegate authority to set the specific terms to a pricing committee, consisting of one of the co-chief executive officers and one independent director. Actions by the pricing committee will require unanimous approval. Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties—Conflicts of Interest” for additional information regarding the relevant provisions of our partnership agreement.

The code of business conduct and ethics described above will be adopted in connection with the closing of this offering, and as a result, the transactions described above were not reviewed according to such procedures.

 

134


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY DUTIES

Conflicts of Interest

Conflicts of interest exist and may arise in the future as a result of the relationships between our general partner and its affiliates, including our sponsor, on the one hand, and our partnership and our limited partners, on the other hand. The directors and officers of our general partner have fiduciary duties to manage our general partner in a manner beneficial to our sponsor. At the same time, our general partner has a duty to manage our partnership in a manner it believes is in our best interests. Our partnership agreement specifically defines the remedies available to unitholders for actions taken that, without these defined liability standards, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty under applicable Delaware law. The Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, which we refer to as the Delaware Act, provides that Delaware limited partnerships may, in their partnership agreements, expand, restrict or eliminate the fiduciary duties otherwise owed by the general partner to the limited partners and the partnership.

Whenever a conflict arises between our general partner or its affiliates, on the one hand, and us or our limited partners, on the other hand, the resolution or course of action in respect of such conflict of interest shall be permitted and deemed approved by all our limited partners and shall not constitute a breach of our partnership agreement, of any agreement contemplated thereby or of any duty, if the resolution or course of action in respect of such conflict of interest is:

 

   

approved by the conflicts committee of our general partner, although our general partner is not obligated to seek such approval; or

 

   

approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding any such units owned by our general partner or any of its affiliates.

Our general partner may, but is not required to, seek the approval of such resolutions or courses of action from the conflicts committee of its board of directors or from the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units as described above. If our general partner does not seek approval from the conflicts committee or from holders of common units as described above and the board of directors of our general partner approves the resolution or course of action taken with respect to the conflict of interest, then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, the board of directors of our general partner acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of us or any of our unitholders, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. Unless the resolution of a conflict is specifically provided for in our partnership agreement, the board of directors of our general partner or the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner may consider any factors they determine in good faith to consider when resolving a conflict. An independent third party is not required to evaluate the resolution. Under our partnership agreement, a determination, other action or failure to act by our general partner, the board of directors of our general partner or any committee thereof (including the conflicts committee) will be deemed to be “in good faith” unless our general partner, the board of directors of our general partner or any committee thereof (including the conflicts committee) believed such determination, other action or failure to act was adverse to the interests of the partnership. Please read “Management—Management of Hi-Crush Partners LP—Committees of the Board of Directors—Conflicts Committee” for information about the conflicts committee of our general partner’s board of directors.

Conflicts of interest could arise in the situations described below, among others:

Actions taken by our general partner may affect the amount of cash available to pay distributions to unitholders or accelerate the right to convert subordinated units.

The amount of cash that is available for distribution to unitholders is affected by decisions of our general partner regarding such matters as:

 

   

amount and timing of asset purchases and sales;

 

   

cash expenditures;

 

135


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

borrowings;

 

   

entry into and repayment of current and future indebtedness;

 

   

issuance of additional units; and

 

   

the creation, reduction or increase of reserves in any quarter.

In addition, borrowings by us and our affiliates do not constitute a breach of any duty owed by our general partner to our unitholders, including borrowings that have the purpose or effect of:

 

   

enabling our general partner or its affiliates to receive distributions on any subordinated units held by them or the incentive distribution rights; or

 

   

hastening the expiration of the subordination period.

In addition, our general partner may use an amount, initially equal to $         million, which would not otherwise constitute operating surplus, in order to permit the payment of distributions on subordinated units and the incentive distribution rights. All of these actions may affect the amount of cash or equity distributed to our unitholders and our general partner and may facilitate the conversion of subordinated units into common units. Please read “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners.”

For example, in the event we have not generated sufficient cash from our operations to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units and our subordinated units, our partnership agreement permits us to borrow funds, which would enable us to make such distribution on all outstanding units. Please read “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners—Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus—Operating Surplus.”

The directors and officers of our sponsor have a fiduciary duty to make decisions in the best interests of the owners of our sponsor, which may be contrary to our interests.

Because certain officers and certain directors of our general partner are also directors and/or officers of affiliates of our general partner, including our sponsor, they have fiduciary duties to our sponsor that may cause them to pursue business strategies that disproportionately benefit our sponsor or which otherwise are not in our best interests.

Our general partner is allowed to take into account the interests of parties other than us, such as our sponsor, in exercising certain rights under our partnership agreement.

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that permissibly reduce the standards to which our general partner would otherwise be held by state fiduciary duty law. For example, our partnership agreement permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner. This entitles our general partner to consider only the interests and factors that it desires, and it has no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting, us, our affiliates or any limited partner. Examples include the exercise of its call right, its voting rights with respect to any units it owns, its registration rights and its determination whether or not to consent to any merger or consolidation.

Our partnership agreement limits the liability of, and replaces the duties owed by, our general partner and also restricts the remedies available to our unitholders for actions that, without the limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty.

In addition to the provisions described above, our partnership agreement contains provisions that restrict the remedies available to our unitholders for actions that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty. For example, our partnership agreement provides that:

 

   

our general partner shall not have any liability to us or our unitholders for decisions made in its capacity as a general partner so long as it acted in good faith, meaning it believed that the decision was not adverse to the interests of our partnership;

 

136


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

our general partner and its officers and directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us or our limited partners for any acts or omissions unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that our general partner or those other persons acted in bad faith or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that its conduct was unlawful; and

 

   

in resolving conflicts of interest, it will be presumed that in making its decision the general partner, the board of directors of the general partner or the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or us, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption.

By purchasing a common unit, a common unitholder will agree to become bound by the provisions in our partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above. Please read “—Fiduciary Duties.”

Common unitholders have no right to enforce obligations of our general partner and its affiliates under agreements with us.

Any agreements between us, on the one hand, and our general partner and its affiliates, on the other, will not grant to the unitholders, separate and apart from us, the right to enforce the obligations of our general partner and its affiliates in our favor.

Contracts between us, on the one hand, and our general partner and its affiliates, on the other, are not and will not be the result of arm’s-length negotiations.

Neither our partnership agreement nor any of the other agreements, contracts and arrangements between us and our general partner and its affiliates are or will be the result of arm’s-length negotiations. Our general partner will determine, in good faith, the terms of any of such future transactions.

Except in limited circumstances, our general partner has the power and authority to conduct our business without unitholder approval.

Under our partnership agreement, our general partner has full power and authority to do all things, other than those items that require unitholder approval, necessary or appropriate to conduct our business including, but not limited to, the following actions:

 

   

expending, lending, or borrowing money, assuming, guaranteeing, or otherwise contracting for, indebtedness and other liabilities, issuing evidences of indebtedness, including indebtedness that is convertible into our securities, and incurring any other obligations;

 

   

preparing and transmitting tax, regulatory and other filings, periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies having jurisdiction over our business or assets;

 

   

acquiring, disposing, mortgaging, pledging, encumbering, hypothecating, or exchanging our assets or merging or otherwise combining us with or into another person;

 

   

negotiating, executing and performing contracts, conveyance or other instruments;

 

   

distributing cash;

 

   

selecting or dismissing employees and agents, outside attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors and determining their compensation and other terms of employment or hiring;

 

   

maintaining insurance for our benefit;

 

   

forming, acquiring an interest in, and contributing property and loaning money to, any further limited partnerships, joint ventures, corporations, limited liability companies or other relationships;

 

137


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

controlling all matters affecting our rights and obligations, including bringing and defending actions at law or in equity or otherwise litigating, arbitrating or mediating, and incurring legal expense and settling claims and litigation;

 

   

indemnifying any person against liabilities and contingencies to the extent permitted by law;

 

   

purchasing, selling or otherwise acquiring or disposing of our partnership interests, or issuing additional options, rights, warrants, appreciation rights, phantom or tracking interests relating to our partnership interests; and

 

   

entering into agreements with any of its affiliates to render services to us or to itself in the discharge of its duties as our general partner.

Please read “The Partnership Agreement” for information regarding the voting rights of unitholders.

Common units are subject to our general partner’s call right.

If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 80% of the common units, our general partner will have the right, which it may assign to any of its affiliates or to us, but not the obligation, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the common units held by unaffiliated persons at the market price calculated in accordance with the terms of our partnership agreement. As a result, you may be required to sell your common units at an undesirable time or price and may not receive any return on your investment. You may also incur a tax liability upon a sale of your units. Our general partner is not obligated to obtain a fairness opinion regarding the value of the common units to be repurchased by it upon exercise of the call right. There is no restriction in our partnership agreement that prevents our general partner from issuing additional common units and exercising its call right. Our general partner may use its own discretion, free of fiduciary duty restrictions, in determining whether to exercise this right. As a result, a common unitholder may have his common units purchased from him at an undesirable time or price. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Call Right.”

We may not choose to retain separate counsel for ourselves or for the holders of common units.

The attorneys, independent accountants and others who perform services for us have been retained by our general partner. Attorneys, independent accountants and others who perform services for us are selected by our general partner or the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner and may perform services for our general partner and its affiliates. We may retain separate counsel for ourselves or the conflict committee in the event of a conflict of interest between our general partner and its affiliates, on the one hand, and us or the holders of common units, on the other, depending on the nature of the conflict, although we may choose not to do so.

Our general partner’s affiliates may compete with us, and neither our general partner nor its affiliates have any obligation to present business opportunities to us.

Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner is restricted from engaging in any business other than those incidental to its ownership of interests in us. However affiliates of our general partner are not prohibited from engaging in other businesses or activities, including those that might be in direct competition with us, our sponsor or its affiliates, may acquire, construct or dispose of assets in the future without any obligation to offer us the opportunity to acquire those assets. In addition, under our partnership agreement, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, will not apply to our general partner and its affiliates. As a result, neither our general partner nor any of its affiliates have any obligation to present business opportunities to us.

 

138


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The holder or holders of our incentive distribution rights may elect to cause us to issue common units to it in connection with a resetting of incentive distribution levels without the approval of our unitholders. This election may result in lower distributions to our common unitholders in certain situations.

The holder or holders of a majority of our incentive distribution rights (initially our general partner) have the right, at any time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and they have received incentive distributions at the highest level to which they are entitled (50.0%) for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters, to reset the initial target distribution levels at higher levels based on our cash distribution levels at the time of the exercise of the reset election. Following a reset election, a baseline distribution amount will be calculated equal to an amount equal to the prior cash distribution per common unit for the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the reset election (such amount is referred to as the “reset minimum quarterly distribution”), and the target distribution levels will be reset to correspondingly higher levels based on percentage increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution.

We anticipate that our general partner would exercise this reset right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per unit without such conversion. However, our general partner may transfer the incentive distribution rights at any time. It is possible that our general partner or a transferee could exercise this reset election at a time when we are experiencing declines in our aggregate cash distributions or at a time when the holders of the incentive distribution rights expect that we will experience declines in our aggregate cash distributions in the foreseeable future. In such situations, the holders of the incentive distribution rights may be experiencing, or may expect to experience, declines in the cash distributions it receives related to the incentive distribution rights and may therefore desire to be issued our common units, which are entitled to specified priorities with respect to our distributions and which therefore may be more advantageous for them to own in lieu of the right to receive incentive distribution payments based on target distribution levels that are less certain to be achieved. As a result, a reset election may cause our common unitholders to experience dilution in the amount of cash distributions that they would have otherwise received had we not issued new common units to the holders of the incentive distribution rights in connection with resetting the target distribution levels. Please read “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners—Adjusted Operating Surplus—Incentive Distribution Rights.”

Fiduciary Duties

Duties owed to unitholders by our general partner are prescribed by law and in our partnership agreement. The Delaware Act provides that Delaware limited partnerships may, in their partnership agreements, expand, restrict or eliminate the fiduciary duties otherwise owed by the general partner to limited partners and the partnership.

Our partnership agreement contains various provisions that eliminate and replace the fiduciary duties that might otherwise be owed by our general partner. We have adopted these provisions to allow our general partner or its affiliates to engage in transactions with us that otherwise might be prohibited by state law fiduciary standards and to take into account the interests of other parties in addition to our interests when resolving conflicts of interest. We believe this is appropriate and necessary because the board of directors of our general partner has a duty to manage our partnership in good faith and a duty to manage our general partner in a manner beneficial to its owner. Without these modifications, our general partner’s ability to make decisions involving conflicts of interest would be restricted. Replacing the fiduciary duty standards in this manner benefits our general partner by enabling it to take into consideration all parties involved in the proposed action. Replacing the fiduciary duty standards also strengthens the ability of our general partner to attract and retain experienced and capable directors. Replacing the fiduciary duty standards represents a detriment to our public unitholders because it restricts the remedies available to our public unitholders for actions that, without those limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty, as described below, and permits our general partner to take into account the interests of third parties in addition to our interests when resolving conflicts of interests.

 

139


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following is a summary of the material restrictions of the fiduciary duties owed by our general partner to the limited partners:

 

State law fiduciary duty standards

Fiduciary duties are generally considered to include an obligation to act in good faith and with due care and loyalty. The duty of care, in the absence of a provision in a partnership agreement providing otherwise, would generally require a general partner to act for the partnership in the same manner as a prudent person would act on his own behalf. The duty of loyalty, in the absence of a provision in a partnership agreement providing otherwise, would generally require that any action taken or transaction engaged in be entirely fair to the partnership.

 

Partnership agreement modified standards

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that waive or consent to conduct by our general partner and its affiliates that might otherwise raise issues as to compliance with fiduciary duties or applicable law. For example, our partnership agreement provides that when our general partner is acting in its capacity as our general partner, as opposed to in its individual capacity, it must act in “good faith” and will not be subject to any other standard under applicable law. In addition, when our general partner is acting in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner, it may act without any fiduciary obligation to us or the unitholders whatsoever. These standards replace the obligations to which our general partner would otherwise be held.

 

  If our general partner does not obtain approval from the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner or our common unitholders, excluding any such units owned by our general partner or its affiliates, and the board of directors of our general partner approves the resolution or course of action taken with respect to the conflict of interest, then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, its board, which may include board members affected by the conflict of interest, acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. These standards replace the obligations to which our general partner would otherwise be held.

 

Rights and remedies of unitholders

The Delaware Act generally provides that a limited partner may institute legal action on behalf of the partnership to recover damages from a third party where a general partner has refused to institute the action or where an effort to cause a general partner to do so is not likely to succeed. These actions include actions against a general partner for breach of its duties or of our partnership agreement. In addition, the statutory or case law of some jurisdictions may permit a limited partner to institute legal action on behalf of himself and all other similarly situated limited partners to recover damages from a general partner for violations of its fiduciary duties to the limited partners.

 

140


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Partnership agreement modified standards

The Delaware Act provides that, unless otherwise provided in a partnership agreement, a partner or other person shall not be liable to a limited partnership or to another partner or to another person that is a party to or is otherwise bound by a partnership agreement for breach of fiduciary duty for the partner’s or other person’s good faith reliance on the provisions of the partnership agreement. Under our partnership agreement, to the extent that, at law or in equity an indemnitee has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to us or to our partners, our general partner and any other indemnitee acting in connection with our business or affairs shall not be liable to us or to any partner for its good faith reliance on the provisions of our partnership agreement.

By purchasing our common units, each common unitholder automatically agrees to be bound by the provisions in our partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above. This is in accordance with the policy of the Delaware Act favoring the principle of freedom of contract and the enforceability of partnership agreements. The failure of a limited partner to sign a partnership agreement does not render the partnership agreement unenforceable against that person.

Under our partnership agreement, we must indemnify our general partner and its officers, directors, managers and certain other specified persons, to the fullest extent permitted by law, against liabilities, costs and expenses incurred by our general partner or these other persons. We must provide this indemnification unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that these persons acted in bad faith. We must also provide this indemnification for criminal proceedings unless our general partner or these other persons acted with knowledge that their conduct was unlawful. Thus, our general partner could be indemnified for its negligent acts if it meets the requirements set forth above. To the extent these provisions purport to include indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is contrary to public policy and, therefore, unenforceable. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Indemnification.”

 

141


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMON UNITS

The Units

The common units and the subordinated units are separate classes of limited partner interests in us. The holders of units are entitled to participate in partnership distributions and exercise the rights or privileges available to limited partners under our partnership agreement. For a description of the relative rights and preferences of holders of common units and subordinated units in and to partnership distributions, please read this section and “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners.” For a description of other rights and privileges of limited partners under our partnership agreement, including voting rights, please read “The Partnership Agreement.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Duties

The Depository Trust Company will serve as the registrar and transfer agent for the common units. We will pay all fees charged by the transfer agent for transfers of common units except the following, which must be paid by unitholders:

 

   

surety bond premiums to replace lost or stolen certificates, taxes and other governmental charges;

 

   

special charges for services requested by a holder of a common unit; and

 

   

other similar fees or charges.

There will be no charge to unitholders for disbursements of our cash distributions. We will indemnify the transfer agent, its agents and each of their stockholders, directors, officers and employees against all claims and losses that may arise out of acts performed or omitted for its activities in that capacity, except for any liability due to any gross negligence or intentional misconduct of the indemnified person or entity.

Resignation or Removal

The transfer agent may resign, by notice to us, or be removed by us. The resignation or removal of the transfer agent will become effective upon our appointment of a successor transfer agent and registrar and its acceptance of the appointment. If no successor is appointed or has not accepted its appointment within 30 days of the resignation or removal, our general partner may act as the transfer agent and registrar until a successor is appointed.

Transfer of Common Units

Upon the transfer of a common unit in accordance with our partnership agreement, the transferee of the common unit shall be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the common units transferred when such transfer and admission are reflected in our books and records. Each transferee:

 

   

represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and authority to become bound by our partnership agreement;

 

   

automatically becomes bound by the terms and conditions of our partnership agreement; and

 

   

gives the consents, waivers and approvals contained in our partnership agreement, such as the approval of all transactions and agreements that we are entering into in connection with our formation and this offering.

Our general partner will cause any transfers to be recorded on our books and records no less frequently than quarterly.

 

142


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We may, at our discretion, treat the nominee holder of a common unit as the absolute owner. In that case, the beneficial holder’s rights are limited solely to those that it has against the nominee holder as a result of any agreement between the beneficial owner and the nominee holder.

Common units are securities and any transfers are subject to the laws governing the transfer of securities. In addition to other rights acquired upon transfer, the transferor gives the transferee the right to become a substituted limited partner in our partnership for the transferred common units.

Until a common unit has been transferred on our books, we and the transfer agent may treat the record holder of the common unit as the absolute owner for all purposes, except as otherwise required by law or stock exchange regulations.

 

143


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

The following is a summary of the material provisions of our partnership agreement. The form of our partnership agreement is included in this prospectus as Appendix A. We will provide prospective investors with a copy of our partnership agreement upon request at no charge.

We summarize the following provisions of our partnership agreement elsewhere in this prospectus:

 

   

with regard to distributions of cash available for distribution, please read “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners”;

 

   

with regard to the duties of, and standard of care applicable to, our general partner, please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties”;

 

   

with regard to the transfer of common units, please read “Description of the Common Units—Transfer of Common Units”; and

 

   

with regard to allocations of taxable income and taxable loss, please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

Organization and Duration

Hi-Crush Partners LP was organized in May 2012 and will have a perpetual existence unless terminated pursuant to the terms of our partnership agreement.

Purpose

Our purpose, as set forth in our partnership agreement, is limited to any business activity that is approved by our general partner and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized under Delaware law; provided that our general partner shall not cause us to take any action that the general partner determines would be reasonably likely to cause us to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes.

Although our general partner has the ability to cause us and our subsidiaries to engage in activities other than the business of excavating, processing and selling frac sand, our general partner may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited partners. Our general partner is generally authorized to perform all acts it determines to be necessary or appropriate to carry out our purposes and to conduct our business.

Cash Distributions

Our partnership agreement specifies the manner in which we will make cash distributions to holders of our common units and other partnership securities as well as to our general partner in respect of its incentive distribution rights. For a description of these cash distribution provisions, please read “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners.”

Capital Contributions

Unitholders are not obligated to make additional capital contributions, except as described below under “—Limited Liability.”

 

144


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Voting Rights

The following is a summary of the unitholder vote required for approval of the matters specified below. Matters that require the approval of a “unit majority” require:

 

   

during the subordination period, the approval of a majority of the common units, excluding those common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, and a majority of the subordinated units, voting as separate classes; and

 

   

after the subordination period, the approval of a majority of the common units, voting as a single class.

In voting their common and subordinated units, our general partner and its affiliates will have no fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited partners.

The incentive distribution rights may be entitled to vote in certain circumstances.

 

Issuance of additional units

No approval right.

 

Amendment of the partnership agreement

Certain amendments may be made by our general partner without the approval of the unitholders. Other amendments generally require the approval of a unit majority. Please read “—Amendment of the Partnership Agreement.”

 

Merger of our partnership or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets

Unit majority in certain circumstances. Please read “—Merger, Consolidation, Conversion, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets.”

 

Dissolution of our partnership

Unit majority. Please read “—Dissolution.”

 

Continuation of our business upon dissolution

Unit majority. Please read “—Dissolution.”

 

Withdrawal of our general partner

Under most circumstances, the approval of a majority of the common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, is required for the withdrawal of our general partner prior to                     , 2022 in a manner that would cause a dissolution of our partnership. Please read “—Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner.”

 

Removal of our general partner

Not less than 66  2 / 3 % of the outstanding units, voting as a single class, including units held by our general partner and its affiliates. Please read “—Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner.”

 

Transfer of our general partner interest

No approval right. Please read “—Transfer of General Partner Interest.”

 

Transfer of incentive distribution rights

No approval right. Please read “—Transfer of Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution Rights.”

 

Transfer of ownership interests in our general partner

No approval right. Please read “—Transfer of Ownership Interests in the General Partner.”

 

145


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

If any person or group other than our general partner and its affiliates acquires beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any class of units, that person or group loses voting rights on all of its units. This loss of voting rights does not apply to any person or group that acquires the units from our general partner or its affiliates and any transferees of that person or group approved by our general partner or to any person or group who acquires the units with the specific prior approval of our general partner.

Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction

Our partnership agreement is governed by Delaware law. Our partnership agreement requires that any claims, suits, actions or proceedings:

 

   

arising out of or relating in any way to the partnership agreement (including any claims, suits or actions to interpret, apply or enforce the provisions of the partnership agreement or the duties, obligations or liabilities among limited partners or of limited partners to us, or the rights or powers of, or restrictions on, the limited partners or us);

 

   

brought in a derivative manner on our behalf;

 

   

asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of us or our general partner, or owed by our general partner, to us or the limited partners;

 

   

asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware Act; or

 

   

asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine

shall be exclusively brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction thereof, any other court located in the State of Delaware with subject matter jurisdiction), regardless of whether such claims, suits, actions or proceedings sound in contract, tort, fraud or otherwise, are based on common law, statutory, equitable, legal or other grounds, or are derivative or direct claims. By purchasing a common unit, a limited partner is irrevocably consenting to these limitations and provisions regarding claims, suits, actions or proceedings and submitting to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware in connection with any such claims, suits, actions or proceedings.

Limited Liability

Assuming that a limited partner does not participate in the control of our business within the meaning of the Delaware Act and that he otherwise acts in conformity with the provisions of the partnership agreement, his liability under the Delaware Act will be limited, subject to possible exceptions, to the amount of capital he is obligated to contribute to us for his common units plus his share of any undistributed profits and assets. However, if it were determined that the right, or exercise of the right, by the limited partners as a group:

 

   

to remove or replace our general partner;

 

   

to approve some amendments to our partnership agreement; or

 

   

to take other action under our partnership agreement;

constituted “participation in the control” of our business for the purposes of the Delaware Act, then the limited partners could be held personally liable for our obligations under the laws of Delaware, to the same extent as our general partner. This liability would extend to persons who transact business with us under the reasonable belief that the limited partner is a general partner. Neither our partnership agreement nor the Delaware Act specifically provides for legal recourse against our general partner if a limited partner were to lose limited liability through any fault of our general partner. While this does not mean that a limited partner could not seek legal recourse, we know of no precedent for this type of a claim in Delaware case law.

Under the Delaware Act, a limited partnership may not make a distribution to a partner if, after the distribution, all liabilities of the limited partnership, other than liabilities to partners on account of their

 

146


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

partnership interests and liabilities for which the recourse of creditors is limited to specific property of the partnership, would exceed the fair value of the assets of the limited partnership. For the purpose of determining the fair value of the assets of a limited partnership, the Delaware Act provides that the fair value of property subject to liability for which recourse of creditors is limited shall be included in the assets of the limited partnership only to the extent that the fair value of that property exceeds the nonrecourse liability. The Delaware Act provides that a limited partner who receives a distribution and knew at the time of the distribution that the distribution was in violation of the Delaware Act shall be liable to the limited partnership for the amount of the distribution for three years.

Following the completion of this offering, we expect that our subsidiaries will conduct business in one state and we may have subsidiaries that conduct business in other states or countries in the future. Maintenance of our limited liability as owner of our operating subsidiaries may require compliance with legal requirements in the jurisdictions in which the operating subsidiaries conduct business, including qualifying our subsidiaries to do business there.

Limitations on the liability of members or limited partners for the obligations of a limited liability company or limited partnership have not been clearly established in many jurisdictions. If, by virtue of our ownership interest in our subsidiaries or otherwise, it were determined that we were conducting business in any jurisdiction without compliance with the applicable limited partnership or limited liability company statute, or that the right or exercise of the right by the limited partners as a group to remove or replace our general partner, to approve some amendments to our partnership agreement, or to take other action under our partnership agreement constituted “participation in the control” of our business for purposes of the statutes of any relevant jurisdiction, then the limited partners could be held personally liable for our obligations under the law of that jurisdiction to the same extent as our general partner under the circumstances. We will operate in a manner that our general partner considers reasonable and necessary or appropriate to preserve the limited liability of the limited partners.

Issuance of Additional Interests

Our partnership agreement authorizes us to issue an unlimited number of additional partnership interests for the consideration and on the terms and conditions determined by our general partner without the approval of the unitholders.

It is possible that we will fund acquisitions through the issuance of additional common units, subordinated units or other partnership interests. Holders of any additional common units we issue will be entitled to share equally with the then-existing common unitholders in our distributions of cash available for distribution. In addition, the issuance of additional common units or other partnership interests may dilute the value of the interests of the then-existing common unitholders in our net assets.

In accordance with Delaware law and the provisions of our partnership agreement, we may also issue additional partnership interests that, as determined by our general partner, may have rights to distributions or special voting rights to which the common units are not entitled. In addition, our partnership agreement does not prohibit our subsidiaries from issuing equity interests, which may effectively rank senior to the common units.

Our general partner will have the right, which it may from time to time assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates, to purchase common units, subordinated units or other partnership interests whenever, and on the same terms that, we issue partnership interests to persons other than our general partner and its affiliates, to the extent necessary to maintain the percentage interest of our general partner and its affiliates, including such interest represented by common and subordinated units, that existed immediately prior to each issuance. The common unitholders will not have preemptive rights under our partnership agreement to acquire additional common units or other partnership interests.

 

147


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Amendment of the Partnership Agreement

General

Amendments to our partnership agreement may be proposed only by our general partner. However, our general partner will have no duty or obligation to propose any amendment and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited partners. In order to adopt a proposed amendment, other than the amendments discussed below, our general partner is required to seek written approval of the holders of the number of units required to approve the amendment or to call a meeting of the limited partners to consider and vote upon the proposed amendment. Except as described below, an amendment must be approved by a unit majority.

Prohibited Amendments

No amendment may be made that would:

 

   

enlarge the obligations of any limited partner without his consent, unless approved by at least a majority of the type or class of limited partner interests so affected; or

 

   

enlarge the obligations of, restrict in any way any action by or rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable by us to our general partner or any of its affiliates without the consent of our general partner, which consent may be given or withheld in its sole discretion.

The provision of our partnership agreement preventing the amendments having the effects described in the clauses above can be amended upon the approval of the holders of at least 90.0% of the outstanding units, voting as a single class (including units owned by our general partner and its affiliates). Upon completion of the offering, an affiliate of our general partner will own approximately     % of our outstanding common and subordinated units.

No Unitholder Approval

Our general partner may generally make amendments to our partnership agreement without the approval of any limited partner to reflect:

 

   

a change in our name, the location of our principal place of business, our registered agent or our registered office;

 

   

the admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of partners in accordance with our partnership agreement;

 

   

a change that our general partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to qualify or continue our qualification as a limited partnership or other entity in which the limited partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or to ensure that neither we nor any of our subsidiaries will be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed);

 

   

an amendment that is necessary, in the opinion of our counsel, to prevent us or our general partner or its directors, officers, agents or trustees from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 or “plan asset” regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or ERISA, whether or not substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed;

 

   

an amendment that our general partner determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the creation, authorization or issuance of additional partnership interests or the right to acquire partnership interests;

 

148


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

any amendment expressly permitted in our partnership agreement to be made by our general partner acting alone;

 

   

an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a merger agreement that has been approved under the terms of our partnership agreement;

 

   

any amendment that our general partner determines to be necessary or appropriate for the formation by us of, or our investment in, any corporation, partnership or other entity, as otherwise permitted by our partnership agreement;

 

   

a change in our fiscal year or taxable year and related changes;

 

   

conversions into, mergers with or conveyances to another limited liability entity that is newly formed and has no assets, liabilities or operations at the time of the conversion, merger or conveyance other than those it receives by way of the conversion, merger or conveyance; or

 

   

any other amendments substantially similar to any of the matters described in the clauses above.

In addition, our general partner may make amendments to our partnership agreement, without the approval of any limited partner, if our general partner determines that those amendments:

 

   

do not adversely affect the limited partners, considered as a whole, or any particular class of limited partners, in any material respect;

 

   

are necessary or appropriate to satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute;

 

   

are necessary or appropriate to facilitate the trading of limited partner interests or to comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any securities exchange on which the limited partner interests are or will be listed for trading;

 

   

are necessary or appropriate for any action taken by our general partner relating to splits or combinations of units under the provisions of our partnership agreement;

 

   

are necessary or appropriate in connection with the creation, authorization or issuance of any class or series of partnership securities; or

 

   

are required to effect the intent expressed in this prospectus or the intent of the provisions of our partnership agreement or are otherwise contemplated by our partnership agreement.

Opinion of Counsel and Unitholder Approval

Any amendment that our general partner determines adversely affects in any material respect one or more particular classes of limited partners will require the approval of at least a majority of the class or classes so affected, but no vote will be required by any class or classes of limited partners that our general partner determines are not adversely affected in any material respect. Any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any type or class of outstanding units in relation to other classes of units will require the approval of at least a majority of the type or class of units so affected. Any amendment that would reduce the voting percentage required to take any action other than to remove the general partner or call a meeting of unitholders is required to be approved by the affirmative vote of limited partners whose aggregate outstanding units constitute not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced. Any amendment that would increase the percentage of units required to remove the general partner or call a meeting of unitholders must be approved by the affirmative vote of limited partners whose aggregate outstanding units constitute not less than the percentage sought to be increased. For amendments of the type not requiring unitholder approval, our general partner will not be required to obtain an opinion of counsel that an amendment will neither result in a loss of limited liability to the limited partners nor result in our being treated as a taxable entity for federal income

 

149


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

tax purposes in connection with any of the amendments. No other amendments to our partnership agreement will become effective without the approval of holders of at least 90% of the outstanding units, voting as a single class, unless we first obtain an opinion of counsel to the effect that the amendment will not affect the limited liability under applicable law of any of our limited partners.

Merger, Consolidation, Conversion, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets

A merger, consolidation or conversion of us requires the prior consent of our general partner. However, our general partner will have no duty or obligation to consent to any merger, consolidation or conversion and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interest of us or the limited partners.

In addition, our partnership agreement generally prohibits our general partner, without the prior approval of the holders of a unit majority, from causing us to sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, including by way of merger, consolidation or other combination. Our general partner may, however, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of our assets without such approval. Our general partner may also sell all or substantially all of our assets under a foreclosure or other realization upon those encumbrances without such approval. Finally, our general partner may consummate any merger without the prior approval of our unitholders if we are the surviving entity in the transaction, our general partner has received an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters, the transaction would not result in a material amendment to the partnership agreement (other than an amendment that the general partner could adopt without the consent of other partners), each of our units will be an identical unit of our partnership following the transaction and the partnership securities to be issued do not exceed 20% of our outstanding partnership interests (other than incentive distribution rights) immediately prior to the transaction. If the conditions specified in our partnership agreement are satisfied, our general partner may convert us or any of our subsidiaries into a new limited liability entity or merge us or any of our subsidiaries into, or convey all of our assets to, a newly formed entity, if the sole purpose of that conversion, merger or conveyance is to effect a mere change in our legal form into another limited liability entity, we have received an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters and the governing instruments of the new entity provide the limited partners and our general partner with the same rights and obligations as contained in our partnership agreement. Our unitholders are not entitled to dissenters’ rights of appraisal under our partnership agreement or applicable Delaware law in the event of a conversion, merger or consolidation, a sale of substantially all of our assets or any other similar transaction or event.

Dissolution

We will continue as a limited partnership until dissolved under our partnership agreement. We will dissolve upon:

 

   

the election of our general partner to dissolve us, if approved by the holders of units representing a unit majority;

 

   

there being no limited partners, unless we are continued without dissolution in accordance with applicable Delaware law;

 

   

the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of our partnership; or

 

   

the withdrawal or removal of our general partner or any other event that results in its ceasing to be our general partner other than by reason of a transfer of its general partner interest in accordance with our partnership agreement or its withdrawal or removal following the approval and admission of a successor.

Upon a dissolution under the last clause above, the holders of a unit majority may also elect, within specific time limitations, to continue our business on the same terms and conditions described in our partnership

 

150


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

agreement by appointing as a successor general partner an entity approved by the holders of units representing a unit majority, subject to our receipt of an opinion of counsel to the effect that:

 

   

the action would not result in the loss of limited liability under Delaware law of any limited partner; and

 

   

neither our partnership nor any of our subsidiaries would be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise be taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes upon the exercise of that right to continue (to the extent not already so treated or taxed).

Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds

Upon our dissolution, unless our business is continued, the liquidator authorized to wind up our affairs will, acting with all of the powers of our general partner that are necessary or appropriate, liquidate our assets and apply the proceeds of the liquidation as described in “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners—Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation.” The liquidator may defer liquidation or distribution of our assets for a reasonable period of time or distribute assets to partners in kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue loss to our partners.

Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner

Except as described below, our general partner has agreed not to withdraw voluntarily as our general partner prior to June 30, 2022 without obtaining the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, and furnishing an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters. On or after June 30, 2022, our general partner may withdraw as general partner without first obtaining approval of any unitholder by giving 90 days’ written notice, and that withdrawal will not constitute a violation of our partnership agreement. Notwithstanding the information above, our general partner may withdraw without unitholder approval upon 90 days’ notice to the limited partners if at least 50% of the outstanding common units are held or controlled by one person and its affiliates, other than our general partner and its affiliates. In addition, our partnership agreement permits our general partner, in some instances, to sell or otherwise transfer all of its general partner interest in us without the approval of the unitholders. Please read “—Transfer of General Partner Interest.”

Upon withdrawal of our general partner under any circumstances, other than as a result of a transfer by our general partner of all or a part of its general partner interest in us, the holders of a unit majority may select a successor to that withdrawing general partner. If a successor is not elected, or is elected but an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters cannot be obtained, we will be dissolved, wound up and liquidated, unless within a specified period after that withdrawal, the holders of a unit majority agree in writing to continue our business and to appoint a successor general partner. Please read “—Dissolution.”

Our general partner may not be removed unless that removal is approved by the vote of the holders of not less than 66  2 / 3 % of the outstanding units, voting together as a single class, including units held by our general partner and its affiliates, and we receive an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters. Any removal of our general partner is also subject to the approval of a successor general partner by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units, voting as a class, and the outstanding subordinated units, voting as a class. The ownership of more than 33  1 / 3 % of the outstanding units by our general partner and its affiliates gives them the ability to prevent our general partner’s removal. At the closing of this offering, an affiliate of our general partner will own     % of our outstanding limited partner units, including all of our subordinated units.

Our partnership agreement also provides that if our general partner is removed as our general partner under circumstances where cause does not exist:

 

   

all subordinated units held by any person who did not, and whose affiliates did not, vote any units in favor of the removal of the general partner, will immediately and automatically convert into common units on a one-for-one basis; and

 

151


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

if all of the subordinated units convert pursuant to the foregoing, all cumulative common unit arrearages on the common units will be extinguished and the subordination period will end.

In the event of the removal of our general partner under circumstances where cause exists or withdrawal of our general partner where that withdrawal violates our partnership agreement, a successor general partner will have the option to purchase the general partner interest and incentive distribution rights of the departing general partner and its affiliates for a cash payment equal to the fair market value of those interests. Under all other circumstances where our general partner withdraws or is removed by the limited partners, the departing general partner will have the option to require the successor general partner to purchase the general partner interest and the incentive distribution rights of the departing general partner and its affiliates for fair market value. In each case, this fair market value will be determined by agreement between the departing general partner and the successor general partner. If no agreement is reached, an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert selected by the departing general partner and the successor general partner will determine the fair market value. Or, if the departing general partner and the successor general partner cannot agree upon an expert, then an expert chosen by agreement of the experts selected by each of them will determine the fair market value.

If the option described above is not exercised by either the departing general partner or the successor general partner, the departing general partner’s general partner interest and all its and its affiliates’ incentive distribution rights will automatically convert into common units equal to the fair market value of those interests as determined by an investment banking firm or other independent expert selected in the manner described in the preceding paragraph.

In addition, we will be required to reimburse the departing general partner for all amounts due the departing general partner, including, without limitation, all employee-related liabilities, including severance liabilities, incurred as a result of the termination of any employees employed for our benefit by the departing general partner or its affiliates.

Transfer of General Partner Interest

At any time, our general partner may transfer all or any of its general partner interest to another person without the approval of our common unitholders. As a condition of this transfer, the transferee must, among other things, assume the rights and duties of our general partner, agree to be bound by the provisions of our partnership agreement and furnish an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters.

Transfer of Ownership Interests in the General Partner

At any time, the owners of our general partner may sell or transfer all or part of its ownership interests in our general partner to an affiliate or third party without the approval of our unitholders.

Transfer of Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution Rights

By transfer of subordinated units or incentive distribution rights in accordance with our partnership agreement, each transferee of subordinated units or incentive distribution rights will be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the subordinated units or incentive distribution rights transferred when such transfer and admission is reflected in our books and records. Each transferee:

 

   

represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and authority to become bound by our partnership agreement;

 

   

automatically becomes bound by the terms and conditions of our partnership agreement; and

 

   

gives the consents, waivers and approvals contained in our partnership agreement, such as the approval of all transactions and agreements we are entering into in connection with our formation and this offering.

 

152


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our general partner will cause any transfers to be recorded on our books and records no less frequently than quarterly.

We may, at our discretion, treat the nominee holder of subordinated units or incentive distribution rights as the absolute owner. In that case, the beneficial holder’s rights are limited solely to those that it has against the nominee holder as a result of any agreement between the beneficial owner and the nominee holder.

Subordinated units and incentive distribution rights are securities and any transfers are subject to the laws governing transfer of securities. In addition to other rights acquired upon transfer, the transferor gives the transferee the right to become a limited partner for the transferred subordinated units or incentive distribution rights.

Until a subordinated unit or incentive distribution right has been transferred on our books, we and the transfer agent may treat the record holder of the unit or right as the absolute owner for all purposes, except as otherwise required by law or stock exchange regulations.

Change of Management Provisions

Our partnership agreement contains specific provisions that are intended to discourage a person or group from attempting to remove Hi-Crush GP LLC as our general partner or from otherwise changing our management. Please read “—Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner” for a discussion of certain consequences of the removal of our general partner. If any person or group, other than our general partner and its affiliates, acquires beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any class of units, that person or group loses voting rights on all of its units. This loss of voting rights does not apply in certain circumstances. Please read “—Meetings; Voting.”

Limited Call Right

If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 80% of the then-issued and outstanding limited partner interests of any class, our general partner will have the right, which it may assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates or beneficial owners or to us, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the limited partner interests of the class held by unaffiliated persons, as of a record date to be selected by our general partner, on at least 10, but not more than 60, days notice. The purchase price in the event of this purchase is the greater of:

 

   

the highest price paid by our general partner or any of its affiliates for any limited partner interests of the class purchased within the 90 days preceding the date on which our general partner first mails notice of its election to purchase those limited partner interests; and

 

   

the average of the daily closing prices of the partnership securities of such class over the 20 trading days preceding the date that is three days before the date the notice is mailed.

As a result of our general partner’s right to purchase outstanding limited partner interests, a holder of limited partner interests may have his limited partner interests purchased at an undesirable time or at a price that may be lower than market prices at various times prior to such purchase or lower than a unitholder may anticipate the market price to be in the future. The tax consequences to a unitholder of the exercise of this call right are the same as a sale by that unitholder of his common units in the market. Please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—Disposition of Units.”

Non-Taxpaying Holders; Redemption

To avoid any adverse effect on the maximum applicable rates chargeable to customers by us or any of our future subsidiaries, or in order to reverse an adverse determination that has occurred regarding such maximum rate, our partnership agreement provides our general partner the power to amend the agreement. If our general

 

153


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

partner, with the advice of counsel, determines that our not being treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes, coupled with the tax status (or lack of proof thereof) of one or more of our limited partners, has, or is reasonably likely to have, a material adverse effect on the maximum applicable rates chargeable to customers by our subsidiaries, then our general partner may adopt such amendments to our partnership agreement as it determines necessary or advisable to:

 

   

obtain proof of the federal income tax status of our limited partners (and their owners, to the extent relevant); and

 

   

permit us to redeem the units held by any person whose tax status has or is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the maximum applicable rates or who fails to comply with the procedures instituted by our general partner to obtain proof of the federal income tax status. The redemption price in the case of such a redemption will be the average of the daily closing prices per unit for the 20 consecutive trading days immediately prior to the date set for redemption.

Non-Citizen Assignees; Redemption

If our general partner, with the advice of counsel, determines we are subject to federal, state or local laws or regulations that, in the reasonable determination of our general partner, create a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property that we have an interest in because of the nationality, citizenship or other related status of any limited partner, then our general partner may adopt such amendments to our partnership agreement as it determines necessary or advisable to:

 

   

obtain proof of the nationality, citizenship or other related status of our limited partners (and their owners, to the extent relevant); and

 

   

permit us to redeem the units held by any person whose nationality, citizenship or other related status creates substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property or who fails to comply with the procedures instituted by the general partner to obtain proof of the nationality, citizenship or other related status. The redemption price in the case of such a redemption will be the average of the daily closing prices per unit for the 20 consecutive trading days immediately prior to the date set for redemption.

Meetings; Voting

Except as described below regarding a person or group owning 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, record holders of units on the record date will be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, meetings of our limited partners and to act upon matters for which approvals may be solicited.

Our general partner does not anticipate that any meeting of our unitholders will be called in the foreseeable future. Any action that is required or permitted to be taken by the unitholders may be taken either at a meeting of the unitholders or without a meeting if consents in writing describing the action so taken are signed by holders of the number of units necessary to authorize or take that action at a meeting. Meetings of the unitholders may be called by our general partner or by unitholders owning at least 20% of the outstanding units of the class for which a meeting is proposed. Unitholders may vote either in person or by proxy at meetings. The holders of a majority of the outstanding units of the class or classes for which a meeting has been called, represented in person or by proxy, will constitute a quorum, unless any action by the unitholders requires approval by holders of a greater percentage of the units, in which case the quorum will be the greater percentage.

Each record holder of a unit has a vote according to his percentage interest in us, although additional limited partner interests having special voting rights could be issued. Please read “—Issuance of Additional Interests.” However, if at any time any person or group, other than our general partner and its affiliates, or a direct or subsequently approved transferee of our general partner or its affiliates and purchasers specifically approved by our general partner, acquires, in the aggregate, beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, that person or group will lose voting rights on all of its units and the units may not be voted on any

 

154


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

matter and will not be considered to be outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of unitholders, calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes. Common units held in nominee or street name account will be voted by the broker or other nominee in accordance with the instruction of the beneficial owner unless the arrangement between the beneficial owner and his nominee provides otherwise. Except as our partnership agreement otherwise provides, subordinated units will vote together with common units, as a single class.

Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy material required or permitted to be given or made to record common unitholders under our partnership agreement will be delivered to the record holder by us or by the transfer agent.

Voting Rights of Incentive Distribution Rights

If a majority of the incentive distribution rights are held by our general partner and its affiliates, the holders of the incentive distribution rights will have no right to vote in respect of such rights on any matter, unless otherwise required by law, and the holders of the incentive distribution rights shall be deemed to have approved any matter approved by our general partner.

If less than a majority of the incentive distribution rights are held by our general partner and its affiliates, the incentive distribution rights will be entitled to vote on all matters submitted to a vote of unitholders, other than amendments and other matters that our general partner determines do not adversely affect the holders of the incentive distribution rights in any material respect. On any matter in which the holders of incentive distribution rights are entitled to vote, such holders will vote together with the subordinated units, prior to the end of the subordination period, or together with the common units, thereafter, in either case as a single class, and such incentive distribution rights shall be treated in all respects as subordinated units or common units, as applicable, when sending notices of a meeting of our limited partners to vote on any matter (unless otherwise required by law), calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes under our partnership agreement. The relative voting power of the holders of the incentive distribution rights and the subordinated units or common units, depending on which class the holders of incentive distribution rights are voting with, will be set in the same proportion as cumulative cash distributions, if any, in respect of the incentive distribution rights for the four consecutive quarters prior to the record date for the vote bears to the cumulative cash distributions in respect of such class of units for such four quarters.

Status as Limited Partner

By transfer of common units in accordance with our partnership agreement, each transferee of common units shall be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the common units transferred when such transfer and admission are reflected in our books and records. Except as described under “—Limited Liability,” the common units will be fully paid, and unitholders will not be required to make additional contributions.

Indemnification

Under our partnership agreement, in most circumstances, we will indemnify the following persons, to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against all losses, claims, damages or similar events:

 

   

our general partner;

 

   

any departing general partner;

 

   

any person who is or was an affiliate of our general partner or any departing general partner;

 

   

any person who is or was a manager, managing member, general partner, director, officer, fiduciary or trustee of our partnership, our subsidiaries, our general partner, any departing general partner or any of their affiliates;

 

155


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

any person who is or was serving as a manager, managing member, general partners, director, officer, employee, agent, fiduciary or trustee of another person owing a fiduciary duty to us or our subsidiaries;

 

   

any person who controls our general partner or any departing general partner; and

 

   

any person designated by our general partner.

Any indemnification under these provisions will only be out of our assets. Unless our general partner otherwise agrees, it will not be personally liable for, or have any obligation to contribute or lend funds or assets to us to enable us to effectuate, indemnification. We may purchase insurance against liabilities asserted against and expenses incurred by persons for our activities, regardless of whether we would have the power to indemnify the person against liabilities under our partnership agreement.

Reimbursement of Expenses

Our partnership agreement requires us to reimburse our general partner for all direct and indirect expenses it incurs or payments it makes on our behalf and all other expenses allocable to us or otherwise incurred by our general partner in connection with operating our business. Our partnership agreement does not set a limit on the amount of expenses for which our general partner and its affiliates may be reimbursed. These expenses include salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to persons who perform services for us or on our behalf and expenses allocated to our general partner by its affiliates. Our general partner is entitled to determine the expenses that are allocable to us.

Books and Reports

Our general partner is required to keep appropriate books of our business at our principal offices. These books will be maintained for both tax and financial reporting purposes on an accrual basis. For tax and fiscal reporting purposes, our fiscal year is the calendar year.

We will furnish or make available to record holders of our common units, within 105 days after the close of each fiscal year, an annual report containing audited consolidated financial statements and a report on those consolidated financial statements by our independent public accountants. Except for our fourth quarter, we will also furnish or make available summary financial information within 50 days after the close of each quarter. We will be deemed to have made any such report available if we file such report with the SEC on EDGAR or make the report available on a publicly available website which we maintain.

We will furnish each record holder with information reasonably required for federal and state tax reporting purposes within 90 days after the close of each calendar year. This information is expected to be furnished in summary form so that some complex calculations normally required of partners can be avoided. Our ability to furnish this summary information to our unitholders will depend on their cooperation in supplying us with specific information. Every unitholder will receive information to assist him in determining his federal and state tax liability and in filing his federal and state income tax returns, regardless of whether he supplies us with the necessary information.

Right to Inspect Our Books and Records

Our partnership agreement provides that a limited partner can, for a purpose reasonably related to his interest as a limited partner, upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of such demand and at his own expense, have furnished to him:

 

   

a current list of the name and last known address of each record holder;

 

   

information as to the amount of cash, and a description and statement of the agreed value of any other capital contribution, contributed or to be contributed by each partner and the date on which each became a partner;

 

156


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

copies of our partnership agreement, our certificate of limited partnership, related amendments and powers of attorney under which they have been executed;

 

   

information regarding the status of our business and financial condition (provided that obligation shall be satisfied to the extent the limited partner is furnished our most recent annual report and any subsequent quarterly or periodic reports required to be filed (or which would be required to be filed) with the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act); and

 

   

any other information regarding our affairs that our general partner determines is just and reasonable.

Under our partnership agreement, however, each of our limited partners and other persons who acquire interests in our partnership interests, do not have rights to receive information from us or any of the persons we indemnify as described above under “—Indemnification” for the purpose of determining whether to pursue litigation or assist in pending litigation against us or those indemnified persons relating to our affairs, except pursuant to the applicable rules of discovery relating to the litigation commenced by the person seeking information.

Our general partner may, and intends to, keep confidential from the limited partners trade secrets or other information the disclosure of which our general partner believes in good faith is not in our best interests or that we are required by law or by agreements with third parties to keep confidential.

Registration Rights

Under our partnership agreement, we have agreed to register for resale under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws any common units, subordinated units or other limited partner interests proposed to be sold by our general partner or any of its affiliates or their assignees if an exemption from the registration requirements is not otherwise available. These registration rights continue for two years following any withdrawal or removal of our general partner. We are obligated to pay all expenses incidental to the registration, excluding underwriting discounts.

In addition, in connection with this offering, we expect to enter into a registration rights agreement with our sponsor. Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, we will be required to file a registration statement to register the common units and subordinated units issued to our sponsor and the common units issuable upon the conversion of the subordinated units upon request of our sponsor. In addition, the registration rights agreement gives our sponsor piggyback registration rights under certain circumstances. The registration rights agreement also includes provisions dealing with holdback agreements, indemnification and contribution and allocation of expenses. These registration rights are transferable to affiliates of our sponsor and, in certain circumstances, to third parties. Please read “Units Eligible for Future Sale.”

 

157


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

UNITS ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

After the sale of the common units offered by this prospectus, our sponsor will hold an aggregate of             common units and            subordinated units. All of the subordinated units will convert into common units at the end of the subordination period and some may convert earlier. The sale of these common and subordinated units could have an adverse impact on the price of the common units or on any trading market that may develop.

Our common units sold in this offering will generally be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any common units held by an “affiliate” of ours may not be resold publicly except in compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or under an exemption under Rule 144 or otherwise. Rule 144 permits securities acquired by an affiliate of the issuer to be sold into the market in an amount that does not exceed, during any three-month period, the greater of:

 

   

1% of the total number of the securities outstanding; or

 

   

the average weekly reported trading volume of our common units for the four weeks prior to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to specific manner of sale provisions, holding period requirements, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us. A person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned our common units for at least six months (provided we are in compliance with the current public information requirement), or one year (regardless of whether we are in compliance with the current public information requirement), would be entitled to sell those common units under Rule 144, subject only to the current public information requirement. After beneficially owning Rule 144 restricted units for at least one year, a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale would be entitled to freely sell those common units without regard to the public information requirements, volume limitations, manner of sale provisions and notice requirements of Rule 144.

Our partnership agreement provides that we may issue an unlimited number of limited partner interests of any type without a vote of the unitholders at any time. Any issuance of additional common units or other equity securities would result in a corresponding decrease in the proportionate ownership interest in us represented by, and could adversely affect the cash distributions to and market price of, common units then outstanding. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Issuance of Additional Interests.”

Under our partnership agreement and the registration rights agreement that we expect to enter into, our general partner and its affiliates will have the right to cause us to register under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws the offer and sale of any units that they hold. Subject to the terms and conditions of the partnership agreement and the registration rights agreement, these registration rights allow our general partner and its affiliates or their assignees holding any units to require registration of any of these units and to include any of these units in a registration by us of other units, including units offered by us or by any unitholder. Our general partner and its affiliates will continue to have these registration rights for two years following its withdrawal or removal as our general partner. In connection with any registration of this kind, we will indemnify each unitholder participating in the registration and its officers, directors, and controlling persons from and against any liabilities under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws arising from the registration statement or prospectus. We will bear all costs and expenses incidental to any registration, excluding any underwriting discount. Except as described below, our general partner and its affiliates may sell their units in private transactions at any time, subject to compliance with applicable laws.

The executive officers and directors of our general partner and our sponsor have agreed not to sell any common units they beneficially own for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus. Please read “Underwriting” for a description of these lock-up provisions.

 

158


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to adopt a new long-term incentive plan (the “Long-Term Incentive Plan”). If adopted, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register common units issuable under the Long-Term Incentive Plan. This registration statement on Form S-8 is expected to be filed following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and will be effective upon filing. Accordingly, common units issued under the Long-Term Incentive Plan will be eligible for resale in the public market without restriction after the effective date of the Form S-8 registration statement, subject to applicable vesting requirements, Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up restrictions described above.

 

159


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

This section summarizes the material federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to prospective unitholders and is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), existing and proposed Treasury regulations thereunder (the “Treasury Regulations”), and current administrative rulings and court decisions, all of which are subject to change. Changes in these authorities may cause the federal income tax consequences to a prospective unitholder to vary substantially from those described below. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “we” or “us” are references to Hi-Crush Partners LP and its subsidiaries.

Legal conclusions contained in this section, unless otherwise noted, are the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. and are based on the accuracy of representations made by us to them for this purpose. However, this section does not address all federal income tax matters that affect us or our unitholders. Furthermore, this section focuses on unitholders who are individual citizens or residents of the United States (for federal income tax purposes), who have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency and who hold units as capital assets (generally, property that is held for investment). This section has limited applicability to corporations, partnerships, (including entities treated as partnerships for federal income tax purposes), estates, trusts, non-resident aliens or other unitholders subject to specialized tax treatment, such as tax-exempt institutions, non-U.S. persons, individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”), employee benefit plans, real estate investment trusts or mutual funds. Accordingly, we encourage each unitholder to consult the unitholder’s own tax advisor in analyzing the federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences particular to that unitholder resulting from ownership or disposition of units.

We are relying on opinions and advice of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. with respect to the matters described herein. An opinion of counsel represents only that counsel’s best legal judgment and does not bind the IRS or a court. Accordingly, the opinions and statements made herein may not be sustained by a court if contested by the IRS. Any such contest of the matters described herein may materially and adversely impact the market for units and the prices at which units trade. In addition, our costs of any contest with the IRS will be borne indirectly by our unitholders and our general partner because the costs will reduce our cash available for distribution. Furthermore, the tax consequences of an investment in us, may be significantly modified by future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions, which may be retroactively applied.

For the reasons described below, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion with respect to the following federal income tax issues: (1) the treatment of a unitholder whose units are the subject of a securities loan (e.g., a loan to a short seller to cover a short sale of units) (please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Treatment of Securities Loans”); (2) whether our monthly convention for allocating taxable income and losses is permitted by existing Treasury Regulations (please read “—Disposition of Units—Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees”); and (3) whether our method for taking into account Section 743 adjustments is sustainable in certain cases (please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Section 754 Election” and “—Uniformity of Units”).

Taxation of the Partnership

Partnership Status

We expect to be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes and, therefore, generally will not be liable for such taxes. Instead, as described below, each of our unitholders will take into account its respective share of our items of income, gain, loss and deduction in computing its federal income tax liability as if the unitholder had earned such income directly, even if we make no cash distributions to the unitholder. Distributions we make to a unitholder generally will not give rise to income or gain taxable to such unitholder, unless the amount of cash distributed exceeds the unitholder’s adjusted tax basis in its units.

Section 7704 of the Code generally provides that publicly-traded partnerships will be treated as corporations for federal income tax purposes. However, if 90% or more of a partnership’s gross income for every taxable year

 

160


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

it is publicly-traded consists of “qualifying income,” the partnership may continue to be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes (the “Qualifying Income Exception”). Qualifying income includes (i) income and gains derived from the exploration, development, mining or production, processing, refining, transportation, and marketing of any mineral or natural resource, including sand, (ii) interest (other than from a financial business), (iii) dividends, (iv) gains from the sale of real property and (v) gains from the sale or other disposition of capital assets held for the production of qualifying income. We estimate that approximately             % of our current gross income is not qualifying income; however, this estimate could change from time to time.

Based upon factual representations made by us and our general partner regarding the composition of our income and the other representations set forth below, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is of the opinion that we will be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. In rendering its opinion, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has relied on factual representations made by us and our general partner. The representations made by us and our general partner upon which Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has relied include, without limitation:

(a) Neither we nor any of our partnership or limited liability company subsidiaries has elected to be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes; and

(b) For each taxable year since and including the year of our initial public offering, more than 90% of our gross income has been and will be income of a character that Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has opined is “qualifying income” within the meaning of Section 7704(d) of the Code.

We believe that these representations are true and will be true in the future.

If we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, other than a failure that is determined by the IRS to be inadvertent and that is cured within a reasonable time after discovery (in which case the IRS may also require us to make adjustments with respect to our unitholders or pay other amounts), we will be treated as transferring all of our assets, subject to liabilities, to a newly formed corporation, on the first day of the year in which we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, in return for stock in that corporation and then as distributing that stock to our unitholders in liquidation. This deemed contribution and liquidation should not result in the recognition of taxable income by our unitholders or us so long as our liabilities do not exceed the tax basis of our assets. Thereafter, we would be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.

If for any reason we are taxable as a corporation in any taxable year, our items of income, gain, loss and deduction would be taken into account by us in determining the amount of our liability for federal income tax, rather than being passed through to our unitholders. Our taxation as a corporation would materially reduce the cash available for distribution to unitholders and thus would likely substantially reduce the value of our units. Any distribution made to a unitholder at a time we are treated as a corporation would be (i) a taxable dividend to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, then (ii) a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the unitholder’s tax basis in its units, and thereafter (iii) taxable capital gain.

The remainder of this discussion assumes that we will be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.

Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership

Limited Partner Status

Unitholders who are admitted as limited partners of the partnership, as well as unitholders whose units are held in street name or by a nominee and who have the right to direct the nominee in the exercise of all substantive rights attendant to the ownership of units, will be treated as partners of the partnership for federal income tax purposes. For a discussion related to the risks of losing partner status as a result of securities loans, please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Treatment of Securities Loans.” Unitholders who are not treated as partners in us as described above are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences applicable to them under the circumstances.

 

161


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Flow-Through of Taxable Income

Subject to the discussion below under “—Entity-Level Collections of Unitholder Taxes” with respect to payments we may be required to make on behalf of our unitholders, we will not pay any federal income tax. Rather, each unitholder will be required to report on its federal income tax return each year its share of our income, gains, losses and deductions for our taxable year or years ending with or within its taxable year. Consequently, we may allocate income to a unitholder even if that unitholder has not received a cash distribution.

Basis of Units

A unitholder’s tax basis in its units initially will be the amount paid for those units plus the unitholder’s share of our liabilities. That basis generally will be (i) increased by the unitholder’s share of our income and any increases in such unitholder’s share of our liabilities, and (ii) decreased, but not below zero, by the amount of all distributions, the unitholder’s share of our losses, and any decreases in its share of our liabilities.

Ratio of Taxable Income to Distributions

We estimate that a purchaser of units in this offering who owns those units from the date of closing through the record date for distributions for the period ending December 31, 2014, will be allocated, on a cumulative basis, an amount of federal taxable income that will be     % or less of the cash distributed with respect to that period. Thereafter, we anticipate that the ratio of taxable income to cash distributions to the common unitholders will increase. These estimates are based upon the assumption that earnings from operations will approximate the amount required to make the minimum quarterly distribution on all units and other assumptions with respect to capital expenditures, cash flow, net working capital and anticipated cash distributions. These estimates and assumptions are subject to, among other things, numerous business, economic, regulatory, legislative, competitive and political uncertainties beyond our control. Further, the estimates are based on current tax law and tax reporting positions that we will adopt and with which the IRS could disagree. Accordingly, we cannot assure that these estimates will prove to be correct, and our counsel has not opined on the accuracy of such estimates. The actual ratio of taxable income to cash distributions could be higher or lower than expected, and any differences could be material and could affect the value of units. For example, the ratio of taxable income to cash distributions to a purchaser of units in this offering would be higher, and perhaps substantially higher, than our estimate with respect to the period described above if:

 

   

the earnings from operations exceeds the amount required to make minimum quarterly distributions on all common units, yet we only distribute the minimum quarterly distribution on all units; or

 

   

we make a future offering of common units and use the proceeds of the offering in a manner that does not produce additional deductions during the period described above, such as to repay indebtedness outstanding at the time of this offering or to acquire property that is not eligible for depreciation or amortization for federal income tax purposes or that is depreciable or amortizable at a rate significantly slower than the rate applicable to our assets at the time of this offering.

Treatment of Distributions

Distributions made by us to a unitholder generally will not be taxable to the unitholder, unless such distributions exceed the unitholder’s tax basis in its units, in which case the unitholder generally will recognize gain taxable in the manner described below under “—Disposition of Units.”

Any reduction in a unitholder’s share of our liabilities will be treated as a distribution by us of cash to that unitholder. A decrease in a unitholder’s percentage interest in us because of our issuance of additional units may decrease the unitholder’s share of our liabilities. For purposes of the foregoing, a unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities (liabilities for which no partner bears the economic risk of loss) generally will be based

 

162


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

upon that unitholder’s share of the unrealized appreciation (or depreciation) in our assets, to the extent thereof, with any excess liabilities allocated based on the unitholder’s share of our profits. Please read “Disposition of Units.”

A non-pro rata distribution of money or property (including a deemed distribution as a result of the reallocation of our liabilities described above) may cause a unitholder to recognize ordinary income, if the distribution reduces the unitholder’s share of our “unrealized receivables,” including depreciation and depletion recapture and substantially appreciated “inventory items,” both as defined in Section 751 of the Code (“Section 751 Assets”). To the extent of such reduction, the unitholder would be deemed to receive its proportionate share of the Section 751 Assets and exchange such assets with us in return for a portion of the non-pro rata distribution. This deemed exchange generally will result in the unitholder’s recognition of ordinary income in an amount equal to the excess of (1) the non-pro rata portion of that distribution over (2) the unitholder’s tax basis (generally zero) in the Section 751 Assets deemed to be relinquished in the exchange.

Limitations on Deductibility of Losses

A unitholder may not be entitled to deduct the full amount of loss we allocate to it because its share of our losses will be limited to the lesser of (i) the unitholder’s tax basis in its units, and (ii) in the case of a unitholder that is an individual, estate, trust or certain types of closely-held corporations, the amount for which the unitholder is considered to be “at risk” with respect to our activities. In general, a unitholder will be at risk to the extent of its tax basis in its units, reduced by (1) any portion of that basis attributable to the unitholder’s share of our liabilities, (2) any portion of that basis representing amounts otherwise protected against loss because of a guarantee, stop loss agreement or similar arrangement and (3) any amount of money the unitholder borrows to acquire or hold its units, if the lender of those borrowed funds owns an interest in us, is related to another unitholder or can look only to the units for repayment. A unitholder subject to the at risk limitation must recapture losses deducted in previous years to the extent that distributions (including distributions deemed to result from a reduction in a unitholder’s share of nonrecourse liabilities) cause the unitholder’s at risk amount to be less than zero at the end of any taxable year.

Losses disallowed to a unitholder or recaptured as a result of the basis or at risk limitations will carry forward and will be allowable as a deduction in a later year to the extent that the unitholder’s tax basis or at risk amount, whichever is the limiting factor, is subsequently increased. Upon a taxable disposition of units, any gain recognized by a unitholder can be offset by losses that were previously suspended by the at risk limitation but not losses suspended by the basis limitation. Any loss previously suspended by the at risk limitation in excess of that gain can no longer be used.

In addition to the basis and at risk limitations, a passive activity loss limitation generally limits the deductibility of losses incurred by individuals, estates, trusts, some closely-held corporations and personal service corporations from “passive activities” (generally, trade or business activities in which the taxpayer does not materially participate). The passive loss limitations are applied separately with respect to each publicly-traded partnership. Consequently, any passive losses we generate will be available to offset only passive income generated by us. Passive losses that exceed a unitholder’s share of passive income we generate may be deducted in full when the unitholder disposes of all of its units in a fully taxable transaction with an unrelated party. The passive loss rules generally are applied after other applicable limitations on deductions, including the at risk and basis limitations.

Limitations on Interest Deductions

The deductibility of a non-corporate taxpayer’s “investment interest expense” generally is limited to the amount of that taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Investment interest expense includes:

 

   

interest on indebtedness allocable to property held for investment;

 

163


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

interest expense allocated against portfolio income; and

 

   

the portion of interest expense incurred to purchase or carry an interest in a passive activity to the extent allocable against portfolio income.

The computation of a unitholder’s investment interest expense will take into account interest on any margin account borrowing or other loan incurred to purchase or carry a unit. Net investment income includes gross income from property held for investment and amounts treated as portfolio income under the passive loss rules, less deductible expenses other than interest directly connected with the production of investment income. Net investment income generally does not include qualified dividend income or gains attributable to the disposition of property held for investment. A unitholder’s share of a publicly-traded partnership’s portfolio income and, according to the IRS, net passive income will be treated as investment income for purposes of the investment interest expense limitation.

Entity-Level Collections of Unitholder Taxes

If we are required or elect under applicable law to pay any federal, state, local or non-U.S. tax on behalf of any current or former unitholder or our general partner, we are authorized to treat the payment as a distribution of cash to the relevant unitholder or general partner. Where the tax is payable on behalf of all unitholders or we cannot determine the specific unitholder on whose behalf the tax is payable, we are authorized to treat the payment as a distribution to all current unitholders. Payments by us as described above could give rise to an overpayment of tax on behalf of a unitholder, in which event the unitholder may be entitled to claim a refund of the overpayment amount. Unitholders are urged to consult their tax advisors to determine the consequences to them of any tax payment we make on their behalf.

Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction

In general, if we have a net profit, our items of income, gain, loss and deduction will be allocated amongst our unitholders in accordance with their percentage interests in us. If we have a net loss, our items of income, gain, loss and deduction will be allocated first among our unitholders in accordance with their percentage interests in us to the extent of their positive capital accounts and thereafter to our general partner. At any time that distributions are made with respect to common units and not with respect to subordinated units, or that incentive distributions are made to the general partner, gross income will be allocated to the recipients to the extent of such distributions.

Specified items of our income, gain, loss and deduction will be allocated under Section 704(c) of the Code to account for any difference between the tax basis and fair market value of our assets at the time such assets are contributed to us and at the time of any subsequent offering of our units (a “Book-Tax Disparity”). In addition, items of recapture income will be specially allocated to the extent possible to the unitholder who was allocated the deduction giving rise to that recapture income in order to minimize the recognition of ordinary income by other unitholders.

Treatment of Securities Loans

A unitholder whose units are loaned (for example, a loan to “short seller” to cover a short sale of units) may be treated as having disposed of those units. If so, such unitholder would no longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with respect to those units during the period of the loan and may recognize gain or loss from the disposition. As a result, during this period (i) any of our income, gain, loss or deduction allocated to those units would not be reportable by the lending unitholder, and (ii) any cash distributions received by the unitholder as to those units may be treated as ordinary taxable income.

Due to a lack of controlling authority, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion regarding the tax treatment of a unitholder that enters into a securities loan with respect to its units. Unitholders desiring to assure

 

164


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

their status as partners and avoid the risk of income recognition from a loan of their units are urged to modify any applicable brokerage account agreements to prohibit their brokers from borrowing and lending their units. The IRS has announced that it is studying issues relating to the tax treatment of short sales of partnership interests. Please read “—Disposition of Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss.”

Tax Rates

Under current law, the highest marginal federal income tax rates for individuals applicable to ordinary income and long-term capital gains (generally, gains from the sale or exchange of certain investment assets held for more than one year) are 35% and 15%, respectively. However, absent new legislation extending the current rates, beginning January 1, 2013, the highest marginal federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income and long-term capital gains of individuals will increase to 39.6% and 20%, respectively. These rates are subject to change by new legislation at any time.

A 3.8% Medicare tax on certain investment income earned by individuals, estates, and trusts will apply for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012. For these purposes, investment income generally includes a unitholder’s allocable share of our income and gain realized by a unitholder from a sale of units. In the case of an individual, the tax will be imposed on the lesser of (i) the unitholder’s net investment income from all investments, or (ii) the amount by which the unitholder’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $250,000 (if the unitholder is married and filing jointly or a surviving spouse), $125,000 (if married filing separately) or $200,000 (if the unitholder is unmarried). In the case of an estate or trust, the tax will be imposed on the lesser of (i) undistributed net investment income, or (ii) the excess adjusted gross income over the dollar amount at which the highest income tax bracket applicable to an estate or trust begins.

Section 754 Election

We will make the election permitted by Section 754 of the Code that permits us to adjust the tax bases in our assets as to specific purchasers of our units under Section 743(b) of the Code. The Section 743(b) adjustment separately applies to each purchaser of units based upon the values and bases of our assets at the time of the relevant purchase, and the adjustment will reflect the purchase price paid. The Section 743(b) adjustment does not apply to a person who purchases units directly from us.

The IRS may challenge the positions we adopt with respect to depreciating or amortizing the Section 743(b) adjustment we take to preserve the uniformity of units due to lack of controlling authority. Because a unitholder’s tax basis for its units is reduced by its share of our items of deduction or loss, any position we take that understates deductions will overstate a unitholder’s basis in its units, and may cause the unitholder to understate gain or overstate loss on any sale of such units. Please read “—Disposition of Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss.” If a challenge to such treatment were sustained, the gain from the sale of units may be increased without the benefit of additional deductions.

The calculations involved in the Section 754 election are complex and will be made on the basis of assumptions as to the value of our assets and other matters. The IRS could seek to reallocate some or all of any Section 743(b) adjustment we allocated to our assets subject to depreciation or depletion to goodwill or nondepreciable assets. Goodwill, as an intangible asset, is generally nonamortizable or amortizable over a longer period of time or under a less accelerated method than our tangible assets. We cannot assure any unitholder that the determinations we make will not be successfully challenged by the IRS or that the resulting deductions will not be reduced or disallowed altogether. Should the IRS require a different tax basis adjustment to be made, and should, in our opinion, the expense of compliance exceed the benefit of the election, we may seek permission from the IRS to revoke our Section 754 election. If permission is granted, a subsequent purchaser of units may be allocated more income than it would have been allocated had the election not been revoked.

 

165


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Tax Treatment of Operations

Accounting Method and Taxable Year

We will use the year ending December 31 as our taxable year and the accrual method of accounting for federal income tax purposes. Each unitholder will be required to include in income its share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for each taxable year ending within or with its taxable year. In addition, a unitholder who has a taxable year ending on a date other than December 31 and who disposes of all of its units following the close of our taxable year but before the close of its taxable year must include its share of our income, gain, loss and deduction in income for its taxable year, with the result that it will be required to include in income for its taxable year its share of more than one year of our income, gain, loss and deduction. Please read “—Disposition of Units—Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees.”

Tax Basis, Depreciation and Amortization

The tax basis of our assets will be used for purposes of computing depreciation and cost recovery deductions and, ultimately, gain or loss on the disposition of these assets. The federal income tax burden associated with the difference between the fair market value of our assets and their tax basis immediately prior to an offering generally will be borne by our partners holding interests in us prior to this offering. Please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction.”

If we dispose of depreciable property by sale, foreclosure or otherwise, all or a portion of any gain, determined by reference to the amount of depreciation and depletion deductions previously taken, may be subject to the recapture rules and taxed as ordinary income rather than capital gain. Similarly, a unitholder who has taken cost recovery or depreciation deductions with respect to property we own will likely be required to recapture some or all of those deductions as ordinary income upon a sale of its interest in us. Please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction” and “—Disposition of Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss.”

The costs we incur in offering and selling our units (called “syndication expenses”) must be capitalized and cannot be deducted currently, ratably or upon our termination. While there are uncertainties regarding the classification of costs as organization expenses, which may be amortized by us, and as syndication expenses, which may not be amortized by us, the underwriting discounts and commissions we incur will be treated as syndication expenses.

Valuation and Tax Basis of Our Properties

The federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of units will depend in part on our estimates of the relative fair market values and the initial tax bases of our assets. Although we may from time to time consult with professional appraisers regarding valuation matters, we will make many of the relative fair market value estimates ourselves. These estimates and determinations of tax basis are subject to challenge and will not be binding on the IRS or the courts. If the estimates of fair market value or basis are later found to be incorrect, the character and amount of items of income, gain, loss or deduction previously reported by unitholders could change, and unitholders could be required to adjust their tax liability for prior years and incur interest and penalties with respect to those adjustments.

Sand Depletion

In general, we are entitled to depletion deductions with respect to silica (sand) mined from the underlying mineral property. We generally are entitled to the greater of cost depletion limited to the basis of the property or percentage depletion. The percentage depletion rate for sand is 5%.

Depletion deductions we claim generally will reduce the tax basis of the underlying mineral property. Percentage depletion deductions can, however, exceed the total tax basis of the mineral property. Upon the

 

166


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

disposition of the mineral property, a portion of the gain, if any, equal to the lesser of the deductions for depletion which reduce the adjusted tax basis of the mineral property plus deductible development and mining exploration expenses, or the amount of gain recognized on the disposition, will be treated as ordinary income to us.

Sales of Sand Reserves

If any silica reserves are sold or otherwise disposed of in a taxable transaction, we will recognize gain or loss measured by the difference between the amount realized (including the amount of any indebtedness assumed by the purchaser upon such disposition or to which such property is subject) and the adjusted tax basis of the property sold. Generally, the character of any gain or loss recognized upon that disposition will depend upon whether our silica reserves sold are held by us:

 

   

for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business (i.e., we are a “dealer” with respect to that property);

 

   

for use in a trade or business within the meaning of Section 1231 of the Code; or

 

   

as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code.

In determining dealer status with respect to silica reserves and other types of real estate, courts have identified a number of factors for distinguishing between a particular property held for sale in the ordinary course of business and one held for investment. Any determination must be based on all facts and circumstances surrounding the particular property for sale in question.

We intend to hold our silica reserves for use in a trade or business and to achieve long-term capital appreciation. Although our general partner may consider strategic sales of silica reserves consistent with achieving long-term capital appreciation, our general partner does not anticipate frequent sales of silica reserves. Thus, we do not believe we will be viewed as a dealer. Nonetheless, our purposes for holding our properties may change and our future activities could cause us to be a “dealer” in silica reserves.

If we are not a dealer with respect to our silica reserves and we have held the disposed reserves for more than a one-year period primarily for use in our trade or business, the character of any gain or loss realized from a disposition of the property will be determined under Section 1231 of the Code. If we have not held the property for more than one year at the time of the sale, gain or loss from the sale will be taxable as ordinary income.

A unitholder’s distributive share of any Section 1231 gain or loss generated by us will be aggregated with any other gains or losses realized by that unitholder from the disposition of property used in a trade or business, as defined in Section 1231(b) of the Code. If a net gain results, all such gains and losses will be long-term capital gains and losses. If a net loss results, all such gains and losses will be ordinary income and losses. Net Section 1231 gains will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of prior Section 1231 losses of the taxpayer or predecessor taxpayer for the five most recent prior taxable years to the extent such losses have not previously been offset against Section 1231 gains. Losses are deemed recaptured in the chronological order in which they arose.

If we are not a dealer with respect to our silica reserves and that property is not used in a trade or business, the property will be a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. Gain or loss recognized from the disposition of that property will be taxable as long term capital gain or loss if we have held such reserves for more than one year and short term gain or loss if we have not satisfied that holding period.

Upon a disposition of silica reserves, a portion of the gain, if any, equal to the lesser of (i) the depletion deductions that reduced the tax basis of the disposed mineral property, plus deductible mining and exploration and development expenses, or (ii) the amount of gain recognized on the disposition, will be treated as ordinary income to us.

 

167


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Disposition of Units

Recognition of Gain or Loss

A unitholder will be required to recognize gain or loss on a sale of units equal to the difference between the unitholder’s amount realized and tax basis in the units sold. A unitholder’s amount realized generally will equal the sum of the cash or the fair market value of other property it receives plus its share of our liabilities with respect to such units. Because the amount realized includes a unitholder’s share of our liabilities, the gain recognized on the sale of units could result in a tax liability in excess of any cash received from the sale.

Except as noted below, gain or loss recognized by a unitholder on the sale or exchange of a unit held for more than one year generally will be taxable as long-term capital gain or loss. However, gain or loss recognized on the disposition of units will be separately computed and taxed as ordinary income or loss under Section 751 of the Code to the extent attributable to Section 751 Assets, such as depreciation or depletion recapture. Ordinary income attributable to Section 751 Assets may exceed net taxable gain realized on the sale of a unit and may be recognized even if there is a net taxable loss realized on the sale of a unit. Thus, a unitholder may recognize both ordinary income and capital gain or loss upon a sale of units. Net capital loss may offset capital gains and, in the case of individuals, up to $3,000 of ordinary income per year.

The IRS has ruled that a partner who acquires interests in a partnership in separate transactions must combine those interests and maintain a single adjusted tax basis for all those interests. Upon a sale or other disposition of less than all of those interests, a portion of that tax basis must be allocated to the interests sold using an “equitable apportionment” method, which generally means that the tax basis allocated to the interest sold equals an amount that bears the same relation to the partner’s tax basis in its entire interest in the partnership as the value of the interest sold bears to the value of the partner’s entire interest in the partnership.

Treasury Regulations under Section 1223 of the Code allow a selling unitholder who can identify units transferred with an ascertainable holding period to elect to use the actual holding period of the units transferred. Thus, according to the ruling discussed above, a unitholder will be unable to select high or low basis units to sell as would be the case with corporate stock, but, according to the Treasury Regulations, it may designate specific units sold for purposes of determining the holding period of units transferred. A unitholder electing to use the actual holding period of units transferred must consistently use that identification method for all subsequent sales or exchanges of our units. A unitholder considering the purchase of additional units or a sale of units purchased in separate transactions is urged to consult its tax advisor as to the possible consequences of this ruling and application of the Treasury Regulations.

Specific provisions of the Code affect the taxation of some financial products and securities, including partnership interests, by treating a taxpayer as having sold an “appreciated” financial position, including a partnership interest with respect to which gain would be recognized if it were sold, assigned or terminated at its fair market value, in the event the taxpayer or a related person enters into:

 

   

a short sale;

 

   

an offsetting notional principal contract; or

 

   

a futures or forward contract with respect to the partnership interest or substantially identical property.

Moreover, if a taxpayer has previously entered into a short sale, an offsetting notional principal contract or a futures or forward contract with respect to the partnership interest, the taxpayer will be treated as having sold that position if the taxpayer or a related person then acquires the partnership interest or substantially identical property. The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to issue regulations that treat a taxpayer that enters into transactions or positions that have substantially the same effect as the preceding transactions as having constructively sold the financial position.

 

168


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Allocations Between Transferors and Transferee

In general, our taxable income or loss will be determined annually, will be prorated on a monthly basis and will be subsequently apportioned among the unitholders in proportion to the number of units owned by each of them as of the opening of the applicable exchange on the first business day of the month (the “Allocation Date”). However, gain or loss realized on a sale or other disposition of our assets or, in the discretion of the general partner, any other extraordinary item of income, gain, loss or deduction will be allocated among the unitholders on the Allocation Date in the month in which such income, gain, loss or deduction is recognized. As a result, a unitholder transferring units may be allocated income, gain, loss and deduction realized after the date of transfer.

Although simplifying conventions are contemplated by the Code and most publicly-traded partnerships use similar simplifying conventions, the use of this method may not be permitted under existing Treasury Regulations. Recently, however, the Department of the Treasury and the IRS issued proposed Treasury Regulations that provide a safe harbor pursuant to which a publicly-traded partnership may use a similar monthly simplifying convention to allocate tax items among transferor and transferee unitholders, although such tax items must be prorated on a daily basis. Nonetheless, the proposed regulations do not specifically authorize the use of the proration method we have adopted. Accordingly, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is unable to opine on the validity of this method of allocating income and deductions between transferee and transferor unitholders. If this method is not allowed under the final Treasury Regulations, or only applies to transfers of less than all of the unitholder’s interest, our taxable income or losses could be reallocated among our unitholders. We are authorized to revise our method of allocation between transferee and transferor unitholders, as well as among unitholders whose interests vary during a taxable year, to conform to a method permitted under future Treasury Regulations.

A unitholder who disposes of units prior to the record date set for a cash distribution for that quarter will be allocated items of our income, gain, loss and deduction attributable to the month of disposition but will not be entitled to receive a cash distribution for that period.

Notification Requirements

A unitholder who sells or purchases any of its units is generally required to notify us in writing of that transaction within 30 days after the transaction (or, if earlier, January 15 of the year following the transaction). Upon receiving such notifications, we are required to notify the IRS of that transaction and to furnish specified information to the transferor and transferee. Failure to notify us of a transfer of units may, in some cases, lead to the imposition of penalties. However, these reporting requirements do not apply to a sale by an individual who is a citizen of the United States and who effects the sale through a broker who will satisfy such requirements.

Constructive Termination

We will be considered to have “constructively” terminated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes upon the sale or exchange of 50% or more of the total interests in our capital and profits within a twelve-month period. For such purposes, multiple sales of the same unit are counted only once. A constructive termination results in the closing of our taxable year for all unitholders. In the case of a unitholder reporting on a taxable year other than the calendar year, the closing of our taxable year may result in more than twelve months of our taxable income or loss being includable in such unitholder’s taxable income for the year of termination.

A constructive termination occurring on a date other than December 31 generally would require that we file two tax returns for one fiscal year and the cost of the preparation of these returns will be borne by all unitholders. However, pursuant to an IRS relief procedure the IRS may allow a constructively terminated partnership to provide a single Schedule K-1 for the calendar year in which a termination occurs. Following a constructive termination, we would be required to make new tax elections, including a new election under Section 754 of the Code, and the termination would result in a deferral of our deductions for depreciation. A termination could also result in penalties if we were unable to determine that the termination had occurred. Moreover, a termination may

 

169


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

either accelerate the application of, or subject us to, any tax legislation enacted before the termination that would not otherwise have been applied to us as a continuing as opposed to a terminating partnership.

Uniformity of Units

Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of units and other reasons, we must maintain uniformity of the economic and tax characteristics of the units to a purchaser of these units. In the absence of uniformity, we may be unable to completely comply with a number of federal income tax requirements. Any non-uniformity could have a negative impact on the value of the units. Please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Section 754 Election.”

Our partnership agreement permits our general partner to take positions in filing our tax returns that preserve the uniformity of our units. These positions may include reducing the depreciation, amortization or loss deductions to which a unitholder would otherwise be entitled or reporting a slower amortization of Section 743(b) adjustments for some unitholders than that to which they would otherwise be entitled. Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is unable to opine as to validity of such filing positions.

A unitholder’s basis in units is reduced by its share of our deductions (whether or not such deductions were claimed on an individual income tax return) so that any position that we take that understates deductions will overstate the unitholder’s basis in its units, and may cause the unitholder to understate gain or overstate loss on any sale of such units. Please read “—Disposition of Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss” above and “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Section 754 Election” above. The IRS may challenge one or more of any positions we take to preserve the uniformity of units. If such a challenge were sustained, the uniformity of units might be affected, and, under some circumstances, the gain from the sale of units might be increased without the benefit of additional deductions.

Tax-Exempt Organizations and Other Investors

Ownership of units by employee benefit plans, other tax-exempt organizations, non-resident aliens, non-U.S. corporations and other non-U.S. persons raises issues unique to those investors and, as described below, may have substantially adverse tax consequences to them. Prospective unitholders that are tax-exempt entities or non-U.S. persons should consult their tax advisors before investing in our units. Employee benefit plans and most other tax-exempt organizations, including IRAs and other retirement plans, are subject to federal income tax on unrelated business taxable income. Virtually all of our income will be unrelated business taxable income and will be taxable to a tax-exempt unitholder.

Non-resident aliens and foreign corporations, trusts or estates that own units will be considered to be engaged in business in the United States because of their ownership of our units. Consequently, they will be required to file federal tax returns to report their share of our income, gain, loss or deduction and pay federal income tax at regular rates on their share of our net income or gain. Moreover, under rules applicable to publicly-traded partnerships, distributions to non-U.S. unitholders are subject to withholding at the highest applicable effective tax rate. Each non-U.S. unitholder must obtain a taxpayer identification number from the IRS and submit that number to our transfer agent on a Form W-8BEN or applicable substitute form in order to obtain credit for these withholding taxes.

In addition, because a foreign corporation that owns units will be treated as engaged in a United States trade or business, that corporation may be subject to the U.S. branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, in addition to regular federal income tax, on its share of our income and gain, as adjusted for changes in the foreign corporation’s “U.S. net equity,” which is effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or business. That tax may be reduced or eliminated by an income tax treaty between the United States and the country in which the foreign corporate unitholder is a “qualified resident.” In addition, this type of unitholder is subject to special information reporting requirements under Section 6038C of the Code.

 

170


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

A non U.S. unitholder who sells or otherwise disposes of a unit will be subject to federal income tax on gain realized from the sale or disposition of that unit to the extent the gain is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the non U.S. unitholder. Under a ruling published by the IRS, interpreting the scope of “effectively connected income,” part or all of a non U.S. unitholder’s gain may be treated as effectively connected with that unitholder’s indirect U.S. trade or business constituted by its investment in us. Moreover, under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act, a non U.S. unitholder generally will be subject to federal income tax upon the sale or disposition of a unit if (i) it owned (directly or constructively applying certain attribution rules) more than 5% of our units at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of such disposition and (ii) 50% or more of the fair market value of all of our assets consisted of U.S. real property interests at any time during the shorter of the period during which such unitholder held the units or the 5-year period ending on the date of disposition. More than 50% of our assets may consist of U.S. real property interests. Therefore, non U.S. unitholders may be subject to federal income tax on gain from the sale or disposition of their units.

Administrative Matters

Information Returns and Audit Procedures

We intend to furnish to each unitholder, within 90 days after the close of each taxable year, specific tax information, including a Schedule K-1, which describes its share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for our preceding taxable year. In preparing this information, which will not be reviewed by counsel, we will take various accounting and reporting positions, some of which have been mentioned earlier, to determine each unitholder’s share of income, gain, loss and deduction. We cannot assure our unitholders that those positions will yield a result that conforms to all of the requirements of the Code, Treasury Regulations or administrative interpretations of the IRS.

The IRS may audit our federal income tax information returns. Neither we nor Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. can assure prospective unitholders that the IRS will not successfully challenge the positions we adopt, and such a challenge could adversely affect the value of the units. Adjustments resulting from an IRS audit may require each unitholder to adjust a prior year’s tax liability and may result in an audit of the unitholder’s own return. Any audit of a unitholder’s return could result in adjustments unrelated to our returns.

Publicly traded partnerships generally are treated as entities separate from their owners for purposes of federal income tax audits, judicial review of administrative adjustments by the IRS and tax settlement proceedings. The tax treatment of partnership items of income, gain, loss and deduction are determined in a partnership proceeding rather than in separate proceedings of the partners. The Code requires that one partner be designated as the “Tax Matters Partner” for these purposes, and our partnership agreement designates our general partner.

The Tax Matters Partner can extend the statute of limitations for assessment of tax deficiencies against unitholders for items in our returns. The Tax Matters Partner may bind a unitholder with less than a 1% profits interest in us to a settlement with the IRS unless that unitholder elects, by filing a statement with the IRS, not to give that authority to the Tax Matters Partner. The Tax Matters Partner may seek judicial review, by which all the unitholders are bound, of a final partnership administrative adjustment and, if the Tax Matters Partner fails to seek judicial review, judicial review may be sought by any unitholder having at least a 1% interest in profits or by any group of unitholders having in the aggregate at least a 5% interest in profits. However, only one action for judicial review may go forward, and each unitholder with an interest in the outcome may participate in that action.

A unitholder must file a statement with the IRS identifying the treatment of any item on its federal income tax return that is not consistent with the treatment of the item on our return. Intentional or negligent disregard of this consistency requirement may subject a unitholder to substantial penalties.

 

171


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nominee Reporting

Persons who hold an interest in us as a nominee for another person are required to furnish to us:

(1) the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the beneficial owner and the nominee;

(2) a statement regarding whether the beneficial owner is:

(a) a non-U.S. person;

(b) a non-U.S. government, an international organization or any wholly owned agency or instrumentality of either of the foregoing; or

(c) a tax-exempt entity;

(3) the amount and description of units held, acquired or transferred for the beneficial owner; and

(4) specific information including the dates of acquisitions and transfers, means of acquisitions and transfers, and acquisition cost for purchases, as well as the amount of net proceeds from sales.

Brokers and financial institutions are required to furnish additional information, including whether they are U.S. persons and specific information on units they acquire, hold or transfer for their own account. A penalty of $100 per failure, up to a maximum of $1.5 million per calendar year, is imposed by the Code for failure to report that information to us. The nominee is required to supply the beneficial owner of the units with the information furnished to us.

Accuracy-Related Penalties

An additional tax equal to 20% of the amount of any portion of an underpayment of tax that is attributable to one or more specified causes, including negligence or disregard of rules or regulations, substantial understatements of income tax and substantial valuation misstatements, is imposed by the Code. No penalty will be imposed, however, for any portion of an underpayment if it is shown that there was a reasonable cause for the underpayment of that portion and that the taxpayer acted in good faith regarding the underpayment of that portion.

State, Local and Other Tax Considerations

In addition to federal income taxes, unitholders may be subject to other taxes, including state and local income taxes, unincorporated business taxes, and estate, inheritance or intangibles taxes that may be imposed by the various jurisdictions in which we conduct business or own property now or in the future or in which the unitholder is a resident. We currently conduct business or own property only in Texas and Wisconsin. Wisconsin imposes a personal income tax and an income tax on corporations and other entities. Moreover, we may also own property or do business in other states in the future that impose income or similar taxes on nonresident individuals. Although an analysis of those various taxes is not presented here, each prospective unitholder should consider their potential impact on its investment in us.

It is the responsibility of each unitholder to investigate the legal and tax consequences, under the laws of pertinent states and localities, of its investment in us. Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion on the state, local, or non-U.S. tax consequences of an investment in us. We strongly recommend that each prospective unitholder consult, and depend on, its own tax counsel or other advisor with regard to those matters. It is the responsibility of each unitholder to file all tax returns that may be required of it.

 

172


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INVESTMENT IN HI-CRUSH PARTNERS LP BY

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

An investment in us by an employee benefit plan is subject to additional considerations because the investments of these plans are subject to the fiduciary responsibility and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and restrictions imposed by Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code. For these purposes the term “employee benefit plan” includes, but is not limited to, qualified pension, profit-sharing and stock bonus plans, Keogh plans, simplified employee pension plans and tax deferred annuities or IRAs established or maintained by an employer or employee organization. Among other things, consideration should be given to:

 

   

whether the investment is prudent under Section 404(a)(1)(B) of ERISA;

 

   

whether in making the investment, that plan will satisfy the diversification requirements of Section 404(a)(1)(C) of ERISA; and

 

   

whether the investment will result in recognition of unrelated business taxable income by the plan and, if so, the potential after-tax investment return. Please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—Tax-Exempt Organizations and Other Investors.”

The person with investment discretion with respect to the assets of an employee benefit plan, often called a fiduciary, should determine whether an investment in us is authorized by the appropriate governing instrument and is a proper investment for the plan.

Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code prohibit employee benefit plans from engaging in specified transactions involving “plan assets” with parties that are “parties in interest” under ERISA or “disqualified persons” under the Internal Revenue Code with respect to the plan.

In addition to considering whether the purchase of common units is a prohibited transaction, a fiduciary of an employee benefit plan should consider whether the plan will, by investing in us, be deemed to own an undivided interest in our assets, with the result that our operations would be subject to the regulatory restrictions of ERISA, including its prohibited transaction rules, as well as the prohibited transaction rules of the Internal Revenue Code.

The Department of Labor regulations provide guidance with respect to whether the assets of an entity in which employee benefit plans acquire equity interests would be deemed “plan assets” under some circumstances. Under these regulations, an entity’s assets would not be considered to be “plan assets” if, among other things:

(1) the equity interests acquired by employee benefit plans are publicly offered securities—i.e., the equity interests are widely held by 100 or more investors independent of the issuer and each other, freely transferable and registered under some provisions of the federal securities laws;

(2) the entity is an “operating company”—i.e., it is primarily engaged in the production or sale of a product or service other than the investment of capital either directly or through a majority-owned subsidiary or subsidiaries; or

(3) there is no significant investment by benefit plan investors, which is defined to mean that less than 25% of the value of each class of equity interest is held by the employee benefit plans referred to above.

Plan fiduciaries contemplating a purchase of common units should consult with their own counsel regarding the consequences under ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code in light of the serious penalties imposed on persons who engage in prohibited transactions or other violations.

 

173


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

UNDERWRITING

Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are acting as representatives of the underwriters named below and as joint book-running managers of this offering. Under the terms of an underwriting agreement, which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each of the underwriters named below has severally agreed to purchase from us the number of common units shown opposite the underwriter’s name below:

 

Underwriters

   Number of
Common Units

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  
  
  
  
  
  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters’ obligation to purchase the common units included in this offering depends on the satisfaction of the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement including:

 

   

the obligation to purchase all of the common units offered hereby (other than those common units covered by their option to purchase additional common units as described below), if any of the common units are purchased;

 

   

the representations and warranties made by us and Hi-Crush Proppants LLC to the underwriters are true;

 

   

there is no material change in our business or the financial markets; and

 

   

we and Hi-Crush Proppants LLC deliver customary closing documents to the underwriters.

Commissions and Expenses

The following table summarizes the underwriting discounts and commissions we will pay to the underwriters. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units. The underwriting fee is the difference between the initial price to the public and the amount the underwriters pay to us for the common units.

 

     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per common unit

   $                    $                

Total

   $                    $                

We will pay a structuring fee equal to     % of the gross proceeds from this offering (including any proceeds from the exercise of the option to purchase additional common units) to Barclays Capital Inc. for the evaluation, analysis and structuring of our partnership.

The representatives of the underwriters have advised us that the underwriters propose to offer the common units directly to the public at the public offering price on the cover of this prospectus and to selected dealers, which may include the underwriters, at such offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $         per common unit. After the offering, the representatives may change the offering price and other selling terms. Sales of common units made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

We estimate that the expenses of this offering incurred by us will be approximately $         (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and structuring fees).

 

174


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Option to Purchase Additional Common Units

We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days after the date of the underwriting agreement, to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of             additional common units at the public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. This option may be exercised if the underwriters sell more than             common units in connection with this offering. To the extent that this option is exercised, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase its pro rata portion of these additional common units based on the underwriter’s underwriting commitment in the offering as indicated in the table at the beginning of this Underwriting Section.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our subsidiaries, our general partner and its affiliates, including Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, and the directors and executive officers of our general partner have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, we and they will not, directly or indirectly, (1) offer for sale, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction or device that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition by any person at any time in the future of) any of our common units (including, without limitation, common units that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by us or them in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and common units that may be issued upon exercise of any options or warrants) or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common units, (2) enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common units, (3) make any demand for or exercise any right or file or cause to be filed a registration statement, including any amendments thereto, with respect to the registration of any common units or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into common units or any of our other securities, or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

These restrictions do not apply to, among other things:

 

   

the sale of common units pursuant to the underwriting agreement;

 

   

issuances of common units by us pursuant to any employee benefit plan in effect as of the date of the underwriting agreement; and

 

   

the filing of one or more registration statements on Form S-8 relating to any employee benefit plan in effect as of the date of the underwriting agreement.

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:

 

   

during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs; or

 

   

prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period,

in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or occurrence of material event unless such extension is waived in writing by Barclays Capital Inc.

Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, in their sole discretion, may release the common units and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice. When determining whether or not to release common units and other securities from lock-up agreements, Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC will consider, among other factors, the holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of common units and other securities for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time. Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC have no present intent or arrangement to release any of the securities that would be subject to these lock-up agreements.

 

175


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Offering Price Determination

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common units. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among the representatives and us. In determining the initial public offering price of our common units, the representatives expect to consider:

 

   

the history and prospects for the industry in which we operate;

 

   

our financial information;

 

   

the ability of our management and our business potential and earning prospects;

 

   

the prevailing securities markets at the time of this offering; and

 

   

the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded common units of generally comparable companies.

Indemnification

We and certain of our affiliates have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.

Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

The representatives may engage in stabilizing transactions, short sales and purchases to cover positions created by short sales, and penalty bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the common units, in accordance with Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

   

Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

 

   

A short position involves a sale by the underwriters of common units in excess of the number of common units the underwriters are obligated to purchase in the offering, which creates the syndicate short position. This short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of common units involved in the sales made by the underwriters in excess of the number of common units they are obligated to purchase is not greater than the number of common units that they may purchase by exercising their option to purchase additional common units. In a naked short position, the number of common units involved is greater than the number of common units in their option to purchase additional common units. The underwriters may close out any short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional common units and/or purchasing common units in the open market. In determining the source of common units to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of common units available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase common units through their option to purchase additional common units. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the common units in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

   

Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common units in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions.

 

   

Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common units originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

 

176


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common units or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common units. As a result, the price of the common units may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the common units. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters and/or selling group members participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the particular underwriter or selling group member, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of common units for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the representatives on the same basis as other allocations.

Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s or selling group member’s web site and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter or selling group member is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter or selling group member in its capacity as underwriter or selling group member and should not be relied upon by investors.

New York Stock Exchange

We intend to apply to list our common units on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “HCLP.” The underwriters have undertaken to sell the minimum number of common units to the minimum number of beneficial owners necessary to meet the New York Stock Exchange distribution requirements for trading.

Discretionary Sales

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to confirm sales to discretionary accounts that exceed 5% of the total number of common units offered by them.

Stamp Taxes

If you purchase common units offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory, investment banking, commercial banking and other services for us, our general partner and Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

 

177


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Furthermore, certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates may, from time to time, enter into arms-length transactions with us in the ordinary course of their business. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve our securities or instruments or the securities or instruments of our general partner or Hi-Crush Proppants LLC. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

FINRA

Because the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, is expected to view the common units offered hereby as interests in a direct participation program, the offering is being made in compliance with Rule 2310 of the FINRA Rules. Investor suitability with respect to the common units should be judged similarly to the suitability with respect to other securities that are listed for trading on a national securities exchange.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “relevant member state”), other than Germany, with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that relevant member state, an offer of securities described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that relevant member state other than:

 

   

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

   

to fewer than 100 or, if the relevant member state has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant dealer or dealers nominated by the issuer for any such offer; or

 

   

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive;

provided that no such offer of securities shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of securities to the public” in any relevant member state means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the expression may be varied in that member state by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that member state, and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the relevant member state), and includes any relevant implementing measure in each relevant member state. The expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

We have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of securities through any financial intermediary on their behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of the securities as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of the securities, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of the securities on behalf of us or the underwriters.

 

178


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

United Kingdom

We may constitute a “collective investment scheme” as defined by section 235 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or FSMA, that is not a “recognized collective investment scheme” for the purposes of FSMA, or CIS, and that has not been authorized or otherwise approved. As an unregulated scheme, it cannot be marketed in the United Kingdom to the general public, except in accordance with FSMA. This prospectus is only being distributed in the United Kingdom to, and is only directed at:

 

  (i) if we are a CIS and are marketed by a person who is an authorized person under FSMA, (a) investment professionals falling within Article 14(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Promotion of Collective Investment Schemes) (Exemptions) Order 2001, as amended, or the CIS Promotion Order, or (b) high net worth companies and other persons falling within Article 22(2)(a) to (d) of the CIS Promotion Order; or

 

  (ii) otherwise, if marketed by a person who is not an authorized person under FSMA, (a) persons who fall within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or Financial Promotion Order, or (b) Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Financial Promotion Order; and

 

  (iii) in both cases (i) and (ii) to any other person to whom it may otherwise lawfully be made (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”).

The common units are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such common units will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.

An invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of FSMA) in connection with the issue or sale of any common units which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus will only be communicated or caused to be communicated in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of FSMA does not apply to us.

Switzerland

This prospectus is being communicated in Switzerland to a small number of selected investors only. Each copy of this prospectus is addressed to a specifically named recipient and may not be copied, reproduced, distributed or passed on to third parties. The common units are not being offered to the public in Switzerland, and neither this prospectus nor any other offering materials relating to the common units may be distributed in connection with any such public offering.

We have not been registered with the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 120 of the Collective Investment Schemes Act of June 23, 2006, or the CISA. Accordingly, the common units may not be offered to the public in or from Switzerland, and neither this prospectus nor any other offering materials relating to the common units may be made available through a public offering in or from Switzerland. The common units may only be offered and this prospectus may only be distributed in or from Switzerland by way of private placement exclusively to qualified investors (as this term is defined in the CISA and its implementing ordinance).

Germany

This document has not been prepared in accordance with the requirements for a securities or sales prospectus under the German Securities Prospectus Act ( Wertpapierprospektgesetz ), the German Sales Prospectus Act (Verkaufsprospektgesetz), or the German Investment Act ( Investmentgesetz ). Neither the German Federal Financial Services Supervisory Authority ( Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht—BaFin ) nor any other German authority has been notified of the intention to distribute our common units in Germany.

 

179


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Consequently, our common units may not be distributed in Germany by way of public offering, public advertisement or in any similar manner and this document and any other document relating to the offering, as well as information or statements contained therein, may not be supplied to the public in Germany or used in connection with any offer for subscription of our common units to the public in Germany or any other means of public marketing. Our common units are being offered and sold in Germany only to qualified investors which are referred to in Section 3, paragraph 2 no. 1, in connection with Section 2, no. 6, of the German Securities Prospectus Act, Section 8f paragraph 2 no. 4 of the German Sales Prospectus Act, and in Section 2 paragraph 11 sentence 2 no. 1 of the German Investment Act. This document is strictly for use of the person who has received it. It may not be forwarded to other persons or published in Germany.

The offering does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation or an offer to buy our common units in any circumstances in which such offer or solicitation is unlawful.

Netherlands

Our common units may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in the Netherlands, other than to qualified investors (gekwalificeerde beleggers) within the meaning of Article 1:1 of the Dutch Financial Supervision Act (Wet op het financieel toezicht).

 

180


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

VALIDITY OF OUR COMMON UNITS

The validity of our common units will be passed upon for us by Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., Houston, Texas. Certain legal matters in connection with our common units offered hereby will be passed upon for the underwriters by Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P., Houston, Texas.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, for the period from inception to December 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2011 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The statement of financial position of Hi-Crush Partners LP as of May 8, 2012 (date of inception), included in this prospectus, has been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The information appearing in this prospectus concerning estimates of our proven mineral reserves was derived from the report of John T. Boyd Company, independent mining engineers and geologists, and has been included herein on the authority of John T. Boyd Company as experts with respect to the matters covered by such report and in giving such report.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 regarding our common units. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information regarding us and our common units offered in this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedule filed as part of the registration statement. The registration statement, including the exhibits, may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of this material can also be obtained upon written request from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates or from the SEC’s web site on the Internet at http://www.sec.gov. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on public reference rooms.

As a result of the offering, we will file with or furnish to the SEC periodic reports and other information. These reports and other information may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC or obtained from the SEC’s website as provided above. Our website address on the Internet will be www.hicrushpartners.com , and we intend to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC available, free of charge, through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and does not constitute a part of this prospectus. After this offering, documents filed by us can also be inspected at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange Inc., 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10002.

We intend to furnish or make available to our unitholders annual reports containing our audited financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP. We also intend to furnish or make available to our unitholders quarterly reports containing our unaudited interim financial information, including the information required by Form 10-Q, for the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year.

 

181


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the information in this prospectus may contain forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements give our current expectations, contain projections of results of operations or of financial condition, or forecasts of future events. Words such as “may,” “assume,” “forecast,” “position,” “predict,” “strategy,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “project,” “budget,” “potential,” or “continue,” and similar expressions are used to identify forward-looking statements. They can be affected by assumptions used or by known or unknown risks or uncertainties. Consequently, no forward-looking statements can be guaranteed. When considering these forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind the risk factors and other cautionary statements in this prospectus. Actual results may vary materially. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. You should also understand that it is not possible to predict or identify all such factors and should not consider the following list to be a complete statement of all potential risks and uncertainties. Factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the results contemplated by such forward-looking statements include:

 

   

the amount of frac sand we are able to excavate and process, which could be adversely affected by, among other things, operating difficulties and unusual or unfavorable geologic conditions;

 

   

the volume of frac sand we are able to sell;

 

   

the price at which we are able to sell frac sand;

 

   

changes in the price and availability of natural gas or electricity;

 

   

changes in prevailing economic conditions;

 

   

unanticipated ground, grade or water conditions;

 

   

inclement or hazardous weather conditions, including flooding, and the physical impacts of climate change;

 

   

environmental hazards;

 

   

industrial accidents;

 

   

changes in laws and regulations (or the interpretation thereof) related to the mining and hydraulic fracturing industries, silica dust exposure or the environment;

 

   

inability to acquire or maintain necessary permits or mining or water rights;

 

   

facility shutdowns in response to environmental regulatory actions;

 

   

inability to obtain necessary production equipment or replacement parts;

 

   

reduction in the amount of water available for processing;

 

   

technical difficulties or failures;

 

   

labor disputes and disputes with our excavation contractor;

 

   

late delivery of supplies;

 

   

difficulty collecting receivables;

 

   

inability of our customers to take delivery;

 

   

changes in the price and availability of transportation;

 

182


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

fires, explosions or other accidents;

 

   

cave-ins, pit wall failures or rock falls;

 

   

our ability to borrow funds and access capital markets; and

 

   

certain factors discussed elsewhere in this prospectus.

All forward-looking statements are expressly qualified in their entirety by the foregoing cautionary statements.

 

183


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

HI-CRUSH PARTNERS LP

     F-2   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-2   

Introduction

     F-2   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of March 31, 2012

     F-3   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the three months ended March  31, 2012

     F-4   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the three months ended March  31, 2011

     F-5   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December  31, 2011

     F-6   

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7   

Historical Balance Sheet

     F-8   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-9   

Balance Sheet as of May 8, 2012

     F-10   

Note to Balance Sheet

     F-11   

HI-CRUSH PROPPANTS LLC

     F-12   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-12   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010

     F-13   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December  31, 2011 and period from October 28, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010

     F-14   

Consolidated Statements of Members’ Equity for the year ended December  31, 2011 and period from October 28, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010

     F-15   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December  31, 2011 and period from October 28, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010

     F-16   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-17   

HI-CRUSH PROPPANTS LLC

     F-26   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

     F-26   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March  31, 2012 and 2011

     F-27   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March  31, 2012 and 2011

     F-28   

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

     F-29   

 

F-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HI-CRUSH PARTNERS LP

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Introduction

The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements of Hi-Crush Partners LP (the “Partnership”) reflect the historical consolidated results of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC (“predecessor”) on a pro forma basis to give effect to the Contribution and the Offering described below.

The Contribution . Effective upon the closing of the initial public offering of common units of the Partnership, the predecessor will contribute selected assets and related operations to the Partnership in exchange for newly issued common units, subordinated units and incentive distribution rights representing limited partner interests in the Partnership and the right to receive cash and equity distributions (the “Contribution”). For additional information about the Contribution and related transactions, please read “Summary—Formation Transactions and Partnership Structure.”

The Offering . For purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements, the “Offering” is defined as the issuance and sale to the public of              common units of the Partnership and the application by the Partnership of the net proceeds from such issuance as described in “Use of Proceeds.”

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet of the Partnership is based on the unaudited historical consolidated balance sheet of the predecessor as of March 31, 2012 and includes pro forma adjustments to give effect to the Contribution and the Offering as if they occurred on March 31, 2012.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations of the Partnership are based on the unaudited historical consolidated statements of operations of the predecessor for the three month periods ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 and the audited historical consolidated statement of operations of the predecessor for the year ended December 31, 2011 and includes pro forma adjustments to give effect to the Contribution and the Offering as if they occurred on January 1, 2011.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the basis that the Partnership will be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the notes accompanying these unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements and with the historical consolidated financial statements and related notes of the predecessor, found elsewhere in this prospectus.

The pro forma adjustments to the audited and unaudited historical financial statements are based on currently available information and certain estimates and assumptions. The actual effect of the Contribution and the Offering discussed in the accompanying notes ultimately may differ from the unaudited pro forma adjustments included herein. However, management believes that the assumptions used to prepare the pro forma adjustments provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects of the Contribution and the Offering as currently contemplated and that the unaudited pro forma adjustments are factually supportable, give appropriate effect to the expected impact of events that are directly attributable to the Contribution and the Offering, and reflect those items expected to have a continuing impact on the Partnership.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements of the Partnership are not necessarily indicative of the results that actually would have occurred if the Partnership had completed the Contribution and the Offering on the dates indicated or that could be achieved in the future.

 

F-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Partners LP

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

as of March 31, 2012

 

     Predecessor
Historical
     Predecessor
Retained
Operations (a)
    Hi-Crush
Partners LP

Pro  Forma (b)
    Offering
Adjustments
    Hi-Crush
Partners LP
Pro Forma,
As Adjusted
 
     (in thousands)  

Assets

           

Current assets

           

Cash

   $ 10,527       $ (6,643   $ 3,884      $              (d)    $                
                 (e)   
                 (f)   

Restricted cash

     30                30       

Accounts receivable

     3,143                3,143       

Inventories

     1,493                1,493       

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     472         (415     57       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     15,665         (7,058     8,607       

Property, plant and equipment, net

     72,994         (16,782     56,212       

Deferred charges

     1,810         (1,810           
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 90,469       $ (25,650   $ 64,819      $           $        
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities & members’ equity/partners’ capital

           

Current liabilities

           

Accounts payable

   $ 12,173       $ (8,633   $ 3,540      $           $        

Accrued liabilities

     1,178         (250     928       

Deferred revenue

     3,884                3,884       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     17,235         (8,883     8,352       

Long-term debt

     55,973         (55,973           

Asset retirement obligation

     838                838       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     74,046         (64,856     9,190       

Commitments and contingencies

           

Members’ equity/Partners’ capital

     16,423         39,206        55,629 (c)                   (d)   
                         (e)   
                         (f)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities & members’ equity/partners’ capital

   $ 90,469       $ (25,650   $ 64,819      $           $        
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Partners LP

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

for the three months ended March 31, 2012

 

     Predecessor
Historical
     Predecessor
Retained
Operations (a)
    Hi-Crush
Partners LP

Pro  Forma
    Offering
Adjustments
     Hi-Crush
Partners LP
Pro Forma,
As Adjusted
 
     (in thousands, except per unit data)  

Revenue

   $ 13,532       $      $ 13,532 (g)    $                    $                

Cost of goods sold (including depreciation and depletion)

     4,776                4,776 (g)      
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     8,756                8,756        

Operating costs and expenses

            

General and administrative

     1,487         (841     646 (h)      

Exploration expense

     199         (199            

Accretion of asset retirement obligation

     6                6 (g)      
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     7,064         (1,040     8,104        

Other expenses

            

Interest expense

     928         928               
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 6,136       $ (1,968   $ 8,104      $         $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Calculation of net income per limited partner unit:

            

Limited partners’ interest in net income

            

Net income per limited partner unit

            

Weighted average number of limited partner units outstanding

            

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Partners LP

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

for the three months ended March 31, 2011

 

     Predecessor
Historical
    Predecessor
Retained
Operations (a)
     Hi-Crush
Partners LP

Pro  Forma
    Offering
Adjustments
     Hi-Crush
Partners LP
Pro Forma,
As Adjusted
 
     (in thousands, except per unit data)  

Revenue

   $      $         —       $ (g)    $                    $                

Cost of goods sold (including depreciation and depletion)

                    (g)      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

                           

Operating costs and expenses

            

General and administrative

     174                174 (h)      

Exploration expense

                           

Accretion of asset retirement obligation

                    (g)      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (174             (174     

Other expenses

            

Interest expense

                           
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (174   $       $ (174   $         $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Calculation of net income per limited partner unit:

            

Limited partners’ interest in net income

            

Net income per limited partner unit

            

Weighted average number of limited partner units outstanding

            

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Partners LP

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

for the year ended December 31, 2011

 

     Predecessor
Historical
     Predecessor
Retained
Operations (a)
    Hi-Crush
Partners LP

Pro  Forma
    Offering
Adjustments
     Hi-Crush
Partners LP
Pro Forma,
As Adjusted
 
     (in thousands, except per unit data)  

Revenue

   $ 20,353       $      $ 20,353 (g)    $                    $                

Cost of goods sold (including depreciation and depletion)

     6,447                6,447 (g)      
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     13,906                13,906        

Operating costs and expenses

            

General and administrative

     2,324         (635     1,689 (h)      

Exploration expense

     381         (381            

Accretion of asset retirement obligation

     28                28 (g)      
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     11,173         (1,016     12,189        

Other expenses

            

Interest expense

     1,893         1,893               
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 9,280       $ (2,909   $ 12,189      $         $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Calculation of net income per limited partner unit:

            

Limited partners’ interest in net income

            

Net income per limited partner unit

            

Weighted average number of limited partner units outstanding

            

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Partners LP

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1—Basis of Presentation

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet of Hi-Crush Partners LP (the “Partnership”) as of March 31, 2012 is based on the unaudited historical consolidated balance sheet of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC (“predecessor”) and includes pro forma adjustments to give effect to the Contribution and the Offering as described below as if they occurred on March 31, 2012.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations of the Partnership are based on the unaudited historical consolidated statements of operations of the predecessor for the three month periods ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 and the audited historical consolidated statement of operations of the predecessor for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 and includes pro forma adjustments to give effect to the Contribution and the Offering as described below as if they occurred on January 1, 2011.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements give effect to the Contribution as follows:

 

   

The contribution by the predecessor of selected assets and related operations (the “Partnership Operations”) to the Partnership at the closing of the Offering;

 

   

The retention by the predecessor of certain assets, liabilities and operations not sold or contributed to the Partnership; and

 

   

The issuance by the Partnership of              common units (             common units if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase an additional              common units in full),             subordinated units and the incentive distribution rights and the right to receive cash and equity distributions to the predecessor in exchange for the contribution of the Partnership Operations.

Because the Partnership Operations are owned by the predecessor and the predecessor will control the Partnership, the contribution of the Partnership Operations to the Partnership has been accounted for as a combination of entities under common control, whereby the assets and liabilities sold and contributed and have been recognized based on the predecessor’s historical cost.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements give effect to the Offering to reflect the issuance and sale by the Partnership of              common units to the public in the initial public offering at an initial public offering price of $         per unit, resulting in gross proceeds to the Partnership of $         million, before deduction of estimated underwriting discounts and fees, a structuring fee and estimated offering expenses of $         million, and the application of the net proceeds from such issuance.

Note 2—Pro Forma Adjustments and Assumptions

Unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet

The Contribution

(a) Adjustments to reflect the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses that will be retained by the predecessor, and thus will not be contributed to the Partnership. The adjustment was based on the carrying value of specific assets and liabilities and the specific direct operating revenues and expenses attributable to the Partnership Operations. General and administrative expenses are allocated based on either the direct costs attributable to the Partnership Operations and the operations that will be retained by the predecessor or management’s estimates of the costs incurred by centralized departments in providing services to the Partnership Operations and the operations that will be retained by the predecessor, as applicable. In allocating the costs incurred by centralized departments, management’s estimates were based on separate evaluations of expenses by department for each period presented.

 

F-7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

(b) Reflects the Partnership Operations to be contributed to the Partnership by the predecessor. The net book value of the Partnership Operations is based on the historical carrying amounts of the Partnership Operations.

(c) To reflect the issuance by the Partnership of              common units,              subordinated units, incentive distribution rights and the right to receive cash and equity distributions to the predecessor as consideration for the contribution of the Partnership Operations.

The Offering

(d) To reflect gross cash proceeds of approximately $         million from the issuance and sale of              common units by the Partnership at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per unit.

(e) To record the use of the net proceeds from the Offering. For further discussion on the application of the net proceeds from the Offering, please read “Use of Proceeds.”

(f) To reflect underwriting discounts of $         million, a structuring fee of $         million and estimated offering expenses of $         million.

Unaudited pro forma statements of operations

The Contribution

(g) Reflects the revenues and direct operating expenses associated with the Partnership Operations based on the actual results of the Partnership Operations.

(h) To allocate general and administrative expenses related to the Partnership Operations. The allocation is based on the predecessor’s historical general and administrative expense, reflecting the direct costs attributable to the Partnership Operations and management’s estimates of the share of costs incurred by centralized departments in providing services to the Partnership Operations. In allocating the costs incurred by centralized departments, management’s estimates were based on separate evaluations of expenses by department for each period presented and activity of the operations.

Note 3—Pro Forma Net Income Per Limited Partner Unit

Pro forma net income per limited partner unit is determined by dividing the pro forma net income available to the limited partners by the number of common units and subordinated units expected to be outstanding following the Offering. For purposes of this calculation, management assumed the aggregate number of common units was                  and subordinated units was             . All units were assumed to have been outstanding since January 1, 2011. Basic and diluted pro forma net income per unit are equivalent because there will be no dilutive units at the date of the closing of the Offering.

 

F-8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HI-CRUSH PARTNERS LP

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Members of

Hi-Crush Partners LP

In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheet presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Hi-Crush Partners LP (the “Partnership”) at May 8, 2012, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Partnership’s management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Houston, Texas

May 11, 2012

 

F-9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Partners LP

BALANCE SHEET

May 8, 2012

 

Assets

  

Cash

   $   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $   
  

 

 

 

Partners’ capital

  

Limited partner’s capital

   $ 1,000   

General partner’s capital

     0   

Receivable from partners

     (1,000
  

 

 

 

Total partners’ capital

   $   
  

 

 

 

See accompanying note to balance sheet.

 

F-10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Partners LP

NOTE TO BALANCE SHEET

 

1. Organization and Operations

Hi-Crush Partners LP (the “Partnership”) is a Delaware limited partnership formed on May 8, 2012 to acquire selected sand reserves and related processing and transportation facilities of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC. In connection with its formation, the Partnership has issued (a) a non-economic general partner interest to Hi-Crush GP LLC, its general partner, and (b) a 100.0% limited partner interest to Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, its organizational limited partner.

The accompanying balance sheet reflects the financial position of the Partnership immediately subsequent to its initial capitalization. There have been no other transactions involving the Partnership as of May 11, 2012.

 

F-11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HI-CRUSH PROPPANTS LLC

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Members of

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, members’ equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2011 and period from October 28, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Houston, Texas

April 25, 2012

 

F-12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

Consolidated Balance Sheets

as of December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

         2011              2010      
     (In thousands)  

Assets

     

Current assets

     

Cash

   $ 11,054       $   

Restricted cash

     30           

Accounts receivable

     4,026           

Inventories

     2,374           

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     294           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     17,778           

Property, plant and equipment, net

     52,708         364   

Deferred charges, net

     1,743           

Other assets

             250   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 72,229       $ 614   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Members’ Equity

     

Current liabilities

     

Accounts payable

   $ 4,954       $ 304   

Accrued liabilities

     866           

Deferred revenue

     9,178           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     14,998         304   

Long-term debt

     46,112           

Asset retirement obligation, net

     832           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     61,942         304   

Commitments and contingencies

     

Members’ equity

     10,287         310   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and members’ equity

   $ 72,229       $ 614   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2011 and Period from

October 28, 2010 (Inception) to December 31, 2010

 

         2011              2010      
     (In thousands)  

Revenues

   $ 20,353       $   

Costs of goods sold (including depreciation and depletion)

     6,447           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     13,906           

Operating costs and expenses

     

General & administrative

     2,324         26   

Exploration expense

     381           

Accretion of asset retirement obligation

     28           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     11,173         (26

Other expenses

     

Interest expense

     1,893           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 9,280       $ (26
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

Consolidated Statements of Members’ Equity

Year Ended December 31, 2011 and Period from

October 28, 2010 (Inception) to December 31, 2010

 

     Members’ Equity
(Class A Units at
$1.00)
    Accumulated
Earnings
    Total  
     (In thousands, except per unit amounts)  

Balance at October 28, 2010 (Inception)

   $      $      $   

Contributions

     336               336   

Net loss

            (26     (26
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     336        (26     310   

Distributions

     (400            (400

Contributions

     1,097               1,097   

Net income

            9,280        9,280   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 1,033      $ 9,254      $ 10,287   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Year Ended December 31, 2011 and Period from

October 28, 2010 (Inception) to December 31, 2010

 

         2011             2010      
     (In thousands)  

Operating activities

    

Net income (loss)

   $ 9,280      $ (26

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

    

Depreciation and depletion

     449          

Deferred charges amortization

     154          

Accretion of asset retirement obligation

     28          

Non-cash interest

     2,421          

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

    

Accounts receivable

     (4,026       

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (294       

Inventories

     (2,374       

Accounts payable

     3,156        12   

Accrued liabilities

     816          

Deferred revenue

     9,178          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     18,788        (14
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

    

Capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment

     (50,169     (72

Restricted cash

     (30       

Other assets

            (250
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (50,199     (322
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

    

Proceeds from long term debt

     48,692          

Repayment of debt

     (5,000       

Loan origination costs

     (1,924       

Contributions received

     697        336   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     42,465        336   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash

     11,054          

Cash

    

Beginning of period

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of period

   $ 11,054      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Disclosure of cash flow information

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 45      $   

Non-cash investing and financing activities

    

Increase in accounts payable for additions to property, plant and equipment

   $ 1,494      $ 292   

Increase in accrued liabilities for additions to property, plant and equipment

     50          

Non-cash transfer from other assets to property, plant and equipment

     250          

Non-cash transfer from deferred charges to property, plant and equipment

     27          

Distribution to a related party

     (400       

Contribution from an affiliate

     400          

Increase in property, plant and equipment for asset retirement cost

     804          

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2011 and 2010

(Dollars in Thousands, unless otherwise noted)

1. Business and Organization

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC (the “Company”) is a Delaware limited liability company formed on October 28, 2010. The Company is governed by the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and is the sole member of Hi-Crush Operating LLC, Hi-Crush Wyeville LLC, Hi-Crush Chambers LLC, Hi-Crush Tomah LLC, Hi-Crush Railroad LLC and Hi-Crush Buffalo LLC. The financial statements for the Company and the related entities are presented on a consolidated basis and are referred to as (the “Company”) in the accompanying financial statements and footnotes. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The Company was formed by certain members of senior management and was wholly owned by Red Oak Capital Management LLC (“ROCM”) until April 1, 2011. In April 2011, ROCM transferred 50% of its interest to RER Legacy Investments LLC and 50 % to JMW Legacy Investments LLC. During the initial start-up period, ROCM contributed $400 by paying for costs related to the Company and that was treated as a non-cash contribution.

In April 2011, Blessed & Favored Investments LLC purchased Class A units in the Company and on August 25, 2011, the members of the Company sold Class A Units to ACP Hip Splitter L.P., ACP Hip Splitter (Offshore) L.P., LasRosas Capital LLC, RGW Interests LLC and John and Karen Huff, Tenants-in-Common.

Hi-Crush Proppants is engaged in the excavation and processing of raw frac sand for use in hydraulic fracturing operations for oil and natural gas wells. In 2011, the Company purchased land in Monroe County, Wisconsin for the purpose of excavating sand for sale into the oil and natural gas market. In July 2011, the Company completed the construction of the Wyeville Sand Processing Plant (“Wyeville Plant”), which was fully operational on July 21, 2011. The Wyeville Plant processes sand from the Company-owned reserves for use in the oil and natural gas industry as proppant.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of all cash balances and highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash relates to cash collateral in the form of a certificate of deposit as required by a certain letter of credit in the amount of $30 at December 31, 2011.

 

F-17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Accounts Receivable

Trade receivables relate to sales of commercial sand for which credit is extended based on the customer’s credit history and are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The Company regularly reviews the collectability of accounts receivable. When it is probable that all or part of an outstanding balance will not be collected, the Company establishes or adjusts an allowance as necessary using the specific identification method. Account balances are charged against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and potential recovery is considered remote. There were no reserves for uncollectible amounts as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist primarily of prepaid insurance and payments to landowners on exclusivity contracts where the Company acquires an exclusive option for a period of time to assess the land purchase. These contracts are for a period less than one year.

Deferred Charges

Costs related to debt financing have been capitalized and are being amortized using the straight-line method over the life of the debt. Amortization expense is included in interest expense and was $154 and $0 for December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The following is a summary of future amortization expense:

 

For the years ending December 31

  

2012

   $ 385   

2013

     385   

2014

     385   

2015

     385   

2016

     203   
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,743   
  

 

 

 

Inventories

The sand inventory consists of raw material (sand that has been excavated but not processed), work-in-progress (sand that has undergone some of the process but not all) and finished product (sand that has been processed and is ready for sale). The spare parts inventory consists of critical spares, materials and supplies. Detail reviews are performed related to the net realizable value of the spare parts inventory, giving consideration to quality, excessive levels, obsolescence and other factors.

The sand inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market using the average cost method. Costs applied to the inventory include direct excavation costs, processing costs, overhead allocation, depreciation and depletion. Stockpiles tonnages are calculated by measuring the number of tons added and removed from the stockpile. Costs are calculated on a per ton basis and are applied to the stockpiles based on the number of tons in the stockpile.

Spare parts inventory are accounted for on a first-in, first-out basis, at the lower cost or market.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Additions and improvements occurring through the normal course of business are capitalized at cost. When assets are retired or disposed, the cost and the accumulated depreciation and depletion are eliminated from the

 

F-18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in the income statement. Expenditures for normal repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred. Construction-in-progress is primarily composed of machinery and equipment which has not been placed in service.

Mine development costs include engineering, mineralogical studies, drilling and other related costs to develop the mine, the removal of overburden to initially expose the mineral and building access ways. Exploration costs are expensed as incurred and classified as exploration expense. Capitalization of mine development project costs begins once the deposit is classified as proven and probable reserves.

Drilling and related costs are capitalized for deposits where proven and probable reserves exist and the activities are directed at obtaining additional information on the deposit or converting non-reserve minerals to proven and probable reserves and the benefit is to be realized over a period greater than one year.

Mine development costs are amortized using the units-of-production (“UOP”) method on estimated measured tons in in-place reserves. The impact of revisions to reserve estimates is recognized on a prospective basis.

Capitalized costs incurred by the Company during the year for major improvement and capital projects that are not placed in service are recorded as construction-in-progress. Construction-in-progress is not depreciated until the related assets or improvements are ready to be placed in service. The Company capitalizes interest cost as part of the historical cost of constructing an asset and getting it ready for its intended use. These interest costs are included in the property, plant and equipment line in the balance sheet. Capitalized interest for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $756 and $0, respectively.

Fixed assets other than plant facilities and buildings associated with productive, depletable properties are carried at historical cost and are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, as follows:

 

Computer equipment

     3 Years   

Furniture and fixtures

     7 Years   

Vehicles

     5 Years   

Equipment

     5-15 Years   

Rail spurs

     39 Years   

Plant facilities and buildings associated with productive, depletable properties that contain frac sand reserves are carried at historical cost and are depreciated using the units-of-production method. Units-of-production rates are based on the amount of proved developed frac sand reserves that are estimated to be recoverable from existing facilities using current operating methods.

The Company was in a developmental stage from the date of formation until the Wyeville Plant was deemed to be operational on July 21, 2011.

Other Assets

Other assets consist of deposits paid for the acquisition of land and mineral rights.

Impairment of Long-lived Assets

Recoverability of investments in property, plant and equipment and mineral rights is evaluated periodically. Estimated future undiscounted net cash flows are calculated using estimates of proven and probable sand reserves, estimated future sales prices (considering historical and current prices, price trends and related factors) and operating costs and anticipated capital expenditures. Reductions in the carrying value of the Company’s investment are only recorded if the undiscounted cash flows are less than the Company’s book basis in its assets.

 

F-19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Impairment losses are recognized based on the extent that the remaining investment exceeds the fair value, which is determined based upon the estimated future discounted net cash flows to be generated by the property, plant and equipment and mineral rights.

Management’s estimates of prices, recoverable proven and probable reserves and operating and capital costs are subject to certain risks and uncertainties which may affect the recoverability of the Company’s investments in property, plant and equipment. Although management has made its best estimate of these factors based on current conditions, it is reasonably possible that changes could occur in the near term, which could adversely affect management’s estimate of the net cash flows expected to be generated from its operating property. No impairment charges were recorded during 2011 and in 2010.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized when legal title passes at the time of shipment to the customer, evidence of a contractual arrangement exists and collectability is reasonably assured. All sales are FOB plant and title passes as the product is loaded into rail cars. Amounts received from customers in advance of revenue recognition are recorded as deferred revenue.

During 2011, the Company sold its products primarily under long-term, take-or-pay supply agreements with two customers with initial terms expiring between 2014 and 2016. These agreements define, among other commitments, the volume of product that the Company must provide, the price that will be charged to the customer and the volume that the customer must purchase.

The Company invoices its customers as product is shipped, usually on a daily basis. The shipments are grouped by customer purchase order and destination and an invoice is generated for each customer/purchase order/destination. Standard terms are net 30 days, but these terms are sometimes extended.

Deferred Revenue

In January 2011, the Company received $16,500 in an advance payment from a customer for a certain volume of product to be delivered over a one year period starting in August 2011. Revenue is recognized as product is delivered and the deferred revenue is reduced. At December 31, 2011 and 2010 the balances of the deferred revenue was $9,178 and $0, respectively.

Asset Retirement Obligation

In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 410-20, Asset Retirement Obligations , the Company recognizes reclamation obligations when incurred and records them as liabilities at fair value. In addition, a corresponding increase in the carrying amount of the related asset is recorded and depreciated over such asset’s useful life. The reclamation liability is accreted to expense over the estimated productive life of the related asset and is subject to adjustments to reflect changes in value resulting from the passage of time and revisions to the estimates of either the timing or amount of the reclamation costs.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The amounts reported in the balance sheet as current assets or liabilities, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value due to the short-term maturities of these instruments. The fair value of the long-term debt outstanding under the Company’s credit agreement at December 31, 2011 was approximately $45,427, reflecting the application of current interest rates offered for debt with similar remaining terms and maturities.

 

F-20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Income taxes

The Company is a pass-through entity and is not considered a taxing entity for federal tax purposes and therefore there is not a provision for income taxes in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Company’s net income or loss is allocated to the members in accordance with the limited liability company agreement. The members are taxed individually on their share of the Company’s earnings. At December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company did not have any uncertain tax position liability or gross unrecognized tax benefit.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in US GAAP and IFRS , which clarifies Topic 820 and provides guidance on changes to certain principles or requirements for measuring fair value. The amendment is effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company does not believe that adoption of this guidance will have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income , which eliminates the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity and other reclassifications presented in the financial statements. The update is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Certain provisions of ASU 2011-05 have been amended by ASU No. 2011-12, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05, to effectively defer only those changes in ASU 2011-05 that relate to the presentation of reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The Company does not believe adoption of the guidance in these two updates will have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

3. Inventories

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, inventories consisted of the following:

 

         2011              2010      

Raw materials

   $       $   

Work-in-progress

     2,095           

Spare parts

     279           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,374       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

4. Property, Plant and Equipment

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:

 

         2011             2010      

Buildings

   $ 417      $   

Mining property and mine development

     8,939        288   

Plant and equipment

     27,539        33   

Rail and rail equipment

     5,232        43   

Construction-in-progress

     11,085          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     53,212        364   

Less: Accumulated depreciation and depletion

     (504       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 52,708      $ 364   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Depreciation and depletion expense for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 totaled $449 and $0, respectively, and such amounts are included in costs of sales on the consolidated statement of operations. In addition, $55 of depreciation expense is included in the work-in-progress sand inventory.

5. Accrued Liabilities

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, accrued liabilities consisted of the following:

 

         2011              2010      

Royalties

   $ 353       $   

Bonus and payroll

     342           

Other

     171           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 866       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

6. Long-Term Debt

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, long-term debt consisted of the following:

 

         2011              2010      

Promissory note agreement with related party due July 2016 in one balloon payment plus cash or paid-in-kind interest

   $ 46,112       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 46,112       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Credit Agreement

The Company entered into a $50,000 credit agreement under the conditions set forth under the promissory note dated May 25, 2011 (the “Promissory Note Agreement”) with related parties, ACP Hip Splitter, L.P. and ACP Hip Splitter (Offshore), L.P., due July 2016. On July 20, 2011, the Promissory Note Agreement was amended to allow additional participants and increased the facility to $52,167. The Promissory Note Agreement is for a term of 5 years and is collateralized by substantially all of the assets of the Company. As of December 31, 2011, $8,475 was undrawn and available.

Advances under the Promissory Note Agreement bear interest of 10% for cash interest or 12% for paid in kind (“PIK”) interest. Interest is calculated monthly. PIK interest increases the outstanding balance of the promissory note. At December 31, 2011, $2,421 had been recorded as PIK interest and is included in the promissory note balance.

In April 2011, the Company entered into a $5,000 Promissory Note, this note and the associated interest was extinguished on May 25, 2011 with proceeds from the $50,000 credit agreement.

Contractual maturities of the Company’s long-term debt at December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

For the years ending December 31

  

2012

   $   

2013

       

2014

       

2015

       

2016

     46,112   
  

 

 

 
   $ 46,112   
  

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

7. Related Party Transactions

On May 25, 2011, the Company entered into a Management Services Agreement (“Services Agreement”) with Red Oak Capital Management LLC (“Service Provider”). The Service Provider is owned by two members who are also equity members in the Company. The Services Agreement provides for certain management and administrative support services for a term of one year and that thereafter remains in place upon the same terms and conditions. Either party may terminate the agreement by delivering written notice within 90 days prior to the date of expiration of the initial term or any time after the expiration of the initial term, by delivering written notice 90 days prior to the desired date of termination. The Company reimburses the Service Provider 95% of the Service Provider’s actual costs limited to $850 per year. Total management services fees for 2011 and 2010 were $370 and $0, respectively, and are included in general and administrative costs. These amounts approximate the costs the Company would have incurred on a standalone basis.

The Company pays quarterly director fees to directors that may be members and/or holders of the Company debt. Total director fees incurred in 2011 and 2010 were $60 and $0, respectively, and are included in general and administrative costs.

8. Segment Reporting

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which discrete financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. As the company earns all of its revenues through the sale of frac sand excavated from and processed at a single facility, we have concluded that we have one operating segment for reporting purposes.

All of the company’s assets are located within the United States and all of its revenues are attributable to domestic customers.

9. Commitments and Contingencies

At December 31, 2011, the Company had approximately $4,300 of remaining contractual commitments for construction and acquisition of property and equipment in connection with the expansion of its Wyeville Plant, all of which are expected to be incurred in the first quarter of 2012.

On or before June 30, 2012, the Company has an obligation to purchase a tract of land in Monroe County for $6,250.

In 2011, the Company entered into take-or-pay contracts with its customers. These contracts have yearly volume commitments with terms varying from 3 to 5 years.

The Company has entered into royalty agreements where the Company is under a commitment to pay royalties on sand sold, delivered and paid for. Royalty expense is recorded as the sand is sold and the royalty payment is paid based on sand volumes sold, delivered and paid for by the customer. Royalty expense for 2011 and 2010 was $2,045 and $0, respectively, and is included in cost of goods sold.

From time to time the Company may be subject to various claims and legal proceedings which arise in the normal course of business. Management is not aware of any legal matters that are likely to have material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

10. Asset Retirement Obligation

Although the ultimate amount of reclamation and closure costs to be incurred is uncertain, the Company had a post closure reclamation and site restoration obligation of approximately $832 as of December 31, 2011. The Company did not own any land or property as of December 31, 2010, therefore the recording of an asset retirement obligation for 2010 was not needed.

 

F-23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following is a reconciliation of the total reclamation liability for asset retirement obligations:

 

Balances at December 31, 2010

   $   

Additions to liabilities

     804   

Accretion expense

     28   
  

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2011

   $ 832   
  

 

 

 

11. Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company is a producer of sand mainly used by the oil and natural gas industry for fracing wells. The Company’s business is, therefore, dependent upon economic activity within this market. Sales to two customers accounted for 100% of the Company’s revenue in 2011.

Throughout the year, the Company has cash balances in excess of federally insured amounts on deposit with financial institutions.

12. Subsequent Events

In March 2012, the Company borrowed the remaining $8,475 available under its credit agreement. As of March 31, 2012, the balance outstanding under the credit agreement was $55,973, and no further capacity was available.

During the first quarter of 2012, the Company commenced construction of a new facility in Augusta, WI. The Company executed contracts associated with this construction in the amount of $28,288. Construction is expected to be completed during 2012.

On April 6, 2012, the Company entered into a four-year $62,500 secured credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) with Amegy Bank, N.A. and a syndicate of other financial institutions (collectively, the “Lending Banks”). The Credit Facility consists of the following commitments on the part of the Lending Banks: (1) a $25,000 term loan (“Tranche A”), (2) a $30,000 term loan (“Tranche B”) and (3) a $7,500 revolving loan commitment. In addition, the Credit Facility includes sub-facilities providing for letters of credit and swing line borrowings of up to $2,500 each.

Borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest at a floating rate equal to, at our option, either (a) a base rate plus a range of 225 basis points to 325 basis points per annum or (b) a Eurodollar rate, which is based on one-month LIBOR, plus a range of 325 basis points to 425 basis points per annum. The base rate is established as the higher of (i) the U.S. prime rate last quoted by The Wall Street Journal, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 50 basis points or (iii) LIBOR plus 100 basis points. To the extent that the Company has not borrowed funds under the Tranche B term loan, any unused commitment under Tranche B will expire on December 31, 2012. The Revolving Credit Facility and the Tranche B term loan provides for a commitment fee of 0.5% on the unused portion.

The Credit Facility contains a number of covenants that restrict the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, acquire assets, create liens on assets, sell assets, make investments, and make distributions, among other things. In addition, the Company is required to comply with certain financial covenants, including a maximum effective leverage ratio of 2.75 to 1 prior to March 31, 2013 and 2.0 to 1 thereafter, a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.25 to 1, and limitations on capital expenditures.

As of April 6, 2012, the Company had $25,000 in outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility, at a rate of 4.23%, all of which was drawn under the Tranche A term loan commitment. The proceeds from the Tranche A loan are to be used for certain identified capital expenditures and to fund general operations. Repayment of

 

F-24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

outstanding principal under this borrowing are required to be made quarterly, on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 each year, based on a minimum of 5% of the borrowed original principal amount of the loan. In addition, if the Company’s leverage ratio is equal to or greater than 1.0 to 1, it will be required to make additional annual repayments of outstanding principal on May 15 of each year, from 25% to 50% of its excess cash flows, depending on its leverage ratio, all as defined in the terms of the Credit Facility. In the event the Company were to complete an equity issuance, a portion of the proceeds would be required to be used to repay all or a portion of any remaining outstanding principal. If not repaid earlier, the outstanding principal amount is required to be repaid by April 6, 2016.

The Company has performed an evaluation of subsequent events through April 25, 2012, which is the date that the financial statements were made available for issuance.

 

F-25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HI-CRUSH PROPPANTS LLC

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     March 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 
     (In thousands)  

Assets

     

Current assets

     

Cash

   $ 10,527       $ 11,054   

Restricted cash

     30         30   

Accounts receivable

     3,143         4,026   

Inventories

     1,493         2,374   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     472         294   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     15,665         17,778   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     72,994         52,708   

Deferred charges, net

     1,810         1,743   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 90,469       $ 72,229   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Members’ Equity

     

Current liabilities

     

Accounts payable

   $ 12,173       $ 4,954   

Accrued liabilities

     1,178         866   

Deferred revenue

     3,884         9,178   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     17,235         14,998   

Long-term debt

     55,973         46,112   

Asset retirement obligation, net

     838         832   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     74,046         61,942   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

     

Members’ equity

     16,423         10,287   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and members’ equity

   $ 90,469       $ 72,229   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2012              2011      
    

(In thousands

except per share)

 

Revenues

   $ 13,532       $   

Costs of goods sold (including depreciation and depletion)

     4,776           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross Profit

     8,756           

Operating costs and expenses

     

General and administrative

     1,487         174   

Exploration expense

     199           

Accretion of asset retirement obligation

     6           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     7,064         (174

Other expenses

     

Interest expense

     928           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 6,136       $ (174
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Operating activities

    

Net income (loss)

   $ 6,136      $ (174

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

    

Depreciation and depletion

     179          

Deferred charges amortization

     102          

Accretion of asset retirement obligation

     6          

Non-cash interest

     1,385          

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

    

Accounts receivable

     883          

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (177     (60

Inventories

     827          

Accounts payable

     (376     25   

Accrued liabilities

     312        26   

Deferred revenue

     (5,294     16,500   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     3,983        16,317   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

    

Capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment

     (12,815     (16,123

Restricted cash

            (30
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (12,815     (16,153
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

    

Proceeds from long term debt

     8,475          

Loan origination costs

     (170       

Contributions received

            10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     8,305        10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash

     (527     174   

Cash

    

Beginning of period

     11,054          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of period

   $ 10,527      $ 174   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities

    

Increase in accounts payable for additions to property, plant and equipment

   $ 7,595      $ 4,318   

Non-cash transfer from other assets to property, plant and equipment

            250   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollars in thousands, except per ton amounts, or where otherwise noted)

Note 1. Business and Organization

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC (“the Company”) is a Delaware limited liability company formed on October 28, 2010. The Company is governed by the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and is the sole member of Hi-Crush Operating LLC, Hi-Crush Wyeville LLC, Hi-Crush Chambers LLC, Hi-Crush Tomah LLC, Hi-Crush Railroad LLC, Hi-Crush Buffalo LLC and Hi-Crush Augusta, which was formed in March 2012. The financial statements for the Company and the related entities are presented on a consolidated basis and are referred to as the Company in the accompanying condensed financial statements and footnotes. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Note 2. Basis of Presentation and Use of Estimates

The accompanying unaudited interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (“interim statements”) of Hi-Crush Proppants, LLC and its subsidiaries (collectively, “Hi-Crush” or the “Company”) have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X issued by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments and disclosures necessary for a fair presentation of these interim statements have been included. The results reported in these interim statements are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be reported for the entire year. These interim statements should be read in conjunction with Hi-Crush’s Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2011. The year-end balance sheet data was derived from the audited financial statements, but does not include all disclosures required by GAAP.

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized when legal title passes at the time of shipment to the customer, evidence of a contractual arrangement exists and collectability is reasonably assured. All sales are FOB plant and title passes as the product is loaded into rail cars. Amounts received from customers in advance of satisfying all revenue recognition criteria are recorded as deferred revenue.

The Company sells its products primarily under long-term, take-or-pay supply agreements with two customers with initial terms expiring between 2014 and 2016. These agreements define, among other commitments, the volume of product that the Company must provide, the price that will be charged to the customer and the volume that the customer must purchase.

Deferred Revenue

In January 2011 the Company received $16,500 in an advance payment from a customer for a certain volume of product to be delivered over a one-year period starting in July 2011. Revenue is recognized as product is delivered and the deferred revenue obligation is reduced. At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 the balance of the deferred revenue was $3,884 and $9,178, respectively.

 

F-29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The amounts reported in the balance sheet as current assets or liabilities, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value due to the short-term maturities of these instruments. The fair value of the long-term debt outstanding under the Company’s credit agreement at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 was approximately $54,836 and $45,427, respectively, reflecting the discounted cash flows and the application of current interest rates offered for debt with similar remaining terms and maturities. While certain of the inputs used in calculating this fair value measurement under a discounted cash flow model were observable, others were based upon unobservable inputs. As such, the measurement is categorized as a Level 3 measurement per the hierarchy within ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements. See Note 6—Long-Term Debt for information regarding changes in the carrying value of borrowings under the credit facility.

Income taxes

The Company is a pass-through entity and is not considered a taxing entity for federal tax purposes and therefore there is not a provision for income taxes in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Company’s net income or loss is allocated to the members in accordance with the limited liability company agreement. The members are taxed individually on their share of the Company’s earnings. At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company did not have any liabilities for uncertain tax positions or gross unrecognized tax benefit.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in US GAAP and IFRS, which clarifies Topic 820 and provides guidance on changes to certain principles or requirements for measuring fair value. The amendment is effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. We adopted this guidance as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Note 4. Inventories

At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, inventories consisted of the following:

 

     March 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

Raw materials

   $ 35       $   

Work-in-progress

     986         2,095   

Finished goods

     64           

Spare parts

     408         279   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,493       $ 2,374   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Note 5. Property, Plant and Equipment

At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:

 

     March 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Buildings

   $ 417      $ 417   

Mining property and mine development

     9,071        8,939   

Plant and equipment

     41,535        27,539   

Rail and rail equipment

     5,499        5,232   

Construction-in-progress

     17,101        11,085   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     73,623        53,212   

Less: Accumulated depreciation and depletion

     (629     (504
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 72,994      $ 52,708   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and depletion expense for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011 totaled $179 and $0, respectively, and is classified within cost of goods sold on the condensed consolidated statement of operations.

Note 6. Long-Term Debt

At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, long-term debt consisted of the following:

 

     March 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

Promissory note agreement with related party due July 2016 in one balloon payment plus cash or paid-in-kind interest

   $ 55,973       $ 46,112   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Credit Agreement

The Company entered into a $50,000 credit agreement under the conditions set forth under the promissory note dated May 25, 2011 (the “Promissory Note Agreement”) with related parties, ACP Hip Splitter, L.P. and ACP Hip Splitter (Offshore), L.P., due July 2016. On July 20, 2011, the Promissory Note Agreement was amended to allow additional participants and increased the facility to $52,167. The Promissory Note Agreement has a five-year term. In March 2012, the Company borrowed the remaining $8,475 available under the credit agreement, and as of March 31, 2012, no further capacity is available.

Advances under the Promissory Note Agreement bear interest of 10% for cash interest or 12% for paid in kind (“PIK”) interest. Interest is calculated monthly. PIK interest increases the outstanding balance of the promissory note. At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, $3,807 and $2,421, respectively, had been recorded as PIK interest and included in the promissory note balance.

Contractual maturities of the Company’s long-term debt at March 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

For the years ending December 31

  

2012

   $   

2013

       

2014

       

2015

       

2016

     55,973   
  

 

 

 
   $ 55,973   
  

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Note 7. Related Party Transactions

On May 25, 2011, the Company entered into a Management Services Agreement (“Services Agreement”) with Red Oak Capital Management LLC (“Service Provider”). The Service Provider is owned by two members who are also equity members in the Company. The Services Agreement provides for certain management and administrative support services for a term of one year and that thereafter remains in place upon the same terms and conditions. Either party may terminate the agreement by delivering written notice within 90 days prior to the date of expiration of the initial term or any time after the expiration of the initial term, by delivering written notice 90 days prior to the desired date of termination. The Company reimburses the Service Provider 95% of the Service Provider’s actual costs limited to $850 per year. Total management services fees for the three-month periods ending March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011 were $162 and $0, respectively, and are included in general and administrative costs.

The Company pays quarterly director fees to directors that may be members and/or holders of the Company debt. Total director fees for the three month periods ending March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011 were $25 and $0, respectively, and are included in general and administrative costs.

Note 8. Segment Reporting

As the company earns all of its revenues through the sale of frac sand excavated from and processed at a single facility, we have concluded that we have one operating segment for reporting purposes.

Note 9. Commitments and Contingencies

During the first quarter of 2102, the Company commenced construction of a new facility in Augusta, WI. In connection with this construction, the Company has executed contracts under which approximately $20,270 in remaining payments (as of March 31, 2012) will become due as the construction is completed, which is anticipated to occur during 2012.

On or before June 30, 2012, the Company has an obligation to purchase a tract of land in Monroe County for $6,250.

In 2011, the Company entered into take-or-pay contracts with its customers. These contracts have yearly volume commitments with terms varying from 3 to 5 years.

The Company has entered into royalty agreements where the Company is under a commitment to pay royalties on sand sold and paid for. Royalty expense is recorded as the sand is sold and the royalty payment is paid based on sand volumes sold and paid for by the customer. Royalty expense for the three month periods ending March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011 were $1,369 and $0, respectively, and is included in cost of goods sold.

From time to time the Company may be subject to various claims and legal proceedings which arise in the normal course of business. Management is not aware of any legal matters that are likely to have material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

F-32


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Note 10. Asset Retirement Obligation

Although the ultimate amount of reclamation and closure costs to be incurred is uncertain, the Company had a post closure reclamation and site restoration obligation of approximately $ 838 and $832, as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

The following is a reconciliation of the total reclamation liability for asset retirement obligations:

 

Balances at December 31, 2011

   $ 832   

Additions to liabilities

       

Accretion expense

     6   
  

 

 

 

Balances at March 31, 2012

   $ 838   
  

 

 

 

Note 11. Subsequent Events

On April 6, 2012, the Company entered into a four-year $62,500 secured credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) with Amegy Bank, N.A. and a syndicate of other financial institutions (collectively, the “Lending Banks”). The Credit Facility consists of the following commitments on the part of the Lending Banks: (1) a $25,000 term loan (“Tranche A”), (2) a $30,000 term loan (“Tranche B”) and (3) a $7,500 revolving loan commitment. In addition, the Credit Facility includes sub-facilities providing for letters of credit and swing line borrowings of up to $2,500 each.

Borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest at a floating rate equal to, at our option, either (a) a base rate plus a range of 225 basis points to 325 basis points per annum or (b) a Eurodollar rate, which is based on one-month LIBOR, plus a range of 325 basis points to 425 basis points per annum. The base rate is established as the higher of (i) the U.S. prime rate last quoted by The Wall Street Journal, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 50 basis points or (iii) LIBOR plus 100 basis points. To the extent that the Company has not borrowed funds under the Tranche B term loan, any unused commitment under Tranche B will expire on December 31, 2012. The Revolving Credit Facility and the Tranche B term loan provides for a commitment fee of 0.5% on the unused portion.

The Credit Facility contains a number of covenants that restrict the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, acquire assets, create liens on assets, sell assets, make investments, and make distributions, among other things. In addition, the Company is required to comply with certain financial covenants, including a maximum effective leverage ratio of 2.75 to 1 prior to March 31, 2013 and 2.0 to 1 thereafter, a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.25 to 1, and limitations on capital expenditures.

As of April 6, 2012, the Company had $25,000 in outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility, at a rate of 4.23%, all of which was drawn under the Tranche A term loan commitment. The proceeds from the Tranche A loan are to be used for certain identified capital expenditures and to fund general operations. Repayment of outstanding principal under this borrowing are required to be made quarterly, on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 each year, based on a minimum of 5% of the borrowed original principal amount of the loan. In addition, if the Company’s leverage ratio is equal to or greater than 1.0 to 1, it will be required to make additional annual repayments of outstanding principal on May 15 of each year, from 25% to 50% of its excess cash flows, depending on its leverage ratio, all as defined in the terms of the Credit Facility. In the event the Company were to complete an equity issuance, a portion of the proceeds would be required to be used to repay all or a portion of any remaining outstanding principal. If not repaid earlier, the outstanding principal amount is required to be repaid by April 6, 2016.

On May 10, 2012, the Company entered into a long-term, take-or-pay contract with a new customer, FTS International, LLC, a subsidiary of FTS International, Inc.

The Company has performed an evaluation of subsequent events through May 11, 2012, which is the date that the financial statements were made available for issuance.

 

F-33


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Appendix A

FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

HI-CRUSH PARTNERS LP

 

A-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Appendix B

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

adjusted operating surplus : Adjusted operating surplus is intended to reflect the cash generated from operations during a particular period and therefore excludes net increases in working capital borrowings and net drawdowns of reserves of cash generated in prior periods. Adjusted operating surplus consists of:

 

   

operating surplus generated with respect to that period (excluding any amounts attributable to the items described in the first bullet point under “—Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus—Operating Surplus” above); less

 

   

any net increase in working capital borrowings with respect to that period; less

 

   

any net decrease in cash reserves for operating expenditures with respect to that period not relating to an operating expenditure made with respect to that period; plus

 

   

any net decrease in working capital borrowings with respect to that period; plus

 

   

any net increase in cash reserves for operating expenditures with respect to that period required by any debt instrument for the repayment of principal, interest or premium; plus

 

   

any net decrease made in subsequent periods in cash reserves for operating expenditures initially established with respect to such period to the extent such decrease results in a reduction of adjusted operating surplus in subsequent periods pursuant to the third bullet point above.

API : American Petroleum Institute

BTU : British Thermal Unit

capital surplus : Any distribution of cash in excess of our operating surplus. Accordingly, capital surplus would generally be generated only by the following (which we refer to as “interim capital transactions”):

 

   

borrowings other than working capital borrowings;

 

   

sales of our equity and debt securities; and

 

   

sales or other dispositions of assets for cash, other than inventory, accounts receivable and other assets sold in the ordinary course of business or as part of normal retirement or replacement of assets.

ceramic proppant : An artificially manufactured proppant of consistent size and sphere shape that offers a high crush strength.

coarse grade sand : Sand of mesh size equal to or less than 70.

crush strength : Ability to withstand high pressures. Crush strength is measured according to the pounds per square inch of pressure that can be withstood before the proppant breaks down into finer granules.

distributable cash flow : Distributable cash flow is defined as EBITDA less cash paid for interest expense and maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, including accrual for reserve replacement, plus accretion of asset retirement obligations.

dry plant : Facility used to further process sand after it has been washed.

EBITDA : A non-GAAP supplemental financial measure defined as net income (loss) before net interest expense, income tax expense and depreciation and depletion expense.

 

B-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

expansion capital expenditures : Capital expenditures that we expect will increase our operating capacity over the long term.

frac sand : A proppant used in the completion and re-completion of unconventional oil and natural gas wells to stimulate and maintain oil and natural gas production through the process of hydraulic fracturing.

GAAP : Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

hydraulic fracturing : The process of pumping fluids, mixed with granular proppants, into a geological formation at pressures sufficient to create fractures in the hydrocarbon-bearing rock.

investment capital expenditures : Capital expenditures that are neither maintenance and replacement capital expenditures nor expansion capital expenditures.

maintenance and replacement capital expenditures : Capital expenditures required to maintain, over the long term, the operating capacity of our capital assets. Examples of maintenance and replacement capital expenditures include expenditures associated with the replacement of equipment and sand reserves, to the extent such expenditures are made to maintain our long-term operating capacity .

mesh size : Measurement of the size of a grain of sand indicating it will pass through a sieve of a certain size.

monocrystalline : Consisting of a single crystal rather than multiple crystals bonded together (polycrystalline). Monocrystalline frac sand typically exhibits higher crush strength than polycrystalline sand, as these structures are more prone to breaking down under high pressures than a single crystal.

Northern White sand : A monocrystalline sand with greater sphericity and roundness enabling higher crush strengths and conductivity.

operating expenditures : Generally means all of our cash expenditures, including, but not limited to, taxes, reimbursement of expenses to our general partner or its affiliates, payments made under interest rate hedge agreements or commodity hedge agreements (provided that (1) with respect to amounts paid in connection with the initial purchase of an interest rate hedge contract or a commodity hedge contract, such amounts will be amortized over the life of the applicable interest rate hedge contract or commodity hedge contract and (2) payments made in connection with the termination of any interest rate hedge contract or commodity hedge contract prior to the expiration of its stipulated settlement or termination date will be included in operating expenditures in equal quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of such interest rate hedge contract or commodity hedge contract), officer compensation, repayment of working capital borrowings, debt service payments and estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures (as discussed in further detail below), provided that operating expenditures will not include:

 

   

repayment of working capital borrowings deducted from operating surplus pursuant to the penultimate bullet point of the definition of operating surplus above when such repayment actually occurs;

 

   

payments (including prepayments and prepayment penalties and the purchase price of indebtedness that is repurchased and cancelled) of principal of and premium on indebtedness, other than working capital borrowings;

 

   

expansion capital expenditures;

 

   

actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures (as discussed in further detail below);

 

   

investment capital expenditures;

 

B-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

payment of transaction expenses relating to interim capital transactions;

 

   

distributions to our partners (including distributions in respect of our incentive distribution rights); or

 

   

repurchases of equity interests except to fund obligations under employee benefit plans.

operating surplus : We define operating surplus as:

 

   

$         million (as described below); plus

 

   

all of our cash receipts after the closing of this offering, excluding cash from interim capital transactions (as defined below); plus

 

   

working capital borrowings made after the end of a period but on or before the date of determination of operating surplus for the period; plus

 

   

cash distributions paid in respect of equity issued (including incremental distributions on incentive distribution rights), other than equity issued on the closing date of this offering, to finance all or a portion of expansion capital expenditures in respect of the period from such financing until the earlier to occur of the date the capital asset commences commercial service and the date that it is abandoned or disposed of; plus

 

   

cash distributions paid in respect of equity issued (including incremental distributions on incentive distribution rights) to pay the construction period interest on debt incurred, or to pay construction period distributions on equity issued, to finance the expansion capital expenditures referred to above, in each case, in respect of the period from such financing until the earlier to occur of the date the capital asset is placed in service and the date that it is abandoned or disposed of; less

 

   

all of our operating expenditures (as defined below) after the closing of this offering; less

 

   

the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner to provide funds for future operating expenditures; less

 

   

all working capital borrowings not repaid within twelve months after having been incurred, or repaid within such twelve-month period with the proceeds of additional working capital borrowings; less

 

   

any loss realized on disposition of an investment capital expenditure.

overburden : The material that lies above an area of economic interest.

proppant : A sized particle mixed with fracturing fluid to hold fractures open after a hydraulic fracturing treatment.

proven reserves : Quantity of sand estimated with reasonable certainty, from the analysis of geologic and engineering data, to be recoverable from well-established or known reservoirs with the existing equipment and under the existing operating conditions.

reserves : Sand that can be economically extracted or produced at the time of determination based on relevant legal, economic and technical considerations.

resin-coated sand : Raw sand that is coated with a flexible resin that increases the sand’s crush strength and prevents crushed sand from dispersing throughout the fracture.

roundness : A measure of how round the curvatures of an object are. The opposite of round is angular. It is possible for an object to be round but not spherical (e.g. an egg-shaped particle is round, but not spherical). When used to describe proppant, roundness is a reference to having a curved shape which promotes hydrocarbon flow, as the curvature creates a space through which the hydrocarbons can flow.

silica : A chemically resistant dioxide of silicon that occurs in crystalline, amorphous and cryptocrystalline forms.

sphericity : A measure of how well an object is formed in a shape where all points are equidistant from the center. The more spherical a proppant, the more highly it is desired relative to non-spherical proppant, as the gaps created by it are typically the largest and this promotes maximum hydrocarbon flow.

 

B-3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

subordination period : The subordination period will begin on the closing date of this offering and expire on the first business day after the distribution to unitholders in respect of any quarter, beginning with the quarter ending                     , 2015, if each of the following has occurred:

 

   

distributions from operating surplus on each of the outstanding common and subordinated units equaled or exceeded the minimum quarterly distribution for each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date;

 

   

the “adjusted operating surplus” (as defined below) generated during each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date equaled or exceeded the sum of the minimum quarterly distribution on all of the outstanding common and subordinated units during those periods on a fully diluted weighted average basis; and

 

   

there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the subordination period will automatically terminate, and all of the subordinated units will convert into common units on a one-for-one basis, on the first business day after the distribution to unitholders in respect of any quarter, beginning with the quarter ending                     , 2013, if each of the following has occurred:

 

   

distributions from operating surplus exceeded $         (150.0% of the annualized minimum quarterly distribution) on all outstanding common units and subordinated units, plus the related distributions on the incentive distribution rights for a four-quarter period immediately preceding that date;

 

   

the “adjusted operating surplus” (as defined below) generated during the four-quarter period immediately preceding that date equaled or exceeded the sum of $         (150.0% of the annualized minimum quarterly distribution) on all of the outstanding common and subordinated units during that period on a fully diluted weighted average basis, plus the related distribution on the incentive distribution rights; and

 

   

there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distributions on the common units.

In addition, if the unitholders remove our general partner other than for cause:

 

   

the subordinated units held by any person will immediately and automatically convert into common units on a one-for-one basis, provided (1) neither such person nor any of its affiliates voted any of its units in favor of the removal and (2) such person is not an affiliate of the successor general partner; and

 

   

if all of the subordinated units convert pursuant to the foregoing, all cumulative common unit arrearages on the common units will be extinguished and the subordination period will end.

turbidity : Measurement of the level of contaminants, such as silt and clay, in a sample.

wet plant : Facility used to wash raw frac sand to remove fine impurities such as clay and organic particles.

 

B-4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

LOGO

Hi-Crush Partners LP

 

Common Units

Representing Limited Partner Interests

 

 

Prospectus

                    , 2012

 

 

Barclays

Morgan Stanley

Through and including                     , 2012 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common units, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PART II

INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT

 

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

Set forth below are the expenses (other than underwriting discounts) expected to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities registered hereby. With the exception of the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the New York Stock Exchange listing fee the amounts set forth below are estimates.

 

SEC registration fee

   $  *   

FINRA filing fee

     25,500   

Printing and engraving expenses

     *   

Fees and expenses of legal counsel

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     *   

New York Stock Exchange listing fee

     *   

Miscellaneous

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

     *   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be completed by amendment

 

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND MEMBERS OF OUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS.

Subject to any terms, conditions or restrictions set forth in the partnership agreement, Section 17-108 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act empowers a Delaware limited partnership to indemnify and hold harmless any partner or other persons from and against all claims and demands whatsoever. The section of the prospectus entitled “The Partnership Agreement—Indemnification” discloses that we will generally indemnify officers, directors and affiliates of the general partner to the fullest extent permitted by the law against all losses, claims, damages or similar events and is incorporated herein by this reference.

Our general partner will purchase insurance covering its officers and directors against liabilities asserted and expenses incurred in connection with their activities as officers and directors of the general partner or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries.

Our general partner will enter into indemnification agreements (each, an “Indemnification Agreement”) with each of its officers and directors (each, an “Indemnitee”). Each Indemnification Agreement provides that our general partner will indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnitee against all expense, liability and loss (including attorney’s fees, judgments, fines or penalties and amounts to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by the Indemnitee in connection with serving in their capacity as officers and directors of our general partner (or of any subsidiary of our general partner) or in any capacity at the request of our general partner or its board of directors to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, including Section 18-108 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act in effect on the date of the agreement or as such laws may be amended to provide more advantageous rights to the Indemnitee. The Indemnification Agreement also provides that the general partner must advance payment of certain expenses to the Indemnitee, including fees of counsel, in advance of final disposition of any proceeding subject to receipt of an undertaking from the Indemnitee to return such advance if it is ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification.

The underwriting agreement to be entered into in connection with the sale of the securities offered pursuant to this registration statement, the form of which will be filed as an exhibit to this registration statement, provides for indemnification of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and our general partner, their officers and directors, and any person who controls Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and our general partner, including indemnification for liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

II-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

On May 8, 2012, in connection with the formation of Hi-Crush Partners LP, we issued (i) the non-economic general partner interest in us to Hi-Crush GP LLC and (ii) the 100.0% limited partner interest in us to Hi-Crush Proppants LLC for $1,000.00. The issuance was exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. There have been no other sales of unregistered securities within the past three years.

 

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS.

See the Index to Exhibits on the page immediately preceding the exhibits for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form S-1, which Index to Exhibits is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(1) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(2) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(3) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(4) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

The undersigned registrant undertakes to send to each common unitholder, at least on an annual basis, a detailed statement of any transactions registrant or its subsidiaries, and of fees, commissions, compensation and other benefits paid, or accrued to registrant or its subsidiaries for the fiscal year completed, showing the amount paid or accrued to each recipient and the services performed.

The registrant undertakes to provide to the common unitholders the financial statements required by Form 10-K for the first full fiscal year of operations of the registrant.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas, on,                     , 2012.

 

Hi-Crush Partners LP

By:

 

Hi-Crush GP LLC, its general partner

By:

 

 

Its:

 

 

Each person whose signature appears below appoints                      and                      , and each of them, any of whom may act without the joinder of the other, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and re-substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and any Registration Statement (including any amendment thereto) for this offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or would do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them of their or his substitute and substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

 

  

Co-Chief Executive Officer

(Co-Principal Executive Officer)

                      , 2012
Robert E. Rasmus     

 

  

Co-Chief Executive Officer

(Co-Principal Executive Officer)

                      , 2012
James M. Whipkey     

 

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer)

                      , 2012
Laura C. Fulton     

 

                         , 2012

 

                         , 2012

 

                         , 2012

 

II-4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit
Number

              

Description

  1.1       **       Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1       *       Certificate of Limited Partnership of Hi-Crush Partners LP
  3.2       **       Form of Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Hi-Crush Partners LP (included as Appendix A in the prospectus included in this Registration Statement)
  5.1       **       Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. as to the legality of the securities being registered
  8.1       **       Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. relating to tax matters
  10.1       **       Form of Contribution Agreement
  10.2       **       Form of Omnibus Agreement
  10.3       **       Form of Hi-Crush Partners LP Long-Term Incentive Plan
  10.4       **       Form of Credit Agreement
  10.5       **       Directors’ Compensation Summary
  21.1       **       List of Subsidiaries of Hi-Crush Partners LP
  23.1       **       Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  23.2       **       Consent of John T. Boyd Company
  23.2       **       Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
  23.3       **       Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in Exhibit 8.1)
  24.1       **       Powers of Attorney (contained on page II-4)

 

* Provided herewith.
** To be provided by amendment.

 

II-5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Exhibit 3.1

CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

HI-CRUSH PARTNERS LP

 

This Certificate of Limited Partnership, dated May 7, 2012, has been duly executed and is filed pursuant to Sections 17-201 and 17-204 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act (the “ Act ”) to form a limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”) under the Act.

1.         Name. The name of the Partnership is “Hi-Crush Partners LP”.

2.         Registered Office; Registered Agent. The address of the registered office required to be maintained by Section 17-104 of the Act is:

Corporation Trust Center

1209 Orange Street

Wilmington, DE 19801

The name and the address of the registered agent for service of process required to be maintained by Section 17-104 of the Act are:

The Corporation Trust Company

Corporation Trust Center

1209 Orange Street

Wilmington, DE 19801

3.         General Partner. The name and the business, residence or mailing address of the general partner are:

Hi-Crush GP LLC

Three Riverway, Suite 1550

Houston, Texas 77056

EXECUTED as of the date written first above.

 

HI-CRUSH PARTNERS LP
By:   Hi-Crush GP LLC, its general partner
By:   /s/ Robert E. Rasmus
  Name:   Robert E. Rasmus
  Title:   Authorized Person
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Exhibit 99.2

SUBMITTED CONFIDENTIALLY TO THE DIVISION OF CORPORATION FINANCE AS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE CONFIDENTIAL SUBMISSION, JUNE 14, 2012

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on                     , 2012

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Hi-Crush Partners LP

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   1400  

90-0840530

(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)   (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)  

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

Three Riverway, Suite 1550

Houston, Texas 77056

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

Robert E. Rasmus/James M. Whipkey

Three Riverway, Suite 1550

Houston, Texas 77056

(713) 963-0099

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

David Palmer Oelman

E. Ramey Layne

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

1001 Fannin Street, Suite 2500

Houston, Texas 77002

Tel: (713) 758-2222

Fax: (713) 758-2346

 

Charles L. Strauss

P. Kevin Trautner

Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.

Fulbright Tower

1301 McKinney, Suite 5100

Houston, Texas 77010

Tel: (713) 651-5151

Fax: (713) 651-5246

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

 

 

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of
Securities To Be Registered
  Proposed
Maximum Aggregate
Offering Price(1)(2)
  Amount of Registration
Fee

Common units representing limited partner interests

  $               $            

 

 

(1) Includes common units issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o).

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission becomes effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

 

Subject to Completion, dated June 14, 2012

 

PR OSPECTUS

 

 

 

LOGO

Hi-Crush Partners LP

Common Units

Representing Limited Partner Interests

 

 

This is the initial public offering of our common units representing limited partner interests. We are offering              common units. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common units. We currently expect the initial public offering price to be between $         and $         per common unit. We intend to apply to list our common units on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “HCLP.”

 

 

Investing in our common units involves risks. Please read “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 25.

These risks include the following:

 

 

We may not have sufficient cash from operations following the establishment of cash reserves and payment of costs and expenses to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to our unitholders.

 

 

On a pro forma basis we would not have had sufficient cash available for distribution to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all units for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012.

 

 

Inaccuracies in estimates of volumes and qualities of our sand reserves could result in lower than expected sales and higher than expected production costs.

 

 

Substantially all of our sales are generated under contracts with four customers, and the loss of or reduced purchasing by any of them could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

 

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC controls our general partner, which has sole responsibility for managing our operations. Our general partner and Hi-Crush Proppants LLC have conflicts of interest with us and limited duties, and they may favor their own interests to the detriment of us and our unitholders.

 

 

The board of directors of our general partner may modify our cash distribution policy at any time at its discretion. Our partnership agreement does not require us to pay any distributions at all.

 

 

Holders of our common units have limited voting rights and are not entitled to elect our general partner or its directors.

 

 

Unitholders will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $         per common unit.

 

 

There is no existing market for our common units, and a trading market that will provide you with adequate liquidity may not develop. The price of our common units may fluctuate significantly, and unitholders could lose all or part of their investment.

 

 

Our tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. If the IRS were to treat us as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, then our cash available for distribution to you could be substantially reduced.

 

 

You will be required to pay taxes on your share of our income even if you do not receive any cash distributions from us.

In addition, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act of 1933 and, as such, are allowed to provide in this prospectus more limited disclosures than an issuer that would not so qualify. Furthermore, for so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we will qualify for certain limited exceptions from investor protection laws such as the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 and the Investor Protection and Securities Reform Act of 2010. Please read “ Risk Factors ” and “Summary—Emerging Growth Company Status.”

 

 

 

     Per Common Unit      Total  

Public Offering Price

   $                    $                

Underwriting Discount(1)

   $         $     

Proceeds to Hi-Crush Partners LP (before expenses)(2)

   $         $     

 

(1) Excludes a structuring fee of     % of the gross proceeds of this offering payable to Barclays Capital Inc. Please read “Underwriting.”
(2) We intend to use all of the net proceeds from this offering to make a distribution to our sponsor, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC. We will not retain any proceeds from this offering.

The underwriters may purchase up to an additional              common units from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the common units to purchasers on or about                     , 2012 through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.

 

 

 

Barclays   Morgan Stanley

 

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2012


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

[To come]

 

 

 


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus, any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or any other information to which we have referred you in connection with this offering. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor sale of our common units means that information contained in this prospectus is correct after the date of this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy our common units in any circumstances under which the offer or solicitation is unlawful.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SUMMARY

     1   

Hi-Crush Partners LP

     1   

Our Business and Properties

     2   

Industry Dynamics

     4   

Business Strategies

     5   

Competitive Strengths

     6   

Risk Factors

     7   

Our Management

     9   

Our Relationship with Our Sponsor

     10   

Principal Executive Offices

     12   

Emerging Growth Company Status

     12   

Formation Transactions and Partnership Structure

     13   

Organizational Structure

     14   

The Offering

     15   

Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data

     20   

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

     23   

RISK FACTORS

     25   

Risks Inherent in Our Business

     25   

Risks Related to Environmental, Mining and Other Regulation

     37   

Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us

     39   

Tax Risks to Common Unitholders

     50   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     54   

CAPITALIZATION

     55   

DILUTION

     56   

CASH DISTRIBUTION POLICY AND RESTRICTIONS ON DISTRIBUTIONS

     58   

General

     58   

Our Minimum Quarterly Distribution

     60   

Subordinated Units

     60   

Estimated Cash Available for Distribution for the Twelve Months Ending September 30, 2013

     63   

HOW WE MAKE DISTRIBUTIONS TO OUR PARTNERS

     69   

General

     69   

Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus

     69   

Capital Expenditures

     71   

Subordination Period

     73   

Distributions From Operating Surplus During the Subordination Period

     74   

Distributions From Operating Surplus After the Subordination Period

     75   

General Partner Interest

     75   

Incentive Distribution Rights

     75   

Percentage Allocations of Distributions From Operating Surplus

     75   

 

i


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our Sponsor’s Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels

     76   

Distributions From Capital Surplus

     78   

Adjustment to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels

     79   

Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation

     79   

SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

     82   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     86   

Basis of Presentation

     86   

Overview

     86   

Overall Trends and Outlook

     87   

How We Generate Revenue

     88   

Costs of Conducting Our Business

     89   

How We Evaluate Our Operations

     90   

Factors Impacting Comparability of Our Financial Results

     91   

Results of Operations

     92   

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     94   

Customer Concentration

     98   

Contractual Obligations

     98   

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure of Market Risks

     99   

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

     101   

New and Revised Financial Accounting Standards

     101   

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

     101   

Environmental Matters

     102   

PROPPANT INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

     103   

Our Industry

     103   

Historical and Projected Proppant Demand

     106   

Historical and Projected North American Rig Count

     107   

Historical and Projected North American Wells and Proppant Intensity

     107   

BUSINESS

     110   

Overview

     110   

Business Strategies

     111   

Competitive Strengths

     112   

Assets and Business Operations

     113   

Quality Control

     118   

Customers

     118   

Contracts

     119   

Competition

     120   

Our History and Relationship with Our Sponsor

     120   

Our Management and Employees

     121   

Environmental and Occupational Safety and Health Regulation

     122   

Safety and Maintenance

     125   

Seasonality

     126   

Principal Executive Offices

     126   

Legal Proceedings

     126   

MANAGEMENT

     127   

Management of Hi-Crush Partners LP

     127   

Executive Officers and Directors of Our General Partner

     128   

Director Independence

     129   

Committees of the Board of Directors

     130   

 

ii


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION AND OTHER INFORMATION

     131   

Summary Compensation Table

     131   

Narrative Disclosure to the Summary Compensation Table

     131   

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2011 Fiscal Year-End

     132   

Additional Narrative Disclosure

     132   

Director Compensation

     133   

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     134   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     135   

Distributions and Payments to Our General Partner and Its Affiliates

     135   

Agreements with Affiliates in Connection with the Transactions

     136   

Other Transactions with Related Persons

     137   

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY DUTIES

     139   

Conflicts of Interest

     139   

DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMON UNITS

     146   

The Units

     146   

Transfer Agent and Registrar

     146   

Transfer of Common Units

     146   

THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

     148   

Organization and Duration

     148   

Purpose

     148   

Cash Distributions

     148   

Capital Contributions

     148   

Voting Rights

     149   

Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction

     150   

Limited Liability

     150   

Issuance of Additional Interests

     151   

Amendment of the Partnership Agreement

     152   

Merger, Consolidation, Conversion, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets

     154   

Dissolution

     154   

Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds

     155   

Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner

     155   

Transfer of General Partner Interest

     156   

Transfer of Ownership Interests in the General Partner

     156   

Transfer of Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution Rights

     156   

Change of Management Provisions

     157   

Limited Call Right

     157   

Non-Taxpaying Holders; Redemption

     157   

Non-Citizen Assignees; Redemption

     158   

Meetings; Voting

     158   

Voting Rights of Incentive Distribution Rights

     159   

Status as Limited Partner

     159   

Indemnification

     159   

Reimbursement of Expenses

     160   

Books and Reports

     160   

Right to Inspect Our Books and Records

     160   

Registration Rights

     161   

UNITS ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     162   

 

iii


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     164   

Taxation of the Partnership

     164   

Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership

     165   

Tax Treatment of Operations

     170   

Disposition of Units

     172   

Uniformity of Units

     174   

Tax-Exempt Organizations and Other Investors

     174   

Administrative Matters

     175   

State, Local and Other Tax Considerations

     176   

INVESTMENT IN HI-CRUSH PARTNERS LP BY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

     177   

UNDERWRITING

     178   

Commissions and Expenses

     178   

Option to Purchase Additional Common Units

     179   

Lock-Up Agreements

     179   

Offering Price Determination

     180   

Indemnification

     180   

Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

     180   

Electronic Distribution

     181   

New York Stock Exchange

     181   

Discretionary Sales

     181   

Stamp Taxes

     181   

Relationships

     181   

FINRA

     182   

Selling Restrictions

     182   

VALIDITY OF OUR COMMON UNITS

     185   

EXPERTS

     185   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     185   

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     186   

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

APPENDIX A—AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF HI-CRUSH PARTNERS LP

     A-1   

APPENDIX B—GLOSSARY OF TERMS.

     B-1   

Industry and Market Data

This prospectus includes industry data and forecasts that we obtained from industry publications and surveys, public filings and internal company sources. Industry publications and surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but there can be no assurance as to the accuracy or completeness of the included information. Statements as to our market position and market estimates are based on management’s estimates and assumptions about our markets and our internal research, together with the following industry publications and surveys:

 

   

The Freedonia Group, Inc., Industry Study #2867, Well Stimulation Materials , March 2012;

 

   

Baker Hughes North America Rotary Rig Count; and

 

   

Spears & Associates, Inc., Oilfield Market Report 1999-2012 , March 2012.

While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the market, industry or similar data presented herein, such data involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the headings “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

 

iv


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the historical and pro forma financial statements and the notes to those financial statements, before investing in our common units. The information presented in this prospectus assumes an initial public offering price of $         per common unit (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and, unless otherwise indicated, that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units is not exercised. You should read “Risk Factors” for information about important risks that you should consider before buying our common units.

References in this prospectus to “Hi-Crush Partners LP,” “we,” “our,” “us” or like terms when used in a historical context refer to the business of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, which is our accounting predecessor and is contributing certain of its subsidiaries to Hi-Crush Partners LP in connection with this offering. When used in the present tense or prospectively, those terms refer to Hi-Crush Partners LP and its subsidiaries. References in this prospectus to “Hi-Crush Proppants LLC,” “our predecessor” and “our sponsor” refer to Hi-Crush Proppants LLC. We include a glossary of some of the terms used in this prospectus as Appendix B.

Hi-Crush Partners LP

Overview

We are a pure play, low-cost, domestic producer of premium monocrystalline sand, a specialized mineral that is used as a “proppant” to enhance the recovery rates of hydrocarbons from oil and natural gas wells. Our reserves consist of “Northern White” sand, a resource existing predominately in Wisconsin and limited portions of the upper Midwest region of the United States, which is highly valued as a preferred proppant because it exceeds all American Petroleum Institute (“API”) specifications. We own, operate and develop sand reserves and related excavation and processing facilities and will seek to acquire or develop additional facilities. Our 561-acre facility with integrated rail infrastructure, located near Wyeville, Wisconsin, enables us to process and cost-effectively deliver approximately 1,600,000 tons of frac sand per year. Substantially all of our frac sand production is sold to leading investment grade-rated pressure pumping service providers under long-term, take-or-pay contracts that require our customers to pay a specified price for a specified volume of frac sand each month.

Over the past decade, exploration and production companies have increasingly focused on exploiting the vast hydrocarbon reserves contained in North America’s unconventional oil and natural gas reservoirs through advanced techniques, such as horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing. In recent years, this focus has resulted in exploration and production companies drilling more and longer horizontal wells, completing more hydraulic fracturing stages per well and utilizing more proppant per stage in an attempt to efficiently maximize the volume of hydrocarbon recoveries per wellbore. As a result, North American demand for proppant has increased rapidly, growing at an average annual rate of 28.0% from 2006 to 2011, with total annual sales of $3.7 billion in 2011, according to The Freedonia Group, a leading international business research company. We believe that the market for raw frac sand will continue to grow based on the expected long-term development of North America’s unconventional oil and natural gas reservoirs.

We intend to utilize the significant oil and natural gas industry experience of our management team to take advantage of what we believe are favorable, long-term market dynamics as we execute our growth strategy, which includes both the acquisition of additional frac sand reserves and the development of new excavation and processing facilities. We expect to have the opportunity to acquire significant additional acreage and reserves currently owned or under option to be acquired by our sponsor, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, including approximately 4,500 acres of additional land in western Wisconsin, in addition to potential acquisitions from

 

 

1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

third parties. Our sponsor is not, however, under any obligation to make acquisition opportunities available to us, and may elect to retain and operate properties in competition with us or sell assets to third parties who may compete with us. In the event we enter into an agreement to acquire any assets from our sponsor, the board of directors of our general partner may, but is not required to, seek approval from our general partner’s conflicts committee or our unitholders.

We intend to remain solely focused on the frac sand market as we believe it offers attractive long-term growth fundamentals.

Our Business and Properties

Assets and Operations

We own and operate the Wyeville facility, which is located in Monroe County, Wisconsin and, as of December 31, 2011, contained 48.4 million tons of proven recoverable sand reserves of mesh sizes we have currently contracted to sell. According to John T. Boyd Company, a leading mining consulting firm focused on the mineral and natural gas industries (“John T. Boyd”), our proven reserves consist entirely of coarse grade Northern White sand that can be processed to meet API specifications. Analysis of our sand by independent third-party testing companies indicates that it demonstrates characteristics in excess of API specifications with regard to crush strength (ability to withstand high pressures), turbidity (low levels of contaminants) and roundness and sphericity (facilitates hydrocarbon flow, or conductivity). For more information regarding the evaluation and estimation of our sand reserves, please read “Business—Assets and Business Operations—Sand Reserves.”

We acquired the Wyeville acreage and commenced construction of the Wyeville facility in January 2011. We completed construction of the Wyeville facility and commenced sand excavation and processing in June 2011 with an initial plant processing capacity of 950,000 tons per year, and customer shipments were initiated in July 2011. From the Wyeville in-service date to March 31, 2012, we have processed and sold 555,250 tons of frac sand. We completed an expansion in March 2012 that increased our annual expected processing capacity to approximately 1,600,000 tons per year. We have contracted approximately 91% of this capacity for the remainder of 2012 and through the second quarter of 2014, and approximately 71% of this capacity for the remainder of 2014 and through the second quarter 2016. Based on currently contracted production rates and a reserve report prepared by John T. Boyd, our Wyeville facility has an implied 33-year reserve life as of December 31, 2011.

All of our product is shipped by rail from our three 5,000-foot rail spurs that connect our processing and storage facilities to a Union Pacific Railroad mainline. The length of these rail spurs and the capacity of the associated product storage silos allow us to accommodate a large number of rail cars. It also enables us to accommodate unit trains, which significantly increases our efficiency in meeting our customers’ frac sand transportation needs. Unit trains, typically 80 rail cars in length or longer, are dedicated trains chartered for a single delivery destination. Generally, unit trains receive priority scheduling and do not switch cars at various intermediate junctions, which results in a more cost-effective and efficient method of shipping than the standard method of rail shipment.

Customers and Contracts

Our current customer base is comprised of subsidiaries of four of North America’s largest providers of pressure pumping services: Baker Hughes Incorporated (“Baker Hughes”), FTS International, Inc. (“FTS International”), Halliburton Company (“Halliburton”) and Weatherford International Ltd. (“Weatherford”). Our largest customers based on current contracts, Baker Hughes and Halliburton, are each rated A2 / A by Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s, respectively, and Weatherford is rated Baa2 / BBB by these agencies. FTS International

 

 

2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

is rated B1 / B by these agencies. Spears and Associates estimates that these four companies controlled 47% of North American pressure pumping fleet in 2011 and accounted for greater than 50% of the North American pressure pumping market, based on 2011 revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2011, sales to Halliburton and Weatherford accounted for 64% and 36% of our total revenues, respectively. Sales under our contracts with Baker Hughes and FTS International commenced in May 2012.

We sell substantially all of the frac sand we produce under long-term, take-or-pay contracts that significantly reduce our exposure to short-term fluctuations in the price of and demand for frac sand. For the year ended December 31, 2011 and the first quarter of 2012, we generated 99% of our revenues from frac sand delivered under our long-term sand sales contracts, and we expect to continue selling a significant majority of our sand under long-term contracts. As of May 10, 2012, we had four long-term sand sales contracts with a weighted average remaining life of approximately 4.7 years. The following table presents a summary of our contracted volumes and revenues from 2011 through 2015, as well as the average contract sales price and make-whole price our customers are obligated to pay in the event they decline to accept delivery of the required product volumes under their respective contracts.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2011     2012     2013     2014     2015  

Contracted Volumes (tons)

    331,667        1,216,667        1,460,000        1,295,000        1,130,000   

% of Processing Capacity(1)

    79     85     91     81     71

Contracted Revenue

  $ 19,916,667      $ 78,966,667      $ 96,466,667      $ 88,350,000      $ 80,100,000   

Average Sales Price per ton

    $60        $65        $66        $68        $71   

Average Make-Whole Price per ton

    $60        $49        $49        $51        $51   

 

(1) Percentage of processing capacity for 2011 and 2012 based on weighted average processing capacity for such periods.

As the above table illustrates, when one of our contracts expires in 2014, the average contracted price per ton will increase. The expiring contract provides for sales prices lower than current market prices. Prior to this contract’s expiration, we will seek to renew or replace this contract on pricing terms more comparable to market prices at the time. Occasionally, if we have excess production and market conditions are favorable, we may elect to sell frac sand in spot market transactions.

The terms of our customer contracts, including sand quality requirements, quantity parameters, permitted sources of supply, effects of future regulatory changes, force majeure and termination and assignment provisions, vary by customer. As indicated in the above table, our customer contracts contain penalties for non-performance by our customers, with make-whole prices averaging approximately $49 per ton in 2012. If one of our customers fails to meet its minimum obligations to us, we would expect that the make-whole payment, combined with a decrease in our variable costs (such as royalty payments and excavation costs), would substantially mitigate any adverse impact on our cash flow from such failure. We would also have the ability to sell the sand volumes for which we receive make-whole payments to third parties. Our customer contracts also contain penalties for our non-performance. If we are unable to deliver contracted volumes within three months of contract year end, or otherwise arrange for delivery from a third party, we are required to pay make-whole payments averaging approximately $49 per ton in 2012. We believe our expanded Wyeville facility, substantial reserves and our on-site processing and logistics capabilities reduce our risk of non-performance. In addition, we intentionally maintain long-term contracted volume commitments to our customers at less than 100% of our processing capacity to provide excess capacity to further reduce the likelihood of failing to meet the requirements of our contracts. We believe our levels of inventory combined with our three month cure period starting at contract year end should be more than sufficient to prevent us from paying make-whole payments as a result of plant shutdowns due to repairs to our facilities necessitated by reasonably foreseeable mechanical interruptions.

 

 

3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Industry Dynamics

Demand Trends

The North American proppant market, including raw frac sand, ceramic and resin-coated proppants, was approximately 22 million tons in 2011. Industry estimates for 2011 indicate that the raw frac sand market represented approximately 17 million tons, or 77.2% of the total proppant market by weight. Over the past five years, proppant demand by weight has increased by 28.0% annually, and the market is projected to continue growing by 7.2% per year through 2016, representing an increase of approximately nine million tons in annual proppant demand over that time period. The total North American proppant market size in dollars was $3.7 billion in 2011 and is projected to grow 10.5% annually through 2016, according to The Freedonia Group. The following chart illustrates historical and forecasted proppant demand for certain years from 2001 to 2021.

Historical and Projected Proppant Demand

 

LOGO

Source: The Freedonia Group

Demand growth for frac sand and other proppants is primarily due to advancements in oil and natural gas drilling and well completion technology and techniques, such as horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing. These advancements have made the extraction of oil and natural gas increasingly cost-effective in formations that historically would have been uneconomic to develop. Over the past five years, North American rig count has increased by 2.6% annually, while the demand for proppant by weight has grown at a rate of 28.0% annually. We believe that demand for proppant has and will continue to increase at a rate greater than rig count as a result of the following additional demand drivers:

 

   

improved drilling rig productivity, resulting in more wells drilled per rig per year;

 

   

increases in the percentage of rigs that are drilling horizontal wells;

 

   

increases in the length of the typical horizontal wellbore;

 

   

increases in the number of fracture stages per foot in the typical completed horizontal wellbore;

 

   

increases in the volume of proppant used per fracturing stage; and

 

   

recurring efforts to offset steep production declines in unconventional oil and natural gas reservoirs, including the drilling of new wells and secondary hydraulic fracturing of existing wells.

Furthermore, recent growth in demand for raw frac sand has outpaced growth in demand for other proppants, and industry analysts predict that this trend will continue. According to The Freedonia Group, North American demand for all types of proppants, in dollar terms, is projected to increase 10.5% annually from 2011 through 2016, while demand for raw frac sand is projected to increase 12.1% annually over that time period. As well completion costs have increased as a proportion of total well costs, operators have increasingly looked for ways to improve per well economics by lowering costs without sacrificing production performance. To this end,

 

 

4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

the oil and natural gas industry is shifting away from the use of higher-cost proppants towards more cost-effective proppants, such as raw frac sand. The substantial increase in activity in North American oil and liquids-rich resource plays has further accelerated the demand growth for raw frac sand. Within these oil and liquids-rich basins, Northern White sand with coarser mesh sizes is often preferred due to its performance characteristics.

Supply Trends

As demand for raw frac sand has increased dramatically in recent years, the supply of raw frac sand has failed to keep pace, resulting in a supply-demand disparity. While a number of existing and new competitors have announced supply expansions and greenfield projects, we do not expect the magnitude of these expansions to meet expected demand. There are several key constraints to increasing raw frac sand production on an industry-wide basis, including:

 

   

the difficulty of finding frac sand reserves that meet API specifications;

 

   

the difficulty of securing contiguous frac sand reserves large enough to justify the capital investment required to develop a processing facility;

 

   

the challenges of identifying reserves with the above characteristics that either are located in close proximity to oil and natural gas reservoirs or have rail access needed for low-cost transportation to major shale basins;

 

   

the hurdles of securing mining, production, water, air, refuse and other federal, state and local operating permits from the proper authorities;

 

   

local opposition to development of facilities, especially those that require the use of on-road transportation, including moratoria on raw frac sand facilities in multiple counties in Wisconsin which hold potential sand reserves; and

 

   

the long lead time required to design and construct sand processing facilities that can efficiently process large quantities of high quality frac sand.

Business Strategies

Our primary business objective is to increase our cash distributions per unit over time. We intend to accomplish this objective by executing the following strategies:

 

   

Focusing on stable, long-term, take-or-pay contracts with key customers . A key component of our business model is our contracting strategy, which seeks to secure a high percentage of our cash flows under long-term, fixed price contracts with take-or-pay provisions, while also staggering the tenors of our contracts so that they expire at different times. We believe this contracting strategy significantly mitigates our exposure to the potential price volatility of the spot market for frac sand in the short-term, allows us to take advantage of any increase in frac sand prices over the medium-term and provides us with long-term cash flow stability. As current contracts expire or as we add new processing capacity, we intend to pursue similar long-term contracts with our current customers and with other leading pressure pumping service providers. We intend to utilize nearly all of our processing capacity to fulfill these contracts, with any excess processed frac sand first offered to existing customers and the remaining amount sold opportunistically in the spot market.

 

   

Pursuing accretive acquisitions from our sponsor and third parties . We expect to pursue accretive acquisitions of frac sand facilities from our sponsor, which may, but is not obligated to, sell to us, as well as from third-party frac sand producers. Our sponsor currently owns or has the option to acquire 4,500 acres of additional land in western Wisconsin with approximately 79.2 million tons of proven recoverable reserves of frac sand according to John T. Boyd. As we evaluate acquisition opportunities, we intend to remain focused on operations that complement our reserves of premium frac sand and that

 

 

5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

provide or would accommodate the development and construction of rail or other advantaged logistics capabilities. We believe these factors are critical to our business model and are important characteristics for any potential acquisitions.

 

   

Expanding our proved reserve base and processing capacity . We seek to identify and evaluate economically attractive expansion and facility enhancement opportunities to increase our proved reserves and processing capacity. At Wyeville and any future sites, we expect to pursue add-on acreage acquisitions near our facilities to expand our reserve base and increase our reserve life. In March 2012, we completed an expansion of our Wyeville facility, increasing annual processing capacity from 950,000 tons per year to approximately 1,600,000 tons per year by adding wet and dry plant capacity and additional sand storage silos. We will continue to analyze and pursue other organic expansion efforts that will similarly allow us to cost-effectively optimize our existing assets and meet the customer demand for our high quality frac sand.

 

   

Capitalizing on compelling industry fundamentals . We intend to continue to position ourselves as a pure play producer of high quality frac sand, as we believe the frac sand market offers attractive long-term growth fundamentals. The growth of horizontal drilling in shale and other unconventional oil and natural gas plays has resulted in greater demand for frac sand. This demand growth is underpinned by increased horizontal drilling, higher proppant use per well and cost advantages over resin-coated sand and manufactured ceramics. We believe frac sand supply will continue to be constrained by the difficulty in finding reserves that meet the technical specifications of the API in contiguous quantities large enough to justify the capital investment required and the challenges associated with successfully obtaining the necessary local, state and federal permits required for operations.

 

   

Maintaining financial flexibility and conservative leverage . We plan to pursue a disciplined financial policy and maintain a conservative capital structure. We expect to have no indebtedness at the closing of this offering and $         million of liquidity in the form of cash on hand and undrawn borrowing capacity under our new $         million revolving credit facility. We believe that our borrowing capacity and ability to access debt and equity capital markets after this offering will provide us with the financial flexibility necessary to achieve our organic expansion and acquisition strategy.

Competitive Strengths

We believe that we are well positioned to successfully execute our strategy and achieve our primary business objective because of the following competitive strengths:

 

   

Long-term contracted cash flow stability . We will generate substantially all of our revenues from the sale of frac sand under long-term contracts that require subsidiaries of Baker Hughes, FTS International, Halliburton and Weatherford to pay specified prices for specified volumes of product each month. We believe that the take-or-pay volume and pricing provisions and the long-term nature of our contracts will provide us with a stable base of cash flows and limit the risks associated with price movements in the spot market and any changes in product demand during the contract period. We are currently contracted to sell 1,460,000 tons of frac sand annually from our Wyeville facility, and as of May 10, 2012, our contracts had a weighted average remaining life of approximately 4.7 years.

 

   

Long-lived, high quality reserve base . Our Wyeville facility contains approximately 48.4 million tons of proven recoverable coarse grade reserves as of December 31, 2011, based on a third-party reserve report by John T. Boyd and has an implied 33-year reserve life at currently contracted production rates. These reserves consist of high quality Northern White frac sand. Analysis by independent third-party testing companies indicates that our sand demonstrates characteristics in excess of API specifications with regard to crush strength, turbidity and sphericity. As a result, our raw frac sand is particularly well suited for and is experiencing significant demand from customers for use in the hydraulic fracturing of unconventional oil and natural gas wells.

 

 

6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

Intrinsic logistics and infrastructure advantage . The strategic location and logistics capabilities of our Wyeville facility enable us to serve all major U.S. oil and natural gas producing basins. Our on-site transportation assets include three 5,000-foot rail spurs off a Union Pacific Railroad mainline that are capable of accommodating unit trains, allowing our customers to receive priority scheduling, expedited delivery and a more cost-effective shipping alternative. Our logistics capabilities enable efficient loading of sand and minimize rail car turnaround times at the facility, and we expect to acquire or develop similar logistics capabilities at any facilities we own in the future. We believe we are one of the few frac sand producers with a facility initially designed to deliver frac sand meeting API specifications to all of the major U.S. oil and natural gas producing basins by on-site rail facilities, including on-site storage capacity accommodating unit trains.

 

   

Competitive operating cost structure . Our operations have been strategically designed to provide low per-unit production costs with a significant variable component for the excavation and processing of our sand. Our sand reserves do not require blasting or crushing to be processed and, due to the shallow overburden at our Wyeville facility, we are able to use surface mining equipment in our operations, which provides for a lower cost structure than underground mining operations. Our mining operations are subcontracted to Gerke Excavating, Inc. at a fixed cost of $2.09 per ton excavated, subject to a diesel fuel surcharge, under a three-year contract. Unlike some competitors, our processing and rail loading facilities are located on-site, which eliminates the requirement for on-road transportation, lowers product movement costs and minimizes the reduction in sand quality due to handling.

 

   

Experienced and incentivized management team . Our management team has extensive experience investing and operating in the oil and natural gas industry and will be focused on optimizing our current business and expanding our operations through disciplined development and accretive acquisitions. We believe our management team’s substantial experience and relationships with participants in the oilfield services and exploration and production industries provide us with an extensive operational and commercial understanding of the markets in which our customers operate. The expertise of our management and operations teams covers a wide range of disciplines, with an emphasis on development, construction and operation of frac sand processing facilities, frac sand supply chain management and consulting and bulk solids material handling. Members of our management team are strongly incentivized to profitably grow our business and cash flows through their 39% interest in our sponsor, which owns              of our common units and all of our subordinated units and incentive distribution rights.

Risk Factors

An investment in our common units involves risks. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, those other risks described in “Risk Factors” and the other information in this prospectus, before deciding whether to invest in our common units. The following risks and others are discussed in more detail in “Risk Factors.”

Risks Inherent in Our Business

 

   

We may not have sufficient cash from operations following the establishment of cash reserves and payment of costs and expenses, including cost reimbursements to our general partner and its affiliates, to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to our unitholders.

 

   

On a pro forma basis we would not have had sufficient cash available for distribution to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all units for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012.

 

   

The amount of cash we have available for distribution to holders of our units depends primarily on our cash flow and not solely on profitability, which may prevent us from making cash distributions during periods when we record net income.

 

 

7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

The assumptions underlying our forecast of cash available for distribution included in “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions” are inherently uncertain and subject to significant business, economic, financial, regulatory and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause cash available for distribution to differ materially from those estimates.

 

   

Inaccuracies in estimates of volumes and qualities of our sand reserves could result in lower than expected sales and higher than expected production costs.

 

   

Substantially all of our sales are generated under contracts with four customers, and the loss of, or significant reduction in purchases by, any of them could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

   

If we are unable to make acquisitions on economically acceptable terms, our future growth would be limited, and any acquisitions we make may reduce, rather than increase, our cash generated from operations on a per unit basis.

 

   

Our long-term business and financial performance depends on the level of drilling and completion activity in the oil and natural gas industry.

 

   

All of our sales are generated at one facility. Any adverse developments at our Wyeville facility could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

   

An increase in the supply of raw frac sand having similar characteristics as the raw frac sand we produce could make it more difficult for us to renew or replace our existing contracts on favorable terms or at all.

 

   

Federal, state and local legislative and regulatory initiatives relating to hydraulic fracturing and the potential for related litigation could result in increased costs, additional operating restrictions or delays for our customers, which could cause a decline in the demand for our frac sand and negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

   

Because we have a limited operating history, you may not be able to evaluate our current business and future earnings prospects accurately.

Risks Related to Environmental, Mining and Other Regulations

 

   

We and our customers are subject to extensive environmental and health and safety regulations that impose, and will continue to impose, significant costs and liabilities. In addition, future regulations, or more stringent enforcement of existing regulations, could increase those costs and liabilities, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

   

Silica-related legislation, health issues and litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation or results of operations.

 

   

We are subject to the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977, which imposes stringent health and safety standards on numerous aspects of our operations.

 

   

We and our customers are subject to other extensive regulations, including licensing, plant and wildlife protection and reclamation regulation, that impose, and will continue to impose, significant costs and liabilities. In addition, future regulations, or more stringent enforcement of existing regulations, could increase those costs and liabilities, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

   

Our inability to acquire, maintain or renew financial assurances related to the reclamation and restoration of mining property could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

 

8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us

 

   

Our sponsor owns and controls our general partner, which has sole responsibility for conducting our business and managing our operations. Our general partner and its affiliates, including our sponsor, have conflicts of interest with us and limited duties, and they may favor their own interests to the detriment of us and our unitholders.

 

   

The board of directors of our general partner may modify or revoke our cash distribution policy at any time at its discretion. Our partnership agreement does not require us to pay any distributions at all.

 

   

Our sponsor and other affiliates of our general partner will have the ability to compete with us.

 

   

Holders of our common units have limited voting rights and are not entitled to elect our general partner or its directors, which could reduce the price at which our common units will trade.

 

   

Unitholders will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $         per common unit.

 

   

There is no existing market for our common units, and a trading market that will provide you with adequate liquidity may not develop. The price of our common units may fluctuate significantly, and unitholders could lose all or part of their investment.

 

   

Our sponsor, which is our accounting predecessor for financial reporting purposes, has a material weakness in its internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, our ability to accurately report our financial results could be adversely affected.

Tax Risks to Common Unitholders

 

   

Our tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, as well as our not being subject to a material amount of entity-level taxation by individual states. If the IRS were to treat us as a corporation for federal income tax purposes or we were to become subject to material additional amounts of entity-level taxation for state tax purposes, then our cash available for distribution to you could be substantially reduced.

 

   

The tax treatment of publicly-traded partnerships or an investment in our units could be subject to potential legislative, judicial or administrative changes and differing interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis.

 

   

You will be required to pay taxes on your share of our income even if you do not receive any cash distributions from us.

Our Management

We are managed and operated by the board of directors and executive officers of our general partner, Hi-Crush GP LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of our sponsor. As a result of owning our general partner, our sponsor will have the right to appoint all members of the board of directors of our general partner, including at least three independent directors meeting the independence standards established by the NYSE. At least one of our independent directors will be appointed prior to the date our common units are listed for trading on the NYSE. Our unitholders will not be entitled to elect our general partner or its directors or otherwise directly participate in our management or operations. For more information about the executive officers and directors of our general partner, please read “Management.”

 

 

9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our Relationship with Our Sponsor

Overview and History

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, our sponsor, was formed in 2010 in Houston, Texas. Members of our sponsor’s management team have, on average, more than 20 years of experience investing in and operating businesses in the oil and natural gas and sand mining industries. Members of our management team have partnered with major oilfield services companies and exploration and production companies in the development of oil and natural gas reservoirs. In this capacity, members of our management team gained valuable expertise and developed strong relationships in the oilfield services industry. Recognizing the increasing demand for proppants as a result of rapidly evolving hydraulic fracturing techniques, members of our management team chose to leverage their expertise and relationships to capitalize on this increasing demand by developing raw frac sand reserves and facilities. In addition, our Chief Operating Officer has overseen the design, construction and staffing for multiple sand mining and processing facilities. The expertise of our management and operations teams covers a wide range of disciplines, with an emphasis on development, construction and operation of frac sand processing facilities, frac sand supply chain management and consulting and bulk solids material handling.

Our sponsor’s lead investor is Avista Capital Partners, a leading private equity firm with significant investing and operating expertise in the energy industry. Founded in 2005 by senior investment professionals who worked together at DLJ Merchant Banking Partners (“DLJMB”), then one of the world’s largest and most successful private equity franchises, Avista makes controlling or influential minority investments in connection with various transaction structures. The energy team at Avista is comprised of experienced professionals and industry executives with relevant expertise in the energy sector. Avista principals have led over $2.7 billion in equity investments in energy companies while at Avista and DLJMB, including Basic Energy Services, Inc., Brigham Exploration Company, Copano Energy, L.L.C., Seabulk International, Inc., and joint-ventures with Carrizo Oil & Gas, Inc.

Our Sponsor’s Assets

Our sponsor owns or has options to acquire several other sand mining locations where it could develop similar logistics capabilities as the Wyeville facility, and it will retain these assets following this offering. Our sponsor’s success in identifying and acquiring these locations resulted from its expertise in identifying quality sand reserves, as well as its efficient construction of the Wyeville facility and its on-site approach to excavation and logistics, which minimizes community impact during the production process.

The Augusta excavation and processing facility in Eau Claire County, Wisconsin is currently under construction and is expected to be operational in September 2012. John T. Boyd estimated that, as of December 31, 2011, the Augusta site had 46.2 million tons of proven recoverable coarse grade sand reserves located on approximately 1,000 acres. Our sponsor is building a 1,600,000 ton per year processing facility, and John T. Boyd estimates that the site has a reserve life of approximately 39 years based on currently contracted production levels. Our sponsor has contracted for the sale of 1,200,000 tons of sand per year from the Augusta facility with two of our existing customers under take-or-pay contracts with a weighted average life of approximately 4.8 years that specify both volumes and price. The customers will take delivery of the sand at on-site rail facilities that, like the Wyeville facility, can accommodate unit trains.

Our sponsor has agreed to acquire approximately 700 acres in Tomah, Wisconsin, which is six miles south of the Wyeville facility in Monroe County. The Tomah site has access to the same Union Pacific Railroad mainline as the Wyeville facility, which runs adjacent to the property, and could accommodate similar rail logistics as the Wyeville facility. Extensive core samples have been taken at Tomah and independently tested with results indicating a high quality sand reserve similar to the Wyeville site. According to a John T. Boyd reserve report, the Tomah site had proven recoverable sand reserves of 33 million tons as of December 31, 2011, which represents a 51-year reserve life assuming construction of a 650,000 ton per year processing facility.

 

 

10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In addition, our sponsor is evaluating a number of additional development locations and adds potential projects to its development backlog regularly. Approximately 1,800 contiguous acres are currently under exclusive options to our sponsor to purchase for a site located five miles north of our Augusta facility, also in Eau Claire County, Wisconsin. In Trempealeau County, Wisconsin, our sponsor has approximately 1,000 contiguous acres under exclusive options to purchase. Both of these sites are on-rail, and coring and permitting due diligence are currently being conducted.

Our sponsor’s retained sand facilities represent a significant potential growth opportunity for us. Our sponsor continually evaluates acquisitions and may elect to acquire, construct or dispose of assets in the future, including sales of assets to us. As the owner of our general partner,              of our common units, all              of our subordinated units and all of our incentive distribution rights following this offering, our sponsor is well aligned and highly motivated to promote and support the successful execution of our business strategies, including utilizing our partnership as a growth vehicle for its sand mining operations. Although we expect to have the opportunity to make additional acquisitions directly from our sponsor in the future, including the sand excavation and processing facilities described above, our sponsor is under no obligation to make acquisition opportunities available to us, and may elect to retain and operate properties in competition with us or sell assets to third parties who may compete with us.

In addition, while we believe our relationship with our sponsor is a significant positive attribute, it may also be a source of conflict. For example, our sponsor is not restricted in its ability to compete with us, and our sponsor will operate frac sand excavation and processing facilities that may compete directly with us for new and existing customers. While we expect that our management team, which also manages our sponsor’s retained assets, and our sponsor will allocate new and replacement customer contracts between us and our sponsor in a manner that balances the interests of both parties, they are under no obligation to do so. Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.”

Summary of Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties

Our general partner has a legal duty to manage us in a manner it believes is in our best interest. However, the officers and directors of our general partner also have fiduciary duties to manage our general partner in a manner beneficial to our sponsor, the owner of our general partner. As a result, conflicts of interest may arise in the future between us or our unitholders, on the one hand, and our sponsor and our general partner, on the other hand.

Our partnership agreement limits the liability of and replaces the duties owed by our general partner to our unitholders. Our partnership agreement also restricts the remedies available to our unitholders for actions that might otherwise constitute a breach of our general partner’s duties. By purchasing a common unit, the purchaser agrees to be bound by the terms of our partnership agreement, and each unitholder is treated as having consented to various actions and potential conflicts of interest contemplated in the partnership agreement that might otherwise be considered a breach of fiduciary or other duties under Delaware law.

For a more detailed description of the conflicts of interest and duties of our general partner, please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.” For a description of other relationships with our affiliates, please read “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”

 

 

11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Principal Executive Offices

We are a Delaware limited partnership formed in May 2012. Our principal executive offices are located at Three Riverway, Suite 1550, Houston, Texas 77056, and our telephone number is (713) 963-0099. Our website address will be www.hicrushpartners.com . We intend to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, available, free of charge, through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or “JOBS Act.” For as long as we are an emerging growth company, unlike other public companies, we will not be required to:

 

   

provide an auditor’s attestation report on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our system of internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

 

   

comply with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or the PCAOB, requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and the financial statements of the issuer;

 

   

comply with any new audit rules adopted by the PCAOB after April 5, 2012, unless the Securities and Exchange Commission determines otherwise;

 

   

provide certain disclosure regarding executive compensation required of larger public companies; or

 

   

obtain shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We will cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the earliest of:

 

   

when we have $1.0 billion or more in annual revenues;

 

   

when we have at least $700 million in market value of our common units held by non-affiliates;

 

   

when we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period; or

 

   

the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. However, we are choosing to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

 

 

12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Formation Transactions and Partnership Structure

We are a Delaware limited partnership formed in May 2012 by Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, our sponsor, to own and operate certain of the businesses that have historically been conducted by our sponsor.

In connection with the closing of this offering, the following will occur:

 

   

our sponsor will contribute Hi-Crush Chambers LLC, Hi-Crush Railroad LLC, Hi-Crush Wyeville LLC and Hi-Crush Operating LLC to us;

 

   

we will issue to our sponsor              common units and              subordinated units;

 

   

we will issue              common units to the public;

 

   

we will receive gross proceeds of $         million from the issuance and sale of              common units at an assumed initial offering price of $         per unit;

 

   

we will use a portion of the proceeds from this offering to pay underwriting discounts and a structuring fee totaling approximately $         million and other estimated offering expenses of $         million;

 

   

excess proceeds from this offering will be used to reimburse capital expenditures of, and pay a distribution to, our sponsor; and

 

   

we will enter into an omnibus agreement with our sponsor, our general partner and certain of its affiliates pursuant to which:

 

   

we will agree to reimburse our sponsor and its affiliates for the payment of certain capital expenditures, operating expenses and for providing various general and administrative services; and

 

   

our sponsor will indemnify us for certain environmental, toxic tort, title and right-of-way defects and other matters.

 

 

13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Organizational Structure

The following is a simplified diagram of our ownership structure after giving effect to this offering and the related transactions.

 

LOGO

 

Public Common Units

          %(1) 

Interests of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC:

  

Common Units

          %(1) 

Subordinated Units

         

Incentive Distribution Rights

         (2) 

Non-Economic General Partner Interest

     0.0 %(3) 
  

 

 

 
     100.0
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units.
(2) Incentive distribution rights represent a variable interest in distributions and thus are not expressed as a fixed percentage. Please read “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners—Incentive Distribution Rights.” Distributions with respect to the incentive distribution rights will be classified as distributions with respect to equity interests. Incentive distribution rights will be issued to Hi-Crush Proppants LLC.
(3) Our general partner owns a non-economic general partner interest in us. Please read “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners—General Partner Interest.”

 

 

14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The Offering

 

Common units offered to the public

             common units.

 

               common units if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units in full.

 

Units outstanding after this offering

             common units and              subordinated units for a total of              limited partner units. If and to the extent the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units, the number of common units purchased by the underwriters pursuant to such exercise will be issued to the underwriters and the remainder, if any, will be issued to our sponsor. Any such units issued to our sponsor will be issued for no additional consideration. If the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units, we will issue common units to our sponsor upon the option’s expiration. Accordingly, the exercise of the underwriters’ option will not affect the total number of common units outstanding. In addition, our general partner will own a non-economic general partner interest in us.

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the estimated net proceeds of approximately $         million from this offering (based on an assumed initial offering price of $         per common unit, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses, to reimburse capital expenditures of and pay a distribution to our sponsor.

 

  If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units in full, the additional net proceeds would be approximately $         million (based upon the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). The net proceeds from any exercise of such option will be used to make a special distribution to our sponsor. Please read “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Cash distributions

We expect to make a minimum quarterly distribution of $         per common unit and subordinated unit ($         per common unit and subordinated unit on an annualized basis) to the extent we have sufficient cash after establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including payments to our general partner and its affiliates. Our ability to pay the minimum quarterly distribution is subject to various restrictions and other factors described in more detail under the caption “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

 

  For the first quarter that we are publicly-traded, we will pay a prorated distribution covering the period from the completion of this offering through                     , 2012, based on the actual length of that period.

 

 

15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  Our partnership agreement generally provides that we will distribute cash each quarter in the following manner:

 

   

first , to the holders of common units, until each common unit has received the minimum quarterly distribution of $           plus any arrearages from prior quarters;

 

   

second , to the holders of subordinated units, until each subordinated unit has received the minimum quarterly distribution of $        , and

 

   

third , to the holders of common and subordinated units pro rata, until each has received a distribution of $        .

 

  If cash distributions to our unitholders exceed $         per common unit and subordinated unit in any quarter, our unitholders and our sponsor (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights) will receive distributions according to the following percentage allocations:

 

Total Quarterly Distribution
Target Amount

   Marginal Percentage Interest
in Distributions
 
   Unitholders     Sponsor
(as Holder of
Our Incentive
Distribution Rights)
 

above $             up to $            

     100.0     0.0

above $             up to $            

     85.0     15.0

above $             up to $            

     75.0     25.0

above $            

     50.0     50.0

 

  We refer to the additional increasing distributions to our sponsor as “incentive distributions.” Please read “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners—Incentive Distribution Rights.”

 

  Our pro forma cash available for distribution for the three months ended March 31, 2012 was approximately $7.4 million (or $         per common unit). This amount would have been insufficient to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our common and subordinated units for the three months ended March 31, 2012 by approximately $         million. As a result, for the three months ended March 31, 2012 we would have generated cash available for distribution sufficient to pay 100% of the minimum quarterly distribution on all of our common units, but only approximately         % of the minimum quarterly distribution on our subordinated units during that period.

 

 

We believe, based on our financial forecast and related assumptions included in “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions,” that we will have sufficient cash available for distribution to pay the minimum quarterly distribution of $         on all of our common units and subordinated units for each quarter in the twelve months ending September 30, 2013. However, we do not have a legal or contractual obligation to pay quarterly distributions at our

 

 

16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

minimum quarterly distribution rate or at any other rate and there is no guarantee that we will pay distributions to our unitholders in any quarter. Please read “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

 

Subordinated units

Our sponsor will initially own all of our subordinated units. The principal difference between our common units and subordinated units is that in any quarter during the subordination period, holders of the subordinated units are not entitled to receive any distribution until the common units have received the minimum quarterly distribution plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution from prior quarters. Subordinated units will not accrue arrearages.

 

Conversion of subordinated units

The subordination period will end on the first business day after we have earned and paid at least (1) $         (the minimum quarterly distribution on an annualized basis) on each outstanding common unit and subordinated unit for each of three consecutive, non-overlapping four quarter periods ending on or after                     , 2015 or (2) $         (150.0% of the annualized minimum quarterly distribution) on each outstanding common unit and subordinated unit and the related distribution on the incentive distribution rights for a four-quarter period ending on or after                     , 2013, in each case provided there are no arrearages on our common units at that time.

 

  The subordination period also will end upon the removal of our general partner other than for cause if no subordinated units or common units held by the holder(s) of subordinated units or their affiliates are voted in favor of that removal.

 

  When the subordination period ends, all subordinated units will convert into common units on a one-for-one basis, and all common units thereafter will no longer be entitled to arrearages.

 

Our sponsor’s right to reset the target distribution levels

Our sponsor, as the initial holder of our incentive distribution rights, has the right, at any time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and it has received incentive distributions at the highest level to which it is entitled (50.0%) for the prior four consecutive whole fiscal quarters, to reset the initial target distribution levels at higher levels based on our cash distributions at the time of the exercise of the reset election. If our sponsor transfers all or a portion of our incentive distribution rights in the future, then the holder or holders of a majority of our incentive distribution rights will be entitled to exercise this right. The following assumes that our sponsor holds all of the incentive distribution rights at the time that a reset election is made. Following a reset election, the minimum quarterly distribution will be adjusted to equal the reset minimum quarterly distribution, and the target distribution levels will be reset to correspondingly higher levels based on the same percentage increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution as the current target distribution levels.

 

 

17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  If our sponsor elects to reset the target distribution levels, it will be entitled to receive a number of common units. The number of common units to be issued to our sponsor will equal the number of common units that would have entitled the holder to an aggregate quarterly cash distribution in the quarter prior to the reset election equal to the distribution to our sponsor on the incentive distribution rights in the quarter prior to the reset election. Please read “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners—Our Sponsor’s Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels.”

 

Issuance of additional units

Our partnership agreement authorizes us to issue an unlimited number of additional units without the approval of our unitholders. Please read “Units Eligible for Future Sale” and “The Partnership Agreement—Issuance of Additional Interests.”

 

Limited voting rights

Our general partner will manage and operate us. Unlike the holders of common stock in a corporation, our unitholders will have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our business. Our unitholders will have no right to elect our general partner or its directors on an annual or other continuing basis. Our general partner may not be removed except by a vote of the holders of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the outstanding units, including any units owned by our general partner and its affiliates, voting together as a single class. Upon consummation of this offering, our sponsor will own an aggregate of     % of our outstanding units (or     % of our outstanding units, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units in full). This will give our sponsor the ability to prevent the removal of our general partner. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Voting Rights.”

 

Limited call right

If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 80% of the outstanding common units, our general partner has the right, but not the obligation, to purchase all of the remaining common units at a price equal to the greater of (1) the average of the daily closing price of the common units over the 20 trading days preceding the date three days before notice of exercise of the call right is first mailed and (2) the highest per-unit price paid by our general partner or any of its affiliates for common units during the 90-day period preceding the date such notice is first mailed. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Limited Call Right.”

 

 

18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Estimated ratio of taxable income to distributions

We estimate that if you own the common units you purchase in this offering through the record date for distributions for the period ending December 31, 2014, you will be allocated, on a cumulative basis, an amount of federal taxable income for that period that will be less than     % of the cash distributed to you with respect to that period. For example, if you receive an annual distribution of $         per unit, we estimate that your average allocable federal taxable income per year will be no more than approximately $         per unit. Thereafter, the ratio of allocable taxable income to cash distributions to you could substantially increase. Please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership” beginning on page 161 for the basis of this estimate.

 

Material federal income tax consequences

For a discussion of the material federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to prospective unitholders who are individual citizens or residents of the United States, please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

 

Exchange listing

We intend to apply to list our common units on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the symbol “HCLP.”

 

 

19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data

The partnership was formed in May 2012 and does not have historical financial statements. Therefore, in this prospectus we present the historical financial statements of our sponsor, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, which is our accounting predecessor for financial reporting purposes. In connection with the closing of this offering, our sponsor will contribute all of the outstanding equity interests in certain of its operating subsidiaries, which account for substantially all of our sponsor’s historical business, to us. The following table presents summary historical financial and operating data of our sponsor and summary pro forma financial and operating data of Hi-Crush Partners LP as of the dates and for the periods indicated.

Our sponsor was formed in October 2010 to develop excavation, processing and logistics facilities for raw frac sand used in hydraulic fracturing operations in oil and natural gas wells. Since its formation, our sponsor acquired our assets in a number of separate acquisitions. As a result of our sponsor’s recent formation, we have limited operating history upon which you can base an evaluation of our current business and our future earnings prospects. This prospectus includes audited financial statements only as of December 31, 2011 and for the period from inception (October 28, 2010) to December 31, 2010 and unaudited financial information as of and for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2012 and 2011. In this prospectus, we refer to the period from inception to December 31, 2010 as the two-month period ended December 31, 2010. We have not completed or provided in this prospectus any stand-alone pre-acquisition financial statements for the assets we acquired in the transactions described above. As a result, and given our recent date of formation, we have not provided in this prospectus three years of audited financial statements that normally would be included in a prospectus forming part of an SEC registration statement or two years of audited financial statements as would normally be included in a prospectus forming part of an SEC registration statement filed by an emerging growth company.

The summary historical financial data presented as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, for the two-month period ended December 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2011 is derived from the audited historical financial statements of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical financial data presented as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012 are derived from the unaudited historical financial statements of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The summary pro forma financial data presented as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 and as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 is derived from our unaudited pro forma financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited pro forma financial statements give pro forma effect to the following:

 

   

the contribution of Hi-Crush Chambers LLC, Hi-Crush Railroad LLC, Hi-Crush Wyeville LLC and Hi-Crush Operating LLC to us by our sponsor;

 

   

a reduction in general and administrative expenses as a result of allocations between our Wyeville facility and our sponsor’s other assets and activities that will not be contributed to us in connection with this offering;

 

   

the elimination of our sponsor’s debt and related expenses under its subordinated promissory notes and senior secured credit facility;

 

   

the removal of other operating expenses of our sponsor related to assets and operations that will be retained by our sponsor following the completion of this offering;

 

   

the issuance of              common units and              subordinated units to our sponsor;

 

   

the issuance of              common units to the public;

 

   

the application of the net proceeds from the issuance and sale of              common units by us as described in “Use of Proceeds.”

 

 

20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Each of the adjustments described above are either directly related to this offering or are required by or are a consequence of the contribution to us by our sponsor of the Wyeville facility and related assets, the closing of which is a condition precedent to the closing of this offering.

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of December 31, 2011 assumes the events listed above occurred as of December 31, 2011, and the unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of March 31, 2012 assumes the events listed above occurred as of March 31, 2012. The unaudited pro forma statements of income data for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 assume the events listed above occurred as of January 1, 2011.

We have not given pro forma effect to incremental general and administrative expenses of approximately $2.1 million that we expect to incur annually as a result of operating as a publicly traded partnership, such as expenses associated with annual and quarterly reporting; tax return and Schedule K-1 preparation and distribution expenses; Sarbanes-Oxley compliance expenses; expenses associated with listing on the NYSE; independent auditor fees; legal fees; investor relations expenses; registrar and transfer agent fees; director and officer insurance expenses; and director and officer compensation expenses. We also have not given pro forma effect to additional general and administrative expenses that we expect to incur to support our recent expansion, including management level positions in operations, human resources, legal, accounting and reporting, as well as license fees associated with upgrading accounting and reporting software. We expect these incremental growth associated expenses to gradually increase over time as we hire additional personnel, from about $0.7 million for the year ending December 31, 2012 to $1.7 million on an annualized basis by September 30, 2013.

For a detailed discussion of the summary historical financial information contained in the following table, please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The following table should also be read in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Business—Our History and Relationship with Our Sponsor” and the audited and unaudited historical financial statements of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and our unaudited pro forma financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Among other things, the historical and unaudited pro forma financial statements include more detailed information regarding the basis of presentation for the information in the following table.

 

 

21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table presents non-GAAP financial measures, EBITDA and production costs, which we use in our business as important supplemental measures of our performance. EBITDA represents net income (loss) before interest expense, income taxes and depreciation and depletion. Production costs represents costs of goods sold, excluding depreciation and depletion. EBITDA and production costs are not calculated or presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. We explain these measures under “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below and reconcile them to their most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

 

    Predecessor Historical     Hi-Crush Partners LP
Pro Forma
 
    Inception
to
December 31,
2010
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2012
 
        2011     2012      
    (in thousands, except per unit and operating information)  

Statement of Operations Data:

           

Revenues

  $      $ 20,353      $      $ 13,532      $ 20,353      $ 13,532   

Production costs (1)

           5,998               4,597        5,998        4,597   

Depreciation and depletion

           449               179        449        179   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of goods sold

           6,447               4,776        6,447        4,776   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

           13,906               8,756        13,906        8,756   

General and administrative

    26        2,324        174        1,487        1,689        646   

Other operating expenses

           381               199                 

Accretion of asset retirement obligations

           28               6        28        6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (26     11,173        (174     7,064        12,189        8,104   

Other expense:

           

Interest expense, net

           (1,893            (928              

Other

                                         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

           (1,893            (928              

Income (loss) before tax expense

    (26     9,280        (174     6,136        12,189        8,104   

Income tax expense

                                         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (26   $ 9,280      $ (174   $ 6,136      $ 12,189      $ 8,104   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per limited partner unit:

           

Common unit

           

Subordinated unit

           

Statement of Cash Flow Data:

           

Net cash provided by (used in):

           

Operating activities

  $ (14   $ 18,788      $ 16,137      $ 3,983       

Investing activities

    (322     (50,199     (16,153     (12,815    

Financing activities

    336        42,465        10        8,305       

Other Financial Data:

           

EBITDA (1)

  $ (26   $ 11,622      $ (174   $ 7,243      $ 12,638      $ 8,283   

Capital expenditures (2)

    72        50,169        16,123        12,815       

Operating Data:

           

Total tons sold

           332,593               222,657        332,593        222,657   

Average realized price (per ton)

  $      $ 61.19      $      $ 60.77      $ 61.19      $ 60.77   

Production costs (per ton) (1)

         $ 18.03             $ 20.65      $ 18.03      $ 20.65   

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

           

Cash and cash equivalents

  $      $ 11,054      $ 175      $ 10,527        $ 3,884   

Total assets

    614        72,229        21,320        90,469          64,819   

Long-term debt (including current portion)

           46,112               55,973            

Total liabilities

    304        61,942        21,173        74,046          9,190   

Members’/Partners’ capital

    310        10,287        147        16,423          55,629   

 

 

22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

(1) For more information, please read “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below.
(2) Expansion capital expenditures are capital expenditures made to increase the long-term operating capacity of our asset base whether through construction or acquisitions. Please read “How We Make Distributions to Our Partners—Capital Expenditures.”

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

EBITDA

We define EBITDA as net income (loss) before net interest expense, income tax expense and depreciation and depletion expense. EBITDA is not a presentation made in accordance with GAAP.

EBITDA is a non-GAAP supplemental financial measure that management and external users of our financial statements, such as industry analysts, investors, lenders and rating agencies, may use to assess:

 

   

our operating performance as compared to other publicly-traded companies in the proppants industry, without regard to historical cost basis or financing methods; and

 

   

the viability of acquisitions and other capital expenditure projects and the returns on investment of various investment opportunities.

We believe that the presentation of EBITDA will provide useful information to investors in assessing our financial condition and results of operations. The GAAP measure most directly comparable to EBITDA is net income. Our non-GAAP financial measure of EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to GAAP net income. EBITDA has important limitations as an analytical tool because it excludes some but not all items that affect net income. You should not consider EBITDA in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because EBITDA may be defined differently by other companies in our industry, our definition of EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, thereby diminishing its utility.

The following table presents a reconciliation of EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, on a historical basis and pro forma basis, as applicable, for each of the periods indicated.

 

    Predecessor Historical     Hi-Crush Partners LP
Pro Forma
 
    Inception
to
December 31,
2010
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2012
 
            2011             2012          
    (in thousands)  

Reconciliation of EBITDA to net income (loss):

           

Net income (loss)

  $   (26   $ 9,280      $ (174   $ 6,136      $ 12,189      $ 8,104   

Depreciation and depletion expense

           449               179        449        179   

Income tax expense

                                         

Interest expense, net

           1,893               928                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

  $   (26   $ 11,622      $ (174   $ 7,243      $ 12,638      $ 8,283   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Production Costs

We define production costs as costs of goods sold, excluding depreciation and depletion. We believe production costs is a meaningful measure because it provides a measure of operating performance that is unaffected by historical cost basis. The GAAP measure most directly comparable to production costs is costs of goods sold. Our non-GAAP financial measure of production costs should not be considered as an alternative to GAAP costs of goods sold. Production costs has important limitations as an analytical tool because it excludes some but not all items that affect costs of goods sold. You should not consider production costs in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because production costs may be defined differently by other companies in our industry, our definition of production costs may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, thereby diminishing its utility.

The following table presents a reconciliation of production costs to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, on a historical basis and pro forma basis, as applicable, for each of the periods indicated.

 

    Predecessor Historical     Hi-Crush Partners LP
Pro Forma
 
    Inception
to
December 31,
2010
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2012
 
            2011             2012          
    (in thousands, except operating information)  

Reconciliation of production costs to costs of goods sold:

           

Costs of goods sold

  $   —      $ 6,447      $   —      $ 4,776      $ 6,447      $ 4,776   

Depreciation and depletion expense

           449               179        449        179   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Production costs

  $   —      $ 5,998      $   —      $ 4,597      $ 5,998      $ 4,597   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Costs of goods sold per ton

    $ 19.38        $ 21.45      $ 19.38      $ 21.45   
   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Production costs per ton

    $ 18.03        $ 20.65      $ 18.03      $ 20.65   
   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

RISK FACTORS

Limited partner interests are inherently different from the capital stock of a corporation, although many of the business risks to which we are subject are similar to those that would be faced by a corporation engaged in a similar business. You should carefully consider the following risk factors together with all of the other information included in this prospectus in evaluating an investment in our common units.

If any of the following risks were to occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash available for distribution could be materially adversely affected. In that case, we might not be able to make distributions on our common units, the trading price of our common units could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Inherent in Our Business

We may not have sufficient cash from operations following the establishment of cash reserves and payment of costs and expenses, including cost reimbursements to our general partner and its affiliates, to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to our unitholders.

We may not have sufficient cash each quarter to pay the full amount of our minimum quarterly distribution of $         per unit, or $         per unit per year, which will require us to have cash available for distribution of approximately $         million per quarter, or $         million per year, based on the number of common and subordinated units that will be outstanding after the completion of this offering. The amount of cash we can distribute on our common and subordinated units principally depends upon the amount of cash we generate from our operations, which will fluctuate from quarter to quarter based on the following factors, some of which are beyond our control:

 

   

the amount of frac sand we are able to excavate and process, which could be adversely affected by, among other things, operating difficulties and unusual or unfavorable geologic conditions;

 

   

the volume of frac sand we are able to sell;

 

   

the price at which we are able to sell frac sand;

 

   

changes in the price and availability of natural gas or electricity;

 

   

changes in prevailing economic conditions;

 

   

unanticipated ground, grade or water conditions;

 

   

inclement or hazardous weather conditions, including flooding, and the physical impacts of climate change;

 

   

environmental hazards;

 

   

industrial accidents;

 

   

changes in laws and regulations (or the interpretation thereof) related to the mining and hydraulic fracturing industries, silica dust exposure or the environment;

 

   

inability to acquire or maintain necessary permits or mining or water rights;

 

   

facility shutdowns in response to environmental regulatory actions;

 

   

inability to obtain necessary production equipment or replacement parts;

 

   

reduction in the amount of water available for processing;

 

   

technical difficulties or failures;

 

   

labor disputes and disputes with our excavation contractor;

 

   

late delivery of supplies;

 

25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

difficulty collecting receivables;

 

   

inability of our customers to take delivery;

 

   

changes in the price and availability of transportation;

 

   

fires, explosions or other accidents; and

 

   

cave-ins, pit wall failures or rock falls.

In addition, the actual amount of cash we will have available for distribution will depend on other factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

 

   

the level of capital expenditures we make;

 

   

the cost of acquisitions;

 

   

our debt service requirements and other liabilities;

 

   

fluctuations in our working capital needs;

 

   

our ability to borrow funds and access capital markets;

 

   

restrictions contained in debt agreements to which we are a party; and

 

   

the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner.

For a description of additional restrictions and factors that may affect our ability to pay cash distributions, please read “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

On a pro forma basis we would not have had sufficient cash available for distribution to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all units for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012.

The amount of cash we need to pay the minimum quarterly distribution for four quarters on all of our units to be outstanding immediately after this offering is approximately $         million. The amount of pro forma cash available for distribution generated during the twelve months ended March 31, 2012 would have been insufficient to allow us to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our common units during that period. For a calculation of our ability to make distributions to unitholders based on our pro forma results for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012, please read “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

The amount of cash we have available for distribution to holders of our units depends primarily on our cash flow and not solely on profitability, which may prevent us from making cash distributions during periods when we record net income.

The amount of cash we have available for distribution depends primarily upon our cash flow, including cash flow from reserves and working capital or other borrowings, and not solely on profitability, which will be affected by non-cash items. As a result, we may pay cash distributions during periods when we record net losses for financial accounting purposes and may not pay cash distributions during periods when we record net income.

The assumptions underlying our forecast of cash available for distribution included in “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions” are inherently uncertain and subject to significant business, economic, financial, regulatory and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause cash available for distribution to differ materially from those estimates.

The forecast of cash available for distribution set forth in “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions” includes our forecast of our results of operations and cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013. Our ability to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution in the forecast period is based on a number of assumptions that may not prove to be correct, which are discussed in “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

 

26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our forecast of cash available for distribution has been prepared by management, and we have not received an opinion or report on it from any independent registered public accountants. The assumptions underlying our forecast of cash available for distribution are inherently uncertain and are subject to significant business, economic, financial, regulatory and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause cash available for distribution to differ materially from that which is forecasted. If we do not achieve our forecasted results, we may not be able to pay the minimum quarterly distribution or any amount on our common units or subordinated units, in which event the market price of our common units may decline materially. Please read “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

Inaccuracies in estimates of volumes and qualities of our sand reserves could result in lower than expected sales and higher than expected production costs.

John T. Boyd, our independent reserve engineers, prepared estimates of our reserves based on engineering, economic and geological data assembled and analyzed by our engineers and geologists. However, frac sand reserve estimates are by nature imprecise and depend to some extent on statistical inferences drawn from available data, which may prove unreliable. There are numerous uncertainties inherent in estimating quantities and qualities of reserves and non-reserve frac sand deposits and costs to mine recoverable reserves, including many factors beyond our control. Estimates of economically recoverable frac sand reserves necessarily depend on a number of factors and assumptions, all of which may vary considerably from actual results, such as:

 

   

geological and mining conditions and/or effects from prior mining that may not be fully identified by available data or that may differ from experience;

 

   

assumptions concerning future prices of frac sand, operating costs, mining technology improvements, development costs and reclamation costs; and

 

   

assumptions concerning future effects of regulation, including the issuance of required permits and taxes by governmental agencies.

Any inaccuracy in our estimates related to our frac sand reserves and non-reserve frac sand deposits could result in lower than expected sales and higher than expected costs. For example, we pay a fixed price per ton of sand excavated regardless of the quality of the frac sand, and our current customer contracts require us to deliver frac sand that meets certain specifications. If our estimates of the quality of our reserves, including the volumes of the various specifications of those reserves, prove to be inaccurate, we may incur significantly higher excavation costs without corresponding increases in revenues, we may not be able to meet our contractual obligations, or our facilities may have a shorter than expected reserve life, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.

Substantially all of our sales are generated under contracts with four customers, and the loss of, or significant reduction in purchases by, any of them could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, subsidiaries of Weatherford and Halliburton accounted for 100% of our sales. We commenced sales under our new contracts with subsidiaries of Baker Hughes and FTS International in May 2012, and expect that our four customers will represent all of our sales in 2012. We have fixed price, take-or-pay supply agreements with each of these customers, with remaining terms ranging from 12 to 72 months, as of May 10, 2012. Upon the expiration of these current supply agreements, however, our customers may not continue to purchase the same levels of our frac sand due to a variety of reasons. In addition, we may choose to renegotiate our existing contracts on less favorable terms and at reduced volumes in order to preserve relationships with our customers. Furthermore, some of our customers could exit the pressure pumping business or be acquired by other companies that purchase the same products and services we provide from other third-party providers. Our current customers also may seek to acquire frac sand from other providers that offer more competitive pricing or superior logistics or to capture and develop their own sources of frac sand.

 

27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In addition, upon the expiration of our current contract terms, we may be unable to renew our existing contracts or enter into new contracts on terms favorable to us, or at all. The demand for frac sand or prevailing prices at the time our current supply agreements expire may render entry into new long-term supply agreements difficult or impossible. Any reduction in the amount of frac sand purchased by our customers, renegotiation on less favorable terms, or inability to enter into new contracts on economically acceptable terms upon the expiration of our current contracts could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we are unable to make acquisitions on economically acceptable terms, our future growth would be limited, and any acquisitions we make may reduce, rather than increase, our cash generated from operations on a per unit basis.

A portion of our strategy to grow our business and increase distributions to unitholders is dependent on our ability to make acquisitions that result in an increase in our cash available for distribution per unit. If we are unable to make acquisitions from third parties, including from our sponsor and its affiliates, because we are unable to identify attractive acquisition candidates or negotiate acceptable purchase contracts, we are unable to obtain financing for these acquisitions on economically acceptable terms or we are outbid by competitors, our future growth and ability to increase distributions will be limited. Furthermore, even if we do consummate acquisitions that we believe will be accretive, they may in fact result in a decrease in our cash available for distribution per unit. Any acquisition involves potential risks, some of which are beyond our control, including, among other things:

 

   

mistaken assumptions about revenues and costs, including synergies;

 

   

inability to integrate successfully the businesses we acquire;

 

   

inability to hire, train or retain qualified personnel to manage and operate our business and newly acquired assets;

 

   

the assumption of unknown liabilities;

 

   

limitations on rights to indemnity from the seller;

 

   

mistaken assumptions about the overall costs of equity or debt;

 

   

the diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;

 

   

unforeseen difficulties operating in new product areas or new geographic areas; and

 

   

customer or key employee losses at the acquired businesses.

If we consummate any future acquisitions, our capitalization and results of operations may change significantly, and unitholders will not have the opportunity to evaluate the economic, financial and other relevant information that we will consider in determining the application of these funds and other resources.

Our long-term business and financial performance depends on the level of drilling and completion activity in the oil and natural gas industry.

Our primary exposure to market risk occurs at the time existing customer contracts expire and are subject to renegotiation, renewal or replacement. Our ability to renew existing customer contracts or enter into new customer contracts on favorable terms is dependent on the market for frac sand at such times. Demand for frac sand is materially dependent on the levels of activity in natural gas and oil exploration, development and production, and more specifically, the number of natural gas and oil wells completed in geological formations where sand-based proppants are used in hydraulic fracturing treatments and the amount of frac sand customarily used in the completion of such wells.

 

28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Oil and natural gas producers’ expectations for lower market prices for oil and natural gas, as well as the availability of capital for operating and capital expenditures, may cause them to curtail spending, thereby reducing hydraulic fracturing activity and the demand for frac sand. Industry conditions that impact the activity levels of oil and natural gas producers are influenced by numerous factors over which we have no control, including:

 

   

governmental regulations, including the policies of governments regarding the exploration for and production and development of their oil and natural gas reserves;

 

   

global weather conditions and natural disasters;

 

   

worldwide political, military, and economic conditions;

 

   

the cost of producing and delivering oil and natural gas;

 

   

commodity prices; and

 

   

potential acceleration of development of alternative energy sources.

A prolonged reduction in natural gas and oil prices would generally depress the level of natural gas and oil exploration, development, production and well completion activity and result in a corresponding decline in the demand for the frac sand we produce. In addition, any future decreases in the rate at which oil and natural gas reserves are developed, whether due to increased governmental regulation, limitations on exploration and drilling activity or other factors, could have a material adverse effect on our business, even in a stronger natural gas and oil price environment. If there is a sustained decrease in the demand for frac sand, we may be unable to renew contracts for our products, be forced to renegotiate our existing contracts, or be forced to reduce the prices at which we enter into new contracts, any of which would reduce the amount of cash we generate.

In addition, to the extent we make spot sales of our frac sand, the price we receive for those sales will be impacted by short term fluctuations in the market for frac sand, and any negative fluctuations in this market could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.

All of our sales are generated at one facility. Any adverse developments at our Wyeville facility could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

All of our sales are currently derived from our Wyeville facility located in Wyeville, Wisconsin. Any adverse development at this facility due to catastrophic events or weather, or any other event that would cause us to curtail, suspend or terminate operations at our Wyeville facility, could result in us being unable to meet our contracted sand deliveries. If we are unable to deliver contracted volumes within three months of contract year end, or otherwise arrange for delivery from a third party, we will be required to pay make-whole payments to our customers that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We may be adversely affected by decreased demand for raw frac sand due to the development of either effective alternative proppants or new processes to replace hydraulic fracturing.

Raw frac sand is a proppant used in the completion and re-completion of oil and natural gas wells to stimulate and maintain oil and natural gas production through the process of hydraulic fracturing. Raw frac sand is the most commonly used proppant and is less expensive than other proppants, such as resin-coated sand and manufactured ceramics. A significant shift in demand from frac sand to other proppants, or the development of new processes to replace hydraulic fracturing altogether, could cause a decline in the demand for the frac sand we produce and result in a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

An increase in the supply of raw frac sand having similar characteristics as the raw frac sand we produce could make it more difficult for us to renew or replace our existing contracts on favorable terms or at all.

We believe that the supply of raw frac sand has not kept pace with the increasing demand for raw frac sand, which has been a contributing factor to steadily increasing prices for raw frac sand over the last decade. If significant new reserves of raw frac sand are discovered and developed, and those frac sands have similar

 

29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

characteristics to the raw frac sand we produce, we may be unable to renew or replace our existing contracts on favorable terms or at all. Specifically, if high quality frac sand becomes more readily available, our customers may not be willing to enter into long-term, take-or-pay contracts, may demand lower prices or both, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows over the long-term.

Federal, state, and local legislative and regulatory initiatives relating to hydraulic fracturing and the potential for related litigation could result in increased costs, additional operating restrictions or delays for our customers, which could cause a decline in the demand for our frac sand and negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We supply frac sand to hydraulic fracturing operators in the oil and natural gas industry. Hydraulic fracturing is an important and increasingly common practice that is used to stimulate production of natural gas and/or oil from low permeability hydrocarbon bearing subsurface rock formations. The hydraulic fracturing process involves the injection of water, proppants, and chemicals under pressure into the formation to fracture the surrounding rock, increase permeability and stimulate production. Increased regulation of hydraulic fracturing may adversely impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Although we do not directly engage in hydraulic fracturing activities, our customers purchase our frac sand for use in their hydraulic fracturing activities. The federal Safe Drinking Water Act (“SDWA”) regulates the underground injection of substances through the Underground Injection Control Program (“UIC Program”). Currently, with the exception of certain hydraulic fracturing activities involving the use of diesel, hydraulic fracturing is exempt from federal regulation under the UIC Program, and the hydraulic fracturing process is typically regulated by state or local governmental authorities. However, the practice of hydraulic fracturing has become controversial and is undergoing increased political and regulatory scrutiny. Several federal agencies, regulatory authorities, and legislative entities are investigating the potential environmental impacts of hydraulic fracturing and whether additional regulation may be necessary. On April 13, 2012, President Obama issued an executive order creating a task force to coordinate federal oversight over domestic natural gas production and hydraulic fracturing. The U.S. Department of the Interior proposed new regulations on May 4, 2012, which would require oil and natural gas operators to disclose the chemicals they use during hydraulic fracturing on federal lands. It would also strengthen standards for wellbore integrity and the management of fluids that return to the surface during and after fracturing operations on federal lands. These proposed changes are partially in response to recommendations issued by a subcommittee of the Secretary of Energy Advisory Board (the “SEAB”) of the U.S. Department of Energy. The SEAB had been tasked with recommending steps to improve the safety and environmental performance of hydraulic fracturing. The SEAB subcommittee had issued a preliminary report in August 2011 recommending, among other things, measures to improve and protect air and water quality, improvements in communication among state and federal regulators, disclosure of fracturing fluid composition, and the creation of a publicly accessible database organizing all publicly disclosed information with respect to hydraulic fracturing operations. The SEAB subcommittee subsequently issued a report in November 2011 on how federal agencies, states, and others can implement its August 2011 recommendations. In addition, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency continues to study the potential environmental impacts of hydraulic fracturing activities and has announced plans to propose standards for the treatment and discharge of wastewater resulting from hydraulic fracturing by 2014. These studies and activities, depending on their results, could spur proposals or initiatives to regulate hydraulic fracturing under the SDWA or otherwise. Legislation is currently before Congress to provide for federal regulation of hydraulic fracturing under the SDWA and to require disclosure of the chemicals used in the hydraulic fracturing process. If this or similar legislation becomes law, the legislation could establish an additional level of regulation that may lead to additional permitting requirements or other operating restrictions applicable to our customers, making it more difficult for them to complete unconventional oil and natural gas wells. This could increase our customers’ costs of compliance and doing business or otherwise adversely affect the hydraulic fracturing services they perform, which may negatively impact demand for our frac sand.

In addition, various state, local, and foreign governments have implemented, or are considering, increased regulatory oversight of hydraulic fracturing through additional permitting requirements, operational restrictions,

 

30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

disclosure requirements, and temporary or permanent bans on hydraulic fracturing in certain areas such as environmentally sensitive watersheds. For example, eleven states—Arkansas, Colorado, Louisiana, Michigan, Montana, New Mexico, North Dakota, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Texas, and Wyoming—have imposed disclosure requirements on hydraulic fracturing well owners and operators. In addition, many local governments have adopted ordinances to severely restrict or prohibit hydraulic fracturing activities within their jurisdictions.

The adoption of new laws or regulations at the federal, state, local, or foreign levels imposing reporting obligations on, or otherwise limiting or delaying, the hydraulic fracturing process could make it more difficult to complete natural gas wells, increase our customers’ costs of compliance and doing business, and otherwise adversely affect the hydraulic fracturing services they perform, which could negatively impact demand for our frac sand. In addition, heightened political, regulatory, and public scrutiny of hydraulic fracturing practices could expose us or our customers to increased legal and regulatory proceedings, which could be time-consuming, costly, or result in substantial legal liability or significant reputational harm. We could be directly affected by adverse litigation involving us, or indirectly affected if the cost of compliance limits the ability of our customers to operate. Such costs and scrutiny could directly or indirectly, through reduced demand for our frac sand, have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our long-term, fixed price contracts may preclude us from taking advantage of increasing prices for frac sand or mitigating the effect of increased operational costs during the term of our long-term, fixed price contracts.

The long-term supply contracts we have may negatively impact our results of operations. All of our long-term contracts are for sales at fixed prices. As a result, in periods with increasing prices our sales will grow at a slower rate than industry spot prices.

Additionally, if our operational costs increase during the terms of our long-term supply contracts, we will not be able to pass any of those increased costs to our customers. If we are unable to otherwise mitigate these increased operational costs, our net income and available cash for distributions could decline.

We are exposed to the credit risk of our customers, and any material nonpayment or nonperformance by our customers could adversely affect our financial results and cash available for distribution.

We are subject to the risk of loss resulting from nonpayment or nonperformance by our customers, whose operations are concentrated in a single industry, the global oilfield services industry. Our credit procedures and policies may not be adequate to fully eliminate customer credit risk. If we fail to adequately assess the creditworthiness of existing or future customers or unanticipated deterioration in their creditworthiness, any resulting increase in nonpayment or nonperformance by them and our inability to re-market or otherwise use the production could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay distributions to our unitholders.

Our operations are subject to operational hazards and unforeseen interruptions for which we may not be adequately insured.

Our operations are exposed to potential natural disasters, including blizzards, tornadoes, storms, floods and earthquakes. If any of these events were to occur, we could incur substantial losses because of personal injury or loss of life, severe damage to and destruction of property and equipment, and pollution or other environmental damage resulting in curtailment or suspension of our operations.

We are not fully insured against all risks incident to our business, including the risk of our operations being interrupted due to severe weather and natural disasters. Certain of the insurance policies covering entities that will be contributed to us and their operations also provide coverage to entities that will not be contributed to us as a part of our initial public offering. The coverage available under those insurance policies has historically been allocated among the entities that will be contributed to us and those entities that will not be contributed to us. This allocation may result in limiting the amount of recovery available to us for purposes of covered losses.

 

31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Furthermore, we may be unable to maintain or obtain insurance of the type and amount we desire at reasonable rates. As a result of market conditions, premiums and deductibles for certain of our insurance policies have increased and could escalate further. In addition sub-limits have been imposed for certain risks. In some instances, certain insurance could become unavailable or available only for reduced amounts of coverage. If we were to incur a significant liability for which we are not fully insured, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash available for distribution to unitholders.

Because we have a limited operating history, you may not be able to evaluate our current business and future earnings prospects accurately.

Our sponsor, which is our accounting predecessor for financial reporting purposes, was formed in October 2010 to develop excavation, processing and logistics facilities for raw frac sands used in hydraulic fracturing operations in oil and natural gas wells. We did not commence commercial operations until the third quarter of 2011, when our Wyeville facility became operational. As a result, we have limited operating history upon which you can base an evaluation of our current business and our future earnings prospects.

In addition, this prospectus includes audited financial statements only as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 and as of and for the period from inception (October 28, 2010) to December 31, 2010. As a result, and given our recent date of formation, you have limited information upon which to make your decision to invest in our common units.

Our future performance will depend on our ability to succeed in competitive markets, and on our ability to appropriately react to potential fluctuations in the demand for and supply of frac sand.

We operate in a highly competitive market that is characterized by a small number of large, national producers and a larger number of small, regional or local producers. Competition in the industry is based on price, consistency and quality of product, site location, distribution and logistics capabilities, customer service, reliability of supply and breadth of product offering.

We compete with large, national producers such as Badger Mining Corporation, Fairmount Minerals, Ltd., Preferred Proppants LLC, Unimin Corporation and U.S. Silica Holdings Inc. Our larger competitors may have greater financial and other resources than we do, may develop technology superior to ours or may have production facilities that are located closer to key customers than ours. Should the demand for hydraulic fracturing services decrease, prices in the frac sand market could materially decrease as smaller, regional producers may exit the market, selling frac sand at below market prices. In addition, oil and natural gas exploration and production companies and other providers of hydraulic fracturing services could acquire their own frac sand reserves, expand their existing frac sand production capacity or otherwise fulfill their own proppant requirements and existing or new frac sand producers could add to or expand their frac sand production capacity, which may negatively impact pricing and demand for our frac sand. We may not be able to compete successfully against either our larger or smaller competitors in the future, and competition could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Fluctuations in transportation costs and the availability or reliability of rail transportation could reduce revenues by causing us to reduce our production or by impairing the ability of our customers to take delivery.

Transportation costs represent a significant portion of the total cost of frac sand for our customers and, as a result, the cost of transportation is a critical factor in a customer’s purchasing decision. Disruption of transportation services due to shortages of rail cars, weather-related problems, flooding, drought, accidents, mechanical difficulties, strikes, lockouts, bottlenecks or other events could temporarily impair the ability of our customers to take delivery and, in certain circumstances, constitute a force majeure event under our customer contracts, permitting our customers to suspend taking delivery of and paying for our frac sand. Accordingly, if there are disruptions of the rail transportation services utilized by our customers, and they are unable to find alternative transportation providers to transport frac sand, our business could be adversely affected.

 

32


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our production process consumes large amounts of natural gas and electricity. An increase in the price or a significant interruption in the supply of these or any other energy sources could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Energy costs, primarily natural gas and electricity, represented approximately 2.9% of our total sales and 9.8% of our total production costs in 2011. Natural gas is the primary fuel source used for drying in the frac sand production process and, as such, our profitability is impacted by the price and availability of natural gas we purchase from third parties. Because we have not contracted for the provision of natural gas on a fixed-price basis, our costs and profitability will be impacted by fluctuations in prices for natural gas. The price and supply of natural gas are unpredictable and can fluctuate significantly based on international, political and economic circumstances, as well as other events outside our control, such as changes in supply and demand due to weather conditions, actions by OPEC and other oil and natural gas producers, regional production patterns and environmental concerns. In addition, potential climate change regulations or carbon or emissions taxes could result in higher production costs for energy, which may be passed on to us in whole or in part. The price of natural gas has been extremely volatile over the last two years, from a high of $4.92 per million British Thermal Units (“BTUs”) in June 2011 to a low of $1.84 per million BTUs in April 2012, and this volatility may continue. In order to manage this risk, we may hedge natural gas prices through the use of derivative financial instruments, such as forwards, swaps and futures. However, these measures carry risk (including nonperformance by counterparties) and do not in any event entirely eliminate the risk of decreased margins as a result of natural gas price increases. A significant increase in the price of energy that is not recovered through an increase in the price of our products or covered through our hedging arrangements or an extended interruption in the supply of natural gas or electricity to our production facilities could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects.

Increases in the price of diesel fuel may adversely affect our results of operations.

Diesel fuel costs generally fluctuate with increasing and decreasing world crude oil prices, and accordingly are subject to political, economic and market factors that are outside of our control. Our operations are dependent on earthmoving equipment, railcars and tractor trailers, and diesel fuel costs are a significant component of the operating expense of these vehicles. We contract with a third party to excavate raw frac sand, deliver the raw frac sand to our processing facility and move the sand from our wet plant to our dry plant, and pay a fixed price per ton of sand delivered to our wet plant, subject to a fuel surcharge based on the price of diesel fuel. Accordingly, increased diesel fuel costs could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.

We may be required to make substantial capital expenditures to maintain, develop and increase our asset base. The inability to obtain needed capital or financing on satisfactory terms, or at all, could have an adverse effect on our growth and profitability.

Although we currently use a significant amount of our cash reserves and cash generated from our operations to fund the development of our existing frac sand reserves, we may depend on the availability of credit to fund future capital expenditures. Our ability to obtain bank financing or to access the capital markets for future equity or debt offerings may be limited by our financial condition at the time of any such financing or offering, the covenants contained in the credit facility we expect to enter into in connection with this offering or other future debt agreements, adverse market conditions or other contingencies and uncertainties that are beyond our control. Our failure to obtain the funds necessary to maintain, develop and increase our asset base could adversely impact our growth and profitability.

Even if we are able to obtain financing or access the capital markets, incurring additional debt may significantly increase our interest expense and financial leverage, and our level of indebtedness could restrict our ability to fund future development and acquisition activities. In addition, the issuance of additional equity interests may result in significant dilution to our existing unitholders.

 

33


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We expect to enter into a new credit facility in connection with this offering that will likely contain restrictions and financial covenants that may restrict our business and financing activities.

The credit facility that we expect to enter into in connection with this offering, and any other future financing agreements that we may enter into will likely contain, operating and financial restrictions and covenants that may restrict our ability to finance future operations or capital needs, to engage in, expand or pursue our business activities or to make distributions to our unitholders.

Our ability to comply with any such restrictions and covenants is uncertain and will be affected by the levels of cash flow from our operations and events or circumstances beyond our control. If market or other economic conditions deteriorate, our ability to comply with these covenants may be impaired. If we violate any of the restrictions, covenants, ratios or tests in the credit facility that we expect to enter into, a significant portion of our indebtedness may become immediately due and payable and our lenders’ commitment to make further loans to us may terminate. We might not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient funds to make these accelerated payments.

A facility closure entails substantial costs, and if we close our facility sooner than anticipated, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

We base our assumptions regarding the life of our Wyeville excavation facility on detailed studies that we perform from time to time, but our studies and assumptions may not prove to be accurate. If we close our Wyeville facility sooner than expected, sales will decline unless we are able to acquire and develop additional facilities, which may not be possible. The closure of our Wyeville facility would involve significant fixed closure costs, including accelerated employment legacy costs, severance-related obligations, reclamation and other environmental costs and the costs of terminating long-term obligations, including energy contracts and equipment leases. We accrue for the costs of reclaiming open pits, stockpiles, non-saleable sand, ponds, roads and other mining support areas over the estimated mining life of our property. If we were to reduce the estimated life of our Wyeville facility, the fixed facility closure costs would be applied to a shorter period of production, which would increase production costs per ton produced and could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Applicable statutes and regulations require that mining property be reclaimed following a mine closure in accordance with specified standards and an approved reclamation plan. The plan addresses matters such as removal of facilities and equipment, regrading, prevention of erosion and other forms of water pollution, re-vegetation and post-mining land use. We may be required to post a surety bond or other form of financial assurance equal to the cost of reclamation as set forth in the approved reclamation plan. The establishment of the final mine closure reclamation liability is based on permit requirements and requires various estimates and assumptions, principally associated with reclamation costs and production levels. If our accruals for expected reclamation and other costs associated with facility closures for which we will be responsible were later determined to be insufficient, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected.

Our operations are dependent on our rights and ability to mine our properties and on our having renewed or received the required permits and approvals from governmental authorities and other third parties.

We hold numerous governmental, environmental, mining, and other permits, water rights, and approvals authorizing operations at our facility. For our extraction and processing in Wisconsin, the permitting process is subject to federal, state and local authority. For example, on the federal level, a Mine Identification Request ( MSHA Form 7000-51) must be filed and obtained before mining commences. If wetlands are implicated, a U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Wetland Permit is required. At the state level, a series of permits are required related to air quality, wetlands, water quality (waste water, storm water), grading permits, endangered species, archeological assessments, and high capacity wells in addition to others depending upon site specific factors and operational detail. At the local level, zoning, building, storm water, erosion control, wellhead protection, road

 

34


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

usage and access are all regulated and require permitting to some degree. A non-metallic mining reclamation permit is required. A decision by a governmental agency or other third party to deny or delay issuing a new or renewed permit or approval, or to revoke or substantially modify an existing permit or approval, could have a material adverse effect on our ability to continue operations.

Title to, and the area of, mineral properties and water rights may also be disputed. Mineral properties sometimes contain claims or transfer histories that examiners cannot verify. A successful claim that we do not have title to our property or lack appropriate water rights could cause us to lose any rights to explore, develop, and extract minerals, without compensation for our prior expenditures relating to such property. Our business may suffer a material adverse effect in the event we have title deficiencies.

In some instances, we have received access rights or easements from third parties, which allow for a more efficient operation than would exist without the access or easement. A third party could take action to suspend the access or easement, and any such action could be materially adverse to our results of operations or financial condition.

A shortage of skilled labor together with rising labor costs in the excavation industry may further increase operating costs, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Efficient sand excavation using modern techniques and equipment requires skilled laborers, preferably with several years of experience and proficiency in multiple tasks, including processing of mined minerals. Our mining operations are subcontracted to Gerke Excavating, Inc., but there is a shortage of skilled mining labor in Wisconsin. If the shortage of experienced labor continues or worsens, we may find it difficult to renew or replace that contract upon its expiration on acceptable terms, and we may be unable to hire or train the necessary number of skilled laborers to perform our own operations. In either event, there could be an adverse impact on our labor productivity and costs and our ability to expand production.

Our business may suffer if we lose, or are unable to attract and retain, key personnel.

We depend to a large extent on the services of our senior management team and other key personnel, and we are seeking to hire several key management personnel in the near term. Members of our senior management and other key employees have extensive experience and expertise in evaluating and analyzing sand reserves, maximizing production from such properties, marketing frac sand production and developing and executing financing strategies, as well as substantial experience and relationships with participants in the oilfield services and exploration and production industries. Competition for management and key personnel is intense, and the pool of qualified candidates is limited. The loss of any of these individuals or the failure to attract additional personnel, as needed, could have a material adverse effect on our operations and could lead to higher labor costs or the use of less-qualified personnel. In addition, if any of our executives or other key employees were to join a competitor or form a competing company, we could lose customers, suppliers, know-how and key personnel. We do not maintain key-man life insurance with respect to any of our employees. Our success will be dependent on our ability to continue to attract, employ and retain highly skilled personnel.

Failure to maintain effective quality control systems at our mining, processing and production facilities could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

The performance and quality of our products are critical to the success of our business. These factors depend significantly on the effectiveness of our quality control systems, which, in turn, depends on a number of factors, including the design of our quality control systems, our quality-training program and our ability to ensure that our employees adhere to our quality control policies and guidelines. Any significant failure or deterioration of our quality control systems could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation.

 

35


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Seasonal and severe weather conditions could have a material adverse impact on our business.

Our business could be materially adversely affected by severe weather conditions. Severe weather conditions may affect our customers’ operations, thus reducing their need for our products, impact our operations by resulting in weather-related damage to our facilities and equipment and impact our customers’ ability to take delivery of our products at our plant site. Any weather-related interference with our operations could force us to delay or curtail services and potentially breach our contractual obligations to delivery minimum volumes or result in a loss of productivity and an increase in our operating costs.

In addition, severe winter weather conditions impact our operations by causing us to halt our excavation and wet plant related production activities during the winter months. During non-winter months, we excavate excess sand to build a stockpile that will feed the dry plant which continues to operate during the winter months. Unexpected winter conditions (e.g., if winter comes earlier than expected or lasts longer than expected) may result in us not having a sufficient sand stockpile to supply feedstock for our dry plant during winter months, which could result in us being unable to meet our contracted sand deliveries during such time and lead to a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operation and reputation.

Our cash flow fluctuates on a seasonal basis.

Our cash flow is affected by a variety of factors, including weather conditions and seasonal periods. Seasonal fluctuations in weather impact the production levels at our wet processing plant. While our sales and finished product production levels are contracted evenly throughout the year, our mining and wet sand processing activities are limited to non-winter months. As a consequence, we experience lower cash costs in the first and fourth quarter of each calendar year.

Diminished access to water may adversely affect our operations.

The excavation and processing activities in which we engage require significant amounts of water. As a result, securing water rights and water access is necessary for the operation of our processing facilities. If future excavation and processing activities are located in an area that is water-constrained, there may be additional costs associated with securing water access. We have obtained water rights that we currently use to service the activities on our property, and we plan to obtain all required water rights to service other properties we may develop or acquire in the future. However, the amount of water that we are entitled to use pursuant to our water rights must be determined by the appropriate regulatory authorities in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Such regulatory authorities may amend the regulations regarding such water rights, increase the cost of maintaining such water rights or eliminate our current water rights, and we may be unable to retain all or a portion of such water rights. These new regulations, which could also affect local municipalities and other industrial operations, could have a material adverse effect on our operating costs if implemented. Such changes in laws, regulations or government policy and related interpretations pertaining to water rights may alter the environment in which we do business, which may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, a water discharge permit may be required to properly dispose of water at our processing site. The water discharge permitting process is also subject to regulatory discretion, and any inability to obtain the necessary permits could have an adverse effect on financial condition and results of operations.

A terrorist attack or armed conflict could harm our business.

Terrorist activities, anti-terrorist efforts and other armed conflicts involving the United States could adversely affect the U.S. and global economies and could prevent us from meeting financial and other obligations. We could experience loss of business, delays or defaults in payments from payors or disruptions of fuel supplies and markets if pipelines, production facilities, processing plants or refineries are direct targets or indirect casualties of an act of terror or war. Such activities could reduce the overall demand for oil and natural gas, which, in turn, could also reduce the demand for our frac sand. Terrorist activities and the threat of potential terrorist activities and any resulting economic downturn could adversely affect our results of operations, impair our ability to raise capital or otherwise adversely impact our ability to realize certain business strategies.

 

36


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Risks Related to Environmental, Mining and Other Regulation

We and our customers are subject to extensive environmental and health and safety regulations that impose, and will continue to impose, significant costs and liabilities. In addition, future regulations, or more stringent enforcement of existing regulations, could increase those costs and liabilities, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

We are subject to a variety of federal, state, and local regulatory environmental requirements affecting the mining and mineral processing industry, including among others, those relating to employee health and safety, environmental permitting and licensing, air and water emissions, water pollution, waste management, remediation of soil and groundwater contamination, land use, reclamation and restoration of properties, hazardous materials, and natural resources. These laws, regulations, and permits have had, and will continue to have, a significant effect on our business. Some environmental laws impose substantial penalties for noncompliance, and others, such as the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), impose strict, retroactive, and joint and several liability for the remediation of releases of hazardous substances. Liability under CERCLA, or similar state and local laws, may be imposed as a result of conduct that was lawful at the time it occurred or for the conduct of, or conditions caused by, prior operators or other third parties. Failure to properly handle, transport, store, or dispose of hazardous materials or otherwise conduct our operations in compliance with environmental laws could expose us to liability for governmental penalties, cleanup costs, and civil or criminal liability associated with releases of such materials into the environment, damages to property, or natural resources and other damages, as well as potentially impair our ability to conduct our operations. In addition, future environmental laws and regulations could restrict our ability to expand our facilities or extract our mineral deposits or could require us to acquire costly equipment or to incur other significant expenses in connection with our business. Future events, including changes in any environmental requirements (or their interpretation or enforcement) and the costs associated with complying with such requirements, could have a material adverse effect on us.

Any failure by us to comply with applicable environmental laws and regulations may cause governmental authorities to take actions that could adversely impact our operations and financial condition, including:

 

   

issuance of administrative, civil, or criminal penalties;

 

   

denial, modification, or revocation of permits or other authorizations;

 

   

imposition of injunctive obligations or other limitations on our operations, including cessation of operations; and

 

   

requirements to perform site investigatory, remedial, or other corrective actions.

Any such regulations could require us to modify existing permits or obtain new permits, implement additional pollution control technology, curtail operations, increase significantly our operating costs, or impose additional operating restrictions among our customers that reduce demand for our services.

We may not be able to comply with any new laws and regulations that are adopted, and any new laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our operating results by requiring us to modify our operations or equipment or shut down our facility. Additionally, our customers may not be able to comply with any new laws and regulations, which could cause our customers to curtail or cease operations. We cannot at this time reasonably estimate our costs of compliance or the timing of any costs associated with any new laws and regulations, or any material adverse effect that any new standards will have on our customers and, consequently, on our operations.

Silica-related legislation, health issues and litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation or results of operations.

We are subject to laws and regulations relating to human exposure to crystalline silica. Several federal and state regulatory authorities, including the U.S. Mining Safety and Health Administration, may continue to

 

37


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

propose changes in their regulations regarding workplace exposure to crystalline silica, such as permissible exposure limits and required controls and personal protective equipment. We may not be able to comply with any new laws and regulations that are adopted, and any new laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our operating results by requiring us to modify or cease our operations.

In addition, the inhalation of respirable crystalline silica is associated with the lung disease silicosis. There is recent evidence of an association between crystalline silica exposure or silicosis and lung cancer and a possible association with other diseases, including immune system disorders such as scleroderma. These health risks have been, and may continue to be, a significant issue confronting the frac sand industry. Concerns over silicosis and other potential adverse health effects, as well as concerns regarding potential liability from the use of frac sand, may have the effect of discouraging our customers’ use of our frac sand. The actual or perceived health risks of mining, processing and handling frac sand could materially and adversely affect frac sand producers, including us, through reduced use of frac sand, the threat of product liability or employee lawsuits, increased scrutiny by federal, state and local regulatory authorities of us and our customers or reduced financing sources available to the frac sand industry.

We are subject to the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977, which imposes stringent health and safety standards on numerous aspects of our operations.

Our operations are subject to the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977, as amended by the Mine Improvement and New Emergency Response Act of 2006, which imposes stringent health and safety standards on numerous aspects of mineral extraction and processing operations, including the training of personnel, operating procedures, operating equipment, and other matters. Our failure to comply with such standards, or changes in such standards or the interpretation or enforcement thereof, could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition or otherwise impose significant restrictions on our ability to conduct mineral extraction and processing operations.

We and our customers are subject to other extensive regulations, including licensing, plant and wildlife protection and reclamation regulation, that impose, and will continue to impose, significant costs and liabilities. In addition, future regulations, or more stringent enforcement of existing regulations, could increase those costs and liabilities, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

In addition to the regulatory matters described above, we and our customers are subject to extensive governmental regulation on matters such as permitting and licensing requirements, plant and wildlife protection, wetlands protection, reclamation and restoration activities at mining properties after mining is completed, the discharge of materials into the environment, and the effects that mining and hydraulic fracturing have on groundwater quality and availability. Our future success depends, among other things, on the quantity and quality of our frac sand deposits, our ability to extract these deposits profitably, and our customers being able to operate their businesses as they currently do.

In order to obtain permits and renewals of permits in the future, we may be required to prepare and present data to governmental authorities pertaining to the potential adverse impact that any proposed excavation or production activities, individually or in the aggregate, may have on the environment. Certain approval procedures may require preparation of archaeological surveys, endangered species studies, and other studies to assess the environmental impact of new sites or the expansion of existing sites. Compliance with these regulatory requirements is expensive and significantly lengthens the time needed to develop a site. Finally, obtaining or renewing required permits is sometimes delayed or prevented due to community opposition and other factors beyond our control. The denial of a permit essential to our operations or the imposition of conditions with which it is not practicable or feasible to comply could impair or prevent our ability to develop or expand a site. Significant opposition to a permit by neighboring property owners, members of the public, or other third parties, or delay in the environmental review and permitting process also could delay or impair our ability to develop or expand a site. New legal requirements, including those related to the protection of the environment, could be

 

38


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

adopted that could materially adversely affect our mining operations (including our ability to extract or the pace of extraction of mineral deposits), our cost structure, or our customers’ ability to use our frac sand. Such current or future regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business and we may not be able to obtain or renew permits in the future.

Our inability to acquire, maintain or renew financial assurances related to the reclamation and restoration of mining property could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are generally obligated to restore property in accordance with regulatory standards and our approved reclamation plan after it has been mined. We are required under federal, state, and local laws to maintain financial assurances, such as surety bonds, to secure such obligations. The inability to acquire, maintain or renew such assurances, as required by federal, state, and local laws, could subject us to fines and penalties as well as the revocation of our operating permits. Such inability could result from a variety of factors, including:

 

   

the lack of availability, higher expense, or unreasonable terms of such financial assurances;

 

   

the ability of current and future financial assurance counterparties to increase required collateral; and

 

   

the exercise by financial assurance counterparties of any rights to refuse to renew the financial assurance instruments.

Our inability to acquire, maintain, or renew necessary financial assurances related to the reclamation and restoration of mining property could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us

Our sponsor owns and controls our general partner, which has sole responsibility for conducting our business and managing our operations. Our general partner and its affiliates, including our sponsor, have conflicts of interest with us and limited duties, and they may favor their own interests to the detriment of us and our unitholders.

Following the offering, our sponsor, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, will own and control our general partner and will appoint all of the directors of our general partner. Although our general partner has a duty to manage us in a manner it believes to be in our best interests, the executive officers and directors of our general partner have a fiduciary duty to manage our general partner in a manner beneficial to our sponsor. Therefore, conflicts of interest may arise between our sponsor or any of its affiliates, including our general partner, on the one hand, and us or any of our unitholders, on the other hand. In resolving these conflicts of interest, our general partner may favor its own interests and the interests of its affiliates over the interests of our common unitholders. These conflicts include the following situations, among others:

 

   

our general partner is allowed to take into account the interests of parties other than us, such as our sponsor, in exercising certain rights under our partnership agreement, which has the effect of limiting its duty to our unitholders;

 

   

neither our partnership agreement nor any other agreement requires our sponsor to pursue a business strategy that favors us;

 

   

our partnership agreement replaces the fiduciary duties that would otherwise be owed by our general partner with contractual standards governing its duties, limits our general partner’s liabilities and restricts the remedies available to our unitholders for actions that, without such limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty;

 

   

except in limited circumstances, our general partner has the power and authority to conduct our business without unitholder approval;

 

39


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

our general partner determines the amount and timing of asset purchases and sales, borrowings, issuances of additional partnership securities and the level of reserves, each of which can affect the amount of cash that is distributed to our unitholders;

 

   

our general partner determines the amount and timing of any capital expenditure and whether a capital expenditure is classified as a maintenance capital expenditure, which reduces operating surplus, or an expansion capital expenditure, which does not reduce operating surplus. Please read “How We Make Distributions to Our Partners—Capital Expenditures” for a discussion on when a capital expenditure constitutes a maintenance capital expenditure or an expansion capital expenditure. This determination can affect the amount of cash that is distributed to our unitholders which, in turn, may affect the ability of the subordinated units to convert. Please read “How We Make Distributions to Our Partners—Subordination Period”;

 

   

our general partner may cause us to borrow funds in order to permit the payment of cash distributions, even if the purpose or effect of the borrowing is to make a distribution on the subordinated units, to make incentive distributions or to accelerate the expiration of the subordination period;

 

   

our partnership agreement permits us to distribute up to $         million as operating surplus, even if it is generated from asset sales, non-working capital borrowings or other sources that would otherwise constitute capital surplus. This cash may be used to fund distributions on our subordinated units or the incentive distribution rights;

 

   

our general partner determines which costs incurred by it and its affiliates are reimbursable by us;

 

   

our partnership agreement does not restrict our general partner from causing us to pay it or its affiliates for any services rendered to us or entering into additional contractual arrangements with its affiliates on our behalf;

 

   

our general partner intends to limit its liability regarding our contractual and other obligations;

 

   

our general partner may exercise its right to call and purchase common units if it and its affiliates own more than 80% of the common units;

 

   

our general partner controls the enforcement of obligations that it and its affiliates owe to us;

 

   

our general partner decides whether to retain separate counsel, accountants or others to perform services for us; and

 

   

our sponsor may elect to cause us to issue common units to it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution levels related to our sponsor’s incentive distribution rights without the approval of the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner or the unitholders. This election may result in lower distributions to the common unitholders in certain situations.

In addition, we may compete directly with entities in which our sponsor has an interest for acquisition opportunities and potentially will compete with these entities for new business or extensions of the existing services provided by us. Please read “—Our sponsor and other affiliates of our general partner may compete with us.” and “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.”

The board of directors of our general partner may modify or revoke our cash distribution policy at any time at its discretion. Our partnership agreement does not require us to pay any distributions at all.

The board of directors of our general partner will adopt a cash distribution policy pursuant to which we intend to distribute quarterly at least $         per unit on all of our units to the extent we have sufficient cash after the establishment of cash reserves and the payment of our expenses, including payments to our general partner and its affiliates. However, the board may change such policy at any time at its discretion and could elect not to pay distributions for one or more quarters. Please read “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

 

40


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In addition, our partnership agreement does not require us to pay any distributions at all. Accordingly, investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the permanence of such a policy in making an investment decision. Any modification or revocation of our cash distribution policy could substantially reduce or eliminate the amounts of distributions to our unitholders. The amount of distributions we make, if any, and the decision to make any distribution at all will be determined by the board of directors of our general partner, whose interests may differ from those of our common unitholders. Our general partner has limited duties to our unitholders, which may permit it to favor its own interests or the interests of our sponsor to the detriment of our common unitholders.

Our general partner intends to limit its liability regarding our obligations.

Our general partner intends to limit its liability under contractual arrangements between us and third parties so that the counterparties to such arrangements have recourse only against our assets, and not against our general partner or its assets. Our general partner may therefore cause us to incur indebtedness or other obligations that are nonrecourse to our general partner. Our partnership agreement provides that any action taken by our general partner to limit its liability is not a breach of our general partner’s duties, even if we could have obtained more favorable terms without the limitation on liability. In addition, we are obligated to reimburse or indemnify our general partner to the extent that it incurs obligations on our behalf. Any such reimbursement or indemnification payments would reduce the amount of cash otherwise available for distribution to our unitholders.

Our sponsor and other affiliates of our general partner have the ability to compete with us.

Affiliates of our general partner, including our sponsor, are not prohibited from engaging in other businesses or activities, including those that might be in direct competition with us. Our sponsor may make investments in entities that acquire, own and operate frac sand excavation and processing facilities. These investments and acquisitions may include entities or assets that we would have been interested in acquiring. Therefore, our sponsor may compete with us for investment opportunities. In addition, we expect that our sponsor will own an interest in entities that have the ability to compete with us following the offering. For example, our sponsor is currently constructing the Augusta excavation and processing facility in Eau Claire County, Wisconsin, which is expected to be operational in September 2012. Our sponsor has contracted for the sale of 1,200,000 tons per year of coarse grain Northern White sand from the Augusta facility with two of our existing customers and may seek additional contracts from other of our current and potential customers in direct competition with us as we seek to renew or replace our existing contracts. While our sponsor may elect to sell the Augusta facility to us, it is under no obligation to do so. We share our management team with our sponsor, and despite our sponsor’s and management team’s meaningful economic interest in us, the shared management team is under no obligation to offer new and replacement customer contracts to us before offering them to our sponsor, which could have a material adverse impact on our ability to renew or replace existing customer contracts on favorable terms or at all.

Pursuant to the terms of our partnership agreement, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, does not apply to our general partner or any of its affiliates, including its executive officers and directors and our sponsor. Any such person or entity that becomes aware of a potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for us will not have any duty to communicate or offer such opportunity to us. Any such person or entity will not be liable to us or to any limited partner for breach of any fiduciary duty or other duty by reason of the fact that such person or entity pursues or acquires such opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity to another person or entity or does not communicate such opportunity or information to us. This may create actual or potential conflicts of interest between us and affiliates of our general partner and result in less than favorable treatment of us and our unitholders. Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.”

 

41


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

It is our policy to distribute a significant portion of our cash available for distribution to our partners, which could limit our ability to grow and make acquisitions.

We plan to distribute most of our cash available for distribution, which may cause our growth to proceed at a slower pace than that of businesses that reinvest their cash to expand ongoing operations. To the extent we issue additional units in connection with any acquisitions or expansion capital expenditures, the payment of distributions on those additional units may increase the risk that we will be unable to maintain or increase our per unit distribution level. There are no limitations in our partnership agreement on our ability to issue additional units, including units ranking senior to the common units. The incurrence of additional commercial borrowings or other debt to finance our growth strategy would result in increased interest expense, which, in turn, may impact the cash that we have available to distribute to our unitholders.

Our partnership agreement replaces our general partner’s fiduciary duties to holders of our units.

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that eliminate and replace the fiduciary standards to which our general partner would otherwise be held by state fiduciary duty law. For example, our partnership agreement permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner, or otherwise free of fiduciary duties to us and our unitholders. This entitles our general partner to consider only the interests and factors that it desires and relieves it of any duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting, us, our affiliates or our limited partners. Examples of decisions that our general partner may make in its individual capacity include:

 

   

how to allocate business opportunities among us and its affiliates;

 

   

whether to exercise its call right;

 

   

how to exercise its voting rights with respect to the units it owns;

 

   

whether to exercise its registration rights;

 

   

whether to elect to reset target distribution levels; and

 

   

whether or not to consent to any merger or consolidation of the partnership or amendment to the partnership agreement.

By purchasing a common unit, a unitholder is treated as having consented to the provisions in the partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above. Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties—Fiduciary Duties.”

Our partnership agreement restricts the remedies available to holders of our units for actions taken by our general partner that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty.

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that restrict the remedies available to unitholders for actions taken by our general partner that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty under state fiduciary duty law. For example, our partnership agreement provides that:

 

   

whenever our general partner makes a determination or takes, or declines to take, any other action in its capacity as our general partner, our general partner is required to make such determination, or take or decline to take such other action, in good faith, and will not be subject to any other or different standard imposed by our partnership agreement, Delaware law, or any other law, rule or regulation, or at equity;

 

   

our general partner will not have any liability to us or our unitholders for decisions made in its capacity as a general partner so long as it acted in good faith, meaning that it believed that the decision was in the best interest of our partnership;

 

   

our general partner and its officers and directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us or our limited partners resulting from any act or omission unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that our general partner or its officers and directors, as the case may be, acted in bad faith or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the conduct was criminal; and

 

42


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

our general partner will not be in breach of its obligations under the partnership agreement or its duties to us or our limited partners if a transaction with an affiliate or the resolution of a conflict of interest is:

 

  (1) approved by the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner, although our general partner is not obligated to seek such approval; or

 

  (2) approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding any common units owned by our general partner and its affiliates.

In connection with a situation involving a transaction with an affiliate or a conflict of interest, any determination by our general partner must be made in good faith. If an affiliate transaction or the resolution of a conflict of interest is not approved by our common unitholders or the conflicts committee then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, taking any action or failing to act, the board of directors acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.”

Our sponsor may elect to cause us to issue common units to it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution levels related to its incentive distribution rights, without the approval of the conflicts committee of its board of directors or the holders of our common units. This could result in lower distributions to holders of our common units.

Our sponsor has the right, as the initial holder of our incentive distribution rights, at any time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and it has received incentive distributions at the highest level to which it is entitled (50.0%) for the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters, to reset the initial target distribution levels at higher levels based on our distributions at the time of the exercise of the reset election. Following a reset election by our sponsor, the minimum quarterly distribution will be adjusted to equal the reset minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels will be reset to correspondingly higher levels based on percentage increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution.

If our sponsor elects to reset the target distribution levels, it will be entitled to receive a number of common units. The number of common units to be issued to our sponsor will equal the number of common units that would have entitled the holder to an aggregate quarterly cash distribution in the quarter prior to the reset election equal to the distribution to our sponsor on the incentive distribution rights in the quarter prior to the reset election. We anticipate that our sponsor would exercise this reset right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per common unit without such conversion. It is possible, however, that our sponsor could exercise this reset election at a time when it is experiencing, or expects to experience, declines in the cash distributions it receives related to its incentive distribution rights and may, therefore, desire to be issued common units rather than retain the right to receive incentive distributions based on the initial target distribution levels. This risk could be elevated if our incentive distribution rights have been transferred to a third party. As a result, a reset election may cause our common unitholders to experience a reduction in the amount of cash distributions that our common unitholders would have otherwise received had we not issued new common units to our sponsor in connection with resetting the target distribution levels. Please read “How We Make Distributions to Our Partners—Our Sponsor’s Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels.”

Holders of our common units have limited voting rights and are not entitled to elect our general partner or its directors, which could reduce the price at which our common units will trade.

Unlike the holders of common stock in a corporation, unitholders have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our business and, therefore, limited ability to influence management’s decisions regarding our business. Unitholders will have no right on an annual or ongoing basis to elect our general partner or its board of directors. The board of directors of our general partner, including the independent directors, is chosen entirely by our sponsor, as a result of it owning our general partner, and not by our unitholders. Please read “Management—

 

43


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Management of Hi-Crush Partners LP” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.” Unlike publicly-traded corporations, we will not conduct annual meetings of our unitholders to elect directors or conduct other matters routinely conducted at annual meetings of stockholders of corporations. As a result of these limitations, the price at which the common units will trade could be diminished because of the absence or reduction of a takeover premium in the trading price.

Even if holders of our common units are dissatisfied, they cannot initially remove our general partner without its consent.

If our unitholders are dissatisfied with the performance of our general partner, they will have limited ability to remove our general partner. Unitholders initially will be unable to remove our general partner without its consent because our general partner and its affiliates will own sufficient units upon the completion of this offering to be able to prevent its removal. The vote of the holders of at least 66  2 / 3 % of all outstanding common and subordinated units voting together as a single class is required to remove our general partner. Following the closing of this offering, our sponsor will own an aggregate of     % of our common and subordinated units (or     % of our common and subordinated units, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units in full). Also, if our general partner is removed without cause during the subordination period and no units held by the holders of the subordinated units or their affiliates are voted in favor of that removal, all remaining subordinated units will automatically be converted into common units and any existing arrearages on the common units will be extinguished. Cause is narrowly defined in our partnership agreement to mean that a court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final, non-appealable judgment finding our general partner liable for actual fraud or willful or wanton misconduct in its capacity as our general partner. Cause does not include most cases of charges of poor management of the business.

Unitholders will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $         per common unit.

The assumed initial public offering price of $         per common unit (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) exceeds our pro forma net tangible book value of $         per common unit. Based on the assumed initial public offering price of $         per common unit, unitholders will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $         per common unit. This dilution results primarily because the assets contributed to us by affiliates of our general partner are recorded at their historical cost in accordance with GAAP, and not their fair value. Please read “Dilution.”

Our general partner interest or the control of our general partner may be transferred to a third party without unitholder consent.

Our general partner may transfer its general partner interest to a third party in a merger or in a sale of all or substantially all of its assets without the consent of our unitholders. Furthermore, our partnership agreement does not restrict the ability of the members of our general partner to transfer their respective membership interests in our general partner to a third party. The new members of our general partner would then be in a position to replace the board of directors and executive officers of our general partner with their own designees and thereby exert significant control over the decisions taken by the board of directors and executive officers of our general partner. This effectively permits a “change of control” without the vote or consent of the unitholders.

The incentive distribution rights held by our sponsor may be transferred to a third party without unitholder consent.

Our sponsor may transfer the incentive distribution rights to a third party at any time without the consent of our unitholders. If our sponsor transfers the incentive distribution rights to a third party but retains its ownership interest in our general partner, our general partner may not have the same incentive to grow our partnership and increase quarterly distributions to unitholders over time as it would if our sponsor had retained ownership of the incentive distribution rights. For example, a transfer of incentive distribution rights by our sponsor could reduce the likelihood of our sponsor accepting offers made by us relating to assets owned by it, as it would have less of an economic incentive to grow our business, which in turn would impact our ability to grow our asset base.

 

44


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our general partner has a call right that may require unitholders to sell their common units at an undesirable time or price.

If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 80% of the common units, our general partner will have the right, but not the obligation, which it may assign to any of its affiliates or to us, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the common units held by unaffiliated persons at a price equal to the greater of (1) the average of the daily closing price of the common units over the 20 trading days preceding the date three days before notice of exercise of the call right is first mailed and (2) the highest per-unit price paid by our general partner or any of its affiliates for common units during the 90-day period preceding the date such notice is first mailed. As a result, unitholders may be required to sell their common units at an undesirable time or price and may not receive any return or a negative return on their investment. Unitholders may also incur a tax liability upon a sale of their units. Our general partner is not obligated to obtain a fairness opinion regarding the value of the common units to be repurchased by it upon exercise of the limited call right. There is no restriction in our partnership agreement that prevents our general partner from issuing additional common units and exercising its call right. If our general partner exercised its limited call right, the effect would be to take us private and, if the units were subsequently deregistered, we would no longer be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act. Upon consummation of this offering, and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units, our sponsor will own an aggregate of     % of our common and subordinated units. At the end of the subordination period, assuming no additional issuances of units (other than upon the conversion of the subordinated units), our sponsor will own     % of our common units. For additional information about the limited call right, please read “The Partnership Agreement—Limited Call Right.”

We may issue additional units without unitholder approval, which would dilute existing unitholder ownership interests.

Our partnership agreement does not limit the number of additional limited partner interests we may issue at any time without the approval of our unitholders. The issuance of additional common units or other equity interests of equal or senior rank will have the following effects:

 

   

our existing unitholders’ proportionate ownership interest in us will decrease;

 

   

the amount of cash available for distribution on each unit may decrease;

 

   

because a lower percentage of total outstanding units will be subordinated units, the risk that a shortfall in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution will be borne by our common unitholders will increase;

 

   

the ratio of taxable income to distributions may increase;

 

   

the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding unit may be diminished; and

 

   

the market price of the common units may decline.

There are no limitations in our partnership agreement on our ability to issue units ranking senior to the common units.

In accordance with Delaware law and the provisions of our partnership agreement, we may issue additional partnership interests that are senior to the common units in right of distribution, liquidation and voting. The issuance by us of units of senior rank may (i) reduce or eliminate the amount of cash available for distribution to our common unitholders; (ii) diminish the relative voting strength of the total common units outstanding as a class; or (iii) subordinate the claims of the common unitholders to our assets in the event of our liquidation.

 

45


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The market price of our common units could be adversely affected by sales of substantial amounts of our common units in the public or private markets, including sales by our sponsor or other large holders.

After this offering, we will have              common units and              subordinated units outstanding, which includes the              common units we are selling in this offering that may be resold in the public market immediately. All of the subordinated units will convert into common units on a one-for-one basis at the end of the subordination period. All of              common units (             if the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units) that are issued to our sponsor will be subject to resale restrictions under a 180-day lock-up agreement with the underwriters. Each of the lock-up agreements with the underwriters may be waived in the discretion of certain of the underwriters. Sales by our sponsor or other large holders of a substantial number of our common units in the public markets following this offering, or the perception that such sales might occur, could have a material adverse effect on the price of our common units or could impair our ability to obtain capital through an offering of equity securities. In addition, we have agreed to provide registration rights to our sponsor. Under our agreement, our general partner and its affiliates have registration rights relating to the offer and sale of any units that they hold, subject to certain limitations. Please read “Units Eligible for Future Sale.”

Our partnership agreement restricts the voting rights of unitholders owning 20% or more of our common units.

Our partnership agreement restricts unitholders’ voting rights by providing that any units held by a person or group that owns 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, other than our general partner and its affiliates, their transferees and persons who acquired such units with the prior approval of the board of directors of our general partner, cannot vote on any matter.

Cost reimbursements due to our general partner and its affiliates for services provided to us or on our behalf will reduce cash available for distribution to our unitholders. The amount and timing of such reimbursements will be determined by our general partner.

Prior to making any distribution on the common units, we will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for all expenses they incur and payments they make on our behalf. Our partnership agreement does not set a limit on the amount of expenses for which our general partner and its affiliates may be reimbursed. These expenses include salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to persons who perform services for us or on our behalf and expenses allocated to our general partner by its affiliates. Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will determine in good faith the expenses that are allocable to us. The reimbursement of expenses and payment of fees, if any, to our general partner and its affiliates will reduce the amount of cash available for distribution to our unitholders. Please read “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

There is no existing market for our common units, and a trading market that will provide you with adequate liquidity may not develop. The price of our common units may fluctuate significantly, and unitholders could lose all or part of their investment.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common units. After this offering, there will be only              publicly-traded common units. We do not know the extent to which investor interest will lead to the development of a trading market or how liquid that market might be. Unitholders may not be able to resell their common units at or above the initial public offering price. Additionally, the lack of liquidity may result in wide bid-ask spreads, contribute to significant fluctuations in the market price of the common units and limit the number of investors who are able to buy the common units.

The initial public offering price for our common units will be determined by negotiations between us and the representative of the underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price of the common units that will

 

46


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

prevail in the trading market. The market price of our common units may decline below the initial public offering price. The market price of our common units may also be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

 

   

our quarterly distributions;

 

   

our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in our industry;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts or acquisitions;

 

   

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;

 

   

general economic conditions;

 

   

the failure of securities analysts to cover our common units after this offering or changes in financial estimates by analysts;

 

   

future sales of our common units; and

 

   

the other factors described in these “Risk Factors.”

Your liability may not be limited if a court finds that unitholder action constitutes control of our business.

A general partner of a partnership generally has unlimited liability for the obligations of the partnership, except for those contractual obligations of the partnership that are expressly made without recourse to the general partner. Our partnership is organized under Delaware law, and we conduct business in a number of other states. The limitations on the liability of holders of limited partner interests for the obligations of a limited partnership have not been clearly established in some jurisdictions. You could be liable for our obligations as if you were a general partner if a court or government agency were to determine that:

 

   

we were conducting business in a state but had not complied with that particular state’s partnership statute; or

 

   

your right to act with other unitholders to remove or replace the general partner, to approve some amendments to our partnership agreement or to take other actions under our partnership agreement constitute “control” of our business.

Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Limited Liability” for a discussion of the implications of the limitations of liability on a unitholder.

Unitholders may have liability to repay distributions and in certain circumstances may be personally liable for the obligations of the partnership.

Under certain circumstances, unitholders may have to repay amounts wrongfully returned or distributed to them. Under Section 17-607 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, or the Delaware Act, we may not make a distribution to our unitholders if the distribution would cause our liabilities to exceed the fair value of our assets. Delaware law provides that for a period of three years from the date of the impermissible distribution, limited partners who received the distribution and who knew at the time of the distribution that it violated Delaware law will be liable to the limited partnership for the distribution amount. Liabilities to partners on account of their partnership interests and liabilities that are non-recourse to the partnership are not counted for purposes of determining whether a distribution is permitted.

For as long as we are an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with certain reporting requirements, including those relating to accounting standards and disclosure about our executive compensation, that apply to other public companies.

In April 2012, President Obama signed into law the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, relax certain reporting requirements for “emerging growth companies,” including certain requirements relating to accounting standards and compensation disclosure. We are classified as an emerging growth company. For as long as we are an emerging growth

 

47


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

company, which may be up to five full fiscal years, unlike other public companies, we will not be required to, among other things, (1) provide an auditor’s attestation report on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our system of internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, (2) comply with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or the PCAOB, requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and the financial statements of the issuer, (3) comply with any new audit rules adopted by the PCAOB after April 5, 2012 unless the SEC determines otherwise, (4) provide certain disclosure regarding executive compensation required of larger public companies or (5) hold unitholder advisory votes on executive compensation.

Our sponsor, which is our accounting predecessor for financial reporting purposes, has a material weakness in its internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, our ability to accurately report our financial results could be adversely affected.

Prior to the completion of this offering, our sponsor has been a private entity with limited accounting personnel and other supervisory resources to adequately execute its accounting processes and address its internal control over financial reporting. In connection with our sponsor’s audit for the year ended December 31, 2011, our sponsor’s independent registered public accounting firm identified and communicated a material weakness related to the failure to maintain a sufficient complement of qualified accounting personnel, which contributed to our sponsor’s inability to maintain appropriate segregation of duties within the organization and effective review and supervision over the financial reporting process. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal controls such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our sponsor’s financial statements will not be prevented, or detected on a timely basis. This material weakness resulted in audit adjustments to our sponsor’s financial statements, which were identified by our independent registered public accounting firm.

After the closing of this offering, our management team and financial reporting oversight personnel will be those of our sponsor and thus, we may face the same material weakness described above.

We are in the early phases of evaluating the design and operation of our internal control over financial reporting and will not complete our review until after this offering is completed. We cannot predict the outcome of our review at this time. During the course of the review, we may identify additional control deficiencies, which could give rise to significant deficiencies and other material weaknesses, in addition to the material weakness described above. The material weakness described above could result in a misstatement of our accounts or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements that would not be prevented or detected. We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, or any measures we may take in the future, will be sufficient to remediate the material weakness described above or avoid potential future material weaknesses.

We are not currently required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Upon becoming a publicly traded partnership, we will be required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, which will require our management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Though we will be required to disclose material changes made to our internal controls and procedures on a quarterly basis, we will not be required to make our first annual assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC. To comply with the requirements of being a publicly traded partnership, we will need to implement additional internal controls, reporting systems and procedures and hire additional accounting, finance and legal staff. Furthermore, while we generally must comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 for our fiscal year ending December 31, 2012, we are not required to have our independent registered public accounting firm

 

48


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls until our first annual report subsequent to our ceasing to be an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act. Accordingly, we may not be required to have our independent registered public accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls until our annual report for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017. Once it is required to do so, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed.

If we fail to develop or maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, current and potential unitholders could lose confidence in our financial reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our units.

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports, prevent fraud and operate successfully as a public company. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our reputation and operating results would be harmed. We cannot be certain that our efforts to develop and maintain our internal controls will be successful, that we will be able to maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future or that we will be able to comply with our obligations under Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002. Any failure to develop or maintain effective internal controls, or difficulties encountered in implementing or improving our internal controls, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Ineffective internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our units.

The New York Stock Exchange does not require a publicly-traded partnership like us to comply with certain of its corporate governance requirements.

We intend to apply to list our common units on the NYSE. Because we will be a publicly-traded partnership, the NYSE does not require us to have a majority of independent directors on our general partner’s board of directors or to establish a compensation committee or a nominating and corporate governance committee. Accordingly, unitholders will not have the same protections afforded to certain corporations that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements. Please read “Management—Management of Hi-Crush Partners LP.”

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a publicly-traded partnership.

We have no history operating as a publicly-traded partnership. As a publicly-traded partnership, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur prior to this offering. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules implemented by the SEC and the NYSE, require publicly-traded entities to adopt various corporate governance practices that will further increase our costs. Before we are able to make distributions to our unitholders, we must first pay or reserve cash for our expenses, including the costs of being a publicly-traded partnership. As a result, the amount of cash we have available for distribution to our unitholders will be affected by the costs associated with being a public company.

Prior to this offering, we have not filed reports with the SEC. Following this offering, we will become subject to the public reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We expect these rules and regulations to increase certain of our legal and financial compliance costs and to make activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, as a result of becoming a publicly-traded company, we are required to have at least three independent directors, create an audit committee and adopt policies regarding internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures, including the preparation of reports on internal controls over financial reporting. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our SEC reporting requirements.

We also expect to incur significant expense in order to obtain director and officer liability insurance. Because of the limitations in coverage for directors, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board or as executive officers.

 

49


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We estimate that we will incur approximately $2.1 million of incremental costs per year associated with being a publicly-traded partnership; however, it is possible that our actual incremental costs of being a publicly-traded partnership will be higher than we currently estimate.

Tax Risks to Common Unitholders

In addition to reading the following risk factors, please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences” for a more complete discussion of the expected material federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of common units.

Our tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, as well as our not being subject to a material amount of entity-level taxation by individual states. If the IRS were to treat us as a corporation for federal income tax purposes or we were to become subject to material additional amounts of entity-level taxation for state tax purposes, then our cash available for distribution to you could be substantially reduced.

The anticipated after-tax economic benefit of an investment in our common units depends largely on our being treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.

Despite the fact that we are organized as a limited partnership under Delaware law, it is possible in certain circumstances for a partnership such as ours to be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. Although we do not believe, based upon our current operations, that we will be so treated, a change in our business (or a change in current law) could cause us to be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes or otherwise subject us to taxation as an entity.

If we were treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, we would pay federal income tax on our taxable income at the corporate tax rate, which is currently a maximum of 35%, and would likely pay state income tax at varying rates. Distributions to you would generally be taxed again as corporate distributions, and no income, gains, losses, deductions or credits would flow through to you. Because a tax would be imposed upon us as a corporation, our cash available for distribution to you would be substantially reduced. Therefore, treatment of us as a corporation would result in a material reduction in the anticipated cash flow and after-tax return to the unitholders, likely causing a substantial reduction in the value of our common units.

Our partnership agreement provides that if a law is enacted or existing law is modified or interpreted in a manner that subjects us to taxation as a corporation or otherwise subjects us to entity-level taxation for federal, state or local income tax purposes, the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution amounts may be adjusted to reflect the impact of that law on us.

The tax treatment of publicly-traded partnerships or an investment in our units could be subject to potential legislative, judicial or administrative changes and differing interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis.

The present federal income tax treatment of publicly-traded partnerships, including us, or an investment in our common units may be modified by administrative, legislative or judicial changes or differing interpretations at any time. For example, members of Congress have recently considered substantive changes to the existing federal income tax laws that affect publicly-traded partnerships. Any modification to the federal income tax laws may be applied retroactively and could make it more difficult or impossible to meet the exception for certain publicly-traded partnerships to be treated as partnerships for federal income tax purposes. Although the considered legislation would not appear to have affected our treatment as a partnership, we are unable to predict whether any of these changes, or other proposals will be reintroduced or will ultimately be enacted. Any such changes could negatively impact the value of an investment in our common units.

 

50


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

You will be required to pay taxes on your share of our income even if you do not receive any cash distributions from us.

Because our unitholders will be treated as partners to whom we will allocate taxable income that could be different in amount than the cash we distribute, you will be required to pay federal income taxes and, in some cases, state and local income taxes on your share of our taxable income whether or not you receive cash distributions from us. You may not receive cash distributions from us equal to your share of our taxable income or even equal to the actual tax liability that results from that income.

The sale or exchange of 50% or more of our capital and profits interests during any twelve-month period will result in the termination of our partnership for federal income tax purposes.

We will be considered to have terminated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes if there is a sale or exchange of 50% or more of the total interests in our capital and profits within a twelve-month period. Immediately following this offering, our sponsor will directly and indirectly own more than 50% of the total interests in our capital and profits. Therefore, a transfer by our sponsor of all or a portion of its interests in us could result in a termination of us as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. Our termination would, among other things, result in the closing of our taxable year for all unitholders and could result in a deferral of depreciation deductions allowable in computing our taxable income. In the case of a unitholder reporting on a taxable year other than the calendar year, the closing of our taxable year may also result in more than twelve months of our taxable income or loss being includable in his taxable income for the year of termination. Our termination currently would not affect our classification as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, but instead, after our termination we would be treated as a new partnership for federal income tax purposes. If treated as a new partnership, we must make new tax elections and could be subject to penalties if we are unable to determine that a termination occurred. Please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—Disposition of Units—Constructive Termination” for a discussion of the consequences of our termination for federal income tax purposes.

Tax gain or loss on the disposition of our common units could be more or less than expected.

If you sell your common units, you will recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and your tax basis in those common units. Because distributions in excess of your allocable share of our net taxable income result in a decrease in your tax basis in your common units, the amount, if any, of such prior excess distributions with respect to the units you sell will, in effect, become taxable income to you if you sell such units at a price greater than your tax basis in those units, even if the price you receive is less than your original cost. Furthermore, a substantial portion of the amount realized, whether or not representing gain, may be taxed as ordinary income due to potential recapture of depreciation and depletion deductions and certain other items. In addition, because the amount realized includes a unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities, if you sell your units, you may incur a tax liability in excess of the amount of cash you receive from the sale. Please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—Disposition of Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss” for a further discussion of the foregoing.

Tax-exempt entities and non-U.S. persons face unique tax issues from owning common units that may result in adverse tax consequences to them.

Investments in common units by tax-exempt entities, such as employee benefit plans and individual retirement accounts (or “IRAs”), and non-U.S. persons raises issues unique to them. For example, virtually all of our income allocated to organizations that are exempt from federal income tax, including IRAs and other retirement plans, will be unrelated business taxable income and will be taxable to them. Distributions to non-U.S. persons will be reduced by withholding taxes, and non-U.S. persons will be required to file federal tax returns and pay tax on their shares of our taxable income. If you are a tax-exempt entity or a non-U.S. person, you should consult your tax advisor before investing in our common units.

 

51


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

If the IRS contests the federal income tax positions we take, the market for our common units may be adversely impacted and the cost of any IRS contest will reduce our cash available for distribution to you.

The IRS may adopt positions that differ from the positions we take. It may be necessary to resort to administrative or court proceedings to sustain some or all of the positions we take. A court may not agree with some or all of the positions we take. Any contest by the IRS may materially and adversely impact the market for our common units and the price at which they trade. Our costs of any contest by the IRS will be borne indirectly by our unitholders and our general partner because the costs will reduce our cash available for distribution.

We will treat each purchaser of our common units as having the same tax benefits without regard to the actual common units purchased. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could adversely affect the value of the common units.

Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of common units, we will adopt depreciation and amortization positions that may not conform to all aspects of existing Treasury Regulations. A successful IRS challenge to those positions could adversely affect the amount of tax benefits available to you. It also could affect the timing of these tax benefits or the amount of gain from your sale of common units and could have a negative impact on the value of our common units or result in audit adjustments to your tax returns. Please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Section 754 Election” for a further discussion of the effect of the depreciation and amortization positions we adopt.

We will prorate our items of income, gain, loss and deduction between transferors and transferees of our units each month based upon the ownership of our units on the first day of each month, instead of on the basis of the date a particular unit is transferred. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could change the allocation of items of income, gain, loss and deduction among our unitholders.

We generally prorate our items of income, gain, loss and deduction between transferors and transferees of our common units each month based upon the ownership of our common units on the first day of each month, instead of on the basis of the date a particular common unit is transferred. Nonetheless, we allocate certain deductions for depreciation of capital additions based upon the date the underlying property is placed in service. The use of this proration method may not be permitted under existing Treasury Regulations, and although the U.S. Treasury Department issued proposed Treasury Regulations allowing a similar monthly simplifying convention, such regulations are not final and do not specifically authorize the use of the proration method we have adopted. Accordingly, our counsel is unable to opine as to the validity of this method. If the IRS were to successfully challenge our proration method, we may be required to change the allocation of items of income, gain, loss, and deduction among our unitholders.

A unitholder whose common units are the subject of a securities loan (e.g., a loan to a “short seller” to cover a short sale of common units) may be considered as having disposed of those common units. If so, he would no longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with respect to those common units during the period of the loan and may recognize gain or loss from the disposition.

Because there is no tax concept of loaning a partnership interest, a unitholder whose common units are the subject of a securities loan may be considered as having disposed of the loaned units. In that case, he may no longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with respect to those common units during the period of the loan to the short seller and the unitholder may recognize gain or loss from such disposition. Moreover, during the period of the loan, any of our income, gain, loss or deduction with respect to those common units may not be reportable by the unitholder and any cash distributions received by the unitholder as to those common units could be fully taxable as ordinary income. Unitholders desiring to assure their status as partners and avoid the risk of gain recognition from a loan to a short seller should modify any applicable brokerage account agreements to prohibit their brokers from borrowing their common units.

 

52


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

You will likely be subject to state and local taxes and return filing requirements in states where you do not live as a result of investing in our common units.

In addition to federal income taxes, you will likely be subject to other taxes, including state and local taxes, unincorporated business taxes and estate, inheritance or intangible taxes that are imposed by the various jurisdictions in which we conduct business or own property now or in the future, even if you do not live in any of those jurisdictions. We will initially own assets and conduct business in the states of Wisconsin and Texas. Wisconsin currently imposes a personal income tax and also imposes income taxes on corporations and other entities. You may be required to file state and local income tax returns and pay state and local income taxes in Wisconsin. Further, you may be subject to penalties for failure to comply with those requirements. As we make acquisitions or expand our business, we may own assets or conduct business in additional states or foreign jurisdictions that impose a personal income tax. It is your responsibility to file all U.S. federal, foreign, state and local tax returns. Our counsel has not rendered an opinion on the foreign, state or local tax consequences of an investment in our common units.

 

53


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

USE OF PROCEEDS

We intend to use the estimated net proceeds of approximately $         million from this offering (based on an assumed initial offering price of $         per common unit, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses, to reimburse capital expenditures of and pay a distribution to our sponsor.

If and to the extent the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units, the number of common units purchased by the underwriters pursuant to such exercise will be issued to the underwriters and the remainder, if any, will be issued to our sponsor. Any such units issued to our sponsor will be issued for no additional consideration. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase              additional common units in full, the additional net proceeds would be approximately $         million (based upon the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). The net proceeds from any exercise of such option will be used to make a special distribution to our sponsor. If the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units, we will issue              common units to our sponsor upon the option’s expiration. We will not receive any additional consideration from our sponsor in connection with such issuance. Accordingly, the exercise of the underwriters’ option will not affect the total number of common units outstanding or the amount of cash needed to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all units. Please read “Underwriting.”

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per common unit would cause the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by us, to increase or decrease, respectively, by approximately $         million. In addition, we may also increase or decrease the number of common units we are offering. Each increase of 1.0 million common units offered by us, together with a concomitant $1.00 increase in the assumed public offering price to $         per common unit, would increase net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million. Similarly, each decrease of 1.0 million common units offered by us, together with a concomitant $         decrease in the assumed initial offering price to $         per common unit, would decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million.

 

54


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CAPITALIZATION

The following table shows our capitalization as of March 31, 2012:

 

   

on an actual basis for our accounting predecessor, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC;

 

   

on a pro forma basis to give effect to the elimination of certain assets not contributed to us; and

 

   

on an as adjusted basis to reflect the offering of our common units and distribution to our sponsor, the other transactions described under “Summary—Formation Transactions and Partnership Structure” and the application of the net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds.”

This table is derived from, and should be read together with, the unaudited pro forma financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should also read this table in conjunction with “Summary—Formation Transactions and Partnership Structure,” “Use of Proceeds” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     As of March 31, 2012  
     Actual      Pro Forma      As Adjusted  
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 10,527       $ 3,884       $          
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt:

        

Predecessor debt (1)

   $ 55,973       $       $   

New revolving credit facility (2)

                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

     55,973                   

Members’ equity/Partners’ capital

     16,423         55,629      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization (3)

   $ 72,396       $ 55,629       $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Hi-Crush Proppants LLC is party to various subordinated promissory notes and a senior secured revolving credit facility. As of May 31, 2012, there was approximately $57.1 million outstanding under the subordinated promissory notes and $25.0 million outstanding under the senior secured credit facility. We expect Hi-Crush Proppants LLC to continue as borrower under these subordinated promissory notes and senior secured credit facility, and that we will have no ongoing obligations with respect to any borrowings thereunder upon completion of this offering.
(2) In connection with the closing of this offering, we intend to enter into a new credit facility in the aggregate principal amount of up to $         million. We do not expect to have any borrowings outstanding under this facility at the completion of this offering.
(3) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering price of $         per common unit would increase or decrease, respectively, total members’/partners’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of common units we are offering. Each increase of 1.0 million common units offered by us, together with a concomitant $1.00 increase in the assumed offering price to $         per common unit, would increase total members’/partners’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million. Similarly, each decrease of 1.0 million common units offered by us, together with a concomitant $1.00 decrease in the assumed offering price to $         per common unit, would decrease total members’/partners’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million. The information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

55


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DILUTION

Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of common units sold in this offering will exceed the net tangible book value per common unit after the offering. Assuming an initial public offering price of $         per common unit (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), on a pro forma basis as of March 31, 2012, after giving effect to the offering of common units and the related transactions, our net tangible book value would have been approximately $         million, or $         per common unit. Purchasers of our common units in this offering will experience substantial and immediate dilution in net tangible book value per common unit for financial accounting purposes, as illustrated in the following table.

 

Assumed initial public offering price per common unit

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per common unit before the offering (1)

   $                   

Increase in net tangible book value per common unit attributable to purchasers in the offering

     
  

 

 

    

Less: Pro forma net tangible book value per common unit after the offering (2)

     
     

 

 

 

Immediate dilution in net tangible book value per common unit to purchasers in the offering (3)(4)

      $     
     

 

 

 

 

(1) Determined by dividing the pro forma net tangible book value of the contributed assets and liabilities by the number of units (               common units and              subordinated units) to be issued to our general partner and its affiliates for their contribution of assets and liabilities to us.
(2) Determined by dividing our pro forma net tangible book value, after giving effect to the use of the net proceeds of the offering, by the total number of units (             common units and              subordinated units) to be outstanding after the offering.
(3) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering price of $         per common unit would increase or decrease, respectively, our pro forma net tangible book value by approximately $         million, or approximately $         per common unit, and dilution per common unit to investors in this offering by approximately $         per common unit, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of common units we are offering. An increase of 1.0 million common units offered by us, together with a concomitant $1.00 increase in the assumed offering price to $         per common unit, would result in a pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $         million, or $         per common unit, and dilution per common unit to investors in this offering would be $         per common unit. Similarly, a decrease of 1.0 million common units offered by us, together with a concomitant $1.00 decrease in the assumed public offering price to $         per common unit, would result in an pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $         million, or $         per common unit, and dilution per common unit to investors in this offering would be $         per common unit. The information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.
(4) Because the total number of units outstanding following this offering will not be impacted by any exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units and any net proceeds from such exercise will not be retained by us, there will be no change to the dilution in net tangible book value per common unit to purchasers in the offering due to any such exercise of the option.

 

56


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table sets forth the number of units that we will issue and the total consideration contributed to us by our sponsor and by the purchasers of our common units in this offering upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by this prospectus.

 

     Units     Total Consideration  
       Number    Percent     Amount    Percent  

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC (1)(2)(3)

                        

Purchasers in the offering

                        
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

Total

        100        100
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1) Upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this prospectus, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC will own              common units and              subordinated units.
(2) The assets contributed by Hi-Crush Proppants LLC will be recorded at historical cost. The pro forma book value of the consideration provided by Hi-Crush Proppants LLC as of March 31, 2012 would have been approximately $        , as adjusted for distributions to our sponsor.
(3) Assumes the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units is not exercised.

 

57


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CASH DISTRIBUTION POLICY AND RESTRICTIONS ON DISTRIBUTIONS

You should read the following discussion of our cash distribution policy in conjunction with “—Assumptions and Considerations” below, which includes the factors and assumptions upon which we base our cash distribution policy. In addition, you should read “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” for information regarding statements that do not relate strictly to historical or current facts and certain risks inherent in our business.

For additional information regarding our historical and pro forma results of operations, you should refer to the audited historical financial statements as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, for the two-month period ended December 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2011, the unaudited historical financial statements as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012 and our unaudited pro forma financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 and as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2012, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

General

Rationale for Our Cash Distribution Policy

It is our intent to distribute at least the minimum quarterly distribution of $         per unit ($         per unit on an annualized basis) on all of our units to the extent we have sufficient cash after the establishment of cash reserves and payment of our expenses, including payments to our general partner and its affiliates. Furthermore, we expect that if we are successful in executing our business strategy, we will grow our business in a steady and sustainable manner and distribute to our unitholders a portion of any increase in our cash available for distribution resulting from such growth. Our cash distribution policy reflects a judgment that our unitholders will be better served by our distributing rather than retaining our cash available for distribution.

Limitations on Cash Distributions and Our Ability to Change Our Cash Distribution Policy

There is no guarantee that we will distribute quarterly cash distributions to our unitholders. We do not have a legal or contractual obligation to pay quarterly distributions at our minimum quarterly distribution rate or at any other rate. Our cash distribution policy is subject to certain restrictions and may be changed at any time. The reasons for such uncertainties in our stated cash distribution policy include the following factors:

 

   

Our cash distribution policy will be subject to restrictions on distributions under the revolving credit facility that we expect to enter into in connection with this offering (“our new credit facility”), which will contain financial tests and covenants that we must satisfy. These financial tests and covenants are described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Facilities—Our New Credit Facility.” Should we be unable to satisfy these restrictions or if we are otherwise in default under our new credit facility, we will be prohibited from making cash distributions to you notwithstanding our stated cash distribution policy.

 

   

Our general partner will have the authority to establish cash reserves for the prudent conduct of our business, including for future cash distributions to our unitholders, and the establishment of or increase in those reserves could result in a reduction in cash distributions from levels we currently anticipate pursuant to our stated cash distribution policy. Our partnership agreement does not set a limit on the amount of cash reserves that our general partner may establish. Any decision to establish cash reserves made by our general partner in good faith will be binding on our unitholders.

 

58


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

Prior to making any distribution on the common units, we will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for all direct and indirect expenses they incur on our behalf. Our partnership agreement does not set a limit on the amount of expenses for which our general partner and its affiliates may be reimbursed. These expenses include salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to persons who perform services for us or on our behalf and expenses allocated to our general partner by its affiliates. Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will determine in good faith the expenses that are allocable to us. The reimbursement of expenses and payment of fees, if any, to our general partner and its affiliates will reduce the amount of cash available for distribution to pay distributions to our unitholders.

 

   

Even if our cash distribution policy is not modified or revoked, the amount of distributions we pay under our cash distribution policy and the decision to make any distribution is determined by our general partner.

 

   

Under Section 17-607 of the Delaware Act, we may not make a distribution if the distribution would cause our liabilities to exceed the fair value of our assets.

 

   

We may lack sufficient cash to pay distributions to our unitholders due to cash flow shortfalls attributable to a number of operational, commercial or other factors as well as increases in our operating or general and administrative expenses, principal and interest payments on our outstanding debt, tax expenses, working capital requirements and anticipated cash needs. While our general partner may cause us to borrow funds in order to permit the payment of cash distributions on our common units, subordinated units and incentive distribution rights, it has no obligation to cause us to do so.

 

   

If we make distributions out of capital surplus, as opposed to operating surplus, any such distributions would constitute a return of capital and would result in a reduction in the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels. Please read “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners—Adjustment to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels.” We do not anticipate that we will make any distributions from capital surplus.

 

   

Our ability to make distributions to our unitholders depends on the performance of our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute cash to us. The ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us may be restricted by, among other things, the provisions of future indebtedness, applicable state limited liability company laws and other laws and regulations.

Our Ability to Grow may be Dependent on Our Ability to Access External Expansion Capital

We expect to generally distribute a significant percentage of our cash from operations to our unitholders on a quarterly basis, after the establishment of cash reserves and payment of our expenses. Therefore, our growth may not be as fast as businesses that reinvest most or all of their cash to expand ongoing operations. Moreover, our future growth may be slower than our historical growth. We expect that we will rely primarily upon external financing sources, including bank borrowings and issuances of debt and equity interests, to fund our expansion capital expenditures. To the extent we are unable to finance growth externally, our cash distribution policy will significantly impair our ability to grow.

 

59


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our Minimum Quarterly Distribution

Pursuant to our distribution policy, we intend upon completion of this offering to declare a minimum quarterly distribution of $         per unit for each complete quarter, or $         per unit on an annualized basis. Quarterly distributions, if any, will be made within 60 days after the end of each quarter. The payment of the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of the common units and subordinated units to be outstanding after completion of this offering would require us to have cash available for distribution of approximately $         million per quarter, or $         million per year. Our ability to make cash distributions at the minimum quarterly distribution rate will be subject to the factors described above under “—General—Limitations on Cash Distributions and Our Ability to Change Our Cash Distribution Policy.” The table below sets forth the amount of common units and subordinated units that will be outstanding immediately after this offering, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units, and the cash available for distribution needed to pay the aggregate minimum quarterly distribution on all of such units for a single fiscal quarter and a four quarter period:

 

          Distributions  
     Number of
Units
   One
Quarter
     Annualized  

Publicly held common units

      $                    $                

Common units held by Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

        

Subordinated units held by Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

        
  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $         $     
  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

If the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units, we will issue common units to our sponsor, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, at the expiration of the option period. If and to the extent the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units, the number of common units purchased by the underwriters pursuant to such exercise will be issued to the underwriters and the remainder, if any, will be issued to our sponsor. Any such units issued to our sponsor will be issued for no additional consideration. Accordingly, the exercise of the underwriters’ option will not affect the total number of units outstanding or the amount of cash needed to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all units. Please read “Underwriting.”

Our sponsor will initially hold the incentive distribution rights, which entitle the holder to increasing percentages, up to a maximum of 50.0%, of the cash we distribute in excess of $         per unit per quarter.

We expect to pay our distributions on or about the last day of each of February, May, August and November to holders of record on or about the 15th day of each such month. If the distribution date does not fall on a business day, we will make the distribution on the business day immediately preceding the indicated distribution date. We will adjust the quarterly distribution for the period after the closing of this offering through                     , 2012 based on the actual length of the period.

Subordinated Units

Our sponsor will initially own all of our subordinated units. The principal difference between our common units and subordinated units is that in any quarter during the subordination period, holders of the subordinated units are not entitled to receive any distribution until the common units have received the minimum quarterly distribution plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution from prior quarters. Subordinated units will not accrue arrearages. When the subordination period ends, all of the subordinated units will convert into an equal number of common units.

To the extent we do not pay the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units, our common unitholders will not be entitled to receive such payments in the future except during the subordination period. To the extent we have cash available for distribution in any future quarter during the subordination period in excess of the amount necessary to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to holders of our common units, we will use this excess cash available for distribution to pay any distribution arrearages on common units related to prior quarters before any cash distribution is made to holders of subordinated units. Please read “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners—Subordination Period.”

 

60


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Pro Forma Cash Available for Distribution for the Twelve and Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

If we had completed the transactions contemplated in this prospectus on January 1, 2011, our pro forma cash available for distribution for the twelve and three months ended March 31, 2012 would have been approximately $18.0 million and $7.4 million, respectively. This amount would have been insufficient to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our common units for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012, by approximately $                 million, but would have been sufficient to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our common units for the three months ended March 31, 2012. In addition, these amounts would have been insufficient to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our common and subordinated units for the twelve and three months ended March 31, 2012, by approximately $         million and $         million, respectively. This shortfall is primarily attributable to the following factors:

 

   

the twelve months ended March 31, 2012 included only nine months of operations, as our Wyeville facility did not commence operations until July 2011; and

 

   

neither the twelve nor three months ended March 31, 2012 reflected the impact of our Wyeville plant expansion, which was completed in March 2012, and sales under new contracts with subsidiaries of Baker Hughes and FTS International associated with the expansion, which commenced in May 2012 and will initially be reflected in our operating results for the second quarter of 2012.

The pro forma financial statements, upon which pro forma cash available for distribution is based, do not purport to present our results of operations had the transactions contemplated in this prospectus actually been completed as of the date indicated. Furthermore, cash available for distribution is a cash accounting concept, while our pro forma financial statements have been prepared on an accrual basis. We derived the amounts of pro forma cash available for distribution in the manner described in the table below. As a result, the amount of pro forma cash available for distribution should only be viewed as a general indication of the amount of cash available for distribution that we might have generated had we been formed in an earlier period.

Following the completion of this offering, we estimate that we will incur $3.8 million of incremental annual general and administrative expenses as a result of operating as a publicly traded partnership and our recent expansion. These incremental general and administrative expenses are not reflected in our unaudited pro forma financial statements and consist of $2.1 million of expenses that we expect to incur as a result of operating as a publicly traded partnership, such as expenses associated with annual and quarterly reporting, tax return and Schedule K-1 preparation and distribution expenses, Sarbanes-Oxley compliance expenses, expenses associated with listing on the NYSE, independent auditor fees, legal fees, investor relations expenses, registrar and transfer agent fees, director and officer insurance expenses and director and officer compensation expenses, as well as incremental administrative expenses to support our recent expansion, including management level positions in operations, human resources, legal, accounting and reporting, as well as license fees associated with upgrading accounting and reporting software. We expect the incremental expenses related to our recent expansion to gradually increase over time as we hire additional personnel, from about $0.7 million for the year ending December 31, 2012 to $1.7 million on an annualized basis by September 30, 2013, the end of the projection period provided under “—Estimated Cash Available for Distribution for the Twelve Months Ending September 30, 2013.”

Our unaudited pro forma financial statements are derived from the audited and unaudited historical financial statements of our accounting predecessor, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, included elsewhere in this prospectus and Hi-Crush Proppants LLC’s accounting records, which are unaudited. Our unaudited pro forma financial statements should be read together with “Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the audited and unaudited historical financial statements of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The following table illustrates, on a pro forma basis for the three and the twelve months ended March 31, 2012, the amount of cash that would have been available for distribution to our unitholders, assuming that the transactions contemplated in this prospectus had been consummated on January 1, 2011. Certain of the adjustments reflected or presented below are explained in the footnotes to such adjustments.

 

61


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Partners LP

Unaudited Pro Forma Cash Available for Distribution

 

     Pro Forma for the
Twelve Months Ended

March 31, 2012 (2)
     Pro Forma for the
Three Months Ended

March 31, 2012 (2)
 
    

(in thousands,

except per unit data)

    

(in thousands,

except per unit data)

 

Operating revenues

   $ 33,885       $ 13,532   

Operating expenses:

     

Production costs (1)

     10,595         4,597   

Depreciation and depletion

     628         179   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Costs of goods sold

     11,223         4,776   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     22,662         8,756   

General and administrative expenses

     2,161         646   

Accretion of asset retirement obligations

     34         6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

     20,467         8,104   

Interest expense, net

     363         91   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (2)

     20,104         8,013   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to EBITDA:

     

Add:

     

Depreciation and depletion

     628         179   

Interest expense, net (3)

     363         91   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

EBITDA (1)

     21,095         8,283   

Less:

     

Cash interest expense (3)

     263         66   

Maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, including accrual for reserve replacement (4)

     750         301   

Incremental general and administrative expenses (5)

     2,100         525   

Plus:

     

Accretion of asset retirement obligations

     34         6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Estimated cash available for distribution by Hi-Crush Partners LP

   $ 18,016       $ 7,397   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Minimum annual distribution per unit (based on a minimum quarterly distribution rate of $         per unit)

     

Annual distributions to:

     

Public common unitholders

     

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC:

     

Common units

     

Subordinated units

     

Total distributions to Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

     

Total distributions to our unitholders at the minimum distribution rate

     

Shortfall

     

 

(1) For more information, please read “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(2) Reflects our pro forma operating results for the periods indicated, derived from or prepared on a basis consistent with our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma adjustments reflected in our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements for the three and twelve months ended March 31, 2012 have been prepared as if this offering had taken place on January 1, 2011.

 

62


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(3) Interest expense, net and cash interest expense both include commitment and administrative agent fees on our new credit facility. Interest expense, net also includes the amortization of debt issuance costs incurred in connection with our new credit facility.
(4) Maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, including accrual for reserve replacement, was determined based on $1.35 per ton of sand sold during the periods presented. This reflects an estimate of reserve replacement cost, but it is not a reserve or requirement to spend the capital. Please read “—Estimated Cash Available for Distribution for the Twelve Months Ending September 30, 2013—Maintenance and Replacement Capital Expenditures.”
(5) Reflects an adjustment to our EBITDA for approximately $2.1 million of incremental general and administrative expenses that we expect to incur as a result of operating as a publicly traded partnership that are not reflected in our unaudited pro forma financial statements.

Estimated Cash Available for Distribution for the Twelve Months Ending September 30, 2013

Set forth below is a statement of Estimated Cash Available for Distribution that reflects a forecast of our ability to generate sufficient cash flows to make the minimum quarterly distribution on all of our outstanding limited partner units for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013, based on assumptions we believe to be reasonable. These assumptions include adjustments giving effect to this offering.

Our estimated cash available for distribution reflects our judgment as of the date of this prospectus of conditions we expect to exist and the course of action we expect to take during the twelve months ending September 30, 2013. The assumptions disclosed under “—Assumptions and Considerations” below are those that we believe are significant to our ability to generate such estimated cash available for distribution. We believe our actual results of operations and cash flows for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013 will be sufficient to generate our estimated cash available for distribution for such period; however, we can give you no assurance that such estimated cash available for distribution will be achieved. There will likely be differences between our estimated cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013 and our actual results for such period and those differences could be material. If we fail to generate the estimated cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013, we may not be able to pay cash distributions on our common units at the minimum quarterly distribution rate or at any rate.

We do not as a matter of course make public projections as to future operations, earnings or other results. However, management has prepared the estimated cash available for distribution and assumptions set forth below to substantiate our belief that we will have sufficient cash available to make the minimum quarterly distribution to our unitholders for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013. This prospective financial information was not prepared with a view toward compliance with published guidelines of the SEC or the guidelines established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants for preparation and presentation of prospective financial information, but, in the view of our management, was prepared on a reasonable basis, reflects the best currently available estimates and judgments and presents, to the best of management’s knowledge and belief, the assumptions on which we base our belief that we can generate the estimated cash available for distribution necessary for us to have sufficient cash available for distribution to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution to all of our unitholders for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013. However, this information is not historical fact and should not be relied upon as being necessarily indicative of future results, and readers of this prospectus are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the prospective financial information. The prospective financial information included in this offering document has been prepared by, and is the responsibility of, the Company’s management. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has neither examined, compiled nor performed any procedures with respect to the accompanying prospective financial information and, accordingly, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto. The PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP report included in this offering document relates to the Company’s historical financial information. It does not extend to the prospective financial information and should not be read to do so.

 

63


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

When considering the estimated cash available for distribution set forth below you should keep in mind the risk factors and other cautionary statements under “Risk Factors.” Any of the risks discussed in this prospectus could cause our actual results of operations to vary significantly from those supporting such estimated available cash. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the forecast is indicative of our future performance. Inclusion of the forecast in this prospectus is not a representation by any person, including us or the underwriters, that the results in the forecast will be achieved.

We are providing the estimated cash available for distribution and related assumptions for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013 to supplement our pro forma and historical financial statements in support of our belief that we will have sufficient available cash to allow us to pay cash distributions on all of our outstanding common and subordinated units for each quarter in the twelve-month period ending September 30, 2013 at our stated minimum quarterly distribution rate. Please read below under “—Assumptions and Considerations” for further information as to the assumptions we have made for the preparation of the estimated cash available for distribution set forth below. The narrative descriptions of our assumptions in “—Assumptions and Considerations” generally compare our estimated cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013 with the unaudited pro forma cash available for distribution for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012 presented under “—Pro Forma Cash Available for Distribution for the Twelve and Three Months Ended March 31, 2012.” We have not provided any narrative comparison to our unaudited pro forma cash available for distribution for the three months ended March 31, 2012, as we do not believe comparing a three-month period to a twelve-month period is useful to investors.

We do not undertake any obligation to release publicly the results of any future revisions we may make to the assumptions used in generating our estimated cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013 or to update those assumptions to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus. Therefore, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on this information.

 

64


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Partners LP

Estimated Cash Available for Distribution

 

     Twelve Months
Ending
September 30,
2013
 
     (in millions)  
     (unaudited)  

Operating revenues

   $ 96.4   

Operating expenses:

  

Production costs (1)

     30.9   

Depreciation and depletion

     1.7   
  

 

 

 

Costs of goods sold

     32.6   
  

 

 

 

Gross profit

     63.8   

General and administrative expenses (2)

     6.2   

Accretion of asset retirement obligations

     0.0   
  

 

 

 

Operating income

     57.6   

Interest expense, net (3)

     0.4   
  

 

 

 

Net income

     57.2   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to estimated EBITDA:

  

Add:

  

Depreciation and depletion

     1.7   

Interest expense, net (3)

     0.4   
  

 

 

 

EBITDA (1)

     59.3   

Adjustments to reconcile estimated EBITDA to estimated cash available for distribution:

  

Less:

  

Cash interest expense

     0.3   

Estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, including accrual for reserve replacement (4)

     2.0   

Plus:

  

Accretion of asset retirement obligations

     0.0   
  

 

 

 

Estimated cash available for distribution

   $ 57.0   
  

 

 

 

Minimum annual distributions per unit (based on minimum quarterly distribution rate of $         per unit)

  

Distributions to public common unitholders

  

Distributions to Hi-Crush Proppants LLC—common units

  

Distributions to Hi-Crush Proppants LLC—subordinated units

  

Total distributions

  
  

 

 

 

Excess of cash available for distribution over aggregate annualized minimum quarterly cash distributions

  

 

(1) For more information, please read “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(2) Includes general and administrative expenses of $2.4 million allocated from Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and its affiliates, an incremental $1.7 million of administrative expenses to support our recent expansion and $2.1 million of incremental general and administrative expenses that we expect to incur as a result of operating as a publicly traded partnership.

 

65


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(3) Reflects the pro forma amortization during the forecast period of the $0.5 million in credit facility arrangement fees, which will be amortized over a five-year period, an annual $0.1 million administrative agent fee and commitment fees of $0.2 million. We expect to have no indebtedness outstanding during the twelve months ending September 30, 2013. Please read “—Our Financing” below for additional detail on the calculation of interest expense.
(4) Maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, including accrual for reserve replacement, was determined based on $1.35 per ton of sand sold during the projected period. This reflects an estimate of reserve replacement cost, but it is not a reserve or requirement to spend the capital. Please read “Estimated Cash Available for Distribution for the Twelve Months Ending September 30, 2013—Maintenance and Replacement Capital Expenditures.”

Assumptions and Considerations

We believe that our cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013 will not be less than $57.0 million. This amount of estimated cash available for distribution is approximately $39.0 million more than the $18.0 million pro forma cash available for distribution we generated for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012, due in part to only nine months of operating revenue from the Wyeville facility, which commenced operations in July 2011. As we discuss in further detail below, we believe that increased income from a full year’s operation of the Wyeville facility, the completion of our plant expansion in March 2012, and commencement of deliveries under our contracts with subsidiaries of Baker Hughes and FTS International in May 2012 will result in our generating higher cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013. The assumptions and estimates we have made to support our ability to generate the estimated cash available for distribution are set forth below.

Our Operating Revenue

We estimate that we will generate approximately $96.4 million in total revenues for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013. Prior to the acquisition of our Wyeville sand reserves and construction of the Wyeville facility, our mines were nonoperational and accordingly generated no revenue. From the Wyeville in-service date through March 31, 2012, our Wyeville assets produced revenue of approximately $33.9 million.

All of the revenues estimated for the forecast period are expected to be generated from long-term sales contracts that require our customers to pay a specified price for a specified volume each month. Accordingly, our estimate of total revenue for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013 is based on our current operating capacity and the pricing terms and volume commitments specified in our long-term sales contracts rather than on our historical revenues. Our estimate assumes that we will make sales of our total contracted volume of 1,460,000 tons of frac sand at contract prices over the forecast period. We generated $33.9 million in revenues for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012. The expected $62.5 million increase in our revenues from the twelve months ending September 30, 2013, compared to the twelve months ended March 31, 2012, is primarily due to:

 

   

increased revenues of $51.9 million resulting from 730,000 tons of incremental frac sand sales that were contracted as part of the March 2012 plant expansion; and

 

   

$10.6 million in incremental revenue associated with operating for the full twelve-month period.

Our Expenses

We estimate that our production costs will be approximately $30.9 million for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013, as compared to pro forma production costs of approximately $10.7 million for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012. The increase results from:

 

   

increased excavation costs and royalties of $10.1 million related to higher frac sand volumes excavated and sold;

 

66


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

increased personnel and plant operating expenses of $7.0 million related to our recent expansion; and

 

   

additional personnel and plant operating expenses of $3.2 million associated with operating for the full twelve-month period.

Because our excavation costs and royalties are fixed on a per ton basis, our estimate of those expenses for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013 is based on our expectation that we will produce and sell 1,460,000 tons of frac sand over the contract period. Our estimate of personnel and plant operating expenses is based on our historical costs, adjusted to account for the additional expenses we will incur as a result of our recent plant expansion and a full twelve months of operations.

We estimate that our general and administrative expenses will be approximately $6.2 million for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013, as compared to pro forma general and administrative expenses of approximately $2.2 million for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012. The change is primarily due to:

 

   

approximately $2.1 million of incremental general and administrative expenses resulting from our being a publicly traded limited partnership; and

 

   

an incremental $1.7 million of general and administrative expenses to support our recent expansion, including management level positions in operations, human resources, legal, accounting and reporting, as well as license fees associated with upgrading accounting and reporting software.

We estimate our depreciation and depletion expense for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013 for the Wyeville facility will be approximately $1.7 million, as compared to pro forma depreciation and depletion expense of approximately $0.6 million for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012. The increase in estimated depreciation and depletion expense is primarily due to completion of the plant expansion in March 2012 and as a result of operating for the full twelve-month period.

Our Capital Expenditures

We estimate that maintenance and replacement capital expenditures relating to the Wyeville facility will be approximately $2.0 million for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013. This amount is calculated based on $1.35 per ton of sand sold and the 1,460,000 tons of sand contracted to be sold during the period. The increase from $0.7 million for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012 is attributable to the increase in tons of sand sold as a result of the plant expansion that was completed in March 2012 and a full twelve-month period of operations. Please read “—Maintenance and Replacement Capital Expenditures.”

Our Financing

Our interest and debt expense for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013 is based on the following assumptions:

 

   

At the closing of this offering we will not have any borrowings under our new $                     million credit facility.

 

   

Because the cash we have on hand at the closing of this offering together with cash we expect to generate in excess of distributions for the forecast period should provide us with sufficient working capital during the twelve months ending September 30, 2013, we do not expect to incur borrowings during such period.

 

   

Our new credit facility will have a commitment fee of     %.

 

   

We will remain in compliance with the financial and other covenants in our new credit facility.

 

67


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our Regulatory, Industry and Economic Factors

Our forecast of our results of operations for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013 is based on the following assumptions related to regulatory, industry and economic factors:

 

   

There will not be any new federal, state or local regulations affecting our operations or those of our customers, or any new interpretations of existing regulations, that will be materially adverse to our business during the twelve months ending September 30, 2013.

 

   

There will not be any major adverse changes affecting our operations or those of our customers during the twelve months ending September 30, 2013.

 

   

There will not be any material accidents, weather-related incidents, unscheduled downtime or similar unanticipated events with respect to our facilities or those of third parties on which we depend.

 

   

Industry, insurance and overall economic conditions will not change substantially during the twelve months ending September 30, 2013.

 

   

There will not be any material non-performance by our customers.

Maintenance and Replacement Capital Expenditures

For our purposes, maintenance and replacement capital expenditures are those capital expenditures required to maintain, over the long term, the operating capacity of our capital assets, and expansion capital expenditures are those capital expenditures that increase, over the long term, the operating capacity of our capital assets. Examples of maintenance and replacement capital expenditures include expenditures associated with the replacement of equipment and sand reserves, to the extent such expenditures are made to maintain our long-term operating capacity.

Because our maintenance and replacement capital expenditures can be irregular, the amount of our actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures may differ substantially from period to period, which could cause similar fluctuations in the amounts of cash available for distribution. We do not expect to spend capital to replace our reserves ratably quarter-over-quarter or year-over-year but expect, over the long term, to invest capital to maintain our operating capacity. We currently expense costs associated with maintaining our wet and dry plants as they are incurred. However, for purposes of calculating our pro forma estimated cash available for distribution for the three and twelve months ended March 31, 2012 and our estimated cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013, maintenance and replacement capital expenditures were determined based on an estimated reserve replacement cost of $1.35 per ton of sand sold. This estimate was developed by considering the actual and projected capital expenditures required to acquire the Wyeville and Augusta reserves as well as the capital required to develop and construct the plant and infrastructure at each location, divided by the estimated, sellable reserves product at each site as determined by John T. Boyd. We believe this methodology is an appropriate proxy for the long-term future costs to maintain our existing reserve base. We believe reserves can also be replaced at our existing Wyeville facility through acquisitions of additional acreage without incurring the cost of building an additional processing facility. While this reflects a reserve replacement cost, it is not a reserve or requirement to spend capital.

 

68


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HOW WE MAKE DISTRIBUTIONS TO OUR PARTNERS

Set forth below is a summary of the significant provisions of our partnership agreement that relate to cash distributions.

General

Intent to Distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution

Within 60 days after the end of each quarter, beginning with the quarter ending                     , 2012, we intend to distribute to the holders of common and subordinated units on a quarterly basis at least the minimum quarterly distribution of $         per unit, or $         on an annualized basis, to the extent we have sufficient cash after establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including payments to our general partner and its affiliates. We will adjust the minimum quarterly distribution for the period after the closing of the offering through                     , 2012.

Even if our cash distribution policy is not modified or revoked, the amount of distributions paid under our policy and the decision to make any distribution is determined by our general partner. Our partnership agreement does not contain a requirement for us to pay distributions to our unitholders, and there is no guarantee that we will pay the minimum quarterly distribution, or any distribution, on the units in any quarter. However, it does contain provisions intended to motivate our general partner to make steady, increasing and sustainable distributions over time.

General Partner Interest

Our general partner owns a non-economic general partner interest in us, which does not entitle it to receive cash distributions. However, our general partner may in the future own common units or other equity securities in us and will be entitled to receive distributions on any such interests.

Incentive Distribution Rights

Our sponsor currently holds incentive distribution rights that entitle it to receive increasing percentages, up to a maximum of 50.0%, of the cash we distribute from operating surplus (as defined below) in excess of $         per unit per quarter. The maximum distribution of 50.0% does not include any distributions that our sponsor may receive on any limited partner units that it owns.

Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus

General

Any distributions we make will be characterized as made from “operating surplus” or “capital surplus.” Distributions from operating surplus are made differently than cash distributions that we would make from capital surplus. Operating surplus distributions will be made to our unitholders and, if we make quarterly distributions above the first target distribution level described below, to the holder of our incentive distribution rights. We do not anticipate that we will make any distributions from capital surplus. In such an event, however, any capital surplus distribution would be made pro rata to all unitholders, but the holder of the incentive distribution rights would generally not participate in any capital surplus distributions with respect to those rights.

Operating Surplus

We define operating surplus as:

 

   

$         million (as described below); plus

 

   

all of our cash receipts after the closing of this offering, excluding cash from interim capital transactions (as defined below); plus

 

69


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

working capital borrowings made after the end of a period but on or before the date of determination of operating surplus for the period; plus

 

   

cash distributions paid in respect of equity issued (including incremental distributions on incentive distribution rights), other than equity issued on the closing date of this offering, to finance all or a portion of expansion capital expenditures or expenditures for a replacement capital asset in respect of the period from such financing until the earlier to occur of the date the capital asset commences commercial service and the date that it is abandoned or disposed of; plus

 

   

cash distributions paid in respect of equity issued (including incremental distributions on incentive distribution rights) to pay the construction period interest on debt incurred, or to pay construction period distributions on equity issued, to finance the expansion capital expenditures or expenditures for a replacement capital asset referred to above, in each case, in respect of the period from such financing until the earlier to occur of the date the capital asset is placed in service and the date that it is abandoned or disposed of; less

 

   

all of our operating expenditures (as defined below) after the closing of this offering; less

 

   

the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner to provide funds for future operating expenditures; less

 

   

all working capital borrowings not repaid within twelve months after having been incurred, or repaid within such twelve-month period with the proceeds of additional working capital borrowings; less

 

   

any loss realized on disposition of an investment capital expenditure.

As described above, operating surplus does not reflect actual cash on hand that is available for distribution to our unitholders and is not limited to cash generated by our operations. For example, it includes a basket of $             million that will enable us, if we choose, to distribute as operating surplus cash we receive in the future from non-operating sources such as asset sales, issuances of securities and long-term borrowings that would otherwise be distributed as capital surplus. In addition, the effect of including, as described above, certain cash distributions on equity interests in operating surplus will be to increase operating surplus by the amount of any such cash distributions. As a result, we may also distribute as operating surplus up to the amount of any such cash that we receive from non-operating sources.

The proceeds of working capital borrowings increase operating surplus and repayments of working capital borrowings are generally operating expenditures, as described below, and thus reduce operating surplus when made. However, if a working capital borrowing is not repaid during the twelve-month period following the borrowing, it will be deemed repaid at the end of such period, thus decreasing operating surplus at such time. When such working capital borrowing is in fact repaid, it will be excluded from operating expenditures because operating surplus will have been previously reduced by the deemed repayment.

We define operating expenditures in our partnership agreement, which generally means all of our cash expenditures, including, but not limited to, taxes, reimbursement of expenses to our general partner or its affiliates, payments made under interest rate hedge agreements or commodity hedge agreements (provided that (1) with respect to amounts paid in connection with the initial purchase of an interest rate hedge contract or a commodity hedge contract, such amounts will be amortized over the life of the applicable interest rate hedge contract or commodity hedge contract and (2) payments made in connection with the termination of any interest rate hedge contract or commodity hedge contract prior to the expiration of its stipulated settlement or termination date will be included in operating expenditures in equal quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of such interest rate hedge contract or commodity hedge contract), officer compensation, repayment of working capital borrowings, debt service payments and estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures (as discussed in further detail below), provided that operating expenditures will not include:

 

   

repayment of working capital borrowings deducted from operating surplus pursuant to the penultimate bullet point of the definition of operating surplus above when such repayment actually occurs;

 

70


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

payments (including prepayments and prepayment penalties and the purchase price of indebtedness that is repurchased and cancelled) of principal of and premium on indebtedness, other than working capital borrowings;

 

   

expansion capital expenditures;

 

   

actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures (as discussed in further detail below);

 

   

investment capital expenditures;

 

   

payment of transaction expenses relating to interim capital transactions;

 

   

distributions to our partners (including distributions in respect of our incentive distribution rights); or

 

   

repurchases of equity interests except to fund obligations under employee benefit plans.

Capital Surplus

Capital surplus is defined in our partnership agreement as any cash and cash equivalents distributed in excess of our operating surplus. Accordingly, capital surplus would generally be generated only by the following (which we refer to as “interim capital transactions”):

 

   

borrowings other than working capital borrowings;

 

   

sales of our equity and debt securities; and

 

   

sales or other dispositions of assets for cash, other than inventory, accounts receivable and other assets sold in the ordinary course of business or as part of normal retirement or replacement of assets.

Characterization of Cash Distributions

Our partnership agreement requires that we treat all cash distributed as coming from operating surplus until the sum of all cash distributed since the closing of this offering equals the operating surplus from the closing of this offering through the end of the quarter immediately preceding that distribution. Our partnership agreement requires that we treat any amount distributed in excess of operating surplus, regardless of its source, as distributions of capital surplus. As described above, operating surplus includes up to $         million, which does not reflect actual cash on hand that is available for distribution to our unitholders. Rather, it is a provision that will enable us, if we choose, to distribute as operating surplus up to this amount that would otherwise be distributed as capital surplus. We do not anticipate that we will make any distributions from capital surplus.

Capital Expenditures

Estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures reduce operating surplus, but expansion capital expenditures, actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures and investment capital expenditures do not. Maintenance and replacement capital expenditures are those capital expenditures required to maintain our long-term operating capacity. Examples of maintenance and replacement capital expenditures include expenditures associated with the replacement of equipment and sand reserves, to the extent such expenditures are made to maintain our long-term operating capacity. Maintenance and replacement capital expenditures will also include interest (and related fees) on debt incurred and distributions on equity issued (including incremental distributions on incentive distribution rights) to finance all or any portion of the construction or development of a replacement asset that is paid in respect of the period that begins when we enter into a binding obligation to commence constructing or developing a replacement asset and ending on the earlier to occur of the date that any such replacement asset commences commercial service and the date that such asset is abandoned or disposed. Capital expenditures made solely for investment purposes will not be considered maintenance and replacement capital expenditures.

Because our maintenance and replacement capital expenditures can be irregular, the amount of our actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures may differ substantially from period to period, which could

 

71


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

cause similar fluctuations in the amounts of operating surplus and adjusted operating surplus if we subtracted actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures from operating surplus.

Our partnership agreement will require that an estimate of the average quarterly maintenance and replacement capital expenditures necessary to maintain our operating capacity over the long-term be subtracted from operating surplus each quarter as opposed to the actual amounts spent. The amount of estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures deducted from operating surplus for those periods will be subject to review and change by our general partner at least once a year, provided that any change is approved by our conflicts committee. The estimate will be made at least annually and whenever an event occurs that is likely to result in a material adjustment to the amount of our maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, such as a major acquisition or the introduction of new governmental regulations that will impact our business. Our partnership agreement does not set a limit on the amount of maintenance and replacement capital expenditures that our general partner may estimate. For purposes of calculating operating surplus, any adjustment to this estimate will be prospective only. For a discussion of the amounts we have allocated toward estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, please read “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

The use of estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures in calculating operating surplus will have the following effects:

 

   

the amount of actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures in any quarter will not directly reduce operating surplus but will instead be factored into the estimate of the average quarterly maintenance and replacement capital expenditures. This may result in the subordinated units converting into common units when the use of actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures would result in lower operating surplus during the subordination period and potentially result in the tests for conversion of the subordinated units not being satisfied;

 

   

it may increase our ability to distribute as operating surplus cash we receive from non-operating sources; and

 

   

it may be more difficult for us to raise our distribution above the minimum quarterly distribution and pay incentive distributions on the incentive distribution rights held by our sponsor.

Expansion capital expenditures are those capital expenditures that we expect will increase our operating capacity over the long term. Examples of expansion capital expenditures include the acquisition of new reserves or equipment, development of a new surface mine or the expansion of an existing surface mine, to the extent such capital expenditures are expected to expand our long-term operating capacity. Expansion capital expenditures will also include interest (and related fees) on debt incurred and distributions on equity issued (including incremental distributions on incentive distribution rights) to finance all or any portion of the construction of such capital improvement in respect of the period that commences when we enter into a binding obligation to commence construction of a capital improvement and ending on the earlier to occur of the date any such capital improvement commences commercial service and the date that it is disposed of or abandoned. Capital expenditures made solely for investment purposes will not be considered expansion capital expenditures.

Investment capital expenditures are those capital expenditures that are neither maintenance and replacement capital expenditures nor expansion capital expenditures. Investment capital expenditures largely will consist of capital expenditures made for investment purposes. Examples of investment capital expenditures include traditional capital expenditures for investment purposes, such as purchases of securities, as well as other capital expenditures that might be made in lieu of such traditional investment capital expenditures, such as the acquisition of a capital asset for investment purposes or development of assets that are in excess of the maintenance of our existing operating capacity, but which are not expected to expand, for more than the short term, our operating capacity.

 

72


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

As described below, neither investment capital expenditures nor expansion capital expenditures are included in operating expenditures, and thus will not reduce operating surplus. Because expansion capital expenditures include interest payments (and related fees) on debt incurred to finance all or a portion of the construction, replacement or improvement of a capital asset in respect of a period that begins when we enter into a binding obligation to commence construction of a capital improvement and ending on the earlier to occur of the date any such capital asset commences commercial service and the date that it is abandoned or disposed of, such interest payments also do not reduce operating surplus. Losses on disposition of an investment capital expenditure will reduce operating surplus when realized and cash receipts from an investment capital expenditure will be treated as a cash receipt for purposes of calculating operating surplus only to the extent the cash receipt is a return on principal.

Capital expenditures that are made in part for maintenance and replacement capital purposes, investment capital purposes and/or expansion capital purposes will be allocated as maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, investment capital expenditures or expansion capital expenditures by our general partner.

Subordination Period

General

Our partnership agreement provides that, during the subordination period (which we describe below), the common units will have the right to receive distributions from operating surplus each quarter in an amount equal to $         per common unit, which amount is defined in our partnership agreement as the minimum quarterly distribution, plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units from prior quarters, before any distributions from operating surplus may be made on the subordinated units. These units are deemed “subordinated” because for a period of time, referred to as the subordination period, the subordinated units will not be entitled to receive any distributions from operating surplus until the common units have received the minimum quarterly distribution plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution from prior quarters. Furthermore, no arrearages will be paid on the subordinated units. The practical effect of the subordinated units is to increase the likelihood that during the subordination period there will be sufficient cash from operating surplus to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units.

Determination of Subordination Period

Our sponsor will initially own all of our subordinated units. Except as described below, the subordination period will begin on the closing date of this offering and expire on the first business day after the distribution to unitholders in respect of any quarter, beginning with the quarter ending                     , 2015, if each of the following has occurred:

 

   

distributions from operating surplus on each of the outstanding common and subordinated units equaled or exceeded the minimum quarterly distribution for each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date;

 

   

the “adjusted operating surplus” (as defined below) generated during each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date equaled or exceeded the sum of the minimum quarterly distribution on all of the outstanding common and subordinated units during those periods on a fully diluted weighted average basis; and

 

   

there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units.

Early Termination of Subordination Period

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the subordination period will automatically terminate, and all of the subordinated units will convert into common units on a one-for-one basis, on the first business day after the distribution to unitholders in respect of any quarter, beginning with the quarter ending                     , 2013, if each of the following has occurred:

 

   

distributions from operating surplus exceeded $         (150.0% of the annualized minimum quarterly distribution) on all outstanding common units and subordinated units, plus the related distributions on the incentive distribution rights for a four-quarter period immediately preceding that date;

 

73


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

the “adjusted operating surplus” (as defined below) generated during the four-quarter period immediately preceding that date equaled or exceeded the sum of $         (150.0% of the annualized minimum quarterly distribution) on all of the outstanding common and subordinated units during that period on a fully diluted weighted average basis, plus the related distribution on the incentive distribution rights; and

 

   

there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distributions on the common units.

Expiration Upon Removal of the General Partner

In addition, if the unitholders remove our general partner other than for cause:

 

   

the subordinated units held by any person will immediately and automatically convert into common units on a one-for-one basis, provided (1) neither such person nor any of its affiliates voted any of its units in favor of the removal and (2) such person is not an affiliate of the successor general partner; and

 

   

if all of the subordinated units convert pursuant to the foregoing, all cumulative common unit arrearages on the common units will be extinguished and the subordination period will end.

Expiration of the Subordination Period

When the subordination period ends, each outstanding subordinated unit will convert into one common unit and will then participate pro-rata with the other common units in distributions.

Adjusted Operating Surplus

Adjusted operating surplus is intended to reflect the cash generated from operations during a particular period and therefore excludes net increases in working capital borrowings and net drawdowns of reserves of cash generated in prior periods. Adjusted operating surplus consists of:

 

   

operating surplus generated with respect to that period (excluding any amounts attributable to the items described in the first bullet point under “—Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus—Operating Surplus” above); less

 

   

any net increase in working capital borrowings with respect to that period; less

 

   

any net decrease in cash reserves for operating expenditures with respect to that period not relating to an operating expenditure made with respect to that period; plus

 

   

any net decrease in working capital borrowings with respect to that period; plus

 

   

any net increase in cash reserves for operating expenditures with respect to that period required by any debt instrument for the repayment of principal, interest or premium; plus

 

   

any net decrease made in subsequent periods in cash reserves for operating expenditures initially established with respect to such period to the extent such decrease results in a reduction of adjusted operating surplus in subsequent periods pursuant to the third bullet point above.

Distributions From Operating Surplus During the Subordination Period

If we make a distribution from operating surplus for any quarter during the subordination period, our partnership agreement requires that we make the distribution in the following manner:

 

   

first , to the common unitholders, pro rata, until we distribute for each common unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter and any arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units for any prior quarters;

 

   

second , to the subordinated unitholders, pro rata, until we distribute for each subordinated unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter; and

 

   

thereafter , in the manner described in “—Incentive Distribution Rights” below.

 

74


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Distributions From Operating Surplus After the Subordination Period

If we make distributions of cash from operating surplus for any quarter after the subordination period, our partnership agreement requires that we make the distribution in the following manner:

 

   

first , to all common unitholders, pro rata, until we distribute for each common unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter; and

 

   

thereafter , in the manner described in “—Incentive Distribution Rights” below.

General Partner Interest

Our general partner owns a non-economic general partner interest in us, which does not entitle it to receive cash distributions. However, our general partner may in the future own common units or other equity securities in us and will be entitled to receive distributions on any such interests.

Incentive Distribution Rights

Incentive distribution rights represent the right to receive increasing percentages (15.0%, 25.0% and 50.0%) of quarterly distributions from operating surplus after the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels have been achieved. Our sponsor currently holds the incentive distribution rights, but may transfer these rights at any time.

If for any quarter:

 

   

we have distributed cash from operating surplus to the common and subordinated unitholders in an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution; and

 

   

we have distributed cash from operating surplus on outstanding common units in an amount necessary to eliminate any cumulative arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution;

then we will make additional distributions from operating surplus for that quarter among the unitholders and the sponsor (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights) in the following manner:

 

   

first , to all unitholders, pro rata, until each unitholder receives a total of $         per unit for that quarter (the “first target distribution”);

 

   

second , 85.0% to all common unitholders and subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to the holders of our incentive distribution rights, until each unitholder receives a total of $         per unit for that quarter (the “second target distribution”);

 

   

third , 75.0% to all common unitholders and subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to the holders of our incentive distribution rights, until each unitholder receives a total of $         per unit for that quarter (the “third target distribution”); and

 

   

thereafter , 50.0% to all common unitholders and subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0% to the holders of our incentive distribution rights.

Percentage Allocations of Distributions From Operating Surplus

The following table illustrates the percentage allocations of distributions from operating surplus between the unitholders and our sponsor (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights) based on the specified target distribution levels. The amounts set forth under the column heading “Marginal Percentage Interest in Distributions” are the percentage interests of our sponsor (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights) and the unitholders in any distributions from operating surplus we distribute up to and including the corresponding amount in the column “Total Quarterly Distribution Per Unit.” The percentage interests shown for our unitholders and our sponsor (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights) for the minimum quarterly distribution are also applicable to quarterly distribution amounts that are less than the minimum quarterly

 

75


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

distribution. The percentage interests set forth below assume our sponsor has not transferred its incentive distribution rights and there are no arrearages on common units.

 

     Total Quarterly Distribution
Per Common Unit and
Subordinated Unit
     Marginal Percentage
Interest in Distributions
 
        Unitholders     Sponsor
(as Holder of
Our Incentive
Distribution Rights)
 

Minimum Quarterly Distribution

   $                      100.0     0

First Target Distribution

   above $          up to $                 100.0     0

Second Target Distribution

   above $          up to $                 85.0     15.0

Third Target Distribution

   above $          up to $                 75.0     25.0

Thereafter

   above $                  50.0     50.0

Our Sponsor’s Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels

Our sponsor, as the initial holder of our incentive distribution rights, has the right under our partnership agreement to elect to relinquish the right to receive incentive distribution payments based on the initial target distribution levels and to reset, at higher levels, the target distribution levels upon which the incentive distribution payments to our sponsor would be set. If our sponsor transfers all or a portion of our incentive distribution rights in the future, then the holder or holders of a majority of our incentive distribution rights will be entitled to exercise this right. The following discussion assumes that our sponsor holds all of the incentive distribution rights at the time that a reset election is made. The right to reset the target distribution levels upon which the incentive distributions are based may be exercised, without approval of our unitholders or the conflicts committee of our general partner, at any time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and we have made cash distributions to the holders of the incentive distribution rights at the highest level of incentive distribution for the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters. The reset target distribution levels will be higher than the target distribution levels prior to the reset such that there will be no incentive distributions paid under the reset target distribution levels until cash distributions per unit following the reset event increase as described below. We anticipate that our sponsor would exercise this reset right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would otherwise not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per common unit, taking into account the existing levels of incentive distribution payments being made to our sponsor.

In connection with the resetting of the target distribution levels and the corresponding relinquishment by our sponsor of incentive distribution payments based on the target cash distributions prior to the reset, our sponsor will be entitled to receive a number of newly issued common units based on a predetermined formula described below that takes into account the “cash parity” value of the cash distributions related to the incentive distribution rights received by our sponsor for the quarter prior to the reset event as compared to the cash distribution per common unit in such quarter.

The number of common units that our sponsor would be entitled to receive from us in connection with a resetting of the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels then in effect would be equal to the quotient determined by dividing (x) the amount of cash distributions received by our sponsor in respect of its incentive distribution rights for the fiscal quarter ended immediately prior to the date of such reset election by (y) the amount of cash distributed per common unit with respect to such quarter. Our sponsor would be entitled to receive distributions in respect of these common units pro rata in subsequent periods.

Following a reset election, a baseline minimum quarterly distribution amount will be calculated as an amount equal to the cash distribution amount per unit for the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the reset election (which amount we refer to as the “reset minimum quarterly distribution”) and the target distribution levels will be reset to be correspondingly higher such that we would make distributions from operating surplus for each quarter thereafter as follows:

 

   

first , to all common unitholders, pro rata, until each unitholder receives an amount per unit equal to 115.0% of the reset minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter;

 

76


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

second , 85.0% to all common unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to our sponsor, until each unitholder receives an amount per unit equal to 125.0% of the reset minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter;

 

   

third , 75.0% to all common unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to our sponsor, until each unitholder receives an amount per unit equal to 150.0% of the reset minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter; and

 

   

thereafter , 50.0% to all common unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0% to our sponsor.

Because a reset election can only occur after the subordination period expires, the reset minimum quarterly distribution will have no significance except as a baseline for the target distribution levels.

The following table illustrates the percentage allocation of distributions from operating surplus between the unitholders and our sponsor (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights) at various distribution levels (1) pursuant to the distribution provisions of our partnership agreement in effect at the closing of this offering, as well as (2) following a hypothetical reset of the target distribution levels based on the assumption that the quarterly distribution amount per common unit during the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the reset election was $        .

 

    Quarterly
Distribution Per Unit
               Prior to Reset              
  Unitholders     Sponsor
(as Holder
of Our
Incentive
Distribution
Rights)
    Quarterly Distribution Per
Unit Following
              Hypothetical Reset              

First Target Distribution

  up to $             100.0     0.0   above $         up to $          (1)

Second Target Distribution

  above $        up to $             85.0     15.0   above $         up to $          (2)

Third Target Distribution

  above $        up to $             75.0     25.0   above $         up to $          (3)

Thereafter

  above $             50.0     50.0   above $        

 

(1) This amount is 115.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.
(2) This amount is 125.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.
(3) This amount is 150.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.

The following table illustrates the total amount of distributions from operating surplus that would be distributed to the unitholders and our sponsor (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights), in respect of its incentive distribution rights, based on the amount distributed for the quarter immediately prior to the reset. The table assumes that immediately prior to the reset there would be              common units outstanding and the distribution to each common unit would be $         per quarter for the quarter prior to the reset.

 

    

Quarterly Distribution
Per Unit Prior to Reset

   Cash
Distributions to
Common
Unitholders
Prior to Reset
     Cash Distributions to
Sponsor (as Holder of
Our Incentive
Distribution Rights)
Prior to Reset
        
           Incentive
Distribution
Rights
     Total      Total
Distributions
 

First Target Distribution

   up to $            $                  $  —       $                $            

Second Target Distribution

   above $        up to $                    

Third Target Distribution

   above $        up to $                    

Thereafter

   above $                    
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
      $              $         $              $          
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table illustrates the total amount of distributions from operating surplus that would be distributed to the unitholders and our sponsor (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights) in respect of its incentive distribution rights, with respect to the quarter in which the reset occurs. The table reflects that as a

 

77


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

result of the reset there would be              common units outstanding and the distribution to each common unit would be $        . The number of common units to be issued to our sponsor upon the reset was calculated by dividing (1) the amount received by our sponsor in respect of its incentive distribution rights for the quarter prior to the reset as shown in the table above, or $        , by (2) the cash distributed on each common unit for the quarter prior to the reset as shown in the table above, or $        .

 

   

Quarterly Distribution
Per Unit After Reset

  Cash
Distributions to
Common
Unitholders
After Reset
    Cash Distributions to

Sponsor (as Holder of Our
Incentive Distribution Rights)
After Reset
       
        Common
Units(1)
    Incentive
Distribution
Rights
    Total     Total
Distributions
 

First Target Distribution

          up to $           $               $               $     —      $               $            

Second Target Distribution

  above $         up to $                                           

Third Target Distribution

  above $         up to $                                           

Thereafter

  above $                                           
    $             $             $      $             $          
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents distributions in respect of the common units issued to our sponsor upon the reset.

Our sponsor (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights) will be entitled to cause the target distribution levels to be reset on more than one occasion, provided that it may not make a reset election except at a time when it has received incentive distributions for the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters based on the highest level of incentive distributions that it is entitled to receive under our partnership agreement.

Distributions From Capital Surplus

How Distributions From Capital Surplus Will Be Made

Our partnership agreement requires that we make distributions from capital surplus, if any, in the following manner:

 

   

first , to all common unitholders and subordinated unitholders, pro rata, until the minimum quarterly distribution is reduced to zero, as described below;

 

   

second , to the common unitholders, pro rata, until we distribute for each common unit an amount from capital surplus equal to any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units; and

 

   

thereafter , we will make all distributions from capital surplus as if they were from operating surplus.

Effect of a Distribution From Capital Surplus

Our partnership agreement treats a distribution of capital surplus as the repayment of the initial unit price from this initial public offering, which is a return of capital. Each time a distribution of capital surplus is made, the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels will be reduced in the same proportion as the corresponding reduction in relation to the fair market value of the common units prior to the announcement of the distribution. Because distributions of capital surplus will reduce the minimum quarterly distribution and target distribution levels after any of these distributions are made, it may be easier for our sponsor to receive incentive distributions and for the subordinated units to convert into common units. However, any distribution of capital surplus before the minimum quarterly distribution is reduced to zero cannot be applied to the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution or any arrearages.

Once we reduce the minimum quarterly distribution and target distribution levels to zero, all future distributions will be made such that 50.0% is paid to all unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0% is paid to the holder or holders of incentive distribution rights, pro rata.

 

78


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Adjustment to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels

In addition to adjusting the minimum quarterly distribution and target distribution levels to reflect a distribution of capital surplus, if we combine our common units into fewer common units or subdivide our common units into a greater number of common units, our partnership agreement specifies that the following items will be proportionately adjusted:

 

   

the minimum quarterly distribution;

 

   

the target distribution levels;

 

   

the initial unit price, as described below under “—Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation”;

 

   

the per unit amount of any outstanding arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units; and

 

   

the number of subordinated units.

For example, if a two-for-one split of the common units should occur, the minimum quarterly distribution, the target distribution levels and the initial unit price would each be reduced to 50.0% of its initial level. If we combine our common units into a lesser number of units or subdivide our common units into a greater number of units, we will combine or subdivide our subordinated units using the same ratio applied to the common units. Our partnership agreement provides that we do not make any adjustment by reason of the issuance of additional units for cash or property.

In addition, if as a result of a change in law or interpretation thereof, we or any of our subsidiaries is treated as an association taxable as a corporation or is otherwise subject to additional taxation as an entity for U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. income or withholding tax purposes, our general partner may, in its sole discretion, reduce the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels for each quarter by multiplying each distribution level by a fraction, the numerator of which is cash for that quarter (after deducting our general partner’s estimate of our additional aggregate liability for the quarter for such income and withholdings taxes payable by reason of such change in law or interpretation) and the denominator of which is the sum of (1) cash for that quarter, plus (2) our general partner’s estimate of our additional aggregate liability for the quarter for such income and withholding taxes payable by reason of such change in law or interpretation thereof. To the extent that the actual tax liability differs from the estimated tax liability for any quarter, the difference will be accounted for in distributions with respect to subsequent quarters.

Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation

General

If we dissolve in accordance with the partnership agreement, we will sell or otherwise dispose of our assets in a process called liquidation. We will first apply the proceeds of liquidation to the payment of our creditors. We will distribute any remaining proceeds to the unitholders and the holders of the incentive distribution rights, in accordance with their capital account balances, as adjusted to reflect any gain or loss upon the sale or other disposition of our assets in liquidation.

The allocations of gain and loss upon liquidation are intended, to the extent possible, to entitle the holders of units to a repayment of the initial value contributed by unitholders for their units in this offering, which we refer to as the “initial unit price” for each unit. The allocations of gain and loss upon liquidation are also intended, to the extent possible, to entitle the holders of common units to a preference over the holders of subordinated units upon our liquidation, to the extent required to permit common unitholders to receive their initial unit price plus the minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which liquidation occurs plus any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units. However, there may not be sufficient gain upon our liquidation to enable the common unitholders to fully recover all of these amounts, even though there may be cash available for distribution to the holders of subordinated units. Any further net gain recognized upon liquidation will be allocated in a manner that takes into account the incentive distribution rights of our sponsor.

 

79


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Manner of Adjustments for Gain

The manner of the adjustment for gain is set forth in the partnership agreement. If our liquidation occurs before the end of the subordination period, we will generally allocate any gain to the partners in the following manner:

 

   

first , to our general partner to the extent of certain prior losses specially allocated to our general partner;

 

   

second , to the common unitholders, pro rata, until the capital account for each common unit is equal to the sum of: (1) the initial unit price; (2) the amount of the minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which our liquidation occurs; and (3) any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution;

 

   

third , to the subordinated unitholders, pro rata, until the capital account for each subordinated unit is equal to the sum of: (1) the initial unit price; and (2) the amount of the minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which our liquidation occurs;

 

   

fourth , to all unitholders, pro rata, until we allocate under this paragraph an amount per unit equal to: (1) the sum of the excess of the first target distribution per unit over the minimum quarterly distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less (2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions from operating surplus in excess of the minimum quarterly distribution per unit that we distributed to the unitholders, pro rata, for each quarter of our existence;

 

   

fifth , 85.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to our sponsor (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights), until we allocate under this paragraph an amount per unit equal to: (1) the sum of the excess of the second target distribution per unit over the first target distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less (2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions from operating surplus in excess of the first target distribution per unit that we distributed 85.0% to the unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to our general partner for each quarter of our existence;

 

   

sixth , 75.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to our sponsor (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights), until we allocate under this paragraph an amount per unit equal to: (1) the sum of the excess of the third target distribution per unit over the second target distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less (2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions from operating surplus in excess of the second target distribution per unit that we distributed 75.0% to the unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to our sponsor (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights) for each quarter of our existence; and

 

   

thereafter , 50.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0% to our sponsor (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights).

The percentage interests set forth above for our sponsor assume our sponsor has not transferred the incentive distribution rights.

If the liquidation occurs after the end of the subordination period, the distinction between common units and subordinated units will disappear, so that clause (3) of the second bullet point above and all of the third bullet point above will no longer be applicable.

We may make special allocations of gain among the partners in a manner to create economic uniformity among the common units into which the subordinated units convert and the common units held by public unitholders.

Manner of Adjustments for Losses

If our liquidation occurs before the end of the subordination period, we will generally allocate any loss to our general partner and the unitholders in the following manner:

 

   

first , to holders of subordinated units in proportion to the positive balances in their capital accounts until the capital accounts of the subordinated unitholders have been reduced to zero;

 

80


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

second , to the holders of common units in proportion to the positive balances in their capital accounts, until the capital accounts of the common unitholders have been reduced to zero; and

 

   

thereafter , 100.0% to our general partner.

If the liquidation occurs after the end of the subordination period, the distinction between common units and subordinated units will disappear, so that all of the first bullet point above will no longer be applicable.

We may make special allocations of loss among the partners in a manner to create economic uniformity among the common units into which the subordinated units convert and the common units held by public unitholders.

Adjustments to Capital Accounts

Our partnership agreement requires that we make adjustments to capital accounts upon the issuance of additional units. In this regard, our partnership agreement specifies that we allocate any unrealized and, for federal income tax purposes, unrecognized gain resulting from the adjustments to the unitholders and sponsor (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights) in the same manner as we allocate gain upon liquidation. In the event that we make positive adjustments to the capital accounts upon the issuance of additional units, our partnership agreement requires that we generally allocate any later negative adjustments to the capital accounts resulting from the issuance of additional units or upon our liquidation in a manner which results, to the extent possible, in the partners’ capital account balances equaling the amount which they would have been if no earlier positive adjustments to the capital accounts had been made. By contrast to the allocations of gain, and except as provided above, we generally will allocate any unrealized and unrecognized loss resulting from the adjustments to capital accounts upon the issuance of additional units to the unitholders and our general partner based on their respective percentage ownership of us. In this manner, prior to the end of the subordination period, we generally will allocate any such loss equally with respect to our common and subordinated units. In the event we make negative adjustments to the capital accounts as a result of such loss, future positive adjustments resulting from the issuance of additional units will be allocated in a manner designed to reverse the prior negative adjustments, and special allocations will be made upon liquidation in a manner that results, to the extent possible, in our unitholders’ capital account balances equaling the amounts they would have been if no earlier adjustments for loss had been made.

 

81


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

Hi-Crush Partners LP was formed in May 2012 and does not have historical financial statements. Therefore, in this prospectus we present the historical financial statements of our sponsor, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, which is our accounting predecessor for financial reporting purposes. In connection with the closing of this offering, our sponsor will contribute all of the outstanding equity interests in certain of its operating subsidiaries, which account for substantially all of our sponsor’s historical business, to us. The following table presents summary historical financial and operating data of our sponsor and summary pro forma financial and operating data of Hi-Crush Partners LP as of the dates and for the periods indicated.

Our sponsor was formed in October 2010 to develop excavation, processing and logistics facilities for raw frac sand used in hydraulic fracturing operations in oil and natural gas wells. Since its formation, our sponsor acquired our assets in a number of separate acquisitions. As a result of our sponsor’s recent formation, we have limited operating history upon which you can base an evaluation of our current business and our future earnings prospects. This prospectus includes audited financial statements only as of December 31, 2011 and for the period from inception (October 28, 2010) to December 31, 2010 and unaudited financial information as of and for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2012 and 2011. In this prospectus, we refer to the period from inception to December 31, 2010 as the two-month period ended December 31, 2010. We have not completed or provided in this prospectus any stand-alone pre-acquisition financial statements for the assets we acquired in the transactions described above. As a result, and given our recent date of formation, we have not provided in this prospectus three years of audited financial statements that normally would be included in a prospectus forming part of an SEC registration statement or two years of audited financial statements as would normally be included in a prospectus forming part of an SEC registration statement filed by an emerging growth company.

The summary historical financial data presented as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, for the two-month period ended December 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2011 is derived from the audited historical financial statements of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical financial data presented as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012 are derived from the unaudited historical financial statements of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The summary pro forma financial data presented as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 and as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 is derived from our unaudited pro forma financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited pro forma financial statements give pro forma effect to the following:

 

   

the contribution of Hi-Crush Chambers LLC, Hi-Crush Railroad LLC, Hi-Crush Wyeville LLC and Hi-Crush Operating LLC to us by our sponsor;

 

   

a reduction in general and administrative expenses as a result of allocations between our Wyeville facility and our sponsor’s other assets and activities that will not be contributed to us in connection with this offering;

 

   

the elimination of our sponsor’s debt and related expenses under its subordinated promissory notes and senior secured credit facility;

 

   

the removal of other operating expenses of our sponsor related to assets and operations that will be retained by our sponsor following the completion of this offering;

 

   

the issuance of              common units and              subordinated units to our sponsor;

 

   

the issuance of              common units to the public; and

 

   

the application of the net proceeds from the issuance and sale of              common units by us as described in “Use of Proceeds.”

Each of the adjustments described above are either directly related to this offering or are required by or are a consequence of the contribution to us by our sponsor of the Wyeville facility and related assets, the closing of which is a condition precedent to the closing of this offering.

 

82


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of December 31, 2011 assumes the events listed above occurred as of December 31, 2011, and the unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of March 31, 2012 assumes the events listed above occurred as of March 31, 2012. The unaudited pro forma statements of income data for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 assume the events listed above occurred as of January 1, 2011.

We have not given pro forma effect to incremental general and administrative expenses of approximately $2.1 million that we expect to incur annually as a result of operating as a publicly traded partnership, such as expenses associated with annual and quarterly reporting; tax return and Schedule K-1 preparation and distribution expenses; Sarbanes-Oxley compliance expenses; expenses associated with listing on the NYSE; independent auditor fees; legal fees; investor relations expenses; registrar and transfer agent fees; director and officer insurance expenses; and director and officer compensation expenses. We also have not given pro forma effect to additional general and administrative expenses that we expect to incur to support our recent expansion, including management level positions in operations, human resources, legal, accounting and reporting, as well as license fees associated with upgrading accounting and reporting software. We expect these incremental growth associated expenses to gradually increase over time as we hire additional personnel, from about $0.7 million for the year ending December 31, 2012 to $1.7 million on an annualized basis by September 30, 2013.

For a detailed discussion of the summary historical financial information contained in the following table, please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The following table should also be read in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Business—Our History and Relationship with Our Sponsor” and the audited and unaudited historical financial statements of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and our unaudited pro forma financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Among other things, the historical and unaudited pro forma financial statements include more detailed information regarding the basis of presentation for the information in the following table.

 

83


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table presents non-GAAP financial measures, EBITDA and production costs, which we use in our business as important supplemental measures of our performance. EBITDA represents net income before interest expense, income taxes and depreciation and depletion. Production costs represents costs of goods sold, excluding depreciation and depletion. EBITDA and production costs are not calculated or presented in accordance with GAAP. We explain these measures under “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below and reconcile them to their most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Please also read “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

 

    Predecessor Historical     Hi-Crush Partners LP
Pro Forma
 
    Inception
to
December 31,
2010
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2012
 
      2011     2012      
    (in thousands, except per unit and operating information)  

Statement of Operations Data:

           

Revenues

  $      $ 20,353      $      $ 13,532      $ 20,353      $ 13,532   

Production costs (1)

           5,998               4,597        5,998        4,597   

Depreciation and depletion

           449               179        449        179   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of goods sold

           6,447               4,776        6,447        4,776   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

           13,906               8,756        13,906        8,756   

General and administrative

    26        2,324        174        1,487        1,689        646   

Other operating expenses

           381               199                 

Accretion of asset retirement obligations

           28               6        28        6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (26     11,173        (174     7,064        12,189        8,104   

Other expense:

           

Interest expense, net

           (1,893            (928              

Other

                                         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

           (1,893            (928              

Income (loss) before tax expense

    (26     9,280        (174     6,136        12,189        8,104   

Income tax expense

                                         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (26   $ 9,280      $ (174   $ 6,136      $ 12,189      $ 8,104   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per limited partner unit:

           

Common unit

           

Subordinated unit

           

Statement of Cash Flow Data:

           

Net cash provided by (used in):

           

Operating activities

  $ (14   $ 18,788      $ 16,137      $ 3,983       

Investing activities

    (322     (50,199     (16,153     (12,815    

Financing activities

    336        42,465        10        8,305       

Other Financial Data:

           

EBITDA (1)

  $ (26   $ 11,622      $ (174   $ 7,243      $ 12,638      $ 8,283   

Capital expenditures (2)

    72        50,169        16,123        12,815       

Operating Data:

           

Total tons sold

           332,593               222,657        332,593        222,657   

Average realized price (per ton)

  $      $ 61.19      $      $ 60.77      $ 61.19      $ 60.77   

Production costs (per ton) (1)

           18.03               20.65        18.03        20.65   

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

           

Cash and cash equivalents

  $      $ 11,054      $ 175      $ 10,527        $ 3,884   

Total assets

    614        72,229        21,320        90,469          64,819   

Long-term debt (including current portion)

           46,112               55,973            

Total liabilities

    304        61,942        21,173        74,046          9,190   

Members’/Partners’ capital

    310        10,287        147        16,423          55,629   

 

(1) For more information, please read “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(2) Expansion capital expenditures are capital expenditures made to increase the long-term operating capacity of our asset base whether through construction or acquisitions. Please read “How We Make Distributions to Our Partners—Capital Expenditures.”

 

84


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

For a discussion of the non-GAAP financial measure EBITDA, please read “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.” The following table presents a reconciliation of EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, on a historical basis and pro forma basis, as applicable, for each of the periods indicated.

 

    Predecessor Historical     Hi-Crush Partners LP
Pro Forma
 
    Inception
to
December 31,
2010
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three Months Ended
March  31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2012
 
            2011             2012          
    (in thousands)  

Reconciliation of EBITDA to net
income:

           

Net income (loss)

  $   (26   $ 9,280      $   (174   $   6,136      $   12,189      $   8,104   

Depreciation and depletion

           449               179        449        179   

Income tax expense

                                         

Interest expense, net

           1,893               928                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

  $   (26   $ 11,622      $ (174   $ 7,243      $ 12,638      $ 8,283   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For a discussion of the non-GAAP financial measure production costs, please read “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.” The following table presents a reconciliation of production costs to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, on a historical basis and pro forma basis, as applicable, for each of the periods indicated.

 

    Predecessor Historical     Hi-Crush Partners LP
Pro Forma
 
    Inception
to
December 31,
2010
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three Months Ended
March  31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2012
 
            2011             2012          
    (in thousands, except operating information)  

Reconciliation of production costs to costs of goods sold:

           

Costs of goods sold

  $   —      $   6,447      $   —      $   4,776      $   6,447      $   4,776   

Depreciation and depletion

           449               179        449        179   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Production costs

  $   —      $ 5,998      $      $ 4,597      $ 5,998      $ 4,597   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Costs of goods sold per ton

    $ 19.38        $ 21.45      $ 19.38      $ 21.45   
   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Production costs per ton

    $ 18.03        $ 20.65      $ 18.03      $ 20.65   
   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

85


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion of our historical performance, financial condition and future prospects in conjunction with our predecessor’s audited financial statements as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, for the two-month period ended December 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2011 and our predecessor’s unaudited financial statements as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012, and notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus. The information provided below supplements, but does not form part of, our predecessor’s financial statements. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on the views and beliefs of our management, as well as assumptions and estimates made by our management. Actual results could differ materially from such forward-looking statements as a result of various risk factors, including those that may not be in the control of management. For further information on items that could impact our future operating performance or financial condition, see the section entitled “Risk Factors” elsewhere in this prospectus.

Basis of Presentation

The following discussion of our historical performance and financial condition is derived from the historical financial statements of our sponsor, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, which is our accounting predecessor for financial reporting purposes. Our sponsor is contributing some but not all of its assets and liabilities to us in connection with this offering. Accordingly, the historical financial results discussed below include capital expenditures and other costs related to assets that are not being contributed to us in connection with this offering as well as certain long-term debt and related expenses that will be retained by our sponsor following the completion of this offering. For additional information about the assets and liabilities reflected in our sponsor’s financial statements that will not be contributed to us in connection with this offering, please read our unaudited pro forma financial statements and the notes to those financial statements provided elsewhere in this prospectus.

In addition, our sponsor’s historical results of operations and cash flows are not indicative of results of operations and cash flows to be expected in the future because, in addition to the factors discussed above:

 

   

our Wyeville facility did not generate sales until we commenced operations in July 2011;

 

   

we completed an expansion of our Wyeville facility in March 2012, which significantly increased our production capacity and for which volumes are contracted;

 

   

we will incur general and administrative expenses as a publicly traded partnership that we have not previously incurred; and

 

   

we will incur additional general and administrative expenses as a result of our recent expansion that we expect to occur following the completion of this offering.

Unless otherwise indicated, references in this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” to “Hi-Crush Partners LP,” “we,” “our,” “us” or like terms when used in a historical context refer to the business and results of operations of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, and when used in the present tense or prospectively, those terms refer to Hi-Crush Partners LP and its subsidiaries following the formation transactions described in “Summary—Formation Transactions and Partnership Structure.”

Overview

We are a pure play, low-cost, domestic producer of premium monocrystalline sand, a specialized mineral that is used as a proppant to enhance the recovery rates of hydrocarbons from oil and natural gas wells. Our reserves consist of “Northern White” sand, a resource existing predominately in Wisconsin and limited portions of the upper Midwest region of the United States, which is highly valued as a preferred proppant because it exceeds all API specifications. We own, operate and develop sand reserves and related excavation and processing facilities and will seek to acquire or develop additional facilities. Our 561-acre facility with integrated rail

 

86


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

infrastructure, located near Wyeville, Wisconsin, enables us to process and cost-effectively deliver approximately 1,600,000 tons of frac sand per year. Substantially all of our frac sand production is sold to leading investment grade-rated pressure pumping service providers under long-term, take-or-pay contracts that require our customers to pay a specified price for a specified volume of frac sand each month.

Our Assets and Operations

We own and operate the Wyeville facility, which is located in Monroe County, Wisconsin and, as of December 31, 2011, contained 48.4 million tons of proven recoverable sand reserves of mesh sizes we currently have contracted to sell. According to John T. Boyd, our proven reserves consist entirely of coarse grade Northern White sand that can be processed to meet API specifications. Analysis of our sand by independent third-party testing companies indicates that it demonstrates characteristics in excess of API specifications with regard to crush strength, turbidity and sphericity.

We acquired the Wyeville acreage and commenced construction of the Wyeville facility in January 2011. We completed construction of the Wyeville facility and commenced sand excavation and processing in June 2011 with an initial plant processing capacity of 950,000 tons per year, and customer shipments were initiated in July 2011. From the Wyeville in-service date to March 31, 2012, we have processed and sold 555,250 tons of frac sand. We completed an expansion in March 2012 that increased our annual expected processing capacity to approximately 1,600,000 tons per year. We have contracted approximately 91% of this capacity for the remainder of 2012 and through the second quarter of 2014, and approximately 71% of this capacity for the remainder of 2014 and through the second quarter of 2016. Based on currently contracted production rates and a reserve report prepared by John T. Boyd, our Wyeville facility has an implied 33-year reserve life as of December 31, 2011.

Overall Trends and Outlook

Demand

The North American proppant market, including raw frac sand, ceramic and resin-coated proppants, was approximately 22 million tons in 2011. Industry estimates for 2011 indicate that the raw frac sand market represented approximately 17 million tons, or 77.2% of the total proppant market by weight. Over the past five years, proppant demand by weight has increased by 28.0% annually, and the market is projected to continue growing by 7.2% per year through 2016, representing an increase of approximately nine million tons in annual proppant demand over that time period. The total North American proppant market size in dollars was $3.7 billion in 2011 and is projected to grow 10.5% annually through 2016, according to The Freedonia Group.

Demand growth for frac sand and other proppants is primarily due to advancements in oil and natural gas drilling and well completion technology and techniques, such as horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing. These advancements have made the extraction of oil and natural gas increasingly cost-effective in formations that historically would have been uneconomic to develop. Over the past five years, North American rig count has increased by 2.6% annually, while the demand for proppant by weight has grown at a rate of 28.0% annually. We believe that demand for proppant has and will continue to increase at a rate greater than rig count as a result of the following additional demand drivers:

 

   

improved drilling rig productivity, resulting in more wells drilled per rig per year;

 

   

increases in the percentage of rigs that are drilling horizontal wells;

 

   

increases in the length of the typical horizontal wellbore;

 

   

increases in the number of fracture stages per foot in the typical completed horizontal wellbore;

 

   

increases in the volume of proppant used per fracturing stage; and

 

   

recurring efforts to offset steep production declines in unconventional oil and natural gas reservoirs, including the drilling of new wells and secondary hydraulic fracturing of existing wells.

 

87


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Furthermore, recent growth in demand for raw frac sand has outpaced growth in demand for other proppants, and industry analysts predict that this trend will continue. According to The Freedonia Group, North American demand for all types of proppants, in dollar terms, is projected to increase 10.5% annually from 2011 through 2016, while demand for raw frac sand is projected to increase 12.1% annually over that time period. As well completion costs have increased as a proportion of total well costs, operators have increasingly looked for ways to improve per well economics by lowering costs without sacrificing production performance. To this end, the oil and natural gas industry is shifting away from the use of higher-cost proppants towards more cost-effective proppants, such as raw frac sand. The substantial increase in activity in North American oil and liquids-rich resource plays, has further accelerated the demand growth for raw frac sand. Within these oil and liquids-rich basins, Northern White sand with coarser mesh sizes is often preferred due to its performance characteristics.

Supply

As demand for raw frac sand has increased dramatically in recent years, the supply of raw frac sand has failed to keep pace, resulting in a supply-demand disparity. While a number of existing and new competitors have announced supply expansions and greenfield projects, we do not expect the magnitude of these expansions to meet expected demand. There are several key constraints to increasing raw frac sand production on an industry-wide basis, including:

 

   

the difficulty of finding frac sand reserves that meet API specifications;

 

   

the difficulty of securing contiguous frac sand reserves large enough to justify the capital investment required to develop a processing facility;

 

   

the challenges of identifying reserves with the above characteristics that either are located in close proximity to oil and natural gas reservoirs or have rail access needed for low-cost transportation to major shale basins;

 

   

the hurdles to securing mining, production, water, air, refuse and other federal, state and local operating permits from the proper authorities;

 

   

local opposition to development of facilities, especially those that require the use of on-road transportation, including moratoria on raw frac sand facilities in multiple counties in Wisconsin which hold potential sand reserves; and

 

   

the long lead time required to design and construct sand processing facilities that can efficiently process large quantities of high quality frac sand.

Pricing

Raw frac sand has exhibited steady pricing increases over the past decade. While there are numerous grades and sizes of proppant which sell at varying prices, the overall pricing trend tends to be consistent across the various grades and sizes. If demand for frac sand continues to grow faster than supply, then we expect that prices for frac sand will remain strong.

How We Generate Revenue

We generate revenue by excavating and processing frac sand, which we sell to our customers primarily under fixed price take-or-pay contracts, with current terms expiring between 2014 and 2018. In 2011, we had two customers, subsidiaries of Halliburton and Weatherford. We have signed contracts with subsidiaries of Baker Hughes and FTS International for initial deliveries beginning in May 2012. Each contract defines the minimum volume of frac sand that the customer is required to purchase monthly and annually, the volume that we are required to make available, the technical specifications of the product, the price per ton and liquidated damages in the event either we or the customer fails to meet minimum requirements. Prices in our current contracts are fixed for the entire term of the contracts. As a result, our revenue over the duration of these contracts may not follow broader industry pricing trends. Occasionally, if we have excess production and market conditions are favorable, we may elect to sell frac sand in spot market transactions.

 

88


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2011, our facility had the capacity to produce 950,000 tons per year, and we had 730,000 tons per year subject to existing long-term, take-or-pay contracts. In March 2012, we completed an expansion project to increase capacity to approximately 1,600,000 tons per year, and supported the expansion by signing contracts that increased annual contracted volumes for the remainder of 2012 and through the second quarter of 2014 to 1,460,000 tons, or approximately 91% of our production capacity. These contracts had a weighted average remaining life of 4.7 years as of May 10, 2012.

Due to sustained freezing temperatures in our area of operation during winter months, it is industry practice to halt excavation activities and operation of the wet plant during those months. As a result, we excavate and wash sand in excess of current delivery requirements during the months when those facilities are operational. This excess sand is placed in stockpiles that feed the dry plant and fill customer orders throughout the year. For more information, please read “Business—Assets and Business Operations—Processing Facilities.”

Costs of Conducting Our Business

The principal expenses involved in operating our business are excavation costs, labor, utilities, maintenance and royalties.

We have a contract with a third party to excavate raw frac sand, deliver the raw frac sand to our processing facility and move the sand from our wet plant to our dry plant. We pay a fixed price of $2.09 per ton excavated and delivered without regard to the amount of sand excavated that meets API specifications. Accordingly, we incur excavation costs with respect to the excavation of sand and other materials from which we ultimately do not derive revenue. However, the ratio of rejected materials to total amounts excavated has been, and we believe will continue to be, in line with our expectations, given the extensive core sampling and other testing we undertook at the Wyeville facility. For more information regarding our reserves testing procedures, please read “Business— Assets and Business Operations—Sand Reserves.”

We incurred excavation costs of $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. For the three months ended March 31, 2012, we incurred only $0.2 million of excavation costs as a result of our scheduled suspension of excavation operations during the winter months. We did not incur excavation costs for the three months ended March 31, 2011.

Labor costs associated with employees at our processing facility represent the most significant cost of converting raw frac sand to finished product. We incurred labor costs of $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $1.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. We did not incur any labor costs at the processing facility for the three months ended March 31, 2011. We incur utility costs in connection with the operation of our processing facility, primarily electricity and natural gas, which are both susceptible to fluctuations. We incurred utility costs of $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $0.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. We did not incur any utility costs for the three months ended March 31, 2011. Our facilities require periodic scheduled maintenance to ensure efficient operation and to minimize downtime.

Excavation costs, direct and indirect labor, utilities and maintenance costs are capitalized as a component of inventory and are reflected in cost of goods sold when inventory is sold.

We pay royalties to third parties at an aggregate rate of $6.15 per ton of sand excavated, delivered at our on-site rail facility and paid for by our customers. We incurred royalties of $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $1.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. We did not incur any royalties for the three months ended March 31, 2011.

Each customer takes delivery of purchased product when it is loaded on rail cars at our facility. As a result we generally do not incur shipping expenses.

We incur general and administrative costs related to our corporate operations.

 

89


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

How We Evaluate Our Operations

Gross Profit and Production Costs

Approximately 91% of our processing capacity at the Wyeville facility for the remainder of 2012 and through the second quarter of 2014 is contracted for sale under our existing fixed price, take-or-pay contracts with our customers, and 71% of our processing capacity is contracted for the remainder of 2014 through the second quarter of 2016. Excavation costs are fixed based on tons excavated, and royalties are generally fixed based on tons excavated, delivered and paid for. Accordingly, gross profit will primarily be affected by our ability to control other direct and indirect costs associated with processing frac sand. We also use production costs, which we define as costs of goods sold, excluding depreciation and depletion to measure our financial performance. We believe production costs is a meaningful measure because it provides a measure of operating performance that is unaffected by historical cost basis. Please read “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

As a result, production volumes, costs of goods sold per ton, production costs per ton and gross profit are key metrics used by management to evaluate our results of operations.

EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow

We view EBITDA as an important indicator of performance. We define EBITDA as net income plus depreciation and depletion and interest and debt expense, net of interest income. See “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.” Although we have not quantified distributable cash flow on a historical basis, after the closing of this offering we intend to use distributable cash flow, which we define as EBITDA less cash paid for interest expense and maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, including accrual for reserve replacement, plus accretion of asset retirement obligations, to evaluate whether we are generating sufficient cash flow to support distributions to our unitholders. Distributable cash flow will not reflect changes in working capital balances. EBITDA is a supplemental measure utilized by our management and other users of our financial statements such as investors, commercial banks, research analysts and others, to assess the financial performance of our assets without regard to financing methods, capital structure or historical cost basis. Distributable cash flow is a supplemental measure used to measure the ability of our assets to generate cash sufficient to support our indebtedness and make cash distributions to our unitholders.

Note Regarding Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Production costs, EBITDA and distributable cash flow are not financial measures presented in accordance with GAAP. We believe that the presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures will provide useful information to investors in assessing our financial condition and results of operations. Costs of goods sold is the GAAP measure most directly comparable to production costs, net income is the GAAP measure most directly comparable to EBITDA and the GAAP measure most directly comparable to distributable cash flow is net cash provided by operating activities. Our non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered as alternatives to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. Each of these non-GAAP financial measures has important limitations as analytical tools because they exclude some but not all items that affect the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures. You should not consider production costs, EBITDA or distributable cash flow in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because production costs, EBITDA and distributable cash flow may be defined differently by other companies in our industry, our definitions of these non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, thereby diminishing their utility. Please read “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

 

90


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Factors Impacting Comparability of Our Financial Results

Our historical results of operations and cash flows are not indicative of results of operations and cash flows to be expected in the future, principally for the following reasons:

 

   

Our Wyeville facility did not generate sales until we commenced operations in July 2011 . Our first shipment of frac sand to a customer from our Wyeville facility occurred on July 21, 2011. Accordingly, our financial statements for the two-month period ended December 31, 2010 reflect neither revenues nor costs of operations, and the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011 reflect operations only from July 21, 2011 through the end of the year.

 

   

We completed an expansion of our Wyeville facility in March 2012 . In March 2012, we completed an expansion of our Wyeville facility that increased processing capacity from 950,000 to approximately 1,600,000 tons per year. In connection with that expansion, we increased our annual contracted volumes from 730,000 tons to 1,460,000 tons, or approximately 91% of our expanded processing capacity for the remainder of 2012 and through the second quarter of 2014, with delivery commencing under such contracts in May 2012. We processed and delivered 78,619 and                      tons of frac sand in April and June of 2012, respectively.

 

   

Our historical financial results include certain capital expenditures and other costs related to assets outside of our Wyeville facility, which are not being contributed to us by our sponsor in connection with this offering . For the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012, we had capital expenditures that related to the acquisition, development and construction of property, plant and equipment at sites other than our Wyeville facility, which are not being contributed to us in connection with this offering, of approximately $1.7 million and $15.3 million, respectively. In addition, for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012, our sponsor incurred operating expenses, consisting of general and administrative expenses and exploration costs, in connection with these non-Wyeville operations of $1.0 million and $0.9 million, respectively.

 

   

Our historical financial results include long-term debt and related expenses that are not being contributed to us by our sponsor in connection with this offering . Our sponsor has indebtedness outstanding under various subordinated promissory notes and a senior secured revolving credit facility, all of which will be repaid or retained by our sponsor following the completion of this offering. For the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012, our sponsor incurred interest expense related to the subordinated promissory notes and senior secured credit facility of $1.9 million and $0.9 million, respectively. We do not expect to have any indebtedness outstanding as of the closing of this offering.

 

   

We will incur additional general and administrative expenses as a publicly traded partnership . We expect we will incur approximately $2.1 million in additional general and administrative expenses as a publicly traded limited partnership that we have not previously incurred, including costs associated with compliance under the Exchange Act, annual and quarterly reports to unitholders, tax return and Schedule K-1 preparation and distribution, investor relations, registrar and transfer agent fees, audit fees, incremental director and officer liability insurance costs and director and officer compensation. These incremental expenses exclude the costs of this offering, as well as the costs associated with the initial implementation of our Sarbanes-Oxley Section 404 internal control reviews and testing.

 

   

We will incur additional general and administrative expenses as a result of our recent expansion . We expect we will incur additional general and administrative expenses to support our recent expansion, including management level positions in operations, human resources, legal, accounting and reporting, as well as license fees associated with upgraded accounting and reporting software. We expect these incremental growth associated expenses to gradually increase over time as we hire additional personnel, from about $0.7 million for the year ending December 31, 2012 to $1.7 million on an annualized basis by September 30, 2013.

 

91


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Results of Operations

The following table summarizes our revenue and expenses for the periods indicated.

 

     Inception to
December 31,
2010
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
     Three Months Ended  
        March 31,
2011
    March 31,
2012
 
     (in thousands)  

Revenues

   $      $ 20,353       $      $ 13,532   

Production costs (1)

            5,998                4,597   

Depreciation and depletion

            449                179   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Costs of goods sold

            6,447                4,776   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (2)

            13,906                8,756   

General and administrative expenses

     26        2,324         174        1,487   

Accretion of asset retirement obligations

            28                6   

Other operating expenses

            381                199   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (26     11,173         (174     7,064   

Interest expense, net

            1,893                928   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (26   $ 9,280       $ (174   $ 6,136   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Production costs is defined as costs of goods sold, excluding depreciation and depletion. For more information, please read “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(2) Gross profit equals revenues less costs of goods sold (including depreciation and depletion).

Three Months Ended March 31, 2012 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2011

We were formed in October 2010 and commenced construction of our Wyeville facility in February 2011. We completed construction of our Wyeville facility and began selling sand to our customers in July 2011. Our historical financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2011 reflect only start-up activities, reflected as general and administrative expenses, as we had no operations during such period.

Revenue

We commenced operations in July 2011 upon completion of our Wyeville facility. Accordingly, we had no revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2011. Revenue was $13.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, during which we sold 222,657 tons of frac sand under two long-term, take-or-pay contracts.

Production Costs

Production costs were $4.6 million, or $20.65 per ton sold, for the three months ended March 31, 2012. Please read “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.” The GAAP measure most directly comparable to production costs is costs of goods sold, which was $4.8 million, or $21.45 per ton sold, for the three months ended March 31, 2012. We did not process or sell any frac sand during the three months ended March 31, 2011, and accordingly incurred no production costs or costs of goods sold.

Gross Profit

Gross profit equals revenues less costs of goods sold. Gross profit was $8.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. We did not process or sell any frac sand during the three months ended March 31, 2011, and accordingly had no gross profit. Due to the nature of the fixed price, take-or-pay contracts with our

 

92


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

customers, gross profit is primarily affected by royalties and the cost to excavate and process sand. We pay royalties to third parties based on the volume of sand excavated, delivered at our on-site rail facility and paid for by our customers. We have outsourced all excavation activities to a third party with primarily fixed terms. Our excavation costs per ton is fixed, with the exception of a fuel surcharge based on the price of diesel fuel. We incurred no surcharge for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses increased $1.3 million from $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011 to $1.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. We were in a start-up phase during the three months ended March 31, 2011 and did not incur the level of general and administrative expenses required to support an operating company.

Interest Expense

Our sponsor incurred $1.5 million of interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2012, which includes paid-in-kind interest under our sponsor’s subordinated promissory notes and amortization of deferred financing costs. Approximately $0.9 million was charged to interest expense and $0.6 million was capitalized related to the expansion of the Wyeville and Augusta facilities. The interest is paid-in-kind and is added to the outstanding balance of the note. Our sponsor has the option of paying cash interest, but has not yet elected to do so. Our sponsor did not have any indebtedness outstanding during the three months ended March 31, 2011 and accordingly did not incur any interest expense. We do not expect to have any indebtedness outstanding as of the closing of this offering.

Net Income

Net income was $6.1 million for three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to a net loss of $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011.

Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Period from Inception to December 31, 2010

We were formed in October 2010 and commenced construction of our Wyeville facility in February 2011. Our historical financial statements for the two months ended December 31, 2010 reflect only start-up activities, as we had no operations during such period. Given the limited nature of our activities during the two months ended December 31, 2010, we do not believe that we can provide a meaningful comparative analysis of such period against any comparable period in 2011. Accordingly, we have not provided such a comparison.

Revenue

The financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011, reflect the operations of the facility from the date we commenced commercial operations in July 2011 to December 31, 2011. During such period, we sold 332,593 tons of frac sand under two long-term, take-or-pay contracts generating revenue of $20.4 million.

Production Costs

Production costs were $6.0 million, or $18.03 per ton sold, for the year ended December 31, 2011. See “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.” The GAAP measure most directly comparable to production costs is costs of goods sold, which was $6.5 million, or $19.38 per ton sold, for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

93


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Gross Profit

Gross profit equals revenues less costs of goods sold. Gross profit was $13.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Due to the nature of the fixed price, take-or-pay contracts with our customers, gross profit is primarily affected by royalties and the cost to excavate and process sand. We pay royalties to third parties based on the volume of sand excavated, delivered at our on-site rail facility and paid for by our customers. We have outsourced all excavation activities to a third party with primarily fixed terms. Our cost per ton excavated is fixed, with the exception of a fuel surcharge based on the price of diesel fuel. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the market price for diesel escalated which resulted in us paying the fuel surcharge. The total surcharge was $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses were $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Interest Expense

Our sponsor incurred $2.6 million of interest expense in the year ended December 31, 2011, which includes paid-in-kind interest under our sponsor’s subordinated promissory notes and amortization of deferred financing costs. Approximately $1.9 million was charged to interest expense and $0.7 million was capitalized in connection with the Wyeville facility construction. Paid-in-kind interest is added to the outstanding balance of the note and becomes due upon maturity. Our sponsor has the option of paying cash interest, but has not yet elected to do so. We do not expect to have any indebtedness outstanding as of the closing of this offering.

Net Income

Net income was $9.3 million for the year ended December  31, 2011.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

Our sponsor’s principal liquidity requirements for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 were to fund capital expenditures for the purchase of the Wyeville land, construction and expansion of the related sand processing facility, construction of railway spurs and to meet working capital needs. Our sponsor met its liquidity needs with a combination of funds generated through operations, proceeds from long-term indebtedness and prepayments under one of our long-term sales contracts.

We expect that our future principal uses of cash will be for working capital, capital expenditures, funding our debt service obligations and, following the completion of this offering, paying distributions to our unitholders. We intend to pay a minimum quarterly distribution of $        per common and subordinated unit per quarter, which equates to $        per quarter, or $        per year, based on the number of common and subordinated units to be outstanding immediately after completion of this offering, to the extent we have sufficient cash from our operations after establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including payments to our general partner and its affiliates. We do not have a legal or contractual obligation to pay this distribution. We expect our principal sources of liquidity will be cash generated by our operations, borrowings under a new revolving credit facility that we expect to enter into in connection with this offering and issuances of debt and equity securities, and we believe that cash from these sources will be sufficient to meet our short-term working capital requirements and long-term capital expenditure requirements.

 

94


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Working Capital

Working capital is the amount by which current assets exceed current liabilities and is a measure of our ability to pay our liabilities as they become due. We anticipate that at the closing of this offering all current assets related to the Wyeville operations will be contributed to us and all those relating to the Augusta facility and other excluded assets will be retained by our sponsor. Our working capital was $2.8 million at December 31, 2011 and a deficit of $1.6 million at March 31, 2012. Working capital includes deferred revenue of $9.2 million at December 31, 2011 and $3.9 million at March 31, 2012 that will be satisfied with the delivery of frac sand. The following table presents the components of our working capital as of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012.

 

    December 31, 2011     March 31, 2012  
    (in thousands)  

Current assets

   

Cash

  $ 11,054      $ 10,527   

Restricted cash

    30        30   

Accounts receivable

    4,026        3,143   

Inventories

    2,374        1,493   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    294        472   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    17,778        15,665   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

   

Accounts payable

    4,954        12,173   

Accrued liabilities

    866        1,178   

Deferred revenue

    9,178        3,884   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    14,998        17,235   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Working capital

  $ 2,780      $ (1,570
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Our inventory consists primarily of sand that has been excavated and processed through the wet plant. Although we do not excavate sand or operate the wet plant in the winter months, we continue to operate the dry plant and sell sand under our take-or-pay contracts, resulting in the decrease in inventory from December 31, 2011 to March 31, 2012.

Accounts payable includes $9.4 million of capital related items as of March 31, 2012, primarily related to the construction by our sponsor of the Augusta facility, which will not be contributed to us in connection with this offering. This amount will be funded through our sponsor’s senior secured credit facility. Accounts payable included $1.8 million of capital related items as of December 31, 2011, primarily related to expansion of the Wyeville facility.

Deferred revenue represents prepayments from a customer for future deliveries of frac sand, the majority of which is not currently reflected in inventory. We received a prepayment of $16.5 million from one customer in the year ended December 31, 2011. We recognized approximately $7.3 million and $5.3 million of revenue related to this prepayment as we shipped sand in the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012, respectively. The remaining $3.9 million will be recognized upon future shipments, and is classified as deferred revenue as of March 31, 2012.

Deferred revenue increased by $9.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, and represents a significant portion of the difference between operating income and net cash provided by operating activities for that period.

 

95


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $18.8 million and $4.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012, respectively. Operating cash flows include $9.3 million in net earnings generated from the sale of frac sand to our customers offset by production costs, general and administrative expenses and cash interest expense, adjusted for changes in working capital to the extent they are positive or negative.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $50.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $12.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2011
    Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2012
 
     (in thousands)  

Wyeville:

    

Expansion

   $ 9,811      $ 4,291   

Plant

     27,263        437   

Land

     8,939        132   

Rail & rail equipment

     5,232        267   

Assets to be retained by our sponsor:

    

Augusta

     312        15,257   

Other

     1,238        26   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total additions to PP&E

     52,795        20,410   

Non-cash capital expenditures (1)

     (2,626     (7,595
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash capital expenditures

   $ 50,169      $ 12,815   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Non-cash capital expenditures is primarily comprised of capital expenditures in accounts payable and will be funded in future periods.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $42.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, which included $48.7 million of proceeds under our sponsor’s subordinated promissory notes and capital contributions of $0.7 million. Additionally, our sponsor incurred loan origination costs of $1.9 million and repaid $5.0 million of debt.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $8.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, which included additional borrowings of $8.5 million under our sponsor’s subordinated promissory notes, offset by $0.2 million of loan origination costs.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are likely to have a material effect on our current or future financial condition, changes in financial condition, sales, expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

 

96


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Capital Requirements

We expect to pay $9.4 million in the second quarter of 2012 related to fixed asset additions that were capitalized in the three months ended March 31, 2012. Approximately $8.1 million of this amount relates to the Augusta facility with the remaining $1.3 million relating to the Wyeville facility. The expansion of the Wyeville facility is complete, and accordingly we have no growth capital expenditures planned for the remainder of the year ending December 31, 2012.

Credit Facilities

Our New Credit Facility

In connection with the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into a new $        million revolving credit facility, with a term of             years. The credit facility will be available to fund working capital and general corporate purposes. We expect that this new credit facility will contain a number of covenants that may restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, acquire and sell assets, create liens, make investments and make distributions. We also expect that our new credit facility will require us to comply with certain financial ratios, such as a current ratio or leverage ratio.

Our Sponsor’s Credit Facilities

Our sponsor, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, which is our accounting predecessor for financial reporting purposes, is party to various subordinated promissory notes and a senior secured credit facility, which we describe below. We expect that upon the completion of this offering we will have no ongoing liabilities and obligations under our sponsor’s subordinated promissory notes and senior secured credit facility and that the liens on our assets securing borrowings under these agreements will be released.

Subordinated Promissory Notes . On July 20, 2011, our sponsor entered into various subordinated promissory notes with certain equity investors, including Avista Capital Partners, and their affiliates in an aggregate original principal amount of approximately $52.2 million. Borrowings under the subordinated promissory notes bear interest, at our sponsor’s option, at a rate of 10.0% for cash interest and 12.0% for paid-in-kind interest (“PIK interest”). As of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, there was $46.1 million and $56.0 million of outstanding indebtedness under our sponsor’s subordinated promissory notes, respectively. The outstanding balance includes $2.4 million and $3.8 million of PIK interest as of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively. The subordinated promissory notes mature in July 2016.

Senior Secured Credit Facility . On April 6, 2012, our sponsor entered into a $62.5 million senior secured credit facility with Amegy Bank, National Association and a syndicate of other financial institutions. The senior secured credit facility consists of the following commitments: (1) a four-year $25.0 million term loan, (2) a four-year $30.0 million advancing term loan commitment and (3) a four-year $7.5 million revolving loan commitment. In addition, the senior secured credit facility includes sub-facilities providing for letters of credit and swing line borrowings of up to $2.5 million each.

Borrowings under our sponsor’s senior secured facility are collateralized by substantially all of our assets and bear interest at a floating rate based upon our sponsor’s leverage ratio equal to, at our sponsor’s option, either (a) a base rate plus a range from 225 basis points and 325 basis points per annum or (b) a Eurodollar rate, plus a range of 325 basis points to 425 basis points per annum. The base rate is established as the highest of (i) the U.S. prime rate, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 50 basis points and (iii) daily one-month LIBOR plus 100 basis points. The senior secured credit facility provides for a commitment fee of 0.5% on the unused portion.

The $25.0 million term loan was the only portion of the senior secured credit facility that was immediately funded, the proceeds of which are to be used by our sponsor for certain identified capital expenditures and to fund general operations. If not repaid earlier, the outstanding principal amount is required to be repaid by April 6, 2016.

 

97


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Customer Concentration

Substantially all of our revenue and gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 was generated under contracts with two customers. For the year ended December 31, 2011, sales to Halliburton accounted for 64.0% of total revenue, and sales to Weatherford accounted for 36.0% of total revenue. For the three months ended March 31, 2012, sales to Halliburton accounted for 59.7% of total revenue, while sales to Weatherford accounted for 40.3% of total revenue. In October 2011, we signed a long term, take-or-pay contract with a third customer, a subsidiary of Baker Hughes. In May 2012, we signed a one year take-or-pay contract with a fourth customer, a subsidiary of FTS International. Based on contracted volumes and pricing, sales to Halliburton, Weatherford, Baker Hughes and FTS International will represent 49.1%, 20.9%, 18.2% and 11.8% of our contracted revenue in 2012, respectively. The terms of each contract provide for liquidated damages in the event that a customer does not purchase minimum monthly volumes of frac sand. The liquidated damages payable per ton of sand not purchased average approximately 75% of the contracted selling price per ton.

Contractual Obligations

The following table presents our contractual obligations and other commitments as of December 31, 2011.

 

Contractual Obligations

   Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than
5 years
 
     (in thousands)  

Long-term debt (1)

   $ 46,112       $       $     —       $ 46,112       $   

Land purchase agreement (2)

     6,250         6,250             —                   

Plant construction (3)

     4,300         4,300             —                   

Asset retirement obligations (4)

     832                     —                 832   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 57,494       $ 10,550       $     —       $ 46,112       $ 832   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) As of December 31, 2011 our sponsor had $46.1 million outstanding under its subordinated promissory notes. Borrowings under our sponsor’s subordinated promissory notes bear interest at a rate of 10% per annum if paid in cash, or 12% if paid-in-kind. Principal is payable in a single balloon payment due in July 2016. The balance under the subordinated promissory notes increased to $56.0 million as March 31, 2012. On April 6, 2012, our sponsor entered into a $62.5 million senior secured credit facility, of which $25 million is currently outstanding. Repayments of outstanding principal under our sponsor’s senior secured credit facility are required to be made quarterly, on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 each year, based on a minimum of 5% of the borrowed original principal amount of the loan. In addition, our sponsor may be required to make additional annual repayments of outstanding principal on May 15 of each year, depending on its level of excess cash flows, as defined in the related credit agreement. If not repaid earlier, the outstanding principal amount is required to be repaid by April 6, 2016. Our sponsor’s subordinated promissory notes and senior secured credit facility will not be contributed to us in connection with this offering, and we expect to have no indebtedness outstanding as of the closing of this offering.
(2) Our sponsor signed a purchase agreement for approximately 700 acres of land in Tomah, Wisconsin. Our sponsor expects to fund the purchase price in the second quarter of 2012. This land will not be contributed to us in connection with this offering.
(3) As of December 31, 2011, we had $4.3 million of remaining contractual commitments related to the expansion of the Wyeville facility and the purchase of related equipment. Additionally, during the three months ended March 31, 2012, our sponsor entered into contracts related to the construction of the Augusta facility in the amount of $28.3 million.
(4) The asset retirement obligation represents the fair value of post closure reclamation and site restoration commitments for the Wyeville property and processing facility.

 

98


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure of Market Risks

Market risk is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices. Historically, our sponsor’s risks have been predominantly related to potential changes in the fair value of its long-term debt due to fluctuations in applicable market interest rates. Going forward our market risk exposure generally will be limited to those risks that arise in the normal course of business, as we do not engage in speculative, non-operating transactions, nor do we utilize financial instruments or derivative instruments for trading purposes.

The market for frac sand is indirectly exposed to fluctuations in the prices of crude oil and natural gas to the extent such fluctuations impact drilling and completion activity levels and thus impact the activity levels of our customers in the pressure pumping industry. However, because we generate substantially all of our revenues under long-term, take-or-pay contracts, we believe we have only limited exposure to short-term fluctuations in the prices of crude oil and natural gas. We do not intend to hedge our indirect exposure to commodity risk.

Interest Rate Risk

As of March 31, 2012, our sponsor had $56.0 million in fixed rate long-term debt outstanding under its subordinated promissory notes, which is due July 2016 and bears interest at a fixed rate of 10% per annum for cash interest and 12% per annum for PIK interest. The fair value of our fixed rate long-term debt at March 31, 2012 was approximately $54.8 million, reflecting the application of current interest rates offered for debt with similar remaining terms and maturities. As an indication of this debt’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates, based upon an immediate 50 basis point increase in the applicable interest rates at March 31, 2012, the fair value of our sponsor’s fixed rate long-term debt would have decreased by approximately $0.2 million. Conversely, a 50 basis point decrease in that rate would increase the fair value of this indebtedness by $0.2 million.

On April 6, 2012, our sponsor entered into a $62.5 million senior secured credit facility with Amegy Bank, National Association and a syndicate of other financial institutions. Our sponsor’s senior secured credit facility consists of the following commitments on the part of the lending banks: (1) a four-year $25.0 million term loan, (2) a four-year $30.0 million advancing term loan commitment and (3) a four-year $7.5 million revolving loan commitment. In addition, the credit facility includes sub-facilities providing for letters of credit and swing line borrowings of up to $2.5 million each. Borrowings under our sponsor’s senior secured credit facility bear interest at a floating rate based upon our sponsor’s leverage ratio equal to, at our sponsor’s option, either (a) a base rate plus a range from 225 basis points and 325 basis points per annum or (b) a Eurodollar rate, plus a range of 325 basis points to 425 basis points per annum. The base rate is established as the highest of (i) the U.S. prime rate, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 50 basis points and (iii) daily one-month LIBOR plus 100 basis points. See Note 12 – Subsequent Events to our consolidated financial statements included in this registration statement for further discussion of this indebtedness.

We do not expect to have any liabilities or obligations under our sponsor’s subordinated promissory notes and senior secured credit facility following the completion of this offering. We expect to have no indebtedness outstanding as of the closing of this offering.

Credit Risk

Substantially all of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 was generated through long-term, take-or-pay contracts with two customers. We also signed a long-term, take-or-pay contract in October 2011 with a third customer and a one year take-or-pay contract in May 2012 with a fourth customer, for which shipments commenced in May 2012. One of these customers is not investment grade. All of our customers are pressure pumping service providers. This concentration of counterparties operating in a single industry may increase our overall exposure to credit risk, in that the counterparties may be similarly affected by changes in economic, regulatory or other conditions. If a customer defaults or if any of our contracts expires in accordance with its terms, and we are unable to renew or replace these contracts, our gross profit and cash flows, and our ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders may be adversely affected.

 

99


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Internal Controls and Procedures

Prior to the completion of this offering, our sponsor has been a private company with limited accounting personnel to adequately execute our accounting processes and limited other supervisory resources with which to address our internal control over financial reporting. As such, we have not maintained an effective control environment in that the design and execution of our controls has not consistently resulted in effective review and supervision by individuals with financial reporting oversight roles. In connection with our sponsor’s audit for the year ended December 31, 2011, our sponsor’s independent registered public accounting firm identified and communicated a material weakness related to the failure to maintain a sufficient complement of qualified accounting personnel, which contributed to our sponsor’s inability to maintain appropriate segregation of duties within the organization and effective review and supervision over the financial reporting process. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal controls such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our sponsor’s financial statements will not be prevented, or detected in a timely basis. This material weakness resulted in audit adjustments to our financial statements which were identified by our independent registered public accounting firm.

At the closing of this offering, our management team and financial reporting oversight personnel will be the same as those of our sponsor and thus, we may face the same material weakness described above.

Since March 2012, we have added several experienced accounting personnel, both full-time employees and contractors, in response to our identification of gaps in our skills base and expertise of the staff required to meet the financial reporting requirements of a public company. However, our evaluation of internal control over financial reporting is not complete and we expect remediation to continue.

While we have begun the process of evaluating our internal control over financial reporting, we are in the early phases of our review and will not complete our review until after this offering is completed. We cannot predict the outcome of our review at this time. During the course of the review, we may identify additional control deficiencies, which represent significant deficiencies and other material weaknesses, in addition to the material weakness previously identified, that require remediation by us. Our remediation efforts may not enable us to remedy or avoid material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in the future.

We are not currently required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Upon becoming a public company, we will be required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which will require our management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We will not be required to make our first assessment of our internal control over financial reporting until the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC. To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we will need to implement additional financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures and hire additional accounting, finance and legal staff.

Further, our independent registered public accounting firm is not yet required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, and will not be required to do so for as long as we are an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the provisions of the JOBS Act. Please read “Summary—Emerging Growth Company Status.”

 

100


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in US GAAP and IFRS, which clarifies Topic 820 and provides guidance on changes to certain principles or requirements for measuring fair value. The amendment is effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. We adopted this guidance as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

New and Revised Financial Accounting Standards

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the provisions of the JOBS Act, enacted on April 5, 2012. Section 102 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. However, we are choosing to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Our election to “opt-out” of the extended transition period is irrevocable.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally acceptable in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. We evaluate these estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis and base our estimates on historical experience, current conditions and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. The results of these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities as well as identifying and assessing the accounting treatment with respect to commitments and contingencies. Our actual results may materially differ from these estimates.

Listed below are the accounting policies we believe are critical to our financial statements due to the degree of uncertainty regarding the estimates or assumptions involved, and that we believe are critical to the understanding of our operations.

Asset Retirement Obligation

We estimate the future cost of dismantling, restoring and reclaiming operating excavation sites and related facilities in accordance with federal, state and local regulatory requirements. We record the initial estimated present value of reclamation costs as an asset retirement obligation and increase the carrying amount of the related asset by a corresponding amount. We allocate reclamation costs to expense over the life of the related assets and adjust the related liability for changes resulting from the passage of time and revisions to either the timing or amount of the original present value estimate. If the asset retirement obligation is settled for more or less than the carrying amount of the liability, a loss or gain will be recognized, respectively.

 

101


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Inventory Valuation

Sand inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market using the average cost method. Costs applied to inventory include direct excavation costs, processing costs, overhead allocation, depreciation and depletion. Stockpile tonnages are calculated by measuring the number of tons added and removed from the stockpile. Tonnages are verified periodically by an independent surveyor. Costs are calculated on a per ton basis and are applied to the stockpiles based on the number of tons in the stockpile.

Spare parts inventory includes critical spares, materials and supplies. We account for spare parts on a first in first out basis, and value the inventory at the lower of cost or market.

Depletion

We amortize the cost to acquire land and mineral rights using a units of production method, based on the total estimated reserves and tonnage extracted each period.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We periodically evaluate whether current events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of our property, plant and equipment and mineral rights may not be recoverable. If circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable, we estimate future undiscounted net cash flows using estimates of proven sand reserves, estimated future sales prices (considering historical and current prices, price trends and related factors) and operating costs and anticipated capital expenditures. We record a reduction in the carrying value of our long lived assets if the undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value of the assets.

Our estimates of prices, recoverable proven reserves and operating and capital costs are subject to certain risks and uncertainties which may affect the recoverability of our long lived assets. Although we have made our best estimate of these factors based on current conditions, it is reasonably possible that changes could occur, which could adversely affect our estimate of the net cash flows expected to be generated from our operating property. No impairment charges were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 or the three-month period ended March 31, 2012.

Environmental Matters

We are subject to various federal, state and local laws and regulations governing, among other things, hazardous materials, air and water emissions, environmental contamination and reclamation and the protection of the environment and natural resources. We have made, and expect to make in the future, expenditures to comply with such laws and regulations, but cannot predict the full amount of such future expenditures.

 

102


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PROPPANT INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

Our Industry

The oil and natural gas proppant industry is comprised of businesses involved in the mining or manufacturing of the propping agents used in the drilling and completion of oil and natural gas wells. Hydraulic fracturing is the most widely used method for stimulating increased production from wells. The process consists of pumping fluids, mixed with granular proppants, into the geologic formation at pressures sufficient to create fractures in the hydrocarbon-bearing rock. Proppant-filled fractures create conductive channels through which the hydrocarbons can flow more freely from the formation into the wellbore and then to the surface.

Types of Proppant

There are three primary types of proppant that are commonly utilized in the hydraulic fracturing process: raw frac sand, which is the product we produce, resin-coated sand and manufactured ceramic beads. The following chart illustrates the composition of the North American market for proppant by type.

2011 Proppant Consumed by Weight

 

LOGO

Source: The Freedonia Group

Raw Frac Sand

Of the three primary types of proppant, raw frac sand is the most widely used due to its broad applicability in oil and natural gas wells and its cost advantage relative to other proppants. Raw frac sand may be used as a proppant in all but the highest pressure and temperature drilling environments, such as in the Haynesville shale, and has been employed in nearly all major U.S. oil and natural gas producing basins, including the Barnett, Eagle Ford, Fayetteville, Granite Wash, Marcellus, Niobara, Permian, Utica, Williston and Woodford basins.

Raw frac sand is generally mined from the surface or underground, and in some cases crushed, and then cleaned and sorted into consistent mesh sizes. The API has a range of guidelines it uses to evaluate frac sand grades and mesh sizes. In order to meet API specifications, frac sand must meet certain thresholds related to crush strength (ability to withstand high pressures), roundness and sphericity (facilitates hydrocarbon flow, or conductivity), particle size distribution, and turbidity (low levels of contaminants). Oil and gas producers generally require that frac sand used in their drilling and completion processes meet API specifications.

Raw frac sand can be further delineated into two main types: Northern White and Brady Brown. Northern White, which is the type of frac sand we produce, is considered to be of higher quality than Brady Brown and is known for its high crush strength, turbidity, roundness and sphericity and monocrystalline grain structure. Brady Brown has historically been considered the lower quality raw frac sand, as it is less monocrystalline in nature,

 

103


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

more angular, has a lower crush strength and often contains greater impurities, including feldspars and clays. Due to its quality, Northern White frac sand commands premium prices relative to Brady Brown. Northern White has historically experienced the greatest market demand relative to supply, due both to its superior physical characteristics and the fact that it is a limited resource that exists predominately in Wisconsin and other limited parts of the upper Midwest region of the United States. However, even within this superior class of Northern White sand, the quality of Northern White can vary significantly across deposits due to the differing geological processes that formed the various Northern White reserves.

Resin-Coated Frac Sand

Resin-coated frac sand consists of raw frac sand that is coated with a flexible resin that increases the sand’s crush strength and prevents crushed sand from dispersing throughout the fracture. The strength and shape of the end product are largely determined by the quality of the underlying raw frac sand. Pressured (or tempered) resin-coated sand primarily enhances crush strength, thermal stability and chemical resistance, allowing the sand to perform under harsh downhole conditions. Curable (or bonding) resin-coated frac sand uses a resin that is designed to bond together under closure stress and high temperatures, preventing proppant flowback. In general, resin-coated frac sand is better suited for higher pressure, higher temperature drilling operations commonly associated with deep wells and natural gas wells. In 2011, pricing for resin-coated frac sand was $300 to $800 per ton.

Ceramics

Ceramic proppant is a manufactured product of comparatively consistent size and spherical shape that typically offers the highest crush strength relative to other types of proppants. As a result, ceramic proppant use is most applicable in the highest pressure and temperature drilling environments. Ceramic proppant derives its product strength from the molecular structure of its underlying raw material and is designed to withstand extreme heat, depth and pressure environments. The deepest, highest temperature and highest pressure wells typically require heavy weight ceramics with high alumina/bauxite content and coarser mesh sizes. The lower crush resistant ceramic proppants are lighter weight and derived from kaolin clay, with densities closer to raw frac sand. In 2011, pricing for ceramic proppants was $500 to $1,200 per ton, with bauxite-based, heavy grade ceramics commanding the highest prices.

 

104


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Comparison of Key Proppant Characteristics

The following table sets forth what we believe to be the key comparative characteristics of our frac sand and the three primary types of proppant.

 

      Hi-Crush Wyeville   Raw Frac Sand   Resin-Coated   Ceramics
Product and Characteristics   • Natural resource –
Northern White sand

 

• Considered
highest
quality raw frac sand

 

• Monocrystalline
in nature,
exhibiting crush
strength, turbidity
and roundness
and sphericity in
excess of API
specifications

  • Natural resource

 

• Primary types include
Northern White,
Brady Brown

 

• Quality of sand varies
widely depending
on source

  • Raw frac sand
substrate with resin
coating

 

• Coating increases
crush strength

 

• Bond together to
prevent proppant
flowback

  • Manufactured
product

 

• Typically highest
crush strength

2011 Pricing(1)

  $65/ton(2)   $40 to $126/ton   $410 to $660/ton   $540 to $900/ton

Crush Strength

  9,000 to 12,000 psi   5,000 to 12,000 psi   10,000 to 15,000 psi   10,000 to 18,000 psi

 

(1) 2011 pricing for raw frac sand, resin-coated and ceramics per independent industry report.
(2) Represents 2012 average price per ton for Wyeville freight on board at the mine site under our long-term, take-or-pay contracts.

Proppant Mesh Sizes

Mesh size is used to describe the size of the proppant and is determined by sieving the proppant through screens with uniform openings corresponding to the desired size of the proppant. Each type of proppant comes in various sizes, categorized as mesh sizes, and the various mesh sizes are used in different applications in the oil and natural gas industry. Generally, larger mesh sizes are used in wells targeting oil and liquids-rich formations, and smaller mesh sizes are used in wells targeting primarily gas bearing formations. The mesh number system is a measure of the number of equally sized openings there are per square inch of screen through which the proppant is sieved. For example, a 30 mesh screen has 30 equally sized openings per linear inch. Therefore, as the mesh size increases, the granule size decreases. In order to meet API specifications, 90% of the proppant described as 30/50 mesh size proppant must consist of granules that will pass through a 30 mesh screen but not through a 50 mesh screen.

Frac Sand Extraction, Processing and Distribution

Raw frac sand is a naturally occurring mineral that is mined and processed. While the specific extraction method utilized depends primarily on the geologic setting, most raw frac sand is mined using conventional open-pit bench extraction methods. The composition, depth and chemical purity of the sand also dictate the processing method and equipment utilized. For example, broken rock from a sandstone deposit may require one, two or three stages of crushing to produce sand grains required to meet API specifications. In contrast, unconsolidated deposits, like those found at our Wyeville facility, may require little or no crushing during the excavation process. After extraction, the raw frac sand is washed with water to remove fine impurities such as clay and organic particles, with additional procedures used when contaminants are not easily removable. The final steps in the production process involve the drying and sorting of the raw frac sand according to mesh size.

 

105


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Most frac sand is shipped in bulk from the processing facility to customers by truck, rail or barge. For bulk raw frac sand, transportation costs often represent a significant portion of the customer’s overall product cost. Consequently, shipping in large quantities, particularly when shipping over long distances, provides a significant cost advantage to the customer, which highlights the importance of rail or barge access for low cost delivery. As a result, facility location and logistics capabilities are among the most important considerations for producers and customers.

Demand Trends

The North American proppant market, including raw frac sand, ceramic and resin-coated proppants, was approximately 22 million tons in 2011. Industry estimates for 2011 indicate that the raw frac sand market represented approximately 17 million tons, or 77.2% of the total proppant market by weight. Over the past five years, proppant demand by weight has increased by 28.0% annually, and the market is projected to continue growing by 7.2% per year through 2016, representing an increase of approximately nine million tons in annual proppant demand over that time period. The total North American proppant market size in dollars was $3.7 billion in 2011 and is projected to grow 10.5% annually through 2016, according to The Freedonia Group. The following chart illustrates historical and forecasted proppant demand for certain years from 2001 to 2021.

Historical and Projected Proppant Demand

 

LOGO

Source: The Freedonia Group

Demand growth for frac sand and other proppants is primarily due to advancements in oil and natural gas drilling and well completion technology and techniques, such as horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing. These advancements have made the extraction of oil and natural gas increasingly cost-effective in formations that historically would have been uneconomic to develop. Proppant is an essential component in the exploitation of unconventional oil and gas reservoirs, and the demand for proppant has increased as more of these reservoirs have been developed. Over the past five years, North American rig count has increased by 2.6% annually and is expected to continue growing by 3.5% annually through 2016. In addition, the percentage of active drilling rigs used to drill horizontal wells, which require greater volumes of proppant than vertical wells, has increased from 17.3% in 2006 to 57.4% in 2011. The following chart identifies growth in North American rig count since 2001 and projected growth through 2021.

 

106


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Historical and Projected North American Rig Count

LOGO

Source: The Freedonia Group and Baker Hughes.

As indicated above, over the past five years, North American rig count has increased by 2.6% annually, while the demand for proppant by weight has grown at a rate of 28.0% annually. We believe that demand for proppant has and will continue to increase at a rate greater than rig count as a result of the following additional demand drivers:

 

   

improved drilling rig productivity, resulting in more wells drilled per rig per year;

 

   

increases in the percentage of rigs that are drilling horizontal wells;

 

   

increases in the length of the typical horizontal wellbore;

 

   

increases in the number of fracture stages per foot in the typical completed horizontal wellbore;

 

   

increases in the volume of proppant used per fracturing stage; and

 

   

recurring efforts to offset steep production declines in unconventional oil and natural gas reservoirs, including the drilling of new wells and secondary hydraulic fracturing of existing wells.

The following table illustrates the historical and projected growth in North American wells drilled and the intensity of proppant use in those wells.

Historical and Projected North American Wells and Proppant Intensity

LOGO

Source: The Freedonia Group

Wells in unconventional reservoirs are characterized by high initial production rates followed by a steep decline in production rates during the first several years of the well’s life. Producers must continually drill new wells to offset production declines and maintain overall production levels. Additionally, operators are beginning to perform secondary hydraulic fracturing of existing wells in order to maintain overall production levels. We believe these efforts to offset steep production declines in unconventional oil and gas reservoirs will be a strong driver of future proppant demand growth.

 

107


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Recent growth in demand for raw frac sand has outpaced growth in demand for other proppants, and industry analysts predict that this trend will continue. According to The Freedonia Group, North American demand for all types of proppants, in dollar terms, is projected to increase 10.5% annually from 2011 through 2016, while demand for raw frac sand is projected to increase 12.1% annually over that time period. As well completion costs have increased as a proportion of total well costs, operators have increasingly looked for ways to improve per well economics by lowering costs without sacrificing production performance. To this end, the oil and natural gas industry is shifting away from the use of higher-cost proppants towards more cost-effective proppants, such as raw frac sand. The substantial increase in activity in North American oil and liquids-rich resource plays has further accelerated the demand growth for raw frac sand. Within these oil and liquids-rich basins, Northern White sand with coarser mesh sizes is often preferred due to its performance characteristics.

Supply Trends

As demand for raw frac sand has increased dramatically in recent years, the supply of raw frac sand has failed to keep pace, resulting in a supply-demand disparity. While a number of existing and new competitors have announced supply expansions and greenfield projects, we do not expect the magnitude of these expansions to meet expected demand. There are several key constraints to increasing raw frac sand production on an industry-wide basis, including:

 

   

the difficulty of finding frac sand reserves that meet API specifications;

 

   

the difficulty of securing contiguous frac sand reserves large enough to justify the capital investment required to develop a processing facility;

 

   

the challenges of identifying reserves with the above characteristics that either are located in close proximity to oil and natural gas reservoirs or have rail access needed for low-cost transportation to major shale basins;

 

   

the hurdles to securing mining, production, water, air, refuse and other federal, state and local operating permits from the proper authorities;

 

   

local opposition to development of facilities, especially those that require the use of on-road transportation, including moratoria on raw frac sand facilities in multiple counties in Wisconsin which hold potential sand reserves; and

 

   

the long lead time required to design and construct sand processing facilities that can efficiently process large quantities of high quality frac sand.

Furthermore, supplies of premium quality Northern White sands are limited to select areas, predominantly in western Wisconsin and selected areas of Minnesota and Illinois. The ability to obtain large contiguous reserves in these areas is a key constraint and can be particularly important for enabling the permitting and economic viability of a raw frac sand facility. At our Wyeville facility, we have been able to secure 561 acres and can excavate and process all sand on site, with no need to employ costly trucking transportation on local roads.

In part due to the community opposition and factors referenced above, permitting has recently become more challenging in Wisconsin. Several counties in the state have instituted moratoria on the permitting of new frac sand mining sites. While these moratoria have the potential to hinder the permitting of new facilities and slow increases in supply of frac sand, our Wyeville facility is fully permitted and complies with all current regulatory requirements. In addition, our sponsor has been successful in permitting and building the Augusta facility, which required obtaining an exemption to an in-place county moratorium. Our success in obtaining this exemption was a result of our management team’s experience in excavation and processing facility development, siting and permitting as well as our on-site approach to excavation and logistics, which minimizes community impact during the production process.

 

108


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Pricing

Raw frac sand has exhibited steady pricing increases over the past decade. While there are numerous grades and sizes of proppant which sell at varying prices, the overall pricing trend tends to be consistent across the various sizes. If demand for frac sand continues to grow faster than supply, then we expect that prices for frac sand will remain strong.

 

109


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a pure play, low-cost, domestic producer of premium monocrystalline sand, a specialized mineral that is used as a proppant to enhance the recovery rates of hydrocarbons from oil and natural gas wells. Our reserves consist of Northern White sand, a resource existing predominately in Wisconsin and limited portions of the upper Midwest region of the United States, which is highly valued as a preferred proppant because it exceeds all API specifications. We own, operate and develop sand reserves and related excavation and processing facilities and will seek to acquire or develop additional facilities. Our 561-acre facility with integrated rail infrastructure, located near Wyeville, Wisconsin, enables us to process and cost-effectively deliver approximately 1,600,000 tons of frac sand per year. Substantially all of our frac sand production is sold to leading investment grade-rated pressure pumping service providers under long-term, take-or-pay contracts that require our customers to pay a specified price for a specified volume of frac sand each month.

Over the past decade, exploration and production companies have increasingly focused on exploiting the vast hydrocarbon reserves contained in North America’s unconventional oil and natural gas reservoirs through advanced techniques, such as horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing. In recent years, this focus has resulted in exploration and production companies drilling more and longer horizontal wells, completing more hydraulic fracturing stages per well, and utilizing more proppant per stage in an attempt to maximize the volume of hydrocarbon recoveries per wellbore. As a result, North American demand for proppant has increased rapidly, growing at an average annual rate of 28.0% from 2006 to 2011, with total annual sales of $3.7 billion in 2011, according to The Freedonia Group. We believe that the market for raw frac sand will continue to grow based on the expected long-term development of North America’s unconventional oil and natural gas reservoirs.

Our Northern White sand, a type of silica, is highly valued by oil and natural gas producers as a preferred proppant due to its favorable physical characteristics, including its crush strength (ability to withstand high pressures), turbidity (low levels of contaminants) and roundness and sphericity (facilitates hydrocarbon flow, or conductivity), and its lower cost as compared to other proppants such as resin-coated sand and manufactured ceramics. In addition, Northern White sand is a limited resource that exists predominately in Wisconsin and limited portions of the upper Midwest region of the United States. We believe the supply of frac sand has failed to keep pace with the significant recent increase in demand due to several industry-wide production constraints, including limited availability of API spec sand reserves globally as well as the difficulty of obtaining the myriad of construction, environmental, mining and other permits required by local, state and federal regulators.

We intend to utilize the significant oil and natural gas industry experience of our management team to take advantage of what we believe are favorable, long-term market dynamics as we execute our growth strategy, which includes both the acquisition of additional frac sand reserves and the development of new excavation and processing facilities. We expect to have the opportunity to acquire significant additional acreage and reserves currently owned or under option to be acquired by our sponsor, including approximately 4,500 acres of additional land in western Wisconsin, in addition to potential acquisitions from third parties. Our sponsor is not, however, under any obligation to make acquisition opportunities available to us, and may elect to retain and operate properties in competition with us or sell assets to third parties who may compete with us. In the event we enter into an agreement to acquire any assets from our sponsor, we may, but are not required to, seek approval from our conflicts committee or our unitholders.

We intend to remain solely focused on the frac sand market as we believe it offers attractive long-term growth fundamentals.

 

110


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Business Strategies

Our primary business objective is to increase our cash distributions per unit over time. We intend to accomplish this objective by executing the following strategies:

 

   

Focusing on stable, long-term, take-or-pay contracts with key customers . A key component of our business model is our contracting strategy, which seeks to secure a high percentage of our cash flows under long-term, fixed price contracts with take-or-pay provisions, while also staggering the tenors of our contracts so that they expire at different times. We believe this contracting strategy significantly mitigates our exposure to the potential price volatility of the spot market for frac sand in the short-term, allows us to take advantage of any increase in frac sand prices over the medium-term and provides us with long-term cash flow stability. As current contracts expire or as we add new processing capacity, we intend to pursue similar long-term contracts with our current customers and with other leading pressure pumping service providers. We intend to utilize nearly all of our processing capacity to fulfill these contracts, with any excess processed frac sand first offered to existing customers and the remaining amount sold opportunistically in the spot market.

 

   

Pursuing accretive acquisitions from our sponsor and third parties . We expect to pursue accretive acquisitions of frac sand facilities from our sponsor, which may, but is not obligated to, sell to us, as well as from third-party frac sand producers. Our sponsor currently owns or has the option to acquire 4,500 acres of additional land in western Wisconsin with approximately 79.2 million tons of proven recoverable frac sand reserves according to John T. Boyd. As we evaluate acquisition opportunities, we intend to remain focused on operations that complement our reserves of premium frac sand and that provide or would accommodate the development and construction of rail or other advantaged logistics capabilities. We believe these factors are critical to our business model and are important characteristics for any potential acquisitions.

 

   

Expanding our proved reserve base and processing capacity . We seek to identify and evaluate economically attractive expansion and facility enhancement opportunities to increase our proved reserves and processing capacity. At Wyeville and any future sites, we expect to pursue add-on acreage acquisitions near our facilities to expand our reserve base and increase our reserve life. In March 2012, we completed an expansion of our Wyeville facility, increasing annual processing capacity from 950,000 tons per year to approximately 1,600,000 tons per year by adding wet and dry plant capacity and additional sand storage silos. We will continue to analyze and pursue other organic expansion efforts that will similarly allow us to cost-effectively optimize our existing assets and meet customer demand for our high quality frac sand.

 

   

Capitalizing on compelling industry fundamentals . We intend to continue to position ourselves as a pure play producer of high quality frac sand, as we believe the frac sand market offers attractive long-term growth fundamentals. The growth of horizontal drilling in shale and other unconventional oil and natural gas plays has resulted in greater demand for frac sand. This demand growth is underpinned by increased horizontal drilling, higher proppant use per well and cost advantages over resin-coated sand and manufactured ceramics. We believe frac sand supply will continue to be constrained by the difficulty in finding reserves that meet the technical specifications of the API in contiguous quantities large enough to justify the capital investment required and the challenges associated with successfully obtaining the necessary local, state and federal permits required for operations.

 

   

Maintaining financial flexibility and conservative leverage . We plan to pursue a disciplined financial policy and maintain a conservative capital structure. We expect to have no indebtedness at the closing of this offering and $         million of liquidity in the form of cash on hand and undrawn borrowing capacity under our new $         million revolving credit facility. We believe that our borrowing capacity and ability to access debt and equity capital markets after this offering will provide us with the financial flexibility necessary to achieve our organic expansion and acquisition strategy.

 

111


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Competitive Strengths

We believe that we are well positioned to successfully execute our strategy and achieve our primary business objective because of the following competitive strengths:

 

   

Long-term contracted cash flow stability . We will generate substantially all of our revenues from the sale of frac sand under long-term contracts that require subsidiaries of Baker Hughes, FTS International, Halliburton and Weatherford to pay specified prices for specified volumes of product each month. We believe that the take-or-pay volume and pricing provisions and the long-term nature of our contracts will provide us with a stable base of cash flows and limit the risks associated with price movements in the spot market and any changes in product demand during the contract period. We are currently contracted to sell 1,460,000 tons of frac sand annually from our Wyeville facility, and as of May 10, 2012, our contracts had a weighted average remaining life of approximately 4.7 years.

 

   

Long-lived, high quality reserve base. Our Wyeville facility contains approximately 48.4 million tons of proven recoverable coarse grade reserves as of December 31, 2011, based on a third-party reserve report by John T. Boyd, and has an implied 33-year reserve life at currently contracted production rates. These reserves consist of high quality Northern White frac sand. Analysis by independent third-party testing companies indicates that our sand demonstrates characteristics in excess of API specifications with regard to crush strength, turbidity and sphericity. As a result, our raw frac sand is particularly well suited for and is experiencing significant demand from customers for use in the hydraulic fracturing of unconventional oil and natural gas wells.

 

   

Intrinsic logistics and infrastructure advantage . The strategic location and logistics capabilities of our Wyeville facility enable us to serve all major U.S. oil and natural gas producing basins. Our on-site transportation assets include three 5,000-foot rail spurs off a Union Pacific Railroad mainline that are capable of accommodating unit trains, allowing our customers to receive priority scheduling, expedited delivery and a more cost-effective shipping alternative. Our logistics capabilities enable efficient loading of sand and minimize rail car turnaround times at the facility, and we expect to acquire or develop similar logistics capabilities at any facilities we own in the future. We believe we are one of the few frac sand producers with a facility initially designed to deliver frac sand meeting API specifications to all of the major U.S. oil and natural gas producing basins by on-site rail facilities, including on-site storage capacity accommodating unit trains.

 

   

Competitive operating cost structure . Our operations have been strategically designed to provide low per-unit production costs with a significant variable component for the excavation and processing of our sand. Our sand reserves do not require blasting or crushing to be processed and, due to the shallow overburden at our Wyeville facility, we are able to use surface mining equipment in our operations, which provides for a lower cost structure than underground mining operations. Our mining operations are subcontracted to Gerke Excavating, Inc. at a fixed cost of $2.09 per ton excavated, subject to a diesel fuel surcharge, under a three-year contract. Unlike some competitors, our processing and rail loading facilities are located on-site, which eliminates the requirement for on-road transportation, lowers product movement costs and minimizes the reduction in sand quality due to handling.

 

   

Experienced and incentivized management team . Our management team has extensive experience investing and operating in the oil and natural gas industry and will be focused on optimizing our current business and expanding our operations through disciplined development and accretive acquisitions. We believe our management team’s substantial experience and relationships with participants in the oilfield services and exploration and production industries provide us with an extensive operational and commercial understanding of the markets in which our customers operate. The expertise of our management and operations teams covers a wide range of disciplines, with an emphasis on development, construction and operation of frac sand processing facilities, frac sand supply chain management and consulting and bulk solids material handling. Members of our management team are strongly incentivized to profitably grow our business and cash flows through their 39% interest in our sponsor, which owns          of our common units and all of our subordinated units and incentive distribution rights.

 

112


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Assets and Business Operations

We own and operate the Wyeville facility, which is located in Monroe County, Wisconsin and, as of December 31, 2011, contained 48.4 million tons of proven recoverable sand reserves of mesh sizes we currently have contracted to sell. According to John T. Boyd, our proven reserves consist entirely of coarse grade Northern White sand that can be processed to meet API specifications. Analysis of our sand by independent third-party testing companies indicates that it demonstrates characteristics in excess of API specifications with regard to crush strength, turbidity and sphericity.

We acquired the Wyeville acreage and commenced construction of the Wyeville facility in January 2011. We completed construction of the Wyeville facility and commenced sand excavation and processing in June 2011 with an initial plant processing capacity of 950,000 tons per year, and customer shipments were initiated in July 2011. From the Wyeville in-service date to March 31, 2012, we have processed and sold 555,250 tons of frac sand. We completed an expansion in March 2012 that increased our annual expected processing capacity to approximately 1,600,000 tons per year. We have contracted approximately 91% of this capacity for the remainder of 2012 and through the second quarter of 2014, and approximately 71% of this capacity for the remainder of 2014 and through the second quarter of 2016. Based on currently contracted production rates and a reserve report prepared by John T. Boyd, our Wyeville facility has an implied 33-year reserve life as of December 31, 2011.

The following table summarizes certain of the key characteristics of our Wyeville facility we believe allow us to provide our customers with high quality frac sand efficiently at competitive prices.

Key Characteristics of Wyeville Facility and its Reserves

 

Facility Characteristics

  

Description

Site Geography

   Situated on 561 contiguous acres, with on-site processing and rail loading facilities.

Deposits

   Sand pay zones of up to 80 feet; coarse grade mesh sizes from 20 to 70; few impurities such as clay or other contaminants.

Excavation Technique

   Shallow overburden allowing for surface excavation.

Sand Processing

   Sands are unconsolidated; do not require crushing.

Logistics Capabilities

   On-site transportation infrastructure capable of accommodating unit trains connected to Union Pacific Railroad mainline.

Sand Reserves

As of December 31, 2011, we had a total of 48.4 million tons of proven recoverable mineral reserves at our Wyeville facility. We own all 561 acres of land surrounding our Wyeville facility, which secures our mineral rights and access to reserves.

“Reserves” consist of sand that can be economically extracted or produced at the time of determination based on relevant legal, economic and technical considerations. The reserve estimates referenced herein represent proven reserves, which we define in the glossary. The quantity and nature of the mineral reserves at our Wyeville facility are estimated by our internal geologists and mining engineers and updated periodically, with necessary adjustments for operations during the year and additions or reductions due to property acquisitions and dispositions, quality adjustments and mine plan updates. John T. Boyd has estimated our reserves as of December 31, 2011, and we intend to continue retaining third party engineers to review our reserves on an annual basis. John T. Boyd’s estimate of our reserves as of December 31, 2011 adjusts for mining losses of 10% and processing losses of material delivered to the feed hopper of 22%, for a total yield of approximately 70%. The cutoff grade used in estimating our reserves is a 70 mesh size, meaning only sand with mesh sizes less than 70 are included in John T. Boyd’s estimate of our proven reserves.

 

113


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our Wyeville reserves are a mineral resource created over millions of years. Approximately 500 million years ago, the quartz rich Cambrian sheet sands were deposited in the upper Midwest region of the United States. During the Pleistocene era, which occurred approximately two million years ago, erosion caused by the melting of glaciers cut channels into the Mt. Simon Formation, forming rivers. Loose grains of sand resulting from this same erosion settled in these river beds where they were washed by the consistent current of the river. The washing action of the river removed debris, known as fines, from the sand, rounded the sand grains and helped it to remain unconsolidated. The Wyeville deposit is located in one of these ancient river beds. The high quartz content of the Cambrian sands and the monocrystalline structure of the Wyeville deposit is responsible for the extremely high crush strength relative to other types of sand.

Although crush strength is one of a number of characteristics that define the quality of raw frac sand, it is a key characteristic for our customers and other purchasers of frac sand in determining whether the product will be suitable for its desired application. For example, raw frac sand with exceptionally high crush strength is suitable for use in high pressure downhole conditions that would otherwise require the use of more expensive resin-coated or ceramic proppants. The following charts illustrate the high crush strength of our sand reserves relative to that of our competitors.

Industry Crush Strength Benchmarking

30/50 Raw Frac Sand

 

LOGO

 

 

Note: Information based on publicly available competitor crush strength data.

(1) Based on results of crush strength testing performed on Hi-Crush Wyeville sand by PropTester, Inc.
(2) Based on results of crush strength testing performed on Hi-Crush Wyeville sand by STIM-LAB, Inc.
(3) Based on the average of Competitor C’s published crush strength for its 30/50 mesh size sand.
(4) Based on representative examples from publicly available sources.

40/70 Raw Frac Sand

 

LOGO

 

 

Note: Information based on publicly available competitor crush strength data.

(1) Based on results of crush strength testing performed on Hi-Crush Wyeville sand by PropTester, Inc.
(2) Based on results of crush strength testing performed on Hi-Crush Wyeville sand by STIM-LAB, Inc.
(3) Based on the average of Competitor A’s published crush strength for its 40/70 mesh size sand.
(4) Based on the average of Competitor C’s published crush strength for its 40/70 mesh size sand.
(5) Based on representative examples from publicly available sources.

 

114


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our sands are unconsolidated, extremely clean and well-rounded, and as a result do not require crushing or extensive processing to eliminate clays or other contaminants, enabling us to cost-effectively produce high quality, frac sand meeting API specifications. In addition, the sand deposits are present to a depth of approximately 80 feet, with a shallow overburden of approximately five feet. The shallow depth of the sand deposits allows us to conduct surface mining rather than underground mining, which lowers our production costs and decreases safety risks as compared to underground mining. The following map indicates the layout and location of our Wyeville facility.

Wyeville Facility

LOGO

Before acquiring new reserves, we perform extensive drilling of cores and analysis and other testing of the cores to confirm the quantity and quality of the acquired reserves. We have undertaken a comprehensive exploration drilling program at the Wyeville facility. In total, we have reviewed 52 core holes that were drilled utilizing mud rotary and sonic core drilling techniques with holes spaced between 500 feet and 800 feet to delineate the resource. The holes were drilled into the underlying Mount Simon sandstone formation through the unconsolidated sand, with depths generally ranging from 55 feet to 80 feet. The holes were sampled in 10-foot depth increments with each 10-foot depth increment yielding a corresponding lab gradation. Core samples were

 

115


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

sent to leading proppant sand-testing laboratories, each of which adhered to procedures and testing methods in accordance with the American Society for Testing and Materials’ standards for testing materials. During the course of the drilling, John T. Boyd assisted in determining the number and location of drill holes. The results of this program were taken into account in determining the quality and volume of our reserves.

We acquired the Wyeville acreage in fee in January 2011 from three separate land owners, one of which had previously conducted limited surface excavation on-site. In each transaction, we acquired surface and mineral rights, none of which is encumbered and all of which is subject to an aggregate non-participating royalty interest of $6.15 per ton of frac sand sold. These royalties were negotiated by us in connection with our acquisition of the Wyeville acreage. In some instances in the future, we may acquire the mineral rights to reserves without actually taking ownership of the properties.

An approximately 300 acre portion of the Wyeville acreage is subject to an agreement whereby we agreed to sell such acreage back to the individuals from whom the land was purchased in the event that the applicable minimum royalty payments have not been satisfied. If such minimum royalty payments for the three year period commencing on September 15, 2011 (the “Initial Operations Period”) have not been satisfied before September 15, 2014, we agreed to sell the property to the original landowner for one dollar, subject to certain terms. Additionally, at the end of each 12 month period following the conclusion of the Initial Operations Period, if such minimum royalties have not been satisfied for the rolling three previous years (the “Subsequent Operations Periods”), we agreed to sell the property to the original landowner for one dollar, subject to certain terms.

During the Initial Operations Period, the required royalty payments amount to an aggregate of $825,000 over the three year period. During any Subsequent Operations Period, the required royalty payments amount to an aggregate of $1,050,000 over each three year period. If we have not made the minimum required royalty payments associated with ongoing sand sales by the end of any Initial Operations Period or Subsequent Operations Period, we may satisfy our obligation by making a lump-sum cash make-whole payment. Accordingly, we believe there is no material risk that we will be required to sell back the subject property pursuant to this agreement.

Excavation Operations

The surface excavation operations at our Wyeville site are conducted by a third party contractor, Gerke Excavating, Inc. The mining technique at our Wyeville site is open-pit excavation of approximately 20-acre panels of unconsolidated silica deposits. The excavation process involves clearing and grubbing vegetation and trees overlying the proposed mining area. The initial two to five feet of overburden is removed and utilized to construct perimeter berms around the pit and property boundary. No underground mines are operated at our Wyeville site.

A track excavator and articulated trucks are utilized for excavating the sand at several different elevation levels of the active pit. The pit is dry mined, and the water elevation is maintained below working level through a dewatering and pumping process. The mined material is loaded and hauled from different areas of the pit and different elevations within the pit to the primary loading facility at our mine’s on-site wet processing facility. Gerke Excavating, Inc. is paid a fixed fee of $2.09 per ton of sand excavated, subject to a diesel fuel surcharge.

Processing Facilities

Our processing facilities are designed to wash, sort and store our raw frac sand. The Wyeville processing plant started operations in June 2011 and employs modern and efficient wet and dry processing technology. Following the completion of this offering, our processing operations will be conducted by employees of our sponsor or one of its subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of the omnibus agreement, under the oversight of our management team. See “—Our Management and Employees.”

Our mined raw frac sand is initially stockpiled before processing. The material is recovered by a mounted belt feeder, which extends beneath a surge pile, and is fed onto a conveyor. The sand exits the tunnel on the conveyor belt and is fed into the 600-ton per hour wet plant where impurities and unusable fine grain sand are

 

116


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

removed from the raw feed. The wet processed sand is then stockpiled in advance of being fed into the dry plant for further processing. The wet plant operates for seven to eight months per year due to the limitations arising from sustained freezing temperatures during winter months. When the wet plant is operating, however, it processes more sand per day than the dry plant to build-up stockpiles of frac sand to be processed by the dry plant during the winter months.

The dry plant, which operates throughout the entire year, has a rated capacity of 250 tons per hour. The wet processed sand stockpile is fed into the dry plant hopper using a front end loader. The material is processed in a natural gas fired vibratory fluid bed dryer contained in an enclosed building. After drying, the sand is screened through gyratory screens and separated into industry standard product sizes. The finished product is then conveyed to multiple on-site storage silos for each size specification.

Logistics Capabilities

All of our product is shipped by rail from our three 5,000-foot rail spurs that connect our processing and storage facilities to a Union Pacific Railroad mainline. The length of these rail spurs and the capacity of the associated product storage silos allow us to accommodate a large number of rail cars. It also enables us to accommodate unit trains, which significantly increases our efficiency in meeting our customers’ frac sand transportation needs. Unit trains, typically 80 rail cars in length or longer, are dedicated trains chartered for a single delivery destination. Generally, unit trains receive priority scheduling and do not switch cars at various intermediate junctions, which results in a more cost-effective and efficient method of shipping than the standard method of rail shipment. We believe the Wyeville facility is one of the first frac sand facilities in the industry initially designed to accommodate large scale rail and unit train logistics, which require sufficient acreage, loading facilities and rail spurs to accommodate a unit train on site. Following the completion of this offering, our loading and logistics operations will be conducted by employees of our sponsor or one of its subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of the omnibus agreement, under the oversight of our management team. See “—Our Management and Employees.”

Logistics capabilities of frac sand producers are important to our customers, who focus on both the reliability and flexibility of product delivery. Because our customers generally find it impractical to store frac sand in large quantities near their job sites, they seek to arrange for product to be delivered where and as needed, which requires predictable and efficient loading and shipping of product. The integrated nature of our logistics operations and our three 5,000 foot rail spurs enable us to handle railcars for multiple customers simultaneously, minimizing the number of days required to successfully load shipments, even at times of peak activity, avoid the use of trucks and minimize transloading within the facility. At the same time, we believe our ability to ship using unit trains differentiates us from most other frac sand producers that ship using manifest, or mixed freight, trains, which may make multiple stops to switch cars before delivering cargoes, or transport their products by truck or barge. In addition, unlike some competitors, our processing and rail loading facilities are located on-site, which eliminates the requirement for on-road transportation, lowers product movement costs and minimizes the reduction in sand quality due to handling. Together, these advantages provide our customers with a reliable and efficient delivery method from our facility to each of the major U.S. oil and natural gas producing basins, and allow us to take advantage of the increasing demand for such a delivery method.

 

117


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Geographic Breakdown of Deliveries

 

Percentage Delivered by Destination

 

LOGO

Destination    Associated Basins (1)
Texas   

Permian

Eagle Ford

Pennsylvania    Marcellus
Colorado   

Niobrara

Piceance

Arkansas    Fayetteville
Oklahoma    Mid-Continent
Ohio    Utica
North Dakota    Bakken

 

 

 

Note: Deliveries include total frac sand delivered by Hi-Crush Proppants LLC from July 2011 through April 30, 2012.

(1) Basins where we believe our frac sand is used after shipment to transload facilities in the destination states.

We sell frac sand freight on board, or “FOB,” to our customers, meaning that they take title to the product once it is loaded into their owned or leased railcars, which are generally specifically dedicated to support their contracts with us, and they incur all transportation costs. Accordingly, we have no direct exposure to fluctuations in rail transportation costs.

Quality Control

We employ an automated process control system that efficiently manages our mining, loading, shipping, storage, processing and preventative maintenance functions. Furthermore, our co-located storage and loading facilities and shipment via unit trains reduce the incidence of contamination during the delivery process and result in higher quality sand being delivered to our customers. We monitor the quality and consistency of our products by conducting hourly tests throughout the production process to detect variances, using each of three unique testing technologies. We take product samples from every rail car that is loaded at the facility and test every fourth car in our on-site laboratory. Samples are retained for three months for testing upon customer request. We have a third-party calibration company certify all measurement devices at our facility on a monthly basis. We also provide customers with documentation verifying that all products shipped meet customer specifications. We continually refine our processes to ensure repeatable results in our processing plant and product quality accountability for our customers.

Customers

Our current customer base is comprised of subsidiaries of four of North America’s largest providers of pressure pumping services, Baker Hughes, FTS International, Halliburton and Weatherford. Our largest customers based on current contracts, Baker Hughes and Halliburton, are each rated A2 / A by Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s, respectively, and Weatherford is rated Baa2 / BBB by these agencies. FTS International is rated B1 / B by these agencies. Spears and Associates estimates that these four companies controlled 47% of North American pressure pumping fleet in 2011 and accounted for greater than 50% of the North American pressure pumping market, based on 2011 revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2011, sales to Halliburton and Weatherford accounted for 64% and 36% of our total revenues, respectively. Sales under our contracts with Baker Hughes and FTS International commenced in May 2012.

 

118


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Contracts

We sell substantially all of the sand we produce under long-term, take-or-pay contracts that significantly reduce our exposure to short-term fluctuations in the price of and demand for frac sand. For the year ended December 31, 2011 and the first quarter of 2012, we generated 99% of our revenues from sand delivered under our long-term sand sales contracts, and we expect to continue selling a significant majority of our sand under long-term contracts. As of May 10, 2012, we had four long-term sand sale contracts with a weighted average remaining life of approximately 4.7 years. The following table presents a summary of our contracted volumes and revenues from 2011 through 2015, as well as the average contract sales price and make-whole price our customers are obligated to pay in the event they decline to accept delivery of the required product volumes under their respective contracts.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2011     2012     2013     2014     2015  

Contracted Volumes (tons)

    331,667        1,216,667        1,460,000        1,295,000        1,130,000   

% of Processing Capacity (1)

    79     85     91     81     71

Contracted Revenue

  $ 19,916,667      $ 78,966,667      $ 96,466,667      $ 88,350,000      $ 80,100,000   

Average Sales Price per ton

    $60        $65        $66        $68        $71   

Average Make-Whole Price per ton

    $60        $49        $49        $51        $51   

 

(1) Percentage of processing capacity for 2011 and 2012 based on weighted average processing capacity for such periods.

As the above table illustrates, when one of our contracts expires in 2014, the average contracted price per ton will increase. The expiring contract provides for sales prices lower than current market prices. Prior to this contract’s expiration, we will seek to renew or replace this contract on pricing terms more comparable to market prices at the time. Occasionally, if we have excess production and market conditions are favorable, we may elect to sell frac sand in spot market transactions.

The terms of our customer contracts, including sand quality requirements, quantity parameters, permitted sources of supply, effects of future regulatory changes, force majeure and termination and assignment provisions, vary by customer. As indicated in the above table, our customer contracts contain penalties for non-performance by our customers, with make-whole prices averaging approximately $49 per ton in 2012. If one of our customers fails to meet its minimum obligations to us, we would expect that the make-whole payment, combined with a decrease in our variable costs (such as royalty payments and excavation costs), would substantially mitigate any adverse impact on our cash flow from such failure. We would also have the ability to sell the sand volumes for which we receive make-whole payments to third parties. Our customer contracts also contain penalties for our non-performance. If we are unable to deliver contracted volumes within three months of contract year end, or otherwise arrange for delivery from a third party, we are required to pay make-whole payments averaging approximately $49 per ton in 2012. We believe our new facilities, substantial reserves and our on-site processing and logistics capabilities mitigate our risk of non-performance. In addition, we intentionally maintain long-term contracted volume commitments to our customers at less than 100% of our processing capacity to provide excess capacity to reduce the likelihood of failing to meet the requirements of our contracts. We believe our levels of inventory combined with our three month cure period starting at contract year end should be more than sufficient to prevent us from paying make-whole payments as a result of plant shutdowns due to repairs to our facilities necessitated by reasonably foreseeable mechanical interruptions.

Quality and volumes of sand are stipulated in our sales contracts, which require us to deliver frac sand meeting or exceeding the standards of ISO 13503-2. Our sand is sold FOB plant site, with title and risk of loss transferring to the customer when we load the sand onto the customer’s rail cars at our facility.

 

119


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Competition

There are numerous large and small producers in all sand producing regions of the United States with whom we compete. Our main competitors include Badger Mining Corporation, Fairmount Minerals, Ltd., Preferred Proppants LLC, Unimin Corporation and U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. The most important factors on which we compete are product quality, performance and sand characteristics, transportation capabilities, reliability of supply and price. Demand for frac sand and the prices that we will be able to obtain for our products, to the extent not subject to a fixed price contract, are closely linked to proppant consumption patterns for the completion of oil and natural gas wells in North America. These consumption patterns are influenced by numerous factors, including the price for hydrocarbons, the drilling rig count and hydraulic fracturing activity, including the number of stages completed and the amount of proppant used per stage. Further, these consumption patterns are also influenced by the location, quality, price and availability of raw frac sand and other types of proppants such as resin-coated sand and ceramic proppant.

Our History and Relationship with Our Sponsor

Overview and History

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, our sponsor, was formed in 2010 in Houston, Texas. Members of our sponsor’s management team have, on average, more than 20 years of experience investing in and operating businesses in the oil and natural gas and sand mining industries. Members of our management team have partnered with major oilfield services companies and exploration and production companies in the development of oil and natural gas reservoirs. In this capacity, members of our management team gained valuable expertise and developed strong relationships in the oilfield services industry. Recognizing the increasing demand for proppants as a result of rapidly evolving hydraulic fracturing techniques, members of our management team chose to leverage their expertise and relationships to capitalize on this increasing demand by developing raw frac sand reserves and facilities.  In addition, our Chief Operating Officer has overseen the design, construction and staffing for multiple sand mining and processing facilities. The expertise of our management and operations teams covers a wide range of disciplines, with an emphasis on development, construction and operation of frac sand processing facilities, frac sand supply chain management and consulting and bulk solids material handling.

Our sponsor’s lead investor is Avista Capital Partners, a leading private equity firm with significant investing and operating expertise in the energy industry. Founded in 2005 by senior investment professionals who worked together at DLJMB, then one of the world’s largest and most successful private equity franchises, Avista makes controlling or influential minority investments in connection with various transaction structures. The energy team at Avista is comprised of experienced professionals and industry executives with relevant expertise in the energy sector. Avista principals have led over $2.7 billion in equity investments in energy companies while at Avista and DLJMB, including Basic Energy Services, Inc., Brigham Exploration Company, Copano Energy, L.L.C., Seabulk International, Inc., and joint-ventures with Carrizo Oil & Gas, Inc.

Our Sponsor’s Assets

Our sponsor owns or has options to acquire several other sand mining locations where it could develop similar logistics capabilities as the Wyeville facility, and it will retain these assets following this offering. The Augusta excavation and processing facility in Eau Claire County, Wisconsin is currently under construction and is expected to be operational in September 2012. John T. Boyd estimated that, as of December 31, 2011, the Augusta site had 46.2 million tons of proven recoverable coarse grade sand reserves located on approximately 1,000 acres. Our sponsor is building a 1,600,000 ton per year processing facility, and John T. Boyd estimates that the site has a reserve life of approximately 39 years based on currently contracted production levels. Our sponsor has contracted for the sale of 1,200,000 tons of sand per year from the Augusta facility with two of our existing customers under take-or-pay contracts with a weighted average life of approximately 4.8 years that specify both volumes and price. The customers will take delivery of the sand at on-site rail facilities that, like the Wyeville facility, can accommodate unit trains.

 

120


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our sponsor has agreed to acquire approximately 700 acres in Tomah, Wisconsin, which is six miles south of the Wyeville facility in Monroe County. The Tomah site has access to the same Union Pacific Railroad mainline as the Wyeville facility, which runs adjacent to the property, and could accommodate similar rail logistics as the Wyeville facility. Extensive core samples have been taken at Tomah and independently tested with results indicating a high quality sand reserve similar to the Wyeville site. According to a John T. Boyd reserve report, the Tomah site had proven recoverable sand reserves of 33 million tons as of December 31, 2011, which represents a 51 year reserve life assuming construction of a 650,000 ton per year processing facility.

In addition, our sponsor is evaluating a number of additional development locations and adds potential projects to its development backlog regularly. Approximately 1,800 contiguous acres are currently under exclusive options to our sponsor to purchase for a site located five miles north of our Augusta facility, also in Eau Claire County, Wisconsin. In Trempealeau County, Wisconsin, our sponsor has approximately 1,000 contiguous acres under exclusive options to purchase. Both of these sites are on-rail, and coring and permitting due diligence are currently being conducted.

Our sponsor’s retained sand facilities represent a significant potential growth opportunity for us. Our sponsor continually evaluates acquisitions and may elect to acquire, construct or dispose of assets in the future, including in sales of assets to us. As the owner of our general partner,          of our common units, all          of our subordinated units and all of our incentive distribution rights following this offering, our sponsor is well aligned and highly motivated to promote and support the successful execution of our business strategies, including utilizing our partnership as a growth vehicle for its sand mining operations. Although we expect to have the opportunity to make additional acquisitions directly from our sponsor in the future, including the sand excavation and processing facilities described above, our sponsor is under no obligation to make acquisition opportunities available to us, and may elect to retain and operate properties in competition with us or sell assets to third parties who may compete with us.

In addition, while we believe our relationship with our sponsor is a significant positive attribute, it may also be a source of conflict. For example, our sponsor is not restricted in its ability to compete with us, and our sponsor will operate frac sand excavation and processing facilities that may compete directly with us for new and existing customers. While we expect that our management team, which also manages our sponsor’s retained assets, and our sponsor will allocate new and replacement customer contracts between us and our sponsor in a manner that balances the interests of both parties, they are under no obligation to do so. Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.”

Our Management and Employees

We are managed and operated by the board of directors and executive officers of our general partner, Hi-Crush GP LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of our sponsor. As a result of owning our general partner, our sponsor will have the right to appoint all members of the board of directors of our general partner, including at least three independent directors meeting the independence standards established by the NYSE. At least one of our independent directors will be appointed prior to the date our common units are listed for trading on the NYSE. For more information about the executive officers and directors of our general partner, please read “Management.” Our unitholders will not be entitled to elect our general partner or its directors or otherwise directly participate in our management or operations. However, our unitholders will be able to indirectly participate in our management and operations to the extent actions taken by our general partner require the approval of a percentage of our unitholders. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Voting Rights.”

Following the consummation of this offering, we will enter into an omnibus agreement with our sponsor and our general partner that will govern our relationship with them regarding the provisions of certain administrative services to us. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Omnibus Agreement.” In addition, under our partnership agreement, we will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates, including our sponsor, for all expenses they incur and payments they make on our behalf, to the extent such expenses are not

 

121


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

contemplated by the omnibus agreement. Our partnership agreement does not set a limit on the amount of expenses for which our general partner and its affiliates may be reimbursed. Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will determine in good faith the expenses that are allocable to us.

Hi-Crush Partners LP does not have any employees. All of the employees that will conduct our business pursuant to the omnibus agreement will be employed by Hi-Crush Proppants LLC or a wholly owned subsidiary of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC. As of March 31, 2012, Hi-Crush Proppants LLC had 54 employees and our general partner had not yet been formed. In addition, we contract out our excavation operations to a third party, Gerke Excavating, Inc., and accordingly have no employees involved in those operations.

Environmental and Occupational Safety and Health Regulation

Mining and Workplace Safety

Federal Regulation

The U.S. Mine Safety and Health Administration (“MSHA”) is the primary regulatory agency with jurisdiction over the commercial silica industry. Accordingly, MSHA regulates quarries, surface mines, underground mines, and the industrial mineral processing facilities associated with quarries and mines. The mission of MSHA is to administer the provisions of the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977 and to enforce compliance with mandatory safety and health standards. As part of MSHA’s oversight, its representatives must perform at least two unannounced inspections annually for each surface mining facility in its jurisdiction. To date, these inspections have not resulted in any citations for material violations of MSHA standards.

We also are subject to the requirements of the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Act (“OSHA”) and comparable state statutes that regulate the protection of the health and safety of workers. In addition, the OSHA Hazard Communication Standard requires that information be maintained about hazardous materials used or produced in operations and that this information be provided to employees, state and local government authorities, and the public. OSHA regulates the users of commercial silica and provides detailed regulations requiring employers to protect employees from overexposure to silica through the enforcement of permissible exposure limits and the OSHA Hazard Communication Standard.

Internal Controls

We adhere to a strict occupational health program aimed at controlling employee exposure to silica dust, which includes dust sampling, a respiratory protection program, medical surveillance, training, and other components. Our safety program is designed to ensure compliance with MSHA regulations. For both health and safety issues, extensive training is provided to employees. We have a safety committee at our plant made up of salaried and hourly employees that are involved in establishing, implementing, and improving safety standards. We perform annual internal health and safety audits and conduct semi-annual crisis management drills to test our plants’ abilities to respond to various situations.

Environmental Matters

We and the commercial silica industry are subject to extensive governmental regulation pertaining to matters such as permitting and licensing requirements, plant and wildlife protection, hazardous materials, air and water emissions, and environmental contamination and reclamation. A variety of federal, state and local agencies have established, implement and enforce these regulations.

Federal Regulation

At the federal level, we may be required to obtain permits under Section 404 of the Clean Water Act from the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers for the discharge of dredged or fill material into waters of the United States, including wetlands and streams, in connection with our operations. We also may be required to obtain permits

 

122


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

under Section 402 of the Clean Water Act from the EPA or the Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources, to whom the EPA has delegated local implementation of the permit program, for discharges of pollutants into waters of the United States, including discharges of wastewater or stormwater runoff associated with construction activities. Failure to obtain these required permits or to comply with their terms could subject us to administrative, civil, and criminal penalties as well as injunctive relief.

The U.S. Clean Air Act and comparable state laws regulate emissions of various air pollutants through air emissions permitting programs and the imposition of other requirements. These regulatory programs may require us to install expensive emissions abatement equipment, modify operational practices, and obtain permits for existing or new operations. Before commencing construction on a new or modified source of air emissions, such laws may require us to reduce emissions at existing facilities. As a result, we may be required to incur increased capital and operating costs to comply with these regulations. We could be subject to administrative, civil, and criminal penalties as well as injunctive relief for noncompliance with air permits or other requirements of the U.S. Clean Air Act and comparable state laws and regulations.

As part of our operations, we utilize or store petroleum products and other substances such as diesel fuel, lubricating oils, and hydraulic fluid. We are subject to regulatory programs pertaining to the storage, use, transportation, and disposal of these substances. Spills or releases may occur in the course of our operations, and we could incur substantial costs and liabilities as a result of such spills or releases, including claims for damage or injury to property and persons. The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (“CERCLA,” also known as the Superfund law) and comparable state laws impose joint and several liability, without regard to fault or legality of conduct, on classes of persons who are considered to be responsible for the release of hazardous substances into the environment. These persons include the owner or operator of the site where the release occurred and anyone who disposed of or arranged for disposal, including offsite disposal, of a hazardous substance generated or released at the site. Under CERCLA, such persons may be subject to liability for the costs of cleaning up the hazardous substances, for damages to natural resources, and for the costs of certain health studies. In addition, it is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by the hazardous substances released into the environment.

In addition, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”) and comparable state statutes regulate the generation, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal, and cleanup of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes. The EPA and Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources, to whom the EPA has delegated portions of the RCRA program for local implementation, administer the RCRA program.

Our operations may also be subject to broad environmental review under the National Environmental Policy Act (“NEPA”). NEPA requires federal agencies to evaluate the environmental impact of all “major federal actions” significantly affecting the quality of the human environment. The granting of a federal permit for a major development project, such as a mining operation, may be considered a “major federal action” that requires review under NEPA. Therefore, our projects may require review and evaluation under NEPA. As part of this evaluation, the federal agency considers a broad array of environmental impacts, including, among other things, impacts on air quality, water quality, wildlife (including threatened and endangered species), historic and archeological resources, geology, socioeconomics, and aesthetics. NEPA also requires the consideration of alternatives to the project. The NEPA review process, especially the preparation of a full environmental impact statement, can be time consuming and expensive. The purpose of the NEPA review process is to inform federal agencies’ decision-making on whether federal approval should be granted for a project and to provide the public with an opportunity to comment on the environmental impacts of a proposed project. Though NEPA requires only that an environmental evaluation be conducted and does not mandate a particular result, a federal agency could decide to deny a permit or impose certain conditions on its approval, based on its environmental review under NEPA, or a third party could challenge the adequacy of a NEPA review and thereby delay the issuance of a federal permit or approval.

 

123


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Federal agencies granting permits for our operations also must consider impacts to endangered and threatened species and their habitat under the Endangered Species Act. We also must comply with and are subject to liability under the Endangered Species Act, which prohibits and imposes stringent penalties for the harming of endangered or threatened species and their habitat. Federal agencies also must consider a project’s impacts on historic or archeological resources under the National Historic Preservation Act, and we may be required to conduct archeological surveys of project sites and to avoid or preserve historical areas or artifacts.

State and Local Regulation

We are also subject to a variety of state and local environmental review and permitting requirements. Some states, including Wisconsin where our current projects are located, have state laws similar to NEPA; thus our development of a new site or the expansion of an existing site may be subject to comprehensive state environmental reviews even if it is not subject to NEPA. In some cases, the state environmental review may be more stringent than the federal review. Our operations may require state-law based permits in addition to federal permits, requiring state agencies to consider a range of issues, many the same as federal agencies, including, among other things, a project’s impact on wildlife and their habitats, historic and archaeological sites, aesthetics, agricultural operations, and scenic areas. Wisconsin and some other states also have specific permitting and review processes for commercial silica mining operations, and state agencies may impose different or additional monitoring or mitigation requirements than federal agencies. The development of new sites and our existing operations also are subject to a variety of local environmental and regulatory requirements, including land use, zoning, building, and transportation requirements.

As demand for frac sand in the oil and natural gas industry has driven a significant increase in current and expected future production of commercial silica, some local communities have expressed concern regarding silica sand mining operations. These concerns have generally included exposure to ambient silica sand dust, truck traffic, water usage, and blasting. In response, certain state and local communities have developed or are in the process of developing regulations or zoning restrictions intended to minimize the potential for dust to become airborne, control the flow of truck traffic, significantly curtail the area available for mining activities, require compensation to local residents for potential impacts of mining activities and, in some cases, ban issuance of new permits for mining activities. To date, we have not experienced any material impact to our existing mining operations or planned capacity expansions as a result of these types of concerns. We are not aware of any proposals for significant increased scrutiny on the part of state or local regulators in the jurisdictions in which we operate or community concerns with respect to our operations that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations going forward.

Planned expansion of our mining and production capacity in new communities could be more significantly impacted by increased regulatory activity. Difficulty or delays in obtaining or inability to obtain new mining permits or increased costs of compliance with future state and local regulatory requirements could have a material negative impact on our ability to grow our business. In an effort to minimize these risks, we continue to be engaged with local communities in order to grow and maintain strong relationships with residents and regulators.

Costs of Compliance

We may incur significant costs and liabilities as a result of environmental, health, and safety requirements applicable to our activities. Failure to comply with environmental laws and regulations may result in the assessment of administrative, civil, and criminal penalties; imposition of investigatory, cleanup, and site restoration costs and liens; the denial or revocation of permits or other authorizations; and the issuance of injunctions to limit or cease operations. Compliance with these laws and regulations may also increase the cost of the development, construction, and operation of our projects and may prevent or delay the commencement or continuance of a given project. In addition, claims for damages to persons or property may result from environmental and other impacts of our activities.

 

124


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The process for performing environmental impact studies and reviews for federal, state, and local permits required for our operations involves a significant investment of time and monetary resources. We cannot control the permit approval process. We cannot predict whether all permits required for a given project will be granted or whether such permits will be the subject of significant opposition. The denial of a permit essential to a project or the imposition of conditions with which it is not practicable or feasible to comply could impair or prevent our ability to develop a project. Significant opposition and delay in the environmental review and permitting process also could impair or delay our ability to develop a project. Additionally, the passage of more stringent environmental laws could impair our ability to develop new operations and have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Permits

We operate the Wyeville facility under a number of federal, state and local authorizations.

The Wyeville facility currently operates under a construction air permit from the Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources (“Wisconsin DNR”). We must demonstrate our compliance with the construction air permit over an 18-month period, which began on March 12, 2012, after which the Wisconsin DNR will issue an operation air permit. We developed and comply with a Fugitive Dust Control Plan and a Malfunction Prevention and Abatement Plan.

Stormwater discharges from the Wyeville facility are permitted under the Wisconsin Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (“WPDES”). An updated Notice of Intent for the WPDES general permit, which will include the new mine areas, is in progress. Placement of all permanent erosion control structures at the Wyeville facility is now complete.

The Wyeville facility has a U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Section 404 permit and a Wisconsin DNR Section 401 Water Quality Certification for filling of wetlands associated with the rail spur construction. The Section 404 permit includes the requirement that we restore and monitor 2.1 acres of wetlands at an on-site location per our Compensatory Wetland Mitigation Site Plan. We also obtained a Land Use Permit from Monroe County to fill in and grade a floodplain associated with the rail spur construction.

We conduct mining operations at the Wyeville facility pursuant to a Monroe County Nonmetallic Mining Reclamation Permit. We have submitted an updated Nonmetallic Mining Reclamation Plan to Monroe County and have applied for an amendment to the existing permit to address our proposed mine extension.

Safety and Maintenance

We adhere to a strict occupational health program aimed at controlling exposure to silica dust, which includes dust sampling, a respiratory protection program, medical surveillance, training and other components. Our safety program is designed to ensure compliance with the standards of our Occupational Health and Safety Manual and MSHA regulations. For both health and safety issues, extensive training is provided to employees. We have safety committees at our plants made up of salaried and hourly employees. We perform annual internal health and safety audits and conduct semi-annual crisis management drills to test our abilities to respond to various situations. Health and safety programs are administered by our corporate health and safety department with the assistance of plant Environmental, Health and Safety Coordinators.

 

125


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Seasonality

Our business is affected to some extent by seasonal fluctuations in weather that impact the production levels at our wet processing plant. While our sales and finished product production levels are contracted evenly throughout the year, our excavation and wet sand processing activities are limited to non-winter months. As a consequence, we experience lower cash operating costs in the first and fourth quarter of each calendar year. For additional information, please read “—Assets and Business Operations—Processing Facilities.”

Principal Executive Offices

We lease office space for our principal executive offices in Houston, Texas. The lease expires in October 2012.

Legal Proceedings

Although we may, from time to time, be involved in litigation and claims arising out of our operations in the normal course of business, we do not believe that we are a party to any litigation that will have a material adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

 

126


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENT

Management of Hi-Crush Partners LP

We are managed and operated by the board of directors and executive officers of our general partner. Following this offering,     % of our outstanding common units and all of our outstanding subordinated units and incentive distribution rights will be owned by our sponsor. As a result of owning our general partner, our sponsor will have the right to appoint all members of the board of directors of our general partner, including the independent directors. Our unitholders will not be entitled to elect our general partner or its directors or otherwise directly participate in our management or operation. Our general partner owes certain duties to our unitholders as well as a fiduciary duty to its owners.

Upon the closing of this offering, we expect that our general partner will have          directors, at least one of whom will be independent as defined under the independence standards established by the NYSE and the Exchange Act. The NYSE does not require a listed publicly-traded partnership, such as ours, to have a majority of independent directors on the board of directors of our general partner or to establish a compensation committee or a nominating committee. However, our general partner is required to have an audit committee of at least three members, and all its members are required to meet the independence and experience standards established by the NYSE and the Exchange Act, subject to certain transitional relief during the one-year period following consummation of this offering. Our sponsor will appoint at least one member of the audit committee to the board of directors of our general partner by the date our common units first trade on the NYSE.

All of the executive officers of our general partner listed below will allocate their time between managing our business and affairs and the business and affairs of our sponsor. While the amount of time that our executive officers will devote to our business and the business of our sponsor will vary in any given year based on a variety of factors, we currently estimate that each of our executive officers will initially spend approximately 50% of their time on the management of our business following the completion of this offering. Our executive officers intend, however, to devote as much time to the management of our business and affairs as is necessary for the proper conduct of our business and affairs.

Following the consummation of this offering, neither our general partner nor our sponsor will receive any management fee or other compensation in connection with our general partner’s management of our business, but we will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates, including our sponsor, for all expenses they incur and payments they make on our behalf. Our partnership agreement does not set a limit on the amount of expenses for which our general partner and its affiliates may be reimbursed. These expenses include salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to persons who perform services for us or on our behalf and expenses allocated to our general partner by its affiliates. Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will determine in good faith the expenses that are allocable to us. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Agreements with Affiliates in Connection with the Transactions.”

In evaluating director candidates, our sponsor will assess whether a candidate possesses the integrity, judgment, knowledge, experience, skill and expertise that are likely to enhance the board’s ability to manage and direct our affairs and business, including, when applicable, to enhance the ability of committees of the board to fulfill their duties.

 

127


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Executive Officers and Directors of Our General Partner

The following table shows information for the executive officers and directors of our general partner upon the consummation of this offering. Directors are appointed for a one-year term and hold office until their successors have been elected or qualified or until the earlier of their death, resignation, removal or disqualification. Executive officers serve at the discretion of the board. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers. Some of our directors and all of our executive officers also serve as executive officers of our sponsor.

 

Name

   Age     

Position With Our General Partner

Robert E. Rasmus

     55       Co-Chief Executive Officer

James M. Whipkey

     54       Co-Chief Executive Officer

Jefferies V. Alston, III

     34       Chief Operating Officer

Laura C. Fulton

     48       Chief Financial Officer

Mark C. Skolos

     52       General Counsel and Secretary

Chad M. McEver

     39       Vice President
      Director
      Director
      Director

Robert E. Rasmus—Co-Chief Executive Officer . Mr. Rasmus is a co-founder of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and has served as its Co-Chief Executive Officer since its formation in October 2010. Mr. Rasmus was named Co-Chief Executive Officer of our general partner in May 2012. Mr. Rasmus was a founding member of Red Oak Capital Management LLC (“ROCM”) in June 2002 and has served as Managing Director since inception. ROCM’s business model centered on partnering with the largest oil services companies in unconventional basins in the United States. Prior to the founding of ROCM, Mr. Rasmus was the President of Thunderbolt Capital Corp., a venture firm focused on start-up and early stage private equity investments. Previously, Mr. Rasmus started, built and expanded a variety of domestic and international capital markets and corporate finance businesses. Mr. Rasmus was the Senior Managing Director of Banc One Capital Markets, Inc. (formerly First Chicago Capital Markets, Inc.) where he was responsible for the high yield and private placement businesses while functioning as a member of the management committee. Prior thereto, Mr. Rasmus was the Managing Director and Head of Investment Banking in London for First Chicago Ltd. Mr. Rasmus holds a B.A. degree in Government and International Relations from the University of Notre Dame.

James M. Whipkey—Co-Chief Executive Officer . Mr. Whipkey has a 32 year background in the oil and natural gas industry with broad experience in both technical and financial areas. Mr. Whipkey is a co-founder of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and has served as its Co-Chief Executive Officer since its formation in October 2010. Mr. Whipkey was named Co-Chief Executive Officer of our general partner in May 2012. Mr. Whipkey was a founding member of ROCM in June 2002 and has served as Managing Director since inception. Prior to the founding of ROCM, Mr. Whipkey was an equity analyst covering the exploration and production sector, most recently as a Managing Director at ABN Amro Bank N.V. From 1997 to 2000, Mr. Whipkey was the Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer for NYSE-listed Benton Oil and Gas Company. Prior thereto, Mr. Whipkey worked in a number of investment banking positions managing a wide range of relationships and responsibilities in the energy sector. His various roles included energy derivatives trading at Phibro Energy Inc., investment banking at Kidder, Peabody & Co., and stock analysis at Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc., where he won “All-Star” recognition from the Wall Street Journal in both the E&P and oil service sectors. Mr. Whipkey began his career as a petroleum engineer with Amoco Corporation where he spent five years in operations, drilling and reservoir simulation roles. Mr. Whipkey holds a B.S. degree in Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering from The Pennsylvania State University and an M.B.A. in Finance from the University of Chicago.

 

128


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Jefferies V. Alston, III—Chief Operating Officer . Mr. Alston has served as Chief Operating Officer of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC since May 2011 and was appointed Chief Operating Officer of our general partner in May 2012. Mr. Alston founded Trinity Consulting, LLC (“Trinity”) in December 2009, where he designed and managed construction of numerous frac sand processing facilities and became one of the leading consultants in the industry, until dissolving Trinity to join Hi-Crush Proppants LLC. Mr. Alston worked for Alston Equipment Company, Inc. (“Alston Equipment”) from February 1999 until he founded Trinity in December 2009. While at Alston Equipment, Mr. Alston was responsible for sales, growth initiatives and customer relations. Mr. Alston attended The University of Southern Mississippi and Southeastern Louisiana University.

Laura C. Fulton—Chief Financial Officer . Ms. Fulton has served as Chief Financial Officer of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC since April 2012. In May 2012, Ms. Fulton was appointed to Chief Financial Officer of our general partner. From March 2008 to October 2011, Ms. Fulton served as the Executive Vice President, Accounting and then Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of AEI Services, LLC (“AEI”), an owner and operator of essential energy infrastructure assets in emerging markets. Prior to AEI, Ms. Fulton spent 12 years with Lyondell Chemical Company in various capacities, including as general auditor responsible for internal audit and the Sarbanes-Oxley certification process, and as the assistant controller. Previously, Ms. Fulton worked for Deloitte & Touche in its audit and assurance practice for 11 years. Ms. Fulton is a CPA and graduated cum laude from Texas A&M University with a B.B.A. in Accounting. Ms. Fulton is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and serves on the Accounting Department Advisory Board at Texas A&M University.

Mark C. Skolos—General Counsel and Secretary . Mr. Skolos was appointed General Counsel of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC in April 2012 and named General Counsel and Secretary of our general partner in May 2012. Prior to joining Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, Mr. Skolos was a shareholder at the law firm of Weld, Riley, Prenn and Ricci S.C. (“Weld Riley”) from September 2011 to April 2012. Mr. Skolos worked as an attorney for Skolos, Millis and Matousek, S.C., or its predecessor firms (“Skolos Millis”), for 26 years prior to its merger with Weld Riley in April 2012. Mr. Skolos was made a shareholder at Skolos Millis in 1990. In his private practice, Mr. Skolos represented developers, businesses and local units of government on issues of government regulation, land use and real estate. Mr. Skolos has extensive experience representing companies in the non-metallic mining and processing industry on a wide spectrum of issues, including permitting, land acquisition and government relations. He graduated from the University of Wisconsin Law School in 1985 with a Juris Doctorate degree. Mr. Skolos has served as President of the Tri-County Bar Association of Wisconsin and acted as both Circuit Court and Family Court Commissioner in the State of Wisconsin.

Chad M. McEver—Vice President . Mr. McEver has served as Vice President of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC since its inception in October 2010. Mr. McEver was named Vice President of our general partner in May 2012. Mr. McEver joined ROCM as an Associate in 2004 and has served as Vice President since 2010. In executing the business model of ROCM, Mr. McEver has been responsible for analysis, execution and origination of projects with exploration and production and oilfield services companies and ROCM’s co-investors. From 2001 to 2004, Mr. McEver was a Director at EnerCom, Inc., an investor relations consulting firm exclusively serving the energy industry. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. McEver was an analyst in the investment banking energy group at Raymond James & Associates. Mr. McEver holds a Bachelor of Business Administration from Stephen F. Austin State University and an M.B.A in Finance from the University of Denver.

Director Independence

In accordance with the rules of the NYSE, our sponsor must appoint at least one independent director prior to the listing of our common units on the NYSE, one additional member within three months of that listing, and one additional independent member within 12 months of that listing.

 

129


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Committees of the Board of Directors

The board of directors of our general partner will have an audit committee and a conflicts committee. We do not expect that we will have a compensation committee, but rather that our board of directors will approve equity grants to directors and employees.

Audit Committee

We are required to have an audit committee of at least three members, and all its members are required to meet the independence and experience standards established by the NYSE and the Exchange Act, subject to certain transitional relief during the one-year period following consummation of this offering as described above. The audit committee will assist the board of directors in its oversight of the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and partnership policies and controls. The audit committee will have the sole authority to (1) retain and terminate our independent registered public accounting firm, (2) approve all auditing services and related fees and the terms thereof performed by our independent registered public accounting firm, and (3) pre-approve any non-audit services and tax services to be rendered by our independent registered public accounting firm. The audit committee will also be responsible for confirming the independence and objectivity of our independent registered public accounting firm. Our independent registered public accounting firm will be given unrestricted access to the audit committee and our management, as necessary.

Conflicts Committee

We expect that at least two independent members of the board of directors of our general partner will serve on a conflicts committee to review specific matters that the board believes may involve conflicts of interest and determines to submit to the conflicts committee for review. The conflicts committee will determine if the resolution of the conflict of interest is in our best interest. The members of the conflicts committee may not be officers or employees of our general partner or directors, officers or employees of its affiliates, including our sponsor, and must meet the independence standards established by the NYSE and the Exchange Act to serve on an audit committee of a board of directors, along with other requirements in our partnership agreement. Any matters approved by the conflicts committee will be conclusively deemed to be in our best interest, approved by all of our partners and not a breach by our general partner of any duties it may owe us or our unitholders.

 

130


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION AND OTHER INFORMATION

We are providing compensation disclosure that satisfies the requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, as defined in the JOBS Act.

Summary Compensation Table

The table below sets forth the annual compensation earned during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 by our principal executive officer and our next two most highly-compensated executive officers (our “Named Executive Officers” or “NEOs”).

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary
($) (1)
     All Other
Compensation
($) (2)
     Total
($)
 

Robert E. Rasmus, Co-Chief Executive Officer

     2011         42,692         16,622         59,314   

James M. Whipkey, Co-Chief Executive Officer

     2011         42,692         14,177         56,869   

Jefferies V. Alston, III, Chief Operating Officer

     2011         42,692                 42,692   

 

(1) Represents the actual amount of salary paid to each NEO during 2011 based upon the annualized base salary of $75,000 defined under each NEO’s employment agreement with us, which became effective on May 25, 2011.
(2) Pursuant to a management services agreement entered into between Red Oak Capital Management LLC and our sponsor, our sponsor reimburses Red Oak Capital Management LLC for the health and welfare benefits and coverage paid for Messrs. Rasmus and Whipkey. Amounts in this column reflect the amount paid by our sponsor for the health and welfare benefits and coverage of Messrs. Rasmus and Whipkey during 2011. Please see “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Other Transactions with Related Persons” for additional information on the management services agreement.

Narrative Disclosure to the Summary Compensation Table

Employment Agreements

Each of our NEOs has entered into an employment agreement with our sponsor (collectively, the “Employment Agreements”). The Employment Agreements were each entered into on May 25, 2011. The initial term of the Employment Agreements is one year for each NEO, with automatic extensions for additional one-year periods unless either party provides at least sixty days advance written notice of the intent to terminate the Employment Agreement.

Under the Employment Agreements, each NEO is entitled to an annualized base salary and is eligible for discretionary bonuses awarded by us from time to time, each of which is described in greater detail below.

The Employment Agreements also contain severance provisions, which are discussed in detail below under “Additional Narrative Disclosure—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

In addition, the Employment Agreements contain a confidentiality obligation on the part of the NEO of indefinite duration and a non-competition and non-solicitation obligation on the part of the executive for a period of one-year following his termination of employment with us for any reason. We do not currently provide any additional or enhanced payments or benefits to our NEOs in connection with any change in control transactions.

Base Salary

Each NEO’s base salary is a fixed component of compensation and is specified in the Employment Agreements. Each NEO receives an annualized base salary of $75,000. Our NEO’s base salaries were originally set pursuant to discussions between our sponsor and the NEOs.

 

131


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Bonuses

Under the Employment Agreements, our NEOs are eligible for discretionary bonuses that may be awarded from time to time; provided that, our board of directors has sole discretion as to whether a bonus is awarded, the criteria for any bonus, and the amount of any bonus. In 2011, no NEOs received such a discretionary bonus.

Other Compensation Elements

Each NEO is entitled to 20 days of paid vacation each calendar year during the term of the Employment Agreement.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2011 Fiscal Year-End

We have not previously granted any equity awards to our NEOs. As a result, none of our NEOs had outstanding equity awards as of December 31, 2011.

Additional Narrative Disclosure

Retirement Benefits

Our sponsor has not maintained and we do not currently maintain a defined benefit pension plan, defined contribution plan or nonqualified deferred compensation plan. As a result, there are no retirement benefits that are currently provided to our NEOs.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or a Change in Control

The Employment Agreements contain severance provisions. Under the terms of the Employment Agreements, the employment of each NEO may be terminated by us with or without Cause, by the NEO for or without Good Reason, due to the NEO’s disability or death, or due to expiration of the term of the Employment Agreement.

Upon a termination by us for Cause, by the NEO without Good Reason, due to the NEO’s disability or death, or due to expiration of the term of the Employment Agreement, the NEO is entitled to the following severance benefits: (i) payment of all accrued and unpaid base salary through the date of termination, (ii) reimbursement for all incurred but unreimbursed expenses entitled to reimbursement, and (iii) provision of any benefits to which the NEO is entitled pursuant to the terms of any applicable benefit plan or program (collectively, the “Accrued Obligations”).

Upon a termination by us without Cause or by the NEO for Good Reason, the NEO is entitled to the following severance benefits: (i) payment of the Accrued Obligations and (ii) payment of an additional amount equal to 12 times the monthly rate of the NEO’s base salary as of the date of termination paid in a lump sum payment on the date that is 30 days after the date of termination. Payment of the additional lump sum payment is contingent upon the NEO’s execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims in favor of us.

Under the Employment Agreements, “Cause” means an NEO’s: (i) conviction of, or entry of a guilty plea or plea of no contest with respect to, a felony or any other crime directly or indirectly involving the NEO’s lack of honesty or moral turpitude, (ii) drug or alcohol abuse for which the NEO fails to undertake and maintain treatment within five calendar days after requested by the Company, (iii) acts of fraud, embezzlement, theft, dishonesty or gross misconduct, (iv) material misappropriation (or attempted misappropriation) of any of our funds or property, or (v) a breach of the NEO’s obligations described under the Employment Agreement, as determined by a majority of our board of directors. Under the Employment Agreements, “Good Reason” means, without the NEO’s consent: (i) a material breach by us of our obligations under the Employment Agreement, (ii) any material diminution of the duties of the NEO, (iii) a reduction in the NEO’s base salary, other than pursuant to a proportionate reduction applicable to all senior executives or employees generally and the members of our board of directors, to the extent such board members receive board fees, or (iv) the relocation of the geographic location of the NEO’s principal place of employment by more than 50 miles.

 

132


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

No NEO has any right to receive a “gross up” for any excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, or any federal, state or local income tax.

Director Compensation

Our sponsor paid an annualized fee of $50,000 per year to two non-employee directors as compensation for services as directors of our sponsor. In connection with Avista Capital Partners’ investment in our sponsor, our sponsor paid a fee of $500,000 to non-employee director Trevor Turbidy, who also serves as an Energy Industry Advisor for Avista Capital Partners, for consulting services rendered during 2011.

Following the consummation of this offering, each non-employee director of our general partner will be paid $75,000 per year as compensation for services as a director.

 

133


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of common units and subordinated units of Hi-Crush Partners LP that will be issued and outstanding upon the consummation of this offering and the related transactions and held by:

 

   

our general partner;

 

   

beneficial owners of 5% or more of our common units;

 

   

each director, director nominee and named executive officer; and

 

   

all of our directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

  Common Units
Beneficially
Owned
    Percentage of
Common Units
Beneficially
Owned
    Subordinated
Units Beneficially
Owned
    Percentage of
Subordinated
Units Beneficially
Owned
    Percentage of
Common and
Subordinated
Units Beneficially
Owned
 

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC (1)(2)

      %          100%        %   

Hi-Crush GP LLC (2)

      %          %        %   

Robert E. Rasmus (2)

      %          %        %   

James M. Whipkey (2)

      %          %        %   

Jefferies V. Alston, III (2)

      %          %        %   

Martha M. Romig (2)

      %          %        %   
      %          %        %   
      %          %        %   
      %          %        %   

All named executive officers and directors as a group (     persons)

    —          —  %        —          —  %        —  %   

 

(1)

Avista Capital Partners II, LP, Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II-A, LP and Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II, LP indirectly own     % of the membership interests of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, through two investment vehicles, ACP HIP Splitter, LP and ACP HIP Splitter (Offshore), LP. Each of Avista Capital Partners II, LP, Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II-A, LP and Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II, LP is controlled by its general partner, Avista Capital Partners II GP, LLC (“Avista GP”). Voting and investment determinations are made by an investment committee of Avista GP, comprised of the following members: Thompson Dean, Steven Webster, David Burgstahler, Newton Aguiar, Robert Cabes, David Durkin and OhSang Kwon. As a result, and by virtue of the relationships described above, each of Thompson Dean, Steven Webster, David Burgstahler, Newton Aguiar, Robert Cabes, David Durkin and OhSang Kwon may be deemed to exercise voting and dispositive power with respect to securities held by ACP HIP Splitter, LP and ACP HIP Splitter (Offshore), LP. The address for Avista Capital Partners is 65 East 55 th Street, 18 th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

 

(2) The address for each of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, Hi-Crush GP LLC, Robert E. Rasmus, James M. Whipkey, Jefferies V. Alston, III and Martha M. Romig is Three Riverway, Suite 1550, Houston, Texas 77056.

 

134


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

After this offering, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units, our sponsor will own              common units and              subordinated units representing an aggregate approximately     % limited partner interest in us, will own the incentive distribution rights and will own and control our general partner. Our sponsor will also appoint all of the directors of our general partner, which will maintain a non-economic general partner interest in us.

The terms of the transactions and agreements disclosed in this section were determined by and among affiliated entities and, consequently, are not the result of arm’s length negotiations. These terms are not necessarily at least as favorable to the parties to these transactions and agreements as the terms that could have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties.

Distributions and Payments to Affiliates of Our General Partner

The following table summarizes the distributions and payments to be made by us to our general partner and its affiliates in connection with the formation, ongoing operation and any liquidation of Hi-Crush Partners LP.

Formation Stage

The aggregate consideration received by affiliates of our general partner for the

contribution of their interests

              common units;

 

                subordinated units;

 

    our incentive distribution rights; and

 

  We will distribute the $         million of net proceeds from this offering (after deducting the underwriting discounts and a structuring fee and the expenses of this offering) to our sponsor. To the extent the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units, we will issue such units to the public and distribute the net proceeds to our sponsor. Any common units not purchased by the underwriters pursuant to their option will be issued to our sponsor.

Operational Stage

 

Distributions of cash available for distribution to our general partner and its affiliates

We will generally make cash distributions 100% to our unitholders, including affiliates of our general partner. In addition, if distributions exceed the minimum quarterly distribution and other higher target distribution levels, our sponsor (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights) will be entitled to increasing percentages of the distributions, up to 50.0% of the distributions above the highest target distribution level.

 

  Assuming we have sufficient cash available for distribution to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our outstanding common units and subordinated units for four quarters, affiliates of our general partner would receive an annual distribution of approximately $         million on their units.

 

135


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Payments to our general partner and its affiliates

Our general partner will not receive a management fee or other compensation for its management of our partnership, but we will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for all direct and indirect expenses they incur and payments they make on our behalf. Our partnership agreement does not set a limit on the amount of expenses for which our general partner and its affiliates may be reimbursed. These expenses include salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to persons who perform services for us or on our behalf and expenses allocated to our general partner by its affiliates. Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will determine in good faith the expenses that are allocable to us.

 

Withdrawal or removal of our general partner

If our general partner withdraws or is removed, its non-economic general partner interest and our sponsor’s incentive distribution rights will either be sold to the new general partner for cash or converted into common units, in each case for an amount equal to the fair market value of those interests. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner.”

Liquidation Stage

 

Liquidation

Upon our liquidation, the partners will be entitled to receive liquidating distributions according to their particular capital account balances.

Agreements with Affiliates in Connection with the Transactions

In connection with this offering, we will enter into certain agreements with our sponsor, as described in more detail below.

Contribution Agreement

In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into a contribution agreement that will effect the transactions, including the transfer of the ownership interests in Hi-Crush Chambers LLC, Hi-Crush Railroad LLC, Hi-Crush Wyeville LLC and Hi-Crush Operating LLC, and the use of the net proceeds of this offering. While we believe this agreement is on terms no less favorable to any party than those that could have been negotiated with an unaffiliated third party, it will not be the result of arm’s-length negotiations. All of the transaction expenses incurred in connection with these transactions will be paid from the proceeds of this offering.

Omnibus Agreement

In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into an omnibus agreement with affiliates of our general partner, including our sponsor, that will address certain aspects of our relationship with them, including:

 

   

our use of the name “Hi-Crush” and related marks;

 

   

our payment of administrative services fees to our sponsor for general and administrative services; and

 

   

certain indemnification obligations.

 

136


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The omnibus agreement can be amended by written agreement of all parties to the agreement. However, the partnership may not agree to any amendment or modification that would, in the reasonable discretion of our general partner, be adverse in any material respect to the holders of our common units without prior approval of the conflicts committee. So long as our sponsor controls our general partner, the omnibus agreement will remain in full force and effect unless mutually terminated by the parties. If our sponsor ceases to control our general partner, the omnibus agreement will terminate, provided the indemnification obligations described below will remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

Our sponsor’s indemnification obligations will include certain liabilities relating to:

 

   

for a period of three years after the closing of this offering, environmental liabilities, including (i) any violation or correction of violation of environmental laws associated with our assets, where a correction of violation would include assessment, investigation, monitoring, remediation, or other similar action and (ii) any event, omission or condition associated with the ownership of our assets (including the presence of hazardous materials), including (A) the cost and expense of any assessment, investigation, monitoring, remediation or other similar action and (B) the cost and expense of any environmental or toxic tort litigation, provided that the aggregate amount payable to us pursuant to this bullet point does not exceed $         million;

 

   

until 60 days after the applicable statute of limitations, any of our federal, state and local income tax liabilities attributable to the ownership and operation of our assets and the assets of our subsidiaries prior to the closing of this offering;

 

   

for a period of three years after the closing of this offering, the failure to have all necessary consents and governmental permits where such failure renders us unable to use and operate our assets in substantially the same manner in which they were used and operated immediately prior to the closing of this offering (subject to certain exceptions for the revocation or non-renewal of consents and governmental permits due to changes in laws, governmental regulations or certain other events outside of the control of our sponsor and our general partner); and

 

   

for a period of three years after the closing of this offering, our failure to have valid and indefeasible easement rights, rights-of-way, leasehold and/or fee ownership interest in the lands where our assets are located and such failure prevents us from using or operating our assets in substantially the same manner as operated immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

In no event will our sponsor be obligated to indemnify us for any claims, losses or expenses or income taxes referred to above to the extent either (i) reserved for in our financial statements as of December 31, 2011, or (ii) we recover any such amounts under available insurance coverage, from contractual rights or other recoveries against any third party.

In addition, we will also agree to indemnify our sponsor from any losses, costs or damages incurred by our sponsor that are attributable to the ownership and operation of our assets and the assets of our subsidiaries following the closing of this offering, subject to the same limitations on our sponsor’s indemnity to us.

Our sponsor and its affiliates will not be restricted, under either our partnership agreement or the omnibus agreement, from competing with us. Our sponsor will be permitted to compete with us and may acquire or dispose of frac sand reserves and processing facilities or other assets in the future without any obligation to offer us the opportunity to purchase those assets.

Other Transactions with Related Persons

On May 25, 2011, our sponsor entered into a Management Services Agreement (“Services Agreement”) with ROCM. Messrs. Rasmus and Whipkey, our co-chief executive officers, each hold 50% interests in ROCM. The Services Agreement provides for certain management and administrative support services for a term of one

 

137


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

year and thereafter remains in place upon the same terms and conditions. Either party may terminate the agreement by delivering written notice within 90 days prior to the date of expiration of the initial term or any time after the expiration of the initial term, by delivering written notice 90 days prior to the desired date of termination. Our sponsor reimburses ROCM for 95% of ROCM’s actual costs, up to a maximum of $850,000 per year. Total management services fees for 2011 and 2010 were $370,000 and $0, respectively. Based on their interests in ROCM, the approximate value of the interests of Messrs. Rasmus and Whipkey in the Services Agreement were $185,000 and $0 each for 2011 and 2010, respectively.

On July 20, 2011, our sponsor entered into various subordinated promissory notes with certain equity investors, including Avista Capital Partners, and their affiliates in an aggregate original principal amount of approximately $52.2 million. Borrowings under the subordinated promissory notes bear interest, at our sponsor’s option, at a rate of 10.0% for cash interest and 12.0% for paid-in-kind interest (“PIK interest”). As of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, there was $46.1 million and $56.0 million of outstanding indebtedness under our sponsor’s subordinated promissory notes, respectively. The outstanding balance includes $2.4 million and $3.8 million of PIK interest as of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively. The subordinated promissory notes mature in July 2016.

Our sponsor pays quarterly director fees to directors that may be members and/or holders of debt of our sponsor. Total director fees incurred in 2011 and 2010 were approximately $60,000 and $0, respectively, and are included in general and administrative costs.

Procedures for Review, Approval and Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons

We expect that the board of directors of our general partner will adopt policies for the review, approval and ratification of transactions with related persons. We anticipate the board will adopt a written code of business conduct and ethics, under which a director would be expected to bring to the attention of the chief executive officer or the board any conflict or potential conflict of interest that may arise between the director or any affiliate of the director, on the one hand, and us or our general partner on the other. The resolution of any such conflict or potential conflict should, at the discretion of the board in light of the circumstances, be determined by a majority of the disinterested directors.

If a conflict or potential conflict of interest arises between our general partner or its affiliates, on the one hand, and us or our unitholders, on the other hand, the resolution of any such conflict or potential conflict should be addressed by the board of directors of our general partner in accordance with the provisions of our partnership agreement. At the discretion of the board in light of the circumstances, the resolution may be determined by the board in its entirety or by a conflicts committee meeting the definitional requirements for such a committee under our partnership agreement.

Upon our adoption of our code of business conduct, we would expect that any executive officer will be required to avoid conflicts of interest unless approved by the board of directors of our general partner.

In the case of any sale of equity by us in which an owner or affiliate of an owner of our general partner participates, we anticipate that our practice will be to obtain approval of the board for the transaction. We anticipate that the board will typically delegate authority to set the specific terms to a pricing committee, consisting of one of the co-chief executive officers and one independent director. Actions by the pricing committee will require unanimous approval. Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties—Conflicts of Interest” for additional information regarding the relevant provisions of our partnership agreement.

The code of business conduct and ethics described above will be adopted in connection with the closing of this offering, and as a result, the transactions described above were not reviewed according to such procedures.

 

138


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY DUTIES

Conflicts of Interest

Conflicts of interest exist and may arise in the future as a result of the relationships between our general partner and its affiliates, including our sponsor, on the one hand, and our partnership and our limited partners, on the other hand. The directors and officers of our general partner have fiduciary duties to manage our general partner in a manner beneficial to our sponsor. At the same time, our general partner has a duty to manage our partnership in a manner it believes is in our best interests. Our partnership agreement specifically defines the remedies available to unitholders for actions taken that, without these defined liability standards, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty under applicable Delaware law. The Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, which we refer to as the Delaware Act, provides that Delaware limited partnerships may, in their partnership agreements, expand, restrict or eliminate the fiduciary duties otherwise owed by the general partner to the limited partners and the partnership.

Whenever a conflict arises between our general partner or its affiliates, on the one hand, and us or our limited partners, on the other hand, the resolution or course of action in respect of such conflict of interest shall be permitted and deemed approved by all our limited partners and shall not constitute a breach of our partnership agreement, of any agreement contemplated thereby or of any duty, if the resolution or course of action in respect of such conflict of interest is:

 

   

approved by the conflicts committee of our general partner, although our general partner is not obligated to seek such approval; or

 

   

approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding any such units owned by our general partner or any of its affiliates.

Our general partner may, but is not required to, seek the approval of such resolutions or courses of action from the conflicts committee of its board of directors or from the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units as described above. If our general partner does not seek approval from the conflicts committee or from holders of common units as described above and the board of directors of our general partner approves the resolution or course of action taken with respect to the conflict of interest, then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, the board of directors of our general partner acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of us or any of our unitholders, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. Unless the resolution of a conflict is specifically provided for in our partnership agreement, the board of directors of our general partner or the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner may consider any factors they determine in good faith to consider when resolving a conflict. An independent third party is not required to evaluate the resolution. Under our partnership agreement, a determination, other action or failure to act by our general partner, the board of directors of our general partner or any committee thereof (including the conflicts committee) will be deemed to be “in good faith” unless our general partner, the board of directors of our general partner or any committee thereof (including the conflicts committee) believed such determination, other action or failure to act was adverse to the interests of the partnership. Please read “Management—Management of Hi-Crush Partners LP—Committees of the Board of Directors—Conflicts Committee” for information about the conflicts committee of our general partner’s board of directors.

Conflicts of interest could arise in the situations described below, among others:

Actions taken by our general partner may affect the amount of cash available to pay distributions to unitholders or accelerate the right to convert subordinated units.

The amount of cash that is available for distribution to unitholders is affected by decisions of our general partner regarding such matters as:

 

   

amount and timing of asset purchases and sales;

 

   

cash expenditures;

 

139


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

borrowings;

 

   

entry into and repayment of current and future indebtedness;

 

   

issuance of additional units; and

 

   

the creation, reduction or increase of reserves in any quarter.

In addition, borrowings by us and our affiliates do not constitute a breach of any duty owed by our general partner to our unitholders, including borrowings that have the purpose or effect of:

 

   

enabling affiliates of our general partner to receive distributions on any subordinated units held by them or the incentive distribution rights; or

 

   

hastening the expiration of the subordination period.

In addition, our general partner may use an amount, initially equal to $         million, which would not otherwise constitute operating surplus, in order to permit the payment of distributions on subordinated units and the incentive distribution rights. All of these actions may affect the amount of cash or equity distributed to our unitholders and our general partner and may facilitate the conversion of subordinated units into common units. Please read “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners.”

For example, in the event we have not generated sufficient cash from our operations to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units and our subordinated units, our partnership agreement permits us to borrow funds, which would enable us to make such distribution on all outstanding units. Please read “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners—Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus—Operating Surplus.”

The directors and officers of our sponsor have a fiduciary duty to make decisions in the best interests of the owners of our sponsor, which may be contrary to our interests.

Because certain officers and certain directors of our general partner are also directors and/or officers of affiliates of our general partner, including our sponsor, they have fiduciary duties to our sponsor that may cause them to pursue business strategies that disproportionately benefit our sponsor or which otherwise are not in our best interests.

Our general partner is allowed to take into account the interests of parties other than us, such as our sponsor, in exercising certain rights under our partnership agreement.

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that permissibly reduce the standards to which our general partner would otherwise be held by state fiduciary duty law. For example, our partnership agreement permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner. This entitles our general partner to consider only the interests and factors that it desires, and it has no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting, us, our affiliates or any limited partner. Examples include the exercise of its call right, its voting rights with respect to any units it owns, its registration rights and its determination whether or not to consent to any merger or consolidation.

Our general partner’s affiliates may compete with us, and neither our general partner nor its affiliates have any obligation to present business opportunities to us.

Affiliates of our general partner are not prohibited from engaging in other businesses or activities, including those that might be in direct competition with us and our sponsor or its affiliates, may acquire, construct or dispose of assets in the future without any obligation to offer us the opportunity to acquire those assets. In addition, we expect that our sponsor will own an interest in entities that directly compete with us following this offering. For example, our sponsor is currently constructing the Augusta excavation and processing facility in

 

140


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Eau Claire County, Wisconsin, which is expected to be operational in September 2012. Our sponsor has contracted for the sale of 1,200,000 tons per year of coarse grand Northern White sand from the Augusta facility with two of our existing customers and may seek additional contracts from other of our current and potential customers in direct competition with us as we seek to renew or replace our existing contracts. We share our management team with our sponsor, and the shared management team is under no obligation to offer new and replacement customer contracts to us before offering them to our sponsor, which could have a material adverse impact on our ability to renew or replace existing customer contracts on favorable terms or at all.

Under our partnership agreement, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, will not apply to our general partner and its affiliates. As a result, neither our general partner nor any of its affiliates have any obligation to present business opportunities to us.

Our partnership agreement limits the liability of, and replaces the duties owed by, our general partner and also restricts the remedies available to our unitholders for actions that, without the limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty.

In addition to the provisions described above, our partnership agreement contains provisions that restrict the remedies available to our unitholders for actions that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty. For example, our partnership agreement provides that:

 

   

our general partner shall not have any liability to us or our unitholders for decisions made in its capacity as a general partner so long as it acted in good faith, meaning it believed that the decision was not adverse to the interests of our partnership;

 

   

our general partner and its officers and directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us or our limited partners for any acts or omissions unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that our general partner or those other persons acted in bad faith or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that its conduct was unlawful; and

 

   

in resolving conflicts of interest, it will be presumed that in making its decision the general partner, the board of directors of the general partner or the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or us, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption.

By purchasing a common unit, a common unitholder will agree to become bound by the provisions in our partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above. Please read “—Fiduciary Duties.”

Common unitholders have no right to enforce obligations of our general partner and its affiliates under agreements with us.

Any agreements between us, on the one hand, and our general partner and its affiliates, on the other, will not grant to the unitholders, separate and apart from us, the right to enforce the obligations of our general partner and its affiliates in our favor.

Contracts between us, on the one hand, and our general partner and its affiliates, on the other, are not and will not be the result of arm’s-length negotiations.

Neither our partnership agreement nor any of the other agreements, contracts and arrangements between us and our general partner and its affiliates are or will be the result of arm’s-length negotiations. Our general partner will determine, in good faith, the terms of any of such future transactions.

 

141


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Except in limited circumstances, our general partner has the power and authority to conduct our business without unitholder approval.

Under our partnership agreement, our general partner has full power and authority to do all things, other than those items that require unitholder approval, necessary or appropriate to conduct our business including, but not limited to, the following actions:

 

   

expending, lending, or borrowing money, assuming, guaranteeing, or otherwise contracting for, indebtedness and other liabilities, issuing evidences of indebtedness, including indebtedness that is convertible into our securities, and incurring any other obligations;

 

   

preparing and transmitting tax, regulatory and other filings, periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies having jurisdiction over our business or assets;

 

   

acquiring, disposing, mortgaging, pledging, encumbering, hypothecating, or exchanging our assets or merging or otherwise combining us with or into another person;

 

   

negotiating, executing and performing contracts, conveyance or other instruments;

 

   

distributing cash;

 

   

selecting or dismissing employees and agents, outside attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors and determining their compensation and other terms of employment or hiring;

 

   

maintaining insurance for our benefit;

 

   

forming, acquiring an interest in, and contributing property and loaning money to, any further limited partnerships, joint ventures, corporations, limited liability companies or other relationships;

 

   

controlling all matters affecting our rights and obligations, including bringing and defending actions at law or in equity or otherwise litigating, arbitrating or mediating, and incurring legal expense and settling claims and litigation;

 

   

indemnifying any person against liabilities and contingencies to the extent permitted by law;

 

   

purchasing, selling or otherwise acquiring or disposing of our partnership interests, or issuing additional options, rights, warrants, appreciation rights, phantom or tracking interests relating to our partnership interests; and

 

   

entering into agreements with any of its affiliates to render services to us or to itself in the discharge of its duties as our general partner.

Please read “The Partnership Agreement” for information regarding the voting rights of unitholders.

Common units are subject to our general partner’s call right.

If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 80% of the common units, our general partner will have the right, which it may assign to any of its affiliates or to us, but not the obligation, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the common units held by unaffiliated persons at the market price calculated in accordance with the terms of our partnership agreement. As a result, you may be required to sell your common units at an undesirable time or price and may not receive any return on your investment. You may also incur a tax liability upon a sale of your units. Our general partner is not obligated to obtain a fairness opinion regarding the value of the common units to be repurchased by it upon exercise of the call right. There is no restriction in our partnership agreement that prevents our general partner from issuing additional common units and exercising its call right. Our general partner may use its own discretion, free of fiduciary duty restrictions, in determining whether to exercise this right. As a result, a common unitholder may have his common units purchased from him at an undesirable time or price. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Call Right.”

 

142


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We may not choose to retain separate counsel for ourselves or for the holders of common units.

The attorneys, independent accountants and others who perform services for us have been retained by our general partner. Attorneys, independent accountants and others who perform services for us are selected by our general partner or the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner and may perform services for our general partner and its affiliates. We may retain separate counsel for ourselves or the conflict committee in the event of a conflict of interest between our general partner and its affiliates, on the one hand, and us or the holders of common units, on the other, depending on the nature of the conflict, although we may choose not to do so.

The holder or holders of our incentive distribution rights may elect to cause us to issue common units to it in connection with a resetting of incentive distribution levels without the approval of our unitholders. This election may result in lower distributions to our common unitholders in certain situations.

The holder or holders of a majority of our incentive distribution rights (initially our sponsor) have the right, at any time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and they have received incentive distributions at the highest level to which they are entitled (50.0%) for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters, to reset the initial target distribution levels at higher levels based on our cash distribution levels at the time of the exercise of the reset election. Following a reset election, a baseline distribution amount will be calculated equal to an amount equal to the prior cash distribution per common unit for the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the reset election (such amount is referred to as the “reset minimum quarterly distribution”), and the target distribution levels will be reset to correspondingly higher levels based on percentage increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution.

We anticipate that our sponsor would exercise this reset right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per unit without such conversion. However, our sponsor may transfer the incentive distribution rights at any time. It is possible that our sponsor or a transferee could exercise this reset election at a time when we are experiencing declines in our aggregate cash distributions or at a time when the holders of the incentive distribution rights expect that we will experience declines in our aggregate cash distributions in the foreseeable future. In such situations, the holders of the incentive distribution rights may be experiencing, or may expect to experience, declines in the cash distributions it receives related to the incentive distribution rights and may therefore desire to be issued our common units, which are entitled to specified priorities with respect to our distributions and which therefore may be more advantageous for them to own in lieu of the right to receive incentive distribution payments based on target distribution levels that are less certain to be achieved. As a result, a reset election may cause our common unitholders to experience dilution in the amount of cash distributions that they would have otherwise received had we not issued new common units to the holders of the incentive distribution rights in connection with resetting the target distribution levels. Please read “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners—Adjusted Operating Surplus—Incentive Distribution Rights.”

Fiduciary Duties

Duties owed to unitholders by our general partner are prescribed by law and in our partnership agreement. The Delaware Act provides that Delaware limited partnerships may, in their partnership agreements, expand, restrict or eliminate the fiduciary duties otherwise owed by the general partner to limited partners and the partnership.

Our partnership agreement contains various provisions that eliminate and replace the fiduciary duties that might otherwise be owed by our general partner. We have adopted these provisions to allow our general partner or its affiliates to engage in transactions with us that otherwise might be prohibited by state law fiduciary standards and to take into account the interests of other parties in addition to our interests when resolving conflicts of interest. We believe this is appropriate and necessary because the board of directors of our general partner has a duty to manage our partnership in good faith and a duty to manage our general partner in a manner

 

143


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

beneficial to its owner. Without these modifications, our general partner’s ability to make decisions involving conflicts of interest would be restricted. Replacing the fiduciary duty standards in this manner benefits our general partner by enabling it to take into consideration all parties involved in the proposed action. Replacing the fiduciary duty standards also strengthens the ability of our general partner to attract and retain experienced and capable directors. Replacing the fiduciary duty standards represents a detriment to our public unitholders because it restricts the remedies available to our public unitholders for actions that, without those limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty, as described below, and permits our general partner to take into account the interests of third parties in addition to our interests when resolving conflicts of interests.

The following is a summary of the material restrictions of the fiduciary duties owed by our general partner to the limited partners:

 

State law fiduciary duty standards

Fiduciary duties are generally considered to include an obligation to act in good faith and with due care and loyalty. The duty of care, in the absence of a provision in a partnership agreement providing otherwise, would generally require a general partner to act for the partnership in the same manner as a prudent person would act on his own behalf. The duty of loyalty, in the absence of a provision in a partnership agreement providing otherwise, would generally require that any action taken or transaction engaged in be entirely fair to the partnership.

 

Partnership agreement modified standards

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that waive or consent to conduct by our general partner and its affiliates that might otherwise raise issues as to compliance with fiduciary duties or applicable law. For example, our partnership agreement provides that when our general partner is acting in its capacity as our general partner, as opposed to in its individual capacity, it must act in “good faith” and will not be subject to any other standard under applicable law. In addition, when our general partner is acting in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner, it may act without any fiduciary obligation to us or the unitholders whatsoever. These standards replace the obligations to which our general partner would otherwise be held.

 

  If our general partner does not obtain approval from the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner or our common unitholders, excluding any such units owned by our general partner or its affiliates, and the board of directors of our general partner approves the resolution or course of action taken with respect to the conflict of interest, then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, its board, which may include board members affected by the conflict of interest, acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. These standards replace the obligations to which our general partner would otherwise be held.

 

144


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Rights and remedies of unitholders

The Delaware Act generally provides that a limited partner may institute legal action on behalf of the partnership to recover damages from a third party where a general partner has refused to institute the action or where an effort to cause a general partner to do so is not likely to succeed. These actions include actions against a general partner for breach of its duties or of our partnership agreement. In addition, the statutory or case law of some jurisdictions may permit a limited partner to institute legal action on behalf of himself and all other similarly situated limited partners to recover damages from a general partner for violations of its fiduciary duties to the limited partners.

 

Partnership agreement modified standards

The Delaware Act provides that, unless otherwise provided in a partnership agreement, a partner or other person shall not be liable to a limited partnership or to another partner or to another person that is a party to or is otherwise bound by a partnership agreement for breach of fiduciary duty for the partner’s or other person’s good faith reliance on the provisions of the partnership agreement. Under our partnership agreement, to the extent that, at law or in equity an indemnitee has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to us or to our partners, our general partner and any other indemnitee acting in connection with our business or affairs shall not be liable to us or to any partner for its good faith reliance on the provisions of our partnership agreement.

By purchasing our common units, each common unitholder automatically agrees to be bound by the provisions in our partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above. This is in accordance with the policy of the Delaware Act favoring the principle of freedom of contract and the enforceability of partnership agreements. The failure of a limited partner to sign a partnership agreement does not render the partnership agreement unenforceable against that person.

Under our partnership agreement, we must indemnify our general partner and its officers, directors, managers and certain other specified persons, to the fullest extent permitted by law, against liabilities, costs and expenses incurred by our general partner or these other persons. We must provide this indemnification unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that these persons acted in bad faith. We must also provide this indemnification for criminal proceedings unless our general partner or these other persons acted with knowledge that their conduct was unlawful. Thus, our general partner could be indemnified for its negligent acts if it meets the requirements set forth above. To the extent these provisions purport to include indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is contrary to public policy and, therefore, unenforceable. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Indemnification.”

 

145


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMON UNITS

The Units

The common units and the subordinated units are separate classes of limited partner interests in us. The holders of units are entitled to participate in partnership distributions and exercise the rights or privileges available to limited partners under our partnership agreement. For a description of the relative rights and preferences of holders of common units and subordinated units in and to partnership distributions, please read this section and “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners.” For a description of other rights and privileges of limited partners under our partnership agreement, including voting rights, please read “The Partnership Agreement.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Duties

The Depository Trust Company will serve as the registrar and transfer agent for the common units. We will pay all fees charged by the transfer agent for transfers of common units except the following, which must be paid by unitholders:

 

   

surety bond premiums to replace lost or stolen certificates, taxes and other governmental charges;

 

   

special charges for services requested by a holder of a common unit; and

 

   

other similar fees or charges.

There will be no charge to unitholders for disbursements of our cash distributions. We will indemnify the transfer agent, its agents and each of their stockholders, directors, officers and employees against all claims and losses that may arise out of acts performed or omitted for its activities in that capacity, except for any liability due to any gross negligence or intentional misconduct of the indemnified person or entity.

Resignation or Removal

The transfer agent may resign, by notice to us, or be removed by us. The resignation or removal of the transfer agent will become effective upon our appointment of a successor transfer agent and registrar and its acceptance of the appointment. If no successor is appointed or has not accepted its appointment within 30 days of the resignation or removal, our general partner may act as the transfer agent and registrar until a successor is appointed.

Transfer of Common Units

Upon the transfer of a common unit in accordance with our partnership agreement, the transferee of the common unit shall be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the common units transferred when such transfer and admission are reflected in our books and records. Each transferee:

 

   

represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and authority to become bound by our partnership agreement;

 

   

automatically becomes bound by the terms and conditions of our partnership agreement; and

 

   

gives the consents, waivers and approvals contained in our partnership agreement, such as the approval of all transactions and agreements that we are entering into in connection with our formation and this offering.

Our general partner will cause any transfers to be recorded on our books and records no less frequently than quarterly.

 

146


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We may, at our discretion, treat the nominee holder of a common unit as the absolute owner. In that case, the beneficial holder’s rights are limited solely to those that it has against the nominee holder as a result of any agreement between the beneficial owner and the nominee holder.

Common units are securities and any transfers are subject to the laws governing the transfer of securities. In addition to other rights acquired upon transfer, the transferor gives the transferee the right to become a substituted limited partner in our partnership for the transferred common units.

Until a common unit has been transferred on our books, we and the transfer agent may treat the record holder of the common unit as the absolute owner for all purposes, except as otherwise required by law or stock exchange regulations.

 

147


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

The following is a summary of the material provisions of our partnership agreement. The form of our partnership agreement is included in this prospectus as Appendix A. We will provide prospective investors with a copy of our partnership agreement upon request at no charge.

We summarize the following provisions of our partnership agreement elsewhere in this prospectus:

 

   

with regard to distributions of cash available for distribution, please read “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners”;

 

   

with regard to the duties of, and standard of care applicable to, our general partner, please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties”;

 

   

with regard to the transfer of common units, please read “Description of the Common Units—Transfer of Common Units”; and

 

   

with regard to allocations of taxable income and taxable loss, please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

Organization and Duration

Hi-Crush Partners LP was organized in May 2012 and will have a perpetual existence unless terminated pursuant to the terms of our partnership agreement.

Purpose

Our purpose, as set forth in our partnership agreement, is limited to any business activity that is approved by our general partner and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized under Delaware law; provided that our general partner shall not cause us to take any action that the general partner determines would be reasonably likely to cause us to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes.

Although our general partner has the ability to cause us and our subsidiaries to engage in activities other than the business of excavating, processing and selling frac sand, our general partner may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited partners. Our general partner is generally authorized to perform all acts it determines to be necessary or appropriate to carry out our purposes and to conduct our business.

Cash Distributions

Our partnership agreement specifies the manner in which we will make cash distributions to holders of our common units and other partnership securities as well as to our sponsor in respect of its incentive distribution rights. For a description of these cash distribution provisions, please read “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners.”

Capital Contributions

Unitholders are not obligated to make additional capital contributions, except as described below under “—Limited Liability.”

 

148


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Voting Rights

The following is a summary of the unitholder vote required for approval of the matters specified below. Matters that require the approval of a “unit majority” require:

 

   

during the subordination period, the approval of a majority of the common units, excluding those common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, and a majority of the subordinated units, voting as separate classes; and

 

   

after the subordination period, the approval of a majority of the common units, voting as a single class.

In voting their common and subordinated units, affiliates of our general partner will have no fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited partners.

The incentive distribution rights may be entitled to vote in certain circumstances.

 

Issuance of additional units

No approval right.

 

Amendment of the partnership agreement

Certain amendments may be made by our general partner without the approval of the unitholders. Other amendments generally require the approval of a unit majority. Please read “—Amendment of the Partnership Agreement.”

 

Merger of our partnership or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets

Unit majority in certain circumstances. Please read “—Merger, Consolidation, Conversion, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets.”

 

Dissolution of our partnership

Unit majority. Please read “—Dissolution.”

 

Continuation of our business upon dissolution

Unit majority. Please read “—Dissolution.”

 

Withdrawal of our general partner

Under most circumstances, the approval of a majority of the common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, is required for the withdrawal of our general partner prior to                     , 2022 in a manner that would cause a dissolution of our partnership. Please read “—Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner.”

 

Removal of our general partner

Not less than 66  2 / 3 % of the outstanding units, voting as a single class, including units held by our general partner and its affiliates. Please read “—Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner.”

 

Transfer of our general partner interest

No approval right. Please read “—Transfer of General Partner Interest.”

 

Transfer of incentive distribution rights

No approval right. Please read “—Transfer of Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution Rights.”

 

Transfer of ownership interests in our general partner

No approval right. Please read “—Transfer of Ownership Interests in the General Partner.”

 

149


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

If any person or group other than our general partner and its affiliates acquires beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any class of units, that person or group loses voting rights on all of its units. This loss of voting rights does not apply to any person or group that acquires the units from our general partner or its affiliates and any transferees of that person or group approved by our general partner or to any person or group who acquires the units with the specific prior approval of our general partner.

Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction

Our partnership agreement is governed by Delaware law. Our partnership agreement requires that any claims, suits, actions or proceedings:

 

   

arising out of or relating in any way to the partnership agreement (including any claims, suits or actions to interpret, apply or enforce the provisions of the partnership agreement or the duties, obligations or liabilities among limited partners or of limited partners to us, or the rights or powers of, or restrictions on, the limited partners or us);

 

   

brought in a derivative manner on our behalf;

 

   

asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of us or our general partner, or owed by our general partner, to us or the limited partners;

 

   

asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware Act; or

 

   

asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine

shall be exclusively brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction thereof, any other court located in the State of Delaware with subject matter jurisdiction), regardless of whether such claims, suits, actions or proceedings sound in contract, tort, fraud or otherwise, are based on common law, statutory, equitable, legal or other grounds, or are derivative or direct claims. By purchasing a common unit, a limited partner is irrevocably consenting to these limitations and provisions regarding claims, suits, actions or proceedings and submitting to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware in connection with any such claims, suits, actions or proceedings.

Limited Liability

Assuming that a limited partner does not participate in the control of our business within the meaning of the Delaware Act and that he otherwise acts in conformity with the provisions of the partnership agreement, his liability under the Delaware Act will be limited, subject to possible exceptions, to the amount of capital he is obligated to contribute to us for his common units plus his share of any undistributed profits and assets. However, if it were determined that the right, or exercise of the right, by the limited partners as a group:

 

   

to remove or replace our general partner;

 

   

to approve some amendments to our partnership agreement; or

 

   

to take other action under our partnership agreement;

constituted “participation in the control” of our business for the purposes of the Delaware Act, then the limited partners could be held personally liable for our obligations under the laws of Delaware, to the same extent as our general partner. This liability would extend to persons who transact business with us under the reasonable belief that the limited partner is a general partner. Neither our partnership agreement nor the Delaware Act specifically provides for legal recourse against our general partner if a limited partner were to lose limited liability through any fault of our general partner. While this does not mean that a limited partner could not seek legal recourse, we know of no precedent for this type of a claim in Delaware case law.

Under the Delaware Act, a limited partnership may not make a distribution to a partner if, after the distribution, all liabilities of the limited partnership, other than liabilities to partners on account of their

 

150


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

partnership interests and liabilities for which the recourse of creditors is limited to specific property of the partnership, would exceed the fair value of the assets of the limited partnership. For the purpose of determining the fair value of the assets of a limited partnership, the Delaware Act provides that the fair value of property subject to liability for which recourse of creditors is limited shall be included in the assets of the limited partnership only to the extent that the fair value of that property exceeds the nonrecourse liability. The Delaware Act provides that a limited partner who receives a distribution and knew at the time of the distribution that the distribution was in violation of the Delaware Act shall be liable to the limited partnership for the amount of the distribution for three years.

Following the completion of this offering, we expect that our subsidiaries will conduct business in one state and we may have subsidiaries that conduct business in other states or countries in the future. Maintenance of our limited liability as owner of our operating subsidiaries may require compliance with legal requirements in the jurisdictions in which the operating subsidiaries conduct business, including qualifying our subsidiaries to do business there.

Limitations on the liability of members or limited partners for the obligations of a limited liability company or limited partnership have not been clearly established in many jurisdictions. If, by virtue of our ownership interest in our subsidiaries or otherwise, it were determined that we were conducting business in any jurisdiction without compliance with the applicable limited partnership or limited liability company statute, or that the right or exercise of the right by the limited partners as a group to remove or replace our general partner, to approve some amendments to our partnership agreement, or to take other action under our partnership agreement constituted “participation in the control” of our business for purposes of the statutes of any relevant jurisdiction, then the limited partners could be held personally liable for our obligations under the law of that jurisdiction to the same extent as our general partner under the circumstances. We will operate in a manner that our general partner considers reasonable and necessary or appropriate to preserve the limited liability of the limited partners.

Issuance of Additional Interests

Our partnership agreement authorizes us to issue an unlimited number of additional partnership interests for the consideration and on the terms and conditions determined by our general partner without the approval of the unitholders.

It is possible that we will fund acquisitions through the issuance of additional common units, subordinated units or other partnership interests. Holders of any additional common units we issue will be entitled to share equally with the then-existing common unitholders in our distributions of cash available for distribution. In addition, the issuance of additional common units or other partnership interests may dilute the value of the interests of the then-existing common unitholders in our net assets.

In accordance with Delaware law and the provisions of our partnership agreement, we may also issue additional partnership interests that, as determined by our general partner, may have rights to distributions or special voting rights to which the common units are not entitled. In addition, our partnership agreement does not prohibit our subsidiaries from issuing equity interests, which may effectively rank senior to the common units.

Our general partner will have the right, which it may from time to time assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates, to purchase common units, subordinated units or other partnership interests whenever, and on the same terms that, we issue partnership interests to persons other than our general partner and its affiliates, to the extent necessary to maintain the percentage interest of our general partner and its affiliates, including such interest represented by common and subordinated units, that existed immediately prior to each issuance. The common unitholders will not have preemptive rights under our partnership agreement to acquire additional common units or other partnership interests.

 

151


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Amendment of the Partnership Agreement

General

Amendments to our partnership agreement may be proposed only by our general partner. However, our general partner will have no duty or obligation to propose any amendment and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited partners. In order to adopt a proposed amendment, other than the amendments discussed below, our general partner is required to seek written approval of the holders of the number of units required to approve the amendment or to call a meeting of the limited partners to consider and vote upon the proposed amendment. Except as described below, an amendment must be approved by a unit majority.

Prohibited Amendments

No amendment may be made that would:

 

   

enlarge the obligations of any limited partner without his consent, unless approved by at least a majority of the type or class of limited partner interests so affected; or

 

   

enlarge the obligations of, restrict in any way any action by or rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable by us to our general partner or any of its affiliates without the consent of our general partner, which consent may be given or withheld in its sole discretion.

The provision of our partnership agreement preventing the amendments having the effects described in the clauses above can be amended upon the approval of the holders of at least 90.0% of the outstanding units, voting as a single class (including units owned by our general partner and its affiliates). Upon completion of the offering, an affiliate of our general partner will own approximately     % of our outstanding common and subordinated units.

No Unitholder Approval

Our general partner may generally make amendments to our partnership agreement without the approval of any limited partner to reflect:

 

   

a change in our name, the location of our principal place of business, our registered agent or our registered office;

 

   

the admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of partners in accordance with our partnership agreement;

 

   

a change that our general partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to qualify or continue our qualification as a limited partnership or other entity in which the limited partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or to ensure that neither we nor any of our subsidiaries will be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed);

 

   

an amendment that is necessary, in the opinion of our counsel, to prevent us or our general partner or its directors, officers, agents or trustees from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 or “plan asset” regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or ERISA, whether or not substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed;

 

   

an amendment that our general partner determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the creation, authorization or issuance of additional partnership interests or the right to acquire partnership interests;

 

152


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

any amendment expressly permitted in our partnership agreement to be made by our general partner acting alone;

 

   

an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a merger agreement that has been approved under the terms of our partnership agreement;

 

   

any amendment that our general partner determines to be necessary or appropriate for the formation by us of, or our investment in, any corporation, partnership or other entity, as otherwise permitted by our partnership agreement;

 

   

a change in our fiscal year or taxable year and related changes;

 

   

conversions into, mergers with or conveyances to another limited liability entity that is newly formed and has no assets, liabilities or operations at the time of the conversion, merger or conveyance other than those it receives by way of the conversion, merger or conveyance; or

 

   

any other amendments substantially similar to any of the matters described in the clauses above.

In addition, our general partner may make amendments to our partnership agreement, without the approval of any limited partner, if our general partner determines that those amendments:

 

   

do not adversely affect the limited partners, considered as a whole, or any particular class of limited partners, in any material respect;

 

   

are necessary or appropriate to satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute;

 

   

are necessary or appropriate to facilitate the trading of limited partner interests or to comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any securities exchange on which the limited partner interests are or will be listed for trading;

 

   

are necessary or appropriate for any action taken by our general partner relating to splits or combinations of units under the provisions of our partnership agreement;

 

   

are necessary or appropriate in connection with the creation, authorization or issuance of any class or series of partnership securities; or

 

   

are required to effect the intent expressed in this prospectus or the intent of the provisions of our partnership agreement or are otherwise contemplated by our partnership agreement.

Opinion of Counsel and Unitholder Approval

Any amendment that our general partner determines adversely affects in any material respect one or more particular classes of limited partners will require the approval of at least a majority of the class or classes so affected, but no vote will be required by any class or classes of limited partners that our general partner determines are not adversely affected in any material respect. Any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any type or class of outstanding units in relation to other classes of units will require the approval of at least a majority of the type or class of units so affected. Any amendment that would reduce the voting percentage required to take any action other than to remove the general partner or call a meeting of unitholders is required to be approved by the affirmative vote of limited partners whose aggregate outstanding units constitute not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced. Any amendment that would increase the percentage of units required to remove the general partner or call a meeting of unitholders must be approved by the affirmative vote of limited partners whose aggregate outstanding units constitute not less than the percentage sought to be increased. For amendments of the type not requiring unitholder approval, our general partner will not be required to obtain an opinion of counsel that an amendment will neither result in a loss of limited liability to the limited partners nor result in our being treated as a taxable entity for federal income

 

153


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

tax purposes in connection with any of the amendments. No other amendments to our partnership agreement will become effective without the approval of holders of at least 90% of the outstanding units, voting as a single class, unless we first obtain an opinion of counsel to the effect that the amendment will not affect the limited liability under applicable law of any of our limited partners.

Merger, Consolidation, Conversion, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets

A merger, consolidation or conversion of us requires the prior consent of our general partner. However, our general partner will have no duty or obligation to consent to any merger, consolidation or conversion and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interest of us or the limited partners.

In addition, our partnership agreement generally prohibits our general partner, without the prior approval of the holders of a unit majority, from causing us to sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, including by way of merger, consolidation or other combination. Our general partner may, however, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of our assets without such approval. Our general partner may also sell all or substantially all of our assets under a foreclosure or other realization upon those encumbrances without such approval. Finally, our general partner may consummate any merger without the prior approval of our unitholders if we are the surviving entity in the transaction, our general partner has received an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters, the transaction would not result in a material amendment to the partnership agreement (other than an amendment that the general partner could adopt without the consent of other partners), each of our units will be an identical unit of our partnership following the transaction and the partnership securities to be issued do not exceed 20% of our outstanding partnership interests (other than incentive distribution rights) immediately prior to the transaction. If the conditions specified in our partnership agreement are satisfied, our general partner may convert us or any of our subsidiaries into a new limited liability entity or merge us or any of our subsidiaries into, or convey all of our assets to, a newly formed entity, if the sole purpose of that conversion, merger or conveyance is to effect a mere change in our legal form into another limited liability entity, we have received an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters and the governing instruments of the new entity provide the limited partners and our general partner with the same rights and obligations as contained in our partnership agreement. Our unitholders are not entitled to dissenters’ rights of appraisal under our partnership agreement or applicable Delaware law in the event of a conversion, merger or consolidation, a sale of substantially all of our assets or any other similar transaction or event.

Dissolution

We will continue as a limited partnership until dissolved under our partnership agreement. We will dissolve upon:

 

   

the election of our general partner to dissolve us, if approved by the holders of units representing a unit majority;

 

   

there being no limited partners, unless we are continued without dissolution in accordance with applicable Delaware law;

 

   

the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of our partnership; or

 

   

the withdrawal or removal of our general partner or any other event that results in its ceasing to be our general partner other than by reason of a transfer of its general partner interest in accordance with our partnership agreement or its withdrawal or removal following the approval and admission of a successor.

Upon a dissolution under the last clause above, the holders of a unit majority may also elect, within specific time limitations, to continue our business on the same terms and conditions described in our partnership

 

154


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

agreement by appointing as a successor general partner an entity approved by the holders of units representing a unit majority, subject to our receipt of an opinion of counsel to the effect that:

 

   

the action would not result in the loss of limited liability under Delaware law of any limited partner; and

 

   

neither our partnership nor any of our subsidiaries would be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise be taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes upon the exercise of that right to continue (to the extent not already so treated or taxed).

Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds

Upon our dissolution, unless our business is continued, the liquidator authorized to wind up our affairs will, acting with all of the powers of our general partner that are necessary or appropriate, liquidate our assets and apply the proceeds of the liquidation as described in “How We Make Distributions To Our Partners—Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation.” The liquidator may defer liquidation or distribution of our assets for a reasonable period of time or distribute assets to partners in kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue loss to our partners.

Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner

Except as described below, our general partner has agreed not to withdraw voluntarily as our general partner prior to June 30, 2022 without obtaining the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, and furnishing an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters. On or after June 30, 2022, our general partner may withdraw as general partner without first obtaining approval of any unitholder by giving 90 days’ written notice, and that withdrawal will not constitute a violation of our partnership agreement. Notwithstanding the information above, our general partner may withdraw without unitholder approval upon 90 days’ notice to the limited partners if at least 50% of the outstanding common units are held or controlled by one person and its affiliates, other than our general partner and its affiliates. In addition, our partnership agreement permits our general partner, in some instances, to sell or otherwise transfer all of its general partner interest in us without the approval of the unitholders. Please read “—Transfer of General Partner Interest.”

Upon withdrawal of our general partner under any circumstances, other than as a result of a transfer by our general partner of all or a part of its general partner interest in us, the holders of a unit majority may select a successor to that withdrawing general partner. If a successor is not elected, or is elected but an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters cannot be obtained, we will be dissolved, wound up and liquidated, unless within a specified period after that withdrawal, the holders of a unit majority agree in writing to continue our business and to appoint a successor general partner. Please read “—Dissolution.”

Our general partner may not be removed unless that removal is approved by the vote of the holders of not less than 66  2 / 3 % of the outstanding units, voting together as a single class, including units held by our general partner and its affiliates, and we receive an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters. Any removal of our general partner is also subject to the approval of a successor general partner by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units, voting as a class, and the outstanding subordinated units, voting as a class. The ownership of more than 33  1 / 3 % of the outstanding units by our general partner and its affiliates gives them the ability to prevent our general partner’s removal. At the closing of this offering, an affiliate of our general partner will own     % of our outstanding limited partner units, including all of our subordinated units.

Our partnership agreement also provides that if our general partner is removed as our general partner under circumstances where cause does not exist:

 

   

all subordinated units held by any person who did not, and whose affiliates did not, vote any units in favor of the removal of the general partner, will immediately and automatically convert into common units on a one-for-one basis, provided such person is not an affiliate of the successor general partner; and

 

155


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

if all of the subordinated units convert pursuant to the foregoing, all cumulative common unit arrearages on the common units will be extinguished and the subordination period will end.

In the event of the removal of our general partner under circumstances where cause exists or withdrawal of our general partner where that withdrawal violates our partnership agreement, a successor general partner will have the option to purchase the general partner interest and incentive distribution rights of the departing general partner and its affiliates for a cash payment equal to the fair market value of those interests. Under all other circumstances where our general partner withdraws or is removed by the limited partners, the departing general partner will have the option to require the successor general partner to purchase the general partner interest and the incentive distribution rights of the departing general partner and its affiliates for fair market value. In each case, this fair market value will be determined by agreement between the departing general partner and the successor general partner. If no agreement is reached, an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert selected by the departing general partner and the successor general partner will determine the fair market value. Or, if the departing general partner and the successor general partner cannot agree upon an expert, then an expert chosen by agreement of the experts selected by each of them will determine the fair market value.

If the option described above is not exercised by either the departing general partner or the successor general partner, the departing general partner’s general partner interest and all its and its affiliates’ incentive distribution rights will automatically convert into common units equal to the fair market value of those interests as determined by an investment banking firm or other independent expert selected in the manner described in the preceding paragraph.

In addition, we will be required to reimburse the departing general partner for all amounts due the departing general partner, including, without limitation, all employee-related liabilities, including severance liabilities, incurred as a result of the termination of any employees employed for our benefit by the departing general partner or its affiliates.

Transfer of General Partner Interest

At any time, our general partner may transfer all or any of its general partner interest to another person without the approval of our common unitholders. As a condition of this transfer, the transferee must, among other things, assume the rights and duties of our general partner, agree to be bound by the provisions of our partnership agreement and furnish an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters.

Transfer of Ownership Interests in the General Partner

At any time, the owners of our general partner may sell or transfer all or part of its ownership interests in our general partner to an affiliate or third party without the approval of our unitholders.

Transfer of Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution Rights

By transfer of subordinated units or incentive distribution rights in accordance with our partnership agreement, each transferee of subordinated units or incentive distribution rights will be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the subordinated units or incentive distribution rights transferred when such transfer and admission is reflected in our books and records. Each transferee:

 

   

represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and authority to become bound by our partnership agreement;

 

   

automatically becomes bound by the terms and conditions of our partnership agreement; and

 

   

gives the consents, waivers and approvals contained in our partnership agreement, such as the approval of all transactions and agreements we are entering into in connection with our formation and this offering.

 

156


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our general partner will cause any transfers to be recorded on our books and records no less frequently than quarterly.

We may, at our discretion, treat the nominee holder of subordinated units or incentive distribution rights as the absolute owner. In that case, the beneficial holder’s rights are limited solely to those that it has against the nominee holder as a result of any agreement between the beneficial owner and the nominee holder.

Subordinated units and incentive distribution rights are securities and any transfers are subject to the laws governing transfer of securities. In addition to other rights acquired upon transfer, the transferor gives the transferee the right to become a limited partner for the transferred subordinated units or incentive distribution rights.

Until a subordinated unit or incentive distribution right has been transferred on our books, we and the transfer agent may treat the record holder of the unit or right as the absolute owner for all purposes, except as otherwise required by law or stock exchange regulations.

Change of Management Provisions

Our partnership agreement contains specific provisions that are intended to discourage a person or group from attempting to remove Hi-Crush GP LLC as our general partner or from otherwise changing our management. Please read “—Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner” for a discussion of certain consequences of the removal of our general partner. If any person or group, other than our general partner and its affiliates, acquires beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any class of units, that person or group loses voting rights on all of its units. This loss of voting rights does not apply in certain circumstances. Please read “—Meetings; Voting.”

Limited Call Right

If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 80% of the then-issued and outstanding limited partner interests of any class, our general partner will have the right, which it may assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates or beneficial owners or to us, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the limited partner interests of the class held by unaffiliated persons, as of a record date to be selected by our general partner, on at least 10, but not more than 60, days notice. The purchase price in the event of this purchase is the greater of:

 

   

the highest price paid by our general partner or any of its affiliates for any limited partner interests of the class purchased within the 90 days preceding the date on which our general partner first mails notice of its election to purchase those limited partner interests; and

 

   

the average of the daily closing prices of the partnership securities of such class over the 20 trading days preceding the date that is three days before the date the notice is mailed.

As a result of our general partner’s right to purchase outstanding limited partner interests, a holder of limited partner interests may have his limited partner interests purchased at an undesirable time or at a price that may be lower than market prices at various times prior to such purchase or lower than a unitholder may anticipate the market price to be in the future. The tax consequences to a unitholder of the exercise of this call right are the same as a sale by that unitholder of his common units in the market. Please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—Disposition of Units.”

Non-Taxpaying Holders; Redemption

To avoid any adverse effect on the maximum applicable rates chargeable to customers by us or any of our future subsidiaries, or in order to reverse an adverse determination that has occurred regarding such maximum rate, our partnership agreement provides our general partner the power to amend the agreement. If our general

 

157


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

partner, with the advice of counsel, determines that our not being treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes, coupled with the tax status (or lack of proof thereof) of one or more of our limited partners, has, or is reasonably likely to have, a material adverse effect on the maximum applicable rates chargeable to customers by our subsidiaries, then our general partner may adopt such amendments to our partnership agreement as it determines necessary or advisable to:

 

   

obtain proof of the federal income tax status of our limited partners (and their owners, to the extent relevant); and

 

   

permit us to redeem the units held by any person whose tax status has or is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the maximum applicable rates or who fails to comply with the procedures instituted by our general partner to obtain proof of the federal income tax status. The redemption price in the case of such a redemption will be the average of the daily closing prices per unit for the 20 consecutive trading days immediately prior to the date set for redemption.

Non-Citizen Assignees; Redemption

If our general partner, with the advice of counsel, determines we are subject to federal, state or local laws or regulations that, in the reasonable determination of our general partner, create a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property that we have an interest in because of the nationality, citizenship or other related status of any limited partner, then our general partner may adopt such amendments to our partnership agreement as it determines necessary or advisable to:

 

   

obtain proof of the nationality, citizenship or other related status of our limited partners (and their owners, to the extent relevant); and

 

   

permit us to redeem the units held by any person whose nationality, citizenship or other related status creates substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property or who fails to comply with the procedures instituted by the general partner to obtain proof of the nationality, citizenship or other related status. The redemption price in the case of such a redemption will be the average of the daily closing prices per unit for the 20 consecutive trading days immediately prior to the date set for redemption.

Meetings; Voting

Except as described below regarding a person or group owning 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, record holders of units on the record date will be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, meetings of our limited partners and to act upon matters for which approvals may be solicited.

Our general partner does not anticipate that any meeting of our unitholders will be called in the foreseeable future. Any action that is required or permitted to be taken by the unitholders may be taken either at a meeting of the unitholders or without a meeting if consents in writing describing the action so taken are signed by holders of the number of units necessary to authorize or take that action at a meeting. Meetings of the unitholders may be called by our general partner or by unitholders owning at least 20% of the outstanding units of the class for which a meeting is proposed. Unitholders may vote either in person or by proxy at meetings. The holders of a majority of the outstanding units of the class or classes for which a meeting has been called, represented in person or by proxy, will constitute a quorum, unless any action by the unitholders requires approval by holders of a greater percentage of the units, in which case the quorum will be the greater percentage.

Each record holder of a unit has a vote according to his percentage interest in us, although additional limited partner interests having special voting rights could be issued. Please read “—Issuance of Additional Interests.” However, if at any time any person or group, other than our general partner and its affiliates, or a direct or subsequently approved transferee of our general partner or its affiliates and purchasers specifically approved by our general partner, acquires, in the aggregate, beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, that person or group will lose voting rights on all of its units and the units may not be voted on any

 

158


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

matter and will not be considered to be outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of unitholders, calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes. Common units held in nominee or street name account will be voted by the broker or other nominee in accordance with the instruction of the beneficial owner unless the arrangement between the beneficial owner and his nominee provides otherwise. Except as our partnership agreement otherwise provides, subordinated units will vote together with common units, as a single class.

Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy material required or permitted to be given or made to record common unitholders under our partnership agreement will be delivered to the record holder by us or by the transfer agent.

Voting Rights of Incentive Distribution Rights

If a majority of the incentive distribution rights are held by our general partner and its affiliates, the holders of the incentive distribution rights will have no right to vote in respect of such rights on any matter, unless otherwise required by law, and the holders of the incentive distribution rights shall be deemed to have approved any matter approved by our general partner.

If less than a majority of the incentive distribution rights are held by our general partner and its affiliates, the incentive distribution rights will be entitled to vote on all matters submitted to a vote of unitholders, other than amendments and other matters that our general partner determines do not adversely affect the holders of the incentive distribution rights in any material respect. On any matter in which the holders of incentive distribution rights are entitled to vote, such holders will vote together with the subordinated units, prior to the end of the subordination period, or together with the common units, thereafter, in either case as a single class, and such incentive distribution rights shall be treated in all respects as subordinated units or common units, as applicable, when sending notices of a meeting of our limited partners to vote on any matter (unless otherwise required by law), calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes under our partnership agreement. The relative voting power of the holders of the incentive distribution rights and the subordinated units or common units, depending on which class the holders of incentive distribution rights are voting with, will be set in the same proportion as cumulative cash distributions, if any, in respect of the incentive distribution rights for the four consecutive quarters prior to the record date for the vote bears to the cumulative cash distributions in respect of such class of units for such four quarters.

Status as Limited Partner

By transfer of common units in accordance with our partnership agreement, each transferee of common units shall be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the common units transferred when such transfer and admission are reflected in our books and records. Except as described under “—Limited Liability,” the common units will be fully paid, and unitholders will not be required to make additional contributions.

Indemnification

Under our partnership agreement, in most circumstances, we will indemnify the following persons, to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against all losses, claims, damages or similar events:

 

   

our general partner;

 

   

any departing general partner;

 

   

any person who is or was an affiliate of our general partner or any departing general partner;

 

   

any person who is or was a manager, managing member, general partner, director, officer, fiduciary or trustee of our partnership, our subsidiaries, our general partner, any departing general partner or any of their affiliates;

 

159


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

any person who is or was serving as a manager, managing member, general partners, director, officer, employee, agent, fiduciary or trustee of another person owing a fiduciary duty to us or our subsidiaries;

 

   

any person who controls our general partner or any departing general partner; and

 

   

any person designated by our general partner.

Any indemnification under these provisions will only be out of our assets. Unless our general partner otherwise agrees, it will not be personally liable for, or have any obligation to contribute or lend funds or assets to us to enable us to effectuate, indemnification. We may purchase insurance against liabilities asserted against and expenses incurred by persons for our activities, regardless of whether we would have the power to indemnify the person against liabilities under our partnership agreement.

Reimbursement of Expenses

Our partnership agreement requires us to reimburse our general partner for all direct and indirect expenses it incurs or payments it makes on our behalf and all other expenses allocable to us or otherwise incurred by our general partner in connection with operating our business. Our partnership agreement does not set a limit on the amount of expenses for which our general partner and its affiliates may be reimbursed. These expenses include salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to persons who perform services for us or on our behalf and expenses allocated to our general partner by its affiliates. Our general partner is entitled to determine the expenses that are allocable to us.

Books and Reports

Our general partner is required to keep appropriate books of our business at our principal offices. These books will be maintained for both tax and financial reporting purposes on an accrual basis. For tax and fiscal reporting purposes, our fiscal year is the calendar year.

We will furnish or make available to record holders of our common units, within 105 days after the close of each fiscal year, an annual report containing audited consolidated financial statements and a report on those consolidated financial statements by our independent public accountants. Except for our fourth quarter, we will also furnish or make available summary financial information within 50 days after the close of each quarter. We will be deemed to have made any such report available if we file such report with the SEC on EDGAR or make the report available on a publicly available website which we maintain.

We will furnish each record holder with information reasonably required for federal and state tax reporting purposes within 90 days after the close of each calendar year. This information is expected to be furnished in summary form so that some complex calculations normally required of partners can be avoided. Our ability to furnish this summary information to our unitholders will depend on their cooperation in supplying us with specific information. Every unitholder will receive information to assist him in determining his federal and state tax liability and in filing his federal and state income tax returns, regardless of whether he supplies us with the necessary information.

Right to Inspect Our Books and Records

Our partnership agreement provides that a limited partner can, for a purpose reasonably related to his interest as a limited partner, upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of such demand and at his own expense, have furnished to him:

 

   

a current list of the name and last known address of each record holder;

 

   

information as to the amount of cash, and a description and statement of the agreed value of any other capital contribution, contributed or to be contributed by each partner and the date on which each became a partner;

 

160


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

copies of our partnership agreement, our certificate of limited partnership, related amendments and powers of attorney under which they have been executed;

 

   

information regarding the status of our business and financial condition (provided that obligation shall be satisfied to the extent the limited partner is furnished our most recent annual report and any subsequent quarterly or periodic reports required to be filed (or which would be required to be filed) with the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act); and

 

   

any other information regarding our affairs that our general partner determines is just and reasonable.

Under our partnership agreement, however, each of our limited partners and other persons who acquire interests in our partnership interests, do not have rights to receive information from us or any of the persons we indemnify as described above under “—Indemnification” for the purpose of determining whether to pursue litigation or assist in pending litigation against us or those indemnified persons relating to our affairs, except pursuant to the applicable rules of discovery relating to the litigation commenced by the person seeking information.

Our general partner may, and intends to, keep confidential from the limited partners trade secrets or other information the disclosure of which our general partner believes in good faith is not in our best interests or that we are required by law or by agreements with third parties to keep confidential.

Registration Rights

Under our partnership agreement, we have agreed to register for resale under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws any common units, subordinated units or other limited partner interests proposed to be sold by our general partner or any of its affiliates or their assignees if an exemption from the registration requirements is not otherwise available. These registration rights continue for two years following any withdrawal or removal of our general partner. We are obligated to pay all expenses incidental to the registration, excluding underwriting discounts.

In addition, in connection with this offering, we expect to enter into a registration rights agreement with our sponsor. Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, we will be required to file a registration statement to register the common units and subordinated units issued to our sponsor and the common units issuable upon the conversion of the subordinated units upon request of our sponsor. In addition, the registration rights agreement gives our sponsor piggyback registration rights under certain circumstances. The registration rights agreement also includes provisions dealing with holdback agreements, indemnification and contribution and allocation of expenses. These registration rights are transferable to affiliates of our sponsor and, in certain circumstances, to third parties. Please read “Units Eligible for Future Sale.”

 

161


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

UNITS ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

After the sale of the common units offered by this prospectus, our sponsor will hold an aggregate of             common units and            subordinated units. All of the subordinated units will convert into common units at the end of the subordination period and some may convert earlier. For information regarding the conversion of subordinated units into common units prior to the end of the subordination period, please read “The Partnership Agreement—Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner.” The sale of these common and subordinated units could have an adverse impact on the price of the common units or on any trading market that may develop.

Our common units sold in this offering will generally be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any common units held by an “affiliate” of ours may not be resold publicly except in compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or under an exemption under Rule 144 or otherwise. Rule 144 permits securities acquired by an affiliate of the issuer to be sold into the market in an amount that does not exceed, during any three-month period, the greater of:

 

   

1% of the total number of the securities outstanding; or

 

   

the average weekly reported trading volume of our common units for the four weeks prior to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to specific manner of sale provisions, holding period requirements, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us. A person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned our common units for at least six months (provided we are in compliance with the current public information requirement), or one year (regardless of whether we are in compliance with the current public information requirement), would be entitled to sell those common units under Rule 144, subject only to the current public information requirement. After beneficially owning Rule 144 restricted units for at least one year, a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale would be entitled to freely sell those common units without regard to the public information requirements, volume limitations, manner of sale provisions and notice requirements of Rule 144.

Our partnership agreement provides that we may issue an unlimited number of limited partner interests of any type without a vote of the unitholders at any time. Any issuance of additional common units or other equity securities would result in a corresponding decrease in the proportionate ownership interest in us represented by, and could adversely affect the cash distributions to and market price of, common units then outstanding. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Issuance of Additional Interests.”

Under our partnership agreement and the registration rights agreement that we expect to enter into, our general partner and its affiliates will have the right to cause us to register under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws the offer and sale of any units that they hold. Subject to the terms and conditions of the partnership agreement and the registration rights agreement, these registration rights allow our general partner and its affiliates or their assignees holding any units to require registration of any of these units and to include any of these units in a registration by us of other units, including units offered by us or by any unitholder. Our general partner and its affiliates will continue to have these registration rights for two years following its withdrawal or removal as our general partner. In connection with any registration of this kind, we will indemnify each unitholder participating in the registration and its officers, directors, and controlling persons from and against any liabilities under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws arising from the registration statement or prospectus. We will bear all costs and expenses incidental to any registration, excluding any underwriting discount. Except as described below, our general partner and its affiliates may sell their units in private transactions at any time, subject to compliance with applicable laws.

The executive officers and directors of our general partner and our sponsor have agreed not to sell any common units they beneficially own for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus. Please read “Underwriting” for a description of these lock-up provisions.

 

162


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to adopt a new long-term incentive plan (the “Long-Term Incentive Plan”). If adopted, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register common units issuable under the Long-Term Incentive Plan. This registration statement on Form S-8 is expected to be filed following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and will be effective upon filing. Accordingly, common units issued under the Long-Term Incentive Plan will be eligible for resale in the public market without restriction after the effective date of the Form S-8 registration statement, subject to applicable vesting requirements, Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up restrictions described above.

 

163


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

This section summarizes the material federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to prospective unitholders and is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), existing and proposed Treasury regulations thereunder (the “Treasury Regulations”), and current administrative rulings and court decisions, all of which are subject to change. Changes in these authorities may cause the federal income tax consequences to a prospective unitholder to vary substantially from those described below. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “we” or “us” are references to Hi-Crush Partners LP and its subsidiaries.

Legal conclusions contained in this section, unless otherwise noted, are the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. and are based on the accuracy of representations made by us to them for this purpose. However, this section does not address all federal income tax matters that affect us or our unitholders. Furthermore, this section focuses on unitholders who are individual citizens or residents of the United States (for federal income tax purposes), who have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency and who hold units as capital assets (generally, property that is held for investment). This section has limited applicability to corporations, partnerships, (including entities treated as partnerships for federal income tax purposes), estates, trusts, non-resident aliens or other unitholders subject to specialized tax treatment, such as tax-exempt institutions, non-U.S. persons, individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”), employee benefit plans, real estate investment trusts or mutual funds. Accordingly, we encourage each unitholder to consult the unitholder’s own tax advisor in analyzing the federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences particular to that unitholder resulting from ownership or disposition of units.

We are relying on opinions and advice of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. with respect to the matters described herein. An opinion of counsel represents only that counsel’s best legal judgment and does not bind the IRS or a court. Accordingly, the opinions and statements made herein may not be sustained by a court if contested by the IRS. Any such contest of the matters described herein may materially and adversely impact the market for units and the prices at which units trade. In addition, our costs of any contest with the IRS will be borne indirectly by our unitholders and our general partner because the costs will reduce our cash available for distribution. Furthermore, the tax consequences of an investment in us, may be significantly modified by future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions, which may be retroactively applied.

For the reasons described below, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion with respect to the following federal income tax issues: (1) the treatment of a unitholder whose units are the subject of a securities loan (e.g., a loan to a short seller to cover a short sale of units) (please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Treatment of Securities Loans”); (2) whether our monthly convention for allocating taxable income and losses is permitted by existing Treasury Regulations (please read “—Disposition of Units—Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees”); and (3) whether our method for taking into account Section 743 adjustments is sustainable in certain cases (please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Section 754 Election” and “—Uniformity of Units”).

Taxation of the Partnership

Partnership Status

We expect to be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes and, therefore, generally will not be liable for such taxes. Instead, as described below, each of our unitholders will take into account its respective share of our items of income, gain, loss and deduction in computing its federal income tax liability as if the unitholder had earned such income directly, even if we make no cash distributions to the unitholder. Distributions we make to a unitholder generally will not give rise to income or gain taxable to such unitholder, unless the amount of cash distributed exceeds the unitholder’s adjusted tax basis in its units.

Section 7704 of the Code generally provides that publicly-traded partnerships will be treated as corporations for federal income tax purposes. However, if 90% or more of a partnership’s gross income for every taxable year

 

164


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

it is publicly-traded consists of “qualifying income,” the partnership may continue to be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes (the “Qualifying Income Exception”). Qualifying income includes (i) income and gains derived from the exploration, development, mining or production, processing, refining, transportation, and marketing of any mineral or natural resource, including sand, (ii) interest (other than from a financial business), (iii) dividends, (iv) gains from the sale of real property and (v) gains from the sale or other disposition of capital assets held for the production of qualifying income. We estimate that approximately             % of our current gross income is not qualifying income; however, this estimate could change from time to time.

Based upon factual representations made by us and our general partner regarding the composition of our income and the other representations set forth below, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is of the opinion that we will be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. In rendering its opinion, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has relied on factual representations made by us and our general partner. The representations made by us and our general partner upon which Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has relied include, without limitation:

(a) Neither we nor any of our partnership or limited liability company subsidiaries has elected to be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes; and

(b) For each taxable year since and including the year of our initial public offering, more than 90% of our gross income has been and will be income of a character that Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has opined is “qualifying income” within the meaning of Section 7704(d) of the Code.

We believe that these representations are true and will be true in the future.

If we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, other than a failure that is determined by the IRS to be inadvertent and that is cured within a reasonable time after discovery (in which case the IRS may also require us to make adjustments with respect to our unitholders or pay other amounts), we will be treated as transferring all of our assets, subject to liabilities, to a newly formed corporation, on the first day of the year in which we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, in return for stock in that corporation and then as distributing that stock to our unitholders in liquidation. This deemed contribution and liquidation should not result in the recognition of taxable income by our unitholders or us so long as our liabilities do not exceed the tax basis of our assets. Thereafter, we would be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.

If for any reason we are taxable as a corporation in any taxable year, our items of income, gain, loss and deduction would be taken into account by us in determining the amount of our liability for federal income tax, rather than being passed through to our unitholders. Our taxation as a corporation would materially reduce the cash available for distribution to unitholders and thus would likely substantially reduce the value of our units. Any distribution made to a unitholder at a time we are treated as a corporation would be (i) a taxable dividend to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, then (ii) a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the unitholder’s tax basis in its units, and thereafter (iii) taxable capital gain.

The remainder of this discussion assumes that we will be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.

Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership

Limited Partner Status

Unitholders who are admitted as limited partners of the partnership, as well as unitholders whose units are held in street name or by a nominee and who have the right to direct the nominee in the exercise of all substantive rights attendant to the ownership of units, will be treated as partners of the partnership for federal income tax purposes. For a discussion related to the risks of losing partner status as a result of securities loans, please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Treatment of Securities Loans.” Unitholders who are not treated as partners in us as described above are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences applicable to them under the circumstances.

 

165


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Flow-Through of Taxable Income

Subject to the discussion below under “—Entity-Level Collections of Unitholder Taxes” with respect to payments we may be required to make on behalf of our unitholders, we will not pay any federal income tax. Rather, each unitholder will be required to report on its federal income tax return each year its share of our income, gains, losses and deductions for our taxable year or years ending with or within its taxable year. Consequently, we may allocate income to a unitholder even if that unitholder has not received a cash distribution.

Basis of Units

A unitholder’s tax basis in its units initially will be the amount paid for those units plus the unitholder’s share of our liabilities. That basis generally will be (i) increased by the unitholder’s share of our income and any increases in such unitholder’s share of our liabilities, and (ii) decreased, but not below zero, by the amount of all distributions, the unitholder’s share of our losses, and any decreases in its share of our liabilities.

Ratio of Taxable Income to Distributions

We estimate that a purchaser of units in this offering who owns those units from the date of closing through the record date for distributions for the period ending December 31, 2014, will be allocated, on a cumulative basis, an amount of federal taxable income that will be     % or less of the cash distributed with respect to that period. Thereafter, we anticipate that the ratio of taxable income to cash distributions to the common unitholders will increase. These estimates are based upon the assumption that earnings from operations will approximate the amount required to make the minimum quarterly distribution on all units and other assumptions with respect to capital expenditures, cash flow, net working capital and anticipated cash distributions. These estimates and assumptions are subject to, among other things, numerous business, economic, regulatory, legislative, competitive and political uncertainties beyond our control. Further, the estimates are based on current tax law and tax reporting positions that we will adopt and with which the IRS could disagree. Accordingly, we cannot assure that these estimates will prove to be correct, and our counsel has not opined on the accuracy of such estimates. The actual ratio of taxable income to cash distributions could be higher or lower than expected, and any differences could be material and could affect the value of units. For example, the ratio of taxable income to cash distributions to a purchaser of units in this offering would be higher, and perhaps substantially higher, than our estimate with respect to the period described above if:

 

   

the earnings from operations exceeds the amount required to make minimum quarterly distributions on all common units, yet we only distribute the minimum quarterly distribution on all units; or

 

   

we make a future offering of common units and use the proceeds of the offering in a manner that does not produce additional deductions during the period described above, such as to repay indebtedness outstanding at the time of this offering or to acquire property that is not eligible for depreciation or amortization for federal income tax purposes or that is depreciable or amortizable at a rate significantly slower than the rate applicable to our assets at the time of this offering.

Treatment of Distributions

Distributions made by us to a unitholder generally will not be taxable to the unitholder, unless such distributions exceed the unitholder’s tax basis in its units, in which case the unitholder generally will recognize gain taxable in the manner described below under “—Disposition of Units.”

Any reduction in a unitholder’s share of our liabilities will be treated as a distribution by us of cash to that unitholder. A decrease in a unitholder’s percentage interest in us because of our issuance of additional units may decrease the unitholder’s share of our liabilities. For purposes of the foregoing, a unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities (liabilities for which no partner bears the economic risk of loss) generally will be based

 

166


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

upon that unitholder’s share of the unrealized appreciation (or depreciation) in our assets, to the extent thereof, with any excess liabilities allocated based on the unitholder’s share of our profits. Please read “Disposition of Units.”

A non-pro rata distribution of money or property (including a deemed distribution as a result of the reallocation of our liabilities described above) may cause a unitholder to recognize ordinary income, if the distribution reduces the unitholder’s share of our “unrealized receivables,” including depreciation and depletion recapture and substantially appreciated “inventory items,” both as defined in Section 751 of the Code (“Section 751 Assets”). To the extent of such reduction, the unitholder would be deemed to receive its proportionate share of the Section 751 Assets and exchange such assets with us in return for a portion of the non-pro rata distribution. This deemed exchange generally will result in the unitholder’s recognition of ordinary income in an amount equal to the excess of (1) the non-pro rata portion of that distribution over (2) the unitholder’s tax basis (generally zero) in the Section 751 Assets deemed to be relinquished in the exchange.

Limitations on Deductibility of Losses

A unitholder may not be entitled to deduct the full amount of loss we allocate to it because its share of our losses will be limited to the lesser of (i) the unitholder’s tax basis in its units, and (ii) in the case of a unitholder that is an individual, estate, trust or certain types of closely-held corporations, the amount for which the unitholder is considered to be “at risk” with respect to our activities. In general, a unitholder will be at risk to the extent of its tax basis in its units, reduced by (1) any portion of that basis attributable to the unitholder’s share of our liabilities, (2) any portion of that basis representing amounts otherwise protected against loss because of a guarantee, stop loss agreement or similar arrangement and (3) any amount of money the unitholder borrows to acquire or hold its units, if the lender of those borrowed funds owns an interest in us, is related to another unitholder or can look only to the units for repayment. A unitholder subject to the at risk limitation must recapture losses deducted in previous years to the extent that distributions (including distributions deemed to result from a reduction in a unitholder’s share of nonrecourse liabilities) cause the unitholder’s at risk amount to be less than zero at the end of any taxable year.

Losses disallowed to a unitholder or recaptured as a result of the basis or at risk limitations will carry forward and will be allowable as a deduction in a later year to the extent that the unitholder’s tax basis or at risk amount, whichever is the limiting factor, is subsequently increased. Upon a taxable disposition of units, any gain recognized by a unitholder can be offset by losses that were previously suspended by the at risk limitation but not losses suspended by the basis limitation. Any loss previously suspended by the at risk limitation in excess of that gain can no longer be used.

In addition to the basis and at risk limitations, a passive activity loss limitation generally limits the deductibility of losses incurred by individuals, estates, trusts, some closely-held corporations and personal service corporations from “passive activities” (generally, trade or business activities in which the taxpayer does not materially participate). The passive loss limitations are applied separately with respect to each publicly-traded partnership. Consequently, any passive losses we generate will be available to offset only passive income generated by us. Passive losses that exceed a unitholder’s share of passive income we generate may be deducted in full when the unitholder disposes of all of its units in a fully taxable transaction with an unrelated party. The passive loss rules generally are applied after other applicable limitations on deductions, including the at risk and basis limitations.

Limitations on Interest Deductions

The deductibility of a non-corporate taxpayer’s “investment interest expense” generally is limited to the amount of that taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Investment interest expense includes:

 

   

interest on indebtedness allocable to property held for investment;

 

167


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

interest expense allocated against portfolio income; and

 

   

the portion of interest expense incurred to purchase or carry an interest in a passive activity to the extent allocable against portfolio income.

The computation of a unitholder’s investment interest expense will take into account interest on any margin account borrowing or other loan incurred to purchase or carry a unit. Net investment income includes gross income from property held for investment and amounts treated as portfolio income under the passive loss rules, less deductible expenses other than interest directly connected with the production of investment income. Net investment income generally does not include qualified dividend income or gains attributable to the disposition of property held for investment. A unitholder’s share of a publicly-traded partnership’s portfolio income and, according to the IRS, net passive income will be treated as investment income for purposes of the investment interest expense limitation.

Entity-Level Collections of Unitholder Taxes

If we are required or elect under applicable law to pay any federal, state, local or non-U.S. tax on behalf of any current or former unitholder or our general partner, we are authorized to treat the payment as a distribution of cash to the relevant unitholder or general partner. Where the tax is payable on behalf of all unitholders or we cannot determine the specific unitholder on whose behalf the tax is payable, we are authorized to treat the payment as a distribution to all current unitholders. Payments by us as described above could give rise to an overpayment of tax on behalf of a unitholder, in which event the unitholder may be entitled to claim a refund of the overpayment amount. Unitholders are urged to consult their tax advisors to determine the consequences to them of any tax payment we make on their behalf.

Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction

In general, if we have a net profit, our items of income, gain, loss and deduction will be allocated amongst our unitholders in accordance with their percentage interests in us. If we have a net loss, our items of income, gain, loss and deduction will be allocated first among our unitholders in accordance with their percentage interests in us to the extent of their positive capital accounts and thereafter to our general partner. At any time that distributions are made with respect to common units and not with respect to subordinated units, or that incentive distributions are made to our sponsor, gross income will be allocated to the recipients to the extent of such distributions.

Specified items of our income, gain, loss and deduction will be allocated under Section 704(c) of the Code to account for any difference between the tax basis and fair market value of our assets at the time such assets are contributed to us and at the time of any subsequent offering of our units (a “Book-Tax Disparity”). In addition, items of recapture income will be specially allocated to the extent possible to the unitholder who was allocated the deduction giving rise to that recapture income in order to minimize the recognition of ordinary income by other unitholders.

Treatment of Securities Loans

A unitholder whose units are loaned (for example, a loan to “short seller” to cover a short sale of units) may be treated as having disposed of those units. If so, such unitholder would no longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with respect to those units during the period of the loan and may recognize gain or loss from the disposition. As a result, during this period (i) any of our income, gain, loss or deduction allocated to those units would not be reportable by the lending unitholder, and (ii) any cash distributions received by the unitholder as to those units may be treated as ordinary taxable income.

Due to a lack of controlling authority, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion regarding the tax treatment of a unitholder that enters into a securities loan with respect to its units. Unitholders desiring to assure

 

168


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

their status as partners and avoid the risk of income recognition from a loan of their units are urged to modify any applicable brokerage account agreements to prohibit their brokers from borrowing and lending their units. The IRS has announced that it is studying issues relating to the tax treatment of short sales of partnership interests. Please read “—Disposition of Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss.”

Tax Rates

Under current law, the highest marginal federal income tax rates for individuals applicable to ordinary income and long-term capital gains (generally, gains from the sale or exchange of certain investment assets held for more than one year) are 35% and 15%, respectively. However, absent new legislation extending the current rates, beginning January 1, 2013, the highest marginal federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income and long-term capital gains of individuals will increase to 39.6% and 20%, respectively. These rates are subject to change by new legislation at any time.

A 3.8% Medicare tax on certain investment income earned by individuals, estates, and trusts will apply for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012. For these purposes, investment income generally includes a unitholder’s allocable share of our income and gain realized by a unitholder from a sale of units. In the case of an individual, the tax will be imposed on the lesser of (i) the unitholder’s net investment income from all investments, or (ii) the amount by which the unitholder’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $250,000 (if the unitholder is married and filing jointly or a surviving spouse), $125,000 (if married filing separately) or $200,000 (if the unitholder is unmarried). In the case of an estate or trust, the tax will be imposed on the lesser of (i) undistributed net investment income, or (ii) the excess adjusted gross income over the dollar amount at which the highest income tax bracket applicable to an estate or trust begins.

Section 754 Election

We will make the election permitted by Section 754 of the Code that permits us to adjust the tax bases in our assets as to specific purchasers of our units under Section 743(b) of the Code. The Section 743(b) adjustment separately applies to each purchaser of units based upon the values and bases of our assets at the time of the relevant purchase, and the adjustment will reflect the purchase price paid. The Section 743(b) adjustment does not apply to a person who purchases units directly from us.

The IRS may challenge the positions we adopt with respect to depreciating or amortizing the Section 743(b) adjustment we take to preserve the uniformity of units due to lack of controlling authority. Because a unitholder’s tax basis for its units is reduced by its share of our items of deduction or loss, any position we take that understates deductions will overstate a unitholder’s basis in its units, and may cause the unitholder to understate gain or overstate loss on any sale of such units. Please read “—Disposition of Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss.” If a challenge to such treatment were sustained, the gain from the sale of units may be increased without the benefit of additional deductions.

The calculations involved in the Section 754 election are complex and will be made on the basis of assumptions as to the value of our assets and other matters. The IRS could seek to reallocate some or all of any Section 743(b) adjustment we allocated to our assets subject to depreciation or depletion to goodwill or nondepreciable assets. Goodwill, as an intangible asset, is generally nonamortizable or amortizable over a longer period of time or under a less accelerated method than our tangible assets. We cannot assure any unitholder that the determinations we make will not be successfully challenged by the IRS or that the resulting deductions will not be reduced or disallowed altogether. Should the IRS require a different tax basis adjustment to be made, and should, in our opinion, the expense of compliance exceed the benefit of the election, we may seek permission from the IRS to revoke our Section 754 election. If permission is granted, a subsequent purchaser of units may be allocated more income than it would have been allocated had the election not been revoked.

 

169


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Tax Treatment of Operations

Accounting Method and Taxable Year

We will use the year ending December 31 as our taxable year and the accrual method of accounting for federal income tax purposes. Each unitholder will be required to include in income its share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for each taxable year ending within or with its taxable year. In addition, a unitholder who has a taxable year ending on a date other than December 31 and who disposes of all of its units following the close of our taxable year but before the close of its taxable year must include its share of our income, gain, loss and deduction in income for its taxable year, with the result that it will be required to include in income for its taxable year its share of more than one year of our income, gain, loss and deduction. Please read “—Disposition of Units—Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees.”

Tax Basis, Depreciation and Amortization

The tax basis of our assets will be used for purposes of computing depreciation and cost recovery deductions and, ultimately, gain or loss on the disposition of these assets. The federal income tax burden associated with the difference between the fair market value of our assets and their tax basis immediately prior to an offering generally will be borne by our partners holding interests in us prior to this offering. Please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction.”

If we dispose of depreciable property by sale, foreclosure or otherwise, all or a portion of any gain, determined by reference to the amount of depreciation and depletion deductions previously taken, may be subject to the recapture rules and taxed as ordinary income rather than capital gain. Similarly, a unitholder who has taken cost recovery or depreciation deductions with respect to property we own will likely be required to recapture some or all of those deductions as ordinary income upon a sale of its interest in us. Please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction” and “—Disposition of Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss.”

The costs we incur in offering and selling our units (called “syndication expenses”) must be capitalized and cannot be deducted currently, ratably or upon our termination. While there are uncertainties regarding the classification of costs as organization expenses, which may be amortized by us, and as syndication expenses, which may not be amortized by us, the underwriting discounts and commissions we incur will be treated as syndication expenses.

Valuation and Tax Basis of Our Properties

The federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of units will depend in part on our estimates of the relative fair market values and the initial tax bases of our assets. Although we may from time to time consult with professional appraisers regarding valuation matters, we will make many of the relative fair market value estimates ourselves. These estimates and determinations of tax basis are subject to challenge and will not be binding on the IRS or the courts. If the estimates of fair market value or basis are later found to be incorrect, the character and amount of items of income, gain, loss or deduction previously reported by unitholders could change, and unitholders could be required to adjust their tax liability for prior years and incur interest and penalties with respect to those adjustments.

Sand Depletion

In general, we are entitled to depletion deductions with respect to silica (sand) mined from the underlying mineral property. We generally are entitled to the greater of cost depletion limited to the basis of the property or percentage depletion. The percentage depletion rate for sand is 5%.

Depletion deductions we claim generally will reduce the tax basis of the underlying mineral property. Percentage depletion deductions can, however, exceed the total tax basis of the mineral property. Upon the

 

170


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

disposition of the mineral property, a portion of the gain, if any, equal to the lesser of the deductions for depletion which reduce the adjusted tax basis of the mineral property plus deductible development and mining exploration expenses, or the amount of gain recognized on the disposition, will be treated as ordinary income to us.

Sales of Sand Reserves

If any silica reserves are sold or otherwise disposed of in a taxable transaction, we will recognize gain or loss measured by the difference between the amount realized (including the amount of any indebtedness assumed by the purchaser upon such disposition or to which such property is subject) and the adjusted tax basis of the property sold. Generally, the character of any gain or loss recognized upon that disposition will depend upon whether our silica reserves sold are held by us:

 

   

for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business (i.e., we are a “dealer” with respect to that property);

 

   

for use in a trade or business within the meaning of Section 1231 of the Code; or

 

   

as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code.

In determining dealer status with respect to silica reserves and other types of real estate, courts have identified a number of factors for distinguishing between a particular property held for sale in the ordinary course of business and one held for investment. Any determination must be based on all facts and circumstances surrounding the particular property for sale in question.

We intend to hold our silica reserves for use in a trade or business and to achieve long-term capital appreciation. Although our general partner may consider strategic sales of silica reserves consistent with achieving long-term capital appreciation, our general partner does not anticipate frequent sales of silica reserves. Thus, we do not believe we will be viewed as a dealer. Nonetheless, our purposes for holding our properties may change and our future activities could cause us to be a “dealer” in silica reserves.

If we are not a dealer with respect to our silica reserves and we have held the disposed reserves for more than a one-year period primarily for use in our trade or business, the character of any gain or loss realized from a disposition of the property will be determined under Section 1231 of the Code. If we have not held the property for more than one year at the time of the sale, gain or loss from the sale will be taxable as ordinary income.

A unitholder’s distributive share of any Section 1231 gain or loss generated by us will be aggregated with any other gains or losses realized by that unitholder from the disposition of property used in a trade or business, as defined in Section 1231(b) of the Code. If a net gain results, all such gains and losses will be long-term capital gains and losses. If a net loss results, all such gains and losses will be ordinary income and losses. Net Section 1231 gains will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of prior Section 1231 losses of the taxpayer or predecessor taxpayer for the five most recent prior taxable years to the extent such losses have not previously been offset against Section 1231 gains. Losses are deemed recaptured in the chronological order in which they arose.

If we are not a dealer with respect to our silica reserves and that property is not used in a trade or business, the property will be a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. Gain or loss recognized from the disposition of that property will be taxable as long term capital gain or loss if we have held such reserves for more than one year and short term gain or loss if we have not satisfied that holding period.

Upon a disposition of silica reserves, a portion of the gain, if any, equal to the lesser of (i) the depletion deductions that reduced the tax basis of the disposed mineral property, plus deductible mining and exploration and development expenses, or (ii) the amount of gain recognized on the disposition, will be treated as ordinary income to us.

 

171


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Disposition of Units

Recognition of Gain or Loss

A unitholder will be required to recognize gain or loss on a sale of units equal to the difference between the unitholder’s amount realized and tax basis in the units sold. A unitholder’s amount realized generally will equal the sum of the cash or the fair market value of other property it receives plus its share of our liabilities with respect to such units. Because the amount realized includes a unitholder’s share of our liabilities, the gain recognized on the sale of units could result in a tax liability in excess of any cash received from the sale.

Except as noted below, gain or loss recognized by a unitholder on the sale or exchange of a unit held for more than one year generally will be taxable as long-term capital gain or loss. However, gain or loss recognized on the disposition of units will be separately computed and taxed as ordinary income or loss under Section 751 of the Code to the extent attributable to Section 751 Assets, such as depreciation or depletion recapture. Ordinary income attributable to Section 751 Assets may exceed net taxable gain realized on the sale of a unit and may be recognized even if there is a net taxable loss realized on the sale of a unit. Thus, a unitholder may recognize both ordinary income and capital gain or loss upon a sale of units. Net capital loss may offset capital gains and, in the case of individuals, up to $3,000 of ordinary income per year.

The IRS has ruled that a partner who acquires interests in a partnership in separate transactions must combine those interests and maintain a single adjusted tax basis for all those interests. Upon a sale or other disposition of less than all of those interests, a portion of that tax basis must be allocated to the interests sold using an “equitable apportionment” method, which generally means that the tax basis allocated to the interest sold equals an amount that bears the same relation to the partner’s tax basis in its entire interest in the partnership as the value of the interest sold bears to the value of the partner’s entire interest in the partnership.

Treasury Regulations under Section 1223 of the Code allow a selling unitholder who can identify units transferred with an ascertainable holding period to elect to use the actual holding period of the units transferred. Thus, according to the ruling discussed above, a unitholder will be unable to select high or low basis units to sell as would be the case with corporate stock, but, according to the Treasury Regulations, it may designate specific units sold for purposes of determining the holding period of units transferred. A unitholder electing to use the actual holding period of units transferred must consistently use that identification method for all subsequent sales or exchanges of our units. A unitholder considering the purchase of additional units or a sale of units purchased in separate transactions is urged to consult its tax advisor as to the possible consequences of this ruling and application of the Treasury Regulations.

Specific provisions of the Code affect the taxation of some financial products and securities, including partnership interests, by treating a taxpayer as having sold an “appreciated” financial position, including a partnership interest with respect to which gain would be recognized if it were sold, assigned or terminated at its fair market value, in the event the taxpayer or a related person enters into:

 

   

a short sale;

 

   

an offsetting notional principal contract; or

 

   

a futures or forward contract with respect to the partnership interest or substantially identical property.

Moreover, if a taxpayer has previously entered into a short sale, an offsetting notional principal contract or a futures or forward contract with respect to the partnership interest, the taxpayer will be treated as having sold that position if the taxpayer or a related person then acquires the partnership interest or substantially identical property. The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to issue regulations that treat a taxpayer that enters into transactions or positions that have substantially the same effect as the preceding transactions as having constructively sold the financial position.

 

172


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Allocations Between Transferors and Transferee

In general, our taxable income or loss will be determined annually, will be prorated on a monthly basis and will be subsequently apportioned among the unitholders in proportion to the number of units owned by each of them as of the opening of the applicable exchange on the first business day of the month (the “Allocation Date”). However, gain or loss realized on a sale or other disposition of our assets or, in the discretion of the general partner, any other extraordinary item of income, gain, loss or deduction will be allocated among the unitholders on the Allocation Date in the month in which such income, gain, loss or deduction is recognized. As a result, a unitholder transferring units may be allocated income, gain, loss and deduction realized after the date of transfer.

Although simplifying conventions are contemplated by the Code and most publicly-traded partnerships use similar simplifying conventions, the use of this method may not be permitted under existing Treasury Regulations. Recently, however, the Department of the Treasury and the IRS issued proposed Treasury Regulations that provide a safe harbor pursuant to which a publicly-traded partnership may use a similar monthly simplifying convention to allocate tax items among transferor and transferee unitholders, although such tax items must be prorated on a daily basis. Nonetheless, the proposed regulations do not specifically authorize the use of the proration method we have adopted. Accordingly, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is unable to opine on the validity of this method of allocating income and deductions between transferee and transferor unitholders. If this method is not allowed under the final Treasury Regulations, or only applies to transfers of less than all of the unitholder’s interest, our taxable income or losses could be reallocated among our unitholders. We are authorized to revise our method of allocation between transferee and transferor unitholders, as well as among unitholders whose interests vary during a taxable year, to conform to a method permitted under future Treasury Regulations.

A unitholder who disposes of units prior to the record date set for a cash distribution for that quarter will be allocated items of our income, gain, loss and deduction attributable to the month of disposition but will not be entitled to receive a cash distribution for that period.

Notification Requirements

A unitholder who sells or purchases any of its units is generally required to notify us in writing of that transaction within 30 days after the transaction (or, if earlier, January 15 of the year following the transaction). Upon receiving such notifications, we are required to notify the IRS of that transaction and to furnish specified information to the transferor and transferee. Failure to notify us of a transfer of units may, in some cases, lead to the imposition of penalties. However, these reporting requirements do not apply to a sale by an individual who is a citizen of the United States and who effects the sale through a broker who will satisfy such requirements.

Constructive Termination

We will be considered to have “constructively” terminated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes upon the sale or exchange of 50% or more of the total interests in our capital and profits within a twelve-month period. For such purposes, multiple sales of the same unit are counted only once. A constructive termination results in the closing of our taxable year for all unitholders. In the case of a unitholder reporting on a taxable year other than the calendar year, the closing of our taxable year may result in more than twelve months of our taxable income or loss being includable in such unitholder’s taxable income for the year of termination.

A constructive termination occurring on a date other than December 31 generally would require that we file two tax returns for one fiscal year and the cost of the preparation of these returns will be borne by all unitholders. However, pursuant to an IRS relief procedure the IRS may allow a constructively terminated partnership to provide a single Schedule K-1 for the calendar year in which a termination occurs. Following a constructive termination, we would be required to make new tax elections, including a new election under Section 754 of the Code, and the termination would result in a deferral of our deductions for depreciation. A termination could also result in penalties if we were unable to determine that the termination had occurred. Moreover, a termination may

 

173


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

either accelerate the application of, or subject us to, any tax legislation enacted before the termination that would not otherwise have been applied to us as a continuing as opposed to a terminating partnership.

Uniformity of Units

Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of units and other reasons, we must maintain uniformity of the economic and tax characteristics of the units to a purchaser of these units. In the absence of uniformity, we may be unable to completely comply with a number of federal income tax requirements. Any non-uniformity could have a negative impact on the value of the units. Please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Section 754 Election.”

Our partnership agreement permits our general partner to take positions in filing our tax returns that preserve the uniformity of our units. These positions may include reducing the depreciation, amortization or loss deductions to which a unitholder would otherwise be entitled or reporting a slower amortization of Section 743(b) adjustments for some unitholders than that to which they would otherwise be entitled. Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is unable to opine as to validity of such filing positions.

A unitholder’s basis in units is reduced by its share of our deductions (whether or not such deductions were claimed on an individual income tax return) so that any position that we take that understates deductions will overstate the unitholder’s basis in its units, and may cause the unitholder to understate gain or overstate loss on any sale of such units. Please read “—Disposition of Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss” above and “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Section 754 Election” above. The IRS may challenge one or more of any positions we take to preserve the uniformity of units. If such a challenge were sustained, the uniformity of units might be affected, and, under some circumstances, the gain from the sale of units might be increased without the benefit of additional deductions.

Tax-Exempt Organizations and Other Investors

Ownership of units by employee benefit plans, other tax-exempt organizations, non-resident aliens, non-U.S. corporations and other non-U.S. persons raises issues unique to those investors and, as described below, may have substantially adverse tax consequences to them. Prospective unitholders that are tax-exempt entities or non-U.S. persons should consult their tax advisors before investing in our units. Employee benefit plans and most other tax-exempt organizations, including IRAs and other retirement plans, are subject to federal income tax on unrelated business taxable income. Virtually all of our income will be unrelated business taxable income and will be taxable to a tax-exempt unitholder.

Non-resident aliens and foreign corporations, trusts or estates that own units will be considered to be engaged in business in the United States because of their ownership of our units. Consequently, they will be required to file federal tax returns to report their share of our income, gain, loss or deduction and pay federal income tax at regular rates on their share of our net income or gain. Moreover, under rules applicable to publicly-traded partnerships, distributions to non-U.S. unitholders are subject to withholding at the highest applicable effective tax rate. Each non-U.S. unitholder must obtain a taxpayer identification number from the IRS and submit that number to our transfer agent on a Form W-8BEN or applicable substitute form in order to obtain credit for these withholding taxes.

In addition, because a foreign corporation that owns units will be treated as engaged in a United States trade or business, that corporation may be subject to the U.S. branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, in addition to regular federal income tax, on its share of our income and gain, as adjusted for changes in the foreign corporation’s “U.S. net equity,” which is effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or business. That tax may be reduced or eliminated by an income tax treaty between the United States and the country in which the foreign corporate unitholder is a “qualified resident.” In addition, this type of unitholder is subject to special information reporting requirements under Section 6038C of the Code.

 

174


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

A non U.S. unitholder who sells or otherwise disposes of a unit will be subject to federal income tax on gain realized from the sale or disposition of that unit to the extent the gain is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the non U.S. unitholder. Under a ruling published by the IRS, interpreting the scope of “effectively connected income,” part or all of a non U.S. unitholder’s gain may be treated as effectively connected with that unitholder’s indirect U.S. trade or business constituted by its investment in us. Moreover, under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act, a non U.S. unitholder generally will be subject to federal income tax upon the sale or disposition of a unit if (i) it owned (directly or constructively applying certain attribution rules) more than 5% of our units at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of such disposition and (ii) 50% or more of the fair market value of all of our assets consisted of U.S. real property interests at any time during the shorter of the period during which such unitholder held the units or the 5-year period ending on the date of disposition. More than 50% of our assets may consist of U.S. real property interests. Therefore, non U.S. unitholders may be subject to federal income tax on gain from the sale or disposition of their units.

Administrative Matters

Information Returns and Audit Procedures

We intend to furnish to each unitholder, within 90 days after the close of each taxable year, specific tax information, including a Schedule K-1, which describes its share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for our preceding taxable year. In preparing this information, which will not be reviewed by counsel, we will take various accounting and reporting positions, some of which have been mentioned earlier, to determine each unitholder’s share of income, gain, loss and deduction. We cannot assure our unitholders that those positions will yield a result that conforms to all of the requirements of the Code, Treasury Regulations or administrative interpretations of the IRS.

The IRS may audit our federal income tax information returns. Neither we nor Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. can assure prospective unitholders that the IRS will not successfully challenge the positions we adopt, and such a challenge could adversely affect the value of the units. Adjustments resulting from an IRS audit may require each unitholder to adjust a prior year’s tax liability and may result in an audit of the unitholder’s own return. Any audit of a unitholder’s return could result in adjustments unrelated to our returns.

Publicly traded partnerships generally are treated as entities separate from their owners for purposes of federal income tax audits, judicial review of administrative adjustments by the IRS and tax settlement proceedings. The tax treatment of partnership items of income, gain, loss and deduction are determined in a partnership proceeding rather than in separate proceedings of the partners. The Code requires that one partner be designated as the “Tax Matters Partner” for these purposes, and our partnership agreement designates our general partner.

The Tax Matters Partner can extend the statute of limitations for assessment of tax deficiencies against unitholders for items in our returns. The Tax Matters Partner may bind a unitholder with less than a 1% profits interest in us to a settlement with the IRS unless that unitholder elects, by filing a statement with the IRS, not to give that authority to the Tax Matters Partner. The Tax Matters Partner may seek judicial review, by which all the unitholders are bound, of a final partnership administrative adjustment and, if the Tax Matters Partner fails to seek judicial review, judicial review may be sought by any unitholder having at least a 1% interest in profits or by any group of unitholders having in the aggregate at least a 5% interest in profits. However, only one action for judicial review may go forward, and each unitholder with an interest in the outcome may participate in that action.

A unitholder must file a statement with the IRS identifying the treatment of any item on its federal income tax return that is not consistent with the treatment of the item on our return. Intentional or negligent disregard of this consistency requirement may subject a unitholder to substantial penalties.

 

175


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nominee Reporting

Persons who hold an interest in us as a nominee for another person are required to furnish to us:

(1) the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the beneficial owner and the nominee;

(2) a statement regarding whether the beneficial owner is:

(a) a non-U.S. person;

(b) a non-U.S. government, an international organization or any wholly owned agency or instrumentality of either of the foregoing; or

(c) a tax-exempt entity;

(3) the amount and description of units held, acquired or transferred for the beneficial owner; and

(4) specific information including the dates of acquisitions and transfers, means of acquisitions and transfers, and acquisition cost for purchases, as well as the amount of net proceeds from sales.

Brokers and financial institutions are required to furnish additional information, including whether they are U.S. persons and specific information on units they acquire, hold or transfer for their own account. A penalty of $100 per failure, up to a maximum of $1.5 million per calendar year, is imposed by the Code for failure to report that information to us. The nominee is required to supply the beneficial owner of the units with the information furnished to us.

Accuracy-Related Penalties

An additional tax equal to 20% of the amount of any portion of an underpayment of tax that is attributable to one or more specified causes, including negligence or disregard of rules or regulations, substantial understatements of income tax and substantial valuation misstatements, is imposed by the Code. No penalty will be imposed, however, for any portion of an underpayment if it is shown that there was a reasonable cause for the underpayment of that portion and that the taxpayer acted in good faith regarding the underpayment of that portion.

State, Local and Other Tax Considerations

In addition to federal income taxes, unitholders may be subject to other taxes, including state and local income taxes, unincorporated business taxes, and estate, inheritance or intangibles taxes that may be imposed by the various jurisdictions in which we conduct business or own property now or in the future or in which the unitholder is a resident. We currently conduct business or own property only in Texas and Wisconsin. Wisconsin imposes a personal income tax and an income tax on corporations and other entities. Moreover, we may also own property or do business in other states in the future that impose income or similar taxes on nonresident individuals. Although an analysis of those various taxes is not presented here, each prospective unitholder should consider their potential impact on its investment in us.

It is the responsibility of each unitholder to investigate the legal and tax consequences, under the laws of pertinent states and localities, of its investment in us. Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion on the state, local, or non-U.S. tax consequences of an investment in us. We strongly recommend that each prospective unitholder consult, and depend on, its own tax counsel or other advisor with regard to those matters. It is the responsibility of each unitholder to file all tax returns that may be required of it.

 

176


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INVESTMENT IN HI-CRUSH PARTNERS LP BY

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

An investment in us by an employee benefit plan is subject to additional considerations because the investments of these plans are subject to the fiduciary responsibility and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and restrictions imposed by Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code. For these purposes the term “employee benefit plan” includes, but is not limited to, qualified pension, profit-sharing and stock bonus plans, Keogh plans, simplified employee pension plans and tax deferred annuities or IRAs established or maintained by an employer or employee organization. Among other things, consideration should be given to:

 

   

whether the investment is prudent under Section 404(a)(1)(B) of ERISA;

 

   

whether in making the investment, that plan will satisfy the diversification requirements of Section 404(a)(1)(C) of ERISA; and

 

   

whether the investment will result in recognition of unrelated business taxable income by the plan and, if so, the potential after-tax investment return. Please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—Tax-Exempt Organizations and Other Investors.”

The person with investment discretion with respect to the assets of an employee benefit plan, often called a fiduciary, should determine whether an investment in us is authorized by the appropriate governing instrument and is a proper investment for the plan.

Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code prohibit employee benefit plans from engaging in specified transactions involving “plan assets” with parties that are “parties in interest” under ERISA or “disqualified persons” under the Internal Revenue Code with respect to the plan.

In addition to considering whether the purchase of common units is a prohibited transaction, a fiduciary of an employee benefit plan should consider whether the plan will, by investing in us, be deemed to own an undivided interest in our assets, with the result that our operations would be subject to the regulatory restrictions of ERISA, including its prohibited transaction rules, as well as the prohibited transaction rules of the Internal Revenue Code.

The Department of Labor regulations provide guidance with respect to whether the assets of an entity in which employee benefit plans acquire equity interests would be deemed “plan assets” under some circumstances. Under these regulations, an entity’s assets would not be considered to be “plan assets” if, among other things:

(1) the equity interests acquired by employee benefit plans are publicly offered securities—i.e., the equity interests are widely held by 100 or more investors independent of the issuer and each other, freely transferable and registered under some provisions of the federal securities laws;

(2) the entity is an “operating company”—i.e., it is primarily engaged in the production or sale of a product or service other than the investment of capital either directly or through a majority-owned subsidiary or subsidiaries; or

(3) there is no significant investment by benefit plan investors, which is defined to mean that less than 25% of the value of each class of equity interest is held by the employee benefit plans referred to above.

Plan fiduciaries contemplating a purchase of common units should consult with their own counsel regarding the consequences under ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code in light of the serious penalties imposed on persons who engage in prohibited transactions or other violations.

 

177


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

UNDERWRITING

Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are acting as representatives of the underwriters named below and as joint book-running managers of this offering. Under the terms of an underwriting agreement, which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each of the underwriters named below has severally agreed to purchase from us the number of common units shown opposite the underwriter’s name below:

 

Underwriters

   Number of
Common Units

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  
  
  
  
  
  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters’ obligation to purchase the common units included in this offering depends on the satisfaction of the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement including:

 

   

the obligation to purchase all of the common units offered hereby (other than those common units covered by their option to purchase additional common units as described below), if any of the common units are purchased;

 

   

the representations and warranties made by us and Hi-Crush Proppants LLC to the underwriters are true;

 

   

there is no material change in our business or the financial markets; and

 

   

we and Hi-Crush Proppants LLC deliver customary closing documents to the underwriters.

Commissions and Expenses

The following table summarizes the underwriting discounts and commissions we will pay to the underwriters. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units. The underwriting fee is the difference between the initial price to the public and the amount the underwriters pay to us for the common units.

 

     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per common unit

   $                    $                

Total

   $                    $                

We will pay a structuring fee equal to     % of the gross proceeds from this offering (including any proceeds from the exercise of the option to purchase additional common units) to Barclays Capital Inc. for the evaluation, analysis and structuring of our partnership.

The representatives of the underwriters have advised us that the underwriters propose to offer the common units directly to the public at the public offering price on the cover of this prospectus and to selected dealers, which may include the underwriters, at such offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $         per common unit. After the offering, the representatives may change the offering price and other selling terms. Sales of common units made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

We estimate that the expenses of this offering incurred by us will be approximately $         (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and structuring fees).

 

178


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Option to Purchase Additional Common Units

We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days after the date of the underwriting agreement, to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of             additional common units at the public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. This option may be exercised if the underwriters sell more than             common units in connection with this offering. To the extent that this option is exercised, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase its pro rata portion of these additional common units based on the underwriter’s underwriting commitment in the offering as indicated in the table at the beginning of this Underwriting Section.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our subsidiaries, our general partner and its affiliates, including Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, and the directors and executive officers of our general partner have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, we and they will not, directly or indirectly, (1) offer for sale, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction or device that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition by any person at any time in the future of) any of our common units (including, without limitation, common units that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by us or them in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and common units that may be issued upon exercise of any options or warrants) or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common units, (2) enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common units, (3) make any demand for or exercise any right or file or cause to be filed a registration statement, including any amendments thereto, with respect to the registration of any common units or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into common units or any of our other securities, or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

These restrictions do not apply to, among other things:

 

   

the sale of common units pursuant to the underwriting agreement;

 

   

issuances of common units by us pursuant to any employee benefit plan in effect as of the date of the underwriting agreement; and

 

   

the filing of one or more registration statements on Form S-8 relating to any employee benefit plan in effect as of the date of the underwriting agreement.

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:

 

   

during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs; or

 

   

prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period,

in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or occurrence of material event unless such extension is waived in writing by Barclays Capital Inc.

Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, in their sole discretion, may release the common units and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice. When determining whether or not to release common units and other securities from lock-up agreements, Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC will consider, among other factors, the holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of common units and other securities for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time. Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC have no present intent or arrangement to release any of the securities that would be subject to these lock-up agreements.

 

179


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Offering Price Determination

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common units. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among the representatives and us. In determining the initial public offering price of our common units, the representatives expect to consider:

 

   

the history and prospects for the industry in which we operate;

 

   

our financial information;

 

   

the ability of our management and our business potential and earning prospects;

 

   

the prevailing securities markets at the time of this offering; and

 

   

the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded common units of generally comparable companies.

Indemnification

We and certain of our affiliates have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.

Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

The representatives may engage in stabilizing transactions, short sales and purchases to cover positions created by short sales, and penalty bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the common units, in accordance with Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

   

Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

 

   

A short position involves a sale by the underwriters of common units in excess of the number of common units the underwriters are obligated to purchase in the offering, which creates the syndicate short position. This short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of common units involved in the sales made by the underwriters in excess of the number of common units they are obligated to purchase is not greater than the number of common units that they may purchase by exercising their option to purchase additional common units. In a naked short position, the number of common units involved is greater than the number of common units in their option to purchase additional common units. The underwriters may close out any short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional common units and/or purchasing common units in the open market. In determining the source of common units to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of common units available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase common units through their option to purchase additional common units. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the common units in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

   

Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common units in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions.

 

   

Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common units originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

 

180


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common units or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common units. As a result, the price of the common units may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the common units. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters and/or selling group members participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the particular underwriter or selling group member, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of common units for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the representatives on the same basis as other allocations.

Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s or selling group member’s web site and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter or selling group member is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter or selling group member in its capacity as underwriter or selling group member and should not be relied upon by investors.

New York Stock Exchange

We intend to apply to list our common units on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “HCLP.” The underwriters have undertaken to sell the minimum number of common units to the minimum number of beneficial owners necessary to meet the New York Stock Exchange distribution requirements for trading.

Discretionary Sales

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to confirm sales to discretionary accounts that exceed 5% of the total number of common units offered by them.

Stamp Taxes

If you purchase common units offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory, investment banking, commercial banking and other services for us, our general partner and Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

 

181


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Furthermore, certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates may, from time to time, enter into arms-length transactions with us in the ordinary course of their business. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve our securities or instruments or the securities or instruments of our general partner or Hi-Crush Proppants LLC. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

FINRA

Because the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, is expected to view the common units offered hereby as interests in a direct participation program, the offering is being made in compliance with Rule 2310 of the FINRA Rules. Investor suitability with respect to the common units should be judged similarly to the suitability with respect to other securities that are listed for trading on a national securities exchange.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “relevant member state”), other than Germany, with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that relevant member state, an offer of securities described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that relevant member state other than:

 

   

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

   

to fewer than 100 or, if the relevant member state has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant dealer or dealers nominated by the issuer for any such offer; or

 

   

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive;

provided that no such offer of securities shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of securities to the public” in any relevant member state means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the expression may be varied in that member state by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that member state, and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the relevant member state), and includes any relevant implementing measure in each relevant member state. The expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

We have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of securities through any financial intermediary on their behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of the securities as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of the securities, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of the securities on behalf of us or the underwriters.

 

182


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

United Kingdom

We may constitute a “collective investment scheme” as defined by section 235 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or FSMA, that is not a “recognized collective investment scheme” for the purposes of FSMA, or CIS, and that has not been authorized or otherwise approved. As an unregulated scheme, it cannot be marketed in the United Kingdom to the general public, except in accordance with FSMA. This prospectus is only being distributed in the United Kingdom to, and is only directed at:

 

  (i) if we are a CIS and are marketed by a person who is an authorized person under FSMA, (a) investment professionals falling within Article 14(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Promotion of Collective Investment Schemes) (Exemptions) Order 2001, as amended, or the CIS Promotion Order, or (b) high net worth companies and other persons falling within Article 22(2)(a) to (d) of the CIS Promotion Order; or

 

  (ii) otherwise, if marketed by a person who is not an authorized person under FSMA, (a) persons who fall within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or Financial Promotion Order, or (b) Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Financial Promotion Order; and

 

  (iii) in both cases (i) and (ii) to any other person to whom it may otherwise lawfully be made (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”).

The common units are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such common units will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.

An invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of FSMA) in connection with the issue or sale of any common units which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus will only be communicated or caused to be communicated in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of FSMA does not apply to us.

Switzerland

This prospectus is being communicated in Switzerland to a small number of selected investors only. Each copy of this prospectus is addressed to a specifically named recipient and may not be copied, reproduced, distributed or passed on to third parties. The common units are not being offered to the public in Switzerland, and neither this prospectus nor any other offering materials relating to the common units may be distributed in connection with any such public offering.

We have not been registered with the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 120 of the Collective Investment Schemes Act of June 23, 2006, or the CISA. Accordingly, the common units may not be offered to the public in or from Switzerland, and neither this prospectus nor any other offering materials relating to the common units may be made available through a public offering in or from Switzerland. The common units may only be offered and this prospectus may only be distributed in or from Switzerland by way of private placement exclusively to qualified investors (as this term is defined in the CISA and its implementing ordinance).

Germany

This document has not been prepared in accordance with the requirements for a securities or sales prospectus under the German Securities Prospectus Act ( Wertpapierprospektgesetz ), the German Sales Prospectus Act (Verkaufsprospektgesetz), or the German Investment Act ( Investmentgesetz ). Neither the German Federal Financial Services Supervisory Authority ( Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht—BaFin ) nor any other German authority has been notified of the intention to distribute our common units in Germany.

 

183


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Consequently, our common units may not be distributed in Germany by way of public offering, public advertisement or in any similar manner and this document and any other document relating to the offering, as well as information or statements contained therein, may not be supplied to the public in Germany or used in connection with any offer for subscription of our common units to the public in Germany or any other means of public marketing. Our common units are being offered and sold in Germany only to qualified investors which are referred to in Section 3, paragraph 2 no. 1, in connection with Section 2, no. 6, of the German Securities Prospectus Act, Section 8f paragraph 2 no. 4 of the German Sales Prospectus Act, and in Section 2 paragraph 11 sentence 2 no. 1 of the German Investment Act. This document is strictly for use of the person who has received it. It may not be forwarded to other persons or published in Germany.

The offering does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation or an offer to buy our common units in any circumstances in which such offer or solicitation is unlawful.

Netherlands

Our common units may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in the Netherlands, other than to qualified investors (gekwalificeerde beleggers) within the meaning of Article 1:1 of the Dutch Financial Supervision Act (Wet op het financieel toezicht).

 

184


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

VALIDITY OF OUR COMMON UNITS

The validity of our common units will be passed upon for us by Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., Houston, Texas. Certain legal matters in connection with our common units offered hereby will be passed upon for the underwriters by Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P., Houston, Texas.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, for the period from inception to December 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2011 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The statement of financial position of Hi-Crush Partners LP as of May 8, 2012 (date of inception), included in this prospectus, has been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The information appearing in this prospectus concerning estimates of our proven mineral reserves was derived from the report of John T. Boyd Company, independent mining engineers and geologists, and has been included herein on the authority of John T. Boyd Company as experts with respect to the matters covered by such report and in giving such report.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 regarding our common units. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information regarding us and our common units offered in this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedule filed as part of the registration statement. The registration statement, including the exhibits, may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of this material can also be obtained upon written request from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates or from the SEC’s web site on the Internet at http://www.sec.gov. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on public reference rooms.

As a result of the offering, we will file with or furnish to the SEC periodic reports and other information. These reports and other information may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC or obtained from the SEC’s website as provided above. Our website address on the Internet will be www.hicrushpartners.com , and we intend to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC available, free of charge, through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and does not constitute a part of this prospectus. After this offering, documents filed by us can also be inspected at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange Inc., 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10002.

We intend to furnish or make available to our unitholders annual reports containing our audited financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP. We also intend to furnish or make available to our unitholders quarterly reports containing our unaudited interim financial information, including the information required by Form 10-Q, for the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year.

 

185


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the information in this prospectus may contain forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements give our current expectations, contain projections of results of operations or of financial condition, or forecasts of future events. Words such as “may,” “assume,” “forecast,” “position,” “predict,” “strategy,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “project,” “budget,” “potential,” or “continue,” and similar expressions are used to identify forward-looking statements. They can be affected by assumptions used or by known or unknown risks or uncertainties. Consequently, no forward-looking statements can be guaranteed. When considering these forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind the risk factors and other cautionary statements in this prospectus. Actual results may vary materially. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. You should also understand that it is not possible to predict or identify all such factors and should not consider the following list to be a complete statement of all potential risks and uncertainties. Factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the results contemplated by such forward-looking statements include:

 

   

the amount of frac sand we are able to excavate and process, which could be adversely affected by, among other things, operating difficulties and unusual or unfavorable geologic conditions;

 

   

the volume of frac sand we are able to sell;

 

   

the price at which we are able to sell frac sand;

 

   

changes in the price and availability of natural gas or electricity;

 

   

changes in prevailing economic conditions;

 

   

unanticipated ground, grade or water conditions;

 

   

inclement or hazardous weather conditions, including flooding, and the physical impacts of climate change;

 

   

environmental hazards;

 

   

industrial accidents;

 

   

changes in laws and regulations (or the interpretation thereof) related to the mining and hydraulic fracturing industries, silica dust exposure or the environment;

 

   

inability to acquire or maintain necessary permits or mining or water rights;

 

   

facility shutdowns in response to environmental regulatory actions;

 

   

inability to obtain necessary production equipment or replacement parts;

 

   

reduction in the amount of water available for processing;

 

   

technical difficulties or failures;

 

   

labor disputes and disputes with our excavation contractor;

 

   

late delivery of supplies;

 

   

difficulty collecting receivables;

 

   

inability of our customers to take delivery;

 

   

changes in the price and availability of transportation;

 

186


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

fires, explosions or other accidents;

 

   

cave-ins, pit wall failures or rock falls;

 

   

our ability to borrow funds and access capital markets; and

 

   

certain factors discussed elsewhere in this prospectus.

All forward-looking statements are expressly qualified in their entirety by the foregoing cautionary statements.

 

187


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

HI-CRUSH PARTNERS LP

     F-2   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-2   

Introduction

     F-2   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of March 31, 2012

     F-3   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the three months ended March  31, 2012

     F-4   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the three months ended March  31, 2011

     F-5   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December  31, 2011

     F-6   

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7   

Historical Balance Sheet

     F-8   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-9   

Balance Sheet as of May 8, 2012

     F-10   

Note to Balance Sheet

     F-11   

HI-CRUSH PROPPANTS LLC

     F-12   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-12   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010

     F-13   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December  31, 2011 and period from October 28, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010

     F-14   

Consolidated Statements of Members’ Equity for the year ended December  31, 2011 and period from October 28, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010

     F-15   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December  31, 2011 and period from October 28, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010

     F-16   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-17   

HI-CRUSH PROPPANTS LLC

     F-26   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

     F-26   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March  31, 2012 and 2011

     F-27   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March  31, 2012 and 2011

     F-28   

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

     F-29   

 

F-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HI-CRUSH PARTNERS LP

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Introduction

The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements of Hi-Crush Partners LP (the “Partnership”) reflect the historical consolidated results of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC (“predecessor”) on a pro forma basis to give effect to the Contribution and the Offering described below.

The Contribution . Effective upon the closing of the initial public offering of common units of the Partnership, the predecessor will contribute selected assets and related operations to the Partnership in exchange for newly issued common units, subordinated units and incentive distribution rights representing limited partner interests in the Partnership and the right to receive cash and equity distributions (the “Contribution”). For additional information about the Contribution and related transactions, please read “Summary—Formation Transactions and Partnership Structure.”

The Offering . For purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements, the “Offering” is defined as the issuance and sale to the public of              common units of the Partnership and the application by the Partnership of the net proceeds from such issuance as described in “Use of Proceeds.”

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet of the Partnership is based on the unaudited historical consolidated balance sheet of the predecessor as of March 31, 2012 and includes pro forma adjustments to give effect to the Contribution and the Offering as if they occurred on March 31, 2012.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations of the Partnership are based on the unaudited historical consolidated statements of operations of the predecessor for the three month periods ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 and the audited historical consolidated statement of operations of the predecessor for the year ended December 31, 2011 and includes pro forma adjustments to give effect to the Contribution and the Offering as if they occurred on January 1, 2011.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the basis that the Partnership will be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the notes accompanying these unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements and with the historical consolidated financial statements and related notes of the predecessor, found elsewhere in this prospectus.

The pro forma adjustments to the audited and unaudited historical financial statements are based on currently available information and certain estimates and assumptions. The actual effect of the Contribution and the Offering discussed in the accompanying notes ultimately may differ from the unaudited pro forma adjustments included herein. However, management believes that the assumptions used to prepare the pro forma adjustments provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects of the Contribution and the Offering as currently contemplated and that the unaudited pro forma adjustments are factually supportable, give appropriate effect to the expected impact of events that are directly attributable to the Contribution and the Offering, and reflect those items expected to have a continuing impact on the Partnership.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements of the Partnership are not necessarily indicative of the results that actually would have occurred if the Partnership had completed the Contribution and the Offering on the dates indicated or that could be achieved in the future.

 

F-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Partners LP

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

as of March 31, 2012

 

     Predecessor
Historical
     Predecessor
Retained
Operations (a)
    Hi-Crush
Partners LP

Pro  Forma (b)
    Offering
Adjustments
    Hi-Crush
Partners LP
Pro Forma,
As Adjusted
 
     (in thousands)  

Assets

           

Current assets

           

Cash

   $ 10,527       $ (6,643   $ 3,884      $              (d)    $                
                 (e)   
                 (f)   

Restricted cash

     30                30       

Accounts receivable

     3,143                3,143       

Inventories

     1,493                1,493       

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     472         (415     57       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     15,665         (7,058     8,607       

Property, plant and equipment, net

     72,994         (16,782     56,212       

Deferred charges

     1,810         (1,810           
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 90,469       $ (25,650   $ 64,819      $           $        
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities & members’ equity/partners’ capital

           

Current liabilities

           

Accounts payable

   $ 12,173       $ (8,633   $ 3,540      $           $        

Accrued liabilities

     1,178         (250     928       

Deferred revenue

     3,884                3,884       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     17,235         (8,883     8,352       

Long-term debt

     55,973         (55,973           

Asset retirement obligation

     838                838       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     74,046         (64,856     9,190       

Commitments and contingencies

           

Members’ equity/Partners’ capital

     16,423         39,206        55,629 (c)                   (d)   
                         (e)   
                         (f)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities & members’ equity/partners’ capital

   $ 90,469       $ (25,650   $ 64,819      $           $        
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Partners LP

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

for the three months ended March 31, 2012

 

     Predecessor
Historical
     Predecessor
Retained
Operations (a)
    Hi-Crush
Partners LP

Pro  Forma
    Offering
Adjustments
     Hi-Crush
Partners LP
Pro Forma,
As Adjusted
 
     (in thousands, except per unit data)  

Revenue

   $ 13,532       $      $ 13,532 (g)    $                    $                

Cost of goods sold (including depreciation and depletion)

     4,776                4,776 (g)      
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     8,756                8,756        

Operating costs and expenses

            

General and administrative

     1,487         (841     646 (h)      

Exploration expense

     199         (199            

Accretion of asset retirement obligation

     6                6 (g)      
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     7,064         (1,040     8,104        

Other expenses

            

Interest expense

     928         928               
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 6,136       $ (1,968   $ 8,104      $         $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Calculation of net income per limited partner unit:

            

Limited partners’ interest in net income

            

Net income per limited partner unit

            

Weighted average number of limited partner units outstanding

            

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Partners LP

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

for the three months ended March 31, 2011

 

     Predecessor
Historical
    Predecessor
Retained
Operations (a)
     Hi-Crush
Partners LP

Pro  Forma
    Offering
Adjustments
     Hi-Crush
Partners LP
Pro Forma,
As Adjusted
 
     (in thousands, except per unit data)  

Revenue

   $      $         —       $ (g)    $                    $                

Cost of goods sold (including depreciation and depletion)

                    (g)      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

                           

Operating costs and expenses

            

General and administrative

     174                174 (h)      

Exploration expense

                           

Accretion of asset retirement obligation

                    (g)      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (174             (174     

Other expenses

            

Interest expense

                           
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (174   $       $ (174   $         $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Calculation of net income per limited partner unit:

            

Limited partners’ interest in net income

            

Net income per limited partner unit

            

Weighted average number of limited partner units outstanding

            

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Partners LP

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

for the year ended December 31, 2011

 

     Predecessor
Historical
     Predecessor
Retained
Operations (a)
    Hi-Crush
Partners LP

Pro  Forma
    Offering
Adjustments
     Hi-Crush
Partners LP
Pro Forma,
As Adjusted
 
     (in thousands, except per unit data)  

Revenue

   $ 20,353       $      $ 20,353 (g)    $                    $                

Cost of goods sold (including depreciation and depletion)

     6,447                6,447 (g)      
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     13,906                13,906        

Operating costs and expenses

            

General and administrative

     2,324         (635     1,689 (h)      

Exploration expense

     381         (381            

Accretion of asset retirement obligation

     28                28 (g)      
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     11,173         (1,016     12,189        

Other expenses

            

Interest expense

     1,893         1,893               
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 9,280       $ (2,909   $ 12,189      $         $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Calculation of net income per limited partner unit:

            

Limited partners’ interest in net income

            

Net income per limited partner unit

            

Weighted average number of limited partner units outstanding

            

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Partners LP

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1—Basis of Presentation

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet of Hi-Crush Partners LP (the “Partnership”) as of March 31, 2012 is based on the unaudited historical consolidated balance sheet of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC (“predecessor”) and includes pro forma adjustments to give effect to the Contribution and the Offering as described below as if they occurred on March 31, 2012.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations of the Partnership are based on the unaudited historical consolidated statements of operations of the predecessor for the three month periods ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 and the audited historical consolidated statement of operations of the predecessor for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 and includes pro forma adjustments to give effect to the Contribution and the Offering as described below as if they occurred on January 1, 2011.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements give effect to the Contribution as follows:

 

   

The contribution by the predecessor of selected assets and related operations (the “Partnership Operations”) to the Partnership at the closing of the Offering;

 

   

The retention by the predecessor of certain assets, liabilities and operations not sold or contributed to the Partnership; and

 

   

The issuance by the Partnership of              common units (             common units if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase an additional              common units in full),             subordinated units and the incentive distribution rights and the right to receive cash and equity distributions to the predecessor in exchange for the contribution of the Partnership Operations.

Because the Partnership Operations are owned by the predecessor and the predecessor will control the Partnership, the contribution of the Partnership Operations to the Partnership has been accounted for as a combination of entities under common control, whereby the assets and liabilities sold and contributed and have been recognized based on the predecessor’s historical cost.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements give effect to the Offering to reflect the issuance and sale by the Partnership of              common units to the public in the initial public offering at an initial public offering price of $         per unit, resulting in gross proceeds to the Partnership of $         million, before deduction of estimated underwriting discounts and fees, a structuring fee and estimated offering expenses of $         million, and the application of the net proceeds from such issuance.

Note 2—Pro Forma Adjustments and Assumptions

Unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet

The Contribution

(a) Adjustments to reflect the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses that will be retained by the predecessor, and thus will not be contributed to the Partnership. The adjustment was based on the carrying value of specific assets and liabilities and the specific direct operating revenues and expenses attributable to the Partnership Operations. General and administrative expenses are allocated based on either the direct costs attributable to the Partnership Operations and the operations that will be retained by the predecessor or management’s estimates of the costs incurred by centralized departments in providing services to the Partnership Operations and the operations that will be retained by the predecessor, as applicable. In allocating the costs incurred by centralized departments, management’s estimates were based on separate evaluations of expenses by department for each period presented.

 

F-7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

(b) Reflects the Partnership Operations to be contributed to the Partnership by the predecessor. The net book value of the Partnership Operations is based on the historical carrying amounts of the Partnership Operations.

(c) To reflect the issuance by the Partnership of              common units,              subordinated units, incentive distribution rights and the right to receive cash and equity distributions to the predecessor as consideration for the contribution of the Partnership Operations.

The Offering

(d) To reflect gross cash proceeds of approximately $         million from the issuance and sale of              common units by the Partnership at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per unit.

(e) To record the use of the net proceeds from the Offering. For further discussion on the application of the net proceeds from the Offering, please read “Use of Proceeds.”

(f) To reflect underwriting discounts of $         million, a structuring fee of $         million and estimated offering expenses of $         million.

Unaudited pro forma statements of operations

The Contribution

(g) Reflects the revenues and direct operating expenses associated with the Partnership Operations based on the actual results of the Partnership Operations.

(h) To allocate general and administrative expenses related to the Partnership Operations. The allocation is based on the predecessor’s historical general and administrative expense, reflecting the direct costs attributable to the Partnership Operations and management’s estimates of the share of costs incurred by centralized departments in providing services to the Partnership Operations. In allocating the costs incurred by centralized departments, management’s estimates were based on separate evaluations of expenses by department for each period presented and activity of the operations.

Note 3—Pro Forma Net Income Per Limited Partner Unit

Pro forma net income per limited partner unit is determined by dividing the pro forma net income available to the limited partners by the number of common units and subordinated units expected to be outstanding following the Offering. For purposes of this calculation, management assumed the aggregate number of common units was                  and subordinated units was             . All units were assumed to have been outstanding since January 1, 2011. Basic and diluted pro forma net income per unit are equivalent because there will be no dilutive units at the date of the closing of the Offering.

 

F-8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HI-CRUSH PARTNERS LP

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Members of

Hi-Crush Partners LP

In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheet presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Hi-Crush Partners LP (the “Partnership”) at May 8, 2012, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Partnership’s management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Houston, Texas

May 11, 2012

 

F-9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Partners LP

BALANCE SHEET

May 8, 2012

 

Assets

  

Cash

   $   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $   
  

 

 

 

Partners’ capital

  

Limited partner’s capital

   $ 1,000   

General partner’s capital

     0   

Receivable from partners

     (1,000
  

 

 

 

Total partners’ capital

   $   
  

 

 

 

See accompanying note to balance sheet.

 

F-10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Partners LP

NOTE TO BALANCE SHEET

 

1. Organization and Operations

Hi-Crush Partners LP (the “Partnership”) is a Delaware limited partnership formed on May 8, 2012 to acquire selected sand reserves and related processing and transportation facilities of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC. In connection with its formation, the Partnership has issued (a) a non-economic general partner interest to Hi-Crush GP LLC, its general partner, and (b) a 100.0% limited partner interest to Hi-Crush Proppants LLC, its organizational limited partner.

The accompanying balance sheet reflects the financial position of the Partnership immediately subsequent to its initial capitalization. There have been no other transactions involving the Partnership as of May 11, 2012.

 

F-11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HI-CRUSH PROPPANTS LLC

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Members of

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, members’ equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2011 and period from October 28, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Houston, Texas

April 25, 2012

 

F-12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

Consolidated Balance Sheets

as of December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

         2011              2010      
     (In thousands)  

Assets

     

Current assets

     

Cash

   $ 11,054       $   

Restricted cash

     30           

Accounts receivable

     4,026           

Inventories

     2,374           

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     294           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     17,778           

Property, plant and equipment, net

     52,708         364   

Deferred charges, net

     1,743           

Other assets

             250   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 72,229       $ 614   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Members’ Equity

     

Current liabilities

     

Accounts payable

   $ 4,954       $ 304   

Accrued liabilities

     866           

Deferred revenue

     9,178           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     14,998         304   

Long-term debt

     46,112           

Asset retirement obligation, net

     832           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     61,942         304   

Commitments and contingencies

     

Members’ equity

     10,287         310   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and members’ equity

   $ 72,229       $ 614   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2011 and Period from

October 28, 2010 (Inception) to December 31, 2010

 

         2011              2010      
     (In thousands)  

Revenues

   $ 20,353       $   

Costs of goods sold (including depreciation and depletion)

     6,447           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     13,906           

Operating costs and expenses

     

General & administrative

     2,324         26   

Exploration expense

     381           

Accretion of asset retirement obligation

     28           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     11,173         (26

Other expenses

     

Interest expense

     1,893           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 9,280       $ (26
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

Consolidated Statements of Members’ Equity

Year Ended December 31, 2011 and Period from

October 28, 2010 (Inception) to December 31, 2010

 

     Members’ Equity
(Class A Units at
$1.00)
    Accumulated
Earnings
    Total  
     (In thousands, except per unit amounts)  

Balance at October 28, 2010 (Inception)

   $      $      $   

Contributions

     336               336   

Net loss

            (26     (26
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     336        (26     310   

Distributions

     (400            (400

Contributions

     1,097               1,097   

Net income

            9,280        9,280   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 1,033      $ 9,254      $ 10,287   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Year Ended December 31, 2011 and Period from

October 28, 2010 (Inception) to December 31, 2010

 

         2011             2010      
     (In thousands)  

Operating activities

    

Net income (loss)

   $ 9,280      $ (26

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

    

Depreciation and depletion

     449          

Deferred charges amortization

     154          

Accretion of asset retirement obligation

     28          

Non-cash interest

     2,421          

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

    

Accounts receivable

     (4,026       

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (294       

Inventories

     (2,374       

Accounts payable

     3,156        12   

Accrued liabilities

     816          

Deferred revenue

     9,178          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     18,788        (14
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

    

Capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment

     (50,169     (72

Restricted cash

     (30       

Other assets

            (250
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (50,199     (322
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

    

Proceeds from long term debt

     48,692          

Repayment of debt

     (5,000       

Loan origination costs

     (1,924       

Contributions received

     697        336   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     42,465        336   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash

     11,054          

Cash

    

Beginning of period

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of period

   $ 11,054      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Disclosure of cash flow information

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 45      $   

Non-cash investing and financing activities

    

Increase in accounts payable for additions to property, plant and equipment

   $ 1,494      $ 292   

Increase in accrued liabilities for additions to property, plant and equipment

     50          

Non-cash transfer from other assets to property, plant and equipment

     250          

Non-cash transfer from deferred charges to property, plant and equipment

     27          

Distribution to a related party

     (400       

Contribution from an affiliate

     400          

Increase in property, plant and equipment for asset retirement cost

     804          

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2011 and 2010

(Dollars in Thousands, unless otherwise noted)

1. Business and Organization

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC (the “Company”) is a Delaware limited liability company formed on October 28, 2010. The Company is governed by the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and is the sole member of Hi-Crush Operating LLC, Hi-Crush Wyeville LLC, Hi-Crush Chambers LLC, Hi-Crush Tomah LLC, Hi-Crush Railroad LLC and Hi-Crush Buffalo LLC. The financial statements for the Company and the related entities are presented on a consolidated basis and are referred to as (the “Company”) in the accompanying financial statements and footnotes. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The Company was formed by certain members of senior management and was wholly owned by Red Oak Capital Management LLC (“ROCM”) until April 1, 2011. In April 2011, ROCM transferred 50% of its interest to RER Legacy Investments LLC and 50 % to JMW Legacy Investments LLC. During the initial start-up period, ROCM contributed $400 by paying for costs related to the Company and that was treated as a non-cash contribution.

In April 2011, Blessed & Favored Investments LLC purchased Class A units in the Company and on August 25, 2011, the members of the Company sold Class A Units to ACP Hip Splitter L.P., ACP Hip Splitter (Offshore) L.P., LasRosas Capital LLC, RGW Interests LLC and John and Karen Huff, Tenants-in-Common.

Hi-Crush Proppants is engaged in the excavation and processing of raw frac sand for use in hydraulic fracturing operations for oil and natural gas wells. In 2011, the Company purchased land in Monroe County, Wisconsin for the purpose of excavating sand for sale into the oil and natural gas market. In July 2011, the Company completed the construction of the Wyeville Sand Processing Plant (“Wyeville Plant”), which was fully operational on July 21, 2011. The Wyeville Plant processes sand from the Company-owned reserves for use in the oil and natural gas industry as proppant.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of all cash balances and highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash relates to cash collateral in the form of a certificate of deposit as required by a certain letter of credit in the amount of $30 at December 31, 2011.

 

F-17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Accounts Receivable

Trade receivables relate to sales of commercial sand for which credit is extended based on the customer’s credit history and are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The Company regularly reviews the collectability of accounts receivable. When it is probable that all or part of an outstanding balance will not be collected, the Company establishes or adjusts an allowance as necessary using the specific identification method. Account balances are charged against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and potential recovery is considered remote. There were no reserves for uncollectible amounts as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist primarily of prepaid insurance and payments to landowners on exclusivity contracts where the Company acquires an exclusive option for a period of time to assess the land purchase. These contracts are for a period less than one year.

Deferred Charges

Costs related to debt financing have been capitalized and are being amortized using the straight-line method over the life of the debt. Amortization expense is included in interest expense and was $154 and $0 for December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The following is a summary of future amortization expense:

 

For the years ending December 31

  

2012

   $ 385   

2013

     385   

2014

     385   

2015

     385   

2016

     203   
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,743   
  

 

 

 

Inventories

The sand inventory consists of raw material (sand that has been excavated but not processed), work-in-progress (sand that has undergone some of the process but not all) and finished product (sand that has been processed and is ready for sale). The spare parts inventory consists of critical spares, materials and supplies. Detail reviews are performed related to the net realizable value of the spare parts inventory, giving consideration to quality, excessive levels, obsolescence and other factors.

The sand inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market using the average cost method. Costs applied to the inventory include direct excavation costs, processing costs, overhead allocation, depreciation and depletion. Stockpiles tonnages are calculated by measuring the number of tons added and removed from the stockpile. Costs are calculated on a per ton basis and are applied to the stockpiles based on the number of tons in the stockpile.

Spare parts inventory are accounted for on a first-in, first-out basis, at the lower cost or market.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Additions and improvements occurring through the normal course of business are capitalized at cost. When assets are retired or disposed, the cost and the accumulated depreciation and depletion are eliminated from the

 

F-18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in the income statement. Expenditures for normal repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred. Construction-in-progress is primarily composed of machinery and equipment which has not been placed in service.

Mine development costs include engineering, mineralogical studies, drilling and other related costs to develop the mine, the removal of overburden to initially expose the mineral and building access ways. Exploration costs are expensed as incurred and classified as exploration expense. Capitalization of mine development project costs begins once the deposit is classified as proven and probable reserves.

Drilling and related costs are capitalized for deposits where proven and probable reserves exist and the activities are directed at obtaining additional information on the deposit or converting non-reserve minerals to proven and probable reserves and the benefit is to be realized over a period greater than one year.

Mine development costs are amortized using the units-of-production (“UOP”) method on estimated measured tons in in-place reserves. The impact of revisions to reserve estimates is recognized on a prospective basis.

Capitalized costs incurred by the Company during the year for major improvement and capital projects that are not placed in service are recorded as construction-in-progress. Construction-in-progress is not depreciated until the related assets or improvements are ready to be placed in service. The Company capitalizes interest cost as part of the historical cost of constructing an asset and getting it ready for its intended use. These interest costs are included in the property, plant and equipment line in the balance sheet. Capitalized interest for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $756 and $0, respectively.

Fixed assets other than plant facilities and buildings associated with productive, depletable properties are carried at historical cost and are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, as follows:

 

Computer equipment

     3 Years   

Furniture and fixtures

     7 Years   

Vehicles

     5 Years   

Equipment

     5-15 Years   

Rail spurs

     39 Years   

Plant facilities and buildings associated with productive, depletable properties that contain frac sand reserves are carried at historical cost and are depreciated using the units-of-production method. Units-of-production rates are based on the amount of proved developed frac sand reserves that are estimated to be recoverable from existing facilities using current operating methods.

The Company was in a developmental stage from the date of formation until the Wyeville Plant was deemed to be operational on July 21, 2011.

Other Assets

Other assets consist of deposits paid for the acquisition of land and mineral rights.

Impairment of Long-lived Assets

Recoverability of investments in property, plant and equipment and mineral rights is evaluated periodically. Estimated future undiscounted net cash flows are calculated using estimates of proven and probable sand reserves, estimated future sales prices (considering historical and current prices, price trends and related factors) and operating costs and anticipated capital expenditures. Reductions in the carrying value of the Company’s investment are only recorded if the undiscounted cash flows are less than the Company’s book basis in its assets.

 

F-19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Impairment losses are recognized based on the extent that the remaining investment exceeds the fair value, which is determined based upon the estimated future discounted net cash flows to be generated by the property, plant and equipment and mineral rights.

Management’s estimates of prices, recoverable proven and probable reserves and operating and capital costs are subject to certain risks and uncertainties which may affect the recoverability of the Company’s investments in property, plant and equipment. Although management has made its best estimate of these factors based on current conditions, it is reasonably possible that changes could occur in the near term, which could adversely affect management’s estimate of the net cash flows expected to be generated from its operating property. No impairment charges were recorded during 2011 and in 2010.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized when legal title passes at the time of shipment to the customer, evidence of a contractual arrangement exists and collectability is reasonably assured. All sales are FOB plant and title passes as the product is loaded into rail cars. Amounts received from customers in advance of revenue recognition are recorded as deferred revenue.

During 2011, the Company sold its products primarily under long-term, take-or-pay supply agreements with two customers with initial terms expiring between 2014 and 2016. These agreements define, among other commitments, the volume of product that the Company must provide, the price that will be charged to the customer and the volume that the customer must purchase.

The Company invoices its customers as product is shipped, usually on a daily basis. The shipments are grouped by customer purchase order and destination and an invoice is generated for each customer/purchase order/destination. Standard terms are net 30 days, but these terms are sometimes extended.

Deferred Revenue

In January 2011, the Company received $16,500 in an advance payment from a customer for a certain volume of product to be delivered over a one year period starting in August 2011. Revenue is recognized as product is delivered and the deferred revenue is reduced. At December 31, 2011 and 2010 the balances of the deferred revenue was $9,178 and $0, respectively.

Asset Retirement Obligation

In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 410-20, Asset Retirement Obligations , the Company recognizes reclamation obligations when incurred and records them as liabilities at fair value. In addition, a corresponding increase in the carrying amount of the related asset is recorded and depreciated over such asset’s useful life. The reclamation liability is accreted to expense over the estimated productive life of the related asset and is subject to adjustments to reflect changes in value resulting from the passage of time and revisions to the estimates of either the timing or amount of the reclamation costs.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The amounts reported in the balance sheet as current assets or liabilities, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value due to the short-term maturities of these instruments. The fair value of the long-term debt outstanding under the Company’s credit agreement at December 31, 2011 was approximately $45,427, reflecting the application of current interest rates offered for debt with similar remaining terms and maturities.

 

F-20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Income taxes

The Company is a pass-through entity and is not considered a taxing entity for federal tax purposes and therefore there is not a provision for income taxes in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Company’s net income or loss is allocated to the members in accordance with the limited liability company agreement. The members are taxed individually on their share of the Company’s earnings. At December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company did not have any uncertain tax position liability or gross unrecognized tax benefit.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in US GAAP and IFRS , which clarifies Topic 820 and provides guidance on changes to certain principles or requirements for measuring fair value. The amendment is effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company does not believe that adoption of this guidance will have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income , which eliminates the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity and other reclassifications presented in the financial statements. The update is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Certain provisions of ASU 2011-05 have been amended by ASU No. 2011-12, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05, to effectively defer only those changes in ASU 2011-05 that relate to the presentation of reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The Company does not believe adoption of the guidance in these two updates will have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

3. Inventories

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, inventories consisted of the following:

 

         2011              2010      

Raw materials

   $       $   

Work-in-progress

     2,095           

Spare parts

     279           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,374       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

4. Property, Plant and Equipment

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:

 

         2011             2010      

Buildings

   $ 417      $   

Mining property and mine development

     8,939        288   

Plant and equipment

     27,539        33   

Rail and rail equipment

     5,232        43   

Construction-in-progress

     11,085          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     53,212        364   

Less: Accumulated depreciation and depletion

     (504       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 52,708      $ 364   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Depreciation and depletion expense for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 totaled $449 and $0, respectively, and such amounts are included in costs of sales on the consolidated statement of operations. In addition, $55 of depreciation expense is included in the work-in-progress sand inventory.

5. Accrued Liabilities

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, accrued liabilities consisted of the following:

 

         2011              2010      

Royalties

   $ 353       $   

Bonus and payroll

     342           

Other

     171           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 866       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

6. Long-Term Debt

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, long-term debt consisted of the following:

 

         2011              2010      

Promissory note agreement with related party due July 2016 in one balloon payment plus cash or paid-in-kind interest

   $ 46,112       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 46,112       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Credit Agreement

The Company entered into a $50,000 credit agreement under the conditions set forth under the promissory note dated May 25, 2011 (the “Promissory Note Agreement”) with related parties, ACP Hip Splitter, L.P. and ACP Hip Splitter (Offshore), L.P., due July 2016. On July 20, 2011, the Promissory Note Agreement was amended to allow additional participants and increased the facility to $52,167. The Promissory Note Agreement is for a term of 5 years and is collateralized by substantially all of the assets of the Company. As of December 31, 2011, $8,475 was undrawn and available.

Advances under the Promissory Note Agreement bear interest of 10% for cash interest or 12% for paid in kind (“PIK”) interest. Interest is calculated monthly. PIK interest increases the outstanding balance of the promissory note. At December 31, 2011, $2,421 had been recorded as PIK interest and is included in the promissory note balance.

In April 2011, the Company entered into a $5,000 Promissory Note, this note and the associated interest was extinguished on May 25, 2011 with proceeds from the $50,000 credit agreement.

Contractual maturities of the Company’s long-term debt at December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

For the years ending December 31

  

2012

   $   

2013

       

2014

       

2015

       

2016

     46,112   
  

 

 

 
   $ 46,112   
  

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

7. Related Party Transactions

On May 25, 2011, the Company entered into a Management Services Agreement (“Services Agreement”) with Red Oak Capital Management LLC (“Service Provider”). The Service Provider is owned by two members who are also equity members in the Company. The Services Agreement provides for certain management and administrative support services for a term of one year and that thereafter remains in place upon the same terms and conditions. Either party may terminate the agreement by delivering written notice within 90 days prior to the date of expiration of the initial term or any time after the expiration of the initial term, by delivering written notice 90 days prior to the desired date of termination. The Company reimburses the Service Provider 95% of the Service Provider’s actual costs limited to $850 per year. Total management services fees for 2011 and 2010 were $370 and $0, respectively, and are included in general and administrative costs. These amounts approximate the costs the Company would have incurred on a standalone basis.

The Company pays quarterly director fees to directors that may be members and/or holders of the Company debt. Total director fees incurred in 2011 and 2010 were $60 and $0, respectively, and are included in general and administrative costs.

8. Segment Reporting

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which discrete financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. As the company earns all of its revenues through the sale of frac sand excavated from and processed at a single facility, we have concluded that we have one operating segment for reporting purposes.

All of the company’s assets are located within the United States and all of its revenues are attributable to domestic customers.

9. Commitments and Contingencies

At December 31, 2011, the Company had approximately $4,300 of remaining contractual commitments for construction and acquisition of property and equipment in connection with the expansion of its Wyeville Plant, all of which are expected to be incurred in the first quarter of 2012.

On or before June 30, 2012, the Company has an obligation to purchase a tract of land in Monroe County for $6,250.

In 2011, the Company entered into take-or-pay contracts with its customers. These contracts have yearly volume commitments with terms varying from 3 to 5 years.

The Company has entered into royalty agreements where the Company is under a commitment to pay royalties on sand sold, delivered and paid for. Royalty expense is recorded as the sand is sold and the royalty payment is paid based on sand volumes sold, delivered and paid for by the customer. Royalty expense for 2011 and 2010 was $2,045 and $0, respectively, and is included in cost of goods sold.

From time to time the Company may be subject to various claims and legal proceedings which arise in the normal course of business. Management is not aware of any legal matters that are likely to have material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

10. Asset Retirement Obligation

Although the ultimate amount of reclamation and closure costs to be incurred is uncertain, the Company had a post closure reclamation and site restoration obligation of approximately $832 as of December 31, 2011. The Company did not own any land or property as of December 31, 2010, therefore the recording of an asset retirement obligation for 2010 was not needed.

 

F-23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following is a reconciliation of the total reclamation liability for asset retirement obligations:

 

Balances at December 31, 2010

   $   

Additions to liabilities

     804   

Accretion expense

     28   
  

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2011

   $ 832   
  

 

 

 

11. Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company is a producer of sand mainly used by the oil and natural gas industry for fracing wells. The Company’s business is, therefore, dependent upon economic activity within this market. Sales to two customers accounted for 100% of the Company’s revenue in 2011.

Throughout the year, the Company has cash balances in excess of federally insured amounts on deposit with financial institutions.

12. Subsequent Events

In March 2012, the Company borrowed the remaining $8,475 available under its credit agreement. As of March 31, 2012, the balance outstanding under the credit agreement was $55,973, and no further capacity was available.

During the first quarter of 2012, the Company commenced construction of a new facility in Augusta, WI. The Company executed contracts associated with this construction in the amount of $28,288. Construction is expected to be completed during 2012.

On April 6, 2012, the Company entered into a four-year $62,500 secured credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) with Amegy Bank, N.A. and a syndicate of other financial institutions (collectively, the “Lending Banks”). The Credit Facility consists of the following commitments on the part of the Lending Banks: (1) a $25,000 term loan (“Tranche A”), (2) a $30,000 term loan (“Tranche B”) and (3) a $7,500 revolving loan commitment. In addition, the Credit Facility includes sub-facilities providing for letters of credit and swing line borrowings of up to $2,500 each.

Borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest at a floating rate equal to, at our option, either (a) a base rate plus a range of 225 basis points to 325 basis points per annum or (b) a Eurodollar rate, which is based on one-month LIBOR, plus a range of 325 basis points to 425 basis points per annum. The base rate is established as the higher of (i) the U.S. prime rate last quoted by The Wall Street Journal, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 50 basis points or (iii) LIBOR plus 100 basis points. To the extent that the Company has not borrowed funds under the Tranche B term loan, any unused commitment under Tranche B will expire on December 31, 2012. The Revolving Credit Facility and the Tranche B term loan provides for a commitment fee of 0.5% on the unused portion.

The Credit Facility contains a number of covenants that restrict the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, acquire assets, create liens on assets, sell assets, make investments, and make distributions, among other things. In addition, the Company is required to comply with certain financial covenants, including a maximum effective leverage ratio of 2.75 to 1 prior to March 31, 2013 and 2.0 to 1 thereafter, a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.25 to 1, and limitations on capital expenditures.

As of April 6, 2012, the Company had $25,000 in outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility, at a rate of 4.23%, all of which was drawn under the Tranche A term loan commitment. The proceeds from the Tranche A loan are to be used for certain identified capital expenditures and to fund general operations. Repayment of

 

F-24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

outstanding principal under this borrowing are required to be made quarterly, on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 each year, based on a minimum of 5% of the borrowed original principal amount of the loan. In addition, if the Company’s leverage ratio is equal to or greater than 1.0 to 1, it will be required to make additional annual repayments of outstanding principal on May 15 of each year, from 25% to 50% of its excess cash flows, depending on its leverage ratio, all as defined in the terms of the Credit Facility. In the event the Company were to complete an equity issuance, a portion of the proceeds would be required to be used to repay all or a portion of any remaining outstanding principal. If not repaid earlier, the outstanding principal amount is required to be repaid by April 6, 2016.

The Company has performed an evaluation of subsequent events through April 25, 2012, which is the date that the financial statements were made available for issuance.

 

F-25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HI-CRUSH PROPPANTS LLC

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     March 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 
     (In thousands)  

Assets

     

Current assets

     

Cash

   $ 10,527       $ 11,054   

Restricted cash

     30         30   

Accounts receivable

     3,143         4,026   

Inventories

     1,493         2,374   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     472         294   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     15,665         17,778   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     72,994         52,708   

Deferred charges, net

     1,810         1,743   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 90,469       $ 72,229   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Members’ Equity

     

Current liabilities

     

Accounts payable

   $ 12,173       $ 4,954   

Accrued liabilities

     1,178         866   

Deferred revenue

     3,884         9,178   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     17,235         14,998   

Long-term debt

     55,973         46,112   

Asset retirement obligation, net

     838         832   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     74,046         61,942   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

     

Members’ equity

     16,423         10,287   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and members’ equity

   $ 90,469       $ 72,229   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2012              2011      
    

(In thousands

except per share)

 

Revenues

   $ 13,532       $   

Costs of goods sold (including depreciation and depletion)

     4,776           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross Profit

     8,756           

Operating costs and expenses

     

General and administrative

     1,487         174   

Exploration expense

     199           

Accretion of asset retirement obligation

     6           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     7,064         (174

Other expenses

     

Interest expense

     928           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 6,136       $ (174
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Operating activities

    

Net income (loss)

   $ 6,136      $ (174

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

    

Depreciation and depletion

     179          

Deferred charges amortization

     102          

Accretion of asset retirement obligation

     6          

Non-cash interest

     1,385          

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

    

Accounts receivable

     883          

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (177     (60

Inventories

     827          

Accounts payable

     (376     25   

Accrued liabilities

     312        26   

Deferred revenue

     (5,294     16,500   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     3,983        16,317   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

    

Capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment

     (12,815     (16,123

Restricted cash

            (30
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (12,815     (16,153
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

    

Proceeds from long term debt

     8,475          

Loan origination costs

     (170       

Contributions received

            10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     8,305        10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash

     (527     174   

Cash

    

Beginning of period

     11,054          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of period

   $ 10,527      $ 174   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities

    

Increase in accounts payable for additions to property, plant and equipment

   $ 7,595      $ 4,318   

Non-cash transfer from other assets to property, plant and equipment

            250   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(Dollars in thousands, except per ton amounts, or where otherwise noted)

Note 1. Business and Organization

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC (“the Company”) is a Delaware limited liability company formed on October 28, 2010. The Company is governed by the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and is the sole member of Hi-Crush Operating LLC, Hi-Crush Wyeville LLC, Hi-Crush Chambers LLC, Hi-Crush Tomah LLC, Hi-Crush Railroad LLC, Hi-Crush Buffalo LLC and Hi-Crush Augusta, which was formed in March 2012. The financial statements for the Company and the related entities are presented on a consolidated basis and are referred to as the Company in the accompanying condensed financial statements and footnotes. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Note 2. Basis of Presentation and Use of Estimates

The accompanying unaudited interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (“interim statements”) of Hi-Crush Proppants, LLC and its subsidiaries (collectively, “Hi-Crush” or the “Company”) have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X issued by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments and disclosures necessary for a fair presentation of these interim statements have been included. The results reported in these interim statements are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be reported for the entire year. These interim statements should be read in conjunction with Hi-Crush’s Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2011. The year-end balance sheet data was derived from the audited financial statements, but does not include all disclosures required by GAAP.

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized when legal title passes at the time of shipment to the customer, evidence of a contractual arrangement exists and collectability is reasonably assured. All sales are FOB plant and title passes as the product is loaded into rail cars. Amounts received from customers in advance of satisfying all revenue recognition criteria are recorded as deferred revenue.

The Company sells its products primarily under long-term, take-or-pay supply agreements with two customers with initial terms expiring between 2014 and 2016. These agreements define, among other commitments, the volume of product that the Company must provide, the price that will be charged to the customer and the volume that the customer must purchase.

Deferred Revenue

In January 2011 the Company received $16,500 in an advance payment from a customer for a certain volume of product to be delivered over a one-year period starting in July 2011. Revenue is recognized as product is delivered and the deferred revenue obligation is reduced. At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 the balance of the deferred revenue was $3,884 and $9,178, respectively.

 

F-29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The amounts reported in the balance sheet as current assets or liabilities, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value due to the short-term maturities of these instruments. The fair value of the long-term debt outstanding under the Company’s credit agreement at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 was approximately $54,836 and $45,427, respectively, reflecting the discounted cash flows and the application of current interest rates offered for debt with similar remaining terms and maturities. While certain of the inputs used in calculating this fair value measurement under a discounted cash flow model were observable, others were based upon unobservable inputs. As such, the measurement is categorized as a Level 3 measurement per the hierarchy within ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements. See Note 6—Long-Term Debt for information regarding changes in the carrying value of borrowings under the credit facility.

Income taxes

The Company is a pass-through entity and is not considered a taxing entity for federal tax purposes and therefore there is not a provision for income taxes in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Company’s net income or loss is allocated to the members in accordance with the limited liability company agreement. The members are taxed individually on their share of the Company’s earnings. At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company did not have any liabilities for uncertain tax positions or gross unrecognized tax benefit.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in US GAAP and IFRS, which clarifies Topic 820 and provides guidance on changes to certain principles or requirements for measuring fair value. The amendment is effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. We adopted this guidance as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Note 4. Inventories

At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, inventories consisted of the following:

 

     March 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

Raw materials

   $ 35       $   

Work-in-progress

     986         2,095   

Finished goods

     64           

Spare parts

     408         279   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,493       $ 2,374   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Note 5. Property, Plant and Equipment

At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:

 

     March 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Buildings

   $ 417      $ 417   

Mining property and mine development

     9,071        8,939   

Plant and equipment

     41,535        27,539   

Rail and rail equipment

     5,499        5,232   

Construction-in-progress

     17,101        11,085   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     73,623        53,212   

Less: Accumulated depreciation and depletion

     (629     (504
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 72,994      $ 52,708   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and depletion expense for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011 totaled $179 and $0, respectively, and is classified within cost of goods sold on the condensed consolidated statement of operations.

Note 6. Long-Term Debt

At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, long-term debt consisted of the following:

 

     March 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

Promissory note agreement with related party due July 2016 in one balloon payment plus cash or paid-in-kind interest

   $ 55,973       $ 46,112   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Credit Agreement

The Company entered into a $50,000 credit agreement under the conditions set forth under the promissory note dated May 25, 2011 (the “Promissory Note Agreement”) with related parties, ACP Hip Splitter, L.P. and ACP Hip Splitter (Offshore), L.P., due July 2016. On July 20, 2011, the Promissory Note Agreement was amended to allow additional participants and increased the facility to $52,167. The Promissory Note Agreement has a five-year term. In March 2012, the Company borrowed the remaining $8,475 available under the credit agreement, and as of March 31, 2012, no further capacity is available.

Advances under the Promissory Note Agreement bear interest of 10% for cash interest or 12% for paid in kind (“PIK”) interest. Interest is calculated monthly. PIK interest increases the outstanding balance of the promissory note. At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, $3,807 and $2,421, respectively, had been recorded as PIK interest and included in the promissory note balance.

Contractual maturities of the Company’s long-term debt at March 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

For the years ending December 31

  

2012

   $   

2013

       

2014

       

2015

       

2016

     55,973   
  

 

 

 
   $ 55,973   
  

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Note 7. Related Party Transactions

On May 25, 2011, the Company entered into a Management Services Agreement (“Services Agreement”) with Red Oak Capital Management LLC (“Service Provider”). The Service Provider is owned by two members who are also equity members in the Company. The Services Agreement provides for certain management and administrative support services for a term of one year and that thereafter remains in place upon the same terms and conditions. Either party may terminate the agreement by delivering written notice within 90 days prior to the date of expiration of the initial term or any time after the expiration of the initial term, by delivering written notice 90 days prior to the desired date of termination. The Company reimburses the Service Provider 95% of the Service Provider’s actual costs limited to $850 per year. Total management services fees for the three-month periods ending March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011 were $162 and $0, respectively, and are included in general and administrative costs.

The Company pays quarterly director fees to directors that may be members and/or holders of the Company debt. Total director fees for the three month periods ending March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011 were $25 and $0, respectively, and are included in general and administrative costs.

Note 8. Segment Reporting

As the company earns all of its revenues through the sale of frac sand excavated from and processed at a single facility, we have concluded that we have one operating segment for reporting purposes.

Note 9. Commitments and Contingencies

During the first quarter of 2102, the Company commenced construction of a new facility in Augusta, WI. In connection with this construction, the Company has executed contracts under which approximately $20,270 in remaining payments (as of March 31, 2012) will become due as the construction is completed, which is anticipated to occur during 2012.

On or before June 30, 2012, the Company has an obligation to purchase a tract of land in Monroe County for $6,250.

In 2011, the Company entered into take-or-pay contracts with its customers. These contracts have yearly volume commitments with terms varying from 3 to 5 years.

The Company has entered into royalty agreements where the Company is under a commitment to pay royalties on sand sold and paid for. Royalty expense is recorded as the sand is sold and the royalty payment is paid based on sand volumes sold and paid for by the customer. Royalty expense for the three month periods ending March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011 were $1,369 and $0, respectively, and is included in cost of goods sold.

From time to time the Company may be subject to various claims and legal proceedings which arise in the normal course of business. Management is not aware of any legal matters that are likely to have material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

F-32


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Note 10. Asset Retirement Obligation

Although the ultimate amount of reclamation and closure costs to be incurred is uncertain, the Company had a post closure reclamation and site restoration obligation of approximately $ 838 and $832, as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

The following is a reconciliation of the total reclamation liability for asset retirement obligations:

 

Balances at December 31, 2011

   $ 832   

Additions to liabilities

       

Accretion expense

     6   
  

 

 

 

Balances at March 31, 2012

   $ 838   
  

 

 

 

Note 11. Subsequent Events

On April 6, 2012, the Company entered into a four-year $62,500 secured credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) with Amegy Bank, N.A. and a syndicate of other financial institutions (collectively, the “Lending Banks”). The Credit Facility consists of the following commitments on the part of the Lending Banks: (1) a $25,000 term loan (“Tranche A”), (2) a $30,000 term loan (“Tranche B”) and (3) a $7,500 revolving loan commitment. In addition, the Credit Facility includes sub-facilities providing for letters of credit and swing line borrowings of up to $2,500 each.

Borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest at a floating rate equal to, at our option, either (a) a base rate plus a range of 225 basis points to 325 basis points per annum or (b) a Eurodollar rate, which is based on one-month LIBOR, plus a range of 325 basis points to 425 basis points per annum. The base rate is established as the higher of (i) the U.S. prime rate last quoted by The Wall Street Journal, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 50 basis points or (iii) LIBOR plus 100 basis points. To the extent that the Company has not borrowed funds under the Tranche B term loan, any unused commitment under Tranche B will expire on December 31, 2012. The Revolving Credit Facility and the Tranche B term loan provides for a commitment fee of 0.5% on the unused portion.

The Credit Facility contains a number of covenants that restrict the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, acquire assets, create liens on assets, sell assets, make investments, and make distributions, among other things. In addition, the Company is required to comply with certain financial covenants, including a maximum effective leverage ratio of 2.75 to 1 prior to March 31, 2013 and 2.0 to 1 thereafter, a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.25 to 1, and limitations on capital expenditures.

As of April 6, 2012, the Company had $25,000 in outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility, at a rate of 4.23%, all of which was drawn under the Tranche A term loan commitment. The proceeds from the Tranche A loan are to be used for certain identified capital expenditures and to fund general operations. Repayment of outstanding principal under this borrowing are required to be made quarterly, on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 each year, based on a minimum of 5% of the borrowed original principal amount of the loan. In addition, if the Company’s leverage ratio is equal to or greater than 1.0 to 1, it will be required to make additional annual repayments of outstanding principal on May 15 of each year, from 25% to 50% of its excess cash flows, depending on its leverage ratio, all as defined in the terms of the Credit Facility. In the event the Company were to complete an equity issuance, a portion of the proceeds would be required to be used to repay all or a portion of any remaining outstanding principal. If not repaid earlier, the outstanding principal amount is required to be repaid by April 6, 2016.

On May 10, 2012, the Company entered into a long-term, take-or-pay contract with a new customer, FTS International, LLC, a subsidiary of FTS International, Inc.

The Company has performed an evaluation of subsequent events through May 11, 2012, which is the date that the financial statements were made available for issuance.

 

F-33


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Appendix A

FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

HI-CRUSH PARTNERS LP

 

A-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Appendix B

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

adjusted operating surplus : Adjusted operating surplus is intended to reflect the cash generated from operations during a particular period and therefore excludes net increases in working capital borrowings and net drawdowns of reserves of cash generated in prior periods. Adjusted operating surplus consists of:

 

   

operating surplus generated with respect to that period (excluding any amounts attributable to the items described in the first bullet point under “—Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus—Operating Surplus” above); less

 

   

any net increase in working capital borrowings with respect to that period; less

 

   

any net decrease in cash reserves for operating expenditures with respect to that period not relating to an operating expenditure made with respect to that period; plus

 

   

any net decrease in working capital borrowings with respect to that period; plus

 

   

any net increase in cash reserves for operating expenditures with respect to that period required by any debt instrument for the repayment of principal, interest or premium; plus

 

   

any net decrease made in subsequent periods in cash reserves for operating expenditures initially established with respect to such period to the extent such decrease results in a reduction of adjusted operating surplus in subsequent periods pursuant to the third bullet point above.

API : American Petroleum Institute

BTU : British Thermal Unit

capital surplus : Any distribution of cash in excess of our operating surplus. Accordingly, capital surplus would generally be generated only by the following (which we refer to as “interim capital transactions”):

 

   

borrowings other than working capital borrowings;

 

   

sales of our equity and debt securities; and

 

   

sales or other dispositions of assets for cash, other than inventory, accounts receivable and other assets sold in the ordinary course of business or as part of normal retirement or replacement of assets.

ceramic proppant : An artificially manufactured proppant of consistent size and sphere shape that offers a high crush strength.

coarse grade sand : Sand of mesh size equal to or less than 70.

crush strength : Ability to withstand high pressures. Crush strength is measured according to the pounds per square inch of pressure that can be withstood before the proppant breaks down into finer granules.

distributable cash flow : Distributable cash flow is defined as EBITDA less cash paid for interest expense and maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, including accrual for reserve replacement, plus accretion of asset retirement obligations.

dry plant : Facility used to further process sand after it has been washed.

EBITDA : A non-GAAP supplemental financial measure defined as net income (loss) before net interest expense, income tax expense and depreciation and depletion expense.

 

B-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

expansion capital expenditures : Capital expenditures that we expect will increase our operating capacity over the long term.

frac sand : A proppant used in the completion and re-completion of unconventional oil and natural gas wells to stimulate and maintain oil and natural gas production through the process of hydraulic fracturing.

GAAP : Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

hydraulic fracturing : The process of pumping fluids, mixed with granular proppants, into a geological formation at pressures sufficient to create fractures in the hydrocarbon-bearing rock.

investment capital expenditures : Capital expenditures that are neither maintenance and replacement capital expenditures nor expansion capital expenditures.

maintenance and replacement capital expenditures : Capital expenditures required to maintain, over the long term, the operating capacity of our capital assets. Examples of maintenance and replacement capital expenditures include expenditures associated with the replacement of equipment and sand reserves, to the extent such expenditures are made to maintain our long-term operating capacity .

mesh size : Measurement of the size of a grain of sand indicating it will pass through a sieve of a certain size.

monocrystalline : Consisting of a single crystal rather than multiple crystals bonded together (polycrystalline). Monocrystalline frac sand typically exhibits higher crush strength than polycrystalline sand, as these structures are more prone to breaking down under high pressures than a single crystal.

Northern White sand : A monocrystalline sand with greater sphericity and roundness enabling higher crush strengths and conductivity.

operating expenditures : Generally means all of our cash expenditures, including, but not limited to, taxes, reimbursement of expenses to our general partner or its affiliates, payments made under interest rate hedge agreements or commodity hedge agreements (provided that (1) with respect to amounts paid in connection with the initial purchase of an interest rate hedge contract or a commodity hedge contract, such amounts will be amortized over the life of the applicable interest rate hedge contract or commodity hedge contract and (2) payments made in connection with the termination of any interest rate hedge contract or commodity hedge contract prior to the expiration of its stipulated settlement or termination date will be included in operating expenditures in equal quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of such interest rate hedge contract or commodity hedge contract), officer compensation, repayment of working capital borrowings, debt service payments and estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures (as discussed in further detail below), provided that operating expenditures will not include:

 

   

repayment of working capital borrowings deducted from operating surplus pursuant to the penultimate bullet point of the definition of operating surplus above when such repayment actually occurs;

 

   

payments (including prepayments and prepayment penalties and the purchase price of indebtedness that is repurchased and cancelled) of principal of and premium on indebtedness, other than working capital borrowings;

 

   

expansion capital expenditures;

 

   

actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures (as discussed in further detail below);

 

   

investment capital expenditures;

 

B-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

payment of transaction expenses relating to interim capital transactions;

 

   

distributions to our partners (including distributions in respect of our incentive distribution rights); or

 

   

repurchases of equity interests except to fund obligations under employee benefit plans.

operating surplus : We define operating surplus as:

 

   

$         million (as described below); plus

 

   

all of our cash receipts after the closing of this offering, excluding cash from interim capital transactions (as defined below); plus

 

   

working capital borrowings made after the end of a period but on or before the date of determination of operating surplus for the period; plus

 

   

cash distributions paid in respect of equity issued (including incremental distributions on incentive distribution rights), other than equity issued on the closing date of this offering, to finance all or a portion of expansion capital expenditures in respect of the period from such financing until the earlier to occur of the date the capital asset commences commercial service and the date that it is abandoned or disposed of; plus

 

   

cash distributions paid in respect of equity issued (including incremental distributions on incentive distribution rights) to pay the construction period interest on debt incurred, or to pay construction period distributions on equity issued, to finance the expansion capital expenditures referred to above, in each case, in respect of the period from such financing until the earlier to occur of the date the capital asset is placed in service and the date that it is abandoned or disposed of; less

 

   

all of our operating expenditures (as defined below) after the closing of this offering; less

 

   

the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner to provide funds for future operating expenditures; less

 

   

all working capital borrowings not repaid within twelve months after having been incurred, or repaid within such twelve-month period with the proceeds of additional working capital borrowings; less

 

   

any loss realized on disposition of an investment capital expenditure.

overburden : The material that lies above an area of economic interest.

proppant : A sized particle mixed with fracturing fluid to hold fractures open after a hydraulic fracturing treatment.

proven reserves : Quantity of sand estimated with reasonable certainty, from the analysis of geologic and engineering data, to be recoverable from well-established or known reservoirs with the existing equipment and under the existing operating conditions.

reserves : Sand that can be economically extracted or produced at the time of determination based on relevant legal, economic and technical considerations.

resin-coated sand : Raw sand that is coated with a flexible resin that increases the sand’s crush strength and prevents crushed sand from dispersing throughout the fracture.

roundness : A measure of how round the curvatures of an object are. The opposite of round is angular. It is possible for an object to be round but not spherical (e.g. an egg-shaped particle is round, but not spherical). When used to describe proppant, roundness is a reference to having a curved shape which promotes hydrocarbon flow, as the curvature creates a space through which the hydrocarbons can flow.

silica : A chemically resistant dioxide of silicon that occurs in crystalline, amorphous and cryptocrystalline forms.

sphericity : A measure of how well an object is formed in a shape where all points are equidistant from the center. The more spherical a proppant, the more highly it is desired relative to non-spherical proppant, as the gaps created by it are typically the largest and this promotes maximum hydrocarbon flow.

 

B-3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

subordination period : The subordination period will begin on the closing date of this offering and expire on the first business day after the distribution to unitholders in respect of any quarter, beginning with the quarter ending                     , 2015, if each of the following has occurred:

 

   

distributions from operating surplus on each of the outstanding common and subordinated units equaled or exceeded the minimum quarterly distribution for each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date;

 

   

the “adjusted operating surplus” (as defined below) generated during each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date equaled or exceeded the sum of the minimum quarterly distribution on all of the outstanding common and subordinated units during those periods on a fully diluted weighted average basis; and

 

   

there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the subordination period will automatically terminate, and all of the subordinated units will convert into common units on a one-for-one basis, on the first business day after the distribution to unitholders in respect of any quarter, beginning with the quarter ending                     , 2013, if each of the following has occurred:

 

   

distributions from operating surplus exceeded $         (150.0% of the annualized minimum quarterly distribution) on all outstanding common units and subordinated units, plus the related distributions on the incentive distribution rights for a four-quarter period immediately preceding that date;

 

   

the “adjusted operating surplus” (as defined below) generated during the four-quarter period immediately preceding that date equaled or exceeded the sum of $         (150.0% of the annualized minimum quarterly distribution) on all of the outstanding common and subordinated units during that period on a fully diluted weighted average basis, plus the related distribution on the incentive distribution rights; and

 

   

there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distributions on the common units.

In addition, if the unitholders remove our general partner other than for cause:

 

   

the subordinated units held by any person will immediately and automatically convert into common units on a one-for-one basis, provided (1) neither such person nor any of its affiliates voted any of its units in favor of the removal and (2) such person is not an affiliate of the successor general partner; and

 

   

if all of the subordinated units convert pursuant to the foregoing, all cumulative common unit arrearages on the common units will be extinguished and the subordination period will end.

turbidity : Measurement of the level of contaminants, such as silt and clay, in a sample.

wet plant : Facility used to wash raw frac sand to remove fine impurities such as clay and organic particles.

 

B-4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LOGO

Hi-Crush Partners LP

 

Common Units

Representing Limited Partner Interests

 

 

Prospectus

                    , 2012

 

 

Barclays

Morgan Stanley

Through and including                     , 2012 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common units, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PART II

INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT

 

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

Set forth below are the expenses (other than underwriting discounts) expected to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities registered hereby. With the exception of the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the New York Stock Exchange listing fee the amounts set forth below are estimates.

 

SEC registration fee

   $  *   

FINRA filing fee

     25,500   

Printing and engraving expenses

     *   

Fees and expenses of legal counsel

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     *   

New York Stock Exchange listing fee

     *   

Miscellaneous

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

     *   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be completed by amendment

 

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND MEMBERS OF OUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS.

Subject to any terms, conditions or restrictions set forth in the partnership agreement, Section 17-108 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act empowers a Delaware limited partnership to indemnify and hold harmless any partner or other persons from and against all claims and demands whatsoever. The section of the prospectus entitled “The Partnership Agreement—Indemnification” discloses that we will generally indemnify officers, directors and affiliates of the general partner to the fullest extent permitted by the law against all losses, claims, damages or similar events and is incorporated herein by this reference.

Our general partner will purchase insurance covering its officers and directors against liabilities asserted and expenses incurred in connection with their activities as officers and directors of the general partner or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries.

Our general partner will enter into indemnification agreements (each, an “Indemnification Agreement”) with each of its officers and directors (each, an “Indemnitee”). Each Indemnification Agreement provides that our general partner will indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnitee against all expense, liability and loss (including attorney’s fees, judgments, fines or penalties and amounts to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by the Indemnitee in connection with serving in their capacity as officers and directors of our general partner (or of any subsidiary of our general partner) or in any capacity at the request of our general partner or its board of directors to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, including Section 18-108 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act in effect on the date of the agreement or as such laws may be amended to provide more advantageous rights to the Indemnitee. The Indemnification Agreement also provides that the general partner must advance payment of certain expenses to the Indemnitee, including fees of counsel, in advance of final disposition of any proceeding subject to receipt of an undertaking from the Indemnitee to return such advance if it is ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification.

The underwriting agreement to be entered into in connection with the sale of the securities offered pursuant to this registration statement, the form of which will be filed as an exhibit to this registration statement, provides for indemnification of Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and our general partner, their officers and directors, and any person who controls Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and our general partner, including indemnification for liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

II-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

On May 8, 2012, in connection with the formation of Hi-Crush Partners LP, we issued (i) the non-economic general partner interest in us to Hi-Crush GP LLC and (ii) the 100.0% limited partner interest in us to Hi-Crush Proppants LLC for $1,000.00. The issuance was exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. There have been no other sales of unregistered securities within the past three years.

 

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS.

See the Index to Exhibits on the page immediately preceding the exhibits for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form S-1, which Index to Exhibits is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(1) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(2) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(3) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(4) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

The undersigned registrant undertakes to send to each common unitholder, at least on an annual basis, a detailed statement of any transactions registrant or its subsidiaries, and of fees, commissions, compensation and other benefits paid, or accrued to registrant or its subsidiaries for the fiscal year completed, showing the amount paid or accrued to each recipient and the services performed.

The registrant undertakes to provide to the common unitholders the financial statements required by Form 10-K for the first full fiscal year of operations of the registrant.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas, on,                     , 2012.

 

Hi-Crush Partners LP

By:

 

Hi-Crush GP LLC, its general partner

By:

 

 

Its:

 

 

Each person whose signature appears below appoints                      and                      , and each of them, any of whom may act without the joinder of the other, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and re-substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and any Registration Statement (including any amendment thereto) for this offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or would do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them of their or his substitute and substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

 

  

Co-Chief Executive Officer

(Co-Principal Executive Officer)

                      , 2012
Robert E. Rasmus     

 

  

Co-Chief Executive Officer

(Co-Principal Executive Officer)

                      , 2012
James M. Whipkey     

 

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer)

                      , 2012
Laura C. Fulton     

 

                         , 2012

 

                         , 2012

 

                         , 2012

 

II-4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit
Number

             

Description

  1.1       **      Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1       ***      Certificate of Limited Partnership of Hi-Crush Partners LP
  3.2       **      Form of Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Hi-Crush Partners LP (included as Appendix A in the prospectus included in this Registration Statement)
  4.1       **      Form of Registration Rights Agreement
  5.1       **      Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. as to the legality of the securities being registered
  8.1       **      Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. relating to tax matters
  10.1       **      Form of Contribution Agreement
  10.2       **      Form of Omnibus Agreement
  10.3       **      Form of Hi-Crush Partners LP Long-Term Incentive Plan
  10.4       **      Form of Credit Agreement
  10.5       *      Employment Agreement, dated May 25, 2011, between Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and Robert E. Rasmus
  10.6       *      Employment Agreement, dated May 25, 2011, between Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and James M. Whipkey
  10.7       *      Employment Agreement, dated May 25, 2011, between Hi-Crush Proppants LLC and Jefferies V. Alston, III
  10.8       **      Directors’ Compensation Summary
  21.1       **      List of Subsidiaries of Hi-Crush Partners LP
  23.1       **      Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  23.2       **      Consent of John T. Boyd Company
  23.2       **      Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
  23.3       **      Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in Exhibit 8.1)
  24.1       **      Powers of Attorney (contained on page II-4)

 

* Provided herewith.
** To be provided by amendment.
*** Previously provided.

 

II-5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Exhibit 10.5

Execution Copy

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is made as of May 25, 2011 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Hi-Crush Proppants, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and Robert E. Rasmus (“ Executive ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive on the terms and conditions, and for the consideration, hereinafter set forth and Executive desires to be employed by the Company on such terms and conditions and for such consideration;

NOW, THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and obligations contained herein, the Company and Executive agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

In addition to the terms defined in the body of this Agreement, for purposes of this Agreement, the following capitalized words shall have the meanings indicated below:

1.1 Board ” shall mean the Board of Managers of the Company.

1.2 Cause ” shall mean Executive’s: (i) conviction of, or entry of a guilty plea or plea of no contest with respect to, a felony or any other crime directly or indirectly involving Executive’s lack of honesty or moral turpitude; (ii) drug or alcohol abuse for which Executive fails to undertake and maintain treatment within five calendar days after requested by the Company; (iii) acts of fraud, embezzlement, theft, dishonesty or gross misconduct; (iv) material misappropriation (or attempted misappropriation) of any of the Company’s funds or property; or (v) a breach of the Executive’s obligations under Section 2.2 hereunder, as determined by a majority of the Board, which such majority shall include at least one Class A Member (as defined in the LLC Agreement). If capable of cure, then with respect to items (iii), (iv), and (v), Executive shall have 30 days to cure the situation following receipt of written notice of the specific circumstance(s) constituting Cause. For the avoidance of doubt, Cause shall not exist hereunder unless and until the expiration of the 30-day cure period, if applicable, following receipt by the Executive of the Company’s written notice of a Cause event and Executive shall not have cured such circumstances, and in such case Executive’s employment shall terminate for Cause on the day following expiration of such 30-day cure period.

1.3 Good Reason ” shall mean, without Executive’s consent, (i) the Company materially breached its obligations under this Agreement; (ii) any material diminution of the duties of the Executive; (iii) a reduction in Executive’s base salary, other than pursuant to a proportionate reduction applicable to all senior executives or employees generally and the members of the Board, to the extent such Board members receives Board fees; or (iv) the relocation of the geographic location of Executive’s principal place of employment by more than 50 miles from the location of Executive’s principal place of employment as of the Effective Date. With respect to this provision, the Company shall have 30 days to cure the situation following receipt of written notice of the specific circumstance(s) constituting Good Reason,


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

which such notice must be provided by Executive within fifteen (15) days after the initial existence of the event giving rise to Good Reason. For the avoidance of doubt, Good Reason shall not exist hereunder unless and until the 30-day cure period following receipt by the Company of Executive’s written notice expires and the Company shall not have cured such circumstances, and in such case Executive’s employment shall terminate for Good Reason on the day following expiration of such 30-day cure period.

1.4 Closing ” means the closing of the transactions provided for in the Purchase Agreement.

1.5 Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.6 Date of Termination ” shall mean the date Executive’s employment with the Company is considered to have terminated pursuant to Section 3.4.

1.7 LLC Agreement ” shall mean the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of even date hereof.

1.8 Purchase Agreement ” shall mean the Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of even date hereof, among ACP HIP Splitter, L.P., ACP HIP Splitter (Offshore), L.P., RER Legacy Investments LLC, JMW Legacy Investments LLC, Blessed & Favored Investments, LLC and the Company.

1.9 Section 409A Payment Date ” shall mean the earlier of (a) the date of Executive’s death or (b) the date that is six months after the date of termination of Executive’s employment with the Company.

ARTICLE II

EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES

2.1 Employment; Effective Date . The Company agrees to employ Executive, and Executive agrees to be employed by the Company, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement beginning as of the Effective Date and continuing for the period of time set forth in Article III of this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

2.2 Positions . From and after the Effective Date, the Company shall employ Executive in the position of Co-President and Chief Executive Officer, reporting directly to Chairman of the Board, and such additional duties as the Board may reasonably designate from time to time. Executive agrees to perform in good faith the duties and services appertaining to such position. Executive’s employment shall also be subject to the policies maintained and established by the Company, as such policies may be amended from time to time with reasonable notice to Executive. Executive acknowledges that he owes the same fiduciary duties to the Company that an officer of a Delaware corporation owes to such corporation under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

2.3 Other Interests . Executive agrees, during the period of Executive’s employment by the Company, to devote substantially all of his business time and efforts of the Company and its subsidiaries. The parties acknowledge and agree that Executive may (a) engage in and manage Executive’s passive personal investments and (b) engage in charitable and civic activities; provided, however, that such activities shall be permitted so long as such activities do not conflict with the business and affairs of the Company or materially interfere with Executive’s performance of Executive’s duties hereunder.

ARTICLE III

TERM AND TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

3.1 Term . Unless sooner terminated pursuant to other provisions hereof, the Company agrees to employ Executive for the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the first anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Initial Expiration Date ”); provided, however, that beginning on the Initial Expiration Date, and on each anniversary of the Initial Expiration Date thereafter, if Executive’s employment under this Agreement has not been terminated pursuant to Section 3.2 or 3.3, then said term of employment shall automatically be extended for an additional one-year period unless, on or before the date that is 60 days prior to the first day of any such extension period, either party gives written notice to the other that no such automatic extension shall occur, in which case the term of employment shall terminate as of the Initial Expiration Date or the anniversary of the Initial Expiration Date immediately following the giving of such notice, as applicable.

3.2 Company’s Right to Terminate . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.1, the Company may terminate Executive’s employment under this Agreement at any time for any of the following reasons:

(a) upon Executive’s becoming incapacitated by accident, sickness or other circumstance which renders him mentally or physically incapable of performing the duties and services required of him hereunder on a full-time basis for a period of at least 120 consecutive days or for a period of 180 days during any 12-month period; or

(b) Executive’s death; or

(c) for Cause; or

(d) for any other reason whatsoever or for no reason at all, in the sole discretion of the Company.

3.3 Executive’s Right to Terminate . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.1, Executive shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment under this Agreement for any of the following reasons:

(a) for Good Reason; or

(b) for any reason whatsoever or for no reason at all, in the sole discretion of Executive, by providing the Company with a notice of termination.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In the case of a termination of employment by Executive pursuant to this Section 3.3, the Date of Termination specified in the notice of termination shall not be less than 15 nor more than 60 days, respectively, from the date such notice is given, and the Company may require a Date of Termination earlier than that specified in the notice (and, if such earlier Date of Termination is so required, it shall not change the basis for Executive’s termination nor be construed or interpreted as a termination of employment pursuant to Section 3.1 or Section 3.2).

3.4 Deemed Resignations . Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Company and Executive prior to the termination of Executive’s employment, any termination of Executive’s employment shall (a) constitute an automatic resignation of Executive as an officer of the Company and each affiliate of the Company (if applicable), and (b) be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.18 and 5.3 of the LLC Agreement.

3.5 Meaning of Termination of Employment . For all purposes of this Agreement, Executive shall be considered to have terminated employment with the Company when Executive incurs a “separation from service” with the Company within the meaning of section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code and applicable administrative guidance issued thereunder.

3.6 No Termination . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, (a) Executive’s employment with the Company shall not be terminated by the Company (other than for Cause) prior to the earlier of the Closing and January 30, 2012, and (b) Executive and the Company acknowledge that money damages would not be sufficient remedy for any breach of this Section 3.6 by the Company, and Executive shall be entitled to seek to enforce the provisions of this Section 3.6 by obtaining specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for such breach or any threatened breach. Such remedies shall not be deemed the exclusive remedies for a breach of this Section 3.6 but shall be in addition to all remedies available at law or in equity, including the recovery of damages from the Company.

ARTICLE IV

COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

4.1 Base Salary . During the term of this Agreement, Executive shall receive an annualized base salary of $75,000 (the “ Base Salary ”). Executive’s Base Salary shall be paid in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s policy as exists from time to time regarding payment of compensation to similarly situated employees but no less frequently than monthly.

4.2 Bonuses . Executive shall be eligible for discretionary bonuses that may be awarded by the Company from time to time, it being understood that the Board shall have sole discretion to determine whether a bonus shall be awarded, the criteria for any bonus and the amount of any bonus. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to pay any bonus with respect to, or earned in, a given calendar year on or before March 31 of the following calendar year (and in no event shall a bonus be paid after April 30 of the following calendar year); provided, however, that Executive will be entitled to receive payment of a bonus only if Executive is employed by the Company on such date of payment.

4.3 Other Benefits . During Executive’s employment hereunder, Executive shall be eligible to participate in benefit plans and programs of the Company, including improvements or modifications of the same, which are now, or may hereafter be, available to similarly situated


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

employees of the Company. The Company shall not, however, by reason of this Section 4.3, be obligated to institute, maintain, or refrain from changing, amending, or discontinuing, any such benefit plan or program, so long as such changes are similarly applicable to similarly situated employees generally.

4.4 Expenses . The Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable business expenses incurred by Executive in performing services hereunder; provided that such expenses are incurred and accounted for in accordance with the policies and procedures established by the Company. Any such reimbursement of expenses shall be made by the Company upon or as soon as practicable following receipt of supporting documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Company (but in any event not later than the close of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense is incurred by Executive); provided, however, that, upon Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, in no event shall any additional reimbursement be made prior to the Section 409A Payment Date to the extent such payment delay is required under section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code. In no event shall the Company pay any reimbursement to which Executive is entitled after the later of (a) the first anniversary of the date of Executive’s death or (b) the date that is one year after the date of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company.

4.5 Vacation . During Executive’s employment hereunder, Executive shall be entitled to up to twenty (20) days paid vacation each calendar year, to be accrued, scheduled and taken in accordance with the Company’s standard vacation policy, as may be amended from time to time. Vacation time must be used in the calendar year in which it was awarded; any vacation time that is unused in one calendar year will not roll over to the following calendar year.

ARTICLE V

PROTECTION OF INFORMATION

5.1 Disclosure to and Property of the Company . For purposes of this Article V, the term “the Company” shall include the Company and any of its affiliates, and any reference to “employment” or similar terms shall include a director and/or consulting relationship. All non-public information, trade secrets, designs, ideas, concepts, improvements, product developments, discoveries and inventions, whether patentable or not, that are conceived, made, developed, disclosed to or acquired by Executive, individually or in conjunction with others, during the period of Executive’s employment by the Company (whether during business hours or otherwise and whether on the Company’s premises or otherwise) that relate to the Company’s or any of its affiliates’ businesses, trade secrets, products or services (including, without limitation, all such information relating to corporate opportunities, strategies, business plans, product specifications, compositions, manufacturing and distribution methods and processes, research, financial and sales data, pricing terms, evaluations, opinions, interpretations, acquisition prospects, the identity of customers or their requirements, the identity of key contacts within the customer’s organizations or within the organization of acquisition prospects, or production, marketing and merchandising techniques, prospective names and marks) and all writings or materials of any type embodying any of such information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, inventions and other similar forms of expression (collectively, “ Confidential Information ”) are and shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company or its affiliates, as applicable. Moreover, all documents, videotapes, presentations, brochures, drawings, memoranda, notes, records, files,


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

correspondence, manuals, models, specifications, computer programs, E-mail, voice mail, electronic databases, maps, drawings, architectural renditions, models and all other writings or materials of any type embodying any of such information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, inventions and other similar forms of expression (collectively, “ Work Product ”) are and shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company (or its affiliates). Executive agrees to perform all actions reasonably requested by the Company or its affiliates to establish and confirm such exclusive ownership. Upon termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, for any reason, Executive promptly shall deliver all Confidential Information and Work Product, and all copies thereof, to the Company.

5.2 No Unauthorized Use or Disclosure . Executive agrees to preserve and protect the confidentiality of all Confidential Information of the Company and its affiliates. Executive agrees that Executive will not, at any time during or after Executive’s employment with the Company, make any unauthorized disclosure of, and Executive shall not remove from the Company premises, Confidential Information or Work Product of the Company or its affiliates or make any use thereof, except, in each case, in the carrying out of Executive’s responsibilities hereunder. Executive shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all persons or entities to whom Confidential Information shall be disclosed by Executive hereunder to preserve and protect the confidentiality of such Confidential Information. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Executive shall have no obligation hereunder to keep confidential any Confidential Information if and to the extent disclosure thereof is specifically required by law; provided, however , that in the event disclosure is required by applicable law, Executive shall, to the extent practicable without violating applicable law, provide the Company with prompt notice of such requirement prior to making any such disclosure, so that the Company may, at its expense, seek an appropriate protective order. At the request of the Company at any time, to the extent practicable without violating applicable law, Executive agrees to deliver to the Company all Confidential Information that Executive may possess or control. Executive agrees that all Confidential Information of the Company (whether now or hereafter existing) conceived, discovered or made by Executive during the period of Executive’s employment by the Company exclusively belongs to the Company (and not to Executive), and upon request by the Company for specified Confidential Information, Executive will promptly disclose such Confidential Information to the Company and perform all actions reasonably requested by the Company to establish and confirm such exclusive ownership. Affiliates of the Company shall be third party beneficiaries of Executive’s obligations under this Article V. As a result of Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive may also from time to time have access to, or knowledge of, Confidential Information of third parties, such as customers, suppliers, partners, joint venturers, and the like, of the Company and its affiliates. Executive also agrees to preserve and protect the confidentiality of such third party Confidential Information.

5.3 Ownership by the Company . If, during Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive creates any work of authorship fixed in any tangible medium of expression that is the subject matter of copyright (such as videotapes, written presentations, or acquisitions, computer programs, E-mail, voice mail, electronic databases, drawings, maps, architectural renditions, models, manuals, brochures, or the like) relating to the Company’s business, products, or services, whether such work is created solely by Executive or jointly with others (whether during business hours or otherwise, whether patentable or not and whether on the


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Company’s premises or otherwise), including any Work Product, the Company shall be deemed the author of such work if the work is prepared by Executive in the scope of Executive’s employment; or, if the work relating to the Company’s business, products, or services is not prepared by Executive within the scope of Executive’s employment but is specially ordered by the Company as a contribution to a collective work, as a part of a motion picture or other audiovisual work, as a translation, as a supplementary work, as a compilation, or as an instructional text, then the work shall be considered to be work made for hire and the Company shall be the author of the work. If the work relating to the Company’s business, products, or services is neither prepared by Executive within the scope of Executive’s employment nor a work specially ordered that is deemed to be a work made for hire during Executive’s employment by the Company, then Executive hereby agrees to assign, and by these presents does assign, to the Company all of Executive’s worldwide right, title, and interest in and to such work and all rights of copyright therein.

5.4 Assistance by Executive . During the period of Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive shall assist the Company and its nominee, at any reasonable time and at the Company’s expense, in the protection of the Company’s or its affiliates’ worldwide right, title and interest in and to Confidential Information and Work Product and the execution of all formal assignment documents requested by the Company or its nominee(s) and the execution of all lawful oaths and applications for patents and registration of copyright in the United States and foreign countries. After Executive’s employment with the Company terminates, at the reasonable request from time to time and expense of the Company or its affiliates, Executive shall assist the Company or its nominee(s) in the protection of the Company’s or its affiliates’ worldwide right, title and interest in and to Confidential Information and Work Product and the execution of all formal assignment documents requested by the Company or its nominee and the execution of all lawful oaths and applications for patents and registration of copyright in the United States and foreign countries.

5.5 Remedies . Executive acknowledges that money damages would not be a sufficient remedy for any breach of this Article V by Executive, and the Company or its affiliates shall be entitled to seek to enforce the provisions of this Article V by specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for such breach or any threatened breach as provided in Section 9.11. Such remedies shall not be deemed the exclusive remedies for a breach of this Article V but shall be in addition to all remedies available at law or in equity, including the recovery of damages from Executive. However, if it is determined that Executive has not committed a breach of this Article V, then the Company shall resume the payments and benefits due under this Agreement and pay to Executive and Executive’s spouse, if applicable, all payments and benefits that had been suspended pending such determination.

ARTICLE VI

EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT ON COMPENSATION

6.1 Effect of Termination of Employment on Compensation .

(a) If Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate at the expiration of the term provided in Section 3.1, for any reason described in Section 3.2(a), 3.2(b), or 3.2(c) or pursuant to Executive’s resignation for any reason other than Good Reason, then


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

all compensation and all benefits to Executive hereunder shall terminate contemporaneously with such termination of employment, except that Executive shall be entitled to (i) payment of all accrued and unpaid Base Salary to the Date of Termination, (ii) reimbursement for all incurred but unreimbursed expenses for which Executive is entitled to reimbursement in accordance with Section 4, and (iii) benefits to which Executive is entitled under the terms of any applicable benefit plan or program.

(b) If Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate: (1) by action of the Company pursuant to Section 3.2(d) (which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include those reasons set forth in Sections 3.2(a), 3.2(b) or 3.2(c) or due to the Company’s non-renewal of this Agreement); or (2) due to Executive’s resignation for Good Reason pursuant to Section 3.3(a), then all compensation and benefits to Executive hereunder shall terminate contemporaneously with such termination of employment, except that (i) Executive shall be entitled to receive the compensation and benefits described in clauses (i) through (iii) of Section 6.1(a) above; and (ii) if, on the Date of Termination, the Company does not have a right to terminate Executive’s employment for Cause under Section 3.2(c) or under Section 3.2(a) or 3.2(b), and subject to Executive’s delivery, within 21 days after the Date of Termination, and non-revocation in the time provided to do so, of an executed release in a form attached as Exhibit A (the “ Release ”), the Company shall pay to Executive an additional amount (but no other additional compensation or benefits after such termination) equal to twelve (12) times the monthly rate of Executive’s Base Salary as of the Date of Termination, which amount shall be paid in one lump sum payment on the date that is thirty (30) days after the Date of Termination (or the first business day thereafter if the thirtieth day is not a business day).

(c) Notwithstanding the time of payment provisions of Section 6.1(b)(ii) above, if Executive is a specified employee (as such term is defined in section 409A of the Code and as determined by the Company in accordance with any method permitted under section 409A of the Code) and the payment of the amount described in such Section would be subject to additional taxes and interest under section 409A of the Code because the timing of such payment is not delayed as provided in section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, then such amount shall be accumulated and paid (without interest) in a lump sum within five business days after the Section 409A Payment Date. All subsequent payments, if any, shall be paid in the manner otherwise specified herein.

ARTICLE VII

NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT

7.1 Definitions . As used in this Article VIII, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Business” means the provision and sale of the products and services provided by the Company during the course of Executive’s employment hereunder, which shall expressly include the distribution, manufacturing, mining, processing, sale and transportation of: (i) proppants used in oil and gas applications; and/or (ii) industrial sand.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

“Competing Business” means any person or entity engaged in or, to Executive’s knowledge, actively pursuing, the Business other than the Company or its affiliates and to whom or which the Confidential Information acquired by Employee hereunder would reasonably be considered useful.

“Prohibited Period” means the period during which Executive is employed by Company hereunder and a period of one year thereafter.

“Restricted Area” means any geographical area in which the Company and its subsidiaries conducts or proposes to conduct the Business, and for which Executive has material responsibility, during the period that Executive is employed hereunder.

7.2 Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation . Executive and the Company agree to the non-competition and non-solicitation provisions of this Article VII to protect the trade secrets and other Confidential Information of the Company disclosed or entrusted to Executive by the Company or its affiliates or created or developed by Executive for Company and as an express incentive for the Company to enter into this Agreement.

(a) Subject to the exceptions set forth in Section 7.2(b) below, Executive covenants and agrees that during the Prohibited Period, other than on behalf of the Company or any of its affiliates, he will refrain from carrying on or engaging in the Business in the Restricted Area on his own behalf or on behalf of a Competing Business. Executive further agrees and covenants that, because the following conduct would effectively constitute carrying on or engaging in the Business, he will not, and he will cause his affiliates not to, in the Restricted Area during the Prohibited Period on behalf of a Competing Business, directly or indirectly, perform the same or substantially similar job duties that Executive performed during the twelve (12) months prior to the termination of his employment with the Company, or otherwise own, manage, operate, join, become an officer or employee of, control or participate in or be connected with any business, individual, partnership, firm, corporation or other entity which engages in the Business other than the Company or its affiliates.

(b) Notwithstanding the restrictions contained in Section 7.2(a), Executive or any of his affiliates may own an aggregate of not more than 2.5% of the outstanding stock of any class of any corporation engaged in the Business, if such stock is listed on a national securities exchange or regularly traded in the over-the-counter market by a member of a national securities exchange, without violating the provisions of Section 7.2(a), provided that neither Executive nor any of his affiliates has the power, directly or indirectly, to control or direct the management or affairs of any such corporation and is not involved in the management of such corporation.

(c) Executive further expressly covenants and agrees that during the Prohibited Period, he will not, and he will cause his affiliates not to, solicit or cause to be solicited any customer or prospective customer of the Company related to the Business that is or was a customer or prospective customer of the Company related to the Business in the Restricted Area and with which Executive had material contact or about which Executive had Confidential Information during the period in which Executive was employed hereunder.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

(d) Executive further covenants and agrees that during the Prohibited Period, he will not, and he will cause his affiliates not to, engage or employ or solicit or contact with a view to the engagement or employment of, any person who is an officer or employee of the Company or its subsidiaries during the period in which Executive was employed hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall be permitted to employ any person who was an officer or employee of the Company or its subsidiaries during such period and who has ceased to be an officer or employee of the Company or its affiliates with the consent of Company; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prohibit the Executive from engaging, employing or soliciting any person by means of general advertising that are not specifically targeted at such officers or employees of the Company.

7.3 Relief . Executive and the Company agree and acknowledge that the limitations as to time, geographical area and scope of activity to be restrained as set forth in Section 7.2 are reasonable and do not impose any greater restraint than is necessary to protect the Company and its legitimate business interests. Executive and the Company also acknowledge that money damages would not be sufficient remedy for any breach of this Article VII by Executive, and the Company or its affiliates shall be entitled to seek to enforce the provisions of this Article VII by obtaining specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for such breach or any threatened breach as provided in Section 9.11. Such remedies shall not be deemed the exclusive remedies for a breach of this Article VII but shall be in addition to all remedies available at law or in equity, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

7.4 Reasonableness; Enforcement . Executive hereby represents to the Company that Executive has read and understands, and agrees to be bound by, the terms of this Article VII. Executive acknowledges that the geographic scope and duration of the covenants contained in this Article VII are the result of arm’s-length bargaining and are fair and reasonable in light of (a) Executive’s level of control over and contact with the Business in all jurisdictions in which it is conducted, which includes the entire Restricted Area, and (b) the amount of Confidential Information that Executive is receiving in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder. It is the desire and intent of the parties that the provisions of this Article VII be enforced to the fullest extent permitted under applicable legal requirements, whether now or hereafter in effect and therefore, to the extent permitted by applicable legal requirements, Executive and the Company hereby waive any provision of applicable legal requirements that would render any provision of this Article VII invalid or unenforceable.

7.5 Reformation . The Company and Executive agree that the foregoing restrictions are reasonable under the circumstances and that any breach of the covenants contained in this Article VII would cause irreparable injury to the Company. Executive understands that the foregoing restrictions may limit Executive’s ability to engage in certain businesses anywhere in the Restricted Area during the Prohibited Period, but acknowledges that such restrictions shall not prevent Executive from being able to obtain gainful employment. Nevertheless, if any of the aforesaid restrictions are found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unreasonable, or overly broad as to geographic area or time, or otherwise unenforceable, the parties intend for the


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

restrictions herein set forth to be modified by the court making such determination so as to be reasonable and enforceable and, as so modified, to be fully enforced. By agreeing to this contractual modification prospectively at this time, the Company and Executive intend to make this provision enforceable under the law or laws of all applicable States and other jurisdictions so that the entire agreement not to compete and this Agreement as prospectively modified shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be rendered void or illegal. Such modification shall not affect the payments made to Executive under this Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 Indemnification .

(a) The Company shall and does hereby agree to indemnify and hold Executive harmless from and against any loss or damage incurred by Executive for any act or omission taken or suffered by Executive on behalf of the Company in the course of Executive’s duties hereunder if such act or omission was undertaken, or not taken, as applicable, in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company (including, without limitation, any act or omission taken or suffered by Executive in reliance upon and in accordance with the reasonable opinion or advice of experts, including, without limitation, of legal counsel as to matters of law, of accountants as to matters of accounting, or of investment bankers or appraisers as to matters of valuation), including costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees; provided, however , that Executive shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Section 8.1(a) for any act or omission resulting from Executive’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The indemnification conferred by this Section 8.1(a) shall continue as to Executive even after Executive’s employment with the Company pursuant to this Agreement has terminated with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such cessation and shall inure to the benefit of the Executive’s heirs, executors and administrators, as applicable.

(b) Expenses reasonably incurred by Executive in investigation, defense or settlement of any claim that may be subject to a right of indemnification hereunder shall be advanced by the Company prior to the final disposition thereof, so long as such expenses have been approved by the Company, and within thirty (30) days following receipt of appropriate documentation of such undertaking by or on behalf of Executive to repay such amount to the extent that it shall be determined upon final adjudication after all possible appeals have been exhausted that Executive is not entitled to be indemnified hereunder within 30 days of such final adjudication.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

9.1 Notices . For purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) when received if delivered personally or by courier, (b) on the date receipt is acknowledged if delivered by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested or (c) one day after transmission if sent by facsimile transmission with confirmation of transmission, as follows:


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
If to Executive, addressed to:  

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

Three Riverway, Suite 1550

Houston, Texas 77056

Facsimile: (713) 963-0088

Attention: Mr. Robert E. Rasmus

If to the Company, addressed to:  

Hi-Crush Proppants LLC

Three Riverway, Suite 1550

Houston, Texas 77056

Facsimile: (713) 963-0088

Attention: Mr. James M. Whipkey

or to such other address as either party may furnish to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices or changes of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

9.2 Applicable Law . This Agreement is entered into under, and shall be governed for all purposes by, the laws of the State of Texas, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

9.3 No Waiver . No failure by either party hereto at any time to give notice of any breach by the other party of, or to require compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

9.4 Severability . If an arbitrator determines that any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable, then the invalidity or unenforceability of that provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, and all other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

9.5 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same Agreement.

9.6 Withholding of Taxes and Other Employee Deductions . The Company may withhold from any benefits and payments made pursuant to this Agreement all federal, state, city and other taxes and withholdings as may be required pursuant to any law or governmental regulation or ruling and all other customary deductions made with respect to the Company’s employees generally.

9.7 Headings . The Section headings have been inserted for purposes of convenience and shall not be used for interpretive purposes.

9.8 Gender and Plurals . Wherever the context so requires, the masculine gender includes the feminine or neuter, and the singular number includes the plural and conversely.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

9.9 Affiliate . As used in this Agreement, the term “ affiliate ” as used with respect to a particular person or entity shall mean any other person or entity which owns or controls, is owned or controlled by, or is under common ownership or control with, such particular person or entity.

9.10 Successors; Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor or assign of the Company. This Agreement is personal to Executive and shall not be assigned by Executive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment owed to Executive hereunder after the date of Executive’s death shall be paid to Executive’s estate.

9.11 Arbitration .

(a) Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of, connected with, or relating to this Agreement, including without limitation any dispute as to the existence, validity, construction, interpretation, negotiation, performance, breach, termination or enforceability of this Agreement (a “ Dispute ”) shall be resolved by final and binding arbitration before a single independent and impartial arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) then in effect. The AAA Optional Rules for Emergency Measures of Protection shall also apply. If the parties are unable to agree on a mutually acceptable arbitrator within 15 days of the submission of the Dispute to arbitration, the arbitrator shall be appointed by the AAA. The parties acknowledge that arbitration is intended to be a more expeditious and less expensive method of dispute resolution than court litigation. The award of the arbitrator shall be in writing and provide reasons for the award. The arbitrator must certify in the award that such award conforms to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, including that such award has been rendered in accordance with the applicable governing law. The arbitrator shall have the authority to assess the costs and expenses of the arbitration proceeding (including the fees and expenses of the arbitrator and the AAA) against any or all of the parties. The arbitrator shall also have the authority to award reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses to the prevailing party. The place of arbitration shall be Houston, Texas unless another location is mutually agreed upon by the parties to such arbitration. The award of the arbitrator shall be binding on the parties, and the award may, but need not, be entered as judgment in a court of competent jurisdiction. This agreement to arbitrate shall not preclude the parties from engaging in parallel voluntary, non-binding settlement efforts including mediation.

(b) The arbitrator may, unless consolidation would prejudice the rights of any party, consolidate an arbitration hereunder with arbitration(s) under the Purchase Agreement and the LLC Agreement if the arbitrations raise common questions of law or fact. If two or more arbitral tribunals under these agreements issue consolidation orders, the order issued first shall prevail.

(c) The parties undertake to keep confidential all awards in their arbitration, together will all materials in the proceedings created for the purpose of the arbitration and all other documents produced by another party in the proceedings not otherwise in the public domain, save and to the extent that disclosure may be required of a party by legal duty, to protect or pursue a legal right or to enforce or challenge an award in legal proceedings before a court or other judicial authority.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

(d) Arbitration shall be the exclusive dispute resolution mechanism hereunder; provided that nothing contained in this Section 9.11 shall limit any party’s right to bring (i) an application to enforce this agreement to arbitrate, (ii) actions seeking to enforce an arbitration award or (iii) actions seeking injunctive or other similar relief in the event of a breach or threatened breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement (or any other agreement contemplated hereby). The specifically enumerated judicial proceedings shall not be deemed incompatible with the agreement to arbitrate or a waiver of the right to arbitrate and , each party irrevocably and unconditionally (and without limitation): (i) submits to and accepts, for itself and in respect of its assets, generally and unconditionally the non exclusive jurisdiction of the courts located in Harris County, Texas of the United States and the State of Texas, (ii) waives any objection it may have now or in the future that such action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum, (iii) agrees that in any such action or proceeding it will not raise, rely on or claim any immunity (including, without limitation, from suit, judgment, attachment before judgment or otherwise, execution or other enforcement), (iv) waives any right of immunity which it has or its assets may have at any time, and (v) consents generally to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in connection with any such action or proceeding including, without limitation, the making, enforcement or execution of any order or judgment against any of its property. IN ENTERING INTO THE ARBITRATION PROVISION OF THIS SECTION 9.11 , EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL, INCLUDING ANY RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION IN ANY COURT WITH RESPECT TO, IN CONNECTION WITH, OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY ANCILLARY AGREEMENT REFERENCED HEREIN OR THE VALIDITY, PROTECTION, INTERPRETATION, COLLECTION OR ENFORCEMENT THEREOF.

9.12 Entire Agreement . Except as provided in any signed written agreement contemporaneously or hereafter executed by the Company and Executive, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with regard to the subject matter hereof, and contains all the covenants, promises, representations, warranties and agreements between the parties with respect to employment of Executive by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement does not supersede or replace any portion of that certain Non-Competition and Non-Disclosure Agreement entered into by Executive and the Company on or about the Effective Date.

9.13 Modification; Waiver . Any modification to or waiver of this Agreement will be effective only if it is in writing and signed by the parties to this Agreement.

9.14 Actions by the Board . Any and all determinations or other actions required of the Board hereunder that relate specifically to Executive’s employment by the Company or the terms and conditions of such employment shall be made by the members of the Board other than Executive if Executive is a member of the Board, and Executive shall not have any right to vote or decide upon any such matter.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

9.15 Executive’s Representations and Warranties . Executive represents and warrants to the Company that (a) Executive does not have any agreements with Executive’s prior employers that will prohibit Executive from working for the Company or fulfilling Executive’s duties and obligations to the Company pursuant to this Agreement and (b) Executive has complied with all duties imposed on Executive with respect to Executive’s former employers, and in the course of his employment for the Company, Executive will not use or disclose any legally protected information belonging to Executive’s former employer.

9.16 Delayed Payment Restriction . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, if any payment or benefit provided for herein would be subject to additional taxes and interest under section 409A of the Code if Executive’s receipt of such payment or benefit is not delayed until the Section 409A Payment Date, then such payment or benefit shall not be provided to Executive (or Executive’s estate, if applicable) until the Section 409A Payment Date.

[Signatures begin on next page.]


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

 

HI-CRUSH PROPPANTS, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Robert E. Rasmus

Name:    

   

Title:

   

Robert E. Rasmus

/s/ Robert E. Rasmus


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

EXHIBIT A

RELEASE AGREEMENT

This Release Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) constitutes the release referred to in that certain Employment Agreement (the “ Employment Agreement ”) dated as of May 25, 2011, by and among Robert E. Rasmus (“ Executive ”) and Hi-Crush Proppants, LLC (the “ Company ”).

(a) For good and valuable consideration, including the Company’s provision of a severance payment to Executive in accordance with Section 6.1(b) of the Employment Agreement, Executive hereby releases, discharges and forever acquits the Company, its affiliates and subsidiaries and their respective past, present and future stockholders, members, partners, directors, managers, employees, agents, attorneys, heirs, representatives, successors and assigns of the foregoing, in their personal and representative capacities (collectively, the “Company Parties” ), from liability for, and hereby waives, any and all claims, damages, or causes of action of any kind related to Executive’s employment with any Company Party, the termination of such employment, and any other acts or omissions related to any matter on or prior to the date of the execution of this Agreement including without limitation any alleged violation through the date of this Agreement of: (i) the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended; (ii) Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; (iii) the Civil Rights Act of 1991; (iv) Section 1981 through 1988 of Title 42 of the United States Code, as amended; (v) the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended; (vi) the Immigration Reform Control Act, as amended; (vii) the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended; (viii) the National Labor Relations Act, as amended; (ix) the Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended; (x) the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993; (xi) any state anti-discrimination law; (xii) any state wage and hour law; (xiii) any other local, state or federal law, regulation or ordinance; (xiv) any public policy, contract, tort, or common law claim; (xv) any allegation for costs, fees, or other expenses including attorneys’ fees incurred in these matters; (xvi) any and all rights, benefits or claims Executive may have under any employment contract, incentive compensation plan or stock option plan with any Company Party or to any ownership interest in any Company Party except as expressly provided in the Employment Agreement and any stock option or other equity compensation agreement between Executive and the Company and (xvii) any claim for compensation or benefits of any kind not expressly set forth in the Employment Agreement or any such stock option or other equity compensation agreement (collectively, the “Released Claims” ). Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall the Released Claims include (A) any claim which arises after the date of this Agreement, (B) any claim to vested benefits under an employee benefit plan, or (C) any claims for contractual severance payments under Section 6.1(b) of the Employment Agreement. This Agreement is not intended to indicate that any such claims exist or that, if they do exist, they are meritorious. Rather, Executive is simply agreeing that, in exchange for the consideration recited in the first sentence of this paragraph, any and all potential claims of this nature that Executive may have against the Company Parties, regardless of whether they actually exist, are expressly settled, compromised and waived. By signing


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

this Agreement, Executive is bound by it. Anyone who succeeds to Executive’s rights and responsibilities, such as heirs or the executor of Executive’s estate, is also bound by this Agreement. This release also applies to any claims brought by any person or agency or class action under which Executive may have a right or benefit.

(b) Notwithstanding the release of liability contained herein, nothing in this Agreement prevents Executive from filing any non-legally waivable claim (including a challenge to the validity of this Agreement) with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission ( “EEOC” ) or comparable state or local agency or participating in any investigation or proceeding conducted by the EEOC or comparable state or local agency; however, Executive understands and agrees that Employee is waiving any and all rights to recover any monetary or personal relief or recovery as a result of such EEOC or comparable state or local agency proceeding or subsequent legal actions.

(c) Executive agrees not to bring or join any lawsuit against any of the Company Parties in any court relating to any of the Released Claims. Executive represents that Executive has not brought or joined any lawsuit or filed any charge or claim against any of the Company Parties in any court or before any government agency and has made no assignment of any rights Executive has asserted or may have against any of the Company Parties to any person or entity, in each case, with respect to any Released Claims.

(d) By executing and delivering this Agreement, Executive acknowledges that:

 

  (i) He has carefully read this Agreement;

 

  (ii) He has had at least twenty-one (21) days to consider this Agreement before the execution and delivery hereof to the Company ;

 

  (iii) He has been and hereby is advised in writing that he may, at his option, discuss this Agreement with an attorney of his choice and that he has had adequate opportunity to do so;

 

  (iv) He fully understands the final and binding effect of this Agreement; the only promises made to him to sign this Agreement are those stated in the Employment Agreement and herein; and he is signing this Agreement voluntarily and of his own free will, and that he understands and agrees to each of the terms of this Agreement; and

 

  (v) With the exception of any sums that he may be owed pursuant to Section 6.1(b) of the Employment Agreement, he has been paid all wages and other compensation to which he is entitled under the Agreement and received all leaves (paid and unpaid) to which he was entitled during the term of his employment with the Company.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Notwithstanding the initial effectiveness of this Agreement, Executive may revoke the delivery (and therefore the effectiveness) of this Agreement within the seven-day period beginning on the date Executive executes this Agreement (such seven-day period being referred to herein as the “Release Revocation Period” ). To be effective, such revocation must be in writing signed by Executive and must be delivered to the Company before 11:59 p.m., Houston, Texas time, on the last day of the Release Revocation Period. If an effective revocation is delivered in the foregoing manner and timeframe, this Agreement shall be of no force or effect and shall be null and void ab initio . No consideration shall be paid if this Agreement is revoked by Executive in the foregoing manner.

Executed on this                    day of            ,             .

 

   
Robert E. Rasmus


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Exhibit 10.6

Execution Copy

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is made as of May 25, 2011 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Hi-Crush Proppants, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and James M. Whipkey (“ Executive ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive on the terms and conditions, and for the consideration, hereinafter set forth and Executive desires to be employed by the Company on such terms and conditions and for such consideration;

NOW, THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and obligations contained herein, the Company and Executive agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

In addition to the terms defined in the body of this Agreement, for purposes of this Agreement, the following capitalized words shall have the meanings indicated below:

1.1 Board ” shall mean the Board of Managers of the Company.

1.2 Cause ” shall mean Executive’s: (i) conviction of, or entry of a guilty plea or plea of no contest with respect to, a felony or any other crime directly or indirectly involving Executive’s lack of honesty or moral turpitude; (ii) drug or alcohol abuse for which Executive fails to undertake and maintain treatment within five calendar days after requested by the Company; (iii) acts of fraud, embezzlement, theft, dishonesty or gross misconduct; (iv) material misappropriation (or attempted misappropriation) of any of the Company’s funds or property; or (v) a breach of the Executive’s obligations under Section 2.2 hereunder, as determined by a majority of the Board, which such majority shall include at least one Class A Member (as defined in the LLC Agreement). If capable of cure, then with respect to items (iii), (iv), and (v), Executive shall have 30 days to cure the situation following receipt of written notice of the specific circumstance(s) constituting Cause. For the avoidance of doubt, Cause shall not exist hereunder unless and until the expiration of the 30-day cure period, if applicable, following receipt by the Executive of the Company’s written notice of a Cause event and Executive shall not have cured such circumstances, and in such case Executive’s employment shall terminate for Cause on the day following expiration of such 30-day cure period.

1.3 Good Reason ” shall mean, without Executive’s consent, (i) the Company materially breached its obligations under this Agreement; (ii) any material diminution of the duties of the Executive; (iii) a reduction in Executive’s base salary, other than pursuant to a proportionate reduction applicable to all senior executives or employees generally and the members of the Board, to the extent such Board members receives Board fees; or (iv) the relocation of the geographic location of Executive’s principal place of employment by more than 50 miles from the location of Executive’s principal place of employment as of the Effective Date. With respect to this provision, the Company shall have 30 days to cure the situation following receipt of written notice of the specific circumstance(s) constituting Good Reason,


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

which such notice must be provided by Executive within fifteen (15) days after the initial existence of the event giving rise to Good Reason. For the avoidance of doubt, Good Reason shall not exist hereunder unless and until the 30-day cure period following receipt by the Company of Executive’s written notice expires and the Company shall not have cured such circumstances, and in such case Executive’s employment shall terminate for Good Reason on the day following expiration of such 30-day cure period.

1.4 Closing ” means the closing of the transactions provided for in the Purchase Agreement.

1.5 Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.6 Date of Termination ” shall mean the date Executive’s employment with the Company is considered to have terminated pursuant to Section 3.4.

1.7 LLC Agreement ” shall mean the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of even date hereof.

1.8 Purchase Agreement ” shall mean the Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of even date hereof, among ACP HIP Splitter, L.P., ACP HIP Splitter (Offshore), L.P., RER Legacy Investments LLC, JMW Legacy Investments LLC, Blessed & Favored Investments, LLC and the Company.

1.9 Section 409A Payment Date ” shall mean the earlier of (a) the date of Executive’s death or (b) the date that is six months after the date of termination of Executive’s employment with the Company.

ARTICLE II

EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES

2.1 Employment; Effective Date . The Company agrees to employ Executive, and Executive agrees to be employed by the Company, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement beginning as of the Effective Date and continuing for the period of time set forth in Article III of this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

2.2 Positions . From and after the Effective Date, the Company shall employ Executive in the position of Co-President and Chief Executive Officer, reporting directly to Chairman of the Board, and such additional duties as the Board may reasonably designate from time to time. Executive agrees to perform in good faith the duties and services appertaining to such position. Executive’s employment shall also be subject to the policies maintained and established by the Company, as such policies may be amended from time to time with reasonable notice to Executive. Executive acknowledges that he owes the same fiduciary duties to the Company that an officer of a Delaware corporation owes to such corporation under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

2.3 Other Interests . Executive agrees, during the period of Executive’s employment by the Company, to devote substantially all of his business time and efforts of the Company and its subsidiaries. The parties acknowledge and agree that Executive may (a) engage in and manage Executive’s passive personal investments and (b) engage in charitable and civic activities; provided, however, that such activities shall be permitted so long as such activities do not conflict with the business and affairs of the Company or materially interfere with Executive’s performance of Executive’s duties hereunder.

ARTICLE III

TERM AND TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

3.1 Term . Unless sooner terminated pursuant to other provisions hereof, the Company agrees to employ Executive for the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the first anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Initial Expiration Date ”); provided, however, that beginning on the Initial Expiration Date, and on each anniversary of the Initial Expiration Date thereafter, if Executive’s employment under this Agreement has not been terminated pursuant to Section 3.2 or 3.3, then said term of employment shall automatically be extended for an additional one-year period unless, on or before the date that is 60 days prior to the first day of any such extension period, either party gives written notice to the other that no such automatic extension shall occur, in which case the term of employment shall terminate as of the Initial Expiration Date or the anniversary of the Initial Expiration Date immediately following the giving of such notice, as applicable.

3.2 Company’s Right to Terminate . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.1, the Company may terminate Executive’s employment under this Agreement at any time for any of the following reasons:

(a) upon Executive’s becoming incapacitated by accident, sickness or other circumstance which renders him mentally or physically incapable of performing the duties and services required of him hereunder on a full-time basis for a period of at least 120 consecutive days or for a period of 180 days during any 12-month period; or

(b) Executive’s death; or

(c) for Cause; or

(d) for any other reason whatsoever or for no reason at all, in the sole discretion of the Company.

3.3 Executive’s Right to Terminate . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.1, Executive shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment under this Agreement for any of the following reasons:

(a) for Good Reason; or

(b) for any reason whatsoever or for no reason at all, in the sole discretion of Executive, by providing the Company with a notice of termination.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In the case of a termination of employment by Executive pursuant to this Section 3.3, the Date of Termination specified in the notice of termination shall not be less than 15 nor more than 60 days, respectively, from the date such notice is given, and the Company may require a Date of Termination earlier than that specified in the notice (and, if such earlier Date of Termination is so required, it shall not change the basis for Executive’s termination nor be construed or interpreted as a termination of employment pursuant to Section 3.1 or Section 3.2).

3.4 Deemed Resignations . Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Company and Executive prior to the termination of Executive’s employment, any termination of Executive’s employment shall (a) constitute an automatic resignation of Executive as an officer of the Company and each affiliate of the Company (if applicable), and (b) be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.18 and 5.3 of the LLC Agreement.

3.5 Meaning of Termination of Employment . For all purposes of this Agreement, Executive shall be considered to have terminated employment with the Company when Executive incurs a “separation from service” with the Company within the meaning of section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code and applicable administrative guidance issued thereunder.

3.6 No Termination . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, (a) Executive’s employment with the Company shall not be terminated by the Company (other than for Cause) prior to the earlier of the Closing and January 30, 2012, and (b) Executive and the Company acknowledge that money damages would not be sufficient remedy for any breach of this Section 3.6 by the Company, and Executive shall be entitled to seek to enforce the provisions of this Section 3.6 by obtaining specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for such breach or any threatened breach. Such remedies shall not be deemed the exclusive remedies for a breach of this Section 3.6 but shall be in addition to all remedies available at law or in equity, including the recovery of damages from the Company.

ARTICLE IV

COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

4.1 Base Salary . During the term of this Agreement, Executive shall receive an annualized base salary of $75,000 (the “ Base Salary ”). Executive’s Base Salary shall be paid in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s policy as exists from time to time regarding payment of compensation to similarly situated employees but no less frequently than monthly.

4.2 Bonuses . Executive shall be eligible for discretionary bonuses that may be awarded by the Company from time to time, it being understood that the Board shall have sole discretion to determine whether a bonus shall be awarded, the criteria for any bonus and the amount of any bonus. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to pay any bonus with respect to, or earned in, a given calendar year on or before March 31 of the following calendar year (and in no event shall a bonus be paid after April 30 of the following calendar year); provided, however, that Executive will be entitled to receive payment of a bonus only if Executive is employed by the Company on such date of payment.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

4.3 Other Benefits . During Executive’s employment hereunder, Executive shall be eligible to participate in benefit plans and programs of the Company, including improvements or modifications of the same, which are now, or may hereafter be, available to similarly situated employees of the Company. The Company shall not, however, by reason of this Section 4.3, be obligated to institute, maintain, or refrain from changing, amending, or discontinuing, any such benefit plan or program, so long as such changes are similarly applicable to similarly situated employees generally.

4.4 Expenses . The Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable business expenses incurred by Executive in performing services hereunder; provided that such expenses are incurred and accounted for in accordance with the policies and procedures established by the Company. Any such reimbursement of expenses shall be made by the Company upon or as soon as practicable following receipt of supporting documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Company (but in any event not later than the close of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense is incurred by Executive); provided, however, that, upon Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, in no event shall any additional reimbursement be made prior to the Section 409A Payment Date to the extent such payment delay is required under section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code. In no event shall the Company pay any reimbursement to which Executive is entitled after the later of (a) the first anniversary of the date of Executive’s death or (b) the date that is one year after the date of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company.

4.5 Vacation . During Executive’s employment hereunder, Executive shall be entitled to up to twenty (20) days paid vacation each calendar year, to be accrued, scheduled and taken in accordance with the Company’s standard vacation policy, as may be amended from time to time. Vacation time must be used in the calendar year in which it was awarded; any vacation time that is unused in one calendar year will not roll over to the following calendar year.

ARTICLE V

PROTECTION OF INFORMATION

5.1 Disclosure to and Property of the Company . For purposes of this Article V, the term “the Company” shall include the Company and any of its affiliates, and any reference to “employment” or similar terms shall include a director and/or consulting relationship. All non-public information, trade secrets, designs, ideas, concepts, improvements, product developments, discoveries and inventions, whether patentable or not, that are conceived, made, developed, disclosed to or acquired by Executive, individually or in conjunction with others, during the period of Executive’s employment by the Company (whether during business hours or otherwise and whether on the Company’s premises or otherwise) that relate to the Company’s or any of its affiliates’ businesses, trade secrets, products or services (including, without limitation, all such information relating to corporate opportunities, strategies, business plans, product specifications, compositions, manufacturing and distribution methods and processes, research, financial and sales data, pricing terms, evaluations, opinions, interpretations, acquisition prospects, the identity


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

of customers or their requirements, the identity of key contacts within the customer’s organizations or within the organization of acquisition prospects, or production, marketing and merchandising techniques, prospective names and marks) and all writings or materials of any type embodying any of such information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, inventions and other similar forms of expression (collectively, “ Confidential Information ”) are and shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company or its affiliates, as applicable. Moreover, all documents, videotapes, presentations, brochures, drawings, memoranda, notes, records, files, correspondence, manuals, models, specifications, computer programs, E-mail, voice mail, electronic databases, maps, drawings, architectural renditions, models and all other writings or materials of any type embodying any of such information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, inventions and other similar forms of expression (collectively, “ Work Product ”) are and shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company (or its affiliates). Executive agrees to perform all actions reasonably requested by the Company or its affiliates to establish and confirm such exclusive ownership. Upon termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, for any reason, Executive promptly shall deliver all Confidential Information and Work Product, and all copies thereof, to the Company.

5.2 No Unauthorized Use or Disclosure . Executive agrees to preserve and protect the confidentiality of all Confidential Information of the Company and its affiliates. Executive agrees that Executive will not, at any time during or after Executive’s employment with the Company, make any unauthorized disclosure of, and Executive shall not remove from the Company premises, Confidential Information or Work Product of the Company or its affiliates or make any use thereof, except, in each case, in the carrying out of Executive’s responsibilities hereunder. Executive shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all persons or entities to whom Confidential Information shall be disclosed by Executive hereunder to preserve and protect the confidentiality of such Confidential Information. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Executive shall have no obligation hereunder to keep confidential any Confidential Information if and to the extent disclosure thereof is specifically required by law; provided, however , that in the event disclosure is required by applicable law, Executive shall, to the extent practicable without violating applicable law, provide the Company with prompt notice of such requirement prior to making any such disclosure, so that the Company may, at its expense, seek an appropriate protective order. At the request of the Company at any time, to the extent practicable without violating applicable law, Executive agrees to deliver to the Company all Confidential Information that Executive may possess or control. Executive agrees that all Confidential Information of the Company (whether now or hereafter existing) conceived, discovered or made by Executive during the period of Executive’s employment by the Company exclusively belongs to the Company (and not to Executive), and upon request by the Company for specified Confidential Information, Executive will promptly disclose such Confidential Information to the Company and perform all actions reasonably requested by the Company to establish and confirm such exclusive ownership. Affiliates of the Company shall be third party beneficiaries of Executive’s obligations under this Article V. As a result of Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive may also from time to time have access to, or knowledge of, Confidential Information of third parties, such as customers, suppliers, partners, joint venturers, and the like, of the Company and its affiliates. Executive also agrees to preserve and protect the confidentiality of such third party Confidential Information.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

5.3 Ownership by the Company . If, during Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive creates any work of authorship fixed in any tangible medium of expression that is the subject matter of copyright (such as videotapes, written presentations, or acquisitions, computer programs, E-mail, voice mail, electronic databases, drawings, maps, architectural renditions, models, manuals, brochures, or the like) relating to the Company’s business, products, or services, whether such work is created solely by Executive or jointly with others (whether during business hours or otherwise, whether patentable or not and whether on the Company’s premises or otherwise), including any Work Product, the Company shall be deemed the author of such work if the work is prepared by Executive in the scope of Executive’s employment; or, if the work relating to the Company’s business, products, or services is not prepared by Executive within the scope of Executive’s employment but is specially ordered by the Company as a contribution to a collective work, as a part of a motion picture or other audiovisual work, as a translation, as a supplementary work, as a compilation, or as an instructional text, then the work shall be considered to be work made for hire and the Company shall be the author of the work. If the work relating to the Company’s business, products, or services is neither prepared by Executive within the scope of Executive’s employment nor a work specially ordered that is deemed to be a work made for hire during Executive’s employment by the Company, then Executive hereby agrees to assign, and by these presents does assign, to the Company all of Executive’s worldwide right, title, and interest in and to such work and all rights of copyright therein.

5.4 Assistance by Executive . During the period of Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive shall assist the Company and its nominee, at any reasonable time and at the Company’s expense, in the protection of the Company’s or its affiliates’ worldwide right, title and interest in and to Confidential Information and Work Product and the execution of all formal assignment documents requested by the Company or its nominee(s) and the execution of all lawful oaths and applications for patents and registration of copyright in the United States and foreign countries. After Executive’s employment with the Company terminates, at the reasonable request from time to time and expense of the Company or its affiliates, Executive shall assist the Company or its nominee(s) in the protection of the Company’s or its affiliates’ worldwide right, title and interest in and to Confidential Information and Work Product and the execution of all formal assignment documents requested by the Company or its nominee and the execution of all lawful oaths and applications for patents and registration of copyright in the United States and foreign countries.

5.5 Remedies . Executive acknowledges that money damages would not be a sufficient remedy for any breach of this Article V by Executive, and the Company or its affiliates shall be entitled to seek to enforce the provisions of this Article V by specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for such breach or any threatened breach as provided in Section 9.11. Such remedies shall not be deemed the exclusive remedies for a breach of this Article V but shall be in addition to all remedies available at law or in equity, including the recovery of damages from Executive. However, if it is determined that Executive has not committed a breach of this Article V, then the Company shall resume the payments and benefits due under this Agreement and pay to Executive and Executive’s spouse, if applicable, all payments and benefits that had been suspended pending such determination.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ARTICLE VI

EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT ON COMPENSATION

 

6.1 Effect of Termination of Employment on Compensation .

(a) If Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate at the expiration of the term provided in Section 3.1, for any reason described in Section 3.2(a), 3.2(b), or 3.2(c) or pursuant to Executive’s resignation for any reason other than Good Reason, then all compensation and all benefits to Executive hereunder shall terminate contemporaneously with such termination of employment, except that Executive shall be entitled to (i) payment of all accrued and unpaid Base Salary to the Date of Termination, (ii) reimbursement for all incurred but unreimbursed expenses for which Executive is entitled to reimbursement in accordance with Section 4, and (iii) benefits to which Executive is entitled under the terms of any applicable benefit plan or program.

(b) If Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate: (1) by action of the Company pursuant to Section 3.2(d) (which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include those reasons set forth in Sections 3.2(a), 3.2(b) or 3.2(c) or due to the Company’s non-renewal of this Agreement); or (2) due to Executive’s resignation for Good Reason pursuant to Section 3.3(a), then all compensation and benefits to Executive hereunder shall terminate contemporaneously with such termination of employment, except that (i) Executive shall be entitled to receive the compensation and benefits described in clauses (i) through (iii) of Section 6.1(a) above; and (ii) if, on the Date of Termination, the Company does not have a right to terminate Executive’s employment for Cause under Section 3.2(c) or under Section 3.2(a) or 3.2(b), and subject to Executive’s delivery, within 21 days after the Date of Termination, and non-revocation in the time provided to do so, of an executed release in a form attached as Exhibit A (the “ Release ”), the Company shall pay to Executive an additional amount (but no other additional compensation or benefits after such termination) equal to twelve (12) times the monthly rate of Executive’s Base Salary as of the Date of Termination, which amount shall be paid in one lump sum payment on the date that is thirty (30) days after the Date of Termination (or the first business day thereafter if the thirtieth day is not a business day).

(c) Notwithstanding the time of payment provisions of Section 6.1(b)(ii) above, if Executive is a specified employee (as such term is defined in section 409A of the Code and as determined by the Company in accordance with any method permitted under section 409A of the Code) and the payment of the amount described in such Section would be subject to additional taxes and interest under section 409A of the Code because the timing of such payment is not delayed as provided in section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, then such amount shall be accumulated and paid (without interest) in a lump sum within five business days after the Section 409A Payment Date. All subsequent payments, if any, shall be paid in the manner otherwise specified herein.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ARTICLE VII

NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT

7.1 Definitions . As used in this Article VIII, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Business” means the provision and sale of the products and services provided by the Company during the course of Executive’s employment hereunder, which shall expressly include the distribution, manufacturing, mining, processing, sale and transportation of: (i) proppants used in oil and gas applications; and/or (ii) industrial sand.

“Competing Business” means any person or entity engaged in or, to Executive’s knowledge, actively pursuing, the Business other than the Company or its affiliates and to whom or which the Confidential Information acquired by Employee hereunder would reasonably be considered useful.

“Prohibited Period” means the period during which Executive is employed by Company hereunder and a period of one year thereafter.

“Restricted Area” means any geographical area in which the Company and its subsidiaries conducts or proposes to conduct the Business, and for which Executive has material responsibility, during the period that Executive is employed hereunder.

7.2 Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation . Executive and the Company agree to the non-competition and non-solicitation provisions of this Article VII to protect the trade secrets and other Confidential Information of the Company disclosed or entrusted to Executive by the Company or its affiliates or created or developed by Executive for Company and as an express incentive for the Company to enter into this Agreement.

(a) Subject to the exceptions set forth in Section 7.2(b) below, Executive covenants and agrees that during the Prohibited Period, other than on behalf of the Company or any of its affiliates, he will refrain from carrying on or engaging in the Business in the Restricted Area on his own behalf or on behalf of a Competing Business. Executive further agrees and covenants that, because the following conduct would effectively constitute carrying on or engaging in the Business, he will not, and he will cause his affiliates not to, in the Restricted Area during the Prohibited Period on behalf of a Competing Business, directly or indirectly, perform the same or substantially similar job duties that Executive performed during the twelve (12) months prior to the termination of his employment with the Company, or otherwise own, manage, operate, join, become an officer or employee of, control or participate in or be connected with any business, individual, partnership, firm, corporation or other entity which engages in the Business other than the Company or its affiliates.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

(b) Notwithstanding the restrictions contained in Section 7.2(a), Executive or any of his affiliates may own an aggregate of not more than 2.5% of the outstanding stock of any class of any corporation engaged in the Business, if such stock is listed on a national securities exchange or regularly traded in the over-the-counter market by a member of a national securities exchange, without violating the provisions of Section 7.2(a), provided that neither Executive nor any of his affiliates has the power, directly or indirectly, to control or direct the management or affairs of any such corporation and is not involved in the management of such corporation.

(c) Executive further expressly covenants and agrees that during the Prohibited Period, he will not, and he will cause his affiliates not to, solicit or cause to be solicited any customer or prospective customer of the Company related to the Business that is or was a customer or prospective customer of the Company related to the Business in the Restricted Area and with which Executive had material contact or about which Executive had Confidential Information during the period in which Executive was employed hereunder.

(d) Executive further covenants and agrees that during the Prohibited Period, he will not, and he will cause his affiliates not to, engage or employ or solicit or contact with a view to the engagement or employment of, any person who is an officer or employee of the Company or its subsidiaries during the period in which Executive was employed hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall be permitted to employ any person who was an officer or employee of the Company or its subsidiaries during such period and who has ceased to be an officer or employee of the Company or its affiliates with the consent of Company; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prohibit the Executive from engaging, employing or soliciting any person by means of general advertising that are not specifically targeted at such officers or employees of the Company.

7.3 Relief . Executive and the Company agree and acknowledge that the limitations as to time, geographical area and scope of activity to be restrained as set forth in Section 7.2 are reasonable and do not impose any greater restraint than is necessary to protect the Company and its legitimate business interests. Executive and the Company also acknowledge that money damages would not be sufficient remedy for any breach of this Article VII by Executive, and the Company or its affiliates shall be entitled to seek to enforce the provisions of this Article VII by obtaining specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for such breach or any threatened breach as provided in Section 9.11. Such remedies shall not be deemed the exclusive remedies for a breach of this Article VII but shall be in addition to all remedies available at law or in equity, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

7.4 Reasonableness; Enforcement . Executive hereby represents to the Company that Executive has read and understands, and agrees to be bound by, the terms of this Article VII. Executive acknowledges that the geographic scope and duration of the covenants contained in this Article VII are the result of arm’s-length bargaining and are fair and reasonable in light of (a) Executive’s level of control over and contact with the Business in all jurisdictions in which it is conducted, which includes the entire Restricted Area, and (b) the amount of Confidential Information that Executive is receiving in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder. It is the desire and intent of the parties that the provisions of this Article VII be enforced to the fullest extent permitted under applicable legal requirements, whether now or hereafter in effect and therefore, to the extent permitted by applicable legal requirements, Executive and the Company hereby waive any provision of applicable legal requirements that would render any provision of this Article VII invalid or unenforceable.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

7.5 Reformation . The Company and Executive agree that the foregoing restrictions are reasonable under the circumstances and that any breach of the covenants contained in this Article VII would cause irreparable injury to the Company. Executive understands that the foregoing restrictions may limit Executive’s ability to engage in certain businesses anywhere in the Restricted Area during the Prohibited Period, but acknowledges that such restrictions shall not prevent Executive from being able to obtain gainful employment. Nevertheless, if any of the aforesaid restrictions are found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unreasonable, or overly broad as to geographic area or time, or otherwise unenforceable, the parties intend for the restrictions herein set forth to be modified by the court making such determination so as to be reasonable and enforceable and, as so modified, to be fully enforced. By agreeing to this contractual modification prospectively at this time, the Company and Executive intend to make this provision enforceable under the law or laws of all applicable States and other jurisdictions so that the entire agreement not to compete and this Agreement as prospectively modified shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be rendered void or illegal. Such modification shall not affect the payments made to Executive under this Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 Indemnification .

(a) The Company shall and does hereby agree to indemnify and hold Executive harmless from and against any loss or damage incurred by Executive for any act or omission taken or suffered by Executive on behalf of the Company in the course of Executive’s duties hereunder if such act or omission was undertaken, or not taken, as applicable, in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company (including, without limitation, any act or omission taken or suffered by Executive in reliance upon and in accordance with the reasonable opinion or advice of experts, including, without limitation, of legal counsel as to matters of law, of accountants as to matters of accounting, or of investment bankers or appraisers as to matters of valuation), including costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees; provided, however , that Executive shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Section 8.1(a) for any act or omission resulting from Executive’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The indemnification conferred by this Section 8.1(a) shall continue as to Executive even after Executive’s employment with the Company pursuant to this Agreement has terminated with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such cessation and shall inure to the benefit of the Executive’s heirs, executors and administrators, as applicable.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

(b) Expenses reasonably incurred by Executive in investigation, defense or settlement of any claim that may be subject to a right of indemnification hereunder shall be advanced by the Company prior to the final disposition thereof, so long as such expenses have been approved by the Company, and within thirty (30) days following receipt of appropriate documentation of such undertaking by or on behalf of Executive to repay such amount to the extent that it shall be determined upon final adjudication after all possible appeals have been exhausted that Executive is not entitled to be indemnified hereunder within 30 days of such final adjudication.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

9.1 Notices . For purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) when received if delivered personally or by courier, (b) on the date receipt is acknowledged if delivered by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested or (c) one day after transmission if sent by facsimile transmission with confirmation of transmission, as follows:

 

If to Executive, addressed to:    Hi-Crush Proppants LLC
   Three Riverway, Suite 1550
   Houston, Texas 77056
   Facsimile: (713) 963-0088
   Attention: Mr. James M. Whipkey
If to the Company, addressed to:    Hi-Crush Proppants LLC
   Three Riverway, Suite 1550
   Houston, Texas 77056
   Facsimile: (713) 963-0088
   Attention: Mr. Robert E. Rasmus

or to such other address as either party may furnish to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices or changes of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

9.2 Applicable Law . This Agreement is entered into under, and shall be governed for all purposes by, the laws of the State of Texas, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

9.3 No Waiver . No failure by either party hereto at any time to give notice of any breach by the other party of, or to require compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

9.4 Severability . If an arbitrator determines that any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable, then the invalidity or unenforceability of that provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, and all other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

9.5 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same Agreement.

9.6 Withholding of Taxes and Other Employee Deductions . The Company may withhold from any benefits and payments made pursuant to this Agreement all federal, state, city and other taxes and withholdings as may be required pursuant to any law or governmental regulation or ruling and all other customary deductions made with respect to the Company’s employees generally.

9.7 Headings . The Section headings have been inserted for purposes of convenience and shall not be used for interpretive purposes.

9.8 Gender and Plurals . Wherever the context so requires, the masculine gender includes the feminine or neuter, and the singular number includes the plural and conversely.

9.9 Affiliate . As used in this Agreement, the term “ affiliate ” as used with respect to a particular person or entity shall mean any other person or entity which owns or controls, is owned or controlled by, or is under common ownership or control with, such particular person or entity.

9.10 Successors; Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor or assign of the Company. This Agreement is personal to Executive and shall not be assigned by Executive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment owed to Executive hereunder after the date of Executive’s death shall be paid to Executive’s estate.

9.11 Arbitration .

(a) Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of, connected with, or relating to this Agreement, including without limitation any dispute as to the existence, validity, construction, interpretation, negotiation, performance, breach, termination or enforceability of this Agreement (a “ Dispute ”) shall be resolved by final and binding arbitration before a single independent and impartial arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) then in effect. The AAA Optional Rules for Emergency Measures of Protection shall also apply. If the parties are unable to agree on a mutually acceptable arbitrator within 15 days of the submission of the Dispute to arbitration, the arbitrator shall be appointed by the AAA. The parties acknowledge that arbitration is intended to be a more expeditious and less expensive method of dispute resolution than court litigation. The award of the arbitrator shall be in writing and provide reasons for the award. The arbitrator must certify in the award that such award conforms to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, including that such award has been rendered in accordance with the applicable governing law. The arbitrator shall have the authority to assess the costs and expenses of the arbitration proceeding (including the fees and expenses of the arbitrator and the AAA) against any or all of the parties. The arbitrator shall also have the authority to award


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses to the prevailing party. The place of arbitration shall be Houston, Texas unless another location is mutually agreed upon by the parties to such arbitration. The award of the arbitrator shall be binding on the parties, and the award may, but need not, be entered as judgment in a court of competent jurisdiction. This agreement to arbitrate shall not preclude the parties from engaging in parallel voluntary, non-binding settlement efforts including mediation.

(b) The arbitrator may, unless consolidation would prejudice the rights of any party, consolidate an arbitration hereunder with arbitration(s) under the Purchase Agreement and the LLC Agreement if the arbitrations raise common questions of law or fact. If two or more arbitral tribunals under these agreements issue consolidation orders, the order issued first shall prevail.

(c) The parties undertake to keep confidential all awards in their arbitration, together will all materials in the proceedings created for the purpose of the arbitration and all other documents produced by another party in the proceedings not otherwise in the public domain, save and to the extent that disclosure may be required of a party by legal duty, to protect or pursue a legal right or to enforce or challenge an award in legal proceedings before a court or other judicial authority.

(d) Arbitration shall be the exclusive dispute resolution mechanism hereunder; provided that nothing contained in this Section 9.11 shall limit any party’s right to bring (i) an application to enforce this agreement to arbitrate, (ii) actions seeking to enforce an arbitration award or (iii) actions seeking injunctive or other similar relief in the event of a breach or threatened breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement (or any other agreement contemplated hereby). The specifically enumerated judicial proceedings shall not be deemed incompatible with the agreement to arbitrate or a waiver of the right to arbitrate and , each party irrevocably and unconditionally (and without limitation): (i) submits to and accepts, for itself and in respect of its assets, generally and unconditionally the non exclusive jurisdiction of the courts located in Harris County, Texas of the United States and the State of Texas, (ii) waives any objection it may have now or in the future that such action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum, (iii) agrees that in any such action or proceeding it will not raise, rely on or claim any immunity (including, without limitation, from suit, judgment, attachment before judgment or otherwise, execution or other enforcement), (iv) waives any right of immunity which it has or its assets may have at any time, and (v) consents generally to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in connection with any such action or proceeding including, without limitation, the making, enforcement or execution of any order or judgment against any of its property. IN ENTERING INTO THE ARBITRATION PROVISION OF THIS SECTION 9.11 , EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL, INCLUDING ANY RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION IN ANY COURT WITH RESPECT TO, IN CONNECTION WITH, OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY ANCILLARY AGREEMENT REFERENCED HEREIN OR THE VALIDITY, PROTECTION, INTERPRETATION, COLLECTION OR ENFORCEMENT THEREOF.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

9.12 Entire Agreement . Except as provided in any signed written agreement contemporaneously or hereafter executed by the Company and Executive, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with regard to the subject matter hereof, and contains all the covenants, promises, representations, warranties and agreements between the parties with respect to employment of Executive by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement does not supersede or replace any portion of that certain Non-Competition and Non-Disclosure Agreement entered into by Executive and the Company on or about the Effective Date.

9.13 Modification; Waiver . Any modification to or waiver of this Agreement will be effective only if it is in writing and signed by the parties to this Agreement.

9.14 Actions by the Board . Any and all determinations or other actions required of the Board hereunder that relate specifically to Executive’s employment by the Company or the terms and conditions of such employment shall be made by the members of the Board other than Executive if Executive is a member of the Board, and Executive shall not have any right to vote or decide upon any such matter.

9.15 Executive’s Representations and Warranties . Executive represents and warrants to the Company that (a) Executive does not have any agreements with Executive’s prior employers that will prohibit Executive from working for the Company or fulfilling Executive’s duties and obligations to the Company pursuant to this Agreement and (b) Executive has complied with all duties imposed on Executive with respect to Executive’s former employers, and in the course of his employment for the Company, Executive will not use or disclose any legally protected information belonging to Executive’s former employer.

9.16 Delayed Payment Restriction . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, if any payment or benefit provided for herein would be subject to additional taxes and interest under section 409A of the Code if Executive’s receipt of such payment or benefit is not delayed until the Section 409A Payment Date, then such payment or benefit shall not be provided to Executive (or Executive’s estate, if applicable) until the Section 409A Payment Date.

[Signatures begin on next page.]


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

 

HI-CRUSH PROPPANTS, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Robert E. Rasmus

Name:    

   

Title:

   

James M. Whipkey

/s/ James M. Whipkey


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

EXHIBIT A

RELEASE AGREEMENT

This Release Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) constitutes the release referred to in that certain Employment Agreement (the “ Employment Agreement ”) dated as of May 25, 2011, 2011, by and among James M. Whipkey (“ Executive ”) and Hi-Crush Proppants, LLC (the “ Company ”).

(a) For good and valuable consideration, including the Company’s provision of a severance payment to Executive in accordance with Section 6.1(b) of the Employment Agreement, Executive hereby releases, discharges and forever acquits the Company, its affiliates and subsidiaries and their respective past, present and future stockholders, members, partners, directors, managers, employees, agents, attorneys, heirs, representatives, successors and assigns of the foregoing, in their personal and representative capacities (collectively, the “Company Parties” ), from liability for, and hereby waives, any and all claims, damages, or causes of action of any kind related to Executive’s employment with any Company Party, the termination of such employment, and any other acts or omissions related to any matter on or prior to the date of the execution of this Agreement including without limitation any alleged violation through the date of this Agreement of: (i) the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended; (ii) Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; (iii) the Civil Rights Act of 1991; (iv) Section 1981 through 1988 of Title 42 of the United States Code, as amended; (v) the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended; (vi) the Immigration Reform Control Act, as amended; (vii) the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended; (viii) the National Labor Relations Act, as amended; (ix) the Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended; (x) the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993; (xi) any state anti-discrimination law; (xii) any state wage and hour law; (xiii) any other local, state or federal law, regulation or ordinance; (xiv) any public policy, contract, tort, or common law claim; (xv) any allegation for costs, fees, or other expenses including attorneys’ fees incurred in these matters; (xvi) any and all rights, benefits or claims Executive may have under any employment contract, incentive compensation plan or stock option plan with any Company Party or to any ownership interest in any Company Party except as expressly provided in the Employment Agreement and any stock option or other equity compensation agreement between Executive and the Company and (xvii) any claim for compensation or benefits of any kind not expressly set forth in the Employment Agreement or any such stock option or other equity compensation agreement (collectively, the “Released Claims” ). Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall the Released Claims include (A) any claim which arises after the date of this Agreement, (B) any claim to vested benefits under an employee benefit plan, or (C) any claims for contractual severance payments under Section 6.1(b) of the Employment Agreement. This Agreement is not intended to indicate that any such claims exist or that, if they do exist, they are meritorious. Rather, Executive is simply agreeing that, in exchange for the consideration recited in the first sentence of this paragraph, any and all potential claims


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

of this nature that Executive may have against the Company Parties, regardless of whether they actually exist, are expressly settled, compromised and waived. By signing this Agreement, Executive is bound by it. Anyone who succeeds to Executive’s rights and responsibilities, such as heirs or the executor of Executive’s estate, is also bound by this Agreement. This release also applies to any claims brought by any person or agency or class action under which Executive may have a right or benefit.

(b) Notwithstanding the release of liability contained herein, nothing in this Agreement prevents Executive from filing any non-legally waivable claim (including a challenge to the validity of this Agreement) with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission ( “EEOC” ) or comparable state or local agency or participating in any investigation or proceeding conducted by the EEOC or comparable state or local agency; however, Executive understands and agrees that Employee is waiving any and all rights to recover any monetary or personal relief or recovery as a result of such EEOC or comparable state or local agency proceeding or subsequent legal actions.

(c) Executive agrees not to bring or join any lawsuit against any of the Company Parties in any court relating to any of the Released Claims. Executive represents that Executive has not brought or joined any lawsuit or filed any charge or claim against any of the Company Parties in any court or before any government agency and has made no assignment of any rights Executive has asserted or may have against any of the Company Parties to any person or entity, in each case, with respect to any Released Claims.

(d) By executing and delivering this Agreement, Executive acknowledges that:

 

  (i) He has carefully read this Agreement;

 

  (ii) He has had at least twenty-one (21) days to consider this Agreement before the execution and delivery hereof to the Company ;

 

  (iii) He has been and hereby is advised in writing that he may, at his option, discuss this Agreement with an attorney of his choice and that he has had adequate opportunity to do so;

 

  (iv) He fully understands the final and binding effect of this Agreement; the only promises made to him to sign this Agreement are those stated in the Employment Agreement and herein; and he is signing this Agreement voluntarily and of his own free will, and that he understands and agrees to each of the terms of this Agreement; and

 

  (v) With the exception of any sums that he may be owed pursuant to Section 6.1(b) of the Employment Agreement, he has been paid all wages and other compensation to which he is entitled under the Agreement and received all leaves (paid and unpaid) to which he was entitled during the term of his employment with the Company.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Notwithstanding the initial effectiveness of this Agreement, Executive may revoke the delivery (and therefore the effectiveness) of this Agreement within the seven-day period beginning on the date Executive executes this Agreement (such seven-day period being referred to herein as the “Release Revocation Period” ). To be effective, such revocation must be in writing signed by Executive and must be delivered to the Company before 11:59 p.m., Houston, Texas time, on the last day of the Release Revocation Period. If an effective revocation is delivered in the foregoing manner and timeframe, this Agreement shall be of no force or effect and shall be null and void ab initio . No consideration shall be paid if this Agreement is revoked by Executive in the foregoing manner.

Executed on this                      day of                     ,                    .

 

                                                                                                                                                   

James M. Whipkey


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Exhibit 10.7

Execution Copy

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is made as of May 25, 2011 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Hi-Crush Proppants, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and Jay Alston (“ Executive ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive on the terms and conditions, and for the consideration, hereinafter set forth and Executive desires to be employed by the Company on such terms and conditions and for such consideration;

NOW, THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and obligations contained herein, the Company and Executive agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

In addition to the terms defined in the body of this Agreement, for purposes of this Agreement, the following capitalized words shall have the meanings indicated below:

1.1 Board ” shall mean the Board of Managers of the Company.

1.2 Cause ” shall mean Executive’s: (i) conviction of, or entry of a guilty plea or plea of no contest with respect to, a felony or any other crime directly or indirectly involving Executive’s lack of honesty or moral turpitude; (ii) drug or alcohol abuse for which Executive fails to undertake and maintain treatment within five calendar days after requested by the Company; (iii) acts of fraud, embezzlement, theft, dishonesty or gross misconduct; (iv) material misappropriation (or attempted misappropriation) of any of the Company’s funds or property; or (v) a breach of the Executive’s obligations under Section 2.2 hereunder, as determined by a majority of the Board, which such majority shall include at least one Class A Member (as defined in the LLC Agreement). If capable of cure, then with respect to items (iii), (iv), and (v), Executive shall have 30 days to cure the situation following receipt of written notice of the specific circumstance(s) constituting Cause. For the avoidance of doubt, Cause shall not exist hereunder unless and until the expiration of the 30-day cure period, if applicable, following receipt by the Executive of the Company’s written notice of a Cause event and Executive shall not have cured such circumstances, and in such case Executive’s employment shall terminate for Cause on the day following expiration of such 30-day cure period.

1.3 Good Reason ” shall mean, without Executive’s consent, (i) the Company materially breached its obligations under this Agreement; (ii) any material diminution of the duties of the Executive; (iii) a reduction in Executive’s base salary, other than pursuant to a proportionate reduction applicable to all senior executives or employees generally and the members of the Board, to the extent such Board members receives Board fees; or (iv) the relocation of the geographic location of Executive’s principal place of employment by more than 50 miles from either: (A) the location of Executive’s principal place of employment as of the Effective Date; or (B) Amite, Louisiana. With respect to this provision, the Company shall have 30 days to cure the situation following receipt of written notice of the specific circumstance(s)


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

constituting Good Reason, which such notice must be provided by Executive within fifteen (15) days after the initial existence of the event giving rise to Good Reason. For the avoidance of doubt, Good Reason shall not exist hereunder unless and until the 30-day cure period following receipt by the Company of Executive’s written notice expires and the Company shall not have cured such circumstances, and in such case Executive’s employment shall terminate for Good Reason on the day following expiration of such 30-day cure period.

1.4 Closing ” means the closing of the transactions provided for in the Purchase Agreement.

1.5 Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.6 Date of Termination ” shall mean the date Executive’s employment with the Company is considered to have terminated pursuant to Section 3.4.

1.7 LLC Agreement ” shall mean the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of even date hereof.

1.8 Purchase Agreement ” shall mean the Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of even date hereof, among ACP HIP Splitter, L.P., ACP HIP Splitter (Offshore), L.P., RER Legacy Investments LLC, JMW Legacy Investments LLC, Blessed & Favored Investments, LLC and the Company.

1.9 Section 409A Payment Date ” shall mean the earlier of (a) the date of Executive’s death or (b) the date that is six months after the date of termination of Executive’s employment with the Company.

ARTICLE II

EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES

2.1 Employment; Effective Date . The Company agrees to employ Executive, and Executive agrees to be employed by the Company, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement beginning as of the Effective Date and continuing for the period of time set forth in Article III of this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

2.2 Positions . From and after the Effective Date, the Company shall employ Executive in the position of Chief Operating Officer, reporting directly to the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Chairman of the Board, and such additional duties as the Board may reasonably designate from time to time. Executive agrees to perform in good faith the duties and services appertaining to such position. Executive’s employment shall also be subject to the policies maintained and established by the Company, as such policies may be amended from time to time with reasonable notice to Executive. Executive acknowledges that he owes the same fiduciary duties to the Company that an officer of a Delaware corporation owes to such corporation under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

2.3 Other Interests . Executive agrees, during the period of Executive’s employment by the Company, to devote substantially all of his business time and efforts of the Company and its subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may complete those remaining,


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

pre-existing obligations that exist as of the Effective Date to supervise the final opening of the sand processing plants in Wisconsin with respect to which Executive has previously performed services for Chippewa Sands LLC, Completion Industrial Minerals, LLC and Winnbay Sand, LLC, so long as such activities: i) do not continue beyond April 28, 2012; and ii) do not interfere in any respect with the performance of Jay Alston’s duties, obligations and responsibilities to the Company. The parties further acknowledge and agree that Executive may (a) engage in and manage Executive’s passive personal investments and (b) engage in charitable and civic activities; provided, however, that such activities shall be permitted so long as such activities do not conflict with the business and affairs of the Company or materially interfere with Executive’s performance of Executive’s duties hereunder.

ARTICLE III

TERM AND TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

3.1 Term . Unless sooner terminated pursuant to other provisions hereof, the Company agrees to employ Executive for the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the first anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Initial Expiration Date ”); provided, however, that beginning on the Initial Expiration Date, and on each anniversary of the Initial Expiration Date thereafter, if Executive’s employment under this Agreement has not been terminated pursuant to Section 3.2 or 3.3, then said term of employment shall automatically be extended for an additional one-year period unless, on or before the date that is 60 days prior to the first day of any such extension period, either party gives written notice to the other that no such automatic extension shall occur, in which case the term of employment shall terminate as of the Initial Expiration Date or the anniversary of the Initial Expiration Date immediately following the giving of such notice, as applicable.

3.2 Company’s Right to Terminate . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.1, the Company may terminate Executive’s employment under this Agreement at any time for any of the following reasons:

(a) upon Executive’s becoming incapacitated by accident, sickness or other circumstance which renders him mentally or physically incapable of performing the duties and services required of him hereunder on a full-time basis for a period of at least 120 consecutive days or for a period of 180 days during any 12-month period; or

(b) Executive’s death; or

(c) for Cause; or

(d) for any other reason whatsoever or for no reason at all, in the sole discretion of the Company.

3.3 Executive’s Right to Terminate . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.1, Executive shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment under this Agreement for any of the following reasons:

(a) for Good Reason; or

(b) for any reason whatsoever or for no reason at all, in the sole discretion of Executive, by providing the Company with a notice of termination.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In the case of a termination of employment by Executive pursuant to this Section 3.3, the Date of Termination specified in the notice of termination shall not be less than 15 nor more than 60 days, respectively, from the date such notice is given, and the Company may require a Date of Termination earlier than that specified in the notice (and, if such earlier Date of Termination is so required, it shall not change the basis for Executive’s termination nor be construed or interpreted as a termination of employment pursuant to Section 3.1 or Section 3.2).

3.4 Deemed Resignations . Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Company and Executive prior to the termination of Executive’s employment, any termination of Executive’s employment shall (a) constitute an automatic resignation of Executive as an officer of the Company and each affiliate of the Company (if applicable), and (b) be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.18 and 5.3 of the LLC Agreement.

3.5 Meaning of Termination of Employment . For all purposes of this Agreement, Executive shall be considered to have terminated employment with the Company when Executive incurs a “separation from service” with the Company within the meaning of section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code and applicable administrative guidance issued thereunder.

3.6 No Termination . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, (a) Executive’s employment with the Company shall not be terminated by the Company (other than for Cause) prior to the earlier of the Closing and January 30, 2012, and (b) Executive and the Company acknowledge that money damages would not be sufficient remedy for any breach of this Section 3.6 by the Company, and Executive shall be entitled to seek to enforce the provisions of this Section 3.6 by obtaining specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for such breach or any threatened breach. Such remedies shall not be deemed the exclusive remedies for a breach of this Section 3.6 but shall be in addition to all remedies available at law or in equity, including the recovery of damages from the Company.

ARTICLE IV

COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

4.1 Base Salary . During the term of this Agreement, Executive shall receive an annualized base salary of $75,000 (the “ Base Salary ”). Executive’s Base Salary shall be paid in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s policy as exists from time to time regarding payment of compensation to similarly situated employees but no less frequently than monthly.

4.2 Bonuses . Executive shall be eligible for discretionary bonuses that may be awarded by the Company from time to time, it being understood that the Board shall have sole discretion to determine whether a bonus shall be awarded, the criteria for any bonus and the amount of any bonus. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to pay any bonus with respect to, or earned in, a given calendar year on or before March 31 of the following calendar year (and in no event shall a bonus be paid after April 30 of the following calendar year); provided, however, that Executive will be entitled to receive payment of a bonus only if Executive is employed by the Company on such date of payment.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

4.3 Other Benefits . During Executive’s employment hereunder, Executive shall be eligible to participate in benefit plans and programs of the Company, including improvements or modifications of the same, which are now, or may hereafter be, available to similarly situated employees of the Company. The Company shall not, however, by reason of this Section 4.3, be obligated to institute, maintain, or refrain from changing, amending, or discontinuing, any such benefit plan or program, so long as such changes are similarly applicable to similarly situated employees generally.

4.4 Expenses . The Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable business expenses incurred by Executive in performing services hereunder; provided that such expenses are incurred and accounted for in accordance with the policies and procedures established by the Company. Any such reimbursement of expenses shall be made by the Company upon or as soon as practicable following receipt of supporting documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Company (but in any event not later than the close of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense is incurred by Executive); provided, however, that, upon Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, in no event shall any additional reimbursement be made prior to the Section 409A Payment Date to the extent such payment delay is required under section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code. In no event shall the Company pay any reimbursement to which Executive is entitled after the later of (a) the first anniversary of the date of Executive’s death or (b) the date that is one year after the date of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company.

4.5 Vacation . During Executive’s employment hereunder, Executive shall be entitled to up to twenty (20) days paid vacation each calendar year, to be accrued, scheduled and taken in accordance with the Company’s standard vacation policy, as may be amended from time to time. Vacation time must be used in the calendar year in which it was awarded; any vacation time that is unused in one calendar year will not roll over to the following calendar year.

ARTICLE V

PROTECTION OF INFORMATION

5.1 Disclosure to and Property of the Company . For purposes of this Article V, the term “the Company” shall include the Company and any of its affiliates, and any reference to “employment” or similar terms shall include a director and/or consulting relationship. All non-public information, trade secrets, designs, ideas, concepts, improvements, product developments, discoveries and inventions, whether patentable or not, that are conceived, made, developed, disclosed to or acquired by Executive, individually or in conjunction with others, during the period of Executive’s employment by the Company (whether during business hours or otherwise and whether on the Company’s premises or otherwise) that relate to the Company’s or any of its affiliates’ businesses, trade secrets, products or services (including, without limitation, all such information relating to corporate opportunities, strategies, business plans, product specifications, compositions, manufacturing and distribution methods and processes, research, financial and sales data, pricing terms, evaluations, opinions, interpretations, acquisition prospects, the identity of customers or their requirements, the identity of key contacts within the customer’s


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

organizations or within the organization of acquisition prospects, or production, marketing and merchandising techniques, prospective names and marks) and all writings or materials of any type embodying any of such information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, inventions and other similar forms of expression (collectively, “ Confidential Information ”) are and shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company or its affiliates, as applicable. Moreover, all documents, videotapes, presentations, brochures, drawings, memoranda, notes, records, files, correspondence, manuals, models, specifications, computer programs, E-mail, voice mail, electronic databases, maps, drawings, architectural renditions, models and all other writings or materials of any type embodying any of such information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, inventions and other similar forms of expression (collectively, “ Work Product ”) are and shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company (or its affiliates). Executive agrees to perform all actions reasonably requested by the Company or its affiliates to establish and confirm such exclusive ownership. Upon termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, for any reason, Executive promptly shall deliver all Confidential Information and Work Product, and all copies thereof, to the Company.

5.2 No Unauthorized Use or Disclosure . Executive agrees to preserve and protect the confidentiality of all Confidential Information of the Company and its affiliates. Executive agrees that Executive will not, at any time during or after Executive’s employment with the Company, make any unauthorized disclosure of, and Executive shall not remove from the Company premises, Confidential Information or Work Product of the Company or its affiliates or make any use thereof, except, in each case, in the carrying out of Executive’s responsibilities hereunder. Executive shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all persons or entities to whom Confidential Information shall be disclosed by Executive hereunder to preserve and protect the confidentiality of such Confidential Information. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Executive shall have no obligation hereunder to keep confidential any Confidential Information if and to the extent disclosure thereof is specifically required by law; provided, however , that in the event disclosure is required by applicable law, Executive shall, to the extent practicable without violating applicable law, provide the Company with prompt notice of such requirement prior to making any such disclosure, so that the Company may, at its expense, seek an appropriate protective order. At the request of the Company at any time, to the extent practicable without violating applicable law, Executive agrees to deliver to the Company all Confidential Information that Executive may possess or control. Executive agrees that all Confidential Information of the Company (whether now or hereafter existing) conceived, discovered or made by Executive during the period of Executive’s employment by the Company exclusively belongs to the Company (and not to Executive), and upon request by the Company for specified Confidential Information, Executive will promptly disclose such Confidential Information to the Company and perform all actions reasonably requested by the Company to establish and confirm such exclusive ownership. Affiliates of the Company shall be third party beneficiaries of Executive’s obligations under this Article V. As a result of Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive may also from time to time have access to, or knowledge of, Confidential Information of third parties, such as customers, suppliers, partners, joint venturers, and the like, of the Company and its affiliates. Executive also agrees to preserve and protect the confidentiality of such third party Confidential Information.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

5.3 Ownership by the Company . If, during Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive creates any work of authorship fixed in any tangible medium of expression that is the subject matter of copyright (such as videotapes, written presentations, or acquisitions, computer programs, E-mail, voice mail, electronic databases, drawings, maps, architectural renditions, models, manuals, brochures, or the like) relating to the Company’s business, products, or services, whether such work is created solely by Executive or jointly with others (whether during business hours or otherwise, whether patentable or not and whether on the Company’s premises or otherwise), including any Work Product, the Company shall be deemed the author of such work if the work is prepared by Executive in the scope of Executive’s employment; or, if the work relating to the Company’s business, products, or services is not prepared by Executive within the scope of Executive’s employment but is specially ordered by the Company as a contribution to a collective work, as a part of a motion picture or other audiovisual work, as a translation, as a supplementary work, as a compilation, or as an instructional text, then the work shall be considered to be work made for hire and the Company shall be the author of the work. If the work relating to the Company’s business, products, or services is neither prepared by Executive within the scope of Executive’s employment nor a work specially ordered that is deemed to be a work made for hire during Executive’s employment by the Company, then Executive hereby agrees to assign, and by these presents does assign, to the Company all of Executive’s worldwide right, title, and interest in and to such work and all rights of copyright therein.

5.4 Assistance by Executive . During the period of Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive shall assist the Company and its nominee, at any reasonable time and at the Company’s expense, in the protection of the Company’s or its affiliates’ worldwide right, title and interest in and to Confidential Information and Work Product and the execution of all formal assignment documents requested by the Company or its nominee(s) and the execution of all lawful oaths and applications for patents and registration of copyright in the United States and foreign countries. After Executive’s employment with the Company terminates, at the reasonable request from time to time and expense of the Company or its affiliates, Executive shall assist the Company or its nominee(s) in the protection of the Company’s or its affiliates’ worldwide right, title and interest in and to Confidential Information and Work Product and the execution of all formal assignment documents requested by the Company or its nominee and the execution of all lawful oaths and applications for patents and registration of copyright in the United States and foreign countries.

5.5 Remedies . Executive acknowledges that money damages would not be a sufficient remedy for any breach of this Article V by Executive, and the Company or its affiliates shall be entitled to seek to enforce the provisions of this Article V by specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for such breach or any threatened breach as provided in Section 9.11. Such remedies shall not be deemed the exclusive remedies for a breach of this Article V but shall be in addition to all remedies available at law or in equity, including the recovery of damages from Executive. However, if it is determined that Executive has not committed a breach of this Article V, then the Company shall resume the payments and benefits due under this Agreement and pay to Executive and Executive’s spouse, if applicable, all payments and benefits that had been suspended pending such determination.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ARTICLE VI

EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT ON COMPENSATION

6.1 Effect of Termination of Employment on Compensation .

(a) If Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate at the expiration of the term provided in Section 3.1, for any reason described in Section 3.2(a), 3.2(b), or 3.2(c) or pursuant to Executive’s resignation for any reason other than Good Reason, then all compensation and all benefits to Executive hereunder shall terminate contemporaneously with such termination of employment, except that Executive shall be entitled to (i) payment of all accrued and unpaid Base Salary to the Date of Termination, (ii) reimbursement for all incurred but unreimbursed expenses for which Executive is entitled to reimbursement in accordance with Section 4, and (iii) benefits to which Executive is entitled under the terms of any applicable benefit plan or program.

(b) If Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate: (1) by action of the Company pursuant to Section 3.2(d) (which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include those reasons set forth in Sections 3.2(a), 3.2(b) or 3.2(c) or due to the Company’s non-renewal of this Agreement); or (2) due to Executive’s resignation for Good Reason pursuant to Section 3.3(a), then all compensation and benefits to Executive hereunder shall terminate contemporaneously with such termination of employment, except that (i) Executive shall be entitled to receive the compensation and benefits described in clauses (i) through (iii) of Section 6.1(a) above; and (ii) if, on the Date of Termination, the Company does not have a right to terminate Executive’s employment for Cause under Section 3.2(c) or under Section 3.2(a) or 3.2(b), and subject to Executive’s delivery, within 21 days after the Date of Termination, and non-revocation in the time provided to do so, of an executed release in a form attached as Exhibit A (the “ Release ”), the Company shall pay to Executive an additional amount (but no other additional compensation or benefits after such termination) equal to twelve (12) times the monthly rate of Executive’s Base Salary as of the Date of Termination, which amount shall be paid in one lump sum payment on the date that is thirty (30) days after the Date of Termination (or the first business day thereafter if the thirtieth day is not a business day).

(c) Notwithstanding the time of payment provisions of Section 6.1(b)(ii) above, if Executive is a specified employee (as such term is defined in section 409A of the Code and as determined by the Company in accordance with any method permitted under section 409A of the Code) and the payment of the amount described in such Section would be subject to additional taxes and interest under section 409A of the Code because the timing of such payment is not delayed as provided in section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, then such amount shall be accumulated and paid (without interest) in a lump sum within five business days after the Section 409A Payment Date. All subsequent payments, if any, shall be paid in the manner otherwise specified herein.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ARTICLE VII

NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT

7.1 Definitions . As used in this Article VIII, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Business” means the provision and sale of the products and services provided by the Company during the course of Executive’s employment hereunder, which shall expressly include the distribution, manufacturing, mining, processing, sale and transportation of: (i) proppants used in oil and gas applications; and/or (ii) industrial sand.

“Competing Business” means any person or entity engaged in or, to Executive’s knowledge, actively pursuing, the Business other than the Company or its affiliates and to whom or which the Confidential Information acquired by Employee hereunder would reasonably be considered useful.

“Prohibited Period” means the period during which Executive is employed by Company hereunder and a period of one year thereafter.

“Restricted Area” means any geographical area in which the Company and its subsidiaries conducts or proposes to conduct the Business, and for which Executive has material responsibility, during the period that Executive is employed hereunder.

7.2 Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation . Executive and the Company agree to the non-competition and non-solicitation provisions of this Article VII to protect the trade secrets and other Confidential Information of the Company disclosed or entrusted to Executive by the Company or its affiliates or created or developed by Executive for Company and as an express incentive for the Company to enter into this Agreement.

(a) Subject to the exceptions set forth in Section 7.2(b) below, Executive covenants and agrees that during the Prohibited Period, other than on behalf of the Company or any of its affiliates, he will refrain from carrying on or engaging in the Business in the Restricted Area on his own behalf or on behalf of a Competing Business. Executive further agrees and covenants that, because the following conduct would effectively constitute carrying on or engaging in the Business, he will not, and he will cause his affiliates not to, in the Restricted Area during the Prohibited Period on behalf of a Competing Business, directly or indirectly, perform the same or substantially similar job duties that Executive performed during the twelve (12) months prior to the termination of his employment with the Company, or otherwise own, manage, operate, join, become an officer or employee of, control or participate in or be connected with any business, individual, partnership, firm, corporation or other entity which engages in the Business other than the Company or its affiliates.

(b) Notwithstanding the restrictions contained in Section 7.2(a), Executive or any of his affiliates may own an aggregate of not more than 2.5% of the outstanding stock of any class of any corporation engaged in the Business, if such stock is listed on a national securities exchange or regularly traded in the over-the-counter market by a


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

member of a national securities exchange, without violating the provisions of Section 7.2(a), provided that neither Executive nor any of his affiliates has the power, directly or indirectly, to control or direct the management or affairs of any such corporation and is not involved in the management of such corporation.

(c) Executive further expressly covenants and agrees that during the Prohibited Period, he will not, and he will cause his affiliates not to, solicit or cause to be solicited any customer or prospective customer of the Company related to the Business that is or was a customer or prospective customer of the Company related to the Business in the Restricted Area and with which Executive had material contact or about which Executive had Confidential Information during the period in which Executive was employed hereunder.

(d) Executive further covenants and agrees that during the Prohibited Period, he will not, and he will cause his affiliates not to, engage or employ or solicit or contact with a view to the engagement or employment of, any person who is an officer or employee of the Company or its subsidiaries during the period in which Executive was employed hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall be permitted to employ any person who was an officer or employee of the Company or its subsidiaries during such period and who has ceased to be an officer or employee of the Company or its affiliates with the consent of Company; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prohibit the Executive from engaging, employing or soliciting any person by means of general advertising that are not specifically targeted at such officers or employees of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 7.2 shall not prevent Executive from completing his remaining pre-existing obligations that exist as of the Effective Date to supervise the final opening of the sand processing plants in Wisconsin with respect to which Executive has previously performed services for Chippewa Sands LLC, Completion Industrial Minerals, LLC and Winnbay Sand, LLC, so long as such activities: i) do not continue after April 28, 2012; and ii) do not violate Executive’s other obligations hereunder.

7.3 Relief . Executive and the Company agree and acknowledge that the limitations as to time, geographical area and scope of activity to be restrained as set forth in Section 7.2 are reasonable and do not impose any greater restraint than is necessary to protect the Company and its legitimate business interests. Executive and the Company also acknowledge that money damages would not be sufficient remedy for any breach of this Article VII by Executive, and the Company or its affiliates shall be entitled to seek to enforce the provisions of this Article VII by obtaining specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for such breach or any threatened breach as provided in Section 9.11. Such remedies shall not be deemed the exclusive remedies for a breach of this Article VII but shall be in addition to all remedies available at law or in equity, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

7.4 Reasonableness; Enforcement . Executive hereby represents to the Company that Executive has read and understands, and agrees to be bound by, the terms of this Article VII. Executive acknowledges that the geographic scope and duration of the covenants contained in this Article VII are the result of arm’s-length bargaining and are fair and reasonable in light of


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

(a) Executive’s level of control over and contact with the Business in all jurisdictions in which it is conducted, which includes the entire Restricted Area, and (b) the amount of Confidential Information that Executive is receiving in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder. It is the desire and intent of the parties that the provisions of this Article VII be enforced to the fullest extent permitted under applicable legal requirements, whether now or hereafter in effect and therefore, to the extent permitted by applicable legal requirements, Executive and the Company hereby waive any provision of applicable legal requirements that would render any provision of this Article VII invalid or unenforceable.

7.5 Reformation . The Company and Executive agree that the foregoing restrictions are reasonable under the circumstances and that any breach of the covenants contained in this Article VII would cause irreparable injury to the Company. Executive understands that the foregoing restrictions may limit Executive’s ability to engage in certain businesses anywhere in the Restricted Area during the Prohibited Period, but acknowledges that such restrictions shall not prevent Executive from being able to obtain gainful employment. Nevertheless, if any of the aforesaid restrictions are found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unreasonable, or overly broad as to geographic area or time, or otherwise unenforceable, the parties intend for the restrictions herein set forth to be modified by the court making such determination so as to be reasonable and enforceable and, as so modified, to be fully enforced. By agreeing to this contractual modification prospectively at this time, the Company and Executive intend to make this provision enforceable under the law or laws of all applicable States and other jurisdictions so that the entire agreement not to compete and this Agreement as prospectively modified shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be rendered void or illegal. Such modification shall not affect the payments made to Executive under this Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 Indemnification .

(a) The Company shall and does hereby agree to indemnify and hold Executive harmless from and against any loss or damage incurred by Executive for any act or omission taken or suffered by Executive on behalf of the Company in the course of Executive’s duties hereunder if such act or omission was undertaken, or not taken, as applicable, in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company (including, without limitation, any act or omission taken or suffered by Executive in reliance upon and in accordance with the reasonable opinion or advice of experts, including, without limitation, of legal counsel as to matters of law, of accountants as to matters of accounting, or of investment bankers or appraisers as to matters of valuation), including costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees; provided, however , that Executive shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Section 8.1(a) for any act or omission resulting from Executive’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The indemnification conferred by this Section 8.1(a) shall continue as to Executive even after Executive’s employment with the Company pursuant to this Agreement has terminated with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such cessation and shall inure to the benefit of the Executive’s heirs, executors and administrators, as applicable.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

(b) Expenses reasonably incurred by Executive in investigation, defense or settlement of any claim that may be subject to a right of indemnification hereunder shall be advanced by the Company prior to the final disposition thereof, so long as such expenses have been approved by the Company, and within thirty (30) days following receipt of appropriate documentation of such undertaking by or on behalf of Executive to repay such amount to the extent that it shall be determined upon final adjudication after all possible appeals have been exhausted that Executive is not entitled to be indemnified hereunder within 30 days of such final adjudication.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

9.1 Notices . For purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) when received if delivered personally or by courier, (b) on the date receipt is acknowledged if delivered by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested or (c) one day after transmission if sent by facsimile transmission with confirmation of transmission, as follows:

 

If to Executive, addressed to:      Hi-Crush Proppants LLC
     Three Riverway, Suite 1550
     Houston, Texas 77056
     Facsimile: (713) 963-0088
     Attention: Mr. Jay Alston
If to the Company, addressed to:      Hi-Crush Proppants LLC
     Three Riverway, Suite 1550
     Houston, Texas 77056
     Facsimile: (713) 963-0088
     Attention: Mr. Robert E. Rasmus

or to such other address as either party may furnish to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices or changes of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

9.2 Applicable Law . This Agreement is entered into under, and shall be governed for all purposes by, the laws of the State of Texas, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

9.3 No Waiver . No failure by either party hereto at any time to give notice of any breach by the other party of, or to require compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

9.4 Severability . If an arbitrator determines that any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable, then the invalidity or unenforceability of that provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, and all other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

9.5 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same Agreement.

9.6 Withholding of Taxes and Other Employee Deductions . The Company may withhold from any benefits and payments made pursuant to this Agreement all federal, state, city and other taxes and withholdings as may be required pursuant to any law or governmental regulation or ruling and all other customary deductions made with respect to the Company’s employees generally.

9.7 Headings . The Section headings have been inserted for purposes of convenience and shall not be used for interpretive purposes.

9.8 Gender and Plurals . Wherever the context so requires, the masculine gender includes the feminine or neuter, and the singular number includes the plural and conversely.

9.9 Affiliate . As used in this Agreement, the term “ affiliate ” as used with respect to a particular person or entity shall mean any other person or entity which owns or controls, is owned or controlled by, or is under common ownership or control with, such particular person or entity.

9.10 Successors; Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor or assign of the Company. This Agreement is personal to Executive and shall not be assigned by Executive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment owed to Executive hereunder after the date of Executive’s death shall be paid to Executive’s estate.

9.11 Arbitration .

(a) Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of, connected with, or relating to this Agreement, including without limitation any dispute as to the existence, validity, construction, interpretation, negotiation, performance, breach, termination or enforceability of this Agreement (a “ Dispute ”) shall be resolved by final and binding arbitration before a single independent and impartial arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) then in effect. The AAA Optional Rules for Emergency Measures of Protection shall also apply. If the parties are unable to agree on a mutually acceptable arbitrator within 15 days of the submission of the Dispute to arbitration, the arbitrator shall be appointed by the AAA. The parties acknowledge that arbitration is intended to be a more expeditious and less expensive method of dispute resolution than court litigation. The award of the arbitrator shall be in writing and provide reasons for the award. The arbitrator must certify in the award that such award conforms to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, including that such award has been rendered in accordance with the applicable governing law. The arbitrator shall have the authority to assess the costs and expenses of the arbitration proceeding (including the fees and expenses of the arbitrator and the AAA)


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

against any or all of the parties. The arbitrator shall also have the authority to award reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses to the prevailing party. The place of arbitration shall be Houston, Texas unless another location is mutually agreed upon by the parties to such arbitration. The award of the arbitrator shall be binding on the parties, and the award may, but need not, be entered as judgment in a court of competent jurisdiction. This agreement to arbitrate shall not preclude the parties from engaging in parallel voluntary, non-binding settlement efforts including mediation.

(b) The arbitrator may, unless consolidation would prejudice the rights of any party, consolidate an arbitration hereunder with arbitration(s) under the Purchase Agreement and the LLC Agreement if the arbitrations raise common questions of law or fact. If two or more arbitral tribunals under these agreements issue consolidation orders, the order issued first shall prevail.

(c) The parties undertake to keep confidential all awards in their arbitration, together will all materials in the proceedings created for the purpose of the arbitration and all other documents produced by another party in the proceedings not otherwise in the public domain, save and to the extent that disclosure may be required of a party by legal duty, to protect or pursue a legal right or to enforce or challenge an award in legal proceedings before a court or other judicial authority.

(d) Arbitration shall be the exclusive dispute resolution mechanism hereunder; provided that nothing contained in this Section 9.11 shall limit any party’s right to bring (i) an application to enforce this agreement to arbitrate, (ii) actions seeking to enforce an arbitration award or (iii) actions seeking injunctive or other similar relief in the event of a breach or threatened breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement (or any other agreement contemplated hereby). The specifically enumerated judicial proceedings shall not be deemed incompatible with the agreement to arbitrate or a waiver of the right to arbitrate and , each party irrevocably and unconditionally (and without limitation): (i) submits to and accepts, for itself and in respect of its assets, generally and unconditionally the non exclusive jurisdiction of the courts located in Harris County, Texas of the United States and the State of Texas, (ii) waives any objection it may have now or in the future that such action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum, (iii) agrees that in any such action or proceeding it will not raise, rely on or claim any immunity (including, without limitation, from suit, judgment, attachment before judgment or otherwise, execution or other enforcement), (iv) waives any right of immunity which it has or its assets may have at any time, and (v) consents generally to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in connection with any such action or proceeding including, without limitation, the making, enforcement or execution of any order or judgment against any of its property. IN ENTERING INTO THE ARBITRATION PROVISION OF THIS SECTION 9.11 , EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL, INCLUDING ANY RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION IN ANY COURT WITH RESPECT TO, IN CONNECTION WITH, OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY ANCILLARY AGREEMENT REFERENCED HEREIN OR THE VALIDITY, PROTECTION, INTERPRETATION, COLLECTION OR ENFORCEMENT THEREOF.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

9.12 Entire Agreement . Except as provided in any signed written agreement contemporaneously or hereafter executed by the Company and Executive, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with regard to the subject matter hereof, and contains all the covenants, promises, representations, warranties and agreements between the parties with respect to employment of Executive by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement does not supersede or replace any portion of that certain Non-Competition and Non-Disclosure Agreement entered into by Executive and the Company on or about the Effective Date.

9.13 Modification; Waiver . Any modification to or waiver of this Agreement will be effective only if it is in writing and signed by the parties to this Agreement.

9.14 Actions by the Board . Any and all determinations or other actions required of the Board hereunder that relate specifically to Executive’s employment by the Company or the terms and conditions of such employment shall be made by the members of the Board other than Executive if Executive is a member of the Board, and Executive shall not have any right to vote or decide upon any such matter.

9.15 Executive’s Representations and Warranties . Executive represents and warrants to the Company that (a) Executive does not have any agreements with Executive’s prior employers that will prohibit Executive from working for the Company or fulfilling Executive’s duties and obligations to the Company pursuant to this Agreement and (b) Executive has complied with all duties imposed on Executive with respect to Executive’s former employers, and in the course of his employment for the Company, Executive will not use or disclose any legally protected information belonging to Executive’s former employer.

9.16 Delayed Payment Restriction . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, if any payment or benefit provided for herein would be subject to additional taxes and interest under section 409A of the Code if Executive’s receipt of such payment or benefit is not delayed until the Section 409A Payment Date, then such payment or benefit shall not be provided to Executive (or Executive’s estate, if applicable) until the Section 409A Payment Date.

[Signatures begin on next page.]


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

HI-CRUSH PROPPANTS, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Robert E. Rasmus

Name:    

   

Title:

   

Jay Alston

/s/ Jay Alston


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

EXHIBIT A

RELEASE AGREEMENT

This Release Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) constitutes the release referred to in that certain Employment Agreement (the “ Employment Agreement ”) dated as of May 25, 2011, by and among Jay Alston (“ Executive ”) and Hi-Crush Proppants, LLC (the “ Company ”).

(a) For good and valuable consideration, including the Company’s provision of a severance payment to Executive in accordance with Section 6.1(b) of the Employment Agreement, Executive hereby releases, discharges and forever acquits the Company, its affiliates and subsidiaries and their respective past, present and future stockholders, members, partners, directors, managers, employees, agents, attorneys, heirs, representatives, successors and assigns of the foregoing, in their personal and representative capacities (collectively, the “Company Parties” ), from liability for, and hereby waives, any and all claims, damages, or causes of action of any kind related to Executive’s employment with any Company Party, the termination of such employment, and any other acts or omissions related to any matter on or prior to the date of the execution of this Agreement including without limitation any alleged violation through the date of this Agreement of: (i) the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended; (ii) Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; (iii) the Civil Rights Act of 1991; (iv) Section 1981 through 1988 of Title 42 of the United States Code, as amended; (v) the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended; (vi) the Immigration Reform Control Act, as amended; (vii) the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended; (viii) the National Labor Relations Act, as amended; (ix) the Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended; (x) the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993; (xi) any state anti-discrimination law; (xii) any state wage and hour law; (xiii) any other local, state or federal law, regulation or ordinance; (xiv) any public policy, contract, tort, or common law claim; (xv) any allegation for costs, fees, or other expenses including attorneys’ fees incurred in these matters; (xvi) any and all rights, benefits or claims Executive may have under any employment contract, incentive compensation plan or stock option plan with any Company Party or to any ownership interest in any Company Party except as expressly provided in the Employment Agreement and any stock option or other equity compensation agreement between Executive and the Company and (xvii) any claim for compensation or benefits of any kind not expressly set forth in the Employment Agreement or any such stock option or other equity compensation agreement (collectively, the “Released Claims” ). Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall the Released Claims include (A) any claim which arises after the date of this Agreement, (B) any claim to vested benefits under an employee benefit plan, or (C) any claims for contractual severance payments under Section 6.1(b) of the Employment Agreement. This Agreement is not intended to indicate that any such claims exist or that, if they do exist, they are meritorious. Rather, Executive is simply agreeing that, in exchange for the consideration recited in the first sentence of this paragraph, any and all potential claims of this nature that Executive may have against the Company Parties, regardless of whether they actually exist, are expressly settled, compromised and waived. By signing this Agreement, Executive is bound by it. Anyone who succeeds to Executive’s rights and responsibilities, such as heirs or the executor of Executive’s estate, is also bound by this Agreement. This release also applies to any claims brought by any person or agency or class action under which Executive may have a right or benefit.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

(b) Notwithstanding the release of liability contained herein, nothing in this Agreement prevents Executive from filing any non-legally waivable claim (including a challenge to the validity of this Agreement) with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission ( “EEOC” ) or comparable state or local agency or participating in any investigation or proceeding conducted by the EEOC or comparable state or local agency; however, Executive understands and agrees that Employee is waiving any and all rights to recover any monetary or personal relief or recovery as a result of such EEOC or comparable state or local agency proceeding or subsequent legal actions.

(c) Executive agrees not to bring or join any lawsuit against any of the Company Parties in any court relating to any of the Released Claims. Executive represents that Executive has not brought or joined any lawsuit or filed any charge or claim against any of the Company Parties in any court or before any government agency and has made no assignment of any rights Executive has asserted or may have against any of the Company Parties to any person or entity, in each case, with respect to any Released Claims.

(d) By executing and delivering this Agreement, Executive acknowledges that:

(i) He has carefully read this Agreement;

(ii) He has had at least twenty-one (21) days to consider this Agreement before the execution and delivery hereof to the Company ;

(iii) He has been and hereby is advised in writing that he may, at his option, discuss this Agreement with an attorney of his choice and that he has had adequate opportunity to do so;

(iv) He fully understands the final and binding effect of this Agreement; the only promises made to him to sign this Agreement are those stated in the Employment Agreement and herein; and he is signing this Agreement voluntarily and of his own free will, and that he understands and agrees to each of the terms of this Agreement; and

(v) With the exception of any sums that he may be owed pursuant to Section 6.1(b) of the Employment Agreement, he has been paid all wages and other compensation to which he is entitled under the Agreement and received all leaves (paid and unpaid) to which he was entitled during the term of his employment with the Company.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Notwithstanding the initial effectiveness of this Agreement, Executive may revoke the delivery (and therefore the effectiveness) of this Agreement within the seven-day period beginning on the date Executive executes this Agreement (such seven-day period being referred to herein as the “Release Revocation Period” ). To be effective, such revocation must be in writing signed by Executive and must be delivered to the Company before 11:59 p.m., Houston, Texas time, on the last day of the Release Revocation Period. If an effective revocation is delivered in the foregoing manner and timeframe, this Agreement shall be of no force or effect and shall be null and void ab initio . No consideration shall be paid if this Agreement is revoked by Executive in the foregoing manner.

Executed on this                      day of                     ,                     .

 

                                                                                                                                                   

Jay Alston